Vulkan SC Logo

1. Preamble

Copyright 2014-2025 The Khronos Group Inc.

This Specification is protected by copyright laws and contains material proprietary to Khronos. Except as described by these terms, it or any components may not be reproduced, republished, distributed, transmitted, displayed, broadcast or otherwise exploited in any manner without the express prior written permission of Khronos.

Khronos grants a conditional copyright license to use and reproduce the unmodified Specification for any purpose, without fee or royalty, EXCEPT no licenses to any patent, trademark or other intellectual property rights are granted under these terms.

Khronos makes no, and expressly disclaims any, representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding this Specification, including, without limitation: merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of any intellectual property, correctness, accuracy, completeness, timeliness, and reliability. Under no circumstances will Khronos, or any of its Promoters, Contributors or Members, or their respective partners, officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives be liable for any damages, whether direct, indirect, special or consequential damages for lost revenues, lost profits, or otherwise, arising from or in connection with these materials.

This document contains extensions which are not ratified by Khronos, and as such is not a ratified Specification, though it contains text from (and is a superset of) the ratified Specification.

The ratified version of the Vulkan SC Specification can be found at https://registry.khronos.org/vulkansc/specs/latest-ratified/pdf/vkspec.pdf (core with all ratified extensions).

This Specification contains substantially unmodified functionality from, and is a successor to, Khronos specifications including Vulkan, OpenGL SC OpenGL, OpenGL ES and OpenCL.

The Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy defines the terms 'Scope', 'Compliant Portion', and 'Necessary Patent Claims'.

Some parts of this Specification are purely informative and so are EXCLUDED the Scope of this Specification. The Document Conventions section of the Introduction defines how these parts of the Specification are identified.

Where this Specification uses technical terminology, defined in the Glossary or otherwise, that refer to enabling technologies that are not expressly set forth in this Specification, those enabling technologies are EXCLUDED from the Scope of this Specification. For clarity, enabling technologies not disclosed with particularity in this Specification (e.g. semiconductor manufacturing technology, hardware architecture, processor architecture or microarchitecture, memory architecture, compiler technology, object oriented technology, basic operating system technology, compression technology, algorithms, and so on) are NOT to be considered expressly set forth; only those application program interfaces and data structures disclosed with particularity are included in the Scope of this Specification.

For purposes of the Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy as it relates to the definition of Necessary Patent Claims, all recommended or optional features, behaviors and functionality set forth in this Specification, if implemented, are considered to be included as Compliant Portions.

Where this Specification identifies specific sections of external references, only those specifically identified sections define normative functionality. The Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy excludes external references to materials and associated enabling technology not created by Khronos from the Scope of this Specification, and any licenses that may be required to implement such referenced materials and associated technologies must be obtained separately and may involve royalty payments.

Khronos and Vulkan are registered trademarks, and SPIR-V is a trademark of The Khronos Group Inc. OpenCL is a trademark of Apple Inc., used under license by Khronos. OpenGL is a registered trademark and the OpenGL ES logo is a trademark of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, used under license by Khronos. ASTC is a trademark of ARM Holdings PLC. All other product names, trademarks, and/or company names are used solely for identification and belong to their respective owners.

2. Introduction

This document, referred to as the “Vulkan SC Specification”, “Vulkan Specification” or just the “Specification” hereafter, describes the Vulkan SC Application Programming Interface (API). “Base Vulkan Specification” refers to the Vulkan Specification (https://registry.khronos.org/vulkan/) that Vulkan SC is based on. “Vulkan” and “Vulkan SC” refer to the Vulkan SC API and “Base Vulkan” refers to the Vulkan API that Vulkan SC is based on. Vulkan is a C99 API designed for explicit control of low-level graphics and compute functionality.

The canonical version of the Specification is available in the official Vulkan SC Registry (https://registry.khronos.org/vulkansc/). The source files used to generate the Vulkan SC specification are stored in the Vulkan SC Documentation Repository (https://github.com/KhronosGroup/VulkanSC-Docs). The source repository additionally has a public issue tracker and allows the submission of pull requests that improve the specification.

2.1. Safety Critical Philosophy

Vulkan SC 1.0.20 is based on Vulkan 1.2 and, except where explicitly noted, supports all of the same features, properties, and limits as Vulkan 1.2.

Throughout the Vulkan SC specification, changes have been made to the Base Vulkan Specification in order to align it with safety critical use cases and certification. In general changes were made to meet the following categories:

  • Deterministic Execution (predictable execution times and results)

  • Robustness (error handling, removing ambiguity, clarifying undefined behavior)

  • Simplification (changes made to reduce certification effort and challenges)

To simplify capturing the reasoning behind deviations made from the Base Vulkan Specification, the Vulkan SC specification utilizes change identifications to give the reader insight into why the change was made in a concise manner. The change identifications are captured in Change Justification Table. In addition, the Vulkan SC specification contains Vulkan SC Deviations From Base Vulkan which is a complete list of changes between Base Vulkan and Vulkan SC. This is targeted at readers who are familiar with Base Vulkan and would like to understand the differences between Vulkan SC and the Base Vulkan specification. Vulkan SC was designed to maintain as much compatibility as possible with base Vulkan. Some functionality has been removed, some new functionality has been added, but where the APIs overlap the only changes are to Valid Usage rules. All functions and structures that exist in both APIs have the same signatures, and enums and defined constants that exist in both APIs have the same values.

Vulkan SC follows the Base Vulkan philosophy of requiring valid usage from the application. It is left to each implementation to determine how to ensure safe operation with respect to invalid usage. This may involve determining that certain invalid usage does not pose a safety risk, adding valid usage checks in the driver, requiring valid usage checks in the application, or some combination of these. Additionally, validation layers are supported during development.

2.1.1. Change Justification Table

The following is a list of the safety critical change identifications used to concisely capture the justification for deviations from the Base Vulkan Specification.

Table 1. Change Justifications
Change ID Description

SCID-1

Deterministic behavior - no randomness or unpredictability, always produce the same output from a given starting condition or initial state

SCID-2

Asynchronous calls - calls initiated by the application but may not execute or use their parameter data until a later time shall be clearly defined when any parameter data is used, especially data which is passed by reference or pointer

SCID-3

Notification of change of state - avoid the use of asynchronous events causing code to execute (i.e. callbacks) as this can cause the worst case execution time of a system to be indeterminate

SCID-4

Garbage collection methods - avoid the use of garbage collection as this can cause the worst case execution time of a system to be indeterminate. Avoid memory fragmentation by deleting entire buffers instead of individual items within a buffer

SCID-5

Fully testable - all behavior of the API must be testable in a repeatable manner, consistent from test run to test run (in some cases this may mean testable by inspection)

SCID-6

Undefined behavior - the API must behave as expected under valid input conditions, clearly document conditions that would result in 'fatal error' leaving the system in an unrecoverable state, and document conditions that would result in undefined behavior based on invalid input

SCID-7

Unique ID - provide a facility to return a runtime implementation unique identifier specific to that runtime so that is may be interrogated at any time. For example, such information could be the version number, name, date, release build number or a combination of these that is unique and comprehensible

SCID-8

Code complexity - reducing code complexity to help facilitate certification (for example if there are multiple ways to do the same thing, potentially eliminating one or more of the alternative methods)

2.2. Document Conventions

The Vulkan specification is intended for use by both implementors of the API and application developers seeking to make use of the API, forming a contract between these parties. Specification text may address either party; typically the intended audience can be inferred from context, though some sections are defined to address only one of these parties. (For example, Valid Usage sections only address application developers). Any requirements, prohibitions, recommendations or options defined in specification text are imposed only on the audience of that text.

2.2.1. Normative Requirements

The Vulkan Specification uses a combination of normative terminology and normative descriptions to express the requirements that it imposes on applications and implementations. An application which complies with all normative requirements imposed on applications is said to make valid use of the API; failing to comply with such requirements results in undefined behavior, as discussed in the Valid Usage section below. In the context of this document, an implementation which complies with all normative requirements imposed on implementations is said to be conformant.

Note

The Khronos Group imposes additional requirements on implementors who wish to make public statements describing their Vulkan implementations as conformant. These include signing the Vulkan Adopter’s Agreement, paying the associated fee, and making a successful conformance test submission to the Khronos Conformance Process. For details see the Khronos Trademark Guidelines (https://www.khronos.org/legal/khronos-trademark-guidelines).
Normative Terminology

Within this specification, the key words must, required, should, may, and optional are to be interpreted as described in RFC 2119 - Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2119.txt). The additional key word optionally is an alternate form of optional, for use where grammatically appropriate. These key words are highlighted in the specification to indicate that they are being used in a specific technical sense.

The additional key words can and cannot are to be interpreted as describing the capabilities of an application, as follows:

can

This word means that the application is able to perform the action described.

cannot

This word means that the API and/or the execution environment provide no mechanism through which the application can express or accomplish the action described.

These key words are never used in text addressing implementors.

Note

There is an important distinction between cannot and must not, as used in this Specification. Cannot refers to something the API provides no way for the application to express or accomplish. Must not describes something that the application is able to express, but that is not valid use of the API, and will have undefined and potentially unrecoverable consequences.
Normative Descriptions

In the Vulkan Specification, the normative term must is primarily used to describe application behavior, and in particular to constrain what inputs or commands issued by the application to the implementation are considered valid.

To constrain implementation behavior, the specification sometimes uses must, but more often simply describes the behavior of the implementation in response to specified commands and inputs. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, such references to implementation behavior describe the behavior of conformant implementations, and express normative requirements which an implementation must satisfy in order to conform to the specification. For example, if the specification says “Under specified condition, the error code VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT is returned”, that behavior is a requirement of the specification, and an implementation which does not return that error code under that condition is not conformant.

When the normative terms may, should, or optional are used to describe implementation behavior, they define alternative or optional behaviors which a conformant implementation may or may not exhibit. Such statements are also normative. For example, if the specification says "Under specified condition, the implementation should return A but may instead return B", then an implementation that returns either A or B under that condition is conformant (assuming it does not violate other normative requirements), while an implementation that returns anything else is not.

2.2.2. Normative References

References to external documents are considered normative references if the Specification uses normative terminology or normative descriptions to refer to them or their requirements, either as a whole or in part.

The following documents are referenced by normative sections of the specification:

IEEE. August, 2008. IEEE Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic. IEEE Std 754-2008. https://dx.doi.org/10.1109/IEEESTD.2008.4610935 .

Andrew Garrard. Khronos Data Format Specification, version 1.3. https://registry.khronos.org/DataFormat/specs/1.3/dataformat.1.3.html .

John Kessenich. SPIR-V Extended Instructions for GLSL, Version 1.00 (February 10, 2016). https://registry.khronos.org/spir-v/ .

John Kessenich, Boaz Ouriel, and Raun Krisch. SPIR-V Specification, Version 1.5, Revision 3, Unified (April 24, 2020). https://registry.khronos.org/spir-v/ .

ITU-T. H.264 Advanced Video Coding for Generic Audiovisual Services (August, 2021). https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-H.264-202108-I/ .

ITU-T. H.265 High Efficiency Video Coding (August, 2021). https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-H.265-202108-S/ .

Google. VP9 Bitstream & Decoding Process Specification (February 22, 2017). https://storage.googleapis.com/downloads.webmproject.org/docs/vp9/vp9-bitstream-specification-v0.7-20170222-draft.pdf .

Alliance for Open Media. AV1 Bitstream & Decoding Process Specification (January 8, 2019). https://aomediacodec.github.io/av1-spec/av1-spec.pdf .

Jon Leech. The Khronos Vulkan API Registry (February 26, 2023). https://registry.khronos.org/vulkan/specs/latest/registry.html .

Jon Leech and Tobias Hector. Vulkan Documentation and Extensions: Procedures and Conventions (February 26, 2023). https://registry.khronos.org/vulkan/specs/latest/styleguide.html .

Architecture of the Vulkan Loader Interfaces (October, 2021). https://github.com/KhronosGroup/Vulkan-Loader/blob/main/docs/LoaderInterfaceArchitecture.md .

2.2.3. Informative Language

Some language in the specification is purely informative, intended to provide background information or make suggestions to implementors or developers. Such language does not impose normative requirements on implementations or applications.

All NOTEs are implicitly informative.

If an entire chapter, section, or appendix contains only informative language, its title will be suffixed with “(Informative)”. Unless so noted in the title, all chapters, sections, and appendices in this document are normative.

2.2.4. Technical Terminology

The Vulkan Specification makes use of common engineering and graphics terms such as Pipeline, Shader, and Host to identify and describe Vulkan API constructs and their attributes, states, and behaviors. The Glossary defines the basic meanings of these terms in the context of the Specification. The Specification text provides fuller definitions of the terms and may elaborate, extend, or clarify the Glossary definitions. When a term defined in the Glossary is used in normative language within the Specification, the definitions within the Specification govern and supersede any meanings the terms may have in other technical contexts (i.e. outside the Specification).

2.2.5. Ratification

Ratification of a Vulkan core version or extension is a status conferred by vote of the Khronos Board of Promoters, bringing that core version or extension under the umbrella of the Khronos IP Rights Policy.

All Vulkan core versions and KHR extensions (including provisional specifications) are ratified, as are some multi-vendor EXT extensions. Ratification status of extensions is described in the Layers & Extensions (Informative) appendix.

Note

Ratification status is primarily of interest to IHVs developing GPU hardware and Vulkan implementations. For developers, ratification does not necessarily mean that an extension is “better”, has a more stable API, or is more widely supported than alternative ways of achieving that functionality.

Interactions between ratified and non-ratified extensions are not themselves ratified.

3. Fundamentals

This chapter introduces fundamental concepts including the Vulkan architecture and execution model, API syntax, queues, pipeline configurations, numeric representation, state and state queries, and the different types of objects and shaders. It provides a framework for interpreting more specific descriptions of commands and behavior in the remainder of the Specification.

3.1. Host and Device Environment

The Vulkan Specification assumes and requires: the following properties of the host environment with respect to Vulkan implementations:

  • The host must have runtime support for 8, 16, 32 and 64-bit signed and unsigned twos-complement integers, all addressable at the granularity of their size in bytes.

  • The host must have runtime support for 32- and 64-bit floating-point types satisfying the range and precision constraints in the Floating-Point Computation section.

  • The representation and endianness of these types on the host must match the representation and endianness of the same types on every physical device supported.

Note

Since a variety of data types and structures in Vulkan may be accessible by both host and physical device operations, the implementation should be able to access such data efficiently in both paths in order to facilitate writing portable and performant applications.

3.2. Execution Model

This section outlines the execution model of a Vulkan system.

Vulkan exposes one or more devices, each of which exposes one or more queues which may process work asynchronously to one another. The set of queues supported by a device is partitioned into families. Each family supports one or more types of functionality and may contain multiple queues with similar characteristics. Queues within a single family are considered compatible with one another, and work produced for a family of queues can be executed on any queue within that family. This specification defines the following types of functionality that queues may support: graphics, compute, protected memory management, and transfer.

Note

A single device may report multiple similar queue families rather than, or as well as, reporting multiple members of one or more of those families. This indicates that while members of those families have similar capabilities, they are not directly compatible with one another.

Device memory is explicitly managed by the application. Each device may advertise one or more heaps, representing different areas of memory. Memory heaps are either device-local or host-local, but are always visible to the device. Further detail about memory heaps is exposed via memory types available on that heap. Examples of memory areas that may be available on an implementation include:

  • device-local is memory that is physically connected to the device.

  • device-local, host visible is device-local memory that is visible to the host.

  • host-local, host visible is memory that is local to the host and visible to the device and host.

On other architectures, there may only be a single heap that can be used for any purpose.

3.2.1. Queue Operation

Vulkan queues provide an interface to the execution engines of a device. Commands for these execution engines are recorded into command buffers ahead of execution time, and then submitted to a queue for execution. Once submitted to a queue, command buffers will begin and complete execution without further application intervention, though the order of this execution is dependent on a number of implicit and explicit ordering constraints.

Work is submitted to queues using queue submission commands that typically take the form vkQueue* (e.g. vkQueueSubmit ), and can take a list of semaphores upon which to wait before work begins and a list of semaphores to signal once work has completed. The work itself, as well as signaling and waiting on the semaphores are all queue operations. Queue submission commands return control to the application once queue operations have been submitted - they do not wait for completion.

There are no implicit ordering constraints between queue operations on different queues, or between queues and the host, so these may operate in any order with respect to each other. Explicit ordering constraints between different queues or with the host can be expressed with semaphores and fences.

Command buffer submissions to a single queue respect submission order and other implicit ordering guarantees, but otherwise may overlap or execute out of order. Other types of batches and queue submissions against a single queue have no implicit ordering constraints with any other queue submission or batch. Additional explicit ordering constraints between queue submissions and individual batches can be expressed with semaphores and fences.

Before a fence or semaphore is signaled, it is guaranteed that any previously submitted queue operations have completed execution, and that memory writes from those queue operations are available to future queue operations. Waiting on a signaled semaphore or fence guarantees that previous writes that are available are also visible to subsequent commands.

Command buffer boundaries, both between primary command buffers of the same or different batches or submissions as well as between primary and secondary command buffers, do not introduce any additional ordering constraints. In other words, submitting the set of command buffers (which can include executing secondary command buffers) between any semaphore or fence operations execute the recorded commands as if they had all been recorded into a single primary command buffer, except that the current state is reset on each boundary. Explicit ordering constraints can be expressed with explicit synchronization primitives.

There are a few implicit ordering guarantees between commands within a command buffer, but only covering a subset of execution. Additional explicit ordering constraints can be expressed with the various explicit synchronization primitives.

Note

Implementations have significant freedom to overlap execution of work submitted to a queue, and this is common due to deep pipelining and parallelism in Vulkan devices.

Commands recorded in command buffers can perform actions, set state that persists across commands, synchronize other commands, or indirectly launch other commands, with some commands fulfilling several of these roles. The “Command Properties” section for each such command lists which of these roles the command takes:

Action

Action commands perform operations that can update values in memory. E.g. draw commands, dispatch commands.

State

State setting commands update the current state of a command buffer, affecting the operation of future action commands.

Synchronization

Synchronization commands impose ordering constraints on action commands, by introducing explicit execution and memory dependencies.

Indirection

Indirection commands execute other commands which were not directly recorded in the same command buffer.

Note

In the absence of explicit synchronization or implicit ordering guarantees, action commands may overlap execution or execute out of order, potentially leading to data races. However, such reordering does not affect the current state observed by any action command. Each action command uses the state in effect at the point where the command occurs in the command buffer, regardless of when it is executed.

3.3. Object Model

The devices, queues, and other entities in Vulkan are represented by Vulkan objects. At the API level, all objects are referred to by handles. There are two classes of handles, dispatchable and non-dispatchable. Dispatchable handle types are a pointer to an opaque type. This pointer may be used by layers as part of intercepting API commands, and thus each API command takes a dispatchable type as its first parameter. Each object of a dispatchable type must have a unique handle value during its lifetime.

Non-dispatchable handle types are a 64-bit integer type whose meaning is implementation-dependent. Non-dispatchable handles may encode object information directly in the handle rather than acting as a reference to an underlying object, and thus may not have unique handle values. If handle values are not unique, then destroying one such handle must not cause identical handles of other types to become invalid, and must not cause identical handles of the same type to become invalid if that handle value has been created more times than it has been destroyed.

All objects created or allocated from a VkDevice (i.e. with a VkDevice as the first parameter) are private to that device, and must not be used on other devices.

3.3.1. Object Lifetime

Objects are created or allocated by vkCreate* and vkAllocate* commands, respectively. Once an object is created or allocated, its “structure” is considered to be immutable, though the content of certain object types is still free to change. When an object is passed to another command, it may be accessed by the implementation, which may include both read and write access unless explicitly stated otherwise. Objects are destroyed or freed by vkDestroy* and vkFree* commands, respectively.

Objects that are allocated (rather than created) take resources from an existing pool object or memory heap, and when freed return resources to that pool or heap. While object creation and destruction are generally expected to be low-frequency occurrences during runtime, allocating and freeing objects can occur at high frequency. Pool objects help accommodate improved performance of the allocations and frees.

In Vulkan SC, data structures for objects are reserved by the implementation at device creation time in order to enable implementations to rely solely on static memory management at runtime. The VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo structure provides upper bounds on the simultaneous number of objects of each type that can be allocated during the lifetime of the VkDevice. Most objects can be created and destroyed as needed, provided that no more than the requested number are in existence at any point in time.

Applications are responsible for managing the lifetimes of Vulkan objects and memory passed into the Vulkan API. The access semantics of different functions in the API follow a typical pattern as laid out below, with any exceptions listed with the commands or objects that have them.

Application-owned memory and Vulkan objects may be accessed at any time during the execution of a command they are passed to. Vulkan objects that device addresses are retrieved from may be accessed by the implementation any time that memory backing the device address is accessed. Device addresses and Vulkan objects passed in during the creation or allocation of another object may be accessed by the implementation any time that the created/allocated object is accessed unless explicitly stated otherwise. Device addresses and Vulkan objects passed to a recording command (vkCmd*) may be accessed at any time during the execution of the command, when the command buffer is subsequently recorded into another command buffer, during any subsequent command that is recorded to either the command buffer or one it is recorded into, or while the command buffer is in the pending state, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Some additional operations hold references to other objects or application-owned memory beyond the duration of the command; in which case the access semantics and lifetime of those references are described by that command.

When destroying or freeing an object, implementations must not access any memory or other objects that may otherwise be accessed when the object is accessed. Applications can free or destroy objects in any order, except that parent objects must be freed only after all child objects are freed. An object is the parent of another child object if the parent was used as the first object parameter in the creation of the child. Once an object is freed or destroyed it must not be accessed again, either directly or via access through another object. Applications must not free or destroy any object while it is being accessed.

3.3.2. External Object Handles

As defined above, the scope of object handles created or allocated from a VkDevice is limited to that logical device. Objects which are not in scope are said to be external. To bring an external object into scope, an external handle must be exported from the object in the source scope and imported into the destination scope.

Note

The scope of external handles and their associated resources may vary according to their type, but they can generally be shared across process and API boundaries.

3.4. Application Binary Interface

The mechanism by which Vulkan is made available to applications is platform- or implementation- defined. On many platforms the C interface described in this Specification is provided by a shared library. Since shared libraries can be changed independently of the applications that use them, they present particular compatibility challenges, and this Specification places some requirements on them.

Shared library implementations must use the default Application Binary Interface (ABI) of the standard C compiler for the platform, or provide customized API headers that cause application code to use the implementation’s non-default ABI. An ABI in this context means the size, alignment, and layout of C data types; the procedure calling convention; and the naming convention for shared library symbols corresponding to C functions. Customizing the calling convention for a platform is usually accomplished by defining calling convention macros appropriately in vk_platform.h.

On platforms where Vulkan is provided as a shared library, library symbols beginning with “vk” and followed by a digit or uppercase letter are reserved for use by the implementation. Applications which use Vulkan must not provide definitions of these symbols. This allows the Vulkan shared library to be updated with additional symbols for new API versions or extensions without causing symbol conflicts with existing applications.

Shared library implementations should provide library symbols for commands in the highest version of this Specification they support, and for Window System Integration extensions relevant to the platform. They may also provide library symbols for commands defined by additional extensions.

Note

These requirements and recommendations are intended to allow implementors to take advantage of platform-specific conventions for SDKs, ABIs, library versioning mechanisms, etc. while still minimizing the code changes necessary to port applications or libraries between platforms. Platform vendors, or providers of the de facto standard Vulkan shared library for a platform, are encouraged to document what symbols the shared library provides and how it will be versioned when new symbols are added.

Applications should only rely on shared library symbols for commands in the minimum core version required by the application. vkGetInstanceProcAddr and vkGetDeviceProcAddr should be used to obtain function pointers for commands in core versions beyond the application’s minimum required version.

3.5. Command Syntax and Duration

The Specification describes Vulkan commands as functions or procedures using C99 syntax. Language bindings for other languages such as C++ and JavaScript may allow for stricter parameter passing, or object-oriented interfaces.

Vulkan uses the standard C types for the base type of scalar parameters (e.g. types from <stdint.h>), with exceptions described below, or elsewhere in the text when appropriate:

VkBool32 represents boolean True and False values, since C does not have a sufficiently portable built-in boolean type:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint32_t VkBool32;

VK_TRUE represents a boolean True (unsigned integer 1) value, and VK_FALSE a boolean False (unsigned integer 0) value.

All values returned from a Vulkan implementation in a VkBool32 will be either VK_TRUE or VK_FALSE.

Applications must not pass any other values than VK_TRUE or VK_FALSE into a Vulkan implementation where a VkBool32 is expected.

VK_TRUE is a constant representing a VkBool32 True value.

#define VK_TRUE                           1U

VK_FALSE is a constant representing a VkBool32 False value.

#define VK_FALSE                          0U

VkDeviceSize represents device memory size and offset values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint64_t VkDeviceSize;

VkDeviceAddress represents device buffer address values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint64_t VkDeviceAddress;
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceAddress-size-11364
    A valid VkDeviceAddress must be equal to the sum of an address retrieved from a VkBuffer via vkGetBufferDeviceAddress, and any offset in the range [0, size), where size is the value of VkBufferCreateInfo::size used to create that VkBuffer

  • VUID-VkDeviceAddress-None-10894
    If a VkDeviceAddress was retrieved from a non-sparse buffer, that buffer must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

Commands that create Vulkan objects are of the form vkCreate* and take Vk*CreateInfo structures with the parameters needed to create the object. These Vulkan objects are destroyed with commands of the form vkDestroy*.

The last in-parameter to each command that creates or destroys a Vulkan object is pAllocator. The pAllocator parameter must be NULL. Refer to the Memory Allocation chapter for further details.

Commands that allocate Vulkan objects owned by pool objects are of the form vkAllocate*, and take Vk*AllocateInfo structures. These Vulkan objects are freed with commands of the form vkFree*. These objects do not take allocators; if host memory is needed, they will use the allocator that was specified when their parent pool was created.

Commands are recorded into a command buffer by calling API commands of the form vkCmd*. Each such command may have different restrictions on where it can be used: in a primary and/or secondary command buffer, inside and/or outside a render pass, and in one or more of the supported queue types. These restrictions are documented together with the definition of each such command.

The duration of a Vulkan command refers to the interval between calling the command and its return to the caller.

3.5.1. Lifetime of Retrieved Results

Information is retrieved from the implementation with commands of the form vkGet* and vkEnumerate*.

Unless otherwise specified for an individual command, the results are invariant; that is, they will remain unchanged when retrieved again by calling the same command with the same parameters, so long as those parameters themselves all remain valid.

3.5.2. Array Results

Some query commands of the form vkGet* and vkEnumerate* enable retrieving multiple results in the form of a return array. Such commands typically have two pointer arguments as follows:

  • An element count pointer pointing to an integer variable, conventionally named as p*Count where * is the capitalized singular form of the name of the retrieved values.

  • A pointer to an array where the result array is retrieved, conventionally named as p* where * is the capitalized plural form of the name of the retrieved values.

If such commands are called with the array pointer set to NULL, then the number of retrievable elements is returned in the variable pointed to by the element count pointer. Otherwise, the element count pointer must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the return array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of elements actually written to the return array. If the input element count is less than the number of retrievable array elements, the query will write only as many elements to the return array as specified by the element count variable set by the application, and the command will return VK_INCOMPLETE instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all retrievable array elements were returned.

Note

In practice, this means that applications will typically call such query commands twice:

  • First, with the array pointer set to NULL, to retrieve the number of retrievable elements.

  • Second, with the array pointer pointing to an application allocated storage for at least as many elements as indicated by the variable pointed to by the element count pointer, to retrieve at most as many of the retrievable elements.

Query commands that return one or more structures, regardless of whether they return a single or an array of structures with or without a pNext chain, may also contain arrays within those structures. Such return arrays are typically defined in the form of two members as follows:

  • An integer value specifying the element count, conventionally named as *Count where * is the singular form of the name of the retrieved values.

  • A pointer to an array where the result array is retrieved, conventionally named as p* where * is the capitalized plural form of the name of the retrieved values.

Analogously to query commands that return multiple results, if the command is called with the array pointer member of the output structure in question set to NULL, then the number of retrievable elements is returned in the element count member of that output structure. Otherwise, the element count must specify the number of elements in the return array, and on return the element count member is overwritten with the number of elements actually written to the return array. If the input element count is less than the number of retrievable array elements, the query will write only as many elements to the return array as specified by the input element count, and the command will return VK_INCOMPLETE instead of VK_SUCCESS, if the query command has a VkResult return type, to indicate that not all retrievable array elements were returned.

Note

Applications need to separately track the value they provided as the input element count member for such arrays and compare those with the returned element counts in order to determine whether the actually returned element count is smaller than the size of the return array. Another side effect of this is that it is impossible for the application to determine if the number of retrievable elements has increased beyond the provided input element count so using return arrays in output structures should be limited to invariant array results. In practice, this means that applications will typically call such query commands multiple times:

  • First, with the array pointer member(s) set to NULL, to retrieve the number(s) of retrievable elements.

  • Second, with the array pointer(s) pointing to an application allocated storage for at least as many elements as indicated by the element count member(s), to retrieve at most as many of the retrievable elements.

  • Then the process may need to be repeated for all other newly introduced return arrays in any nested output structures indirectly specified through the previously retrieved result arrays.

Regardless of the type of query command, any array pointer member of an output structure must either be NULL, or point to an application-allocated array. Query commands must not return a pointer to implementation allocated storage in any output structure.

3.5.3. Opaque Binary Data Results

Some query commands of the form vkGet* retrieve opaque binary data in the form of a byte array and have a possible result code of VK_ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE_KHR. Such commands always have two pointer arguments as follows:

  • A binary data size pointer pointing to a size_t variable, conventionally named as p*Size where * is the capitalized form of the name of the retrieved binary data.

  • A pointer to a byte array where the binary data is retrieved, conventionally named as p* where * is the capitalized form of the name of the retrieved binary data.

If such commands are called with the binary pointer not set to NULL, the binary size pointer must point to a variable set by the application to the allocated size of the binary pointer. These arguments may also be placed in an extensible structure, in which case the binary data size argument is not a pointer.

If the input binary size is less than the total retrievable binary size, the query will not write any data to the location pointed to the binary pointer, and the command will return VK_ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE_KHR instead of VK_SUCCESS.

If the return code is VK_SUCCESS or VK_ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE_KHR, the total size of the binary data that can be retrieved is returned in the variable pointed to by the binary size pointer.

If multiple binaries are being retrieved, VK_ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE_KHR will be returned if any input binary sizes are less than their respective total retrievable binary sizes. Unless otherwise specified, this command will determine writing data to each binary individually based on if their input binary sizes are sufficiently sized, following the behavior for single binary retrieval.

For all other error codes, the contents of the return structures are undefined.

Note

If VK_ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE_KHR is returned with a command that returns multiple binaries, the application can determine which binaries are undersized by comparing the total binary size that is returned for each binary against the allocated size that was provided to the command.
Note

Some binary queries do not behave consistently with this pattern for historical reasons, primarily that the VK_ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_SPACE_KHR error code was not defined until after those queries were written.

A NOTE is added to each such query, describing such inconsistent behavior.

3.6. Threading Behavior

Vulkan is intended to provide scalable performance when used on multiple host threads. All commands support being called concurrently from multiple threads, but certain parameters, or components of parameters are defined to be externally synchronized. This means that the caller must guarantee that no more than one thread is using such a parameter at a given time.

More precisely, Vulkan commands use simple stores to update the state of Vulkan objects. The implementation may not synchronize accesses to memory parameters or object parameters declared as externally synchronized with other accesses. If two commands access the same object or memory and at least one of the commands declares the object to be externally synchronized, then the caller must guarantee not only that the commands do not execute simultaneously, but also that the two commands are separated by an appropriate memory barrier (if needed). Similarly, if a Vulkan command accesses a non-const memory parameter and the application also accesses that memory, or if the application writes to that memory and the command accesses it as a const memory parameter, the application must ensure the accesses are properly synchronized with a memory barrier if needed.

Note

Memory barriers are particularly relevant for hosts based on the ARM CPU architecture, which is more weakly ordered than many developers are accustomed to from x86/x64 programming. Fortunately, most higher-level synchronization primitives (like the pthread library) perform memory barriers as a part of mutual exclusion, so mutexing Vulkan objects via these primitives will have the desired effect.

Any object parameters that are not labeled as externally synchronized are either not mutated by the command or are internally synchronized. Additionally, certain objects related to a command’s parameters (e.g. command pools and descriptor pools) may be affected by a command, and must also be externally synchronized. These implicit parameters are documented as described below.

Parameters of commands that are externally synchronized are listed below.

Externally Synchronized Parameters and Members

1 See Valid Usage language for this token for details.

There are also a few instances where a command can take in an application-allocated list whose contents are externally synchronized parameters. In these cases, the caller must guarantee that at most one thread is using a given element within the list at a given time. These parameters are listed below.

Externally Synchronized Parameter and Member Lists

1 See Valid Usage language for this token for details.

In addition, there are some implicit parameters that need to be externally synchronized. For example, when a commandBuffer parameter needs to be externally synchronized, it implies that the commandPool from which that command buffer was allocated also needs to be externally synchronized. The implicit parameters and their associated object are listed below.

Implicit Externally Synchronized Parameters

3.7. Valid Usage

Valid usage defines a set of conditions which must be met in order to achieve well-defined runtime behavior in an application. These conditions depend only on Vulkan state, and the parameters or objects whose usage is constrained by the condition.

The core layer assumes applications are using the API correctly. Except as documented elsewhere in the Specification, the behavior of the core layer to an application using the API incorrectly is undefined, and may include program termination. However, implementations must ensure that incorrect usage by an application does not affect the integrity of the operating system, the Vulkan implementation, or other applications in the system using Vulkan. In particular, any guarantees made by an operating system about whether memory from one process can be visible to another process or not must not be violated by a Vulkan implementation for any memory allocation. Vulkan implementations are not required to make additional security or integrity guarantees beyond those provided by the OS unless explicitly directed by the application’s use of a particular feature or extension.

Note

For instance, if an operating system guarantees that data in all its memory allocations are set to zero when newly allocated, the Vulkan implementation must make the same guarantees for any allocations it controls (e.g. VkDeviceMemory).

Similarly, if an operating system guarantees that use-after-free of host allocations will not result in values written by another process becoming visible, the same guarantees must be made by the Vulkan implementation for device memory.

If the protectedMemory feature is supported, the implementation provides additional guarantees when invalid usage occurs to prevent values in protected memory from being accessed or inferred outside of protected operations, as described in Protected Memory Access Rules.

Some valid usage conditions have dependencies on runtime limits or feature availability. It is possible to validate these conditions against Vulkan’s minimum supported values for these limits and features, or some subset of other known values.

Valid usage conditions do not cover conditions where well-defined behavior (including returning an error code) exists.

Valid usage conditions should apply to the command or structure where complete information about the condition would be known during execution of an application. This is such that a validation layer or linter can be written directly against these statements at the point they are specified.

Note

This does lead to some non-obvious places for valid usage statements. For instance, the valid values for a structure might depend on a separate value in the calling command. In this case, the structure itself will not reference this valid usage as it is impossible to determine validity from the structure that it is invalid - instead this valid usage would be attached to the calling command.

Another example is draw state - the state setters are independent, and can cause a legitimately invalid state configuration between draw calls; so the valid usage statements are attached to the place where all state needs to be valid - at the drawing command.

Valid usage conditions are described in a block labeled “Valid Usage” following each command or structure they apply to.

3.7.1. Usage Validation

Vulkan is a layered API. The lowest layer is the core Vulkan layer, as defined by this Specification. The application can use additional layers above the core for debugging, validation, and other purposes.

One of the core principles of Vulkan is that building and submitting command buffers should be highly efficient. Thus error checking and validation of state in the core layer is minimal, although more rigorous validation can be enabled through the use of layers.

Validation of correct API usage is left to validation layers. Applications should be developed with validation layers enabled, to help catch and eliminate errors.

3.7.2. Implicit Valid Usage

Some valid usage conditions apply to all commands and structures in the API, unless explicitly denoted otherwise for a specific command or structure. These conditions are considered implicit, and are described in a block labeled “Valid Usage (Implicit)” following each command or structure they apply to. Implicit valid usage conditions are described in detail below.

Valid Usage for Object Handles

Any input parameter to a command that is an object handle must be a valid object handle, unless otherwise specified. An object handle is valid if:

  • It has been created or allocated by a previous, successful call to the API. Such calls are noted in the Specification.

  • It has not been deleted or freed by a previous call to the API. Such calls are noted in the Specification.

  • Any objects used by that object, either as part of creation or execution, must also be valid.

The reserved values VK_NULL_HANDLE and NULL can be used in place of valid non-dispatchable handles and dispatchable handles, respectively, when explicitly called out in the Specification. Any command that creates an object successfully must not return these values. It is valid to pass these values to vkDestroy* or vkFree* commands, which will silently ignore these values.

Valid Usage for Pointers

Any parameter that is a pointer must be a valid pointer only if it is explicitly called out by a Valid Usage statement.

A pointer is “valid” if it points at memory containing values of the number and type(s) expected by the command, and all fundamental types accessed through the pointer (e.g. as elements of an array or as members of a structure) satisfy the alignment requirements of the host processor.

Valid Usage for Strings

Any parameter that is a pointer to char must be a finite sequence of values terminated by a null character, or if explicitly called out in the Specification, can be NULL.

Strings specified as UTF-8 encoded must not contain invalid UTF-8 sequences. See String Representation for additional information about strings.

Valid Usage for Enumerated Types

Any parameter of an enumerated type must be a valid enumerant for that type. Use of an enumerant is valid if the following conditions are true:

  • The enumerant is defined as part of the enumerated type.

  • The enumerant is not a value suffixed with _MAX_ENUM.

    • This value exists only to ensure that C enum types are 32 bits in size and must not be used by applications.

  • If the enumerant is used in a function that has a VkInstance as its first parameter and either:

  • If the enumerant is used in a function that has a VkPhysicalDevice object as its first parameter and either:

  • If the enumerant is used in a function that has any other dispatchable object as its first parameter and either:

Any enumerated type returned from a query command or otherwise output from Vulkan to the application must not have a reserved value. Reserved values are values not defined by any extension for that enumerated type.

Note

In some special cases, an enumerant is only meaningful if a feature defined by an extension is also enabled, as well as the extension itself. The global “valid enumerant” rule described here does not address such cases.
Note

This language is intended to accommodate cases such as “hidden” extensions known only to driver internals, or layers enabling extensions without knowledge of the application, without allowing return of values not defined by any extension.
Note

Application developers are encouraged to be careful when using switch statements with Vulkan API enums. This is because new extensions can add new values to existing enums. Using a default: statement within a switch may avoid future compilation issues.

This is particularly true for enums such as VkDriverId, which may have values added that do not belong to a corresponding new extension.
Valid Usage for Flags

A collection of flags is represented by a bitmask using the type VkFlags:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint32_t VkFlags;

Bitmasks are passed to many commands and structures to compactly represent options, but VkFlags is not used directly in the API. Instead, a Vk*Flags type which is an alias of VkFlags, and whose name matches the corresponding Vk*FlagBits that are valid for that type, is used.

Any Vk*Flags member or parameter used in the API as an input must be a valid combination of bit flags. A valid combination is either zero or the bitwise OR of valid bit flags.

An individual bit flag is valid for a Vk*Flags type if it would be a valid enumerant when used with the equivalent Vk*FlagBits type, where the bits type is obtained by taking the flag type and replacing the trailing Flags with FlagBits. For example, a flag value of type VkColorComponentFlags must contain only bit flags defined by VkColorComponentFlagBits.

Any Vk*Flags member or parameter returned from a query command or otherwise output from Vulkan to the application may contain bit flags undefined in its corresponding Vk*FlagBits type. An application cannot rely on the state of these unspecified bits.

Only the low-order 31 bits (bit positions zero through 30) are available for use as flag bits.

Note

This restriction is due to poorly defined behavior by C compilers given a C enumerant value of 0x80000000. In some cases adding this enumerant value may increase the size of the underlying Vk*FlagBits type, breaking the ABI.

A collection of 64-bit flags is represented by a bitmask using the type VkFlags64:

// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef uint64_t VkFlags64;

When the 31 bits available in VkFlags are insufficient, the VkFlags64 type can be passed to commands and structures to represent up to 64 options. VkFlags64 is not used directly in the API. Instead, a Vk*Flags2 type which is an alias of VkFlags64, and whose name matches the corresponding Vk*FlagBits2 that are valid for that type, is used.

Any Vk*Flags2 member or parameter used in the API as an input must be a valid combination of bit flags. A valid combination is either zero or the bitwise OR of valid bit flags.

An individual bit flag is valid for a Vk*Flags2 type if it would be a valid enumerant when used with the equivalent Vk*FlagBits2 type, where the bits type is obtained by taking the flag type and replacing the trailing Flags2 with FlagBits2. For example, a flag value of type VkAccessFlags2KHR must contain only bit flags defined by VkAccessFlagBits2KHR.

Any Vk*Flags2 member or parameter returned from a query command or otherwise output from Vulkan to the application may contain bit flags undefined in its corresponding Vk*FlagBits2 type. An application cannot rely on the state of these unspecified bits.

Note

Both the Vk*FlagBits2 type, and the individual bits defined for that type, are defined as uint64_t integers in the C API. This is in contrast to the 32-bit types, where the Vk*FlagBits type is defined as a C enum and the individual bits as enumerants belonging to that enum. As a result, there is less compile time type checking possible for the 64-bit types. This is unavoidable since there is no sufficiently portable way to define a 64-bit enum type in C99.
Valid Usage for Structure Types

Any parameter that is a structure containing a sType member must have a value of sType which is a valid VkStructureType value matching the type of the structure.

Valid Usage for Structure Pointer Chains

Any parameter that is a structure containing a void* pNext member must have a value of pNext that is either NULL, or is a pointer to a valid extending structure, containing sType and pNext members as described in the Vulkan Documentation and Extensions document in the section “Extending Structures”. The set of structures connected by pNext pointers is referred to as a pNext chain.

Each structure included in the pNext chain must be defined at runtime by either:

  • a core version which is supported

  • an extension which is enabled

  • a supported device extension in the case of physical-device-level functionality added by the device extension

Each type of extending structure must not appear more than once in a pNext chain, including any aliases. This general rule may be explicitly overridden for specific structures.

Any component of the implementation (the loader, any enabled layers, and drivers) must skip over, without processing (other than reading the sType and pNext members) any extending structures in the chain not defined by core versions or extensions supported by that component.

As a convenience to implementations and layers needing to iterate through a structure pointer chain, the Vulkan API provides two base structures. These structures allow for some type safety, and can be used by Vulkan API functions that operate on generic inputs and outputs.

The VkBaseInStructure structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBaseInStructure {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const struct VkBaseInStructure*    pNext;
} VkBaseInStructure;

  • sType is the structure type of the structure being iterated through.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to the next structure in a structure chain.

VkBaseInStructure can be used to facilitate iterating through a read-only structure pointer chain.

The VkBaseOutStructure structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBaseOutStructure {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    struct VkBaseOutStructure*    pNext;
} VkBaseOutStructure;

  • sType is the structure type of the structure being iterated through.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to the next structure in a structure chain.

VkBaseOutStructure can be used to facilitate iterating through a structure pointer chain that returns data back to the application.

Valid Usage for Nested Structures

The above conditions also apply recursively to members of structures provided as input to a command, either as a direct argument to the command, or themselves a member of another structure.

Specifics on valid usage of each command are covered in their individual sections.

Valid Usage for Extensions

Instance-level functionality or behavior added by an instance extension to the API must not be used unless that extension is supported by the instance as determined by vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, and that extension is enabled in VkInstanceCreateInfo.

Physical-device-level functionality or behavior added by an instance extension to the API must not be used unless that extension is supported by the instance as determined by vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, and that extension is enabled in VkInstanceCreateInfo.

Physical-device-level functionality or behavior added by a device extension to the API must not be used unless the conditions described in Extending Physical Device From Device Extensions are met.

Device-level functionality added by a device extension that is dispatched from a VkDevice, or from a child object of a VkDevice must not be used unless that extension is supported by the device as determined by vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties, and that extension is enabled in VkDeviceCreateInfo.

Valid Usage for Newer Core Versions

Instance-level functionality or behavior added by a new core version of the API must not be used unless it is supported by the instance as determined by vkEnumerateInstanceVersion and the specified version of VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion.

Physical-device-level functionality or behavior added by a new core version of the API must not be used unless it is supported by the physical device as determined by VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion and the specified version of VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion.

Device-level functionality or behavior added by a new core version of the API must not be used unless it is supported by the device as determined by VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion and the specified version of VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion.

3.8. VkResult Return Codes

While the core Vulkan API is not designed to capture incorrect usage, some circumstances still require return codes. Commands in Vulkan return their status via return codes that are in one of two categories:

  • Successful completion codes are returned when a command needs to communicate success or status information. All successful completion codes are non-negative values.

  • Runtime error codes are returned when a command needs to communicate a failure that could only be detected at runtime. All runtime error codes are negative values.

All return codes in Vulkan are reported via VkResult return values. The possible codes are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkResult {
    VK_SUCCESS = 0,
    VK_NOT_READY = 1,
    VK_TIMEOUT = 2,
    VK_EVENT_SET = 3,
    VK_EVENT_RESET = 4,
    VK_INCOMPLETE = 5,
    VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY = -1,
    VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY = -2,
    VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED = -3,
    VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST = -4,
    VK_ERROR_MEMORY_MAP_FAILED = -5,
    VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT = -6,
    VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT = -7,
    VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT = -8,
    VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER = -9,
    VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS = -10,
    VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED = -11,
    VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL = -12,
    VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN = -13,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
    VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED = -1000011001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY = -1000069000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE = -1000072003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_ERROR_INVALID_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS = -1000257000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTATION = -1000161000,
    VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED = -1000174001,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA = -1000298000,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH = -1000298001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_surface
    VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR = -1000000000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_surface
    VK_ERROR_NATIVE_WINDOW_IN_USE_KHR = -1000000001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR = 1000001003,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR = -1000001004,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_display_swapchain
    VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DISPLAY_KHR = -1000003001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_ERROR_INVALID_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PLANE_LAYOUT_EXT = -1000158000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
    VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED_KHR = VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED,
} VkResult;
Success Codes

  • VK_SUCCESS Command successfully completed

  • VK_NOT_READY A fence or query has not yet completed

  • VK_TIMEOUT A wait operation has not completed in the specified time

  • VK_EVENT_SET An event is signaled

  • VK_EVENT_RESET An event is unsignaled

  • VK_INCOMPLETE A return array was too small for the result

  • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR A swapchain no longer matches the surface properties exactly, but can still be used to present to the surface successfully.

Error Codes

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY A host memory allocation has failed.

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY A device memory allocation has failed.

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED Initialization of an object could not be completed for implementation-specific reasons.

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST The logical or physical device has been lost. See Lost Device

  • VK_ERROR_MEMORY_MAP_FAILED Mapping of a memory object has failed.

  • VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT A requested layer is not present or could not be loaded.

  • VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT A requested extension is not supported.

  • VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT A requested feature is not supported.

  • VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER The requested version of Vulkan is not supported by the driver or is otherwise incompatible for implementation-specific reasons.

  • VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS Too many objects of the type have already been created.

  • VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED A requested format is not supported on this device.

  • VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL A pool allocation has failed due to fragmentation of the pool’s memory. This must only be returned if no attempt to allocate host or device memory was made to accommodate the new allocation. This should be returned in preference to VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY, but only if the implementation is certain that the pool allocation failure was due to fragmentation.

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR A surface is no longer available.

  • VK_ERROR_NATIVE_WINDOW_IN_USE_KHR The requested window is already in use by Vulkan or another API in a manner which prevents it from being used again.

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR A surface has changed in such a way that it is no longer compatible with the swapchain, and further presentation requests using the swapchain will fail. Applications must query the new surface properties and recreate their swapchain if they wish to continue presenting to the surface.

  • VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DISPLAY_KHR The display used by a swapchain does not use the same presentable image layout, or is incompatible in a way that prevents sharing an image.

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY A pool memory allocation has failed. This must only be returned if no attempt to allocate host or device memory was made to accommodate the new allocation. If the failure was definitely due to fragmentation of the pool, VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL should be returned instead.

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE An external handle is not a valid handle of the specified type.

  • VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTATION A descriptor pool creation has failed due to fragmentation.

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS A buffer creation or memory allocation failed because the requested address is not available.

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED A command failed because invalid usage was detected by the implementation or a validation layer. This may result in the command not being dispatched to the ICD.

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA The supplied pipeline cache data was not valid for the current implementation.

  • VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH The implementation did not find a match in the pipeline cache for the specified pipeline, or VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo was not provided to the vkCreate*Pipelines function.

  • VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED The driver implementation has denied a request to acquire a priority above the default priority (VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM_EXT) because the application does not have sufficient privileges.

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN An unknown error has occurred; either the application has provided invalid input, or an implementation failure has occurred.

If a command returns a runtime error, unless otherwise specified any output parameters will have undefined contents, except that if the output parameter is a structure with sType and pNext fields, those fields will be unmodified. Any structures chained from pNext will also have undefined contents, except that sType and pNext will be unmodified.

VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_*_MEMORY errors do not modify any currently existing Vulkan objects. Objects that have already been successfully created can still be used by the application. If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY must not be returned from any physical or logical device command which explicitly disallows it.

Note

As a general rule, Free, Release, and Reset commands do not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY, while any other command with a return code may return it. Any exceptions from this rule are described for those commands.

VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN will be returned by an implementation when an unexpected error occurs that cannot be attributed to valid behavior of the application and implementation. Under these conditions, it may be returned from any command returning a VkResult.

Note

VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN is not expected to ever be returned if the application behavior is valid, and if the implementation is bug-free. If VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN is returned, the application should be checked against the latest validation layers to verify correct behavior as much as possible. If no issues are identified it could be an implementation issue, and the implementor should be contacted for support.

Any command returning a VkResult may return VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED if a violation of valid usage is detected.

Performance-critical commands generally do not have return codes. If a runtime error occurs in such commands, the implementation will defer reporting the error until a specified point. For commands that record into command buffers (vkCmd*) runtime errors are reported by vkEndCommandBuffer.

Note

Implementations can also use Fault Handling to report runtime errors where suitable return values are not available or to provide more prompt notification of an error.

3.9. Numeric Representation and Computation

Implementations normally perform computations in floating-point, and must meet the range and precision requirements defined under “Floating-Point Computation” below.

These requirements only apply to computations performed in Vulkan operations outside of shader execution, such as texture image specification and sampling, and per-fragment operations. Range and precision requirements during shader execution differ and are specified by the Precision and Operation of SPIR-V Instructions section.

In some cases, the representation and/or precision of operations is implicitly limited by the specified format of vertex or texel data consumed by Vulkan. Specific floating-point formats are described later in this section.

3.9.1. Floating-Point Computation

Most floating-point computation is performed in SPIR-V shader modules. The properties of computation within shaders are constrained as defined by the Precision and Operation of SPIR-V Instructions section.

Some floating-point computation is performed outside of shaders, such as viewport and depth range calculations. For these computations, we do not specify how floating-point numbers are to be represented, or the details of how operations on them are performed, but only place minimal requirements on representation and precision as described in the remainder of this section.

We require simply that numbers’ floating-point parts contain enough bits and that their exponent fields are large enough so that individual results of floating-point operations are accurate to about 1 part in 105. The maximum representable magnitude for all floating-point values must be at least 232.

x × 0 = 0 × x = 0 for any non-infinite and non-NaN x.

1 × x = x × 1 = x.

x + 0 = 0 + x = x.

00 = 1.

Occasionally, further requirements will be specified. Most single-precision floating-point formats meet these requirements.

The special values Inf and -Inf encode values with magnitudes too large to be represented; the special value NaN encodes “Not A Number” values resulting from undefined arithmetic operations such as 0 / 0. Implementations may support Inf and NaN in their floating-point computations. Any computation which does not support either Inf or NaN, for which that value is an input or output will yield an undefined value.

3.9.2. Floating-Point Format Conversions

When a value is converted to a defined floating-point representation, finite values falling between two representable finite values are rounded to one or the other. The rounding mode is not defined. Finite values whose magnitude is larger than that of any representable finite value may be rounded either to the closest representable finite value or to the appropriately signed infinity. For unsigned destination formats any negative values are converted to zero. Positive infinity is converted to positive infinity; negative infinity is converted to negative infinity in signed formats and to zero in unsigned formats; and any NaN is converted to a NaN.

3.9.3. 16-Bit Floating-Point Numbers

16-bit floating-point numbers are defined in the “16-bit floating-point numbers” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

3.9.4. Unsigned 11-Bit Floating-Point Numbers

Unsigned 11-bit floating-point numbers are defined in the “Unsigned 11-bit floating-point numbers” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

3.9.5. Unsigned 10-Bit Floating-Point Numbers

Unsigned 10-bit floating-point numbers are defined in the “Unsigned 10-bit floating-point numbers” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

3.9.6. 8-bit booleans

An 8-bit boolean uses the following representation for true and false:

  • Zero to represent false

  • Any non-zero value to represent true

3.9.7. General Requirements

Any representable floating-point value in the appropriate format is legal as input to a Vulkan command that requires floating-point data. The result of providing a value that is not a floating-point number to such a command is unspecified, but must not lead to Vulkan interruption or termination. For example, providing a negative zero (where applicable) or a denormalized number to a Vulkan command must yield deterministic results, while providing a NaN or Inf yields unspecified results.

Some calculations require division. In such cases (including implied divisions performed by vector normalization), division by zero produces an unspecified result but must not lead to Vulkan interruption or termination.

3.10. Fixed-Point Data Conversions

When generic vertex attributes and pixel color or depth components are represented as integers, they are often (but not always) considered to be normalized. Normalized integer values are treated specially when being converted to and from floating-point values, and are usually referred to as normalized fixed-point.

In the remainder of this section, b denotes the bit width of the fixed-point integer representation. When the integer is one of the types defined by the API, b is the bit width of that type. When the integer comes from an image containing color or depth component texels, b is the number of bits allocated to that component in its specified image format.

The signed and unsigned fixed-point representations are assumed to be b-bit binary two’s-complement integers and binary unsigned integers, respectively.

3.10.1. Conversion From Normalized Fixed-Point to Floating-Point

Unsigned normalized fixed-point integers represent numbers in the range [0,1]. The conversion from an unsigned normalized fixed-point value c to the corresponding floating-point value f is defined as

Signed normalized fixed-point integers represent numbers in the range [-1,1]. The conversion from a signed normalized fixed-point value c to the corresponding floating-point value f is performed using

Only the range [-2b-1 + 1, 2b-1 - 1] is used to represent signed fixed-point values in the range [-1,1]. For example, if b = 8, then the integer value -127 corresponds to -1.0 and the value 127 corresponds to 1.0. This equation is used everywhere that signed normalized fixed-point values are converted to floating-point.

Note that while zero is exactly expressible in this representation, one value (-128 in the example) is outside the representable range, and implementations must clamp it to -1.0. Where the value is subject to further processing by the implementation, e.g. during texture filtering, values less than -1.0 may be used but the result must be clamped before the value is returned to shaders.

3.10.2. Conversion From Floating-Point to Normalized Fixed-Point

The conversion from a floating-point value f to the corresponding unsigned normalized fixed-point value c is defined by first clamping f to the range [0,1], then computing

c = convertFloatToUint(f × (2b - 1), b)

where convertFloatToUint(r,b) returns one of the two unsigned binary integer values with exactly b bits which are closest to the floating-point value r. Implementations should round to nearest. If r is equal to an integer, then that integer value must be returned. In particular, if f is equal to 0.0 or 1.0, then c must be assigned 0 or 2b - 1, respectively.

The conversion from a floating-point value f to the corresponding signed normalized fixed-point value c is performed by clamping f to the range [-1,1], then computing

c = convertFloatToInt(f × (2b-1 - 1), b)

where convertFloatToInt(r,b) returns one of the two signed two’s-complement binary integer values with exactly b bits which are closest to the floating-point value r. Implementations should round to nearest. If r is equal to an integer, then that integer value must be returned. In particular, if f is equal to -1.0, 0.0, or 1.0, then c must be assigned -(2b-1 - 1), 0, or 2b-1 - 1, respectively.

This equation is used everywhere that floating-point values are converted to signed normalized fixed-point.

3.11. String Representation

Strings passed into and returned from Vulkan API commands are usually defined to be null-terminated and UTF-8 encoded.

Note

Exceptions to this rule exist only when strings are defined or used by operating system APIs where that OS has a different convention. For example, VkExportMemoryWin32HandleInfoKHR::name is a null-terminated UTF-16 encoded string used in conjunction with Windows handles.

When a UTF-8 string is returned from a Vulkan API query, it is returned in a fixed-length buffer of C char. For example, a string returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceName has maximum length VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE, and a string returned in VkExtensionProperties::extensionName has maximum length VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE. The string, including its null terminator, will always fit completely within this buffer. If the string is shorter than the buffer size, the contents of char in the buffer following the null terminator are undefined.

When a UTF-8 string is passed into a Vulkan API, such as VkDeviceCreateInfo::ppEnabledExtensionNames, there is no explicit limit on the length of that string. However, the string must contain a valid UTF-8 encoded string and must be null-terminated.

3.12. Common Object Types

Some types of Vulkan objects are used in many different structures and command parameters, and are described here. These types include offsets, extents, and rectangles.

3.12.1. Offsets

Offsets are used to describe a pixel location within an image or framebuffer, as an (x,y) location for two-dimensional images, or an (x,y,z) location for three-dimensional images.

A two-dimensional offset is defined by the structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkOffset2D {
    int32_t    x;
    int32_t    y;
} VkOffset2D;

  • x is the x offset.

  • y is the y offset.

A three-dimensional offset is defined by the structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkOffset3D {
    int32_t    x;
    int32_t    y;
    int32_t    z;
} VkOffset3D;

  • x is the x offset.

  • y is the y offset.

  • z is the z offset.

3.12.2. Extents

Extents are used to describe the size of a rectangular region of pixels within an image or framebuffer, as (width,height) for two-dimensional images, or as (width,height,depth) for three-dimensional images.

A two-dimensional extent is defined by the structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkExtent2D {
    uint32_t    width;
    uint32_t    height;
} VkExtent2D;

  • width is the width of the extent.

  • height is the height of the extent.

A three-dimensional extent is defined by the structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkExtent3D {
    uint32_t    width;
    uint32_t    height;
    uint32_t    depth;
} VkExtent3D;

  • width is the width of the extent.

  • height is the height of the extent.

  • depth is the depth of the extent.

3.12.3. Rectangles

Rectangles are used to describe a specified rectangular region of pixels within an image or framebuffer. Rectangles include both an offset and an extent of the same dimensionality, as described above. Two-dimensional rectangles are defined by the structure

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkRect2D {
    VkOffset2D    offset;
    VkExtent2D    extent;
} VkRect2D;

  • offset is a VkOffset2D specifying the rectangle offset.

  • extent is a VkExtent2D specifying the rectangle extent.

3.12.4. Structure Types

Each value corresponds to a particular structure with a sType member with a matching name. As a general rule, the name of each VkStructureType value is obtained by taking the name of the structure, stripping the leading Vk, prefixing each capital letter with _, converting the entire resulting string to upper case, and prefixing it with VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_. For example, structures of type VkImageCreateInfo correspond to a VkStructureType value of VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_CREATE_INFO, and thus a structure of this type must have its sType member set to this value before it is passed to the API.

The values VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LOADER_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO and VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LOADER_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO are reserved for internal use by the loader, and do not have corresponding Vulkan structures in this Specification.

Structure types supported by the Vulkan API include:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkStructureType {
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_APPLICATION_INFO = 0,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO = 1,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_INFO = 2,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO = 3,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO = 4,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO = 5,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MAPPED_MEMORY_RANGE = 6,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_CREATE_INFO = 8,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_CREATE_INFO = 9,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EVENT_CREATE_INFO = 10,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_CREATE_INFO = 11,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_CREATE_INFO = 12,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW_CREATE_INFO = 13,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_CREATE_INFO = 14,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_CREATE_INFO = 15,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_INFO = 17,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_INFO = 18,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 19,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 20,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 21,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VIEWPORT_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 22,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 23,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_MULTISAMPLE_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 24,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DEPTH_STENCIL_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 25,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_BLEND_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 26,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DYNAMIC_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 27,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_GRAPHICS_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO = 28,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMPUTE_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO = 29,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO = 30,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CREATE_INFO = 31,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO = 32,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_INFO = 33,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_ALLOCATE_INFO = 34,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_WRITE_DESCRIPTOR_SET = 35,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_DESCRIPTOR_SET = 36,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_INFO = 37,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_CREATE_INFO = 38,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_INFO = 39,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_ALLOCATE_INFO = 40,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_INHERITANCE_INFO = 41,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO = 42,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_BEGIN_INFO = 43,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER = 44,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER = 45,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER = 46,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LOADER_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO = 47,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LOADER_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO = 48,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_BUFFER_MEMORY_INFO = 1000157000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_INFO = 1000157001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_DEDICATED_REQUIREMENTS = 1000127000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_DEDICATED_ALLOCATE_INFO = 1000127001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_FLAGS_INFO = 1000060000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO = 1000060004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_SUBMIT_INFO = 1000060005,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_BUFFER_MEMORY_DEVICE_GROUP_INFO = 1000060013,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_DEVICE_GROUP_INFO = 1000060014,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_GROUP_PROPERTIES = 1000070000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO = 1000070001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO_2 = 1000146000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO_2 = 1000146001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_2 = 1000146003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FEATURES_2 = 1000059000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PROPERTIES_2 = 1000059001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_2 = 1000059002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_2 = 1000059003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO_2 = 1000059004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_FAMILY_PROPERTIES_2 = 1000059005,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MEMORY_PROPERTIES_2 = 1000059006,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_USAGE_CREATE_INFO = 1000117002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PROTECTED_SUBMIT_INFO = 1000145000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PROTECTED_MEMORY_FEATURES = 1000145001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PROTECTED_MEMORY_PROPERTIES = 1000145002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_INFO_2 = 1000145003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO = 1000071000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES = 1000071001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_BUFFER_INFO = 1000071002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_BUFFER_PROPERTIES = 1000071003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ID_PROPERTIES = 1000071004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_BUFFER_CREATE_INFO = 1000072000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_IMAGE_CREATE_INFO = 1000072001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO = 1000072002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_FENCE_INFO = 1000112000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_FENCE_PROPERTIES = 1000112001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_FENCE_CREATE_INFO = 1000113000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_SEMAPHORE_CREATE_INFO = 1000077000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_INFO = 1000076000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_PROPERTIES = 1000076001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_PROPERTIES = 1000094000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_16BIT_STORAGE_FEATURES = 1000083000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VARIABLE_POINTERS_FEATURES = 1000120000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MAINTENANCE_3_PROPERTIES = 1000168000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_SUPPORT = 1000168001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CREATE_INFO = 1000156000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_INFO = 1000156001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_PLANE_MEMORY_INFO = 1000156002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_PLANE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO = 1000156003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_FEATURES = 1000156004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES = 1000156005,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_RENDER_PASS_BEGIN_INFO = 1000060003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_POINT_CLIPPING_PROPERTIES = 1000117000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_ASPECT_CREATE_INFO = 1000117001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_DOMAIN_ORIGIN_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 1000117003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_MULTIVIEW_CREATE_INFO = 1000053000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MULTIVIEW_FEATURES = 1000053001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MULTIVIEW_PROPERTIES = 1000053002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DRAW_PARAMETERS_FEATURES = 1000063000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_1_FEATURES = 49,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_1_PROPERTIES = 50,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_2_FEATURES = 51,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_2_PROPERTIES = 52,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_FORMAT_LIST_CREATE_INFO = 1000147000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DRIVER_PROPERTIES = 1000196000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_MEMORY_MODEL_FEATURES = 1000211000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_HOST_QUERY_RESET_FEATURES = 1000261000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_FEATURES = 1000207000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_PROPERTIES = 1000207001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_CREATE_INFO = 1000207002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_SUBMIT_INFO = 1000207003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_WAIT_INFO = 1000207004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SIGNAL_INFO = 1000207005,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BUFFER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_FEATURES = 1000257000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_INFO = 1000244001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_CREATE_INFO = 1000257002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_ALLOCATE_INFO = 1000257003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_MEMORY_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_INFO = 1000257004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_8BIT_STORAGE_FEATURES = 1000177000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_ATOMIC_INT64_FEATURES = 1000180000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_FLOAT16_INT8_FEATURES = 1000082000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FLOAT_CONTROLS_PROPERTIES = 1000197000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_BINDING_FLAGS_CREATE_INFO = 1000161000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_INDEXING_FEATURES = 1000161001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_INDEXING_PROPERTIES = 1000161002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_ALLOCATE_INFO = 1000161003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_LAYOUT_SUPPORT = 1000161004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SCALAR_BLOCK_LAYOUT_FEATURES = 1000221000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLER_FILTER_MINMAX_PROPERTIES = 1000130000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_CREATE_INFO = 1000130001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_STANDARD_LAYOUT_FEATURES = 1000253000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_SUBGROUP_EXTENDED_TYPES_FEATURES = 1000175000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_2 = 1000109000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_REFERENCE_2 = 1000109001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DESCRIPTION_2 = 1000109002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DEPENDENCY_2 = 1000109003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_CREATE_INFO_2 = 1000109004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_BEGIN_INFO = 1000109005,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_END_INFO = 1000109006,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DEPTH_STENCIL_RESOLVE_PROPERTIES = 1000199000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DESCRIPTION_DEPTH_STENCIL_RESOLVE = 1000199001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_STENCIL_USAGE_CREATE_INFO = 1000246000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGELESS_FRAMEBUFFER_FEATURES = 1000108000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENTS_CREATE_INFO = 1000108001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_IMAGE_INFO = 1000108002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_ATTACHMENT_BEGIN_INFO = 1000108003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SEPARATE_DEPTH_STENCIL_LAYOUTS_FEATURES = 1000241000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_REFERENCE_STENCIL_LAYOUT = 1000241001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_STENCIL_LAYOUT = 1000241002,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2 = 1000314000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER_2 = 1000314001,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2 = 1000314002,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEPENDENCY_INFO = 1000314003,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO_2 = 1000314004,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SUBMIT_INFO = 1000314005,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_SUBMIT_INFO = 1000314006,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SYNCHRONIZATION_2_FEATURES = 1000314007,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_INFO_2 = 1000337000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_INFO_2 = 1000337001,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_TO_IMAGE_INFO_2 = 1000337002,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_TO_BUFFER_INFO_2 = 1000337003,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_COPY_2 = 1000337006,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_COPY_2 = 1000337007,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_IMAGE_COPY_2 = 1000337009,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_ASTC_HDR_FEATURES = 1000066000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_TERMINATE_INVOCATION_FEATURES = 1000215000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DEMOTE_TO_HELPER_INVOCATION_FEATURES = 1000276000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_ROBUSTNESS_FEATURES = 1000335000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_PROPERTIES = 1000225000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_REQUIRED_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CREATE_INFO = 1000225001,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_FEATURES = 1000225002,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_PROPERTIES = 1000281001,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BLIT_IMAGE_INFO_2 = 1000337004,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RESOLVE_IMAGE_INFO_2 = 1000337005,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_BLIT_2 = 1000337008,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_RESOLVE_2 = 1000337010,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_CREATE_INFO = 1000174000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_QUERY_FEATURES = 1000388000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_FAMILY_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_PROPERTIES = 1000388001,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_FEATURES = 1000265000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_FEATURES = 1000259000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_LINE_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 1000259001,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES = 1000259002,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_PROPERTIES = 1000525000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_DIVISOR_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 1000190001,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_FEATURES = 1000190002,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_SC_1_0_FEATURES = 1000298000,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_SC_1_0_PROPERTIES = 1000298001,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_OBJECT_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO = 1000298002,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_MEMORY_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO = 1000298003,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_MEMORY_CONSUMPTION = 1000298004,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_POOL_SIZE = 1000298005,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FAULT_DATA = 1000298007,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FAULT_CALLBACK_INFO = 1000298008,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_OFFLINE_CREATE_INFO = 1000298010,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR = 1000001000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PRESENT_INFO_KHR = 1000001001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_CAPABILITIES_KHR = 1000060007,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR = 1000060008,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_SWAPCHAIN_INFO_KHR = 1000060009,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ACQUIRE_NEXT_IMAGE_INFO_KHR = 1000060010,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_INFO_KHR = 1000060011,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR = 1000060012,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_display
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_CREATE_INFO_KHR = 1000002000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_display
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_SURFACE_CREATE_INFO_KHR = 1000002001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_display_swapchain
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PRESENT_INFO_KHR = 1000003000,
  // Provided by VK_NV_private_vendor_info
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PRIVATE_VENDOR_INFO_PLACEHOLDER_OFFSET_0_NV = 1000051000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_astc_decode_mode
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_ASTC_DECODE_MODE_EXT = 1000067000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_astc_decode_mode
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ASTC_DECODE_FEATURES_EXT = 1000067001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_FD_INFO_KHR = 1000074000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_FD_PROPERTIES_KHR = 1000074001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_GET_FD_INFO_KHR = 1000074002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SEMAPHORE_FD_INFO_KHR = 1000079000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_GET_FD_INFO_KHR = 1000079001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_incremental_present
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PRESENT_REGIONS_KHR = 1000084000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_display_surface_counter
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_2_EXT = 1000090000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_POWER_INFO_EXT = 1000091000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_EVENT_INFO_EXT = 1000091001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_EVENT_INFO_EXT = 1000091002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_COUNTER_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000091003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000099000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000099001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000101000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_CONSERVATIVE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000101001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_depth_clip_enable
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DEPTH_CLIP_ENABLE_FEATURES_EXT = 1000102000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_depth_clip_enable
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_DEPTH_CLIP_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000102001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_hdr_metadata
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_HDR_METADATA_EXT = 1000105000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SHARED_PRESENT_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_KHR = 1000111000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_external_fence_fd
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_FENCE_FD_INFO_KHR = 1000115000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_external_fence_fd
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_GET_FD_INFO_KHR = 1000115001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_FEATURES_KHR = 1000116000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_PROPERTIES_KHR = 1000116001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_PERFORMANCE_CREATE_INFO_KHR = 1000116002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_SUBMIT_INFO_KHR = 1000116003,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ACQUIRE_PROFILING_LOCK_INFO_KHR = 1000116004,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_KHR = 1000116005,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_KHR = 1000116006,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0 with VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_RESERVATION_INFO_KHR = 1000116007,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SURFACE_INFO_2_KHR = 1000119000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_2_KHR = 1000119001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_FORMAT_2_KHR = 1000119002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES_2_KHR = 1000121000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_PROPERTIES_2_KHR = 1000121001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_PROPERTIES_2_KHR = 1000121002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_INFO_2_KHR = 1000121003,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_CAPABILITIES_2_KHR = 1000121004,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_NAME_INFO_EXT = 1000128000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_TAG_INFO_EXT = 1000128001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT = 1000128002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CALLBACK_DATA_EXT = 1000128003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000128004,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_INFO_EXT = 1000143000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_BEGIN_INFO_EXT = 1000143001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000143002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000143003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MULTISAMPLE_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000143004,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BLEND_OPERATION_ADVANCED_FEATURES_EXT = 1000148000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BLEND_OPERATION_ADVANCED_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000148001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_BLEND_ADVANCED_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000148002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PROPERTIES_LIST_EXT = 1000158000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_INFO_EXT = 1000158002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_LIST_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000158003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXPLICIT_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000158004,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000158005,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier with VK_KHR_format_feature_flags2 or VK_VERSION_1_3
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PROPERTIES_LIST_2_EXT = 1000158006,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_filter_cubic
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_VIEW_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO_EXT = 1000170000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_filter_cubic
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FILTER_CUBIC_IMAGE_VIEW_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000170001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_HOST_POINTER_INFO_EXT = 1000178000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_HOST_POINTER_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000178001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HOST_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000178002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_shader_clock
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_CLOCK_FEATURES_KHR = 1000181000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_pci_bus_info
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PCI_BUS_INFO_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000212000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_INFO_KHR = 1000226000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_KHR = 1000226001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_PROPERTIES_KHR = 1000226002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_FEATURES_KHR = 1000226003,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR = 1000226004,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate with VK_VERSION_1_3 or VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDERING_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_INFO_KHR = 1000044006,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_shader_image_atomic_int64
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_IMAGE_ATOMIC_INT64_FEATURES_EXT = 1000234000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_memory_budget
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MEMORY_BUDGET_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000237000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_validation_features
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VALIDATION_FEATURES_EXT = 1000247000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INTERLOCK_FEATURES_EXT = 1000251000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_ycbcr_image_arrays
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_YCBCR_IMAGE_ARRAYS_FEATURES_EXT = 1000252000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_headless_surface
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_HEADLESS_SURFACE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000256000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_shader_atomic_float
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_ATOMIC_FLOAT_FEATURES_EXT = 1000260000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_FEATURES_EXT = 1000267000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texel_buffer_alignment
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_FEATURES_EXT = 1000281000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_custom_border_color
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000287000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_custom_border_color
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_PROPERTIES_EXT = 1000287001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_custom_border_color
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_FEATURES_EXT = 1000287002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_object_refresh
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_REFRESH_OBJECT_LIST_KHR = 1000308000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_ycbcr_2plane_444_formats
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_YCBCR_2_PLANE_444_FORMATS_FEATURES_EXT = 1000330000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_4444_formats
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_4444_FORMATS_FEATURES_EXT = 1000340000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_INPUT_DYNAMIC_STATE_FEATURES_EXT = 1000352000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_DESCRIPTION_2_EXT = 1000352001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VERTEX_INPUT_ATTRIBUTE_DESCRIPTION_2_EXT = 1000352002,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_FENCE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV = 1000373000,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_FENCE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV = 1000373001,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_GET_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV = 1000373002,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_INFO_NV = 1000373003,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV = 1000373004,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV = 1000373005,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_GET_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV = 1000373006,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_FEATURES_NV = 1000373007,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV = 1000374000,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV = 1000374001,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_GET_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV = 1000374002,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_PROPERTIES_NV = 1000374003,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_FEATURES_NV = 1000374004,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_2_FEATURES_EXT = 1000377000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_color_write_enable
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_FEATURES_EXT = 1000381000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_color_write_enable
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_WRITE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000381001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_application_parameters
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_APPLICATION_PARAMETERS_EXT = 1000435000,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_POOL_CREATE_INFO_NV = 1000489000,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_CREATE_INFO_NV = 1000489001,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_2_FEATURES_NV = 1000489002,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0 with VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_POOL_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO_NV = 1000489003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_layer_settings
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LAYER_SETTINGS_CREATE_INFO_EXT = 1000496000,
  // Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_PROPERTIES_QNX = 1000529000,
  // Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_QNX = 1000529001,
  // Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO_QNX = 1000529002,
  // Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_FORMAT_QNX = 1000529003,
  // Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCREEN_BUFFER_FEATURES_QNX = 1000529004,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_CALIBRATED_TIMESTAMP_INFO_KHR = 1000184000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_FEATURES_KHR = 1000286000,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_PROPERTIES_KHR = 1000286001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_ASTC_HDR_FEATURES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_ASTC_HDR_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_CREATE_INFO_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_CREATE_INFO,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_QUERY_FEATURES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_QUERY_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_FAMILY_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_PROPERTIES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_FAMILY_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_PROPERTIES,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_shader_terminate_invocation
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_TERMINATE_INVOCATION_FEATURES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_TERMINATE_INVOCATION_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_PROPERTIES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_PROPERTIES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_REQUIRED_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_REQUIRED_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CREATE_INFO,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_FEATURES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_FEATURES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_LINE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_LINE_STATE_CREATE_INFO,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_index_type_uint8
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_FEATURES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_shader_demote_to_helper_invocation
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DEMOTE_TO_HELPER_INVOCATION_FEATURES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DEMOTE_TO_HELPER_INVOCATION_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texel_buffer_alignment
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_PROPERTIES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_PROPERTIES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_robustness2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_FEATURES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_FEATURES_KHR,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_robustness2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_PROPERTIES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_PROPERTIES_KHR,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEPENDENCY_INFO_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEPENDENCY_INFO,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SUBMIT_INFO_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SUBMIT_INFO,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_SUBMIT_INFO_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_SUBMIT_INFO,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SYNCHRONIZATION_2_FEATURES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SYNCHRONIZATION_2_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_robustness
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_ROBUSTNESS_FEATURES_EXT = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_ROBUSTNESS_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_INFO_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_INFO_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_INFO_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_INFO_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_TO_IMAGE_INFO_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_TO_IMAGE_INFO_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_TO_BUFFER_INFO_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_TO_BUFFER_INFO_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BLIT_IMAGE_INFO_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BLIT_IMAGE_INFO_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RESOLVE_IMAGE_INFO_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RESOLVE_IMAGE_INFO_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_COPY_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_COPY_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_COPY_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_COPY_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_BLIT_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_BLIT_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_IMAGE_COPY_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_IMAGE_COPY_2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_RESOLVE_2_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_RESOLVE_2,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SCI_BUF_FEATURES_NV = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_FEATURES_NV,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_PROPERTIES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_PROPERTIES,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_DIVISOR_STATE_CREATE_INFO_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_DIVISOR_STATE_CREATE_INFO,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_FEATURES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_index_type_uint8
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_FEATURES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_FEATURES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_FEATURES,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_LINE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_LINE_STATE_CREATE_INFO,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES_KHR = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES,
} VkStructureType;

3.13. API Name Aliases

A small number of APIs did not follow the naming conventions when initially defined. For consistency, when we discover an API name that violates the naming conventions, we rename it in the Specification, XML, and header files. For backwards compatibility, the original (incorrect) name is retained as a “typo alias”. The alias is legacy and should not be used, but will be retained indefinitely.

Note

VK_STENCIL_FRONT_AND_BACK is an example of a typo alias. It was initially defined as part of VkStencilFaceFlagBits. Once the naming inconsistency was noticed, it was renamed to VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_AND_BACK, and the old name was aliased to the correct name.

4. Initialization

Before using Vulkan, an application must initialize it by loading the Vulkan commands, and creating a VkInstance object.

4.1. Command Function Pointers

Vulkan commands are not necessarily exposed by static linking on a platform. Commands to query function pointers for Vulkan commands are described below.

Note

When extensions are promoted or otherwise incorporated into another extension or Vulkan core version, command aliases may be included. Whilst the behavior of each command alias is identical, the behavior of retrieving each alias’s function pointer is not. A function pointer for a given alias can only be retrieved if the extension or version that introduced that alias is supported and enabled, irrespective of whether any other alias is available.

Function pointers for all Vulkan commands can be obtained by calling:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
PFN_vkVoidFunction vkGetInstanceProcAddr(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    const char*                                 pName);

  • instance is the instance that the function pointer will be compatible with, or NULL for commands not dependent on any instance.

  • pName is the name of the command to obtain.

vkGetInstanceProcAddr itself is obtained in a platform- and loader- specific manner. Typically, the loader library will export this command as a function symbol, so applications can link against the loader library, or load it dynamically and look up the symbol using platform-specific APIs.

The table below defines the various use cases for vkGetInstanceProcAddr and expected return value (“fp” is “function pointer”) for each case. A valid returned function pointer (“fp”) must not be NULL.

The returned function pointer is of type PFN_vkVoidFunction, and must be cast to the type of the command being queried before use.

Table 2. vkGetInstanceProcAddr behavior
instance pName return value

*1

NULL

undefined

invalid non-NULL instance

*1

undefined

NULL

global command2

fp

NULL

vkGetInstanceProcAddr

fp5

instance

vkGetInstanceProcAddr

fp

instance

core dispatchable command

fp3

instance

enabled instance extension dispatchable command for instance

fp3

instance

available device extension4 dispatchable command for instance

fp3

any other case, not covered above

NULL
1

"*" means any representable value for the parameter (including valid values, invalid values, and NULL).

2

The global commands are: vkEnumerateInstanceVersion, vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties, and vkCreateInstance. Dispatchable commands are all other commands which are not global.

3

The returned function pointer must only be called with a dispatchable object (the first parameter) that is instance or a child of instance, e.g. VkInstance, VkPhysicalDevice, VkDevice, VkQueue, or VkCommandBuffer.

4

An “available device extension” is a device extension supported by any physical device enumerated by instance.

5

vkGetInstanceProcAddr can resolve itself with a NULL instance pointer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetInstanceProcAddr-instance-parameter
    If instance is not NULL, instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkGetInstanceProcAddr-pName-parameter
    pName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

In order to support systems with multiple Vulkan implementations, the function pointers returned by vkGetInstanceProcAddr may point to dispatch code that calls a different real implementation for different VkDevice objects or their child objects. The overhead of the internal dispatch for VkDevice objects can be avoided by obtaining device-specific function pointers for any commands that use a device or device-child object as their dispatchable object. Such function pointers can be obtained by calling:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
PFN_vkVoidFunction vkGetDeviceProcAddr(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const char*                                 pName);

The table below defines the various use cases for vkGetDeviceProcAddr and expected return value (“fp” is “function pointer”) for each case. A valid returned function pointer (“fp”) must not be NULL.

The returned function pointer is of type PFN_vkVoidFunction, and must be cast to the type of the command being queried before use. The function pointer must only be called with a dispatchable object (the first parameter) that is device or a child of device.

Table 3. vkGetDeviceProcAddr behavior
device pName return value

NULL

*1

undefined

invalid device

*1

undefined

device

NULL

undefined

device

requested core version2 device-level dispatchable command3

fp4

device

enabled extension device-level dispatchable command3

fp4

any other case, not covered above

NULL
1

"*" means any representable value for the parameter (including valid values, invalid values, and NULL).

2

Device-level commands which are part of the core version specified by VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion when creating the instance will always return a valid function pointer. Core commands beyond that version which are supported by the implementation may either return NULL or a function pointer. If a function pointer is returned, it must not be called.

3

In this function, device-level excludes all physical-device-level commands.

4

The returned function pointer must only be called with a dispatchable object (the first parameter) that is device or a child of device e.g. VkDevice, VkQueue, or VkCommandBuffer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceProcAddr-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceProcAddr-pName-parameter
    pName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

The definition of PFN_vkVoidFunction is:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef void (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkVoidFunction)(void);

This type is returned from command function pointer queries, and must be cast to an actual command function pointer before use.

4.1.1. Extending Physical Device Core Functionality

New core physical-device-level functionality can be used when both VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion and VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion are greater than or equal to the version of Vulkan that added the new functionality. The Vulkan version supported by a physical device can be obtained by calling vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties.

4.1.2. Extending Physical Device From Device Extensions

In Vulkan SC 1.0, physical-device-level functionality of a device extension can be used with a physical device if the corresponding extension is enumerated by vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties for that physical device, even before a logical device has been created.

To obtain a function pointer for a physical-device-level command from a device extension, an application can use vkGetInstanceProcAddr. This function pointer may point to dispatch code, which calls a different real implementation for different VkPhysicalDevice objects. Applications must not use a VkPhysicalDevice in any command added by an extension or core version that is not supported by that physical device.

Device extensions may define structures that can be added to the pNext chain of physical-device-level commands.

4.2. Instances

There is no global state in Vulkan and all per-application state is stored in a VkInstance object. Creating a VkInstance object initializes the Vulkan library and allows the application to pass information about itself to the implementation.

Instances are represented by VkInstance handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkInstance)

To query the version of instance-level functionality supported by the implementation, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
VkResult vkEnumerateInstanceVersion(
    uint32_t*                                   pApiVersion);

  • pApiVersion is a pointer to a uint32_t, which is the version of Vulkan supported by instance-level functionality, encoded as described in Version Numbers.

Note

The intended behavior of vkEnumerateInstanceVersion is that an implementation should not need to perform memory allocations and should unconditionally return VK_SUCCESS. The loader, and any enabled layers, may return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY in the case of a failed memory allocation.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceVersion-pApiVersion-parameter
    pApiVersion must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To create an instance object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateInstance(
    const VkInstanceCreateInfo*                 pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkInstance*                                 pInstance);

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkInstanceCreateInfo structure controlling creation of the instance.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pInstance points a VkInstance handle in which the resulting instance is returned.

vkCreateInstance verifies that the requested layers exist. If not, vkCreateInstance will return VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT. Next vkCreateInstance verifies that the requested extensions are supported (e.g. in the implementation or in any enabled instance layer) and if any requested extension is not supported, vkCreateInstance must return VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT. After verifying and enabling the instance layers and extensions the VkInstance object is created and returned to the application. If a requested extension is only supported by a layer, both the layer and the extension need to be specified at vkCreateInstance time for the creation to succeed.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateInstance-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkInstanceCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateInstance-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateInstance-pInstance-parameter
    pInstance must be a valid pointer to a VkInstance handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkInstanceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkInstanceCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkInstanceCreateFlags       flags;
    const VkApplicationInfo*    pApplicationInfo;
    uint32_t                    enabledLayerCount;
    const char* const*          ppEnabledLayerNames;
    uint32_t                    enabledExtensionCount;
    const char* const*          ppEnabledExtensionNames;
} VkInstanceCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkInstanceCreateFlagBits indicating the behavior of the instance.

  • pApplicationInfo is NULL or a pointer to a VkApplicationInfo structure. If not NULL, this information helps implementations recognize behavior inherent to classes of applications. VkApplicationInfo is defined in detail below.

  • enabledLayerCount is the number of global layers to enable.

  • ppEnabledLayerNames is a pointer to an array of enabledLayerCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings containing the names of layers to enable for the created instance. The layers are loaded in the order they are listed in this array, with the first array element being the closest to the application, and the last array element being the closest to the driver. See the Layers section for further details.

  • enabledExtensionCount is the number of global extensions to enable.

  • ppEnabledExtensionNames is a pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings containing the names of extensions to enable.

To capture events that occur while creating or destroying an instance, an application can link a VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT structure to the pNext chain of the VkInstanceCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateInstance. This callback is only valid for the duration of the vkCreateInstance and the vkDestroyInstance call. Use vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT to create persistent callback objects.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT, VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT, or VkValidationFeaturesEXT

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique, with the exception of structures of type VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT or VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-pApplicationInfo-parameter
    If pApplicationInfo is not NULL, pApplicationInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkApplicationInfo structure

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-ppEnabledLayerNames-parameter
    If enabledLayerCount is not 0, ppEnabledLayerNames must be a valid pointer to an array of enabledLayerCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-ppEnabledExtensionNames-parameter
    If enabledExtensionCount is not 0, ppEnabledExtensionNames must be a valid pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkInstanceCreateFlagBits {
} VkInstanceCreateFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkInstanceCreateFlags;

VkInstanceCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

When creating a Vulkan instance for which you wish to enable or disable specific validation features, add a VkValidationFeaturesEXT structure to the pNext chain of the VkInstanceCreateInfo structure, specifying the features to be enabled or disabled.

// Provided by VK_EXT_validation_features
typedef struct VkValidationFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType                         sType;
    const void*                             pNext;
    uint32_t                                enabledValidationFeatureCount;
    const VkValidationFeatureEnableEXT*     pEnabledValidationFeatures;
    uint32_t                                disabledValidationFeatureCount;
    const VkValidationFeatureDisableEXT*    pDisabledValidationFeatures;
} VkValidationFeaturesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • enabledValidationFeatureCount is the number of features to enable.

  • pEnabledValidationFeatures is a pointer to an array of VkValidationFeatureEnableEXT values specifying the validation features to be enabled.

  • disabledValidationFeatureCount is the number of features to disable.

  • pDisabledValidationFeatures is a pointer to an array of VkValidationFeatureDisableEXT values specifying the validation features to be disabled.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkValidationFeaturesEXT-pEnabledValidationFeatures-02967
    If the pEnabledValidationFeatures array contains VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_GPU_ASSISTED_RESERVE_BINDING_SLOT_EXT, then it must also contain VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_GPU_ASSISTED_EXT or VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_DEBUG_PRINTF_EXT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkValidationFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VALIDATION_FEATURES_EXT

  • VUID-VkValidationFeaturesEXT-pEnabledValidationFeatures-parameter
    If enabledValidationFeatureCount is not 0, pEnabledValidationFeatures must be a valid pointer to an array of enabledValidationFeatureCount valid VkValidationFeatureEnableEXT values

  • VUID-VkValidationFeaturesEXT-pDisabledValidationFeatures-parameter
    If disabledValidationFeatureCount is not 0, pDisabledValidationFeatures must be a valid pointer to an array of disabledValidationFeatureCount valid VkValidationFeatureDisableEXT values

Possible values of elements of the VkValidationFeaturesEXT::pEnabledValidationFeatures array, specifying validation features to be enabled, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_validation_features
typedef enum VkValidationFeatureEnableEXT {
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_GPU_ASSISTED_EXT = 0,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_GPU_ASSISTED_RESERVE_BINDING_SLOT_EXT = 1,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_BEST_PRACTICES_EXT = 2,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_DEBUG_PRINTF_EXT = 3,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_SYNCHRONIZATION_VALIDATION_EXT = 4,
} VkValidationFeatureEnableEXT;

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_GPU_ASSISTED_EXT specifies that GPU-assisted validation is enabled. Activating this feature instruments shader programs to generate additional diagnostic data. This feature is disabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_GPU_ASSISTED_RESERVE_BINDING_SLOT_EXT specifies that the validation layers reserve a descriptor set binding slot for their own use. The layer reports a value for VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxBoundDescriptorSets that is one less than the value reported by the device. If the device supports the binding of only one descriptor set, the validation layer does not perform GPU-assisted validation. This feature is disabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_BEST_PRACTICES_EXT specifies that Vulkan best-practices validation is enabled. Activating this feature enables the output of warnings related to common misuse of the API, but which are not explicitly prohibited by the specification. This feature is disabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_DEBUG_PRINTF_EXT specifies that the layers will process debugPrintfEXT operations in shaders and send the resulting output to the debug callback. This feature is disabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_ENABLE_SYNCHRONIZATION_VALIDATION_EXT specifies that Vulkan synchronization validation is enabled. This feature reports resource access conflicts due to missing or incorrect synchronization operations between actions (Draw, Copy, Dispatch, Blit) reading or writing the same regions of memory. This feature is disabled by default.

Possible values of elements of the VkValidationFeaturesEXT::pDisabledValidationFeatures array, specifying validation features to be disabled, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_validation_features
typedef enum VkValidationFeatureDisableEXT {
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_ALL_EXT = 0,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_SHADERS_EXT = 1,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_THREAD_SAFETY_EXT = 2,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_API_PARAMETERS_EXT = 3,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_OBJECT_LIFETIMES_EXT = 4,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_CORE_CHECKS_EXT = 5,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_UNIQUE_HANDLES_EXT = 6,
    VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_SHADER_VALIDATION_CACHE_EXT = 7,
} VkValidationFeatureDisableEXT;

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_ALL_EXT specifies that all validation checks are disabled.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_SHADERS_EXT specifies that shader validation, both runtime and standalone, is disabled. This validation occurs inside VkShaderModuleCreateInfo. This feature is enabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_THREAD_SAFETY_EXT specifies that thread safety validation is disabled. This feature is enabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_API_PARAMETERS_EXT specifies that stateless parameter validation is disabled. This feature is enabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_OBJECT_LIFETIMES_EXT specifies that object lifetime validation is disabled. This feature is enabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_CORE_CHECKS_EXT specifies that core validation checks are disabled. This feature is enabled by default. If this feature is disabled, VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_SHADERS_EXT is implied.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_UNIQUE_HANDLES_EXT specifies that protection against duplicate non-dispatchable object handles is disabled. This feature is enabled by default.

  • VK_VALIDATION_FEATURE_DISABLE_SHADER_VALIDATION_CACHE_EXT specifies that there will be no caching of shader validation results and every shader will be validated on every application execution. Shader validation caching is enabled by default.

Note

Disabling checks such as parameter validation and object lifetime validation prevents the reporting of error conditions that can cause other validation checks to behave incorrectly or crash. Some validation checks assume that their inputs are already valid and do not always revalidate them.

To create a Vulkan instance with a specific configuration of layer settings, add VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT structures to the pNext chain of the VkInstanceCreateInfo structure, specifying the settings to be configured.

// Provided by VK_EXT_layer_settings
typedef struct VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    uint32_t                    settingCount;
    const VkLayerSettingEXT*    pSettings;
} VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • settingCount is the number of settings to configure.

  • pSettings is a pointer to an array of settingCount VkLayerSettingEXT values specifying the settings to be configured.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LAYER_SETTINGS_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT-pSettings-parameter
    If settingCount is not 0, pSettings must be a valid pointer to an array of settingCount valid VkLayerSettingEXT structures

The values of elements of the VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT::pSettings array, specifying layer settings to be configured, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_layer_settings
typedef struct VkLayerSettingEXT {
    const char*              pLayerName;
    const char*              pSettingName;
    VkLayerSettingTypeEXT    type;
    uint32_t                 valueCount;
    const void*              pValues;
} VkLayerSettingEXT;

  • pLayerName is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string naming the layer to configure the setting from.

  • pSettingName is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string naming the setting to configure. Values of pSettingName that are unknown to the layer are ignored.

  • type is a VkLayerSettingTypeEXT value specifying the type of the pValues values.

  • valueCount is the number of values used to configure the layer setting.

  • pValues is a pointer to an array of valueCount values of the type indicated by type to configure the layer setting.

When multiple VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT structures are chained and the same pSettingName is referenced for the same pLayerName, the value of the first reference of the layer setting is used.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkLayerSettingEXT-valueCount-10070
    If valueCount is not 0, pValues must be a valid pointer to an array of valueCount values of the type indicated by type

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkLayerSettingEXT-pLayerName-parameter
    pLayerName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-VkLayerSettingEXT-pSettingName-parameter
    pSettingName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-VkLayerSettingEXT-type-parameter
    type must be a valid VkLayerSettingTypeEXT value

Possible values of VkLayerSettingEXT::type, specifying the type of the data returned in VkLayerSettingEXT::pValues, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_layer_settings
typedef enum VkLayerSettingTypeEXT {
    VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_BOOL32_EXT = 0,
    VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_INT32_EXT = 1,
    VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_INT64_EXT = 2,
    VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_UINT32_EXT = 3,
    VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_UINT64_EXT = 4,
    VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_FLOAT32_EXT = 5,
    VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_FLOAT64_EXT = 6,
    VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_STRING_EXT = 7,
} VkLayerSettingTypeEXT;

  • VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_BOOL32_EXT specifies that the layer setting’s type is VkBool32.

  • VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_INT32_EXT specifies that the layer setting’s type is signed 32-bit integer.

  • VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_INT64_EXT specifies that the layer setting’s type is signed 64-bit integer.

  • VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_UINT32_EXT specifies that the layer setting’s type is unsigned 32-bit integer.

  • VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_UINT64_EXT specifies that the layer setting’s type is unsigned 64-bit integer.

  • VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_FLOAT32_EXT specifies that the layer setting’s type is 32-bit floating-point.

  • VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_FLOAT64_EXT specifies that the layer setting’s type is 64-bit floating-point.

  • VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_STRING_EXT specifies that the layer setting’s type is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string.

The VkApplicationInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkApplicationInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    const char*        pApplicationName;
    uint32_t           applicationVersion;
    const char*        pEngineName;
    uint32_t           engineVersion;
    uint32_t           apiVersion;
} VkApplicationInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pApplicationName is NULL or is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the application.

  • applicationVersion is an unsigned integer variable containing the developer-supplied version number of the application.

  • pEngineName is NULL or is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the engine (if any) used to create the application.

  • engineVersion is an unsigned integer variable containing the developer-supplied version number of the engine used to create the application.

  • apiVersion must be the highest version of Vulkan that the application is designed to use, encoded as described in Version Numbers. The patch version number specified in apiVersion is ignored when creating an instance object. The variant version of the instance must match that requested in apiVersion.

Vulkan 1.0 implementations were required to return VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER if apiVersion was larger than 1.0. Implementations that support Vulkan 1.1 or later must not return VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER for any value of apiVersion , unless an incompatible variant is requested.

Note

Vulkan SC 1.0 is based on Vulkan 1.2 and thus instance creation may only fail with VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER if an incompatible variant is requested - that is if the Vulkan SC API is requested from a Vulkan implementation or if the Vulkan API is requested from a Vulkan SC implementation.
Note

Providing a NULL VkInstanceCreateInfo::pApplicationInfo or providing an apiVersion of 0 is equivalent to providing an apiVersion of VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(1,1,0,0).

To provide application parameters at instance creation time, an application can link one or more VkApplicationParametersEXT structures to the pNext chain of the VkApplicationInfo structure.

If VkApplicationParametersEXT::vendorID does not correspond to an ICD that is currently available, or if VkApplicationParametersEXT::deviceID is not 0 and does not correspond to a physical device that is available on the system, vkCreateInstance will fail and return VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER. If VkApplicationParametersEXT::deviceID is 0, the application parameter applies to all physical devices supported by the ICD identified by VkApplicationParametersEXT::vendorID.

If VkApplicationParametersEXT::key is not a valid implementation-defined application parameter key for the instance being created with vendorID, or if value is not a valid value for the specified key, vkCreateInstance will fail and return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

For any implementation-defined application parameter key that exists but is not set by the application, the implementation-specific default value is used.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-apiVersion-05021
    If apiVersion is not 0 and its variant is VKSC_API_VARIANT, then it must be greater than or equal to VKSC_API_VERSION_1_0

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-key-05093
    The key value of each VkApplicationParametersEXT structure in the VkApplicationInfo::pNext chain must be unique for each vendorID and deviceID pairing

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_APPLICATION_INFO

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkApplicationParametersEXT

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique, with the exception of structures of type VkApplicationParametersEXT

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-pApplicationName-parameter
    If pApplicationName is not NULL, pApplicationName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-pEngineName-parameter
    If pEngineName is not NULL, pEngineName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

The VkApplicationParametersEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_application_parameters
typedef struct VkApplicationParametersEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           vendorID;
    uint32_t           deviceID;
    uint32_t           key;
    uint64_t           value;
} VkApplicationParametersEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • vendorID is the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::vendorID of the ICD that the application parameter is applied to.

  • deviceID is 0 or the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceID of the physical device that the application parameter is applied to.

  • key is a 32-bit vendor-specific enumerant identifying the application parameter that is being set.

  • value is the 64-bit value that is being set for the application parameter specified by key.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkApplicationParametersEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_APPLICATION_PARAMETERS_EXT

To destroy an instance, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyInstance(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • instance is the handle of the instance to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Prior to destroying an instance, an application is responsible for destroying/freeing any Vulkan objects with explicit vkDestroy* or vkFree* commands that were created using that instance, or any VkPhysicalDevice object retrieved from it, as the first parameter of the corresponding vkCreate* or vkAllocate* command.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyInstance-instance-00629
    All child objects that were created with instance or with a VkPhysicalDevice retrieved from it, and that can be destroyed or freed, must have been destroyed or freed prior to destroying instance

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyInstance-instance-parameter
    If instance is not NULL, instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyInstance-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to instance must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to all VkPhysicalDevice objects enumerated from instance must be externally synchronized

5. Devices and Queues

Once Vulkan is initialized, devices and queues are the primary objects used to interact with a Vulkan implementation.

Vulkan separates the concept of physical and logical devices. A physical device usually represents a single complete implementation of Vulkan (excluding instance-level functionality) available to the host, of which there are a finite number. A logical device represents an instance of that implementation with its own state and resources independent of other logical devices.

Physical devices cannot be independently destroyed, and are instead destroyed with the VkInstance that they were retrieved from.

Physical devices are represented by VkPhysicalDevice handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkPhysicalDevice)

5.1. Physical Devices

To retrieve a list of physical device objects representing the physical devices installed in the system, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    uint32_t*                                   pPhysicalDeviceCount,
    VkPhysicalDevice*                           pPhysicalDevices);

  • instance is a handle to a Vulkan instance previously created with vkCreateInstance.

  • pPhysicalDeviceCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of physical devices available or queried, as described below.

  • pPhysicalDevices is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkPhysicalDevice handles.

If pPhysicalDevices is NULL, then the number of physical devices available is returned in pPhysicalDeviceCount. Otherwise, pPhysicalDeviceCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pPhysicalDevices array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of handles actually written to pPhysicalDevices. If pPhysicalDeviceCount is less than the number of physical devices available, at most pPhysicalDeviceCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available physical devices were returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices-pPhysicalDeviceCount-parameter
    pPhysicalDeviceCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices-pPhysicalDevices-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPhysicalDeviceCount is not 0, and pPhysicalDevices is not NULL, pPhysicalDevices must be a valid pointer to an array of pPhysicalDeviceCount VkPhysicalDevice handles

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To query general properties of physical devices once enumerated, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.1. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceProperties*                 pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose properties will be queried.

  • pProperties is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceProperties structure in which properties are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties-pProperties-parameter
    pProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceProperties structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceProperties {
    uint32_t                            apiVersion;
    uint32_t                            driverVersion;
    uint32_t                            vendorID;
    uint32_t                            deviceID;
    VkPhysicalDeviceType                deviceType;
    char                                deviceName[VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE];
    uint8_t                             pipelineCacheUUID[VK_UUID_SIZE];
    VkPhysicalDeviceLimits              limits;
    VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties    sparseProperties;
} VkPhysicalDeviceProperties;

  • apiVersion is the version of Vulkan supported by the device, encoded as described in Version Numbers.

  • driverVersion is the vendor-specified version of the driver.

  • vendorID is a unique identifier for the vendor (see below) of the physical device.

  • deviceID is a unique identifier for the physical device among devices available from the vendor.

  • deviceType is a VkPhysicalDeviceType specifying the type of device.

  • deviceName is an array of VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which is the name of the device.

  • pipelineCacheUUID is an array of VK_UUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing a universally unique identifier for the device.

  • limits is the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure specifying device-specific limits of the physical device. See Limits for details.

  • sparseProperties is the VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties structure specifying various sparse related properties of the physical device. See Sparse Properties for details.

Note

The value of apiVersion may be different than the version returned by vkEnumerateInstanceVersion; either higher or lower. In such cases, the application must not use functionality that exceeds the version of Vulkan associated with a given object. The pApiVersion parameter returned by vkEnumerateInstanceVersion is the version associated with a VkInstance and its children, except for a VkPhysicalDevice and its children. VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion is the version associated with a VkPhysicalDevice and its children.
Note

The encoding of driverVersion is implementation-defined. It may not use the same encoding as apiVersion. Applications should follow information from the vendor on how to extract the version information from driverVersion.

The vendorID and deviceID fields are provided to allow applications to adapt to device characteristics that are not adequately exposed by other Vulkan queries.

Note

These may include performance profiles, hardware errata, or other characteristics.

The vendor identified by vendorID is the entity responsible for the most salient characteristics of the underlying implementation of the VkPhysicalDevice being queried.

Note

For example, in the case of a discrete GPU implementation, this should be the GPU chipset vendor. In the case of a hardware accelerator integrated into a system-on-chip (SoC), this should be the supplier of the silicon IP used to create the accelerator.

If the vendor has a PCI vendor ID, the low 16 bits of vendorID must contain that PCI vendor ID, and the remaining bits must be zero. Otherwise, the value returned must be a valid Khronos vendor ID, obtained as described in the Vulkan Documentation and Extensions: Procedures and Conventions document in the section “Registering a Vendor ID with Khronos”. Khronos vendor IDs are allocated starting at 0x10000, to distinguish them from the PCI vendor ID namespace. Khronos vendor IDs are symbolically defined in the VkVendorId type.

The vendor is also responsible for the value returned in deviceID. If the implementation is driven primarily by a PCI device with a PCI device ID, the low 16 bits of deviceID must contain that PCI device ID, and the remaining bits must be zero. Otherwise, the choice of what values to return may be dictated by operating system or platform policies - but should uniquely identify both the device version and any major configuration options (for example, core count in the case of multicore devices).

Note

The same device ID should be used for all physical implementations of that device version and configuration. For example, all uses of a specific silicon IP GPU version and configuration should use the same device ID, even if those uses occur in different SoCs.

Khronos vendor IDs which may be returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::vendorID are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkVendorId {
    VK_VENDOR_ID_KHRONOS = 0x10000,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_VIV = 0x10001,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_VSI = 0x10002,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_KAZAN = 0x10003,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_CODEPLAY = 0x10004,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_MESA = 0x10005,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_POCL = 0x10006,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_MOBILEYE = 0x10007,
} VkVendorId;
Note

Khronos vendor IDs may be allocated by vendors at any time. Only the latest canonical versions of this Specification, of the corresponding vk.xml API Registry, and of the corresponding vulkan_sc_core.h header file must contain all reserved Khronos vendor IDs.

Only Khronos vendor IDs are given symbolic names at present. PCI vendor IDs returned by the implementation can be looked up in the PCI-SIG database.

VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE is the length in char values of an array containing a physical device name string, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceName.

#define VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE  256U

The physical device types which may be returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceType are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPhysicalDeviceType {
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_OTHER = 0,
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_INTEGRATED_GPU = 1,
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_DISCRETE_GPU = 2,
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_VIRTUAL_GPU = 3,
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_CPU = 4,
} VkPhysicalDeviceType;

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_OTHER - the device does not match any other available types.

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_INTEGRATED_GPU - the device is typically one embedded in or tightly coupled with the host.

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_DISCRETE_GPU - the device is typically a separate processor connected to the host via an interlink.

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_VIRTUAL_GPU - the device is typically a virtual node in a virtualization environment.

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_CPU - the device is typically running on the same processors as the host.

The physical device type is advertised for informational purposes only, and does not directly affect the operation of the system. However, the device type may correlate with other advertised properties or capabilities of the system, such as how many memory heaps there are.

To query general properties of physical devices once enumerated, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2*                pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose properties will be queried.

  • pProperties is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure in which properties are returned.

Each structure in pProperties and its pNext chain contains members corresponding to implementation-dependent properties, behaviors, or limits. vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2 fills in each member to specify the corresponding value for the implementation.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2-pProperties-parameter
    pProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    void*                         pNext;
    VkPhysicalDeviceProperties    properties;
} VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2;

The pNext chain of this structure is used to extend the structure with properties defined by extensions.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Properties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Properties {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    void*                      pNext;
    uint8_t                    deviceUUID[VK_UUID_SIZE];
    uint8_t                    driverUUID[VK_UUID_SIZE];
    uint8_t                    deviceLUID[VK_LUID_SIZE];
    uint32_t                   deviceNodeMask;
    VkBool32                   deviceLUIDValid;
    uint32_t                   subgroupSize;
    VkShaderStageFlags         subgroupSupportedStages;
    VkSubgroupFeatureFlags     subgroupSupportedOperations;
    VkBool32                   subgroupQuadOperationsInAllStages;
    VkPointClippingBehavior    pointClippingBehavior;
    uint32_t                   maxMultiviewViewCount;
    uint32_t                   maxMultiviewInstanceIndex;
    VkBool32                   protectedNoFault;
    uint32_t                   maxPerSetDescriptors;
    VkDeviceSize               maxMemoryAllocationSize;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Properties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • deviceUUID is an array of VK_UUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing a universally unique identifier for the device.

  • driverUUID is an array of VK_UUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing a universally unique identifier for the driver build in use by the device.

  • deviceLUID is an array of VK_LUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing a locally unique identifier for the device.

  • deviceNodeMask is a uint32_t bitfield identifying the node within a linked device adapter corresponding to the device.

  • deviceLUIDValid is a boolean value that will be VK_TRUE if deviceLUID contains a valid LUID and deviceNodeMask contains a valid node mask, and VK_FALSE if they do not.

  • subgroupSize is the default number of invocations in each subgroup. subgroupSize is at least 1 if any of the physical device’s queues support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT. subgroupSize is a power-of-two.

  • subgroupSupportedStages is a bitfield of VkShaderStageFlagBits describing the shader stages that group operations with subgroup scope are supported in. subgroupSupportedStages will have the VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT bit set if any of the physical device’s queues support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT.

  • subgroupSupportedOperations is a bitmask of VkSubgroupFeatureFlagBits specifying the sets of group operations with subgroup scope supported on this device. subgroupSupportedOperations will have the VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BASIC_BIT bit set if any of the physical device’s queues support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT.

  • subgroupQuadOperationsInAllStages is a boolean specifying whether quad group operations are available in all stages, or are restricted to fragment and compute stages.

  • pointClippingBehavior is a VkPointClippingBehavior value specifying the point clipping behavior supported by the implementation.

  • maxMultiviewViewCount is one greater than the maximum view index that can be used in a subpass.

  • maxMultiviewInstanceIndex is the maximum valid value of instance index allowed to be generated by a drawing command recorded within a subpass of a multiview render pass instance.

  • protectedNoFault specifies how an implementation behaves when an application attempts to write to unprotected memory in a protected queue operation, read from protected memory in an unprotected queue operation, or perform a query in a protected queue operation. If this limit is VK_TRUE, such writes will be discarded or have undefined values written, reads and queries will return undefined values. If this limit is VK_FALSE, applications must not perform these operations. See Protected Memory Access Rules for more information.

  • maxPerSetDescriptors is a maximum number of descriptors (summed over all descriptor types) in a single descriptor set that is guaranteed to satisfy any implementation-dependent constraints on the size of a descriptor set itself. Applications can query whether a descriptor set that goes beyond this limit is supported using vkGetDescriptorSetLayoutSupport.

  • maxMemoryAllocationSize is the maximum size of a memory allocation that can be created, even if there is more space available in the heap. If VkMemoryAllocateInfo::allocationSize is larger the error VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY may be returned.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Properties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

These properties correspond to Vulkan 1.1 functionality.

The members of VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Properties have the same values as the corresponding members of VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties, VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties, VkPhysicalDevicePointClippingProperties, VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties, VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryProperties, and VkPhysicalDeviceMaintenance3Properties.

Note

The subgroupSupportedStages, subgroupSupportedOperations, and subgroupQuadOperationsInAllStages members of this structure correspond respectively to the VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties::supportedStages, VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties::supportedOperations, and VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties::quadOperationsInAllStages members, but add the subgroup prefix to the member name.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Properties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_1_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    void*                                pNext;
    VkDriverId                           driverID;
    char                                 driverName[VK_MAX_DRIVER_NAME_SIZE];
    char                                 driverInfo[VK_MAX_DRIVER_INFO_SIZE];
    VkConformanceVersion                 conformanceVersion;
    VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence    denormBehaviorIndependence;
    VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence    roundingModeIndependence;
    VkBool32                             shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat64;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormPreserveFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormPreserveFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormPreserveFloat64;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat64;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat64;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat64;
    uint32_t                             maxUpdateAfterBindDescriptorsInAllPools;
    VkBool32                             shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32                             shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32                             shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32                             shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32                             shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32                             robustBufferAccessUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32                             quadDivergentImplicitLod;
    uint32_t                             maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSamplers;
    uint32_t                             maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers;
    uint32_t                             maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers;
    uint32_t                             maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSampledImages;
    uint32_t                             maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageImages;
    uint32_t                             maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments;
    uint32_t                             maxPerStageUpdateAfterBindResources;
    uint32_t                             maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSamplers;
    uint32_t                             maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers;
    uint32_t                             maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffersDynamic;
    uint32_t                             maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers;
    uint32_t                             maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffersDynamic;
    uint32_t                             maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSampledImages;
    uint32_t                             maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageImages;
    uint32_t                             maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments;
    VkResolveModeFlags                   supportedDepthResolveModes;
    VkResolveModeFlags                   supportedStencilResolveModes;
    VkBool32                             independentResolveNone;
    VkBool32                             independentResolve;
    VkBool32                             filterMinmaxSingleComponentFormats;
    VkBool32                             filterMinmaxImageComponentMapping;
    uint64_t                             maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference;
    VkSampleCountFlags                   framebufferIntegerColorSampleCounts;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • driverID is a unique identifier for the driver of the physical device.

  • driverName is an array of VK_MAX_DRIVER_NAME_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which is the name of the driver.

  • driverInfo is an array of VK_MAX_DRIVER_INFO_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string with additional information about the driver.

  • conformanceVersion is the latest version of the Vulkan conformance test that the implementor has successfully tested this driver against prior to release (see VkConformanceVersion).

  • denormBehaviorIndependence is a VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence value indicating whether, and how, denorm behavior can be set independently for different bit widths.

  • roundingModeIndependence is a VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence value indicating whether, and how, rounding modes can be set independently for different bit widths.

  • shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether sign of a zero, Nans and can be preserved in 16-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether sign of a zero, Nans and can be preserved in 32-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether sign of a zero, Nans and can be preserved in 64-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormPreserveFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be preserved in 16-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormPreserve execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormPreserveFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be preserved in 32-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormPreserve execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormPreserveFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be preserved in 64-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormPreserve execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be flushed to zero in 16-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormFlushToZero execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be flushed to zero in 32-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormFlushToZero execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be flushed to zero in 64-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormFlushToZero execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-to-nearest-even rounding mode for 16-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTE execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-to-nearest-even rounding mode for 32-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTE execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-to-nearest-even rounding mode for 64-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTE execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-towards-zero rounding mode for 16-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTZ execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-towards-zero rounding mode for 32-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTZ execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-towards-zero rounding mode for 64-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTZ execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • maxUpdateAfterBindDescriptorsInAllPools is the maximum number of descriptors (summed over all descriptor types) that can be created across all pools that are created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit set. Pool creation may fail when this limit is exceeded, or when the space this limit represents is unable to satisfy a pool creation due to fragmentation.

  • shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether uniform buffer descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of uniform buffers may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether sampler and image descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of samplers or images may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether storage buffer descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of storage buffers may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether storage image descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of storage images may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether input attachment descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of input attachments may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • robustBufferAccessUpdateAfterBind is a boolean value indicating whether robustBufferAccess can be enabled on a device simultaneously with descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind, descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind, descriptorBindingUniformTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind, and/or descriptorBindingStorageTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind. If this is VK_FALSE, then either robustBufferAccess must be disabled or all of these update-after-bind features must be disabled.

  • quadDivergentImplicitLod is a boolean value indicating whether implicit LOD calculations for image operations have well-defined results when the image and/or sampler objects used for the instruction are not uniform within a quad. See Derivative Image Operations.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSamplers is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSampledImages is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageImages is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageUpdateAfterBindResources is similar to maxPerStageResources but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSamplers is similar to maxDescriptorSetSamplers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers is similar to maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffersDynamic is similar to maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set. While an application can allocate dynamic uniform buffer descriptors from a pool created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT, bindings for these descriptors must not be present in any descriptor set layout that includes bindings created with VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers is similar to maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffersDynamic is similar to maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set. While an application can allocate dynamic storage buffer descriptors from a pool created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT, bindings for these descriptors must not be present in any descriptor set layout that includes bindings created with VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSampledImages is similar to maxDescriptorSetSampledImages but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageImages is similar to maxDescriptorSetStorageImages but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments is similar to maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • supportedDepthResolveModes is a bitmask of VkResolveModeFlagBits indicating the set of supported depth resolve modes. A value of VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE indicates that depth resolve operations are disallowed [SCID-8]. If any bits are set then VK_RESOLVE_MODE_SAMPLE_ZERO_BIT must be included in the set but implementations may support additional modes.

  • supportedStencilResolveModes is a bitmask of VkResolveModeFlagBits indicating the set of supported stencil resolve modes. A value of VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE indicates that stencil resolve operations are disallowed [SCID-8]. If any bits are set then VK_RESOLVE_MODE_SAMPLE_ZERO_BIT must be included in the set but implementations may support additional modes. VK_RESOLVE_MODE_AVERAGE_BIT must not be included in the set.

  • independentResolveNone is VK_TRUE if the implementation supports setting the depth and stencil resolve modes to different values when one of those modes is VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE. Otherwise the implementation only supports setting both modes to the same value.

  • independentResolve is VK_TRUE if the implementation supports all combinations of the supported depth and stencil resolve modes, including setting either depth or stencil resolve mode to VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE. An implementation that supports independentResolve must also support independentResolveNone.

  • filterMinmaxSingleComponentFormats is a boolean value indicating whether a minimum set of required formats support min/max filtering.

  • filterMinmaxImageComponentMapping is a boolean value indicating whether the implementation supports non-identity component mapping of the image when doing min/max filtering.

  • maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference indicates the maximum difference allowed by the implementation between the current value of a timeline semaphore and any pending signal or wait operations.

  • framebufferIntegerColorSampleCounts is a bitmask of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the color sample counts that are supported for all framebuffer color attachments with integer formats.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

These properties correspond to Vulkan 1.2 functionality.

The members of VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties must have the same values as the corresponding members of VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties, VkPhysicalDeviceFloatControlsProperties, VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties, VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties, VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerFilterMinmaxProperties, and VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreProperties.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_2_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations;
    VkBool32           deviceDestroyFreesMemory;
    VkBool32           commandPoolMultipleCommandBuffersRecording;
    VkBool32           commandPoolResetCommandBuffer;
    VkBool32           commandBufferSimultaneousUse;
    VkBool32           secondaryCommandBufferNullOrImagelessFramebuffer;
    VkBool32           recycleDescriptorSetMemory;
    VkBool32           recyclePipelineMemory;
    uint32_t           maxRenderPassSubpasses;
    uint32_t           maxRenderPassDependencies;
    uint32_t           maxSubpassInputAttachments;
    uint32_t           maxSubpassPreserveAttachments;
    uint32_t           maxFramebufferAttachments;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetLayoutBindings;
    uint32_t           maxQueryFaultCount;
    uint32_t           maxCallbackFaultCount;
    uint32_t           maxCommandPoolCommandBuffers;
    VkDeviceSize       maxCommandBufferSize;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations indicates whether the implementation will perform dynamic host memory allocations for physical or logical device commands. If deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE the implementation will allocate host memory for objects based on the provided VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo limits during vkCreateDevice. Under valid API usage, VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY may only be returned by commands which do not explicitly disallow it.

  • deviceDestroyFreesMemory indicates whether destroying the device frees all memory resources back to the system.

  • commandPoolMultipleCommandBuffersRecording indicates whether multiple command buffers from the same command pool can be in the recording state at the same time.

  • commandPoolResetCommandBuffer indicates whether command buffers support vkResetCommandBuffer, and vkBeginCommandBuffer when not in the initial state.

  • commandBufferSimultaneousUse indicates whether command buffers support VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT.

  • secondaryCommandBufferNullOrImagelessFramebuffer indicates whether the framebuffer member of VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo may be equal to VK_NULL_HANDLE or be created with a VkFramebufferCreateInfo::flags value that includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT if the command buffer will be executed within a render pass instance.

  • recycleDescriptorSetMemory indicates whether descriptor pools are able to immediately reuse pool memory from descriptor sets that have been freed. If this is VK_FALSE, then memory may only be reallocated after vkResetDescriptorPool is called.

  • recyclePipelineMemory indicates whether the memory for a pipeline is available for reuse by new pipelines after the pipeline is destroyed.

  • maxRenderPassSubpasses is the maximum number of subpasses in a render pass.

  • maxRenderPassDependencies is the maximum number of dependencies in a render pass.

  • maxSubpassInputAttachments is the maximum number of input attachments in a subpass.

  • maxSubpassPreserveAttachments is the maximum number of preserve attachments in a subpass.

  • maxFramebufferAttachments is the maximum number of attachments in a framebuffer, as well as the maximum number of attachments in a render pass.

  • maxDescriptorSetLayoutBindings is the maximum number of bindings in a descriptor set layout.

  • maxQueryFaultCount is the maximum number of faults that the implementation can record, to be reported via vkGetFaultData.

  • maxCallbackFaultCount is the maximum number of faults that the implementation can report via a single call to PFN_vkFaultCallbackFunction.

  • maxCommandPoolCommandBuffers is the maximum number of command buffers that can be allocated from a single command pool.

  • maxCommandBufferSize is the maximum supported size of a single command buffer in bytes. Applications can use vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption to compare a command buffer’s current memory usage to this limit.

Note

Implementations that do not have a fixed upper bound on the number of command buffers that may be allocated from a command pool can report 0xFFFFFFFFU for maxCommandPoolCommandBuffers.

Implementations that do not have a fixed upper bound on the command buffer size can report UINT64_MAX for maxCommandBufferSize.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

These properties correspond to Vulkan SC 1.0 functionality.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_SC_1_0_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint8_t            deviceUUID[VK_UUID_SIZE];
    uint8_t            driverUUID[VK_UUID_SIZE];
    uint8_t            deviceLUID[VK_LUID_SIZE];
    uint32_t           deviceNodeMask;
    VkBool32           deviceLUIDValid;
} VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • deviceUUID is an array of VK_UUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing a universally unique identifier for the device.

  • driverUUID is an array of VK_UUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing a universally unique identifier for the driver build in use by the device.

  • deviceLUID is an array of VK_LUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing a locally unique identifier for the device.

  • deviceNodeMask is a uint32_t bitfield identifying the node within a linked device adapter corresponding to the device.

  • deviceLUIDValid is a boolean value that will be VK_TRUE if deviceLUID contains a valid LUID and deviceNodeMask contains a valid node mask, and VK_FALSE if they do not.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

deviceUUID must be immutable for a given device across instances, processes, driver APIs, driver versions, and system reboots.

Applications can compare the driverUUID value across instance and process boundaries, and can make similar queries in external APIs to determine whether they are capable of sharing memory objects and resources using them with the device.

deviceUUID and/or driverUUID must be used to determine whether a particular external object can be shared between driver components, where such a restriction exists as defined in the compatibility table for the particular object type:

If deviceLUIDValid is VK_FALSE, the values of deviceLUID and deviceNodeMask are undefined. If deviceLUIDValid is VK_TRUE and Vulkan is running on the Windows operating system, the contents of deviceLUID can be cast to an LUID object and must be equal to the locally unique identifier of a IDXGIAdapter1 object that corresponds to physicalDevice. If deviceLUIDValid is VK_TRUE, deviceNodeMask must contain exactly one bit. If Vulkan is running on an operating system that supports the Direct3D 12 API and physicalDevice corresponds to an individual device in a linked device adapter, deviceNodeMask identifies the Direct3D 12 node corresponding to physicalDevice. Otherwise, deviceNodeMask must be 1.

Note

Although they have identical descriptions, VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::deviceUUID may differ from VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2::properties.pipelineCacheUUID. The former is intended to identify and correlate devices across API and driver boundaries, while the latter is used to identify a compatible device and driver combination to use when serializing and de-serializing pipeline state.

Implementations should return deviceUUID values which are likely to be unique even in the presence of multiple Vulkan implementations (such as a GPU driver and a software renderer; two drivers for different GPUs; or the same Vulkan driver running on two logically different devices).

Khronos' conformance testing is unable to guarantee that deviceUUID values are actually unique, so implementors should make their own best efforts to ensure this. In particular, hard-coded deviceUUID values, especially all-0 bits, should never be used.

A combination of values unique to the vendor, the driver, and the hardware environment can be used to provide a deviceUUID which is unique to a high degree of certainty. Some possible inputs to such a computation are:

  • Information reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties

  • PCI device ID (if defined)

  • PCI bus ID, or similar system configuration information.

  • Driver binary checksums.
Note

While VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::deviceUUID is specified to remain consistent across driver versions and system reboots, it is not intended to be usable as a serializable persistent identifier for a device. It may change when a device is physically added to, removed from, or moved to a different connector in a system while that system is powered down. Further, there is no reasonable way to verify with conformance testing that a given device retains the same UUID in a given system across all driver versions supported in that system. While implementations should make every effort to report consistent device UUIDs across driver versions, applications should avoid relying on the persistence of this value for uses other than identifying compatible devices for external object sharing purposes.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ID_PROPERTIES

VK_UUID_SIZE is the length in uint8_t values of an array containing a universally unique device or driver build identifier, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::deviceUUID and VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::driverUUID.

#define VK_UUID_SIZE                      16U

VK_LUID_SIZE is the length in uint8_t values of an array containing a locally unique device identifier, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::deviceLUID.

#define VK_LUID_SIZE                      8U

The VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    void*                   pNext;
    VkDriverId              driverID;
    char                    driverName[VK_MAX_DRIVER_NAME_SIZE];
    char                    driverInfo[VK_MAX_DRIVER_INFO_SIZE];
    VkConformanceVersion    conformanceVersion;
} VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • driverID is a unique identifier for the driver of the physical device.

  • driverName is an array of VK_MAX_DRIVER_NAME_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which is the name of the driver.

  • driverInfo is an array of VK_MAX_DRIVER_INFO_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string with additional information about the driver.

  • conformanceVersion is the latest version of the Vulkan conformance test that the implementor has successfully tested this driver against prior to release (see VkConformanceVersion).

If the VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

These are properties of the driver corresponding to a physical device.

driverID must be immutable for a given driver across instances, processes, driver versions, and system reboots.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DRIVER_PROPERTIES

Khronos driver IDs which may be returned in VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties::driverID are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef enum VkDriverId {
    VK_DRIVER_ID_AMD_PROPRIETARY = 1,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_AMD_OPEN_SOURCE = 2,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_RADV = 3,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_NVIDIA_PROPRIETARY = 4,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_INTEL_PROPRIETARY_WINDOWS = 5,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_INTEL_OPEN_SOURCE_MESA = 6,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_IMAGINATION_PROPRIETARY = 7,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_QUALCOMM_PROPRIETARY = 8,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_ARM_PROPRIETARY = 9,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_GOOGLE_SWIFTSHADER = 10,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_GGP_PROPRIETARY = 11,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_BROADCOM_PROPRIETARY = 12,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_LLVMPIPE = 13,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MOLTENVK = 14,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_COREAVI_PROPRIETARY = 15,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_JUICE_PROPRIETARY = 16,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_VERISILICON_PROPRIETARY = 17,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_TURNIP = 18,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_V3DV = 19,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_PANVK = 20,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_SAMSUNG_PROPRIETARY = 21,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_VENUS = 22,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_DOZEN = 23,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_NVK = 24,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_IMAGINATION_OPEN_SOURCE_MESA = 25,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_HONEYKRISP = 26,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_VULKAN_SC_EMULATION_ON_VULKAN = 27,
    VK_DRIVER_ID_MESA_KOSMICKRISP = 28,
} VkDriverId;
Note

Khronos driver IDs may be allocated by vendors at any time. There may be multiple driver IDs for the same vendor, representing different drivers (for e.g. different platforms, proprietary or open source, etc.). Only the latest canonical versions of this Specification, of the corresponding vk.xml API Registry, and of the corresponding vulkan_sc_core.h header file must contain all reserved Khronos driver IDs.

Only driver IDs registered with Khronos are given symbolic names. There may be unregistered driver IDs returned.

VK_MAX_DRIVER_NAME_SIZE is the length in char values of an array containing a driver name string, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties::driverName.

#define VK_MAX_DRIVER_NAME_SIZE           256U

VK_MAX_DRIVER_INFO_SIZE is the length in char values of an array containing a driver information string, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties::driverInfo.

#define VK_MAX_DRIVER_INFO_SIZE           256U

The conformance test suite version an implementation is compliant with is described with the VkConformanceVersion structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkConformanceVersion {
    uint8_t    major;
    uint8_t    minor;
    uint8_t    subminor;
    uint8_t    patch;
} VkConformanceVersion;

  • major is the major version number of the conformance test suite.

  • minor is the minor version number of the conformance test suite.

  • subminor is the subminor version number of the conformance test suite.

  • patch is the patch version number of the conformance test suite.

The VkPhysicalDevicePCIBusInfoPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_pci_bus_info
typedef struct VkPhysicalDevicePCIBusInfoPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           pciDomain;
    uint32_t           pciBus;
    uint32_t           pciDevice;
    uint32_t           pciFunction;
} VkPhysicalDevicePCIBusInfoPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pciDomain is the PCI bus domain.

  • pciBus is the PCI bus identifier.

  • pciDevice is the PCI device identifier.

  • pciFunction is the PCI device function identifier.

If the VkPhysicalDevicePCIBusInfoPropertiesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

These are properties of the PCI bus information of a physical device.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDevicePCIBusInfoPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PCI_BUS_INFO_PROPERTIES_EXT

To query properties of queues available on a physical device, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.1. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pQueueFamilyPropertyCount,
    VkQueueFamilyProperties*                    pQueueFamilyProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose properties will be queried.

  • pQueueFamilyPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of queue families available or queried, as described below.

  • pQueueFamilyProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkQueueFamilyProperties structures.

If pQueueFamilyProperties is NULL, then the number of queue families available is returned in pQueueFamilyPropertyCount. Implementations must support at least one queue family. Otherwise, pQueueFamilyPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pQueueFamilyProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pQueueFamilyProperties. If pQueueFamilyPropertyCount is less than the number of queue families available, at most pQueueFamilyPropertyCount structures will be written.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties-pQueueFamilyPropertyCount-parameter
    pQueueFamilyPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties-pQueueFamilyProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pQueueFamilyPropertyCount is not 0, and pQueueFamilyProperties is not NULL, pQueueFamilyProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pQueueFamilyPropertyCount VkQueueFamilyProperties structures

The VkQueueFamilyProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkQueueFamilyProperties {
    VkQueueFlags    queueFlags;
    uint32_t        queueCount;
    uint32_t        timestampValidBits;
    VkExtent3D      minImageTransferGranularity;
} VkQueueFamilyProperties;

  • queueFlags is a bitmask of VkQueueFlagBits indicating capabilities of the queues in this queue family.

  • queueCount is the unsigned integer count of queues in this queue family. Each queue family must support at least one queue.

  • timestampValidBits is the unsigned integer count of meaningful bits in the timestamps written via vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR or vkCmdWriteTimestamp. The valid range for the count is 36 to 64 bits, or a value of 0, indicating no support for timestamps. Bits outside the valid range are guaranteed to be zeros.

  • minImageTransferGranularity is the minimum granularity supported for image transfer operations on the queues in this queue family.

The value returned in minImageTransferGranularity has a unit of compressed texel blocks for images having a block-compressed format, and a unit of texels otherwise.

Possible values of minImageTransferGranularity are:

  • (0,0,0) specifies that only whole mip levels must be transferred using the image transfer operations on the corresponding queues. In this case, the following restrictions apply to all offset and extent parameters of image transfer operations:

    • The x, y, and z members of a VkOffset3D parameter must always be zero.

    • The width, height, and depth members of a VkExtent3D parameter must always match the width, height, and depth of the image subresource corresponding to the parameter, respectively.

  • (Ax, Ay, Az) where Ax, Ay, and Az are all integer powers of two. In this case the following restrictions apply to all image transfer operations:

    • x, y, and z of a VkOffset3D parameter must be integer multiples of Ax, Ay, and Az, respectively.

    • width of a VkExtent3D parameter must be an integer multiple of Ax, or else x + width must equal the width of the image subresource corresponding to the parameter.

    • height of a VkExtent3D parameter must be an integer multiple of Ay, or else y + height must equal the height of the image subresource corresponding to the parameter.

    • depth of a VkExtent3D parameter must be an integer multiple of Az, or else z + depth must equal the depth of the image subresource corresponding to the parameter.

    • If the format of the image corresponding to the parameters is one of the block-compressed formats then for the purposes of the above calculations the granularity must be scaled up by the compressed texel block dimensions.

Queues supporting graphics and/or compute operations must report (1,1,1) in minImageTransferGranularity, meaning that there are no additional restrictions on the granularity of image transfer operations for these queues. Other queues supporting image transfer operations are only required to support whole mip level transfers, thus minImageTransferGranularity for queues belonging to such queue families may be (0,0,0).

The Device Memory section describes memory properties queried from the physical device.

For physical device feature queries see the Features chapter.

Bits which may be set in VkQueueFamilyProperties::queueFlags, indicating capabilities of queues in a queue family are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueueFlagBits {
    VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT = 0x00000004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_QUEUE_PROTECTED_BIT = 0x00000010,
} VkQueueFlagBits;

  • VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support graphics operations.

  • VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support compute operations.

  • VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support transfer operations.

  • VK_QUEUE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support sparse memory management operations (see Sparse Resources). If any of the sparse resource features are enabled, then at least one queue family must support this bit. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_QUEUE_PROTECTED_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support the VK_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit. (see Protected Memory). If the physical device supports the protectedMemory feature, at least one of its queue families must support this bit.

If an implementation exposes any queue family that supports graphics operations, at least one queue family of at least one physical device exposed by the implementation must support both graphics and compute operations.

Furthermore, if the protectedMemory physical device feature is supported, then at least one queue family of at least one physical device exposed by the implementation must support graphics operations, compute operations, and protected memory operations.

Note

All commands that are allowed on a queue that supports transfer operations are also allowed on a queue that supports either graphics or compute operations. Thus, if the capabilities of a queue family include VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, then reporting the VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT capability separately for that queue family is optional.

For further details see Queues.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueueFlags;

VkQueueFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueueFlagBits.

To query properties of queues available on a physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pQueueFamilyPropertyCount,
    VkQueueFamilyProperties2*                   pQueueFamilyProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose properties will be queried.

  • pQueueFamilyPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of queue families available or queried, as described in vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties.

  • pQueueFamilyProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkQueueFamilyProperties2 structures.

vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2 behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties, with the ability to return extended information in a pNext chain of output structures.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2-pQueueFamilyPropertyCount-parameter
    pQueueFamilyPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2-pQueueFamilyProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pQueueFamilyPropertyCount is not 0, and pQueueFamilyProperties is not NULL, pQueueFamilyProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pQueueFamilyPropertyCount VkQueueFamilyProperties2 structures

The VkQueueFamilyProperties2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkQueueFamilyProperties2 {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    void*                      pNext;
    VkQueueFamilyProperties    queueFamilyProperties;
} VkQueueFamilyProperties2;
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkQueueFamilyProperties2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_FAMILY_PROPERTIES_2

  • VUID-VkQueueFamilyProperties2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties

  • VUID-VkQueueFamilyProperties2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

The VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    void*                    pNext;
    uint32_t                 priorityCount;
    VkQueueGlobalPriority    priorities[VK_MAX_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_SIZE];
} VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties;
// Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
typedef VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityPropertiesKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • priorityCount is the number of supported global queue priorities in this queue family, and it must be greater than 0.

  • priorities is an array of VK_MAX_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_SIZE VkQueueGlobalPriority enums representing all supported global queue priorities in this queue family. The first priorityCount elements of the array will be valid.

If the VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkQueueFamilyProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2, it is filled in with the list of supported global queue priorities for the indicated family.

The valid elements of priorities must not contain any duplicate values.

The valid elements of priorities must be a continuous sequence of VkQueueGlobalPriority enums in the ascending order.

Note

For example, returning priorityCount as 3 with supported priorities as VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_LOW, VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM and VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_REALTIME is not allowed.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_FAMILY_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_PROPERTIES

VK_MAX_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_SIZE is the length of an array of VkQueueGlobalPriority enumerants representing supported queue priorities, as returned in VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties::priorities.

#define VK_MAX_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_SIZE       16U
#define VK_MAX_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_SIZE_KHR   VK_MAX_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_SIZE

To enumerate the performance query counters available on a queue family of a physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
VkResult vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t                                    queueFamilyIndex,
    uint32_t*                                   pCounterCount,
    VkPerformanceCounterKHR*                    pCounters,
    VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR*         pCounterDescriptions);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose queue family performance query counter properties will be queried.

  • queueFamilyIndex is the index into the queue family of the physical device we want to get properties for.

  • pCounterCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of counters available or queried, as described below.

  • pCounters is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkPerformanceCounterKHR structures.

  • pCounterDescriptions is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR structures.

If pCounters is NULL and pCounterDescriptions is NULL, then the number of counters available is returned in pCounterCount. Otherwise, pCounterCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pCounters, pCounterDescriptions, or both arrays and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written out. If pCounterCount is less than the number of counters available, at most pCounterCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available counters were returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR-pCounterCount-parameter
    pCounterCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR-pCounters-parameter
    If the value referenced by pCounterCount is not 0, and pCounters is not NULL, pCounters must be a valid pointer to an array of pCounterCount VkPerformanceCounterKHR structures

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR-pCounterDescriptions-parameter
    If the value referenced by pCounterCount is not 0, and pCounterDescriptions is not NULL, pCounterDescriptions must be a valid pointer to an array of pCounterCount VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkPerformanceCounterKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef struct VkPerformanceCounterKHR {
    VkStructureType                   sType;
    void*                             pNext;
    VkPerformanceCounterUnitKHR       unit;
    VkPerformanceCounterScopeKHR      scope;
    VkPerformanceCounterStorageKHR    storage;
    uint8_t                           uuid[VK_UUID_SIZE];
} VkPerformanceCounterKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • unit is a VkPerformanceCounterUnitKHR specifying the unit that the counter data will record.

  • scope is a VkPerformanceCounterScopeKHR specifying the scope that the counter belongs to.

  • storage is a VkPerformanceCounterStorageKHR specifying the storage type that the counter’s data uses.

  • uuid is an array of size VK_UUID_SIZE, containing 8-bit values that represent a universally unique identifier for the counter of the physical device.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPerformanceCounterKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_KHR

  • VUID-VkPerformanceCounterKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

Performance counters have an associated unit. This unit describes how to interpret the performance counter result.

The performance counter unit types which may be returned in VkPerformanceCounterKHR::unit are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef enum VkPerformanceCounterUnitKHR {
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_GENERIC_KHR = 0,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_PERCENTAGE_KHR = 1,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_NANOSECONDS_KHR = 2,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_BYTES_KHR = 3,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_BYTES_PER_SECOND_KHR = 4,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_KELVIN_KHR = 5,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_WATTS_KHR = 6,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_VOLTS_KHR = 7,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_AMPS_KHR = 8,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_HERTZ_KHR = 9,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_CYCLES_KHR = 10,
} VkPerformanceCounterUnitKHR;

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_GENERIC_KHR - the performance counter unit is a generic data point.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_PERCENTAGE_KHR - the performance counter unit is a percentage (%).

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_NANOSECONDS_KHR - the performance counter unit is a value of nanoseconds (ns).

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_BYTES_KHR - the performance counter unit is a value of bytes.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_BYTES_PER_SECOND_KHR - the performance counter unit is a value of bytes/s.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_KELVIN_KHR - the performance counter unit is a temperature reported in Kelvin.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_WATTS_KHR - the performance counter unit is a value of watts (W).

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_VOLTS_KHR - the performance counter unit is a value of volts (V).

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_AMPS_KHR - the performance counter unit is a value of amps (A).

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_HERTZ_KHR - the performance counter unit is a value of hertz (Hz).

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_UNIT_CYCLES_KHR - the performance counter unit is a value of cycles.

Performance counters have an associated scope. This scope describes the granularity of a performance counter.

The performance counter scope types which may be returned in VkPerformanceCounterKHR::scope are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef enum VkPerformanceCounterScopeKHR {
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_KHR = 0,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_RENDER_PASS_KHR = 1,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_COMMAND_KHR = 2,
  // VK_QUERY_SCOPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_KHR is a legacy alias
    VK_QUERY_SCOPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_KHR = VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_KHR,
  // VK_QUERY_SCOPE_RENDER_PASS_KHR is a legacy alias
    VK_QUERY_SCOPE_RENDER_PASS_KHR = VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_RENDER_PASS_KHR,
  // VK_QUERY_SCOPE_COMMAND_KHR is a legacy alias
    VK_QUERY_SCOPE_COMMAND_KHR = VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_COMMAND_KHR,
} VkPerformanceCounterScopeKHR;

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_KHR - the performance counter scope is a single complete command buffer.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_RENDER_PASS_KHR - the performance counter scope is zero or more complete render passes. The performance query containing the performance counter must begin and end outside a render pass instance.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_COMMAND_KHR - the performance counter scope is zero or more commands.

Performance counters have an associated storage. This storage describes the payload of a counter result.

The performance counter storage types which may be returned in VkPerformanceCounterKHR::storage are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef enum VkPerformanceCounterStorageKHR {
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_INT32_KHR = 0,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_INT64_KHR = 1,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_UINT32_KHR = 2,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_UINT64_KHR = 3,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_FLOAT32_KHR = 4,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_FLOAT64_KHR = 5,
} VkPerformanceCounterStorageKHR;

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_INT32_KHR - the performance counter storage is a 32-bit signed integer.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_INT64_KHR - the performance counter storage is a 64-bit signed integer.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_UINT32_KHR - the performance counter storage is a 32-bit unsigned integer.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_UINT64_KHR - the performance counter storage is a 64-bit unsigned integer.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_FLOAT32_KHR - the performance counter storage is a 32-bit floating-point.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_FLOAT64_KHR - the performance counter storage is a 64-bit floating-point.

The VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef struct VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR {
    VkStructureType                            sType;
    void*                                      pNext;
    VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionFlagsKHR    flags;
    char                                       name[VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE];
    char                                       category[VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE];
    char                                       description[VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE];
} VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionFlagBitsKHR indicating the usage behavior for the counter.

  • name is an array of size VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE, containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string specifying the name of the counter.

  • category is an array of size VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE, containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string specifying the category of the counter.

  • description is an array of size VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE, containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string specifying the description of the counter.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_KHR

  • VUID-VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

Bits which can be set in VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR::flags, specifying usage behavior of a performance counter, are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef enum VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionFlagBitsKHR {
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_PERFORMANCE_IMPACTING_BIT_KHR = 0x00000001,
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_CONCURRENTLY_IMPACTED_BIT_KHR = 0x00000002,
  // VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_PERFORMANCE_IMPACTING_KHR is a legacy alias
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_PERFORMANCE_IMPACTING_KHR = VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_PERFORMANCE_IMPACTING_BIT_KHR,
  // VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_CONCURRENTLY_IMPACTED_KHR is a legacy alias
    VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_CONCURRENTLY_IMPACTED_KHR = VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_CONCURRENTLY_IMPACTED_BIT_KHR,
} VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionFlagBitsKHR;

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_PERFORMANCE_IMPACTING_BIT_KHR specifies that recording the counter may have a noticeable performance impact.

  • VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_CONCURRENTLY_IMPACTED_BIT_KHR specifies that concurrently recording the counter while other submitted command buffers are running may impact the accuracy of the recording.

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef VkFlags VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionFlagsKHR;

VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionFlagBitsKHR.

5.2. Devices

Device objects represent logical connections to physical devices. Each device exposes a number of queue families each having one or more queues. All queues in a queue family support the same operations.

As described in Physical Devices, a Vulkan application will first query for all physical devices in a system. Each physical device can then be queried for its capabilities, including its queue and queue family properties. Once an acceptable physical device is identified, an application will create a corresponding logical device. The created logical device is then the primary interface to the physical device.

How to enumerate the physical devices in a system and query those physical devices for their queue family properties is described in the Physical Device Enumeration section above.

A single logical device can be created from multiple physical devices, if those physical devices belong to the same device group. A device group is a set of physical devices that support accessing each other’s memory and recording a single command buffer that can be executed on all the physical devices. Device groups are enumerated by calling vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceGroups, and a logical device is created from a subset of the physical devices in a device group by passing the physical devices through VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo. For two physical devices to be in the same device group, they must support identical extensions, features, and properties.

Note

Physical devices in the same device group must be so similar because there are no rules for how different features/properties would interact. They must return the same values for nearly every invariant vkGetPhysicalDevice* feature, property, capability, etc., but could potentially differ for certain queries based on things like having a different display connected, or a different compositor. The specification does not attempt to enumerate which state is in each category, because such a list would quickly become out of date.

To retrieve a list of the device groups present in the system, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
VkResult vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceGroups(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    uint32_t*                                   pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount,
    VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties*            pPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties);

  • instance is a handle to a Vulkan instance previously created with vkCreateInstance.

  • pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of device groups available or queried, as described below.

  • pPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties structures.

If pPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties is NULL, then the number of device groups available is returned in pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount. Otherwise, pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties. If pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount is less than the number of device groups available, at most pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available device groups were returned.

Every physical device must be in exactly one device group.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceGroups-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceGroups-pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount-parameter
    pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceGroups-pPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount is not 0, and pPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties is not NULL, pPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPhysicalDeviceGroupCount VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties {
    VkStructureType     sType;
    void*               pNext;
    uint32_t            physicalDeviceCount;
    VkPhysicalDevice    physicalDevices[VK_MAX_DEVICE_GROUP_SIZE];
    VkBool32            subsetAllocation;
} VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • physicalDeviceCount is the number of physical devices in the group.

  • physicalDevices is an array of VK_MAX_DEVICE_GROUP_SIZE VkPhysicalDevice handles representing all physical devices in the group. The first physicalDeviceCount elements of the array will be valid.

  • subsetAllocation specifies whether logical devices created from the group support allocating device memory on a subset of devices, via the deviceMask member of the VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo. If this is VK_FALSE, then all device memory allocations are made across all physical devices in the group. If physicalDeviceCount is 1, then subsetAllocation must be VK_FALSE.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_GROUP_PROPERTIES

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

VK_MAX_DEVICE_GROUP_SIZE is the length of an array containing VkPhysicalDevice handle values representing all physical devices in a group, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties::physicalDevices.

#define VK_MAX_DEVICE_GROUP_SIZE          32U

5.2.1. Device Creation

Logical devices are represented by VkDevice handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkDevice)

A logical device is created as a connection to a physical device. To create a logical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateDevice(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkDeviceCreateInfo*                   pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDevice*                                   pDevice);

  • physicalDevice must be one of the device handles returned from a call to vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices (see Physical Device Enumeration).

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDeviceCreateInfo structure containing information about how to create the device.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pDevice is a pointer to a handle in which the created VkDevice is returned.

vkCreateDevice verifies that extensions and features requested in the ppEnabledExtensionNames and pEnabledFeatures members of pCreateInfo, respectively, are supported by the implementation. If any requested extension is not supported, vkCreateDevice must return VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT. If any requested feature is not supported, vkCreateDevice must return VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT. Support for extensions can be checked before creating a device by querying vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties. Support for features can similarly be checked by querying vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures.

vkCreateDevice also verifies that mandatory structures and features for Vulkan SC are present and enabled:

If any of these conditions are not met, vkCreateDevice must return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

After verifying and enabling the extensions the VkDevice object is created and returned to the application.

An implementation may allow multiple logical devices to be created from the same physical device. Logical device creation may fail due to lack of device-specific resources, including too many other logical devices, in addition to other errors. If that occurs, vkCreateDevice will return VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS.

If the pipeline cache data pointed to by the pInitialData member of any element of VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::pPipelineCacheCreateInfos is not compatible with the device, then vkCreateDevice will return VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA.

Some implementations may only accept pipeline cache data pointers that conform to platform and/or implementation specific alignment requirements. These alignment requirements cannot exceed 8 bytes. If any of the pipeline cache data pointers specified in the pInitialData member of the elements of VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::pPipelineCacheCreateInfos are not aligned according to these requirements, then vkCreateDevice will return VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA.

To provide application parameters at device creation time, an application can link one or more VkApplicationParametersEXT structures to the pNext chain of the VkDeviceCreateInfo structure.

If the VkApplicationParametersEXT::vendorID and VkApplicationParametersEXT::deviceID values do not match the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::vendorID and VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceID of physicalDevice, vkCreateDevice must return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

If VkApplicationParametersEXT::key is not a valid implementation-defined application parameter key for the device being created, or if value is not a valid value for the specified key, vkCreateDevice will fail and return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

For any implementation-defined application parameter key that exists but is not set by the application, the implementation-specific default value is used.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-ppEnabledExtensionNames-01387
    All required device extensions for each extension in the VkDeviceCreateInfo::ppEnabledExtensionNames list must also be present in that list.

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-key-05092
    The key value of each VkApplicationParametersEXT structure in the VkDeviceCreateInfo::pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-deviceMemoryRequestCount-05095
    The sum of deviceMemoryRequestCount over all VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo structures included in the VkDeviceCreateInfo::pNext chain must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxMemoryAllocationCount

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-samplerRequestCount-05096
    The sum of samplerRequestCount over all VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo structures included in the VkDeviceCreateInfo::pNext chain must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSamplerAllocationCount

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDeviceCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-pDevice-parameter
    pDevice must be a valid pointer to a VkDevice handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDeviceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDeviceCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkDeviceCreateFlags                flags;
    uint32_t                           queueCreateInfoCount;
    const VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo*     pQueueCreateInfos;
    // enabledLayerCount is legacy and should not be used
    uint32_t                           enabledLayerCount;
    // ppEnabledLayerNames is legacy and should not be used
    const char* const*                 ppEnabledLayerNames;
    uint32_t                           enabledExtensionCount;
    const char* const*                 ppEnabledExtensionNames;
    const VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures*    pEnabledFeatures;
} VkDeviceCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • queueCreateInfoCount is the unsigned integer size of the pQueueCreateInfos array. Refer to the Queue Creation section below for further details.

  • pQueueCreateInfos is a pointer to an array of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structures describing the queues that are requested to be created along with the logical device. Refer to the Queue Creation section below for further details.

  • enabledLayerCount is legacy and ignored. See Device Layers: Superseded via instance layers.

  • ppEnabledLayerNames is legacy and ignored. See Device Layers: Superseded via instance layers.

  • enabledExtensionCount is the number of device extensions to enable.

  • ppEnabledExtensionNames is a pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings containing the names of extensions to enable for the created device. See the Extensions section for further details.

  • pEnabledFeatures is NULL or a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure containing boolean indicators of all the features to be enabled. Refer to the Features section for further details. This field is legacy. See Physical Device Queries: Superseded via version 2.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDeviceCreateFlags;

VkDeviceCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

A logical device can be created that connects to one or more physical devices by adding a VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo. The VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    uint32_t                   physicalDeviceCount;
    const VkPhysicalDevice*    pPhysicalDevices;
} VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • physicalDeviceCount is the number of elements in the pPhysicalDevices array.

  • pPhysicalDevices is a pointer to an array of physical device handles belonging to the same device group.

The elements of the pPhysicalDevices array are an ordered list of the physical devices that the logical device represents. These must be a subset of a single device group, and need not be in the same order as they were enumerated. The order of the physical devices in the pPhysicalDevices array determines the device index of each physical device, with element i being assigned a device index of i. Certain commands and structures refer to one or more physical devices by using device indices or device masks formed using device indices.

A logical device created without using VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo, or with physicalDeviceCount equal to zero, is equivalent to a physicalDeviceCount of one and pPhysicalDevices pointing to the physicalDevice parameter to vkCreateDevice. In particular, the device index of that physical device is zero.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo-pPhysicalDevices-00375
    Each element of pPhysicalDevices must be unique

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo-pPhysicalDevices-00376
    All elements of pPhysicalDevices must be in the same device group as enumerated by vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceGroups

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo-physicalDeviceCount-00377
    If physicalDeviceCount is not 0, the physicalDevice parameter of vkCreateDevice must be an element of pPhysicalDevices

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo-pPhysicalDevices-parameter
    If physicalDeviceCount is not 0, pPhysicalDevices must be a valid pointer to an array of physicalDeviceCount valid VkPhysicalDevice handles

Data structures for objects are reserved by the implementation at device creation time. The application must provide upper bounds on numbers of objects and other limits at device creation time. To reserve data structures for use by objects created from this device, add a VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkDeviceCreateInfo structure.

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                     sType;
    const void*                         pNext;
    uint32_t                            pipelineCacheCreateInfoCount;
    const VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo*    pPipelineCacheCreateInfos;
    uint32_t                            pipelinePoolSizeCount;
    const VkPipelinePoolSize*           pPipelinePoolSizes;
    uint32_t                            semaphoreRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            commandBufferRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            fenceRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            deviceMemoryRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            bufferRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            imageRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            eventRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            queryPoolRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            bufferViewRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            imageViewRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            layeredImageViewRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            pipelineCacheRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            pipelineLayoutRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            renderPassRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            graphicsPipelineRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            computePipelineRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            descriptorSetLayoutRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            samplerRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            descriptorPoolRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            descriptorSetRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            framebufferRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            commandPoolRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            samplerYcbcrConversionRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            surfaceRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            swapchainRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            displayModeRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            subpassDescriptionRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            attachmentDescriptionRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            descriptorSetLayoutBindingRequestCount;
    uint32_t                            descriptorSetLayoutBindingLimit;
    uint32_t                            maxImageViewMipLevels;
    uint32_t                            maxImageViewArrayLayers;
    uint32_t                            maxLayeredImageViewMipLevels;
    uint32_t                            maxOcclusionQueriesPerPool;
    uint32_t                            maxPipelineStatisticsQueriesPerPool;
    uint32_t                            maxTimestampQueriesPerPool;
    uint32_t                            maxImmutableSamplersPerDescriptorSetLayout;
} VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pipelineCacheCreateInfoCount is the length of the pPipelineCacheCreateInfos array.

  • pPipelineCacheCreateInfos is a pointer to an array of VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structures that contain the creation information of the pipeline caches that can be created on this device.

  • pipelinePoolSizeCount is the length of the pPipelinePoolSizes array.

  • pPipelinePoolSizes is a pointer to an array of VkPipelinePoolSize structures requesting memory be reserved for pipelines of the specified sizes.

  • semaphoreRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkSemaphore objects that can exist at the same time.

  • commandBufferRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkCommandBuffer objects that can be reserved by all VkCommandPool objects.

  • fenceRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkFence objects that can exist at the same time.

  • deviceMemoryRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkDeviceMemory objects that can exist at the same time.

  • bufferRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkBuffer objects that can exist at the same time.

  • imageRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkImage objects that can exist at the same time.

  • eventRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkEvent objects that can exist at the same time.

  • queryPoolRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkQueryPool objects that can exist at the same time.

  • bufferViewRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkBufferView objects that can exist at the same time.

  • imageViewRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkImageView objects that can exist at the same time.

  • layeredImageViewRequestCount is the requested maximum number VkImageView objects created with VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.layerCount greater than 1 that can exist at the same time.

  • pipelineCacheRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkPipelineCache objects that can exist at the same time.

  • pipelineLayoutRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkPipelineLayout objects that can exist at the same time.

  • renderPassRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkRenderPass objects that can exist at the same time.

  • graphicsPipelineRequestCount is the requested maximum number of graphics VkPipeline objects that can exist at the same time.

  • computePipelineRequestCount is the requested maximum number of compute VkPipeline objects that can exist at the same time.

  • descriptorSetLayoutRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkDescriptorSetLayout objects that can exist at the same time.

  • samplerRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkSampler objects that can exist at the same time.

  • descriptorPoolRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkDescriptorPool objects that can exist at the same time.

  • descriptorSetRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkDescriptorSet objects that can exist at the same time.

  • framebufferRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkFramebuffer objects that can exist at the same time.

  • commandPoolRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkCommandPool objects that can exist at the same time.

  • samplerYcbcrConversionRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkSamplerYcbcrConversion objects that can exist at the same time.

  • surfaceRequestCount is legacy and implementations must ignore it.

  • swapchainRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkSwapchainKHR objects that can exist at the same time.

  • displayModeRequestCount is legacy and implementations must ignore it.

  • subpassDescriptionRequestCount is the requested maximum sum of all VkRenderPassCreateInfo2::subpassCount values across all VkRenderPass objects that can exist at the same time.

  • attachmentDescriptionRequestCount is the requested maximum sum of all VkRenderPassCreateInfo2::attachmentCount values across all VkRenderPass objects that can exist at the same time.

  • descriptorSetLayoutBindingRequestCount is the requested maximum sum of all VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo::bindingCount values across all VkDescriptorSetLayout objects that can exist at the same time.

  • descriptorSetLayoutBindingLimit is one greater than the maximum value of VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding::binding that can be used.

  • maxImageViewMipLevels is the maximum value of VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.levelCount that can be used.

  • maxImageViewArrayLayers is the maximum value of VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.layerCount that can be used.

  • maxLayeredImageViewMipLevels is the maximum value of VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.levelCount that can be used when VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.layerCount is greater than 1.

  • maxOcclusionQueriesPerPool is the requested maximum number of VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION queries that can exist at the same time in a single query pool.

  • maxPipelineStatisticsQueriesPerPool is the requested maximum number of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS queries that can exist at the same time in a single query pool.

  • maxTimestampQueriesPerPool is the requested maximum number of VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP queries that can exist at the same time in a single query pool.

  • maxImmutableSamplersPerDescriptorSetLayout is the requested maximum number of immutable samplers that can be used across all bindings in a descriptor set layout.

Multiple VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo structures can be chained together. The maximum value from all instances of maxImageViewMipLevels, maxImageViewArrayLayers, maxLayeredImageViewMipLevels, descriptorSetLayoutBindingLimit, maxOcclusionQueriesPerPool, maxPipelineStatisticsQueriesPerPool, maxTimestampQueriesPerPool, and maxImmutableSamplersPerDescriptorSetLayout will be reserved. For the remaining members, the sum of the requested resources from all instances of VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo will be reserved.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceDestroyFreesMemory is VK_TRUE, the reserved memory is returned to the system when the device is destroyed, otherwise it may not be returned to the system until the process is terminated.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo-maxImageViewArrayLayers-05014
    maxImageViewArrayLayers must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxImageArrayLayers

  • VUID-VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo-maxImageViewMipLevels-05015
    maxImageViewMipLevels must be less than or equal to the number of levels in the complete mipmap chain based on the maximum of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxImageDimension1D, maxImageDimension2D, maxImageDimension3D, and maxImageDimensionCube

  • VUID-VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo-maxLayeredImageViewMipLevels-05016
    maxLayeredImageViewMipLevels must be less than or equal to the number of levels in the complete mipmap chain based on VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxImageDimension1D, maxImageDimension2D, maxImageDimension3D, and maxImageDimensionCube

  • VUID-VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo-subpassDescriptionRequestCount-05017
    subpassDescriptionRequestCount must be less than or equal to renderPassRequestCount multiplied by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::maxRenderPassSubpasses

  • VUID-VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo-attachmentDescriptionRequestCount-05018
    attachmentDescriptionRequestCount must be less than or equal to renderPassRequestCount multiplied by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::maxFramebufferAttachments

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_OBJECT_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo-pPipelineCacheCreateInfos-parameter
    If pipelineCacheCreateInfoCount is not 0, pPipelineCacheCreateInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of pipelineCacheCreateInfoCount valid VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structures

  • VUID-VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo-pPipelinePoolSizes-parameter
    If pipelinePoolSizeCount is not 0, pPipelinePoolSizes must be a valid pointer to an array of pipelinePoolSizeCount valid VkPipelinePoolSize structures

If the pNext chain of VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo includes a VkPerformanceQueryReservationInfoKHR structure, then the structure indicates upper bounds on the number of performance queries that can exist at the same time in a query pool.

The VkPerformanceQueryReservationInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0 with VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef struct VkPerformanceQueryReservationInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           maxPerformanceQueriesPerPool;
} VkPerformanceQueryReservationInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxPerformanceQueriesPerPool is the requested maximum number of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR queries that can exist at the same time in a single query pool.

If the VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::pNext chain does not include this structure, then maxPerformanceQueriesPerPool defaults to 0.

Multiple VkPerformanceQueryReservationInfoKHR structures can be chained together. The maximum value from all instances of maxPerformanceQueriesPerPool will be reserved.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPerformanceQueryReservationInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_RESERVATION_INFO_KHR

If the pNext chain of VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo includes a VkDeviceSemaphoreSciSyncPoolReservationCreateInfoNV structure, then the structure indicates the maximum number of VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV objects that can exist at the same time.

The VkDeviceSemaphoreSciSyncPoolReservationCreateInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0 with VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef struct VkDeviceSemaphoreSciSyncPoolReservationCreateInfoNV {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           semaphoreSciSyncPoolRequestCount;
} VkDeviceSemaphoreSciSyncPoolReservationCreateInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphoreSciSyncPoolRequestCount is the requested maximum number of VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV objects that can exist at the same time.

If the VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::pNext chain does not include this structure, then semaphoreSciSyncPoolRequestCount defaults to 0.

Multiple VkDeviceSemaphoreSciSyncPoolReservationCreateInfoNV structures can be chained together. The sum of the semaphoreSciSyncPoolRequestCount values from all instances of VkDeviceSemaphoreSciSyncPoolReservationCreateInfoNV will be reserved.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceSemaphoreSciSyncPoolReservationCreateInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_POOL_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO_NV

Memory for pipelines is reserved by the implementation at device creation time. The application specifies sizes to be reserved and a count for each size, and when a pipeline is created the application specifies which size to use.

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelinePoolSize {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       poolEntrySize;
    uint32_t           poolEntryCount;
} VkPipelinePoolSize;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • poolEntrySize is the size to reserve for each entry.

  • poolEntryCount is the number of entries to reserve.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelinePoolSize-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_POOL_SIZE

  • VUID-VkPipelinePoolSize-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

5.2.2. Device Use

The following is a high-level list of VkDevice uses along with references on where to find more information:

5.2.3. Lost Device

A logical device may become lost for a number of implementation-specific reasons, indicating that pending and future command execution may fail and cause resources and backing memory to become undefined.

Note

Fault Handling can be used by the implementation to provide more information on the cause of a device becoming lost. Allowing applications to take appropriate corrective behavior for the cause of the device lost.
Note

Typical reasons for device loss will include things like execution timing out (to prevent denial of service), power management events, platform resource management, implementation errors.

Applications not adhering to valid usage may also result in device loss being reported, however this is not guaranteed. Even if device loss is reported, the system may be in an unrecoverable state, and further usage of the API is still considered invalid.

When this happens, certain commands will return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. After any such event, the logical device is considered lost. It is not possible to reset the logical device to a non-lost state, however the lost state is specific to a logical device (VkDevice), and the corresponding physical device (VkPhysicalDevice) may be otherwise unaffected.

In some cases, the physical device may also be lost, and attempting to create a new logical device will fail, returning VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. This is usually indicative of a problem with the underlying implementation, or its connection to the host. If the physical device has not been lost, and a new logical device is successfully created from that physical device, it must be in the non-lost state.

Note

Whilst logical device loss may be recoverable, in the case of physical device loss, it is unlikely that an application will be able to recover unless additional, unaffected physical devices exist on the system. The error is largely informational and intended only to inform the application that a platform issue has occurred, and should be investigated further. For example, underlying hardware may have developed a fault or become physically disconnected from the rest of the system. In many cases, physical device loss may cause other more serious issues such as the operating system crashing; in which case it may not be reported via the Vulkan API.

When a device is lost, its child objects are not implicitly destroyed and their handles are still valid. Those objects must still be destroyed before their parents or the device can be destroyed (see the Object Lifetime section). The host address space corresponding to device memory mapped using vkMapMemory is still valid, and host memory accesses to these mapped regions are still valid, but the contents are undefined. It is still legal to call any API command on the device and child objects.

Once a device is lost, command execution may fail, and certain commands that return a VkResult may return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. These commands can be identified by the inclusion of VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST in the Return Codes section for each command. Commands that do not allow runtime errors must still operate correctly for valid usage and, if applicable, return valid data.

Commands that wait indefinitely for device execution (namely vkDeviceWaitIdle, vkQueueWaitIdle, vkWaitForFences or vkAcquireNextImageKHR with a maximum timeout, and vkGetQueryPoolResults with the VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT bit set in flags) must return in finite time even in the case of a lost device, and return either VK_SUCCESS or VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. For any command that may return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST, for the purpose of determining whether a command buffer is in the pending state, or whether resources are considered in-use by the device, a return value of VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST is equivalent to VK_SUCCESS.

The content of any external memory objects that have been exported from or imported to a lost device become undefined. Objects on other logical devices or in other APIs which are associated with the same underlying memory resource as the external memory objects on the lost device are unaffected other than their content becoming undefined. The layout of subresources of images on other logical devices that are bound to VkDeviceMemory objects associated with the same underlying memory resources as external memory objects on the lost device becomes VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED.

The state of VkSemaphore objects on other logical devices created by importing a semaphore payload with temporary permanence which was exported from the lost device is undefined. The state of VkSemaphore objects on other logical devices that permanently share a semaphore payload with a VkSemaphore object on the lost device is undefined, and remains undefined following any subsequent signal operations. Implementations must ensure pending and subsequently submitted wait operations on such semaphores behave as defined in Semaphore State Requirements For Wait Operations for external semaphores not in a valid state for a wait operation.

5.2.4. Device Destruction

To destroy a device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyDevice(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

To ensure that no work is active on the device, vkDeviceWaitIdle can be used to gate the destruction of the device. Prior to destroying a device, an application is responsible for destroying/freeing any Vulkan objects with explicit vkDestroy* or vkFree* commands that were created using that device as the first parameter of the corresponding vkCreate* or vkAllocate* command.

Note

The lifetime of each of these objects is bound by the lifetime of the VkDevice object. Therefore, to avoid resource leaks, it is critical that an application explicitly free all of these resources prior to calling vkDestroyDevice.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyDevice-device-05137
    All child objects created on device that can be destroyed or freed must have been destroyed or freed prior to destroying device

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyDevice-device-parameter
    If device is not NULL, device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDevice-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to device must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to all VkQueue objects created from device must be externally synchronized

5.3. Queues

5.3.1. Queue Family Properties

As discussed in the Physical Device Enumeration section above, the vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties command is used to retrieve details about the queue families and queues supported by a device.

Each index in the pQueueFamilyProperties array returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties describes a unique queue family on that physical device. These indices are used when creating queues, and they correspond directly with the queueFamilyIndex that is passed to the vkCreateDevice command via the VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure as described in the Queue Creation section below.

Grouping of queue families within a physical device is implementation-dependent.

Note

The general expectation is that a physical device groups all queues of matching capabilities into a single family. However, while implementations should do this, it is possible that a physical device may return two separate queue families with the same capabilities.

Once an application has identified a physical device with the queue(s) that it desires to use, it will create those queues in conjunction with a logical device. This is described in the following section.

5.3.2. Queue Creation

Creating a logical device also creates the queues associated with that device. The queues to create are described by a set of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structures that are passed to vkCreateDevice in pQueueCreateInfos. Queues cannot be independently destroyed, and are instead destroyed with the VkDevice that they were created from.

Queues are represented by VkQueue handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkQueue)

The VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                    queueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t                    queueCount;
    const float*                pQueuePriorities;
} VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask indicating behavior of the queues.

  • queueFamilyIndex is an unsigned integer indicating the index of the queue family in which to create the queues on this device. This index corresponds to the index of an element of the pQueueFamilyProperties array that was returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties.

  • queueCount is an unsigned integer specifying the number of queues to create in the queue family indicated by queueFamilyIndex, and with the behavior specified by flags.

  • pQueuePriorities is a pointer to an array of queueCount normalized floating-point values, specifying priorities of work that will be submitted to each created queue. See Queue Priority for more information.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-queueFamilyIndex-00381
    queueFamilyIndex must be less than pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-queueCount-00382
    queueCount must be less than or equal to the queueCount member of the VkQueueFamilyProperties structure, as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties in the pQueueFamilyProperties[queueFamilyIndex]

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-pQueuePriorities-00383
    Each element of pQueuePriorities must be between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-flags-02861
    If the protectedMemory feature is not enabled, the VK_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit of flags must not be set

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-flags-06449
    If flags includes VK_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT, queueFamilyIndex must be the index of a queue family that includes the VK_QUEUE_PROTECTED_BIT capability

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkDeviceQueueCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-pQueuePriorities-parameter
    pQueuePriorities must be a valid pointer to an array of queueCount float values

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-queueCount-arraylength
    queueCount must be greater than 0

Bits which can be set in VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::flags, specifying usage behavior of a queue, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkDeviceQueueCreateFlagBits {
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkDeviceQueueCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT specifies that the device queue is a protected-capable queue.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags;

VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDeviceQueueCreateFlagBits.

Queues can be created with a system-wide priority by adding a VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo.

The VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkQueueGlobalPriority    globalPriority;
} VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo;
// Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
typedef VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • globalPriority is the system-wide priority associated to these queues as specified by VkQueueGlobalPriority

Queues created without specifying VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo will default to VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo-globalPriority-parameter
    globalPriority must be a valid VkQueueGlobalPriority value

Possible values of VkDeviceQueueGlobalPriorityCreateInfo::globalPriority, specifying a system-wide priority level are:

typedef enum VkQueueGlobalPriority {
    VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_LOW = 128,
    VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM = 256,
    VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_HIGH = 512,
    VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_REALTIME = 1024,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
    VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_LOW_KHR = VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_LOW,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
    VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM_KHR = VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
    VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_HIGH_KHR = VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_HIGH,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
    VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_REALTIME_KHR = VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_REALTIME,
} VkQueueGlobalPriority;
// Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
typedef VkQueueGlobalPriority VkQueueGlobalPriorityKHR;

Priority values are sorted in ascending order. A comparison operation on the enum values can be used to determine the priority order.

  • VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_LOW is below the system default. Useful for non-interactive tasks.

  • VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM is the system default priority.

  • VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_HIGH is above the system default.

  • VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_REALTIME is the highest priority. Useful for critical tasks.

Queues with higher system priority may be allotted more processing time than queues with lower priority. An implementation may allow a higher-priority queue to starve a lower-priority queue until the higher-priority queue has no further commands to execute.

Priorities imply no ordering or scheduling constraints.

No specific guarantees are made about higher priority queues receiving more processing time or better quality of service than lower priority queues.

The global priority level of a queue takes precedence over the per-process queue priority (VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::pQueuePriorities).

Abuse of this feature may result in starving the rest of the system of implementation resources. Therefore, the driver implementation may deny requests to acquire a priority above the default priority (VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) if the caller does not have sufficient privileges. In this scenario VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED is returned.

The driver implementation may fail the queue allocation request if resources required to complete the operation have been exhausted (either by the same process or a different process). In this scenario VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED is returned.

If the globalPriorityQuery feature is enabled and the requested global priority is not reported via VkQueueFamilyGlobalPriorityProperties, the driver implementation must fail the queue creation. In this scenario, VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED is returned.

To retrieve a handle to a VkQueue object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetDeviceQueue(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    queueFamilyIndex,
    uint32_t                                    queueIndex,
    VkQueue*                                    pQueue);

  • device is the logical device that owns the queue.

  • queueFamilyIndex is the index of the queue family to which the queue belongs.

  • queueIndex is the index within this queue family of the queue to retrieve.

  • pQueue is a pointer to a VkQueue object that will be filled with the handle for the requested queue.

vkGetDeviceQueue must only be used to get queues that were created with the flags parameter of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo set to zero. To get queues that were created with a non-zero flags parameter use vkGetDeviceQueue2.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-queueFamilyIndex-00384
    queueFamilyIndex must be one of the queue family indices specified when device was created, via the VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-queueIndex-00385
    queueIndex must be less than the value of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::queueCount for the queue family indicated by queueFamilyIndex when device was created

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-flags-01841
    VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::flags must have been zero when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-pQueue-parameter
    pQueue must be a valid pointer to a VkQueue handle

To retrieve a handle to a VkQueue object with specific VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags creation flags, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetDeviceQueue2(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDeviceQueueInfo2*                   pQueueInfo,
    VkQueue*                                    pQueue);

  • device is the logical device that owns the queue.

  • pQueueInfo is a pointer to a VkDeviceQueueInfo2 structure, describing parameters of the device queue to be retrieved.

  • pQueue is a pointer to a VkQueue object that will be filled with the handle for the requested queue.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue2-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue2-pQueueInfo-parameter
    pQueueInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDeviceQueueInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue2-pQueue-parameter
    pQueue must be a valid pointer to a VkQueue handle

The VkDeviceQueueInfo2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkDeviceQueueInfo2 {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                    queueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t                    queueIndex;
} VkDeviceQueueInfo2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure. The pNext chain of VkDeviceQueueInfo2 can be used to provide additional device queue parameters to vkGetDeviceQueue2.

  • flags is a VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags value indicating the flags used to create the device queue.

  • queueFamilyIndex is the index of the queue family to which the queue belongs.

  • queueIndex is the index of the queue to retrieve from within the set of queues that share both the queue family and flags specified.

The queue returned by vkGetDeviceQueue2 must have the same flags value from this structure as that used at device creation time in a VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure.

Note

Normally, if you create both protected-capable and non-protected-capable queues with the same family, they are treated as separate lists of queues and queueIndex is relative to the start of the list of queues specified by both queueFamilyIndex and flags. However, for historical reasons, some implementations may exhibit different behavior. These divergent implementations instead concatenate the lists of queues and treat queueIndex as relative to the start of the first list of queues with the given queueFamilyIndex. This only matters in cases where an application has created both protected-capable and non-protected-capable queues from the same queue family.

For such divergent implementations, the maximum value of queueIndex is equal to the sum of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::queueCount minus one, for all VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structures that share a common queueFamilyIndex.

Such implementations will return NULL for either the protected or unprotected queues when calling vkGetDeviceQueue2 with queueIndex in the range zero to VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::queueCount minus one. In cases where these implementations returned NULL, the corresponding queues are instead located in the extended range described in the preceding two paragraphs.

This behavior will not be observed on any driver that has passed Vulkan conformance test suite version 1.3.3.0, or any subsequent version. This information can be found by querying VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties::conformanceVersion.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueInfo2-queueFamilyIndex-01842
    queueFamilyIndex must be one of the queue family indices specified when device was created, via the VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueInfo2-flags-06225
    flags must be equal to VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::flags for a VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure for the queue family indicated by queueFamilyIndex when device was created

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueInfo2-queueIndex-01843
    queueIndex must be less than VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::queueCount for the corresponding queue family and flags indicated by queueFamilyIndex and flags when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueInfo2-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkDeviceQueueCreateFlagBits values

5.3.3. Queue Family Index

The queue family index is used in multiple places in Vulkan in order to tie operations to a specific family of queues.

When retrieving a handle to the queue via vkGetDeviceQueue, the queue family index is used to select which queue family to retrieve the VkQueue handle from as described in the previous section.

When creating a VkCommandPool object (see Command Pools), a queue family index is specified in the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure. Command buffers from this pool can only be submitted on queues corresponding to this queue family.

When creating VkImage (see Images) and VkBuffer (see Buffers) resources, a set of queue families is included in the VkImageCreateInfo and VkBufferCreateInfo structures to specify the queue families that can access the resource.

When inserting a VkBufferMemoryBarrier or VkImageMemoryBarrier (see Pipeline Barriers), a source and destination queue family index is specified to allow the ownership of a buffer or image to be transferred from one queue family to another. See the Resource Sharing section for details.

5.3.4. Queue Priority

Each queue is assigned a priority, as set in the VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structures when creating the device. The priority of each queue is a normalized floating-point value between 0.0 and 1.0, which is then translated to a discrete priority level by the implementation. Higher values indicate a higher priority, with 0.0 being the lowest priority and 1.0 being the highest.

Within the same device, queues with higher priority may be allotted more processing time than queues with lower priority. The implementation makes no guarantees with regards to ordering or scheduling among queues with the same priority, other than the constraints defined by any explicit synchronization primitives. The implementation makes no guarantees with regards to queues across different devices.

An implementation may allow a higher-priority queue to starve a lower-priority queue on the same VkDevice until the higher-priority queue has no further commands to execute. The relationship of queue priorities must not cause queues on one VkDevice to starve queues on another VkDevice.

No specific guarantees are made about higher priority queues receiving more processing time or better quality of service than lower priority queues.

5.3.5. Queue Submission

Work is submitted to a queue via queue submission commands such as vkQueueSubmit2KHR or vkQueuePresentKHR or vkQueueSubmit. Queue submission commands define a set of queue operations to be executed by the underlying physical device, including synchronization with semaphores and fences.

Submission commands take as parameters a target queue, zero or more batches of work, and an optional fence to signal upon completion. Each batch consists of three distinct parts:

  1. Zero or more semaphores to wait on before execution of the rest of the batch.

  2. Zero or more work items to execute.

    • If present, these describe a queue operation matching the work described.

  3. Zero or more semaphores to signal upon completion of the work items.

If a fence is present in a queue submission, it describes a fence signal operation.

All work described by a queue submission command must be submitted to the queue before the command returns.

5.3.6. Queue Destruction

Queues are created along with a logical device during vkCreateDevice. All queues associated with a logical device are destroyed when vkDestroyDevice is called on that device.

6. Command Buffers

Command buffers are objects used to record commands which can be subsequently submitted to a device queue for execution. There are two levels of command buffers - primary command buffers, which can execute secondary command buffers, and which are submitted to queues, and secondary command buffers, which can be executed by primary command buffers, and which are not directly submitted to queues.

Command buffers are represented by VkCommandBuffer handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkCommandBuffer)

Recorded commands include commands to bind pipelines and descriptor sets to the command buffer, commands to modify dynamic state, commands to draw (for graphics rendering), commands to dispatch (for compute), commands to execute secondary command buffers (for primary command buffers only), commands to copy buffers and images, and other commands.

Each command buffer manages state independently of other command buffers. There is no inheritance of state across primary and secondary command buffers, or between secondary command buffers. When a command buffer begins recording, all state in that command buffer is undefined. When secondary command buffer(s) are recorded to execute on a primary command buffer, the secondary command buffer inherits no state from the primary command buffer, and all state of the primary command buffer is undefined after an execute secondary command buffer command is recorded. There is one exception to this rule - if the primary command buffer is inside a render pass instance, then the render pass and subpass state is not disturbed by executing secondary command buffers. For state dependent commands (such as draws and dispatches), any state consumed by those commands must not be undefined.

Unless otherwise specified, and without explicit synchronization, the various commands submitted to a queue via command buffers may execute in arbitrary order relative to each other, and/or concurrently. Also, the memory side effects of those commands may not be directly visible to other commands without explicit memory dependencies. This is true within a command buffer, and across command buffers submitted to a given queue. See the synchronization chapter for information on implicit and explicit synchronization between commands.

6.1. Command Buffer Lifecycle

Each command buffer is always in one of the following states:

Initial

When a command buffer is allocated, it is in the initial state. Some commands are able to reset a command buffer (or a set of command buffers) back to this state from any of the executable, recording or invalid state. Command buffers in the initial state can only be moved to the recording state, or freed.

Recording

vkBeginCommandBuffer changes the state of a command buffer from the initial state to the recording state. Once a command buffer is in the recording state, vkCmd* commands can be used to record to the command buffer.

Executable

vkEndCommandBuffer ends the recording of a command buffer, and moves it from the recording state to the executable state. Executable command buffers can be submitted, reset, or recorded to another command buffer.

Pending

Queue submission of a command buffer changes the state of a command buffer from the executable state to the pending state. Whilst in the pending state, applications must not attempt to modify the command buffer in any way - as the device may be processing the commands recorded to it. Once execution of a command buffer completes, the command buffer either reverts back to the executable state, or if it was recorded with VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT, it moves to the invalid state. A synchronization command should be used to detect when this occurs.

Invalid

Other than VkQueryPool, VkDescriptorPool, VkDeviceMemory, or VkCommandPool objects, destroying or freeing any object or memory that may be accessed when the command buffer is accessed (e.g. an object bound to the command buffer) will transition the state of that command buffer to the invalid state. The command buffer must not be in the pending state when this happens. Command buffers in the invalid state can only be reset or freed.

image/svg+xml Initial Recording Pending Executable Invalid Allocate Begin End Submission Completion Completion withOne Time Submit Reset Reset Invalidate
Figure 1. Lifecycle of a command buffer

Any given command that operates on a command buffer has its own requirements on what state a command buffer must be in, which are detailed in the valid usage constraints for that command.

Resetting a command buffer is an operation that discards any previously recorded commands and puts a command buffer in the initial state. Resetting occurs as a result of vkResetCommandBuffer or vkResetCommandPool, or as part of vkBeginCommandBuffer (which additionally puts the command buffer in the recording state).

Secondary command buffers can be recorded to a primary command buffer via vkCmdExecuteCommands. This partially ties the lifecycle of the two command buffers together - if the primary is submitted to a queue, both the primary and any secondaries recorded to it move to the pending state. Once execution of the primary completes, so it does for any secondary recorded within it. After all executions of each command buffer complete, they each move to their appropriate completion state (either to the executable state or the invalid state, as specified above).

If a secondary moves to the invalid state or the initial state, then all primary buffers it is recorded in move to the invalid state. A primary moving to any other state does not affect the state of a secondary recorded in it.

Note

Resetting or freeing a primary command buffer removes the lifecycle linkage to all secondary command buffers that were recorded into it.

6.2. Command Pools

Command pools are opaque objects that command buffer memory is allocated from, and which allow the implementation to amortize the cost of resource creation across multiple command buffers. Command pools are externally synchronized, meaning that a command pool must not be used concurrently in multiple threads. That includes use via recording commands on any command buffers allocated from the pool, as well as operations that allocate, free, and reset command buffers or the pool itself.

Command pools cannot be destroyed or trimmed [SCID-4].

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceDestroyFreesMemory is VK_TRUE, then the memory used by command pools is returned to the system when the device is destroyed. Otherwise, it may not be returned to the system until the process is terminated.

Command pools are represented by VkCommandPool handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkCommandPool)

To create a command pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateCommandPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkCommandPoolCreateInfo*              pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkCommandPool*                              pCommandPool);

  • device is the logical device that creates the command pool.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the command pool object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pCommandPool is a pointer to a VkCommandPool handle in which the created pool is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateCommandPool must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-queueFamilyIndex-01937
    pCreateInfo->queueFamilyIndex must be the index of a queue family available in the logical device device

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-device-05068
    The number of command pools currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of command pools requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::commandPoolRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-pCommandPool-parameter
    pCommandPool must be a valid pointer to a VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandPoolCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkCommandPoolCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                    queueFamilyIndex;
} VkCommandPoolCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits indicating usage behavior for the pool and command buffers allocated from it.

  • queueFamilyIndex designates a queue family as described in section Queue Family Properties. All command buffers allocated from this command pool must be submitted on queues from the same queue family.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-flags-02860
    If the protectedMemory feature is not enabled, the VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit of flags must not be set

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-pNext-05002
    The pNext chain must include a VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo structure

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits values

Bits which can be set in VkCommandPoolCreateInfo::flags, specifying usage behavior for a command pool, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits {
    VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_TRANSIENT_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_TRANSIENT_BIT specifies that command buffers allocated from the pool will be short-lived, meaning that they will be reset or freed in a relatively short timeframe. This flag may be used by the implementation to control memory allocation behavior within the pool.

  • VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT allows any command buffer allocated from a pool to be individually reset to the initial state; either by calling vkResetCommandBuffer, or via the implicit reset when calling vkBeginCommandBuffer. If this flag is not set on a pool, then vkResetCommandBuffer must not be called for any command buffer allocated from that pool.

  • VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT specifies that command buffers allocated from the pool are protected command buffers.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCommandPoolCreateFlags;

VkCommandPoolCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits.

The pNext chain of VkCommandPoolCreateInfo must include a VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo structure. This structure controls how much memory is allocated at command pool creation time to be used for all command buffers recorded from this pool.

The VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       commandPoolReservedSize;
    uint32_t           commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers;
} VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • commandPoolReservedSize is the number of bytes to be allocated for all command buffer data recorded into this pool.

  • commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers is the maximum number of command buffers that can be allocated from this command pool.

The number of command buffers reserved using commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers is permanently counted against the total number of command buffers requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::commandBufferRequestCount even if the command buffers are freed at a later time.

Each command recorded into a command buffer has an implementation-dependent size that counts against commandPoolReservedSize. There is no minimum command pool size, but some sizes may be too small for any commands to be recorded in them on a given implementation. Applications are expected to estimate their worst-case command buffer memory usage at development time using vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption and reserve large enough command buffers. This command can also be used at runtime to verify expected memory usage.

While the memory consumption of a particular command is implementation-dependent, it is a deterministic function of the parameters to the command and of the objects used by the command (including the command buffer itself). Two command buffers will consume the same amount of pool memory if:

  • all numerical parameters to each command match exactly,

  • all objects used by each command are identically defined, and

  • the order of the commands is the same.

Note

The rules for identically defined objects apply recursively, implying for example that if the command buffers are created in different devices that those devices must have been created with the same features enabled.

Each command buffer may require some base alignment in the pool, so the total pool memory will match if each command buffer’s consumption matches and the command buffers are recorded one at a time and in the same order.

If all these criteria are satisfied, then a command pool memory consumption returned by vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption will be sufficient to record the same command buffers again.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo-commandPoolReservedSize-05003
    commandPoolReservedSize must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo-commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers-05004
    commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo-commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers-05090
    commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::maxCommandPoolCommandBuffers

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo-commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers-05074
    The number of command buffers reserved by all command pools plus commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers must be less than or equal to the total number of command buffers requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::commandBufferRequestCount

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_MEMORY_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO

To get memory usage information for a command pool object, call:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkCommandPool                               commandPool,
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkCommandPoolMemoryConsumption*             pConsumption);

  • device is the logical device that owns the command pool.

  • commandPool is the command pool from which to query the memory usage.

  • commandBuffer is an optional command buffer from which to query the memory usage.

  • pConsumption is a pointer to a VkCommandPoolMemoryConsumption structure where the memory usage is written.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption-commandPool-parameter
    commandPool must be a valid VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption-commandBuffer-parameter
    If commandBuffer is not NULL, commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption-pConsumption-parameter
    pConsumption must be a valid pointer to a VkCommandPoolMemoryConsumption structure

  • VUID-vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption-commandPool-parent
    commandPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkGetCommandPoolMemoryConsumption-commandBuffer-parent
    If commandBuffer is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from commandPool

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandPool must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

The VkCommandPoolMemoryConsumption structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandPoolMemoryConsumption {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       commandPoolAllocated;
    VkDeviceSize       commandPoolReservedSize;
    VkDeviceSize       commandBufferAllocated;
} VkCommandPoolMemoryConsumption;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • commandPoolAllocated is the number of bytes currently allocated from this pool for command buffer data.

  • commandPoolReservedSize is the total number of bytes available for all command buffer data recorded into this pool. This is equal to the value requested in VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo::commandPoolReservedSize.

  • commandBufferAllocated is the number of bytes currently allocated from this pool for the specified command buffer’s data. This number will be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::maxCommandBufferSize. If no command buffer is specified, then commandBufferAllocated will be zero.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolMemoryConsumption-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_MEMORY_CONSUMPTION

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolMemoryConsumption-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

To reset a command pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetCommandPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkCommandPool                               commandPool,
    VkCommandPoolResetFlags                     flags);

  • device is the logical device that owns the command pool.

  • commandPool is the command pool to reset.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits controlling the reset operation.

Resetting a command pool recycles all of the resources from all of the command buffers allocated from the command pool back to the command pool. All command buffers that have been allocated from the command pool are put in the initial state.

Any primary command buffer allocated from another VkCommandPool that is in the recording or executable state and has a secondary command buffer allocated from commandPool recorded into it, becomes invalid.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-commandPool-00040
    All VkCommandBuffer objects allocated from commandPool must not be in the pending state

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-commandPool-parameter
    commandPool must be a valid VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-commandPool-parent
    commandPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandPool must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Bits which can be set in vkResetCommandPool::flags, controlling the reset operation, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits {
} VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits;

  • VK_COMMAND_POOL_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-4].

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCommandPoolResetFlags;

VkCommandPoolResetFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits.

6.3. Command Buffer Allocation and Management

To allocate command buffers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkAllocateCommandBuffers(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo*          pAllocateInfo,
    VkCommandBuffer*                            pCommandBuffers);

  • device is the logical device that owns the command pool.

  • pAllocateInfo is a pointer to a VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo structure describing parameters of the allocation. commandPool may be accessed any time one of the resulting command buffers is accessed.

  • pCommandBuffers is a pointer to an array of VkCommandBuffer handles in which the resulting command buffer objects are returned. The array must be at least the length specified by the commandBufferCount member of pAllocateInfo. Each allocated command buffer begins in the initial state.

vkAllocateCommandBuffers can be used to allocate multiple command buffers. If the allocation of any of those command buffers fails, the implementation must free all successfully allocated command buffer objects from this command, set all entries of the pCommandBuffers array to NULL and return the error.

Note

Filling pCommandBuffers with NULL values on failure is an exception to the default error behavior that output parameters will have undefined contents.

When command buffers are first allocated, they are in the initial state.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkAllocateCommandBuffers must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-pAllocateInfo-parameter
    pAllocateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-pCommandBuffers-parameter
    pCommandBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of pAllocateInfo->commandBufferCount VkCommandBuffer handles

  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-pAllocateInfo::commandBufferCount-arraylength
    pAllocateInfo->commandBufferCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    const void*             pNext;
    VkCommandPool           commandPool;
    VkCommandBufferLevel    level;
    uint32_t                commandBufferCount;
} VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • commandPool is the command pool from which the command buffers are allocated.

  • level is a VkCommandBufferLevel value specifying the command buffer level.

  • commandBufferCount is the number of command buffers to allocate from the pool.

The number of command buffers allocated using commandBufferCount counts against the maximum number of command buffers reserved via VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo::commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers specified when commandPool was created. Once command buffers are freed with vkFreeCommandBuffers, they can be allocated from commandPool again.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-level-09660
    If level is not VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_PRIMARY, commandPool must have been allocated with a queueFamilyIndex identifying a queue family that supports one of the VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capabilities

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-commandPool-05006
    The number of command buffers currently allocated from commandPool plus commandBufferCount must be less than or equal to the value of VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo::commandPoolMaxCommandBuffers specified when commandPool was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_ALLOCATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-commandPool-parameter
    commandPool must be a valid VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-level-parameter
    level must be a valid VkCommandBufferLevel value

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandPool must be externally synchronized

Possible values of VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo::level, specifying the command buffer level, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandBufferLevel {
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_PRIMARY = 0,
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY = 1,
} VkCommandBufferLevel;

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_PRIMARY specifies a primary command buffer.

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY specifies a secondary command buffer.

To reset a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetCommandBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkCommandBufferResetFlags                   flags);

Any primary command buffer that is in the recording or executable state and has commandBuffer recorded into it, becomes invalid.

After a command buffer is reset, any objects or memory specified by commands recorded into the command buffer must no longer be accessed when the command buffer is accessed by the implementation.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00045
    commandBuffer must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00046
    commandBuffer must have been allocated from a pool that was created with the VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-commandPoolResetCommandBuffer-05135
    commandPoolResetCommandBuffer must be supported

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkCommandBufferResetFlagBits values

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Bits which can be set in vkResetCommandBuffer::flags, controlling the reset operation, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandBufferResetFlagBits {
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkCommandBufferResetFlagBits;

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT specifies that most or all memory resources currently owned by the command buffer should be returned to the parent command pool. If this flag is not set, then the command buffer may hold onto memory resources and reuse them when recording commands. commandBuffer is moved to the initial state.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCommandBufferResetFlags;

VkCommandBufferResetFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCommandBufferResetFlagBits.

To free command buffers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkFreeCommandBuffers(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkCommandPool                               commandPool,
    uint32_t                                    commandBufferCount,
    const VkCommandBuffer*                      pCommandBuffers);

  • device is the logical device that owns the command pool.

  • commandPool is the command pool from which the command buffers were allocated.

  • commandBufferCount is the length of the pCommandBuffers array.

  • pCommandBuffers is a pointer to an array of handles of command buffers to free.

Any primary command buffer that is in the recording or executable state and has any element of pCommandBuffers recorded into it, becomes invalid.

Freeing a command buffer does not return the memory used by command recording back to its parent command pool. This memory will be reclaimed the next time vkResetCommandPool is called.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-pCommandBuffers-00047
    All elements of pCommandBuffers must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-pCommandBuffers-00048
    pCommandBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of commandBufferCount VkCommandBuffer handles, each element of which must either be a valid handle or NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-commandPool-parameter
    commandPool must be a valid VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-commandBufferCount-arraylength
    commandBufferCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-commandPool-parent
    commandPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-pCommandBuffers-parent
    Each element of pCommandBuffers that is a valid handle must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from commandPool

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandPool must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to each member of pCommandBuffers must be externally synchronized

6.4. Command Buffer Recording

To begin recording a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkBeginCommandBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkCommandBufferBeginInfo*             pBeginInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the handle of the command buffer which is to be put in the recording state.

  • pBeginInfo is a pointer to a VkCommandBufferBeginInfo structure defining additional information about how the command buffer begins recording.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkBeginCommandBuffer must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00049
    commandBuffer must not be in the recording or pending state

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00050
    If commandBuffer was allocated from a VkCommandPool which did not have the VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT flag set, commandBuffer must be in the initial state

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandPoolResetCommandBuffer-05136
    If commandPoolResetCommandBuffer is not supported, commandBuffer must be in the initial state

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00051
    If commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer, the pInheritanceInfo member of pBeginInfo must be a valid VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo structure

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00052
    If commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer and either the occlusionQueryEnable member of the pInheritanceInfo member of pBeginInfo is VK_FALSE, or the occlusionQueryPrecise feature is not enabled, then pBeginInfo->pInheritanceInfo->queryFlags must not contain VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-02840
    If commandBuffer is a primary command buffer, then pBeginInfo->flags must not set both the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT and the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flags

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandPoolMultipleCommandBuffersRecording-05007
    If commandPoolMultipleCommandBuffersRecording is VK_FALSE, then the command pool that commandBuffer was created from must have no other command buffers in the recording state

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBufferSimultaneousUse-05008
    If commandBufferSimultaneousUse is VK_FALSE, then pBeginInfo->flags must not include VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-pBeginInfo-parameter
    pBeginInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCommandBufferBeginInfo structure

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkCommandBufferBeginInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandBufferBeginInfo {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkCommandBufferUsageFlags                flags;
    const VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo*    pInheritanceInfo;
} VkCommandBufferBeginInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits specifying usage behavior for the command buffer.

  • pInheritanceInfo is a pointer to a VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo structure, used if commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer. If this is a primary command buffer, then this value is ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-09123
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-05009
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT and secondaryCommandBufferNullOrImagelessFramebuffer is VK_TRUE, the framebuffer member of pInheritanceInfo must be either VK_NULL_HANDLE, or a valid VkFramebuffer that is compatible with the renderPass member of pInheritanceInfo

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-05010
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT and secondaryCommandBufferNullOrImagelessFramebuffer is VK_FALSE, the framebuffer member of pInheritanceInfo must be a valid VkFramebuffer that is compatible with the renderPass member of pInheritanceInfo and must not have been created with a VkFramebufferCreateInfo::flags value that includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-06000
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT the renderPass member of pInheritanceInfo must be a valid VkRenderPass

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-06001
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT the subpass member of pInheritanceInfo must be a valid subpass index within the renderPass member of pInheritanceInfo

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits values

Bits which can be set in VkCommandBufferBeginInfo::flags, specifying usage behavior for a command buffer, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits {
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits;

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT specifies that each recording of the command buffer will only be submitted once, and the command buffer will be reset and recorded again between each submission.

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT specifies that a secondary command buffer is considered to be entirely inside a render pass. If this is a primary command buffer, then this bit is ignored.

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT specifies that a command buffer can be resubmitted to any queue of the same queue family while it is in the pending state, and recorded into multiple primary command buffers.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCommandBufferUsageFlags;

VkCommandBufferUsageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits.

If the command buffer is a secondary command buffer, then the VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo structure defines any state that will be inherited from the primary command buffer:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkRenderPass                     renderPass;
    uint32_t                         subpass;
    VkFramebuffer                    framebuffer;
    VkBool32                         occlusionQueryEnable;
    VkQueryControlFlags              queryFlags;
    VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlags    pipelineStatistics;
} VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • renderPass is a VkRenderPass object defining which render passes the VkCommandBuffer will be compatible with and can be executed within.

  • subpass is the index of the subpass within the render pass instance that the VkCommandBuffer will be executed within.

  • framebuffer can refer to the VkFramebuffer object that the VkCommandBuffer will be rendering to if it is executed within a render pass instance. It can be VK_NULL_HANDLE if the framebuffer is not known.

    Note

    Specifying the exact framebuffer that the secondary command buffer will be executed with may result in better performance at command buffer execution time.

  • occlusionQueryEnable specifies whether the command buffer can be executed while an occlusion query is active in the primary command buffer. If this is VK_TRUE, then this command buffer can be executed whether the primary command buffer has an occlusion query active or not. If this is VK_FALSE, then the primary command buffer must not have an occlusion query active.

  • queryFlags specifies the query flags that can be used by an active occlusion query in the primary command buffer when this secondary command buffer is executed. If this value includes the VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT bit, then the active query can return boolean results or actual sample counts. If this bit is not set, then the active query must not use the VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT bit.

  • pipelineStatistics is a bitmask of VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits specifying the set of pipeline statistics that can be counted by an active query in the primary command buffer when this secondary command buffer is executed. If this value includes a given bit, then this command buffer can be executed whether the primary command buffer has a pipeline statistics query active that includes this bit or not. If this value excludes a given bit, then the active pipeline statistics query must not be from a query pool that counts that statistic.

If the VkCommandBuffer will not be executed within a render pass instance, renderPass, subpass, and framebuffer are ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-occlusionQueryEnable-00056
    If the inheritedQueries feature is not enabled, occlusionQueryEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-queryFlags-00057
    If the inheritedQueries feature is enabled, queryFlags must be a valid combination of VkQueryControlFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-queryFlags-02788
    If the inheritedQueries feature is not enabled, queryFlags must be 0

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-pipelineStatistics-02789
    If the pipelineStatisticsQuery feature is enabled, pipelineStatistics must be a valid combination of VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-pipelineStatistics-00058
    If the pipelineStatisticsQuery feature is not enabled, pipelineStatistics must be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_INHERITANCE_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-commonparent
    Both of framebuffer, and renderPass that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Note

On some implementations, not using the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT bit enables command buffers to be patched in-place if needed, rather than creating a copy of the command buffer.

If a command buffer is in the invalid, or executable state, and the command buffer was allocated from a command pool with the VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT flag set, then vkBeginCommandBuffer implicitly resets the command buffer, behaving as if vkResetCommandBuffer had been called with VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT not set. After the implicit reset, commandBuffer is moved to the recording state.

Once recording starts, an application records a sequence of commands (vkCmd*) to set state in the command buffer, draw, dispatch, and other commands.

To complete recording of a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEndCommandBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer to complete recording.

The command buffer must have been in the recording state, and, if successful, is moved to the executable state.

If there was an error during recording, the application will be notified by an unsuccessful return code returned by vkEndCommandBuffer, and the command buffer will be moved to the invalid state.

If recording a command would exceed the amount of command pool memory reserved by VkCommandPoolMemoryReservationCreateInfo::commandPoolReservedSize or the maximum supported command buffer size reported in VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::maxCommandBufferSize, the implementation may report a VK_FAULT_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_FULL fault. The command buffer remains in the recording state until vkEndCommandBuffer is called. When vkEndCommandBuffer is called on a command buffer for which the command pool memory reservation was exceeded during recording, it must return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkEndCommandBuffer must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00059
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00060
    If commandBuffer is a primary command buffer, there must not be an active render pass instance

  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00061
    All queries made active during the recording of commandBuffer must have been made inactive

  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-01815
    If commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer, there must not be an outstanding vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT command recorded to commandBuffer that has not previously been ended by a call to vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

When a command buffer is in the executable state, it can be submitted to a queue for execution.

6.5. Command Buffer Submission

Note

Submission can be a high overhead operation, and applications should attempt to batch work together into as few calls to vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueSubmit2KHR as possible.

To submit command buffers to a queue, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
VkResult vkQueueSubmit2KHR(
    VkQueue                                     queue,
    uint32_t                                    submitCount,
    const VkSubmitInfo2*                        pSubmits,
    VkFence                                     fence);

  • queue is the queue that the command buffers will be submitted to.

  • submitCount is the number of elements in the pSubmits array.

  • pSubmits is a pointer to an array of VkSubmitInfo2 structures, each specifying a command buffer submission batch. Command buffers and semaphores specified in this array may be accessed at any point until the queue operations they define complete execution on the device.

  • fence is an optional handle to a fence to be signaled once all submitted command buffers have completed execution. If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, it defines a fence signal operation. If it is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence may be accessed at any point until this command completes on the device.

vkQueueSubmit2KHR is a queue submission command, with each batch defined by an element of pSubmits.

Semaphore operations submitted with vkQueueSubmit2KHR have additional ordering constraints compared to other submission commands, with dependencies involving previous and subsequent queue operations. Information about these additional constraints can be found in the semaphore section of the synchronization chapter.

If any command buffer submitted to this queue is in the executable state, it is moved to the pending state. Once execution of all submissions of a command buffer complete, it moves from the pending state, back to the executable state. If a command buffer was recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT flag, it instead moves back to the invalid state.

If vkQueueSubmit2KHR fails, it may return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY or VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY. If it does, the implementation must ensure that the state and contents of any resources or synchronization primitives referenced by the submitted command buffers and any semaphores referenced by pSubmits is unaffected by the call or its failure. If vkQueueSubmit2KHR fails in such a way that the implementation is unable to make that guarantee, the implementation must return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. See Lost Device.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkQueueSubmit2KHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-fence-04894
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be unsignaled

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-fence-04895
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must not be associated with any other queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-synchronization2-03866
    The synchronization2 feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-03867
    If a command recorded into the commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits referenced a VkEvent, that event must not be referenced by a command that has been submitted to another queue and is still in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-semaphore-03868
    The semaphore member of any binary semaphore element of the pSignalSemaphoreInfos member of any element of pSubmits must be unsignaled when the semaphore signal operation it defines is executed on the device

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-stageMask-03869
    The stageMask member of any element of the pSignalSemaphoreInfos member of any element of pSubmits must only include pipeline stages that are supported by the queue family which queue belongs to

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-stageMask-03870
    The stageMask member of any element of the pWaitSemaphoreInfos member of any element of pSubmits must only include pipeline stages that are supported by the queue family which queue belongs to

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-semaphore-03871
    When a semaphore wait operation for a binary semaphore is executed, as defined by the semaphore member of any element of the pWaitSemaphoreInfos member of any element of pSubmits, there must be no other queues waiting on the same semaphore

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-semaphore-03873
    The semaphore member of any element of the pWaitSemaphoreInfos member of any element of pSubmits that was created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY must reference a semaphore signal operation that has been submitted for execution and any semaphore signal operations on which it depends must have also been submitted for execution

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-03874
    The commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits must be in the pending or executable state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-03875
    If a command recorded into the commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT, it must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-03876
    Any secondary command buffers recorded into the commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits must be in the pending or executable state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-03877
    If any secondary command buffers recorded into the commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT, it must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-03878
    The commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits must have been allocated from a VkCommandPool that was created for the same queue family queue belongs to

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-03879
    If a command recorded into the commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits includes a Queue Family Ownership Transfer Acquire Operation, there must exist a previously submitted Queue Family Ownership Transfer Release Operation on a queue in the queue family identified by the acquire operation, with parameters matching the acquire operation as defined in the definition of such acquire operations, and which happens before the acquire operation

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-10910
    If a command recorded into the commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits includes a Queue Family Ownership Transfer Acquire Operation, the affected resource must not be modified in any way between the last matching release operation and the acquire operation

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commandBuffer-03880
    If a command recorded into the commandBuffer member of any element of the pCommandBufferInfos member of any element of pSubmits was a vkCmdBeginQuery whose queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, the profiling lock must have been held continuously on the VkDevice that queue was retrieved from, throughout recording of those command buffers

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-queue-06447
    If queue was not created with VK_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT, the flags member of any element of pSubmits must not include VK_SUBMIT_PROTECTED_BIT_KHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-pSubmits-parameter
    If submitCount is not 0, pSubmits must be a valid pointer to an array of submitCount valid VkSubmitInfo2 structures

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-fence-parameter
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit2-commonparent
    Both of fence, and queue that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

-

-

Any

-
Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSubmitInfo2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkSubmitInfo2 {
    VkStructureType                     sType;
    const void*                         pNext;
    VkSubmitFlags                       flags;
    uint32_t                            waitSemaphoreInfoCount;
    const VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo*        pWaitSemaphoreInfos;
    uint32_t                            commandBufferInfoCount;
    const VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo*    pCommandBufferInfos;
    uint32_t                            signalSemaphoreInfoCount;
    const VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo*        pSignalSemaphoreInfos;
} VkSubmitInfo2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkSubmitInfo2 VkSubmitInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSubmitFlagBits.

  • waitSemaphoreInfoCount is the number of elements in pWaitSemaphoreInfos.

  • pWaitSemaphoreInfos is a pointer to an array of VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo structures defining semaphore wait operations.

  • commandBufferInfoCount is the number of elements in pCommandBufferInfos and the number of command buffers to execute in the batch.

  • pCommandBufferInfos is a pointer to an array of VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo structures describing command buffers to execute in the batch.

  • signalSemaphoreInfoCount is the number of elements in pSignalSemaphoreInfos.

  • pSignalSemaphoreInfos is a pointer to an array of VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo describing semaphore signal operations.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-flags-03886
    If flags includes VK_SUBMIT_PROTECTED_BIT, all elements of pCommandBuffers must be protected command buffers

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-flags-03887
    If flags does not include VK_SUBMIT_PROTECTED_BIT, each element of pCommandBuffers must not be a protected command buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkSubmitFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-pWaitSemaphoreInfos-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreInfoCount is not 0, pWaitSemaphoreInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreInfoCount valid VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo structures

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-pCommandBufferInfos-parameter
    If commandBufferInfoCount is not 0, pCommandBufferInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of commandBufferInfoCount valid VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo structures

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo2-pSignalSemaphoreInfos-parameter
    If signalSemaphoreInfoCount is not 0, pSignalSemaphoreInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of signalSemaphoreInfoCount valid VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo structures

Bits which can be set in VkSubmitInfo2::flags, specifying submission behavior, are:

typedef enum VkSubmitFlagBits {
    VK_SUBMIT_PROTECTED_BIT = 0x00000001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_SUBMIT_PROTECTED_BIT_KHR = VK_SUBMIT_PROTECTED_BIT,
} VkSubmitFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkSubmitFlagBits VkSubmitFlagBitsKHR;

  • VK_SUBMIT_PROTECTED_BIT specifies that this batch is a protected submission.

typedef VkFlags VkSubmitFlags;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkSubmitFlags VkSubmitFlagsKHR;

VkSubmitFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSubmitFlagBits.

The VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkSemaphore              semaphore;
    uint64_t                 value;
    VkPipelineStageFlags2    stageMask;
    uint32_t                 deviceIndex;
} VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo VkSemaphoreSubmitInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphore is a VkSemaphore affected by this operation.

  • value is ignored.

  • stageMask is a VkPipelineStageFlags2 mask of pipeline stages which limit the first synchronization scope of a semaphore signal operation, or second synchronization scope of a semaphore wait operation as described in the semaphore wait operation and semaphore signal operation sections of the synchronization chapter.

  • deviceIndex is the index of the device within a device group that executes the semaphore wait or signal operation.

Whether this structure defines a semaphore wait or signal operation is defined by how it is used.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-stageMask-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-stageMask-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-stageMask-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-device-03888
    If the device that semaphore was created on is not a device group, deviceIndex must be 0

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-device-03889
    If the device that semaphore was created on is a device group, deviceIndex must be a valid device index

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfoKHR-semaphore-05094
    If semaphore has a payload of NvSciSyncObj, value must be calculated by application via NvSciSync APIs

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SUBMIT_INFO

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-semaphore-parameter
    semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo-stageMask-parameter
    stageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

The VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkCommandBuffer    commandBuffer;
    uint32_t           deviceMask;
} VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo VkCommandBufferSubmitInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • commandBuffer is a VkCommandBuffer to be submitted for execution.

  • deviceMask is a bitmask indicating which devices in a device group execute the command buffer. A deviceMask of 0 is equivalent to setting all bits corresponding to valid devices in the group to 1.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo-commandBuffer-03890
    commandBuffer must not have been allocated with VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo-deviceMask-03891
    If deviceMask is not 0, it must be a valid device mask

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_SUBMIT_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferSubmitInfo-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

To submit command buffers to a queue, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkQueueSubmit(
    VkQueue                                     queue,
    uint32_t                                    submitCount,
    const VkSubmitInfo*                         pSubmits,
    VkFence                                     fence);

  • queue is the queue that the command buffers will be submitted to.

  • submitCount is the number of elements in the pSubmits array.

  • pSubmits is a pointer to an array of VkSubmitInfo structures, each specifying a command buffer submission batch. Command buffers and semaphores specified in this array may be accessed at any point until the queue operations they define complete execution on the device.

  • fence is an optional handle to a fence to be signaled once all submitted command buffers have completed execution. If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, it defines a fence signal operation. If it is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence may be accessed at any point until this command completes on the device.

vkQueueSubmit is a queue submission command, with each batch defined by an element of pSubmits. Batches begin execution in the order they appear in pSubmits, but may complete out of order.

Fence and semaphore operations submitted with vkQueueSubmit have additional ordering constraints compared to other submission commands, with dependencies involving previous and subsequent queue operations. Information about these additional constraints can be found in the semaphore and fence sections of the synchronization chapter.

Details on the interaction of pWaitDstStageMask with synchronization are described in the semaphore wait operation section of the synchronization chapter.

The order that batches appear in pSubmits is used to determine submission order, and thus all the implicit ordering guarantees that respect it. Other than these implicit ordering guarantees and any explicit synchronization primitives, these batches may overlap or otherwise execute out of order.

If any command buffer submitted to this queue is in the executable state, it is moved to the pending state. Once execution of all submissions of a command buffer complete, it moves from the pending state, back to the executable state. If a command buffer was recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT flag, it instead moves to the invalid state.

If vkQueueSubmit fails, it may return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY or VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY. If it does, the implementation must ensure that the state and contents of any resources or synchronization primitives referenced by the submitted command buffers and any semaphores referenced by pSubmits is unaffected by the call or its failure. If vkQueueSubmit fails in such a way that the implementation is unable to make that guarantee, the implementation must return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. See Lost Device.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkQueueSubmit must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-fence-00063
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be unsignaled

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-fence-00064
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must not be associated with any other queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00065
    Any calls to vkCmdSetEvent, vkCmdResetEvent or vkCmdWaitEvents that have been recorded into any of the command buffer elements of the pCommandBuffers member of any element of pSubmits, must not reference any VkEvent that is referenced by any of those commands in a command buffer that has been submitted to another queue and is still in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pWaitDstStageMask-00066
    Any stage flag included in any element of the pWaitDstStageMask member of any element of pSubmits must be a pipeline stage supported by one of the capabilities of queue, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSignalSemaphores-00067
    Each binary semaphore element of the pSignalSemaphores member of any element of pSubmits must be unsignaled when the semaphore signal operation it defines is executed on the device

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pWaitSemaphores-00068
    When a semaphore wait operation referring to a binary semaphore defined by any element of the pWaitSemaphores member of any element of pSubmits executes on queue, there must be no other queues waiting on the same semaphore

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pWaitSemaphores-03238
    All elements of the pWaitSemaphores member of all elements of pSubmits created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY must reference a semaphore signal operation that has been submitted for execution and any semaphore signal operations on which it depends must have also been submitted for execution

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00070
    Each element of the pCommandBuffers member of each element of pSubmits must be in the pending or executable state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00071
    If any element of the pCommandBuffers member of any element of pSubmits was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT, it must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00072
    Any secondary command buffers recorded into any element of the pCommandBuffers member of any element of pSubmits must be in the pending or executable state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00073
    If any secondary command buffers recorded into any element of the pCommandBuffers member of any element of pSubmits was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT, it must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00074
    Each element of the pCommandBuffers member of each element of pSubmits must have been allocated from a VkCommandPool that was created for the same queue family queue belongs to

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-02207
    If any element of pSubmits->pCommandBuffers includes a Queue Family Ownership Transfer Acquire Operation, there must exist a previously submitted Queue Family Ownership Transfer Release Operation on a queue in the queue family identified by the acquire operation, with parameters matching the acquire operation as defined in the definition of such acquire operations, and which happens-before the acquire operation

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-10911
    If any element of pSubmits->pCommandBuffers includes a Queue Family Ownership Transfer Acquire Operation, the affected resource must not be modified in any way between the last matching release operation and the acquire operation

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-03220
    If a command recorded into any element of pCommandBuffers was a vkCmdBeginQuery whose queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, the profiling lock must have been held continuously on the VkDevice that queue was retrieved from, throughout recording of those command buffers

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-02808
    Any resource created with VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE that is read by an operation specified by pSubmits must not be owned by any queue family other than the one which queue belongs to, at the time it is executed

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-04626
    Any resource created with VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT that is accessed by an operation specified by pSubmits must have included the queue family of queue at resource creation time

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-queue-06448
    If queue was not created with VK_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT, there must be no element of pSubmits that includes a VkProtectedSubmitInfo structure in its pNext chain with protectedSubmit equal to VK_TRUE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-parameter
    If submitCount is not 0, pSubmits must be a valid pointer to an array of submitCount valid VkSubmitInfo structures

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-fence-parameter
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-commonparent
    Both of fence, and queue that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

-

-

Any

-
Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSubmitInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSubmitInfo {
    VkStructureType                sType;
    const void*                    pNext;
    uint32_t                       waitSemaphoreCount;
    const VkSemaphore*             pWaitSemaphores;
    const VkPipelineStageFlags*    pWaitDstStageMask;
    uint32_t                       commandBufferCount;
    const VkCommandBuffer*         pCommandBuffers;
    uint32_t                       signalSemaphoreCount;
    const VkSemaphore*             pSignalSemaphores;
} VkSubmitInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • waitSemaphoreCount is the number of semaphores upon which to wait before executing the command buffers for the batch.

  • pWaitSemaphores is a pointer to an array of VkSemaphore handles upon which to wait before the command buffers for this batch begin execution. If semaphores to wait on are provided, they define a semaphore wait operation.

  • pWaitDstStageMask is a pointer to an array of pipeline stages at which each corresponding semaphore wait will occur.

  • commandBufferCount is the number of command buffers to execute in the batch.

  • pCommandBuffers is a pointer to an array of VkCommandBuffer handles to execute in the batch.

  • signalSemaphoreCount is the number of semaphores to be signaled once the commands specified in pCommandBuffers have completed execution.

  • pSignalSemaphores is a pointer to an array of VkSemaphore handles which will be signaled when the command buffers for this batch have completed execution. If semaphores to be signaled are provided, they define a semaphore signal operation.

The order that command buffers appear in pCommandBuffers is used to determine submission order, and thus all the implicit ordering guarantees that respect it. Other than these implicit ordering guarantees and any explicit synchronization primitives, these command buffers may overlap or otherwise execute out of order.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, pWaitDstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, pWaitDstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, pWaitDstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, pWaitDstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pCommandBuffers-00075
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must not have been allocated with VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-00078
    Each element of pWaitDstStageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitSemaphores-03239
    If any element of pWaitSemaphores or pSignalSemaphores was created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE, then the pNext chain must include a VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo structure

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pNext-03240
    If the pNext chain of this structure includes a VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo structure and any element of pWaitSemaphores was created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE, then its waitSemaphoreValueCount member must equal waitSemaphoreCount

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pNext-03241
    If the pNext chain of this structure includes a VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo structure and any element of pSignalSemaphores was created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE, then its signalSemaphoreValueCount member must equal signalSemaphoreCount

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pSignalSemaphores-03242
    For each element of pSignalSemaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE the corresponding element of VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo::pSignalSemaphoreValues must have a value greater than the current value of the semaphore when the semaphore signal operation is executed

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitSemaphores-03243
    For each element of pWaitSemaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE the corresponding element of VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo::pWaitSemaphoreValues must have a value which does not differ from the current value of the semaphore or the value of any outstanding semaphore wait or signal operation on that semaphore by more than maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pSignalSemaphores-03244
    For each element of pSignalSemaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE the corresponding element of VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo::pSignalSemaphoreValues must have a value which does not differ from the current value of the semaphore or the value of any outstanding semaphore wait or signal operation on that semaphore by more than maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pNext-04120
    If the pNext chain of this structure does not include a VkProtectedSubmitInfo structure with protectedSubmit set to VK_TRUE, then each element of the pCommandBuffers array must be an unprotected command buffer

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pNext-04148
    If the pNext chain of this structure includes a VkProtectedSubmitInfo structure with protectedSubmit set to VK_TRUE, then each element of the pCommandBuffers array must be a protected command buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo, VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR, VkProtectedSubmitInfo, or VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitSemaphores-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreCount is not 0, pWaitSemaphores must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreCount valid VkSemaphore handles

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreCount is not 0, pWaitDstStageMask must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreCount valid combinations of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pCommandBuffers-parameter
    If commandBufferCount is not 0, pCommandBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of commandBufferCount valid VkCommandBuffer handles

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pSignalSemaphores-parameter
    If signalSemaphoreCount is not 0, pSignalSemaphores must be a valid pointer to an array of signalSemaphoreCount valid VkSemaphore handles

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-commonparent
    Each of the elements of pCommandBuffers, the elements of pSignalSemaphores, and the elements of pWaitSemaphores that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

To specify the values to use when waiting for and signaling semaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE, add a VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkSubmitInfo structure when using vkQueueSubmit . The VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           waitSemaphoreValueCount;
    const uint64_t*    pWaitSemaphoreValues;
    uint32_t           signalSemaphoreValueCount;
    const uint64_t*    pSignalSemaphoreValues;
} VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • waitSemaphoreValueCount is the number of semaphore wait values specified in pWaitSemaphoreValues.

  • pWaitSemaphoreValues is a pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreValueCount values for the corresponding semaphores in VkSubmitInfo::pWaitSemaphores to wait for.

  • signalSemaphoreValueCount is the number of semaphore signal values specified in pSignalSemaphoreValues.

  • pSignalSemaphoreValues is a pointer to an array signalSemaphoreValueCount values for the corresponding semaphores in VkSubmitInfo::pSignalSemaphores to set when signaled.

If the semaphore in VkSubmitInfo::pWaitSemaphores or VkSubmitInfo::pSignalSemaphores corresponding to an entry in pWaitSemaphoreValues or pSignalSemaphoreValues respectively was not created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE, the implementation must ignore the value in the pWaitSemaphoreValues or pSignalSemaphoreValues entry.

If the semaphore in VkSubmitInfo::pWaitSemaphores or VkSubmitInfo::pSignalSemaphores corresponding to an entry in pWaitSemaphoreValues or pSignalSemaphoreValues respectively was created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE, and has NvSciSyncObj as the payload, the value in the pWaitSemaphoreValues or pSignalSemaphoreValues entry must be calculated by application via NvSciSync APIs.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_SUBMIT_INFO

  • VUID-VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo-pWaitSemaphoreValues-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreValueCount is not 0, and pWaitSemaphoreValues is not NULL, pWaitSemaphoreValues must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreValueCount uint64_t values

  • VUID-VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo-pSignalSemaphoreValues-parameter
    If signalSemaphoreValueCount is not 0, and pSignalSemaphoreValues is not NULL, pSignalSemaphoreValues must be a valid pointer to an array of signalSemaphoreValueCount uint64_t values

If the pNext chain of VkSubmitInfo includes a VkProtectedSubmitInfo structure, then the structure indicates whether the batch is protected. The VkProtectedSubmitInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkProtectedSubmitInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkBool32           protectedSubmit;
} VkProtectedSubmitInfo;

  • protectedSubmit specifies whether the batch is protected. If protectedSubmit is VK_TRUE, the batch is protected. If protectedSubmit is VK_FALSE, the batch is unprotected. If the VkSubmitInfo::pNext chain does not include this structure, the batch is unprotected.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkProtectedSubmitInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PROTECTED_SUBMIT_INFO

If the pNext chain of VkSubmitInfo includes a VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo structure, then that structure includes device indices and masks specifying which physical devices execute semaphore operations and command buffers.

The VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           waitSemaphoreCount;
    const uint32_t*    pWaitSemaphoreDeviceIndices;
    uint32_t           commandBufferCount;
    const uint32_t*    pCommandBufferDeviceMasks;
    uint32_t           signalSemaphoreCount;
    const uint32_t*    pSignalSemaphoreDeviceIndices;
} VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • waitSemaphoreCount is the number of elements in the pWaitSemaphoreDeviceIndices array.

  • pWaitSemaphoreDeviceIndices is a pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreCount device indices indicating which physical device executes the semaphore wait operation in the corresponding element of VkSubmitInfo::pWaitSemaphores.

  • commandBufferCount is the number of elements in the pCommandBufferDeviceMasks array.

  • pCommandBufferDeviceMasks is a pointer to an array of commandBufferCount device masks indicating which physical devices execute the command buffer in the corresponding element of VkSubmitInfo::pCommandBuffers. A physical device executes the command buffer if the corresponding bit is set in the mask.

  • signalSemaphoreCount is the number of elements in the pSignalSemaphoreDeviceIndices array.

  • pSignalSemaphoreDeviceIndices is a pointer to an array of signalSemaphoreCount device indices indicating which physical device executes the semaphore signal operation in the corresponding element of VkSubmitInfo::pSignalSemaphores.

If this structure is not present, semaphore operations and command buffers execute on device index zero.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-waitSemaphoreCount-00082
    waitSemaphoreCount must equal VkSubmitInfo::waitSemaphoreCount

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-commandBufferCount-00083
    commandBufferCount must equal VkSubmitInfo::commandBufferCount

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-signalSemaphoreCount-00084
    signalSemaphoreCount must equal VkSubmitInfo::signalSemaphoreCount

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-pWaitSemaphoreDeviceIndices-00085
    All elements of pWaitSemaphoreDeviceIndices and pSignalSemaphoreDeviceIndices must be valid device indices

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-pCommandBufferDeviceMasks-00086
    All elements of pCommandBufferDeviceMasks must be valid device masks

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_SUBMIT_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-pWaitSemaphoreDeviceIndices-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreCount is not 0, pWaitSemaphoreDeviceIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-pCommandBufferDeviceMasks-parameter
    If commandBufferCount is not 0, pCommandBufferDeviceMasks must be a valid pointer to an array of commandBufferCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo-pSignalSemaphoreDeviceIndices-parameter
    If signalSemaphoreCount is not 0, pSignalSemaphoreDeviceIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of signalSemaphoreCount uint32_t values

If the pNext chain of VkSubmitInfo includes a VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR structure, then the structure indicates which counter pass is active for the batch in that submit.

The VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef struct VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           counterPassIndex;
} VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • counterPassIndex specifies which counter pass index is active.

If the VkSubmitInfo::pNext chain does not include this structure, the batch defaults to use counter pass index 0.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR-counterPassIndex-03221
    counterPassIndex must be less than the number of counter passes required by any queries within the batch. The required number of counter passes for a performance query is obtained by calling vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_SUBMIT_INFO_KHR

6.6. Queue Forward Progress

When using binary semaphores, the application must ensure that command buffer submissions will be able to complete without any subsequent operations by the application on any queue. After any call to vkQueueSubmit (or other queue operation), for every queued wait on a semaphore created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY there must be a prior signal of that semaphore that will not be consumed by a different wait on the semaphore.

When using timeline semaphores, wait-before-signal behavior is well-defined and applications can submit work via vkQueueSubmit defining a timeline semaphore wait operation before submitting a corresponding semaphore signal operation. For each timeline semaphore wait operation defined by a call to vkQueueSubmit, the application must ensure that a corresponding semaphore signal operation is executed before forward progress can be made.

If a command buffer submission waits for any events to be signaled, the application must ensure that command buffer submissions will be able to complete without any subsequent operations by the application. Events signaled by the host must be signaled before the command buffer waits on those events.

Note

The ability for commands to wait on the host to set an events was originally added to allow low-latency updates to resources between host and device. However, to ensure quality of service, implementations would necessarily detect extended stalls in execution and timeout after a short period. As this period is not defined in the Vulkan specification, it is impossible to correctly validate any application with any wait period. Since the original users of this functionality were highly limited and platform-specific, this functionality is now considered defunct and should not be used.

6.7. Secondary Command Buffer Execution

Secondary command buffers must not be directly submitted to a queue. To record a secondary command buffer to execute as part of a primary command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdExecuteCommands(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    commandBufferCount,
    const VkCommandBuffer*                      pCommandBuffers);

  • commandBuffer is a handle to a primary command buffer that the secondary command buffers are executed in.

  • commandBufferCount is the length of the pCommandBuffers array.

  • pCommandBuffers is a pointer to an array of commandBufferCount secondary command buffer handles, which are recorded to execute in the primary command buffer in the order they are listed in the array.

If any element of pCommandBuffers was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flag, and it was recorded into any other primary command buffer which is currently in the executable or recording state, that primary command buffer becomes invalid.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00088
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must have been allocated with a level of VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00089
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must be in the pending or executable state

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00091
    If any element of pCommandBuffers was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flag, it must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00092
    If any element of pCommandBuffers was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flag, it must not have already been recorded to commandBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00093
    If any element of pCommandBuffers was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flag, it must not appear more than once in pCommandBuffers

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00094
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must have been allocated from a VkCommandPool that was created for the same queue family as the VkCommandPool from which commandBuffer was allocated

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00096
    If this command is called within a render pass instance, each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00099
    If this command is called within a render pass instance, and any element of pCommandBuffers was recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::framebuffer not equal to VK_NULL_HANDLE, that VkFramebuffer must match the VkFramebuffer used in the current render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-contents-09680
    If this command is called within a render pass instance begun with vkCmdBeginRenderPass, and vkCmdNextSubpass has not been called in the current render pass instance, the contents parameter of vkCmdBeginRenderPass must have been VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_SECONDARY_COMMAND_BUFFERS

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-None-09681
    If this command is called within a render pass instance begun with vkCmdBeginRenderPass, and vkCmdNextSubpass has been called in the current render pass instance, the contents parameter of the last call to vkCmdNextSubpass must have been VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_SECONDARY_COMMAND_BUFFERS

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-06019
    If this command is called within a render pass instance begun with vkCmdBeginRenderPass, each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::subpass set to the index of the subpass which the given command buffer will be executed in

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pBeginInfo-06020
    If this command is called within a render pass instance begun with vkCmdBeginRenderPass, the render passes specified in the pBeginInfo->pInheritanceInfo->renderPass members of the vkBeginCommandBuffer commands used to begin recording each element of pCommandBuffers must be compatible with the current render pass

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00100
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is not being called within a render pass instance, each element of pCommandBuffers must not have been recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-00101
    If the inheritedQueries feature is not enabled, commandBuffer must not have any queries active

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-00102
    If commandBuffer has a VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION query active, then each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::occlusionQueryEnable set to VK_TRUE

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-00103
    If commandBuffer has a VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION query active, then each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::queryFlags having all bits set that are set for the query

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-00104
    If commandBuffer has a VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS query active, then each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::pipelineStatistics having all bits set that are set in the VkQueryPool the query uses

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00105
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must not begin any query types that are active in commandBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-07594
    commandBuffer must not have any queries other than VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION and VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS active

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-01820
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, each element of pCommandBuffers must be a protected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-01821
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, each element of pCommandBuffers must be an unprotected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-06533
    If this command is called within a render pass instance and any recorded command in commandBuffer in the current subpass will write to an image subresource as an attachment, commands recorded in elements of pCommandBuffers must not read from the memory backing that image subresource in any other way

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-06534
    If this command is called within a render pass instance and any recorded command in commandBuffer in the current subpass will read from an image subresource used as an attachment in any way other than as an attachment, commands recorded in elements of pCommandBuffers must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-06535
    If this command is called within a render pass instance and any recorded command in a given element of pCommandBuffers will write to an image subresource as an attachment, commands recorded in elements of pCommandBuffers at a higher index must not read from the memory backing that image subresource in any other way

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-06536
    If this command is called within a render pass instance and any recorded command in a given element of pCommandBuffers will read from an image subresource used as an attachment in any way other than as an attachment, commands recorded in elements of pCommandBuffers at a higher index must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-09375
    commandBuffer must not be a secondary command buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-parameter
    pCommandBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of commandBufferCount valid VkCommandBuffer handles

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBufferCount-arraylength
    commandBufferCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and the elements of pCommandBuffers must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Indirection

6.8. Command Buffer Device Mask

Each command buffer has a piece of state storing the current device mask of the command buffer. This mask controls which physical devices within the logical device all subsequent commands will execute on, including state-setting commands, action commands, and synchronization commands.

Scissor and viewport state (excluding the count of each) can be different values on each physical device (only when set as dynamic state), and each physical device will render using its local copy of the state. Other state is shared between physical devices, such that all physical devices use the most recently set values for the state. However, when recording an action command that uses a piece of state, the most recent command that set that state must have included all physical devices that execute the action command in its current device mask.

The command buffer’s device mask is orthogonal to the pCommandBufferDeviceMasks member of VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo. Commands only execute on a physical device if the device index is set in both device masks.

If the pNext chain of VkCommandBufferBeginInfo includes a VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo structure, then that structure includes an initial device mask for the command buffer.

The VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           deviceMask;
} VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • deviceMask is the initial value of the command buffer’s device mask.

The initial device mask also acts as an upper bound on the set of devices that can ever be in the device mask in the command buffer.

If this structure is not present, the initial value of a command buffer’s device mask includes all physical devices in the logical device when the command buffer begins recording.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo-deviceMask-00106
    deviceMask must be a valid device mask value

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo-deviceMask-00107
    deviceMask must not be zero

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO

To update the current device mask of a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkCmdSetDeviceMask(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    deviceMask);

  • commandBuffer is command buffer whose current device mask is modified.

  • deviceMask is the new value of the current device mask.

deviceMask is used to filter out subsequent commands from executing on all physical devices whose bit indices are not set in the mask, except commands beginning a render pass instance, commands transitioning to the next subpass in the render pass instance, and commands ending a render pass instance, which always execute on the set of physical devices whose bit indices are included in the deviceMask member of the VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo structure passed to the command beginning the corresponding render pass instance.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDeviceMask-deviceMask-00108
    deviceMask must be a valid device mask value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDeviceMask-deviceMask-00109
    deviceMask must not be zero

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDeviceMask-deviceMask-00110
    deviceMask must not include any set bits that were not in the VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo::deviceMask value when the command buffer began recording

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDeviceMask-deviceMask-00111
    If vkCmdSetDeviceMask is called inside a render pass instance, deviceMask must not include any set bits that were not in the VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo::deviceMask value when the render pass instance began recording

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDeviceMask-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDeviceMask-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDeviceMask-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

State

7. Synchronization and Cache Control

Synchronization of access to resources is primarily the responsibility of the application in Vulkan. The order of execution of commands with respect to the host and other commands on the device has few implicit guarantees, and needs to be explicitly specified. Memory caches and other optimizations are also explicitly managed, requiring that the flow of data through the system is largely under application control.

Whilst some implicit guarantees exist between commands, five explicit synchronization mechanisms are exposed by Vulkan:

Fences

Fences can be used to communicate to the host that execution of some task on the device has completed, controlling resource access between host and device.

Semaphores

Semaphores can be used to control resource access across multiple queues.

Events

Events provide a fine-grained synchronization primitive which can be signaled either within a command buffer or by the host, and can be waited upon within a command buffer or queried on the host. Events can be used to control resource access within a single queue.

Pipeline Barriers

Pipeline barriers also provide synchronization control within a command buffer, but at a single point, rather than with separate signal and wait operations. Pipeline barriers can be used to control resource access within a single queue.

Render Pass Objects

Render pass objects provide a synchronization framework for rendering tasks, built upon the concepts in this chapter. Many cases that would otherwise need an application to use other synchronization primitives can be expressed more efficiently as part of a render pass. Render pass objects can be used to control resource access within a single queue.

7.1. Execution and Memory Dependencies

An operation is an arbitrary amount of work to be executed on the host, a device, or an external entity such as a presentation engine. Synchronization commands introduce explicit execution dependencies, and memory dependencies between two sets of operations defined by the command’s two synchronization scopes.

The synchronization scopes define which other operations a synchronization command is able to create execution dependencies with. Any type of operation that is not in a synchronization command’s synchronization scopes will not be included in the resulting dependency. For example, for many synchronization commands, the synchronization scopes can be limited to just operations executing in specific pipeline stages, which allows other pipeline stages to be excluded from a dependency. Other scoping options are possible, depending on the particular command.

An execution dependency is a guarantee that for two sets of operations, the first set must happen-before the second set. If an operation happens-before another operation, then the first operation must complete before the second operation is initiated. More precisely:

  • Let Ops1 and Ops2 be separate sets of operations.

  • Let Sync be a synchronization command.

  • Let Scope1st and Scope2nd be the synchronization scopes of Sync.

  • Let ScopedOps1 be the intersection of sets Ops1 and Scope1st.

  • Let ScopedOps2 be the intersection of sets Ops2 and Scope2nd.

  • Submitting Ops1, Sync and Ops2 for execution, in that order, will result in execution dependency ExeDep between ScopedOps1 and ScopedOps2.

  • Execution dependency ExeDep guarantees that ScopedOps1 happen-before ScopedOps2.

An execution dependency chain is a sequence of execution dependencies that form a happens-before relation between the first dependency’s ScopedOps1 and the final dependency’s ScopedOps2. For each consecutive pair of execution dependencies, a chain exists if the intersection of Scope2nd in the first dependency and Scope1st in the second dependency is not an empty set. The formation of a single execution dependency from an execution dependency chain can be described by substituting the following in the description of execution dependencies:

  • Let Sync be a set of synchronization commands that generate an execution dependency chain.

  • Let Scope1st be the first synchronization scope of the first command in Sync.

  • Let Scope2nd be the second synchronization scope of the last command in Sync.

Execution dependencies alone are not sufficient to guarantee that values resulting from writes in one set of operations can be read from another set of operations.

Three additional types of operations are used to control memory access. Availability operations cause the values generated by specified memory write accesses to become available to a memory domain for future access. Any available value remains available until a subsequent write to the same memory location occurs (whether it is made available or not) or the memory is freed. Memory domain operations cause writes that are available to a source memory domain to become available to a destination memory domain (an example of this is making writes available to the host domain available to the device domain). Visibility operations cause values available to a memory domain to become visible to specified memory accesses.

Availability, visibility, memory domains, and memory domain operations are formally defined in the Availability and Visibility section of the Memory Model chapter. Which API operations perform each of these operations is defined in Availability, Visibility, and Domain Operations.

A memory dependency is an execution dependency which includes availability and visibility operations such that:

  • The first set of operations happens-before the availability operation.

  • The availability operation happens-before the visibility operation.

  • The visibility operation happens-before the second set of operations.

Once written values are made visible to a particular type of memory access, they can be read or written by that type of memory access. Most synchronization commands in Vulkan define a memory dependency.

The specific memory accesses that are made available and visible are defined by the access scopes of a memory dependency. Any type of access that is in a memory dependency’s first access scope and occurs in ScopedOps1 is made available. Any type of access that is in a memory dependency’s second access scope and occurs in ScopedOps2 has any available writes made visible to it. Any type of operation that is not in a synchronization command’s access scopes will not be included in the resulting dependency.

A memory dependency enforces availability and visibility of memory accesses and execution order between two sets of operations. Adding to the description of execution dependency chains:

  • Let MemOps1 be the set of memory accesses performed by ScopedOps1.

  • Let MemOps2 be the set of memory accesses performed by ScopedOps2.

  • Let AccessScope1st be the first access scope of the first command in the Sync chain.

  • Let AccessScope2nd be the second access scope of the last command in the Sync chain.

  • Let ScopedMemOps1 be the intersection of sets MemOps1 and AccessScope1st.

  • Let ScopedMemOps2 be the intersection of sets MemOps2 and AccessScope2nd.

  • Submitting Ops1, Sync, and Ops2 for execution, in that order, will result in a memory dependency MemDep between ScopedOps1 and ScopedOps2.

  • Memory dependency MemDep guarantees that:

    • Memory writes in ScopedMemOps1 are made available.

    • Available memory writes, including those from ScopedMemOps1, are made visible to ScopedMemOps2.

Note

Execution and memory dependencies are used to solve data hazards, i.e. to ensure that read and write operations occur in a well-defined order. Write-after-read hazards can be solved with just an execution dependency, but read-after-write and write-after-write hazards need appropriate memory dependencies to be included between them. If an application does not include dependencies to solve these hazards, the results and execution orders of memory accesses are undefined.

7.1.1. Image Layout Transitions

Image subresources can be transitioned from one layout to another as part of a memory dependency (e.g. by using an image memory barrier). When a layout transition is specified in a memory dependency, it happens-after the availability operations in the memory dependency, and happens-before the visibility operations. Image layout transitions may perform read and write accesses on all memory bound to the image subresource range, so applications must ensure that all memory writes have been made available before a layout transition is executed. Available memory is automatically made visible to a layout transition, and writes performed by a layout transition are automatically made available.

Layout transitions always apply to a particular image subresource range, and specify both an old layout and new layout. The old layout must either be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, or match the current layout of the image subresource range. If the old layout matches the current layout of the image subresource range, the transition preserves the contents of that range. If the old layout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, the contents of that range may be discarded.

Note

Image layout transitions with VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED allow the implementation to discard the image subresource range, which can provide performance or power benefits. Tile-based architectures may be able to avoid flushing tile data to memory, and immediate style renderers may be able to achieve fast metadata clears to reinitialize frame buffer compression state, or similar.

If the contents of an attachment are not needed after a render pass completes, then applications should use VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE.

As image layout transitions may perform read and write accesses on the memory bound to the image, if the image subresource affected by the layout transition is bound to peer memory for any device in the current device mask then the memory heap the bound memory comes from must support the VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_GENERIC_SRC_BIT and VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_GENERIC_DST_BIT capabilities as returned by vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures.

Note

Applications must ensure that layout transitions happen-after all operations accessing the image with the old layout, and happen-before any operations that will access the image with the new layout. Layout transitions are potentially read/write operations, so not defining appropriate memory dependencies to guarantee this will result in a data race.

Image layout transitions interact with memory aliasing.

Layout transitions that are performed via image memory barriers execute in their entirety in submission order, relative to other image layout transitions submitted to the same queue, including those performed by render passes. This ordering of image layout transitions only applies if the implementation performs actual read/write operations during the transition. An application must not rely on ordering of image layout transitions to influence ordering of other commands.

The image layout of each image subresource of a depth/stencil image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT is dependent on the last sample locations used to render to the image subresource as a depth/stencil attachment, thus when the image member of an image memory barrier is an image created with this flag the application can chain a VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure to the pNext chain of VkImageMemoryBarrier2 or VkImageMemoryBarrier to specify the sample locations to use during any image layout transition.

If the VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure does not match the sample location state last used to render to the image subresource range specified by subresourceRange, or if no VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure is present, then the contents of the given image subresource range becomes undefined as if oldLayout would equal VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED.

7.1.2. Pipeline Stages

The work performed by an action command consists of multiple operations, which are performed as a sequence of logically independent steps known as pipeline stages. The exact pipeline stages executed depend on the particular command that is used, and current command buffer state when the command was recorded.

Note

Operations performed by synchronization commands (e.g. availability and visibility operations) are not executed by a defined pipeline stage. However other commands can still synchronize with them by using the synchronization scopes to create a dependency chain.

Execution of operations across pipeline stages must adhere to implicit ordering guarantees, particularly including pipeline stage order. Otherwise, execution across pipeline stages may overlap or execute out of order with regards to other stages, unless otherwise enforced by an execution dependency.

Several of the synchronization commands include pipeline stage parameters, restricting the synchronization scopes for that command to just those stages. This allows fine grained control over the exact execution dependencies and accesses performed by action commands. Implementations should use these pipeline stages to avoid unnecessary stalls or cache flushing.

Bits which can be set in a VkPipelineStageFlags2 mask, specifying stages of execution, are:

// Flag bits for VkPipelineStageFlagBits2
typedef VkFlags64 VkPipelineStageFlagBits2;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE = 0ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT = 0x00000001ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT = 0x00000002ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT = 0x00000004ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000008ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000010ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000020ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000040ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000080ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT = 0x00000100ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT = 0x00000200ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT = 0x00000400ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000800ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT = 0x00001000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TRANSFER_BIT = 0x00001000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT = 0x00002000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT = 0x00004000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT = 0x00008000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT = 0x00010000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT = 0x100000000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT = 0x200000000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT = 0x400000000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT = 0x800000000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT = 0x1000000000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT = 0x2000000000ULL;
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_PRE_RASTERIZATION_SHADERS_BIT = 0x4000000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE_KHR = 0ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT_KHR = 0x00000001ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT_KHR = 0x00000002ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT_KHR = 0x00000004ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT_KHR = 0x00000008ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT_KHR = 0x00000010ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT_KHR = 0x00000020ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT_KHR = 0x00000040ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT_KHR = 0x00000080ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT_KHR = 0x00000100ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT_KHR = 0x00000200ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT_KHR = 0x00000400ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT_KHR = 0x00000800ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT_KHR = 0x00001000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TRANSFER_BIT_KHR = 0x00001000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT_KHR = 0x00002000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT_KHR = 0x00004000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT_KHR = 0x00008000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT_KHR = 0x00010000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT_KHR = 0x100000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT_KHR = 0x200000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT_KHR = 0x400000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT_KHR = 0x800000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT_KHR = 0x1000000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT_KHR = 0x2000000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_PRE_RASTERIZATION_SHADERS_BIT_KHR = 0x4000000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_transform_feedback
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BIT_EXT = 0x01000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_conditional_rendering
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CONDITIONAL_RENDERING_BIT_EXT = 0x00040000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_device_generated_commands
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMMAND_PREPROCESS_BIT_NV = 0x00020000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_device_generated_commands
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMMAND_PREPROCESS_BIT_EXT = 0x00020000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate with VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR = 0x00400000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_shading_rate_image
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_SHADING_RATE_IMAGE_BIT_NV = 0x00400000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_acceleration_structure with VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_BUILD_BIT_KHR = 0x02000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_ray_tracing_pipeline with VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RAY_TRACING_SHADER_BIT_KHR = 0x00200000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_ray_tracing
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RAY_TRACING_SHADER_BIT_NV = 0x00200000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_ray_tracing
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_BUILD_BIT_NV = 0x02000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_fragment_density_map
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_DENSITY_PROCESS_BIT_EXT = 0x00800000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_mesh_shader
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TASK_SHADER_BIT_NV = 0x00080000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_mesh_shader
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_MESH_SHADER_BIT_NV = 0x00100000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_mesh_shader
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TASK_SHADER_BIT_EXT = 0x00080000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_mesh_shader
static const VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_MESH_SHADER_BIT_EXT = 0x00100000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 VkPipelineStageFlagBits2KHR;

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE specifies no stages of execution.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where indirect command parameters are consumed.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where index buffers are consumed.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where vertex buffers are consumed.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT is equivalent to the logical OR of:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT specifies the vertex shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT specifies the tessellation control shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT specifies the tessellation evaluation shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT specifies the geometry shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_PRE_RASTERIZATION_SHADERS_BIT is equivalent to specifying all supported pre-rasterization shader stages:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT specifies the fragment shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where early fragment tests (depth and stencil tests before fragment shading) are performed. This stage also includes render pass load operations for framebuffer attachments with a depth/stencil format.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where late fragment tests (depth and stencil tests after fragment shading) are performed. This stage also includes render pass store operations for framebuffer attachments with a depth/stencil format.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where final color values are output from the pipeline. This stage includes blending, logic operations, render pass load and store operations for color attachments, render pass multisample resolve operations, and vkCmdClearAttachments.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT specifies the compute shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT specifies a pseudo-stage indicating execution on the host of reads/writes of device memory. This stage is not invoked by any commands recorded in a command buffer.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT specifies the execution of all copy commands, including vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT specifies the execution of vkCmdBlitImage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT specifies the execution of vkCmdResolveImage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT specifies the execution of clear commands, with the exception of vkCmdClearAttachments.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT is equivalent to specifying all of:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_COPY_BIT_KHR

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT specifies the execution of all graphics pipeline stages, and is equivalent to the logical OR of:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT specifies all operations performed by all commands supported on the queue it is used with.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR specifies the stage of the pipeline where the fragment shading rate attachment is read to determine the fragment shading rate for portions of a rasterized primitive.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT is equivalent to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT with VkAccessFlags2 set to 0 when specified in the second synchronization scope, but equivalent to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE in the first scope.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT is equivalent to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT with VkAccessFlags2 set to 0 when specified in the first synchronization scope, but equivalent to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE in the second scope.

Note

The TOP and BOTTOM pipeline stages are legacy, and applications should prefer VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT and VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE.
Note

The VkPipelineStageFlags2 bitmask goes beyond the 31 individual bit flags allowable within a C99 enum, which is how VkPipelineStageFlagBits is defined. The first 31 values are common to both, and are interchangeable.

VkPipelineStageFlags2 is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 flags:

typedef VkFlags64 VkPipelineStageFlags2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkPipelineStageFlags2 VkPipelineStageFlags2KHR;

Bits which can be set in a VkPipelineStageFlags mask, specifying stages of execution, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineStageFlagBits {
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT = 0x00000100,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT = 0x00000200,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT = 0x00000400,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000800,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT = 0x00001000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT = 0x00002000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT = 0x00004000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT = 0x00008000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT = 0x00010000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE = 0,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR = 0x00400000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE_KHR = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE,
} VkPipelineStageFlagBits;

These values all have the same meaning as the equivalently named values for VkPipelineStageFlags2.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE specifies no stages of execution.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where VkDrawIndirect* / VkDispatchIndirect* / VkTraceRaysIndirect* data structures are consumed.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where vertex and index buffers are consumed.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT specifies the vertex shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT specifies the tessellation control shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT specifies the tessellation evaluation shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT specifies the geometry shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT specifies the fragment shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where early fragment tests (depth and stencil tests before fragment shading) are performed. This stage also includes render pass load operations for framebuffer attachments with a depth/stencil format.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where late fragment tests (depth and stencil tests after fragment shading) are performed. This stage also includes render pass store operations for framebuffer attachments with a depth/stencil format.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline after blending where the final color values are output from the pipeline. This stage includes blending, logic operations, render pass load and store operations for color attachments, render pass multisample resolve operations, and vkCmdClearAttachments.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT specifies the execution of a compute shader.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT specifies the following commands:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT specifies a pseudo-stage indicating execution on the host of reads/writes of device memory. This stage is not invoked by any commands recorded in a command buffer.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT specifies the execution of all graphics pipeline stages, and is equivalent to the logical OR of:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT specifies all operations performed by all commands supported on the queue it is used with.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR specifies the stage of the pipeline where the fragment shading rate attachment is read to determine the fragment shading rate for portions of a rasterized primitive.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT is equivalent to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT with VkAccessFlags set to 0 when specified in the second synchronization scope, but specifies no stage of execution when specified in the first scope.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT is equivalent to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT with VkAccessFlags set to 0 when specified in the first synchronization scope, but specifies no stage of execution when specified in the second scope.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineStageFlags;

VkPipelineStageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPipelineStageFlagBits.

If a synchronization command includes a source stage mask, its first synchronization scope only includes execution of the pipeline stages specified in that mask and any logically earlier stages. Its first access scope only includes memory accesses performed by pipeline stages explicitly specified in the source stage mask.

If a synchronization command includes a destination stage mask, its second synchronization scope only includes execution of the pipeline stages specified in that mask and any logically later stages. Its second access scope only includes memory accesses performed by pipeline stages explicitly specified in the destination stage mask.

Note

Note that access scopes do not interact with the logically earlier or later stages for either scope - only the stages the application specifies are considered part of each access scope.

Certain pipeline stages are only available on queues that support a particular set of operations. The following table lists, for each pipeline stage flag, which queue capability flag must be supported by the queue. When multiple flags are enumerated in the second column of the table, it means that the pipeline stage is supported on the queue if it supports any of the listed capability flags. For further details on queue capabilities see Physical Device Enumeration and Queues.

Table 4. Supported Pipeline Stage Flags
Pipeline stage flag Required queue capability flag

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_PRE_RASTERIZATION_SHADERS_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_COPY_BIT_KHR

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Pipeline stages that execute as a result of a command logically complete execution in a specific order, such that completion of a logically later pipeline stage must not happen-before completion of a logically earlier stage. This means that including any stage in the source stage mask for a particular synchronization command also implies that any logically earlier stages are included in Scope1st for that command.

Similarly, initiation of a logically earlier pipeline stage must not happen-after initiation of a logically later pipeline stage. Including any given stage in the destination stage mask for a particular synchronization command also implies that any logically later stages are included in Scope2nd for that command.

Note

Implementations may not support synchronization at every pipeline stage for every synchronization operation. If a pipeline stage that an implementation does not support synchronization for appears in a source stage mask, it may substitute any logically later stage in its place for the first synchronization scope. If a pipeline stage that an implementation does not support synchronization for appears in a destination stage mask, it may substitute any logically earlier stage in its place for the second synchronization scope.

For example, if an implementation is unable to signal an event immediately after vertex shader execution is complete, it may instead signal the event after color attachment output has completed.

If an implementation makes such a substitution, it must not affect the semantics of execution or memory dependencies or image and buffer memory barriers.

Graphics pipelines are executable on queues supporting VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT. Stages executed by graphics pipelines can only be specified in commands recorded for queues supporting VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT.

The graphics pipeline executes the following stages, with the logical ordering of the stages matching the order specified here:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

For the compute pipeline, the following stages occur in this order:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT

For the transfer pipeline, the following stages occur in this order:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TRANSFER_BIT

For host operations, only one pipeline stage occurs, so no order is guaranteed:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

7.1.3. Access Types

Memory in Vulkan can be accessed from within shader invocations and via some fixed-function stages of the pipeline. The access type is a function of the descriptor type used, or how a fixed-function stage accesses memory.

Some synchronization commands take sets of access types as parameters to define the access scopes of a memory dependency. If a synchronization command includes a source access mask, its first access scope only includes accesses via the access types specified in that mask. Similarly, if a synchronization command includes a destination access mask, its second access scope only includes accesses via the access types specified in that mask.

Bits which can be set in the srcAccessMask and dstAccessMask members of VkMemoryBarrier2KHR, VkImageMemoryBarrier2KHR, and VkBufferMemoryBarrier2KHR, specifying access behavior, are:

// Flag bits for VkAccessFlagBits2
typedef VkFlags64 VkAccessFlagBits2;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_NONE = 0ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT = 0x00000001ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT = 0x00000002ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT = 0x00000004ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT = 0x00000008ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000010ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT = 0x00000020ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000040ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000080ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000100ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000200ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000400ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT = 0x00000800ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT = 0x00001000ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT = 0x00002000ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT = 0x00004000ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_READ_BIT = 0x00008000ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT = 0x00010000ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT = 0x100000000ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT = 0x200000000ULL;
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT = 0x400000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_NONE_KHR = 0ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000001ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000002ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000004ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000008ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000010ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000020ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT_KHR = 0x00000040ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000080ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT_KHR = 0x00000100ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000200ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT_KHR = 0x00000400ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00000800ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT_KHR = 0x00001000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00002000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT_KHR = 0x00004000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00008000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT_KHR = 0x00010000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x100000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x200000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT_KHR = 0x400000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_transform_feedback
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_WRITE_BIT_EXT = 0x02000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_transform_feedback
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_COUNTER_READ_BIT_EXT = 0x04000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_transform_feedback
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_COUNTER_WRITE_BIT_EXT = 0x08000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_conditional_rendering
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_CONDITIONAL_RENDERING_READ_BIT_EXT = 0x00100000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_device_generated_commands
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COMMAND_PREPROCESS_READ_BIT_NV = 0x00020000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_device_generated_commands
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COMMAND_PREPROCESS_WRITE_BIT_NV = 0x00040000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_device_generated_commands
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COMMAND_PREPROCESS_READ_BIT_EXT = 0x00020000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_device_generated_commands
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COMMAND_PREPROCESS_WRITE_BIT_EXT = 0x00040000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate with VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00800000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_shading_rate_image
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_SHADING_RATE_IMAGE_READ_BIT_NV = 0x00800000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_acceleration_structure with VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00200000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_acceleration_structure with VK_KHR_synchronization2
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_WRITE_BIT_KHR = 0x00400000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_ray_tracing
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_READ_BIT_NV = 0x00200000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_NV_ray_tracing
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_WRITE_BIT_NV = 0x00400000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_fragment_density_map
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_FRAGMENT_DENSITY_MAP_READ_BIT_EXT = 0x01000000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2 with VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
static const VkAccessFlagBits2 VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT = 0x00080000ULL;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkAccessFlagBits2 VkAccessFlagBits2KHR;

  • VK_ACCESS_2_NONE specifies no accesses.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_READ_BIT specifies all read accesses. It is always valid in any access mask, and is treated as equivalent to setting all READ access flags that are valid where it is used.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT specifies all write accesses. It is always valid in any access mask, and is treated as equivalent to setting all WRITE access flags that are valid where it is used.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT specifies read access to command data read from indirect buffers as part of an indirect drawing or dispatch command. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT specifies read access to an index buffer as part of an indexed drawing command, bound by vkCmdBindIndexBuffer. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT specifies read access to a vertex buffer as part of a drawing command, bound by vkCmdBindVertexBuffers. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT specifies read access to a uniform buffer in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to an input attachment within a render pass during fragment shading. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT specifies read access to a uniform texel buffer or sampled image in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT specifies read access to a storage buffer, physical storage buffer, storage texel buffer, or storage image in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT is equivalent to the logical OR of:

    • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT

    • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT

  • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a storage buffer, physical storage buffer, storage texel buffer, or storage image in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT is equivalent to VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to a color attachment, such as via blending (other than advanced blend operations), logic operations or certain render pass load operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a color attachment during a render pass or via certain render pass load, store, and multisample resolve operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to a depth/stencil attachment, via depth or stencil operations or certain render pass load operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stages.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a depth/stencil attachment, via depth or stencil operations or certain render pass load and store operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stages.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT specifies read access to an image or buffer in a copy operation. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT pipeline stages.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to an image or buffer in a clear or copy operation. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT pipeline stages.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT specifies read access by a host operation. Accesses of this type are not performed through a resource, but directly on memory. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT specifies write access by a host operation. Accesses of this type are not performed through a resource, but directly on memory. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT specifies read access to color attachments, including advanced blend operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR specifies read access to a fragment shading rate attachment during rasterization. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR pipeline stage.

Note

In situations where an application wishes to select all access types for a given set of pipeline stages, VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_READ_BIT or VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT can be used. This is particularly useful when specifying stages that only have a single access type.
Note

The VkAccessFlags2 bitmask goes beyond the 31 individual bit flags allowable within a C99 enum, which is how VkAccessFlagBits is defined. The first 31 values are common to both, and are interchangeable.

VkAccessFlags2 is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkAccessFlagBits2:

typedef VkFlags64 VkAccessFlags2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkAccessFlags2 VkAccessFlags2KHR;

Bits which can be set in the srcAccessMask and dstAccessMask members of VkSubpassDependency, VkSubpassDependency2, VkMemoryBarrier, VkBufferMemoryBarrier, and VkImageMemoryBarrier, specifying access behavior, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkAccessFlagBits {
    VK_ACCESS_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_ACCESS_INDEX_READ_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_ACCESS_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_ACCESS_UNIFORM_READ_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_ACCESS_SHADER_READ_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_ACCESS_SHADER_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000100,
    VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000200,
    VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000400,
    VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_READ_BIT = 0x00000800,
    VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT = 0x00001000,
    VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT = 0x00002000,
    VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT = 0x00004000,
    VK_ACCESS_MEMORY_READ_BIT = 0x00008000,
    VK_ACCESS_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT = 0x00010000,
    VK_ACCESS_NONE = 0,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT = 0x00080000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_ACCESS_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR = 0x00800000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_ACCESS_NONE_KHR = VK_ACCESS_NONE,
} VkAccessFlagBits;

These values all have the same meaning as the equivalently named values for VkAccessFlags2.

  • VK_ACCESS_NONE specifies no accesses.

  • VK_ACCESS_MEMORY_READ_BIT specifies all read accesses. It is always valid in any access mask, and is treated as equivalent to setting all READ access flags that are valid where it is used.

  • VK_ACCESS_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT specifies all write accesses. It is always valid in any access mask, and is treated as equivalent to setting all WRITE access flags that are valid where it is used.

  • VK_ACCESS_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT specifies read access to indirect command data read as part of an indirect drawing or dispatching command. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_INDEX_READ_BIT specifies read access to an index buffer as part of an indexed drawing command, bound by vkCmdBindIndexBuffer. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT specifies read access to a vertex buffer as part of a drawing command, bound by vkCmdBindVertexBuffers. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_UNIFORM_READ_BIT specifies read access to a uniform buffer in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to an input attachment within a render pass during fragment shading. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_SHADER_READ_BIT specifies read access to a uniform texel buffer, sampled image, storage buffer, physical storage buffer, storage texel buffer, or storage image in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_SHADER_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a storage buffer, physical storage buffer, storage texel buffer, or storage image in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to a color attachment, such as via blending (other than advanced blend operations), logic operations or certain render pass load operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a color, resolve, or depth/stencil resolve attachment during a render pass or via certain render pass load and store operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to a depth/stencil attachment, via depth or stencil operations or certain render pass load operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stages.

  • VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a depth/stencil attachment, via depth or stencil operations or certain render pass load and store operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stages.

  • VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_READ_BIT specifies read access to an image or buffer in a copy operation. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to an image or buffer in a clear or copy operation. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT specifies read access by a host operation. Accesses of this type are not performed through a resource, but directly on memory. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT specifies write access by a host operation. Accesses of this type are not performed through a resource, but directly on memory. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT specifies read access to color attachments, including advanced blend operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR specifies read access to a fragment shading rate attachment during rasterization. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR pipeline stage.

Certain access types are only performed by a subset of pipeline stages. Any synchronization command that takes both stage masks and access masks uses both to define the access scopes - only the specified access types performed by the specified stages are included in the access scope. An application must not specify an access flag in a synchronization command if it does not include a pipeline stage in the corresponding stage mask that is able to perform accesses of that type. The following table lists, for each access flag, which pipeline stages can perform that type of access.

Table 5. Supported Access Types
Access flag Supported pipeline stages

VK_ACCESS_2_NONE

Any

VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_COPY_BIT_KHR,

VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_COPY_BIT_KHR,

VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_READ_BIT

Any

VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT

Any

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkAccessFlags;

VkAccessFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkAccessFlagBits.

If a memory object does not have the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT property, then vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges must be called in order to guarantee that writes to the memory object from the host are made available to the host domain, where they can be further made available to the device domain via a domain operation. Similarly, vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges must be called to guarantee that writes which are available to the host domain are made visible to host operations.

If the memory object does have the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT property flag, writes to the memory object from the host are automatically made available to the host domain. Similarly, writes made available to the host domain are automatically made visible to the host.

Note

Queue submission commands automatically perform a domain operation from host to device for all writes performed before the command executes, so in most cases an explicit memory barrier is not needed for this case. In the few circumstances where a submit does not occur between the host write and the device read access, writes can be made available by using an explicit memory barrier.

7.1.4. Framebuffer Region Dependencies

Pipeline stages that operate on, or with respect to, the framebuffer are collectively the framebuffer-space pipeline stages. These stages are:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

For these pipeline stages, an execution or memory dependency from the first set of operations to the second set can either be a single framebuffer-global dependency, or split into multiple framebuffer-local dependencies. A dependency with non-framebuffer-space pipeline stages is neither framebuffer-global nor framebuffer-local.

A framebuffer region is a set of sample (x, y, layer, sample) coordinates that is a subset of the entire framebuffer.

Both synchronization scopes of a framebuffer-local dependency include only the operations performed within corresponding framebuffer regions (as defined below). No ordering guarantees are made between different framebuffer regions for a framebuffer-local dependency.

Both synchronization scopes of a framebuffer-global dependency include operations on all framebuffer-regions.

If the first synchronization scope includes operations on pixels/fragments with N samples and the second synchronization scope includes operations on pixels/fragments with M samples, where N does not equal M, then a framebuffer region containing all samples at a given (x, y, layer) coordinate in the first synchronization scope corresponds to a region containing all samples at the same coordinate in the second synchronization scope. In other words, it is a pixel granularity dependency. If N equals M, then a framebuffer region containing a single (x, y, layer, sample) coordinate in the first synchronization scope corresponds to a region containing the same sample at the same coordinate in the second synchronization scope. In other words, it is a sample granularity dependency.

Note

Since fragment shader invocations are not specified to run in any particular groupings, the size of a framebuffer region is implementation-dependent, not known to the application, and must be assumed to be no larger than specified above.
Note

Practically, the pixel vs. sample granularity dependency means that if an input attachment has a different number of samples than the pipeline’s rasterizationSamples, then a fragment can access any sample in the input attachment’s pixel even if it only uses framebuffer-local dependencies. If the input attachment has the same number of samples, then the fragment can only access the covered samples in its input SampleMask (i.e. the fragment operations happen-after a framebuffer-local dependency for each sample the fragment covers). To access samples that are not covered, a framebuffer-global dependency is required.

If a synchronization command includes a dependencyFlags parameter, and specifies the VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT flag, then it defines framebuffer-local dependencies for the framebuffer-space pipeline stages in that synchronization command, for all framebuffer regions. If no dependencyFlags parameter is included, or the VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT flag is not specified, then a framebuffer-global dependency is specified for those stages. The VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT flag does not affect the dependencies between non-framebuffer-space pipeline stages, nor does it affect the dependencies between framebuffer-space and non-framebuffer-space pipeline stages.

Note

Framebuffer-local dependencies are more efficient for most architectures; particularly tile-based architectures - which can keep framebuffer-regions entirely in on-chip registers and thus avoid external bandwidth across such a dependency. Including a framebuffer-global dependency in your rendering will usually force all implementations to flush data to memory, or to a higher level cache, breaking any potential locality optimizations.

7.1.5. View-Local Dependencies

In a render pass instance that has multiview enabled, dependencies can be either view-local or view-global.

A view-local dependency only includes operations from a single source view from the source subpass in the first synchronization scope, and only includes operations from a single destination view from the destination subpass in the second synchronization scope. A view-global dependency includes all views in the view mask of the source and destination subpasses in the corresponding synchronization scopes.

If a synchronization command includes a dependencyFlags parameter and specifies the VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT flag, then it defines view-local dependencies for that synchronization command, for all views. If no dependencyFlags parameter is included or the VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT flag is not specified, then a view-global dependency is specified.

7.1.6. Device-Local Dependencies

Dependencies can be either device-local or non-device-local. A device-local dependency acts as multiple separate dependencies, one for each physical device that executes the synchronization command, where each dependency only includes operations from that physical device in both synchronization scopes. A non-device-local dependency is a single dependency where both synchronization scopes include operations from all physical devices that participate in the synchronization command. For subpass dependencies, all physical devices in the VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo::deviceMask participate in the dependency, and for pipeline barriers all physical devices that are set in the command buffer’s current device mask participate in the dependency.

If a synchronization command includes a dependencyFlags parameter and specifies the VK_DEPENDENCY_DEVICE_GROUP_BIT flag, then it defines a non-device-local dependency for that synchronization command. If no dependencyFlags parameter is included or the VK_DEPENDENCY_DEVICE_GROUP_BIT flag is not specified, then it defines device-local dependencies for that synchronization command, for all participating physical devices.

Semaphore and event dependencies are device-local and only execute on the one physical device that performs the dependency.

7.2. Implicit Synchronization Guarantees

A small number of implicit ordering guarantees are provided by Vulkan, ensuring that the order in which commands are submitted is meaningful, and avoiding unnecessary complexity in common operations.

Submission order is a fundamental ordering in Vulkan, giving meaning to the order in which action and synchronization commands are recorded and submitted to a single queue. Explicit and implicit ordering guarantees between commands in Vulkan all work on the premise that this ordering is meaningful. This order does not itself define any execution or memory dependencies; synchronization commands and other orderings within the API use this ordering to define their scopes.

Submission order for any given set of commands is based on the order in which they were recorded to command buffers and then submitted. This order is determined as follows:

  1. The initial order is determined by the order in which vkQueueSubmit and vkQueueSubmit2KHR commands are executed on the host, for a single queue, from first to last.

  2. The order in which VkSubmitInfo structures are specified in the pSubmits parameter of vkQueueSubmit, or in which VkSubmitInfo2 structures are specified in the pSubmits parameter of vkQueueSubmit2KHR, from lowest index to highest.

  3. The order in which command buffers are specified in the pCommandBuffers member of VkSubmitInfo or VkSubmitInfo2 from lowest index to highest.

  4. The order in which commands outside of a render pass were recorded to a command buffer on the host, from first to last.

  5. The order in which commands inside a single subpass were recorded to a command buffer on the host, from first to last.

Note

When using a render pass object with multiple subpasses, commands in different subpasses have no defined submission order relative to each other, regardless of the order in which the subpasses were recorded. Commands within a subpass are still ordered relative to other commands in the same subpass, and those outside of the render pass.

State commands do not execute any operations on the device, instead they set the state of the command buffer when they execute on the host, in the order that they are recorded. Action commands consume the current state of the command buffer when they are recorded, and will execute state changes on the device as required to match the recorded state.

The order of primitives passing through the graphics pipeline and image layout transitions as part of an image memory barrier provide additional guarantees based on submission order.

Execution of pipeline stages within a given command also has a loose ordering, dependent only on a single command.

Signal operation order is a fundamental ordering in Vulkan, giving meaning to the order in which semaphore and fence signal operations occur when submitted to a single queue. The signal operation order for queue operations is determined as follows:

  1. The initial order is determined by the order in which vkQueueSubmit and vkQueueSubmit2KHR commands are executed on the host, for a single queue, from first to last.

  2. The order in which VkSubmitInfo structures are specified in the pSubmits parameter of vkQueueSubmit, or in which VkSubmitInfo2 structures are specified in the pSubmits parameter of vkQueueSubmit2KHR, from lowest index to highest.

  3. The fence signal operation defined by the fence parameter of a vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueSubmit2KHR command is ordered after all semaphore signal operations defined by that command.

Semaphore signal operations defined by a single VkSubmitInfo or VkSubmitInfo2 structure are unordered with respect to other semaphore signal operations defined within the same structure.

The vkSignalSemaphore command does not execute on a queue but instead performs the signal operation from the host. The semaphore signal operation defined by executing a vkSignalSemaphore command happens-after the vkSignalSemaphore command is invoked and happens-before the command returns.

Note

When signaling timeline semaphores, it is the responsibility of the application to ensure that they are ordered such that the semaphore value is strictly increasing. Because the first synchronization scope for a semaphore signal operation contains all semaphore signal operations which occur earlier in submission order, all semaphore signal operations contained in any given batch are guaranteed to happen-after all semaphore signal operations contained in any previous batches. However, no ordering guarantee is provided between the semaphore signal operations defined within a single batch. This, combined with the requirement that timeline semaphore values strictly increase, means that it is invalid to signal the same timeline semaphore twice within a single batch.

If an application wishes to ensure that some semaphore signal operation happens-after some other semaphore signal operation, it can submit a separate batch containing only semaphore signal operations, which will happen-after the semaphore signal operations in any earlier batches.

When signaling a semaphore from the host, the only ordering guarantee is that the signal operation happens-after when vkSignalSemaphore is called and happens-before it returns. Therefore, it is invalid to call vkSignalSemaphore while there are any outstanding signal operations on that semaphore from any queue submissions unless those queue submissions have some dependency which ensures that they happen-after the host signal operation. One example of this would be if the pending signal operation is, itself, waiting on the same semaphore at a lower value and the call to vkSignalSemaphore signals that lower value. Furthermore, if there are two or more processes or threads signaling the same timeline semaphore from the host, the application must ensure that the vkSignalSemaphore with the lower semaphore value returns before vkSignalSemaphore is called with the higher value.

7.3. Fences

Fences are a synchronization primitive that can be used to insert a dependency from a queue to the host. Fences have two states - signaled and unsignaled. A fence can be signaled as part of the execution of a queue submission command. Fences can be unsignaled on the host with vkResetFences. Fences can be waited on by the host with the vkWaitForFences command, and the current state can be queried with vkGetFenceStatus.

The internal data of a fence may include a reference to any resources and pending work associated with signal or unsignal operations performed on that fence object, collectively referred to as the fence’s payload. Mechanisms to import and export that internal data to and from fences are provided below. These mechanisms indirectly enable applications to share fence state between two or more fences and other synchronization primitives across process and API boundaries.

Fences are represented by VkFence handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkFence)

To create a fence, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateFence(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkFenceCreateInfo*                    pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkFence*                                    pFence);

  • device is the logical device that creates the fence.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkFenceCreateInfo structure containing information about how the fence is to be created.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pFence is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting fence object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateFence must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateFence-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateFence-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkFenceCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateFence-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateFence-pFence-parameter
    pFence must be a valid pointer to a VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkCreateFence-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkFenceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkFenceCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    const void*           pNext;
    VkFenceCreateFlags    flags;
} VkFenceCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkFenceCreateFlagBits specifying the initial state and behavior of the fence.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFenceCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkFenceCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkExportFenceCreateInfo or VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV

  • VUID-VkFenceCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkFenceCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkFenceCreateFlagBits values

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFenceCreateFlagBits {
    VK_FENCE_CREATE_SIGNALED_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkFenceCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_FENCE_CREATE_SIGNALED_BIT specifies that the fence object is created in the signaled state. Otherwise, it is created in the unsignaled state.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkFenceCreateFlags;

VkFenceCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkFenceCreateFlagBits.

To create a fence whose payload can be exported to external handles, add a VkExportFenceCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkFenceCreateInfo structure. The VkExportFenceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExportFenceCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                   sType;
    const void*                       pNext;
    VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlags    handleTypes;
} VkExportFenceCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleTypes is a bitmask of VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits specifying one or more fence handle types the application can export from the resulting fence. The application can request multiple handle types for the same fence.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExportFenceCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_FENCE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkExportFenceCreateInfo-handleTypes-parameter
    handleTypes must be a valid combination of VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits values

To export a POSIX file descriptor representing the payload of a fence, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_fence_fd
VkResult vkGetFenceFdKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR*                  pGetFdInfo,
    int*                                        pFd);

  • device is the logical device that created the fence being exported.

  • pGetFdInfo is a pointer to a VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR structure containing parameters of the export operation.

  • pFd will return the file descriptor representing the fence payload.

Each call to vkGetFenceFdKHR must create a new file descriptor and transfer ownership of it to the application. To avoid leaking resources, the application must release ownership of the file descriptor when it is no longer needed.

Note

Ownership can be released in many ways. For example, the application can call close() on the file descriptor, or transfer ownership back to Vulkan by using the file descriptor to import a fence payload.

If pGetFdInfo->handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT and the fence is signaled at the time vkGetFenceFdKHR is called, pFd may return the value -1 instead of a valid file descriptor.

Where supported by the operating system, the implementation must set the file descriptor to be closed automatically when an execve system call is made.

Exporting a file descriptor from a fence may have side effects depending on the transference of the specified handle type, as described in Importing Fence State.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetFenceFdKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetFenceFdKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetFenceFdKHR-pGetFdInfo-parameter
    pGetFdInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetFenceFdKHR-pFd-parameter
    pFd must be a valid pointer to an int value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_fence_fd
typedef struct VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    const void*                          pNext;
    VkFence                              fence;
    VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • fence is the fence from which state will be exported.

  • handleType is a VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the type of handle requested.

The properties of the file descriptor returned depend on the value of handleType. See VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits for a description of the properties of the defined external fence handle types.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-01453
    handleType must have been included in VkExportFenceCreateInfo::handleTypes when fence’s current payload was created

  • VUID-VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-01454
    If handleType refers to a handle type with copy payload transference semantics, fence must be signaled, or have an associated fence signal operation pending execution

  • VUID-VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR-fence-01455
    fence must not currently have its payload replaced by an imported payload as described below in Importing Fence Payloads unless that imported payload’s handle type was included in VkExternalFenceProperties::exportFromImportedHandleTypes for handleType

  • VUID-VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-01456
    handleType must be defined as a POSIX file descriptor handle

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_GET_FD_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR-fence-parameter
    fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-VkFenceGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits value

To specify additional attributes of NvSciSync handles exported from a fence, add a VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV structure to the pNext chain of the VkFenceCreateInfo structure. The VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef struct VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    const void*          pNext;
    NvSciSyncAttrList    pAttributes;
} VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pAttributes is an opaque NvSciSyncAttrList describing the attributes of the NvSciSync object that will be exported.

If VkExportFenceCreateInfo is not present in the same pNext chain, this structure is ignored. If the pNext chain of VkFenceCreateInfo includes a VkExportFenceCreateInfo structure with a NvSciSync handleType, but either VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV is not included in the pNext chain, or it is included but pAttributes is NULL, vkCreateFence will return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

The pAttributes must be a reconciled NvSciSyncAttrList. Before exporting the NvSciSync handles, applications must use the vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV command to get the unreconciled NvSciSyncAttrList and then use the NvSciSync API to reconcile it.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV-pAttributes-05108
    pAttributes must be a reconciled NvSciSyncAttrList

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_FENCE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

To obtain the implementation-specific NvSciSync attributes in an unreconciled NvSciSyncAttrList, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV*            pSciSyncAttributesInfo,
    NvSciSyncAttrList                           pAttributes);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device that will be used to determine the attributes.

  • pSciSyncAttributesInfo is a pointer to a VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV structure containing information about how the attributes are to be filled.

  • pAttributes is an opaque NvSciSyncAttrList in which the implementation will set the requested attributes.

On success, pAttributes will contain an unreconciled NvSciSyncAttrList whose private attributes and some public attributes are filled in by the implementation. If the attributes of physicalDevice could not be obtained, VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED is returned.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV-pSciSyncAttributesInfo-parameter
    pSciSyncAttributesInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef struct VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkSciSyncClientTypeNV       clientType;
    VkSciSyncPrimitiveTypeNV    primitiveType;
} VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • clientType is the permission type of client.

  • primitiveType is the synchronization primitive type.

NvSciSync disallows multi-signalers, therefore clients must specify their permission types as one of signaler, waiter or signaler_waiter. In addition, NvSciSync requires clients to specify which primitive type is to be used in synchronization, hence clients also need to provide the primitive type (VkFence or VkSemaphore) that will be used.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV-clientType-parameter
    clientType must be a valid VkSciSyncClientTypeNV value

  • VUID-VkSciSyncAttributesInfoNV-primitiveType-parameter
    primitiveType must be a valid VkSciSyncPrimitiveTypeNV value

The VkSciSyncClientTypeNV enum is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef enum VkSciSyncClientTypeNV {
    VK_SCI_SYNC_CLIENT_TYPE_SIGNALER_NV = 0,
    VK_SCI_SYNC_CLIENT_TYPE_WAITER_NV = 1,
    VK_SCI_SYNC_CLIENT_TYPE_SIGNALER_WAITER_NV = 2,
} VkSciSyncClientTypeNV;

  • VK_SCI_SYNC_CLIENT_TYPE_SIGNALER_NV specifies the permission of the client as signaler. It indicates that the client can only signal the created fence or semaphore and disallows waiting on it.

  • VK_SCI_SYNC_CLIENT_TYPE_WAITER_NV specifies the permission of the client as waiter. It indicates that the client can only wait on the imported fence or semaphore and disallows signaling it. This type of permission is only used when the client imports NvSciSync handles, and export is not allowed.

  • VK_SCI_SYNC_CLIENT_TYPE_SIGNALER_WAITER_NV specifies the permission of client as both signaler and waiter. It indicates that the client can signal and wait on the created fence or semaphore.

The VkSciSyncPrimitiveTypeNV enum is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef enum VkSciSyncPrimitiveTypeNV {
    VK_SCI_SYNC_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_FENCE_NV = 0,
    VK_SCI_SYNC_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_NV = 1,
} VkSciSyncPrimitiveTypeNV;

  • VK_SCI_SYNC_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_FENCE_NV specifies that the synchronization primitive type the client will create is a VkFence.

  • VK_SCI_SYNC_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_NV specifies that the synchronization primitive type the client will create is a VkSemaphore.

To export a NvSciSyncFence handle representing the payload of a fence, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
VkResult vkGetFenceSciSyncFenceNV(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV*              pGetSciSyncHandleInfo,
    void*                                       pHandle);

  • device is the logical device that created the fence being exported.

  • pGetSciSyncHandleInfo is a pointer to a VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV structure containing parameters of the export operation.

  • pHandle is a pointer to a NvSciSyncFence which will contain the fence payload on return.

Each call to vkGetFenceSciSyncFenceNV will duplicate the underlying NvSciSyncFence handle and transfer the ownership of the NvSciSyncFence handle to the application. To avoid leaking resources, the application must release of the ownership of the NvSciSyncFence handle when it is no longer needed.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetFenceSciSyncFenceNV-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetFenceSciSyncFenceNV-pGetSciSyncHandleInfo-parameter
    pGetSciSyncHandleInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV structure

  • VUID-vkGetFenceSciSyncFenceNV-pHandle-parameter
    pHandle must be a pointer value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To export a NvSciSyncObj handle representing the payload of a fence, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
VkResult vkGetFenceSciSyncObjNV(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV*              pGetSciSyncHandleInfo,
    void*                                       pHandle);

  • device is the logical device that created the fence being exported.

  • pGetSciSyncHandleInfo is a pointer to a VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV structure containing parameters of the export operation.

  • pHandle will return the NvSciSyncObj handle representing the fence payload.

Each call to vkGetFenceSciSyncObjNV will duplicate the underlying NvSciSyncObj handle and transfer the ownership of the NvSciSyncObj handle to the application. To avoid leaking resources, the application must release of the ownership of the NvSciSyncObj handle when it is no longer needed.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetFenceSciSyncObjNV-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetFenceSciSyncObjNV-pGetSciSyncHandleInfo-parameter
    pGetSciSyncHandleInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV structure

  • VUID-vkGetFenceSciSyncObjNV-pHandle-parameter
    pHandle must be a pointer value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef struct VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    const void*                          pNext;
    VkFence                              fence;
    VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • fence is the fence from which state will be exported.

  • handleType is the type of NvSciSync handle (NvSciSyncObj or NvSciSyncFence) representing the fence payload that will be exported.

If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV, a NvSciSyncObj will be exported. If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV, a NvSciSyncFence will be exported.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_GET_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV-fence-parameter
    fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-VkFenceGetSciSyncInfoNV-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits value

To destroy a fence, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyFence(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkFence                                     fence,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the fence.

  • fence is the handle of the fence to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-fence-01120
    All queue submission commands that refer to fence must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-fence-parameter
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-fence-parent
    If fence is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

To query the status of a fence from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetFenceStatus(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkFence                                     fence);

  • device is the logical device that owns the fence.

  • fence is the handle of the fence to query.

Upon success, vkGetFenceStatus returns the status of the fence object, with the following return codes:

Table 6. Fence Object Status Codes
Status Meaning

VK_SUCCESS

The fence specified by fence is signaled.

VK_NOT_READY

The fence specified by fence is unsignaled.

VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

The device has been lost. See Lost Device.

If a queue submission command is pending execution, then the value returned by this command may immediately be out of date.

If the device has been lost (see Lost Device), vkGetFenceStatus may return any of the above status codes. If the device has been lost and vkGetFenceStatus is called repeatedly, it will eventually return either VK_SUCCESS or VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetFenceStatus must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetFenceStatus-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetFenceStatus-fence-parameter
    fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkGetFenceStatus-fence-parent
    fence must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_NOT_READY

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To set the state of fences to unsignaled from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetFences(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    fenceCount,
    const VkFence*                              pFences);

  • device is the logical device that owns the fences.

  • fenceCount is the number of fences to reset.

  • pFences is a pointer to an array of fence handles to reset.

If any member of pFences currently has its payload imported with temporary permanence, that fence’s prior permanent payload is first restored. The remaining operations described therefore operate on the restored payload.

When vkResetFences is executed on the host, it defines a fence unsignal operation for each fence, which resets the fence to the unsignaled state.

If any member of pFences is already in the unsignaled state when vkResetFences is executed, then vkResetFences has no effect on that fence.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkResetFences-pFences-01123
    Each element of pFences must not be currently associated with any queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkResetFences-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetFences-pFences-parameter
    pFences must be a valid pointer to an array of fenceCount valid VkFence handles

  • VUID-vkResetFences-fenceCount-arraylength
    fenceCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkResetFences-pFences-parent
    Each element of pFences must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to each member of pFences must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

When a fence is submitted to a queue as part of a queue submission command, it defines a memory dependency on the batches that were submitted as part of that command, and defines a fence signal operation which sets the fence to the signaled state.

The first synchronization scope includes every batch submitted in the same queue submission command. Fence signal operations that are defined by vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueSubmit2KHR additionally include in the first synchronization scope all commands that occur earlier in submission order. Fence signal operations that are defined by vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueSubmit2KHR additionally include in the first synchronization scope any semaphore and fence signal operations that occur earlier in signal operation order.

The second synchronization scope only includes the fence signal operation.

The first access scope includes all memory access performed by the device.

The second access scope is empty.

To wait for one or more fences to enter the signaled state on the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkWaitForFences(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    fenceCount,
    const VkFence*                              pFences,
    VkBool32                                    waitAll,
    uint64_t                                    timeout);

  • device is the logical device that owns the fences.

  • fenceCount is the number of fences to wait on.

  • pFences is a pointer to an array of fenceCount fence handles.

  • waitAll is the condition that must be satisfied to successfully unblock the wait. If waitAll is VK_TRUE, then the condition is that all fences in pFences are signaled. Otherwise, the condition is that at least one fence in pFences is signaled.

  • timeout is the timeout period in units of nanoseconds. timeout is adjusted to the closest value allowed by the implementation-dependent timeout accuracy, which may be substantially longer than one nanosecond, and may be longer than the requested period.

If the condition is satisfied when vkWaitForFences is called, then vkWaitForFences returns immediately. If the condition is not satisfied at the time vkWaitForFences is called, then vkWaitForFences will block and wait until the condition is satisfied or the timeout has expired, whichever is sooner.

If timeout is zero, then vkWaitForFences does not wait, but simply returns the current state of the fences. VK_TIMEOUT will be returned in this case if the condition is not satisfied, even though no actual wait was performed.

If the condition is satisfied before the timeout has expired, vkWaitForFences returns VK_SUCCESS. Otherwise, vkWaitForFences returns VK_TIMEOUT after the timeout has expired.

If device loss occurs (see Lost Device) before the timeout has expired, vkWaitForFences must return in finite time with either VK_SUCCESS or VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST.

Note

While we guarantee that vkWaitForFences must return in finite time, no guarantees are made that it returns immediately upon device loss. However, the application can reasonably expect that the delay will be on the order of seconds and that calling vkWaitForFences will not result in a permanently (or seemingly permanently) dead process.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkWaitForFences must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkWaitForFences-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkWaitForFences-pFences-parameter
    pFences must be a valid pointer to an array of fenceCount valid VkFence handles

  • VUID-vkWaitForFences-fenceCount-arraylength
    fenceCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkWaitForFences-pFences-parent
    Each element of pFences must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_TIMEOUT

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

An execution dependency is defined by waiting for a fence to become signaled, either via vkWaitForFences or by polling on vkGetFenceStatus.

The first synchronization scope includes only the fence signal operation.

The second synchronization scope includes the host operations of vkWaitForFences or vkGetFenceStatus indicating that the fence has become signaled.

Note

Signaling a fence and waiting on the host does not guarantee that the results of memory accesses will be visible to the host, as the access scope of a memory dependency defined by a fence only includes device access. A memory barrier or other memory dependency must be used to guarantee this. See the description of host access types for more information.

7.3.1. Alternate Methods to Signal Fences

Besides submitting a fence to a queue as part of a queue submission command, a fence may also be signaled when a particular event occurs on a device or display.

To create a fence that will be signaled when an event occurs on a device, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
VkResult vkRegisterDeviceEventEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDeviceEventInfoEXT*                 pDeviceEventInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkFence*                                    pFence);

  • device is a logical device on which the event may occur.

  • pDeviceEventInfo is a pointer to a VkDeviceEventInfoEXT structure describing the event of interest to the application.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pFence is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting fence object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkRegisterDeviceEventEXT must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkRegisterDeviceEventEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkRegisterDeviceEventEXT-pDeviceEventInfo-parameter
    pDeviceEventInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDeviceEventInfoEXT structure

  • VUID-vkRegisterDeviceEventEXT-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkRegisterDeviceEventEXT-pFence-parameter
    pFence must be a valid pointer to a VkFence handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDeviceEventInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
typedef struct VkDeviceEventInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    const void*             pNext;
    VkDeviceEventTypeEXT    deviceEvent;
} VkDeviceEventInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • deviceEvent is a VkDeviceEventTypeEXT value specifying when the fence will be signaled.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceEventInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_EVENT_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkDeviceEventInfoEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDeviceEventInfoEXT-deviceEvent-parameter
    deviceEvent must be a valid VkDeviceEventTypeEXT value

Possible values of VkDeviceEventInfoEXT::deviceEvent, specifying when a fence will be signaled, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
typedef enum VkDeviceEventTypeEXT {
    VK_DEVICE_EVENT_TYPE_DISPLAY_HOTPLUG_EXT = 0,
} VkDeviceEventTypeEXT;

  • VK_DEVICE_EVENT_TYPE_DISPLAY_HOTPLUG_EXT specifies that the fence is signaled when a display is plugged into or unplugged from the specified device. Applications can use this notification to determine when they need to re-enumerate the available displays on a device.

To create a fence that will be signaled when an event occurs on a VkDisplayKHR object, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
VkResult vkRegisterDisplayEventEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDisplayKHR                                display,
    const VkDisplayEventInfoEXT*                pDisplayEventInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkFence*                                    pFence);

  • device is a logical device associated with display

  • display is the display on which the event may occur.

  • pDisplayEventInfo is a pointer to a VkDisplayEventInfoEXT structure describing the event of interest to the application.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pFence is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting fence object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkRegisterDisplayEventEXT must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkRegisterDisplayEventEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkRegisterDisplayEventEXT-display-parameter
    display must be a valid VkDisplayKHR handle

  • VUID-vkRegisterDisplayEventEXT-pDisplayEventInfo-parameter
    pDisplayEventInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDisplayEventInfoEXT structure

  • VUID-vkRegisterDisplayEventEXT-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkRegisterDisplayEventEXT-pFence-parameter
    pFence must be a valid pointer to a VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkRegisterDisplayEventEXT-commonparent
    Both of device, and display must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkPhysicalDevice

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayEventInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
typedef struct VkDisplayEventInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkDisplayEventTypeEXT    displayEvent;
} VkDisplayEventInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • displayEvent is a VkDisplayEventTypeEXT specifying when the fence will be signaled.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayEventInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_EVENT_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkDisplayEventInfoEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDisplayEventInfoEXT-displayEvent-parameter
    displayEvent must be a valid VkDisplayEventTypeEXT value

Possible values of VkDisplayEventInfoEXT::displayEvent, specifying when a fence will be signaled, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
typedef enum VkDisplayEventTypeEXT {
    VK_DISPLAY_EVENT_TYPE_FIRST_PIXEL_OUT_EXT = 0,
} VkDisplayEventTypeEXT;

  • VK_DISPLAY_EVENT_TYPE_FIRST_PIXEL_OUT_EXT specifies that the fence is signaled when the first pixel of the next display refresh cycle leaves the display engine for the display.

7.3.2. Importing Fence Payloads

Applications can import a fence payload into an existing fence using an external fence handle. The effects of the import operation will be either temporary or permanent, as specified by the application. If the import is temporary, the fence will be restored to its permanent state the next time that fence is passed to vkResetFences.

Note

Restoring a fence to its prior permanent payload is a distinct operation from resetting a fence payload. See vkResetFences for more detail.

Performing a subsequent temporary import on a fence before resetting it has no effect on this requirement; the next unsignal of the fence must still restore its last permanent state. A permanent payload import behaves as if the target fence was destroyed, and a new fence was created with the same handle but the imported payload. Because importing a fence payload temporarily or permanently detaches the existing payload from a fence, similar usage restrictions to those applied to vkDestroyFence are applied to any command that imports a fence payload. Which of these import types is used is referred to as the import operation’s permanence. Each handle type supports either one or both types of permanence.

The implementation must perform the import operation by either referencing or copying the payload referred to by the specified external fence handle, depending on the handle’s type. The import method used is referred to as the handle type’s transference. When using handle types with reference transference, importing a payload to a fence adds the fence to the set of all fences sharing that payload. This set includes the fence from which the payload was exported. Fence signaling, waiting, and resetting operations performed on any fence in the set must behave as if the set were a single fence. Importing a payload using handle types with copy transference creates a duplicate copy of the payload at the time of import, but makes no further reference to it. Fence signaling, waiting, and resetting operations performed on the target of copy imports must not affect any other fence or payload.

Export operations have the same transference as the specified handle type’s import operations. Additionally, exporting a fence payload to a handle with copy transference has the same side effects on the source fence’s payload as executing a fence reset operation. If the fence was using a temporarily imported payload, the fence’s prior permanent payload will be restored.

Note

The table Handle Types Supported by VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR defines the permanence and transference of each handle type.

External synchronization allows implementations to modify an object’s internal state, i.e. payload, without internal synchronization. However, for fences sharing a payload across processes, satisfying the external synchronization requirements of VkFence parameters as if all fences in the set were the same object is sometimes infeasible. Satisfying valid usage constraints on the state of a fence would similarly require impractical coordination or levels of trust between processes. Therefore, these constraints only apply to a specific fence handle, not to its payload. For distinct fence objects which share a payload:

  • If multiple commands which queue a signal operation, or which unsignal a fence, are called concurrently, behavior will be as if the commands were called in an arbitrary sequential order.

  • If a queue submission command is called with a fence that is sharing a payload, and the payload is already associated with another queue command that has not yet completed execution, either one or both of the commands will cause the fence to become signaled when they complete execution.

  • If a fence payload is reset while it is associated with a queue command that has not yet completed execution, the payload will become unsignaled, but may become signaled again when the command completes execution.

  • In the preceding cases, any of the devices associated with the fences sharing the payload may be lost, or any of the queue submission or fence reset commands may return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

Other than these non-deterministic results, behavior is well defined. In particular:

  • The implementation must not crash or enter an internally inconsistent state where future valid Vulkan commands might cause undefined results,

  • Timeouts on future wait commands on fences sharing the payload must be effective.

Note

These rules allow processes to synchronize access to shared memory without trusting each other. However, such processes must still be cautious not to use the shared fence for more than synchronizing access to the shared memory. For example, a process should not use a fence with shared payload to tell when commands it submitted to a queue have completed and objects used by those commands may be destroyed, since the other process can accidentally or maliciously cause the fence to signal before the commands actually complete.

When a fence is using an imported payload, its VkExportFenceCreateInfo::handleTypes value is specified when creating the fence from which the payload was exported, rather than specified when creating the fence. Additionally, VkExternalFenceProperties::exportFromImportedHandleTypes restricts which handle types can be exported from such a fence based on the specific handle type used to import the current payload. Passing a fence to vkAcquireNextImageKHR is equivalent to temporarily importing a fence payload to that fence.

Note

Because the exportable handle types of an imported fence correspond to its current imported payload, and vkAcquireNextImageKHR behaves the same as a temporary import operation for which the source fence is opaque to the application, applications have no way of determining whether any external handle types can be exported from a fence in this state. Therefore, applications must not attempt to export handles from fences using a temporarily imported payload from vkAcquireNextImageKHR.

When importing a fence payload, it is the responsibility of the application to ensure the external handles meet all valid usage requirements. However, implementations must perform sufficient validation of external handles to ensure that the operation results in a valid fence which will not cause program termination, device loss, queue stalls, host thread stalls, or corruption of other resources when used as allowed according to its import parameters. If the external handle provided does not meet these requirements, the implementation must fail the fence payload import operation with the error code VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE.

To import a fence payload from a POSIX file descriptor, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_fence_fd
VkResult vkImportFenceFdKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR*               pImportFenceFdInfo);

  • device is the logical device that created the fence.

  • pImportFenceFdInfo is a pointer to a VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR structure specifying the fence and import parameters.

Importing a fence payload from a file descriptor transfers ownership of the file descriptor from the application to the Vulkan implementation. The application must not perform any operations on the file descriptor after a successful import.

Applications can import the same fence payload into multiple instances of Vulkan, into the same instance from which it was exported, and multiple times into a given Vulkan instance.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkImportFenceFdKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkImportFenceFdKHR-fence-01463
    fence must not be associated with any queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkImportFenceFdKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkImportFenceFdKHR-pImportFenceFdInfo-parameter
    pImportFenceFdInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_fence_fd
typedef struct VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    const void*                          pNext;
    VkFence                              fence;
    VkFenceImportFlags                   flags;
    VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
    int                                  fd;
} VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • fence is the fence into which the payload will be imported.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkFenceImportFlagBits specifying additional parameters for the fence payload import operation.

  • handleType is a VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the type of fd.

  • fd is the external handle to import.

The handle types supported by handleType are:

Table 7. Handle Types Supported by VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR
Handle Type Transference Permanence Supported

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT

Reference

Temporary,Permanent

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT

Copy

Temporary
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR-handleType-01464
    handleType must be a value included in the Handle Types Supported by VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR table

  • VUID-VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR-fd-01541
    fd must obey any requirements listed for handleType in external fence handle types compatibility

  • VUID-VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR-handleType-07306
    If handleType refers to a handle type with copy payload transference semantics, flags must contain VK_FENCE_IMPORT_TEMPORARY_BIT

If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT, the special value -1 for fd is treated like a valid sync file descriptor referring to an object that has already signaled. The import operation will succeed and the VkFence will have a temporarily imported payload as if a valid file descriptor had been provided.

Note

This special behavior for importing an invalid sync file descriptor allows easier interoperability with other system APIs which use the convention that an invalid sync file descriptor represents work that has already completed and does not need to be waited for. It is consistent with the option for implementations to return a -1 file descriptor when exporting a VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT from a VkFence which is signaled.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_FENCE_FD_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR-fence-parameter
    fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkFenceImportFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImportFenceFdInfoKHR-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits value

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

To import a fence payload from a NvSciSyncFence handle, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
VkResult vkImportFenceSciSyncFenceNV(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV*           pImportFenceSciSyncInfo);

  • device is the logical device that created the fence.

  • pImportFenceSciSyncInfo is a pointer to a VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV structure containing parameters of the import operation

Importing a fence payload from NvSciSyncFence does not transfer ownership of the handle to the Vulkan implementation. Vulkan will make a copy of NvSciSyncFence when importing it. The application must release ownership using the NvSciSync API when the handle is no longer needed.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkImportFenceSciSyncFenceNV-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkImportFenceSciSyncFenceNV-pImportFenceSciSyncInfo-parameter
    pImportFenceSciSyncInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To import a fence payload from a NvSciSyncObj handle, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
VkResult vkImportFenceSciSyncObjNV(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV*           pImportFenceSciSyncInfo);

  • device is the logical device that created the fence.

  • pImportFenceSciSyncInfo is a pointer to a VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV structure containing parameters of the import operation

Importing a fence payload from a NvSciSyncObj does not transfer ownership of the handle to the Vulkan implementation. Vulkan will make a new reference to the NvSciSyncObj object when importing it. The application must release ownership using the NvSciSync API when the handle is no longer needed.

The application must not import the same NvSciSyncObj with signaler access permissions into multiple instances of VkFence, and must not import into the same instance from which it was exported.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkImportFenceSciSyncObjNV-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkImportFenceSciSyncObjNV-pImportFenceSciSyncInfo-parameter
    pImportFenceSciSyncInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef struct VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    const void*                          pNext;
    VkFence                              fence;
    VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
    void*                                handle;
} VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • fence is the fence into which the state will be imported.

  • handleType specifies the type of handle.

  • handle is the external handle to import.

The handle types supported by handleType are:

Table 8. Handle Types Supported by VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV
Handle Type Transference Permanence Supported

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV

Reference

Permanent

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV

Copy

Temporary
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_FENCE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV-fence-parameter
    fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkImportFenceSciSyncInfoNV-handle-parameter
    handle must be a pointer value

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

Bits which can be set in

specifying additional parameters of a fence import operation are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkFenceImportFlagBits {
    VK_FENCE_IMPORT_TEMPORARY_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkFenceImportFlagBits;

  • VK_FENCE_IMPORT_TEMPORARY_BIT specifies that the fence payload will be imported only temporarily, as described in Importing Fence Payloads, regardless of the permanence of handleType.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkFenceImportFlags;

VkFenceImportFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkFenceImportFlagBits.

7.4. Semaphores

Semaphores are a synchronization primitive that can be used to insert a dependency between queue operations or between a queue operation and the host. Binary semaphores have two states - signaled and unsignaled. Timeline semaphores have a strictly increasing 64-bit unsigned integer payload and are signaled with respect to a particular reference value. A semaphore can be signaled after execution of a queue operation is completed, and a queue operation can wait for a semaphore to become signaled before it begins execution. A timeline semaphore can additionally be signaled from the host with the vkSignalSemaphore command and waited on from the host with the vkWaitSemaphores command.

The internal data of a semaphore may include a reference to any resources and pending work associated with signal or unsignal operations performed on that semaphore object, collectively referred to as the semaphore’s payload. Mechanisms to import and export that internal data to and from semaphores are provided below. These mechanisms indirectly enable applications to share semaphore state between two or more semaphores and other synchronization primitives across process and API boundaries.

Semaphores are represented by VkSemaphore handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSemaphore)

To create a semaphore, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateSemaphore(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSemaphoreCreateInfo*                pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSemaphore*                                pSemaphore);

  • device is the logical device that creates the semaphore.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkSemaphoreCreateInfo structure containing information about how the semaphore is to be created.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pSemaphore is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting semaphore object is returned.

If VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV is included in the pNext chain of VkSemaphoreCreateInfo, VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV::semaphorePool may be accessed any time the resulting semaphore is accessed.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateSemaphore must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-device-05068
    The number of semaphores currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of semaphores requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::semaphoreRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSemaphoreCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-pSemaphore-parameter
    pSemaphore must be a valid pointer to a VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSemaphoreCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSemaphoreCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    const void*               pNext;
    VkSemaphoreCreateFlags    flags;
} VkSemaphoreCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSemaphoreCreateFlags;

VkSemaphoreCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkSemaphoreType    semaphoreType;
    uint64_t           initialValue;
} VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphoreType is a VkSemaphoreType value specifying the type of the semaphore.

  • initialValue is the initial payload value if semaphoreType is VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE.

To create a semaphore of a specific type, add a VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo structure to the VkSemaphoreCreateInfo::pNext chain.

If no VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo structure is included in the pNext chain of VkSemaphoreCreateInfo, then the created semaphore will have a default VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY.

If VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV structure is included in the pNext chain of VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo, initialValue is ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo-timelineSemaphore-03252
    If the timelineSemaphore feature is not enabled, semaphoreType must not equal VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo-semaphoreType-03279
    If semaphoreType is VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY, initialValue must be zero

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo-pNext-05119
    If the pNext chain includes VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV, initialValue must be zero

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo-semaphoreType-parameter
    semaphoreType must be a valid VkSemaphoreType value

Possible values of VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo::semaphoreType, specifying the type of a semaphore, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef enum VkSemaphoreType {
    VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY = 0,
    VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE = 1,
} VkSemaphoreType;

  • VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY specifies a binary semaphore type that has a boolean payload indicating whether the semaphore is currently signaled or unsignaled. When created, the semaphore is in the unsignaled state.

  • VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE specifies a timeline semaphore type that has a strictly increasing 64-bit unsigned integer payload indicating whether the semaphore is signaled with respect to a particular reference value. When created, the semaphore payload has the value given by the initialValue field of VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo.

To create a semaphore whose payload can be exported to external handles, add a VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkSemaphoreCreateInfo structure. The VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlags    handleTypes;
} VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleTypes is a bitmask of VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits specifying one or more semaphore handle types the application can export from the resulting semaphore. The application can request multiple handle types for the same semaphore.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_SEMAPHORE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo-handleTypes-parameter
    handleTypes must be a valid combination of VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits values

To export a POSIX file descriptor representing the payload of a semaphore, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd
VkResult vkGetSemaphoreFdKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR*              pGetFdInfo,
    int*                                        pFd);

  • device is the logical device that created the semaphore being exported.

  • pGetFdInfo is a pointer to a VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR structure containing parameters of the export operation.

  • pFd will return the file descriptor representing the semaphore payload.

Each call to vkGetSemaphoreFdKHR must create a new file descriptor and transfer ownership of it to the application. To avoid leaking resources, the application must release ownership of the file descriptor when it is no longer needed.

Note

Ownership can be released in many ways. For example, the application can call close() on the file descriptor, or transfer ownership back to Vulkan by using the file descriptor to import a semaphore payload.

Where supported by the operating system, the implementation must set the file descriptor to be closed automatically when an execve system call is made.

Exporting a file descriptor from a semaphore may have side effects depending on the transference of the specified handle type, as described in Importing Semaphore State.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetSemaphoreFdKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreFdKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreFdKHR-pGetFdInfo-parameter
    pGetFdInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreFdKHR-pFd-parameter
    pFd must be a valid pointer to an int value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd
typedef struct VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkSemaphore                              semaphore;
    VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphore is the semaphore from which state will be exported.

  • handleType is a VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the type of handle requested.

The properties of the file descriptor returned depend on the value of handleType. See VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits for a description of the properties of the defined external semaphore handle types.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-01132
    handleType must have been included in VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo::handleTypes when semaphore’s current payload was created

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-semaphore-01133
    semaphore must not currently have its payload replaced by an imported payload as described below in Importing Semaphore Payloads unless that imported payload’s handle type was included in VkExternalSemaphoreProperties::exportFromImportedHandleTypes for handleType

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-01134
    If handleType refers to a handle type with copy payload transference semantics, as defined below in Importing Semaphore Payloads, there must be no queue waiting on semaphore

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-01135
    If handleType refers to a handle type with copy payload transference semantics, semaphore must be signaled, or have an associated semaphore signal operation pending execution

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-01136
    handleType must be defined as a POSIX file descriptor handle

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-03253
    If handleType refers to a handle type with copy payload transference semantics, semaphore must have been created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-03254
    If handleType refers to a handle type with copy payload transference semantics, semaphore must have an associated semaphore signal operation that has been submitted for execution and any semaphore signal operations on which it depends must have also been submitted for execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_GET_FD_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-semaphore-parameter
    semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits value

To specify additional attributes of NvSciSync handles exported from a semaphore, add a VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV structure to the pNext chain of the VkSemaphoreCreateInfo structure. The VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
typedef struct VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    const void*          pNext;
    NvSciSyncAttrList    pAttributes;
} VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pAttributes is an opaque NvSciSyncAttrList describing the attributes of the NvSciSync object that will be exported.

If VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo is not present in the same pNext chain, this structure is ignored. If the pNext chain of VkSemaphoreCreateInfo includes a VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo structure with a NvSciSync handleType, but either VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV is not included in the pNext chain, or it is included but pAttributes is NULL, vkCreateSemaphore will return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

The pAttributes must be a reconciled NvSciSyncAttrList. Before exporting a NvSciSync handle, the application must use the vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV command to obtain the unreconciled NvSciSyncAttrList and then use the NvSciSync API to reconcile it.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-pAttributes-05121
    pAttributes must be a reconciled NvSciSyncAttrList

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

To export a NvSciSyncObj handle representing the payload of a semaphore, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
VkResult vkGetSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV*          pGetSciSyncInfo,
    void*                                       pHandle);

  • device is the logical device that created the semaphore being exported.

  • pGetSciSyncInfo is a pointer to a VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV structure containing parameters of the export operation.

  • pHandle will return the NvSciSyncObj representing the semaphore payload.

Each call to vkGetSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV will duplicate the underlying NvSciSyncObj and transfer the ownership of the NvSciSyncObj handle to the application. To avoid leaking resources, the application must release ownership of the NvSciSyncObj when it is no longer needed.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV-pGetSciSyncInfo-parameter
    pGetSciSyncInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV structure

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV-pHandle-parameter
    pHandle must be a pointer value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
typedef struct VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkSemaphore                              semaphore;
    VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphore is the semaphore from which state will be exported.

  • handleType is the type of NvSciSync handle (NvSciSyncObj) representing the semaphore that will be exported.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV-handleType-05122
    handleType must be VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV-semaphore-05123
    semaphore must have been created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV-semaphore-05129
    semaphore must have been created with VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV included pNext chain of VkSemaphoreCreateInfo, or previously imported by vkImportSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_GET_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV-semaphore-parameter
    semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreGetSciSyncInfoNV-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits value

The VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef struct VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV    semaphorePool;
    const NvSciSyncFence*       pFence;
} VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphorePool is a VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV handle.

  • pFence is a pointer to a NvSciSyncFence.

When VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV is included in VkSemaphoreCreateInfo::pNext chain, the semaphore is created from the VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV handle that represents a NvSciSyncObj with one or more primitives. The VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV::pFence parameter provides the information to select the corresponding primitive represented by this semaphore. When a NvSciSyncObj with signaler permissions is imported to VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV, it only supports one primitive and VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV::pFence must be in the cleared state.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_CREATE_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV-semaphorePool-parameter
    semaphorePool must be a valid VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV handle

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV-pFence-parameter
    pFence must be a valid pointer to a valid NvSciSyncFence value

To destroy a semaphore, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroySemaphore(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSemaphore                                 semaphore,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the semaphore.

  • semaphore is the handle of the semaphore to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

If semaphore was created with VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV present in the VkSemaphoreCreateInfo::pNext chain, semaphore can be destroyed immediately after all batches that refer to it are submitted. Otherwise, all submitted batches that refer to semaphore must have completed execution before it can be destroyed.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-semaphore-parameter
    If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-semaphore-parent
    If semaphore is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to semaphore must be externally synchronized

7.4.1. Semaphore SciSync Pools

A semaphore SciSync pool is used to represent a NvSciSyncObj with one or more primitives.

Semaphore SciSync pools are represented by VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV handles:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV)

Semaphore SciSync pools cannot be freed [SCID-4].

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceDestroyFreesMemory is VK_TRUE, the memory is returned to the system and the reference to the NvSciSyncObj that was imported is released when the device is destroyed. Otherwise, it may not be returned to the system until the process is terminated.

To import a NvSciSyncObj with multiple primitives, use vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV to reserve a semaphore pool to map the multiple semaphores allocated by NvSciSyncObj. Then create a VkSemaphore from the semaphore pool using the index provided by the NvSciSyncFence when chaining the VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV structure to VkSemaphoreCreateInfo.

To create a VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
VkResult vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV*   pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV*                   pSemaphorePool);

  • device is the logical device that creates the semaphore pool.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV structure containing information about the semaphore SciSync pool being created.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pSemaphorePool is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting semaphore pool object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV-device-05068
    The number of semaphore pools currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of semaphore pools requested via VkDeviceSemaphoreSciSyncPoolReservationCreateInfoNV::semaphoreSciSyncPoolRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV-pSemaphorePool-parameter
    pSemaphorePool must be a valid pointer to a VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef struct VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    NvSciSyncObj       handle;
} VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handle is an external NvSciSyncObj to import.

During vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV, the external NvSciSyncObj is imported to VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV. The import does not transfer the ownership of the NvSciSyncObj to the implementation, but will increment the reference count of that object. The application must delete other references of the original NvSciSyncObj using NvSciSync APIs when it is no longer needed.

Applications must not import the same NvSciSyncObj with signaler access permissions to multiple instances of VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV-handle-05152
    handle must be a valid NvSciSyncObj

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_POOL_CREATE_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolCreateInfoNV-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

7.4.2. Semaphore Signaling

When a batch is submitted to a queue via a queue submission, and it includes semaphores to be signaled, it defines a memory dependency on the batch, and defines semaphore signal operations which set the semaphores to the signaled state.

In case of semaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE the semaphore is considered signaled with respect to the counter value set to be signaled as specified in VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo or VkSemaphoreSignalInfo.

The first synchronization scope includes every command submitted in the same batch. In the case of vkQueueSubmit2KHR, the first synchronization scope is limited to the pipeline stage specified by VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo::stageMask. Semaphore signal operations that are defined by vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueSubmit2KHR additionally include all commands that occur earlier in submission order. Semaphore signal operations that are defined by vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueSubmit2KHR additionally include in the first synchronization scope any semaphore and fence signal operations that occur earlier in signal operation order.

The second synchronization scope includes only the semaphore signal operation.

The first access scope includes all memory access performed by the device.

The second access scope is empty.

7.4.3. Semaphore Waiting

When a batch is submitted to a queue via a queue submission, and it includes semaphores to be waited on, it defines a memory dependency between prior semaphore signal operations and the batch, and defines semaphore wait operations.

Such semaphore wait operations set the semaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY to the unsignaled state. In case of semaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE a prior semaphore signal operation defines a memory dependency with a semaphore wait operation if the value the semaphore is signaled with is greater than or equal to the value the semaphore is waited with, thus the semaphore will continue to be considered signaled with respect to the counter value waited on as specified in VkTimelineSemaphoreSubmitInfo.

The first synchronization scope includes one semaphore signal operation for each semaphore waited on by this batch. The specific signal operation waited on for each semaphore must meet the following criteria:

  • for binary semaphores, the signal operation is either earlier in submission order on the same queue, or is submitted by a command whose host operation happens-before this batch is submitted on the host

  • for binary semaphores, no wait operation exists that happens-after the signal operation and happens-before this wait operation

  • the signal operation is not guaranteed to happen-after the semaphore wait operation in this batch

  • for timeline semaphores, the signal value is greater than or equal to the wait value

If multiple semaphore signal operations meet these criteria, any of those operations may be included in the first synchronization scope. When waiting on a binary semaphore, applications must ensure that exactly one semaphore signal operation meets these criteria.

The second synchronization scope includes every command submitted in the same batch. In the case of vkQueueSubmit, the second synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by the corresponding element of pWaitDstStageMask. In the case of vkQueueSubmit2KHR, the second synchronization scope is limited to the pipeline stage specified by VkSemaphoreSubmitInfo::stageMask. Also, in the case of either vkQueueSubmit2KHR or vkQueueSubmit, the second synchronization scope additionally includes all commands that occur later in submission order.

The first access scope is empty.

The second access scope includes all memory access performed by the device.

The semaphore wait operation happens-after the first set of operations in the execution dependency, and happens-before the second set of operations in the execution dependency.

Note

Unlike timeline semaphores, fences or events, waiting for a binary semaphore also unsignals that semaphore when the wait completes. Applications must ensure that between two such wait operations, the semaphore is signaled again, with execution dependencies used to ensure these occur in order. Binary semaphore waits and signals should thus occur in discrete 1:1 pairs.
Note

A common scenario for using pWaitDstStageMask with values other than VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT is when synchronizing a window system presentation operation against subsequent command buffers which render the next frame. In this case, a presentation image must not be overwritten until the presentation operation completes, but other pipeline stages can execute without waiting. A mask of VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT prevents subsequent color attachment writes from executing until the semaphore signals. Some implementations may be able to execute transfer operations and/or pre-rasterization work before the semaphore is signaled.

If an image layout transition needs to be performed on a presentable image before it is used in a framebuffer, that can be performed as the first operation submitted to the queue after acquiring the image, and should not prevent other work from overlapping with the presentation operation. For example, a VkImageMemoryBarrier could use:

  • srcStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

  • srcAccessMask = 0

  • dstStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

  • dstAccessMask = VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT | VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

  • oldLayout = VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR

  • newLayout = VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

Alternatively, oldLayout can be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, if the image’s contents need not be preserved.

This barrier accomplishes a dependency chain between previous presentation operations and subsequent color attachment output operations, with the layout transition performed in between, and does not introduce a dependency between previous work and any pre-rasterization shader stages. More precisely, the semaphore signals after the presentation operation completes, the semaphore wait stalls the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT stage, and there is a dependency from that same stage to itself with the layout transition performed in between.

7.4.4. Semaphore State Requirements for Wait Operations

Before waiting on a semaphore, the application must ensure the semaphore is in a valid state for a wait operation. Specifically, when a semaphore wait operation is submitted to a queue:

  • A binary semaphore must be signaled, or have an associated semaphore signal operation that is pending execution.

  • Any semaphore signal operations on which the pending binary semaphore signal operation depends must also be completed or pending execution.

  • There must be no other queue waiting on the same binary semaphore when the operation executes.

7.4.5. Host Operations on Semaphores

In addition to semaphore signal operations and semaphore wait operations submitted to device queues, timeline semaphores support the following host operations:

  • Query the current counter value of the semaphore using the vkGetSemaphoreCounterValue command.

  • Wait for a set of semaphores to reach particular counter values using the vkWaitSemaphores command.

  • Signal the semaphore with a particular counter value from the host using the vkSignalSemaphore command.

To query the current counter value of a semaphore created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
VkResult vkGetSemaphoreCounterValue(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSemaphore                                 semaphore,
    uint64_t*                                   pValue);

  • device is the logical device that owns the semaphore.

  • semaphore is the handle of the semaphore to query.

  • pValue is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value in which the current counter value of the semaphore is returned.

Note

If a queue submission command is pending execution, then the value returned by this command may immediately be out of date.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetSemaphoreCounterValue must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreCounterValue-semaphore-03255
    semaphore must have been created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreCounterValue-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreCounterValue-semaphore-parameter
    semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreCounterValue-pValue-parameter
    pValue must be a valid pointer to a uint64_t value

  • VUID-vkGetSemaphoreCounterValue-semaphore-parent
    semaphore must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To wait for a set of semaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE to reach particular counter values on the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
VkResult vkWaitSemaphores(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSemaphoreWaitInfo*                  pWaitInfo,
    uint64_t                                    timeout);

  • device is the logical device that owns the semaphores.

  • pWaitInfo is a pointer to a VkSemaphoreWaitInfo structure containing information about the wait condition.

  • timeout is the timeout period in units of nanoseconds. timeout is adjusted to the closest value allowed by the implementation-dependent timeout accuracy, which may be substantially longer than one nanosecond, and may be longer than the requested period.

If the condition is satisfied when vkWaitSemaphores is called, then vkWaitSemaphores returns immediately. If the condition is not satisfied at the time vkWaitSemaphores is called, then vkWaitSemaphores will block and wait until the condition is satisfied or the timeout has expired, whichever is sooner.

If timeout is zero, then vkWaitSemaphores does not wait, but simply returns information about the current state of the semaphores. VK_TIMEOUT will be returned in this case if the condition is not satisfied, even though no actual wait was performed.

If the condition is satisfied before the timeout has expired, vkWaitSemaphores returns VK_SUCCESS. Otherwise, vkWaitSemaphores returns VK_TIMEOUT after the timeout has expired.

If device loss occurs (see Lost Device) before the timeout has expired, vkWaitSemaphores must return in finite time with either VK_SUCCESS or VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkWaitSemaphores must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkWaitSemaphores-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkWaitSemaphores-pWaitInfo-parameter
    pWaitInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSemaphoreWaitInfo structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_TIMEOUT

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSemaphoreWaitInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSemaphoreWaitInfo {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    const void*             pNext;
    VkSemaphoreWaitFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                semaphoreCount;
    const VkSemaphore*      pSemaphores;
    const uint64_t*         pValues;
} VkSemaphoreWaitInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSemaphoreWaitFlagBits specifying additional parameters for the semaphore wait operation.

  • semaphoreCount is the number of semaphores to wait on.

  • pSemaphores is a pointer to an array of semaphoreCount semaphore handles to wait on.

  • pValues is a pointer to an array of semaphoreCount timeline semaphore values.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreWaitInfo-pSemaphores-03256
    All of the elements of pSemaphores must reference a semaphore that was created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreWaitInfo-pSemaphores-05124
    If any of the semaphores in pSemaphores have NvSciSyncObj as payload, application must calculate the corresponding timeline semaphore values in pValues by calling NvSciSync APIs

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreWaitInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_WAIT_INFO

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreWaitInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreWaitInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkSemaphoreWaitFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreWaitInfo-pSemaphores-parameter
    pSemaphores must be a valid pointer to an array of semaphoreCount valid VkSemaphore handles

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreWaitInfo-pValues-parameter
    pValues must be a valid pointer to an array of semaphoreCount uint64_t values

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreWaitInfo-semaphoreCount-arraylength
    semaphoreCount must be greater than 0

Bits which can be set in VkSemaphoreWaitInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of a semaphore wait operation, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef enum VkSemaphoreWaitFlagBits {
    VK_SEMAPHORE_WAIT_ANY_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkSemaphoreWaitFlagBits;

  • VK_SEMAPHORE_WAIT_ANY_BIT specifies that the semaphore wait condition is that at least one of the semaphores in VkSemaphoreWaitInfo::pSemaphores has reached the value specified by the corresponding element of VkSemaphoreWaitInfo::pValues. If VK_SEMAPHORE_WAIT_ANY_BIT is not set, the semaphore wait condition is that all of the semaphores in VkSemaphoreWaitInfo::pSemaphores have reached the value specified by the corresponding element of VkSemaphoreWaitInfo::pValues.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef VkFlags VkSemaphoreWaitFlags;

VkSemaphoreWaitFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSemaphoreWaitFlagBits.

To signal a semaphore created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE with a particular counter value, on the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
VkResult vkSignalSemaphore(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSemaphoreSignalInfo*                pSignalInfo);

  • device is the logical device that owns the semaphore.

  • pSignalInfo is a pointer to a VkSemaphoreSignalInfo structure containing information about the signal operation.

When vkSignalSemaphore is executed on the host, it defines and immediately executes a semaphore signal operation which sets the timeline semaphore to the given value.

The first synchronization scope is defined by the host execution model, but includes execution of vkSignalSemaphore on the host and anything that happened-before it.

The second synchronization scope is empty.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkSignalSemaphore must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkSignalSemaphore-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkSignalSemaphore-pSignalInfo-parameter
    pSignalInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSemaphoreSignalInfo structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSemaphoreSignalInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSemaphoreSignalInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkSemaphore        semaphore;
    uint64_t           value;
} VkSemaphoreSignalInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphore is the handle of the semaphore to signal.

  • value is the value to signal.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSignalInfo-semaphore-03257
    semaphore must have been created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSignalInfo-value-03258
    value must have a value greater than the current value of the semaphore

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSignalInfo-value-03259
    value must be less than the value of any pending semaphore signal operations

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSignalInfo-value-03260
    value must have a value which does not differ from the current value of the semaphore or the value of any outstanding semaphore wait or signal operation on semaphore by more than maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSignalInfo-semaphores-05125
    If semaphores has NvSciSyncObj as payload, application must calculate the corresponding timeline semaphore value in value by calling NvSciSync APIs

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSignalInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SIGNAL_INFO

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSignalInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreSignalInfo-semaphore-parameter
    semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

7.4.6. Importing Semaphore Payloads

Applications can import a semaphore payload into an existing semaphore using an external semaphore handle. The effects of the import operation will be either temporary or permanent, as specified by the application. If the import is temporary, the implementation must restore the semaphore to its prior permanent state after submitting the next semaphore wait operation. Performing a subsequent temporary import on a semaphore before performing a semaphore wait has no effect on this requirement; the next wait submitted on the semaphore must still restore its last permanent state. A permanent payload import behaves as if the target semaphore was destroyed, and a new semaphore was created with the same handle but the imported payload. Because importing a semaphore payload temporarily or permanently detaches the existing payload from a semaphore, similar usage restrictions to those applied to vkDestroySemaphore are applied to any command that imports a semaphore payload. Which of these import types is used is referred to as the import operation’s permanence. Each handle type supports either one or both types of permanence.

The implementation must perform the import operation by either referencing or copying the payload referred to by the specified external semaphore handle, depending on the handle’s type. The import method used is referred to as the handle type’s transference. When using handle types with reference transference, importing a payload to a semaphore adds the semaphore to the set of all semaphores sharing that payload. This set includes the semaphore from which the payload was exported. Semaphore signaling and waiting operations performed on any semaphore in the set must behave as if the set were a single semaphore. Importing a payload using handle types with copy transference creates a duplicate copy of the payload at the time of import, but makes no further reference to it. Semaphore signaling and waiting operations performed on the target of copy imports must not affect any other semaphore or payload.

Export operations have the same transference as the specified handle type’s import operations. Additionally, exporting a semaphore payload to a handle with copy transference has the same side effects on the source semaphore’s payload as executing a semaphore wait operation. If the semaphore was using a temporarily imported payload, the semaphore’s prior permanent payload will be restored.

Note

The permanence and transference of handle types can be found in:

External synchronization allows implementations to modify an object’s internal state, i.e. payload, without internal synchronization. However, for semaphores sharing a payload across processes, satisfying the external synchronization requirements of VkSemaphore parameters as if all semaphores in the set were the same object is sometimes infeasible. Satisfying the wait operation state requirements would similarly require impractical coordination or levels of trust between processes. Therefore, these constraints only apply to a specific semaphore handle, not to its payload. For distinct semaphore objects which share a payload, if the semaphores are passed to separate queue submission commands concurrently, behavior will be as if the commands were called in an arbitrary sequential order. If the wait operation state requirements are violated for the shared payload by a queue submission command, or if a signal operation is queued for a shared payload that is already signaled or has a pending signal operation, effects must be limited to one or more of the following:

  • Returning VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED from the command which resulted in the violation.

  • Losing the logical device on which the violation occurred immediately or at a future time, resulting in a VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST error from subsequent commands, including the one causing the violation.

  • Continuing execution of the violating command or operation as if the semaphore wait completed successfully after an implementation-dependent timeout. In this case, the state of the payload becomes undefined, and future operations on semaphores sharing the payload will be subject to these same rules. The semaphore must be destroyed or have its payload replaced by an import operation to again have a well-defined state.

Note

These rules allow processes to synchronize access to shared memory without trusting each other. However, such processes must still be cautious not to use the shared semaphore for more than synchronizing access to the shared memory. For example, a process should not use a shared semaphore as part of an execution dependency chain that, when complete, leads to objects being destroyed, if it does not trust other processes sharing the semaphore payload.

When a semaphore is using an imported payload, its VkExportSemaphoreCreateInfo::handleTypes value is specified when creating the semaphore from which the payload was exported, rather than specified when creating the semaphore. Additionally, VkExternalSemaphoreProperties::exportFromImportedHandleTypes restricts which handle types can be exported from such a semaphore based on the specific handle type used to import the current payload. Passing a semaphore to vkAcquireNextImageKHR is equivalent to temporarily importing a semaphore payload to that semaphore.

Note

Because the exportable handle types of an imported semaphore correspond to its current imported payload, and vkAcquireNextImageKHR behaves the same as a temporary import operation for which the source semaphore is opaque to the application, applications have no way of determining whether any external handle types can be exported from a semaphore in this state. Therefore, applications must not attempt to export external handles from semaphores using a temporarily imported payload from vkAcquireNextImageKHR.

When importing a semaphore payload, it is the responsibility of the application to ensure the external handles meet all valid usage requirements. However, implementations must perform sufficient validation of external handles to ensure that the operation results in a valid semaphore which will not cause program termination, device loss, queue stalls, or corruption of other resources when used as allowed according to its import parameters, and excepting those side effects allowed for violations of the valid semaphore state for wait operations rules. If the external handle provided does not meet these requirements, the implementation must fail the semaphore payload import operation with the error code VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE.

In addition, when importing a semaphore payload that is not compatible with the payload type corresponding to the VkSemaphoreType the semaphore was created with, the implementation may fail the semaphore payload import operation with the error code VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE.

Note

As the introduction of the external semaphore handle type VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_FENCE_BIT predates that of timeline semaphores, support for importing semaphore payloads from external handles of that type into semaphores created (implicitly or explicitly) with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY is preserved for backwards compatibility. However, applications should prefer importing such handle types into semaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE.

To import a semaphore payload from a POSIX file descriptor, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd
VkResult vkImportSemaphoreFdKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR*           pImportSemaphoreFdInfo);

  • device is the logical device that created the semaphore.

  • pImportSemaphoreFdInfo is a pointer to a VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR structure specifying the semaphore and import parameters.

Importing a semaphore payload from a file descriptor transfers ownership of the file descriptor from the application to the Vulkan implementation. The application must not perform any operations on the file descriptor after a successful import.

Applications can import the same semaphore payload into multiple instances of Vulkan, into the same instance from which it was exported, and multiple times into a given Vulkan instance.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkImportSemaphoreFdKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkImportSemaphoreFdKHR-semaphore-01142
    semaphore must not be associated with any queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkImportSemaphoreFdKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkImportSemaphoreFdKHR-pImportSemaphoreFdInfo-parameter
    pImportSemaphoreFdInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd
typedef struct VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkSemaphore                              semaphore;
    VkSemaphoreImportFlags                   flags;
    VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
    int                                      fd;
} VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphore is the semaphore into which the payload will be imported.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSemaphoreImportFlagBits specifying additional parameters for the semaphore payload import operation.

  • handleType is a VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the type of fd.

  • fd is the external handle to import.

The handle types supported by handleType are:

Table 9. Handle Types Supported by VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR
Handle Type Transference Permanence Supported

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT

Reference

Temporary,Permanent

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT

Copy

Temporary
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-handleType-01143
    handleType must be a value included in the Handle Types Supported by VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR table

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-fd-01544
    fd must obey any requirements listed for handleType in external semaphore handle types compatibility

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-handleType-03263
    If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT, the VkSemaphoreCreateInfo::flags field must match that of the semaphore from which fd was exported

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-handleType-07307
    If handleType refers to a handle type with copy payload transference semantics, flags must contain VK_SEMAPHORE_IMPORT_TEMPORARY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-handleType-03264
    If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT, the VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo::semaphoreType field must match that of the semaphore from which fd was exported

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-flags-03323
    If flags contains VK_SEMAPHORE_IMPORT_TEMPORARY_BIT, the VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo::semaphoreType field of the semaphore from which fd was exported must not be VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE

If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT, the special value -1 for fd is treated like a valid sync file descriptor referring to an object that has already signaled. The import operation will succeed and the VkSemaphore will have a temporarily imported payload as if a valid file descriptor had been provided.

Note

This special behavior for importing an invalid sync file descriptor allows easier interoperability with other system APIs which use the convention that an invalid sync file descriptor represents work that has already completed and does not need to be waited for. It is consistent with the option for implementations to return a -1 file descriptor when exporting a VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT from a VkSemaphore which is signaled.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SEMAPHORE_FD_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-semaphore-parameter
    semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkSemaphoreImportFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreFdInfoKHR-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits value

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to semaphore must be externally synchronized

To import a semaphore payload from a NvSciSyncObj, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
VkResult vkImportSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV*       pImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfo);

  • device is the logical device that created the semaphore.

  • pImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfo is a pointer to a VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV structure containing parameters of the import operation

Importing a semaphore payload from NvSciSyncObj does not transfer ownership of the handle to the Vulkan implementation. When importing NvSciSyncObj, Vulkan will make a new reference to that object, the application must release its ownership using NvSciSync APIs when that ownership is no longer needed.

Application must not import the same NvSciSyncObj with signaler access permissions into multiple instances of VkSemaphore, and must not import into the same instance from which it was exported.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkImportSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkImportSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV-pImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfo-parameter
    pImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
typedef struct VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkSemaphore                              semaphore;
    VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
    void*                                    handle;
} VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • semaphore is the semaphore into which the payload will be imported.

  • handleType specifies the type of handle.

  • handle is the external handle to import.

The handle types supported by handleType are:

Table 10. Handle Types Supported by VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV
Handle Type Transference Permanence Supported

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV

Reference

Permanent
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-handleType-05126
    handleType must be a value included in the Handle Types Supported by VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV table

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-semaphore-05127
    semaphore must have been created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-semaphore-05128
    semaphore must not be associated with any queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-semaphore-parameter
    semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkImportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV-handle-parameter
    handle must be a pointer value

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to semaphore must be externally synchronized

Bits which can be set in

specifying additional parameters of a semaphore import operation are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkSemaphoreImportFlagBits {
    VK_SEMAPHORE_IMPORT_TEMPORARY_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkSemaphoreImportFlagBits;

These bits have the following meanings:

  • VK_SEMAPHORE_IMPORT_TEMPORARY_BIT specifies that the semaphore payload will be imported only temporarily, as described in Importing Semaphore Payloads, regardless of the permanence of handleType.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkSemaphoreImportFlags;

VkSemaphoreImportFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSemaphoreImportFlagBits.

7.5. Events

Events are a synchronization primitive that can be used to insert a fine-grained dependency between commands submitted to the same queue, or between the host and a queue. Events must not be used to insert a dependency between commands submitted to different queues. Events have two states - signaled and unsignaled. An application can signal or unsignal an event either on the host or on the device. A device can be made to wait for an event to become signaled before executing further operations. No command exists to wait for an event to become signaled on the host, but the current state of an event can be queried.

Events are represented by VkEvent handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkEvent)

To create an event, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateEvent(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkEventCreateInfo*                    pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkEvent*                                    pEvent);

  • device is the logical device that creates the event.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkEventCreateInfo structure containing information about how the event is to be created.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pEvent is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting event object is returned.

When created, the event object is in the unsignaled state.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateEvent must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-device-09672
    device must support at least one queue family with one of the VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capabilities

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-device-05068
    The number of events currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of events requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::eventRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkEventCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-pEvent-parameter
    pEvent must be a valid pointer to a VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkEventCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkEventCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    const void*           pNext;
    VkEventCreateFlags    flags;
} VkEventCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkEventCreateFlagBits defining additional creation parameters.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkEventCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EVENT_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkEventCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkEventCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkEventCreateFlagBits values

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkEventCreateFlagBits {
    VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT = 0x00000001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT_KHR = VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT,
} VkEventCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT specifies that host event commands will not be used with this event.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkEventCreateFlags;

VkEventCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of VkEventCreateFlagBits.

To destroy an event, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyEvent(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkEvent                                     event,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the event.

  • event is the handle of the event to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-event-01145
    All submitted commands that refer to event must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-event-parameter
    If event is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-event-parent
    If event is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to event must be externally synchronized

To query the state of an event from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetEventStatus(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkEvent                                     event);

  • device is the logical device that owns the event.

  • event is the handle of the event to query.

Upon success, vkGetEventStatus returns the state of the event object with the following return codes:

Table 11. Event Object Status Codes
Status Meaning

VK_EVENT_SET

The event specified by event is signaled.

VK_EVENT_RESET

The event specified by event is unsignaled.

If a vkCmdSetEvent or vkCmdResetEvent command is in a command buffer that is in the pending state, then the value returned by this command may immediately be out of date.

The state of an event can be updated by the host. The state of the event is immediately changed, and subsequent calls to vkGetEventStatus will return the new state. If an event is already in the requested state, then updating it to the same state has no effect.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetEventStatus must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetEventStatus-event-03940
    event must not have been created with VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetEventStatus-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetEventStatus-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkGetEventStatus-event-parent
    event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_EVENT_RESET

  • VK_EVENT_SET

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To set the state of an event to signaled from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkSetEvent(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkEvent                                     event);

  • device is the logical device that owns the event.

  • event is the event to set.

When vkSetEvent is executed on the host, it defines an event signal operation which sets the event to the signaled state.

If event is already in the signaled state when vkSetEvent is executed, then vkSetEvent has no effect, and no event signal operation occurs.

Note

If a command buffer is waiting for an event to be signaled from the host, the application must signal the event before submitting the command buffer, as described in the queue forward progress section.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkSetEvent must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkSetEvent-event-03941
    event must not have been created with VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT

  • VUID-vkSetEvent-event-09543
    event must not be waited on by a command buffer in the pending state

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkSetEvent-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkSetEvent-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkSetEvent-event-parent
    event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to event must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To set the state of an event to unsignaled from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetEvent(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkEvent                                     event);

  • device is the logical device that owns the event.

  • event is the event to reset.

When vkResetEvent is executed on the host, it defines an event unsignal operation which resets the event to the unsignaled state.

If event is already in the unsignaled state when vkResetEvent is executed, then vkResetEvent has no effect, and no event unsignal operation occurs.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkResetEvent-event-03821
    There must be an execution dependency between vkResetEvent and the execution of any vkCmdWaitEvents that includes event in its pEvents parameter

  • VUID-vkResetEvent-event-03822
    There must be an execution dependency between vkResetEvent and the execution of any vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR that includes event in its pEvents parameter

  • VUID-vkResetEvent-event-03823
    event must not have been created with VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkResetEvent-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetEvent-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkResetEvent-event-parent
    event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to event must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The state of an event can also be updated on the device by commands inserted in command buffers.

To signal an event from a device, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
void vkCmdSetEvent2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkEvent                                     event,
    const VkDependencyInfo*                     pDependencyInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • event is the event that will be signaled.

  • pDependencyInfo is a pointer to a VkDependencyInfo structure defining the first scopes of this operation.

When vkCmdSetEvent2KHR is submitted to a queue, it defines the first half of memory dependencies defined by pDependencyInfo, as well as an event signal operation which sets the event to the signaled state. A memory dependency is defined between the event signal operation and commands that occur earlier in submission order.

The first synchronization scope and access scope are defined by the union of all the memory dependencies defined by pDependencyInfo, and are applied to all operations that occur earlier in submission order. Queue family ownership transfers and image layout transitions defined by pDependencyInfo are also included in the first scopes.

The second synchronization scope includes only the event signal operation, and any queue family ownership transfers and image layout transitions defined by pDependencyInfo.

The second access scope includes only queue family ownership transfers and image layout transitions.

Future vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR commands rely on all values of each element in pDependencyInfo matching exactly with those used to signal the corresponding event. vkCmdWaitEvents must not be used to wait on the result of a signal operation defined by vkCmdSetEvent2KHR.

Note

The extra information provided by vkCmdSetEvent2KHR compared to vkCmdSetEvent allows implementations to more efficiently schedule the operations required to satisfy the requested dependencies. With vkCmdSetEvent, the full dependency information is not known until vkCmdWaitEvents is recorded, forcing implementations to insert the required operations at that point and not before.

If event is already in the signaled state when vkCmdSetEvent2KHR is executed on the device, then vkCmdSetEvent2KHR has no effect, no event signal operation occurs, and no dependency is generated.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-synchronization2-03824
    The synchronization2 feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-dependencyFlags-03825
    The dependencyFlags member of pDependencyInfo must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-srcStageMask-09391
    The srcStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers, or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfo must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-dstStageMask-09392
    The dstStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers, or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfo must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-commandBuffer-03826
    The current device mask of commandBuffer must include exactly one physical device

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-srcStageMask-03827
    The srcStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers, or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfo must only include pipeline stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-dstStageMask-03828
    The dstStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers, or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfo must only include pipeline stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-pDependencyInfo-parameter
    pDependencyInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDependencyInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent2-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Synchronization

The VkDependencyInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkDependencyInfo {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkDependencyFlags                dependencyFlags;
    uint32_t                         memoryBarrierCount;
    const VkMemoryBarrier2*          pMemoryBarriers;
    uint32_t                         bufferMemoryBarrierCount;
    const VkBufferMemoryBarrier2*    pBufferMemoryBarriers;
    uint32_t                         imageMemoryBarrierCount;
    const VkImageMemoryBarrier2*     pImageMemoryBarriers;
} VkDependencyInfo;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkDependencyInfo VkDependencyInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • dependencyFlags is a bitmask of VkDependencyFlagBits specifying how execution and memory dependencies are formed.

  • memoryBarrierCount is the length of the pMemoryBarriers array.

  • pMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkMemoryBarrier2 structures defining memory dependencies between any memory accesses.

  • bufferMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pBufferMemoryBarriers array.

  • pBufferMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkBufferMemoryBarrier2 structures defining memory dependencies between buffer ranges.

  • imageMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pImageMemoryBarriers array.

  • pImageMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkImageMemoryBarrier2 structures defining memory dependencies between image subresources.

This structure defines a set of memory dependencies, as well as queue family ownership transfer operations and image layout transitions.

Each member of pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers, and pImageMemoryBarriers defines a separate memory dependency.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDependencyInfo-pMemoryBarriers-10605
    For each element of pMemoryBarriers, the sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkDependencyInfo-pMemoryBarriers-10606
    For each element of pMemoryBarriers, pNext must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDependencyInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEPENDENCY_INFO

  • VUID-VkDependencyInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDependencyInfo-dependencyFlags-parameter
    dependencyFlags must be a valid combination of VkDependencyFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkDependencyInfo-pMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If memoryBarrierCount is not 0, pMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryBarrierCount valid VkMemoryBarrier2 structures

  • VUID-VkDependencyInfo-pBufferMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If bufferMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pBufferMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of bufferMemoryBarrierCount valid VkBufferMemoryBarrier2 structures

  • VUID-VkDependencyInfo-pImageMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If imageMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pImageMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of imageMemoryBarrierCount valid VkImageMemoryBarrier2 structures

To set the state of an event to signaled from a device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetEvent(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkEvent                                     event,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        stageMask);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • event is the event that will be signaled.

  • stageMask specifies the source stage mask used to determine the first synchronization scope.

vkCmdSetEvent behaves identically to vkCmdSetEvent2KHR, except that it does not define an access scope, and must only be used with vkCmdWaitEvents, not vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, stageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-06457
    Any pipeline stage included in stageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-01149
    stageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commandBuffer-01152
    The current device mask of commandBuffer must include exactly one physical device

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-parameter
    stageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Synchronization

To unsignal the event from a device, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
void vkCmdResetEvent2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkEvent                                     event,
    VkPipelineStageFlags2                       stageMask);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • event is the event that will be unsignaled.

  • stageMask is a VkPipelineStageFlags2 mask of pipeline stages used to determine the first synchronization scope.

When vkCmdResetEvent2KHR is submitted to a queue, it defines an execution dependency on commands that were submitted before it, and defines an event unsignal operation which resets the event to the unsignaled state.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands that occur earlier in submission order. The synchronization scope is limited to operations by stageMask or stages that are logically earlier than stageMask.

The second synchronization scope includes only the event unsignal operation.

If event is already in the unsignaled state when vkCmdResetEvent2KHR is executed on the device, then this command has no effect, no event unsignal operation occurs, and no execution dependency is generated.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-stageMask-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-stageMask-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-stageMask-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-synchronization2-03829
    The synchronization2 feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-stageMask-03830
    stageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-event-03831
    There must be an execution dependency between vkCmdResetEvent2KHR and the execution of any vkCmdWaitEvents that includes event in its pEvents parameter

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-event-03832
    There must be an execution dependency between vkCmdResetEvent2KHR and the execution of any vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR that includes event in its pEvents parameter

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-commandBuffer-03833
    commandBuffer’s current device mask must include exactly one physical device

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-stageMask-parameter
    stageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent2-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Synchronization

To set the state of an event to unsignaled from a device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdResetEvent(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkEvent                                     event,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        stageMask);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • event is the event that will be unsignaled.

  • stageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the source stage mask used to determine when the event is unsignaled.

vkCmdResetEvent behaves identically to vkCmdResetEvent2KHR.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, stageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-06458
    Any pipeline stage included in stageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-01153
    stageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-event-03834
    There must be an execution dependency between vkCmdResetEvent and the execution of any vkCmdWaitEvents that includes event in its pEvents parameter

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-event-03835
    There must be an execution dependency between vkCmdResetEvent and the execution of any vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR that includes event in its pEvents parameter

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commandBuffer-01157
    commandBuffer’s current device mask must include exactly one physical device

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-parameter
    stageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Synchronization

To wait for one or more events to enter the signaled state on a device, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
void vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    eventCount,
    const VkEvent*                              pEvents,
    const VkDependencyInfo*                     pDependencyInfos);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • eventCount is the length of the pEvents array.

  • pEvents is a pointer to an array of eventCount events to wait on.

  • pDependencyInfos is a pointer to an array of eventCount VkDependencyInfo structures, defining the second synchronization scope.

When vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR is submitted to a queue, it inserts memory dependencies according to the elements of pDependencyInfos and each corresponding element of pEvents. vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR must not be used to wait on event signal operations occurring on other queues, or signal operations executed by vkCmdSetEvent.

The first synchronization scope and access scope of each memory dependency defined by any element i of pDependencyInfos are applied to operations that occurred earlier in submission order than the last event signal operation on element i of pEvents.

Signal operations for an event at index i are only included if:

  • The event was signaled by a vkCmdSetEvent2KHR command that occurred earlier in submission order with a dependencyInfo parameter exactly equal to the element of pDependencyInfos at index i ; or

  • The event was created without VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT, and the first synchronization scope defined by the element of pDependencyInfos at index i only includes host operations (VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT).

The second synchronization scope and access scope of each memory dependency defined by any element i of pDependencyInfos are applied to operations that occurred later in submission order than vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR.

Note

vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR is used with vkCmdSetEvent2KHR to define a memory dependency between two sets of action commands, roughly in the same way as pipeline barriers, but split into two commands such that work between the two may execute unhindered.
Note

Applications should be careful to avoid race conditions when using events. There is no direct ordering guarantee between vkCmdSetEvent2KHR and vkCmdResetEvent2KHR, vkCmdResetEvent, or vkCmdSetEvent. Another execution dependency (e.g. a pipeline barrier or semaphore with VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT) is needed to prevent such a race condition.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-synchronization2-03836
    The synchronization2 feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-pEvents-03837
    Members of pEvents must not have been signaled by vkCmdSetEvent

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-pEvents-10788
    For any element i of pEvents, if that event is signaled by vkCmdSetEvent2KHR, that command’s dependencyInfo parameter must be exactly equal to the ith element of pDependencyInfos

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-pEvents-03839
    For any element i of pEvents, if that event is signaled by vkSetEvent, barriers in the ith element of pDependencyInfos must include only host operations in their first synchronization scope

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-pEvents-03840
    For any element i of pEvents, if barriers in the ith element of pDependencyInfos include only host operations, the ith element of pEvents must be signaled before vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR is executed

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-pEvents-03841
    For any element i of pEvents, if barriers in the ith element of pDependencyInfos do not include host operations, the ith element of pEvents must be signaled by a corresponding vkCmdSetEvent2KHR that occurred earlier in submission order

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-srcStageMask-03842
    The srcStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers, or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfos must only include pipeline stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-dstStageMask-03843
    The dstStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers, or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfos must only include pipeline stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-dependencyFlags-10394
    The dependencyFlags member of any element of pDependencyInfo must not include any of the following bits:

    • VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT

    • VK_DEPENDENCY_DEVICE_GROUP_BIT

    • VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-dependencyFlags-03844
    If this command is called inside a render pass instance, the srcStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers, or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfos must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-commandBuffer-03846
    commandBuffer’s current device mask must include exactly one physical device

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-pEvents-parameter
    pEvents must be a valid pointer to an array of eventCount valid VkEvent handles

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-pDependencyInfos-parameter
    pDependencyInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of eventCount valid VkDependencyInfo structures

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-eventCount-arraylength
    eventCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents2-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and the elements of pEvents must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Synchronization

To wait for one or more events to enter the signaled state on a device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdWaitEvents(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    eventCount,
    const VkEvent*                              pEvents,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        srcStageMask,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        dstStageMask,
    uint32_t                                    memoryBarrierCount,
    const VkMemoryBarrier*                      pMemoryBarriers,
    uint32_t                                    bufferMemoryBarrierCount,
    const VkBufferMemoryBarrier*                pBufferMemoryBarriers,
    uint32_t                                    imageMemoryBarrierCount,
    const VkImageMemoryBarrier*                 pImageMemoryBarriers);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • eventCount is the length of the pEvents array.

  • pEvents is a pointer to an array of event object handles to wait on.

  • srcStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the source stage mask.

  • dstStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the destination stage mask.

  • memoryBarrierCount is the length of the pMemoryBarriers array.

  • pMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkMemoryBarrier structures.

  • bufferMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pBufferMemoryBarriers array.

  • pBufferMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkBufferMemoryBarrier structures.

  • imageMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pImageMemoryBarriers array.

  • pImageMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkImageMemoryBarrier structures.

vkCmdWaitEvents is largely similar to vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR, but can only wait on signal operations defined by vkCmdSetEvent. As vkCmdSetEvent does not define any access scopes, vkCmdWaitEvents defines the first access scope for each event signal operation in addition to its own access scopes.

Note

Since vkCmdSetEvent does not have any dependency information beyond a stage mask, implementations do not have the same opportunity to perform availability and visibility operations or image layout transitions in advance as they do with vkCmdSetEvent2KHR and vkCmdWaitEvents2KHR.

When vkCmdWaitEvents is submitted to a queue, it defines a memory dependency between prior event signal operations on the same queue or the host, and subsequent commands. vkCmdWaitEvents must not be used to wait on event signal operations occurring on other queues.

The first synchronization scope only includes event signal operations that operate on members of pEvents, and the operations that happened-before the event signal operations. Event signal operations performed by vkCmdSetEvent that occur earlier in submission order are included in the first synchronization scope, if the logically latest pipeline stage in their stageMask parameter is logically earlier than or equal to the logically latest pipeline stage in srcStageMask. Event signal operations performed by vkSetEvent are only included in the first synchronization scope if VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT is included in srcStageMask.

The second synchronization scope includes all commands that occur later in submission order. The second synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask.

The first access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask. Within that, the first access scope only includes the first access scopes defined by elements of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers and pImageMemoryBarriers arrays, which each define a set of memory barriers. If no memory barriers are specified, then the first access scope includes no accesses.

The second access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask. Within that, the second access scope only includes the second access scopes defined by elements of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers and pImageMemoryBarriers arrays, which each define a set of memory barriers. If no memory barriers are specified, then the second access scope includes no accesses.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcAccessMask-02815
    The srcAccessMask member of each element of pMemoryBarriers must only include access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstAccessMask-02816
    The dstAccessMask member of each element of pMemoryBarriers must only include access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pBufferMemoryBarriers-02817
    For any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its srcQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its srcAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pBufferMemoryBarriers-02818
    For any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its dstQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its dstAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pImageMemoryBarriers-02819
    For any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its srcQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its srcAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pImageMemoryBarriers-02820
    For any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its dstQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its dstAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-06459
    Any pipeline stage included in srcStageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-06460
    Any pipeline stage included in dstStageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-01158
    srcStageMask must be the bitwise OR of the stageMask parameter used in previous calls to vkCmdSetEvent with any of the elements of pEvents and VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT if any of the elements of pEvents was set using vkSetEvent

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-07308
    If this command is called inside a render pass instance, srcStageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcQueueFamilyIndex-02803
    The srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members of any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers or pImageMemoryBarriers must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commandBuffer-01167
    commandBuffer’s current device mask must include exactly one physical device

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pEvents-03847
    Elements of pEvents must not have been signaled by vkCmdSetEvent2KHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pEvents-parameter
    pEvents must be a valid pointer to an array of eventCount valid VkEvent handles

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If memoryBarrierCount is not 0, pMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryBarrierCount valid VkMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pBufferMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If bufferMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pBufferMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of bufferMemoryBarrierCount valid VkBufferMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pImageMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If imageMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pImageMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of imageMemoryBarrierCount valid VkImageMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-eventCount-arraylength
    eventCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and the elements of pEvents must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Synchronization

7.6. Pipeline Barriers

To record a pipeline barrier, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
void vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkDependencyInfo*                     pDependencyInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • pDependencyInfo is a pointer to a VkDependencyInfo structure defining the scopes of this operation.

When vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is submitted to a queue, it defines memory dependencies between commands that were submitted to the same queue before it, and those submitted to the same queue after it.

The first synchronization scope and access scope of each memory dependency defined by pDependencyInfo are applied to operations that occurred earlier in submission order.

The second synchronization scope and access scope of each memory dependency defined by pDependencyInfo are applied to operations that occurred later in submission order.

If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is recorded within a render pass instance, the synchronization scopes are limited to a subset of operations within the same subpass or render pass instance.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-None-07889
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, the render pass must have been created with at least one subpass dependency that expresses a dependency from the current subpass to itself, does not include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT if this command does not, does not include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT if this command does not, and has synchronization scopes and access scopes that are all supersets of the scopes defined in this command

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-bufferMemoryBarrierCount-01178
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, it must not include any buffer memory barriers

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-image-04073
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, the image member of any image memory barrier included in this command must be an attachment used in the current subpass both as an input attachment, and as either a color, or depth/stencil attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-oldLayout-01181
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called within a render pass instance, the oldLayout and newLayout members of any image memory barrier included in this command must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-01182
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called within a render pass instance, the srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members of any memory barrier included in this command must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-None-07890
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called within a render pass instance, and the source stage masks of any memory barriers include framebuffer-space stages, destination stage masks of all memory barriers must only include framebuffer-space stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-dependencyFlags-07891
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called within a render pass instance, and the source stage masks of any memory barriers include framebuffer-space stages, then dependencyFlags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-None-07892
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called within a render pass instance, the source and destination stage masks of any memory barriers must only include graphics pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-dependencyFlags-01186
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called outside of a render pass instance, the dependency flags must not include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-None-07893
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR is called inside a render pass instance, and there is more than one view in the current subpass, dependency flags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-synchronization2-03848
    The synchronization2 feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-srcStageMask-09673
    The srcStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers member of pDependencyInfo must only include pipeline stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-dstStageMask-09674
    The dstStageMask member of any element of the pMemoryBarriers member of pDependencyInfo must only include pipeline stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-srcStageMask-09675
    If a buffer or image memory barrier does not specify an acquire operation, the respective srcStageMask member of the element of the pBufferMemoryBarriers or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfo must only include pipeline stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-dstStageMask-09676
    If a buffer or image memory barrier does not specify an release operation, the respective dstStageMask member of the element of the pBufferMemoryBarriers or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfo must only include pipeline stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-10387
    If a buffer or image memory barrier specifies a queue family ownership transfer operation, either the srcQueueFamilyIndex or dstQueueFamilyIndex member of the element of the pBufferMemoryBarriers or pImageMemoryBarriers members of pDependencyInfo and the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be equal

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-pDependencyInfo-parameter
    pDependencyInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDependencyInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Synchronization

To record a pipeline barrier, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdPipelineBarrier(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        srcStageMask,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        dstStageMask,
    VkDependencyFlags                           dependencyFlags,
    uint32_t                                    memoryBarrierCount,
    const VkMemoryBarrier*                      pMemoryBarriers,
    uint32_t                                    bufferMemoryBarrierCount,
    const VkBufferMemoryBarrier*                pBufferMemoryBarriers,
    uint32_t                                    imageMemoryBarrierCount,
    const VkImageMemoryBarrier*                 pImageMemoryBarriers);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • srcStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the source stages.

  • dstStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the destination stages.

  • dependencyFlags is a bitmask of VkDependencyFlagBits specifying how execution and memory dependencies are formed.

  • memoryBarrierCount is the length of the pMemoryBarriers array.

  • pMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkMemoryBarrier structures.

  • bufferMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pBufferMemoryBarriers array.

  • pBufferMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkBufferMemoryBarrier structures.

  • imageMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pImageMemoryBarriers array.

  • pImageMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkImageMemoryBarrier structures.

vkCmdPipelineBarrier operates almost identically to vkCmdPipelineBarrier2KHR, except that the scopes and barriers are defined as direct parameters rather than being defined by a VkDependencyInfo.

When vkCmdPipelineBarrier is submitted to a queue, it defines a memory dependency between commands that were submitted to the same queue before it, and those submitted to the same queue after it.

If vkCmdPipelineBarrier was recorded outside a render pass instance, the first synchronization scope includes all commands that occur earlier in submission order. If vkCmdPipelineBarrier was recorded inside a render pass instance, the first synchronization scope includes only commands that occur earlier in submission order within the same subpass. In either case, the first synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask.

If vkCmdPipelineBarrier was recorded outside a render pass instance, the second synchronization scope includes all commands that occur later in submission order. If vkCmdPipelineBarrier was recorded inside a render pass instance, the second synchronization scope includes only commands that occur later in submission order within the same subpass. In either case, the second synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask.

The first access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask. Within that, the first access scope only includes the first access scopes defined by elements of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers and pImageMemoryBarriers arrays, which each define a set of memory barriers. If no memory barriers are specified, then the first access scope includes no accesses.

The second access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask. Within that, the second access scope only includes the second access scopes defined by elements of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers and pImageMemoryBarriers arrays, which each define a set of memory barriers. If no memory barriers are specified, then the second access scope includes no accesses.

If dependencyFlags includes VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT, then any dependency between framebuffer-space pipeline stages is framebuffer-local - otherwise it is framebuffer-global.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcAccessMask-02815
    The srcAccessMask member of each element of pMemoryBarriers must only include access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstAccessMask-02816
    The dstAccessMask member of each element of pMemoryBarriers must only include access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pBufferMemoryBarriers-02817
    For any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its srcQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its srcAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pBufferMemoryBarriers-02818
    For any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its dstQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its dstAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pImageMemoryBarriers-02819
    For any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its srcQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its srcAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pImageMemoryBarriers-02820
    For any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its dstQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its dstAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-None-07889
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, the render pass must have been created with at least one subpass dependency that expresses a dependency from the current subpass to itself, does not include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT if this command does not, does not include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT if this command does not, and has synchronization scopes and access scopes that are all supersets of the scopes defined in this command

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-bufferMemoryBarrierCount-01178
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, it must not include any buffer memory barriers

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-image-04073
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, the image member of any image memory barrier included in this command must be an attachment used in the current subpass both as an input attachment, and as either a color, or depth/stencil attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-oldLayout-01181
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, the oldLayout and newLayout members of any image memory barrier included in this command must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-01182
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, the srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members of any memory barrier included in this command must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-None-07890
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, and the source stage masks of any memory barriers include framebuffer-space stages, destination stage masks of all memory barriers must only include framebuffer-space stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dependencyFlags-07891
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, and the source stage masks of any memory barriers include framebuffer-space stages, then dependencyFlags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-None-07892
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, the source and destination stage masks of any memory barriers must only include graphics pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dependencyFlags-01186
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called outside of a render pass instance, the dependency flags must not include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-None-07893
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called inside a render pass instance, and there is more than one view in the current subpass, dependency flags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-oldLayout-10758
    If called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, the oldLayout member of any image memory barrier included in this command must be equal to the layout that the corresponding attachment uses during the subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-06461
    Any pipeline stage included in srcStageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-06462
    Any pipeline stage included in dstStageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-09633
    If either srcStageMask or dstStageMask includes VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT, for any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-09634
    If either srcStageMask or dstStageMask includes VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT, for any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-10388
    If a buffer or image memory barrier specifies a queue family ownership transfer operation, either the srcQueueFamilyIndex or dstQueueFamilyIndex member and the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be equal

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dependencyFlags-parameter
    dependencyFlags must be a valid combination of VkDependencyFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If memoryBarrierCount is not 0, pMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryBarrierCount valid VkMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pBufferMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If bufferMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pBufferMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of bufferMemoryBarrierCount valid VkBufferMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pImageMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If imageMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pImageMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of imageMemoryBarrierCount valid VkImageMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Synchronization

Bits which can be set in vkCmdPipelineBarrier::dependencyFlags, specifying how execution and memory dependencies are formed, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDependencyFlagBits {
    VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT = 0x00000001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_DEPENDENCY_DEVICE_GROUP_BIT = 0x00000004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT = 0x00000002,
} VkDependencyFlagBits;

  • VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT specifies that dependencies will be framebuffer-local.

  • VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT specifies that dependencies will be view-local.

  • VK_DEPENDENCY_DEVICE_GROUP_BIT specifies that dependencies are non-device-local.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDependencyFlags;

VkDependencyFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDependencyFlagBits.

7.7. Memory Barriers

Memory barriers are used to explicitly control access to buffer and image subresource ranges. Memory barriers are used to transfer ownership between queue families, change image layouts, and define availability and visibility operations. They explicitly define the access types and buffer and image subresource ranges that are included in the access scopes of a memory dependency that is created by a synchronization command that includes them.

7.7.1. Global Memory Barriers

Global memory barriers apply to memory accesses involving all memory objects that exist at the time of its execution.

The VkMemoryBarrier2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkMemoryBarrier2 {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkPipelineStageFlags2    srcStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags2           srcAccessMask;
    VkPipelineStageFlags2    dstStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags2           dstAccessMask;
} VkMemoryBarrier2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkMemoryBarrier2 VkMemoryBarrier2KHR;

This structure defines a memory dependency affecting all device memory.

The first synchronization scope and access scope described by this structure include only operations and memory accesses specified by the source stage mask and source access mask.

The second synchronization scope and access scope described by this structure include only operations and memory accesses specified by destination stage mask and destination access mask.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03900
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03901
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03902
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03903
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_SUBPASS_SHADER_BIT_HUAWEI, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03904
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03905
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03906
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03907
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-07454
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03909
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03910
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03911
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03912
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03913
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03914
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03915
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03916
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03917
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03926
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03900
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03901
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03902
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03903
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_SUBPASS_SHADER_BIT_HUAWEI, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03904
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03905
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03906
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03907
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-07454
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03909
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03910
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03911
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03912
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03913
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03914
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03915
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03916
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03917
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03926
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-parameter
    srcAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-parameter
    dstAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits2 values

The VkMemoryBarrier structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryBarrier {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkAccessFlags      srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags      dstAccessMask;
} VkMemoryBarrier;

The first access scope is limited to access types in the source access mask specified by srcAccessMask.

The second access scope is limited to access types in the destination access mask specified by dstAccessMask.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier-srcAccessMask-parameter
    srcAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier-dstAccessMask-parameter
    dstAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

7.7.2. Buffer Memory Barriers

Buffer memory barriers only apply to memory accesses involving a specific buffer range. That is, a memory dependency formed from a buffer memory barrier is scoped to access via the specified buffer range. Buffer memory barriers can also be used to define a queue family ownership transfer for the specified buffer range.

The VkBufferMemoryBarrier2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkBufferMemoryBarrier2 {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkPipelineStageFlags2    srcStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags2           srcAccessMask;
    VkPipelineStageFlags2    dstStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags2           dstAccessMask;
    uint32_t                 srcQueueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t                 dstQueueFamilyIndex;
    VkBuffer                 buffer;
    VkDeviceSize             offset;
    VkDeviceSize             size;
} VkBufferMemoryBarrier2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkBufferMemoryBarrier2 VkBufferMemoryBarrier2KHR;

This structure defines a memory dependency limited to a range of a buffer, and can define a queue family ownership transfer operation for that range.

The first synchronization scope and access scope described by this structure include only operations and memory accesses specified by the source stage mask and the source access mask.

The second synchronization scope and access scope described by this structure include only operations and memory accesses specified by the destination stage mask and the destination access mask.

Both access scopes are limited to only memory accesses to buffer in the range defined by offset and size.

If buffer was created with VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to dstQueueFamilyIndex, this memory barrier defines a queue family ownership transfer operation. When executed on a queue in the family identified by srcQueueFamilyIndex, this barrier defines a queue family release operation for the specified buffer range, and the second synchronization scope does not apply to this operation. When executed on a queue in the family identified by dstQueueFamilyIndex, this barrier defines a queue family acquire operation for the specified buffer range, and the first synchronization scope does not apply to this operation.

A queue family ownership transfer operation is also defined if the values are not equal, and either is one of the special queue family values reserved for external memory ownership transfers, as described in Queue Family Ownership Transfer. A queue family release operation is defined when dstQueueFamilyIndex is one of those values, and a queue family acquire operation is defined when srcQueueFamilyIndex is one of those values.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03900
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03901
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03902
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03903
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_SUBPASS_SHADER_BIT_HUAWEI, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03904
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03905
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03906
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03907
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-07454
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03909
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03910
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03911
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03912
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03913
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03914
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03915
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03916
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03917
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03926
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03900
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03901
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03902
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03903
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_SUBPASS_SHADER_BIT_HUAWEI, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03904
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03905
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03906
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03907
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-07454
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03909
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03910
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03911
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03912
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03913
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03914
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03915
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03916
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03917
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03926
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-offset-01187
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-size-01188
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-size-01189
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be less than or equal to than the size of buffer minus offset

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-buffer-01931
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-buffer-09095
    If buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, or a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-buffer-09096
    If buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, or a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-09099
    If the VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign extension is not enabled srcQueueFamilyIndex must not be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstQueueFamilyIndex-09100
    If the VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign extension is not enabled dstQueueFamilyIndex must not be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03851
    If either srcStageMask or dstStageMask includes VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT, srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex must be equal

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER_2

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-parameter
    srcAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-parameter
    dstAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier2-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

The VkBufferMemoryBarrier structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferMemoryBarrier {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkAccessFlags      srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags      dstAccessMask;
    uint32_t           srcQueueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t           dstQueueFamilyIndex;
    VkBuffer           buffer;
    VkDeviceSize       offset;
    VkDeviceSize       size;
} VkBufferMemoryBarrier;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcAccessMask is a bitmask of VkAccessFlagBits specifying a source access mask.

  • dstAccessMask is a bitmask of VkAccessFlagBits specifying a destination access mask.

  • srcQueueFamilyIndex is the source queue family for a queue family ownership transfer.

  • dstQueueFamilyIndex is the destination queue family for a queue family ownership transfer.

  • buffer is a handle to the buffer whose backing memory is affected by the barrier.

  • offset is an offset in bytes into the backing memory for buffer; this is relative to the base offset as bound to the buffer (see vkBindBufferMemory).

  • size is a size in bytes of the affected area of backing memory for buffer, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to use the range from offset to the end of the buffer.

The first access scope is limited to access to memory through the specified buffer range, via access types in the source access mask specified by srcAccessMask. If the source access mask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT, a memory domain operation is performed where available memory in the host domain is also made available to the device domain.

The second access scope is limited to access to memory through the specified buffer range, via access types in the destination access mask specified by dstAccessMask. If the destination access mask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT or VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT, a memory domain operation is performed where available memory in the device domain is also made available to the host domain.

Note

When VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT is used, available memory in host domain is automatically made visible to host domain, and any host write is automatically made available to host domain.

If srcQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to dstQueueFamilyIndex, and srcQueueFamilyIndex is equal to the current queue family, then the memory barrier defines a queue family release operation for the specified buffer range, and the second synchronization scope of the calling command does not apply to this operation.

If dstQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to srcQueueFamilyIndex, and dstQueueFamilyIndex is equal to the current queue family, then the memory barrier defines a queue family acquire operation for the specified buffer range, and the first synchronization scope of the calling command does not apply to this operation.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-offset-01187
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-size-01188
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-size-01189
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be less than or equal to than the size of buffer minus offset

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-buffer-01931
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-buffer-09095
    If buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, or a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-buffer-09096
    If buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, or a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-09099
    If the VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign extension is not enabled srcQueueFamilyIndex must not be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-dstQueueFamilyIndex-09100
    If the VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign extension is not enabled dstQueueFamilyIndex must not be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-None-09049
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, and buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, at least one of srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-None-09050
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, and buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED or VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-None-09051
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, and buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED or VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

VK_WHOLE_SIZE is a special value indicating that the entire remaining length of a buffer or allocation following a given offset should be used. It can be specified for VkBufferMemoryBarrier::size, vkMapMemory::size, and other similar structures.

#define VK_WHOLE_SIZE                     (~0ULL)

7.7.3. Image Memory Barriers

Image memory barriers only apply to memory accesses involving a specific image subresource range. That is, a memory dependency formed from an image memory barrier is scoped to access via the specified image subresource range. Image memory barriers can also be used to define image layout transitions or a queue family ownership transfer for the specified image subresource range.

The VkImageMemoryBarrier2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkImageMemoryBarrier2 {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    VkPipelineStageFlags2      srcStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags2             srcAccessMask;
    VkPipelineStageFlags2      dstStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags2             dstAccessMask;
    VkImageLayout              oldLayout;
    VkImageLayout              newLayout;
    uint32_t                   srcQueueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t                   dstQueueFamilyIndex;
    VkImage                    image;
    VkImageSubresourceRange    subresourceRange;
} VkImageMemoryBarrier2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkImageMemoryBarrier2 VkImageMemoryBarrier2KHR;

This structure defines a memory dependency limited to an image subresource range, and can define a queue family ownership transfer operation and image layout transition for that subresource range.

The first synchronization scope and access scope described by this structure include only operations and memory accesses specified by the source stage mask and the source access mask.

The second synchronization scope and access scope described by this structure include only operations and memory accesses specified by the destination stage mask and the destination access mask.

Both access scopes are limited to only memory accesses to image in the subresource range defined by subresourceRange.

If image was created with VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to dstQueueFamilyIndex, this memory barrier defines a queue family ownership transfer operation. When executed on a queue in the family identified by srcQueueFamilyIndex, this barrier defines a queue family release operation for the specified image subresource range, and the second synchronization scope does not apply to this operation. When executed on a queue in the family identified by dstQueueFamilyIndex, this barrier defines a queue family acquire operation for the specified image subresource range, and the first synchronization scope does not apply to this operation.

A queue family ownership transfer operation is also defined if the values are not equal, and either is one of the special queue family values reserved for external memory ownership transfers, as described in Queue Family Ownership Transfer. A queue family release operation is defined when dstQueueFamilyIndex is one of those values, and a queue family acquire operation is defined when srcQueueFamilyIndex is one of those values.

If oldLayout is not equal to newLayout, then the memory barrier defines an image layout transition for the specified image subresource range. If this memory barrier defines a queue family ownership transfer operation, the layout transition is only executed once between the queues.

Note

When the old and new layout are equal, the layout values are ignored - data is preserved no matter what values are specified, or what layout the image is currently in.

If image has a multi-planar format and the image is disjoint, then including VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT in the aspectMask member of subresourceRange is equivalent to including VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT, and (for three-plane formats only) VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03900
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03901
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03902
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03903
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_SUBPASS_SHADER_BIT_HUAWEI, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03904
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03905
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03906
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03907
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-07454
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03909
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03910
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03911
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03912
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03913
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03914
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03915
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03916
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03917
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-03926
    If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT, srcStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03900
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03901
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03902
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03903
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_SUBPASS_SHADER_BIT_HUAWEI, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03904
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03905
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03906
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03907
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-07454
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03909
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, or one of the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_*_SHADER_BIT stages

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03910
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03911
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03912
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03913
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03914
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03915
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03916
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03917
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-03926
    If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT, dstStageMask must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01208
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01209
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01210
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01211
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01212
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01213
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01197
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, oldLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or the current layout of the image subresources affected by the barrier

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-newLayout-01198
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, newLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01658
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-01659
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-04065
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with at least one of VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-04066
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT set

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-04067
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with at least one of VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-04068
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT set

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-synchronization2-07793
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, oldLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-synchronization2-07794
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, newLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-03938
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-03939
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, image must have been created with at least one of VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-02088
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR set

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-09117
    If image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, or a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-09118
    If image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, or a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcQueueFamilyIndex-09121
    If the VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign extension is not enabled srcQueueFamilyIndex must not be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstQueueFamilyIndex-09122
    If the VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign extension is not enabled dstQueueFamilyIndex must not be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-subresourceRange-01486
    subresourceRange.baseMipLevel must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-subresourceRange-01724
    If subresourceRange.levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, subresourceRange.baseMipLevel + subresourceRange.levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-subresourceRange-01488
    subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer must be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-subresourceRange-01725
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer + subresourceRange.layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-01932
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-09241
    If image has a color format that is single-plane, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-09242
    If image has a color format and is not disjoint, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-01672
    If image has a multi-planar format and the image is disjoint, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must include at least one multi-planar aspect mask bit or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-03320
    If image has a depth/stencil format with both depth and stencil and the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is not enabled, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must include both VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-03319
    If image has a depth/stencil format with both depth and stencil and the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is enabled, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must include either or both VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-10749
    If image has a depth-only format then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-10750
    If image has a stencil-only format then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-aspectMask-08702
    If the aspectMask member of subresourceRange includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT, oldLayout and newLayout must not be one of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-aspectMask-08703
    If the aspectMask member of subresourceRange includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, oldLayout and newLayout must not be one of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-subresourceRange-09601
    subresourceRange.aspectMask must be valid for the format the image was created with

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03854
    If either srcStageMask or dstStageMask includes VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT, srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex must be equal

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-03855
    If srcStageMask includes VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, oldLayout must be one of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-srcAccessMask-parameter
    srcAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-dstAccessMask-parameter
    dstAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-oldLayout-parameter
    oldLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-newLayout-parameter
    newLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier2-subresourceRange-parameter
    subresourceRange must be a valid VkImageSubresourceRange structure

The VkImageMemoryBarrier structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageMemoryBarrier {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    VkAccessFlags              srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags              dstAccessMask;
    VkImageLayout              oldLayout;
    VkImageLayout              newLayout;
    uint32_t                   srcQueueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t                   dstQueueFamilyIndex;
    VkImage                    image;
    VkImageSubresourceRange    subresourceRange;
} VkImageMemoryBarrier;

The first access scope is limited to access to memory through the specified image subresource range, via access types in the source access mask specified by srcAccessMask. If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT, memory writes performed by that access type are also made visible, as that access type is not performed through a resource.

The second access scope is limited to access to memory through the specified image subresource range, via access types in the destination access mask specified by dstAccessMask. If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT or VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT, available memory writes are also made visible to accesses of those types, as those access types are not performed through a resource.

If srcQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to dstQueueFamilyIndex, and srcQueueFamilyIndex is equal to the current queue family, then the memory barrier defines a queue family release operation for the specified image subresource range, and the second synchronization scope of the calling command does not apply to this operation.

If dstQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to srcQueueFamilyIndex, and dstQueueFamilyIndex is equal to the current queue family, then the memory barrier defines a queue family acquire operation for the specified image subresource range, and the first synchronization scope of the calling command does not apply to this operation.

If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled or oldLayout is not equal to newLayout, oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition for the specified image subresource range.

Note

If the synchronization2 feature is enabled, when the old and new layout are equal, the layout values are ignored - data is preserved no matter what values are specified, or what layout the image is currently in.

If image has a multi-planar format and the image is disjoint, then including VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT in the aspectMask member of subresourceRange is equivalent to including VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT, and (for three-plane formats only) VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01208
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01209
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01210
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01211
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01212
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01213
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01197
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, oldLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or the current layout of the image subresources affected by the barrier

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-newLayout-01198
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, newLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01658
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01659
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-04065
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with at least one of VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-04066
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT set

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-04067
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with at least one of VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-04068
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT set

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-synchronization2-07793
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, oldLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-synchronization2-07794
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, newLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-03938
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-03939
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, image must have been created with at least one of VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-02088
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR set

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-09117
    If image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, or a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-09118
    If image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, or a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-09121
    If the VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign extension is not enabled srcQueueFamilyIndex must not be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-dstQueueFamilyIndex-09122
    If the VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign extension is not enabled dstQueueFamilyIndex must not be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-01486
    subresourceRange.baseMipLevel must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-01724
    If subresourceRange.levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, subresourceRange.baseMipLevel + subresourceRange.levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-01488
    subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer must be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-01725
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer + subresourceRange.layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-01932
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-09241
    If image has a color format that is single-plane, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-09242
    If image has a color format and is not disjoint, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-01672
    If image has a multi-planar format and the image is disjoint, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must include at least one multi-planar aspect mask bit or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-03320
    If image has a depth/stencil format with both depth and stencil and the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is not enabled, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must include both VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-03319
    If image has a depth/stencil format with both depth and stencil and the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is enabled, then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must include either or both VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-10749
    If image has a depth-only format then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-10750
    If image has a stencil-only format then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-aspectMask-08702
    If the aspectMask member of subresourceRange includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT, oldLayout and newLayout must not be one of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-aspectMask-08703
    If the aspectMask member of subresourceRange includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, oldLayout and newLayout must not be one of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-09601
    subresourceRange.aspectMask must be valid for the format the image was created with

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-None-09052
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, and image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, at least one of srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-None-09053
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, and image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED or VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-None-09054
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, and image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED or VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-parameter
    oldLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-newLayout-parameter
    newLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-parameter
    subresourceRange must be a valid VkImageSubresourceRange structure

7.7.4. Queue Family Ownership Transfer

Resources created with a VkSharingMode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE must have their ownership explicitly transferred from one queue family to another in order to access their content in a well-defined manner on a queue in a different queue family.

The special queue family index VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED indicates that a queue family parameter or member is ignored.

#define VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED           (~0U)

Resources shared with external APIs or instances using external memory must also explicitly manage ownership transfers between local and external queues (or equivalent constructs in external APIs) regardless of the VkSharingMode specified when creating them.

The special queue family index VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL represents any queue external to the resource’s current Vulkan instance, as long as the queue uses the same underlying device group or physical device, and the same driver version as the resource’s VkDevice, as indicated by VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::deviceUUID and VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::driverUUID.

#define VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL          (~1U)

The special queue family index VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT represents any queue external to the resource’s current Vulkan instance, regardless of the queue’s underlying physical device or driver version. This includes, for example, queues for fixed-function image processing devices, media codec devices, and display devices, as well as all queues that use the same underlying device group or physical device, and the same driver version as the resource’s VkDevice.

#define VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT       (~2U)

If memory dependencies are correctly expressed between uses of such a resource between two queues in different families, but no ownership transfer is defined, the contents of that resource are undefined for any read accesses performed by the second queue family.

Note

If an application does not need the contents of a resource to remain valid when transferring from one queue family to another, then the ownership transfer should be skipped.
Note

Applications should expect transfers to/from VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT to be more expensive than transfers to/from VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL_KHR.

A queue family ownership transfer consists of two distinct parts:

  1. Release exclusive ownership from the source queue family

  2. Acquire exclusive ownership for the destination queue family

An application must ensure that these operations occur in the correct order by defining an execution dependency between them, e.g. using a semaphore.

A release operation is used to release exclusive ownership of a range of a buffer or image subresource range. A release operation is defined by executing a buffer memory barrier (for a buffer range) or an image memory barrier (for an image subresource range) using a pipeline barrier command, on a queue from the source queue family. The srcQueueFamilyIndex parameter of the barrier must be the source queue family index, and the dstQueueFamilyIndex parameter to the destination queue family index. The destination access mask is ignored for such a barrier, such that no visibility operation is executed - the value of this mask does not affect the validity of the barrier. The release operation happens-after the availability operation. dstStageMask is also ignored for such a barrier as defined by buffer memory ownership transfer and image memory ownership transfer. After a release operation is performed, the contents and image layout (if applicable) of the released resource are undefined until a matching acquire operation is performed.

Note

It is valid to never call the acquire operation after a release, and instead simply start using the resource on any queue (even the releasing queue), but the contents should be reinitialized before being read. In the case of images, an image layout transition away from VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED is also required. Executing an acquire operation after this without another release is invalid.

An acquire operation is used to acquire exclusive ownership of a range of a buffer or image subresource range. An acquire operation is defined by executing a buffer memory barrier (for a buffer range) or an image memory barrier (for an image subresource range) using a pipeline barrier command, on a queue from the destination queue family. The buffer range or image subresource range specified in an acquire operation must match exactly that of a previous release operation. The srcQueueFamilyIndex parameter of the barrier must be the source queue family index, and the dstQueueFamilyIndex parameter to the destination queue family index. The source access mask is ignored for such a barrier, such that no availability operation is executed - the value of this mask does not affect the validity of the barrier. The acquire operation happens-before the visibility operation. srcStageMask is also ignored for such a barrier as defined by buffer memory ownership transfer and image memory ownership transfer. Applications must not execute an acquire operation on any resource where it has been modified in any way other than a matching release operation.

Note

Whilst it is not invalid to provide destination or source access masks for memory barriers used for release or acquire operations, respectively, they have no practical effect. Access after a release operation has undefined results, and so visibility for those accesses has no practical effect. Similarly, write access before an acquire operation will produce undefined results for future access, so availability of those writes has no practical use. In an earlier version of the specification, these were required to match on both sides - but this was subsequently relaxed. These masks should be set to 0.
Note

To ensure that an acquire and release operation are valid, the release operation must happen-before the acquire operation. Often, semaphores are used for this directly, with the semaphore signaling after a release and then waiting before an acquire. VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT is the only valid stage to wait on or wait for these operations, as the acquire and release operations do not occur in a defined stage.

If the transfer is via an image memory barrier, and an image layout transition is desired, then the values of oldLayout and newLayout in the release operation's memory barrier must be equal to values of oldLayout and newLayout in the acquire operation's memory barrier. Although the image layout transition is submitted twice, it will only be executed once. A layout transition specified in this way happens-after the release operation and happens-before the acquire operation.

If the values of srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are equal, no ownership transfer is performed, and the barrier operates as if they were both set to VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED.

Queue family ownership transfers may perform read and write accesses on all memory bound to the image subresource or buffer range, so applications must ensure that all memory writes have been made available before a queue family ownership transfer is executed. Available memory is automatically made visible to queue family release and acquire operations, and writes performed by those operations are automatically made available.

Once a queue family has acquired ownership of a buffer range or image subresource range of a VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE resource, its contents are undefined to other queue families unless ownership is transferred. The contents of any portion of another resource which aliases memory that is bound to the transferred buffer or image subresource range are undefined after a release or acquire operation.

Note

Because events cannot be used directly for inter-queue synchronization, and because vkCmdSetEvent does not have the queue family index or memory barrier parameters needed by a release operation, the release and acquire operations of a queue family ownership transfer can only be performed using vkCmdPipelineBarrier.

7.8. Wait Idle Operations

To wait on the host for the completion of outstanding queue operations for a given queue, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkQueueWaitIdle(
    VkQueue                                     queue);

  • queue is the queue on which to wait.

vkQueueWaitIdle is equivalent to having submitted a valid fence to every previously executed queue submission command that accepts a fence, then waiting for all of those fences to signal using vkWaitForFences with an infinite timeout and waitAll set to VK_TRUE.

Even though vkQueuePresentKHR does not accept a fence, for the purpose of vkQueueWaitIdle it behaves as if it signals a fence payload that is managed by the implementation and has no associated VkFence handle. See the vkQueuePresentKHR documentation for details.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkQueueWaitIdle must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkQueueWaitIdle-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

-

-

Any

-
Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To wait on the host for the completion of outstanding queue operations for all queues on a given logical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkDeviceWaitIdle(
    VkDevice                                    device);

  • device is the logical device to idle.

vkDeviceWaitIdle is equivalent to calling vkQueueWaitIdle for all queues owned by device.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkDeviceWaitIdle must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDeviceWaitIdle-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to all VkQueue objects created from device must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

7.9. Host Write Ordering Guarantees

When batches of command buffers are submitted to a queue via a queue submission command, it defines a memory dependency with prior host operations, and execution of command buffers submitted to the queue.

The first synchronization scope includes execution of vkQueueSubmit on the host and anything that happened-before it, as defined by the host memory model.

Note

Some systems allow writes that do not directly integrate with the host memory model; these have to be synchronized by the application manually. One example of this is non-temporal store instructions on x86; to ensure these happen-before submission, applications should call _mm_sfence().

The second synchronization scope includes all commands submitted in the same queue submission, and all commands that occur later in submission order.

The first access scope includes all host writes to mappable device memory that are available to the host memory domain.

The second access scope includes all memory access performed by the device.

7.10. Synchronization and Multiple Physical Devices

If a logical device includes more than one physical device, then fences, semaphores, and events all still have a single instance of the signaled state.

A fence becomes signaled when all physical devices complete the necessary queue operations.

Semaphore wait and signal operations all include a device index that is the sole physical device that performs the operation. These indices are provided in the VkDeviceGroupSubmitInfo structures. Semaphores are not exclusively owned by any physical device. For example, a semaphore can be signaled by one physical device and then waited on by a different physical device.

An event can only be waited on by the same physical device that signaled it (or the host).

7.11. Calibrated Timestamps

In order to be able to correlate the time a particular operation took place at on timelines of different time domains (e.g. a device operation vs. a host operation), Vulkan allows querying calibrated timestamps from multiple time domains.

To query calibrated timestamps from a set of time domains, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps
VkResult vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    timestampCount,
    const VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR*         pTimestampInfos,
    uint64_t*                                   pTimestamps,
    uint64_t*                                   pMaxDeviation);

  • device is the logical device used to perform the query.

  • timestampCount is the number of timestamps to query.

  • pTimestampInfos is a pointer to an array of timestampCount VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR structures, describing the time domains the calibrated timestamps should be captured from.

  • pTimestamps is a pointer to an array of timestampCount 64-bit unsigned integer values in which the requested calibrated timestamp values are returned.

  • pMaxDeviation is a pointer to a 64-bit unsigned integer value in which the strictly positive maximum deviation, in nanoseconds, of the calibrated timestamp values is returned.

Note

The maximum deviation may vary between calls to vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR even for the same set of time domains due to implementation and platform specific reasons. It is the application’s responsibility to assess whether the returned maximum deviation makes the timestamp values suitable for any particular purpose and can choose to re-issue the timestamp calibration call pursuing a lower deviation value.

Calibrated timestamp values can be extrapolated to estimate future coinciding timestamp values, however, depending on the nature of the time domains and other properties of the platform extrapolating values over a sufficiently long period of time may no longer be accurate enough to fit any particular purpose, so applications are expected to re-calibrate the timestamps on a regular basis.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR-timeDomain-09246
    The timeDomain value of each VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR in pTimestampInfos must be unique

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR-pTimestampInfos-parameter
    pTimestampInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of timestampCount valid VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR structures

  • VUID-vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR-pTimestamps-parameter
    pTimestamps must be a valid pointer to an array of timestampCount uint64_t values

  • VUID-vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR-pMaxDeviation-parameter
    pMaxDeviation must be a valid pointer to a uint64_t value

  • VUID-vkGetCalibratedTimestampsKHR-timestampCount-arraylength
    timestampCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps
typedef struct VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkTimeDomainKHR    timeDomain;
} VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • timeDomain is a VkTimeDomainKHR value specifying the time domain from which the calibrated timestamp value should be returned.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_CALIBRATED_TIMESTAMP_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCalibratedTimestampInfoKHR-timeDomain-parameter
    timeDomain must be a valid VkTimeDomainKHR value

The set of supported time domains consists of:

// Provided by VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps
typedef enum VkTimeDomainKHR {
    VK_TIME_DOMAIN_DEVICE_KHR = 0,
    VK_TIME_DOMAIN_CLOCK_MONOTONIC_KHR = 1,
    VK_TIME_DOMAIN_CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW_KHR = 2,
    VK_TIME_DOMAIN_QUERY_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_KHR = 3,
} VkTimeDomainKHR;

  • VK_TIME_DOMAIN_DEVICE_KHR specifies the device time domain. Timestamp values in this time domain use the same units and are comparable with device timestamp values captured using vkCmdWriteTimestamp or vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR and are defined to be incrementing according to the timestampPeriod of the device.

  • VK_TIME_DOMAIN_CLOCK_MONOTONIC_KHR specifies the CLOCK_MONOTONIC time domain available on POSIX platforms. Timestamp values in this time domain are in units of nanoseconds and are comparable with platform timestamp values captured using the POSIX clock_gettime API as computed by this example:

Note

An implementation supporting VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps will use the same time domain for all its VkQueue so that timestamp values reported for VK_TIME_DOMAIN_DEVICE_KHR can be matched to any timestamp captured through vkCmdWriteTimestamp or vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR .

 
struct timespec tv;
clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &tv);
return tv.tv_nsec + tv.tv_sec*1000000000ull;

  • VK_TIME_DOMAIN_CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW_KHR specifies the CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW time domain available on POSIX platforms. Timestamp values in this time domain are in units of nanoseconds and are comparable with platform timestamp values captured using the POSIX clock_gettime API as computed by this example:

struct timespec tv;
clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW, &tv);
return tv.tv_nsec + tv.tv_sec*1000000000ull;

  • VK_TIME_DOMAIN_QUERY_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_KHR specifies the performance counter (QPC) time domain available on Windows. Timestamp values in this time domain are in the same units as those provided by the Windows QueryPerformanceCounter API and are comparable with platform timestamp values captured using that API as computed by this example:

LARGE_INTEGER counter;
QueryPerformanceCounter(&counter);
return counter.QuadPart;

8. Render Pass

Draw commands must be recorded within a render pass instance. Each render pass instance defines a set of image resources, referred to as attachments, used during rendering.

A render pass object represents a collection of attachments, subpasses, and dependencies between the subpasses, and describes how the attachments are used over the course of the subpasses.

Render passes are represented by VkRenderPass handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkRenderPass)

An attachment description describes the properties of an attachment including its format, sample count, and how its contents are treated at the beginning and end of each render pass instance.

A subpass represents a phase of rendering that reads and writes a subset of the attachments in a render pass. Rendering commands are recorded into a particular subpass of a render pass instance.

A subpass description describes the subset of attachments that is involved in the execution of a subpass. Each subpass can read from some attachments as input attachments, write to some as color attachments or depth/stencil attachments, and perform multisample resolve operations to resolve attachments. A subpass description can also include a set of preserve attachments, which are attachments that are not read or written by the subpass but whose contents must be preserved throughout the subpass.

A subpass uses an attachment if the attachment is a color, depth/stencil, resolve, depth/stencil resolve, fragment shading rate, or input attachment for that subpass (as determined by the pColorAttachments, pDepthStencilAttachment, pResolveAttachments, VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve::pDepthStencilResolveAttachment, VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR::pFragmentShadingRateAttachment->attachment, and pInputAttachments members of VkSubpassDescription, respectively). A subpass does not use an attachment if that attachment is preserved by the subpass. The first use of an attachment is in the lowest numbered subpass that uses that attachment. Similarly, the last use of an attachment is in the highest numbered subpass that uses that attachment.

The subpasses in a render pass all render to the same dimensions, and fragments for pixel (x,y,layer) in one subpass can only read attachment contents written by previous subpasses at that same (x,y,layer) location. For multi-pixel fragments, the pixel read from an input attachment is selected from the pixels covered by that fragment in an implementation-dependent manner. However, this selection must be made consistently for any fragment with the same shading rate for the lifetime of the VkDevice.

Note

By describing a complete set of subpasses in advance, render passes provide the implementation an opportunity to optimize the storage and transfer of attachment data between subpasses.

In practice, this means that subpasses with a simple framebuffer-space dependency may be merged into a single tiled rendering pass, keeping the attachment data on-chip for the duration of a render pass instance. However, it is also quite common for a render pass to only contain a single subpass.

Subpass dependencies describe execution and memory dependencies between subpasses.

A subpass dependency chain is a sequence of subpass dependencies in a render pass, where the source subpass of each subpass dependency (after the first) equals the destination subpass of the previous dependency.

Execution of subpasses may overlap or execute out of order with regards to other subpasses, unless otherwise enforced by an execution dependency. Each subpass only respects submission order for commands recorded in the same subpass, and the vkCmdBeginRenderPass and vkCmdEndRenderPass commands that delimit the render pass - commands within other subpasses are not included. This affects most other implicit ordering guarantees.

A render pass describes the structure of subpasses and attachments independent of any specific image views for the attachments. The specific image views that will be used for the attachments, and their dimensions, are specified in VkFramebuffer objects. Framebuffers are created with respect to a specific render pass that the framebuffer is compatible with (see Render Pass Compatibility). Collectively, a render pass and a framebuffer define the complete render target state for one or more subpasses as well as the algorithmic dependencies between the subpasses.

The various pipeline stages of the drawing commands for a given subpass may execute concurrently and/or out of order, both within and across drawing commands, whilst still respecting pipeline order. However for a given (x,y,layer,sample) sample location, certain per-sample operations are performed in rasterization order.

VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED is a constant indicating that a render pass attachment is not used.

#define VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED              (~0U)

8.1. Render Pass Creation

To create a render pass, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateRenderPass(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkRenderPassCreateInfo*               pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkRenderPass*                               pRenderPass);

  • device is the logical device that creates the render pass.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkRenderPassCreateInfo structure describing the parameters of the render pass.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pRenderPass is a pointer to a VkRenderPass handle in which the resulting render pass object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateRenderPass must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-device-10000
    device must support at least one queue family with the VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capability

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-device-05068
    The number of render passes currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of render passes requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::renderPassRequestCount specified when device was created

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-subpasses-device-05089
    The number of subpasses currently allocated from device across all VkRenderPass objects plus pCreateInfo->subpassCount must be less than or equal to the total number of subpasses requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::subpassDescriptionRequestCount specified when device was created

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-attachments-device-05089
    The number of attachments currently allocated from device across all VkRenderPass objects plus pCreateInfo->attachmentCount must be less than or equal to the total number of attachments requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::attachmentDescriptionRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkRenderPassCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-pRenderPass-parameter
    pRenderPass must be a valid pointer to a VkRenderPass handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkRenderPassCreateInfo structure is defined as:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkRenderPassCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                   sType;
    const void*                       pNext;
    VkRenderPassCreateFlags           flags;
    uint32_t                          attachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentDescription*    pAttachments;
    uint32_t                          subpassCount;
    const VkSubpassDescription*       pSubpasses;
    uint32_t                          dependencyCount;
    const VkSubpassDependency*        pDependencies;
} VkRenderPassCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • attachmentCount is the number of attachments used by this render pass.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of attachmentCount VkAttachmentDescription structures describing the attachments used by the render pass.

  • subpassCount is the number of subpasses to create.

  • pSubpasses is a pointer to an array of subpassCount VkSubpassDescription structures describing each subpass.

  • dependencyCount is the number of memory dependencies between pairs of subpasses.

  • pDependencies is a pointer to an array of dependencyCount VkSubpassDependency structures describing dependencies between pairs of subpasses.

Note

Care should be taken to avoid a data race here; if any subpasses access attachments with overlapping memory locations, and one of those accesses is a write, a subpass dependency needs to be included between them.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-attachment-00834
    If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments, pColorAttachments, pResolveAttachments or pDepthStencilAttachment, or any element of pPreserveAttachments in any element of pSubpasses is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then it must be less than attachmentCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pAttachments-00836
    For any member of pAttachments with a loadOp equal to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR, the first use of that attachment must not specify a layout equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pAttachments-02511
    For any member of pAttachments with a stencilLoadOp equal to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR, the first use of that attachment must not specify a layout equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pAttachments-01566
    For any member of pAttachments with a loadOp equal to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR, the first use of that attachment must not specify a layout equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pAttachments-01567
    For any member of pAttachments with a stencilLoadOp equal to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR, the first use of that attachment must not specify a layout equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-01926
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo structure, the subpass member of each element of its pAspectReferences member must be less than subpassCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-01927
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo structure, the inputAttachmentIndex member of each element of its pAspectReferences member must be less than the value of inputAttachmentCount in the element of pSubpasses identified by its subpass member

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-01963
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo structure, for any element of the pInputAttachments member of any element of pSubpasses where the attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the aspectMask member of the corresponding element of VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo::pAspectReferences must only include aspects that are present in images of the format specified by the element of pAttachments at attachment

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-01928
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure, and its subpassCount member is not zero, that member must be equal to the value of subpassCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-01929
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure, if its dependencyCount member is not zero, it must be equal to dependencyCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-01930
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure, for each non-zero element of pViewOffsets, the srcSubpass and dstSubpass members of pDependencies at the same index must not be equal

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-02512
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure, for any element of pDependencies with a dependencyFlags member that does not include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT, the corresponding element of the pViewOffsets member of that VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo instance must be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-02513
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure, elements of its pViewMasks member must either all be 0, or all not be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-02514
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure, and each element of its pViewMasks member is 0, the dependencyFlags member of each element of pDependencies must not include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-02515
    If the pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure, and each element of its pViewMasks member is 0, its correlationMaskCount member must be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-00837
    For any element of pDependencies, if the srcSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, all stage flags included in the srcStageMask member of that dependency must be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT or a pipeline stage supported by the pipeline identified by the pipelineBindPoint member of the source subpass

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-00838
    For any element of pDependencies, if the dstSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, all stage flags included in the dstStageMask member of that dependency must be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT or a pipeline stage supported by the pipeline identified by the pipelineBindPoint member of the destination subpass

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-06866
    For any element of pDependencies, if its srcSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, it must be less than subpassCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-06867
    For any element of pDependencies, if its dstSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, it must be less than subpassCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-subpassCount-05050
    subpassCount must be less than or equal to maxRenderPassSubpasses

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-dependencyCount-05051
    dependencyCount must be less than or equal to maxRenderPassDependencies

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-attachmentCount-05052
    attachmentCount must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferAttachments

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-None-10915
    If any subpass preserves an attachment, there must be a subpass dependency from a prior subpass which uses or preserves that attachment

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo or VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pAttachments-parameter
    If attachmentCount is not 0, pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkAttachmentDescription structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pSubpasses-parameter
    pSubpasses must be a valid pointer to an array of subpassCount valid VkSubpassDescription structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-parameter
    If dependencyCount is not 0, pDependencies must be a valid pointer to an array of dependencyCount valid VkSubpassDependency structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-subpassCount-arraylength
    subpassCount must be greater than 0

Bits which can be set in VkRenderPassCreateInfo::flags, describing additional properties of the render pass, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkRenderPassCreateFlagBits {
} VkRenderPassCreateFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.
Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkRenderPassCreateFlags;

VkRenderPassCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkRenderPassCreateFlagBits.

If the VkRenderPassCreateInfo::pNext chain includes a VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure, then that structure includes an array of view masks, view offsets, and correlation masks for the render pass.

The VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo structure is defined as:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           subpassCount;
    const uint32_t*    pViewMasks;
    uint32_t           dependencyCount;
    const int32_t*     pViewOffsets;
    uint32_t           correlationMaskCount;
    const uint32_t*    pCorrelationMasks;
} VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • subpassCount is zero or the number of subpasses in the render pass.

  • pViewMasks is a pointer to an array of subpassCount view masks, where each mask is a bitfield of view indices describing which views rendering is broadcast to in each subpass, when multiview is enabled. If subpassCount is zero, each view mask is treated as zero.

  • dependencyCount is zero or the number of dependencies in the render pass.

  • pViewOffsets is a pointer to an array of dependencyCount view offsets, one for each dependency. If dependencyCount is zero, each dependency’s view offset is treated as zero. Each view offset controls which views in the source subpass the views in the destination subpass depend on.

  • correlationMaskCount is zero or the number of correlation masks.

  • pCorrelationMasks is a pointer to an array of correlationMaskCount view masks indicating sets of views that may be more efficient to render concurrently.

When a subpass uses a non-zero view mask, multiview functionality is considered to be enabled. Multiview is all-or-nothing for a render pass - that is, either all subpasses must have a non-zero view mask (though some subpasses may have only one view) or all must be zero. Multiview causes all drawing and clear commands in the subpass to behave as if they were broadcast to each view, where a view is represented by one layer of the framebuffer attachments. All draws and clears are broadcast to each view index whose bit is set in the view mask. The view index is provided in the ViewIndex shader input variable, and color, depth/stencil, and input attachments all read/write the layer of the framebuffer corresponding to the view index.

If the view mask is zero for all subpasses, multiview is considered to be disabled and all drawing commands execute normally, without this additional broadcasting.

Some implementations may not support multiview in conjunction with geometry shaders or tessellation shaders.

When multiview is enabled, the VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT bit in a dependency can be used to express a view-local dependency, meaning that each view in the destination subpass depends on a single view in the source subpass. Unlike pipeline barriers, a subpass dependency can potentially have a different view mask in the source subpass and the destination subpass. If the dependency is view-local, then each view (dstView) in the destination subpass depends on the view dstView + pViewOffsets[dependency] in the source subpass. If there is not such a view in the source subpass, then this dependency does not affect that view in the destination subpass. If the dependency is not view-local, then all views in the destination subpass depend on all views in the source subpass, and the view offset is ignored. A non-zero view offset is not allowed in a self-dependency.

The elements of pCorrelationMasks are a set of masks of views indicating that views in the same mask may exhibit spatial coherency between the views, making it more efficient to render them concurrently. Correlation masks must not have a functional effect on the results of the multiview rendering.

When multiview is enabled, at the beginning of each subpass all non-render pass state is undefined. In particular, each time vkCmdBeginRenderPass or vkCmdNextSubpass is called the graphics pipeline must be bound, any relevant descriptor sets or vertex/index buffers must be bound, and any relevant dynamic state or push constants must be set before they are used.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo-pCorrelationMasks-00841
    Each view index must not be set in more than one element of pCorrelationMasks

  • VUID-VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo-multiview-06555
    If the multiview feature is not enabled, each element of pViewMasks must be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo-pViewMasks-06697
    The index of the most significant bit in each element of pViewMasks must be less than maxMultiviewViewCount

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_MULTIVIEW_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo-pViewMasks-parameter
    If subpassCount is not 0, pViewMasks must be a valid pointer to an array of subpassCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo-pViewOffsets-parameter
    If dependencyCount is not 0, pViewOffsets must be a valid pointer to an array of dependencyCount int32_t values

  • VUID-VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo-pCorrelationMasks-parameter
    If correlationMaskCount is not 0, pCorrelationMasks must be a valid pointer to an array of correlationMaskCount uint32_t values

The VkAttachmentDescription structure is defined as:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkAttachmentDescription {
    VkAttachmentDescriptionFlags    flags;
    VkFormat                        format;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits           samples;
    VkAttachmentLoadOp              loadOp;
    VkAttachmentStoreOp             storeOp;
    VkAttachmentLoadOp              stencilLoadOp;
    VkAttachmentStoreOp             stencilStoreOp;
    VkImageLayout                   initialLayout;
    VkImageLayout                   finalLayout;
} VkAttachmentDescription;

  • flags is a bitmask of VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits specifying additional properties of the attachment.

  • format is a VkFormat value specifying the format of the image view that will be used for the attachment.

  • samples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of samples of the image.

  • loadOp is a VkAttachmentLoadOp value specifying how the contents of color and depth components of the attachment are treated at the beginning of the subpass where it is first used.

  • storeOp is a VkAttachmentStoreOp value specifying how the contents of color and depth components of the attachment are treated at the end of the subpass where it is last used.

  • stencilLoadOp is a VkAttachmentLoadOp value specifying how the contents of stencil components of the attachment are treated at the beginning of the subpass where it is first used.

  • stencilStoreOp is a VkAttachmentStoreOp value specifying how the contents of stencil components of the attachment are treated at the end of the last subpass where it is used.

  • initialLayout is the layout the attachment image subresource will be in when a render pass instance begins.

  • finalLayout is the layout the attachment image subresource will be transitioned to when a render pass instance ends.

If the attachment uses a color format, then loadOp and storeOp are used, and stencilLoadOp and stencilStoreOp are ignored. If the format has depth and/or stencil components, loadOp and storeOp apply only to the depth data, while stencilLoadOp and stencilStoreOp define how the stencil data is handled. loadOp and stencilLoadOp define the load operations for the attachment. storeOp and stencilStoreOp define the store operations for the attachment. If an attachment is not used by any subpass, loadOp, storeOp, stencilStoreOp, and stencilLoadOp will be ignored for that attachment, and no load or store ops will be performed. However, any transition specified by initialLayout and finalLayout will still be executed.

If flags includes VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT, then the attachment is treated as if it shares physical memory with another attachment in the same render pass. This information limits the ability of the implementation to reorder certain operations (like layout transitions and the loadOp) such that it is not improperly reordered against other uses of the same physical memory via a different attachment. This is described in more detail below.

If a render pass uses multiple attachments that alias the same device memory, those attachments must each include the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT bit in their attachment description flags. Attachments aliasing the same memory occurs in multiple ways:

  • Multiple attachments being assigned the same image view as part of framebuffer creation.

  • Attachments using distinct image views that correspond to the same image subresource of an image.

  • Attachments using views of distinct image subresources which are bound to overlapping memory ranges.

Note

Render passes must include subpass dependencies (either directly or via a subpass dependency chain) between any two subpasses that operate on the same attachment or aliasing attachments and those subpass dependencies must include execution and memory dependencies separating uses of the aliases, if at least one of those subpasses writes to one of the aliases. These dependencies must not include the VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT if the aliases are views of distinct image subresources which overlap in memory.

Multiple attachments that alias the same memory must not be used in a single subpass. A given attachment index must not be used multiple times in a single subpass, with one exception: two subpass attachments can use the same attachment index if at least one use is as an input attachment and neither use is as a resolve or preserve attachment. In other words, the same view can be used simultaneously as an input and color or depth/stencil attachment, but must not be used as multiple color or depth/stencil attachments nor as resolve or preserve attachments.

If a set of attachments alias each other, then all except the first to be used in the render pass must use an initialLayout of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, since the earlier uses of the other aliases make their contents undefined. Once an alias has been used and a different alias has been used after it, the first alias must not be used in any later subpasses. However, an application can assign the same image view to multiple aliasing attachment indices, which allows that image view to be used multiple times even if other aliases are used in between.

Note

Once an attachment needs the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT bit, there should be no additional cost of introducing additional aliases, and using these additional aliases may allow more efficient clearing of the attachments on multiple uses via VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06699
    If format includes a color or depth component and loadOp is VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD, then initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-finalLayout-00843
    finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03280
    If format is a color format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03281
    If format is a depth/stencil format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03282
    If format is a color format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03283
    If format is a depth/stencil format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06487
    If format is a color format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06488
    If format is a color format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-separateDepthStencilLayouts-03284
    If the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is not enabled, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL,

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-separateDepthStencilLayouts-03285
    If the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is not enabled, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL,

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03286
    If format is a color format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03287
    If format is a color format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06906
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06907
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03290
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes only the depth component, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03291
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes only the depth component, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-synchronization2-06908
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-synchronization2-06909
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-samples-08745
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in imageCreateSampleCounts (as defined in Image Creation Limits) for the given format

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06698
    format must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06700
    If format includes a stencil component and stencilLoadOp is VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD, then initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03292
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes only the stencil component, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03293
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes only the stencil component, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06242
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06243
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-samples-parameter
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-loadOp-parameter
    loadOp must be a valid VkAttachmentLoadOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-storeOp-parameter
    storeOp must be a valid VkAttachmentStoreOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-stencilLoadOp-parameter
    stencilLoadOp must be a valid VkAttachmentLoadOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-stencilStoreOp-parameter
    stencilStoreOp must be a valid VkAttachmentStoreOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-initialLayout-parameter
    initialLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-finalLayout-parameter
    finalLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

Bits which can be set in VkAttachmentDescription::flags, describing additional properties of the attachment, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits {
    VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits;

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT specifies that the attachment aliases the same device memory as other attachments.

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkAttachmentDescriptionFlags;

VkAttachmentDescriptionFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits.

The VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo structure is defined as:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                            sType;
    const void*                                pNext;
    uint32_t                                   aspectReferenceCount;
    const VkInputAttachmentAspectReference*    pAspectReferences;
} VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • aspectReferenceCount is the number of elements in the pAspectReferences array.

  • pAspectReferences is a pointer to an array of aspectReferenceCount VkInputAttachmentAspectReference structures containing a mask describing which aspect(s) can be accessed for a given input attachment within a given subpass.

To specify which aspects of an input attachment can be read, add a VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkRenderPassCreateInfo structure:

An application can access any aspect of an input attachment that does not have a specified aspect mask in the pAspectReferences array. Otherwise, an application must not access aspect(s) of an input attachment other than those in its specified aspect mask.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_ASPECT_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo-pAspectReferences-parameter
    pAspectReferences must be a valid pointer to an array of aspectReferenceCount valid VkInputAttachmentAspectReference structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassInputAttachmentAspectCreateInfo-aspectReferenceCount-arraylength
    aspectReferenceCount must be greater than 0

The VkInputAttachmentAspectReference structure is defined as:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkInputAttachmentAspectReference {
    uint32_t              subpass;
    uint32_t              inputAttachmentIndex;
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
} VkInputAttachmentAspectReference;

  • subpass is an index into the pSubpasses array of the parent VkRenderPassCreateInfo structure.

  • inputAttachmentIndex is an index into the pInputAttachments of the specified subpass.

  • aspectMask is a mask of which aspect(s) can be accessed within the specified subpass.

This structure specifies an aspect mask for a specific input attachment of a specific subpass in the render pass.

subpass and inputAttachmentIndex index into the render pass as:

pCreateInfo->pSubpasses[subpass].pInputAttachments[inputAttachmentIndex]
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkInputAttachmentAspectReference-aspectMask-01964
    aspectMask must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT

  • VUID-VkInputAttachmentAspectReference-aspectMask-02250
    aspectMask must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT for any index i

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkInputAttachmentAspectReference-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkInputAttachmentAspectReference-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

The VkSubpassDescription structure is defined as:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSubpassDescription {
    VkSubpassDescriptionFlags       flags;
    VkPipelineBindPoint             pipelineBindPoint;
    uint32_t                        inputAttachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentReference*    pInputAttachments;
    uint32_t                        colorAttachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentReference*    pColorAttachments;
    const VkAttachmentReference*    pResolveAttachments;
    const VkAttachmentReference*    pDepthStencilAttachment;
    uint32_t                        preserveAttachmentCount;
    const uint32_t*                 pPreserveAttachments;
} VkSubpassDescription;

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits specifying usage of the subpass.

  • pipelineBindPoint is a VkPipelineBindPoint value specifying the pipeline type supported for this subpass.

  • inputAttachmentCount is the number of input attachments.

  • pInputAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkAttachmentReference structures defining the input attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • colorAttachmentCount is the number of color attachments.

  • pColorAttachments is a pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount VkAttachmentReference structures defining the color attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • pResolveAttachments is NULL or a pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount VkAttachmentReference structures defining the resolve attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • pDepthStencilAttachment is a pointer to a VkAttachmentReference structure specifying the depth/stencil attachment for this subpass and its layout.

  • preserveAttachmentCount is the number of preserved attachments.

  • pPreserveAttachments is a pointer to an array of preserveAttachmentCount render pass attachment indices identifying attachments that are not used by this subpass, but whose contents must be preserved throughout the subpass.

Each element of the pInputAttachments array corresponds to an input attachment index in a fragment shader, i.e. if a shader declares an image variable decorated with a InputAttachmentIndex value of X, then it uses the attachment provided in pInputAttachments[X]. Input attachments must also be bound to the pipeline in a descriptor set. If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the application must not read from the corresponding input attachment index. Fragment shaders can use subpass input variables to access the contents of an input attachment at the fragment’s (xf,yf) framebuffer coordinates and layer.

Each element of the pColorAttachments array corresponds to an output location in the shader, i.e. if the shader declares an output variable decorated with a Location value of X, then it uses the attachment provided in pColorAttachments[X]. If the attachment member of any element of pColorAttachments is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, or if Color Write Enable has been disabled for the corresponding attachment index, then writes to the corresponding location by a fragment shader are discarded.

If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, each of its elements corresponds to a color attachment (the element in pColorAttachments at the same index), and a multisample resolve operation is defined for each attachment unless the resolve attachment index is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED.

Similarly, if VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve::pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, it corresponds to the depth/stencil attachment in pDepthStencilAttachment, and multisample resolve operation for depth and stencil are defined by VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve::depthResolveMode and VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve::stencilResolveMode, respectively. If VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve::depthResolveMode is VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE or the pDepthStencilResolveAttachment does not have a depth aspect, no resolve operation is performed for the depth attachment. If VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve::stencilResolveMode is VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE or the pDepthStencilResolveAttachment does not have a stencil aspect, no resolve operation is performed for the stencil attachment.

If the image subresource range referenced by the depth/stencil attachment is created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT, then the multisample resolve operation uses the sample locations state specified in the sampleLocationsInfo member of the element of the VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT::pPostSubpassSampleLocations for the subpass.

If pDepthStencilAttachment is NULL, or if its attachment index is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, it indicates that no depth/stencil attachment will be used in the subpass.

The contents of an attachment within the render area become undefined at the start of a subpass S if all of the following conditions are true:

  • The attachment is used as a color, depth/stencil, or resolve attachment in any subpass in the render pass.

  • There is a subpass S1 that uses or preserves the attachment, and a subpass dependency from S1 to S.

  • The attachment is not used or preserved in subpass S.

For color attachments, this operation will be performed in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage, with any image accesses performed via VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, and VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For depth/stencil attachments, this operation may be performed in either the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stage, with any image accesses performed via VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, and VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

Once the contents of an attachment become undefined in subpass S, they remain undefined for subpasses in subpass dependency chains starting with subpass S until they are written again. However, they remain valid for subpasses in other subpass dependency chains starting with subpass S1 if all subpasses in each chain use or preserve the attachment.

Note

If a subpass has multiple dependency chains where some of the chains preserve the attachment, and others do not, the contents of the attachment are undefined for that subpass.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06912
    If the attachment member of an element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06913
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06914
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06915
    If the attachment member of pDepthStencilAttachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06916
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06917
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06918
    If the attachment member of an element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06919
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06920
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06921
    If the attachment member of an element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06922
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06923
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pipelineBindPoint-04952
    pipelineBindPoint must be VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-colorAttachmentCount-00845
    colorAttachmentCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxColorAttachments

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-loadOp-00846
    If the first use of an attachment in this render pass is as an input attachment, and the attachment is not also used as a color or depth/stencil attachment in the same subpass, then loadOp must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-00847
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, for each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the corresponding color attachment must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-00848
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, for each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the corresponding color attachment must not have a sample count of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-00849
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have a sample count of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-00850
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have the same VkFormat as its corresponding color attachment

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pColorAttachments-09430
    All attachments in pColorAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have the same sample count

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pInputAttachments-02647
    All attachments in pInputAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have image formats whose potential format features contain at least VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pColorAttachments-02648
    All attachments in pColorAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have image formats whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-02649
    All attachments in pResolveAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have image formats whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pDepthStencilAttachment-02650
    If pDepthStencilAttachment is not NULL and the attachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED then it must have an image format whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pDepthStencilAttachment-01418
    If pDepthStencilAttachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED and any attachments in pColorAttachments are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, they must have the same sample count

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-00853
    Each element of pPreserveAttachments must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pPreserveAttachments-00854
    Each element of pPreserveAttachments must not also be an element of any other member of the subpass description

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-layout-02519
    If any attachment is used by more than one VkAttachmentReference member, then each use must use the same layout

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pDepthStencilAttachment-04438
    pDepthStencilAttachment and pColorAttachments must not contain references to the same attachment

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-inputAttachmentCount-05053
    inputAttachmentCount must be less than or equal to maxSubpassInputAttachments

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-preserveAttachmentCount-05054
    preserveAttachmentCount must be less than or equal to maxSubpassPreserveAttachments

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pipelineBindPoint-parameter
    pipelineBindPoint must be a valid VkPipelineBindPoint value

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pInputAttachments-parameter
    If inputAttachmentCount is not 0, pInputAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of inputAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pColorAttachments-parameter
    If colorAttachmentCount is not 0, pColorAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-parameter
    If colorAttachmentCount is not 0, and pResolveAttachments is not NULL, pResolveAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pDepthStencilAttachment-parameter
    If pDepthStencilAttachment is not NULL, pDepthStencilAttachment must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAttachmentReference structure

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pPreserveAttachments-parameter
    If preserveAttachmentCount is not 0, pPreserveAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of preserveAttachmentCount uint32_t values

Bits which can be set in VkSubpassDescription::flags, specifying usage of the subpass, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits {
} VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.
Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSubpassDescriptionFlags;

VkSubpassDescriptionFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits.

The VkAttachmentReference structure is defined as:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkAttachmentReference {
    uint32_t         attachment;
    VkImageLayout    layout;
} VkAttachmentReference;

  • attachment is either an integer value identifying an attachment at the corresponding index in VkRenderPassCreateInfo::pAttachments, or VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED to signify that this attachment is not used.

  • layout is a VkImageLayout value specifying the layout the attachment uses during the subpass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference-layout-03077
    If attachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, layout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference-separateDepthStencilLayouts-03313
    If the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is not enabled, and attachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, layout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL,

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference-synchronization2-06910
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, layout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL is a special subpass index value expanding synchronization scope outside a subpass. It is described in more detail by VkSubpassDependency.

#define VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL               (~0U)

The VkSubpassDependency structure is defined as:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSubpassDependency {
    uint32_t                srcSubpass;
    uint32_t                dstSubpass;
    VkPipelineStageFlags    srcStageMask;
    VkPipelineStageFlags    dstStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags           srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags           dstAccessMask;
    VkDependencyFlags       dependencyFlags;
} VkSubpassDependency;

If srcSubpass is equal to dstSubpass then the VkSubpassDependency does not directly define a dependency. Instead, it enables pipeline barriers to be used in a render pass instance within the identified subpass, where the scopes of one pipeline barrier must be a subset of those described by one subpass dependency. Subpass dependencies specified in this way that include framebuffer-space stages in the srcStageMask must only include framebuffer-space stages in dstStageMask, and must include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT. When a subpass dependency is specified in this way for a subpass that has more than one view in its view mask, its dependencyFlags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT.

If srcSubpass and dstSubpass are not equal, when a render pass instance which includes a subpass dependency is submitted to a queue, it defines a dependency between the subpasses identified by srcSubpass and dstSubpass.

If srcSubpass is equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, the first synchronization scope includes commands that occur earlier in submission order than the vkCmdBeginRenderPass used to begin the render pass instance. Otherwise, the first set of commands includes all commands submitted as part of the subpass instance identified by srcSubpass and any load, store, or multisample resolve operations on attachments used in srcSubpass. In either case, the first synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask.

If dstSubpass is equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, the second synchronization scope includes commands that occur later in submission order than the vkCmdEndRenderPass used to end the render pass instance. Otherwise, the second set of commands includes all commands submitted as part of the subpass instance identified by dstSubpass and any load, store, and multisample resolve operations on attachments used in dstSubpass. In either case, the second synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask.

The first access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask. It is also limited to access types in the source access mask specified by srcAccessMask.

The second access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask. It is also limited to access types in the destination access mask specified by dstAccessMask.

The availability and visibility operations defined by a subpass dependency affect the execution of image layout transitions within the render pass.

Note

For non-attachment resources, the memory dependency expressed by subpass dependency is nearly identical to that of a VkMemoryBarrier (with matching srcAccessMask and dstAccessMask parameters) submitted as a part of a vkCmdPipelineBarrier (with matching srcStageMask and dstStageMask parameters). The only difference being that its scopes are limited to the identified subpasses rather than potentially affecting everything before and after.

For attachments however, subpass dependencies work more like a VkImageMemoryBarrier defined similarly to the VkMemoryBarrier above, the queue family indices set to VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED, and layouts as follows:

  • The equivalent to oldLayout is the attachment’s layout according to the subpass description for srcSubpass.

  • The equivalent to newLayout is the attachment’s layout according to the subpass description for dstSubpass.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-00864
    srcSubpass must be less than or equal to dstSubpass, unless one of them is VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, to avoid cyclic dependencies and ensure a valid execution order

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-00865
    srcSubpass and dstSubpass must not both be equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-06809
    If srcSubpass is equal to dstSubpass and srcStageMask includes a framebuffer-space stage, dstStageMask must only contain framebuffer-space stages

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcAccessMask-00868
    Any access flag included in srcAccessMask must be supported by one of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstAccessMask-00869
    Any access flag included in dstAccessMask must be supported by one of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-02243
    If srcSubpass equals dstSubpass, and srcStageMask and dstStageMask both include a framebuffer-space stage, then dependencyFlags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dependencyFlags-02520
    If dependencyFlags includes VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT, srcSubpass must not be equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dependencyFlags-02521
    If dependencyFlags includes VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT, dstSubpass must not be equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-00872
    If srcSubpass equals dstSubpass and that subpass has more than one bit set in the view mask, then dependencyFlags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcAccessMask-parameter
    srcAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstAccessMask-parameter
    dstAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dependencyFlags-parameter
    dependencyFlags must be a valid combination of VkDependencyFlagBits values

When multiview is enabled, the execution of the multiple views of one subpass may not occur simultaneously or even back-to-back, and rather may be interleaved with the execution of other subpasses. The load and store operations apply to attachments on a per-view basis. For example, an attachment using VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR will have each view cleared on first use, but the first use of one view may be temporally distant from the first use of another view.

Note

A good mental model for multiview is to think of a multiview subpass as if it were a collection of individual (per-view) subpasses that are logically grouped together and described as a single multiview subpass in the API. Similarly, a multiview attachment can be thought of like several individual attachments that happen to be layers in a single image. A view-local dependency between two multiview subpasses acts like a set of one-to-one dependencies between corresponding pairs of per-view subpasses. A view-global dependency between two multiview subpasses acts like a set of N × M dependencies between all pairs of per-view subpasses in the source and destination. Thus, it is a more compact representation which also makes clear the commonality and reuse that is present between views in a subpass. This interpretation motivates the answers to questions like “when does the load op apply” - it is on the first use of each view of an attachment, as if each view was a separate attachment.

The content of each view follows the description in attachment content behavior. In particular, if an attachment is preserved, all views within the attachment are preserved.

If there is no subpass dependency from VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL to the first subpass that uses an attachment, then an implicit subpass dependency exists from VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL to the first subpass it is used in. The implicit subpass dependency only exists if there exists an automatic layout transition away from initialLayout. The subpass dependency operates as if defined with the following parameters:

VkSubpassDependency implicitDependency = {
    .srcSubpass = VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL,
    .dstSubpass = firstSubpass, // First subpass attachment is used in
    .srcStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE,
    .dstStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT,
    .srcAccessMask = 0,
    .dstAccessMask = VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT,
    .dependencyFlags = 0
};

Similarly, if there is no subpass dependency from the last subpass that uses an attachment to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, then an implicit subpass dependency exists from the last subpass it is used in to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL. The implicit subpass dependency only exists if there exists an automatic layout transition into finalLayout. The subpass dependency operates as if defined with the following parameters:

VkSubpassDependency implicitDependency = {
    .srcSubpass = lastSubpass, // Last subpass attachment is used in
    .dstSubpass = VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL,
    .srcStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT,
    .dstStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE,
    .srcAccessMask = VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT,
    .dstAccessMask = 0,
    .dependencyFlags = 0
};

As subpasses may overlap or execute out of order with regards to other subpasses unless a subpass dependency chain describes otherwise, the layout transitions required between subpasses cannot be known to an application. Instead, an application provides the layout that each attachment must be in at the start and end of a render pass, and the layout it must be in during each subpass it is used in. The implementation then must execute layout transitions between subpasses in order to guarantee that the images are in the layouts required by each subpass, and in the final layout at the end of the render pass.

Automatic layout transitions apply to the entire image subresource attached to the framebuffer. If multiview is not enabled and the attachment is a view of a 1D or 2D image, the automatic layout transitions apply to the number of layers specified by VkFramebufferCreateInfo::layers. If multiview is enabled and the attachment is a view of a 1D or 2D image, the automatic layout transitions apply to the layers corresponding to views which are used by some subpass in the render pass, even if that subpass does not reference the given attachment. If the attachment view is a 2D or 2D array view of a 3D image, even if the attachment view only refers to a subset of the slices of the selected mip level of the 3D image, automatic layout transitions apply to the entire subresource referenced which is the entire mip level in this case.

Automatic layout transitions away from the layout used in a subpass happen-after the availability operations for all dependencies with that subpass as the srcSubpass.

Automatic layout transitions into the layout used in a subpass happen-before the visibility operations for all dependencies with that subpass as the dstSubpass.

Automatic layout transitions away from initialLayout happen-after the availability operations for all dependencies with a srcSubpass equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, where dstSubpass uses the attachment that will be transitioned. For attachments created with VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT, automatic layout transitions away from initialLayout happen-after the availability operations for all dependencies with a srcSubpass equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, where dstSubpass uses any aliased attachment.

Automatic layout transitions into finalLayout happen-before the visibility operations for all dependencies with a dstSubpass equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, where srcSubpass uses the attachment that will be transitioned. For attachments created with VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT, automatic layout transitions into finalLayout happen-before the visibility operations for all dependencies with a dstSubpass equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, where srcSubpass uses any aliased attachment.

The image layout of the depth aspect of a depth/stencil attachment referring to an image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT is dependent on the last sample locations used to render to the attachment, thus automatic layout transitions use the sample locations state specified in VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT.

Automatic layout transitions of an attachment referring to a depth/stencil image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT use the sample locations the image subresource range referenced by the attachment was last rendered with. If the current render pass does not use the attachment as a depth/stencil attachment in any subpass that happens-before, the automatic layout transition uses the sample locations state specified in the sampleLocationsInfo member of the element of the VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT::pAttachmentInitialSampleLocations array for which the attachmentIndex member equals the attachment index of the attachment, if one is specified. Otherwise, the automatic layout transition uses the sample locations state specified in the sampleLocationsInfo member of the element of the VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT::pPostSubpassSampleLocations array for which the subpassIndex member equals the index of the subpass that last used the attachment as a depth/stencil attachment, if one is specified.

If no sample locations state has been specified for an automatic layout transition performed on an attachment referring to a depth/stencil image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT the contents of the depth aspect of the depth/stencil attachment become undefined as if the layout of the attachment was transitioned from the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED layout.

If two subpasses use the same attachment, and both subpasses use the attachment in a read-only layout, no subpass dependency needs to be specified between those subpasses. If an implementation treats those layouts separately, it must insert an implicit subpass dependency between those subpasses to separate the uses in each layout. The subpass dependency operates as if defined with the following parameters:

// Used for input attachments
VkPipelineStageFlags inputAttachmentStages = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT;
VkAccessFlags inputAttachmentDstAccess = VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT;

// Used for depth/stencil attachments
VkPipelineStageFlags depthStencilAttachmentStages = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT | VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT;
VkAccessFlags depthStencilAttachmentDstAccess = VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT;

VkSubpassDependency implicitDependency = {
    .srcSubpass = firstSubpass;
    .dstSubpass = secondSubpass;
    .srcStageMask = inputAttachmentStages | depthStencilAttachmentStages;
    .dstStageMask = inputAttachmentStages | depthStencilAttachmentStages;
    .srcAccessMask = 0;
    .dstAccessMask = inputAttachmentDstAccess | depthStencilAttachmentDstAccess;
    .dependencyFlags = 0;
};

A more extensible version of render pass creation is also defined below.

To create a render pass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
VkResult vkCreateRenderPass2(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkRenderPassCreateInfo2*              pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkRenderPass*                               pRenderPass);

  • device is the logical device that creates the render pass.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkRenderPassCreateInfo2 structure describing the parameters of the render pass.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pRenderPass is a pointer to a VkRenderPass handle in which the resulting render pass object is returned.

This command is functionally identical to vkCreateRenderPass, but includes extensible sub-structures that include sType and pNext parameters, allowing them to be more easily extended.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateRenderPass2 must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass2-device-10001
    device must support at least one queue family with the VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capability

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass2-device-05068
    The number of render passes currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of render passes requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::renderPassRequestCount specified when device was created

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass2-subpasses-device-05089
    The number of subpasses currently allocated from device across all VkRenderPass objects plus pCreateInfo->subpassCount must be less than or equal to the total number of subpasses requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::subpassDescriptionRequestCount specified when device was created

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass2-attachments-device-05089
    The number of attachments currently allocated from device across all VkRenderPass objects plus pCreateInfo->attachmentCount must be less than or equal to the total number of attachments requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::attachmentDescriptionRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass2-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass2-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkRenderPassCreateInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass2-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass2-pRenderPass-parameter
    pRenderPass must be a valid pointer to a VkRenderPass handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkRenderPassCreateInfo2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkRenderPassCreateInfo2 {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkRenderPassCreateFlags            flags;
    uint32_t                           attachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentDescription2*    pAttachments;
    uint32_t                           subpassCount;
    const VkSubpassDescription2*       pSubpasses;
    uint32_t                           dependencyCount;
    const VkSubpassDependency2*        pDependencies;
    uint32_t                           correlatedViewMaskCount;
    const uint32_t*                    pCorrelatedViewMasks;
} VkRenderPassCreateInfo2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • attachmentCount is the number of attachments used by this render pass.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of attachmentCount VkAttachmentDescription2 structures describing the attachments used by the render pass.

  • subpassCount is the number of subpasses to create.

  • pSubpasses is a pointer to an array of subpassCount VkSubpassDescription2 structures describing each subpass.

  • dependencyCount is the number of dependencies between pairs of subpasses.

  • pDependencies is a pointer to an array of dependencyCount VkSubpassDependency2 structures describing dependencies between pairs of subpasses.

  • correlatedViewMaskCount is the number of correlation masks.

  • pCorrelatedViewMasks is a pointer to an array of view masks indicating sets of views that may be more efficient to render concurrently.

Parameters defined by this structure with the same name as those in VkRenderPassCreateInfo have the identical effect to those parameters; the child structures are variants of those used in VkRenderPassCreateInfo which add sType and pNext parameters, allowing them to be extended.

If the VkSubpassDescription2::viewMask member of any element of pSubpasses is not zero, multiview functionality is considered to be enabled for this render pass.

correlatedViewMaskCount and pCorrelatedViewMasks have the same effect as VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo::correlationMaskCount and VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo::pCorrelationMasks, respectively.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-None-03049
    If any two subpasses operate on attachments with overlapping ranges of the same VkDeviceMemory object, and at least one subpass writes to that area of VkDeviceMemory, a subpass dependency must be included (either directly or via some intermediate subpasses) between them

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-attachment-03050
    If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments, pColorAttachments, pResolveAttachments or pDepthStencilAttachment, or the attachment indexed by any element of pPreserveAttachments in any element of pSubpasses is bound to a range of a VkDeviceMemory object that overlaps with any other attachment in any subpass (including the same subpass), the VkAttachmentDescription2 structures describing them must include VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT in flags

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-attachment-03051
    If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments, pColorAttachments, pResolveAttachments or pDepthStencilAttachment, or any element of pPreserveAttachments in any element of pSubpasses is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then it must be less than attachmentCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pSubpasses-06473
    If the pSubpasses pNext chain includes a VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve structure and the pDepthStencilResolveAttachment member is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then attachment must be less than attachmentCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pAttachments-02522
    For any member of pAttachments with a loadOp equal to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR, the first use of that attachment must not specify a layout equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pAttachments-02523
    For any member of pAttachments with a stencilLoadOp equal to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR, the first use of that attachment must not specify a layout equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pDependencies-03054
    For any element of pDependencies, if the srcSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, all stage flags included in the srcStageMask member of that dependency must be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT or a pipeline stage supported by the pipeline identified by the pipelineBindPoint member of the source subpass

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pDependencies-03055
    For any element of pDependencies, if the dstSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, all stage flags included in the dstStageMask member of that dependency must be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT or a pipeline stage supported by the pipeline identified by the pipelineBindPoint member of the destination subpass

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pCorrelatedViewMasks-03056
    The set of bits included in any element of pCorrelatedViewMasks must not overlap with the set of bits included in any other element of pCorrelatedViewMasks

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-viewMask-03057
    If the VkSubpassDescription2::viewMask member of all elements of pSubpasses is 0, correlatedViewMaskCount must be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-viewMask-03058
    The VkSubpassDescription2::viewMask member of all elements of pSubpasses must either all be 0, or all not be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-viewMask-03059
    If the VkSubpassDescription2::viewMask member of all elements of pSubpasses is 0, the dependencyFlags member of any element of pDependencies must not include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pDependencies-03060
    For any element of pDependencies where its srcSubpass member equals its dstSubpass member, if the viewMask member of the corresponding element of pSubpasses includes more than one bit, its dependencyFlags member must include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-attachment-02525
    If the attachment member of any element of the pInputAttachments member of any element of pSubpasses is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the aspectMask member of that element of pInputAttachments must only include aspects that are present in images of the format specified by the element of pAttachments specified by attachment

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-srcSubpass-02526
    The srcSubpass member of each element of pDependencies must be less than subpassCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-dstSubpass-02527
    The dstSubpass member of each element of pDependencies must be less than subpassCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pAttachments-04585
    If any element of pAttachments is used as a fragment shading rate attachment in any subpass, it must not be used as any other attachment in the render pass

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pAttachments-09387
    If any element of pAttachments is used as a fragment shading rate attachment, the loadOp for that attachment must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pAttachments-04586
    If any element of pAttachments is used as a fragment shading rate attachment in any subpass, it must have an image format whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-subpassCount-05055
    subpassCount must be less than or equal to maxRenderPassSubpasses

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-dependencyCount-05056
    dependencyCount must be less than or equal to maxRenderPassDependencies

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-attachmentCount-05057
    attachmentCount must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferAttachments

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-attachment-06244
    If the attachment member of the pDepthStencilAttachment member of an element of pSubpasses is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the layout member of that same structure is either VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, and the pNext chain of that structure does not include a VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout structure, then the element of pAttachments with an index equal to attachment must not have a format that includes both depth and stencil components

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-attachment-06245
    If the attachment member of the pDepthStencilAttachment member of an element of pSubpasses is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED and the layout member of that same structure is either VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, then the element of pAttachments with an index equal to attachment must have a format that includes only a stencil component

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-attachment-06246
    If the attachment member of the pDepthStencilAttachment member of an element of pSubpasses is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED and the layout member of that same structure is either VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, then the element of pAttachments with an index equal to attachment must not have a format that includes only a stencil component

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-None-10916
    If any subpass preserves an attachment, there must be a subpass dependency from a prior subpass which uses or preserves that attachment

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_CREATE_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pAttachments-parameter
    If attachmentCount is not 0, pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkAttachmentDescription2 structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pSubpasses-parameter
    pSubpasses must be a valid pointer to an array of subpassCount valid VkSubpassDescription2 structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pDependencies-parameter
    If dependencyCount is not 0, pDependencies must be a valid pointer to an array of dependencyCount valid VkSubpassDependency2 structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-pCorrelatedViewMasks-parameter
    If correlatedViewMaskCount is not 0, pCorrelatedViewMasks must be a valid pointer to an array of correlatedViewMaskCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo2-subpassCount-arraylength
    subpassCount must be greater than 0

The VkAttachmentDescription2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkAttachmentDescription2 {
    VkStructureType                 sType;
    const void*                     pNext;
    VkAttachmentDescriptionFlags    flags;
    VkFormat                        format;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits           samples;
    VkAttachmentLoadOp              loadOp;
    VkAttachmentStoreOp             storeOp;
    VkAttachmentLoadOp              stencilLoadOp;
    VkAttachmentStoreOp             stencilStoreOp;
    VkImageLayout                   initialLayout;
    VkImageLayout                   finalLayout;
} VkAttachmentDescription2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits specifying additional properties of the attachment.

  • format is a VkFormat value specifying the format of the image that will be used for the attachment.

  • samples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of samples of the image.

  • loadOp is a VkAttachmentLoadOp value specifying how the contents of color and depth components of the attachment are treated at the beginning of the subpass where it is first used.

  • storeOp is a VkAttachmentStoreOp value specifying how the contents of color and depth components of the attachment are treated at the end of the subpass where it is last used.

  • stencilLoadOp is a VkAttachmentLoadOp value specifying how the contents of stencil components of the attachment are treated at the beginning of the subpass where it is first used.

  • stencilStoreOp is a VkAttachmentStoreOp value specifying how the contents of stencil components of the attachment are treated at the end of the last subpass where it is used.

  • initialLayout is the layout the attachment image subresource will be in when a render pass instance begins.

  • finalLayout is the layout the attachment image subresource will be transitioned to when a render pass instance ends.

Parameters defined by this structure with the same name as those in VkAttachmentDescription have the identical effect to those parameters.

If the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is enabled, and format is a depth/stencil format, initialLayout and finalLayout can be set to a layout that only specifies the layout of the depth aspect.

If the pNext chain includes a VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure, then the stencilInitialLayout and stencilFinalLayout members specify the initial and final layouts of the stencil aspect of a depth/stencil format, and initialLayout and finalLayout only apply to the depth aspect. For depth-only formats, the VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure is ignored. For stencil-only formats, the initial and final layouts of the stencil aspect are taken from the VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure if present, or initialLayout and finalLayout if not present.

If format is a depth/stencil format, and either initialLayout or finalLayout does not specify a layout for the stencil aspect, then the application must specify the initial and final layouts of the stencil aspect by including a VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure in the pNext chain.

loadOp and storeOp are ignored for fragment shading rate attachments. No access to the shading rate attachment is performed in loadOp and storeOp. Instead, access to VK_ACCESS_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR is performed as fragments are rasterized.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06699
    If format includes a color or depth component and loadOp is VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD, then initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-finalLayout-00843
    finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-03280
    If format is a color format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-03281
    If format is a depth/stencil format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-03282
    If format is a color format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-03283
    If format is a depth/stencil format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06487
    If format is a color format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06488
    If format is a color format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-separateDepthStencilLayouts-03284
    If the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is not enabled, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL,

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-separateDepthStencilLayouts-03285
    If the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is not enabled, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL,

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-03286
    If format is a color format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-03287
    If format is a color format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06906
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06907
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-03290
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes only the depth component, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-03291
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes only the depth component, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-synchronization2-06908
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-synchronization2-06909
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-samples-08745
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in imageCreateSampleCounts (as defined in Image Creation Limits) for the given format

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-pNext-06704
    If the pNext chain does not include a VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure, format includes a stencil component, and stencilLoadOp is VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD, then initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-pNext-06705
    If the pNext chain includes a VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure, format includes a stencil component, and stencilLoadOp is VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD, then VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout::stencilInitialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06249
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, and initialLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, the pNext chain must include a VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06250
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, and finalLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, the pNext chain must include a VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06247
    If the pNext chain does not include a VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure and format only includes a stencil component, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-06248
    If the pNext chain does not include a VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure and format only includes a stencil component, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-09332
    format must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_2

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-samples-parameter
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-loadOp-parameter
    loadOp must be a valid VkAttachmentLoadOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-storeOp-parameter
    storeOp must be a valid VkAttachmentStoreOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-stencilLoadOp-parameter
    stencilLoadOp must be a valid VkAttachmentLoadOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-stencilStoreOp-parameter
    stencilStoreOp must be a valid VkAttachmentStoreOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-initialLayout-parameter
    initialLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription2-finalLayout-parameter
    finalLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

The VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkImageLayout      stencilInitialLayout;
    VkImageLayout      stencilFinalLayout;
} VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • stencilInitialLayout is the layout the stencil aspect of the attachment image subresource will be in when a render pass instance begins.

  • stencilFinalLayout is the layout the stencil aspect of the attachment image subresource will be transitioned to when a render pass instance ends.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout-stencilInitialLayout-03308
    stencilInitialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout-stencilFinalLayout-03309
    stencilFinalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout-stencilFinalLayout-03310
    stencilFinalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_STENCIL_LAYOUT

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout-stencilInitialLayout-parameter
    stencilInitialLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout-stencilFinalLayout-parameter
    stencilFinalLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

The VkSubpassDescription2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSubpassDescription2 {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkSubpassDescriptionFlags        flags;
    VkPipelineBindPoint              pipelineBindPoint;
    uint32_t                         viewMask;
    uint32_t                         inputAttachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentReference2*    pInputAttachments;
    uint32_t                         colorAttachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentReference2*    pColorAttachments;
    const VkAttachmentReference2*    pResolveAttachments;
    const VkAttachmentReference2*    pDepthStencilAttachment;
    uint32_t                         preserveAttachmentCount;
    const uint32_t*                  pPreserveAttachments;
} VkSubpassDescription2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits specifying usage of the subpass.

  • pipelineBindPoint is a VkPipelineBindPoint value specifying the pipeline type supported for this subpass.

  • viewMask is a bitfield of view indices describing which views rendering is broadcast to in this subpass, when multiview is enabled.

  • inputAttachmentCount is the number of input attachments.

  • pInputAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkAttachmentReference2 structures defining the input attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • colorAttachmentCount is the number of color attachments.

  • pColorAttachments is a pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount VkAttachmentReference2 structures defining the color attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • pResolveAttachments is NULL or a pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount VkAttachmentReference2 structures defining the resolve attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • pDepthStencilAttachment is a pointer to a VkAttachmentReference2 structure specifying the depth/stencil attachment for this subpass and its layout.

  • preserveAttachmentCount is the number of preserved attachments.

  • pPreserveAttachments is a pointer to an array of preserveAttachmentCount render pass attachment indices identifying attachments that are not used by this subpass, but whose contents must be preserved throughout the subpass.

Parameters defined by this structure with the same name as those in VkSubpassDescription have the identical effect to those parameters.

viewMask has the same effect for the described subpass as VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo::pViewMasks has on each corresponding subpass.

If a VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR structure is included in the pNext chain, pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL, and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the identified attachment defines a fragment shading rate attachment for that subpass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06912
    If the attachment member of an element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06913
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06914
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06915
    If the attachment member of pDepthStencilAttachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06916
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06917
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06918
    If the attachment member of an element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06919
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06920
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06921
    If the attachment member of an element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06922
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06923
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-06251
    If the attachment member of pDepthStencilAttachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED and its pNext chain includes a VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout structure, the layout member of pDepthStencilAttachment must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pipelineBindPoint-04953
    pipelineBindPoint must be VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-colorAttachmentCount-03063
    colorAttachmentCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxColorAttachments

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-loadOp-03064
    If the first use of an attachment in this render pass is as an input attachment, and the attachment is not also used as a color or depth/stencil attachment in the same subpass, then loadOp must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pResolveAttachments-03065
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, for each resolve attachment that does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the corresponding color attachment must not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pResolveAttachments-03066
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, for each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the corresponding color attachment must not have a sample count of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pResolveAttachments-03068
    Each element of pResolveAttachments must have the same VkFormat as its corresponding color attachment

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pResolveAttachments-03067
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have a sample count of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pInputAttachments-02897
    All attachments in pInputAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

    must have image formats whose potential format features contain at least VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pColorAttachments-02898
    All attachments in pColorAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have image formats whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pResolveAttachments-02899
    All attachments in pResolveAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have image formats whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pDepthStencilAttachment-02900
    If pDepthStencilAttachment is not NULL and the attachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED then it must have an image format whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-multisampledRenderToSingleSampled-06872
    All attachments in pDepthStencilAttachment or pColorAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have the same sample count

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-03073
    Each element of pPreserveAttachments must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pPreserveAttachments-03074
    Each element of pPreserveAttachments must not also be an element of any other member of the subpass description

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-layout-02528
    If any attachment is used by more than one VkAttachmentReference2 member, then each use must use the same layout

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-02799
    If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then the aspectMask member must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-02800
    If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then the aspectMask member must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-02801
    If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then the aspectMask member must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-attachment-04563
    If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then the aspectMask member must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT for any index i

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pDepthStencilAttachment-04440
    An attachment must not be used in both pDepthStencilAttachment and pColorAttachments

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-inputAttachmentCount-05058
    inputAttachmentCount must be less than or equal to maxSubpassInputAttachments

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-preserveAttachmentCount-05059
    preserveAttachmentCount must be less than or equal to maxSubpassPreserveAttachments

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-multiview-06558
    If the multiview feature is not enabled, viewMask must be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-viewMask-06706
    The index of the most significant bit in viewMask must be less than maxMultiviewViewCount

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DESCRIPTION_2

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR or VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pipelineBindPoint-parameter
    pipelineBindPoint must be a valid VkPipelineBindPoint value

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pInputAttachments-parameter
    If inputAttachmentCount is not 0, pInputAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of inputAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference2 structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pColorAttachments-parameter
    If colorAttachmentCount is not 0, pColorAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference2 structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pResolveAttachments-parameter
    If colorAttachmentCount is not 0, and pResolveAttachments is not NULL, pResolveAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference2 structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pDepthStencilAttachment-parameter
    If pDepthStencilAttachment is not NULL, pDepthStencilAttachment must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAttachmentReference2 structure

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription2-pPreserveAttachments-parameter
    If preserveAttachmentCount is not 0, pPreserveAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of preserveAttachmentCount uint32_t values

The VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkResolveModeFlagBits            depthResolveMode;
    VkResolveModeFlagBits            stencilResolveMode;
    const VkAttachmentReference2*    pDepthStencilResolveAttachment;
} VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • depthResolveMode is a VkResolveModeFlagBits value describing the depth resolve mode.

  • stencilResolveMode is a VkResolveModeFlagBits value describing the stencil resolve mode.

  • pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is NULL or a pointer to a VkAttachmentReference2 structure defining the depth/stencil resolve attachment for this subpass and its layout.

If the pNext chain of VkSubpassDescription2 includes a VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve structure, then that structure describes multisample resolve operations for the depth/stencil attachment in a subpass. If this structure is not included in the pNext chain of VkSubpassDescription2, or if it is and either pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is NULL or its attachment index is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, it indicates that no depth/stencil resolve attachment will be used in the subpass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-03177
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, pDepthStencilAttachment must not be NULL or have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-03179
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, pDepthStencilAttachment must not have a sample count of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-03180
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, pDepthStencilResolveAttachment must have a sample count of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-02651
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED then it must have an image format whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-03181
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED and VkFormat of pDepthStencilResolveAttachment has a depth component, then the VkFormat of pDepthStencilAttachment must have a depth component with the same number of bits and numeric format

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-03182
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, and VkFormat of pDepthStencilResolveAttachment has a stencil component, then the VkFormat of pDepthStencilAttachment must have a stencil component with the same number of bits and numeric format

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-03178
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, depthResolveMode and stencilResolveMode must not both be VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-depthResolveMode-03183
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED and the VkFormat of pDepthStencilResolveAttachment has a depth component, then the value of depthResolveMode must be one of the bits set in VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties::supportedDepthResolveModes or VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-stencilResolveMode-03184
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED and the VkFormat of pDepthStencilResolveAttachment has a stencil component, then the value of stencilResolveMode must be one of the bits set in VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties::supportedStencilResolveModes or VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-03185
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the VkFormat of pDepthStencilResolveAttachment has both depth and stencil components, VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties::independentResolve is VK_FALSE, and VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties::independentResolveNone is VK_FALSE, then the values of depthResolveMode and stencilResolveMode must be identical

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-03186
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL and does not have the value VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the VkFormat of pDepthStencilResolveAttachment has both depth and stencil components, VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties::independentResolve is VK_FALSE and VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties::independentResolveNone is VK_TRUE, then the values of depthResolveMode and stencilResolveMode must be identical or one of them must be VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DESCRIPTION_DEPTH_STENCIL_RESOLVE

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescriptionDepthStencilResolve-pDepthStencilResolveAttachment-parameter
    If pDepthStencilResolveAttachment is not NULL, pDepthStencilResolveAttachment must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAttachmentReference2 structure

The VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
typedef struct VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    const VkAttachmentReference2*    pFragmentShadingRateAttachment;
    VkExtent2D                       shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize;
} VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is NULL or a pointer to a VkAttachmentReference2 structure defining the fragment shading rate attachment for this subpass.

  • shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize specifies the size of the portion of the framebuffer corresponding to each texel in pFragmentShadingRateAttachment.

If no shading rate attachment is specified, or if this structure is not specified, the implementation behaves as if a valid shading rate attachment was specified with all texels specifying a single pixel per fragment.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04524
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must be equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04525
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width must be a power of two value

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04526
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width must be less than or equal to maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04527
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width must be greater than or equal to minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04528
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height must be a power of two value

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04529
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height must be less than or equal to maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04530
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height must be greater than or equal to minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04531
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the quotient of shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width and shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height must be less than or equal to maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSizeAspectRatio

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-04532
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL and its attachment member is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the quotient of shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height and shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width must be less than or equal to maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSizeAspectRatio

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR-pFragmentShadingRateAttachment-parameter
    If pFragmentShadingRateAttachment is not NULL, pFragmentShadingRateAttachment must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAttachmentReference2 structure

The VkAttachmentReference2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkAttachmentReference2 {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    const void*           pNext;
    uint32_t              attachment;
    VkImageLayout         layout;
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
} VkAttachmentReference2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • attachment is either an integer value identifying an attachment at the corresponding index in VkRenderPassCreateInfo2::pAttachments, or VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED to signify that this attachment is not used.

  • layout is a VkImageLayout value specifying the layout the attachment uses during the subpass.

  • aspectMask is a mask of which aspect(s) can be accessed within the specified subpass as an input attachment.

Parameters defined by this structure with the same name as those in VkAttachmentReference have the identical effect to those parameters.

aspectMask is ignored when this structure is used to describe anything other than an input attachment reference.

If the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is enabled, and attachment has a depth/stencil format, layout can be set to a layout that only specifies the layout of the depth aspect.

If layout only specifies the layout of the depth aspect of the attachment, the layout of the stencil aspect is specified by the stencilLayout member of a VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout structure included in the pNext chain. Otherwise, layout describes the layout for all relevant image aspects.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference2-layout-03077
    If attachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, layout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference2-separateDepthStencilLayouts-03313
    If the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is not enabled, and attachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, layout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL,

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference2-synchronization2-06910
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, layout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_REFERENCE_2

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference2-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

The VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkImageLayout      stencilLayout;
} VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • stencilLayout is a VkImageLayout value specifying the layout the stencil aspect of the attachment uses during the subpass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout-stencilLayout-03318
    stencilLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_REFERENCE_STENCIL_LAYOUT

  • VUID-VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout-stencilLayout-parameter
    stencilLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

The VkSubpassDependency2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSubpassDependency2 {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    const void*             pNext;
    uint32_t                srcSubpass;
    uint32_t                dstSubpass;
    VkPipelineStageFlags    srcStageMask;
    VkPipelineStageFlags    dstStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags           srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags           dstAccessMask;
    VkDependencyFlags       dependencyFlags;
    int32_t                 viewOffset;
} VkSubpassDependency2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcSubpass is the subpass index of the first subpass in the dependency, or VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL.

  • dstSubpass is the subpass index of the second subpass in the dependency, or VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL.

  • srcStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the source stage mask. If set to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, it is equivalent to setting it to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT.

  • dstStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the destination stage mask If set to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, it is equivalent to setting it to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT.

  • srcAccessMask is a bitmask of VkAccessFlagBits specifying a source access mask.

  • dstAccessMask is a bitmask of VkAccessFlagBits specifying a destination access mask.

  • dependencyFlags is a bitmask of VkDependencyFlagBits.

  • viewOffset controls which views in the source subpass the views in the destination subpass depend on.

Parameters defined by this structure with the same name as those in VkSubpassDependency have the identical effect to those parameters.

viewOffset has the same effect for the described subpass dependency as VkRenderPassMultiviewCreateInfo::pViewOffsets has on each corresponding subpass dependency.

If a VkMemoryBarrier2 is included in the pNext chain, srcStageMask, dstStageMask, srcAccessMask, and dstAccessMask parameters are ignored. The synchronization and access scopes instead are defined by the parameters of VkMemoryBarrier2. If either srcStageMask or dstStageMask are set to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT, it is equivalent to setting VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dstStageMask-07319
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dstStageMask-03937
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcSubpass-03084
    srcSubpass must be less than or equal to dstSubpass, unless one of them is VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, to avoid cyclic dependencies and ensure a valid execution order

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcSubpass-03085
    srcSubpass and dstSubpass must not both be equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcSubpass-06810
    If srcSubpass is equal to dstSubpass and srcStageMask includes a framebuffer-space stage, dstStageMask must only contain framebuffer-space stages

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcAccessMask-03088
    Any access flag included in srcAccessMask must be supported by one of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dstAccessMask-03089
    Any access flag included in dstAccessMask must be supported by one of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dependencyFlags-03090
    If dependencyFlags includes VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT, srcSubpass must not be equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dependencyFlags-03091
    If dependencyFlags includes VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT, dstSubpass must not be equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcSubpass-02245
    If srcSubpass equals dstSubpass, and srcStageMask and dstStageMask both include a framebuffer-space stage, then dependencyFlags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-viewOffset-02530
    If viewOffset is not equal to 0, srcSubpass must not be equal to dstSubpass

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dependencyFlags-03092
    If dependencyFlags does not include VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT, viewOffset must be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DEPENDENCY_2

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkMemoryBarrier2

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-srcAccessMask-parameter
    srcAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dstAccessMask-parameter
    dstAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency2-dependencyFlags-parameter
    dependencyFlags must be a valid combination of VkDependencyFlagBits values

To destroy a render pass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyRenderPass(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkRenderPass                                renderPass,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the render pass.

  • renderPass is the handle of the render pass to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-renderPass-00873
    All submitted commands that refer to renderPass must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-renderPass-parameter
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-renderPass-parent
    If renderPass is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to renderPass must be externally synchronized

8.2. Render Pass Compatibility

Framebuffers and graphics pipelines are created based on a specific render pass object. They must only be used with that render pass object, or one compatible with it.

Two attachment references are compatible if they have matching format and sample count, or are both VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED.

Two arrays of attachment references are compatible if all corresponding pairs of attachments are compatible. If the arrays are of different lengths, attachment references not present in the smaller array are treated as VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED. If the pointer that would contain the reference is NULL, the attachment reference is treated as VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED.

Two render passes are compatible if their corresponding color, input, resolve, and depth/stencil attachment references are compatible and if they are otherwise identical except for:

  • Initial and final image layout in attachment descriptions

  • Load and store operations in attachment descriptions

  • Image layout in attachment references

As an additional special case, if two render passes have a single subpass, the resolve attachment reference compatibility requirements are ignored.

A framebuffer is compatible with a render pass if it was created using the same render pass or a compatible render pass.

8.3. Framebuffers

Render passes operate in conjunction with framebuffers. Framebuffers represent a collection of specific memory attachments that a render pass instance uses.

Framebuffers are represented by VkFramebuffer handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkFramebuffer)

To create a framebuffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateFramebuffer(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkFramebufferCreateInfo*              pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkFramebuffer*                              pFramebuffer);

  • device is the logical device that creates the framebuffer.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure describing additional information about framebuffer creation.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pFramebuffer is a pointer to a VkFramebuffer handle in which the resulting framebuffer object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateFramebuffer must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-device-10002
    device must support at least one queue family with the VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capability

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-pCreateInfo-02777
    If pCreateInfo->flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, and attachmentCount is not 0, each element of pCreateInfo->pAttachments must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-device-05068
    The number of framebuffers currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of framebuffers requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::framebufferRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-pFramebuffer-parameter
    pFramebuffer must be a valid pointer to a VkFramebuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkFramebufferCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkFramebufferCreateFlags    flags;
    VkRenderPass                renderPass;
    uint32_t                    attachmentCount;
    const VkImageView*          pAttachments;
    uint32_t                    width;
    uint32_t                    height;
    uint32_t                    layers;
} VkFramebufferCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits

  • renderPass is a render pass defining what render passes the framebuffer will be compatible with. See Render Pass Compatibility for details. The implementation must not access this object outside of the duration of the command this structure is passed to.

  • attachmentCount is the number of attachments.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkImageView handles, each of which will be used as the corresponding attachment in a render pass instance. If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, this parameter is ignored.

  • width, height and layers define the dimensions of the framebuffer. If the render pass uses multiview, then layers must be one and each attachment requires a number of layers that is greater than the maximum bit index set in the view mask in the subpasses in which it is used.

For any depth/stencil attachments used by this framebuffer in pAttachments, the aspectMask is ignored.

It is legal for a subpass to use no color or depth/stencil attachments, either because it has no attachment references or because all of them are VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED. This kind of subpass can use shader side effects such as image stores and atomics to produce an output. In this case, the subpass continues to use the width, height, and layers of the framebuffer to define the dimensions of the rendering area, and the rasterizationSamples from each pipeline’s VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo to define the number of samples used in rasterization; however, if VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::variableMultisampleRate is VK_FALSE, then all pipelines to be bound with the subpass must have the same value for VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::rasterizationSamples. In all such cases, rasterizationSamples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-attachmentCount-00876
    attachmentCount must be equal to the attachment count specified in renderPass

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-02778
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT and attachmentCount is not 0, pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkImageView handles

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00877
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as a color attachment or resolve attachment by renderPass must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-02633
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as a depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-02634
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as a depth/stencil resolve attachment by renderPass must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00879
    If renderpass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input attachment by renderPass must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00880
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must have been created with a VkFormat value that matches the VkFormat specified by the corresponding VkAttachmentDescription in renderPass

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00881
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must have been created with a samples value that matches the samples value specified by the corresponding VkAttachmentDescription in renderPass

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04533
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have been created with a VkImageCreateInfo::extent.width greater than or equal to width

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04534
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have been created with a VkImageCreateInfo::extent.height greater than or equal to height

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04535
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have been created with a VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.layerCount greater than or equal to layers

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-renderPass-04536
    If renderPass was specified with non-zero view masks, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have a layerCount greater than the index of the most significant bit set in any of those view masks

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04537
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, and renderPass was specified with non-zero view masks, each element of pAttachments that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment by renderPass must have a layerCount that is either 1, or greater than the index of the most significant bit set in any of those view masks

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04538
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, and renderPass was not specified with non-zero view masks, each element of pAttachments that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment by renderPass must have a layerCount that is either 1, or greater than layers

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04539
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, an element of pAttachments that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment must have a width at least as large as ⌈width / texelWidth⌉, where texelWidth is the largest value of shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width in a VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR which references that attachment

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04540
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, an element of pAttachments that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment must have a height at least as large as ⌈height / texelHeight⌉, where texelHeight is the largest value of shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height in a VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR which references that attachment

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00883
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must only specify a single mip level

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00884
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must have been created with the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-width-00885
    width must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-width-00886
    width must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferWidth

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-height-00887
    height must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-height-00888
    height must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferHeight

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-layers-00889
    layers must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-layers-00890
    layers must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferLayers

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-renderPass-02531
    If renderPass was specified with non-zero view masks, layers must be 1

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00891
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is a 2D or 2D array image view taken from a 3D image must not be a depth/stencil format

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-03189
    If the imagelessFramebuffer feature is not enabled, flags must not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-03190
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the pNext chain must include a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-03191
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the attachmentImageInfoCount member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure in the pNext chain must be equal to either zero or attachmentCount

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04541
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the width member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure in the pNext chain that is used as an input, color, resolve or depth/stencil attachment in renderPass must be greater than or equal to width

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04542
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the height member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure in the pNext chain that is used as an input, color, resolve or depth/stencil attachment in renderPass must be greater than or equal to height

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04543
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the width member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure in the pNext chain that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment must be greater than or equal to ⌈width / texelWidth⌉, where texelWidth is the largest value of shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width in a VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR which references that attachment

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04544
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the height member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure in the pNext chain that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment must be greater than or equal to ⌈height / texelHeight⌉, where texelHeight is the largest value of shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height in a VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR which references that attachment

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04545
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the layerCount member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure in the pNext chain that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment must be either 1, or greater than or equal to layers

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04587
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT and renderPass was specified with non-zero view masks, the layerCount member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure in the pNext chain that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment must be either 1, or greater than the index of the most significant bit set in any of those view masks

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-renderPass-03198
    If multiview is enabled for renderPass and flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the layerCount member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment in renderPass must be greater than the maximum bit index set in the view mask in the subpasses in which it is used in renderPass

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-renderPass-04546
    If multiview is not enabled for renderPass and flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the layerCount member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment in renderPass must be greater than or equal to layers

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-03201
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the usage member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain that refers to an attachment used as a color attachment or resolve attachment by renderPass must include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-03202
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the usage member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain that refers to an attachment used as a depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-03204
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the usage member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain that refers to an attachment used as an input attachment by renderPass must include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-03205
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, at least one element of the pViewFormats member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain must be equal to the corresponding value of VkAttachmentDescription::format used to create renderPass

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04113
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must have been created with VkImageViewCreateInfo::viewType not equal to VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04548
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as a fragment shading rate attachment by renderPass must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04549
    If flags includes VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, the usage member of any element of the pAttachmentImageInfos member of a VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain that refers to an attachment used as a fragment shading rate attachment by renderPass must include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-attachmentCount-05060
    attachmentCount must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferAttachments

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-renderPass-parameter
    renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-commonparent
    Both of renderPass, and the elements of pAttachments that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                            sType;
    const void*                                pNext;
    uint32_t                                   attachmentImageInfoCount;
    const VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo*    pAttachmentImageInfos;
} VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • attachmentImageInfoCount is the number of attachments being described.

  • pAttachmentImageInfos is a pointer to an array of VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo structures, each structure describing a number of parameters of the corresponding attachment in a render pass instance.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENTS_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentsCreateInfo-pAttachmentImageInfos-parameter
    If attachmentImageInfoCount is not 0, pAttachmentImageInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentImageInfoCount valid VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo structures

The VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    const void*           pNext;
    VkImageCreateFlags    flags;
    VkImageUsageFlags     usage;
    uint32_t              width;
    uint32_t              height;
    uint32_t              layerCount;
    uint32_t              viewFormatCount;
    const VkFormat*       pViewFormats;
} VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkImageCreateFlagBits, matching the value of VkImageCreateInfo::flags used to create an image that will be used with this framebuffer.

  • usage is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits, matching the value of VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create an image used with this framebuffer.

  • width is the width of the image view used for rendering.

  • height is the height of the image view used for rendering.

  • layerCount is the number of array layers of the image view used for rendering.

  • viewFormatCount is the number of entries in the pViewFormats array, matching the value of VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::viewFormatCount used to create an image used with this framebuffer.

  • pViewFormats is a pointer to an array of VkFormat values specifying all of the formats which can be used when creating views of the image, matching the value of VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::pViewFormats used to create an image used with this framebuffer.

Images that can be used with the framebuffer when beginning a render pass, as specified by VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo, must be created with parameters that are identical to those specified here.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo-viewFormatCount-09536
    If viewFormatCount is not 0, each element of pViewFormats must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_IMAGE_INFO

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkImageCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo-usage-parameter
    usage must be a valid combination of VkImageUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo-usage-requiredbitmask
    usage must not be 0

  • VUID-VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo-pViewFormats-parameter
    If viewFormatCount is not 0, pViewFormats must be a valid pointer to an array of viewFormatCount valid VkFormat values

Bits which can be set in VkFramebufferCreateInfo::flags, specifying options for framebuffers, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits {
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT specifies that image views are not specified, and only attachment compatibility information will be provided via a VkFramebufferAttachmentImageInfo structure.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkFramebufferCreateFlags;

VkFramebufferCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits.

To destroy a framebuffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyFramebuffer(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkFramebuffer                               framebuffer,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the framebuffer.

  • framebuffer is the handle of the framebuffer to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-framebuffer-00892
    All submitted commands that refer to framebuffer must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-framebuffer-parameter
    If framebuffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, framebuffer must be a valid VkFramebuffer handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-framebuffer-parent
    If framebuffer is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to framebuffer must be externally synchronized

8.4. Render Pass Load Operations

Render pass load operations define the initial values of an attachment during a render pass instance.

Load operations for attachments with a depth/stencil format execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stage. Load operations for attachments with a color format execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage. The load operation for each sample in an attachment happens-before any recorded command which accesses the sample in that render pass instance via that attachment or an alias. In a render pass object with multiple subpasses, load operations are performed in the first subpass which uses an attachment.

Note

Because load operations always happen first, external synchronization with attachment access only needs to synchronize the load operations with previous commands; not the operations within the render pass instance.

Load operations only update values within the defined render area for the render pass instance. However, any writes performed by a load operation (as defined by its access masks) to a given attachment may read and write back any memory locations within the image subresource bound for that attachment. For depth/stencil images, writes to one aspect may also result in read-modify-write operations for the other aspect.

Note

As entire subresources could be accessed by load operations, applications cannot safely access values outside of the render area during a render pass instance when a load operation that modifies values is used.

Load operations that can be used for a render pass are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkAttachmentLoadOp {
    VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD = 0,
    VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR = 1,
    VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_DONT_CARE = 2,
} VkAttachmentLoadOp;

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD specifies that the previous contents of the image within the render area will be preserved as the initial values. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT.

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR specifies that the contents within the render area will be cleared to a uniform value, which is specified when a render pass instance is begun. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_DONT_CARE specifies that the previous contents within the area need not be preserved; the contents of the attachment will be undefined inside the render area. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

During a render pass instance, input and color attachments with color formats that have a component size of 8, 16, or 32 bits must be represented in the attachment’s format throughout the instance. Attachments with other floating- or fixed-point color formats, or with depth components may be represented in a format with a precision higher than the attachment format, but must be represented with the same range. When such a component is loaded via the loadOp, it will be converted into an implementation-dependent format used by the render pass. Such components must be converted from the render pass format, to the format of the attachment, before they are resolved or stored at the end of a render pass instance via storeOp. Conversions occur as described in Numeric Representation and Computation and Fixed-Point Data Conversions.

8.5. Render Pass Store Operations

Render pass store operations define how values written to an attachment during a render pass instance are stored to memory.

Store operations for attachments with a depth/stencil format execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stage. Store operations for attachments with a color format execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage. The store operation for each sample in an attachment happens-after any recorded command which accesses the sample via that attachment or an alias. In a render pass object with multiple subpasses, store operations are performed in the last subpass which uses an attachment.

Note

Because store operations always happen after other accesses in a render pass instance, external synchronization with attachment access in an earlier render pass only needs to synchronize with the store operations; not the operations within the render pass instance.

Store operations only update values within the defined render area for the render pass instance. However, any writes performed by a store operation (as defined by its access masks) to a given attachment may read and write back any memory locations within the image subresource bound for that attachment. For depth/stencil images, writes to one aspect may also result in read-modify-write operations for the other aspect.

Note

As entire subresources could be accessed by store operations, applications cannot safely access values outside of the render area via aliased resources during a render pass instance when a store operation that modifies values is used.

Possible values of VkAttachmentDescription::storeOp and stencilStoreOp, specifying how the contents of the attachment are treated, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkAttachmentStoreOp {
    VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_STORE = 0,
    VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE = 1,
} VkAttachmentStoreOp;

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_STORE specifies the contents generated during the render pass and within the render area are written to memory. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE specifies the contents within the render area are not needed after rendering, and may be discarded; the contents of the attachment will be undefined inside the render area. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

Note

VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE can cause contents generated during previous render passes to be discarded before reaching memory, even if no write to the attachment occurs during the current render pass.

8.6. Render Pass Multisample Resolve Operations

Render pass multisample resolve operations combine sample values from a single pixel in a multisample attachment and store the result to the corresponding pixel in a single sample attachment.

Multisample resolve operations for attachments execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage. A final resolve operation for all pixels in the render area happens-after any recorded command which writes a pixel via the multisample attachment to be resolved or an explicit alias of it in the subpass that it is specified. Any single sample attachment specified for use in a multisample resolve operation may have its contents modified at any point once rendering begins for the render pass instance. Reads from the multisample attachment can be synchronized with VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT. Access to the single sample attachment can be synchronized with VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT and VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. These pipeline stage and access types are used whether the attachments are color or depth/stencil attachments.

When using render pass objects, a subpass dependency specified with the above pipeline stages and access flags will ensure synchronization with multisample resolve operations for any attachments that were last accessed by that subpass. This allows later subpasses to read resolved values as input attachments.

Resolve operations only update values within the defined render area for the render pass instance. However, any writes performed by a resolve operation (as defined by its access masks) to a given attachment may read and write back any memory locations within the image subresource bound for that attachment. For depth/stencil images, writes to one aspect may also result in read-modify-write operations for the other aspect.

Note

As entire subresources could be accessed by multisample resolve operations, applications cannot safely access values outside of the render area via aliased resources during a render pass instance when a multisample resolve operation is performed.

Multisample values in a multisample attachment are combined according to the resolve mode used:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef enum VkResolveModeFlagBits {
    VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE = 0,
    VK_RESOLVE_MODE_SAMPLE_ZERO_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_RESOLVE_MODE_AVERAGE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_RESOLVE_MODE_MIN_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_RESOLVE_MODE_MAX_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkResolveModeFlagBits;

  • VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE specifies that no resolve operation is done.

  • VK_RESOLVE_MODE_SAMPLE_ZERO_BIT specifies that result of the resolve operation is equal to the value of sample 0.

  • VK_RESOLVE_MODE_AVERAGE_BIT specifies that result of the resolve operation is the average of the sample values.

  • VK_RESOLVE_MODE_MIN_BIT specifies that result of the resolve operation is the minimum of the sample values.

  • VK_RESOLVE_MODE_MAX_BIT specifies that result of the resolve operation is the maximum of the sample values.

If no resolve mode is otherwise specified, VK_RESOLVE_MODE_AVERAGE_BIT is used.

If VK_RESOLVE_MODE_AVERAGE_BIT is used, and the source format is a floating-point or normalized type, the sample values for each pixel are resolved with implementation-defined numerical precision.

If the numeric format of the resolve attachment uses sRGB encoding, the implementation should convert samples from nonlinear to linear before averaging samples as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification. In this case, the implementation must convert the linear averaged value to nonlinear before writing the resolved result to resolve attachment.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef VkFlags VkResolveModeFlags;

VkResolveModeFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkResolveModeFlagBits.

8.7. Render Pass Commands

An application records the commands for a render pass instance one subpass at a time, by beginning a render pass instance, iterating over the subpasses to record commands for that subpass, and then ending the render pass instance.

To begin a render pass instance, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBeginRenderPass(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkRenderPassBeginInfo*                pRenderPassBegin,
    VkSubpassContents                           contents);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to record the command.

  • pRenderPassBegin is a pointer to a VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure specifying the render pass to begin an instance of, and the framebuffer the instance uses.

  • contents is a VkSubpassContents value specifying how the commands in the first subpass will be provided.

After beginning a render pass instance, the command buffer is ready to record the commands for the first subpass of that render pass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00895
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-01758
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-02842
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-stencilInitialLayout-02843
    If any of the stencilInitialLayout or stencilFinalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structures or the stencilLayout member of the VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00897
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00898
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00899
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00900
    If the initialLayout member of any of the VkAttachmentDescription structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is not VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, then each such initialLayout must be equal to the current layout of the corresponding attachment image subresource of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-srcStageMask-06451
    The srcStageMask members of any element of the pDependencies member of VkRenderPassCreateInfo used to create renderPass must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family identified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo used to create the command pool which commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-dstStageMask-06452
    The dstStageMask members of any element of the pDependencies member of VkRenderPassCreateInfo used to create renderPass must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family identified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo used to create the command pool which commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-framebuffer-02532
    For any attachment in framebuffer that is used by renderPass and is bound to memory locations that are also bound to another attachment used by renderPass, and if at least one of those uses causes either attachment to be written to, both attachments must have had the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT set

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-framebuffer-09045
    If any attachments specified in framebuffer are used by renderPass and are bound to overlapping memory locations, there must be only one that is used as a color attachment, depth/stencil, or resolve attachment in any subpass

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-pRenderPassBegin-parameter
    pRenderPassBegin must be a valid pointer to a valid VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-contents-parameter
    contents must be a valid VkSubpassContents value

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action
State
Synchronization

Alternatively to begin a render pass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
void vkCmdBeginRenderPass2(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkRenderPassBeginInfo*                pRenderPassBegin,
    const VkSubpassBeginInfo*                   pSubpassBeginInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to record the command.

  • pRenderPassBegin is a pointer to a VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure specifying the render pass to begin an instance of, and the framebuffer the instance uses. After recording this command, the render pass and framebuffer may be accessed at any point that commandBuffer is in the recording or pending state until it is reset.

  • pSubpassBeginInfo is a pointer to a VkSubpassBeginInfo structure containing information about the subpass which is about to begin rendering.

After beginning a render pass instance, the command buffer is ready to record the commands for the first subpass of that render pass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-framebuffer-02779
    Both the framebuffer and renderPass members of pRenderPassBegin must have been created on the same VkDevice that commandBuffer was allocated on

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-initialLayout-03094
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-initialLayout-03096
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-initialLayout-02844
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-stencilInitialLayout-02845
    If any of the stencilInitialLayout or stencilFinalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescriptionStencilLayout structures or the stencilLayout member of the VkAttachmentReferenceStencilLayout structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-initialLayout-03097
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-initialLayout-03098
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-initialLayout-03099
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-initialLayout-03100
    If the initialLayout member of any of the VkAttachmentDescription structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is not VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, then each such initialLayout must be equal to the current layout of the corresponding attachment image subresource of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-srcStageMask-06453
    The srcStageMask members of any element of the pDependencies member of VkRenderPassCreateInfo used to create renderPass must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family identified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo used to create the command pool which commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-dstStageMask-06454
    The dstStageMask members of any element of the pDependencies member of VkRenderPassCreateInfo used to create renderPass must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family identified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo used to create the command pool which commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-framebuffer-02533
    For any attachment in framebuffer that is used by renderPass and is bound to memory locations that are also bound to another attachment used by renderPass, and if at least one of those uses causes either attachment to be written to, both attachments must have had the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT set

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-framebuffer-09046
    If any attachments specified in framebuffer are used by renderPass and are bound to overlapping memory locations, there must be only one that is used as a color attachment, depth/stencil, or resolve attachment in any subpass

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-pRenderPassBegin-parameter
    pRenderPassBegin must be a valid pointer to a valid VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-pSubpassBeginInfo-parameter
    pSubpassBeginInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSubpassBeginInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass2-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action
State
Synchronization

The VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkRenderPassBeginInfo {
    VkStructureType        sType;
    const void*            pNext;
    VkRenderPass           renderPass;
    VkFramebuffer          framebuffer;
    VkRect2D               renderArea;
    uint32_t               clearValueCount;
    const VkClearValue*    pClearValues;
} VkRenderPassBeginInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • renderPass is the render pass to begin an instance of.

  • framebuffer is the framebuffer containing the attachments that are used with the render pass.

  • renderArea is the render area that is affected by the render pass instance, and is described in more detail below.

  • clearValueCount is the number of elements in pClearValues.

  • pClearValues is a pointer to an array of clearValueCount VkClearValue structures containing clear values for each attachment, if the attachment uses a loadOp value of VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR or if the attachment has a depth/stencil format and uses a stencilLoadOp value of VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR. The array is indexed by attachment number. Only elements corresponding to cleared attachments are used. Other elements of pClearValues are ignored.

renderArea is the render area that is affected by the render pass instance. The effects of attachment load, store and multisample resolve operations are restricted to the pixels whose x and y coordinates fall within the render area on all attachments. The render area extends to all layers of framebuffer. The application must ensure (using scissor if necessary) that all rendering is contained within the render area. The render area must be contained within the framebuffer dimensions.

Note

There may be a performance cost for using a render area smaller than the framebuffer, unless it matches the render area granularity for the render pass.
Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_BEGIN_INFO

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo, VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo, or VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-renderPass-parameter
    renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-framebuffer-parameter
    framebuffer must be a valid VkFramebuffer handle

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-commonparent
    Both of framebuffer, and renderPass must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The image layout of the depth aspect of a depth/stencil attachment referring to an image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT is dependent on the last sample locations used to render to the image subresource, thus preserving the contents of such depth/stencil attachments across subpass boundaries requires the application to specify these sample locations whenever a layout transition of the attachment may occur. This information can be provided by adding a VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT structure to the pNext chain of VkRenderPassBeginInfo.

The VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
typedef struct VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    uint32_t                                 attachmentInitialSampleLocationsCount;
    const VkAttachmentSampleLocationsEXT*    pAttachmentInitialSampleLocations;
    uint32_t                                 postSubpassSampleLocationsCount;
    const VkSubpassSampleLocationsEXT*       pPostSubpassSampleLocations;
} VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • attachmentInitialSampleLocationsCount is the number of elements in the pAttachmentInitialSampleLocations array.

  • pAttachmentInitialSampleLocations is a pointer to an array of attachmentInitialSampleLocationsCount VkAttachmentSampleLocationsEXT structures specifying the attachment indices and their corresponding sample location state. Each element of pAttachmentInitialSampleLocations can specify the sample location state to use in the automatic layout transition performed to transition a depth/stencil attachment from the initial layout of the attachment to the image layout specified for the attachment in the first subpass using it.

  • postSubpassSampleLocationsCount is the number of elements in the pPostSubpassSampleLocations array.

  • pPostSubpassSampleLocations is a pointer to an array of postSubpassSampleLocationsCount VkSubpassSampleLocationsEXT structures specifying the subpass indices and their corresponding sample location state. Each element of pPostSubpassSampleLocations can specify the sample location state to use in the automatic layout transition performed to transition the depth/stencil attachment used by the specified subpass to the image layout specified in a dependent subpass or to the final layout of the attachment in case the specified subpass is the last subpass using that attachment. In addition, if VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT::variableSampleLocations is VK_FALSE, each element of pPostSubpassSampleLocations must specify the sample location state that matches the sample locations used by all pipelines that will be bound to a command buffer during the specified subpass. If variableSampleLocations is VK_TRUE, the sample locations used for rasterization do not depend on pPostSubpassSampleLocations.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_BEGIN_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT-pAttachmentInitialSampleLocations-parameter
    If attachmentInitialSampleLocationsCount is not 0, pAttachmentInitialSampleLocations must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentInitialSampleLocationsCount valid VkAttachmentSampleLocationsEXT structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT-pPostSubpassSampleLocations-parameter
    If postSubpassSampleLocationsCount is not 0, pPostSubpassSampleLocations must be a valid pointer to an array of postSubpassSampleLocationsCount valid VkSubpassSampleLocationsEXT structures

The VkAttachmentSampleLocationsEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
typedef struct VkAttachmentSampleLocationsEXT {
    uint32_t                    attachmentIndex;
    VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT    sampleLocationsInfo;
} VkAttachmentSampleLocationsEXT;

  • attachmentIndex is the index of the attachment for which the sample locations state is provided.

  • sampleLocationsInfo is the sample locations state to use for the layout transition of the given attachment from the initial layout of the attachment to the image layout specified for the attachment in the first subpass using it.

If the image referenced by the framebuffer attachment at index attachmentIndex was not created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT then the values specified in sampleLocationsInfo are ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkAttachmentSampleLocationsEXT-attachmentIndex-01531
    attachmentIndex must be less than the attachmentCount specified in VkRenderPassCreateInfo the render pass specified by VkRenderPassBeginInfo::renderPass was created with

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAttachmentSampleLocationsEXT-sampleLocationsInfo-parameter
    sampleLocationsInfo must be a valid VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure

The VkSubpassSampleLocationsEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
typedef struct VkSubpassSampleLocationsEXT {
    uint32_t                    subpassIndex;
    VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT    sampleLocationsInfo;
} VkSubpassSampleLocationsEXT;

  • subpassIndex is the index of the subpass for which the sample locations state is provided.

  • sampleLocationsInfo is the sample locations state to use for the layout transition of the depth/stencil attachment away from the image layout the attachment is used with in the subpass specified in subpassIndex.

If the image referenced by the depth/stencil attachment used in the subpass identified by subpassIndex was not created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT or if the subpass does not use a depth/stencil attachment, and VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT::variableSampleLocations is VK_TRUE then the values specified in sampleLocationsInfo are ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSubpassSampleLocationsEXT-subpassIndex-01532
    subpassIndex must be less than the subpassCount specified in VkRenderPassCreateInfo the render pass specified by VkRenderPassBeginInfo::renderPass was created with

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubpassSampleLocationsEXT-sampleLocationsInfo-parameter
    sampleLocationsInfo must be a valid VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure

The VkSubpassBeginInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSubpassBeginInfo {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    const void*          pNext;
    VkSubpassContents    contents;
} VkSubpassBeginInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • contents is a VkSubpassContents value specifying how the commands in the next subpass will be provided.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubpassBeginInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_BEGIN_INFO

  • VUID-VkSubpassBeginInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSubpassBeginInfo-contents-parameter
    contents must be a valid VkSubpassContents value

Possible values of vkCmdBeginRenderPass::contents, specifying how the commands in the first subpass will be provided, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSubpassContents {
    VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_INLINE = 0,
    VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_SECONDARY_COMMAND_BUFFERS = 1,
} VkSubpassContents;

  • VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_INLINE specifies that the contents of the subpass will be recorded inline in the primary command buffer, and secondary command buffers must not be executed within the subpass.

  • VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_SECONDARY_COMMAND_BUFFERS specifies that the contents are recorded in secondary command buffers that will be called from the primary command buffer, and vkCmdExecuteCommands is the only valid command in the command buffer until vkCmdNextSubpass or vkCmdEndRenderPass.

If the pNext chain of VkRenderPassBeginInfo includes a VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo structure, then that structure includes a device mask and set of render areas for the render pass instance.

The VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           deviceMask;
    uint32_t           deviceRenderAreaCount;
    const VkRect2D*    pDeviceRenderAreas;
} VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • deviceMask is the device mask for the render pass instance.

  • deviceRenderAreaCount is the number of elements in the pDeviceRenderAreas array.

  • pDeviceRenderAreas is a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures defining the render area for each physical device.

The deviceMask serves several purposes. It is an upper bound on the set of physical devices that can be used during the render pass instance, and the initial device mask when the render pass instance begins. In addition, commands transitioning to the next subpass in a render pass instance and commands ending the render pass instance, and, accordingly render pass load, store, and multisample resolve operations and subpass dependencies corresponding to the render pass instance, are executed on the physical devices included in the device mask provided here.

If deviceRenderAreaCount is not zero, then the elements of pDeviceRenderAreas override the value of VkRenderPassBeginInfo::renderArea, and provide a render area specific to each physical device. These render areas serve the same purpose as VkRenderPassBeginInfo::renderArea, including controlling the region of attachments that are cleared by VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR and that are resolved into resolve attachments.

If this structure is not present, the render pass instance’s device mask is the value of VkDeviceGroupCommandBufferBeginInfo::deviceMask. If this structure is not present or if deviceRenderAreaCount is zero, VkRenderPassBeginInfo::renderArea is used for all physical devices.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-deviceMask-00905
    deviceMask must be a valid device mask value

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-deviceMask-00906
    deviceMask must not be zero

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-deviceMask-00907
    deviceMask must be a subset of the command buffer’s initial device mask

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-deviceRenderAreaCount-00908
    deviceRenderAreaCount must either be zero or equal to the number of physical devices in the logical device

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-offset-06166
    The offset.x member of any element of pDeviceRenderAreas must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-offset-06167
    The offset.y member of any element of pDeviceRenderAreas must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-offset-06168
    The sum of the offset.x and extent.width members of any element of pDeviceRenderAreas must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferWidth

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-offset-06169
    The sum of the offset.y and extent.height members of any element of pDeviceRenderAreas must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferHeight

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-extent-08998
    The extent.width member of any element of pDeviceRenderAreas must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-extent-08999
    The extent.height member of any element of pDeviceRenderAreas must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_RENDER_PASS_BEGIN_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupRenderPassBeginInfo-pDeviceRenderAreas-parameter
    If deviceRenderAreaCount is not 0, pDeviceRenderAreas must be a valid pointer to an array of deviceRenderAreaCount VkRect2D structures

The VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    const void*           pNext;
    uint32_t              attachmentCount;
    const VkImageView*    pAttachments;
} VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • attachmentCount is the number of attachments.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkImageView handles, each of which will be used as the corresponding attachment in the render pass instance.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo-pAttachments-03218
    Each element of pAttachments must only specify a single mip level

  • VUID-VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo-pAttachments-03219
    Each element of pAttachments must have been created with the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo-pAttachments-04114
    Each element of pAttachments must have been created with VkImageViewCreateInfo::viewType not equal to VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_ATTACHMENT_BEGIN_INFO

  • VUID-VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo-pAttachments-parameter
    If attachmentCount is not 0, pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkImageView handles

To query the render area granularity, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetRenderAreaGranularity(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkRenderPass                                renderPass,
    VkExtent2D*                                 pGranularity);

  • device is the logical device that owns the render pass.

  • renderPass is a handle to a render pass.

  • pGranularity is a pointer to a VkExtent2D structure in which the granularity is returned.

The conditions leading to an optimal renderArea are:

  • the offset.x member in renderArea is a multiple of the width member of the returned VkExtent2D (the horizontal granularity).

  • the offset.y member in renderArea is a multiple of the height member of the returned VkExtent2D (the vertical granularity).

  • either the extent.width member in renderArea is a multiple of the horizontal granularity or offset.x+extent.width is equal to the width of the framebuffer in the VkRenderPassBeginInfo.

  • either the extent.height member in renderArea is a multiple of the vertical granularity or offset.y+extent.height is equal to the height of the framebuffer in the VkRenderPassBeginInfo.

Subpass dependencies are not affected by the render area, and apply to the entire image subresources attached to the framebuffer as specified in the description of automatic layout transitions. Similarly, pipeline barriers are valid even if their effect extends outside the render area.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetRenderAreaGranularity-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetRenderAreaGranularity-renderPass-parameter
    renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-vkGetRenderAreaGranularity-pGranularity-parameter
    pGranularity must be a valid pointer to a VkExtent2D structure

  • VUID-vkGetRenderAreaGranularity-renderPass-parent
    renderPass must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

To transition to the next subpass in the render pass instance after recording the commands for a subpass, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdNextSubpass(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkSubpassContents                           contents);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to record the command.

  • contents specifies how the commands in the next subpass will be provided, in the same fashion as the corresponding parameter of vkCmdBeginRenderPass.

The subpass index for a render pass begins at zero when vkCmdBeginRenderPass is recorded, and increments each time vkCmdNextSubpass is recorded.

After transitioning to the next subpass, the application can record the commands for that subpass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-None-00909
    The current subpass index must be less than the number of subpasses in the render pass minus one

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-contents-parameter
    contents must be a valid VkSubpassContents value

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action
State
Synchronization

To transition to the next subpass in the render pass instance after recording the commands for a subpass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
void vkCmdNextSubpass2(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkSubpassBeginInfo*                   pSubpassBeginInfo,
    const VkSubpassEndInfo*                     pSubpassEndInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to record the command.

  • pSubpassBeginInfo is a pointer to a VkSubpassBeginInfo structure containing information about the subpass which is about to begin rendering.

  • pSubpassEndInfo is a pointer to a VkSubpassEndInfo structure containing information about how the previous subpass will be ended.

vkCmdNextSubpass2 is semantically identical to vkCmdNextSubpass, except that it is extensible, and that contents is provided as part of an extensible structure instead of as a flat parameter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass2-None-03102
    The current subpass index must be less than the number of subpasses in the render pass minus one

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass2-pSubpassBeginInfo-parameter
    pSubpassBeginInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSubpassBeginInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass2-pSubpassEndInfo-parameter
    pSubpassEndInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSubpassEndInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass2-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass2-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action
State
Synchronization

To record a command to end a render pass instance after recording the commands for the last subpass, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.2. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdEndRenderPass(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to end the current render pass instance.

Ending a render pass instance performs any multisample resolve operations on the final subpass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-None-00910
    The current subpass index must be equal to the number of subpasses in the render pass minus one

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-None-07004
    If vkCmdBeginQuery* was called within a subpass of the render pass, the corresponding vkCmdEndQuery* must have been called subsequently within the same subpass

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action
State
Synchronization

To record a command to end a render pass instance after recording the commands for the last subpass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
void vkCmdEndRenderPass2(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkSubpassEndInfo*                     pSubpassEndInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to end the current render pass instance.

  • pSubpassEndInfo is a pointer to a VkSubpassEndInfo structure containing information about how the last subpass will be ended.

vkCmdEndRenderPass2 is semantically identical to vkCmdEndRenderPass, except that it is extensible.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass2-None-03103
    The current subpass index must be equal to the number of subpasses in the render pass minus one

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass2-None-07005
    If vkCmdBeginQuery* was called within a subpass of the render pass, the corresponding vkCmdEndQuery* must have been called subsequently within the same subpass

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass2-pSubpassEndInfo-parameter
    pSubpassEndInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSubpassEndInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass2-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass2-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action
State
Synchronization

The VkSubpassEndInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSubpassEndInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
} VkSubpassEndInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSubpassEndInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_END_INFO

  • VUID-VkSubpassEndInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

8.8. Common Render Pass Data Races (Informative)

Due to the complexity of how rendering is performed, there are several ways an application can accidentally introduce a data race, usually by doing something that may seem benign but actually cannot be supported. This section indicates a number of the more common cases as guidelines to help avoid them.

8.8.1. Sampling From a Read-Only Attachment

Vulkan includes read-only layouts for depth/stencil images, that allow the images to be both read during a render pass for the purposes of depth/stencil tests, and read as a non-attachment.

However, because VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_STORE and VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE may perform write operations, even if no recorded command writes to an attachment, reading from an image while also using it as an attachment with these store operations can result in a data race. If the reads from the non-attachment are performed in a fragment shader where the accessed samples match those covered by the fragment shader, no data race will occur as store operations are guaranteed to operate after fragment shader execution for the set of samples the fragment covers. Notably, input attachments can also be used for this case. Reading other samples or in any other shader stage can result in unexpected behavior due to the potential for a data race, and validation errors should be generated for doing so. In practice, many applications have shipped reading samples outside of the covered fragment without any observable issue, but there is no guarantee that this will always work, and it is not advisable to rely on this in new or re-worked code bases.

8.8.2. Non-Overlapping Access Between Resources

When relying on non-overlapping accesses between attachments and other resources, it is important to note that load and store operations have fairly wide alignment requirements - potentially affecting entire subresources and adjacent depth/stencil aspects. This makes it invalid to access a non-attachment subresource that is simultaneously being used as an attachment where either access performs a write operation.

8.8.3. Depth/Stencil and Input Attachments

When rendering to only the depth OR stencil aspect of an image, an input attachment accessing the other aspect will always result in a data race.

8.8.4. Synchronization Options

There are several synchronization options available to synchronize between accesses to resources within a render pass. Some of the options are outlined below:

  • A VkSubpassDependency in a render pass object can synchronize attachment writes and multisample resolve operations from a prior subpass for subsequent input attachment reads.

  • A vkCmdPipelineBarrier inside a subpass can synchronize prior attachment writes in the subpass with subsequent input attachment reads.

  • If a subresource is used as two separate non-attachment resources, writes to a pixel or individual sample in a fragment shader can be synchronized with access to the same pixel or sample in another fragment shader by using one of the fragment interlock execution modes.

9. Shaders

A shader specifies programmable operations that execute for each vertex, control point, tessellated vertex, primitive, fragment, or workgroup in the corresponding stage(s) of the graphics and compute pipelines.

Graphics pipelines include vertex shader execution as a result of primitive assembly, followed, if enabled, by tessellation control and evaluation shaders operating on patches, geometry shaders, if enabled, operating on primitives, and fragment shaders, if present, operating on fragments generated by Rasterization. In this specification, vertex, tessellation control, tessellation evaluation and geometry shaders are collectively referred to as pre-rasterization shader stages and occur in the logical pipeline before rasterization. The fragment shader occurs logically after rasterization.

Only the compute shader stage is included in a compute pipeline. Compute shaders operate on compute invocations in a workgroup.

Shaders can read from input variables, and read from and write to output variables. Input and output variables can be used to transfer data between shader stages, or to allow the shader to interact with values that exist in the execution environment. Similarly, the execution environment provides constants describing capabilities.

Shader variables are associated with execution environment-provided inputs and outputs using built-in decorations in the shader. The available decorations for each stage are documented in the following subsections.

9.1. Shader Modules

Shader modules contain shader code and one or more entry points. Shaders are selected from a shader module by specifying an entry point as part of pipeline creation. The stages of a pipeline can use shaders that come from different modules. The shader code defining a shader module must be in the SPIR-V format, as described by the Vulkan Environment for SPIR-V appendix.

Shader modules are represented by VkShaderModule handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkShaderModule)

Shader modules are not used in Vulkan SC, but the type has been retained for compatibility [SCID-8].

In Vulkan SC, the shader modules and pipeline state are supplied to an offline compiler which creates a pipeline cache entry which is loaded at pipeline creation time.

Accordingly, SPIR-V module validation rules defined in the Vulkan Environment for SPIR-V section are only indirectly applied in Vulkan SC, as the SPIR-V modules that must adhere to these validation rules are the inputs of the offline pipeline cache compilation process, while the Vulkan SC API only consumes the implementation-specific pipeline caches resulting from this process. However, violations of SPIR-V module validation rules may be detected and reported by validation layers when the corresponding pipeline cache entry contains stage validation index entries with SPIR-V module data.

For completeness, this specification also includes the following shader module creation valid usage clauses that are expected to be referred to by validation layers to report SPIR-V module validation errors:

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-codeSize-08735
    If pCode is a pointer to SPIR-V code, codeSize must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08736
    If pCode is a pointer to SPIR-V code, pCode must point to valid SPIR-V code, formatted and packed as described by the Khronos SPIR-V Specification

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08737
    If pCode is a pointer to SPIR-V code, pCode must adhere to the validation rules described by the Validation Rules within a Module section of the SPIR-V Environment appendix

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08738
    If pCode is a pointer to SPIR-V code, pCode must declare the Shader capability for SPIR-V code

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08739
    If pCode is a pointer to SPIR-V code, pCode must not declare any capability that is not supported by the API, as described by the Capabilities section of the SPIR-V Environment appendix

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08740
    If pCode is a pointer to SPIR-V code, and pCode declares any of the capabilities listed in the SPIR-V Environment appendix, one of the corresponding requirements must be satisfied

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08741
    If pCode is a pointer to SPIR-V code, pCode must not declare any SPIR-V extension that is not supported by the API, as described by the Extension section of the SPIR-V Environment appendix

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08742
    If pCode is a pointer to SPIR-V code, and pCode declares any of the SPIR-V extensions listed in the SPIR-V Environment appendix, one of the corresponding requirements must be satisfied

9.2. Binding Shaders

Before a shader can be used it must be first bound to the command buffer.

Calling vkCmdBindPipeline binds all stages corresponding to the VkPipelineBindPoint.

The following table describes the relationship between shader stages and pipeline bind points:

Shader stage Pipeline bind point behavior controlled

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

all drawing commands

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE

all dispatch commands

9.3. Shader Execution

At each stage of the pipeline, multiple invocations of a shader may execute simultaneously. Further, invocations of a single shader produced as the result of different commands may execute simultaneously. The relative execution order of invocations of the same shader type is undefined. Shader invocations may complete in a different order than that in which the primitives they originated from were drawn or dispatched by the application. However, fragment shader outputs are written to attachments in rasterization order.

The relative execution order of invocations of different shader types is largely undefined. However, when invoking a shader whose inputs are generated from a previous pipeline stage, the shader invocations from the previous stage are guaranteed to have executed far enough to generate input values for all required inputs.

9.3.1. Shader Termination

A shader invocation that is terminated has finished executing instructions.

Executing OpReturn in the entry point, or executing OpTerminateInvocation in any function will terminate an invocation. Implementations may also terminate a shader invocation when OpKill is executed in any function; otherwise it becomes a helper invocation.

In addition to the above conditions, helper invocations may be terminated when all non-helper invocations in the same derivative group either terminate or become helper invocations.

A shader stage for a given command completes execution when all invocations for that stage have terminated.

Note

Depending on the implementation, OpKill will be functionally equivalent to either OpTerminateInvocation or OpDemoteToHelperInvocation. To obtain the most predictable behavior, shader authors should use OpTerminateInvocation or OpDemoteToHelperInvocation rather than OpKill wherever possible.

9.4. Shader Out-of-Bounds Memory Access

Shader accesses to memory are not automatically bounds checked by the implementation. Applications must not execute operations that would access out of bounds memory locations unless some form of bounds checking is enabled. An access is considered out of bounds if any part of the access is outside of any specified memory range, whether that is the array length specified in a shader or a range specified in the API (e.g. descriptor size).

Note

External tooling such as the Vulkan Validation Layers can be used to help validate that accesses are not out of bounds.

An access can be independently out of bounds for each range that applies; if one is bounds checked and the others are not, behavior is still undefined.

Note

For example, given the following shader declaration

// Buffer type
struct MySSBO {
    uint32_t data[2];
};

accessing data at an index greater than 1 is undefined behavior, whether the underlying buffer is bigger than that or not.

Vulkan provides functionality that enables automatic bounds checking in some cases, as outlined below.

Note

Automatic bounds checking can be used to ensure that accesses outside of certain bounds have predictable results, acting as a safety net for untrusted code, or simply as a way for applications to avoid their own bounds checks. While there may be a performance cost for enabling these features, they should not be slower than an application performing equivalent checks. Automatic checks do not necessarily account for all possible bounds - e.g. Robust Buffer Access will not prevent undefined behavior in the buffer access example in the prior note.

9.4.1. Robust Buffer Access

Robust buffer access can be enabled by the robustBufferAccess feature.

When robust buffer access is enabled, access to a buffer via a descriptor is bounds checked against the range specified for the descriptor, and access to vertex input data is bounds checked against the bound vertex buffer range. Reads from a vertex input may instead be bounds checked against a range rounded down to the nearest multiple of the stride of its binding.

Note

The range of a descriptor is not necessarily equivalent to the size of the underlying resource; applications may suballocate descriptors from larger buffers, for instance. The APIs specifying the descriptor range vary between resource types and descriptor interfaces, but for example include the ranges specified by VkDescriptorBufferInfo or VkBufferViewCreateInfo.

If any vertex input read is outside of the checked range, all other vertex input reads through the same binding in the same shader invocation may behave as if they were outside of the checked range.

If any access to a uniform, storage, uniform texel, or storage texel buffer is outside of the checked range, any access of the same type (write, read-modify-write, or read) to the same buffer that is less than 16 bytes away from the first access may behave as if it is also outside of the checked range.

Any non-atomic access to a uniform, storage, uniform texel, or storage texel buffer wider than 32-bits may be treated as multiple 32-bit accesses that are separately bounds checked.

Writes to a storage or storage texel buffer outside of the checked range will either be discarded, or modify values within the memory range(s) bound to the underlying buffer (including outside of the checked range). They will not modify any other memory.

Note

Non-atomic writes outside of the checked range can lead to data races, as the application has no control over where the data will be written.

Atomic read-modify-write operations to a storage or storage texel buffer outside of the checked range will behave the same as a write outside of the checked range, but will return an undefined value.

Reading a uniform, storage, uniform texel, or storage texel buffer outside of the checked range will return one of the following values:

  • Values from anywhere within the memory range(s) bound to the underlying buffer object, which may include bytes beyond the size of the buffer itself.

  • Zero values

  • For 4-component vectors, a value of (0,0,0,x), where x is any of

    • 0, 1, or the maximum positive integer value for integer components

    • 0.0 or 1.0 for floating-point components

  • The value of the last store to the same out-of-bounds location in the same shader invocation.

    • Using the Volatile/VolatileTexel memory/image operand, the Volatile memory semantic, or the Volatile decoration to load the value will prevent prior stored values from being returned.

Note

Getting the value of the previous store is possible as implementations are free to optimize multiple accesses in the general case. There are several ways this can be prevented, but using volatile loads is by far the simplest.

Reads from a vertex input outside of the checked range will produce one of the following values:

  • Values from anywhere within the memory range(s) bound to the underlying buffer object, which may include bytes beyond the size of the buffer itself, converted via input extraction.

  • Zero values, converted via input extraction.

  • Zero values

  • For 4-component vectors, a value of (0,0,0,x), where x is any of

    • 0, 1, or the maximum positive integer value for integer components

    • 0.0 or 1.0 for floating-point components

9.4.2. Robust Buffer Access 2

Robust buffer access 2 can be enabled by the robustBufferAccess2 feature.

When robust buffer access 2 is enabled, access to a buffer via a descriptor is bounds checked against the range specified for the descriptor, and access to vertex input data is bounds checked against the bound vertex buffer range, similarly to Robust Buffer Access, but with tighter bounds on the results.

Accesses to a uniform buffer may instead be bounds checked against a range rounded up to robustUniformBufferAccessSizeAlignment. Accesses inside the aligned range may behave as if they are in bounds, even if they are outside of the unaligned descriptor range, and access memory accordingly. The same is true for accesses to a storage buffer, using the robustStorageBufferAccessSizeAlignment limit instead.

Note

To avoid unexpected data races between neighboring descriptor ranges, applications may wish to ensure suballocated ranges of buffers are aligned to these limits.

Any access to a uniform, storage, uniform texel, or storage texel buffer wider than 32-bits may be treated as multiple 32-bit accesses that are separately bounds checked.

Note

Accesses to null descriptors are not considered out-of-bounds and have separate behavior controlled by the nullDescriptor feature.

Writes to a storage or storage texel buffer outside of the checked range will not modify any memory.

Atomic read-modify-write operations to a storage or storage texel buffer outside of the checked range will behave the same as a write outside of the checked range, but will return an undefined value.

Reads from a uniform or storage buffer outside of the checked range will return zero values. If a value was previously written to the same out of bounds location in the same shader invocation, that value may be returned instead; using the Volatile/VolatileTexel memory/image operand, the Volatile memory semantic, or the Volatile decoration to load the value will prevent prior stored values from being returned.

Reading a uniform texel or storage texel buffer outside of the checked range will produce zero values, but component substitution will still be applied based on the buffer view’s format, with the resulting value returned to the shader. If a value was previously written to the same out of bounds location in the same shader invocation, that value may be returned instead; using the Volatile/VolatileTexel memory/image operand, the Volatile memory semantic, or the Volatile decoration to load the value will prevent prior stored values from being returned.

Reads from a vertex input outside of the checked range will produce zero values, but input extraction will still be applied, filling missing G, B, or A components with (0,0,1).

9.4.3. Image Sampling

Sampling operations on an image descriptor are always well-defined when coordinates exceeding the dimensions specified for the descriptor are accessed, as described in the Wrapping Operation section.

9.4.4. Robust Image Access

Robust image access can be enabled by the robustImageAccess feature.

If robust image access is enabled, accesses to image descriptors are bounds checked against the image view dimensions specified for the descriptor.

Writes or atomic read-modify-write operations to a storage image outside of the checked dimensions will not modify any memory.

Reads, atomic read-modify-write operations, or fetches from images outside of the checked dimensions will return zero values, with (0,0,1) or [eq]#(0,0,0) values inserted for missing G, B, or A components based on the format.

If a value was previously written to the same out of bounds location in the same shader invocation, that value may be returned instead; using the VolatileTexel image operand, the Volatile memory semantic, or the Volatile decoration to load the value will prevent prior stored values from being returned.

9.4.5. Robust Image Access 2

Note

This is largely identical to Robust Image Access; the only difference being that the alpha channel must be replaced with 1, rather than 1 or 0, for out of bounds texel access.

Robust image access 2 can be enabled by the robustImageAccess2 feature.

If robust image access 2 is enabled, accesses to image descriptors are bounds checked against the image view dimensions specified for the descriptor.

Writes or atomic read-modify-write operations to a storage image outside of the checked dimensions will not modify any memory.

Reads, atomic read-modify-write operations, or fetches from images outside of the checked dimensions will return zero values, with (0,0,1) values inserted for missing G, B, or A components based on the format.

If a value was previously written to the same out of bounds location in the same shader invocation, that value may be returned instead; using the VolatileTexel image operand, the Volatile memory semantic, or the Volatile decoration to load the value will prevent prior stored values from being returned.

9.5. Shader Memory Access Ordering

The order in which image or buffer memory is read or written by shaders is largely undefined. For some shader types (vertex, tessellation evaluation, and in some cases, fragment), even the number of shader invocations that may perform loads and stores is undefined.

In particular, the following rules apply:

  • Vertex and tessellation evaluation shaders will be invoked at least once for each unique vertex, as defined in those sections.

  • Fragment shaders will be invoked zero or more times, as defined in that section.

  • The relative execution order of invocations of the same shader type is undefined. A store issued by a shader when working on primitive B might complete prior to a store for primitive A, even if primitive A is specified prior to primitive B. This applies even to fragment shaders; while fragment shader outputs are always written to the framebuffer in rasterization order, stores executed by fragment shader invocations are not.

  • The relative execution order of invocations of different shader types is largely undefined.

Note

The above limitations on shader invocation order make some forms of synchronization between shader invocations within a single set of primitives unimplementable. For example, having one invocation poll memory written by another invocation assumes that the other invocation has been launched and will complete its writes in finite time.

The Memory Model appendix defines the terminology and rules for how to correctly communicate between shader invocations, such as when a write is Visible-To a read, and what constitutes a Data Race. Applications must not cause a data race.

9.6. Shader Inputs and Outputs

Data is passed into and out of shaders using variables with input or output storage class, respectively. User-defined inputs and outputs are connected between stages by matching their Location decorations. Additionally, data can be provided by or communicated to special functions provided by the execution environment using BuiltIn decorations.

In many cases, the same BuiltIn decoration can be used in multiple shader stages with similar meaning. The specific behavior of variables decorated as BuiltIn is documented in the following sections.

9.7. Vertex Shaders

Each vertex shader invocation operates on one vertex and its associated vertex attribute data, and outputs one vertex and associated data. Graphics pipelines must include a vertex shader, and the vertex shader stage is always the first shader stage in the graphics pipeline.

9.7.1. Vertex Shader Execution

A vertex shader must be executed at least once for each vertex specified by a drawing command. If the subpass includes multiple views in its view mask, the shader may be invoked separately for each view. During execution, the shader is presented with the index of the vertex and instance for which it has been invoked. Input variables declared in the vertex shader are filled by the implementation with the values of vertex attributes associated with the invocation being executed.

If the same vertex is specified multiple times in a drawing command (e.g. by including the same index value multiple times in an index buffer) the implementation may reuse the results of vertex shading if it can statically determine that the vertex shader invocations will produce identical results.

Note

It is implementation-dependent when and if results of vertex shading are reused, and thus how many times the vertex shader will be executed. This is true also if the vertex shader contains stores or atomic operations (see vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics).

9.8. Tessellation Control Shaders

The tessellation control shader is used to read an input patch provided by the application and to produce an output patch. Each tessellation control shader invocation operates on an input patch (after all control points in the patch are processed by a vertex shader) and its associated data, and outputs a single control point of the output patch and its associated data, and can also output additional per-patch data. The input patch is sized according to the patchControlPoints member of VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo, as part of input assembly.

The input patch can also be dynamically sized with patchControlPoints parameter of vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT.

To dynamically set the number of control points per patch, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
void vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    patchControlPoints);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • patchControlPoints specifies the number of control points per patch.

This command sets the number of control points per patch for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo::patchControlPoints value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT-None-09422
    At least one of the following must be true:

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT-patchControlPoints-04874
    patchControlPoints must be greater than zero and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationPatchSize

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

The size of the output patch is controlled by the OpExecutionMode OutputVertices specified in the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shaders, which must be specified in at least one of the shaders. The size of the input and output patches must each be greater than zero and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationPatchSize.

9.8.1. Tessellation Control Shader Execution

A tessellation control shader is invoked at least once for each output vertex in a patch. If the subpass includes multiple views in its view mask, the shader may be invoked separately for each view.

Inputs to the tessellation control shader are generated by the vertex shader. Each invocation of the tessellation control shader can read the attributes of any incoming vertices and their associated data. The invocations corresponding to a given patch execute logically in parallel, with undefined relative execution order. However, the OpControlBarrier instruction can be used to provide limited control of the execution order by synchronizing invocations within a patch, effectively dividing tessellation control shader execution into a set of phases. Tessellation control shaders will read undefined values if one invocation reads a per-vertex or per-patch output written by another invocation at any point during the same phase, or if two invocations attempt to write different values to the same per-patch output in a single phase.

9.9. Tessellation Evaluation Shaders

The Tessellation Evaluation Shader operates on an input patch of control points and their associated data, and a single input barycentric coordinate indicating the invocation’s relative position within the subdivided patch, and outputs a single vertex and its associated data.

9.9.1. Tessellation Evaluation Shader Execution

A tessellation evaluation shader is invoked at least once for each unique vertex generated by the tessellator. If the subpass includes multiple views in its view mask, the shader may be invoked separately for each view.

9.10. Geometry Shaders

The geometry shader operates on a group of vertices and their associated data assembled from a single input primitive, and emits zero or more output primitives and the group of vertices and their associated data required for each output primitive.

9.10.1. Geometry Shader Execution

A geometry shader is invoked at least once for each primitive produced by the tessellation stages, or at least once for each primitive generated by primitive assembly when tessellation is not in use. A shader can request that the geometry shader runs multiple instances. A geometry shader is invoked at least once for each instance. If the subpass includes multiple views in its view mask, the shader may be invoked separately for each view.

9.11. Fragment Shaders

Fragment shaders are invoked as a fragment operation in a graphics pipeline. Each fragment shader invocation operates on a single fragment and its associated data. With few exceptions, fragment shaders do not have access to any data associated with other fragments and are considered to execute in isolation of fragment shader invocations associated with other fragments.

9.12. Compute Shaders

Compute shaders are invoked via dispatching commands. In general, they have access to similar resources as shader stages executing as part of a graphics pipeline.

Compute workloads are formed from groups of work items called workgroups and processed by the compute shader in the current compute pipeline. A workgroup is a collection of shader invocations that execute the same shader, potentially in parallel. Compute shaders execute in global workgroups which are divided into a number of local workgroups with a size that can be set by assigning a value to the LocalSize execution mode or via an object decorated by the WorkgroupSize decoration. An invocation within a local workgroup can share data with other members of the local workgroup through shared variables and issue memory and control flow barriers to synchronize with other members of the local workgroup.

9.13. Interpolation Decorations

Variables in the Input storage class in a fragment shader’s interface are interpolated from the values specified by the primitive being rasterized.

Note

Interpolation decorations can be present on input and output variables in pre-rasterization shaders but have no effect on the interpolation performed.

An undecorated input variable will be interpolated with perspective-correct interpolation according to the primitive type being rasterized. Lines and polygons are interpolated in the same way as the primitive’s clip coordinates. If the NoPerspective decoration is present, linear interpolation is instead used for lines and polygons. For points, as there is only a single vertex, input values are never interpolated and instead take the value written for the single vertex.

If the Flat decoration is present on an input variable, the value is not interpolated, and instead takes its value directly from the provoking vertex. Fragment shader inputs that are signed or unsigned integers, integer vectors, or any double-precision floating-point type must be decorated with Flat.

Interpolation of input variables is performed at an implementation-defined position within the fragment area being shaded. The position is further constrained as follows:

  • If the Centroid decoration is used, the interpolation position used for the variable must also fall within the bounds of the primitive being rasterized.

  • If the Sample decoration is used, the interpolation position used for the variable must be at the position of the sample being shaded by the current fragment shader invocation.

  • If a sample count of 1 is used, the interpolation position must be at the center of the fragment area.

Note

As Centroid constrains the interpolation position to lie within the covered area of the primitive, using it may cause the position to differ between neighboring fragments when it otherwise would not. Derivatives calculated based on these differing locations can produce inconsistent results compared to undecorated inputs. Thus using Centroid with input variables used in derivative calculations is not recommended.

9.14. Static Use

A SPIR-V module declares a global object in memory using the OpVariable instruction, which results in a pointer x to that object. A specific entry point in a SPIR-V module is said to statically use that object if that entry point’s call tree contains a function containing a instruction with x as an id operand. A shader entry point also statically uses any variables explicitly declared in its interface.

9.15. Scope

A scope describes a set of shader invocations, where each such set is a scope instance. Each invocation belongs to one or more scope instances, but belongs to no more than one scope instance for each scope.

The operations available between invocations in a given scope instance vary, with smaller scopes generally able to perform more operations, and with greater efficiency.

9.15.1. Cross Device

All invocations executed in a Vulkan instance fall into a single cross device scope instance.

Whilst the CrossDevice scope is defined in SPIR-V, it is disallowed in Vulkan. API synchronization commands can be used to communicate between devices.

9.15.2. Device

All invocations executed on a single device form a device scope instance.

If the vulkanMemoryModel and vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope features are enabled, this scope is represented in SPIR-V by the Device Scope, which can be used as a Memory Scope for barrier and atomic operations.

If both the shaderDeviceClock and vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope features are enabled, using the Device Scope with the OpReadClockKHR instruction will read from a clock that is consistent across invocations in the same device scope instance.

There is no method to synchronize the execution of these invocations within SPIR-V, and this can only be done with API synchronization primitives.

Invocations executing on different devices in a device group operate in separate device scope instances.

9.15.3. Queue Family

Invocations executed by queues in a given queue family form a queue family scope instance.

This scope is identified in SPIR-V as the QueueFamily Scope if the vulkanMemoryModel feature is enabled, or if not, the Device Scope, which can be used as a Memory Scope for barrier and atomic operations.

If the shaderDeviceClock feature is enabled, but the vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope feature is not enabled, using the Device Scope with the OpReadClockKHR instruction will read from a clock that is consistent across invocations in the same queue family scope instance.

There is no method to synchronize the execution of these invocations within SPIR-V, and this can only be done with API synchronization primitives.

Each invocation in a queue family scope instance must be in the same device scope instance.

9.15.4. Command

Any shader invocations executed as the result of a single command such as vkCmdDispatch or vkCmdDraw form a command scope instance. For indirect drawing commands with drawCount greater than one, invocations from separate draws are in separate command scope instances.

There is no specific Scope for communication across invocations in a command scope instance. As this has a clear boundary at the API level, coordination here can be performed in the API, rather than in SPIR-V.

Each invocation in a command scope instance must be in the same queue-family scope instance.

For shaders without defined workgroups, this set of invocations forms an invocation group as defined in the SPIR-V specification.

9.15.5. Primitive

Any fragment shader invocations executed as the result of rasterization of a single primitive form a primitive scope instance.

There is no specific Scope for communication across invocations in a primitive scope instance.

Any generated helper invocations are included in this scope instance.

Each invocation in a primitive scope instance must be in the same command scope instance.

Any input variables decorated with Flat are uniform within a primitive scope instance.

9.15.6. Workgroup

A local workgroup is a set of invocations that can synchronize and share data with each other using memory in the Workgroup storage class.

The Workgroup Scope can be used as both an Execution Scope and Memory Scope for barrier and atomic operations.

Each invocation in a local workgroup must be in the same command scope instance.

Only compute shaders have defined workgroups - other shader types cannot use workgroup functionality. For shaders that have defined workgroups, this set of invocations forms an invocation group as defined in the SPIR-V specification.

The amount of storage consumed by the variables declared with the Workgroup storage class is implementation-dependent. However, the amount of storage consumed may not exceed the largest block size that would be obtained if all active variables declared with Workgroup storage class were assigned offsets in an arbitrary order by successively taking the smallest valid offset according to the Standard Storage Buffer Layout rules, and with Boolean values considered as 32-bit integer values for the purpose of this calculation. (This is equivalent to using the GLSL std430 layout rules.)

9.15.7. Subgroup

A subgroup (see the subsection “Control Flow” of section 2 of the SPIR-V 1.3 Revision 1 specification) is a set of invocations that can synchronize and share data with each other efficiently.

The Subgroup Scope can be used as both an Execution Scope and Memory Scope for barrier and atomic operations. Other subgroup features allow the use of group operations with subgroup scope.

If the shaderSubgroupClock feature is enabled, using the Subgroup Scope with the OpReadClockKHR instruction will read from a clock that is consistent across invocations in the same subgroup.

For shaders that have defined workgroups, each invocation in a subgroup must be in the same local workgroup.

In other shader stages, each invocation in a subgroup must be in the same device scope instance.

Only shader stages that support subgroup operations have defined subgroups.

Note

Subgroups are not guaranteed to be a subset of a single command in shaders that do not have defined workgroups. Values that are guaranteed to be uniform for a given command or sub command may then not be uniform for the subgroup, and vice versa. As such, applications must take care when dealing with mixed uniformity.

A somewhat common example of this would something like trying to optimize access to per-draw data using subgroup operations:

buffer { uint draw_data[]; };

flat in int vDrawID; // Passed through from vertex shader

void main()
{
    uint local_draw_data = subgroupBroadcastFirst(draw_data[local_draw_data]);
}

This can be done in an attempt to optimize the shader to only perform the loads once per subgroup. However, if the implementation packs multiple draws into a single subgroup, invocations from draws with a different drawID are now receiving data from the wrong invocation. Applications should rely on implementations to do this kind of optimization automatically where the implementation can, rather than trying to force it.

9.15.8. Quad

A quad scope instance is formed of four shader invocations.

In a fragment shader, each invocation in a quad scope instance is formed of invocations in neighboring framebuffer locations (xi, yi), where:

  • i is the index of the invocation within the scope instance.

  • w and h are the number of pixels the fragment covers in the x and y axes.

  • w and h are identical for all participating invocations.

  • (x0) = (x1 - w) = (x2) = (x3 - w)

  • (y0) = (y1) = (y2 - h) = (y3 - h)

  • Each invocation has the same layer and sample indices.

In all shaders, each invocation in a quad scope instance is formed of invocations in adjacent subgroup invocation indices (si), where:

  • i is the index of the invocation within the quad scope instance.

  • (s0) = (s1 - 1) = (s2 - 2) = (s3 - 3)

  • s0 is an integer multiple of 4.

Each invocation in a quad scope instance must be in the same subgroup.

In a fragment shader, each invocation in a quad scope instance must be in the same primitive scope instance.

Fragment and compute shaders have defined quad scope instances. If the quadOperationsInAllStages limit is supported, any shader stages that support subgroup operations also have defined quad scope instances.

9.15.9. Fragment Interlock

A fragment interlock scope instance is formed of fragment shader invocations based on their framebuffer locations (x,y,layer,sample), executed by commands inside a single subpass.

The specific set of invocations included varies based on the execution mode as follows:

  • If the SampleInterlockOrderedEXT or SampleInterlockUnorderedEXT execution modes are used, only invocations with identical framebuffer locations (x,y,layer,sample) are included.

  • If the PixelInterlockOrderedEXT or PixelInterlockUnorderedEXT execution modes are used, fragments with different sample ids are also included.

  • If the ShadingRateInterlockOrderedEXT or ShadingRateInterlockUnorderedEXT execution modes are used, fragments from neighboring framebuffer locations are also included. The fragment shading rate determines these fragments.

Only fragment shaders with one of the above execution modes have defined fragment interlock scope instances.

There is no specific Scope value for communication across invocations in a fragment interlock scope instance. However, this is implicitly used as a memory scope by OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT and OpEndInvocationInterlockEXT.

Each invocation in a fragment interlock scope instance must be in the same queue family scope instance.

9.15.10. Invocation

The smallest scope is a single invocation; this is represented by the Invocation Scope in SPIR-V.

Fragment shader invocations must be in a primitive scope instance.

Invocations in fragment shaders that have a defined fragment interlock scope must be in a fragment interlock scope instance.

Invocations in shaders that have defined workgroups must be in a local workgroup.

Invocations in shaders that have a defined subgroup scope must be in a subgroup.

Invocations in shaders that have a defined quad scope must be in a quad scope instance.

All invocations in all stages must be in a command scope instance.

9.16. Group Operations

Group operations are executed by multiple invocations within a scope instance; with each invocation involved in calculating the result. This provides a mechanism for efficient communication between invocations in a particular scope instance.

Group operations all take a Scope defining the desired scope instance to operate within. Only the Subgroup scope can be used for these operations; the subgroupSupportedOperations limit defines which types of operation can be used.

9.16.1. Basic Group Operations

Basic group operations include the use of OpGroupNonUniformElect, OpControlBarrier, OpMemoryBarrier, and atomic operations.

OpGroupNonUniformElect can be used to choose a single invocation to perform a task for the whole group. Only the invocation with the lowest id in the group will return true.

The Memory Model appendix defines the operation of barriers and atomics.

9.16.2. Vote Group Operations

The vote group operations allow invocations within a group to compare values across a group. The types of votes enabled are:

  • Do all active group invocations agree that an expression is true?

  • Do any active group invocations evaluate an expression to true?

  • Do all active group invocations have the same value of an expression?

Note

These operations are useful in combination with control flow in that they allow for developers to check whether conditions match across the group and choose potentially faster code-paths in these cases.

9.16.3. Arithmetic Group Operations

The arithmetic group operations allow invocations to perform scans and reductions across a group. The operators supported are add, mul, min, max, and, or, xor.

For reductions, every invocation in a group will obtain the cumulative result of these operators applied to all values in the group. For exclusive scans, each invocation in a group will obtain the cumulative result of these operators applied to all values in invocations with a lower index in the group. Inclusive scans are identical to exclusive scans, except the cumulative result includes the operator applied to the value in the current invocation.

The order in which these operators are applied is implementation-dependent.

9.16.4. Ballot Group Operations

The ballot group operations allow invocations to perform more complex votes across the group. The ballot functionality allows all invocations within a group to provide a boolean value and get as a result what each invocation provided as their boolean value. The broadcast functionality allows values to be broadcast from an invocation to all other invocations within the group.

9.16.5. Shuffle Group Operations

The shuffle group operations allow invocations to read values from other invocations within a group.

9.16.6. Shuffle Relative Group Operations

The shuffle relative group operations allow invocations to read values from other invocations within the group relative to the current invocation in the group. The relative operations supported allow data to be shifted up and down through the invocations within a group.

9.16.7. Clustered Group Operations

The clustered group operations allow invocations to perform an operation among partitions of a group, such that the operation is only performed within the group invocations within a partition. The partitions for clustered group operations are consecutive power-of-two size groups of invocations and the cluster size must be known at pipeline creation time. The operations supported are add, mul, min, max, and, or, xor.

9.17. Quad Group Operations

Quad group operations (OpGroupNonUniformQuad*) are a specialized type of group operations that only operate on quad scope instances. Whilst these instructions do include a Scope parameter, this scope is always overridden; only the quad scope instance is included in its execution scope.

Fragment shaders that statically execute either OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast or OpGroupNonUniformQuadSwap must launch sufficient invocations to ensure their correct operation; additional helper invocations are launched for framebuffer locations not covered by rasterized fragments if necessary.

The index used to select participating invocations is i, as described for a quad scope instance, defined as the quad index in the SPIR-V specification.

For OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast this value is equal to Index. For OpGroupNonUniformQuadSwap, it is equal to the implicit Index used by each participating invocation.

9.18. Derivative Operations

Derivative operations calculate the partial derivative for an expression P as a function of an invocation’s x and y coordinates.

Derivative operations operate on a set of invocations known as a derivative group as defined in the SPIR-V specification.

A derivative group in a fragment shader is equivalent to the primitive scope instance.

Derivatives are calculated assuming that P is piecewise linear and continuous within the derivative group.

The following control-flow restrictions apply to derivative operations:

  • dynamic instances of explicit derivative instructions (OpDPdx*, OpDPdy*, and OpFwidth*) must be executed in control flow that is uniform within a derivative group.

  • dynamic instances of implicit derivative operations can be executed in control flow that is not uniform within the derivative group, but results are undefined.

Fragment shaders that statically execute derivative operations must launch sufficient invocations to ensure their correct operation; additional helper invocations are launched for framebuffer locations not covered by rasterized fragments if necessary.

Derivative operations calculate their results as the difference between the result of P across invocations in the quad. For fine derivative operations (OpDPdxFine and OpDPdyFine), the values of DPdx(Pi) are calculated as

DPdx(P0) = DPdx(P1) = P1 - P0

DPdx(P2) = DPdx(P3) = P3 - P2

and the values of DPdy(Pi) are calculated as

DPdy(P0) = DPdy(P2) = P2 - P0

DPdy(P1) = DPdy(P3) = P3 - P1

where i is the index of each invocation as described in Quad.

Coarse derivative operations (OpDPdxCoarse and OpDPdyCoarse), calculate their results in roughly the same manner, but may only calculate two values instead of four (one for each of DPdx and DPdy), reusing the same result no matter the originating invocation. If an implementation does this, it should use the fine derivative calculations described for P0.

Note

Derivative values are calculated between fragments rather than pixels. If the fragment shader invocations involved in the calculation cover multiple pixels, these operations cover a wider area, resulting in larger derivative values. This in turn will result in a coarser LOD being selected for image sampling operations using derivatives.

Applications may want to account for this when using multi-pixel fragments; if pixel derivatives are desired, applications should use explicit derivative operations and divide the results by the size of the fragment in each dimension as follows:

DPdx(Pn)' = DPdx(Pn) / w

DPdy(Pn)' = DPdy(Pn) / h

where w and h are the size of the fragments in the quad, and DPdx(Pn)' and DPdy(Pn)' are the pixel derivatives.

The results for OpDPdx and OpDPdy may be calculated as either fine or coarse derivatives, with implementations favoring the most efficient approach. Implementations must choose coarse or fine consistently between the two.

Executing OpFwidthFine, OpFwidthCoarse, or OpFwidth is equivalent to executing the corresponding OpDPdx* and OpDPdy* instructions, taking the absolute value of the results, and summing them.

Executing an OpImage*Sample*ImplicitLod instruction is equivalent to executing OpDPdx(Coordinate) and OpDPdy(Coordinate), and passing the results as the Grad operands dx and dy.

Note

It is expected that using the ImplicitLod variants of sampling functions will be substantially more efficient than using the ExplicitLod variants with explicitly generated derivatives.

9.19. Helper Invocations

When performing derivative or quad group operations in a fragment shader, additional invocations may be spawned in order to ensure correct results. These additional invocations are known as helper invocations and can be identified by a non-zero value in the HelperInvocation built-in. Stores and atomics performed by helper invocations must not have any effect on memory except for the Function, Private and Output storage classes, and values returned by atomic instructions in helper invocations are undefined.

Note

While storage to Output storage class has an effect even in helper invocations, it does not mean that helper invocations have an effect on the framebuffer. Output variables in fragment shaders can be read from as well, and they behave more like Private variables for the duration of the shader invocation.

Helper invocations may be considered inactive for group operations other than derivative and quad group operations. All invocations in a quad scope instance may become permanently inactive at any point once the only remaining invocations in that quad scope instance are helper invocations.

10. Pipelines

The following figure shows a block diagram of the Vulkan pipelines. Some Vulkan commands specify geometric objects to be drawn or computational work to be performed, while others specify state controlling how objects are handled by the various pipeline stages, or control data transfer between memory organized as images and buffers. Commands are effectively sent through a processing pipeline, such as a graphics pipeline, or a compute pipeline.

The first stage of the graphics pipeline (Input Assembler) assembles vertices to form geometric primitives such as points, lines, and triangles, based on a requested primitive topology. In the next stage (Vertex Shader) vertices can be transformed, computing positions and attributes for each vertex. If tessellation and/or geometry shaders are supported, they can then generate multiple primitives from a single input primitive, possibly changing the primitive topology or generating additional attribute data in the process.

The final resulting primitives are clipped to a clip volume in preparation for the next stage, Rasterization. The rasterizer produces a series of fragments associated with a region of the framebuffer, from a two-dimensional description of a point, line segment, or triangle. These fragments are processed by fragment operations to determine whether generated values will be written to the framebuffer. Fragment shading determines the values to be written to the framebuffer attachments. Framebuffer operations then read and write the color and depth/stencil attachments of the framebuffer for a given subpass of a render pass instance. The attachments can be used as input attachments in the fragment shader in a later subpass of the same render pass.

The compute pipeline is a separate pipeline from the graphics pipeline, which operates on one-, two-, or three-dimensional workgroups which can read from and write to buffer and image memory.

This ordering is meant only as a tool for describing Vulkan, not as a strict rule of how Vulkan is implemented, and we present it only as a means to organize the various operations of the pipelines. Actual ordering guarantees between pipeline stages are explained in detail in the synchronization chapter.

image/svg+xml Vertex Shader Draw Input Assembler Tessellation Control Shader Tessellation Primitive Generator Tessellation Evaluation Shader Rasterization Indirect Buffer Descriptor Sets Legend Geometry Shader Vertex Post-Processing Early Per-Fragment Tests Fragment Shader Late Per-Fragment Tests Blending Index Buffer Vertex Buffers Push Constants Uniform Buffers Uniform Texel Buffers Sampled Images Storage Buffers Storage Texel Buffers Storage Images Compute Shader Dispatch Depth/Stencil Attachments Input Attachments Color Attachments Fixed Function Stage Shader Stage Resource
Figure 2. Block diagram of the Vulkan pipeline

Each pipeline is controlled by a monolithic object created from a description of all of the shader stages and any relevant fixed-function stages. Linking the whole pipeline together allows the optimization of shaders based on their input/outputs and eliminates expensive draw time state validation.

A pipeline object is bound to the current state using vkCmdBindPipeline. Any pipeline object state that is specified as dynamic is not applied to the current state when the pipeline object is bound, but is instead set by dynamic state setting commands.

No state, including dynamic state, is inherited from one command buffer to another.

Compute, and graphics pipelines are each represented by VkPipeline handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkPipeline)

10.1. Multiple Pipeline Creation

Multiple pipelines can be created in a single call by commands such as:

The creation commands are passed an array pCreateInfos of Vk*PipelineCreateInfo structures specifying parameters of each pipeline to be created, and return a corresponding array of handles in pPipelines. Each element index i of pPipelines is created based on the corresponding element i of pCreateInfos.

Applications can group together similar pipelines to be created in a single call, and implementations are encouraged to look for reuse opportunities when creating a group.

When attempting to create many pipelines in a single command, it is possible that creation may fail for a subset of them. In this case, the corresponding elements of pPipelines will be VK_NULL_HANDLE. If creation fails for a pipeline despite valid arguments (for example, due to out of memory errors), the VkResult code returned by the pipeline creation command will indicate why. The implementation will attempt to create all pipelines, and only return VK_NULL_HANDLE values for those that actually failed.

If creation fails for multiple pipelines, the returned VkResult must be the return value of any one of the pipelines which did not succeed. An application can reliably clean up from a failed call by iterating over the pPipelines array and destroying every element that is not VK_NULL_HANDLE.

If the entire command fails and no pipelines are created, all elements of pPipelines will be VK_NULL_HANDLE.

10.2. Pipeline Creation Flags

When creating a pipeline, the application can specify a set of flags that control how the pipeline is created and certain aspects of its behavior and capabilities. These flags are specified by setting the flags member of the pipeline creation structure to a bitmask of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits.

Bits which can be set in

specify how a pipeline is created, and are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineCreateFlagBits {
    VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISABLE_OPTIMIZATION_BIT = 0x00000001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE_BIT = 0x00000010,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_VIEW_INDEX_FROM_DEVICE_INDEX_BIT = 0x00000008,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
  // VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE is a legacy alias
    VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE = VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE_BIT,
} VkPipelineCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISABLE_OPTIMIZATION_BIT specifies that the created pipeline will not be optimized. Using this flag may reduce the time taken to create the pipeline.

  • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_VIEW_INDEX_FROM_DEVICE_INDEX_BIT specifies that any shader input variables decorated as ViewIndex will be assigned values as if they were decorated as DeviceIndex.

  • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE_BIT specifies that a compute pipeline can be used with vkCmdDispatchBase with a non-zero base workgroup.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineCreateFlags;

VkPipelineCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPipelineCreateFlagBits.

10.3. Compute Pipelines

Compute pipelines consist of a single static compute shader stage and the pipeline layout.

The compute pipeline represents a compute shader and is created by calling vkCreateComputePipelines with an offline compiled pipeline provided in pipelineCache and the pipeline identified by VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo structure in the pNext chain of VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structure.

To create compute pipelines, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateComputePipelines(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineCache                             pipelineCache,
    uint32_t                                    createInfoCount,
    const VkComputePipelineCreateInfo*          pCreateInfos,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkPipeline*                                 pPipelines);

  • device is the logical device that creates the compute pipelines.

  • pipelineCache is the handle of a valid VkPipelineCache object. The implementation must not access this object outside of the duration of this command.

  • createInfoCount is the length of the pCreateInfos and pPipelines arrays.

  • pCreateInfos is a pointer to an array of VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structures.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pPipelines is a pointer to an array of VkPipeline handles in which the resulting compute pipeline objects are returned.

Pipelines are created and returned as described for Multiple Pipeline Creation.

If a pipeline creation fails due to:

the operation will continue as specified in Multiple Pipeline Creation and the command will return VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateComputePipelines must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-device-09661
    device must support at least one queue family with the VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT capability

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-device-05068
    The number of compute pipelines currently allocated from device plus createInfoCount must be less than or equal to the total number of compute pipelines requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::computePipelineRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pipelineCache-parameter
    pipelineCache must be a valid VkPipelineCache handle

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pCreateInfos-parameter
    pCreateInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of createInfoCount valid VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structures

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pPipelines-parameter
    pPipelines must be a valid pointer to an array of createInfoCount VkPipeline handles

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-createInfoCount-arraylength
    createInfoCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pipelineCache-parent
    pipelineCache must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkComputePipelineCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkPipelineCreateFlags              flags;
    VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo    stage;
    VkPipelineLayout                   layout;
    VkPipeline                         basePipelineHandle;
    int32_t                            basePipelineIndex;
} VkComputePipelineCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits specifying how the pipeline will be generated.

  • stage is a VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure describing the compute shader.

  • layout is the description of binding locations used by both the pipeline and descriptor sets used with the pipeline.

  • basePipelineHandle is a pipeline to derive from. This is not used in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • basePipelineIndex is an index into the pCreateInfos parameter to use as a pipeline to derive from. This is not used in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

The parameters basePipelineHandle and basePipelineIndex are described in more detail in Pipeline Derivatives.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-None-09497
    flags must be a valid combination of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-basePipelineHandle-05024
    basePipelineHandle must be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-basePipelineIndex-05025
    basePipelineIndex must be zero

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-07987
    If a push constant block is declared in a shader, a push constant range in layout must match the shader stage

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-10069
    If a push constant block is declared in a shader, the block must be contained inside the push constant range in layout that matches the stage

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-07988
    If a resource variable is declared in a shader, the corresponding descriptor set in layout must match the shader stage

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-07990
    If a resource variable is declared in a shader, the corresponding descriptor set in layout must match the descriptor type

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-07991
    If a resource variable is declared in a shader as an array, the corresponding descriptor set in layout must match the descriptor count

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-stage-00701
    The stage member of stage must be VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-stage-00702
    The shader code for the entry point identified by stage and the rest of the state identified by this structure must adhere to the pipeline linking rules described in the Shader Interfaces chapter

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-01687
    The number of resources in layout accessible to the compute shader stage must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageResources

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMPUTE_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-stage-parameter
    stage must be a valid VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-commonparent
    Both of basePipelineHandle, and layout that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                     sType;
    const void*                         pNext;
    VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlags    flags;
    VkShaderStageFlagBits               stage;
    VkShaderModule                      module;
    const char*                         pName;
    const VkSpecializationInfo*         pSpecializationInfo;
} VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits specifying how the pipeline shader stage will be generated.

  • stage is a VkShaderStageFlagBits value specifying a single pipeline stage.

  • module is a VkShaderModule object containing the shader code for this stage. The implementation must not access this object outside of the duration of the command this structure is passed to. This is not used in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • pName is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string specifying the entry point name of the shader for this stage.

  • pSpecializationInfo is a pointer to a VkSpecializationInfo structure, as described in Specialization Constants, or NULL.

In Vulkan SC, the pipeline compilation process occurs offline. Accordingly, module must be VK_NULL_HANDLE, and the pName and pSpecializationInfo parameters are not used at runtime and should be ignored by the implementation. If provided, the application must set the pName and pSpecializationInfo parameters to the values that were specified for the offline compilation of this pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00704
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stage must not be VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00705
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stage must not be VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT or VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00706
    stage must not be VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS, or VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-module-05026
    module must be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pName-05027
    If pName is not NULL, it must be the name of an OpEntryPoint in the SPIR-V shader module used for offline compilation of this pipeline with an execution model that matches stage

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-maxClipDistances-00708
    If the identified entry point includes any variable in its interface that is declared with the ClipDistance BuiltIn decoration, that variable must not have an array size greater than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxClipDistances

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-maxCullDistances-00709
    If the identified entry point includes any variable in its interface that is declared with the CullDistance BuiltIn decoration, that variable must not have an array size greater than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxCullDistances

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances-00710
    If the identified entry point includes variables in its interface that are declared with the ClipDistance BuiltIn decoration and variables in its interface that are declared with the CullDistance BuiltIn decoration, those variables must not have array sizes which sum to more than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-maxSampleMaskWords-00711
    If the identified entry point includes any variable in its interface that is declared with the SampleMask BuiltIn decoration, that variable must not have an array size greater than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSampleMaskWords

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00713
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT or VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT, and the identified entry point has an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying a patch size with OutputVertices, the patch size must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationPatchSize

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00714
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT, the identified entry point must have an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying a maximum output vertex count that is greater than 0 and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxGeometryOutputVertices

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00715
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT, the identified entry point must have an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying an invocation count that is greater than 0 and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxGeometryShaderInvocations

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-02596
    If stage is either VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT, or VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT, and the identified entry point writes to Layer for any primitive, it must write the same value to Layer for all vertices of a given primitive

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-02597
    If stage is either VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT, or VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT, and the identified entry point writes to ViewportIndex for any primitive, it must write the same value to ViewportIndex for all vertices of a given primitive

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-06685
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT, and the identified entry point writes to FragDepth in any execution path, all execution paths that are not exclusive to helper invocations must either discard the fragment, or write or initialize the value of FragDepth

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-06686
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT, and the identified entry point writes to FragStencilRefEXT in any execution path, all execution paths that are not exclusive to helper invocations must either discard the fragment, or write or initialize the value of FragStencilRefEXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-flags-02784
    If flags has the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT flag set, the subgroupSizeControl feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-flags-02785
    If flags has the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT flag set, the computeFullSubgroups feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-flags-08988
    If flags includes VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT, stage must be VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pNext-02754
    If a VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure is included in the pNext chain, flags must not have the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT flag set

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pNext-02755
    If a VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure is included in the pNext chain, the subgroupSizeControl feature must be enabled, and stage must be a valid bit specified in requiredSubgroupSizeStages

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pNext-02756
    If a VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure is included in the pNext chain and stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT, the local workgroup size of the shader must be less than or equal to the product of VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo::requiredSubgroupSize and maxComputeWorkgroupSubgroups

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pNext-02757
    If a VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure is included in the pNext chain, and flags has the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT flag set, the local workgroup size in the X dimension of the pipeline must be a multiple of VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo::requiredSubgroupSize

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-flags-02758
    If flags has both the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT and VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT flags set, the local workgroup size in the X dimension of the pipeline must be a multiple of maxSubgroupSize

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-flags-02759
    If flags has the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT flag set and flags does not have the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT flag set and no VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure is included in the pNext chain, the local workgroup size in the X dimension of the pipeline must be a multiple of subgroupSize

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT or VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-parameter
    stage must be a valid VkShaderStageFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-module-parameter
    If module is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, module must be a valid VkShaderModule handle

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pName-parameter
    If pName is not NULL, pName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pSpecializationInfo-parameter
    If pSpecializationInfo is not NULL, pSpecializationInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSpecializationInfo structure

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlags;

VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits.

Possible values of the flags member of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo specifying how a pipeline shader stage is created, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits {
    VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT = 0x00000002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control
    VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT_EXT = VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control
    VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT_EXT = VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT,
} VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT specifies that the SubgroupSize may vary in the shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT specifies that the subgroup sizes must be launched with all invocations active in the compute stage.

Note

If VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT_EXT and VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT_EXT are specified and minSubgroupSize does not equal maxSubgroupSize and no required subgroup size is specified, then the only way to guarantee that the 'X' dimension of the local workgroup size is a multiple of SubgroupSize is to make it a multiple of maxSubgroupSize. Under these conditions, you are guaranteed full subgroups but not any particular subgroup size.

Bits which can be set by commands and structures, specifying one or more shader stages, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkShaderStageFlagBits {
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS = 0x0000001F,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL = 0x7FFFFFFF,
} VkShaderStageFlagBits;

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT specifies the vertex stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT specifies the tessellation control stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT specifies the tessellation evaluation stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT specifies the geometry stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT specifies the fragment stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT specifies the compute stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS is a combination of bits used as shorthand to specify all graphics stages defined above (excluding the compute stage).

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL is a combination of bits used as shorthand to specify all shader stages supported by the device, including all additional stages which are introduced by extensions.

Note

VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS only includes the original five graphics stages included in Vulkan 1.0, and not any stages added by extensions. Thus, it may not have the desired effect in all cases.

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkShaderStageFlags;

VkShaderStageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkShaderStageFlagBits.

The VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           requiredSubgroupSize;
} VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo;
// Provided by VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control
typedef VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • requiredSubgroupSize is an unsigned integer value specifying the required subgroup size for the newly created pipeline shader stage.

If a VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure is included in the pNext chain of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo, it specifies that the pipeline shader stage being compiled has a required subgroup size.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo-requiredSubgroupSize-02760
    requiredSubgroupSize must be a power-of-two integer

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo-requiredSubgroupSize-02761
    requiredSubgroupSize must be greater or equal to minSubgroupSize

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo-requiredSubgroupSize-02762
    requiredSubgroupSize must be less than or equal to maxSubgroupSize

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_REQUIRED_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CREATE_INFO

10.4. Graphics Pipelines

Graphics pipelines consist of multiple shader stages, multiple fixed-function pipeline stages, and a pipeline layout.

To create graphics pipelines, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateGraphicsPipelines(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineCache                             pipelineCache,
    uint32_t                                    createInfoCount,
    const VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo*         pCreateInfos,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkPipeline*                                 pPipelines);

  • device is the logical device that creates the graphics pipelines.

  • pipelineCache is the handle of a valid VkPipelineCache object. The implementation must not access this object outside of the duration of this command.

  • createInfoCount is the length of the pCreateInfos and pPipelines arrays.

  • pCreateInfos is a pointer to an array of VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structures.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pPipelines is a pointer to an array of VkPipeline handles in which the resulting graphics pipeline objects are returned.

The VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure includes an array of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structures for each of the desired active shader stages, as well as creation information for all relevant fixed-function stages, and a pipeline layout.

Pipelines are created and returned as described for Multiple Pipeline Creation.

If a pipeline creation fails due to:

the operation will continue as specified in Multiple Pipeline Creation and the command will return VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateGraphicsPipelines must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-device-09662
    device must support at least one queue family with the VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capability

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-device-05068
    The number of graphics pipelines currently allocated from device plus createInfoCount must be less than or equal to the total number of graphics pipelines requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::graphicsPipelineRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pipelineCache-parameter
    pipelineCache must be a valid VkPipelineCache handle

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pCreateInfos-parameter
    pCreateInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of createInfoCount valid VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structures

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pPipelines-parameter
    pPipelines must be a valid pointer to an array of createInfoCount VkPipeline handles

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-createInfoCount-arraylength
    createInfoCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pipelineCache-parent
    pipelineCache must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                                  sType;
    const void*                                      pNext;
    VkPipelineCreateFlags                            flags;
    uint32_t                                         stageCount;
    const VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo*           pStages;
    const VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo*      pVertexInputState;
    const VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo*    pInputAssemblyState;
    const VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo*     pTessellationState;
    const VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo*         pViewportState;
    const VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo*    pRasterizationState;
    const VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo*      pMultisampleState;
    const VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo*     pDepthStencilState;
    const VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo*       pColorBlendState;
    const VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo*          pDynamicState;
    VkPipelineLayout                                 layout;
    VkRenderPass                                     renderPass;
    uint32_t                                         subpass;
    VkPipeline                                       basePipelineHandle;
    int32_t                                          basePipelineIndex;
} VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits specifying how the pipeline will be generated.

  • stageCount is the number of entries in the pStages array.

  • pStages is a pointer to an array of stageCount VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structures describing the set of the shader stages to be included in the graphics pipeline.

  • pVertexInputState is a pointer to a VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure. It can be NULL if the pipeline is created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state set.

  • pInputAssemblyState is a pointer to a VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo structure which determines input assembly behavior for vertex shading, as described in Drawing Commands.

  • pTessellationState is a pointer to a VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure defining tessellation state used by tessellation shaders. It can be NULL if the pipeline is created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT dynamic state set.

  • pViewportState is a pointer to a VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure defining viewport state used when rasterization is enabled.

  • pRasterizationState is a pointer to a VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure defining rasterization state.

  • pMultisampleState is a pointer to a VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure defining multisample state used when rasterization is enabled.

  • pDepthStencilState is a pointer to a VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure defining depth/stencil state used when rasterization is enabled for depth or stencil attachments accessed during rendering.

  • pColorBlendState is a pointer to a VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure defining color blend state used when rasterization is enabled for any color attachments accessed during rendering.

  • pDynamicState is a pointer to a VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo structure defining which properties of the pipeline state object are dynamic and can be changed independently of the pipeline state. This can be NULL, which means no state in the pipeline is considered dynamic.

  • layout is the description of binding locations used by both the pipeline and descriptor sets used with the pipeline.

  • renderPass is a handle to a render pass object describing the environment in which the pipeline will be used. The pipeline must only be used with a render pass instance compatible with the one provided. See Render Pass Compatibility for more information. The implementation must not access this object outside of the duration of the command this structure is passed to.

  • subpass is the index of the subpass in the render pass where this pipeline will be used.

  • basePipelineHandle is a pipeline to derive from. This is not used in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • basePipelineIndex is an index into the pCreateInfos parameter to use as a pipeline to derive from. This is not used in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

The parameters basePipelineHandle and basePipelineIndex are described in more detail in Pipeline Derivatives.

The state required for a graphics pipeline is divided into vertex input state, pre-rasterization shader state, fragment shader state, and fragment output state.

Vertex Input State

Vertex input state is defined by:

This state must be specified to create a complete graphics pipeline.

Pre-Rasterization Shader State

Pre-rasterization shader state is defined by:

This state must be specified to create a complete graphics pipeline.

Fragment Shader State

Fragment shader state is defined by:

If rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE or VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE is used, this state must be specified to create a complete graphics pipeline.

Fragment Output State

Fragment output state is defined by:

If rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE or VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE is used, this state must be specified to create a complete graphics pipeline.

Dynamic State

Dynamic state values set via pDynamicState must be ignored if the state they correspond to is not otherwise statically set by one of the state subsets used to create the pipeline. For example, if a pipeline only included pre-rasterization shader state, then any dynamic state value corresponding to depth or stencil testing has no effect.

Complete Graphics Pipelines

A complete graphics pipeline always includes pre-rasterization shader state, with other subsets included depending on that state as specified in the above sections.

In Vulkan SC, the pipeline compilation process occurs offline and the pStages are not needed at runtime and may be omitted. If omitted, stageCount must be 0 and pStages must be NULL. If provided, the values must match the values specified to the offline compiler.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-None-09497
    flags must be a valid combination of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-basePipelineHandle-05024
    basePipelineHandle must be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-basePipelineIndex-05025
    basePipelineIndex must be zero

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-07987
    If a push constant block is declared in a shader, a push constant range in layout must match the shader stage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-10069
    If a push constant block is declared in a shader, the block must be contained inside the push constant range in layout that matches the stage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-07988
    If a resource variable is declared in a shader, the corresponding descriptor set in layout must match the shader stage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-07990
    If a resource variable is declared in a shader, the corresponding descriptor set in layout must match the descriptor type

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-07991
    If a resource variable is declared in a shader as an array, the corresponding descriptor set in layout must match the descriptor count

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stage-02096
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state the stage member of one element of pStages must be VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00729
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a tessellation control shader stage, it must include a tessellation evaluation shader stage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00730
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a tessellation evaluation shader stage, it must include a tessellation control shader stage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-09022
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a tessellation control shader stage, pTessellationState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00732
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, the shader code of at least one stage must contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying the type of subdivision in the pipeline

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00733
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, and the shader code of both stages contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying the type of subdivision in the pipeline, they must both specify the same subdivision mode

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00734
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, the shader code of at least one stage must contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying the output patch size in the pipeline

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00735
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, and the shader code of both contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying the out patch size in the pipeline, they must both specify the same patch size

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-08888
    If the pipeline is being created with pre-rasterization shader state and vertex input state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, the topology member of pInputAssembly must be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-topology-08889
    If the pipeline is being created with pre-rasterization shader state and vertex input state and the topology member of pInputAssembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, then pStages must include tessellation shader stages

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-TessellationEvaluation-07723
    If the pipeline is being created with a TessellationEvaluation Execution Model, no Geometry Execution Model, uses the PointMode Execution Mode, and the shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize feature is enabled, a PointSize decorated variable must be written to

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-topology-08773
    If the pipeline is being created with a Vertex Execution Model and no TessellationEvaluation or Geometry Execution Model, and the topology member of pInputAssembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, a PointSize decorated variable must be written to

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-TessellationEvaluation-07724
    If the pipeline is being created with a TessellationEvaluation Execution Model, no Geometry Execution Model, uses the PointMode Execution Mode, and the shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize feature is not enabled, a PointSize decorated variable must not be written to

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize-08776
    If the pipeline is being created with a Geometry Execution Model, uses the OutputPoints Execution Mode, and the shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize feature is enabled, a PointSize decorated variable must be written to for every vertex emitted

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-Geometry-07726
    If the pipeline is being created with a Geometry Execution Model, uses the OutputPoints Execution Mode, and the shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize feature is not enabled, a PointSize decorated variable must not be written to

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00738
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a geometry shader stage, and does not include any tessellation shader stages, its shader code must contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying an input primitive type that is compatible with the primitive topology specified in pInputAssembly

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00739
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a geometry shader stage, and also includes tessellation shader stages, its shader code must contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying an input primitive type that is compatible with the primitive topology that is output by the tessellation stages

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00740
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and fragment shader state, it includes both a fragment shader and a geometry shader, and the fragment shader code reads from an input variable that is decorated with PrimitiveId, then the geometry shader code must write to a matching output variable, decorated with PrimitiveId, in all execution paths

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06038
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE and the pipeline is being created with fragment shader state the fragment shader must not read from any input attachment that is defined as VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED in subpass

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00742
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and multiple pre-rasterization shader stages are included in pStages, the shader code for the entry points identified by those pStages and the rest of the state identified by this structure must adhere to the pipeline linking rules described in the Shader Interfaces chapter

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-None-04889
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and fragment shader state, the fragment shader and last pre-rasterization shader stage and any relevant state must adhere to the pipeline linking rules described in the Shader Interfaces chapter

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06041
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, and the pipeline is being created with fragment output interface state, then for each color attachment in the subpass, if the potential format features of the format of the corresponding attachment description do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the blendEnable member of the corresponding element of the pAttachments member of pColorBlendState must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-07609
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the pipeline is being created with fragment output interface state, the pColorBlendState pointer is not NULL, the attachmentCount member of pColorBlendState is not ignored, and the subpass uses color attachments, the attachmentCount member of pColorBlendState must be equal to the colorAttachmentCount used to create subpass

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04130
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and pViewportState->pViewports is not dynamic, then pViewportState->pViewports must be a valid pointer to an array of pViewportState->viewportCount valid VkViewport structures

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04131
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and pViewportState->pScissors is not dynamic, then pViewportState->pScissors must be a valid pointer to an array of pViewportState->scissorCount VkRect2D structures

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-00749
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and the wideLines feature is not enabled, and no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH, the lineWidth member of pRasterizationState must be 1.0

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-rasterizerDiscardEnable-09024
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE dynamic state is enabled or the rasterizerDiscardEnable member of pRasterizationState is VK_FALSE, pViewportState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pMultisampleState-09026
    If the pipeline requires fragment output interface state, pMultisampleState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pMultisampleState-09027
    If pMultisampleState is not NULL it must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-alphaToCoverageEnable-08891
    If the pipeline is being created with fragment shader state, the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::alphaToCoverageEnable is not ignored and is VK_TRUE, then the Fragment Output Interface must contain a variable for the alpha Component word in Location 0 at Index 0

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-09028
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the pipeline is being created with fragment shader state, and subpass uses a depth/stencil attachment, pDepthStencilState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDepthStencilState-09029
    If pDepthStencilState is not NULL it must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-09030
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the pipeline is being created with fragment output interface state, and subpass uses color attachments, pColorBlendState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-00754
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, the depthBiasClamp feature is not enabled, no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS, and the depthBiasEnable member of pRasterizationState is VK_TRUE, the depthBiasClamp member of pRasterizationState must be 0.0

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-02510
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state, the VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted extension is not enabled and no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS, and the depthBoundsTestEnable member of pDepthStencilState is VK_TRUE, the minDepthBounds and maxDepthBounds members of pDepthStencilState must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-10913
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state, no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS, and pDynamicStates includes VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE or the depthBoundsTestEnable member of pDepthStencilState is VK_TRUE, minDepthBounds must be less than or equal to maxDepthBounds

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-07610
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state or fragment output interface state, and rasterizationSamples and sampleLocationsInfo are not dynamic, and VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable included in the pNext chain of pMultisampleState is VK_TRUE, sampleLocationsInfo.sampleLocationGridSize.width must evenly divide VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT::maxSampleLocationGridSize.width as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceMultisamplePropertiesEXT with a samples parameter equaling rasterizationSamples

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-07611
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state or fragment output interface state, and rasterizationSamples and sampleLocationsInfo are not dynamic, and VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable the included in the pNext chain of pMultisampleState is VK_TRUE or VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_ENABLE_EXT is used, sampleLocationsInfo.sampleLocationGridSize.height must evenly divide VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT::maxSampleLocationGridSize.height as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceMultisamplePropertiesEXT with a samples parameter equaling rasterizationSamples

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-07612
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state or fragment output interface state, and rasterizationSamples and sampleLocationsInfo are not dynamic, and VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable included in the pNext chain of pMultisampleState is VK_TRUE or VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_ENABLE_EXT is used, sampleLocationsInfo.sampleLocationsPerPixel must equal rasterizationSamples

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-sampleLocationsEnable-01524
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state, and the sampleLocationsEnable member of a VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT structure included in the pNext chain of pMultisampleState is VK_TRUE, the fragment shader code must not statically use the extended instruction InterpolateAtSample

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-subpass-00758
    If the pipeline requires fragment output interface state, rasterizationSamples is not dynamic, and subpass does not use any color and/or depth/stencil attachments, then the rasterizationSamples member of pMultisampleState must follow the rules for a zero-attachment subpass

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06046
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, subpass must be a valid subpass within renderPass

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06047
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the pipeline is being created with pre-rasterization shader state, subpass viewMask is not 0, and multiviewTessellationShader is not enabled, then pStages must not include tessellation shaders

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06048
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the pipeline is being created with pre-rasterization shader state, subpass viewMask is not 0, and multiviewGeometryShader is not enabled, then pStages must not include a geometry shader

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06050
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE and the pipeline is being created with pre-rasterization shader state, and subpass viewMask is not 0, then all of the shaders in the pipeline must not include variables decorated with the Layer built-in decoration in their interfaces

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-flags-00764
    flags must not contain the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE_BIT flag

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-01565
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state and an input attachment was referenced by an aspectMask at renderPass creation time, the fragment shader must only read from the aspects that were specified for that input attachment

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-01688
    The number of resources in layout accessible to each shader stage that is used by the pipeline must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageResources

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04058
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_EXT, and if pNext chain includes a VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT structure, and if its discardRectangleCount member is not 0, then its pDiscardRectangles member must be a valid pointer to an array of discardRectangleCount VkRect2D structures

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-07855
    If VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_ENABLE_EXT is included in the pDynamicStates array then the implementation must support at least specVersion 2 of the VK_EXT_discard_rectangles extension

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-07856
    If VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXT is included in the pDynamicStates array then the implementation must support at least specVersion 2 of the VK_EXT_discard_rectangles extension

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-02097
    If the pipeline requires vertex input state, and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, then pVertexInputState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-Input-07904
    If the pipeline is being created with vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, then all variables with the Input storage class decorated with Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must contain a location in VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-Input-08733
    If the pipeline requires vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, then the numeric type associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be the same as VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pVertexInputState-08929
    If the pipeline is being created with vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format has a 64-bit component, then the scalar width associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be 64-bit

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pVertexInputState-08930
    If the pipeline is being created with vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, and the scalar width associated with a Location decorated Input variable in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint is 64-bit, then the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format must have a 64-bit component

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pVertexInputState-09198
    If the pipeline is being created with vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format has a 64-bit component, then all Input variables at the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must not use components that are not present in the format

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-dynamicPrimitiveTopologyUnrestricted-09031
    If the pipeline requires vertex input state, pInputAssemblyState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pInputAssemblyState-09032
    If pInputAssemblyState is not NULL it must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-lineRasterizationMode-02766
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and at least one of fragment output interface state or fragment shader state, and pMultisampleState is not NULL, the lineRasterizationMode member of a VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain of pRasterizationState is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM or VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH, then the alphaToCoverageEnable, alphaToOneEnable, and sampleShadingEnable members of pMultisampleState must all be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stippledLineEnable-02767
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, the stippledLineEnable member of VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo is VK_TRUE, and no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE, then the lineStippleFactor member of VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo must be in the range [1,256]

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-03378
    If the extendedDynamicState feature is not enabled, there must be no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState set to VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE, or VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-03379
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT is included in the pDynamicStates array then viewportCount must be zero

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-03380
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT is included in the pDynamicStates array then scissorCount must be zero

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04132
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT is included in the pDynamicStates array then VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT must not be present

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04133
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT is included in the pDynamicStates array then VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR must not be present

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04868
    If the extendedDynamicState2 feature is not enabled, there must be no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState set to VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE, or VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04869
    If the extendedDynamicState2LogicOp feature is not enabled, there must be no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState set to VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04870
    If the extendedDynamicState2PatchControlPoints feature is not enabled, there must be no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState set to VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04494
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::fragmentSize.width must be greater than or equal to 1

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04495
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::fragmentSize.height must be greater than or equal to 1

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04496
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::fragmentSize.width must be a power-of-two value

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04497
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::fragmentSize.height must be a power-of-two value

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04498
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::fragmentSize.width must be less than or equal to 4

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04499
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::fragmentSize.height must be less than or equal to 4

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04500
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, and the pipelineFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::fragmentSize.width and VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::fragmentSize.height must both be equal to 1

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-06567
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::combinerOps[0] must be a valid VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR value

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-06568
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::combinerOps[1] must be a valid VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR value

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04501
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, and the primitiveFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::combinerOps[0] must be VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-04502
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, and the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::combinerOps[1] must be VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports-04503
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and the primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports limit is not supported, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, and VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo::viewportCount is greater than 1, entry points specified in pStages must not write to the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports-04504
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and the primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports limit is not supported, and entry points specified in pStages write to the ViewportIndex built-in, they must not also write to the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-fragmentShadingRateNonTrivialCombinerOps-04506
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state, the fragmentShadingRateNonTrivialCombinerOps limit is not supported, and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR is not included in pDynamicState->pDynamicStates, elements of VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR::combinerOps must be VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR or VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_REPLACE_KHR

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04807
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and the vertexInputDynamicState feature is not enabled, there must be no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState set to VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04800
    If the colorWriteEnable feature is not enabled, there must be no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState set to VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_EXT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-06600
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state, pStages must be a valid pointer to an array of stageCount valid VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structures

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stageCount-09587
    If the pipeline does not require pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state, stageCount must be zero

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pRasterizationState-06601
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, pRasterizationState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-06602
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state or pre-rasterization shader state, layout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06603
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, fragment shader state, or fragment output state, renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stageCount-09530
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, stageCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-conservativePointAndLineRasterization-08892
    If conservativePointAndLineRasterization is not supported and the effective rasterization input topology is in line or point topology class, then VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT::conservativeRasterizationMode must be VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DISABLED_EXT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-06894
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state but not fragment shader state, elements of pStages must not have stage set to VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-06895
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state but not pre-rasterization shader state, elements of pStages must not have stage set to a shader stage which participates in pre-rasterization

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-06896
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, all elements of pStages must have a stage set to a shader stage which participates in fragment shader state or pre-rasterization shader state

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stage-06897
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state and/or pre-rasterization shader state, any value of stage must not be set in more than one element of pStages

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-None-08893
    The pipeline must be created with pre-rasterization shader state

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-08894
    If pStages includes a vertex shader stage, the pipeline must be created with vertex input state

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-08896
    If pDynamicState->pDynamicStates includes VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE, or if it does not and pRasterizationState->rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the pipeline must be created with fragment shader state and fragment output interface state

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-None-09043
    If the format of any color attachment is VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32, the colorWriteMask member of the corresponding element of pColorBlendState->pAttachments must either include all of VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_R_BIT, VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_G_BIT, and VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_B_BIT, or none of them

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_GRAPHICS_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT, VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR, or VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-parameter
    If pDynamicState is not NULL, pDynamicState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-commonparent
    Each of basePipelineHandle, layout, and renderPass that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    const void*                          pNext;
    VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                             dynamicStateCount;
    const VkDynamicState*                pDynamicStates;
} VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • dynamicStateCount is the number of elements in the pDynamicStates array.

  • pDynamicStates is a pointer to an array of VkDynamicState values specifying which pieces of pipeline state will use the values from dynamic state commands rather than from pipeline state creation information.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-01442
    Each element of pDynamicStates must be unique

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DYNAMIC_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-parameter
    If dynamicStateCount is not 0, pDynamicStates must be a valid pointer to an array of dynamicStateCount valid VkDynamicState values

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The source of different pieces of dynamic state is specified by the VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates property of the currently active pipeline, each of whose elements must be one of the values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDynamicState {
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT = 0,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR = 1,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH = 2,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS = 3,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS = 4,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS = 5,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK = 6,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK = 7,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE = 8,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE = 1000267000,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE = 1000267001,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY = 1000267002,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT = 1000267003,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT = 1000267004,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE = 1000267005,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE = 1000267006,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE = 1000267007,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP = 1000267008,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE = 1000267009,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE = 1000267010,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP = 1000267011,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE = 1000377001,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE = 1000377002,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE = 1000377004,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE = 1000259000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_EXT = 1000099000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_ENABLE_EXT = 1000099001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXT = 1000099002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT = 1000143000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR = 1000226000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT = 1000352000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT = 1000377000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT = 1000377003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_color_write_enable
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_EXT = 1000381000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE_EXT = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE_KHR = VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE,
} VkDynamicState;

10.4.1. Valid Combinations of Stages for Graphics Pipelines

If tessellation shader stages are omitted, the tessellation shading and fixed-function stages of the pipeline are skipped.

If a geometry shader is omitted, the geometry shading stage is skipped.

If a fragment shader is omitted, fragment color outputs have undefined values, and the fragment depth value is determined by Fragment Operations state. This can be useful for depth-only rendering.

Presence of a shader stage in a pipeline is derived from the pipeline cache entry identified by VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo::pipelineIdentifier.

Presence of some of the fixed-function stages in the pipeline is implicitly derived from enabled shaders and provided state. For example, the fixed-function tessellator is always present when the pipeline has valid Tessellation Control and Tessellation Evaluation shaders.

For example:

10.5. Pipeline Destruction

To destroy a pipeline, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyPipeline(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipeline                                  pipeline,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the pipeline.

  • pipeline is the handle of the pipeline to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pipeline-00765
    All submitted commands that refer to pipeline must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pipeline-parameter
    If pipeline is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, pipeline must be a valid VkPipeline handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pipeline-parent
    If pipeline is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to pipeline must be externally synchronized

10.6. Pipeline Derivatives

A pipeline derivative is a child pipeline created from a parent pipeline, where the child and parent are expected to have much commonality.

Pipeline derivatives are not supported in Vulkan SC due to the use of read-only offline generated pipeline caches [SCID-8].

10.7. Pipeline Cache

Pipeline cache objects allow the application to load multiple binary pipeline objects generated by an offline cache creation tool into pipeline cache objects. The cache can then be used during pipeline creation to load offline pipeline data.

Pipeline cache objects are represented by VkPipelineCache handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkPipelineCache)

10.7.1. Creating a Pipeline Cache

To create pipeline cache objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreatePipelineCache(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo*            pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkPipelineCache*                            pPipelineCache);

  • device is the logical device that creates the pipeline cache object.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structure containing initial parameters for the pipeline cache object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pPipelineCache is a pointer to a VkPipelineCache handle in which the resulting pipeline cache object is returned.

If the pipeline cache data pointed to by VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo::pInitialData is not compatible with the device, pipeline cache creation will fail and VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA will be returned.

Once created, a pipeline cache can be passed to the vkCreateGraphicsPipelines and vkCreateComputePipelines commands. The pipeline cache passed into these commands will be queried by the implementation for matching pipelines on pipeline creation. After the cache is created, its contents cannot be updated. The use of the pipeline cache object in these commands is internally synchronized, and the same pipeline cache object can be used in multiple threads simultaneously.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreatePipelineCache must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-pCreateInfo-05045
    The values of the flags, initialDataSize, and pInitialData members of the structure pointed to by pCreateInfo and the data pointed to by pCreateInfo->pInitialData must be the same as specified in one of the elements of the pPipelineCacheCreateInfos array member of a VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo structure specified in the pNext chain of the VkDeviceCreateInfo structure device was created with

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-device-05068
    The number of pipeline caches currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of pipeline caches requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::pipelineCacheRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-pPipelineCache-parameter
    pPipelineCache must be a valid pointer to a VkPipelineCache handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    const void*                   pNext;
    VkPipelineCacheCreateFlags    flags;
    size_t                        initialDataSize;
    const void*                   pInitialData;
} VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPipelineCacheCreateFlagBits specifying the behavior of the pipeline cache.

  • initialDataSize is the number of bytes in pInitialData.

  • pInitialData is a pointer to pipeline cache data that has been generated offline. If the pipeline cache data is incompatible (as defined below) with the device, VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA is returned. If VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_USE_APPLICATION_STORAGE_BIT is set in flags, pInitialData may only be accessed by the implementation during commands using the VkPipelineCache object.

Note

If VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_USE_APPLICATION_STORAGE_BIT is set, the memory pointed to by pInitialData can be modified or released by the application only after any pipeline cache objects created using it have been destroyed.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-flags-05043
    flags must include VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_READ_ONLY_BIT

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-flags-05044
    flags must include VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_USE_APPLICATION_STORAGE_BIT

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-pInitialData-05139
    The pipeline cache data pointed to by pInitialData must not contain any pipelines with duplicate pipeline identifiers

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkPipelineCacheCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-pInitialData-parameter
    pInitialData must be a valid pointer to an array of initialDataSize bytes

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-initialDataSize-arraylength
    initialDataSize must be greater than 0

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineCacheCreateFlags;

VkPipelineCacheCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPipelineCacheCreateFlagBits.

Bits which can be set in VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo::flags, specifying behavior of the pipeline cache, are:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineCacheCreateFlagBits {
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_READ_ONLY_BIT = 0x00000002,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_USE_APPLICATION_STORAGE_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkPipelineCacheCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_READ_ONLY_BIT specifies that the new pipeline cache will be read-only.

  • VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_USE_APPLICATION_STORAGE_BIT specifies that the application will maintain the contents of the memory pointed to by pInitialData for the lifetime of the pipeline cache object created, avoiding the need for the implementation to make a copy of the data. The memory pointed to by pInitialData can be modified or released by the application only after any pipeline cache objects created using it have been destroyed.

10.7.2. Pipeline Cache Header

Applications must load data from offline compiled pipeline caches into pipeline cache objects. The results of pipeline compilations may depend on the vendor ID, device ID, driver version, and other details of the target device. To allow detection of pipeline cache data that is incompatible with the device, the pipeline cache data must begin with a valid pipeline cache header.

Note

Structures described in this section are not part of the Vulkan API and are only used to describe the representation of data elements in pipeline cache data. Accordingly, the valid usage clauses defined for structures defined in this section do not define valid usage conditions for APIs accepting pipeline cache data as input, as providing invalid pipeline cache data as input to any Vulkan API commands will result in the runtime error VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA.

Version one of the pipeline cache header is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne {
    uint32_t                        headerSize;
    VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion    headerVersion;
    uint32_t                        vendorID;
    uint32_t                        deviceID;
    uint8_t                         pipelineCacheUUID[VK_UUID_SIZE];
} VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne;

  • headerSize is the length in bytes of the pipeline cache header.

  • headerVersion is a VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion value specifying the version of the header. A consumer of the pipeline cache should use the cache version to interpret the remainder of the cache header. headerVersion must be written as exactly 4 bytes.

  • vendorID is the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::vendorID of the implementation.

  • deviceID is the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceID of the implementation.

  • pipelineCacheUUID is the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::pipelineCacheUUID of the implementation.

Unlike most structures declared by the Vulkan API, all fields of this structure are written with the least significant byte first, regardless of host byte-order.

The C language specification does not define the packing of structure members. This layout assumes tight structure member packing, with members laid out in the order listed in the structure, and the intended size of the structure is 56 bytes. If a compiler produces code that diverges from that pattern, applications must employ another method to set values at the correct offsets.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne-headerSize-05075
    headerSize must be 56

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne-headerVersion-05076
    headerVersion must be VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_HEADER_VERSION_SAFETY_CRITICAL_ONE

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne-headerSize-08990
    headerSize must not exceed the size of the pipeline cache

Valid Usage (Implicit)

Possible values of the headerVersion value of the pipeline cache header are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion {
    VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_HEADER_VERSION_ONE = 1,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_HEADER_VERSION_SAFETY_CRITICAL_ONE = 1000298001,
} VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion;

Version one of the pipeline cache header for Vulkan SC is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionSafetyCriticalOne {
    VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne     headerVersionOne;
    VkPipelineCacheValidationVersion    validationVersion;
    uint32_t                            implementationData;
    uint32_t                            pipelineIndexCount;
    uint32_t                            pipelineIndexStride;
    uint64_t                            pipelineIndexOffset;
} VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionSafetyCriticalOne;

  • headerVersionOne is a VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne structure.

  • validationVersion is a VkPipelineCacheValidationVersion enum value specifying the version of any validation information that is included in this pipeline cache. validationVersion must be written as exactly 4 bytes.

  • implementationData is 4 bytes of padding to ensure structure members are consistently aligned on all platforms. The contents of this field may be used for implementation-specific information.

  • pipelineIndexCount is the number of entries contained in the pipeline cache index.

  • pipelineIndexStride is the number of bytes between consecutive pipeline cache index entries.

  • pipelineIndexOffset is the offset in bytes from the beginning of the pipeline cache header to the pipeline cache index.

The pipeline cache index consists of pipelineIndexCount VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry structures containing an index of all the pipelines in this cache. The pipeline cache index is located starting at pipelineIndexOffset bytes into the cache and the location of pipeline i is calculated as: pipelineIndexOffset + i × pipelineIndexStride. The VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry structures may not be tightly packed, enabling additional implementation-specific data to be stored with each entry, or for future extensibility.

Note

Because the pipeline cache index is keyed by pipeline identifier, applications and offline compilers must ensure that there are no pipelines with identical pipeline identifiers in the same pipeline cache.

Unlike most structures declared by the Vulkan API, all fields of this structure are written with the least significant byte first, regardless of host byte-order.

The C language specification does not define the packing of structure members. This layout assumes tight structure member packing, with members laid out in the order listed in the structure, and the intended size of the structure is 56 bytes. If a compiler produces code that diverges from that pattern, applications must employ another method to set values at the correct offsets.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionSafetyCriticalOne-validationVersion-05077
    validationVersion must be VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_VALIDATION_VERSION_SAFETY_CRITICAL_ONE

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionSafetyCriticalOne-pipelineIndexStride-05078
    pipelineIndexStride must be greater than or equal to 56 (the size of the VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry structure)

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionSafetyCriticalOne-pipelineIndexOffset-05079
    pipelineIndexOffset + pipelineIndexCount × pipelineIndexStride must not exceed the size of the pipeline cache

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The VkPipelineCacheValidationVersion enumeration determines the contents of the pipeline cache validation information. Possible values are:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineCacheValidationVersion {
    VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_VALIDATION_VERSION_SAFETY_CRITICAL_ONE = 1,
} VkPipelineCacheValidationVersion;

  • VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_VALIDATION_VERSION_SAFETY_CRITICAL_ONE specifies version one of the pipeline cache validation information for Vulkan SC.

Each pipeline cache index entry consists of a VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry structure:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry {
    uint8_t     pipelineIdentifier[VK_UUID_SIZE];
    uint64_t    pipelineMemorySize;
    uint64_t    jsonSize;
    uint64_t    jsonOffset;
    uint32_t    stageIndexCount;
    uint32_t    stageIndexStride;
    uint64_t    stageIndexOffset;
} VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry;

  • pipelineIdentifier is the pipeline identifier indicating which pipeline the information is associated with.

  • pipelineMemorySize is the number of bytes of pipeline memory required for this pipeline. This is the minimum value that can be successfully used for VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo::poolEntrySize when this pipeline is used.

  • jsonSize is the size in bytes of the pipeline JSON data representing the pipeline state for this pipeline. This value may be zero, indicating the JSON data is not present in the pipeline cache for this pipeline.

  • jsonOffset is the offset in bytes from the beginning of the pipeline cache header to the pipeline JSON data for this pipeline. This value must be zero if the JSON data is not present in the pipeline cache for this pipeline.

  • stageIndexCount is the number of entries in the pipeline cache stage validation index for this pipeline. This value may be zero, indicating that no stage validation information is present in the pipeline cache for this pipeline.

  • stageIndexStride is the number of bytes between consecutive stage validation index entries.

  • stageIndexOffset is the offset in bytes from the beginning of the pipeline cache header to the stage validation index for this pipeline. This value must be zero if no stage validation information is present for this pipeline.

The JSON data and the stage validation index are optionally included in the pipeline cache index entry. They are only intended to be used for validation and debugging. If present they must include both the JSON data and the corresponding SPIR-V modules that were used by the offline compiler to compile the pipeline cache entry.

The data at jsonOffset consists of a byte stream of jsonSize bytes of UTF-8 encoded JSON that was used by the offline pipeline compiler to create this pipeline cache entry.

The stage validation index consists of stageIndexCount VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry structures which provide the SPIR-V modules used by this pipeline and these are provided in the same order as provided to the VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure(s) in the Vk*PipelineCreateInfo structure for this pipeline. The stage validation index is located at stageIndexOffset bytes into the cache and the location of stage i is calculated as: stageIndexOffset + i × stageIndexStride. The VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry structures may not be tightly packed, enabling additional implementation-specific data to be stored with each entry, or for future extensibility.

Unlike most structures declared by the Vulkan API, all fields of this structure are written with the least significant byte first, regardless of host byte-order.

The C language specification does not define the packing of structure members. This layout assumes tight structure member packing, with members laid out in the order listed in the structure, and the intended size of the structure is 56 bytes. If a compiler produces code that diverges from that pattern, applications must employ another method to set values at the correct offsets.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry-jsonSize-05080
    If jsonSize is 0, jsonOffset must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry-jsonSize-05081
    If jsonSize is 0, stageIndexCount must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry-jsonSize-08991
    If jsonSize is not 0, jsonOffset + jsonSize must not exceed the size of the pipeline cache

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry-stageIndexCount-05082
    If stageIndexCount is 0, stageIndexOffset and stageIndexStride must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry-stageIndexCount-05083
    If stageIndexCount is not 0, stageIndexStride must be greater than or equal to 16 (the size of the VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry structure)

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry-stageIndexCount-05084
    If stageIndexCount is not 0, stageIndexOffset + stageIndexCount × stageIndexStride must not exceed the size of the pipeline cache

Each pipeline cache stage validation index entry consists of a VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry structure:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry {
    uint64_t    codeSize;
    uint64_t    codeOffset;
} VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry;

  • codeSize is the size in bytes of the SPIR-V module for this pipeline stage.

  • codeOffset is the offset in bytes from the beginning of the pipeline cache header to the SPIR-V module for this pipeline stage.

The data at codeOffset consists of codeSize bytes of SPIR-V module as described in Appendix A that was used by the offline pipeline compiler for this shader stage when creating this pipeline cache entry.

Unlike most structures declared by the Vulkan API, all fields of this structure are written with the least significant byte first, regardless of host byte-order.

The C language specification does not define the packing of structure members. This layout assumes tight structure member packing, with members laid out in the order listed in the structure, and the intended size of the structure is 16 bytes. If a compiler produces code that diverges from that pattern, applications must employ another method to set values at the correct offsets.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry-codeSize-05085
    codeSize must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry-codeSize-05086
    codeSize must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheStageValidationIndexEntry-codeOffset-05087
    codeOffset + codeSize must not exceed the size of the pipeline cache

10.7.3. Destroying a Pipeline Cache

To destroy a pipeline cache, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyPipelineCache(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineCache                             pipelineCache,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the pipeline cache object.

  • pipelineCache is the handle of the pipeline cache to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-pipelineCache-parameter
    If pipelineCache is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, pipelineCache must be a valid VkPipelineCache handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-pipelineCache-parent
    If pipelineCache is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to pipelineCache must be externally synchronized

10.8. Offline Pipeline Compilation

In Vulkan SC, the pipeline compilation process occurs offline [SCID-8].

The SPIR-V shader module and pipeline state are supplied to an offline pipeline cache compiler which creates a pipeline cache entry for the pipeline. The set of pipeline cache entries are combined offline into one or more pipeline caches. At application runtime, the offline generated pipeline cache is provided to device creation as part of the VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo structure and then loaded into a VkPipelineCache object by the application. The device, pipeline, and pipeline cache creation functions can extract implementation-specific information from the pipeline cache. The specific pipeline to be loaded from the cache is specified at pipeline creation time using a pipeline identifier. The pipeline state that is provided at runtime to pipeline creation must match the state that was specified to the offline pipeline cache compiler when the pipeline cache entry was created offline (with the exception of the VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure).

In order to assist with the specification of pipeline state for the offline pipeline cache compiler, Khronos has defined a pipeline JSON schema to represent the pipeline state required to compile a SPIR-V module to device-specific machine code and a set of utilities to help with reading and writing of the JSON files. See https://github.com/KhronosGroup/VulkanSC-Docs/wiki/JSON-schema for more information.

10.9. Pipeline Memory Reservation

Pipeline memory is allocated from a pool that is reserved at device creation time. The offline pipeline cache compiler writes the pipeline memory size requirements for each pipeline into the pipeline’s VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry::pipelineMemorySize entry in the pipeline cache index. The offline pipeline cache compiler may also report it separately. The elements of VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::pPipelinePoolSizes are requests for poolEntryCount pool entries each of pool size poolEntrySize, and any pipeline with a VkPipelineCacheSafetyCriticalIndexEntry::pipelineMemorySize less than or equal to VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo::poolEntrySize can be placed in one of those pool entries. The application should request a set of pool sizes that best suits its anticipated worst-case usage.

On implementations where VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::recyclePipelineMemory is VK_FALSE, the memory for the pipeline pool is not recycled when a pipeline is destroyed, and once an entry has been used it cannot be reused. On implementations where VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::recyclePipelineMemory is VK_TRUE, the memory for the pipeline pool is recycled when a pipeline is destroyed, and the entry it was using becomes available to be reused.

10.10. Pipeline Identifier

A pipeline identifier is an identifier that can be used to identify a specific pipeline independently from the pipeline description, shader stages and any relevant fixed-function stages, that were used to create the pipeline object.

The VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo structure allows an identifier to be specified for the pipeline at pipeline creation via the pNext field of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo, and VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structures. If a VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo structure is not included in the pNext chain then pipeline creation will fail and VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH will be returned by the corresponding vkCreate*Pipelines command.

The identifier must be used by the implementation to match against the existing content of the pipeline cache at pipeline creation. This is required for Vulkan SC where pipelines are generated offline and there is no shader code in the pipeline cache to match at runtime.

Note

The identifier values must be specified or generated during the offline pipeline cache generation and embedded in to the pipeline cache blob.

The VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    const void*               pNext;
    uint8_t                   pipelineIdentifier[VK_UUID_SIZE];
    VkPipelineMatchControl    matchControl;
    VkDeviceSize              poolEntrySize;
} VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pipelineIdentifier is an array of VK_UUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing an identifier for the pipeline.

  • matchControl is a VkPipelineMatchControl value specifying the type of identifier being used and how the match should be performed.

  • poolEntrySize is the size of the entry in pipeline memory to use for this pipeline. It must be a size that was requested via VkPipelinePoolSize when the device was created.

If a match in the pipeline cache is not found then VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH will be returned to the application.

If poolEntrySize is too small for the pipeline, or the number of entries for the requested pool size exceeds the reserved count for that pool size, pipeline creation will fail and VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY will be returned by the corresponding vkCreate*Pipelines command.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo-poolEntrySize-05028
    poolEntrySize must be one of the sizes requested via VkPipelinePoolSize when the device was created

  • VUID-VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo-recyclePipelineMemory-05029
    If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::recyclePipelineMemory is VK_TRUE, the number of currently existing pipelines created with this same value of poolEntrySize plus 1 must be less than or equal to the sum of the VkPipelinePoolSize::poolEntryCount values with the same value of poolEntrySize

  • VUID-VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo-recyclePipelineMemory-05030
    If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::recyclePipelineMemory is VK_FALSE, the total number of pipelines ever created with this same value of poolEntrySize plus 1 must be less than or equal to the sum of the VkPipelinePoolSize::poolEntryCount values with the same value of poolEntrySize

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_OFFLINE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo-matchControl-parameter
    matchControl must be a valid VkPipelineMatchControl value

Possible values of the matchControl member of VkPipelineOfflineCreateInfo

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineMatchControl {
    VK_PIPELINE_MATCH_CONTROL_APPLICATION_UUID_EXACT_MATCH = 0,
} VkPipelineMatchControl;

are:

  • VK_PIPELINE_MATCH_CONTROL_APPLICATION_UUID_EXACT_MATCH specifies that the identifier is a UUID generated by the application and the identifiers must be an exact match.

10.11. Specialization Constants

Specialization constants are a mechanism whereby constants in a SPIR-V module can have their constant value specified at the time the VkPipeline is compiled offline. This allows a SPIR-V module to have constants that can be modified at compilation time rather than in the SPIR-V source. The pSpecializationInfo parameters are not used at runtime and should be ignored by the implementation. If provided, the application must set the pSpecializationInfo parameters to the values that were specified for the offline compilation of this pipeline.

Note

Specialization constants are useful to allow a compute shader to have its local workgroup size changed at pipeline compilation time, for example.

Each VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure contains a pSpecializationInfo member, which can be NULL to indicate no specialization constants, or point to a VkSpecializationInfo structure.

The VkSpecializationInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSpecializationInfo {
    uint32_t                           mapEntryCount;
    const VkSpecializationMapEntry*    pMapEntries;
    size_t                             dataSize;
    const void*                        pData;
} VkSpecializationInfo;

  • mapEntryCount is the number of entries in the pMapEntries array.

  • pMapEntries is a pointer to an array of VkSpecializationMapEntry structures, which map constant IDs to offsets in pData.

  • dataSize is the byte size of the pData buffer.

  • pData contains the actual constant values to specialize with.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-offset-00773
    The offset member of each element of pMapEntries must be less than dataSize

  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-pMapEntries-00774
    The size member of each element of pMapEntries must be less than or equal to dataSize minus offset

  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-constantID-04911
    The constantID value of each element of pMapEntries must be unique within pMapEntries

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-pMapEntries-parameter
    If mapEntryCount is not 0, pMapEntries must be a valid pointer to an array of mapEntryCount valid VkSpecializationMapEntry structures

  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-pData-parameter
    If dataSize is not 0, pData must be a valid pointer to an array of dataSize bytes

The VkSpecializationMapEntry structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSpecializationMapEntry {
    uint32_t    constantID;
    uint32_t    offset;
    size_t      size;
} VkSpecializationMapEntry;

  • constantID is the ID of the specialization constant in SPIR-V.

  • offset is the byte offset of the specialization constant value within the supplied data buffer.

  • size is the byte size of the specialization constant value within the supplied data buffer.

If a constantID value is not a specialization constant ID used in the shader, that map entry does not affect the behavior of the pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSpecializationMapEntry-constantID-00776
    For a constantID specialization constant declared in a shader, size must match the byte size of the constantID. If the specialization constant is of type boolean, size must be the byte size of VkBool32

In human readable SPIR-V:

OpDecorate %x SpecId 13 ; decorate .x component of WorkgroupSize with ID 13
OpDecorate %y SpecId 42 ; decorate .y component of WorkgroupSize with ID 42
OpDecorate %z SpecId 3  ; decorate .z component of WorkgroupSize with ID 3
OpDecorate %wgsize BuiltIn WorkgroupSize ; decorate WorkgroupSize onto constant
%i32 = OpTypeInt 32 0 ; declare an unsigned 32-bit type
%uvec3 = OpTypeVector %i32 3 ; declare a 3 element vector type of unsigned 32-bit
%x = OpSpecConstant %i32 1 ; declare the .x component of WorkgroupSize
%y = OpSpecConstant %i32 1 ; declare the .y component of WorkgroupSize
%z = OpSpecConstant %i32 1 ; declare the .z component of WorkgroupSize
%wgsize = OpSpecConstantComposite %uvec3 %x %y %z ; declare WorkgroupSize

From the above we have three specialization constants, one for each of the x, y and z elements of the WorkgroupSize vector.

Now to specialize the above via the specialization constants mechanism:

const VkSpecializationMapEntry entries[] =
{
    {
        .constantID = 13,
        .offset = 0 * sizeof(uint32_t),
        .size = sizeof(uint32_t)
    },
    {
        .constantID = 42,
        .offset = 1 * sizeof(uint32_t),
        .size = sizeof(uint32_t)
    },
    {
        .constantID = 3,
        .offset = 2 * sizeof(uint32_t),
        .size = sizeof(uint32_t)
    }
};

const uint32_t data[] = { 16, 8, 4 }; // our workgroup size is 16x8x4

const VkSpecializationInfo info =
{
    .mapEntryCount = 3,
    .pMapEntries  = entries,
    .dataSize = 3 * sizeof(uint32_t),
    .pData = data,
};

Then when calling vkCreateComputePipelines, and passing the VkSpecializationInfo we defined as the pSpecializationInfo parameter of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo, we will create a compute pipeline with the runtime specified local workgroup size.

Another example would be that an application has a SPIR-V module that has some platform-dependent constants they wish to use.

In human readable SPIR-V:

OpDecorate %1 SpecId 0  ; decorate our signed 32-bit integer constant
OpDecorate %2 SpecId 12 ; decorate our 32-bit floating-point constant
%i32 = OpTypeInt 32 1   ; declare a signed 32-bit type
%float = OpTypeFloat 32 ; declare a 32-bit floating-point type
%1 = OpSpecConstant %i32 -1 ; some signed 32-bit integer constant
%2 = OpSpecConstant %float 0.5 ; some 32-bit floating-point constant

From the above we have two specialization constants, one is a signed 32-bit integer and the second is a 32-bit floating-point value.

Now to specialize the above via the specialization constants mechanism:

struct SpecializationData {
    int32_t data0;
    float data1;
};

const VkSpecializationMapEntry entries[] =
{
    {
        .constantID = 0,
        .offset = offsetof(SpecializationData, data0),
        .size = sizeof(SpecializationData::data0)
    },
    {
        .constantID = 12,
        .offset = offsetof(SpecializationData, data1),
        .size = sizeof(SpecializationData::data1)
    }
};

SpecializationData data;
data.data0 = -42;    // set the data for the 32-bit integer
data.data1 = 42.0f;  // set the data for the 32-bit floating-point

const VkSpecializationInfo info =
{
    .mapEntryCount = 2,
    .pMapEntries = entries,
    .dataSize = sizeof(data),
    .pdata = &data,
};

It is legal for a SPIR-V module with specializations to be compiled into a pipeline where no specialization information was provided. SPIR-V specialization constants contain default values such that if a specialization is not provided, the default value will be used. In the examples above, it would be valid for an application to only specialize some of the specialization constants within the SPIR-V module, and let the other constants use their default values encoded within the OpSpecConstant declarations.

10.12. Pipeline Binding

Once a pipeline has been created, it can be bound to the command buffer using the command:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBindPipeline(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineBindPoint                         pipelineBindPoint,
    VkPipeline                                  pipeline);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer that the pipeline will be bound to.

  • pipelineBindPoint is a VkPipelineBindPoint value specifying to which bind point the pipeline is bound. Binding one does not disturb the others.

  • pipeline is the pipeline to be bound.

Once bound, a pipeline binding affects subsequent commands that interact with the given pipeline type in the command buffer until a different pipeline of the same type is bound to the bind point. Commands that do not interact with the given pipeline type must not be affected by the pipeline state.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-00777
    If pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-00778
    If pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-00779
    If pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE, pipeline must be a compute pipeline

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-00780
    If pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS, pipeline must be a graphics pipeline

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipeline-00781
    If the variableMultisampleRate feature is not supported, pipeline is a graphics pipeline, the current subpass uses no attachments, and this is not the first call to this function with a graphics pipeline after transitioning to the current subpass, then the sample count specified by this pipeline must match that set in the previous pipeline

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-variableSampleLocations-01525
    If VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT::variableSampleLocations is VK_FALSE, and pipeline is a graphics pipeline created with a renderPass that is not VK_NULL_HANDLE and with a VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT structure having its sampleLocationsEnable member set to VK_TRUE but without VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT enabled then the current render pass instance must have been begun by specifying a VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT structure whose pPostSubpassSampleLocations member contains an element with a subpassIndex matching the current subpass index and the sampleLocationsInfo member of that element must match the sampleLocationsInfo specified in VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT when the pipeline was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commandBuffer-04809
    If commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer with VkCommandBufferInheritanceViewportScissorInfoNV::viewportScissor2D enabled and pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS and pipeline was created with VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT structure and its discardRectangleCount member is not 0, or the pipeline was created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_ENABLE_EXT enabled, then the pipeline must have been created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_EXT enabled

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-parameter
    pipelineBindPoint must be a valid VkPipelineBindPoint value

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipeline-parameter
    pipeline must be a valid VkPipeline handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and pipeline must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

Possible values of vkCmdBindPipeline::pipelineBindPoint, specifying the bind point of a pipeline object, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineBindPoint {
    VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS = 0,
    VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE = 1,
} VkPipelineBindPoint;

  • VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE specifies binding as a compute pipeline.

  • VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS specifies binding as a graphics pipeline.

10.13. Dynamic State

When a pipeline object is bound, any pipeline object state that is not specified as dynamic is applied to the command buffer state. Pipeline object state that is specified as dynamic is not applied to the command buffer state at this time.

Instead, dynamic state can be modified at any time and persists for the lifetime of the command buffer, or until modified by another dynamic state setting command, or made invalid by binding a pipeline in which that state is statically specified.

When a pipeline object is bound, the following applies to each state parameter:

  • If the state is not specified as dynamic in the new pipeline object, then that command buffer state is overwritten by the state in the new pipeline object. Before any draw or dispatch call with this pipeline there must not have been any calls to any of the corresponding dynamic state setting commands after this pipeline was bound.

  • If the state is specified as dynamic in the new pipeline object, then that command buffer state is not disturbed. Before any draw or dispatch call with this pipeline there must have been at least one call to each of the corresponding dynamic state setting commands. The state-setting commands must be recorded after command buffer recording was begun, or after the last command binding a pipeline object with that state specified as static, whichever was the latter.

  • If the state is not included (corresponding pointer in VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo was NULL or was ignored) in the new pipeline object, then that command buffer state is not disturbed.

Dynamic state that does not affect the result of operations can be left undefined.

Note

For example, if blending is disabled by the pipeline object state then the dynamic color blend constants do not need to be specified in the command buffer, even if this state is specified as dynamic in the pipeline object.
Note

Applications running on Vulkan implementations advertising a VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties::conformanceVersion less than 1.3.8.0 should be aware that rebinding the bound pipeline object may not reapply static state.

11. Memory Allocation

Vulkan memory is broken up into two categories, host memory and device memory.

11.1. Host Memory

Host memory is memory needed by the Vulkan implementation for non-device-visible storage.

Note

This memory may be used to store the implementation’s representation and state of Vulkan objects.

The Vulkan SC implementation will perform its own host memory allocations. Support for application-provided memory allocation, as supported in Base Vulkan, has been removed in Vulkan SC.

VkAllocationCallbacks is not supported and pointers to this type must be NULL [SCID-2], [SCID-8].

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkAllocationCallbacks {
    void*                                   pUserData;
    PFN_vkAllocationFunction                pfnAllocation;
    PFN_vkReallocationFunction              pfnReallocation;
    PFN_vkFreeFunction                      pfnFree;
    PFN_vkInternalAllocationNotification    pfnInternalAllocation;
    PFN_vkInternalFreeNotification          pfnInternalFree;
} VkAllocationCallbacks;

11.2. Device Memory

Device memory is memory that is visible to the device — for example the contents of the image or buffer objects, which can be natively used by the device.

11.2.1. Device Memory Properties

Memory properties of a physical device describe the memory heaps and memory types available.

To query memory properties, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.1. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties*           pMemoryProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the device to query.

  • pMemoryProperties is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure in which the properties are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties-pMemoryProperties-parameter
    pMemoryProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties {
    uint32_t        memoryTypeCount;
    VkMemoryType    memoryTypes[VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES];
    uint32_t        memoryHeapCount;
    VkMemoryHeap    memoryHeaps[VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS];
} VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties;

  • memoryTypeCount is the number of valid elements in the memoryTypes array.

  • memoryTypes is an array of VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES VkMemoryType structures describing the memory types that can be used to access memory allocated from the heaps specified by memoryHeaps.

  • memoryHeapCount is the number of valid elements in the memoryHeaps array.

  • memoryHeaps is an array of VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS VkMemoryHeap structures describing the memory heaps from which memory can be allocated.

The VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure describes a number of memory heaps as well as a number of memory types that can be used to access memory allocated in those heaps. Each heap describes a memory resource of a particular size, and each memory type describes a set of memory properties (e.g. host cached vs. uncached) that can be used with a given memory heap. Allocations using a particular memory type will consume resources from the heap indicated by that memory type’s heap index. More than one memory type may share each heap, and the heaps and memory types provide a mechanism to advertise an accurate size of the physical memory resources while allowing the memory to be used with a variety of different properties.

The number of memory heaps is given by memoryHeapCount and is less than or equal to VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS. Each heap is described by an element of the memoryHeaps array as a VkMemoryHeap structure. The number of memory types available across all memory heaps is given by memoryTypeCount and is less than or equal to VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES. Each memory type is described by an element of the memoryTypes array as a VkMemoryType structure.

At least one heap must include VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT in VkMemoryHeap::flags. If there are multiple heaps that all have similar performance characteristics, they may all include VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT. In a unified memory architecture (UMA) system there is often only a single memory heap which is considered to be equally “local” to the host and to the device, and such an implementation must advertise the heap as device-local.

Each memory type returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties must have its propertyFlags set to one of the following values:

  • 0

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT | VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT

There must be at least one memory type with both the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT and VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT bits set in its propertyFlags. There must be at least one memory type with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT bit set in its propertyFlags.

For each pair of elements X and Y returned in memoryTypes, X must be placed at a lower index position than Y if:

  • the set of bit flags returned in the propertyFlags member of X is a strict subset of the set of bit flags returned in the propertyFlags member of Y; or

  • the propertyFlags members of X and Y are equal, and X belongs to a memory heap with greater performance (as determined in an implementation-specific manner)

Note

There is no ordering requirement between X and Y elements for the case their propertyFlags members are not in a subset relation. That potentially allows more than one possible way to order the same set of memory types. Notice that the list of all allowed memory property flag combinations is written in a valid order. But if instead VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT was before VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT | VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT, the list would still be in a valid order.

This ordering requirement enables applications to use a simple search loop to select the desired memory type along the lines of:

// Find a memory in `memoryTypeBitsRequirement` that includes all of `requiredProperties`
int32_t findProperties(const VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties* pMemoryProperties,
                       uint32_t memoryTypeBitsRequirement,
                       VkMemoryPropertyFlags requiredProperties) {
    const uint32_t memoryCount = pMemoryProperties->memoryTypeCount;
    for (uint32_t memoryIndex = 0; memoryIndex < memoryCount; ++memoryIndex) {
        const uint32_t memoryTypeBits = (1 << memoryIndex);
        const bool isRequiredMemoryType = memoryTypeBitsRequirement & memoryTypeBits;

        const VkMemoryPropertyFlags properties =
            pMemoryProperties->memoryTypes[memoryIndex].propertyFlags;
        const bool hasRequiredProperties =
            (properties & requiredProperties) == requiredProperties;

        if (isRequiredMemoryType && hasRequiredProperties)
            return static_cast<int32_t>(memoryIndex);
    }

    // failed to find memory type
    return -1;
}

// Try to find an optimal memory type, or if it does not exist try fallback memory type
// `device` is the VkDevice
// `image` is the VkImage that requires memory to be bound
// `memoryProperties` properties as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties
// `requiredProperties` are the property flags that must be present
// `optimalProperties` are the property flags that are preferred by the application
VkMemoryRequirements memoryRequirements;
vkGetImageMemoryRequirements(device, image, &memoryRequirements);
int32_t memoryType =
    findProperties(&memoryProperties, memoryRequirements.memoryTypeBits, optimalProperties);
if (memoryType == -1) // not found; try fallback properties
    memoryType =
        findProperties(&memoryProperties, memoryRequirements.memoryTypeBits, requiredProperties);

VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES is the length of an array of VkMemoryType structures describing memory types, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties::memoryTypes.

#define VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES               32U

VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS is the length of an array of VkMemoryHeap structures describing memory heaps, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties::memoryHeaps.

#define VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS               16U

To query memory properties, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2*          pMemoryProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the device to query.

  • pMemoryProperties is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2 structure in which the properties are returned.

vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2 behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties, with the ability to return extended information in a pNext chain of output structures.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2-pMemoryProperties-parameter
    pMemoryProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2 structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2 {
    VkStructureType                     sType;
    void*                               pNext;
    VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties    memoryProperties;
} VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2;
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MEMORY_PROPERTIES_2

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryBudgetPropertiesEXT

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

The VkMemoryHeap structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryHeap {
    VkDeviceSize         size;
    VkMemoryHeapFlags    flags;
} VkMemoryHeap;

  • size is the total memory size in bytes in the heap.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkMemoryHeapFlagBits specifying attribute flags for the heap.

Bits which may be set in VkMemoryHeap::flags, indicating attribute flags for the heap, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkMemoryHeapFlagBits {
    VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT = 0x00000001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT = 0x00000002,
  // Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
    VK_MEMORY_HEAP_SEU_SAFE_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkMemoryHeapFlagBits;

  • VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT specifies that the heap corresponds to device-local memory. Device-local memory may have different performance characteristics than host-local memory, and may support different memory property flags.

  • VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT specifies that in a logical device representing more than one physical device, there is a per-physical device instance of the heap memory. By default, an allocation from such a heap will be replicated to each physical device’s instance of the heap.

  • VK_MEMORY_HEAP_SEU_SAFE_BIT specifies that the heap is protected against single event upsets.

Note

Many safety critical environments are required to contend with single event upsets (SEUs). It is typical for host memory to include automatic error detection (EDC) or correction (ECC) on platforms where this a concern. VK_MEMORY_HEAP_SEU_SAFE_BIT is used to denote device memory heaps that have this protection.

SEU-safe memory may have different performance characteristics than SEU-unsafe memory.

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkMemoryHeapFlags;

VkMemoryHeapFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkMemoryHeapFlagBits.

The VkMemoryType structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryType {
    VkMemoryPropertyFlags    propertyFlags;
    uint32_t                 heapIndex;
} VkMemoryType;

Bits which may be set in VkMemoryType::propertyFlags, indicating properties of a memory type, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits {
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT = 0x00000010,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT = 0x00000020,
} VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits;

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT bit specifies that memory allocated with this type is the most efficient for device access. This property will be set if and only if the memory type belongs to a heap with the VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT set.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT bit specifies that memory allocated with this type can be mapped for host access using vkMapMemory.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT bit specifies that the host cache management commands vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges and vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges are not needed to manage availability and visibility on the host.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT bit specifies that memory allocated with this type is cached on the host. Host memory accesses to uncached memory are slower than to cached memory, however uncached memory is always host coherent.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit specifies that the memory type only allows device access to the memory. Memory types must not have both VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT and VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT set. Additionally, the object’s backing memory may be provided by the implementation lazily as specified in Lazily Allocated Memory.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT bit specifies that the memory type only allows device access to the memory, and allows protected queue operations to access the memory. Memory types must not have VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT set and any of VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT set, or VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT set, or VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT set.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkMemoryPropertyFlags;

VkMemoryPropertyFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryBudgetPropertiesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties2, it is filled with the current memory budgets and usages.

The VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryBudgetPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_memory_budget
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryBudgetPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       heapBudget[VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS];
    VkDeviceSize       heapUsage[VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS];
} VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryBudgetPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • heapBudget is an array of VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS VkDeviceSize values in which memory budgets are returned, with one element for each memory heap. A heap’s budget is a rough estimate of how much memory the process can allocate from that heap before allocations may fail or cause performance degradation. The budget includes any currently allocated device memory.

  • heapUsage is an array of VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS VkDeviceSize values in which memory usages are returned, with one element for each memory heap. A heap’s usage is an estimate of how much memory the process is currently using in that heap.

The values returned in this structure are not invariant. The heapBudget and heapUsage values must be zero for array elements greater than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties::memoryHeapCount. The heapBudget value must be non-zero for array elements less than VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties::memoryHeapCount. The heapBudget value must be less than or equal to VkMemoryHeap::size for each heap.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryBudgetPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MEMORY_BUDGET_PROPERTIES_EXT

11.2.2. Device Memory Objects

A Vulkan device operates on data in device memory via memory objects that are represented in the API by a VkDeviceMemory handle:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDeviceMemory)

Device memory cannot be freed [SCID-4]. If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceDestroyFreesMemory is VK_TRUE, the memory is returned to the system when the device is destroyed. Otherwise, it may not be returned to the system until the process is terminated.

11.2.3. Device Memory Allocation

To allocate memory objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkAllocateMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkMemoryAllocateInfo*                 pAllocateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDeviceMemory*                             pMemory);

  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • pAllocateInfo is a pointer to a VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure describing parameters of the allocation. A successfully returned allocation must use the requested parameters — no substitution is permitted by the implementation.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pMemory is a pointer to a VkDeviceMemory handle in which information about the allocated memory is returned.

Allocations returned by vkAllocateMemory are guaranteed to meet any alignment requirement of the implementation. For example, if an implementation requires 128 byte alignment for images and 64 byte alignment for buffers, the device memory returned through this mechanism would be 128-byte aligned. This ensures that applications can correctly suballocate objects of different types (with potentially different alignment requirements) in the same memory object.

When memory is allocated, its contents are undefined with the following constraint:

  • The contents of unprotected memory must not be a function of the contents of data protected memory objects, even if those memory objects were previously freed.

Note

The contents of memory allocated by one application should not be a function of data from protected memory objects of another application, even if those memory objects were previously freed.

The maximum number of valid memory allocations that can exist simultaneously within a VkDevice may be restricted by implementation- or platform-dependent limits. The maxMemoryAllocationCount feature describes the number of allocations that can exist simultaneously before encountering these internal limits.

Note

Many protected memory implementations involve complex hardware and system software support, and often have additional and much lower limits on the number of simultaneous protected memory allocations (from memory types with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT property) than for non-protected memory allocations. These limits can be system-wide, and depend on a variety of factors outside of the Vulkan implementation, so they cannot be queried in Vulkan. Applications should use as few allocations as possible from such memory types by suballocating aggressively, and be prepared for allocation failure even when there is apparently plenty of capacity remaining in the memory heap. As a guideline, the Vulkan conformance test suite requires that at least 80 minimum-size allocations can exist concurrently when no other uses of protected memory are active in the system.

Some platforms may have a limit on the maximum size of a single allocation. For example, certain systems may fail to create allocations with a size greater than or equal to 4GB. Such a limit is implementation-dependent, and if such a failure occurs then the error VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY must be returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkAllocateMemory must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-device-05068
    The number of device memory objects currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of device memory objects requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::deviceMemoryRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-pAllocateInfo-parameter
    pAllocateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-pMemory-parameter
    pMemory must be a valid pointer to a VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       allocationSize;
    uint32_t           memoryTypeIndex;
} VkMemoryAllocateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • allocationSize is the size of the allocation in bytes.

  • memoryTypeIndex is an index identifying a memory type from the memoryTypes array of the VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure.

The internal data of an allocated device memory object must include a reference to implementation-specific resources, referred to as the memory object’s payload. Applications can also import and export that internal data to and from device memory objects to share data between Vulkan instances and other compatible APIs. A VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure defines a memory import operation if its pNext chain includes one of the following structures:

If the parameters define an import operation and the external handle type is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV, allocationSize is ignored. The implementation must query the size of this allocation from the NvSciBufAttrList associated with the external NvSciBufObj.

Whether device memory objects constructed via a memory import operation hold a reference to their payload depends on the properties of the handle type used to perform the import, as defined below for each valid handle type. Importing memory must not modify the content of the memory. Implementations must ensure that importing memory does not enable the importing Vulkan instance to access any memory or resources in other Vulkan instances other than that corresponding to the memory object imported. Implementations must also ensure accessing imported memory which has not been initialized does not allow the importing Vulkan instance to obtain data from the exporting Vulkan instance or vice-versa.

Note

How exported and imported memory is isolated is left to the implementation, but applications should be aware that such isolation may prevent implementations from placing multiple exportable memory objects in the same physical or virtual page. Hence, applications should avoid creating many small external memory objects whenever possible.

Importing memory must not increase overall heap usage within a system. However, it must affect the following per-process values:

When performing a memory import operation, it is the responsibility of the application to ensure the external handles and their associated payloads meet all valid usage requirements. However, implementations must perform sufficient validation of external handles and payloads to ensure that the operation results in a valid memory object which will not cause program termination, device loss, queue stalls, or corruption of other resources when used as allowed according to its allocation parameters. If the external handle provided does not meet these requirements, the implementation must fail the memory import operation with the error code VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-allocationSize-07897
    If the parameters do not define an import or export operation, allocationSize must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-None-06657
    The parameters must not define more than one import operation

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-allocationSize-07899
    If the parameters define an export operation , allocationSize must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-allocationSize-01742
    If the parameters define an import operation, the external handle specified was created by the Vulkan API, and the external handle type is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT, then the values of allocationSize and memoryTypeIndex must match those specified when the payload being imported was created

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-memoryTypeIndex-00648
    If the parameters define an import operation and the external handle is a POSIX file descriptor created outside of the Vulkan API, the value of memoryTypeIndex must be one of those returned by vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-memoryTypeIndex-01872
    If the protectedMemory feature is not enabled, the VkMemoryAllocateInfo::memoryTypeIndex must not indicate a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-memoryTypeIndex-01744
    If the parameters define an import operation and the external handle is a host pointer, the value of memoryTypeIndex must be one of those returned by vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-allocationSize-01745
    If the parameters define an import operation and the external handle is a host pointer, allocationSize must be an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryHostPropertiesEXT::minImportedHostPointerAlignment

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-screenBufferImport-08941
    If the parameters define an import operation and the external handle type is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX, VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX::screenBufferImport must be enabled

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-allocationSize-08942
    If the parameters define an import operation and the external handle type is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX, allocationSize must be the size returned by vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX for the QNX Screen buffer

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-memoryTypeIndex-08943
    If the parameters define an import operation and the external handle type is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX, memoryTypeIndex must be one of those returned by vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX for the QNX Screen buffer

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-pNext-08944
    If the parameters define an import operation, the external handle is a QNX Screen buffer, and the pNext chain includes a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo with image that is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the QNX Screen’s buffer must be a valid QNX Screen buffer

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-pNext-08945
    If the parameters define an import operation, the external handle is an QNX Screen buffer, and the pNext chain includes a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo with image that is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the format of image must be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED or the format returned by vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX in VkScreenBufferFormatPropertiesQNX::format for the QNX Screen buffer

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-pNext-08946
    If the parameters define an import operation, the external handle is a QNX Screen buffer, and the pNext chain includes a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure with image that is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the width, height, and array layer dimensions of image and the QNX Screen buffer’s _screen_buffer must be identical

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-opaqueCaptureAddress-03329
    If VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo::opaqueCaptureAddress is not zero, VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo::flags must include VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-flags-03330
    If VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo::flags includes VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT, the bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-flags-03331
    If VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo::flags includes VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT, the bufferDeviceAddress feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-pNext-03332
    If the pNext chain includes a VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT structure, VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo::opaqueCaptureAddress must be zero

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-opaqueCaptureAddress-03333
    If the parameters define an import operation, VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo::opaqueCaptureAddress must be zero

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-pNext-05097
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV structure, the sciBufExport feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-pNext-05098
    If the pNext chain includes a VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV structure, the sciBufImport feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-memoryTypeIndex-05099
    If the parameters define an import operation and the external handle is a NvSciBufObj, the value of memoryTypeIndex must be one of those returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufPropertiesNV

Valid Usage (Implicit)

If the pNext chain includes a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure, then that structure includes a handle of the sole buffer or image resource that the memory can be bound to.

The VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkImage            image;
    VkBuffer           buffer;
} VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • image is VK_NULL_HANDLE or a handle of an image which this memory will be bound to.

  • buffer is VK_NULL_HANDLE or a handle of a buffer which this memory will be bound to.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-image-01432
    At least one of image and buffer must be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-image-02964
    If image is not VK_NULL_HANDLE and the memory is not an imported QNX Screen buffer , VkMemoryAllocateInfo::allocationSize must be greater than or equal to the VkMemoryRequirements::size of the image

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-image-01434
    If image is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, image must have been created without VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT set in VkImageCreateInfo::flags

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-buffer-02965
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE and the memory is not an imported QNX Screen buffer , VkMemoryAllocateInfo::allocationSize must be greater than or equal to the VkMemoryRequirements::size of the buffer

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-buffer-01436
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, buffer must have been created without VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT set in VkBufferCreateInfo::flags

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-image-01878
    If image is not VK_NULL_HANDLE and VkMemoryAllocateInfo defines a memory import operation with handle type VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT, the memory being imported must also be a dedicated image allocation and image must be identical to the image associated with the imported memory

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-buffer-01879
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE and VkMemoryAllocateInfo defines a memory import operation with handle type VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT, the memory being imported must also be a dedicated buffer allocation and buffer must be identical to the buffer associated with the imported memory

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_DEDICATED_ALLOCATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-image-parameter
    If image is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-buffer-parameter
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and image that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

When allocating memory whose payload may be exported to another process or Vulkan instance, add a VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure, specifying the handle types that may be exported.

The VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlags    handleTypes;
} VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleTypes is zero or a bitmask of VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits specifying one or more memory handle types the application can export from the resulting allocation. The application can request multiple handle types for the same allocation.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo-handleTypes-parameter
    handleTypes must be a valid combination of VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits values

11.2.4. File Descriptor External Memory

To import memory from a POSIX file descriptor handle, add a VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR structure to the pNext chain of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure. The VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd
typedef struct VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
    int                                   fd;
} VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleType is a VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the handle type of fd.

  • fd is the external handle to import.

Importing memory from a file descriptor transfers ownership of the file descriptor from the application to the Vulkan implementation. The application must not perform any operations on the file descriptor after a successful import. The imported memory object holds a reference to its payload.

Applications can import the same payload into multiple instances of Vulkan, into the same instance from which it was exported, and multiple times into a given Vulkan instance. In all cases, each import operation must create a distinct VkDeviceMemory object.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR-handleType-09862
    If handleType is not 0, it must be supported for import, as reported by VkExternalImageFormatProperties or VkExternalBufferProperties

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR-fd-00668
    The memory from which fd was exported must have been created on the same underlying physical device as device

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR-handleType-00669
    If handleType is not 0, it must be VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT or VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_DMA_BUF_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR-handleType-00670
    If handleType is not 0, fd must be a valid handle of the type specified by handleType

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR-fd-01746
    The memory represented by fd must have been created from a physical device and driver that is compatible with device and handleType, as described in External Memory Handle Types Compatibility

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR-fd-01520
    fd must obey any requirements listed for handleType in external memory handle types compatibility

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_FD_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR-handleType-parameter
    If handleType is not 0, handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

To export a POSIX file descriptor referencing the payload of a Vulkan device memory object, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd
VkResult vkGetMemoryFdKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR*                 pGetFdInfo,
    int*                                        pFd);

  • device is the logical device that created the device memory being exported.

  • pGetFdInfo is a pointer to a VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR structure containing parameters of the export operation.

  • pFd will return a file descriptor referencing the payload of the device memory object.

Each call to vkGetMemoryFdKHR must create a new file descriptor holding a reference to the memory object’s payload and transfer ownership of the file descriptor to the application. To avoid leaking resources, the application must release ownership of the file descriptor using the close system call when it is no longer needed, or by importing a Vulkan memory object from it. Where supported by the operating system, the implementation must set the file descriptor to be closed automatically when an execve system call is made.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetMemoryFdKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryFdKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryFdKHR-pGetFdInfo-parameter
    pGetFdInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryFdKHR-pFd-parameter
    pFd must be a valid pointer to an int value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd
typedef struct VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkDeviceMemory                        memory;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memory is the memory object from which the handle will be exported.

  • handleType is a VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the type of handle requested.

The properties of the file descriptor exported depend on the value of handleType. See VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits for a description of the properties of the defined external memory handle types.

Note

The size of the exported file may be larger than the size requested by VkMemoryAllocateInfo::allocationSize. If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_DMA_BUF_BIT_EXT, then the application can query the file’s actual size with lseek.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-00671
    handleType must have been included in VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo::handleTypes when memory was created

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-00672
    handleType must be VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT or VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_DMA_BUF_BIT_EXT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_GET_FD_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetFdInfoKHR-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

POSIX file descriptor memory handles compatible with Vulkan may also be created by non-Vulkan APIs using methods beyond the scope of this specification. To determine the correct parameters to use when importing such handles, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd
VkResult vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits          handleType,
    int                                         fd,
    VkMemoryFdPropertiesKHR*                    pMemoryFdProperties);

  • device is the logical device that will be importing fd.

  • handleType is a VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the type of the handle fd.

  • fd is the handle which will be imported.

  • pMemoryFdProperties is a pointer to a VkMemoryFdPropertiesKHR structure in which the properties of the handle fd are returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR-fd-00673
    fd must point to a valid POSIX file descriptor memory handle

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR-handleType-00674
    handleType must not be VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR-pMemoryFdProperties-parameter
    pMemoryFdProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkMemoryFdPropertiesKHR structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkMemoryFdPropertiesKHR structure returned is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd
typedef struct VkMemoryFdPropertiesKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           memoryTypeBits;
} VkMemoryFdPropertiesKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memoryTypeBits is a bitmask containing one bit set for every memory type which the specified file descriptor can be imported as.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryFdPropertiesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_FD_PROPERTIES_KHR

  • VUID-VkMemoryFdPropertiesKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

11.2.5. Host External Memory

To import memory from a host pointer, add a VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT structure to the pNext chain of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure. The VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
typedef struct VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
    void*                                 pHostPointer;
} VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleType is a VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the handle type.

  • pHostPointer is the host pointer to import from.

Importing memory from a host pointer shares ownership of the memory between the host and the Vulkan implementation. The application can continue to access the memory through the host pointer but it is the application’s responsibility to synchronize device and non-device access to the payload as defined in Host Access to Device Memory Objects.

Applications can import the same payload into multiple instances of Vulkan and multiple times into a given Vulkan instance. However, implementations may fail to import the same payload multiple times into a given physical device due to platform constraints.

Importing memory from a particular host pointer may not be possible due to additional platform-specific restrictions beyond the scope of this specification in which case the implementation must fail the memory import operation with the error code VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE_KHR.

Whether device memory objects imported from a host pointer hold a reference to their payload is undefined. As such, the application must ensure that the imported memory range remains valid and accessible for the lifetime of the imported memory object.

Implementations may support importing host pointers for memory types which are not host-visible. In this case, after a successful call to vkAllocateMemory, the memory range imported from pHostPointer must not be accessed by the application until the VkDeviceMemory has been destroyed. Memory contents for the host memory becomes undefined on import, and is left undefined after the VkDeviceMemory has been destroyed. Applications must also not access host memory which is mapped to the same physical memory as pHostPointer, but mapped to a different host pointer while the VkDeviceMemory handle is valid. Implementations running on general-purpose operating systems should not support importing host pointers for memory types which are not host-visible.

Note

Using host pointers to back non-host visible allocations is a platform-specific use case, and applications should not attempt to do this unless instructed by the platform.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT-handleType-01747
    If handleType is not 0, it must be supported for import, as reported in VkExternalMemoryProperties

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT-handleType-01748
    If handleType is not 0, it must be VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT or VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT-pHostPointer-01749
    pHostPointer must be a pointer aligned to an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryHostPropertiesEXT::minImportedHostPointerAlignment

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT-handleType-01750
    If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT, pHostPointer must be a pointer to allocationSize number of bytes of host memory, where allocationSize is the member of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure this structure is chained to

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT-handleType-01751
    If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT, pHostPointer must be a pointer to allocationSize number of bytes of host mapped foreign memory, where allocationSize is the member of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure this structure is chained to

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_HOST_POINTER_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT-pHostPointer-parameter
    pHostPointer must be a pointer value

To determine the correct parameters to use when importing host pointers, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
VkResult vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits          handleType,
    const void*                                 pHostPointer,
    VkMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT*           pMemoryHostPointerProperties);

  • device is the logical device that will be importing pHostPointer.

  • handleType is a VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the type of the handle pHostPointer.

  • pHostPointer is the host pointer to import from.

  • pMemoryHostPointerProperties is a pointer to a VkMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT structure in which the host pointer properties are returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-handleType-01752
    handleType must be VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT or VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-pHostPointer-01753
    pHostPointer must be a pointer aligned to an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryHostPropertiesEXT::minImportedHostPointerAlignment

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-handleType-01754
    If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT, pHostPointer must be a pointer to host memory

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-handleType-01755
    If handleType is VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT, pHostPointer must be a pointer to host mapped foreign memory

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-pHostPointer-parameter
    pHostPointer must be a pointer value

  • VUID-vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-pMemoryHostPointerProperties-parameter
    pMemoryHostPointerProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
typedef struct VkMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           memoryTypeBits;
} VkMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memoryTypeBits is a bitmask containing one bit set for every memory type which the specified host pointer can be imported as.

The value returned by memoryTypeBits should only include bits that identify memory types which are host visible. Implementations may include bits that identify memory types which are not host visible. Behavior for imported pointers of such types is defined by VkImportMemoryHostPointerInfoEXT.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_HOST_POINTER_PROPERTIES_EXT

  • VUID-VkMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

11.2.6. NvSciBuf External Memory

To export a NvSciBufObj from memory, add a VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV structure to the pNext chain of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure. The VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
typedef struct VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV {
    VkStructureType     sType;
    const void*         pNext;
    NvSciBufAttrList    pAttributes;
} VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pAttributes is an opaque NvSciBufAttrList describing the attributes of the NvSciBuf object that will be exported.

If VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo is not present in the same pNext chain, this structure is ignored.

If the pNext chain of VkMemoryAllocateInfo includes a VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo structure with a handleType mask containing the VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV bit, but either VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV is not included in the pNext chain, or it is included but pAttributes is NULL, vkAllocateMemory will return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

The pAttributes parameter must be a reconciled NvSciBufAttrList. NvSciBufAttrList consists of both public and private attributes. It is the application’s responsibility to set the public attributes. To set the private attributes, the application must use the vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciBufAttributesNV command. The NvSciBufAttrList is then reconciled using the NvSciBuf APIs.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV-pAttributes-05100
    pAttributes must be a reconciled NvSciBufAttrList

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV

To fill the private attributes of an unreconciled NvSciBufAttrList, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciBufAttributesNV(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    NvSciBufAttrList                            pAttributes);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device that will be used to determine the attributes.

  • pAttributes is an opaque NvSciBufAttrList in which the implementation will set the requested attributes.

On success, pAttributes will contain an unreconciled NvSciBufAttrList whose private attributes are filled in by the implementation. If the private attributes of physicalDevice could not be obtained, VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED is returned.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciBufAttributesNV-pAttributes-05101
    pAttributes must be a valid NvSciBufAttrList and must not be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciBufAttributesNV-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To import memory from a NvSciBufObj, add a VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV structure to the pNext chain of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure.

The VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
typedef struct VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
    NvSciBufObj                           handle;
} VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleType specifies the type of handle or name.

  • handle is the external handle to import.

Importing memory from a NvSciBufObj does not transfer ownership of the NvSciBufObj from the application to the Vulkan implementation. Vulkan will increment the reference count of the underlying memory of the imported NvSciBufObj. The application must release its ownership using NvSciBuf APIs when that ownership is no longer needed.

Applications can import the same payload into multiple instances of Vulkan, into the same instance from which it was exported, and multiple times into a given Vulkan instance. In all cases, each import operation must create a distinct VkDeviceMemory object.

After successfully importing the NvSciBufObj to VkDeviceMemory, the application can use it as a normal VkDeviceMemory object. It is the application’s responsibility to synchronize the different NvSciBufObj accesses.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV-handleType-05102
    handleType must be VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

To export a NvSciBufObj representing the payload of a Vulkan device memory object, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
VkResult vkGetMemorySciBufNV(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV*              pGetSciBufInfo,
    NvSciBufObj*                                pHandle);

  • device is the logical device that created the device memory being exported.

  • pGetSciBufInfo is a pointer to a VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV structure containing parameters of the export operation.

  • pHandle will return the NvSciBufObj representing the payload of the device memory object.

A call to vkGetMemorySciBufNV will not transfer the ownership of the NvSciBufObj handle to the application. The application will hold a reference to the NvSciBufObj, but it does not add a reference count to the NvSciBufObj, so the application must not release it.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetMemorySciBufNV-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetMemorySciBufNV-pGetSciBufInfo-parameter
    pGetSciBufInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV structure

  • VUID-vkGetMemorySciBufNV-pHandle-parameter
    pHandle must be a valid pointer to a NvSciBufObj value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
typedef struct VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkDeviceMemory                        memory;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memory is the memory object from which the handle will be exported.

  • handleType is the type of handle requested.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV-handleType-05103
    handleType must be VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_GET_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-VkMemoryGetSciBufInfoNV-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

A NvSciBufObj handle compatible with Vulkan can also be created by non-Vulkan APIs using methods beyond the scope of this specification. To determine the correct parameters to use when importing such handles, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufPropertiesNV(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits          handleType,
    NvSciBufObj                                 handle,
    VkMemorySciBufPropertiesNV*                 pMemorySciBufProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose properties will be queried.

  • handleType is the type of the handle handle.

  • handle is the NvSciBuffObj handle which will be imported.

  • pMemorySciBufProperties is a pointer to a VkMemorySciBufPropertiesNV structure.

This command will return properties of handle, it contains the memory type bitmask that can be used to determine the VkMemoryAllocateInfo::memoryTypeIndex when calling vkAllocateMemory.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufPropertiesNV-handleType-05104
    handleType must be VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufPropertiesNV-sciBufImport-05105
    VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV::sciBufImport must be enabled

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufPropertiesNV-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufPropertiesNV-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufPropertiesNV-pMemorySciBufProperties-parameter
    pMemorySciBufProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkMemorySciBufPropertiesNV structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkMemorySciBufPropertiesNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
typedef struct VkMemorySciBufPropertiesNV {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           memoryTypeBits;
} VkMemorySciBufPropertiesNV;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memoryTypeBits is a bitmask containing one bit set for every memory type for which the specified NvSciBufObj handle can be imported.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemorySciBufPropertiesNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_PROPERTIES_NV

  • VUID-VkMemorySciBufPropertiesNV-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

11.2.7. QNX Screen Buffer External Memory

To import memory created outside of the current Vulkan instance from a QNX Screen buffer, add a VkImportScreenBufferInfoQNX structure to the pNext chain of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure. The VkImportScreenBufferInfoQNX structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
typedef struct VkImportScreenBufferInfoQNX {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    const void*               pNext;
    struct _screen_buffer*    buffer;
} VkImportScreenBufferInfoQNX;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • buffer is a pointer to a struct _screen_buffer, the QNX Screen buffer to import

The implementation may not acquire a reference to the imported Screen buffer. Therefore, the application must ensure that the object referred to by buffer stays valid as long as the device memory to which it is imported is being used.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImportScreenBufferInfoQNX-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO_QNX

To determine the memory parameters to use when importing a QNX Screen buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
VkResult vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const struct _screen_buffer*                buffer,
    VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX*                pProperties);

  • device is the logical device that will be importing buffer.

  • buffer is the QNX Screen buffer which will be imported.

  • pProperties is a pointer to a VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX structure in which the properties of buffer are returned.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid pointer to a valid _screen_buffer value

  • VUID-vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX-pProperties-parameter
    pProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX structure returned is defined as:

// Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
typedef struct VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       allocationSize;
    uint32_t           memoryTypeBits;
} VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • allocationSize is the size of the external memory.

  • memoryTypeBits is a bitmask containing one bit set for every memory type which the specified Screen buffer can be imported as.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_PROPERTIES_QNX

  • VUID-VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkScreenBufferFormatPropertiesQNX

  • VUID-VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

To obtain format properties of a QNX Screen buffer, include a VkScreenBufferFormatPropertiesQNX structure in the pNext chain of the VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX structure passed to vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX. This structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
typedef struct VkScreenBufferFormatPropertiesQNX {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    void*                            pNext;
    VkFormat                         format;
    uint64_t                         externalFormat;
    uint64_t                         screenUsage;
    VkFormatFeatureFlags             formatFeatures;
    VkComponentMapping               samplerYcbcrConversionComponents;
    VkSamplerYcbcrModelConversion    suggestedYcbcrModel;
    VkSamplerYcbcrRange              suggestedYcbcrRange;
    VkChromaLocation                 suggestedXChromaOffset;
    VkChromaLocation                 suggestedYChromaOffset;
} VkScreenBufferFormatPropertiesQNX;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • format is the Vulkan format corresponding to the Screen buffer’s format or VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED if there is not an equivalent Vulkan format.

  • externalFormat is an implementation-defined external format identifier for use with VkExternalFormatQNX. It must not be zero.

  • screenUsage is an implementation-defined external usage identifier for the QNX Screen buffer.

  • formatFeatures describes the capabilities of this external format when used with an image bound to memory imported from buffer.

  • samplerYcbcrConversionComponents is the component swizzle that should be used in VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo.

  • suggestedYcbcrModel is a suggested color model to use in the VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo.

  • suggestedYcbcrRange is a suggested numerical value range to use in VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo.

  • suggestedXChromaOffset is a suggested X chroma offset to use in VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo.

  • suggestedYChromaOffset is a suggested Y chroma offset to use in VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo.

If the QNX Screen buffer has one of the formats listed in the QNX Screen Format Equivalence table, then format must have the equivalent Vulkan format listed in the table. Otherwise, format may be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED, indicating the QNX Screen buffer can only be used with an external format. The formatFeatures member must include VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT and should include VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_LINEAR_FILTER_BIT.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkScreenBufferFormatPropertiesQNX-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_QNX

11.2.8. Device Group Memory Allocations

If the pNext chain of VkMemoryAllocateInfo includes a VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo structure, then that structure includes flags and a device mask controlling how many instances of the memory will be allocated.

The VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkMemoryAllocateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                 deviceMask;
} VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkMemoryAllocateFlagBits controlling the allocation.

  • deviceMask is a mask of physical devices in the logical device, indicating that memory must be allocated on each device in the mask, if VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_MASK_BIT is set in flags.

If VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_MASK_BIT is not set, the number of instances allocated depends on whether VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT is set in the memory heap. If VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT is set, then memory is allocated for every physical device in the logical device (as if deviceMask has bits set for all device indices). If VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT is not set, then a single instance of memory is allocated (as if deviceMask is set to one).

On some implementations, allocations from a multi-instance heap may consume memory on all physical devices even if the deviceMask excludes some devices. If VkPhysicalDeviceGroupProperties::subsetAllocation is VK_TRUE, then memory is only consumed for the devices in the device mask.

Note

In practice, most allocations on a multi-instance heap will be allocated across all physical devices. Unicast allocation support is an optional optimization for a minority of allocations.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo-deviceMask-00675
    If VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_MASK_BIT is set, deviceMask must be a valid device mask

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo-deviceMask-00676
    If VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_MASK_BIT is set, deviceMask must not be zero

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_FLAGS_INFO

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkMemoryAllocateFlagBits values

Bits which can be set in VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo::flags, controlling device memory allocation, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkMemoryAllocateFlagBits {
    VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_MASK_BIT = 0x00000001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT = 0x00000002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkMemoryAllocateFlagBits;

  • VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_MASK_BIT specifies that memory will be allocated for the devices in VkMemoryAllocateFlagsInfo::deviceMask.

  • VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT specifies that the memory can be attached to a buffer object created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_SHADER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT bit set in usage, and that the memory handle can be used to retrieve an opaque address via vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress.

  • VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT specifies that the memory’s address can be saved and reused on a subsequent run (e.g. for trace capture and replay), see VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo for more detail.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkMemoryAllocateFlags;

VkMemoryAllocateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkMemoryAllocateFlagBits.

11.2.9. Opaque Capture Address Allocation

To request a specific device address for a memory allocation, add a VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure. The VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint64_t           opaqueCaptureAddress;
} VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • opaqueCaptureAddress is the opaque capture address requested for the memory allocation.

If opaqueCaptureAddress is zero, no specific address is requested.

If opaqueCaptureAddress is not zero, it should be an address retrieved from vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress on an identically created memory allocation on the same implementation.

Note

In most cases, it is expected that a non-zero opaqueAddress is an address retrieved from vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress on an identically created memory allocation. If this is not the case, it is likely that VK_ERROR_INVALID_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS errors will occur.

This is, however, not a strict requirement because trace capture/replay tools may need to adjust memory allocation parameters for imported memory.

If this structure is not present, it is as if opaqueCaptureAddress is zero.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_ALLOCATE_INFO

11.2.10. Host Access to Device Memory Objects

Memory objects created with vkAllocateMemory are not directly host accessible.

Memory objects created with the memory property VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT are considered mappable. Memory objects must be mappable in order to be successfully mapped on the host.

To retrieve a host virtual address pointer to a region of a mappable memory object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkMapMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    VkDeviceSize                                size,
    VkMemoryMapFlags                            flags,
    void**                                      ppData);

  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • memory is the VkDeviceMemory object to be mapped.

  • offset is a zero-based byte offset from the beginning of the memory object.

  • size is the size of the memory range to map, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to map from offset to the end of the allocation.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • ppData is a pointer to a void* variable in which a host-accessible pointer to the beginning of the mapped range is returned. The value of the returned pointer minus offset must be aligned to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minMemoryMapAlignment.

After a successful call to vkMapMemory the memory object memory is considered to be currently host mapped.

Note

It is an application error to call vkMapMemory on a memory object that is already host mapped.
Note

vkMapMemory will fail if the implementation is unable to allocate an appropriately sized contiguous virtual address range, e.g. due to virtual address space fragmentation or platform limits. In such cases, vkMapMemory must return VK_ERROR_MEMORY_MAP_FAILED. The application can improve the likelihood of success by reducing the size of the mapped range and/or removing unneeded mappings using vkUnmapMemory.

vkMapMemory does not check whether the device memory is currently in use before returning the host-accessible pointer. The application must guarantee that any previously submitted command that writes to this range has completed before the host reads from or writes to that range, and that any previously submitted command that reads from that range has completed before the host writes to that region (see here for details on fulfilling such a guarantee). If the device memory was allocated without the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT set, these guarantees must be made for an extended range: the application must round down the start of the range to the nearest multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize, and round the end of the range up to the nearest multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize.

While a range of device memory is host mapped, the application is responsible for synchronizing both device and host access to that memory range.

Note

It is important for the application developer to become meticulously familiar with all of the mechanisms described in the chapter on Synchronization and Cache Control as they are crucial to maintaining memory access ordering.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkMapMemory must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-memory-00678
    memory must not be currently host mapped

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-offset-00679
    offset must be less than the size of memory

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-size-00680
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-size-00681
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be less than or equal to the size of the memory minus offset

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-memory-00682
    memory must have been created with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-ppData-parameter
    ppData must be a valid pointer to a pointer value

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to memory must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_MEMORY_MAP_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkMemoryMapFlags;

VkMemoryMapFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkMemoryMapFlagBits.

Two commands are provided to enable applications to work with non-coherent memory allocations: vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges and vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges.

Note

If the memory object was created with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT set, vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges and vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges are unnecessary and may have a performance cost. However, availability and visibility operations still need to be managed on the device. See the description of host access types for more information.
Note

While memory objects imported from a handle type of VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT or VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT are inherently mapped to host address space, they are not considered to be host mapped device memory unless they are explicitly host mapped using vkMapMemory. That means flushing or invalidating host caches with respect to host accesses performed on such memory through the original host pointer specified at import time is the responsibility of the application and must be performed with appropriate synchronization primitives provided by the platform which are outside the scope of Vulkan. vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges and vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges, however, can still be used on such memory objects to synchronize host accesses performed through the host pointer of the host mapped device memory range returned by vkMapMemory.

After a successful call to vkMapMemory the memory object memory is considered to be currently host mapped.

To flush ranges of non-coherent memory from the host caches, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    memoryRangeCount,
    const VkMappedMemoryRange*                  pMemoryRanges);

  • device is the logical device that owns the memory ranges.

  • memoryRangeCount is the length of the pMemoryRanges array.

  • pMemoryRanges is a pointer to an array of VkMappedMemoryRange structures describing the memory ranges to flush.

vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges guarantees that host writes to the memory ranges described by pMemoryRanges are made available to the host memory domain, such that they can be made available to the device memory domain via memory domain operations using the VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT access type.

The first synchronization scope includes all host operations that happened-before it, as defined by the host memory model.

Note

Some systems allow writes that do not directly integrate with the host memory model; these have to be synchronized by the application manually. One example of this is non-temporal store instructions on x86; to ensure these happen-before submission, applications should call _mm_sfence().

The second synchronization scope is empty.

The first access scope includes host writes to the specified memory ranges.

Note

When a host write to a memory location is made available in this way, each whole aligned set of nonCoherentAtomSize bytes that the memory location exists in will also be made available as if they were written by the host. For example, with a nonCoherentAtomSize of 128, if an application writes to the first byte of a memory object via a host mapping, the first 128 bytes of the memory object will be made available by this command. While the value of the following 127 bytes will be unchanged, this does count as an access for the purpose of synchronization, so care must be taken to avoid data races.

The second access scope is empty.

Unmapping non-coherent memory does not implicitly flush the host mapped memory, and host writes that have not been flushed may not ever be visible to the device. However, implementations must ensure that writes that have not been flushed do not become visible to any other memory.

Note

The above guarantee avoids a potential memory corruption in scenarios where host writes to a mapped memory object have not been flushed before the memory is unmapped (or freed), and the virtual address range is subsequently reused for a different mapping (or memory allocation).

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges-pMemoryRanges-parameter
    pMemoryRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryRangeCount valid VkMappedMemoryRange structures

  • VUID-vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges-memoryRangeCount-arraylength
    memoryRangeCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To invalidate ranges of non-coherent memory from the host caches, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    memoryRangeCount,
    const VkMappedMemoryRange*                  pMemoryRanges);

  • device is the logical device that owns the memory ranges.

  • memoryRangeCount is the length of the pMemoryRanges array.

  • pMemoryRanges is a pointer to an array of VkMappedMemoryRange structures describing the memory ranges to invalidate.

vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges guarantees that device writes to the memory ranges described by pMemoryRanges, which have been made available to the host memory domain using the VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT and VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT access types, are made visible to the host. If a range of non-coherent memory is written by the host and then invalidated without first being flushed, its contents are undefined.

The first synchronization scope includes all host operations that happened-before it, as defined by the host memory model.

Note

This function does not synchronize with device operations directly - other host synchronization operations that depend on device operations such as vkWaitForFences must be executed beforehand. So for any non-coherent device write to be made visible to the host, there has to be a dependency chain along the following lines:

  1. Device write

  2. Device memory barrier including host reads in its second scope

  3. Signal on the device (e.g. a fence signal operation)

  4. Wait on the host (e.g. vkWaitForFences)

  5. vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges

The second synchronization scope includes all host operations that happen-after it, as defined by the host memory model.

The first access scope is empty.

The second access scope includes host reads to the specified memory ranges.

Note

When a device write to a memory location is made visible to the host in this way, each whole aligned set of nonCoherentAtomSize bytes that the memory location exists in will also be made visible as if they were written by the device. For example, with a nonCoherentAtomSize of 128, if an application writes to the first byte of a memory object on the device, the first 128 bytes of the memory object will be made visible by this command. While the value of the following 127 bytes will be unchanged, this does count as an access for the purpose of synchronization, so care must be taken to avoid data races.
Note

Mapping non-coherent memory does not implicitly invalidate that memory.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges-pMemoryRanges-parameter
    pMemoryRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryRangeCount valid VkMappedMemoryRange structures

  • VUID-vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges-memoryRangeCount-arraylength
    memoryRangeCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkMappedMemoryRange structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMappedMemoryRange {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDeviceMemory     memory;
    VkDeviceSize       offset;
    VkDeviceSize       size;
} VkMappedMemoryRange;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memory is the memory object to which this range belongs.

  • offset is the zero-based byte offset from the beginning of the memory object.

  • size is either the size of range, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to affect the range from offset to the end of the current mapping of the allocation.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-memory-00684
    memory must be currently host mapped

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-size-00685
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, offset and size must specify a range contained within the currently mapped range of memory

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-size-00686
    If size is equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, offset must be within the currently mapped range of memory

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-offset-00687
    offset must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-size-01389
    If size is equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the end of the current mapping of memory must either be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize bytes from the beginning of the memory object, or be equal to the end of the memory object

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-size-01390
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must either be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize, or offset plus size must equal the size of memory

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MAPPED_MEMORY_RANGE

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

To unmap a memory object once host access to it is no longer needed by the application, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkUnmapMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory);

  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • memory is the memory object to be unmapped.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkUnmapMemory-memory-00689
    memory must be currently host mapped

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkUnmapMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkUnmapMemory-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkUnmapMemory-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to memory must be externally synchronized

11.2.11. Lazily Allocated Memory

If the memory object is allocated from a heap with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit set, that object’s backing memory may be provided by the implementation lazily. The actual committed size of the memory may initially be as small as zero (or as large as the requested size), and monotonically increases as additional memory is needed.

A memory type with this flag set is only allowed to be bound to a VkImage whose usage flags include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT.

Note

Using lazily allocated memory objects for framebuffer attachments that are not needed once a render pass instance has completed may allow some implementations to never allocate memory for such attachments.

To determine the amount of lazily-allocated memory that is currently committed for a memory object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    VkDeviceSize*                               pCommittedMemoryInBytes);

  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • memory is the memory object being queried.

  • pCommittedMemoryInBytes is a pointer to a VkDeviceSize value in which the number of bytes currently committed is returned, on success.

The implementation may update the commitment at any time, and the value returned by this query may be out of date.

The implementation guarantees to allocate any committed memory from the heapIndex indicated by the memory type that the memory object was created with.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-memory-00690
    memory must have been created with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-pCommittedMemoryInBytes-parameter
    pCommittedMemoryInBytes must be a valid pointer to a VkDeviceSize value

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

11.2.12. Protected Memory

Protected memory divides device memory into protected device memory and unprotected device memory.

Protected memory adds the following concepts:

  • Memory:

    • Unprotected device memory, which can be visible to the device and can be visible to the host

    • Protected device memory, which can be visible to the device but must not be visible to the host

  • Resources:

    • Unprotected images and unprotected buffers, to which unprotected memory can be bound

    • Protected images and protected buffers, to which protected memory can be bound

  • Command buffers:

    • Unprotected command buffers, which can be submitted to a device queue to execute unprotected queue operations

    • Protected command buffers, which can be submitted to a protected-capable device queue to execute protected queue operations

  • Device queues:

    • Unprotected device queues, to which unprotected command buffers can be submitted

    • Protected-capable device queues, to which unprotected command buffers or protected command buffers can be submitted

  • Queue submissions

    • Unprotected queue submissions, through which unprotected command buffers can be submitted

    • Protected queue submissions, through which protected command buffers can be submitted

  • Queue operations

    • Unprotected queue operations

    • Protected queue operations

Protected Memory Access Rules

If VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryProperties::protectedNoFault is VK_FALSE, applications must not perform any of the following operations:

  • Write to unprotected memory within protected queue operations.

  • Access protected memory within protected queue operations other than in framebuffer-space pipeline stages, the compute shader stage, or the transfer stage.

  • Perform a query within protected queue operations.

If VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryProperties::protectedNoFault is VK_TRUE, these operations are valid, but reads will return undefined values, and writes will either be dropped or store undefined values.

Additionally, indirect operations must not be performed within protected queue operations.

Whether these operations are valid or not, or if any other invalid usage is performed, the implementation must guarantee that:

  • Protected device memory must never be visible to the host.

  • Values written to unprotected device memory must not be a function of values from protected memory.

11.2.13. External Memory Handle Types

QNX Screen Buffer

The QNX SDP defines _screen_buffer objects, which represent a buffer that the QNX Screen graphics subsystem can use directly in its windowing system APIs. More specifically, a Screen buffer is an area of memory that stores pixel data. It can be attached to Screen windows, streams, or pixmaps. These QNX Screen buffer objects may be imported into VkDeviceMemory objects for access via Vulkan. An VkImage or VkBuffer can be bound to the imported VkDeviceMemory object if it is created with VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX.

struct _screen_buffer is strongly typed, so naming the handle type is redundant. The internal layout and therefore size of a struct _screen_buffer image may depend on native usage flags that do not have corresponding Vulkan counterparts.

QNX Screen Buffer Validity

The design of Screen in the QNX SDP makes it difficult to determine the validity of objects from outside of Screen. Therefore, applications must ensure that QNX Screen buffer objects provided used in various Vulkan interfaces are ones created explicitly with QNX Screen APIs. See QNX SDP documentation for more information.

A VkDeviceMemory imported from a QNX Screen buffer has no way to acquire a reference to its _screen_buffer object. Therefore, during the host execution of a Vulkan command that has a QNX Screen buffer as a parameter (including indirect parameters via pNext chains), the application must ensure that the QNX Screen buffer resource remains valid.

Generally, for a _screen_buffer object to be valid for use within a Vulkan implementation, the buffer object should have a _screen_buffer::SCREEN_PROPERTY_USAGE that includes at least one of: SCREEN_USAGE_VULKAN, SCREEN_USAGE_OPENGL_ES2, SCREEN_USAGE_OPENGL_ES3, or SCREEN_USAGE_NATIVE. The exact Screen-native usage flags required depends on the Vulkan implementation, and QNX Screen itself will not necessarily enforce these requirements. Note that Screen-native usage flags are in no way related to usage flags in the Vulkan specification.

QNX Screen Buffer External Formats

QNX Screen buffers may represent images using implementation-specific formats, layouts, color models, etc., which do not have Vulkan equivalents. Such external formats are commonly used by external image sources such as video decoders or cameras. Vulkan can import QNX Screen buffers that have external formats, but since the image contents are in an undiscoverable and possibly proprietary representation, images with external formats must only be used as sampled images, must only be sampled with a sampler that has Y′CBCR conversion enabled, and must have optimal tiling.

Images that will be backed by a QNX Screen buffer can use an external format by setting VkImageCreateInfo::format to VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED and including a VkExternalFormatQNX structure in the pNext chain. Images can be created with an external format even if the QNX Screen buffer has a format which has an equivalent Vulkan format to enable consistent handling of images from sources that might use either category of format. The external format of a QNX Screen buffer can be obtained by passing a VkScreenBufferFormatPropertiesQNX structure to vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX.

QNX Screen Buffer Image Resources

QNX Screen buffers have intrinsic width, height, format, and usage properties, so Vulkan images bound to memory imported from a QNX Screen buffer must use dedicated allocations: VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements::requiresDedicatedAllocation must be VK_TRUE for images created with VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo::handleTypes that includes VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX. When creating an image that will be bound to an imported QNX Screen buffer, the image creation parameters must be equivalent to the _screen_buffer properties as described by the valid usage of VkMemoryAllocateInfo.

Table 12. QNX Screen Buffer Format Equivalence
QNX Screen Format Vulkan Format

SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBA8888

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM

SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBX8888 1

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM

SCREEN_FORMAT_BGRA8888

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

SCREEN_FORMAT_BGRX8888 1

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBA1010102

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32

SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBX1010102 1

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32

SCREEN_FORMAT_BGRA1010102

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

SCREEN_FORMAT_BGRX1010102 1

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBA5551

VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBX5551 1

VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

SCREEN_FORMAT_RGB565

VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16

SCREEN_FORMAT_RGB888

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM
1

Vulkan does not differentiate between SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBA8888 and SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBX8888: they both behave as VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM. After an external entity writes to a SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBX8888 QNX Screen buffer, the values read by Vulkan from the X/A component are undefined. To emulate the traditional behavior of the X component during sampling or blending, applications should use VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE in image view component mappings and VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE in color blend factors. There is no way to avoid copying these undefined values when copying from such an image to another image or buffer. The same behavior applies to the following pairs: SCREEN_FORMAT_BGRA8888 and SCREEN_FORMAT_BGRX8888, SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBA1010102 and SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBX1010102, SCREEN_FORMAT_BGRA1010102 and SCREEN_FORMAT_BGRX1010102, SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBA5551 and SCREEN_FORMAT_RGBX5551

11.2.14. Peer Memory Features

Peer memory is memory that is allocated for a given physical device and then bound to a resource and accessed by a different physical device, in a logical device that represents multiple physical devices. Some ways of reading and writing peer memory may not be supported by a device.

To determine how peer memory can be accessed, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    heapIndex,
    uint32_t                                    localDeviceIndex,
    uint32_t                                    remoteDeviceIndex,
    VkPeerMemoryFeatureFlags*                   pPeerMemoryFeatures);

  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • heapIndex is the index of the memory heap from which the memory is allocated.

  • localDeviceIndex is the device index of the physical device that performs the memory access.

  • remoteDeviceIndex is the device index of the physical device that the memory is allocated for.

  • pPeerMemoryFeatures is a pointer to a VkPeerMemoryFeatureFlags bitmask indicating which types of memory accesses are supported for the combination of heap, local, and remote devices.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures-heapIndex-00691
    heapIndex must be less than memoryHeapCount

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures-localDeviceIndex-00692
    localDeviceIndex must be a valid device index

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures-remoteDeviceIndex-00693
    remoteDeviceIndex must be a valid device index

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures-localDeviceIndex-00694
    localDeviceIndex must not equal remoteDeviceIndex

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures-pPeerMemoryFeatures-parameter
    pPeerMemoryFeatures must be a valid pointer to a VkPeerMemoryFeatureFlags value

Bits which may be set in vkGetDeviceGroupPeerMemoryFeatures::pPeerMemoryFeatures, indicating supported peer memory features, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkPeerMemoryFeatureFlagBits {
    VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_COPY_SRC_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_COPY_DST_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_GENERIC_SRC_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_GENERIC_DST_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkPeerMemoryFeatureFlagBits;

  • VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_COPY_SRC_BIT specifies that the memory can be accessed as the source of any vkCmdCopy* command.

  • VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_COPY_DST_BIT specifies that the memory can be accessed as the destination of any vkCmdCopy* command.

  • VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_GENERIC_SRC_BIT specifies that the memory can be read as any memory access type.

  • VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_GENERIC_DST_BIT specifies that the memory can be written as any memory access type. Shader atomics are considered to be writes.

Note

The peer memory features of a memory heap also apply to any accesses that may be performed during image layout transitions.

VK_PEER_MEMORY_FEATURE_COPY_DST_BIT must be supported for all host local heaps and for at least one device-local memory heap.

If a device does not support a peer memory feature, it is still valid to use a resource that includes both local and peer memory bindings with the corresponding access type as long as only the local bindings are actually accessed. For example, an application doing split-frame rendering would use framebuffer attachments that include both local and peer memory bindings, but would scissor the rendering to only update local memory.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkPeerMemoryFeatureFlags;

VkPeerMemoryFeatureFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPeerMemoryFeatureFlagBits.

11.2.15. Opaque Capture Address Query

To query a 64-bit opaque capture address value from a memory object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
uint64_t vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo* pInfo);

  • device is the logical device that the memory object was allocated on.

  • pInfo is a pointer to a VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo structure specifying the memory object to retrieve an address for.

The 64-bit return value is an opaque address representing the start of pInfo->memory.

If the memory object was allocated with a non-zero value of VkMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressAllocateInfo::opaqueCaptureAddress, the return value must be the same address.

Note

The expected usage for these opaque addresses is only for trace capture/replay tools to store these addresses in a trace and subsequently specify them during replay.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress-None-03334
    The bufferDeviceAddress and bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay features must be enabled

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress-pInfo-10727
    pInfo->memory must have been allocated using the VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT flag

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress-device-03335
    If device was created with multiple physical devices, then the bufferDeviceAddressMultiDevice feature must be enabled

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddress-pInfo-parameter
    pInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo structure

The VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDeviceMemory     memory;
} VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memory specifies the memory whose address is being queried.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo-memory-03336
    memory must have been allocated with VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_MEMORY_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDeviceMemoryOpaqueCaptureAddressInfo-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

12. Resource Creation

Vulkan supports two primary resource types: buffers and images. Resources are views of memory with associated formatting and dimensionality. Buffers provide access to raw arrays of bytes, whereas images can be multidimensional and may have associated metadata.

12.1. Buffers

Buffers represent linear arrays of data which are used for various purposes by binding them to a graphics or compute pipeline via descriptor sets or certain commands, or by directly specifying them as parameters to certain commands.

Buffers are represented by VkBuffer handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkBuffer)

To create buffers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateBuffer(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkBufferCreateInfo*                   pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkBuffer*                                   pBuffer);

  • device is the logical device that creates the buffer object.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkBufferCreateInfo structure containing parameters affecting creation of the buffer.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pBuffer is a pointer to a VkBuffer handle in which the resulting buffer object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateBuffer must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-device-09664
    device must support at least one queue family with one of the VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capabilities

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-device-05068
    The number of buffers currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of buffers requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::bufferRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkBufferCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-pBuffer-parameter
    pBuffer must be a valid pointer to a VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkBufferCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType        sType;
    const void*            pNext;
    VkBufferCreateFlags    flags;
    VkDeviceSize           size;
    VkBufferUsageFlags     usage;
    VkSharingMode          sharingMode;
    uint32_t               queueFamilyIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*        pQueueFamilyIndices;
} VkBufferCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkBufferCreateFlagBits specifying additional parameters of the buffer.

  • size is the size in bytes of the buffer to be created.

  • usage is a bitmask of VkBufferUsageFlagBits specifying allowed usages of the buffer.

  • sharingMode is a VkSharingMode value specifying the sharing mode of the buffer when it will be accessed by multiple queue families.

  • queueFamilyIndexCount is the number of entries in the pQueueFamilyIndices array.

  • pQueueFamilyIndices is a pointer to an array of queue families that will access this buffer. It is ignored if sharingMode is not VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-None-09499
    usage must be a valid combination of VkBufferUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-None-09500
    usage must not be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-size-00912
    size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sharingMode-00913
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, pQueueFamilyIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of queueFamilyIndexCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sharingMode-00914
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, queueFamilyIndexCount must be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sharingMode-01419
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, each element of pQueueFamilyIndices must be unique and must be less than pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by either vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2 or vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties for the physicalDevice that was used to create device

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-00915
    flags must not contain VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-00916
    flags must not contain VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-00917
    flags must not contain VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-pNext-00920
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo structure, its handleTypes member must only contain bits that are also in VkExternalBufferProperties::externalMemoryProperties.compatibleHandleTypes, as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferProperties with pExternalBufferInfo->handleType equal to any one of the handle types specified in VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-01887
    If the protectedMemory feature is not enabled, flags must not contain VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-opaqueCaptureAddress-03337
    If VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo::opaqueCaptureAddress is not zero, flags must include VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-03338
    If flags includes VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT, the bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-09641
    If flags includes VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT, then usage must not contain any of the following bits

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo or VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkBufferCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sharingMode-parameter
    sharingMode must be a valid VkSharingMode value

Bits which can be set in VkBufferCreateInfo::usage, specifying usage behavior of a buffer, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBufferUsageFlagBits {
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDEX_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000100,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_SHADER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT = 0x00020000,
} VkBufferUsageFlagBits;

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used as the source of a transfer command (see the definition of VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT).

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used as the destination of a transfer command.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used to create a VkBufferView suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used to create a VkBufferView suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used in a VkDescriptorBufferInfo suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot either of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used in a VkDescriptorBufferInfo suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot either of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDEX_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer is suitable for passing as the buffer parameter to vkCmdBindIndexBuffer.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer is suitable for passing as an element of the pBuffers array to vkCmdBindVertexBuffers.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer is suitable for passing as the buffer parameter to vkCmdDrawIndirect, vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect, or vkCmdDispatchIndirect.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_SHADER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used to retrieve a buffer device address via vkGetBufferDeviceAddress and use that address to access the buffer’s memory from a shader.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkBufferUsageFlags;

VkBufferUsageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkBufferUsageFlagBits.

Bits which can be set in VkBufferCreateInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of a buffer, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBufferCreateFlagBits {
    VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT = 0x00000004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT = 0x00000008,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT = 0x00000010,
} VkBufferCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT specifies that the buffer will be backed using sparse memory binding. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT specifies that the buffer can be partially backed using sparse memory binding. Buffers created with this flag must also be created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT specifies that the buffer will be backed using sparse memory binding with memory ranges that might also simultaneously be backing another buffer (or another portion of the same buffer). Buffers created with this flag must also be created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT specifies that the buffer is a protected buffer.

  • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT specifies that the buffer’s address can be saved and reused on a subsequent run (e.g. for trace capture and replay), see VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo for more detail.

See Sparse Resource Features and Physical Device Features for details of the sparse memory features supported on a device.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkBufferCreateFlags;

VkBufferCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkBufferCreateFlagBits.

To define a set of external memory handle types that may be used as backing store for a buffer, add a VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkBufferCreateInfo structure. The VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlags    handleTypes;
} VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo;
Note

A VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo structure with a non-zero handleTypes field must be included in the creation parameters for a buffer that will be bound to memory that is either exported or imported.

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleTypes is zero or a bitmask of VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits specifying one or more external memory handle types.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_BUFFER_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo-handleTypes-parameter
    handleTypes must be a valid combination of VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits values

To request a specific device address for a buffer, add a VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkBufferCreateInfo structure. The VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint64_t           opaqueCaptureAddress;
} VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • opaqueCaptureAddress is the opaque capture address requested for the buffer.

If opaqueCaptureAddress is zero, no specific address is requested.

If opaqueCaptureAddress is not zero, then it should be an address retrieved from vkGetBufferOpaqueCaptureAddress for an identically created buffer on the same implementation.

If this structure is not present, it is as if opaqueCaptureAddress is zero.

Applications should avoid creating buffers with application-provided addresses and implementation-provided addresses in the same process, to reduce the likelihood of VK_ERROR_INVALID_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS errors.

Note

The expected usage for this is that a trace capture/replay tool will add the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT flag to all buffers that use VK_BUFFER_USAGE_SHADER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT, and during capture will save the queried opaque device addresses in the trace. During replay, the buffers will be created specifying the original address so any address values stored in the trace data will remain valid.

Implementations are expected to separate such buffers in the GPU address space so normal allocations will avoid using these addresses. Applications and tools should avoid mixing application-provided and implementation-provided addresses for buffers created with VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT, to avoid address space allocation conflicts.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_CREATE_INFO

To destroy a buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyBuffer(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the buffer.

  • buffer is the buffer to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-buffer-00922
    All submitted commands that refer to buffer, either directly or via a VkBufferView, must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-buffer-parameter
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-buffer-parent
    If buffer is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to buffer must be externally synchronized

12.2. Buffer Views

A buffer view represents a contiguous range of a buffer and a specific format to be used to interpret the data. Buffer views are used to enable shaders to access buffer contents using image operations. In order to create a valid buffer view, the buffer must have been created with at least one of the following usage flags:

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

Buffer views are represented by VkBufferView handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkBufferView)

To create a buffer view, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateBufferView(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkBufferViewCreateInfo*               pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkBufferView*                               pView);

  • device is the logical device that creates the buffer view.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkBufferViewCreateInfo structure containing parameters to be used to create the buffer view.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pView is a pointer to a VkBufferView handle in which the resulting buffer view object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateBufferView must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-device-09665
    device must support at least one queue family with one of the VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capabilities

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-device-05068
    The number of buffer views currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of buffer views requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::bufferViewRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkBufferViewCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-pView-parameter
    pView must be a valid pointer to a VkBufferView handle

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkBufferViewCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferViewCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    VkBufferViewCreateFlags    flags;
    VkBuffer                   buffer;
    VkFormat                   format;
    VkDeviceSize               offset;
    VkDeviceSize               range;
} VkBufferViewCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • buffer is a VkBuffer on which the view will be created.

  • format is a VkFormat describing the format of the data elements in the buffer.

  • offset is an offset in bytes from the base address of the buffer. Accesses to the buffer view from shaders use addressing that is relative to this starting offset.

  • range is a size in bytes of the buffer view. If range is equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the range from offset to the end of the buffer is used. If VK_WHOLE_SIZE is used and the remaining size of the buffer is not a multiple of the texel block size of format, the nearest smaller multiple is used.

The buffer view has a buffer view usage identifying which descriptor types can be created from it. This usage is equal to the VkBufferCreateInfo::usage value used to create buffer.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-offset-00925
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-range-00928
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, range must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-range-00929
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, range must be an integer multiple of the texel block size of format

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-range-00930
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the number of texel buffer elements given by (⌊range / (texel block size)⌋ × (texels per block)) where texel block size and texels per block are as defined in the Compatible Formats table for format, must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTexelBufferElements

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-offset-00931
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the sum of offset and range must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-range-04059
    If range is equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the number of texel buffer elements given by (⌊(size - offset) / (texel block size)⌋ × (texels per block)) where size is the size of buffer, and texel block size and texels per block are as defined in the Compatible Formats table for format, must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTexelBufferElements

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-buffer-00932
    buffer must have been created with a usage value containing at least one of VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT or VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-format-08778
    If the buffer view usage contains VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT, then format features of format must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-format-08779
    If the buffer view usage contains VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT, then format features of format must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-buffer-00935
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-offset-02749
    If the texelBufferAlignment feature is not enabled, offset must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-buffer-02750
    If the texelBufferAlignment feature is enabled and if buffer was created with usage containing VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT, offset must be a multiple of the lesser of VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties::storageTexelBufferOffsetAlignmentBytes or, if VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties::storageTexelBufferOffsetSingleTexelAlignment is VK_TRUE, the size of a texel of the requested format. If the size of a texel is a multiple of three bytes, then the size of a single component of format is used instead

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-buffer-02751
    If the texelBufferAlignment feature is enabled and if buffer was created with usage containing VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT, offset must be a multiple of the lesser of VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties::uniformTexelBufferOffsetAlignmentBytes or, if VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties::uniformTexelBufferOffsetSingleTexelAlignment is VK_TRUE, the size of a texel of the requested format. If the size of a texel is a multiple of three bytes, then the size of a single component of format is used instead

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkBufferViewCreateFlags;

VkBufferViewCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To destroy a buffer view, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyBufferView(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkBufferView                                bufferView,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the buffer view.

  • bufferView is the buffer view to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-bufferView-00936
    All submitted commands that refer to bufferView must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-bufferView-parameter
    If bufferView is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, bufferView must be a valid VkBufferView handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-bufferView-parent
    If bufferView is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to bufferView must be externally synchronized

12.2.1. Buffer View Format Features

Valid uses of a VkBufferView may depend on the buffer view’s format features, defined below. Such constraints are documented in the affected valid usage statement.

12.3. Buffer Device Addresses

To query a 64-bit buffer device address value which can be used to identify a buffer to API commands or through which buffer memory can be accessed, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
VkDeviceAddress vkGetBufferDeviceAddress(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo*            pInfo);

  • device is the logical device that the buffer was created on.

  • pInfo is a pointer to a VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo structure specifying the buffer to retrieve an address for.

The 64-bit return value, bufferBaseAddress, is an address of the start of pInfo->buffer. Addresses in the range [bufferBaseAddress, bufferBaseAddress + VkBufferCreateInfo::size) can be used to access the memory bound to this buffer on the device.

A value of zero is reserved as a “null” pointer and must not be returned as a valid buffer device address.

If the buffer was created with a non-zero value of VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo::opaqueCaptureAddress, the return value will be the same address that was returned at capture time.

The returned address must satisfy the alignment requirement specified by VkMemoryRequirements::alignment for the buffer in VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo::buffer.

If multiple VkBuffer objects are bound to overlapping ranges of VkDeviceMemory, implementations may return address ranges which overlap. In this case, it is ambiguous which VkBuffer is associated with any given device address. For purposes of valid usage, if multiple VkBuffer objects can be attributed to a device address, a VkBuffer is selected such that valid usage passes, if it exists.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetBufferDeviceAddress-bufferDeviceAddress-03324
    The bufferDeviceAddress feature must be enabled, and at least one of the following conditions must be met

    • buffer is bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkGetBufferDeviceAddress-device-03325
    If device was created with multiple physical devices, then the bufferDeviceAddressMultiDevice feature must be enabled

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetBufferDeviceAddress-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetBufferDeviceAddress-pInfo-parameter
    pInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo structure

The VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkBuffer           buffer;
} VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • buffer specifies the buffer whose address is being queried.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo-buffer-02601
    buffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_SHADER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_INFO

  • VUID-VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

To query a 64-bit buffer opaque capture address, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
uint64_t vkGetBufferOpaqueCaptureAddress(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo*            pInfo);

  • device is the logical device that the buffer was created on.

  • pInfo is a pointer to a VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo structure specifying the buffer to retrieve an address for.

The 64-bit return value is an opaque capture address of the start of pInfo->buffer.

If the buffer was created with a non-zero value of VkBufferOpaqueCaptureAddressCreateInfo::opaqueCaptureAddress the return value must be the same address.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetBufferOpaqueCaptureAddress-None-03326
    The bufferDeviceAddress and bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay features must be enabled

  • VUID-vkGetBufferOpaqueCaptureAddress-pInfo-10725
    pInfo->buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT flag

  • VUID-vkGetBufferOpaqueCaptureAddress-device-03327
    If device was created with multiple physical devices, then the bufferDeviceAddressMultiDevice feature must be enabled

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetBufferOpaqueCaptureAddress-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetBufferOpaqueCaptureAddress-pInfo-parameter
    pInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkBufferDeviceAddressInfo structure

12.4. Images

Images are specialized resources that have multi-dimensional access, as outlined in the Images chapter. Images can be used for various purposes, such as rendering attachments, for copy operations, or accessed through shaders via resource descriptors.

Images are represented by VkImage handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkImage)

To create images, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateImage(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImageCreateInfo*                    pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkImage*                                    pImage);

  • device is the logical device that creates the image.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkImageCreateInfo structure containing parameters to be used to create the image.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pImage is a pointer to a VkImage handle in which the resulting image object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateImage must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-device-09666
    device must support at least one queue family with one of the VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capabilities

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-device-05068
    The number of images currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of images requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::imageRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImageCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-pImage-parameter
    pImage must be a valid pointer to a VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkImageCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkImageCreateFlags       flags;
    VkImageType              imageType;
    VkFormat                 format;
    VkExtent3D               extent;
    uint32_t                 mipLevels;
    uint32_t                 arrayLayers;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits    samples;
    VkImageTiling            tiling;
    VkImageUsageFlags        usage;
    VkSharingMode            sharingMode;
    uint32_t                 queueFamilyIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*          pQueueFamilyIndices;
    VkImageLayout            initialLayout;
} VkImageCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkImageCreateFlagBits describing additional parameters of the image.

  • imageType is a VkImageType value specifying the basic dimensionality of the image. Layers in array textures do not count as a dimension for the purposes of the image type.

  • format is a VkFormat describing the format and type of the texel blocks that will be contained in the image.

  • extent is a VkExtent3D describing the number of texels/pixels in each dimension of the base level.

  • mipLevels describes the number of levels of detail available for minified sampling of the image.

  • arrayLayers is the number of layers in the image.

  • samples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of samples per texel.

  • tiling is a VkImageTiling value specifying the tiling arrangement of the texel blocks in memory.

  • usage is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits describing the intended usage of the image.

  • sharingMode is a VkSharingMode value specifying the sharing mode of the image when it will be accessed by multiple queue families.

  • queueFamilyIndexCount is the number of entries in the pQueueFamilyIndices array.

  • pQueueFamilyIndices is a pointer to an array of queue families that will access this image. It is ignored if sharingMode is not VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT.

  • initialLayout is a VkImageLayout value specifying the initial VkImageLayout of all image subresources of the image. See Image Layouts.

Images created with tiling equal to VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR have further restrictions on their limits and capabilities compared to images created with tiling equal to VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL. Creation of images with tiling VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR may not be supported unless other parameters meet all of the constraints:

  • imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • format is not a depth/stencil format

  • mipLevels is 1

  • arrayLayers is 1

  • samples is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • usage only includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT and/or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

Images created with one of the formats that require a sampler Y′CBCR conversion, have further restrictions on their limits and capabilities compared to images created with other formats. Creation of images with a format requiring Y′CBCR conversion may not be supported unless other parameters meet all of the constraints:

Implementations may support additional limits and capabilities beyond those listed above.

To determine the set of valid usage bits for a given format, call vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties.

If the size of the resultant image would exceed maxResourceSize, then vkCreateImage must fail and return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY. This failure may occur even when all image creation parameters satisfy their valid usage requirements.

Note

For images created without VK_IMAGE_CREATE_EXTENDED_USAGE_BIT a usage bit is valid if it is supported for the format the image is created with.

For images created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_EXTENDED_USAGE_BIT a usage bit is valid if it is supported for at least one of the formats a VkImageView created from the image can have (see Image Views for more detail).
Image Creation Limits

Valid values for some image creation parameters are limited by a numerical upper bound or by inclusion in a bitset. For example, VkImageCreateInfo::arrayLayers is limited by imageCreateMaxArrayLayers, defined below; and VkImageCreateInfo::samples is limited by imageCreateSampleCounts, also defined below.

Several limiting values are defined below, as well as assisting values from which the limiting values are derived. The limiting values are referenced by the relevant valid usage statements of VkImageCreateInfo.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageCreateMaxMipLevels-02251
    Each of the following values (as described in Image Creation Limits) must not be undefined : imageCreateMaxMipLevels, imageCreateMaxArrayLayers, imageCreateMaxExtent, and imageCreateSampleCounts

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-sharingMode-00941
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, pQueueFamilyIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of queueFamilyIndexCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-sharingMode-00942
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, queueFamilyIndexCount must be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-sharingMode-01420
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, each element of pQueueFamilyIndices must be unique and must be less than pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by either vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties or vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2 for the physicalDevice that was used to create device

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-00943
    format must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-00944
    extent.width must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-00945
    extent.height must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-00946
    extent.depth must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-mipLevels-00947
    mipLevels must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-arrayLayers-00948
    arrayLayers must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-00949
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT, imageType must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-08865
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT, extent.width and extent.height must be equal

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-08866
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT, arrayLayers must be greater than or equal to 6

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-00950
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT, imageType must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-09403
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT, flags must not include VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT, VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-02252
    extent.width must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxExtent.width (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-02253
    extent.height must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxExtent.height (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-02254
    extent.depth must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxExtent.depth (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00956
    If imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, both extent.height and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00957
    If imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-mipLevels-00958
    mipLevels must be less than or equal to the number of levels in the complete mipmap chain based on extent.width, extent.height, and extent.depth

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-mipLevels-02255
    mipLevels must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxMipLevels (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-arrayLayers-02256
    arrayLayers must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxArrayLayers (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00961
    If imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, arrayLayers must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-samples-02257
    If samples is not VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, then imageType must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT, mipLevels must be equal to 1, and imageCreateMaybeLinear (as defined in Image Creation Limits) must be VK_FALSE,

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00963
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, then bits other than VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT must not be set

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00964
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, extent.width must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxFramebufferWidth

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00965
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, extent.height must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxFramebufferHeight

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00966
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, usage must also contain at least one of VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-samples-02258
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in imageCreateSampleCounts (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00968
    If the shaderStorageImageMultisample feature is not enabled, and usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT, samples must be VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-05062
    flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT, VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-01890
    If the protectedMemory feature is not enabled, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-00990
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo structure, its handleTypes member must only contain bits that are also in VkExternalImageFormatProperties::externalMemoryProperties.compatibleHandleTypes, as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 with format, imageType, tiling, usage, and flags equal to those in this structure, and with a VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo structure included in the pNext chain, with a handleType equal to any one of the handle types specified in VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo::handleTypes

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-01572
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT, then format must be a compressed image format

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-01573
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT, then flags must also contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-initialLayout-00993
    initialLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-01443
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo or VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfoNV structure whose handleTypes member is not 0, initialLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-06410
    If the image format is one of the formats that require a sampler Y′CBCR conversion, mipLevels must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-06411
    If the image format is one of the formats that require a sampler Y′CBCR conversion, samples must be VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-06412
    If the image format is one of the formats that require a sampler Y′CBCR conversion, imageType must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageCreateFormatFeatures-02260
    If format is a multi-planar format, and if imageCreateFormatFeatures (as defined in Image Creation Limits) does not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DISJOINT_BIT, then flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-01577
    If format is not a multi-planar format, and flags does not include VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-04712
    If format has a _422 or _420 suffix, extent.width must be a multiple of 2

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-04713
    If format has a _420 suffix, extent.height must be a multiple of 2

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-tiling-02261
    If tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then the pNext chain must include exactly one of VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT or VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT structures

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-02262
    If the pNext chain includes a VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT or VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT structure, then tiling must be VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-tiling-02353
    If tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT and flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT, then the pNext chain must include a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure with non-zero viewFormatCount

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-01533
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT format must be a depth or depth/stencil format

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-08951
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo structure whose handleTypes member includes VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX, imageType must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-08952
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo structure whose handleTypes member includes VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX, mipLevels must either be 1 or equal to the number of levels in the complete mipmap chain based on extent.width, extent.height, and extent.depth

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-08953
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalFormatQNX structure whose externalFormat member is not 0, flags must not include VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-08954
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalFormatQNX structure whose externalFormat member is not 0, usage must not include any usages except VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-08955
    If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalFormatQNX structure whose externalFormat member is not 0, tiling must be VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-02795
    If format is a depth-stencil format, usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and the pNext chain includes a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure, then its VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage member must also include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-02796
    If format is a depth-stencil format, usage does not include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and the pNext chain includes a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure, then its VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage member must also not include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-02797
    If format is a depth-stencil format, usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and the pNext chain includes a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure, then its VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage member must also include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-02798
    If format is a depth-stencil format, usage does not include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and the pNext chain includes a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure, then its VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage member must also not include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-Format-02536
    If Format is a depth-stencil format and the pNext chain includes a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure with its stencilUsage member including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, extent.width must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxFramebufferWidth

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-02537
    If format is a depth-stencil format and the pNext chain includes a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure with its stencilUsage member including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, extent.height must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxFramebufferHeight

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-02538
    If the shaderStorageImageMultisample feature is not enabled, format is a depth-stencil format and the pNext chain includes a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure with its stencilUsage including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT, samples must be VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-02082
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR, imageType must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-samples-02083
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR, samples must be VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-06722
    If a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure was included in the pNext chain and format is not a multi-planar format and VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::viewFormatCount is not zero, then each format in VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::pViewFormats must either be compatible with the format as described in the compatibility table or, if flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT, be an uncompressed format that is size-compatible with format

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-10062
    If a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure was included in the pNext chain and format is a multi-planar format and flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT and VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::viewFormatCount is not zero, then each format in VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::pViewFormats must be compatible with the VkFormat for the plane of the image format

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-04738
    If flags does not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT and the pNext chain includes a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure, then VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::viewFormatCount must be 0 or 1

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    const void*          pNext;
    VkImageUsageFlags    stencilUsage;
} VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • stencilUsage is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits describing the intended usage of the stencil aspect of the image.

If the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo includes a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure, then that structure includes the usage flags specific to the stencil aspect of the image for an image with a depth-stencil format.

This structure specifies image usages which only apply to the stencil aspect of a depth/stencil format image. When this structure is included in the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo, the stencil aspect of the image must only be used as specified by stencilUsage. When this structure is not included in the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo, the stencil aspect of an image must only be used as specified by VkImageCreateInfo::usage. Use of other aspects of an image are unaffected by this structure.

This structure can also be included in the pNext chain of VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 to query additional capabilities specific to image creation parameter combinations including a separate set of usage flags for the stencil aspect of the image using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2. When this structure is not included in the pNext chain of VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 then the implicit value of stencilUsage matches that of VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2::usage.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo-stencilUsage-02539
    If stencilUsage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, it must not include bits other than VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_STENCIL_USAGE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo-stencilUsage-parameter
    stencilUsage must be a valid combination of VkImageUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo-stencilUsage-requiredbitmask
    stencilUsage must not be 0

To define a set of external memory handle types that may be used as backing store for an image, add a VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkImageCreateInfo structure. The VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlags    handleTypes;
} VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo;
Note

A VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo structure with a non-zero handleTypes field must be included in the creation parameters for an image that will be bound to memory that is either exported or imported.

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleTypes is zero or a bitmask of VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits specifying one or more external memory handle types.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_IMAGE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo-handleTypes-parameter
    handleTypes must be a valid combination of VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits values

To create an image with an QNX Screen external format, add a VkExternalFormatQNX structure in the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo. VkExternalFormatQNX is defined as:

// Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
typedef struct VkExternalFormatQNX {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint64_t           externalFormat;
} VkExternalFormatQNX;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • externalFormat is an implementation-defined identifier for the external format

If externalFormat is zero, the effect is as if the VkExternalFormatQNX structure was not present. Otherwise, the image will have the specified external format.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExternalFormatQNX-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_FORMAT_QNX

If the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo includes a VkImageSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structure, then that structure includes a swapchain handle indicating that the image will be bound to memory from that swapchain.

The VkImageSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef struct VkImageSwapchainCreateInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkSwapchainKHR     swapchain;
} VkImageSwapchainCreateInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • swapchain is VK_NULL_HANDLE or a handle of a swapchain that the image will be bound to.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkImageSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-swapchain-parameter
    If swapchain is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, swapchain must be a valid VkSwapchainKHR handle

If the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo includes a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure, then that structure contains a list of all formats that can be used when creating views of this image.

The VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkImageFormatListCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           viewFormatCount;
    const VkFormat*    pViewFormats;
} VkImageFormatListCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • viewFormatCount is the number of entries in the pViewFormats array.

  • pViewFormats is a pointer to an array of VkFormat values specifying all formats which can be used when creating views of this image.

If viewFormatCount is zero, pViewFormats is ignored and the image is created as if the VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure were not included in the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageFormatListCreateInfo-viewFormatCount-09540
    If viewFormatCount is not 0, each element of pViewFormats must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageFormatListCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_FORMAT_LIST_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkImageFormatListCreateInfo-pViewFormats-parameter
    If viewFormatCount is not 0, pViewFormats must be a valid pointer to an array of viewFormatCount valid VkFormat values

If the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo includes a VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT structure, then the image will be created with one of the Linux DRM format modifiers listed in the structure. The choice of modifier is implementation-dependent.

The VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
typedef struct VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           drmFormatModifierCount;
    const uint64_t*    pDrmFormatModifiers;
} VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • drmFormatModifierCount is the length of the pDrmFormatModifiers array.

  • pDrmFormatModifiers is a pointer to an array of Linux DRM format modifiers.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_LIST_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT-pDrmFormatModifiers-parameter
    pDrmFormatModifiers must be a valid pointer to an array of drmFormatModifierCount uint64_t values

  • VUID-VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT-drmFormatModifierCount-arraylength
    drmFormatModifierCount must be greater than 0

If the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo includes a VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT structure, then the image will be created with the Linux DRM format modifier and memory layout defined by the structure.

The VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
typedef struct VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    const void*                   pNext;
    uint64_t                      drmFormatModifier;
    uint32_t                      drmFormatModifierPlaneCount;
    const VkSubresourceLayout*    pPlaneLayouts;
} VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • drmFormatModifier is the Linux DRM format modifier with which the image will be created.

  • drmFormatModifierPlaneCount is the number of memory planes in the image (as reported by VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT) as well as the length of the pPlaneLayouts array.

  • pPlaneLayouts is a pointer to an array of VkSubresourceLayout structures describing the image’s memory planes.

The ith member of pPlaneLayouts describes the layout of the image’s ith memory plane (that is, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT). In each element of pPlaneLayouts, the implementation must ignore size. The implementation calculates the size of each plane, which the application can query with vkGetImageSubresourceLayout.

When creating an image with VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT, it is the application’s responsibility to satisfy all valid usage requirements. However, the implementation must validate that the provided pPlaneLayouts, when combined with the provided drmFormatModifier and other creation parameters in VkImageCreateInfo and its pNext chain, produce a valid image. (This validation is necessarily implementation-dependent and outside the scope of Vulkan, and therefore not described by valid usage requirements). If this validation fails, then vkCreateImage returns VK_ERROR_INVALID_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PLANE_LAYOUT_EXT.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXPLICIT_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT-pPlaneLayouts-parameter
    pPlaneLayouts must be a valid pointer to an array of drmFormatModifierPlaneCount VkSubresourceLayout structures

  • VUID-VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT-drmFormatModifierPlaneCount-arraylength
    drmFormatModifierPlaneCount must be greater than 0

Bits which can be set in

specify intended usage of an image, and are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageUsageFlagBits {
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000080,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR = 0x00000100,
} VkImageUsageFlagBits;

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT specifies that the image can be used as the source of a transfer command.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT specifies that the image can be used as the destination of a transfer command.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot either of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and be sampled by a shader.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for use as a color or resolve attachment in a VkFramebuffer.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for use as a depth/stencil or depth/stencil resolve attachment in a VkFramebuffer.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that implementations may support using memory allocations with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT to back an image with this usage. This bit can be set for any image that can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for use as a color, resolve, depth/stencil, or input attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for occupying VkDescriptorSet slot of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT; be read from a shader as an input attachment; and be used as an input attachment in a framebuffer.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for use as a fragment shading rate attachment

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkImageUsageFlags;

VkImageUsageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkImageUsageFlagBits.

When creating a VkImageView one of the following VkImageUsageFlagBits must be set:

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

Bits which can be set in VkImageCreateInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of an image, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageCreateFlagBits {
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT = 0x00000010,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT = 0x00000400,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT = 0x00000040,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT = 0x00000020,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT = 0x00000080,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_EXTENDED_USAGE_BIT = 0x00000100,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT = 0x00000800,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT = 0x00000200,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT = 0x00001000,
} VkImageCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT specifies that the image will be backed using sparse memory binding. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT specifies that the image can be partially backed using sparse memory binding. Images created with this flag must also be created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT specifies that the image will be backed using sparse memory binding with memory ranges that might also simultaneously be backing another image (or another portion of the same image). Images created with this flag must also be created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView with a different format from the image. For multi-planar formats, VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT specifies that a VkImageView can be created of a plane of the image.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView of type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView of type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT specifies that the image is a protected image.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT specifies that the image can be used with a non-zero value of the splitInstanceBindRegionCount member of a VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo structure passed into vkBindImageMemory2. This flag also has the effect of making the image use the standard sparse image block dimensions. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT specifies that the image having a compressed format can be used to create a VkImageView with an uncompressed format where each texel in the image view corresponds to a compressed texel block of the image.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_EXTENDED_USAGE_BIT specifies that the image can be created with usage flags that are not supported for the format the image is created with but are supported for at least one format a VkImageView created from the image can have.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT specifies that an image with a multi-planar format must have each plane separately bound to memory, rather than having a single memory binding for the whole image; the presence of this bit distinguishes a disjoint image from an image without this bit set.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT specifies that two images created with the same creation parameters and aliased to the same memory can interpret the contents of the memory consistently with each other, subject to the rules described in the Memory Aliasing section. This flag further specifies that each plane of a disjoint image can share an in-memory non-linear representation with single-plane images, and that a single-plane image can share an in-memory non-linear representation with a plane of a multi-planar disjoint image, according to the rules in Compatible Formats of Planes of Multi-Planar Formats. If the pNext chain includes a VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo structure whose handleTypes member is not 0, it is as if VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT is set.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT specifies that an image with a depth or depth/stencil format can be used with custom sample locations when used as a depth/stencil attachment.

See Sparse Resource Features and Sparse Physical Device Features for more details.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkImageCreateFlags;

VkImageCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkImageCreateFlagBits.

Possible values of VkImageCreateInfo::imageType, specifying the basic dimensionality of an image, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageType {
    VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D = 0,
    VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D = 1,
    VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D = 2,
} VkImageType;

  • VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D specifies a one-dimensional image.

  • VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D specifies a two-dimensional image.

  • VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D specifies a three-dimensional image.

Possible values of VkImageCreateInfo::tiling, specifying the tiling arrangement of texel blocks in an image, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageTiling {
    VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL = 0,
    VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR = 1,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT = 1000158000,
} VkImageTiling;

To query the memory layout of an image subresource, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetImageSubresourceLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    const VkImageSubresource*                   pSubresource,
    VkSubresourceLayout*                        pLayout);

  • device is the logical device that owns the image.

  • image is the image whose layout is being queried.

  • pSubresource is a pointer to a VkImageSubresource structure selecting a specific image subresource from the image.

  • pLayout is a pointer to a VkSubresourceLayout structure in which the layout is returned.

If the image is linear, then the returned layout is valid for host access.

If the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR and its format is a multi-planar format, then vkGetImageSubresourceLayout describes one format plane of the image. If the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then vkGetImageSubresourceLayout describes one memory plane of the image. If the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT and the image is non-linear, then the returned layout has an implementation-dependent meaning; the vendor of the image’s DRM format modifier may provide documentation that explains how to interpret the returned layout.

vkGetImageSubresourceLayout is invariant for the lifetime of a single image. However, the subresource layout of images in Android hardware buffer or QNX Screen buffer external memory is not known until the image has been bound to memory, so applications must not call vkGetImageSubresourceLayout for such an image before it has been bound.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-image-07790
    image must have been created with tiling equal to VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR or VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-aspectMask-00997
    The aspectMask member of pSubresource must only have a single bit set

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-mipLevel-01716
    The mipLevel member of pSubresource must be less than the mipLevels specified in image

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-arrayLayer-01717
    The arrayLayer member of pSubresource must be less than the arrayLayers specified in image

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-format-08886
    If format of the image is a color format that is not a multi-planar format, and tiling of the image is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR or VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, the aspectMask member of pSubresource must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-format-04462
    If format of the image has a depth component, the aspectMask member of pSubresource must contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-format-04463
    If format of the image has a stencil component, the aspectMask member of pSubresource must contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-format-04464
    If format of the image does not contain a stencil or depth component, the aspectMask member of pSubresource must not contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-tiling-08717
    If the tiling of the image is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR and has a multi-planar format, then the aspectMask member of pSubresource must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-tiling-09433
    If the tiling of the image is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then the aspectMask member of pSubresource must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT and the index i must be less than the VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifierPlaneCount associated with the image’s format and VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifier

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-pSubresource-parameter
    pSubresource must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImageSubresource structure

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-pLayout-parameter
    pLayout must be a valid pointer to a VkSubresourceLayout structure

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-image-parent
    image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

The VkImageSubresource structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageSubresource {
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
    uint32_t              mipLevel;
    uint32_t              arrayLayer;
} VkImageSubresource;

  • aspectMask is a VkImageAspectFlags value selecting the image aspect.

  • mipLevel selects the mipmap level.

  • arrayLayer selects the array layer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageSubresource-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageSubresource-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

Information about the layout of the image subresource is returned in a VkSubresourceLayout structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSubresourceLayout {
    VkDeviceSize    offset;
    VkDeviceSize    size;
    VkDeviceSize    rowPitch;
    VkDeviceSize    arrayPitch;
    VkDeviceSize    depthPitch;
} VkSubresourceLayout;

  • offset is the byte offset from the start of the image or the plane where the image subresource begins.

  • size is the size in bytes of the image subresource. size includes any extra memory that is required based on rowPitch.

  • rowPitch describes the number of bytes between each row of texels in an image.

  • arrayPitch describes the number of bytes between each array layer of an image.

  • depthPitch describes the number of bytes between each slice of 3D image.

If the image is linear, then rowPitch, arrayPitch and depthPitch describe the layout of the image subresource in linear memory. For uncompressed formats, rowPitch is the number of bytes between texels with the same x coordinate in adjacent rows (y coordinates differ by one). arrayPitch is the number of bytes between texels with the same x and y coordinate in adjacent array layers of the image (array layer values differ by one). depthPitch is the number of bytes between texels with the same x and y coordinate in adjacent slices of a 3D image (z coordinates differ by one). Expressed as an addressing formula, the starting byte of a texel in the image subresource has address:

// (x,y,z,layer) are in texel coordinates
address(x,y,z,layer) = layer*arrayPitch + z*depthPitch + y*rowPitch + x*elementSize + offset

For compressed formats, the rowPitch is the number of bytes between compressed texel blocks in adjacent rows. arrayPitch is the number of bytes between compressed texel blocks in adjacent array layers. depthPitch is the number of bytes between compressed texel blocks in adjacent slices of a 3D image.

// (x,y,z,layer) are in compressed texel block coordinates
address(x,y,z,layer) = layer*arrayPitch + z*depthPitch + y*rowPitch + x*compressedTexelBlockByteSize + offset;

The value of arrayPitch is undefined for images that were not created as arrays. depthPitch is defined only for 3D images.

If the image has a single-plane color format and its tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR , then the aspectMask member of VkImageSubresource must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT.

If the image has a depth/stencil format and its tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR , then aspectMask must be either VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT. On implementations that store depth and stencil aspects separately, querying each of these image subresource layouts will return a different offset and size representing the region of memory used for that aspect. On implementations that store depth and stencil aspects interleaved, the same offset and size are returned and represent the interleaved memory allocation.

If the image has a multi-planar format and its tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR , then the aspectMask member of VkImageSubresource must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT, or (for 3-plane formats only) VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT. Querying each of these image subresource layouts will return a different offset and size representing the region of memory used for that plane. If the image is disjoint, then the offset is relative to the base address of the plane. If the image is non-disjoint, then the offset is relative to the base address of the image.

If the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then the aspectMask member of VkImageSubresource must be one of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT, where the maximum allowed plane index i is defined by the VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifierPlaneCount associated with the image’s VkImageCreateInfo::format and modifier. The memory range used by the subresource is described by offset and size. If the image is disjoint, then the offset is relative to the base address of the memory plane. If the image is non-disjoint, then the offset is relative to the base address of the image. If the image is non-linear, then rowPitch, arrayPitch, and depthPitch have an implementation-dependent meaning.

If an image was created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then the image has a Linux DRM format modifier. To query the modifier, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
VkResult vkGetImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT*      pProperties);

  • device is the logical device that owns the image.

  • image is the queried image.

  • pProperties is a pointer to a VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT structure in which properties of the image’s DRM format modifier are returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT-image-02272
    image must have been created with tiling equal to VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT-pProperties-parameter
    pProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT structure

  • VUID-vkGetImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT-image-parent
    image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
typedef struct VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint64_t           drmFormatModifier;
} VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT;

If the image was created with VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT, then the returned drmFormatModifier must belong to the list of modifiers provided at time of image creation in VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT::pDrmFormatModifiers. If the image was created with VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT, then the returned drmFormatModifier must be the modifier provided at time of image creation in VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT::drmFormatModifier.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PROPERTIES_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

To destroy an image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyImage(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the image.

  • image is the image to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-01000
    All submitted commands that refer to image, either directly or via a VkImageView, must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-04882
    image must not have been acquired from vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-parameter
    If image is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-parent
    If image is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to image must be externally synchronized

12.4.1. Image Format Features

Valid uses of a VkImage may depend on the image’s format features, defined below. Such constraints are documented in the affected valid usage statement.

12.4.2. Image Mip Level Sizing

A complete mipmap chain is the full set of mip levels, from the largest mip level provided, down to the minimum mip level size.

Conventional Images

For conventional images, the dimensions of each successive mip level, n+1, are:

widthn+1 = max(⌊widthn/2⌋, 1)

heightn+1 = max(⌊heightn/2⌋, 1)

depthn+1 = max(⌊depthn/2⌋, 1)

where widthn, heightn, and depthn are the dimensions of the next larger mip level, n.

The minimum mip level size is:

  • 1 for one-dimensional images,

  • 1x1 for two-dimensional images, and

  • 1x1x1 for three-dimensional images.

The number of levels in a complete mipmap chain is:

⌊log2(max(width0, height0, depth0))⌋ + 1

where width0, height0, and depth0 are the dimensions of the largest (most detailed) mip level, 0.

12.5. Image Layouts

Images are stored in implementation-dependent opaque layouts in memory. Each layout has limitations on what kinds of operations are supported for image subresources using the layout. At any given time, the data representing an image subresource in memory exists in a particular layout which is determined by the most recent layout transition that was performed on that image subresource. Applications have control over which layout each image subresource uses, and can transition an image subresource from one layout to another. Transitions can happen with an image memory barrier, included as part of a vkCmdPipelineBarrier or a vkCmdWaitEvents command buffer command (see Image Memory Barriers), or as part of a subpass dependency within a render pass (see VkSubpassDependency).

Image layout is per-image subresource. Separate image subresources of the same image can be in different layouts at the same time, with the exception that depth and stencil aspects of a given image subresource can only be in different layouts if the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is enabled. When an VkImageView descriptor is accessed on the device, all image subresources must be in a valid image layout.

Note

Each layout may offer optimal performance for a specific usage of image memory. For example, an image with a layout of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL may provide optimal performance for use as a color attachment, but be unsupported for use in transfer commands. Applications can transition an image subresource from one layout to another in order to achieve optimal performance when the image subresource is used for multiple kinds of operations. After initialization, applications need not use any layout other than the general layout, though this may produce suboptimal performance on some implementations.

Upon creation, all image subresources of an image are initially in the same layout, where that layout is selected by the VkImageCreateInfo::initialLayout member. The initialLayout must be either VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED. If it is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED, then the image data can be preinitialized by the host while using this layout, and the transition away from this layout will preserve that data. If it is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, then the contents of the data are considered to be undefined, and the transition away from this layout is not guaranteed to preserve that data. For either of these initial layouts, any image subresources must be transitioned to another layout before they are accessed by the device.

Host access to image memory is only well-defined for linear images and for image subresources of those images which are currently in any of the following layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

Calling vkGetImageSubresourceLayout for a linear image returns a subresource layout mapping that is valid for either of those image layouts.

The set of image layouts consists of:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageLayout {
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED = 0,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL = 1,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL = 2,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL = 3,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL = 4,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL = 5,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL = 6,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL = 7,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED = 8,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL = 1000117000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL = 1000117001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL = 1000241000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL = 1000241001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL = 1000241002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL = 1000241003,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL = 1000314000,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL = 1000314001,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR = 1000001002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR = 1000111000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR = 1000164003,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR = VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR = VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL,
} VkImageLayout;

The type(s) of device access supported by each layout are:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED specifies that the layout is unknown. Image memory cannot be transitioned into this layout. This layout can be used as the initialLayout member of VkImageCreateInfo. This layout can be used in place of the current image layout in a layout transition, but doing so will cause the contents of the image’s memory to be undefined.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED specifies that an image’s memory is in a defined layout and can be populated by data, but that it has not yet been initialized by the driver. Image memory cannot be transitioned into this layout. This layout can be used as the initialLayout member of VkImageCreateInfo. This layout is intended to be used as the initial layout for an image whose contents are written by the host, and hence the data can be written to memory immediately, without first executing a layout transition. Currently, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED is only useful with linear images because there is not a standard layout defined for VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL images.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL supports all types of device access, unless specified otherwise.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL specifies a layout that must only be used with attachment accesses in the graphics pipeline.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL specifies a layout allowing read only access as an attachment, or in shaders as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL must only be used as a color or resolve attachment in a VkFramebuffer. This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT usage bit enabled.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for both the depth and stencil aspects of a depth/stencil format image allowing read and write access as a depth/stencil attachment. It is equivalent to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL and VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for both the depth and stencil aspects of a depth/stencil format image allowing read only access as a depth/stencil attachment or in shaders as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment. It is equivalent to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL and VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for depth/stencil format images allowing read and write access to the stencil aspect as a stencil attachment, and read only access to the depth aspect as a depth attachment or in shaders as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment. It is equivalent to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL and VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for depth/stencil format images allowing read and write access to the depth aspect as a depth attachment, and read only access to the stencil aspect as a stencil attachment or in shaders as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment. It is equivalent to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL and VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for the depth aspect of a depth/stencil format image allowing read and write access as a depth attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for the depth aspect of a depth/stencil format image allowing read-only access as a depth attachment or in shaders as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for the stencil aspect of a depth/stencil format image allowing read and write access as a stencil attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for the stencil aspect of a depth/stencil format image allowing read-only access as a stencil attachment or in shaders as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL specifies a layout allowing read-only access in a shader as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment. This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT usage bits enabled.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL must only be used as a source image of a transfer command (see the definition of VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT). This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage bit enabled.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL must only be used as a destination image of a transfer command. This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage bit enabled.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR must only be used for presenting a presentable image for display.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR is valid only for shared presentable images, and must be used for any usage the image supports.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR must only be used as a fragment shading rate attachment or This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR usage bit enabled.

The layout of each image subresource is not a state of the image subresource itself, but is rather a property of how the data in memory is organized, and thus for each mechanism of accessing an image in the API the application must specify a parameter or structure member that indicates which image layout the image subresource(s) are considered to be in when the image will be accessed. For transfer commands, this is a parameter to the command (see Clear Commands and Copy Commands). For use as a framebuffer attachment, this is a member in the substructures of the VkRenderPassCreateInfo (see Render Pass). For use in a descriptor set, this is a member in the VkDescriptorImageInfo structure (see Descriptor Set Updates).

Note

VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL can be a useful catch-all image layout, but there are situations where a dedicated image layout must be used instead. Some examples include:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR
Note

While VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL suggests that all types of device access is possible, it does not mean that all patterns of memory accesses are safe in all situations. Common Render Pass Data Races outlines some situations where data races are unavoidable.

12.5.1. Image Layout Matching Rules

At the time that any command buffer command accessing an image executes on any queue, the layouts of the image subresources that are accessed must all match exactly the layout specified via the API controlling those accesses, except in case of accesses to an image with a depth/stencil format performed through descriptors referring to only a single aspect of the image, where the following relaxed matching rules apply:

  • Descriptors referring just to the depth aspect of a depth/stencil image only need to match in the image layout of the depth aspect, thus VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL and VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL are considered to match.

  • Descriptors referring just to the stencil aspect of a depth/stencil image only need to match in the image layout of the stencil aspect, thus VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL and VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL are considered to match.

When performing a layout transition on an image subresource, the old layout value must either equal the current layout of the image subresource (at the time the transition executes), or else be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED (implying that the contents of the image subresource need not be preserved). The new layout used in a transition must not be any of:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

The image layout of each image subresource of a depth/stencil image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT is dependent on the last sample locations used to render to the image subresource as a depth/stencil attachment, thus applications must provide the same sample locations that were last used to render to the given image subresource whenever a layout transition of the image subresource happens, otherwise the contents of the depth aspect of the image subresource become undefined.

In addition, depth reads from a depth/stencil attachment referring to an image subresource range of a depth/stencil image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT using different sample locations than what have been last used to perform depth writes to the image subresources of the same image subresource range return undefined values.

Similarly, depth writes to a depth/stencil attachment referring to an image subresource range of a depth/stencil image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT using different sample locations than what have been last used to perform depth writes to the image subresources of the same image subresource range make the contents of the depth aspect of those image subresources undefined.

12.6. Image Views

Image objects are not directly accessed by pipeline shaders for reading or writing image data. Instead, image views representing contiguous ranges of the image subresources and containing additional metadata are used for that purpose. Views must be created on images of compatible types, and must represent a valid subset of image subresources.

Image views are represented by VkImageView handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkImageView)

VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS is a special constant value used for image views to indicate that all remaining array layers in an image after the base layer should be included in the view.

#define VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS         (~0U)

VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS is a special constant value used for image views to indicate that all remaining mipmap levels in an image after the base level should be included in the view.

#define VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS           (~0U)

The types of image views that can be created are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageViewType {
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D = 0,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D = 1,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D = 2,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE = 3,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY = 4,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY = 5,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY = 6,
} VkImageViewType;

To create an image view, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateImageView(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImageViewCreateInfo*                pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkImageView*                                pView);

  • device is the logical device that creates the image view.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkImageViewCreateInfo structure containing parameters to be used to create the image view.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pView is a pointer to a VkImageView handle in which the resulting image view object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateImageView must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-device-09667
    device must support at least one queue family with one of the VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capabilities

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-image-09179
    VkImageViewCreateInfo::image must have been created from device

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-device-05068
    The number of image views currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of image views requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::imageViewRequestCount specified when device was created

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-subresourceRange-05063
    If VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS and is greater than 1, or if VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS and the remaining number of layers in VkImageViewCreateInfo::image is greater than 1, the number of image views with more than one array layer currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of image views requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::layeredImageViewRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImageViewCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-pView-parameter
    pView must be a valid pointer to a VkImageView handle

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkImageViewCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageViewCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    VkImageViewCreateFlags     flags;
    VkImage                    image;
    VkImageViewType            viewType;
    VkFormat                   format;
    VkComponentMapping         components;
    VkImageSubresourceRange    subresourceRange;
} VkImageViewCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkImageViewCreateFlagBits specifying additional parameters of the image view.

  • image is a VkImage on which the view will be created.

  • viewType is a VkImageViewType value specifying the type of the image view.

  • format is a VkFormat specifying the format and type used to interpret texel blocks of the image.

  • components is a VkComponentMapping structure specifying a remapping of color components (or of depth or stencil components after they have been converted into color components).

  • subresourceRange is a VkImageSubresourceRange structure selecting the set of mipmap levels and array layers to be accessible to the view.

Some of the image creation parameters are inherited by the view. In particular, image view creation inherits the implicit parameter usage specifying the allowed usages of the image view that, by default, takes the value of the corresponding usage parameter specified in VkImageCreateInfo at image creation time. The implicit usage can be overridden by adding a VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain, but the view usage must be a subset of the image usage. If image has a depth-stencil format and was created with a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo, the usage is calculated based on the subresource.aspectMask provided:

If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT flag, and if the format of the image is not multi-planar format can be different from the image’s format, but if image was created without the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT flag and they are not equal they must be compatible. Image format compatibility is defined in the Format Compatibility Classes section. Views of compatible formats will have the same mapping between texel coordinates and memory locations irrespective of the format, with only the interpretation of the bit pattern changing.

If image was created with a multi-planar format, and the image view’s aspectMask is one of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT, the view’s aspect mask is considered to be equivalent to VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT when used as a framebuffer attachment.

Note

Values intended to be used with one view format may not be exactly preserved when written or read through a different format. For example, an integer value that happens to have the bit pattern of a floating-point denorm or NaN may be flushed or canonicalized when written or read through a view with a floating-point format. Similarly, a value written through a signed normalized format that has a bit pattern exactly equal to -2b may be changed to -2b + 1 as described in Conversion from Normalized Fixed-Point to Floating-Point.

If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT flag, format must be compatible with the image’s format as described above; or must be an uncompressed format, in which case it must be size-compatible with the image’s format. In this case, the resulting image view’s texel dimensions equal the dimensions of the selected mip level divided by the compressed texel block size and rounded up.

The VkComponentMapping components member describes a remapping from components of the image to components of the vector returned by shader image instructions. This remapping must be the identity swizzle for any VkImageView used with a combined image sampler that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion, input attachment descriptors, framebuffer attachments, and storage image descriptors.

If the image view is to be used with a sampler which supports sampler Y′CBCR conversion, an identically defined object of type VkSamplerYcbcrConversion to that used to create the sampler must be passed to vkCreateImageView in a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo included in the pNext chain of VkImageViewCreateInfo. Conversely, if a VkSamplerYcbcrConversion object is passed to vkCreateImageView, an identically defined VkSamplerYcbcrConversion object must be used when sampling the image.

If the image has a multi-planar format, subresourceRange.aspectMask is VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, and usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, then the format must be identical to the image format and the sampler to be used with the image view must enable sampler Y′CBCR conversion.

If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT and the image has a multi-planar format, and if subresourceRange.aspectMask is VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT, format must be compatible with the corresponding plane of the image, and the sampler to be used with the image view must not enable sampler Y′CBCR conversion. The width and height of the single-plane image view must be derived from the multi-planar image’s dimensions in the manner listed for plane compatibility for the plane.

Any view of an image plane will have the same mapping between texel coordinates and memory locations as used by the components of the color aspect, subject to the formulae relating texel coordinates to lower-resolution planes as described in Chroma Reconstruction. That is, if an R or B plane has a reduced resolution relative to the G plane of the multi-planar image, the image view operates using the (uplane, vplane) unnormalized coordinates of the reduced-resolution plane, and these coordinates access the same memory locations as the (ucolor, vcolor) unnormalized coordinates of the color aspect for which chroma reconstruction operations operate on the same (uplane, vplane) or (iplane, jplane) coordinates.

Table 13. Image Type and Image View Type Compatibility Requirements
Image View Type Compatible Image Types

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D , VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D , VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01003
    If image was not created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT then viewType must not be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-01004
    If the imageCubeArray feature is not enabled, viewType must not be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-06723
    If image was created with VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D but without VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT set then viewType must not be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-06727
    If image was created with VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D but without VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT set then viewType must not be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-04970
    If image was created with VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D and viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY then subresourceRange.levelCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-04972
    If image was created with a samples value not equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT then viewType must be either VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-04441
    image must have been created with a usage value containing at least one of the usages defined in the valid image usage list for image views

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-None-02273
    The format features of the resultant image view must contain at least one bit

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-02274
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, then the format features of the resultant image view must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-02275
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-02276
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-02277
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-08932
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT,

    then the image view’s format features must contain at least one of VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-01478
    subresourceRange.baseMipLevel must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-01718
    If subresourceRange.levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, subresourceRange.baseMipLevel + subresourceRange.levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01482
    If image is not a 3D image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT set, or viewType is not VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY, subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer must be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-01483
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, image is not a 3D image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT set, or viewType is not VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY, subresourceRange.layerCount must be non-zero and subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer + subresourceRange.layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-02724
    If image is a 3D image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT set, and viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY, subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer must be less than the depth computed from baseMipLevel and extent.depth specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created, according to the formula defined in Image Mip Level Sizing

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-02725
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, image is a 3D image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT set, and viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY, subresourceRange.layerCount must be non-zero and subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer + subresourceRange.layerCount must be less than or equal to the depth computed from baseMipLevel and extent.depth specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created, according to the formula defined in Image Mip Level Sizing

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01761
    If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT flag, but without the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT flag, and if the format of the image is not a multi-planar format, format must be compatible with the format used to create image, as defined in Format Compatibility Classes

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01583
    If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT flag, format must be compatible with, or must be an uncompressed format that is size-compatible with, the format used to create image

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-07072
    If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT flag and format is a non-compressed format, the levelCount member of subresourceRange must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-09487
    If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT flag, and format is a non-compressed format, then the layerCount member of subresourceRange must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-pNext-01585
    If a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure was included in the pNext chain of the VkImageCreateInfo structure used when creating image and VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::viewFormatCount is not zero then format must be one of the formats in VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::pViewFormats

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01586
    If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT flag, if the format of the image is a multi-planar format, and if subresourceRange.aspectMask is one of the multi-planar aspect mask bits, then format must be compatible with the VkFormat for the plane of the image format indicated by subresourceRange.aspectMask, as defined in Compatible Formats of Planes of Multi-Planar Formats

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-07818
    subresourceRange.aspectMask must only have at most 1 valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01762
    If image was not created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT flag, or if the format of the image is a multi-planar format and if subresourceRange.aspectMask is VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, format must be identical to the format used to create image

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-format-06415
    If the image view requires a sampler Y′CBCR conversion and usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, then the pNext chain must include a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure with a conversion value other than VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-format-04714
    If format has a _422 or _420 suffix then image must have been created with a width that is a multiple of 2

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-format-04715
    If format has a _420 suffix then image must have been created with a height that is a multiple of 2

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-pNext-01970
    If the pNext chain includes a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure with a conversion value other than VK_NULL_HANDLE, all members of components must have the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-pNext-06658
    If the pNext chain includes a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure with a conversion value other than VK_NULL_HANDLE, format must be the same used in VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo::format

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01020
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subResourceRange-01021
    viewType must be compatible with the type of image as shown in the view type compatibility table

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-08957
    If image has an QNX Screen external format, format must be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-08958
    If image has an QNX Screen external format, the pNext chain must include a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure with a conversion object created with the same external format as image

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-08959
    If image has an QNX Screen external format, all members of components must be the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-02086
    If image was created with usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR, viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-04550
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is enabled, and the usage for the image view includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-04551
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is enabled, the usage for the image view includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR, and layeredShadingRateAttachments is VK_FALSE, subresourceRange.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-pNext-02662
    If the pNext chain includes a VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo structure, and image was not created with a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo, its usage member must not include any bits that were not set in the usage member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure used to create image

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-pNext-02663
    If the pNext chain includes a VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo structure, image was created with a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo, and subresourceRange.aspectMask includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, the usage member of the VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo structure must not include any bits that were not set in the usage member of the VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure used to create image

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-pNext-02664
    If the pNext chain includes a VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo structure, image was created with a VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo structure included in the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo, and subresourceRange.aspectMask includes bits other than VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, the usage member of the VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo structure must not include any bits that were not set in the usage member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure used to create image

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-imageViewType-04973
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D; and subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, then subresourceRange.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-imageViewType-04974
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D; and subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, then the remaining number of layers must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-02960
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE and subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.layerCount must be 6

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-02961
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY and subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.layerCount must be a multiple of 6

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-02962
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE and subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, the remaining number of layers must be 6

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-02963
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY and subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, the remaining number of layers must be a multiple of 6

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-05064
    If subresourceRange.levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, subresourceRange.levelCount must be less than or equal to VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxImageViewMipLevels

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-05200
    If subresourceRange.levelCount is VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, the remaining number of mip levels must be less than or equal to VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxImageViewMipLevels

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-05065
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.layerCount must be less than or equal to VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxImageViewArrayLayers

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-05201
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, the remaining number of layers must be less than or equal to VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxImageViewMipLevels

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-05066
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS and is greater than 1, or if subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS and the remaining number of layers is greater than 1, then if subresourceRange.levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, subresourceRange.levelCount must be less than or equal to VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxLayeredImageViewMipLevels

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-05202
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS and is greater than 1, or if subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS and the remaining number of layers is greater than 1, then if subresourceRange.levelCount is VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, the remaining number of mip levels must be less than or equal to VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxLayeredImageViewMipLevels

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-09594
    subresourceRange.aspectMask must be valid for the format the image was created with

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT, VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo, or VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-parameter
    viewType must be a valid VkImageViewType value

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-components-parameter
    components must be a valid VkComponentMapping structure

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-parameter
    subresourceRange must be a valid VkImageSubresourceRange structure

Bits which can be set in VkImageViewCreateInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of an image view, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageViewCreateFlagBits {
} VkImageViewCreateFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkImageViewCreateFlags;

VkImageViewCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkImageViewCreateFlagBits.

The set of usages for the created image view can be restricted compared to the parent image’s usage flags by adding a VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of VkImageViewCreateInfo.

The VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    const void*          pNext;
    VkImageUsageFlags    usage;
} VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • usage is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits specifying allowed usages of the image view.

When this structure is chained to VkImageViewCreateInfo the usage field overrides the implicit usage parameter inherited from image creation time and its value is used instead for the purposes of determining the valid usage conditions of VkImageViewCreateInfo.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_USAGE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo-usage-parameter
    usage must be a valid combination of VkImageUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageViewUsageCreateInfo-usage-requiredbitmask
    usage must not be 0

The VkImageSubresourceRange structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageSubresourceRange {
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
    uint32_t              baseMipLevel;
    uint32_t              levelCount;
    uint32_t              baseArrayLayer;
    uint32_t              layerCount;
} VkImageSubresourceRange;

  • aspectMask is a bitmask of VkImageAspectFlagBits specifying which aspect(s) of the image are included in the view.

  • baseMipLevel is the first mipmap level accessible to the view.

  • levelCount is the number of mipmap levels (starting from baseMipLevel) accessible to the view.

  • baseArrayLayer is the first array layer accessible to the view.

  • layerCount is the number of array layers (starting from baseArrayLayer) accessible to the view.

The number of mipmap levels and array layers must be a subset of the image subresources in the image. If an application wants to use all mip levels or layers in an image after the baseMipLevel or baseArrayLayer, it can set levelCount and layerCount to the special values VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS and VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS without knowing the exact number of mip levels or layers.

For cube and cube array image views, the layers of the image view starting at baseArrayLayer correspond to faces in the order +X, -X, +Y, -Y, +Z, -Z. For cube arrays, each set of six sequential layers is a single cube, so the number of cube maps in a cube map array view is layerCount / 6, and image array layer (baseArrayLayer + i) is face index (i mod 6) of cube i / 6. If the number of layers in the view, whether set explicitly in layerCount or implied by VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, is not a multiple of 6, the last cube map in the array must not be accessed.

aspectMask must be only VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT if format is a color, depth-only or stencil-only format, respectively, except if format is a multi-planar format. If using a depth/stencil format with both depth and stencil components, aspectMask must include at least one of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, and can include both.

When the VkImageSubresourceRange structure is used to select a subset of the slices of a 3D image’s mip level in order to create a 2D or 2D array image view of a 3D image created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT, baseArrayLayer and layerCount specify the first slice index and the number of slices to include in the created image view. Such an image view can be used as a framebuffer attachment that refers only to the specified range of slices of the selected mip level. However, any layout transitions performed on such an attachment view during a render pass instance still apply to the entire subresource referenced which includes all the slices of the selected mip level.

When using an image view of a depth/stencil image to populate a descriptor set (e.g. for sampling in the shader, or for use as an input attachment), the aspectMask must only include one bit, which selects whether the image view is used for depth reads (i.e. using a floating-point sampler or input attachment in the shader) or stencil reads (i.e. using an unsigned integer sampler or input attachment in the shader). When an image view of a depth/stencil image is used as a depth/stencil framebuffer attachment, the aspectMask is ignored and both depth and stencil image subresources are used.

When creating a VkImageView, if sampler Y′CBCR conversion is enabled in the sampler, the aspectMask of a subresourceRange used by the VkImageView must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT.

When creating a VkImageView, if sampler Y′CBCR conversion is not enabled in the sampler and the image format is multi-planar format, the image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT, and the aspectMask of the VkImageView’s subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-levelCount-01720
    If levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, it must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-layerCount-01721
    If layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, it must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-aspectMask-01670
    If aspectMask includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, then it must not include any of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-aspectMask-02278
    aspectMask must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT for any index i

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

Bits which can be set in an aspect mask to specify aspects of an image for purposes such as identifying a subresource, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageAspectFlagBits {
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT = 0x00000008,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT = 0x00000010,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT = 0x00000020,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT = 0x00000040,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_0_BIT_EXT = 0x00000080,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_1_BIT_EXT = 0x00000100,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_2_BIT_EXT = 0x00000200,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_3_BIT_EXT = 0x00000400,
} VkImageAspectFlagBits;

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT specifies the color aspect.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT specifies the depth aspect.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT specifies the stencil aspect.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT specifies the metadata aspect used for sparse resource operations.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT specifies plane 0 of a multi-planar image format.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT specifies plane 1 of a multi-planar image format.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT specifies plane 2 of a multi-planar image format.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_0_BIT_EXT specifies memory plane 0.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_1_BIT_EXT specifies memory plane 1.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_2_BIT_EXT specifies memory plane 2.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_3_BIT_EXT specifies memory plane 3.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkImageAspectFlags;

VkImageAspectFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkImageAspectFlagBits.

The VkComponentMapping structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkComponentMapping {
    VkComponentSwizzle    r;
    VkComponentSwizzle    g;
    VkComponentSwizzle    b;
    VkComponentSwizzle    a;
} VkComponentMapping;

  • r is a VkComponentSwizzle specifying the component value placed in the R component of the output vector.

  • g is a VkComponentSwizzle specifying the component value placed in the G component of the output vector.

  • b is a VkComponentSwizzle specifying the component value placed in the B component of the output vector.

  • a is a VkComponentSwizzle specifying the component value placed in the A component of the output vector.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

Possible values of the members of VkComponentMapping, specifying the component values placed in each component of the output vector, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkComponentSwizzle {
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_IDENTITY = 0,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ZERO = 1,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE = 2,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_R = 3,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_G = 4,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_B = 5,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_A = 6,
} VkComponentSwizzle;

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_IDENTITY specifies that the component is set to the identity swizzle.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ZERO specifies that the component is set to zero.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE specifies that the component is set to either 1 or 1.0, depending on whether the type of the image view format is integer or floating-point respectively, as determined by the Format Definition section for each VkFormat.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_R specifies that the component is set to the value of the R component of the image.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_G specifies that the component is set to the value of the G component of the image.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_B specifies that the component is set to the value of the B component of the image.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_A specifies that the component is set to the value of the A component of the image.

Setting the identity swizzle on a component is equivalent to setting the identity mapping on that component. That is:

Table 14. Component Mappings Equivalent To VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_IDENTITY
Component Identity Mapping

components.r

VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_R

components.g

VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_G

components.b

VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_B

components.a

VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_A

If the pNext chain includes a VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT structure, then that structure includes a parameter specifying the decode mode for image views using ASTC compressed formats.

The VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_astc_decode_mode
typedef struct VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkFormat           decodeMode;
} VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • decodeMode is the intermediate format used to decode ASTC compressed formats.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT-decodeMode-02230
    decodeMode must be one of VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT, VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM, or VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

  • VUID-VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT-decodeMode-02231
    If the decodeModeSharedExponent feature is not enabled, decodeMode must not be VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

  • VUID-VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT-decodeMode-02232
    If decodeMode is VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM the image view must not include blocks using any of the ASTC HDR modes

  • VUID-VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT-format-04084
    format of the image view must be one of the ASTC Compressed Image Formats

If format uses sRGB encoding then the decodeMode has no effect.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_ASTC_DECODE_MODE_EXT

  • VUID-VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT-decodeMode-parameter
    decodeMode must be a valid VkFormat value

To destroy an image view, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyImageView(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImageView                                 imageView,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the image view.

  • imageView is the image view to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-imageView-01026
    All submitted commands that refer to imageView must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-imageView-parameter
    If imageView is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, imageView must be a valid VkImageView handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-imageView-parent
    If imageView is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to imageView must be externally synchronized

12.6.1. Image View Format Features

Valid uses of a VkImageView may depend on the image view’s format features, defined below. Such constraints are documented in the affected valid usage statement.

12.7. Resource Memory Association

Resources are initially created as virtual allocations with no backing memory. Device memory is allocated separately (see Device Memory) and then associated with the resource. This association is done differently for sparse and non-sparse resources.

Resources created with any of the sparse creation flags are considered sparse resources. Resources created without these flags are non-sparse. The details on resource memory association for sparse resources is described in Sparse Resources.

Non-sparse resources must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object before the resource is passed as a parameter to any of the following operations:

  • creating image or buffer views

  • updating descriptor sets

  • recording commands in a command buffer

Once bound, the memory binding is immutable for the lifetime of the resource.

In a logical device representing more than one physical device, buffer and image resources exist on all physical devices but can be bound to memory differently on each. Each such replicated resource is an instance of the resource. For sparse resources, each instance can be bound to memory arbitrarily differently. For non-sparse resources, each instance can either be bound to the local or a peer instance of the memory, or for images can be bound to rectangular regions from the local and/or peer instances. When a resource is used in a descriptor set, each physical device interprets the descriptor according to its own instance’s binding to memory.

Note

There are no new copy commands to transfer data between physical devices. Instead, an application can create a resource with a peer mapping and use it as the source or destination of a transfer command executed by a single physical device to copy the data from one physical device to another.

To determine the memory requirements for a buffer resource, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkMemoryRequirements*                       pMemoryRequirements);

  • device is the logical device that owns the buffer.

  • buffer is the buffer to query.

  • pMemoryRequirements is a pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements structure in which the memory requirements of the buffer object are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements-pMemoryRequirements-parameter
    pMemoryRequirements must be a valid pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements structure

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements-buffer-parent
    buffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

To determine the memory requirements for an image resource which is not created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT flag set, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetImageMemoryRequirements(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkMemoryRequirements*                       pMemoryRequirements);

  • device is the logical device that owns the image.

  • image is the image to query.

  • pMemoryRequirements is a pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements structure in which the memory requirements of the image object are returned.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-image-01588
    image must not have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT flag set

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-image-08960
    If image was created with the VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX external memory handle type, then image must be bound to memory

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-pMemoryRequirements-parameter
    pMemoryRequirements must be a valid pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements structure

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-image-parent
    image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

The VkMemoryRequirements structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryRequirements {
    VkDeviceSize    size;
    VkDeviceSize    alignment;
    uint32_t        memoryTypeBits;
} VkMemoryRequirements;

  • size is the size, in bytes, of the memory allocation required for the resource.

  • alignment is the alignment, in bytes, of the offset within the allocation required for the resource.

  • memoryTypeBits is a bitmask and contains one bit set for every supported memory type for the resource. Bit i is set if and only if the memory type i in the VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure for the physical device is supported for the resource.

The implementation guarantees certain properties about the memory requirements returned by vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements and vkGetImageMemoryRequirements:

  • The memoryTypeBits member always contains at least one bit set.

  • If buffer is a VkBuffer not created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT or VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bits set, or if image is a linear image that was not created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit set, then the memoryTypeBits member always contains at least one bit set corresponding to a VkMemoryType with a propertyFlags that has both the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT bit and the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT bit set. In other words, mappable coherent memory can always be attached to these objects.

  • If buffer was created with VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes set to 0 or image was created with VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo::handleTypes set to 0, the memoryTypeBits member always contains at least one bit set corresponding to a VkMemoryType with a propertyFlags that has the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT bit set.

  • The memoryTypeBits member is identical for all VkBuffer objects created with the same value for the flags and usage members in the VkBufferCreateInfo structure and the handleTypes member of the VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateBuffer. Further, if usage1 and usage2 of type VkBufferUsageFlags are such that the bits set in usage2 are a subset of the bits set in usage1, and they have the same flags and VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes, then the bits set in memoryTypeBits returned for usage1 must be a subset of the bits set in memoryTypeBits returned for usage2, for all values of flags.

  • The alignment member is a power of two.

  • The alignment member is identical for all VkBuffer objects created with the same combination of values for the usage and flags members in the VkBufferCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateBuffer.

  • The alignment member satisfies the buffer descriptor offset alignment requirements associated with the VkBuffer’s usage:

    • If usage included VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT or VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT, alignment must be an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment.

    • If usage included VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BIT, alignment must be an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment.

    • If usage included VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_BUFFER_BIT, alignment must be an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment.

  • For images created with a color format, the memoryTypeBits member is identical for all VkImage objects created with the same combination of values for the tiling member, the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT bit and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit of the flags member, the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT bit of the flags member, handleTypes member of VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo, and the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT of the usage member in the VkImageCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateImage.

  • For images created with a depth/stencil format, the memoryTypeBits member is identical for all VkImage objects created with the same combination of values for the format member, the tiling member, the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT bit and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit of the flags member, the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT bit of the flags member, handleTypes member of VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo, and the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT of the usage member in the VkImageCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateImage.

  • If the memory requirements are for a VkImage, the memoryTypeBits member must not refer to a VkMemoryType with a propertyFlags that has the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit set if the image did not have VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT bit set in the usage member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateImage.

  • If the memory requirements are for a VkBuffer, the memoryTypeBits member must not refer to a VkMemoryType with a propertyFlags that has the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit set.

    Note

    The implication of this requirement is that lazily allocated memory is disallowed for buffers in all cases.

  • The size member is identical for all VkBuffer objects created with the same combination of creation parameters specified in VkBufferCreateInfo and its pNext chain.

  • The size member is identical for all VkImage objects created with the same combination of creation parameters specified in VkImageCreateInfo and its pNext chain.

    Note

    This, however, does not imply that they interpret the contents of the bound memory identically with each other. That additional guarantee, however, can be explicitly requested using VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT.

To determine the memory requirements for a buffer resource, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements2(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2*      pInfo,
    VkMemoryRequirements2*                      pMemoryRequirements);

  • device is the logical device that owns the buffer.

  • pInfo is a pointer to a VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure containing parameters required for the memory requirements query.

  • pMemoryRequirements is a pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements2 structure in which the memory requirements of the buffer object are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements2-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements2-pInfo-parameter
    pInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements2-pMemoryRequirements-parameter
    pMemoryRequirements must be a valid pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements2 structure

The VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2 {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkBuffer           buffer;
} VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • buffer is the buffer to query.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryRequirementsInfo2-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

To determine the memory requirements for an image resource, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetImageMemoryRequirements2(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2*       pInfo,
    VkMemoryRequirements2*                      pMemoryRequirements);

  • device is the logical device that owns the image.

  • pInfo is a pointer to a VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure containing parameters required for the memory requirements query.

  • pMemoryRequirements is a pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements2 structure in which the memory requirements of the image object are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements2-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements2-pInfo-parameter
    pInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements2-pMemoryRequirements-parameter
    pMemoryRequirements must be a valid pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements2 structure

The VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkImage            image;
} VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • image is the image to query.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-image-01589
    If image was created with a multi-planar format and the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT flag, there must be a VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo included in the pNext chain of the VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-image-02279
    If image was created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT and with VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then there must be a VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo included in the pNext chain of the VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-image-01590
    If image was not created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT flag, there must not be a VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo included in the pNext chain of the VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-image-02280
    If image was created with a single-plane format and with any tiling other than VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then there must not be a VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo included in the pNext chain of the VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-image-08961
    If image was created with the VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX external memory handle type, then image must be bound to memory

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

To determine the memory requirements for a plane of a disjoint image, add a VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkImageMemoryRequirementsInfo2 structure.

The VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkImageAspectFlagBits    planeAspect;
} VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • planeAspect is a VkImageAspectFlagBits value specifying the aspect corresponding to the image plane to query.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo-planeAspect-02281
    If the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR or VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, then planeAspect must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo-planeAspect-02282
    If the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then planeAspect must be a single valid memory plane for the image (that is, aspectMask must specify a plane index that is less than the VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifierPlaneCount associated with the image’s format and VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifier)

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_PLANE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO

  • VUID-VkImagePlaneMemoryRequirementsInfo-planeAspect-parameter
    planeAspect must be a valid VkImageAspectFlagBits value

The VkMemoryRequirements2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkMemoryRequirements2 {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    void*                   pNext;
    VkMemoryRequirements    memoryRequirements;
} VkMemoryRequirements2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memoryRequirements is a VkMemoryRequirements structure describing the memory requirements of the resource.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryRequirements2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_2

  • VUID-VkMemoryRequirements2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements

  • VUID-VkMemoryRequirements2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

The VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           prefersDedicatedAllocation;
    VkBool32           requiresDedicatedAllocation;
} VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • prefersDedicatedAllocation specifies that the implementation would prefer a dedicated allocation for this resource. The application is still free to suballocate the resource but it may get better performance if a dedicated allocation is used.

  • requiresDedicatedAllocation specifies that a dedicated allocation is required for this resource.

To determine the dedicated allocation requirements of a buffer or image resource, add a VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements structure to the pNext chain of the VkMemoryRequirements2 structure passed as the pMemoryRequirements parameter of vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements2, or vkGetImageMemoryRequirements2 respectively.

Constraints on the values returned for buffer resources are:

  • requiresDedicatedAllocation may be VK_TRUE if the pNext chain of VkBufferCreateInfo for the call to vkCreateBuffer used to create the buffer being queried included a VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo structure, and any of the handle types specified in VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes requires dedicated allocation, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferProperties in VkExternalBufferProperties::externalMemoryProperties.externalMemoryFeatures. Otherwise, requiresDedicatedAllocation will be VK_FALSE.

  • When the implementation sets requiresDedicatedAllocation to VK_TRUE, it must also set prefersDedicatedAllocation to VK_TRUE.

  • If VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT was set in VkBufferCreateInfo::flags when buffer was created, then both prefersDedicatedAllocation and requiresDedicatedAllocation will be VK_FALSE.

Constraints on the values returned for image resources are:

  • requiresDedicatedAllocation may be VK_TRUE if the pNext chain of VkImageCreateInfo for the call to vkCreateImage used to create the image being queried included a VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo structure, and any of the handle types specified in VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo::handleTypes requires dedicated allocation, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 in VkExternalImageFormatProperties::externalMemoryProperties.externalMemoryFeatures.

  • requiresDedicatedAllocation may be VK_TRUE if the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT.

  • requiresDedicatedAllocation will otherwise be VK_FALSE

  • If VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT was set in VkImageCreateInfo::flags when image was created, then both prefersDedicatedAllocation and requiresDedicatedAllocation will be VK_FALSE.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_DEDICATED_REQUIREMENTS

To attach memory to a buffer object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkBindBufferMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    VkDeviceSize                                memoryOffset);

  • device is the logical device that owns the buffer and memory.

  • buffer is the buffer to be attached to memory.

  • memory is a VkDeviceMemory object describing the device memory to attach.

  • memoryOffset is the start offset of the region of memory which is to be bound to the buffer. The number of bytes returned in the VkMemoryRequirements::size member in memory, starting from memoryOffset bytes, will be bound to the specified buffer.

vkBindBufferMemory is equivalent to passing the same parameters through VkBindBufferMemoryInfo to vkBindBufferMemory2.

If the memory was obtained by a memory import operation with VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes assigned to VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV, the properties of buffer and the memoryoffset must be compatible with the attributes used to create NvSciBufObj, otherwise the implementation will return VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkBindBufferMemory must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-07459
    buffer must not have been bound to a memory object

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-01030
    buffer must not have been created with any sparse memory binding flags

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memoryOffset-01031
    memoryOffset must be less than the size of memory

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-01035
    memory must have been allocated using one of the memory types allowed in the memoryTypeBits member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-None-10739
    memoryOffset must be an integer multiple of the alignment member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-None-10741
    size member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer must be less than or equal to the size of memory minus memoryOffset

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-01444
    If buffer requires a dedicated allocation (as reported by vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements2 in VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements::requiresDedicatedAllocation for buffer), memory must have been allocated with VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::buffer equal to buffer

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-01508
    If the VkMemoryAllocateInfo provided when memory was allocated included a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure in its pNext chain, and VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::buffer was not VK_NULL_HANDLE, then buffer must equal VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::buffer, and memoryOffset must be zero

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-10925
    If the VkMemoryAllocateInfo provided when memory was allocated included a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure in its pNext chain, VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::image must have been VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-None-01898
    If buffer was created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit set, the buffer must be bound to a memory object allocated with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-None-01899
    If buffer was created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit not set, the buffer must not be bound to a memory object allocated with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-02726
    If the value of VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo::handleTypes used to allocate memory is not 0, it must include at least one of the handles set in VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes when buffer was created

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-02985
    If memory was allocated by a memory import operation, the external handle type of the imported memory must also have been set in VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes when buffer was created

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-bufferDeviceAddress-03339
    If the VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures::bufferDeviceAddress feature is enabled and buffer was created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_SHADER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT bit set, memory must have been allocated with the VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay-09200
    If the VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures::bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay feature is enabled and buffer was created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT bit set, memory must have been allocated with the VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT bit set

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-parent
    buffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to buffer must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To attach memory to buffer objects for one or more buffers at a time, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
VkResult vkBindBufferMemory2(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    bindInfoCount,
    const VkBindBufferMemoryInfo*               pBindInfos);

  • device is the logical device that owns the buffers and memory.

  • bindInfoCount is the number of elements in pBindInfos.

  • pBindInfos is a pointer to an array of bindInfoCount VkBindBufferMemoryInfo structures describing buffers and memory to bind.

On some implementations, it may be more efficient to batch memory bindings into a single command.

If any of the memory binding operations described by pBindInfos fail, the VkResult returned by this command must be the return value of any one of the memory binding operations which did not return VK_SUCCESS.

Note

If the vkBindBufferMemory2 command failed, and bindInfoCount was greater than one, then the buffers referenced by pBindInfos will be in an indeterminate state, and must not be used.

Applications should destroy these buffers.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkBindBufferMemory2 must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory2-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory2-pBindInfos-parameter
    pBindInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of bindInfoCount valid VkBindBufferMemoryInfo structures

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory2-bindInfoCount-arraylength
    bindInfoCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

VkBindBufferMemoryInfo contains members corresponding to the parameters of vkBindBufferMemory.

The VkBindBufferMemoryInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkBindBufferMemoryInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkBuffer           buffer;
    VkDeviceMemory     memory;
    VkDeviceSize       memoryOffset;
} VkBindBufferMemoryInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • buffer is the buffer to be attached to memory.

  • memory is a VkDeviceMemory object describing the device memory to attach.

  • memoryOffset is the start offset of the region of memory which is to be bound to the buffer. The number of bytes returned in the VkMemoryRequirements::size member in memory, starting from memoryOffset bytes, will be bound to the specified buffer.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-buffer-07459
    buffer must not have been bound to a memory object

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-buffer-01030
    buffer must not have been created with any sparse memory binding flags

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-memoryOffset-01031
    memoryOffset must be less than the size of memory

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-memory-01035
    memory must have been allocated using one of the memory types allowed in the memoryTypeBits member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-None-10739
    memoryOffset must be an integer multiple of the alignment member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-None-10741
    size member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer must be less than or equal to the size of memory minus memoryOffset

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-buffer-01444
    If buffer requires a dedicated allocation (as reported by vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements2 in VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements::requiresDedicatedAllocation for buffer), memory must have been allocated with VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::buffer equal to buffer

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-memory-01508
    If the VkMemoryAllocateInfo provided when memory was allocated included a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure in its pNext chain, and VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::buffer was not VK_NULL_HANDLE, then buffer must equal VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::buffer, and memoryOffset must be zero

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-memory-10925
    If the VkMemoryAllocateInfo provided when memory was allocated included a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure in its pNext chain, VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::image must have been VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-None-01898
    If buffer was created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit set, the buffer must be bound to a memory object allocated with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-None-01899
    If buffer was created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit not set, the buffer must not be bound to a memory object allocated with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-memory-02726
    If the value of VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo::handleTypes used to allocate memory is not 0, it must include at least one of the handles set in VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes when buffer was created

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-memory-02985
    If memory was allocated by a memory import operation, the external handle type of the imported memory must also have been set in VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes when buffer was created

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-bufferDeviceAddress-03339
    If the VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures::bufferDeviceAddress feature is enabled and buffer was created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_SHADER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT bit set, memory must have been allocated with the VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT bit set

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay-09200
    If the VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures::bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay feature is enabled and buffer was created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT bit set, memory must have been allocated with the VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT bit set

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-pNext-01605
    If the pNext chain includes a VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo structure, all instances of memory specified by VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo::pDeviceIndices must have been allocated

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_BUFFER_MEMORY_INFO

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryInfo-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to buffer must be externally synchronized

The VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           deviceIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*    pDeviceIndices;
} VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • deviceIndexCount is the number of elements in pDeviceIndices.

  • pDeviceIndices is a pointer to an array of device indices.

If the pNext chain of VkBindBufferMemoryInfo includes a VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo structure, then that structure determines how memory is bound to buffers across multiple devices in a device group.

If deviceIndexCount is greater than zero, then on device index i the buffer is attached to the instance of memory on the physical device with device index pDeviceIndices[i].

If deviceIndexCount is zero and memory comes from a memory heap with the VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT bit set, then it is as if pDeviceIndices contains consecutive indices from zero to the number of physical devices in the logical device, minus one. In other words, by default each physical device attaches to its own instance of memory.

If deviceIndexCount is zero and memory comes from a memory heap without the VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT bit set, then it is as if pDeviceIndices contains an array of zeros. In other words, by default each physical device attaches to instance zero.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-deviceIndexCount-01606
    deviceIndexCount must either be zero or equal to the number of physical devices in the logical device

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-pDeviceIndices-01607
    All elements of pDeviceIndices must be valid device indices

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_BUFFER_MEMORY_DEVICE_GROUP_INFO

  • VUID-VkBindBufferMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-pDeviceIndices-parameter
    If deviceIndexCount is not 0, pDeviceIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of deviceIndexCount uint32_t values

To attach memory to a VkImage object created without the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT set, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkBindImageMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    VkDeviceSize                                memoryOffset);

  • device is the logical device that owns the image and memory.

  • image is the image.

  • memory is the VkDeviceMemory object describing the device memory to attach.

  • memoryOffset is the start offset of the region of memory which is to be bound to the image. The number of bytes returned in the VkMemoryRequirements::size member in memory, starting from memoryOffset bytes, will be bound to the specified image.

vkBindImageMemory is equivalent to passing the same parameters through VkBindImageMemoryInfo to vkBindImageMemory2.

If the memory is allocated by a memory import operation with VkExternalMemoryBufferCreateInfo::handleTypes assigned to VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV, the properties of image and the memoryoffset must be compatible with the attributes used to create NvSciBufObj, otherwise the implementation will return VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkBindImageMemory must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-07460
    image must not have been bound to a memory object

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-01045
    image must not have been created with any sparse memory binding flags

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memoryOffset-01046
    memoryOffset must be less than the size of memory

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-01445
    If image requires a dedicated allocation (as reported by vkGetImageMemoryRequirements2 in VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements::requiresDedicatedAllocation for image), memory must have been created with VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::image equal to image

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-02628
    If the VkMemoryAllocateInfo provided when memory was allocated included a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure in its pNext chain, and VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::image was not VK_NULL_HANDLE, then image must equal VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::image and memoryOffset must be zero

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-10926
    If the VkMemoryAllocateInfo provided when memory was allocated included a VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo structure in its pNext chain, VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo::buffer must have been VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-None-01901
    If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit set, the image must be bound to a memory object allocated with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-None-01902
    If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit not set, the image must not be bound to a memory object created with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-02728
    If the value of VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo::handleTypes used to allocate memory is not 0, it must include at least one of the handles set in VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo::handleTypes when image was created

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-02989
    If memory was created by a memory import operation, the external handle type of the imported memory must also have been set in VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo::handleTypes when image was created

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-01608
    image must not have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT set

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-01047
    memory must have been allocated using one of the memory types allowed in the memoryTypeBits member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetImageMemoryRequirements with image

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-None-10735
    memoryOffset must be an integer multiple of the alignment member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetImageMemoryRequirements with image

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-None-10737
    size member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetImageMemoryRequirements with image must be less than or equal to the size of memory minus memoryOffset

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-parent
    image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to image must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To attach memory to image objects for one or more images at a time, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
VkResult vkBindImageMemory2(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    bindInfoCount,
    const VkBindImageMemoryInfo*                pBindInfos);

  • device is the logical device that owns the images and memory.

  • bindInfoCount is the number of elements in pBindInfos.

  • pBindInfos is a pointer to an array of VkBindImageMemoryInfo structures, describing images and memory to bind.

On some implementations, it may be more efficient to batch memory bindings into a single command.

If any of the memory binding operations described by pBindInfos fail, the VkResult returned by this command must be the return value of any one of the memory binding operations which did not return VK_SUCCESS.

Note

If the vkBindImageMemory2 command failed, and bindInfoCount was greater than one, then the images referenced by pBindInfos will be in an indeterminate state, and must not be used.

Applications should destroy these images.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkBindImageMemory2 must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory2-pBindInfos-02858
    If any VkBindImageMemoryInfo::image was created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT then all planes of VkBindImageMemoryInfo::image must be bound individually in separate pBindInfos

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory2-pBindInfos-04006
    pBindInfos must not refer to the same image subresource more than once

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory2-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory2-pBindInfos-parameter
    pBindInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of bindInfoCount valid VkBindImageMemoryInfo structures

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory2-bindInfoCount-arraylength
    bindInfoCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

VkBindImageMemoryInfo contains members corresponding to the parameters of vkBindImageMemory.

The VkBindImageMemoryInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkBindImageMemoryInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkImage            image;
    VkDeviceMemory     memory;
    VkDeviceSize       memoryOffset;
} VkBindImageMemoryInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • image is the image to be attached to memory.

  • memory is a VkDeviceMemory object describing the device memory to attach.

  • memoryOffset is the start offset of the region of memory which is to be bound to the image. The number of bytes returned in the VkMemoryRequirements::size member in memory, starting from memoryOffset bytes, will be bound to the specified image.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_INFO

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo, VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR, or VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryInfo-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryInfo-commonparent
    Both of image, and memory that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to image must be externally synchronized

The VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           deviceIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*    pDeviceIndices;
    uint32_t           splitInstanceBindRegionCount;
    const VkRect2D*    pSplitInstanceBindRegions;
} VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • deviceIndexCount is the number of elements in pDeviceIndices.

  • pDeviceIndices is a pointer to an array of device indices.

  • splitInstanceBindRegionCount is the number of elements in pSplitInstanceBindRegions.

  • pSplitInstanceBindRegions is a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures describing which regions of the image are attached to each instance of memory.

If the pNext chain of VkBindImageMemoryInfo includes a VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo structure, then that structure determines how memory is bound to images across multiple devices in a device group.

If deviceIndexCount is greater than zero, then on device index i image is attached to the instance of the memory on the physical device with device index pDeviceIndices[i].

In Vulkan SC, splitInstanceBindRegionCount must be zero because sparse allocations are not supported [SCID-8].

If splitInstanceBindRegionCount and deviceIndexCount are zero and the memory comes from a memory heap with the VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT bit set, then it is as if pDeviceIndices contains consecutive indices from zero to the number of physical devices in the logical device, minus one. In other words, by default each physical device attaches to its own instance of the memory.

If splitInstanceBindRegionCount and deviceIndexCount are zero and the memory comes from a memory heap without the VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT bit set, then it is as if pDeviceIndices contains an array of zeros. In other words, by default each physical device attaches to instance zero.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-deviceIndexCount-01634
    deviceIndexCount must either be zero or equal to the number of physical devices in the logical device

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-pDeviceIndices-01635
    All elements of pDeviceIndices must be valid device indices

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-splitInstanceBindRegionCount-05067
    splitInstanceBindRegionCount must be zero

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_DEVICE_GROUP_INFO

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-pDeviceIndices-parameter
    If deviceIndexCount is not 0, pDeviceIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of deviceIndexCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo-pSplitInstanceBindRegions-parameter
    If splitInstanceBindRegionCount is not 0, pSplitInstanceBindRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of splitInstanceBindRegionCount VkRect2D structures

If the pNext chain of VkBindImageMemoryInfo includes a VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR structure, then that structure includes a swapchain handle and image index indicating that the image will be bound to memory from that swapchain.

The VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef struct VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkSwapchainKHR     swapchain;
    uint32_t           imageIndex;
} VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • swapchain is VK_NULL_HANDLE or a swapchain handle.

  • imageIndex is an image index within swapchain.

If swapchain is not NULL, the swapchain and imageIndex are used to determine the memory that the image is bound to, instead of memory and memoryOffset.

Memory can be bound to a swapchain and use the pDeviceIndices or pSplitInstanceBindRegions members of VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR-imageIndex-01644
    imageIndex must be less than the number of images in swapchain

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_SWAPCHAIN_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR-swapchain-parameter
    swapchain must be a valid VkSwapchainKHR handle

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to swapchain must be externally synchronized

In order to bind planes of a disjoint image, add a VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo structure to the pNext chain of VkBindImageMemoryInfo.

The VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkImageAspectFlagBits    planeAspect;
} VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • planeAspect is a VkImageAspectFlagBits value specifying the aspect of the disjoint image plane to bind.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo-planeAspect-02283
    If the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR or VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, then planeAspect must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo-planeAspect-02284
    If the image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then planeAspect must be a single valid memory plane for the image (that is, aspectMask must specify a plane index that is less than the VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifierPlaneCount associated with the image’s format and VkImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifier)

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_PLANE_MEMORY_INFO

  • VUID-VkBindImagePlaneMemoryInfo-planeAspect-parameter
    planeAspect must be a valid VkImageAspectFlagBits value

Buffer-Image Granularity

The implementation-dependent limit bufferImageGranularity specifies a page-like granularity at which linear and non-linear resources must be placed in adjacent memory locations to avoid aliasing. Two resources which do not satisfy this granularity requirement are said to alias. bufferImageGranularity is specified in bytes, and must be a power of two. Implementations which do not impose a granularity restriction may report a bufferImageGranularity value of one.

Note

Despite its name, bufferImageGranularity is really a granularity between “linear” and “non-linear” resources.

Given resourceA at the lower memory offset and resourceB at the higher memory offset in the same VkDeviceMemory object, where one resource is linear and the other is non-linear (as defined in the Glossary), and the following:

resourceA.end       = resourceA.memoryOffset + resourceA.size - 1
resourceA.endPage   = resourceA.end & ~(bufferImageGranularity-1)
resourceB.start     = resourceB.memoryOffset
resourceB.startPage = resourceB.start & ~(bufferImageGranularity-1)

The following property must hold:

resourceA.endPage < resourceB.startPage

That is, the end of the first resource (A) and the beginning of the second resource (B) must be on separate “pages” of size bufferImageGranularity. bufferImageGranularity may be different than the physical page size of the memory heap. This restriction is only needed when a linear resource and a non-linear resource are adjacent in memory and will be used simultaneously. The memory ranges of adjacent resources can be closer than bufferImageGranularity, provided they meet the alignment requirement for the objects in question.

Sparse block size in bytes and sparse image and buffer memory alignments must all be multiples of the bufferImageGranularity. Therefore, memory bound to sparse resources naturally satisfies the bufferImageGranularity.

12.8. Resource Sharing Mode

Buffer and image objects are created with a sharing mode controlling how they can be accessed from queues. The supported sharing modes are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSharingMode {
    VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE = 0,
    VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT = 1,
} VkSharingMode;

  • VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE specifies that access to any range or image subresource of the object will be exclusive to a single queue family at a time.

  • VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT specifies that concurrent access to any range or image subresource of the object from multiple queue families is supported.

Note

VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT may result in lower performance access to the buffer or image than VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE.

Ranges of buffers and image subresources of image objects created using VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE must only be accessed by queues in the queue family that has ownership of the resource. Upon creation, such resources are not owned by any queue family; ownership is implicitly acquired upon first use within a queue. Once a resource using VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE is owned by some queue family, the application must perform a queue family ownership transfer if it wishes to make the memory contents of a range or image subresource accessible to a different queue family. VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE resources that are already owned by a queue family may be acquired by a different queue family without a queue family ownership transfer, but their contents become undefined.

Note

Before being used on the first queue, images still require a layout transition from these layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

A queue family can take ownership of an image subresource or buffer range of a resource created with VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, without an ownership transfer, in the same way as for a resource that was just created; however, taking ownership in this way has the effect that the contents of the image subresource or buffer range are undefined.

Ranges of buffers and image subresources of image objects created using VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT must only be accessed by queues from the queue families specified through the queueFamilyIndexCount and pQueueFamilyIndices members of the corresponding create info structures.

12.8.1. External Resource Sharing

Resources should only be accessed in the Vulkan instance that has exclusive ownership of their underlying memory. Only one Vulkan instance has exclusive ownership of a resource’s underlying memory at a given time, regardless of whether the resource was created using VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE or VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT. Applications can transfer ownership of a resource’s underlying memory only if the memory has been imported from or exported to another instance or external API using external memory handles. The semantics for transferring ownership outside of the instance are similar to those used for transferring ownership of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE resources between queues, and is also accomplished using VkBufferMemoryBarrier or VkImageMemoryBarrier operations. To make the contents of the underlying memory accessible in the destination instance or API, applications must

  1. Release exclusive ownership from the source instance or API.

  2. Ensure the release operation has completed using semaphores or fences.

  3. Acquire exclusive ownership in the destination instance or API

Unlike queue family ownership transfers, the destination instance or API is not specified explicitly when releasing ownership, nor is the source instance or API specified when acquiring ownership. Instead, the image or memory barrier’s dstQueueFamilyIndex or srcQueueFamilyIndex parameters are set to the reserved queue family index VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL or VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT to represent the external destination or source respectively.

Binding a resource to a memory object shared between multiple Vulkan instances or other APIs does not change the ownership of the underlying memory. The first entity to access the resource implicitly acquires ownership. An entity can also implicitly take ownership from another entity in the same way without an explicit ownership transfer. However, taking ownership in this way has the effect that the contents of the underlying memory are undefined.

Accessing a resource backed by memory that is owned by a particular instance or API has the same semantics as accessing a VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE resource, with one exception: Implementations must ensure layout transitions performed on one member of a set of identical subresources of identical images that alias the same range of an underlying memory object affect the layout of all the subresources in the set.

As a corollary, writes to any image subresources in such a set must not make the contents of memory used by other subresources in the set undefined. An application can define the content of a subresource of one image by performing device writes to an identical subresource of another image provided both images are bound to the same region of external memory. Applications may also add resources to such a set after the content of the existing set members has been defined without making the content undefined by creating a new image with the initial layout VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED and binding it to the same region of external memory as the existing images.

Note

Because layout transitions apply to all identical images aliasing the same region of external memory, the actual layout of the memory backing a new image as well as an existing image with defined content will not be undefined. Such an image is not usable until it acquires ownership of its memory from the existing owner. Therefore, the layout specified as part of this transition will be the true initial layout of the image. The undefined layout specified when creating it is a placeholder to simplify valid usage requirements.

12.9. Memory Aliasing

A range of a VkDeviceMemory allocation is aliased if it is bound to multiple resources simultaneously, as described below, via vkBindImageMemory, vkBindBufferMemory, or by binding the memory to resources in multiple Vulkan instances or external APIs using external memory handle export and import mechanisms.

Consider two resources, resourceA and resourceB, bound respectively to memory rangeA and rangeB. Let paddedRangeA and paddedRangeB be, respectively, rangeA and rangeB aligned to bufferImageGranularity. If the resources are both linear or both non-linear (as defined in the Glossary), then the resources alias the memory in the intersection of rangeA and rangeB. If one resource is linear and the other is non-linear, then the resources alias the memory in the intersection of paddedRangeA and paddedRangeB.

Applications can alias memory, but use of multiple aliases is subject to several constraints.

Note

Memory aliasing can be useful to reduce the total device memory footprint of an application, if some large resources are used for disjoint periods of time.

When a non-linear, non-VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT image is bound to an aliased range, all image subresources of the image overlap the range. When a linear image is bound to an aliased range, the image subresources that (according to the image’s advertised layout) include bytes from the aliased range overlap the range. When a VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT image has sparse image blocks bound to an aliased range, only image subresources including those sparse image blocks overlap the range, and when the memory bound to the image’s mip tail overlaps an aliased range all image subresources in the mip tail overlap the range.

Buffers, and linear image subresources are considered host-accessible subresources when they are in any of these layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

That is, the host has a well-defined addressing scheme to interpret the contents, and thus the layout of the data in memory can be consistently interpreted across aliases if each of those aliases is a host-accessible subresource. Non-linear images, and linear image subresources in other layouts, are not host-accessible.

If two aliases are both host-accessible, then they interpret the contents of the memory in consistent ways, and data written to one alias can be read by the other alias.

If two aliases are both images that were created with identical creation parameters, both were created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT flag set, and both are bound identically to memory except for VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo::pDeviceIndices and VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo::pSplitInstanceBindRegions, then they interpret the contents of the memory in consistent ways, and data written to one alias can be read by the other alias.

Additionally, if an individual plane of a multi-planar image and a single-plane image alias the same memory, then they also interpret the contents of the memory in consistent ways under the same conditions, but with the following modifications:

  • Both must have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT flag.

  • The single-plane image must have a VkFormat that is equivalent to that of the multi-planar image’s individual plane.

  • The single-plane image and the individual plane of the multi-planar image must be bound identically to memory except for VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo::pDeviceIndices and VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo::pSplitInstanceBindRegions.

  • The width and height of the single-plane image are derived from the multi-planar image’s dimensions in the manner listed for plane compatibility for the aliased plane.

  • If either image’s tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then both images must be linear.

  • All other creation parameters must be identical

Aliases created by binding the same memory to resources in multiple Vulkan instances or external APIs using external memory handle export and import mechanisms interpret the contents of the memory in consistent ways, and data written to one alias can be read by the other alias.

Otherwise, the aliases interpret the contents of the memory differently, and writes via one alias make the contents of memory partially or completely undefined to the other alias. If the first alias is a host-accessible subresource, then the bytes affected are those written by the memory operations according to its addressing scheme. If the first alias is not host-accessible, then the bytes affected are those overlapped by the image subresources that were written. If the second alias is a host-accessible subresource, the affected bytes become undefined. If the second alias is not host-accessible, all sparse image blocks (for sparse partially-resident images) or all image subresources (for non-sparse image and fully resident sparse images) that overlap the affected bytes become undefined.

If any image subresources are made undefined due to writes to an alias, then each of those image subresources must have its layout transitioned from VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED to a valid layout before it is used, or from VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED if the memory has been written by the host. If any sparse blocks of a sparse image have been made undefined, then only the image subresources containing them must be transitioned.

Use of an overlapping range by two aliases must be separated by a memory dependency using the appropriate access types if at least one of those uses performs writes, whether the aliases interpret memory consistently or not. If buffer or image memory barriers are used, the scope of the barrier must contain the entire range and/or set of image subresources that overlap.

If two aliasing image views are used in the same framebuffer, then the render pass must declare the attachments using the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT, and follow the other rules listed in that section.

Note

Memory recycled via an application suballocator (i.e. without freeing and reallocating the memory objects) is not substantially different from memory aliasing. However, a suballocator usually waits on a fence before recycling a region of memory, and signaling a fence involves sufficient implicit dependencies to satisfy all the above requirements.

12.9.1. Resource Memory Overlap

Applications can safely access resources concurrently via separate device and host operations as long as the accessed memory locations are guaranteed to not overlap, as defined in Memory Location, and the operation, resource, and access are otherwise independently valid.

Some operations have alignment requirements or access ambiguous memory locations, so the semantics of a particular operation should be considered when determining the overlap. Such requirements will be described alongside the operation. Operations between host and device when using non-coherent memory are aligned to nonCoherentAtomSize, as defined by vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges and vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges.

Note

The intent is that buffers (or linear images) can be accessed concurrently, even when they share cache lines, but otherwise do not access the same memory range. The concept of a device cache line size is not exposed in the memory model.

13. Images

Images are specialized resources that have multi-dimensional access rather than the typical linear access to memory. These resources allow implementations to optimize the memory layout for common access patterns, by mapping multi-dimensional coordinates to an implementation-dependent offset in the underlying memory.

Additionally, images are homogeneous, with every discrete coordinate associated with data that is in the same format as the data associated with any other coordinate. Each set of data associated with one of these coordinates is referred to in this specification as a texel. A texel can consist of up to 4 separate components, labeled as (R,G,B,A) in this chapter.

Note

This terminology is historical; texel is a combination of the words “texture” and “element”, and (R,G,B,A) are abbreviations for Red, Green, Blue, and Alpha. Early interactive computer graphics only supported operations that allowed image data to be used to add color "texture" to rendered objects, which is just a small subset of what the image operations on images described here enable. These terms are deeply embedded in the industry, and so are still used here by convention, despite images being used in far more varied ways than they were in the past.

Some image formats identify components as D for depth, S for stencil, or X for padding elements. Image format components identified as D are treated as R, and S components are treated as G for the purpose of image accesses. X components are ignored when reading, and may be modified in implementation-dependent ways when writing to that texel.

The coordinates used to identify a texel are six-dimensional, made up of the following integer indices:

  • x - The first spatial index

  • y - The second spatial index

  • z - The third spatial index

  • layer - The array index for arrayed images

  • sample - The sample index

  • level - The detail level

Each image is constructed with a number of texels in each dimension, with the integer size in each dimension for that image identified as:

  • width - The number of x indices

  • height - The number of y indices

  • depth - The number of z indices

  • layers - The number of layers

  • samples - The number of samples

  • levels - The number of detail levels

Of these sizes, the number of levels is somewhat unique - each further level reduces the number of indices in each of the x, y, and z dimensions by half, according to these formulae:

  • widthlevel = max(1, ⌊width / 2level⌋)

  • heightlevel = max(1, ⌊height / 2level⌋)

  • depthlevel = max(1, ⌊depth / 2level⌋)

An image will have no more than one level where all of the above dimensions are set to 1. See Image Mip Level Sizing for more details.

The Vulkan specification allows the creation of resources with fewer dimensions than this (e.g. texel buffers); these can be considered equivalent to an image with all dimensions specified, with the missing dimensions having a size of 1, and an implicit coordinate value of 0.

13.1. Image Coordinate Validation

When accessing an image, a set of (x,y,z,layer,sample,level) coordinates are used to indicate which texel is accessed. These coordinates are first checked to see if they refer to texels within the image dimensions, according to the following equations:

  • x < widthlevel

  • y < heightlevel

  • z < depthlevel

  • layer < layers

  • sample < samples

  • level < levels

If any of these equations evaluates to false, the coordinate is considered out of bounds, otherwise they are in bounds.

13.2. Image Reads

Image reads use a set of (x,y,z,layer,sample,level) coordinates, validated as per Image Coordinate Validation, and return a converted value for the texel at that coordinate. If the coordinates are out of bounds, behavior of the read is as described in Shader Out-of-Bounds Memory Access. Otherwise, the read proceeds as follows.

13.2.1. Texel Decode

The formatted value of the texel at the (x,y,z,layer,sample,level) coordinate is read and decoded according to the procedures outlined in the Khronos Data Format Specification.

For sRGB formats, the (R,G,B,A) components are first converted as if they are UNORM formats, and then sRGB to linear conversion is performed on the converted (R,G,B) components, as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

13.2.2. Component Substitution

If after conversion, less than four of the (R,G,B,A) components are present, missing components are substituted by the components of (0,0,0,1) for missing (R,G,B,A) components, respectively.

13.2.3. Numeric Encoding

The values are encoded according to the bit width and numeric format of each component:

  • Components with a fixed-point numeric format or with a floating-point numeric format and a bit width less than or equal to 32 are encoded into the IEEE-754 binary32 format.

  • Components with a floating-point numeric format and a bit width greater than 32 are encoded into the IEEE-754 binary64 format.

  • Components with an integer numeric format and a bit width less than or equal to 32 are directly encoded as 32-bit integer values with the same signedness.

  • Components with an integer numeric format and a bit width greater than 32 are directly encoded as 64-bit integer values with the same signedness.

These values are then returned as the result of the image read.

13.3. Image Writes

Image writes also use a set of (x,y,z,layer,sample,level) coordinates, validated as per Image Coordinate Validation, and a value to be written. If the coordinates are out of bounds, behavior of the write is as described in Shader Out-of-Bounds Memory Access. Otherwise, an image write is performed as follows:

13.3.1. Texel Encode

If the image format is sRGB, a linear to sRGB conversion is applied to the (R,G,B) components of value as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

The converted (R,G,B) and original A values are then encoded to the image format according to the procedures outlined in the Khronos Data Format Specification. Components not present in the image format are discarded.

The final value is then written to the texel at (x,y,z,layer,sample,level).

14. Samplers

VkSampler objects represent the state of an image sampler which is used by the implementation to read image data and apply filtering and other transformations for the shader.

Samplers are represented by VkSampler handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSampler)

To create a sampler object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateSampler(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSamplerCreateInfo*                  pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSampler*                                  pSampler);

  • device is the logical device that creates the sampler.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkSamplerCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the sampler object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pSampler is a pointer to a VkSampler handle in which the resulting sampler object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateSampler must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-device-09668
    device must support at least one queue family with one of the VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capabilities

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-maxSamplerAllocationCount-04110
    There must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSamplerAllocationCount VkSampler objects currently created on the device

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-device-05068
    The number of samplers currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of samplers requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::samplerRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSamplerCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-pSampler-parameter
    pSampler must be a valid pointer to a VkSampler handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSamplerCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSamplerCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    const void*             pNext;
    VkSamplerCreateFlags    flags;
    VkFilter                magFilter;
    VkFilter                minFilter;
    VkSamplerMipmapMode     mipmapMode;
    VkSamplerAddressMode    addressModeU;
    VkSamplerAddressMode    addressModeV;
    VkSamplerAddressMode    addressModeW;
    float                   mipLodBias;
    VkBool32                anisotropyEnable;
    float                   maxAnisotropy;
    VkBool32                compareEnable;
    VkCompareOp             compareOp;
    float                   minLod;
    float                   maxLod;
    VkBorderColor           borderColor;
    VkBool32                unnormalizedCoordinates;
} VkSamplerCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSamplerCreateFlagBits describing additional parameters of the sampler.

  • magFilter is a VkFilter value specifying the magnification filter to apply to lookups.

  • minFilter is a VkFilter value specifying the minification filter to apply to lookups.

  • mipmapMode is a VkSamplerMipmapMode value specifying the mipmap filter to apply to lookups.

  • addressModeU is a VkSamplerAddressMode value specifying the addressing mode for U coordinates outside [0,1).

  • addressModeV is a VkSamplerAddressMode value specifying the addressing mode for V coordinates outside [0,1).

  • addressModeW is a VkSamplerAddressMode value specifying the addressing mode for W coordinates outside [0,1).

  • mipLodBias is the bias to be added to mipmap LOD calculation and bias provided by image sampling functions in SPIR-V, as described in the LOD Operation section.

  • anisotropyEnable is VK_TRUE to enable anisotropic filtering, as described in the Texel Anisotropic Filtering section, or VK_FALSE otherwise.

  • maxAnisotropy is the anisotropy value clamp used by the sampler when anisotropyEnable is VK_TRUE. If anisotropyEnable is VK_FALSE, maxAnisotropy is ignored.

  • compareEnable is VK_TRUE to enable comparison against a reference value during lookups, or VK_FALSE otherwise.

    • Note: Some implementations will default to shader state if this member does not match.

  • compareOp is a VkCompareOp value specifying the comparison operator to apply to fetched data before filtering as described in the Depth Compare Operation section.

  • minLod is used to clamp the minimum of the computed LOD value.

  • maxLod is used to clamp the maximum of the computed LOD value. To avoid clamping the maximum value, set maxLod to the constant VK_LOD_CLAMP_NONE.

  • borderColor is a VkBorderColor value specifying the predefined border color to use.

  • unnormalizedCoordinates controls whether to use unnormalized or normalized texel coordinates to address texels of the image. When unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, the range of the image coordinates used to lookup the texel is in the range of zero to the image size in each dimension. When unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_FALSE, the range of image coordinates is zero to one.

    When unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, images the sampler is used with in the shader have the following requirements:

    • The viewType must be either VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D.

    • The image view must have a single layer and a single mip level.

      When unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, image built-in functions in the shader that use the sampler have the following requirements:

    • The functions must not use projection.

    • The functions must not use offsets.

Note
Mapping of OpenGL to Vulkan Filter Modes

magFilter values of VK_FILTER_NEAREST and VK_FILTER_LINEAR directly correspond to GL_NEAREST and GL_LINEAR magnification filters. minFilter and mipmapMode combine to correspond to the similarly named OpenGL minification filter of GL_minFilter_MIPMAP_mipmapMode (e.g. minFilter of VK_FILTER_LINEAR and mipmapMode of VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST correspond to GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST).

There are no Vulkan filter modes that directly correspond to OpenGL minification filters of GL_LINEAR or GL_NEAREST, but they can be emulated using VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST, minLod = 0, and maxLod = 0.25, and using minFilter = VK_FILTER_LINEAR or minFilter = VK_FILTER_NEAREST, respectively.

Note that using a maxLod of zero would cause magnification to always be performed, and the magFilter to always be used. This is valid, just not an exact match for OpenGL behavior. Clamping the maximum LOD to 0.25 allows the λ value to be non-zero and minification to be performed, while still always rounding down to the base level. If the minFilter and magFilter are equal, then using a maxLod of zero also works.

The maximum number of sampler objects which can be simultaneously created on a device is implementation-dependent and specified by the maxSamplerAllocationCount member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure.

Note

For historical reasons, if maxSamplerAllocationCount is exceeded, some implementations may return VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS. Exceeding this limit will result in undefined behavior, and an application should not rely on the use of the returned error code in order to identify when the limit is reached.

Since VkSampler is a non-dispatchable handle type, implementations may return the same handle for sampler state vectors that are identical. In such cases, all such objects would only count once against the maxSamplerAllocationCount limit.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-mipLodBias-01069
    The absolute value of mipLodBias must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSamplerLodBias

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-maxLod-01973
    maxLod must be greater than or equal to minLod

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-anisotropyEnable-01070
    If the samplerAnisotropy feature is not enabled, anisotropyEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-anisotropyEnable-01071
    If anisotropyEnable is VK_TRUE, maxAnisotropy must be between 1.0 and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSamplerAnisotropy, inclusive

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-minFilter-01645
    If sampler Y′CBCR conversion is enabled and the potential format features of the sampler Y′CBCR conversion do not support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_SEPARATE_RECONSTRUCTION_FILTER_BIT, minFilter and magFilter must be equal to the sampler Y′CBCR conversion’s chromaFilter

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01072
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, minFilter and magFilter must be equal

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01073
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, mipmapMode must be VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01074
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, minLod and maxLod must be zero

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01075
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, addressModeU and addressModeV must each be either VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE or VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01076
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, anisotropyEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01077
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, compareEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeU-01078
    If any of addressModeU, addressModeV or addressModeW are VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER, borderColor must be a valid VkBorderColor value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeU-01646
    If sampler Y′CBCR conversion is enabled, addressModeU, addressModeV, and addressModeW must be VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE, anisotropyEnable must be VK_FALSE, and unnormalizedCoordinates must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-None-01647
    If sampler Y′CBCR conversion is enabled and the pNext chain includes a VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo structure, then the sampler reduction mode must be VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-pNext-06726
    If the samplerFilterMinmax feature is not enabled and the pNext chain includes a VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo structure, then the sampler reduction mode must be VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeU-01079
    If the samplerMirrorClampToEdge feature is not enabled, and if the VK_KHR_sampler_mirror_clamp_to_edge extension is not enabled, addressModeU, addressModeV and addressModeW must not be VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-compareEnable-01080
    If compareEnable is VK_TRUE, compareOp must be a valid VkCompareOp value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-magFilter-01081
    If either magFilter or minFilter is VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT, anisotropyEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-compareEnable-01423
    If compareEnable is VK_TRUE, the reductionMode member of VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo must be VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-borderColor-04011
    If borderColor is one of VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT, then a VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT must be included in the pNext chain

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-customBorderColors-04085
    If the customBorderColors feature is not enabled, borderColor must not be VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-borderColor-04442
    If borderColor is one of VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT, and VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT::format is not VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED, VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT::customBorderColor must be within the range of values representable in format

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-None-04012
    The maximum number of samplers with custom border colors which can be simultaneously created on a device is implementation-dependent and specified by the maxCustomBorderColorSamplers member of the VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorPropertiesEXT structure

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT, VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo, or VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-magFilter-parameter
    magFilter must be a valid VkFilter value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-minFilter-parameter
    minFilter must be a valid VkFilter value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-mipmapMode-parameter
    mipmapMode must be a valid VkSamplerMipmapMode value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeU-parameter
    addressModeU must be a valid VkSamplerAddressMode value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeV-parameter
    addressModeV must be a valid VkSamplerAddressMode value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeW-parameter
    addressModeW must be a valid VkSamplerAddressMode value

VK_LOD_CLAMP_NONE is a special constant value used for VkSamplerCreateInfo::maxLod to indicate that maximum LOD clamping should not be performed.

#define VK_LOD_CLAMP_NONE                 1000.0F

Bits which can be set in VkSamplerCreateInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of a sampler, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSamplerCreateFlagBits {
} VkSamplerCreateFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSamplerCreateFlags;

VkSamplerCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSamplerCreateFlagBits.

The VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    const void*               pNext;
    VkSamplerReductionMode    reductionMode;
} VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • reductionMode is a VkSamplerReductionMode value controlling how texture filtering combines texel values.

If the pNext chain of VkSamplerCreateInfo includes a VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo structure, then that structure includes a mode controlling how texture filtering combines texel values.

If this structure is not present, reductionMode is considered to be VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo-reductionMode-parameter
    reductionMode must be a valid VkSamplerReductionMode value

Reduction modes are specified by VkSamplerReductionMode, which takes values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef enum VkSamplerReductionMode {
    VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE = 0,
    VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN = 1,
    VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX = 2,
} VkSamplerReductionMode;

  • VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE specifies that texel values are combined by computing a weighted average of values in the footprint, using weights as specified in the image operations chapter.

  • VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN specifies that texel values are combined by taking the component-wise minimum of values in the footprint with non-zero weights.

  • VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX specifies that texel values are combined by taking the component-wise maximum of values in the footprint with non-zero weights.

Possible values of the VkSamplerCreateInfo::magFilter and minFilter parameters, specifying filters used for texture lookups, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFilter {
    VK_FILTER_NEAREST = 0,
    VK_FILTER_LINEAR = 1,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_filter_cubic
    VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT = 1000015000,
} VkFilter;

  • VK_FILTER_NEAREST specifies nearest filtering.

  • VK_FILTER_LINEAR specifies linear filtering.

  • VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT specifies cubic filtering.

These filters are described in detail in Texel Filtering.

Possible values of the VkSamplerCreateInfo::mipmapMode, specifying the mipmap mode used for texture lookups, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSamplerMipmapMode {
    VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST = 0,
    VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR = 1,
} VkSamplerMipmapMode;

  • VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST specifies nearest filtering.

  • VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR specifies linear filtering.

These modes are described in detail in Texel Filtering.

Possible values of the VkSamplerCreateInfo::addressMode* parameters, specifying the behavior of sampling with coordinates outside the range [0,1] for the respective u, v, or w coordinate as defined in the Wrapping Operation section, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSamplerAddressMode {
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_REPEAT = 0,
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRRORED_REPEAT = 1,
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE = 2,
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER = 3,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE = 4,
} VkSamplerAddressMode;

  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_REPEAT specifies that the repeat wrap mode will be used.

  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRRORED_REPEAT specifies that the mirrored repeat wrap mode will be used.

  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE specifies that the clamp to edge wrap mode will be used.

  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER specifies that the clamp to border wrap mode will be used.

  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE specifies that the mirror clamp to edge wrap mode will be used. This is only valid if the samplerMirrorClampToEdge feature is enabled, or if the VK_KHR_sampler_mirror_clamp_to_edge extension is enabled.

Comparison operators compare a reference and a test value, and return a true (“passed”) or false (“failed”) value depending on the comparison operator chosen. The supported operators are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCompareOp {
    VK_COMPARE_OP_NEVER = 0,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS = 1,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_EQUAL = 2,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS_OR_EQUAL = 3,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER = 4,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_NOT_EQUAL = 5,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER_OR_EQUAL = 6,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_ALWAYS = 7,
} VkCompareOp;

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_NEVER specifies that the comparison always evaluates false.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS specifies that the comparison evaluates reference < test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_EQUAL specifies that the comparison evaluates reference = test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS_OR_EQUAL specifies that the comparison evaluates reference ≤ test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER specifies that the comparison evaluates reference > test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_NOT_EQUAL specifies that the comparison evaluates reference ≠ test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER_OR_EQUAL specifies that the comparison evaluates reference ≥ test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_ALWAYS specifies that the comparison always evaluates true.

Comparison operators are used for:

Each such use describes how the reference and test values for that comparison are determined.

Possible values of VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor, specifying the border color used for texture lookups, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBorderColor {
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK = 0,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK = 1,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_BLACK = 2,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_BLACK = 3,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_WHITE = 4,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_WHITE = 5,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_custom_border_color
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT = 1000287003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_custom_border_color
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT = 1000287004,
} VkBorderColor;

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK specifies a transparent, floating-point format, black color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK specifies a transparent, integer format, black color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_BLACK specifies an opaque, floating-point format, black color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_BLACK specifies an opaque, integer format, black color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_WHITE specifies an opaque, floating-point format, white color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_WHITE specifies an opaque, integer format, white color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT specifies that a VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT structure is included in the VkSamplerCreateInfo::pNext chain containing the color data in floating-point format.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT specifies that a VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT structure is included in the VkSamplerCreateInfo::pNext chain containing the color data in integer format.

These colors are described in detail in Border Replacement.

To destroy a sampler, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroySampler(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSampler                                   sampler,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the sampler.

  • sampler is the sampler to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-sampler-01082
    All submitted commands that refer to sampler must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-sampler-parameter
    If sampler is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, sampler must be a valid VkSampler handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-sampler-parent
    If sampler is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to sampler must be externally synchronized

14.1. Sampler Y′CBCR Conversion

To create a sampler with Y′CBCR conversion enabled, add a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkSamplerCreateInfo structure. To create a sampler Y′CBCR conversion, the samplerYcbcrConversion feature must be enabled. Conversion must be fixed at pipeline creation time, through use of a combined image sampler with an immutable sampler in VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding.

A VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo must be provided for samplers to be used with image views that access VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT if the format is one of the formats that require a sampler Y′CBCR conversion .

The VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkSamplerYcbcrConversion    conversion;
} VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo;
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_INFO

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo-conversion-parameter
    conversion must be a valid VkSamplerYcbcrConversion handle

A sampler Y′CBCR conversion is an opaque representation of a device-specific sampler Y′CBCR conversion description, represented as a VkSamplerYcbcrConversion handle:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSamplerYcbcrConversion)

To create a VkSamplerYcbcrConversion, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
VkResult vkCreateSamplerYcbcrConversion(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo*   pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSamplerYcbcrConversion*                   pYcbcrConversion);

  • device is the logical device that creates the sampler Y′CBCR conversion.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo structure specifying the requested sampler Y′CBCR conversion.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pYcbcrConversion is a pointer to a VkSamplerYcbcrConversion handle in which the resulting sampler Y′CBCR conversion is returned.

The interpretation of the configured sampler Y′CBCR conversion is described in more detail in the description of sampler Y′CBCR conversion in the Image Operations chapter.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateSamplerYcbcrConversion must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateSamplerYcbcrConversion-device-05068
    The number of sampler conversions currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of sampler conversions requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::samplerYcbcrConversionRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateSamplerYcbcrConversion-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSamplerYcbcrConversion-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSamplerYcbcrConversion-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateSamplerYcbcrConversion-pYcbcrConversion-parameter
    pYcbcrConversion must be a valid pointer to a VkSamplerYcbcrConversion handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkFormat                         format;
    VkSamplerYcbcrModelConversion    ycbcrModel;
    VkSamplerYcbcrRange              ycbcrRange;
    VkComponentMapping               components;
    VkChromaLocation                 xChromaOffset;
    VkChromaLocation                 yChromaOffset;
    VkFilter                         chromaFilter;
    VkBool32                         forceExplicitReconstruction;
} VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • format is the format of the image from which color information will be retrieved.

  • ycbcrModel describes the color matrix for conversion between color models.

  • ycbcrRange describes whether the encoded values have headroom and foot room, or whether the encoding uses the full numerical range.

  • components applies a swizzle based on VkComponentSwizzle enums prior to range expansion and color model conversion.

  • xChromaOffset describes the sample location associated with downsampled chroma components in the x dimension. xChromaOffset has no effect for formats in which chroma components are not downsampled horizontally.

  • yChromaOffset describes the sample location associated with downsampled chroma components in the y dimension. yChromaOffset has no effect for formats in which the chroma components are not downsampled vertically.

  • chromaFilter is the filter for chroma reconstruction.

  • forceExplicitReconstruction can be used to ensure that reconstruction is done explicitly, if supported.

Note

Setting forceExplicitReconstruction to VK_TRUE may have a performance penalty on implementations where explicit reconstruction is not the default mode of operation.

If format supports VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_BIT the forceExplicitReconstruction value behaves as if it were VK_TRUE.

Sampler Y′CBCR conversion objects do not support external format conversion without additional extensions defining external formats.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-format-04061
    format must represent unsigned normalized values (i.e. the format must be a UNORM format)

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-format-01650
    The potential format features of the sampler Y′CBCR conversion must support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_MIDPOINT_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COSITED_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-xChromaOffset-01651
    If the potential format features of the sampler Y′CBCR conversion do not support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COSITED_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT, xChromaOffset and yChromaOffset must not be VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_COSITED_EVEN if the corresponding components are downsampled

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-xChromaOffset-01652
    If the potential format features of the sampler Y′CBCR conversion do not support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_MIDPOINT_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT, xChromaOffset and yChromaOffset must not be VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_MIDPOINT if the corresponding components are downsampled

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-components-02581
    If the format has a _422 or _420 suffix, then components.g must be the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-components-02582
    If the format has a _422 or _420 suffix, then components.a must be the identity swizzle, VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE, or VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ZERO

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-components-02583
    If the format has a _422 or _420 suffix, then components.r must be the identity swizzle or VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_B

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-components-02584
    If the format has a _422 or _420 suffix, then components.b must be the identity swizzle or VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_R

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-components-02585
    If the format has a _422 or _420 suffix, and if either components.r or components.b is the identity swizzle, both values must be the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-ycbcrModel-01655
    If ycbcrModel is not VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_RGB_IDENTITY, then components.r, components.g, and components.b must correspond to components of the format; that is, components.r, components.g, and components.b must not be VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ZERO or VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE, and must not correspond to a component containing zero or one as a consequence of component substitution

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-ycbcrRange-02748
    If ycbcrRange is VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_RANGE_ITU_NARROW then the R, G and B components obtained by applying the component swizzle to format must each have a bit-depth greater than or equal to 8

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-forceExplicitReconstruction-01656
    If the potential format features of the sampler Y′CBCR conversion do not support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_FORCEABLE_BIT forceExplicitReconstruction must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-chromaFilter-01657
    If the potential format features of the sampler Y′CBCR conversion do not support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_LINEAR_FILTER_BIT, chromaFilter must not be VK_FILTER_LINEAR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkExternalFormatQNX

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-ycbcrModel-parameter
    ycbcrModel must be a valid VkSamplerYcbcrModelConversion value

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-ycbcrRange-parameter
    ycbcrRange must be a valid VkSamplerYcbcrRange value

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-components-parameter
    components must be a valid VkComponentMapping structure

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-xChromaOffset-parameter
    xChromaOffset must be a valid VkChromaLocation value

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-yChromaOffset-parameter
    yChromaOffset must be a valid VkChromaLocation value

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo-chromaFilter-parameter
    chromaFilter must be a valid VkFilter value

If chromaFilter is VK_FILTER_NEAREST, chroma samples are reconstructed to luma component resolution using nearest-neighbour sampling. Otherwise, chroma samples are reconstructed using interpolation. More details can be found in the description of sampler Y′CBCR conversion in the Image Operations chapter.

VkSamplerYcbcrModelConversion defines the conversion from the source color model to the shader color model. Possible values are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkSamplerYcbcrModelConversion {
    VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_RGB_IDENTITY = 0,
    VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_IDENTITY = 1,
    VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_709 = 2,
    VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_601 = 3,
    VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_2020 = 4,
} VkSamplerYcbcrModelConversion;

  • VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_RGB_IDENTITY specifies that the input values to the conversion are unmodified.

  • VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_IDENTITY specifies no model conversion but the inputs are range expanded as for Y′CBCR.

  • VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_709 specifies the color model conversion from Y′CBCR to R′G′B′ defined in BT.709 and described in the “BT.709 Y′CBCR conversion” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

  • VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_601 specifies the color model conversion from Y′CBCR to R′G′B′ defined in BT.601 and described in the “BT.601 Y′CBCR conversion” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

  • VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_2020 specifies the color model conversion from Y′CBCR to R′G′B′ defined in BT.2020 and described in the “BT.2020 Y′CBCR conversion” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

In the VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_* color models, for the input to the sampler Y′CBCR range expansion and model conversion:

  • the Y (Y′ luma) component corresponds to the G component of an RGB image.

  • the CB (CB or “U” blue color difference) component corresponds to the B component of an RGB image.

  • the CR (CR or “V” red color difference) component corresponds to the R component of an RGB image.

  • the alpha component, if present, is not modified by color model conversion.

These rules reflect the mapping of components after the component swizzle operation (controlled by VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo::components).

Note

For example, an “YUVA” 32-bit format comprising four 8-bit components can be implemented as VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM with a component mapping:

  • components.a = VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_IDENTITY

  • components.r = VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_B

  • components.g = VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_R

  • components.b = VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_G

The VkSamplerYcbcrRange enum describes whether color components are encoded using the full range of numerical values or whether values are reserved for headroom and foot room. VkSamplerYcbcrRange is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkSamplerYcbcrRange {
    VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_RANGE_ITU_FULL = 0,
    VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_RANGE_ITU_NARROW = 1,
} VkSamplerYcbcrRange;

  • VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_RANGE_ITU_FULL specifies that the full range of the encoded values are valid and interpreted according to the ITU “full range” quantization rules.

  • VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_RANGE_ITU_NARROW specifies that headroom and foot room are reserved in the numerical range of encoded values, and the remaining values are expanded according to the ITU “narrow range” quantization rules.

The formulae for these conversions is described in the Sampler Y′CBCR Range Expansion section of the Image Operations chapter.

No range modification takes place if ycbcrModel is VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_RGB_IDENTITY; the ycbcrRange field of VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo is ignored in this case.

The VkChromaLocation enum defines the location of downsampled chroma component samples relative to the luma samples, and is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkChromaLocation {
    VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_COSITED_EVEN = 0,
    VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_MIDPOINT = 1,
} VkChromaLocation;

  • VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_COSITED_EVEN specifies that downsampled chroma samples are aligned with luma samples with even coordinates.

  • VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_MIDPOINT specifies that downsampled chroma samples are located half way between each even luma sample and the nearest higher odd luma sample.

To destroy a sampler Y′CBCR conversion, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkDestroySamplerYcbcrConversion(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSamplerYcbcrConversion                    ycbcrConversion,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the Y′CBCR conversion.

  • ycbcrConversion is the conversion to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroySamplerYcbcrConversion-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySamplerYcbcrConversion-ycbcrConversion-parameter
    If ycbcrConversion is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, ycbcrConversion must be a valid VkSamplerYcbcrConversion handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySamplerYcbcrConversion-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroySamplerYcbcrConversion-ycbcrConversion-parent
    If ycbcrConversion is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to ycbcrConversion must be externally synchronized

In addition to the predefined border color values, applications can provide a custom border color value by including the VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT structure in the VkSamplerCreateInfo::pNext chain.

The VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_custom_border_color
typedef struct VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    const void*          pNext;
    VkClearColorValue    customBorderColor;
    VkFormat             format;
} VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • customBorderColor is a VkClearColorValue representing the desired custom sampler border color.

  • format is a VkFormat representing the format of the sampled image view(s). This field may be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED if the customBorderColorWithoutFormat feature is enabled.

Note

If format is a depth/stencil format, the aspect is determined by the value of VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor. If VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor is VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT, the depth aspect is considered. If VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor is VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT, the stencil aspect is considered.

If format is VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED, the VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor is VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT, and the sampler is used with an image with a stencil format, then the implementation must source the custom border color from either the first or second components of VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor and should source it from the first component.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT-format-07605
    If format is not VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED and format is not a depth/stencil format then the VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor type must match the sampled type of the provided format, as shown in the SPIR-V Type column of the Interpretation of Numeric Format table

  • VUID-VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT-format-04014
    If the customBorderColorWithoutFormat feature is not enabled then format must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT-format-04015
    If the sampler is used to sample an image view of VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16, VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16, or VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16 format then format must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

15. Resource Descriptors

A descriptor is an opaque data structure representing a shader resource such as a buffer, buffer view, image view, sampler, or combined image sampler. Descriptors are organized into descriptor sets, which are bound during command recording for use in subsequent drawing commands. The arrangement of content in each descriptor set is determined by a descriptor set layout, which determines what descriptors can be stored within it. The sequence of descriptor set layouts that can be used by a pipeline is specified in a pipeline layout. Each pipeline object can use up to maxBoundDescriptorSets (see Limits) descriptor sets.

Shaders access resources via variables decorated with a descriptor set and binding number that link them to a descriptor in a descriptor set. The shader interface mapping to bound descriptor sets is described in the Shader Resource Interface section.

Shaders can also access buffers without going through descriptors by using Physical Storage Buffer Access to access them through 64-bit addresses.

15.1. Descriptor Types

There are a number of different types of descriptor supported by Vulkan, corresponding to different resources or usage. The following sections describe the API definitions of each descriptor type. The mapping of each type to SPIR-V is listed in the Shader Resource and Descriptor Type Correspondence and Shader Resource and Storage Class Correspondence tables in the Shader Interfaces chapter.

15.1.1. Storage Image

A storage image (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE) is a descriptor type associated with an image resource via an image view that load, store, and atomic operations can be performed on.

Storage image loads are supported in all shader stages for image views whose format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT.

Stores to storage images are supported in compute shaders for image views whose format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT.

Atomic operations on storage images are supported in compute shaders for image views whose format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT.

When the fragmentStoresAndAtomics feature is enabled, stores and atomic operations are also supported for storage images in fragment shaders with the same set of image formats as supported in compute shaders. When the vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics feature is enabled, stores and atomic operations are also supported in vertex, tessellation, and geometry shaders with the same set of image formats as supported in compute shaders.

The image subresources for a storage image must be in the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL layout in order to access its data in a shader.

15.1.2. Sampler

A sampler descriptor (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER) is a descriptor type associated with a sampler object, used to control the behavior of sampling operations performed on a sampled image.

15.1.3. Sampled Image

A sampled image (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE) is a descriptor type associated with an image resource via an image view that sampling operations can be performed on.

Shaders combine a sampled image variable and a sampler variable to perform sampling operations.

Sampled images are supported in all shader stages for image views whose format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT.

An image subresources for a sampled image must be in one of the following layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

15.1.4. Combined Image Sampler

A combined image sampler (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER) is a single descriptor type associated with both a sampler and an image resource, combining both a sampler and sampled image descriptor into a single descriptor.

If the descriptor refers to a sampler that performs Y′CBCR conversion, the sampler must only be used to sample the image in the same descriptor. Otherwise, the sampler and image in this type of descriptor can be used freely with any other samplers and images.

An image subresources for a combined image sampler must be in one of the following layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

Note

On some implementations, it may be more efficient to sample from an image using a combination of sampler and sampled image that are stored together in the descriptor set in a combined descriptor.

15.1.5. Uniform Texel Buffer

A uniform texel buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER) is a descriptor type associated with a buffer resource via a buffer view that image sampling operations can be performed on.

Uniform texel buffers define a tightly-packed 1-dimensional linear array of texels, with texels going through format conversion when read in a shader in the same way as they are for an image.

Load operations from uniform texel buffers are supported in all shader stages for buffer view formats which report format features support for VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

15.1.6. Storage Texel Buffer

A storage texel buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER) is a descriptor type associated with a buffer resource via a buffer view that image load, store, and atomic operations can be performed on.

Storage texel buffers define a tightly-packed 1-dimensional linear array of texels, with texels going through format conversion when read in a shader in the same way as they are for an image. Unlike uniform texel buffers, these buffers can also be written to in the same way as for storage images.

Storage texel buffer loads are supported in all shader stages for texel buffer view formats which report format features support for VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

Stores to storage texel buffers are supported in compute shaders for texel buffer formats which report format features support for VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

Atomic operations on storage texel buffers are supported in compute shaders for texel buffer formats which report format features support for VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

When the fragmentStoresAndAtomics feature is enabled, stores and atomic operations are also supported for storage texel buffers in fragment shaders with the same set of texel buffer formats as supported in compute shaders. When the vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics feature is enabled, stores and atomic operations are also supported in vertex, tessellation, and geometry shaders with the same set of texel buffer formats as supported in compute shaders.

15.1.7. Storage Buffer

A storage buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER) is a descriptor type associated with a buffer resource directly, described in a shader as a structure with various members that load, store, and atomic operations can be performed on.

Note

Atomic operations can only be performed on members of certain types as defined in the SPIR-V environment appendix.

15.1.8. Uniform Buffer

A uniform buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER) is a descriptor type associated with a buffer resource directly, described in a shader as a structure with various members that load operations can be performed on.

15.1.9. Dynamic Uniform Buffer

A dynamic uniform buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC) is almost identical to a uniform buffer, and differs only in how the offset into the buffer is specified. The base offset calculated by the VkDescriptorBufferInfo when initially updating the descriptor set is added to a dynamic offset when binding the descriptor set.

15.1.10. Dynamic Storage Buffer

A dynamic storage buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC) is almost identical to a storage buffer, and differs only in how the offset into the buffer is specified. The base offset calculated by the VkDescriptorBufferInfo when initially updating the descriptor set is added to a dynamic offset when binding the descriptor set.

15.1.11. Input Attachment

An input attachment (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT) is a descriptor type associated with an image resource via an image view that can be used for framebuffer local load operations in fragment shaders.

All image formats that are supported for color attachments (VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT ) or depth/stencil attachments (VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT) for a given image tiling mode are also supported for input attachments.

An image view used as an input attachment must be in one of the following layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

15.2. Descriptor Sets

Descriptors are grouped together into descriptor set objects. A descriptor set object is an opaque object containing storage for a set of descriptors, where the types and number of descriptors is defined by a descriptor set layout. The layout object may be used to define the association of each descriptor binding with memory or other implementation resources. The layout is used both for determining the resources that need to be associated with the descriptor set, and determining the interface between shader stages and shader resources.

15.2.1. Descriptor Set Layout

A descriptor set layout object is defined by an array of zero or more descriptor bindings. Each individual descriptor binding is specified by a descriptor type, a count (array size) of the number of descriptors in the binding, a set of shader stages that can access the binding, and (if using immutable samplers) an array of sampler descriptors.

Descriptor set layout objects are represented by VkDescriptorSetLayout handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDescriptorSetLayout)

To create descriptor set layout objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo*      pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDescriptorSetLayout*                      pSetLayout);

  • device is the logical device that creates the descriptor set layout.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the descriptor set layout object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pSetLayout is a pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayout handle in which the resulting descriptor set layout object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-device-05068
    The number of descriptor set layouts currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of descriptor set layouts requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::descriptorSetLayoutRequestCount specified when device was created

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-layoutbindings-device-05089
    The number of descriptor set layout bindings currently allocated from device across all VkDescriptorSetLayout objects plus pCreateInfo->bindingCount must be less than or equal to the total number of descriptor set layout bindings requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::descriptorSetLayoutBindingRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-pSetLayout-parameter
    pSetLayout must be a valid pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayout handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Information about the descriptor set layout is passed in a VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                        sType;
    const void*                            pNext;
    VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlags       flags;
    uint32_t                               bindingCount;
    const VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding*    pBindings;
} VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask specifying options for descriptor set layout creation.

  • bindingCount is the number of elements in pBindings.

  • pBindings is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structures.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-binding-00279
    The VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding::binding members of the elements of the pBindings array must each have different values

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-flags-03000
    If any binding has the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit set, flags must include VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03001
    If any binding has the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit set, then all bindings must not have descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-bindingCount-05011
    bindingCount must be less than or equal to maxDescriptorSetLayoutBindings

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorCount-05071
    The sum of descriptorCount over all bindings in pBindings that have descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER and pImmutableSamplers not equal to NULL must be less than or equal to VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxImmutableSamplersPerDescriptorSetLayout

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-pBindings-parameter
    If bindingCount is not 0, pBindings must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount valid VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structures

Bits which can be set in VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo::flags, specifying options for descriptor set layout, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlagBits {
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT = 0x00000002,
} VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT specifies that descriptor sets using this layout must be allocated from a descriptor pool created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit set. Descriptor set layouts created with this bit set have alternate limits for the maximum number of descriptors per-stage and per-pipeline layout. The non-UpdateAfterBind limits only count descriptors in sets created without this flag. The UpdateAfterBind limits count all descriptors, but the limits may be higher than the non-UpdateAfterBind limits.

Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlags;

VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlagBits.

The VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding {
    uint32_t              binding;
    VkDescriptorType      descriptorType;
    uint32_t              descriptorCount;
    VkShaderStageFlags    stageFlags;
    const VkSampler*      pImmutableSamplers;
} VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding;

  • binding is the binding number of this entry and corresponds to a resource of the same binding number in the shader stages.

  • descriptorType is a VkDescriptorType specifying which type of resource descriptors are used for this binding.

  • descriptorCount is the number of descriptors contained in the binding, accessed in a shader as an array. If descriptorCount is zero this binding entry is reserved and the resource must not be accessed from any stage via this binding within any pipeline using the set layout.

  • stageFlags member is a bitmask of VkShaderStageFlagBits specifying which pipeline shader stages can access a resource for this binding. VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL is a shorthand specifying that all defined shader stages, including any additional stages defined by extensions, can access the resource.

    If a shader stage is not included in stageFlags, then a resource must not be accessed from that stage via this binding within any pipeline using the set layout. Other than input attachments which are limited to the fragment shader, there are no limitations on what combinations of stages can use a descriptor binding, and in particular a binding can be used by both graphics stages and the compute stage.

  • pImmutableSamplers affects initialization of samplers. If descriptorType specifies a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER type descriptor, then pImmutableSamplers can be used to initialize a set of immutable samplers. Immutable samplers are permanently bound into the set layout and must not be changed; updating a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER descriptor with immutable samplers is not allowed and updates to a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER descriptor with immutable samplers does not modify the samplers (the image views are updated, but the sampler updates are ignored). If pImmutableSamplers is not NULL, then it is a pointer to an array of sampler handles that will be copied into the set layout and used for the corresponding binding. Only the sampler handles are copied; the sampler objects must not be destroyed before the final use of the set layout and any descriptor pools and sets created using it. If pImmutableSamplers is NULL, then the sampler slots are dynamic and sampler handles must be bound into descriptor sets using this layout. If descriptorType is not one of these descriptor types, then pImmutableSamplers is ignored.

The above layout definition allows the descriptor bindings to be specified sparsely such that not all binding numbers between 0 and the maximum binding number need to be specified in the pBindings array. Bindings that are not specified have a descriptorCount and stageFlags of zero, and the value of descriptorType is undefined. However, all binding numbers between 0 and the maximum binding number in the VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo::pBindings array may consume memory in the descriptor set layout even if not all descriptor bindings are used, though it should not consume additional memory from the descriptor pool.

Note

The maximum binding number specified should be as compact as possible to avoid wasted memory.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-descriptorType-00282
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and descriptorCount is not 0 and pImmutableSamplers is not NULL, pImmutableSamplers must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorCount valid VkSampler handles

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-descriptorCount-09465
    If descriptorCount is not 0, stageFlags must be VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL or a valid combination of other VkShaderStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-descriptorType-01510
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT and descriptorCount is not 0, then stageFlags must be 0 or VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-pImmutableSamplers-04009
    The sampler objects indicated by pImmutableSamplers must not have a borderColor with one of the values VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-binding-05012
    binding must be less than the value of VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::descriptorSetLayoutBindingLimit provided when the device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-descriptorType-parameter
    descriptorType must be a valid VkDescriptorType value

If the pNext chain of a VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure includes a VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo structure, then that structure includes an array of flags, one for each descriptor set layout binding.

The VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    uint32_t                           bindingCount;
    const VkDescriptorBindingFlags*    pBindingFlags;
} VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • bindingCount is zero or the number of elements in pBindingFlags.

  • pBindingFlags is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorBindingFlags bitfields, one for each descriptor set layout binding.

If bindingCount is zero or if this structure is not included in the pNext chain, the VkDescriptorBindingFlags for each descriptor set layout binding is considered to be zero. Otherwise, the descriptor set layout binding at VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo::pBindings[i] uses the flags in pBindingFlags[i].

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-bindingCount-03002
    If bindingCount is not zero, bindingCount must equal VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo::bindingCount

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-pBindingFlags-03004
    If an element of pBindingFlags includes VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_BIT, then it must be the element with the highest binding number

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind-03005
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind is not enabled, all bindings with descriptor type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER must not use VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind-03006
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind is not enabled, all bindings with descriptor type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE must not use VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingStorageImageUpdateAfterBind-03007
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingStorageImageUpdateAfterBind is not enabled, all bindings with descriptor type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE must not use VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind-03008
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind is not enabled, all bindings with descriptor type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER must not use VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingUniformTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind-03009
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingUniformTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind is not enabled, all bindings with descriptor type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER must not use VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingStorageTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind-03010
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingStorageTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind is not enabled, all bindings with descriptor type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER must not use VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-None-03011
    All bindings with descriptor type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must not use VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingUpdateUnusedWhilePending-03012
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingUpdateUnusedWhilePending is not enabled, all elements of pBindingFlags must not include VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingPartiallyBound-03013
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingPartiallyBound is not enabled, all elements of pBindingFlags must not include VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-descriptorBindingVariableDescriptorCount-03014
    If VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingVariableDescriptorCount is not enabled, all elements of pBindingFlags must not include VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-pBindingFlags-03015
    If an element of pBindingFlags includes VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_BIT, that element’s descriptorType must not be VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_BINDING_FLAGS_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo-pBindingFlags-parameter
    If bindingCount is not 0, pBindingFlags must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount valid combinations of VkDescriptorBindingFlagBits values

Bits which can be set in each element of VkDescriptorSetLayoutBindingFlagsCreateInfo::pBindingFlags, specifying options for the corresponding descriptor set layout binding, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef enum VkDescriptorBindingFlagBits {
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkDescriptorBindingFlagBits;

  • VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT specifies that if descriptors in this binding are updated between when the descriptor set is bound in a command buffer and when that command buffer is submitted to a queue, then the submission will use the most recently set descriptors for this binding and the updates do not invalidate the command buffer. Descriptor bindings created with this flag are also partially exempt from the external synchronization requirement in vkUpdateDescriptorSets. Multiple descriptors with this flag set can be updated concurrently in different threads, though the same descriptor must not be updated concurrently by two threads. Descriptors with this flag set can be updated concurrently with the set being bound to a command buffer in another thread, but not concurrently with the set being reset or freed.

  • VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT specifies that descriptors in this binding that are not dynamically used need not contain valid descriptors at the time the descriptors are consumed. A descriptor is dynamically used if any shader invocation executes an instruction that performs any memory access using the descriptor. If a descriptor is not dynamically used, any resource referenced by the descriptor is not considered to be referenced during command execution.

  • VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT specifies that descriptors in this binding can be updated after a command buffer has bound this descriptor set, or while a command buffer that uses this descriptor set is pending execution, as long as the descriptors that are updated are not used by those command buffers. Descriptor bindings created with this flag are also partially exempt from the external synchronization requirement in vkUpdateDescriptorSetWithTemplateKHR and vkUpdateDescriptorSets in the same way as for VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT. If VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT is also set, then descriptors can be updated as long as they are not dynamically used by any shader invocations. If VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT is not set, then descriptors can be updated as long as they are not statically used by any shader invocations.

  • VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_BIT specifies that this is a variable-sized descriptor binding whose size will be specified when a descriptor set is allocated using this layout. The value of descriptorCount is treated as an upper bound on the size of the binding. This must only be used for the last binding in the descriptor set layout (i.e. the binding with the largest value of binding). For the purposes of counting against limits such as maxDescriptorSet* and maxPerStageDescriptor*, the full value of descriptorCount is counted.

Note

Note that while VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT and VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT both involve updates to descriptor sets after they are bound, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT is a weaker requirement since it is only about descriptors that are not used, whereas VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT requires the implementation to observe updates to descriptors that are used.

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef VkFlags VkDescriptorBindingFlags;

VkDescriptorBindingFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDescriptorBindingFlagBits.

To query information about whether a descriptor set layout can be created, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetDescriptorSetLayoutSupport(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo*      pCreateInfo,
    VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport*               pSupport);

  • device is the logical device that would create the descriptor set layout.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the descriptor set layout object.

  • pSupport is a pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport structure, in which information about support for the descriptor set layout object is returned.

Some implementations have limitations on what fits in a descriptor set which are not easily expressible in terms of existing limits like maxDescriptorSet*, for example if all descriptor types share a limited space in memory but each descriptor is a different size or alignment. This command returns information about whether a descriptor set satisfies this limit. If the descriptor set layout satisfies the VkPhysicalDeviceMaintenance3Properties::maxPerSetDescriptors limit, this command is guaranteed to return VK_TRUE in VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport::supported. If the descriptor set layout exceeds the VkPhysicalDeviceMaintenance3Properties::maxPerSetDescriptors limit, whether the descriptor set layout is supported is implementation-dependent and may depend on whether the descriptor sizes and alignments cause the layout to exceed an internal limit.

This command does not consider other limits such as maxPerStageDescriptor*, and so a descriptor set layout that is supported according to this command must still satisfy the pipeline layout limits such as maxPerStageDescriptor* in order to be used in a pipeline layout.

Note

This is a VkDevice query rather than VkPhysicalDevice because the answer may depend on enabled features.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDescriptorSetLayoutSupport-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDescriptorSetLayoutSupport-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkGetDescriptorSetLayoutSupport-pSupport-parameter
    pSupport must be a valid pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport structure

Information about support for the descriptor set layout is returned in a VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           supported;
} VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • supported specifies whether the descriptor set layout can be created.

supported will be VK_TRUE if the descriptor set can be created, or else VK_FALSE.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_SUPPORT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountLayoutSupport

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

If the pNext chain of a VkDescriptorSetLayoutSupport structure includes a VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountLayoutSupport structure, then that structure returns additional information about whether the descriptor set layout is supported.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountLayoutSupport {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           maxVariableDescriptorCount;
} VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountLayoutSupport;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxVariableDescriptorCount indicates the maximum number of descriptors supported in the highest numbered binding of the layout, if that binding is variable-sized.

If the VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure specified in vkGetDescriptorSetLayoutSupport::pCreateInfo includes a variable-sized descriptor, then supported is determined assuming the requested size of the variable-sized descriptor, and maxVariableDescriptorCount is the maximum size of that descriptor that can be successfully created (which is greater than or equal to the requested size passed in). If the VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure does not include a variable-sized descriptor, or if the VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures::descriptorBindingVariableDescriptorCount feature is not enabled, then maxVariableDescriptorCount is zero. For the purposes of this command, a variable-sized descriptor binding with a descriptorCount of zero is treated as having a descriptorCount of one, and thus the binding is not ignored and the maximum descriptor count will be returned. If the layout is not supported, then the value written to maxVariableDescriptorCount is undefined.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountLayoutSupport-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_LAYOUT_SUPPORT

The following examples show a shader snippet using two descriptor sets, and application code that creates corresponding descriptor set layouts.

GLSL Example
//
// binding to a single sampled image descriptor in set 0
//
layout (set=0, binding=0) uniform texture2D mySampledImage;

//
// binding to an array of sampled image descriptors in set 0
//
layout (set=0, binding=1) uniform texture2D myArrayOfSampledImages[12];

//
// binding to a single uniform buffer descriptor in set 1
//
layout (set=1, binding=0) uniform myUniformBuffer
{
    vec4 myElement[32];
};
SPIR-V Example
               ...
          %1 = OpExtInstImport "GLSL.std.450"
               ...
               OpName %9 "mySampledImage"
               OpName %14 "myArrayOfSampledImages"
               OpName %18 "myUniformBuffer"
               OpMemberName %18 0 "myElement"
               OpName %20 ""
               OpDecorate %9 DescriptorSet 0
               OpDecorate %9 Binding 0
               OpDecorate %14 DescriptorSet 0
               OpDecorate %14 Binding 1
               OpDecorate %17 ArrayStride 16
               OpMemberDecorate %18 0 Offset 0
               OpDecorate %18 Block
               OpDecorate %20 DescriptorSet 1
               OpDecorate %20 Binding 0
          %2 = OpTypeVoid
          %3 = OpTypeFunction %2
          %6 = OpTypeFloat 32
          %7 = OpTypeImage %6 2D 0 0 0 1 Unknown
          %8 = OpTypePointer UniformConstant %7
          %9 = OpVariable %8 UniformConstant
         %10 = OpTypeInt 32 0
         %11 = OpConstant %10 12
         %12 = OpTypeArray %7 %11
         %13 = OpTypePointer UniformConstant %12
         %14 = OpVariable %13 UniformConstant
         %15 = OpTypeVector %6 4
         %16 = OpConstant %10 32
         %17 = OpTypeArray %15 %16
         %18 = OpTypeStruct %17
         %19 = OpTypePointer Uniform %18
         %20 = OpVariable %19 Uniform
               ...
API Example
VkResult myResult;

const VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding myDescriptorSetLayoutBinding[] =
{
    // binding to a single image descriptor
    {
        .binding = 0,
        .descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE,
        .descriptorCount = 1,
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT,
        .pImmutableSamplers = NULL
    },

    // binding to an array of image descriptors
    {
        .binding = 1,
        .descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE,
        .descriptorCount = 12,
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT,
        .pImmutableSamplers = NULL
    },

    // binding to a single uniform buffer descriptor
    {
        .binding = 0,
        .descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER,
        .descriptorCount = 1,
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT,
        .pImmutableSamplers = NULL
    }
};

const VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo myDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo[] =
{
    // Information for first descriptor set with two descriptor bindings
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .flags = 0,
        .bindingCount = 2,
        .pBindings = &myDescriptorSetLayoutBinding[0]
    },

    // Information for second descriptor set with one descriptor binding
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .flags = 0,
        .bindingCount = 1,
        .pBindings = &myDescriptorSetLayoutBinding[2]
    }
};

VkDescriptorSetLayout myDescriptorSetLayout[2];

//
// Create first descriptor set layout
//
myResult = vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout(
    myDevice,
    &myDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo[0],
    NULL,
    &myDescriptorSetLayout[0]);

//
// Create second descriptor set layout
//
myResult = vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout(
    myDevice,
    &myDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo[1],
    NULL,
    &myDescriptorSetLayout[1]);

To destroy a descriptor set layout, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDescriptorSetLayout                       descriptorSetLayout,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the descriptor set layout.

  • descriptorSetLayout is the descriptor set layout to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-descriptorSetLayout-parameter
    If descriptorSetLayout is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, descriptorSetLayout must be a valid VkDescriptorSetLayout handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-descriptorSetLayout-parent
    If descriptorSetLayout is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to descriptorSetLayout must be externally synchronized

15.2.2. Pipeline Layouts

Access to descriptor sets from a pipeline is accomplished through a pipeline layout. Zero or more descriptor set layouts and zero or more push constant ranges are combined to form a pipeline layout object describing the complete set of resources that can be accessed by a pipeline. The pipeline layout represents a sequence of descriptor sets with each having a specific layout. This sequence of layouts is used to determine the interface between shader stages and shader resources. Each pipeline is created using a pipeline layout.

Pipeline layout objects are represented by VkPipelineLayout handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkPipelineLayout)

To create a pipeline layout, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreatePipelineLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo*           pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkPipelineLayout*                           pPipelineLayout);

  • device is the logical device that creates the pipeline layout.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the pipeline layout object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pPipelineLayout is a pointer to a VkPipelineLayout handle in which the resulting pipeline layout object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreatePipelineLayout must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-device-05068
    The number of pipeline layouts currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of pipeline layouts requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::pipelineLayoutRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-pPipelineLayout-parameter
    pPipelineLayout must be a valid pointer to a VkPipelineLayout handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                 sType;
    const void*                     pNext;
    VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlags     flags;
    uint32_t                        setLayoutCount;
    const VkDescriptorSetLayout*    pSetLayouts;
    uint32_t                        pushConstantRangeCount;
    const VkPushConstantRange*      pPushConstantRanges;
} VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlagBits specifying options for pipeline layout creation.

  • setLayoutCount is the number of descriptor sets included in the pipeline layout.

  • pSetLayouts is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorSetLayout objects. The implementation must not access these objects outside of the duration of the command this structure is passed to.

  • pushConstantRangeCount is the number of push constant ranges included in the pipeline layout.

  • pPushConstantRanges is a pointer to an array of VkPushConstantRange structures defining a set of push constant ranges for use in a single pipeline layout. In addition to descriptor set layouts, a pipeline layout also describes how many push constants can be accessed by each stage of the pipeline.

    Note

    Push constants represent a high speed path to modify constant data in pipelines that is expected to outperform memory-backed resource updates.

In Vulkan SC, the pipeline compilation process occurs offline, but the application must still provide values to VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo that match the values used for offline compilation of pipelines using this VkPipelineLayout.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-setLayoutCount-00286
    setLayoutCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxBoundDescriptorSets

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03016
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03017
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03018
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-06939
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER, accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03020
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03021
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03022
    If the descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSamplers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03023
    If the descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03024
    If the descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03025
    If the descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSampledImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03026
    If the descriptorBindingStorageImageUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03027
    If any element of pSetLayouts is created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set, the total number of descriptors with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03028
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetSamplers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03029
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03030
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03031
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03032
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03033
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetSampledImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03034
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetStorageImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03035
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-03036
    If the descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors of the type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSamplers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-03037
    If the descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors of the type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-03038
    If the descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors of the type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffersDynamic

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-03039
    If the descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors of the type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-03040
    If the descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors of the type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffersDynamic

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-03041
    If the descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors of the type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSampledImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-03042
    If the descriptorBindingStorageImageUpdateAfterBind feature is supported on the device, the total number of descriptors of the type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-03043
    If any element of pSetLayouts is created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set, the total number of descriptors of the type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties::maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pPushConstantRanges-00292
    Any two elements of pPushConstantRanges must not include the same stage in stageFlags

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-graphicsPipelineLibrary-06753
    Elements of pSetLayouts must be valid VkDescriptorSetLayout objects

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-parameter
    If setLayoutCount is not 0, pSetLayouts must be a valid pointer to an array of setLayoutCount valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE VkDescriptorSetLayout handles

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pPushConstantRanges-parameter
    If pushConstantRangeCount is not 0, pPushConstantRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of pushConstantRangeCount valid VkPushConstantRange structures

typedef enum VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlagBits {
} VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlagBits;

All values for this enum are defined by extensions.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlags;

VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlagBits.

The VkPushConstantRange structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPushConstantRange {
    VkShaderStageFlags    stageFlags;
    uint32_t              offset;
    uint32_t              size;
} VkPushConstantRange;

  • stageFlags is a set of stage flags describing the shader stages that will access a range of push constants. If a particular stage is not included in the range, then accessing members of that range of push constants from the corresponding shader stage will return undefined values.

  • offset and size are the start offset and size, respectively, consumed by the range. Both offset and size are in units of bytes and must be a multiple of 4. The layout of the push constant variables is specified in the shader.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-offset-00294
    offset must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPushConstantsSize

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-offset-00295
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-size-00296
    size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-size-00297
    size must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-size-00298
    size must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPushConstantsSize minus offset

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-stageFlags-parameter
    stageFlags must be a valid combination of VkShaderStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-stageFlags-requiredbitmask
    stageFlags must not be 0

Once created, pipeline layouts are used as part of pipeline creation (see Pipelines), as part of binding descriptor sets (see Descriptor Set Binding), and as part of setting push constants (see Push Constant Updates). Pipeline creation accepts a pipeline layout as input, and the layout may be used to map (set, binding, arrayElement) tuples to implementation resources or memory locations within a descriptor set. The assignment of implementation resources depends only on the bindings defined in the descriptor sets that comprise the pipeline layout, and not on any shader source.

All resource variables statically used in all shaders in a pipeline must be declared with a (set, binding, arrayElement) that exists in the corresponding descriptor set layout and is of an appropriate descriptor type and includes the set of shader stages it is used by in stageFlags. The pipeline layout can include entries that are not used by a particular pipeline. The pipeline layout allows the application to provide a consistent set of bindings across multiple pipeline compiles, which enables those pipelines to be compiled in a way that the implementation may cheaply switch pipelines without reprogramming the bindings.

Similarly, the push constant block declared in each shader (if present) must only place variables at offsets that are each included in a push constant range with stageFlags including the bit corresponding to the shader stage that uses it. The pipeline layout can include ranges or portions of ranges that are not used by a particular pipeline.

There is a limit on the total number of resources of each type that can be included in bindings in all descriptor set layouts in a pipeline layout as shown in Pipeline Layout Resource Limits. The “Total Resources Available” column gives the limit on the number of each type of resource that can be included in bindings in all descriptor sets in the pipeline layout. Some resource types count against multiple limits. Additionally, there are limits on the total number of each type of resource that can be used in any pipeline stage as described in Shader Resource Limits.

Table 15. Pipeline Layout Resource Limits
Total Resources Available Resource Types

maxDescriptorSetSamplers or maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSamplers

sampler

combined image sampler

maxDescriptorSetSampledImages or maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSampledImages

sampled image

combined image sampler

uniform texel buffer

maxDescriptorSetStorageImages or maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageImages

storage image

storage texel buffer

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers or maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers

uniform buffer

uniform buffer dynamic

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic or maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffersDynamic

uniform buffer dynamic

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers or maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers

storage buffer

storage buffer dynamic

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic or maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffersDynamic

storage buffer dynamic

maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments or maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments

input attachment

To destroy a pipeline layout, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyPipelineLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineLayout                            pipelineLayout,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • device is the logical device that destroys the pipeline layout.

  • pipelineLayout is the pipeline layout to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pipelineLayout-02004
    pipelineLayout must not have been passed to any vkCmd* command for any command buffers that are still in the recording state when vkDestroyPipelineLayout is called

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pipelineLayout-parameter
    If pipelineLayout is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, pipelineLayout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pipelineLayout-parent
    If pipelineLayout is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to pipelineLayout must be externally synchronized

Pipeline Layout Compatibility

Two pipeline layouts are defined to be “compatible for push constants” if they were created with identical push constant ranges. Two pipeline layouts are defined to be “compatible for set N” if they were created with identically defined descriptor set layouts for sets zero through N, and if they were created with identical push constant ranges.

When binding a descriptor set (see Descriptor Set Binding) to set number N, a previously bound descriptor set bound with lower index M than N is disturbed if the pipeline layouts for set M and N are not compatible for set M. Otherwise, the bound descriptor set in M is not disturbed.

If, additionally, the previously bound descriptor set for set N was bound using a pipeline layout not compatible for set N, then all bindings in sets numbered greater than N are disturbed.

When binding a pipeline, the pipeline can correctly access any previously bound descriptor set N if it was bound with compatible pipeline layout for set N, and it was not disturbed.

Layout compatibility means that descriptor sets can be bound to a command buffer for use by any pipeline created with a compatible pipeline layout, and without having bound a particular pipeline first. It also means that descriptor sets can remain valid across a pipeline change, and the same resources will be accessible to the newly bound pipeline.

When a descriptor set is disturbed by binding descriptor sets, the disturbed set is considered to contain undefined descriptors bound with the same pipeline layout as the disturbing descriptor set.

Implementor’s Note

A consequence of layout compatibility is that when the implementation compiles a pipeline layout and maps pipeline resources to implementation resources, the mechanism for set N should only be a function of sets [0..N].

Note

Place the least frequently changing descriptor sets near the start of the pipeline layout, and place the descriptor sets representing the most frequently changing resources near the end. When pipelines are switched, only the descriptor set bindings that have been invalidated will need to be updated and the remainder of the descriptor set bindings will remain in place.

The maximum number of descriptor sets that can be bound to a pipeline layout is queried from physical device properties (see maxBoundDescriptorSets in Limits).

API Example
const VkDescriptorSetLayout layouts[] = { layout1, layout2 };

const VkPushConstantRange ranges[] =
{
    {
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT,
        .offset = 0,
        .size = 4
    },
    {
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT,
        .offset = 4,
        .size = 4
    },
};

const VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo createInfo =
{
    .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO,
    .pNext = NULL,
    .flags = 0,
    .setLayoutCount = 2,
    .pSetLayouts = layouts,
    .pushConstantRangeCount = 2,
    .pPushConstantRanges = ranges
};

VkPipelineLayout myPipelineLayout;
myResult = vkCreatePipelineLayout(
    myDevice,
    &createInfo,
    NULL,
    &myPipelineLayout);

15.2.3. Allocation of Descriptor Sets

A descriptor pool maintains a pool of descriptors, from which descriptor sets are allocated. Descriptor pools are externally synchronized, meaning that the application must not allocate and/or free descriptor sets from the same pool in multiple threads simultaneously.

Descriptor pools cannot be destroyed [SCID-4].

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceDestroyFreesMemory is VK_TRUE, the memory is returned to the system when the device is destroyed. Otherwise, it may not be returned to the system until the process is terminated.

Descriptor pools are represented by VkDescriptorPool handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDescriptorPool)

To create a descriptor pool object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateDescriptorPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo*           pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDescriptorPool*                           pDescriptorPool);

  • device is the logical device that creates the descriptor pool.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the descriptor pool object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pDescriptorPool is a pointer to a VkDescriptorPool handle in which the resulting descriptor pool object is returned.

The created descriptor pool is returned in pDescriptorPool.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateDescriptorPool must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-device-05068
    The number of descriptor pools currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of descriptor pools requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::descriptorPoolRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-pDescriptorPool-parameter
    pDescriptorPool must be a valid pointer to a VkDescriptorPool handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Additional information about the pool is passed in a VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                sType;
    const void*                    pNext;
    VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                       maxSets;
    uint32_t                       poolSizeCount;
    const VkDescriptorPoolSize*    pPoolSizes;
} VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits specifying certain supported operations on the pool.

  • maxSets is the maximum number of descriptor sets that can be allocated from the pool.

  • poolSizeCount is the number of elements in pPoolSizes.

  • pPoolSizes is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorPoolSize structures, each containing a descriptor type and number of descriptors of that type to be allocated in the pool.

If multiple VkDescriptorPoolSize structures containing the same descriptor type appear in the pPoolSizes array then the pool will be created with enough storage for the total number of descriptors of each type.

Fragmentation of a descriptor pool is possible and may lead to descriptor set allocation failures. A failure due to fragmentation is defined as failing a descriptor set allocation despite the sum of all outstanding descriptor set allocations from the pool plus the requested allocation requiring no more than the total number of descriptors requested at pool creation. Implementations provide certain guarantees of when fragmentation must not cause allocation failure, as described below.

If a descriptor pool has not had any descriptor sets freed since it was created or most recently reset then fragmentation must not cause an allocation failure (note that this is always the case for a pool created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT bit set). Additionally, if all sets allocated from the pool since it was created or most recently reset use the same number of descriptors (of each type) and the requested allocation also uses that same number of descriptors (of each type), then fragmentation must not cause an allocation failure.

If an allocation failure occurs due to fragmentation, an application can create an additional descriptor pool to perform further descriptor set allocations.

If flags has the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit set, descriptor pool creation may fail with the error VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTATION if the total number of descriptors across all pools (including this one) created with this bit set exceeds maxUpdateAfterBindDescriptorsInAllPools, or if fragmentation of the underlying hardware resources occurs.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-descriptorPoolOverallocation-09227
    maxSets must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-pPoolSizes-parameter
    If poolSizeCount is not 0, pPoolSizes must be a valid pointer to an array of poolSizeCount valid VkDescriptorPoolSize structures

Bits which can be set in VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo::flags, enabling operations on a descriptor pool, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits {
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT = 0x00000001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT = 0x00000002,
} VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits;

  • VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT specifies that descriptor sets can return their individual allocations to the pool, i.e. all of vkAllocateDescriptorSets, vkFreeDescriptorSets, and vkResetDescriptorPool are allowed. Otherwise, descriptor sets allocated from the pool must not be individually freed back to the pool, i.e. only vkAllocateDescriptorSets and vkResetDescriptorPool are allowed.

  • VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT specifies that descriptor sets allocated from this pool can include bindings with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit set. It is valid to allocate descriptor sets that have bindings that do not set the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit from a pool that has VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT set.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlags;

VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits.

The VkDescriptorPoolSize structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorPoolSize {
    VkDescriptorType    type;
    uint32_t            descriptorCount;
} VkDescriptorPoolSize;

  • type is the type of descriptor.

  • descriptorCount is the number of descriptors of that type to allocate.

Note

When creating a descriptor pool that will contain descriptors for combined image samplers of multi-planar formats, an application needs to account for non-trivial descriptor consumption when choosing the descriptorCount value, as indicated by VkSamplerYcbcrConversionImageFormatProperties::combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolSize-descriptorCount-00302
    descriptorCount must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolSize-type-parameter
    type must be a valid VkDescriptorType value

Descriptor sets are allocated from descriptor pool objects, and are represented by VkDescriptorSet handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDescriptorSet)

To allocate descriptor sets from a descriptor pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkAllocateDescriptorSets(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo*          pAllocateInfo,
    VkDescriptorSet*                            pDescriptorSets);

  • device is the logical device that owns the descriptor pool.

  • pAllocateInfo is a pointer to a VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo structure describing parameters of the allocation.

  • pDescriptorSets is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorSet handles in which the resulting descriptor set objects are returned.

The allocated descriptor sets are returned in pDescriptorSets.

When a descriptor set is allocated, the initial state is largely uninitialized and all descriptors are undefined, with the exception that samplers with a non-null pImmutableSamplers are initialized on allocation. Descriptors also become undefined if the underlying resource or view object is destroyed. Descriptor sets containing undefined descriptors can still be bound and used, subject to the following conditions:

  • For descriptor set bindings created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT bit set, all descriptors in that binding that are dynamically used must have been populated before the descriptor set is consumed.

  • For descriptor set bindings created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT bit set, all descriptors in that binding that are statically used must have been populated before the descriptor set is consumed.

  • Entries that are not used by a pipeline can have undefined descriptors.

If a call to vkAllocateDescriptorSets would cause the total number of descriptor sets allocated from the pool to exceed the value of VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo::maxSets used to create pAllocateInfo->descriptorPool, then the allocation may fail due to lack of space in the descriptor pool. Similarly, the allocation may fail due to lack of space if the call to vkAllocateDescriptorSets would cause the number of any given descriptor type to exceed the sum of all the descriptorCount members of each element of VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo::pPoolSizes with a type equal to that type.

If the allocation fails due to no more space in the descriptor pool, and not because of system or device memory exhaustion, then VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY must be returned.

vkAllocateDescriptorSets can be used to create multiple descriptor sets. If the creation of any of those descriptor sets fails, then the implementation must destroy all successfully created descriptor set objects from this command, set all entries of the pDescriptorSets array to VK_NULL_HANDLE and return the error.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkAllocateDescriptorSets must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-device-05068
    The number of descriptor sets currently allocated from device plus VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo::descriptorSetCount must be less than or equal to the total number of descriptor sets requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::descriptorSetRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-pAllocateInfo-parameter
    pAllocateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-parameter
    pDescriptorSets must be a valid pointer to an array of pAllocateInfo->descriptorSetCount VkDescriptorSet handles

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-pAllocateInfo::descriptorSetCount-arraylength
    pAllocateInfo->descriptorSetCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType                 sType;
    const void*                     pNext;
    VkDescriptorPool                descriptorPool;
    uint32_t                        descriptorSetCount;
    const VkDescriptorSetLayout*    pSetLayouts;
} VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • descriptorPool is the pool which the sets will be allocated from.

  • descriptorSetCount determines the number of descriptor sets to be allocated from the pool.

  • pSetLayouts is a pointer to an array of descriptor set layouts, with each member specifying how the corresponding descriptor set is allocated.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-pSetLayouts-03044
    If any element of pSetLayouts was created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set, descriptorPool must have been created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT flag set

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-pSetLayouts-09380
    If pSetLayouts[i] was created with an element of pBindingFlags that includes VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_BIT, and VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo is included in the pNext chain, and VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo::descriptorSetCount is not zero, then VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo::pDescriptorCounts[i] must be less than or equal to VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding::descriptorCount for the corresponding binding used to create pSetLayouts[i]

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_ALLOCATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-descriptorPool-parameter
    descriptorPool must be a valid VkDescriptorPool handle

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-pSetLayouts-parameter
    pSetLayouts must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorSetCount valid VkDescriptorSetLayout handles

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-descriptorSetCount-arraylength
    descriptorSetCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-commonparent
    Both of descriptorPool, and the elements of pSetLayouts must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

If the pNext chain of a VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo structure includes a VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo structure, then that structure includes an array of descriptor counts for variable-sized descriptor bindings, one for each descriptor set being allocated.

The VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           descriptorSetCount;
    const uint32_t*    pDescriptorCounts;
} VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • descriptorSetCount is zero or the number of elements in pDescriptorCounts.

  • pDescriptorCounts is a pointer to an array of descriptor counts, with each member specifying the number of descriptors in a variable-sized descriptor binding in the corresponding descriptor set being allocated.

If descriptorSetCount is zero or this structure is not included in the pNext chain, then the variable lengths are considered to be zero. Otherwise, pDescriptorCounts[i] is the number of descriptors in the variable-sized descriptor binding in the corresponding descriptor set layout. If VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo::pSetLayouts[i] does not include a variable-sized descriptor binding, then pDescriptorCounts[i] is ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo-descriptorSetCount-03045
    If descriptorSetCount is not zero, descriptorSetCount must equal VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo::descriptorSetCount

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_ALLOCATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetVariableDescriptorCountAllocateInfo-pDescriptorCounts-parameter
    If descriptorSetCount is not 0, pDescriptorCounts must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorSetCount uint32_t values

To free allocated descriptor sets, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkFreeDescriptorSets(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDescriptorPool                            descriptorPool,
    uint32_t                                    descriptorSetCount,
    const VkDescriptorSet*                      pDescriptorSets);

  • device is the logical device that owns the descriptor pool.

  • descriptorPool is the descriptor pool from which the descriptor sets were allocated.

  • descriptorSetCount is the number of elements in the pDescriptorSets array.

  • pDescriptorSets is a pointer to an array of handles to VkDescriptorSet objects.

After calling vkFreeDescriptorSets, all descriptor sets in pDescriptorSets are invalid.

If recycleDescriptorSetMemory is VK_FALSE, then freeing a descriptor set does not make the pool memory it used available to be reallocated until the descriptor pool is reset. If recycleDescriptorSetMemory is VK_TRUE, then the memory is available to be reallocated immediately after freeing the descriptor set.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-00309
    All submitted commands that refer to any element of pDescriptorSets must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-00310
    pDescriptorSets must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorSetCount VkDescriptorSet handles, each element of which must either be a valid handle or VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-descriptorPool-00312
    descriptorPool must have been created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT flag

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-descriptorPool-parameter
    descriptorPool must be a valid VkDescriptorPool handle

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-descriptorSetCount-arraylength
    descriptorSetCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-descriptorPool-parent
    descriptorPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-parent
    Each element of pDescriptorSets that is a valid handle must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from descriptorPool

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to each member of pDescriptorSets must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To return all descriptor sets allocated from a given pool to the pool, rather than freeing individual descriptor sets, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetDescriptorPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDescriptorPool                            descriptorPool,
    VkDescriptorPoolResetFlags                  flags);

  • device is the logical device that owns the descriptor pool.

  • descriptorPool is the descriptor pool to be reset.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

Resetting a descriptor pool recycles all of the resources from all of the descriptor sets allocated from the descriptor pool back to the descriptor pool, and the descriptor sets are implicitly freed.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-00313
    All uses of descriptorPool (via any allocated descriptor sets) must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-parameter
    descriptorPool must be a valid VkDescriptorPool handle

  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-parent
    descriptorPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to any VkDescriptorSet objects allocated from descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDescriptorPoolResetFlags;

VkDescriptorPoolResetFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

15.2.4. Descriptor Set Updates

Once allocated, descriptor sets can be updated with a combination of write and copy operations. To update descriptor sets, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkUpdateDescriptorSets(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    descriptorWriteCount,
    const VkWriteDescriptorSet*                 pDescriptorWrites,
    uint32_t                                    descriptorCopyCount,
    const VkCopyDescriptorSet*                  pDescriptorCopies);

  • device is the logical device that updates the descriptor sets.

  • descriptorWriteCount is the number of elements in the pDescriptorWrites array.

  • pDescriptorWrites is a pointer to an array of VkWriteDescriptorSet structures describing the descriptor sets to write to.

  • descriptorCopyCount is the number of elements in the pDescriptorCopies array.

  • pDescriptorCopies is a pointer to an array of VkCopyDescriptorSet structures describing the descriptor sets to copy between.

The operations described by pDescriptorWrites are performed first, followed by the operations described by pDescriptorCopies. Within each array, the operations are performed in the order they appear in the array.

Each element in the pDescriptorWrites array describes an operation updating the descriptor set using descriptors for resources specified in the structure.

Each element in the pDescriptorCopies array is a VkCopyDescriptorSet structure describing an operation copying descriptors between sets.

If the dstSet member of any element of pDescriptorWrites or pDescriptorCopies is bound, accessed, or modified by any command that was recorded to a command buffer which is currently in the recording or executable state, and any of the descriptor bindings that are updated were not created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT or VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT bits set, that command buffer becomes invalid.

Copying a descriptor from a descriptor set does not constitute a use of the referenced resource or view, as it is the reference itself that is copied. Applications can copy a descriptor referencing a destroyed resource, and it can copy an undefined descriptor. The destination descriptor becomes undefined in both cases.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06236
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, elements of the pTexelBufferView member of pDescriptorWrites[i] must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06237
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the buffer member of any element of the pBufferInfo member of pDescriptorWrites[i] must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06238
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and dstSet was not allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding with descriptorType, the sampler member of any element of the pImageInfo member of pDescriptorWrites[i] must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06239
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER the imageView member of any element of pDescriptorWrites[i] must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06493
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, pDescriptorWrites[i].pImageInfo must be a valid pointer to an array of pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorCount valid VkDescriptorImageInfo structures

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-None-03047
    The dstSet member of each element of pDescriptorWrites or pDescriptorCopies for bindings which were created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT or VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT bits set must not be used by any command that was recorded to a command buffer which is in the pending state

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06993
    Host access to pDescriptorWrites[i].dstSet and pDescriptorCopies[i].dstSet must be externally synchronized unless explicitly denoted otherwise for specific flags

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-parameter
    If descriptorWriteCount is not 0, pDescriptorWrites must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorWriteCount valid VkWriteDescriptorSet structures

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorCopies-parameter
    If descriptorCopyCount is not 0, pDescriptorCopies must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorCopyCount valid VkCopyDescriptorSet structures

The VkWriteDescriptorSet structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkWriteDescriptorSet {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkDescriptorSet                  dstSet;
    uint32_t                         dstBinding;
    uint32_t                         dstArrayElement;
    uint32_t                         descriptorCount;
    VkDescriptorType                 descriptorType;
    const VkDescriptorImageInfo*     pImageInfo;
    const VkDescriptorBufferInfo*    pBufferInfo;
    const VkBufferView*              pTexelBufferView;
} VkWriteDescriptorSet;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • dstSet is the destination descriptor set to update.

  • dstBinding is the descriptor binding within that set.

  • dstArrayElement is the starting element in that array.

  • descriptorCount is the number of descriptors to update. descriptorCount is one of

    • the number of elements in pImageInfo

    • the number of elements in pBufferInfo

    • the number of elements in pTexelBufferView

  • descriptorType is a VkDescriptorType specifying the type of each descriptor in pImageInfo, pBufferInfo, or pTexelBufferView, as described below. It must be the same type as the descriptorType specified in VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding for dstSet at dstBinding. The type of the descriptor also controls which array the descriptors are taken from.

  • pImageInfo is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorImageInfo structures or is ignored, as described below.

  • pBufferInfo is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorBufferInfo structures or is ignored, as described below.

  • pTexelBufferView is a pointer to an array of VkBufferView handles as described in the Buffer Views section or is ignored, as described below.

Only one of pImageInfo, pBufferInfo, or pTexelBufferView members is used according to the descriptor type specified in the descriptorType member of the containing VkWriteDescriptorSet structure, as specified below.

If the nullDescriptor feature is enabled, the buffer, imageView, or bufferView can be VK_NULL_HANDLE. Loads from a null descriptor return zero values and stores and atomics to a null descriptor are discarded.

Consecutive Binding Updates

If the dstBinding has fewer than descriptorCount array elements remaining starting from dstArrayElement, then the remainder will be used to update the subsequent binding - dstBinding+1 starting at array element zero. If a binding has a descriptorCount of zero, it is skipped. This behavior applies recursively, with the update affecting consecutive bindings as needed to update all descriptorCount descriptors. Consecutive bindings must have identical VkDescriptorType, VkShaderStageFlags, VkDescriptorBindingFlagBits, and immutable samplers references.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstBinding-00315
    dstBinding must be less than or equal to the maximum value of binding of all VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structures specified when dstSet’s descriptor set layout was created

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstBinding-00316
    dstBinding must be a binding with a non-zero descriptorCount

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstBinding-10009
    dstBinding must be a binding with a non-zero VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo::bindingCount

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorCount-00317
    All consecutive bindings updated via a single VkWriteDescriptorSet structure, except those with a descriptorCount of zero, must have identical descriptorType

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorCount-10776
    All consecutive bindings updated via a single VkWriteDescriptorSet structure, except those with a descriptorCount of zero, must have identical stageFlags

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorCount-00318
    All consecutive bindings updated via a single VkWriteDescriptorSet structure, except those with a descriptorCount of zero, must all either use immutable samplers or must all not use immutable samplers

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorCount-10777
    All consecutive bindings updated via a single VkWriteDescriptorSet structure, except those with a descriptorCount of zero, must have identical VkDescriptorBindingFlagBits

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00319
    descriptorType must match the type of dstBinding within dstSet

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstSet-00320
    dstSet must be a valid VkDescriptorSet handle

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstArrayElement-00321
    The sum of dstArrayElement and descriptorCount must be less than or equal to the number of array elements in the descriptor set binding specified by dstBinding, and all applicable consecutive bindings

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02994
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, each element of pTexelBufferView must be either a valid VkBufferView handle or VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02995
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER and the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, each element of pTexelBufferView must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00324
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, pBufferInfo must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorCount valid VkDescriptorBufferInfo structures

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00325
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and dstSet was not allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding with descriptorType, the sampler member of each element of pImageInfo must be a valid VkSampler object

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02996
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must be either a valid VkImageView handle or VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02997
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, and the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-07683
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-01946
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, then the imageView member of each pImageInfo element must have been created without a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure in its pNext chain

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02738
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and if any element of pImageInfo has an imageView member that was created with a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure in its pNext chain, then dstSet must have been allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding, and the corresponding immutable sampler must have been created with an identically defined VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo object

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-01948
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and dstSet was allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding, then the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo which corresponds to an immutable sampler that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion must have been created with a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo structure in its pNext chain with an identically defined VkSamplerYcbcrConversionInfo to the corresponding immutable sampler

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-09506
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, dstSet was allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding, and those samplers enable sampler Y′CBCR conversion, then imageView must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00327
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the offset member of each element of pBufferInfo must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00328
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the offset member of each element of pBufferInfo must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00329
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, and the buffer member of any element of pBufferInfo is the handle of a non-sparse buffer, then that buffer must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00330
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the buffer member of each element of pBufferInfo must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00331
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the buffer member of each element of pBufferInfo must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_BUFFER_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00332
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the range member of each element of pBufferInfo, or the effective range if range is VK_WHOLE_SIZE, must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxUniformBufferRange

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00333
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the range member of each element of pBufferInfo, or the effective range if range is VK_WHOLE_SIZE, must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxStorageBufferRange

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-08765
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER, the pTexelBufferView buffer view usage must include VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-08766
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, the pTexelBufferView buffer view usage must include VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00336
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must have been created with the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00337
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-04149
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE the imageLayout member of each element of pImageInfo must be a member of the list given in Sampled Image

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-04150
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER the imageLayout member of each element of pImageInfo must be a member of the list given in Combined Image Sampler

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-04151
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT the imageLayout member of each element of pImageInfo must be a member of the list given in Input Attachment

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-04152
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE the imageLayout member of each element of pImageInfo must be a member of the list given in Storage Image

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00338
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00339
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02752
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, then dstSet must not have been allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_WRITE_DESCRIPTOR_SET

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-parameter
    descriptorType must be a valid VkDescriptorType value

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorCount-arraylength
    descriptorCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-commonparent
    Both of dstSet, and the elements of pTexelBufferView that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The type of descriptors in a descriptor set is specified by VkWriteDescriptorSet::descriptorType, which must be one of the values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDescriptorType {
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER = 0,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER = 1,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE = 2,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE = 3,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER = 4,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER = 5,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER = 6,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER = 7,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC = 8,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC = 9,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT = 10,
} VkDescriptorType;

When a descriptor set is updated via elements of VkWriteDescriptorSet, members of pImageInfo, pBufferInfo and pTexelBufferView are only accessed by the implementation when they correspond to descriptor type being defined - otherwise they are ignored. The members accessed are as follows for each descriptor type:

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, only the sampler member of each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pImageInfo is accessed.

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, only the imageView and imageLayout members of each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pImageInfo are accessed.

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, all members of each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pImageInfo are accessed.

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, all members of each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pBufferInfo are accessed.

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pTexelBufferView is accessed.

The VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorBufferInfo {
    VkBuffer        buffer;
    VkDeviceSize    offset;
    VkDeviceSize    range;
} VkDescriptorBufferInfo;

  • buffer is VK_NULL_HANDLE or the buffer resource.

  • offset is the offset in bytes from the start of buffer. Access to buffer memory via this descriptor uses addressing that is relative to this starting offset.

  • range is the size in bytes that is used for this descriptor update, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to use the range from offset to the end of the buffer.

    Note

    When setting range to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the effective range must not be larger than the maximum range for the descriptor type (maxUniformBufferRange or maxStorageBufferRange). This means that VK_WHOLE_SIZE is not typically useful in the common case where uniform buffer descriptors are suballocated from a buffer that is much larger than maxUniformBufferRange.

For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC descriptor types, offset is the base offset from which the dynamic offset is applied and range is the static size used for all dynamic offsets.

When range is VK_WHOLE_SIZE the effective range is calculated at vkUpdateDescriptorSets is by taking the size of buffer minus the offset.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-offset-00340
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-range-00341
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, range must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-range-00342
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, range must be less than or equal to the size of buffer minus offset

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-buffer-02998
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, buffer must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-buffer-02999
    If buffer is VK_NULL_HANDLE, offset must be zero and range must be VK_WHOLE_SIZE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-buffer-parameter
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

The VkDescriptorImageInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorImageInfo {
    VkSampler        sampler;
    VkImageView      imageView;
    VkImageLayout    imageLayout;
} VkDescriptorImageInfo;

  • sampler is a sampler handle, and is used in descriptor updates for types VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER if the binding being updated does not use immutable samplers.

  • imageView is VK_NULL_HANDLE or an image view handle, and is used in descriptor updates for types VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT.

  • imageLayout is the layout that the image subresources accessible from imageView will be in at the time this descriptor is accessed. imageLayout is used in descriptor updates for types VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT.

Members of VkDescriptorImageInfo that are not used in an update (as described above) are ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-imageView-06712
    imageView must not be a 2D array image view created from a 3D image

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-descriptorType-06713
    imageView must not be a 2D view created from a 3D image

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-descriptorType-06714
    imageView must not be a 2D view created from a 3D image

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-imageView-01976
    If imageView is created from a depth/stencil image, the aspectMask used to create the imageView must include either VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT but not both

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-imageLayout-09425
    If imageLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, then the aspectMask used to create imageView must not include either VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-imageLayout-09426
    If imageLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, then the aspectMask used to create imageView must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-sampler-01564
    If sampler is used and the VkFormat of the image is a multi-planar format, the image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT, and the aspectMask of the imageView must be a valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-commonparent
    Both of imageView, and sampler that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkCopyDescriptorSet structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCopyDescriptorSet {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDescriptorSet    srcSet;
    uint32_t           srcBinding;
    uint32_t           srcArrayElement;
    VkDescriptorSet    dstSet;
    uint32_t           dstBinding;
    uint32_t           dstArrayElement;
    uint32_t           descriptorCount;
} VkCopyDescriptorSet;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcSet, srcBinding, and srcArrayElement are the source set, binding, and array element, respectively.

  • dstSet, dstBinding, and dstArrayElement are the destination set, binding, and array element, respectively.

  • descriptorCount is the number of descriptors to copy from the source to destination. If descriptorCount is greater than the number of remaining array elements in the source or destination binding, those affect consecutive bindings in a manner similar to VkWriteDescriptorSet above.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcBinding-00345
    srcBinding must be a valid binding within srcSet

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcArrayElement-00346
    The sum of srcArrayElement and descriptorCount must be less than or equal to the number of array elements in the descriptor set binding specified by srcBinding, and all applicable consecutive bindings

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstBinding-00347
    dstBinding must be a valid binding within dstSet

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstArrayElement-00348
    The sum of dstArrayElement and descriptorCount must be less than or equal to the number of array elements in the descriptor set binding specified by dstBinding, and all applicable consecutive bindings

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstBinding-02632
    The type of dstBinding within dstSet must be equal to the type of srcBinding within srcSet

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcSet-00349
    If srcSet is equal to dstSet, then the source and destination ranges of descriptors must not overlap, where the ranges may include array elements from consecutive bindings

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcSet-01918
    If srcSet’s layout was created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT flag set, then dstSet’s layout must also have been created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT flag set

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcSet-04885
    If srcSet’s layout was created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT flag set, then dstSet’s layout must have been created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT flag set

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcSet-01920
    If the descriptor pool from which srcSet was allocated was created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT flag set, then the descriptor pool from which dstSet was allocated must also have been created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT flag set

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcSet-04887
    If the descriptor pool from which srcSet was allocated was created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT flag set, then the descriptor pool from which dstSet was allocated must have been created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT flag set

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstBinding-02753
    If the descriptor type of the descriptor set binding specified by dstBinding is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, then dstSet must not have been allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_DESCRIPTOR_SET

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcSet-parameter
    srcSet must be a valid VkDescriptorSet handle

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstSet-parameter
    dstSet must be a valid VkDescriptorSet handle

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-commonparent
    Both of dstSet, and srcSet must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

15.2.5. Descriptor Set Binding

To bind one or more descriptor sets to a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBindDescriptorSets(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineBindPoint                         pipelineBindPoint,
    VkPipelineLayout                            layout,
    uint32_t                                    firstSet,
    uint32_t                                    descriptorSetCount,
    const VkDescriptorSet*                      pDescriptorSets,
    uint32_t                                    dynamicOffsetCount,
    const uint32_t*                             pDynamicOffsets);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer that the descriptor sets will be bound to.

  • pipelineBindPoint is a VkPipelineBindPoint indicating the type of the pipeline that will use the descriptors. There is a separate set of bind points for each pipeline type, so binding one does not disturb the others.

  • layout is a VkPipelineLayout object used to program the bindings.

  • firstSet is the set number of the first descriptor set to be bound.

  • descriptorSetCount is the number of elements in the pDescriptorSets array.

  • pDescriptorSets is a pointer to an array of handles to VkDescriptorSet objects describing the descriptor sets to bind to.

  • dynamicOffsetCount is the number of dynamic offsets in the pDynamicOffsets array.

  • pDynamicOffsets is a pointer to an array of uint32_t values specifying dynamic offsets.

vkCmdBindDescriptorSets binds descriptor sets pDescriptorSets[0..descriptorSetCount-1] to set numbers [firstSet..firstSet+descriptorSetCount-1] for subsequent bound pipeline commands set by pipelineBindPoint. Any bindings that were previously applied via these sets are no longer valid.

Once bound, a descriptor set affects rendering of subsequent commands that interact with the given pipeline type in the command buffer until either a different set is bound to the same set number, or the set is disturbed as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility.

A compatible descriptor set must be bound for all set numbers that any shaders in a pipeline access, at the time that a drawing or dispatching command is recorded to execute using that pipeline. However, if none of the shaders in a pipeline statically use any bindings with a particular set number, then no descriptor set need be bound for that set number, even if the pipeline layout includes a non-trivial descriptor set layout for that set number.

When consuming a descriptor, a descriptor is considered valid if the descriptor is not undefined as described by descriptor set allocation. If the nullDescriptor feature is enabled, a null descriptor is also considered valid. A descriptor that was disturbed by Pipeline Layout Compatibility, or was never bound by vkCmdBindDescriptorSets is not considered valid. If a pipeline accesses a descriptor either statically or dynamically depending on the VkDescriptorBindingFlagBits, the consuming descriptor type in the pipeline must match the VkDescriptorType in VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo for the descriptor to be considered valid.

Note

Further validation may be carried out beyond validation for descriptor types, e.g. Texel Input Validation.

If any of the sets being bound include dynamic uniform or storage buffers, then pDynamicOffsets includes one element for each array element in each dynamic descriptor type binding in each set. Values are taken from pDynamicOffsets in an order such that all entries for set N come before set N+1; within a set, entries are ordered by the binding numbers in the descriptor set layouts; and within a binding array, elements are in order. dynamicOffsetCount must equal the total number of dynamic descriptors in the sets being bound.

The effective offset used for dynamic uniform and storage buffer bindings is the sum of the relative offset taken from pDynamicOffsets, and the base address of the buffer plus base offset in the descriptor set. The range of the dynamic uniform and storage buffer bindings is the buffer range as specified in the descriptor set.

Each of the pDescriptorSets must be compatible with the pipeline layout specified by layout. The layout used to program the bindings must also be compatible with the pipeline used in subsequent bound pipeline commands with that pipeline type, as defined in the Pipeline Layout Compatibility section.

The descriptor set contents bound by a call to vkCmdBindDescriptorSets may be consumed at the following times:

  • For descriptor bindings created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit set, the contents may be consumed when the command buffer is submitted to a queue, or during shader execution of the resulting draws and dispatches, or any time in between. Otherwise,

  • during host execution of the command, or during shader execution of the resulting draws and dispatches, or any time in between.

Thus, the contents of a descriptor set binding must not be altered (overwritten by an update command, or freed) between the first point in time that it may be consumed, and when the command completes executing on the queue.

The contents of pDynamicOffsets are consumed immediately during execution of vkCmdBindDescriptorSets. Once all pending uses have completed, it is legal to update and reuse a descriptor set.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-00358
    Each element of pDescriptorSets must have been allocated with a VkDescriptorSetLayout that matches (is the same as, or identically defined as) the VkDescriptorSetLayout at set n in layout, where n is the sum of firstSet and the index into pDescriptorSets

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-dynamicOffsetCount-00359
    dynamicOffsetCount must be equal to the total number of dynamic descriptors in pDescriptorSets

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-firstSet-00360
    The sum of firstSet and descriptorSetCount must be less than or equal to VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo::setLayoutCount provided when layout was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDynamicOffsets-01971
    Each element of pDynamicOffsets which corresponds to a descriptor binding with type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDynamicOffsets-01972
    Each element of pDynamicOffsets which corresponds to a descriptor binding with type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-01979
    For each dynamic uniform or storage buffer binding in pDescriptorSets, the sum of the effective offset and the range of the binding must be less than or equal to the size of the buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-06715
    For each dynamic uniform or storage buffer binding in pDescriptorSets, if the range was set with VK_WHOLE_SIZE then pDynamicOffsets which corresponds to the descriptor binding must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-06563
    Each element of pDescriptorSets must be a valid VkDescriptorSet

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pipelineBindPoint-00361
    pipelineBindPoint must be supported by the commandBuffer’s parent VkCommandPool’s queue family

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pipelineBindPoint-parameter
    pipelineBindPoint must be a valid VkPipelineBindPoint value

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-parameter
    pDescriptorSets must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorSetCount valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE VkDescriptorSet handles

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDynamicOffsets-parameter
    If dynamicOffsetCount is not 0, pDynamicOffsets must be a valid pointer to an array of dynamicOffsetCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-descriptorSetCount-arraylength
    descriptorSetCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, layout, and the elements of pDescriptorSets that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

15.2.6. Push Constant Updates

As described above in section Pipeline Layouts, the pipeline layout defines shader push constants which are updated via Vulkan commands rather than via writes to memory or copy commands.

Note

Push constants represent a high speed path to modify constant data in pipelines that is expected to outperform memory-backed resource updates.

To update push constants, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdPushConstants(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineLayout                            layout,
    VkShaderStageFlags                          stageFlags,
    uint32_t                                    offset,
    uint32_t                                    size,
    const void*                                 pValues);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which the push constant update will be recorded.

  • layout is the pipeline layout used to program the push constant updates.

  • stageFlags is a bitmask of VkShaderStageFlagBits specifying the shader stages that will use the push constants in the updated range.

  • offset is the start offset of the push constant range to update, in units of bytes.

  • size is the size of the push constant range to update, in units of bytes.

  • pValues is a pointer to an array of size bytes containing the new push constant values.

When a command buffer begins recording, all push constant values are undefined.

Push constant values can be updated incrementally, causing shader stages in stageFlags to read the new data from pValues for push constants modified by this command, while still reading the previous data for push constants not modified by this command. When a bound pipeline command is issued, the bound pipeline’s layout must be compatible with the layouts used to set the values of all push constants in the pipeline layout’s push constant ranges, as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility. Binding a pipeline with a layout that is not compatible with the push constant layout does not disturb the push constant values.

Note

As stageFlags needs to include all flags the relevant push constant ranges were created with, any flags that are not supported by the queue family that the VkCommandPool used to allocate commandBuffer was created on are ignored.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-offset-01795
    For each byte in the range specified by offset and size and for each shader stage in stageFlags, there must be a push constant range in layout that includes that byte and that stage

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-offset-01796
    For each byte in the range specified by offset and size and for each push constant range that overlaps that byte, stageFlags must include all stages in that push constant range’s VkPushConstantRange::stageFlags

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-offset-00368
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-size-00369
    size must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-offset-00370
    offset must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPushConstantsSize

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-size-00371
    size must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPushConstantsSize minus offset

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-stageFlags-parameter
    stageFlags must be a valid combination of VkShaderStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-stageFlags-requiredbitmask
    stageFlags must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-pValues-parameter
    pValues must be a valid pointer to an array of size bytes

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-size-arraylength
    size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and layout must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

15.3. Physical Storage Buffer Access

Buffer device addresses can also be used to access buffer memory in a shader, using the SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer extension and the PhysicalStorageBuffer storage class. For example, this value can be stored in a uniform buffer, and the shader can read the value from the uniform buffer and use it to do a dependent read/write to this buffer. All loads, stores, and atomics in a shader through PhysicalStorageBuffer pointers must access addresses in the address range of some buffer.

16. Shader Interfaces

When a pipeline is created, the set of shaders specified in the corresponding VkPipelineCreateInfo structure are implicitly linked at a number of different interfaces.

In Vulkan SC, the pipeline compilation process occurs offline using the implementation-provided pipeline cache compiler. The set of shaders being used to create a pipeline can be specified using the pipeline JSON schema.

This chapter describes valid uses for a set of SPIR-V decorations. Any other use of one of these decorations is invalid, with the exception that, when using SPIR-V versions 1.4 and earlier: Block, BufferBlock, Offset, ArrayStride, and MatrixStride can also decorate types and type members used by variables in the Private and Function storage classes.

Note

In this chapter, there are references to SPIR-V terms such as the MeshNV execution model. These terms will appear even in a build of the specification which does not support any extensions. This is as intended, since these terms appear in the unified SPIR-V specification without such qualifiers.

16.1. Shader Input and Output Interfaces

When multiple stages are present in a pipeline, the outputs of one stage form an interface with the inputs of the next stage. When such an interface involves a shader, shader outputs are matched against the inputs of the next stage, and shader inputs are matched against the outputs of the previous stage.

All the variables forming the shader input and output interfaces are listed as operands to the OpEntryPoint instruction and are declared with the Input or Output storage classes, respectively, in the SPIR-V module. These generally form the interfaces between consecutive shader stages, regardless of any non-shader stages between the consecutive shader stages.

There are two classes of variables that can be matched between shader stages, built-in variables and user-defined variables. Each class has a different set of matching criteria.

Output variables of a shader stage have undefined values until the shader writes to them or uses the Initializer operand when declaring the variable.

For compute shaders, the input interface is formed by the built-in interface. The output interface is empty.

16.1.1. Built-In Interface Block

Shader built-in variables meeting the following requirements define the built-in interface block. They must

  • be explicitly declared (there are no implicit built-ins),

  • be identified with a BuiltIn decoration,

  • form object types as described in the Built-in Variables section, and

  • be declared in a block whose top-level members are the built-ins.

There must be no more than one built-in interface block per shader per interface .

Built-ins must not have any Location or Component decorations.

16.1.2. User-Defined Variable Interface

The non-built-in variables listed by OpEntryPoint with the Input or Output storage class form the user-defined variable interface. These must have numeric type or, recursively, composite types of such types. If an implementation supports storageInputOutput16, components can have a width of 16 bits. These variables must be identified with a Location decoration and can also be identified with a Component decoration.

16.1.3. Interface Matching

An output variable, block, or structure member in a given shader stage has an interface match with an input variable, block, or structure member in a subsequent shader stage if they both adhere to the following conditions:

  • They have equivalent decorations, other than:

    • one is not decorated with Component and the other is declared with a Component of 0

    • Interpolation decorations

    • RelaxedPrecision if one is an input variable and the other an output variable

  • Their types match as follows:

    • if the input is declared in a tessellation control or geometry shader as an OpTypeArray with an Element Type equivalent to the OpType* declaration of the output, and neither is a structure member; or

    • if in any other case they are declared with an equivalent OpType* declaration.

  • If both are structures and every member has an interface match.

Note

The word “structure” above refers to both variables that have an OpTypeStruct type and interface blocks (which are also declared as OpTypeStruct).

All input variables and blocks must have an interface match in the preceding shader stage, except for built-in variables in fragment shaders. Shaders can declare and write to output variables that are not declared or read by the subsequent stage.

The value of an input variable is undefined if the preceding stage does not write to a matching output variable, as described above.

16.1.4. Location and Component Assignment

User-defined variables in interfaces between shader stages in the graphics pipeline consume a unique set of Location and Component values.

Available space for user-defined interface variables is partitioned into a number of 32-bit four-component vectors, each identified by a Location value. Each individual 32-bit component of a vector is then further identified by a Component value.

16-bit scalar or vector values consume one Component slot per 16-bit component and must be specified within a single Location. 32-bit scalar or vector values consume one Component slot per 32-bit component and must be specified within a single Location. 64-bit scalar or vector values consume two consecutive Component slots per 64-bit component from up to two consecutive Location slots.

For any shader interface variable where one level of the array is disregarded for type matching, the outer array level is also disregarded when assigning Location slots.

An array of size n with elements consuming l Location slots each will consume l × n Location slots. Each element of the array will consume Component slots in each Location slot identically to a declaration using the element type.

Matrices of size n × m are assigned locations identically to arrays of size n of vectors of length 4 (consuming all Component slots) with an identical element type.

When a variable with a structure type is decorated with a Location, the members in the structure type must not be decorated with a Location. The variable’s members are assigned consecutive locations in declaration order, starting from the first member, which is assigned the location decoration from the variable. The Location slots consumed by structure members are determined by applying the rules above in a depth-first traversal of the instantiated members as though the structure or block member were declared as an input or output variable of the same type.

A variable with a structure type that is not decorated with Block must be decorated with a Location.

When a variable with a structure type decorated with Block is declared without a Location decoration, each member in the structure must be decorated with a Location. Types nested deeper than the top-level members must not have Location decorations.

Multiple variable declarations in the same storage class must not have overlapping Component slots within the same Location.

The number of input and output locations available for a shader input or output interface depend on the shader stage as described in Shader Input and Output Locations. All variables in both the built-in interface block and the user-defined variable interface count against these limits. Each effective Location must have a value less than the number of Location slots available for the given interface, as specified in the “Locations Available” column in Shader Input and Output Locations.

Table 16. Shader Input and Output Locations
Shader Interface Locations Available

vertex input

maxVertexInputAttributes

vertex output

maxVertexOutputComponents / 4

tessellation control input

maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents / 4

tessellation control output

maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents / 4

tessellation evaluation input

maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents / 4

tessellation evaluation output

maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents / 4

geometry input

maxGeometryInputComponents / 4

geometry output

maxGeometryOutputComponents / 4

fragment input

maxFragmentInputComponents / 4

fragment output

maxFragmentOutputAttachments

16.2. Vertex Input Interface

When the vertex stage is present in a pipeline, the vertex shader input variables form an interface with the vertex input attributes. The vertex shader input variables are matched by the Location and Component decorations to the vertex input attributes specified in the pVertexInputState member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure.

The vertex shader input variables listed by OpEntryPoint with the Input storage class form the vertex input interface. These variables must be identified with a Location decoration and can also be identified with a Component decoration.

For the purposes of interface matching: variables declared without a Component decoration are considered to have a Component decoration of zero. The number of available vertex input Location slots is given by the maxVertexInputAttributes member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure.

See Attribute Location and Component Assignment for details.

All vertex shader inputs declared as above must have a corresponding attribute and binding in the pipeline.

Components and locations are consumed as defined for Location and Component Assignment. Multiple user-defined input variable declarations must not have overlapping Component slots within the same Location.

16.3. Fragment Output Interface

When the fragment stage is present in a pipeline, the fragment shader outputs form an interface with the output attachments defined by a render pass instance. The fragment shader output variables are matched by the Location and Component decorations to specified color attachments.

The fragment shader output variables listed by OpEntryPoint with the Output storage class form the fragment output interface. These variables must be identified with a Location decoration. They can also be identified with a Component decoration and/or an Index decoration. For the purposes of interface matching: variables declared without a Component decoration are considered to have a Component decoration of zero, and variables declared without an Index decoration are considered to have an Index decoration of zero.

A fragment shader output variable identified with a Location decoration of i is associated with the color attachment indicated by VkSubpassDescription::pColorAttachments[i]. Values are written to those attachments after passing through the blending unit as described in Blending, if enabled. The number of available fragment output Location slots is given by the maxFragmentOutputAttachments member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure.

When an active fragment shader invocation finishes, the values of all fragment shader outputs are copied out and used as blend inputs or color attachments writes. If the invocation does not set a value for them, the input values to those blending or color attachment writes are undefined. If there is no color attachment indicated by Location, the values that would have been written to the color attachments are discarded.

Output Component words identified as 0, 1, 2, and 3 will be directed to the R, G, B, and A inputs to the blending unit, respectively, or to the output attachment if blending is disabled. If two variables are placed within the same Location, they must have the same underlying type (floating-point or integer). Component words which do not correspond to any fragment shader output will also result in undefined values for blending or color attachment writes.

Fragment outputs identified with an Index of zero are directed to the first input of the blending unit associated with the corresponding Location. Outputs identified with an Index of one are directed to the second input of the corresponding blending unit.

Components and locations are consumed as defined for Location and Component Assignment. Output variable declarations must not consume any of the same Component slots within the same Location and with the same Index value as any other output variable declaration.

Output values written by a fragment shader must be declared with either OpTypeFloat or OpTypeInt, and a Width of 32. If storageInputOutput16 is supported, output values written by a fragment shader can be also declared with either OpTypeFloat or OpTypeInt and a Width of 16. Composites of these types are also permitted. If the color attachment has a signed or unsigned normalized fixed-point format, color values are assumed to be floating-point and are converted to fixed-point as described in Conversion From Floating-Point to Normalized Fixed-Point; If the color attachment has an integer format, color values are assumed to be integers and converted to the bit-depth of the target. Any value that cannot be represented in the attachment’s format is undefined. For any other attachment format no conversion is performed. If the type of the values written by the fragment shader do not match the format of the corresponding color attachment, the resulting values are undefined for those components.

16.4. Fragment Input Attachment Interface

When a fragment stage is present in a pipeline, the fragment shader subpass inputs form an interface with the input attachments of the current subpass. The fragment shader subpass input variables are matched by InputAttachmentIndex decorations to the input attachments specified in the pInputAttachments array of the VkSubpassDescription structure describing the subpass that the fragment shader is executed in.

The fragment shader subpass input variables with the UniformConstant storage class and a decoration of InputAttachmentIndex that are statically used by OpEntryPoint form the fragment input attachment interface. These variables must be declared with a type of OpTypeImage, a Dim operand of SubpassData, an Arrayed operand of 0, and a Sampled operand of 2. The MS operand of the OpTypeImage must be 0 if the samples field of the corresponding VkAttachmentDescription is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT and 1 otherwise.

A subpass input variable identified with an InputAttachmentIndex decoration of i reads from the input attachment indicated by pInputAttachments[i] member of VkSubpassDescription. If the subpass input variable is declared as an array of size N, it consumes N consecutive input attachments, starting with the index specified. There must not be more than one input variable with the same InputAttachmentIndex whether explicitly declared or implied by an array declaration per image aspect. A multi-aspect image (e.g. a depth/stencil format) can use the same input variable. The number of available input attachment indices is given by the maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure.

Variables identified with the InputAttachmentIndex must only be used by a fragment stage. The numeric format of the subpass input must match the format of the corresponding input attachment, or the values of subpass loads from these variables are undefined. If the framebuffer attachment contains both depth and stencil aspects, the numeric format of the subpass input determines if depth or stencil aspect is accessed by the shader.

See Input Attachment for more details.

16.4.1. Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

An input attachment that is statically accessed by a fragment shader must be backed by a descriptor that is equivalent to the VkImageView in the VkFramebuffer, except for subresourceRange.aspectMask. The aspectMask must be equal to the aspect accessed by the shader.

16.5. Shader Resource Interface

When a shader stage accesses buffer or image resources, as described in the Resource Descriptors section, the shader resource variables must be matched with the pipeline layout that is provided at pipeline creation time.

The set of shader variables that form the shader resource interface for a stage are the variables statically used by that stage’s OpEntryPoint with a storage class of Uniform, UniformConstant, StorageBuffer, or PushConstant. For the fragment shader, this includes the fragment input attachment interface.

The shader resource interface consists of two sub-interfaces: the push constant interface and the descriptor set interface.

16.5.1. Push Constant Interface

The shader variables defined with a storage class of PushConstant that are statically used by the shader entry points for the pipeline define the push constant interface. They must be:

  • typed as OpTypeStruct,

  • identified with a Block decoration, and

  • laid out explicitly using the Offset, ArrayStride, and MatrixStride decorations as specified in Offset and Stride Assignment.

There must be no more than one push constant block statically used per shader entry point.

Each statically used member of a push constant block must be placed at an Offset such that the entire member is entirely contained within the VkPushConstantRange for each OpEntryPoint that uses it, and the stageFlags for that range must specify the appropriate VkShaderStageFlagBits for that stage. The Offset decoration for any member of a push constant block must not cause the space required for that member to extend outside the range [0, maxPushConstantsSize).

Any member of a push constant block that is declared as an array must only be accessed with dynamically uniform indices.

16.5.2. Descriptor Set Interface

The descriptor set interface is comprised of the shader variables with the storage class of StorageBuffer, Uniform or UniformConstant (including the variables in the fragment input attachment interface) that are statically used by the shader entry points for the pipeline.

These variables must have DescriptorSet and Binding decorations specified, which are assigned and matched with the VkDescriptorSetLayout objects in the pipeline layout as described in DescriptorSet and Binding Assignment.

The Image Format of an OpTypeImage declaration must not be Unknown, for variables which are used for OpImageRead, OpImageSparseRead, or OpImageWrite operations, except under the following conditions:

The Image Format of an OpTypeImage declaration must not be Unknown, for variables which are used for OpAtomic* operations.

Variables identified with the Uniform storage class are used to access transparent buffer backed resources. Such variables must be:

  • typed as OpTypeStruct, or an array of this type,

  • identified with a Block or BufferBlock decoration, and

  • laid out explicitly using the Offset, ArrayStride, and MatrixStride decorations as specified in Offset and Stride Assignment.

Variables identified with the StorageBuffer storage class are used to access transparent buffer backed resources. Such variables must be:

  • typed as OpTypeStruct, or an array of this type,

  • identified with a Block decoration, and

  • laid out explicitly using the Offset, ArrayStride, and MatrixStride decorations as specified in Offset and Stride Assignment.

The Offset decoration for any member of a Block-decorated variable in the Uniform storage class must not cause the space required for that variable to extend outside the range [0, maxUniformBufferRange). The Offset decoration for any member of a Block-decorated variable in the StorageBuffer storage class must not cause the space required for that variable to extend outside the range [0, maxStorageBufferRange).

Variables identified with a storage class of UniformConstant and a decoration of InputAttachmentIndex must be declared as described in Fragment Input Attachment Interface.

SPIR-V variables decorated with a descriptor set and binding that identify a combined image sampler descriptor can have a type of OpTypeImage, OpTypeSampler (Sampled=1), or OpTypeSampledImage.

When accessing a resource through such a variable, the resource must be selected via compile time constant expressions unless features are enabled to allow dynamically uniform or non-uniform expressions, as described below:

  • Storage images (except storage texel buffers and input attachments):

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing and StorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing

    • Non-uniform: shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing and StorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing

  • Storage texel buffers:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing and StorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

    • Non-uniform: shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing and StorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing

  • Input attachments:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing and InputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing

    • Non-uniform: shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing and InputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing

  • Sampled images (except uniform texel buffers), samplers and combined image samplers:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderSampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing and SampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing

    • Non-uniform: shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing and SampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing

  • Uniform texel buffers:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing and UniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

    • Non-uniform: shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing and UniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing

  • Uniform buffers:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing and UniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

    • Non-uniform: shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing and UniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing

  • Storage buffers:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing and StorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

    • Non-uniform: shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing and StorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing

Note

Implementations must take care when implementing this if subgroups are not necessarily a subset of the invocation group for their hardware (e.g. if multiple draw calls are packed together). If such an implementation needs uniformity across the subgroup for any resource access, the implementation is responsible for ensuring that indices that are only dynamically uniform across the invocation group still function as expected if they advertise the respective feature.

A combined image sampler in an array that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion must only be indexed by constant integral expressions.

Table 17. Shader Resource and Descriptor Type Correspondence
Resource type Descriptor Type

sampler

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER

sampled image

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER

storage image

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE

combined image sampler

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER

uniform texel buffer

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER

storage texel buffer

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER

uniform buffer

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC

storage buffer

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC

input attachment

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT
Table 18. Shader Resource and Storage Class Correspondence
Resource type Storage Class Type1 Decoration(s)2

sampler

UniformConstant

OpTypeSampler

sampled image

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Sampled=1)

storage image

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Sampled=2)

combined image sampler

UniformConstant

OpTypeSampledImage
OpTypeImage (Sampled=1)
OpTypeSampler

uniform texel buffer

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Dim=Buffer, Sampled=1)

storage texel buffer

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Dim=Buffer, Sampled=2)

uniform buffer

Uniform

OpTypeStruct

Block, Offset, (ArrayStride), (MatrixStride)

storage buffer

Uniform

OpTypeStruct

BufferBlock, Offset, (ArrayStride), (MatrixStride)

StorageBuffer

Block, Offset, (ArrayStride), (MatrixStride)

input attachment

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Dim=SubpassData, Sampled=2)

InputAttachmentIndex
1

Where OpTypeImage is referenced, the Dim values Buffer and Subpassdata are only accepted where they are specifically referenced. They do not correspond to resource types where a generic OpTypeImage is specified.

2

In addition to DescriptorSet and Binding.

16.5.3. DescriptorSet and Binding Assignment

A variable decorated with a DescriptorSet decoration of s and a Binding decoration of b indicates that this variable is associated with the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding that has a binding equal to b in pSetLayouts[s] that was specified in VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo.

DescriptorSet decoration values must be between zero and maxBoundDescriptorSets minus one, inclusive. Binding decoration values can be any 32-bit unsigned integer value, as described in Descriptor Set Layout. Each descriptor set has its own binding name space.

If the Binding decoration is used with an array, the entire array is assigned that binding value. The decorated array must have an Element Type corresponding to a descriptor type, and the size of the array must be no larger than the number of descriptors in the binding. If the array is runtime-sized, then array elements greater than or equal to the size of that binding in the bound descriptor set must not be used. If the array is runtime-sized, the runtimeDescriptorArray feature must be enabled and the RuntimeDescriptorArray capability must be declared. The index of each element of the array is referred to as the arrayElement. For the purposes of interface matching and descriptor set operations, if a resource variable is not an array, it is treated as if it has an arrayElement of zero.

There is a limit on the number of resources of each type that can be accessed by a pipeline stage as shown in Shader Resource Limits. The “Resources Per Stage” column gives the limit on the number each type of resource that can be statically used for an entry point in any given stage in a pipeline. The “Resource Types” column lists which resource types are counted against the limit. Some resource types count against multiple limits.

The pipeline layout may include descriptor sets and bindings which are not referenced by any variables statically used by the entry points for the shader stages in the binding’s stageFlags.

However, if a variable assigned to a given DescriptorSet and Binding is statically used by the entry point for a shader stage, the pipeline layout must contain a descriptor set layout binding in that descriptor set layout and for that binding number, and that binding’s stageFlags must include the appropriate VkShaderStageFlagBits for that stage. The variable must be of a valid resource type determined by its SPIR-V type and storage class, as defined in Shader Resource and Storage Class Correspondence. The descriptor set layout binding must be of a corresponding descriptor type, as defined in Shader Resource and Descriptor Type Correspondence.

Note

There are no limits on the number of shader variables that can have overlapping set and binding values in a shader; but which resources are statically used has an impact. If any shader variable identifying a resource is statically used in a shader, then the underlying descriptor bound at the declared set and binding must support the declared type in the shader when the shader executes.

If multiple shader variables are declared with the same set and binding values, and with the same underlying descriptor type, they can all be statically used within the same shader. However, accesses are not automatically synchronized, and Aliased decorations should be used to avoid data hazards (see section 2.18.2 Aliasing in the SPIR-V specification).

If multiple shader variables with the same set and binding values are declared in a single shader, but with different declared types, where any of those are not supported by the relevant bound descriptor, that shader can only be executed if the variables with the unsupported type are not statically used.

A noteworthy example of using multiple statically-used shader variables sharing the same descriptor set and binding values is a descriptor of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER that has multiple corresponding shader variables in the UniformConstant storage class, where some could be OpTypeImage (Sampled=1), some could be OpTypeSampler, and some could be OpTypeSampledImage.
Table 19. Shader Resource Limits
Resources per Stage Resource Types

maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers or maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSamplers

sampler

combined image sampler

maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages or maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSampledImages

sampled image

combined image sampler

uniform texel buffer

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages or maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageImages

storage image

storage texel buffer

maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers or maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers

uniform buffer

uniform buffer dynamic

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers or maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers

storage buffer

storage buffer dynamic

maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments or maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments

input attachment1
1

Input attachments can only be used in the fragment shader stage

16.5.4. Offset and Stride Assignment

When a SPIR-V object is declared using an explicit layout, it must be laid out according to the following additional requirements.

Note

The numeric order of Offset decorations does not need to follow member declaration order.

Alignment Requirements

There are different alignment requirements depending on the specific resources and on the features enabled.

Matrix types are defined in terms of arrays as follows:

  • A column-major matrix with C columns and R rows is equivalent to a C element array of vectors with R components.

  • A row-major matrix with C columns and R rows is equivalent to an R element array of vectors with C components.

The scalar alignment of the type of an OpTypeStruct member is defined recursively as follows:

  • A scalar of size N has a scalar alignment of N.

  • A vector type has a scalar alignment equal to that of its component type.

  • An array type has a scalar alignment equal to that of its element type.

  • A structure has a scalar alignment equal to the largest scalar alignment of any of its members.

  • A matrix type inherits scalar alignment from the equivalent array declaration.

The base alignment of the type of an OpTypeStruct member is defined recursively as follows:

  • A scalar has a base alignment equal to its scalar alignment.

  • A two-component vector has a base alignment equal to twice its scalar alignment.

  • A three- or four-component vector has a base alignment equal to four times its scalar alignment.

  • An array has a base alignment equal to the base alignment of its element type.

  • A structure has a base alignment equal to the largest base alignment of any of its members. An empty structure has a base alignment equal to the size of the smallest scalar type permitted by the capabilities declared in the SPIR-V module. (e.g., for a 1 byte aligned empty structure in the StorageBuffer storage class, StorageBuffer8BitAccess or UniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess must be declared in the SPIR-V module.)

  • A matrix type inherits base alignment from the equivalent array declaration.

The extended alignment of the type of an OpTypeStruct member is similarly defined as follows:

  • A scalar or vector type has an extended alignment equal to its base alignment.

  • An array or structure type has an extended alignment equal to the largest extended alignment of any of its members, rounded up to a multiple of 16.

  • A matrix type inherits extended alignment from the equivalent array declaration.

A member is defined to improperly straddle if either of the following are true:

  • It is a vector with total size less than or equal to 16 bytes, and has Offset decorations placing its first byte at F and its last byte at L, where floor(F / 16) != floor(L / 16).

  • It is a vector with total size greater than 16 bytes and has its Offset decorations placing its first byte at a non-integer multiple of 16.

Standard Buffer Layout

Every member of an OpTypeStruct that is required to be explicitly laid out must be aligned according to the first matching rule as follows. If the structure is contained in pointer types of multiple storage classes, it must satisfy the requirements for every storage class used to reference it.

  1. If the scalarBlockLayout feature is enabled and the storage class is Uniform, StorageBuffer, PhysicalStorageBuffer, or PushConstant then every member must be aligned according to its scalar alignment.

  2. All vectors must be aligned according to their scalar alignment.

  3. If the uniformBufferStandardLayout feature is not enabled, then any member of an OpTypeStruct with a storage class of Uniform and a decoration of Block must be aligned according to its extended alignment.

  4. Every other member must be aligned according to its base alignment.

Note

Even if scalar alignment is supported, it is generally more performant to use the base alignment.

The memory layout must obey the following rules:

  • The Offset decoration of any member must be a multiple of its alignment.

  • Any ArrayStride or MatrixStride decoration must be a multiple of the alignment of the array or matrix as defined above.

If one of the conditions below applies

  • The storage class is Uniform, StorageBuffer, PhysicalStorageBuffer, or PushConstant, and the scalarBlockLayout feature is not enabled.

  • The storage class is any other storage class.

the memory layout must also obey the following rules:

  • Vectors must not improperly straddle, as defined above.

  • The Offset decoration of a member must not place it between the end of a structure, an array or a matrix and the next multiple of the alignment of that structure, array or matrix.

Note

The std430 layout in GLSL satisfies these rules for types using the base alignment. The std140 layout satisfies the rules for types using the extended alignment.

16.6. Built-In Variables

Built-in variables are accessed in shaders by declaring a variable decorated with a BuiltIn SPIR-V decoration. The meaning of each BuiltIn decoration is as follows. In the remainder of this section, the name of a built-in is used interchangeably with a term equivalent to a variable decorated with that particular built-in. Built-ins that represent integer values can be declared as either signed or unsigned 32-bit integers.

As mentioned above, some inputs and outputs have an additional level of arrayness relative to other shader inputs and outputs. This level of arrayness is not included in the type descriptions below, but must be included when declaring the built-in.

Any two variables declared in the Input storage class listed as operands on the same OpEntryPoint must not have the same BuiltIn decoration. Any two variables declared in the Output storage class listed as operands on the same OpEntryPoint must not have the same BuiltIn decoration.

BaseInstance

Decorating a variable with the BaseInstance built-in will make that variable contain the integer value corresponding to the first instance that was passed to the command that invoked the current vertex shader invocation. BaseInstance is the firstInstance parameter to a direct drawing command or the firstInstance member of a structure consumed by an indirect drawing command.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-BaseInstance-BaseInstance-04181
    The BaseInstance decoration must be used only within the Vertex Execution Model

  • VUID-BaseInstance-BaseInstance-04182
    The variable decorated with BaseInstance must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-BaseInstance-BaseInstance-04183
    The variable decorated with BaseInstance must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

BaseVertex

Decorating a variable with the BaseVertex built-in will make that variable contain the integer value corresponding to the first vertex or vertex offset that was passed to the command that invoked the current vertex shader invocation. For non-indexed drawing commands, this variable is the firstVertex parameter to a direct drawing command or the firstVertex member of the structure consumed by an indirect drawing command. For indexed drawing commands, this variable is the vertexOffset parameter to a direct drawing command or the vertexOffset member of the structure consumed by an indirect drawing command.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-BaseVertex-BaseVertex-04184
    The BaseVertex decoration must be used only within the Vertex Execution Model

  • VUID-BaseVertex-BaseVertex-04185
    The variable decorated with BaseVertex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-BaseVertex-BaseVertex-04186
    The variable decorated with BaseVertex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

ClipDistance

Decorating a variable with the ClipDistance built-in decoration will make that variable contain the mechanism for controlling user clipping. ClipDistance is an array such that the ith element of the array specifies the clip distance for plane i. A clip distance of 0 means the vertex is on the plane, a positive distance means the vertex is inside the clip half-space, and a negative distance means the vertex is outside the clip half-space.

Note

The array variable decorated with ClipDistance is explicitly sized by the shader.
Note

In the last pre-rasterization shader stage, these values will be linearly interpolated across the primitive and the portion of the primitive with interpolated distances less than 0 will be considered outside the clip volume. If ClipDistance is then used by a fragment shader, ClipDistance contains these linearly interpolated values.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04187
    The ClipDistance decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, Fragment, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04188
    The variable decorated with ClipDistance within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, or Vertex Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04189
    The variable decorated with ClipDistance within the Fragment Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04190
    The variable decorated with ClipDistance within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must not be declared in a Storage Class other than Input or Output

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04191
    The variable decorated with ClipDistance must be declared as an array of 32-bit floating-point values

CullDistance

Decorating a variable with the CullDistance built-in decoration will make that variable contain the mechanism for controlling user culling. If any member of this array is assigned a negative value for all vertices belonging to a primitive, then the primitive is discarded before rasterization.

Note

In fragment shaders, the values of the CullDistance array are linearly interpolated across each primitive.
Note

If CullDistance decorates an input variable, that variable will contain the corresponding value from the CullDistance decorated output variable from the previous shader stage.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04196
    The CullDistance decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, Fragment, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04197
    The variable decorated with CullDistance within the MeshEXT, MeshNV or Vertex Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04198
    The variable decorated with CullDistance within the Fragment Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04199
    The variable decorated with CullDistance within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must not be declared using a Storage Class other than Input or Output

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04200
    The variable decorated with CullDistance must be declared as an array of 32-bit floating-point values

DeviceIndex

The DeviceIndex decoration can be applied to a shader input which will be filled with the device index of the physical device that is executing the current shader invocation. This value will be in the range , where physicalDeviceCount is the physicalDeviceCount member of VkDeviceGroupDeviceCreateInfo.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-DeviceIndex-DeviceIndex-04205
    The variable decorated with DeviceIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-DeviceIndex-DeviceIndex-04206
    The variable decorated with DeviceIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

DrawIndex

Decorating a variable with the DrawIndex built-in will make that variable contain the integer value corresponding to the zero-based index of the draw that invoked the current vertex shader invocation. For indirect drawing commands, DrawIndex begins at zero and increments by one for each draw executed. The number of draws is given by the drawCount parameter. For direct drawing commands, DrawIndex is always zero. DrawIndex is dynamically uniform.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-DrawIndex-DrawIndex-04207
    The DrawIndex decoration must be used only within the Vertex, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-DrawIndex-DrawIndex-04208
    The variable decorated with DrawIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-DrawIndex-DrawIndex-04209
    The variable decorated with DrawIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

FragCoord

Decorating a variable with the FragCoord built-in decoration will make that variable contain the coordinates (x,y,z,1/w) of the fragment being processed.

The (x,y) values are the framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) of the fragment.

When Sample Shading is enabled, the x and y components of FragCoord reflect the location of one of the samples corresponding to the shader invocation.

Otherwise, the x and y components of FragCoord reflect the location of the center of the fragment.

The z component of FragCoord is the interpolated depth value of the primitive.

The w component is the interpolated .

The Centroid interpolation decoration is ignored, but allowed, on FragCoord.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-FragCoord-FragCoord-04210
    The FragCoord decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-FragCoord-FragCoord-04211
    The variable decorated with FragCoord must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-FragCoord-FragCoord-04212
    The variable decorated with FragCoord must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

FragDepth

To have a shader supply a fragment-depth value, the shader must declare the DepthReplacing execution mode. Such a shader’s fragment-depth value will come from the variable decorated with the FragDepth built-in decoration.

This value will be used for any subsequent depth testing performed by the implementation or writes to the depth attachment. See fragment shader depth replacement for details.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-FragDepth-FragDepth-04213
    The FragDepth decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-FragDepth-FragDepth-04214
    The variable decorated with FragDepth must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-FragDepth-FragDepth-04215
    The variable decorated with FragDepth must be declared as a scalar 32-bit floating-point value

  • VUID-FragDepth-FragDepth-04216
    If the shader dynamically writes to the variable decorated with FragDepth, the DepthReplacing Execution Mode must be declared

FragStencilRefEXT

Decorating a variable with the FragStencilRefEXT built-in decoration will make that variable contain the new stencil reference value for all samples covered by the fragment. This value will be used as the stencil reference value used in stencil testing.

To write to FragStencilRefEXT, a shader must declare the StencilRefReplacingEXT execution mode. If a shader declares the StencilRefReplacingEXT execution mode and there is an execution path through the shader that does not set FragStencilRefEXT, then the fragment’s stencil reference value is undefined for executions of the shader that take that path.

Only the least significant s bits of the integer value of the variable decorated with FragStencilRefEXT are considered for stencil testing, where s is the number of bits in the stencil framebuffer attachment, and higher order bits are discarded.

See fragment shader stencil reference replacement for more details.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-FragStencilRefEXT-FragStencilRefEXT-04223
    The FragStencilRefEXT decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-FragStencilRefEXT-FragStencilRefEXT-04224
    The variable decorated with FragStencilRefEXT must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-FragStencilRefEXT-FragStencilRefEXT-04225
    The variable decorated with FragStencilRefEXT must be declared as a scalar integer value

FrontFacing

Decorating a variable with the FrontFacing built-in decoration will make that variable contain whether the fragment is front or back facing. This variable is non-zero if the current fragment is considered to be part of a front-facing polygon primitive or of a non-polygon primitive and is zero if the fragment is considered to be part of a back-facing polygon primitive.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-FrontFacing-FrontFacing-04229
    The FrontFacing decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-FrontFacing-FrontFacing-04230
    The variable decorated with FrontFacing must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-FrontFacing-FrontFacing-04231
    The variable decorated with FrontFacing must be declared as a boolean value

FullyCoveredEXT

Decorating a variable with the FullyCoveredEXT built-in decoration will make that variable indicate whether the fragment area is fully covered by the generating primitive. This variable is non-zero if conservative rasterization is enabled and the current fragment area is fully covered by the generating primitive, and is zero if the fragment is not covered or partially covered, or conservative rasterization is disabled.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-FullyCoveredEXT-FullyCoveredEXT-04232
    The FullyCoveredEXT decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-FullyCoveredEXT-FullyCoveredEXT-04233
    The variable decorated with FullyCoveredEXT must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-FullyCoveredEXT-FullyCoveredEXT-04234
    The variable decorated with FullyCoveredEXT must be declared as a boolean value

  • VUID-FullyCoveredEXT-conservativeRasterizationPostDepthCoverage-04235
    If VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::conservativeRasterizationPostDepthCoverage is not supported the PostDepthCoverage Execution Mode must not be declared, when a variable with the FullyCoveredEXT decoration is declared

GlobalInvocationId

Decorating a variable with the GlobalInvocationId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the location of the current invocation within the global workgroup. Each component is equal to the index of the local workgroup multiplied by the size of the local workgroup plus LocalInvocationId.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-GlobalInvocationId-GlobalInvocationId-04236
    The GlobalInvocationId decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-GlobalInvocationId-GlobalInvocationId-04237
    The variable decorated with GlobalInvocationId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-GlobalInvocationId-GlobalInvocationId-04238
    The variable decorated with GlobalInvocationId must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

HelperInvocation

Decorating a variable with the HelperInvocation built-in decoration will make that variable contain whether the current invocation is a helper invocation. This variable is non-zero if the current fragment being shaded is a helper invocation and zero otherwise. A helper invocation is an invocation of the shader that is produced to satisfy internal requirements such as the generation of derivatives.

Note

It is very likely that a helper invocation will have a value of SampleMask fragment shader input value that is zero.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-HelperInvocation-HelperInvocation-04239
    The HelperInvocation decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-HelperInvocation-HelperInvocation-04240
    The variable decorated with HelperInvocation must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-HelperInvocation-HelperInvocation-04241
    The variable decorated with HelperInvocation must be declared as a boolean value

InvocationId

Decorating a variable with the InvocationId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the current shader invocation in a geometry shader, or the index of the output patch vertex in a tessellation control shader.

In a geometry shader, the index of the current shader invocation ranges from zero to the number of instances declared in the shader minus one. If the instance count of the geometry shader is one or is not specified, then InvocationId will be zero.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-InvocationId-InvocationId-04257
    The InvocationId decoration must be used only within the TessellationControl or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-InvocationId-InvocationId-04258
    The variable decorated with InvocationId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-InvocationId-InvocationId-04259
    The variable decorated with InvocationId must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

InstanceIndex

Decorating a variable in a vertex shader with the InstanceIndex built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the instance that is being processed by the current vertex shader invocation. InstanceIndex begins at the firstInstance parameter to vkCmdDraw or vkCmdDrawIndexed or at the firstInstance member of a structure consumed by vkCmdDrawIndirect or vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-InstanceIndex-InstanceIndex-04263
    The InstanceIndex decoration must be used only within the Vertex Execution Model

  • VUID-InstanceIndex-InstanceIndex-04264
    The variable decorated with InstanceIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-InstanceIndex-InstanceIndex-04265
    The variable decorated with InstanceIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

Layer

Decorating a variable with the Layer built-in decoration will make that variable contain the select layer of a multi-layer framebuffer attachment.

In a vertex, tessellation evaluation, or geometry shader, any variable decorated with Layer can be written with the framebuffer layer index to which the primitive produced by that shader will be directed.

The last active pre-rasterization shader stage (in pipeline order) controls the Layer that is used. Outputs in previous shader stages are not used, even if the last stage fails to write the Layer.

If the last active pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface does not include a variable decorated with Layer, then the first layer is used. If a pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface includes a variable decorated with Layer, it must write the same value to Layer for all output vertices of a given primitive. If the Layer value is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number of layers in the framebuffer, then primitives may still be rasterized, fragment shaders may be executed, and the framebuffer values for all layers are undefined.

In a fragment shader, a variable decorated with Layer contains the layer index of the primitive that the fragment invocation belongs to.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04272
    The Layer decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationEvaluation, Geometry, or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04273
    If the shaderOutputLayer feature is not enabled then the Layer decoration must be used only within the Geometry or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04274
    The variable decorated with Layer within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04275
    The variable decorated with Layer within the Fragment Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04276
    The variable decorated with Layer must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value for all supported execution models except MeshEXT

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-07039
    The variable decorated with Layer within the MeshEXT Execution Model must also be decorated with the PerPrimitiveEXT decoration

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-10592
    Layer within the MeshEXT Execution Model must decorate a scalar 32-bit integer member of a structure decorated as Block, or decorate a variable of type OpTypeArray of scalar 32-bit integer values

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-10593
    If Layer is declared as an array of 32-bit integer values, within the MeshEXT Execution Model, size of the array must match the value specified by OutputPrimitivesEXT

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-10594
    If Layer decorates a member of a structure, the variable declaration of the containing Block type must have an array size that matches the value specified by OutputPrimitivesEXT

LocalInvocationId

Decorating a variable with the LocalInvocationId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the location of the current compute shader invocation within the local workgroup. Each component ranges from zero through to the size of the workgroup in that dimension minus one.

Note

If the size of the workgroup in a particular dimension is one, then the LocalInvocationId in that dimension will be zero. If the workgroup is effectively two-dimensional, then LocalInvocationId.z will be zero. If the workgroup is effectively one-dimensional, then both LocalInvocationId.y and LocalInvocationId.z will be zero.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-LocalInvocationId-LocalInvocationId-04281
    The LocalInvocationId decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-LocalInvocationId-LocalInvocationId-04282
    The variable decorated with LocalInvocationId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-LocalInvocationId-LocalInvocationId-04283
    The variable decorated with LocalInvocationId must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

LocalInvocationIndex

Decorating a variable with the LocalInvocationIndex built-in decoration will make that variable contain a one-dimensional representation of LocalInvocationId. This is computed as:

LocalInvocationIndex =
    LocalInvocationId.z * WorkgroupSize.x * WorkgroupSize.y +
    LocalInvocationId.y * WorkgroupSize.x +
    LocalInvocationId.x;
Valid Usage

  • VUID-LocalInvocationIndex-LocalInvocationIndex-04284
    The LocalInvocationIndex decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-LocalInvocationIndex-LocalInvocationIndex-04285
    The variable decorated with LocalInvocationIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-LocalInvocationIndex-LocalInvocationIndex-04286
    The variable decorated with LocalInvocationIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

NumSubgroups

Decorating a variable with the NumSubgroups built-in decoration will make that variable contain the number of subgroups in the local workgroup.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-NumSubgroups-NumSubgroups-04293
    The NumSubgroups decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-NumSubgroups-NumSubgroups-04294
    The variable decorated with NumSubgroups must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-NumSubgroups-NumSubgroups-04295
    The variable decorated with NumSubgroups must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

NumWorkgroups

Decorating a variable with the NumWorkgroups built-in decoration will make that variable contain the number of local workgroups that are part of the dispatch that the invocation belongs to. Each component is equal to the values of the workgroup count parameters passed into the dispatching commands.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-NumWorkgroups-NumWorkgroups-04296
    The NumWorkgroups decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, or TaskEXT Execution Model

  • VUID-NumWorkgroups-NumWorkgroups-04297
    The variable decorated with NumWorkgroups must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-NumWorkgroups-NumWorkgroups-04298
    The variable decorated with NumWorkgroups must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

PatchVertices

Decorating a variable with the PatchVertices built-in decoration will make that variable contain the number of vertices in the input patch being processed by the shader. In a Tessellation Control Shader, this is the same as the name:patchControlPoints member of VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo. In a Tessellation Evaluation Shader, PatchVertices is equal to the tessellation control output patch size. When the same shader is used in different pipelines where the patch sizes are configured differently, the value of the PatchVertices variable will also differ.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-PatchVertices-PatchVertices-04308
    The PatchVertices decoration must be used only within the TessellationControl or TessellationEvaluation Execution Model

  • VUID-PatchVertices-PatchVertices-04309
    The variable decorated with PatchVertices must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-PatchVertices-PatchVertices-04310
    The variable decorated with PatchVertices must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

PointCoord

Decorating a variable with the PointCoord built-in decoration will make that variable contain the coordinate of the current fragment within the point being rasterized, normalized to the size of the point with origin in the upper left corner of the point, as described in Basic Point Rasterization. If the primitive the fragment shader invocation belongs to is not a point, then the variable decorated with PointCoord contains an undefined value.

Note

Depending on how the point is rasterized, PointCoord may never reach (0,0) or (1,1).
Valid Usage

  • VUID-PointCoord-PointCoord-04311
    The PointCoord decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-PointCoord-PointCoord-04312
    The variable decorated with PointCoord must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-PointCoord-PointCoord-04313
    The variable decorated with PointCoord must be declared as a two-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

PointSize

Decorating a variable with the PointSize built-in decoration will make that variable contain the size of point primitives . The value written to the variable decorated with PointSize by the last pre-rasterization shader stage in the pipeline is used as the framebuffer-space size of points produced by rasterization.

Note

When PointSize decorates a variable in the Input Storage Class, it contains the data written to the output variable decorated with PointSize from the previous shader stage.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-PointSize-PointSize-04314
    The PointSize decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-PointSize-PointSize-04315
    The variable decorated with PointSize within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, or Vertex Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-PointSize-PointSize-04316
    The variable decorated with PointSize within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must not be declared using a Storage Class other than Input or Output

  • VUID-PointSize-PointSize-04317
    The variable decorated with PointSize must be declared as a scalar 32-bit floating-point value

Position

Decorating a variable with the Position built-in decoration will make that variable contain the position of the current vertex. In the last pre-rasterization shader stage, the value of the variable decorated with Position is used in subsequent primitive assembly, clipping, and rasterization operations.

Note

When Position decorates a variable in the Input Storage Class, it contains the data written to the output variable decorated with Position from the previous shader stage.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-Position-Position-04318
    The Position decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-Position-Position-04319
    The variable decorated with Position within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, or Vertex Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-Position-Position-04320
    The variable decorated with Position within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must not be declared using a Storage Class other than Input or Output

  • VUID-Position-Position-04321
    The variable decorated with Position must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

PrimitiveId

Decorating a variable with the PrimitiveId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the current primitive.

The index of the first primitive generated by a drawing command is zero, and the index is incremented after every individual point, line, or triangle primitive is processed.

For triangles drawn as points or line segments (see Polygon Mode), the primitive index is incremented only once, even if multiple points or lines are eventually drawn.

Variables decorated with PrimitiveId are reset to zero between each instance drawn.

Restarting a primitive topology using primitive restart has no effect on the value of variables decorated with PrimitiveId.

In tessellation control and tessellation evaluation shaders, it will contain the index of the patch within the current set of rendering primitives that corresponds to the shader invocation.

In a geometry shader, it will contain the number of primitives presented as input to the shader since the current set of rendering primitives was started.

In a fragment shader, it will contain the primitive index written by the geometry shader if a geometry shader is present, or with the value that would have been presented as input to the geometry shader had it been present.

Note

When the PrimitiveId decoration is applied to an output variable in the geometry shader, the resulting value is seen through the PrimitiveId decorated input variable in the fragment shader.

The fragment shader using PrimitiveId will need to declare either the Geometry or Tessellation capability to satisfy the requirement SPIR-V has to use PrimitiveId.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04330
    The PrimitiveId decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, IntersectionKHR, AnyHitKHR, ClosestHitKHR, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, Geometry, or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-Fragment-04331
    If pipeline contains both the Fragment and Geometry Execution Model and a variable decorated with PrimitiveId is read from Fragment shader, then the Geometry shader must write to the output variables decorated with PrimitiveId in all execution paths

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-Fragment-04332
    If pipeline contains both the Fragment and MeshEXT or MeshNV Execution Model and a variable decorated with PrimitiveId is read from Fragment shader, then the MeshEXT or MeshNV shader must write to the output variables decorated with PrimitiveId in all execution paths

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-Fragment-04333
    If Fragment Execution Model contains a variable decorated with PrimitiveId, then either the MeshShadingEXT, MeshShadingNV, Geometry or Tessellation capability must also be declared

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04334
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, Fragment, IntersectionKHR, AnyHitKHR, or ClosestHitKHR Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04335
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId within the Geometry Execution Model must be declared using the Input or Output Storage Class

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04336
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId within the MeshEXT or MeshNV Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04337
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value for all supported execution models except MeshEXT

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-07040
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId within the MeshEXT Execution Model must also be decorated with the PerPrimitiveEXT decoration

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-10595
    PrimitiveId within the MeshEXT Execution Model must decorate a scalar 32-bit integer member of a structure decorated as Block, or decorate a variable of type OpTypeArray of 32-bit integer values

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-10596
    If PrimitiveId is declared as an array of 32-bit integer values, within the MeshEXT Execution Model, size of the array must match the value specified by OutputPrimitivesEXT

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-10597
    If PrimitiveId decorates a member of a structure, the variable declaration of the containing Block type must have an array size that matches the value specified by OutputPrimitivesEXT

PrimitiveShadingRateKHR

Decorating a variable with the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in decoration will make that variable contain the primitive fragment shading rate.

The value written to the variable decorated with PrimitiveShadingRateKHR by the last pre-rasterization shader stage in the pipeline is used as the primitive fragment shading rate. Outputs in previous shader stages are ignored.

If the last active pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface does not include a variable decorated with PrimitiveShadingRateKHR, then it is as if the shader specified a fragment shading rate value of 0, indicating a horizontal and vertical rate of 1 pixel.

If a shader has PrimitiveShadingRateKHR in the output interface and there is an execution path through the shader that does not write to it, its value is undefined for executions of the shader that take that path.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-04484
    The PrimitiveShadingRateKHR decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-04485
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveShadingRateKHR must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-04486
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveShadingRateKHR must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value for all supported execution models except MeshEXT

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-04487
    The value written to PrimitiveShadingRateKHR must include no more than one of Vertical2Pixels and Vertical4Pixels

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-04488
    The value written to PrimitiveShadingRateKHR must include no more than one of Horizontal2Pixels and Horizontal4Pixels

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-04489
    The value written to PrimitiveShadingRateKHR must not have any bits set other than those defined by Fragment Shading Rate Flags enumerants in the SPIR-V specification

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-07059
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveShadingRateKHR within the MeshEXT Execution Model must also be decorated with the PerPrimitiveEXT decoration

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-10598
    PrimitiveShadingRateKHR within the MeshEXT Execution Model must decorate a scalar 32-bit integer member of a structure decorated as Block, or decorate a variable of type OpTypeArray of 32-bit integer values

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-10599
    If PrimitiveShadingRateKHR is declared as an array of 32-bit integer values, within the MeshEXT Execution Model, size of the array must match the value specified by OutputPrimitivesEXT

  • VUID-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-PrimitiveShadingRateKHR-10600
    If PrimitiveShadingRateKHR decorates a member of a structure, the variable declaration of the containing Block type must have an array size that matches the value specified by OutputPrimitivesEXT

SampleId

Decorating a variable with the SampleId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the coverage index for the current fragment shader invocation. SampleId ranges from zero to the number of samples in the framebuffer minus one. If a fragment shader entry point’s interface includes an input variable decorated with SampleId, Sample Shading is considered enabled with a minSampleShading value of 1.0.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SampleId-SampleId-04354
    The SampleId decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-SampleId-SampleId-04355
    The variable decorated with SampleId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SampleId-SampleId-04356
    The variable decorated with SampleId must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

SampleMask

Decorating a variable with the SampleMask built-in decoration will make any variable contain the sample mask for the current fragment shader invocation.

A variable in the Input storage class decorated with SampleMask will contain a bitmask of the set of samples covered by the primitive generating the fragment during rasterization. It has a sample bit set if and only if the sample is considered covered for this fragment shader invocation. SampleMask[] is an array of integers. Bits are mapped to samples in a manner where bit B of mask M (SampleMask[M]) corresponds to sample 32 × M + B.

A variable in the Output storage class decorated with SampleMask is an array of integers forming a bit array in a manner similar to an input variable decorated with SampleMask, but where each bit represents coverage as computed by the shader. This computed SampleMask is combined with the generated coverage mask in the multisample coverage operation.

Variables decorated with SampleMask must be either an unsized array, or explicitly sized to be no larger than the implementation-dependent maximum sample-mask (as an array of 32-bit elements), determined by the maximum number of samples.

If a fragment shader entry point’s interface includes an output variable decorated with SampleMask, the sample mask will be undefined for any array elements of any fragment shader invocations that fail to assign a value. If a fragment shader entry point’s interface does not include an output variable decorated with SampleMask, the sample mask has no effect on the processing of a fragment.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SampleMask-SampleMask-04357
    The SampleMask decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-SampleMask-SampleMask-04358
    The variable decorated with SampleMask must be declared using the Input or Output Storage Class

  • VUID-SampleMask-SampleMask-04359
    The variable decorated with SampleMask must be declared as an array of 32-bit integer values

SamplePosition

Decorating a variable with the SamplePosition built-in decoration will make that variable contain the sub-pixel position of the sample being shaded. The top left of the pixel is considered to be at coordinate (0,0) and the bottom right of the pixel is considered to be at coordinate (1,1).

If a fragment shader entry point’s interface includes an input variable decorated with SamplePosition, Sample Shading is considered enabled with a minSampleShading value of 1.0.

If the current pipeline uses custom sample locations the value of any variable decorated with the SamplePosition built-in decoration is undefined.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SamplePosition-SamplePosition-04360
    The SamplePosition decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-SamplePosition-SamplePosition-04361
    The variable decorated with SamplePosition must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SamplePosition-SamplePosition-04362
    The variable decorated with SamplePosition must be declared as a two-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

ShadingRateKHR

Decorating a variable with the ShadingRateKHR built-in decoration will make that variable contain the fragment shading rate for the current fragment invocation.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-ShadingRateKHR-ShadingRateKHR-04490
    The ShadingRateKHR decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-ShadingRateKHR-ShadingRateKHR-04491
    The variable decorated with ShadingRateKHR must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-ShadingRateKHR-ShadingRateKHR-04492
    The variable decorated with ShadingRateKHR must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

SubgroupId

Decorating a variable with the SubgroupId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the subgroup within the local workgroup. This variable is in range [0, NumSubgroups-1].

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SubgroupId-SubgroupId-04367
    The SubgroupId decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-SubgroupId-SubgroupId-04368
    The variable decorated with SubgroupId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SubgroupId-SubgroupId-04369
    The variable decorated with SubgroupId must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

SubgroupEqMask

Decorating a variable with the SubgroupEqMask builtin decoration will make that variable contain the subgroup mask of the current subgroup invocation. The bit corresponding to the SubgroupLocalInvocationId is set in the variable decorated with SubgroupEqMask. All other bits are set to zero.

SubgroupEqMaskKHR is an alias of SubgroupEqMask.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SubgroupEqMask-SubgroupEqMask-04370
    The variable decorated with SubgroupEqMask must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SubgroupEqMask-SubgroupEqMask-04371
    The variable decorated with SubgroupEqMask must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit integer values

SubgroupGeMask

Decorating a variable with the SubgroupGeMask builtin decoration will make that variable contain the subgroup mask of the current subgroup invocation. The bits corresponding to the invocations greater than or equal to SubgroupLocalInvocationId through SubgroupSize-1 are set in the variable decorated with SubgroupGeMask. All other bits are set to zero.

SubgroupGeMaskKHR is an alias of SubgroupGeMask.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SubgroupGeMask-SubgroupGeMask-04372
    The variable decorated with SubgroupGeMask must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SubgroupGeMask-SubgroupGeMask-04373
    The variable decorated with SubgroupGeMask must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit integer values

SubgroupGtMask

Decorating a variable with the SubgroupGtMask builtin decoration will make that variable contain the subgroup mask of the current subgroup invocation. The bits corresponding to the invocations greater than SubgroupLocalInvocationId through SubgroupSize-1 are set in the variable decorated with SubgroupGtMask. All other bits are set to zero.

SubgroupGtMaskKHR is an alias of SubgroupGtMask.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SubgroupGtMask-SubgroupGtMask-04374
    The variable decorated with SubgroupGtMask must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SubgroupGtMask-SubgroupGtMask-04375
    The variable decorated with SubgroupGtMask must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit integer values

SubgroupLeMask

Decorating a variable with the SubgroupLeMask builtin decoration will make that variable contain the subgroup mask of the current subgroup invocation. The bits corresponding to the invocations less than or equal to SubgroupLocalInvocationId are set in the variable decorated with SubgroupLeMask. All other bits are set to zero.

SubgroupLeMaskKHR is an alias of SubgroupLeMask.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SubgroupLeMask-SubgroupLeMask-04376
    The variable decorated with SubgroupLeMask must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SubgroupLeMask-SubgroupLeMask-04377
    The variable decorated with SubgroupLeMask must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit integer values

SubgroupLtMask

Decorating a variable with the SubgroupLtMask builtin decoration will make that variable contain the subgroup mask of the current subgroup invocation. The bits corresponding to the invocations less than SubgroupLocalInvocationId are set in the variable decorated with SubgroupLtMask. All other bits are set to zero.

SubgroupLtMaskKHR is an alias of SubgroupLtMask.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SubgroupLtMask-SubgroupLtMask-04378
    The variable decorated with SubgroupLtMask must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SubgroupLtMask-SubgroupLtMask-04379
    The variable decorated with SubgroupLtMask must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit integer values

SubgroupLocalInvocationId

Decorating a variable with the SubgroupLocalInvocationId builtin decoration will make that variable contain the index of the invocation within the subgroup. This variable is in range [0,SubgroupSize-1].

If VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT is specified, full subgroups are enabled for that pipeline stage. When full subgroups are enabled, subgroups must be launched with all invocations active, i.e., there is an active invocation with SubgroupLocalInvocationId for each value in range [0,SubgroupSize-1].

Note

There is no direct relationship between SubgroupLocalInvocationId and LocalInvocationId or LocalInvocationIndex. If the pipeline was created with full subgroups applications can compute their own local invocation index to serve the same purpose:

index = SubgroupLocalInvocationId + SubgroupId × SubgroupSize

If full subgroups are not enabled, some subgroups may be dispatched with inactive invocations that do not correspond to a local workgroup invocation, making the value of index unreliable.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-SubgroupLocalInvocationId-SubgroupLocalInvocationId-04380
    The variable decorated with SubgroupLocalInvocationId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SubgroupLocalInvocationId-SubgroupLocalInvocationId-04381
    The variable decorated with SubgroupLocalInvocationId must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

SubgroupSize

Decorating a variable with the SubgroupSize builtin decoration will make that variable contain the implementation-dependent number of invocations in a subgroup. This value must be a power-of-two integer.

If the pipeline was created with the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT flag set, the SubgroupSize decorated variable will contain the subgroup size for each subgroup that gets dispatched. This value must be between minSubgroupSize and maxSubgroupSize and must be uniform with subgroup scope. The value may vary across a single draw call, and for fragment shaders may vary across a single primitive. In compute dispatches, SubgroupSize must be uniform with command scope.

If the pipeline was created with a chained VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure, the SubgroupSize decorated variable will match requiredSubgroupSize.

If the pipeline was not created with the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT flag set and no VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure was chained, the variable decorated with SubgroupSize will match subgroupSize.

The maximum number of invocations that an implementation can support per subgroup is 128.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-SubgroupSize-SubgroupSize-04382
    The variable decorated with SubgroupSize must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SubgroupSize-SubgroupSize-04383
    The variable decorated with SubgroupSize must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

TessCoord

Decorating a variable with the TessCoord built-in decoration will make that variable contain the three-dimensional (u,v,w) barycentric coordinate of the tessellated vertex within the patch. u, v, and w are in the range [0,1] and vary linearly across the primitive being subdivided. For the tessellation modes of Quads or IsoLines, the third component is always zero.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-TessCoord-TessCoord-04387
    The TessCoord decoration must be used only within the TessellationEvaluation Execution Model

  • VUID-TessCoord-TessCoord-04388
    The variable decorated with TessCoord must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-TessCoord-TessCoord-04389
    The variable decorated with TessCoord must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

TessLevelOuter

Decorating a variable with the TessLevelOuter built-in decoration will make that variable contain the outer tessellation levels for the current patch.

In tessellation control shaders, the variable decorated with TessLevelOuter can be written to, controlling the tessellation factors for the resulting patch. These values are used by the tessellator to control primitive tessellation and can be read by tessellation evaluation shaders.

In tessellation evaluation shaders, the variable decorated with TessLevelOuter can read the values written by the tessellation control shader.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-TessLevelOuter-TessLevelOuter-04390
    The TessLevelOuter decoration must be used only within the TessellationControl or TessellationEvaluation Execution Model

  • VUID-TessLevelOuter-TessLevelOuter-04391
    The variable decorated with TessLevelOuter within the TessellationControl Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-TessLevelOuter-TessLevelOuter-04392
    The variable decorated with TessLevelOuter within the TessellationEvaluation Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-TessLevelOuter-TessLevelOuter-04393
    The variable decorated with TessLevelOuter must be declared as an array of size four, containing 32-bit floating-point values

TessLevelInner

Decorating a variable with the TessLevelInner built-in decoration will make that variable contain the inner tessellation levels for the current patch.

In tessellation control shaders, the variable decorated with TessLevelInner can be written to, controlling the tessellation factors for the resulting patch. These values are used by the tessellator to control primitive tessellation and can be read by tessellation evaluation shaders.

In tessellation evaluation shaders, the variable decorated with TessLevelInner can read the values written by the tessellation control shader.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-TessLevelInner-TessLevelInner-04394
    The TessLevelInner decoration must be used only within the TessellationControl or TessellationEvaluation Execution Model

  • VUID-TessLevelInner-TessLevelInner-04395
    The variable decorated with TessLevelInner within the TessellationControl Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-TessLevelInner-TessLevelInner-04396
    The variable decorated with TessLevelInner within the TessellationEvaluation Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-TessLevelInner-TessLevelInner-04397
    The variable decorated with TessLevelInner must be declared as an array of size two, containing 32-bit floating-point values

VertexIndex

Decorating a variable with the VertexIndex built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the vertex that is being processed by the current vertex shader invocation. For non-indexed draws, this variable begins at the firstVertex parameter to vkCmdDraw or the firstVertex member of a structure consumed by vkCmdDrawIndirect and increments by one for each vertex in the draw. For indexed draws, its value is the content of the index buffer for the vertex plus the vertexOffset parameter to vkCmdDrawIndexed or the vertexOffset member of the structure consumed by vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Note

VertexIndex starts at the same starting value for each instance.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VertexIndex-VertexIndex-04398
    The VertexIndex decoration must be used only within the Vertex Execution Model

  • VUID-VertexIndex-VertexIndex-04399
    The variable decorated with VertexIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-VertexIndex-VertexIndex-04400
    The variable decorated with VertexIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

ViewIndex

The ViewIndex decoration can be applied to a shader input which will be filled with the index of the view that is being processed by the current shader invocation.

If multiview is enabled in the render pass, this value will be the index of one of the bits set in the view mask of the subpass the pipeline is compiled against. If multiview is not enabled in the render pass, this value will be zero.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-ViewIndex-ViewIndex-04401
    The ViewIndex decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, Vertex, Geometry, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-ViewIndex-ViewIndex-04402
    The variable decorated with ViewIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-ViewIndex-ViewIndex-04403
    The variable decorated with ViewIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

ViewportIndex

Decorating a variable with the ViewportIndex built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the viewport.

In a vertex, tessellation evaluation, or geometry shader, the variable decorated with ViewportIndex can be written to with the viewport index to which the primitive produced by that shader will be directed.

The selected viewport index is used to select the viewport transform and scissor rectangle.

The last active pre-rasterization shader stage (in pipeline order) controls the ViewportIndex that is used. Outputs in previous shader stages are not used, even if the last stage fails to write the ViewportIndex.

If the last active pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface does not include a variable decorated with ViewportIndex then the first viewport is used. If a pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface includes a variable decorated with ViewportIndex, it must write the same value to ViewportIndex for all output vertices of a given primitive.

In a fragment shader, the variable decorated with ViewportIndex contains the viewport index of the primitive that the fragment invocation belongs to.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04404
    The ViewportIndex decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationEvaluation, Geometry, or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04405
    If the shaderOutputViewportIndex feature is not enabled then the ViewportIndex decoration must be used only within the Geometry or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04406
    The variable decorated with ViewportIndex within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04407
    The variable decorated with ViewportIndex within the Fragment Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04408
    The variable decorated with ViewportIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value for all supported execution models except MeshEXT

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-07060
    The variable decorated with ViewportIndex within the MeshEXT Execution Model must also be decorated with the PerPrimitiveEXT decoration

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-10601
    ViewportIndex within the MeshEXT Execution Model must decorate a scalar 32-bit integer member of a structure decorated as Block, or decorate a variable of type OpTypeArray of scalar 32-bit integer values

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-10602
    If ViewportIndex is declared as an array of 32-bit integer values, within the MeshEXT Execution Model, size of the array must match the value specified by OutputPrimitivesEXT

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-10603
    If ViewportIndex decorates a member of a structure, the variable declaration of the containing Block type must have an array size that matches the value specified by OutputPrimitivesEXT

WorkgroupId

Decorating a variable with the WorkgroupId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the global coordinate of the local workgroup that the current invocation is a member of. Each component is in the range [base,base + count), where base and count are based on the parameters passed into the dispatching commands in each dimension.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-WorkgroupId-WorkgroupId-04422
    The WorkgroupId decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-WorkgroupId-WorkgroupId-04423
    The variable decorated with WorkgroupId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-WorkgroupId-WorkgroupId-04424
    The variable decorated with WorkgroupId must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

WorkgroupSize

Decorating an object with the WorkgroupSize built-in decoration will make that object contain the dimensions of a local workgroup. If an object is decorated with the WorkgroupSize decoration, this takes precedence over any LocalSize execution mode.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-WorkgroupSize-WorkgroupSize-04425
    The WorkgroupSize decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-WorkgroupSize-WorkgroupSize-04426
    The variable decorated with WorkgroupSize must be a specialization constant or a constant

  • VUID-WorkgroupSize-WorkgroupSize-04427
    The variable decorated with WorkgroupSize must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

17. Image Operations

17.1. Image Operations Overview

Vulkan Image Operations are operations performed on images by SPIR-V Image Instructions which take an OpTypeImage (representing a VkImageView) or OpTypeSampledImage (representing a (VkImageView, VkSampler) pair). Read, write, and atomic operations also take texel coordinates as operands, and return a value based on a neighborhood of texture elements (texels) within the image. Query operations return properties of the bound image or of the lookup itself. The “Depth” operand of OpTypeImage is ignored.

Image Operations include the functionality of the following SPIR-V Image Instructions:

  • OpImageSample* and OpImageSparseSample* read one or more neighboring texels of the image, and filter the texel values based on the state of the sampler.

    • Instructions with ImplicitLod in the name determine the LOD used in the sampling operation based on the coordinates used in neighboring fragments.

    • Instructions with ExplicitLod in the name determine the LOD used in the sampling operation based on additional coordinates.

    • Instructions with Proj in the name apply homogeneous projection to the coordinates.

  • OpImageFetch and OpImageSparseFetch return a single texel of the image. No sampler is used.

  • OpImage*Gather and OpImageSparse*Gather read neighboring texels and return a single component of each.

  • OpImageRead (and OpImageSparseRead) and OpImageWrite read and write, respectively, a texel in the image. No sampler is used.

  • OpImage*Dref* instructions apply depth comparison on the texel values.

  • OpImageSparse* instructions additionally return a sparse residency code.

  • OpImageQuerySize, OpImageQuerySizeLod, OpImageQueryLevels, and OpImageQuerySamples return properties of the image descriptor that would be accessed. The image itself is not accessed.

  • OpImageQueryLod returns the LOD parameters that would be used in a sample operation. The actual operation is not performed.

17.1.1. Sampling Coordinate Systems

There are three sampling coordinate systems used in this chapter:

  • normalized sampling coordinates [0.0, 1.0]

  • unnormalized sampling coordinates [0.0, width / height / depth)

  • integer sampling coordinates [0, width / height / depth)

SPIR-V OpImageFetch, OpImageSparseFetch, OpImageRead, OpImageSparseRead, and OpImageWrite instructions use integer sampling coordinates.

Other image instructions can use either normalized or unnormalized sampling coordinates (selected by the unnormalizedCoordinates state of the sampler used in the instruction), but there are limitations on what operations, image state, and sampler state is supported. Normalized coordinates are logically converted to unnormalized as part of image operations, and certain steps are only performed on normalized coordinates. The array layer coordinate is always treated as unnormalized even when other coordinates are normalized.

Normalized texel coordinates are referred to as (s,t,r,q,a), with the coordinates having the following meanings:

  • s: Coordinate in the first dimension of an image.

  • t: Coordinate in the second dimension of an image.

  • r: Coordinate in the third dimension of an image.

    • (s,t,r) are interpreted as a direction vector for Cube images.

  • q: Fourth coordinate, for homogeneous (projective) coordinates.

  • a: Coordinate for array layer.

The coordinates are extracted from the SPIR-V operand based on the dimensionality of the image variable and type of instruction. For Proj instructions, the components are in order (s, [t,] [r,] q), with t and r being conditionally present based on the Dim of the image. For non-Proj instructions, the coordinates are (s [,t] [,r] [,a]), with t and r being conditionally present based on the Dim of the image and a being conditionally present based on the Arrayed property of the image. Projective image instructions are not supported on Arrayed images.

Unnormalized texel coordinates are referred to as (u,v,w,a), with the coordinates having the following meanings:

  • u: Coordinate in the first dimension of an image.

  • v: Coordinate in the second dimension of an image.

  • w: Coordinate in the third dimension of an image.

  • a: Coordinate for array layer.

Only the u and v coordinates are directly extracted from the SPIR-V operand, because only 1D and 2D (non-Arrayed) dimensionalities support unnormalized coordinates. The components are in order (u [,v]), with v being conditionally present when the dimensionality is 2D. When normalized coordinates are converted to unnormalized coordinates, all four coordinates are used.

Integer sampling coordinates are referred to as (i,j,k,l,n), with the coordinates having the following meanings:

  • i: Coordinate in the first dimension of an image.

  • j: Coordinate in the second dimension of an image.

  • k: Coordinate in the third dimension of an image.

  • l: Coordinate for array layer.

  • n: Index of the sample within the texel.

They are extracted from the SPIR-V operand in order (i [,j] [,k] [,l] [,n]), with j and k conditionally present based on the Dim of the image, and l conditionally present based on the Arrayed property of the image. n is conditionally present and is taken from the Sample image operand.

Final integer coordinates are used as image coordinates to perform an image read after sampling calculations, directly translating each coordinate as follows:

  • i → x

  • j → y

  • k → z

  • l → layer

  • n → sample

level is calculated separately via the Lod image operand if present, or is set to 0 otherwise.

For all coordinate types, unused coordinates are assigned a value of zero.

image/svg+xml 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 3 2 1 0 j 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t i0j1 i1j1 i0j0 i1j0  (u-0.5,v-0.5) (u,v) i0j1' i1j1' i0j0' i1j0'
Figure 3. Texel Coordinate Systems, Linear Filtering

The Texel Coordinate Systems - For the example shown of an 8×4 texel two dimensional image.

  • Normalized texel coordinates:

    • The s coordinate goes from 0.0 to 1.0.

    • The t coordinate goes from 0.0 to 1.0.

  • Unnormalized texel coordinates:

    • The u coordinate within the range 0.0 to 8.0 is within the image, otherwise it is outside the image.

    • The v coordinate within the range 0.0 to 4.0 is within the image, otherwise it is outside the image.

  • Integer texel coordinates:

    • The i coordinate within the range 0 to 7 addresses texels within the image, otherwise it is outside the image.

    • The j coordinate within the range 0 to 3 addresses texels within the image, otherwise it is outside the image.

  • Also shown for linear filtering:

    • Given the unnormalized coordinates (u,v), the four texels selected are i0j0, i1j0, i0j1, and i1j1.

    • The fractions α and β.

    • Given the offset Δi and Δj, the four texels selected by the offset are i0j'0, i1j'0, i0j'1, and i1j'1.

Note

For formats with reduced-resolution components, Δi and Δj are relative to the resolution of the highest-resolution component, and therefore may be divided by two relative to the unnormalized coordinate space of the lower-resolution components.
image/svg+xml 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 j i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t ij ij' (u,v)
Figure 4. Texel Coordinate Systems, Nearest Filtering

The Texel Coordinate Systems - For the example shown of an 8×4 texel two dimensional image.

  • Texel coordinates as above. Also shown for nearest filtering:

    • Given the unnormalized coordinates (u,v), the texel selected is ij.

    • Given the offset Δi and Δj, the texel selected by the offset is ij'.

17.2. Sampling Operations

Sampling instructions are SPIR-V image instructions that read from an image with a sampler. Sampling operations are a set of steps that are performed on state, coordinates, and texel values while processing a sampling instruction, and which are common to some or all sampling instructions. They include the following steps, which are performed in the listed order:

For texel input instructions involving multiple texels (for sampling or gathering), these steps are applied for each texel that is used in the instruction. Depending on the type of image instruction, other steps are conditionally performed between these steps or involving multiple coordinate or texel values.

If Chroma Reconstruction is implicit, Texel Filtering instead takes place during chroma reconstruction, before sampler Y′CBCR conversion occurs.

17.2.1. Texel Input Validation Operations

Texel input validation operations inspect instruction/image/sampler state or coordinates, and in certain circumstances cause the texel value to be replaced or become undefined. There are a series of validations that the texel undergoes.

Instruction/Sampler/Image View Validation

There are a number of cases where a SPIR-V instruction can mismatch with the sampler, the image view, or both, and a number of further cases where the sampler can mismatch with the image view. In such cases the value of the texel returned is undefined.

These cases include:

  • The sampler borderColor is an integer type and the image view format is not one of the VkFormat integer types or a stencil component of a depth/stencil format.

  • The sampler borderColor is a float type and the image view format is not one of the VkFormat float types or a depth component of a depth/stencil format.

  • The sampler borderColor is one of the opaque black colors (VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_BLACK or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_BLACK) and the image view VkComponentSwizzle for any of the VkComponentMapping components is not the identity swizzle.

  • The sampler borderColor is a custom color (VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT) and the supplied VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT::customBorderColor is outside the bounds of the values representable in the image view’s format.

  • The sampler borderColor is a custom color (VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT) and the image view VkComponentSwizzle for any of the VkComponentMapping components is not the identity swizzle.

  • The VkImageLayout of any subresource in the image view does not match the VkDescriptorImageInfo::imageLayout used to write the image descriptor.

  • The SPIR-V Image Format is not compatible with the image view’s format.

  • The sampler unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE and any of the limitations of unnormalized coordinates are violated.

  • The SPIR-V instruction is one of the OpImage*Dref* instructions and the sampler compareEnable is VK_FALSE

  • The SPIR-V instruction is not one of the OpImage*Dref* instructions and the sampler compareEnable is VK_TRUE

  • The SPIR-V instruction is one of the OpImage*Dref* instructions and the image view format is not one of the depth/stencil formats with a depth component, or the image view aspect is not VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT.

  • The SPIR-V instruction’s image variable’s properties are not compatible with the image view:

    • If the image view’s viewType is one of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY then the instruction must have Arrayed = 1. Otherwise the instruction must have Arrayed = 0.

    • If the image was created with VkImageCreateInfo::samples equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, the instruction must have MS = 0.

    • If the image was created with VkImageCreateInfo::samples not equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, the instruction must have MS = 1.

    • If the Sampled Type of the OpTypeImage does not match the SPIR-V Type.

    • If the signedness of any read or sample operation does not match the signedness of the image’s format.

  • The sampler was created with a specified VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT::format which does not match the VkFormat of the image view(s) it is sampling.

  • The sampler is sampling an image view of VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16, VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16, or VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16 format without a specified VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT::format.

Only OpImageSample* and OpImageSparseSample* can be used with a sampler or image view that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion.

OpImageFetch, OpImageSparseFetch, OpImage*Gather, and OpImageSparse*Gather must not be used with a sampler or image view that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion.

The ConstOffset and Offset operands must not be used with a sampler or image view that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion.

If the underlying VkImage format has an X component in its format description, undefined values are read from those bits.

Note

If the VkImage format and VkImageView format are the same, these bits will be unused by format conversion and this will have no effect. However, if the VkImageView format is different, then some bits of the result may be undefined. For example, when a VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16 VkImage is sampled via a VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM VkImageView, the low 6 bits of the value before format conversion are undefined and format conversion may return a range of different values.
Note

Some implementations will return undefined values in the case where a sampler uses a VkSamplerAddressMode of VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRRORED_REPEAT, the sampler is used with operands Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets, and the value of the offset is larger than or equal to the corresponding width, height, or depth of any accessed image level.

This behavior was not tested prior to Vulkan conformance test suite version 1.3.8.0. Affected implementations will have a conformance test waiver for this issue.
Layout Validation

If all planes of a disjoint multi-planar image are not in the same image layout, the image must not be sampled with sampler Y′CBCR conversion enabled.

Coordinate Validation

Once the normalized or unnormalized coordinates have been converted to integer image coordinates, the integer coordinates are validated as image coordinates, as outlined in Image Coordinate Validation, converted as follows:

  • x = i

  • y = j

  • z = k

  • layer = l

  • sample = n

  • level = d

Cube Map Edge Handling

When sampling a cube map, if the image coordinates are out of bounds of the selected cube map face, the following steps are performed.

Note

This does not occur when using VK_FILTER_NEAREST filtering within a mip level, since VK_FILTER_NEAREST is treated as using VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE.

  • Cube Map Edge Texel

    • If the texel lies beyond the selected cube map face in either only x or only y, then the coordinates (x,y,layer) are transformed to select the adjacent texel from the appropriate neighboring face.

  • Cube Map Corner Texel

    • If the texel lies beyond the selected cube map face in both x and y, then there is no unique neighboring face from which to read that texel. The texel should be replaced by the average of the three values of the adjacent texels in each incident face. However, implementations may replace the cube map corner texel by other methods. The methods are subject to the constraint that for linear filtering if the three available texels have the same value, the resulting filtered texel must have that value, and for cubic filtering if the twelve available samples have the same value, the resulting filtered texel must have that value.

17.2.2. Border Replacement

If the sampler includes a border, out of bounds texels are replaced with a value based on the image format and the borderColor of the sampler. The border color is:

Table 20. Border Color B, Custom Border Color VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT::customBorderColor U
Sampler borderColor Corresponding Border Color

VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_BLACK

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_WHITE

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [0, 0, 0, 0]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_BLACK

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [0, 0, 0, 1]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_WHITE

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [1, 1, 1, 1]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [Ur, Ug, Ub, Ua]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [Ur, Ug, Ub, Ua]

The custom border color (U) may be rounded by implementations prior to texel replacement, but the error introduced by such a rounding must not exceed one ULP of the image’s format.

Note

The names VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_TRANSPARENT_BLACK, VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_OPAQUE_BLACK, and VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_OPAQUE_WHITE are meant to describe which components are zeros and ones in the vocabulary of compositing, and are not meant to imply that the numerical value of VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_WHITE is a saturating value for integers.

This is substituted for the texel value by replacing the number of components in the image format

Table 21. Border Texel Components After Replacement
Texel Aspect or Format Component Assignment

Depth aspect

D = Br

Stencil aspect

S = Br†

One component color format

Colorr = Br

Two component color format

[Colorr,Colorg] = [Br,Bg]

Three component color format

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb] = [Br,Bg,Bb]

Four component color format

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb,Colora] = [Br,Bg,Bb,Ba]

† S = Bg may be substituted as the replacement method by the implementation when VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor is VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT and VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT::format is VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED. Implementations should use S = Br as the replacement method.

Implementations may swap the blue and alpha channels when sampling non-custom border colors with the VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16 format, or the red and alpha channels with the VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16 format.

Note

As VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16 is required by Vulkan, support must be advertised for this format. Some Vulkan implementations on Apple hardware implement these formats through a hardware format with a different channel order, swizzled to match Vulkan’s expectations. Unfortunately the swizzle cannot be readily applied to the fixed border colors - resulting in the apparent channel swap. For most standard border colors this does not result in a modification to the sampled output. However, VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_OPAQUE_BLACK will instead be sampled as transparent red or blue. If the customBorderColorWithoutFormat feature is supported and enabled, this functionality is expected to work without issue, but this feature may come with a performance cost.

When border color replacement occurs, texel reads are skipped, and the replaced color is used for ongoing operations instead.

17.2.3. Texel Reads

A texel is read from an image, performed as outlined in Image Reads, using the converted image coordinates.

The returned components of each texel are then processed by further input operations.

17.2.4. Depth Compare Operation

If the image view has a depth/stencil format, the depth component is selected by the aspectMask, and the operation is an OpImage*Dref* instruction, a depth comparison is performed. The result is 1.0 if the comparison evaluates to true, and 0.0 otherwise. This value replaces the depth component D.

The compare operation is selected by the VkCompareOp value set by VkSamplerCreateInfo::compareOp. The reference value from the SPIR-V operand Dref and the texel depth value Dtex are used as the reference and test values, respectively, in that operation.

If the image being sampled has an unsigned normalized fixed-point format, then Dref is clamped to [0,1] before the compare operation.

If the value of magFilter is VK_FILTER_LINEAR, or the value of minFilter is VK_FILTER_LINEAR, then D may be computed in an implementation-dependent manner which differs from the normal rules of linear filtering. The resulting value must be in the range [0,1] and should be proportional to, or a weighted average of, the number of comparison passes or failures.

17.2.5. Component Swizzle

All texel input instructions apply a swizzle based on:

The swizzle can rearrange the components of the texel, or substitute zero or one for any components. It is defined as follows for each color component:

where:

If the border color is one of the VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_OPAQUE_BLACK enums and the VkComponentSwizzle is not the identity swizzle for all components, the value of the texel after swizzle is undefined.

If the image view has a depth/stencil format and the VkComponentSwizzle is VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE, the value of the texel after swizzle is undefined.

17.2.6. Sparse Residency

OpImageSparse* instructions return a structure which includes a residency code indicating whether any texels accessed by the instruction are sparse unbound texels. This code can be interpreted by the OpImageSparseTexelsResident instruction which converts the residency code to a boolean value.

17.2.7. Chroma Reconstruction

In some color models, the color representation is defined in terms of monochromatic light intensity (often called “luma”) and color differences relative to this intensity, often called “chroma”. It is common for color models other than RGB to represent the chroma components at lower spatial resolution than the luma component. This approach is used to take advantage of the eye’s lower spatial sensitivity to color compared with its sensitivity to brightness. Less commonly, the same approach is used with additive color, since the green component dominates the eye’s sensitivity to light intensity and the spatial sensitivity to color introduced by red and blue is lower.

Lower-resolution components are “downsampled” by resizing them to a lower spatial resolution than the component representing luminance. This process is also commonly known as “chroma subsampling”. There is one luminance sample in each texture texel, but each chrominance sample may be shared among several texels in one or both texture dimensions.

  • “_444” formats do not spatially downsample chroma values compared with luma: there are unique chroma samples for each texel.

  • “_422” formats have downsampling in the x dimension (corresponding to u or s coordinates): they are sampled at half the resolution of luma in that dimension.

  • “_420” formats have downsampling in the x dimension (corresponding to u or s coordinates) and the y dimension (corresponding to v or t coordinates): they are sampled at half the resolution of luma in both dimensions.

The process of reconstructing a full color value for texture access involves accessing both chroma and luma values at the same location. To generate the color accurately, the values of the lower-resolution components at the location of the luma samples are reconstructed from the lower-resolution sample locations, an operation known here as “chroma reconstruction” irrespective of the actual color model.

The location of the chroma samples relative to the luma coordinates is determined by the xChromaOffset and yChromaOffset members of the VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo structure used to create the sampler Y′CBCR conversion.

The following diagrams show the relationship between unnormalized (u,v) coordinates and (i,j) integer texel positions in the luma component (shown in black, with circles showing integer sample positions) and the texel coordinates of reduced-resolution chroma components, shown as crosses in red.

Note

If the chroma values are reconstructed at the locations of the luma samples by means of interpolation, chroma samples from outside the image bounds are needed; these are determined according to Wrapping Operation. These diagrams represent this by showing the bounds of the “chroma texel” extending beyond the image bounds, and including additional chroma sample positions where required for interpolation. The limits of a sample for NEAREST sampling is shown as a grid.
3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 j i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t 0,2 1,2 2,2 3,2 0,1 1,1 2,1 3,1 0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0 0,3 1,3 2,3 3,3
Figure 5. 422 downsampling, xChromaOffset=COSITED_EVEN
3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 j i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t 0,2 1,2 2,2 3,2 0,1 1,1 2,1 3,1 0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0 0,3 1,3 2,3 3,3
Figure 6. 422 downsampling, xChromaOffset=MIDPOINT
3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 j i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t 0,1 1,1 2,1 3,1 0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0
Figure 7. 420 downsampling, xChromaOffset=COSITED_EVEN, yChromaOffset=COSITED_EVEN
3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 j i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t 0,1 1,1 2,1 3,1 0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0
Figure 8. 420 downsampling, xChromaOffset=MIDPOINT, yChromaOffset=COSITED_EVEN
3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 j i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t 0,1 1,1 2,1 3,1 0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0
Figure 9. 420 downsampling, xChromaOffset=COSITED_EVEN, yChromaOffset=MIDPOINT
3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 j i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t 0,1 1,1 2,1 3,1 0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0
Figure 10. 420 downsampling, xChromaOffset=MIDPOINT, yChromaOffset=MIDPOINT

Reconstruction is implemented in one of two ways:

If the format of the image that is to be sampled sets VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_BIT, or the VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo’s forceExplicitReconstruction is VK_TRUE, reconstruction is performed as an explicit step independent of filtering, described in the Explicit Reconstruction section.

If the format of the image that is to be sampled does not set VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_BIT and if the VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo’s forceExplicitReconstruction is VK_FALSE, reconstruction is performed as an implicit part of filtering prior to color model conversion, with no separate post-conversion texel filtering step, as described in the Implicit Reconstruction section.

Explicit Reconstruction

  • If the chromaFilter member of the VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo structure is VK_FILTER_NEAREST:

    • If the format’s R and B components are reduced in resolution in just width by a factor of two relative to the G component (i.e. this is a “_422” format), the values accessed by texel filtering are reconstructed as follows:

    • If the format’s R and B components are reduced in resolution in width and height by a factor of two relative to the G component (i.e. this is a “_420” format), the values accessed by texel filtering are reconstructed as follows:

      Note

      xChromaOffset and yChromaOffset have no effect if chromaFilter is VK_FILTER_NEAREST for explicit reconstruction.

  • If the chromaFilter member of the VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo structure is VK_FILTER_LINEAR:

    • If the format’s R and B components are reduced in resolution in just width by a factor of two relative to the G component (i.e. this is a “_422” format):

      • If xChromaOffset is VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_COSITED_EVEN:

      • If xChromaOffset is VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_MIDPOINT:

    • If the format’s R and B components are reduced in resolution in width and height by a factor of two relative to the G component (i.e. this is a “_420” format), a similar relationship applies. Due to the number of options, these formulae are expressed more concisely as follows:

Note

In the case where the texture itself is bilinearly interpolated as described in Texel Filtering, thus requiring four full-color samples for the filtering operation, and where the reconstruction of these samples uses bilinear interpolation in the chroma components due to chromaFilter=VK_FILTER_LINEAR, up to nine chroma samples may be required, depending on the sample location.
Implicit Reconstruction

Implicit reconstruction takes place by the samples being interpolated, as required by the filter settings of the sampler, except that chromaFilter takes precedence for the chroma samples.

If chromaFilter is VK_FILTER_NEAREST, an implementation may behave as if xChromaOffset and yChromaOffset were both VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_MIDPOINT, irrespective of the values set.

Note

This will not have any visible effect if the locations of the luma samples coincide with the location of the samples used for rasterization.

The sample coordinates are adjusted by the downsample factor of the component (such that, for example, the sample coordinates are divided by two if the component has a downsample factor of two relative to the luma component):

17.2.8. Sampler Y′CBCR Conversion

Sampler Y′CBCR conversion performs the following operations on sampled data, in order:

  1. Sampler Y′CBCR Component Swizzle

  2. Sampler Y′CBCR Range Expansion

  3. Sampler Y′CBCR Model Conversion

An implementation may combine the range expansion and model conversion into a single mathematical operation.

These operations are applied to color component values after sampling operations which are not specific to sampler Y′CBCR conversion have completed.

Sampler Y′CBCR Component Swizzle

Rather than the component swizzle performed as part of sampling, which is banned for Y′CBCR image views used with sampler Y′CBCR conversion, the component swizzle specified by VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo::components is applied to the sampled data instead. This is applied in the same way as the component swizzle usually performed during sampling.

Sampler Y′CBCR Range Expansion

Sampler Y′CBCR range expansion is not applied if ycbcrModel is VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_RGB_IDENTITY.

For other values of ycbcrModel, range expansion applies independently to each component of the sampled data. For the purposes of range expansion and Y′CBCR model conversion, the R and B components contain color difference (chroma) values and the G component contains luma. The A component is not modified by sampler Y′CBCR range expansion.

The range expansion to be applied is defined by the ycbcrRange member of the VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo structure:

  • If ycbcrRange is VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_RANGE_ITU_FULL, the following transformations are applied:

    Note

    These formulae correspond to the “full range” encoding in the “Quantization schemes” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

    Should any future amendments be made to the ITU specifications from which these equations are derived, the formulae used by Vulkan may also be updated to maintain parity.

  • If ycbcrRange is VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_RANGE_ITU_NARROW, the following transformations are applied:

    Note

    These formulae correspond to the “narrow range” encoding in the “Quantization schemes” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

  • n is the bit-depth of the components in the format.

The precision of the operations performed during range expansion must be at least that of the source format.

An implementation may clamp the results of these range expansion operations such that Y′ falls in the range [0,1], and/or such that CB and CR fall in the range [-0.5,0.5].

Sampler Y′CBCR Model Conversion

The range-expanded values are converted between color models, according to the color model conversion specified in the ycbcrModel member:

VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_RGB_IDENTITY

The color components are not modified by the color model conversion since they are assumed already to represent the desired color model in which the shader is operating; Y′CBCR range expansion is also ignored.

VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_IDENTITY

The color components are not modified by the color model conversion and are assumed to be treated as though in Y′CBCR form both in memory and in the shader; Y′CBCR range expansion is applied to the components as for other Y′CBCR models, with the vector (CR,Y′,CB,A) provided to the shader.

VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_709

The color components are transformed from a Y′CBCR representation to an R′G′B′ representation as described in the “BT.709 Y′CBCR conversion” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_601

The color components are transformed from a Y′CBCR representation to an R′G′B′ representation as described in the “BT.601 Y′CBCR conversion” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

VK_SAMPLER_YCBCR_MODEL_CONVERSION_YCBCR_2020

The color components are transformed from a Y′CBCR representation to an R′G′B′ representation as described in the “BT.2020 Y′CBCR conversion” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

In this operation, each output component is dependent on each input component.

An implementation may clamp the R′G′B′ results of these conversions to the range [0,1].

The precision of the operations performed during model conversion must be at least that of the source format.

The alpha component is not modified by these model conversions.

Note

Sampling operations in a non-linear color space can introduce color and intensity shifts at sharp transition boundaries. To avoid this issue, the technically precise color correction sequence described in the “Introduction to Color Conversions” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification may be performed as follows:

The additional calculations and, especially, additional number of sampling operations in the VK_FILTER_LINEAR case can be expected to have a performance impact compared with using the outputs directly. Since the variations from “correct” results are subtle for most content, the application author should determine whether a more costly implementation is strictly necessary.

If chromaFilter, and minFilter or magFilter are both VK_FILTER_NEAREST, these operations are redundant and sampling using sampler Y′CBCR conversion at the desired sample coordinates will produce the “correct” results without further processing.

17.3. Normalized Texel Coordinate Operations

If the image sampler instruction provides normalized texel coordinates, some of the following operations are performed.

17.3.1. Projection Operation

For Proj image operations, the normalized texel coordinates (s,t,r,q,a) and (if present) the Dref coordinate are transformed as follows:

17.3.2. Derivative Image Operations

Derivatives are used for LOD selection. These derivatives are either implicit (in an ImplicitLod image instruction in a fragment shader) or explicit (provided explicitly by shader to the image instruction in any shader).

For implicit derivatives image instructions, the derivatives of texel coordinates are calculated in the same manner as derivative operations. That is:

Partial derivatives not defined above for certain image dimensionalities are set to zero.

For explicit LOD image instructions, if the optional SPIR-V operand Grad is provided, then the operand values are used for the derivatives. The number of components present in each derivative for a given image dimensionality matches the number of partial derivatives computed above.

If the optional SPIR-V operand Lod is provided, then derivatives are set to zero, the cube map derivative transformation is skipped, and the scale factor operation is skipped. Instead, the floating-point scalar coordinate is directly assigned to λbase as described in LOD Operation.

If the image or sampler object used by an implicit derivative image instruction is not uniform across the quad and quadDivergentImplicitLod is not supported, then the derivative and LOD values are undefined. Implicit derivatives are well-defined when the image and sampler and control flow are uniform across the quad, even if they diverge between different quads.

If quadDivergentImplicitLod is supported, then derivatives and implicit LOD values are well-defined even if the image or sampler object are not uniform within a quad. The derivatives are computed as specified above, and the implicit LOD calculation proceeds for each shader invocation using its respective image and sampler object.

17.3.3. Cube Map Face Selection and Transformations

For cube map image instructions, the (s,t,r) coordinates are treated as a direction vector (rx,ry,rz). The direction vector is used to select a cube map face. The direction vector is transformed to a per-face texel coordinate system (sface,tface), The direction vector is also used to transform the derivatives to per-face derivatives.

17.3.4. Cube Map Face Selection

The direction vector selects one of the cube map’s faces based on the largest magnitude coordinate direction (the major axis direction). Since two or more coordinates can have identical magnitude, the implementation must have rules to disambiguate this situation.

The rules should have as the first rule that rz wins over ry and rx, and the second rule that ry wins over rx. An implementation may choose other rules, but the rules must be deterministic and depend only on (rx,ry,rz).

The layer number (corresponding to a cube map face), the coordinate selections for sc, tc, rc, and the selection of derivatives, are determined by the major axis direction as specified in the following two tables.

Table 22. Cube Map Face and Coordinate Selection
Major Axis Direction Layer Number Cube Map Face sc tc rc

+rx

0

Positive X

-rz

-ry

rx

-rx

1

Negative X

+rz

-ry

rx

+ry

2

Positive Y

+rx

+rz

ry

-ry

3

Negative Y

+rx

-rz

ry

+rz

4

Positive Z

+rx

-ry

rz

-rz

5

Negative Z

-rx

-ry

rz
Table 23. Cube Map Derivative Selection
Major Axis Direction ∂sc / ∂x ∂sc / ∂y ∂tc / ∂x ∂tc / ∂y ∂rc / ∂x ∂rc / ∂y

+rx

-∂rz / ∂x

-∂rz / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

+∂rx / ∂x

+∂rx / ∂y

-rx

+∂rz / ∂x

+∂rz / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

-∂rx / ∂x

-∂rx / ∂y

+ry

+∂rx / ∂x

+∂rx / ∂y

+∂rz / ∂x

+∂rz / ∂y

+∂ry / ∂x

+∂ry / ∂y

-ry

+∂rx / ∂x

+∂rx / ∂y

-∂rz / ∂x

-∂rz / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

+rz

+∂rx / ∂x

+∂rx / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

+∂rz / ∂x

+∂rz / ∂y

-rz

-∂rx / ∂x

-∂rx / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

-∂rz / ∂x

-∂rz / ∂y

17.3.5. Cube Map Coordinate Transformation

17.3.6. Cube Map Derivative Transformation

The partial derivatives of the Cube Map Coordinate Transformations can be computed as:

The other derivatives are simplified similarly, resulting in

17.3.7. Scale Factor Operation, LOD Operation and Image Level(s) Selection

LOD selection can be either explicit (provided explicitly by the image instruction) or implicit (determined from a scale factor calculated from the derivatives). The LOD must be computed with mipmapPrecisionBits of accuracy.

Scale Factor Operation

The magnitude of the derivatives are calculated by:

mux = |∂s/∂x| × wbase

mvx = |∂t/∂x| × hbase

mwx = |∂r/∂x| × dbase

muy = |∂s/∂y| × wbase

mvy = |∂t/∂y| × hbase

mwy = |∂r/∂y| × dbase

where:

∂t/∂x = ∂t/∂y = 0 (for 1D images)

∂r/∂x = ∂r/∂y = 0 (for 1D, 2D or Cube images)

and:

wbase = image.w

hbase = image.h

dbase = image.d

(for the baseMipLevel, from the image descriptor).

A point sampled in screen space has an elliptical footprint in texture space. The minimum and maximum scale factors (ρmin, ρmax) should be the minor and major axes of this ellipse.

The scale factors ρx and ρy, calculated from the magnitude of the derivatives in x and y, are used to compute the minimum and maximum scale factors.

ρx and ρy may be approximated with functions fx and fy, subject to the following constraints:

The minimum and maximum scale factors (ρmin,ρmax) are determined by:

ρmax = max(ρx, ρy)

ρmin = min(ρx, ρy)

The ratio of anisotropy is determined by:

η = min(ρmax/ρmin, maxAniso)

where:

sampler.maxAniso = maxAnisotropy (from sampler descriptor)

limits.maxAniso = maxSamplerAnisotropy (from physical device limits)

maxAniso = min(sampler.maxAniso, limits.maxAniso)

If ρmax = ρmin = 0, then all the partial derivatives are zero, the fragment’s footprint in texel space is a point, and η should be treated as 1. If ρmax ≠ 0 and ρmin = 0 then all partial derivatives along one axis are zero, the fragment’s footprint in texel space is a line segment, and η should be treated as maxAniso. However, anytime the footprint is small in texel space the implementation may use a smaller value of η, even when ρmin is zero or close to zero. If either VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::samplerAnisotropy or VkSamplerCreateInfo::anisotropyEnable are VK_FALSE, maxAniso is set to 1.

If η = 1, sampling is isotropic. If η > 1, sampling is anisotropic.

The sampling rate (N) is derived as:

N = ⌈η⌉

An implementation may round N up to the nearest supported sampling rate. An implementation may use the value of N as an approximation of η.

LOD Operation

The LOD parameter λ is computed as follows:

where:

and maxSamplerLodBias is the value of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits feature maxSamplerLodBias.

Image Level(s) Selection

The image level(s) d, dhi, and dlo which texels are read from are determined by an image-level parameter dl, which is computed based on the LOD parameter, as follows:

where:

and:

baseMipLevel and levelCount are taken from the subresourceRange of the image view.

If the sampler’s mipmapMode is VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST, then the level selected is d = dl.

If the sampler’s mipmapMode is VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, two neighboring levels are selected:

δ is the fractional value, quantized to the number of mipmap precision bits, used for linear filtering between levels.

17.3.8. (s,t,r,q,a) to (u,v,w,a) Transformation

The normalized texel coordinates are scaled by the image level dimensions and the array layer is selected.

This transformation is performed once for each level used in filtering (either d, or dhi and dlo).

where:

widthscale = widthlevel

heightscale = heightlevel

depthscale = depthlevel

and where (Δi, Δj, Δk) are taken from the image instruction if it includes a ConstOffset or Offset operand, otherwise they are taken to be zero.

Operations then proceed to Unnormalized Texel Coordinate Operations.

17.4. Unnormalized Texel Coordinate Operations

17.4.1. (u,v,w,a) to (i,j,k,l,n) Transformation and Array Layer Selection

The unnormalized texel coordinates are transformed to integer texel coordinates relative to the selected mipmap level.

The layer index l is computed as:

l = clamp(RNE(a), 0, layerCount - 1) + baseArrayLayer

where layerCount is the number of layers in the image subresource range of the image view, baseArrayLayer is the first layer from the subresource range, and where:

The sample index n is assigned the value 0.

Nearest filtering (VK_FILTER_NEAREST) computes the integer texel coordinates that the unnormalized coordinates lie within:

where:

shift = 0.0

Linear filtering (VK_FILTER_LINEAR) computes a set of neighboring coordinates which bound the unnormalized coordinates. The integer texel coordinates are combinations of i0 or i1, j0 or j1, k0 or k1, as well as weights α, β, and γ.

where:

shift = 0.5

and where:

where the number of fraction bits retained is specified by VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::subTexelPrecisionBits.

Cubic filtering (VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT) computes a set of neighboring coordinates which bound the unnormalized coordinates. The integer texel coordinates are combinations of i0, i1, i2 or i3, j0, j1, j2 or j3, k0, k1, k2 or k3, as well as weights α, β, and γ.

where:

where the number of fraction bits retained is specified by VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::subTexelPrecisionBits.

17.5. Integer Texel Coordinate Operations

The OpImageFetch and OpImageFetchSparse SPIR-V instructions may supply a LOD from which texels are to be fetched using the optional SPIR-V operand Lod. Other integer-coordinate operations must not. If the Lod is provided then it must be an integer.

The image level selected is:

If d does not lie in the range [baseMipLevel, baseMipLevel + levelCount) then any values fetched are zero if the robustImageAccess2 feature is enabled, otherwise are undefined, and any writes (if supported) are discarded.

17.6. Image Sample Operations

17.6.1. Wrapping Operation

Cube images ignore the wrap modes specified in the sampler. Instead, if VK_FILTER_NEAREST is used within a mip level then VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE is used, and if VK_FILTER_LINEAR is used within a mip level then sampling at the edges is performed as described earlier in the Cube map edge handling section.

The first integer texel coordinate i is transformed based on the addressModeU parameter of the sampler.

where:

j (for 2D and Cube image) and k (for 3D image) are similarly transformed based on the addressModeV and addressModeW parameters of the sampler, respectively.

17.6.2. Texel Gathering

SPIR-V instructions with Gather in the name return a vector derived from 4 texels in the base level of the image view. The rules for the VK_FILTER_LINEAR minification filter are applied to identify the four selected texels. Each texel is then converted to an RGBA value according to component substitution and then swizzled. A four-component vector is then assembled by taking the component indicated by the Component value in the instruction from the swizzled color value of the four texels. If the operation does not use the ConstOffsets image operand then the four texels form the 2 × 2 rectangle used for texture filtering:

If the operation does use the ConstOffsets image operand then the offsets allow a custom filter to be defined:

where:

OpImage*Gather must not be used on a sampled image with sampler Y′CBCR conversion enabled.

17.6.3. Texel Filtering

Texel filtering is first performed for each level (either d or dhi and dlo).

If λ is less than or equal to zero, the texture is said to be magnified, and the filter mode within a mip level is selected by the magFilter in the sampler. If λ is greater than zero, the texture is said to be minified, and the filter mode within a mip level is selected by the minFilter in the sampler.

Texel Nearest Filtering

Within a mip level, VK_FILTER_NEAREST filtering selects a single value using the (i, j, k) texel coordinates, with all texels taken from layer l.

Texel Linear Filtering

Within a mip level, VK_FILTER_LINEAR filtering combines 8 (for 3D), 4 (for 2D or Cube), or 2 (for 1D) texel values, together with their linear weights. The linear weights are derived from the fractions computed earlier:

The values of multiple texels, together with their weights, are combined to produce a filtered value.

The VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo::reductionMode can control the process by which multiple texels, together with their weights, are combined to produce a filtered texture value.

When the reductionMode is set (explicitly or implicitly) to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, a weighted average is computed:

However, if the reduction mode is VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX, the process operates on the above set of multiple texels, together with their weights, computing a component-wise minimum or maximum, respectively, of the components of the set of texels with non-zero weights.

Texel Cubic Filtering

Within a mip level, VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT, filtering computes a weighted average of 64 (for 3D), 16 (for 2D), or 4 (for 1D) texel values, together with their Catmull-Rom weights.

Catmull-Rom weights are derived from the fractions computed earlier.

The values of multiple texels, together with their weights, are combined to produce a filtered value.

The VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo::reductionMode can control the process by which multiple texels, together with their weights, are combined to produce a filtered texture value.

When the reductionMode is set (explicitly or implicitly) to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE , a weighted average is computed:

However, if the reduction mode is VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX, the process operates on the above set of multiple texels, together with their weights, computing a component-wise minimum or maximum, respectively, of the components of the set of texels with non-zero weights.

Texel Mipmap Filtering

VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST filtering returns the value of a single mipmap level,

τ = τ[d].

VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR filtering combines the values of multiple mipmap levels (τ[hi] and τ[lo]), together with their linear weights.

The linear weights are derived from the fraction computed earlier:

The values of multiple mipmap levels, together with their weights, are combined to produce a final filtered value.

The VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo::reductionMode can control the process by which multiple texels, together with their weights, are combined to produce a filtered texture value.

When the reductionMode is set (explicitly or implicitly) to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, a weighted average is computed:

However, if the reduction mode is VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX, the process operates on the above values, together with their weights, computing a component-wise minimum or maximum, respectively, of the components of the values with non-zero weights.

Texel Anisotropic Filtering

Anisotropic filtering is enabled by the anisotropyEnable in the sampler. When enabled, the image filtering scheme accounts for a degree of anisotropy.

The particular scheme for anisotropic texture filtering is implementation-dependent. Implementations should consider the magFilter, minFilter and mipmapMode of the sampler to control the specifics of the anisotropic filtering scheme used. In addition, implementations should consider minLod and maxLod of the sampler.

Note

For historical reasons, vendor implementations of anisotropic filtering interpret these sampler parameters in different ways, particularly in corner cases such as magFilter, minFilter of VK_FILTER_NEAREST or maxAnisotropy equal to 1.0. Applications should not expect consistent behavior in such cases, and should use anisotropic filtering only with parameters which are expected to give a quality improvement relative to LINEAR filtering.

The following describes one particular approach to implementing anisotropic filtering for the 2D Image case; implementations may choose other methods:

Given a magFilter, minFilter of VK_FILTER_LINEAR and a mipmapMode of VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST:

Instead of a single isotropic sample, N isotropic samples are sampled within the image footprint of the image level d to approximate an anisotropic filter. The sum τ2Daniso is defined using the single isotropic τ2D(u,v) at level d.

When VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo::reductionMode is VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, the above summation is used. However, if the reduction mode is VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX, the process operates on the above values, together with their weights, computing a component-wise minimum or maximum, respectively, of the components of the values with non-zero weights.

17.7. Image Operation Steps

Each step described in this chapter is performed by a subset of the image instructions:

  • Texel Input Validation Operations, Format Conversion, Texel Replacement, Conversion to RGBA, and Component Swizzle: Performed by all instructions except OpImageWrite.

  • Depth Comparison: Performed by OpImage*Dref instructions.

  • All Texel output operations: Performed by OpImageWrite.

  • Projection: Performed by all OpImage*Proj instructions.

  • Derivative Image Operations, Cube Map Operations, Scale Factor Operation, LOD Operation and Image Level(s) Selection, and Texel Anisotropic Filtering: Performed by all OpImageSample* and OpImageSparseSample* instructions.

  • (s,t,r,q,a) to (u,v,w,a) Transformation, Wrapping, and (u,v,w,a) to (i,j,k,l,n) Transformation And Array Layer Selection: Performed by all OpImageSample, OpImageSparseSample, and OpImage*Gather instructions.

  • Texel Gathering: Performed by OpImage*Gather instructions.

  • Texel Filtering: Performed by all OpImageSample* and OpImageSparseSample* instructions.

  • Sparse Residency: Performed by all OpImageSparse* instructions.

17.8. Image Query Instructions

17.8.1. Image Property Queries

OpImageQuerySize, OpImageQuerySizeLod, OpImageQueryLevels, and OpImageQuerySamples query properties of the image descriptor that would be accessed by a shader image operation. They return 0 if the bound descriptor is a null descriptor.

OpImageQuerySizeLod returns the size of the image level identified by the Level of Detail operand. If that level does not exist in the image, and the descriptor is not null, then the value returned is undefined.

17.8.2. LOD Query

OpImageQueryLod returns the LOD parameters that would be used in an image operation with the given image and coordinates. If the descriptor that would be accessed is a null descriptor then (0,0) is returned. Otherwise, the steps described in this chapter are performed as if for OpImageSampleImplicitLod, up to Scale Factor Operation, LOD Operation and Image Level(s) Selection. The return value is the vector (λ', dl - levelbase). These values may be subject to implementation-specific maxima and minima for very large, out-of-range values.

18. Queries

Queries provide a mechanism to return information about the processing of a sequence of Vulkan commands. Query operations are asynchronous, and as such, their results are not returned immediately. Instead, their results, and their availability status are stored in a Query Pool. The state of these queries can be read back on the host, or copied to a buffer object on the device.

The supported query types are Occlusion Queries, Pipeline Statistics Queries, and Timestamp Queries. Performance Queries are supported if the associated extension is available.

18.1. Query Pools

Queries are managed using query pool objects. Each query pool is a collection of a specific number of queries of a particular type.

Query pools cannot be destroyed [SCID-4].

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceDestroyFreesMemory is VK_TRUE, the memory is returned to the system when the device is destroyed. Otherwise, it may not be returned to the system until the process is terminated.

Query pools are represented by VkQueryPool handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkQueryPool)

To create a query pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateQueryPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkQueryPoolCreateInfo*                pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkQueryPool*                                pQueryPool);

  • device is the logical device that creates the query pool.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure containing the number and type of queries to be managed by the pool.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pQueryPool is a pointer to a VkQueryPool handle in which the resulting query pool object is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateQueryPool must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-device-09663
    device must support at least one queue family with one of the VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT capabilities

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-device-05068
    The number of query pools currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of query pools requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::queryPoolRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-pQueryPool-parameter
    pQueryPool must be a valid pointer to a VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkQueryPoolCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkQueryPoolCreateFlags           flags;
    VkQueryType                      queryType;
    uint32_t                         queryCount;
    VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlags    pipelineStatistics;
} VkQueryPoolCreateInfo;

pipelineStatistics is ignored if queryType is not VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-00791
    If the pipelineStatisticsQuery feature is not enabled, queryType must not be VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-00792
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS, pipelineStatistics must be a valid combination of VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-09534
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS, pipelineStatistics must not be zero

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-03222
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, the pNext chain must include a VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryCount-02763
    queryCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-05046
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION then queryCount must be less than or equal to the maximum of all VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxOcclusionQueriesPerPool values specified when device was created

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-05047
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS then queryCount must be less than or equal to the maximum of all VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxPipelineStatisticsQueriesPerPool values specified when device was created

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-05048
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP then queryCount must be less than or equal to the maximum of all VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::maxTimestampQueriesPerPool values specified when device was created

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-05049
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR then queryCount must be less than or equal to the maximum of all VkPerformanceQueryReservationInfoKHR::maxPerformanceQueriesPerPool values specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-parameter
    queryType must be a valid VkQueryType value

Bits which can be set in VkQueryPoolCreateInfo::flags, specifying options for query pools, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryPoolCreateFlagBits {
} VkQueryPoolCreateFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueryPoolCreateFlags;

VkQueryPoolCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueryPoolCreateFlagBits.

The VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef struct VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           queueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t           counterIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*    pCounterIndices;
} VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • queueFamilyIndex is the queue family index to create this performance query pool for.

  • counterIndexCount is the length of the pCounterIndices array.

  • pCounterIndices is a pointer to an array of indices into the vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR::pCounters to enable in this performance query pool.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR-queueFamilyIndex-03236
    queueFamilyIndex must be a valid queue family index of the device

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR-performanceCounterQueryPools-03237
    The performanceCounterQueryPools feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR-pCounterIndices-03321
    Each element of pCounterIndices must be in the range of counters reported by vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR for the queue family specified in queueFamilyIndex

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_PERFORMANCE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR-pCounterIndices-parameter
    pCounterIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of counterIndexCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR-counterIndexCount-arraylength
    counterIndexCount must be greater than 0

To query the number of passes required to query a performance query pool on a physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR*  pPerformanceQueryCreateInfo,
    uint32_t*                                   pNumPasses);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose queue family performance query counter properties will be queried.

  • pPerformanceQueryCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR of the performance query that is to be created.

  • pNumPasses is a pointer to an integer related to the number of passes required to query the performance query pool, as described below.

The pPerformanceQueryCreateInfo member VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR::queueFamilyIndex must be a queue family of physicalDevice. The number of passes required to capture the counters specified in the pPerformanceQueryCreateInfo member VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR::pCounters is returned in pNumPasses.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR-pPerformanceQueryCreateInfo-parameter
    pPerformanceQueryCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR-pNumPasses-parameter
    pNumPasses must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

Possible values of VkQueryPoolCreateInfo::queryType, specifying the type of queries managed by the pool, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryType {
    VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION = 0,
    VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS = 1,
    VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP = 2,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
    VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR = 1000116000,
} VkQueryType;

18.2. Query Operation

The operation of queries is controlled by the commands vkCmdBeginQuery, vkCmdEndQuery, vkCmdResetQueryPool, vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults, vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR, and vkCmdWriteTimestamp.

In order for a VkCommandBuffer to record query management commands, the queue family for which its VkCommandPool was created must support the appropriate type of operations (graphics, compute) suitable for the query type of a given query pool.

Each query in a query pool has a status that is either unavailable or available, and also has state to store the numerical results of a query operation of the type requested when the query pool was created. Resetting a query via vkCmdResetQueryPool or vkResetQueryPool sets the status to unavailable and makes the numerical results undefined. A query is made available by the operation of vkCmdEndQuery, vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR, or vkCmdWriteTimestamp. Both the availability status and numerical results can be retrieved by calling either vkGetQueryPoolResults or vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults.

After query pool creation, each query is in an uninitialized state and must be reset before it is used. Queries must also be reset between uses.

If a logical device includes multiple physical devices, then each command that writes a query must execute on a single physical device, and any call to vkCmdBeginQuery must execute the corresponding vkCmdEndQuery command on the same physical device.

To reset a range of queries in a query pool on a queue, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdResetQueryPool(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    firstQuery,
    uint32_t                                    queryCount);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which this command will be recorded.

  • queryPool is the handle of the query pool managing the queries being reset.

  • firstQuery is the initial query index to reset.

  • queryCount is the number of queries to reset.

When executed on a queue, this command sets the status of query indices [firstQuery, firstQuery + queryCount - 1] to unavailable.

This command defines an execution dependency between other query commands that reference the same query.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by firstQuery and queryCount that occur earlier in submission order.

The second synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by firstQuery and queryCount that occur later in submission order.

The operation of this command happens after the first scope and happens before the second scope.

If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, this command sets the status of query indices [firstQuery, firstQuery + queryCount - 1] to unavailable for each pass of queryPool, as indicated by a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR.

Note

Because vkCmdResetQueryPool resets all the passes of the indicated queries, applications must not record a vkCmdResetQueryPool command for a queryPool created with VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR in a command buffer that needs to be submitted multiple times as indicated by a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR. Otherwise applications will never be able to complete the recorded queries.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-firstQuery-09436
    firstQuery must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-firstQuery-09437
    The sum of firstQuery and queryCount must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-None-02841
    All queries used by the command must not be active

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-firstQuery-02862
    If queryPool was created with VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, this command must not be recorded in a command buffer that, either directly or through secondary command buffers, also contains begin commands for a query from the set of queries [firstQuery, firstQuery + queryCount - 1]

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

To reset a range of queries in a query pool on the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
void vkResetQueryPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    firstQuery,
    uint32_t                                    queryCount);

  • device is the logical device that owns the query pool.

  • queryPool is the handle of the query pool managing the queries being reset.

  • firstQuery is the initial query index to reset.

  • queryCount is the number of queries to reset.

This command sets the status of query indices [firstQuery, firstQuery + queryCount - 1] to unavailable.

If queryPool is VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR this command sets the status of query indices [firstQuery, firstQuery + queryCount - 1] to unavailable for each pass.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkResetQueryPool-firstQuery-09436
    firstQuery must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkResetQueryPool-firstQuery-09437
    The sum of firstQuery and queryCount must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkResetQueryPool-None-02665
    The hostQueryReset feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkResetQueryPool-firstQuery-02741
    Submitted commands that refer to the range specified by firstQuery and queryCount in queryPool must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkResetQueryPool-firstQuery-02742
    The range of queries specified by firstQuery and queryCount in queryPool must not be in use by calls to vkGetQueryPoolResults or vkResetQueryPool in other threads

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkResetQueryPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetQueryPool-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkResetQueryPool-queryPool-parent
    queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Once queries are reset and ready for use, query commands can be issued to a command buffer. Occlusion queries and pipeline statistics queries count events - drawn samples and pipeline stage invocations, respectively - resulting from commands that are recorded between a vkCmdBeginQuery command and a vkCmdEndQuery command within a specified command buffer, effectively scoping a set of drawing and/or dispatching commands. Timestamp queries write timestamps to a query pool. Performance queries record performance counters to a query pool.

A query must begin and end in the same command buffer, although if it is a primary command buffer, and the inheritedQueries feature is enabled, it can execute secondary command buffers during the query operation. For a secondary command buffer to be executed while a query is active, it must set the occlusionQueryEnable, queryFlags, and/or pipelineStatistics members of VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo to conservative values, as described in the Command Buffer Recording section. A query must either begin and end inside the same subpass of a render pass instance, or must both begin and end outside of a render pass instance (i.e. contain entire render pass instances).

If queries are used while executing a render pass instance that has multiview enabled, the query uses N consecutive query indices in the query pool (starting at query) where N is the number of bits set in the view mask in the subpass the query is used in. How the numerical results of the query are distributed among the queries is implementation-dependent. For example, some implementations may write each view’s results to a distinct query, while other implementations may write the total result to the first query and write zero to the other queries. However, the sum of the results in all the queries must accurately reflect the total result of the query summed over all views. Applications can sum the results from all the queries to compute the total result.

Queries used with multiview rendering must not span subpasses, i.e. they must begin and end in the same subpass.

To begin a query, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBeginQuery(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    query,
    VkQueryControlFlags                         flags);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which this command will be recorded.

  • queryPool is the query pool that will manage the results of the query.

  • query is the query index within the query pool that will contain the results.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkQueryControlFlagBits specifying constraints on the types of queries that can be performed.

If the queryType of the pool is VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION and flags contains VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT, an implementation must return a result that matches the actual number of samples passed. This is described in more detail in Occlusion Queries.

After beginning a query, that query is considered active within the command buffer it was called in until that same query is ended. Queries active in a primary command buffer when secondary command buffers are executed are considered active for those secondary command buffers.

This command defines an execution dependency between other query commands that reference the same query.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur earlier in submission order.

The second synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur later in submission order.

The operation of this command happens after the first scope and happens before the second scope.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-None-00807
    All queries used by the command must be unavailable

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-02804
    The queryType used to create queryPool must not be VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-00800
    If the occlusionQueryPrecise feature is not enabled, or the queryType used to create queryPool was not VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION, flags must not contain VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-query-00802
    query must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-00803
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-00804
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS and any of the pipelineStatistics indicate graphics operations, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-00805
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS and any of the pipelineStatistics indicate compute operations, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commandBuffer-01885
    commandBuffer must not be a protected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-query-00808
    If called within a render pass instance, the sum of query and the number of bits set in the current subpass’s view mask must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-01922
    queryPool must have been created with a queryType that differs from that of any queries that are active within commandBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-07289
    If queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, then the VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR::queueFamilyIndex queryPool was created with must equal the queue family index of the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-03223
    If queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, the profiling lock must have been held before vkBeginCommandBuffer was called on commandBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-03224
    If queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR and one of the counters used to create queryPool was VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_KHR, the query begin must be the first recorded command in commandBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-03225
    If queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR and one of the counters used to create queryPool was VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_RENDER_PASS_KHR, the begin command must not be recorded within a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-03226
    If queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR and another query pool with a queryType VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR has been used within commandBuffer, its parent primary command buffer or secondary command buffer recorded within the same parent primary command buffer as commandBuffer, the performanceCounterMultipleQueryPools feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-None-02863
    If queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, this command must not be recorded in a command buffer that, either directly or through secondary command buffers, also contains a vkCmdResetQueryPool command affecting the same query

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkQueryControlFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action
State

Bits which can be set in vkCmdBeginQuery::flags, specifying constraints on the types of queries that can be performed, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryControlFlagBits {
    VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkQueryControlFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueryControlFlags;

VkQueryControlFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueryControlFlagBits.

To end a query after the set of desired drawing or dispatching commands is executed, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdEndQuery(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    query);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which this command will be recorded.

  • queryPool is the query pool that is managing the results of the query.

  • query is the query index within the query pool where the result is stored.

The command completes the query in queryPool identified by query, and marks it as available.

This command defines an execution dependency between other query commands that reference the same query.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur earlier in submission order.

The second synchronization scope includes only the operation of this command.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-None-01923
    All queries used by the command must be active

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-query-00810
    query must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commandBuffer-01886
    commandBuffer must not be a protected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-query-00812
    If vkCmdEndQuery is called within a render pass instance, the sum of query and the number of bits set in the current subpass’s view mask must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-queryPool-03227
    If queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR and one or more of the counters used to create queryPool was VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_KHR, the vkCmdEndQuery must be the last recorded command in commandBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-queryPool-03228
    If queryPool was created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR and one or more of the counters used to create queryPool was VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_SCOPE_RENDER_PASS_KHR, the vkCmdEndQuery must not be recorded within a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-None-07007
    If called within a subpass of a render pass instance, the corresponding vkCmdBeginQuery* command must have been called previously within the same subpass

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action
State

An application can retrieve results either by requesting they be written into application-provided memory, or by requesting they be copied into a VkBuffer. In either case, the layout in memory is defined as follows:

  • The first query’s result is written starting at the first byte requested by the command, and each subsequent query’s result begins stride bytes later.

  • Each query writes results in a tightly packed array of result values as follows:

    • Occlusion queries write one unsigned integer value - the number of samples passed.

    • Pipeline statistics queries write one unsigned integer value for each bit that is enabled in the pipelineStatistics when the pool is created, and the statistics values are written in bit order starting from the least significant bit.

    • Timestamp queries write one unsigned integer value.

    • Performance queries write one VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR value for each VkPerformanceCounterKHR in the query.

  • If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is specified, an additional unsigned integer result value is written indicating whether the query’s result is available, with any non-zero value indicating that it is available.

  • The bit width of all integer result values written by all query types is either 32- or 64-bits, as requested by the command. The only exceptions are the VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR values written by performance queries whose type is determined by the unit member of the corresponding VkPerformanceCounterKHR.

  • If more than one query is retrieved and stride is not at least as large as the size of the array of values corresponding to a single query, the values written to memory are undefined.

To retrieve status and results for a set of queries, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetQueryPoolResults(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    firstQuery,
    uint32_t                                    queryCount,
    size_t                                      dataSize,
    void*                                       pData,
    VkDeviceSize                                stride,
    VkQueryResultFlags                          flags);

  • device is the logical device that owns the query pool.

  • queryPool is the query pool managing the queries containing the desired results.

  • firstQuery is the initial query index.

  • queryCount is the number of queries to read.

  • dataSize is the size in bytes of the buffer pointed to by pData.

  • pData is a pointer to an application-allocated buffer where the results will be written

  • stride is the stride in bytes between results for individual queries within pData.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkQueryResultFlagBits specifying how and when results are returned.

Any results written for a query are written according to a layout dependent on the query type.

If no bits are set in flags, and all requested queries are in the available state, results are written as an array of 32-bit unsigned integer values. Behavior when not all queries are available is described below.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is set, results for all queries in queryPool identified by firstQuery and queryCount are copied to pData, along with an extra availability value written directly after the results of each query and interpreted as an unsigned integer. A value of zero indicates that the results are not yet available, otherwise the query is complete and results are available. The size of the availability values is 64 bits if VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set in flags. Otherwise, it is 32 bits.

Note

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is set, the layout of data in the buffer is a (result,availability) pair for each query returned, and stride is the stride between each pair.

Results for any available query written by this command are final and represent the final result of the query. If VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT is set, then for any query that is unavailable, an intermediate result between zero and the final result value is written for that query. Otherwise, any result written by this command is undefined.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set, results and, if returned, availability values for all queries are written as an array of 64-bit values. If the queryPool was created with VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, results for each query are written as an array of the type indicated by VkPerformanceCounterKHR::storage for the counter being queried. Otherwise, results and availability values are written as an array of 32-bit values. If an unsigned integer query’s value overflows the result type, the value may either wrap or saturate. If a signed integer query’s value overflows the result type, the value is undefined. If a floating-point query’s value is not representable as the result type, the value is undefined.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT is set, this command defines an execution dependency with any earlier commands that writes one of the identified queries. The first synchronization scope includes all instances of vkCmdEndQuery, vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR, and vkCmdWriteTimestamp that reference any query in queryPool indicated by firstQuery and queryCount. The second synchronization scope includes the host operations of this command.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT is not set, vkGetQueryPoolResults may return VK_NOT_READY if there are queries in the unavailable state.

Note

Applications must take care to ensure that use of the VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT bit has the desired effect.

For example, if a query has been used previously and a command buffer records the commands vkCmdResetQueryPool, vkCmdBeginQuery, and vkCmdEndQuery for that query, then the query will remain in the available state until vkResetQueryPool is called or the vkCmdResetQueryPool command executes on a queue. Applications can use fences or events to ensure that a query has already been reset before checking for its results or availability status. Otherwise, a stale value could be returned from a previous use of the query.

The above also applies when VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT is used in combination with VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT. In this case, the returned availability status may reflect the result of a previous use of the query unless vkResetQueryPool is called or the vkCmdResetQueryPool command has been executed since the last use of the query.
Note

Applications can double-buffer query pool usage, with a pool per frame, and reset queries at the end of the frame in which they are read.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetQueryPoolResults must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-firstQuery-09436
    firstQuery must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-firstQuery-09437
    The sum of firstQuery and queryCount must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryCount-09438
    If queryCount is greater than 1, stride must not be zero

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryType-09439
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP, flags must not contain VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryType-09440
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, flags must not contain VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT, VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT, or VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryType-09441
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, the queryPool must have been recorded once for each pass as retrieved via a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-None-09401
    All queries used by the command must not be uninitialized

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-flags-02828
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is not set in flags and the queryType used to create queryPool was not VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, then pData and stride must be multiples of 4

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-flags-00815
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set in flags then pData and stride must be multiples of 8

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-stride-08993
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is set, stride must be large enough to contain the unsigned integer representing availability in addition to the query result

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryType-03229
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, then pData and stride must be multiples of the size of VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryType-04519
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, then stride must be large enough to contain the VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR::counterIndexCount used to create queryPool times the size of VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-dataSize-00817
    dataSize must be large enough to contain the result of each query, as described here

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-pData-parameter
    pData must be a valid pointer to an array of dataSize bytes

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkQueryResultFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-dataSize-arraylength
    dataSize must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryPool-parent
    queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_NOT_READY

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Bits which can be set in vkGetQueryPoolResults::flags and vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults::flags, specifying how and when results are returned, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryResultFlagBits {
    VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkQueryResultFlagBits;

  • VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT specifies the results will be written as an array of 64-bit unsigned integer values. If this bit is not set, the results will be written as an array of 32-bit unsigned integer values.

  • VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT specifies that Vulkan will wait for each query’s status to become available before retrieving its results.

  • VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT specifies that the availability status accompanies the results.

  • VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT specifies that returning partial results is acceptable.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueryResultFlags;

VkQueryResultFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueryResultFlagBits.

To copy query statuses and numerical results directly to buffer memory, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    firstQuery,
    uint32_t                                    queryCount,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                dstOffset,
    VkDeviceSize                                stride,
    VkQueryResultFlags                          flags);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which this command will be recorded.

  • queryPool is the query pool managing the queries containing the desired results.

  • firstQuery is the initial query index.

  • queryCount is the number of queries. firstQuery and queryCount together define a range of queries.

  • dstBuffer is a VkBuffer object that will receive the results of the copy command.

  • dstOffset is an offset into dstBuffer.

  • stride is the stride in bytes between results for individual queries within dstBuffer. The required size of the backing memory for dstBuffer is determined as described above for vkGetQueryPoolResults.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkQueryResultFlagBits specifying how and when results are returned.

Any results written for a query are written according to a layout dependent on the query type.

Results for any query in queryPool identified by firstQuery and queryCount that is available are copied to dstBuffer.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is set, results for all queries in queryPool identified by firstQuery and queryCount are copied to dstBuffer, along with an extra availability value written directly after the results of each query and interpreted as an unsigned integer. A value of zero indicates that the results are not yet available, otherwise the query is complete and results are available.

Results for any available query written by this command are final and represent the final result of the query. If VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT is set, then for any query that is unavailable, an intermediate result between zero and the final result value is written for that query. Otherwise, any result written by this command is undefined.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set, results and availability values for all queries are written as an array of 64-bit values. If the queryPool was created with VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, results for each query are written as an array of the type indicated by VkPerformanceCounterKHR::storage for the counter being queried. Otherwise, results and availability values are written as an array of 32-bit values. If an unsigned integer query’s value overflows the result type, the value may either wrap or saturate. If a signed integer query’s value overflows the result type, the value is undefined. If a floating-point query’s value is not representable as the result type, the value is undefined.

This command defines an execution dependency between other query commands that reference the same query.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur earlier in submission order. If flags does not include VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT, vkCmdEndQuery, vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR, and vkCmdWriteTimestamp are excluded from this scope.

The second synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur later in submission order.

The operation of this command happens after the first scope and happens before the second scope.

vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults is considered to be a transfer operation, and its writes to buffer memory must be synchronized using VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT and VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT before using the results.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-firstQuery-09436
    firstQuery must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-firstQuery-09437
    The sum of firstQuery and queryCount must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryCount-09438
    If queryCount is greater than 1, stride must not be zero

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryType-09439
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP, flags must not contain VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryType-09440
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, flags must not contain VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT, VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT, or VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryType-09441
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, the queryPool must have been recorded once for each pass as retrieved via a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-None-09402
    All queries used by the command must not be uninitialized when the command is executed

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstOffset-00819
    dstOffset must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-flags-00822
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is not set in flags then dstOffset and stride must be multiples of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-flags-00823
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set in flags then dstOffset and stride must be multiples of 8

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstBuffer-00824
    dstBuffer must have enough storage, from dstOffset, to contain the result of each query, as described here

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstBuffer-00825
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstBuffer-00826
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryType-03232
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR, VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryPropertiesKHR::allowCommandBufferQueryCopies must be VK_TRUE

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-None-07429
    All queries used by the command must not be active

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-None-08752
    All queries used by the command must have been made available by prior executed commands

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkQueryResultFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

Rendering operations such as clears, MSAA resolves, attachment load/store operations, and blits may count towards the results of queries. This behavior is implementation-dependent and may vary depending on the path used within an implementation. For example, some implementations have several types of clears, some of which may include vertices and some not.

18.3. Occlusion Queries

Occlusion queries track the number of samples that pass the per-fragment tests for a set of drawing commands. As such, occlusion queries are only available on queue families supporting graphics operations. The application can then use these results to inform future rendering decisions. An occlusion query is begun and ended by calling vkCmdBeginQuery and vkCmdEndQuery, respectively. When an occlusion query begins, the count of passing samples always starts at zero. For each drawing command, the count is incremented as described in Sample Counting. If flags does not contain VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT an implementation may generate any non-zero result value for the query if the count of passing samples is non-zero.

Note

Not setting VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT mode may be more efficient on some implementations, and should be used where it is sufficient to know a boolean result on whether any samples passed the per-fragment tests. In this case, some implementations may only return zero or one, indifferent to the actual number of samples passing the per-fragment tests.

Setting VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT does not guarantee that different implementations return the same number of samples in an occlusion query. Some implementations may kill fragments in the pre-rasterization shader stage, and these killed fragments do not contribute to the final result of the query. It is possible that some implementations generate a zero result value for the query, while others generate a non-zero value.

When an occlusion query finishes, the result for that query is marked as available. The application can then either copy the result to a buffer (via vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults) or request it be put into host memory (via vkGetQueryPoolResults).

Note

If occluding geometry is not drawn first, samples can pass the depth test, but still not be visible in a final image.

18.4. Pipeline Statistics Queries

Pipeline statistics queries allow the application to sample a specified set of VkPipeline counters. These counters are accumulated by Vulkan for a set of either drawing or dispatching commands while a pipeline statistics query is active. As such, pipeline statistics queries are available on queue families supporting either graphics or compute operations. The availability of pipeline statistics queries is indicated by the pipelineStatisticsQuery member of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures object (see vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures and vkCreateDevice for detecting and requesting this query type on a VkDevice).

A pipeline statistics query is begun and ended by calling vkCmdBeginQuery and vkCmdEndQuery, respectively. When a pipeline statistics query begins, all statistics counters are set to zero. While the query is active, the pipeline type determines which set of statistics are available, but these must be configured on the query pool when it is created. If a statistic counter is issued on a command buffer that does not support the corresponding operation, or the counter corresponds to a shading stage which is missing from any of the pipelines used while the query is active, the value of that counter is undefined after the query has been made available. At least one statistic counter relevant to the operations supported on the recording command buffer must be enabled.

Bits which can be set in VkQueryPoolCreateInfo::pipelineStatistics for query pools and in VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::pipelineStatistics for secondary command buffers, individually enabling pipeline statistics counters, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits {
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_VERTICES_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_PRIMITIVES_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_VERTEX_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_GEOMETRY_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_GEOMETRY_SHADER_PRIMITIVES_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_CLIPPING_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_CLIPPING_PRIMITIVES_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_PATCHES_BIT = 0x00000100,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000200,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_COMPUTE_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000400,
} VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits;

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_VERTICES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of vertices processed by the input assembly stage. Vertices corresponding to incomplete primitives may contribute to the count.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_PRIMITIVES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of primitives processed by the input assembly stage. If primitive restart is enabled, restarting the primitive topology has no effect on the count. Incomplete primitives may be counted.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_VERTEX_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of vertex shader invocations. This counter’s value is incremented each time a vertex shader is invoked.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_GEOMETRY_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of geometry shader invocations. This counter’s value is incremented each time a geometry shader is invoked. In the case of instanced geometry shaders, the geometry shader invocations count is incremented for each separate instanced invocation.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_GEOMETRY_SHADER_PRIMITIVES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of primitives generated by geometry shader invocations. The counter’s value is incremented each time the geometry shader emits a primitive. Restarting primitive topology using the SPIR-V instructions OpEndPrimitive or OpEndStreamPrimitive has no effect on the geometry shader output primitives count.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_CLIPPING_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of primitives processed by the Primitive Clipping stage of the pipeline. The counter’s value is incremented each time a primitive reaches the primitive clipping stage.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_CLIPPING_PRIMITIVES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of primitives output by the Primitive Clipping stage of the pipeline. The counter’s value is incremented each time a primitive passes the primitive clipping stage. The actual number of primitives output by the primitive clipping stage for a particular input primitive is implementation-dependent but must satisfy the following conditions:

    • If at least one vertex of the input primitive lies inside the clipping volume, the counter is incremented by one or more.

    • Otherwise, the counter is incremented by zero or more.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of fragment shader invocations. The counter’s value is incremented each time the fragment shader is invoked.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_PATCHES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of patches processed by the tessellation control shader. The counter’s value is incremented once for each patch for which a tessellation control shader is invoked.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of invocations of the tessellation evaluation shader. The counter’s value is incremented each time the tessellation evaluation shader is invoked.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_COMPUTE_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of compute shader invocations. The counter’s value is incremented every time the compute shader is invoked. Implementations may skip the execution of certain compute shader invocations or execute additional compute shader invocations for implementation-dependent reasons as long as the results of rendering otherwise remain unchanged.

These values are intended to measure relative statistics on one implementation. Various device architectures will count these values differently. Any or all counters may be affected by the issues described in Query Operation.

Note

For example, tile-based rendering devices may need to replay the scene multiple times, affecting some of the counts.

If a pipeline has rasterizerDiscardEnable enabled, implementations may discard primitives after the final pre-rasterization shader stage. As a result, if rasterizerDiscardEnable is enabled, the clipping input and output primitives counters may not be incremented.

When a pipeline statistics query finishes, the result for that query is marked as available. The application can copy the result to a buffer (via vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults), or request it be put into host memory (via vkGetQueryPoolResults).

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlags;

VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits.

18.5. Timestamp Queries

Timestamps provide applications with a mechanism for monotonically tracking the execution of commands. A timestamp is an integer value generated by the VkPhysicalDevice. Unlike other queries, timestamps do not operate over a range, and so do not use vkCmdBeginQuery or vkCmdEndQuery. The mechanism is built around a set of commands that allow the application to tell the VkPhysicalDevice to write timestamp values to a query pool and then either read timestamp values on the host (using vkGetQueryPoolResults) or copy timestamp values to a VkBuffer (using vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults).

The number of valid bits in a timestamp value is determined by the VkQueueFamilyProperties::timestampValidBits property of the queue on which the timestamp is written. Timestamps are supported on any queue which reports a non-zero value for timestampValidBits via vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties. If the timestampComputeAndGraphics limit is VK_TRUE, timestamps are supported by every queue family that supports either graphics or compute operations (see VkQueueFamilyProperties).

The number of nanoseconds it takes for a timestamp value to be incremented by 1 can be obtained from VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::timestampPeriod after a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties.

To request a timestamp and write the value to memory, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
void vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineStageFlags2                       stage,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    query);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • stage specifies a stage of the pipeline.

  • queryPool is the query pool that will manage the timestamp.

  • query is the query within the query pool that will contain the timestamp.

When vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR is submitted to a queue, it defines an execution dependency on commands that were submitted before it, and writes a timestamp to a query pool.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands that occur earlier in submission order. The synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stage specified by stage.

The second synchronization scope includes only the timestamp write operation.

Note

Implementations may write the timestamp at any stage that is logically later than stage.

Any timestamp write that happens-after another timestamp write in the same submission must not have a lower value unless its value overflows the maximum supported integer bit width of the query. If VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps is enabled, this extends to timestamp writes across all submissions on the same logical device: any timestamp write that happens-after another must not have a lower value unless its value overflows the maximum supported integer bit width of the query. Timestamps written by this command must be in the VK_TIME_DOMAIN_DEVICE_KHR time domain. If an overflow occurs, the timestamp value must wrap back to zero.

If vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR is called while executing a render pass instance that has multiview enabled, the timestamp uses N consecutive query indices in the query pool (starting at query) where N is the number of bits set in the view mask of the subpass the command is executed in. The resulting query values are determined by an implementation-dependent choice of one of the following behaviors:

  • The first query is a timestamp value and (if more than one bit is set in the view mask) zero is written to the remaining queries.

  • All N queries are timestamp values.

Either way, if two timestamps are written in the same subpass with multiview enabled, each of the N consecutive queries written for a timestamp must not have a lower value than the queries with corresponding indices written by the timestamp that happens-before unless the value overflows the maximum supported integer bit width of the query.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-stage-03929
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stage must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-stage-03930
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stage must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-stage-07317
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, stage must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-synchronization2-03858
    The synchronization2 feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-stage-03859
    stage must only include a single pipeline stage

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-stage-03860
    stage must only include stages valid for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-queryPool-03861
    queryPool must have been created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-timestampValidBits-03863
    The command pool’s queue family must support a non-zero timestampValidBits

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-query-04903
    query must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-None-03864
    All queries used by the command must be unavailable

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-query-03865
    If vkCmdWriteTimestamp2KHR is called within a render pass instance, the sum of query and the number of bits set in the current subpass’s view mask must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-stage-parameter
    stage must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits2 values

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp2-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

To request a timestamp and write the value to memory, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdWriteTimestamp(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineStageFlagBits                     pipelineStage,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    query);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pipelineStage is a VkPipelineStageFlagBits value, specifying a stage of the pipeline.

  • queryPool is the query pool that will manage the timestamp.

  • query is the query within the query pool that will contain the timestamp.

When vkCmdWriteTimestamp is submitted to a queue, it defines an execution dependency on commands that were submitted before it, and writes a timestamp to a query pool.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands that occur earlier in submission order. The synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stage specified by pipelineStage.

The second synchronization scope includes only the timestamp write operation.

Note

Implementations may write the timestamp at any stage that is logically later than stage.

Any timestamp write that happens-after another timestamp write in the same submission must not have a lower value unless its value overflows the maximum supported integer bit width of the query. If VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps is enabled, this extends to timestamp writes across all submissions on the same logical device: any timestamp write that happens-after another must not have a lower value unless its value overflows the maximum supported integer bit width of the query. Timestamps written by this command must be in the VK_TIME_DOMAIN_DEVICE_KHR time domain. If an overflow occurs, the timestamp value must wrap back to zero.

If vkCmdWriteTimestamp is called while executing a render pass instance that has multiview enabled, the timestamp uses N consecutive query indices in the query pool (starting at query) where N is the number of bits set in the view mask of the subpass the command is executed in. The resulting query values are determined by an implementation-dependent choice of one of the following behaviors:

  • The first query is a timestamp value and (if more than one bit is set in the view mask) zero is written to the remaining queries.

  • All N queries are timestamp values.

Either way, if two timestamps are written in the same subpass with multiview enabled, each of the N consecutive queries written for a timestamp must not have a lower value than the queries with corresponding indices written by the timestamp that happens-before unless the value overflows the maximum supported integer bit width of the query.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-04074
    pipelineStage must be a valid stage for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-04075
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, pipelineStage must not be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-04076
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, pipelineStage must not be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-fragmentShadingRate-07315
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, pipelineStage must not be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-synchronization2-06489
    If the synchronization2 feature is not enabled, pipelineStage must not be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-queryPool-01416
    queryPool must have been created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-timestampValidBits-00829
    The command pool’s queue family must support a non-zero timestampValidBits

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-query-04904
    query must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-None-00830
    All queries used by the command must be unavailable

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-query-00831
    If vkCmdWriteTimestamp is called within a render pass instance, the sum of query and the number of bits set in the current subpass’s view mask must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-parameter
    pipelineStage must be a valid VkPipelineStageFlagBits value

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

18.6. Performance Queries

Performance queries provide applications with a mechanism for getting performance counter information about the execution of command buffers, render passes, and commands.

Each queue family advertises the performance counters that can be queried on a queue of that family via a call to vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR. Implementations may limit access to performance counters based on platform requirements or only to specialized drivers for development purposes.

Note

This may include no performance counters being enumerated, or a reduced set. Please refer to platform-specific documentation for guidance on any such restrictions.

Performance queries use the existing vkCmdBeginQuery and vkCmdEndQuery to control what command buffers, render passes, or commands to get performance information for.

Implementations may require multiple passes where the command buffer, render passes, or commands being recorded are the same and are executed on the same queue to record performance counter data. This is achieved by submitting the same batch and providing a VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR structure containing a counter pass index. The number of passes required for a given performance query pool can be queried via a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR.

Note

Command buffers recorded with VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT must not be re-submitted. Changing command buffer usage bits may affect performance. To avoid this, the application should re-record any command buffers with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT when multiple counter passes are required.

Performance counter results from a performance query pool can be obtained with the command vkGetQueryPoolResults.

The VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR union is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef union VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR {
    int32_t     int32;
    int64_t     int64;
    uint32_t    uint32;
    uint64_t    uint64;
    float       float32;
    double      float64;
} VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR;

  • int32 is a 32-bit signed integer value.

  • int64 is a 64-bit signed integer value.

  • uint32 is a 32-bit unsigned integer value.

  • uint64 is a 64-bit unsigned integer value.

  • float32 is a 32-bit floating-point value.

  • float64 is a 64-bit floating-point value.

Performance query results are returned in an array of VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR unions containing the data associated with each counter in the query, stored in the same order as the counters supplied in pCounterIndices when creating the performance query. VkPerformanceCounterKHR::storage specifies how to parse the counter data.

18.6.1. Profiling Lock

To record and submit a command buffer containing a performance query pool the profiling lock must be held. The profiling lock must be acquired prior to any call to vkBeginCommandBuffer that will be using a performance query pool. The profiling lock must be held while any command buffer containing a performance query pool is in the recording, executable, or pending state. To acquire the profiling lock, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
VkResult vkAcquireProfilingLockKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR*        pInfo);

  • device is the logical device to profile.

  • pInfo is a pointer to a VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR structure containing information about how the profiling is to be acquired.

Implementations may allow multiple actors to hold the profiling lock concurrently.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkAcquireProfilingLockKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkAcquireProfilingLockKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAcquireProfilingLockKHR-pInfo-parameter
    pInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

  • VK_TIMEOUT

The VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef struct VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                   sType;
    const void*                       pNext;
    VkAcquireProfilingLockFlagsKHR    flags;
    uint64_t                          timeout;
} VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • timeout indicates how long the function waits, in nanoseconds, if the profiling lock is not available.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ACQUIRE_PROFILING_LOCK_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

If timeout is 0, vkAcquireProfilingLockKHR will not block while attempting to acquire the profiling lock. If timeout is UINT64_MAX, the function will not return until the profiling lock was acquired.

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef enum VkAcquireProfilingLockFlagBitsKHR {
} VkAcquireProfilingLockFlagBitsKHR;
// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef VkFlags VkAcquireProfilingLockFlagsKHR;

VkAcquireProfilingLockFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To release the profiling lock, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
void vkReleaseProfilingLockKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device);

  • device is the logical device to cease profiling on.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkReleaseProfilingLockKHR-device-03235
    The profiling lock of device must have been held via a previous successful call to vkAcquireProfilingLockKHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkReleaseProfilingLockKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

19. Clear Commands

19.1. Clearing Images Outside a Render Pass Instance

Color and depth/stencil images can be cleared outside a render pass instance using vkCmdClearColorImage or vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage, respectively. These commands are only allowed outside of a render pass instance.

To clear one or more subranges of a color image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdClearColorImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkImageLayout                               imageLayout,
    const VkClearColorValue*                    pColor,
    uint32_t                                    rangeCount,
    const VkImageSubresourceRange*              pRanges);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • image is the image to be cleared.

  • imageLayout specifies the current layout of the image subresource ranges to be cleared, and must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL.

  • pColor is a pointer to a VkClearColorValue structure containing the values that the image subresource ranges will be cleared to (see Clear Values below).

  • rangeCount is the number of image subresource range structures in pRanges.

  • pRanges is a pointer to an array of VkImageSubresourceRange structures describing a range of mipmap levels, array layers, and aspects to be cleared, as described in Image Views.

Each specified range in pRanges is cleared to the value specified by pColor.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-01993
    The format features of image must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-00002
    image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-01545
    image must not use any of the formats that require a sampler Y′CBCR conversion

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-00003
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-imageLayout-00004
    imageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresource ranges of image specified in pRanges at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-imageLayout-01394
    imageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-aspectMask-02498
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::aspectMask members of the elements of the pRanges array must each only include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-baseMipLevel-01470
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::baseMipLevel members of the elements of the pRanges array must each be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-pRanges-01692
    For each VkImageSubresourceRange element of pRanges, if the levelCount member is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, then baseMipLevel + levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-baseArrayLayer-01472
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::baseArrayLayer members of the elements of the pRanges array must each be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-pRanges-01693
    For each VkImageSubresourceRange element of pRanges, if the layerCount member is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, then baseArrayLayer + layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-00007
    image must not have a compressed or depth/stencil format

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-pColor-04961
    pColor must be a valid pointer to a VkClearColorValue union

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commandBuffer-01805
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, image must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commandBuffer-01806
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, must not be an unprotected image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-09678
    If image’s format has components other than R and G, it must not have a 64-bit component width

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-imageLayout-parameter
    imageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-pRanges-parameter
    pRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of rangeCount valid VkImageSubresourceRange structures

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-rangeCount-arraylength
    rangeCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

To clear one or more subranges of a depth/stencil image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkImageLayout                               imageLayout,
    const VkClearDepthStencilValue*             pDepthStencil,
    uint32_t                                    rangeCount,
    const VkImageSubresourceRange*              pRanges);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • image is the image to be cleared.

  • imageLayout specifies the current layout of the image subresource ranges to be cleared, and must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL.

  • pDepthStencil is a pointer to a VkClearDepthStencilValue structure containing the values that the depth and stencil image subresource ranges will be cleared to (see Clear Values below).

  • rangeCount is the number of image subresource range structures in pRanges.

  • pRanges is a pointer to an array of VkImageSubresourceRange structures describing a range of mipmap levels, array layers, and aspects to be cleared, as described in Image Views.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-01994
    The format features of image must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-02658
    If the aspect member of any element of pRanges includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, and image was created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage used to create image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-02659
    If the aspect member of any element of pRanges includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, and image was not created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-02660
    If the aspect member of any element of pRanges includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-00010
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-imageLayout-00011
    imageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresource ranges of image specified in pRanges at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-imageLayout-00012
    imageLayout must be either of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-aspectMask-02824
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::aspectMask member of each element of the pRanges array must not include bits other than VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-02825
    If the image’s format does not have a stencil component, then the VkImageSubresourceRange::aspectMask member of each element of the pRanges array must not include the VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT bit

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-02826
    If the image’s format does not have a depth component, then the VkImageSubresourceRange::aspectMask member of each element of the pRanges array must not include the VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT bit

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-baseMipLevel-01474
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::baseMipLevel members of the elements of the pRanges array must each be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-01694
    For each VkImageSubresourceRange element of pRanges, if the levelCount member is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, then baseMipLevel + levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-baseArrayLayer-01476
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::baseArrayLayer members of the elements of the pRanges array must each be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-01695
    For each VkImageSubresourceRange element of pRanges, if the layerCount member is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, then baseArrayLayer + layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-00014
    image must have a depth/stencil format

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commandBuffer-01807
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, image must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commandBuffer-01808
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, image must not be an unprotected image

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-imageLayout-parameter
    imageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pDepthStencil-parameter
    pDepthStencil must be a valid pointer to a valid VkClearDepthStencilValue structure

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-parameter
    pRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of rangeCount valid VkImageSubresourceRange structures

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-rangeCount-arraylength
    rangeCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

Clears outside render pass instances are treated as transfer operations for the purposes of memory barriers.

19.2. Clearing Images Inside a Render Pass Instance

To clear one or more regions of color and depth/stencil attachments inside a render pass instance, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdClearAttachments(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    attachmentCount,
    const VkClearAttachment*                    pAttachments,
    uint32_t                                    rectCount,
    const VkClearRect*                          pRects);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • attachmentCount is the number of entries in the pAttachments array.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkClearAttachment structures defining the attachments to clear and the clear values to use.

  • rectCount is the number of entries in the pRects array.

  • pRects is a pointer to an array of VkClearRect structures defining regions to clear for every attachment in pAttachments.

Unlike other clear commands, vkCmdClearAttachments is not a transfer command. It performs its operations in rasterization order. For color attachments, the operations are executed as color attachment writes, by the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT stage. For depth/stencil attachments, the operations are executed as depth writes and stencil writes by the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT and VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT stages.

vkCmdClearAttachments is not affected by the bound pipeline state.

Note

It is generally preferable to clear attachments by using the VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR load operation at the start of rendering, as it is more efficient on some implementations.

If any attachment’s aspectMask to be cleared is not backed by an image view, the clear has no effect on that aspect.

If an attachment being cleared refers to an image view created with an aspectMask equal to one of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT, it is considered to be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT for purposes of this command, and must be cleared with the VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT aspect as specified by image view creation.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-aspectMask-07884
    If the aspectMask member of any element of pAttachments contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT, the current subpass instance’s depth-stencil attachment must be either VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED or the attachment format must contain a depth component

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-aspectMask-07885
    If the aspectMask member of any element of pAttachments contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, the current subpass instance’s depth-stencil attachment must be either VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED or the attachment format must contain a stencil component

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-aspectMask-07271
    If the aspectMask member of any element of pAttachments contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, the colorAttachment must be a valid color attachment index in the current render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-rect-02682
    The rect member of each element of pRects must have an extent.width greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-rect-02683
    The rect member of each element of pRects must have an extent.height greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-pRects-00016
    The rectangular region specified by each element of pRects must be contained within the render area of the current render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-pRects-06937
    The layers specified by each element of pRects must be contained within every attachment that pAttachments refers to, i.e. for each element of pRects, VkClearRect::baseArrayLayer + VkClearRect::layerCount must be less than or equal to the number of layers rendered to in the current render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-layerCount-01934
    The layerCount member of each element of pRects must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-commandBuffer-02504
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, each attachment to be cleared must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-commandBuffer-02505
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, each attachment to be cleared must not be an unprotected image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-baseArrayLayer-00018
    If the render pass instance this is recorded in uses multiview, then baseArrayLayer must be zero and layerCount must be one

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-None-09679
    If the attachment format has components other than R and G, it must not have a 64-bit component width

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-pAttachments-parameter
    pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkClearAttachment structures

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-pRects-parameter
    pRects must be a valid pointer to an array of rectCount VkClearRect structures

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-attachmentCount-arraylength
    attachmentCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-rectCount-arraylength
    rectCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

The VkClearRect structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkClearRect {
    VkRect2D    rect;
    uint32_t    baseArrayLayer;
    uint32_t    layerCount;
} VkClearRect;

  • rect is the two-dimensional region to be cleared.

  • baseArrayLayer is the first layer to be cleared.

  • layerCount is the number of layers to clear.

The layers [baseArrayLayer, baseArrayLayer + layerCount) counting from the base layer of the attachment image view are cleared.

The VkClearAttachment structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkClearAttachment {
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
    uint32_t              colorAttachment;
    VkClearValue          clearValue;
} VkClearAttachment;

  • aspectMask is a mask selecting the color, depth and/or stencil aspects of the attachment to be cleared.

  • colorAttachment is only meaningful if VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT is set in aspectMask, in which case it is an index into the bound color attachments.

  • clearValue is the color or depth/stencil value to clear the attachment to, as described in Clear Values below.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-00019
    If aspectMask includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, it must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-00020
    aspectMask must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT

  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-02246
    aspectMask must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT for any index i

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

19.3. Clear Values

The VkClearColorValue structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef union VkClearColorValue {
    float       float32[4];
    int32_t     int32[4];
    uint32_t    uint32[4];
} VkClearColorValue;

  • float32 are the color clear values when the format of the image or attachment is one of the numeric formats with a numeric type that is floating-point. Floating-point values are automatically converted to the format of the image, with the clear value being treated as linear if the image is sRGB.

  • int32 are the color clear values when the format of the image or attachment has a numeric type that is signed integer (SINT). Signed integer values are converted to the format of the image by casting to the smaller type (with negative 32-bit values mapping to negative values in the smaller type). If the integer clear value is not representable in the target type (e.g. would overflow in conversion to that type), the clear value is undefined.

  • uint32 are the color clear values when the format of the image or attachment has a numeric type that is unsigned integer (UINT). Unsigned integer values are converted to the format of the image by casting to the integer type with fewer bits.

The four array elements of the clear color map to R, G, B, and A components of image formats, in order.

If the image has more than one sample, the same value is written to all samples for any pixels being cleared.

If the image or attachment format has a 64-bit component width, the first 2 array elements of each of the arrays above are reinterpreted as a single 64-bit element for the R component. The next 2 array elements are used in the same way for the G component. In other words, the union behaves as if it had the following additional members:

double float64[2];
int64_t int64[2];
uint64_t uint64[2];

The VkClearDepthStencilValue structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkClearDepthStencilValue {
    float       depth;
    uint32_t    stencil;
} VkClearDepthStencilValue;

  • depth is the clear value for the depth aspect of the depth/stencil attachment. It is a floating-point value which is automatically converted to the attachment’s format.

  • stencil is the clear value for the stencil aspect of the depth/stencil attachment. It is a 32-bit integer value which is converted to the attachment’s format by taking the appropriate number of LSBs.

Valid Usage

The VkClearValue union is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef union VkClearValue {
    VkClearColorValue           color;
    VkClearDepthStencilValue    depthStencil;
} VkClearValue;

  • color specifies the color image clear values to use when clearing a color image or attachment.

  • depthStencil specifies the depth and stencil clear values to use when clearing a depth/stencil image or attachment.

This union is used where part of the API requires either color or depth/stencil clear values, depending on the attachment, and defines the initial clear values in the VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure.

19.4. Filling Buffers

To clear buffer data, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdFillBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                dstOffset,
    VkDeviceSize                                size,
    uint32_t                                    data);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • dstBuffer is the buffer to be filled.

  • dstOffset is the byte offset into the buffer at which to start filling, and must be a multiple of 4.

  • size is the number of bytes to fill, and must be either a multiple of 4, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to fill the range from offset to the end of the buffer. If VK_WHOLE_SIZE is used and the remaining size of the buffer is not a multiple of 4, then the nearest smaller multiple is used.

  • data is the 4-byte word written repeatedly to the buffer to fill size bytes of data. The data word is written to memory according to the host endianness.

vkCmdFillBuffer is treated as a “transfer” operation for the purposes of synchronization barriers. The VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must be specified in usage of VkBufferCreateInfo in order for the buffer to be compatible with vkCmdFillBuffer.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstOffset-00024
    dstOffset must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstOffset-00025
    dstOffset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-size-00026
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-size-00027
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be less than or equal to the size of dstBuffer minus dstOffset

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-size-00028
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstBuffer-00029
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-apiVersion-07894
    VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstBuffer-00031
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commandBuffer-01811
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commandBuffer-01812
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be an unprotected buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and dstBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

19.5. Updating Buffers

To update buffer data inline in a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdUpdateBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                dstOffset,
    VkDeviceSize                                dataSize,
    const void*                                 pData);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • dstBuffer is a handle to the buffer to be updated.

  • dstOffset is the byte offset into the buffer to start updating, and must be a multiple of 4.

  • dataSize is the number of bytes to update, and must be a multiple of 4.

  • pData is a pointer to the source data for the buffer update, and must be at least dataSize bytes in size.

dataSize must be less than or equal to 65536 bytes. For larger updates, applications can use buffer to buffer copies.

Note

Buffer updates performed with vkCmdUpdateBuffer first copy the data into command buffer memory when the command is recorded (which requires additional storage and may incur an additional allocation), and then copy the data from the command buffer into dstBuffer when the command is executed on a device.

The additional cost of this functionality compared to buffer to buffer copies means it should only be used for very small amounts of data, and is why it is limited to at most 65536 bytes. Applications can work around this restriction by issuing multiple vkCmdUpdateBuffer commands to different ranges of the same buffer, but doing so is not recommended.

The source data is copied from pData to the command buffer when the command is called.

vkCmdUpdateBuffer is only allowed outside of a render pass. This command is treated as a “transfer” operation for the purposes of synchronization barriers. The VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must be specified in usage of VkBufferCreateInfo in order for the buffer to be compatible with vkCmdUpdateBuffer.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstOffset-00032
    dstOffset must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dataSize-00033
    dataSize must be less than or equal to the size of dstBuffer minus dstOffset

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstBuffer-00034
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstBuffer-00035
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstOffset-00036
    dstOffset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dataSize-00037
    dataSize must be less than or equal to 65536

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dataSize-00038
    dataSize must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commandBuffer-01813
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commandBuffer-01814
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be an unprotected buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-pData-parameter
    pData must be a valid pointer to an array of dataSize bytes

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dataSize-arraylength
    dataSize must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and dstBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

20. Copy Commands

An application can copy buffer and image data using several methods described in this chapter, depending on the type of data transfer.

All copy commands are treated as “transfer” operations for the purposes of synchronization barriers.

All copy commands that have a source format with an X component in its format description read undefined values from those bits.

All copy commands that have a destination format with an X component in its format description write undefined values to those bits.

20.1. Copying Data Between Buffers

To copy data between buffer objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    srcBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkBufferCopy*                         pRegions);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcBuffer is the source buffer.

  • dstBuffer is the destination buffer.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferCopy structures specifying the regions to copy.

Each source region specified by pRegions is copied from the source buffer to the destination region of the destination buffer. If any of the specified regions in srcBuffer overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in dstBuffer, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-01822
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-01823
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-01824
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be an unprotected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-srcOffset-00113
    The srcOffset member of each element of pRegions must be less than the size of srcBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-dstOffset-00114
    The dstOffset member of each element of pRegions must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-size-00115
    The size member of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the size of srcBuffer minus srcOffset

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-size-00116
    The size member of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the size of dstBuffer minus dstOffset

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-pRegions-00117
    The union of the source regions, and the union of the destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-srcBuffer-00118
    srcBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-srcBuffer-00119
    If srcBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-dstBuffer-00120
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-dstBuffer-00121
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-srcBuffer-parameter
    srcBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferCopy structures

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstBuffer, and srcBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

The VkBufferCopy structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferCopy {
    VkDeviceSize    srcOffset;
    VkDeviceSize    dstOffset;
    VkDeviceSize    size;
} VkBufferCopy;

  • srcOffset is the starting offset in bytes from the start of srcBuffer.

  • dstOffset is the starting offset in bytes from the start of dstBuffer.

  • size is the number of bytes to copy.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferCopy-size-01988
    The size must be greater than 0

A more extensible version of the copy buffer command is defined below.

To copy data between buffer objects, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
void vkCmdCopyBuffer2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkCopyBufferInfo2*                    pCopyBufferInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pCopyBufferInfo is a pointer to a VkCopyBufferInfo2 structure describing the copy parameters.

Each source region specified by pCopyBufferInfo->pRegions is copied from the source buffer to the destination region of the destination buffer. If any of the specified regions in pCopyBufferInfo->srcBuffer overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in pCopyBufferInfo->dstBuffer, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer2-commandBuffer-01822
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer2-commandBuffer-01823
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer2-commandBuffer-01824
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be an unprotected buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer2-pCopyBufferInfo-parameter
    pCopyBufferInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCopyBufferInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

The VkCopyBufferInfo2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkCopyBufferInfo2 {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    const void*             pNext;
    VkBuffer                srcBuffer;
    VkBuffer                dstBuffer;
    uint32_t                regionCount;
    const VkBufferCopy2*    pRegions;
} VkCopyBufferInfo2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkCopyBufferInfo2 VkCopyBufferInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcBuffer is the source buffer.

  • dstBuffer is the destination buffer.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferCopy2 structures specifying the regions to copy.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-srcOffset-00113
    The srcOffset member of each element of pRegions must be less than the size of srcBuffer

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-dstOffset-00114
    The dstOffset member of each element of pRegions must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-size-00115
    The size member of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the size of srcBuffer minus srcOffset

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-size-00116
    The size member of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the size of dstBuffer minus dstOffset

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-pRegions-00117
    The union of the source regions, and the union of the destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-srcBuffer-00118
    srcBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-srcBuffer-00119
    If srcBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-dstBuffer-00120
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-dstBuffer-00121
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-srcBuffer-parameter
    srcBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferCopy2 structures

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferInfo2-commonparent
    Both of dstBuffer, and srcBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkBufferCopy2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkBufferCopy2 {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       srcOffset;
    VkDeviceSize       dstOffset;
    VkDeviceSize       size;
} VkBufferCopy2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkBufferCopy2 VkBufferCopy2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcOffset is the starting offset in bytes from the start of srcBuffer.

  • dstOffset is the starting offset in bytes from the start of dstBuffer.

  • size is the number of bytes to copy.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferCopy2-size-01988
    The size must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferCopy2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_COPY_2

  • VUID-VkBufferCopy2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

20.2. Copying Data Between Images

To copy data between image objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     srcImage,
    VkImageLayout                               srcImageLayout,
    VkImage                                     dstImage,
    VkImageLayout                               dstImageLayout,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkImageCopy*                          pRegions);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the current layout of the source image subresource.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the current layout of the destination image subresource.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageCopy structures specifying the regions to copy.

Each source region specified by pRegions is copied from the source image to the destination region of the destination image. If any of the specified regions in srcImage overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in dstImage, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined. If any region accesses a depth aspect in dstImage and the VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted extension is not enabled, values copied from srcBuffer outside of the range [0,1] will be written as undefined values to the destination image.

Multi-planar images can only be copied on a per-plane basis, and the subresources used in each region when copying to or from such images must specify only one plane, though different regions can specify different planes. When copying planes of multi-planar images, the format considered is the compatible format for that plane, rather than the format of the multi-planar image.

If the format of the destination image has a different block extent than the source image (e.g. one is a compressed format), the offset and extent for each of the regions specified is scaled according to the block extents of each format to match in size. Copy regions for each image must be aligned to a multiple of the texel block extent in each dimension, except at the edges of the image, where region extents must match the edge of the image.

Image data can be copied between images with different image types. If one image is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D and the other image is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D with multiple layers, then each slice is copied to or from a different layer; depth slices in the 3D image correspond to layerCount layers in the 2D image, with an effective depth of 1 used for the 2D image. Other combinations of image types are disallowed.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-01825
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-01826
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-01827
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be an unprotected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-00124
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01995
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImageLayout-00128
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImageLayout-01917
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-09460
    If srcImage and dstImage are the same, and any elements of pRegions contains the srcSubresource and dstSubresource with matching mipLevel and overlapping array layers, then the srcImageLayout and dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01996
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImageLayout-00133
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImageLayout-01395
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01548
    If the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is not a multi-planar format, the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage must be size-compatible

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-None-01549
    In a copy to or from a plane of a multi-planar image, the VkFormat of the image and plane must be compatible according to the description of compatible planes for the plane being copied

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-09247
    If the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is a compressed image format, the formats must have the same texel block extent

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-00136
    The sample count of srcImage and dstImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcOffset-01783
    The srcOffset and extent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstOffset-01784
    The dstOffset and extent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01551
    If neither srcImage nor dstImage has a multi-planar format then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask and dstSubresource.aspectMask must match

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-08713
    If srcImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-08714
    If dstImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01556
    If srcImage has a multi-planar format and the dstImage does not have a multi-planar image format, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01557
    If dstImage has a multi-planar format and the srcImage does not have a multi-planar image format, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-04443
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and srcSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-04444
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and dstSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspectMask-00142
    For each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspectMask-00143
    For each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcOffset-00144
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x and (extent.width + srcOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcOffset-00145
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y and (extent.height + srcOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-00146
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcOffset-00147
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z and (extent.depth + srcOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01785
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01786
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-10907
    If either the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is not a compressed image format, and dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01787
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01788
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-07743
    If srcImage and dstImage have a different VkImageType, one must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D and the other must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-08793
    If srcImage and dstImage have the same VkImageType, for each element of pRegions, the layerCount members of srcSubresource or dstSubresource must match

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01790
    If srcImage and dstImage are both of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01791
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, and dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must equal srcSubresource.layerCount

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01792
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, and srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must equal dstSubresource.layerCount

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstOffset-00150
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x and (extent.width + dstOffset.x), where extent is adjusted for size-compatibility, must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstOffset-00151
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y and (extent.height + dstOffset.y), where extent is adjusted for size-compatibility, must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-00152
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-10908
    If either the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is not a compressed image format, and dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.height must be 1, where extent is adjusted for size-compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstOffset-00153
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z and (extent.depth + dstOffset.z), where extent is adjusted for size-compatibility, must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07278
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07279
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07280
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07281
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07282
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07283
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01728
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01729
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01730
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspect-06662
    If the aspect member of any element of pRegions includes any flag other than VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT or srcImage was not created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspect-06663
    If the aspect member of any element of pRegions includes any flag other than VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT or dstImage was not created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspect-06664
    If the aspect member of any element of pRegions includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, and srcImage was created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT must have been included in the VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage used to create srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspect-06665
    If the aspect member of any element of pRegions includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, and dstImage was created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage used to create dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-07966
    If srcImage is non-sparse then the image or the specified disjoint plane must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcSubresource-07967
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcSubresource-07968
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-07966
    If dstImage is non-sparse then the image or the specified disjoint plane must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstSubresource-07967
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstSubresource-07968
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageCopy structures

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

The VkImageCopy structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageCopy {
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffset;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  extent;
} VkImageCopy;

  • srcSubresource and dstSubresource are VkImageSubresourceLayers structures specifying the image subresources of the images used for the source and destination image data, respectively.

  • srcOffset and dstOffset select the initial x, y, and z offsets in texels of the sub-regions of the source and destination image data.

  • extent is the size in texels of the image to copy in width, height and depth.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageCopy-extent-06668
    extent.width must not be 0

  • VUID-VkImageCopy-extent-06669
    extent.height must not be 0

  • VUID-VkImageCopy-extent-06670
    extent.depth must not be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The VkImageSubresourceLayers structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageSubresourceLayers {
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
    uint32_t              mipLevel;
    uint32_t              baseArrayLayer;
    uint32_t              layerCount;
} VkImageSubresourceLayers;

  • aspectMask is a combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits, selecting the color, depth and/or stencil aspects to be copied.

  • mipLevel is the mipmap level to copy

  • baseArrayLayer and layerCount are the starting layer and number of layers to copy.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-00167
    If aspectMask contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, it must not contain either of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-00168
    aspectMask must not contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-02247
    aspectMask must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT for any index i

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-layerCount-09243
    layerCount must not be VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-layerCount-01700
    If layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, it must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

A more extensible version of the copy image command is defined below.

To copy data between image objects, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
void vkCmdCopyImage2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkCopyImageInfo2*                     pCopyImageInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pCopyImageInfo is a pointer to a VkCopyImageInfo2 structure describing the copy parameters.

This command is functionally identical to vkCmdCopyImage, but includes extensible sub-structures that include sType and pNext parameters, allowing them to be more easily extended.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage2-commandBuffer-01825
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage2-commandBuffer-01826
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage2-commandBuffer-01827
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be an unprotected image

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage2-pCopyImageInfo-parameter
    pCopyImageInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCopyImageInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

The VkCopyImageInfo2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkCopyImageInfo2 {
    VkStructureType        sType;
    const void*            pNext;
    VkImage                srcImage;
    VkImageLayout          srcImageLayout;
    VkImage                dstImage;
    VkImageLayout          dstImageLayout;
    uint32_t               regionCount;
    const VkImageCopy2*    pRegions;
} VkCopyImageInfo2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkCopyImageInfo2 VkCopyImageInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the current layout of the source image subresource.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the current layout of the destination image subresource.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageCopy2 structures specifying the regions to copy.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pRegions-00124
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01995
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-00128
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-01917
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-09460
    If srcImage and dstImage are the same, and any elements of pRegions contains the srcSubresource and dstSubresource with matching mipLevel and overlapping array layers, then the srcImageLayout and dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-01996
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-00133
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-01395
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01548
    If the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is not a multi-planar format, the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage must be size-compatible

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-None-01549
    In a copy to or from a plane of a multi-planar image, the VkFormat of the image and plane must be compatible according to the description of compatible planes for the plane being copied

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-09247
    If the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is a compressed image format, the formats must have the same texel block extent

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-00136
    The sample count of srcImage and dstImage must match

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcOffset-01783
    The srcOffset and extent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstOffset-01784
    The dstOffset and extent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01551
    If neither srcImage nor dstImage has a multi-planar format then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask and dstSubresource.aspectMask must match

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-08713
    If srcImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-08714
    If dstImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01556
    If srcImage has a multi-planar format and the dstImage does not have a multi-planar image format, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-01557
    If dstImage has a multi-planar format and the srcImage does not have a multi-planar image format, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-04443
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and srcSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-04444
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and dstSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-aspectMask-00142
    For each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-aspectMask-00143
    For each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcOffset-00144
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x and (extent.width + srcOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcOffset-00145
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y and (extent.height + srcOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-00146
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcOffset-00147
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z and (extent.depth + srcOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01785
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-01786
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-10907
    If either the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is not a compressed image format, and dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01787
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-01788
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-07743
    If srcImage and dstImage have a different VkImageType, one must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D and the other must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-08793
    If srcImage and dstImage have the same VkImageType, for each element of pRegions, the layerCount members of srcSubresource or dstSubresource must match

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01790
    If srcImage and dstImage are both of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01791
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, and dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must equal srcSubresource.layerCount

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-01792
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, and srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must equal dstSubresource.layerCount

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstOffset-00150
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x and (extent.width + dstOffset.x), where extent is adjusted for size-compatibility, must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstOffset-00151
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y and (extent.height + dstOffset.y), where extent is adjusted for size-compatibility, must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-00152
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be 0

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-10908
    If either the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is not a compressed image format, and dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.height must be 1, where extent is adjusted for size-compatibility

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstOffset-00153
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z and (extent.depth + dstOffset.z), where extent is adjusted for size-compatibility, must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pRegions-07278
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pRegions-07279
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pRegions-07280
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pRegions-07281
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pRegions-07282
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pRegions-07283
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01728
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01729
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-01730
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-aspect-06662
    If the aspect member of any element of pRegions includes any flag other than VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT or srcImage was not created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-aspect-06663
    If the aspect member of any element of pRegions includes any flag other than VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT or dstImage was not created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-aspect-06664
    If the aspect member of any element of pRegions includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, and srcImage was created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT must have been included in the VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage used to create srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-aspect-06665
    If the aspect member of any element of pRegions includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, and dstImage was created with separate stencil usage, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageStencilUsageCreateInfo::stencilUsage used to create dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-07966
    If srcImage is non-sparse then the image or the specified disjoint plane must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcSubresource-07967
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcSubresource-07968
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-07966
    If dstImage is non-sparse then the image or the specified disjoint plane must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstSubresource-07967
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstSubresource-07968
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageCopy2 structures

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkCopyImageInfo2-commonparent
    Both of dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkImageCopy2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkImageCopy2 {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffset;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  extent;
} VkImageCopy2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkImageCopy2 VkImageCopy2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcSubresource and dstSubresource are VkImageSubresourceLayers structures specifying the image subresources of the images used for the source and destination image data, respectively.

  • srcOffset and dstOffset select the initial x, y, and z offsets in texels of the sub-regions of the source and destination image data.

  • extent is the size in texels of the image to copy in width, height and depth.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageCopy2-extent-06668
    extent.width must not be 0

  • VUID-VkImageCopy2-extent-06669
    extent.height must not be 0

  • VUID-VkImageCopy2-extent-06670
    extent.depth must not be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageCopy2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_COPY_2

  • VUID-VkImageCopy2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImageCopy2-srcSubresource-parameter
    srcSubresource must be a valid VkImageSubresourceLayers structure

  • VUID-VkImageCopy2-dstSubresource-parameter
    dstSubresource must be a valid VkImageSubresourceLayers structure

20.3. Copying Data Between Buffers and Images

Data can be copied between buffers and images, enabling applications to load and store data between images and application-defined offsets in buffer memory.

When copying between a buffer and an image, texels in the image and bytes in the buffer are accessed as follows.

Texels at each coordinate (x,y,z,layer) in the image subresource are accessed, where:

x is in the range [imageOffset.x, imageOffset.x + imageExtent.width),

y is in the range [imageOffset.y, imageOffset.y + imageExtent.height),

z is in the range [imageOffset.z, imageOffset.z + imageExtent.depth),

layer is in the range [imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer, imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer + imageSubresource.layerCount)

For each (x,y,z,layer) coordinate in the image, bytes in the buffer are accessed at offsets in the range [texelOffset, texelOffset + blockSize), where:

texelOffset = bufferOffset + (⌊(x - imageOffset.x) / blockWidth⌋ × blockSize) + (⌊(y - imageOffset.y) / blockHeight⌋ × rowExtent) + (⌊(z - imageOffset.z) / blockDepth⌋ × sliceExtent) + ((layer - imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer) × layerExtent)

rowExtent = ⌈ max(bufferRowLength, imageExtent.width) / blockWidth ⌉ × blockSize

sliceExtent = ⌈ max(bufferImageHeight, imageExtent.height) / blockHeight ⌉ × rowExtent

layerExtent = ⌈ imageExtent.depth / blockDepth ⌉ × sliceExtent

and where blockSize, blockWidth, blockHeight, and blockDepth are the texel block size and extents of the image’s format.

When copying between a buffer and the depth or stencil aspect of an image, data in the buffer is assumed to be laid out as separate planes rather than interleaved. Addressing calculations are thus performed for a different format than the base image, according to the aspect, as described in the following table:

Table 24. Depth/Stencil Aspect Copy Table
Base Format Depth Aspect Format Stencil Aspect Format

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

-

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

-

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

-

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

-

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

When copying between a buffer and any plane of a multi-planar image, addressing calculations are performed using the compatible format for that plane, rather than the format of the multi-planar image.

Each texel block is copied from one resource to the other according to the above addressing equations.

To copy data from a buffer object to an image object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyBufferToImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    srcBuffer,
    VkImage                                     dstImage,
    VkImageLayout                               dstImageLayout,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkBufferImageCopy*                    pRegions);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcBuffer is the source buffer.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the copy.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferImageCopy structures specifying the regions to copy.

Each source region specified by pRegions is copied from the source buffer to the destination region of the destination image according to the addressing calculations for each resource. If any of the specified regions in srcBuffer overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in dstImage, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined. If any region accesses a depth aspect in dstImage and the VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted extension is not enabled, values copied from srcBuffer outside of the range [0,1] will be written as undefined values to the destination image.

Copy regions for the image must be aligned to a multiple of the texel block extent in each dimension, except at the edges of the image, where region extents must match the edge of the image.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07966
    If dstImage is non-sparse then the image or the specified disjoint plane must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07967
    The imageSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07968
    imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer + imageSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07971
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x and (imageExtent.width + imageOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07972
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y and (imageExtent.height + imageOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07973
    dstImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-01828
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-01829
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-01830
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be an unprotected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-07737
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageOffset-07738
    The imageOffset and imageExtent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-07739
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, for each element of pRegions, the aspectMask member of imageSubresource must not be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-pRegions-00171
    srcBuffer must be large enough to contain all buffer locations that are accessed according to Buffer and Image Addressing, for each element of pRegions

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-pRegions-00173
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-srcBuffer-00174
    srcBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-01997
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-srcBuffer-00176
    If srcBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-00177
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImageLayout-00180
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImageLayout-01396
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-pRegions-07931
    If VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted is not enabled, for each element of pRegions whose imageSubresource contains a depth aspect, the data in srcBuffer must be in the range [0,1]

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07979
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be 0 and imageExtent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageOffset-09104
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z and (imageExtent.depth + imageOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07980
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be 0 and imageExtent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07274
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07275
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07276
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-00207
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by imageSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-00208
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by imageSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-00209
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-09105
    For each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07981
    If dstImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07983
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and imageSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-bufferRowLength-09106
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-bufferImageHeight-09107
    For each element of pRegions, bufferImageHeight must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-bufferRowLength-09108
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength divided by the texel block extent width and then multiplied by the texel block size of dstImage must be less than or equal to 231-1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07975
    If dstImage does not have either a depth/stencil format or a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the texel block size

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07976
    If dstImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the element size of the compatible format for the format and the aspectMask of the imageSubresource as defined in Compatible Formats of Planes of Multi-Planar Formats

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07978
    If dstImage has a depth/stencil format, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-srcBuffer-parameter
    srcBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferImageCopy structures

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstImage, and srcBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

To copy data from an image object to a buffer object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     srcImage,
    VkImageLayout                               srcImageLayout,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkBufferImageCopy*                    pRegions);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the copy.

  • dstBuffer is the destination buffer.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferImageCopy structures specifying the regions to copy.

Each source region specified by pRegions is copied from the source image to the destination region of the destination buffer according to the addressing calculations for each resource. If any of the specified regions in srcImage overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in dstBuffer, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined.

Copy regions for the image must be aligned to a multiple of the texel block extent in each dimension, except at the edges of the image, where region extents must match the edge of the image.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07966
    If srcImage is non-sparse then the image or the specified disjoint plane must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07967
    The imageSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07968
    imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer + imageSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07971
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x and (imageExtent.width + imageOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07972
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y and (imageExtent.height + imageOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07973
    srcImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-01831
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-01832
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-01833
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be an unprotected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-07746
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageOffset-07747
    The imageOffset and imageExtent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-10216
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, for each element of pRegions, the aspectMask member of imageSubresource must not be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-pRegions-00183
    dstBuffer must be large enough to contain all buffer locations that are accessed according to Buffer and Image Addressing, for each element of pRegions

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-pRegions-00184
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-00186
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-01998
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-dstBuffer-00191
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-dstBuffer-00192
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImageLayout-00189
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImageLayout-01397
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07979
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be 0 and imageExtent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageOffset-09104
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z and (imageExtent.depth + imageOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07980
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be 0 and imageExtent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07274
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07275
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07276
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-00207
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by imageSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-00208
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by imageSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-00209
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-09105
    For each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07981
    If srcImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07983
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and imageSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-bufferRowLength-09106
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-bufferImageHeight-09107
    For each element of pRegions, bufferImageHeight must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-bufferRowLength-09108
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength divided by the texel block extent width and then multiplied by the texel block size of srcImage must be less than or equal to 231-1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07975
    If srcImage does not have either a depth/stencil format or a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the texel block size

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07976
    If srcImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the element size of the compatible format for the format and the aspectMask of the imageSubresource as defined in Compatible Formats of Planes of Multi-Planar Formats

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07978
    If srcImage has a depth/stencil format, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferImageCopy structures

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstBuffer, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

For both vkCmdCopyBufferToImage and vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer, each element of pRegions is a structure defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferImageCopy {
    VkDeviceSize                bufferOffset;
    uint32_t                    bufferRowLength;
    uint32_t                    bufferImageHeight;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    imageSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  imageOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  imageExtent;
} VkBufferImageCopy;

  • bufferOffset is the offset in bytes from the start of the buffer object where the image data is copied from or to.

  • bufferRowLength and bufferImageHeight specify in texels a subregion of a larger two- or three-dimensional image in buffer memory, and control the addressing calculations. If either of these values is zero, that aspect of the buffer memory is considered to be tightly packed according to the imageExtent.

  • imageSubresource is a VkImageSubresourceLayers used to specify the specific image subresources of the image used for the source or destination image data.

  • imageOffset selects the initial x, y, z offsets in texels of the sub-region of the source or destination image data.

  • imageExtent is the size in texels of the image to copy in width, height and depth.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-bufferRowLength-09101
    bufferRowLength must be 0, or greater than or equal to the width member of imageExtent

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-bufferImageHeight-09102
    bufferImageHeight must be 0, or greater than or equal to the height member of imageExtent

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-aspectMask-09103
    The aspectMask member of imageSubresource must only have a single bit set

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-imageExtent-06659
    imageExtent.width must not be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-imageExtent-06660
    imageExtent.height must not be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-imageExtent-06661
    imageExtent.depth must not be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

More extensible versions of the commands to copy between buffers and images are defined below.

To copy data from a buffer object to an image object, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
void vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2*             pCopyBufferToImageInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pCopyBufferToImageInfo is a pointer to a VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2 structure describing the copy parameters.

This command is functionally identical to vkCmdCopyBufferToImage, but includes extensible sub-structures that include sType and pNext parameters, allowing them to be more easily extended.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-commandBuffer-01828
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-commandBuffer-01829
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-commandBuffer-01830
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be an unprotected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-commandBuffer-07737
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, the bufferOffset member of any element of pCopyBufferToImageInfo->pRegions must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-imageOffset-07738
    The imageOffset and imageExtent members of each element of pCopyBufferToImageInfo->pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-commandBuffer-07739
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, for each element of pCopyBufferToImageInfo->pRegions, the aspectMask member of imageSubresource must not be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-pCopyBufferToImageInfo-parameter
    pCopyBufferToImageInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

The VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2 {
    VkStructureType              sType;
    const void*                  pNext;
    VkBuffer                     srcBuffer;
    VkImage                      dstImage;
    VkImageLayout                dstImageLayout;
    uint32_t                     regionCount;
    const VkBufferImageCopy2*    pRegions;
} VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2 VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcBuffer is the source buffer.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the copy.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferImageCopy2 structures specifying the regions to copy.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-pRegions-04565
    The image region specified by each element of pRegions must be contained within the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-pRegions-00171
    srcBuffer must be large enough to contain all buffer locations that are accessed according to Buffer and Image Addressing, for each element of pRegions

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-pRegions-00173
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-srcBuffer-00174
    srcBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-01997
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-srcBuffer-00176
    If srcBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-00177
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-00180
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-01396
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-pRegions-07931
    If VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted is not enabled, for each element of pRegions whose imageSubresource contains a depth aspect, the data in srcBuffer must be in the range [0,1]

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07966
    If dstImage is non-sparse then the image or the specified disjoint plane must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-imageSubresource-07967
    The imageSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-imageSubresource-07968
    imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer + imageSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07973
    dstImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07979
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be 0 and imageExtent.height must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-imageOffset-09104
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z and (imageExtent.depth + imageOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07980
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be 0 and imageExtent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07274
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07275
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07276
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-00207
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by imageSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-00208
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by imageSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-00209
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-imageSubresource-09105
    For each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07981
    If dstImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07983
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and imageSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-bufferRowLength-09106
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-bufferImageHeight-09107
    For each element of pRegions, bufferImageHeight must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-bufferRowLength-09108
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength divided by the texel block extent width and then multiplied by the texel block size of dstImage must be less than or equal to 231-1

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07975
    If dstImage does not have either a depth/stencil format or a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the texel block size

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07976
    If dstImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the element size of the compatible format for the format and the aspectMask of the imageSubresource as defined in Compatible Formats of Planes of Multi-Planar Formats

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-07978
    If dstImage has a depth/stencil format, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-pRegions-06223
    For each element of pRegions not containing VkCopyCommandTransformInfoQCOM in its pNext chain, imageOffset.x and (imageExtent.width + imageOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-pRegions-06224
    For each element of pRegions not containing VkCopyCommandTransformInfoQCOM in its pNext chain, imageOffset.y and (imageExtent.height + imageOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_TO_IMAGE_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-srcBuffer-parameter
    srcBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferImageCopy2 structures

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkCopyBufferToImageInfo2-commonparent
    Both of dstImage, and srcBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

To copy data from an image object to a buffer object, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
void vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2*             pCopyImageToBufferInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pCopyImageToBufferInfo is a pointer to a VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2 structure describing the copy parameters.

This command is functionally identical to vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer, but includes extensible sub-structures that include sType and pNext parameters, allowing them to be more easily extended.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-commandBuffer-01831
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-commandBuffer-01832
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be a protected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-commandBuffer-01833
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstBuffer must not be an unprotected buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-commandBuffer-07746
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, the bufferOffset member of any element of pCopyImageToBufferInfo->pRegions must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-imageOffset-07747
    The imageOffset and imageExtent members of each element of pCopyImageToBufferInfo->pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-commandBuffer-10216
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, for each element of pCopyImageToBufferInfo->pRegions, the aspectMask member of imageSubresource must not be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-pCopyImageToBufferInfo-parameter
    pCopyImageToBufferInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

The VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2 {
    VkStructureType              sType;
    const void*                  pNext;
    VkImage                      srcImage;
    VkImageLayout                srcImageLayout;
    VkBuffer                     dstBuffer;
    uint32_t                     regionCount;
    const VkBufferImageCopy2*    pRegions;
} VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2 VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the copy.

  • dstBuffer is the destination buffer.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferImageCopy2 structures specifying the regions to copy.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-pRegions-04566
    The image region specified by each element of pRegions must be contained within the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-pRegions-00183
    dstBuffer must be large enough to contain all buffer locations that are accessed according to Buffer and Image Addressing, for each element of pRegions

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-pRegions-00184
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-00186
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-01998
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-dstBuffer-00191
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-dstBuffer-00192
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImageLayout-00189
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImageLayout-01397
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07966
    If srcImage is non-sparse then the image or the specified disjoint plane must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-imageSubresource-07967
    The imageSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-imageSubresource-07968
    imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer + imageSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07973
    srcImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07979
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be 0 and imageExtent.height must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-imageOffset-09104
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z and (imageExtent.depth + imageOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07980
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be 0 and imageExtent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07274
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07275
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07276
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-00207
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by imageSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-00208
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by imageSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-00209
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-imageSubresource-09105
    For each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07981
    If srcImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must be a single valid multi-planar aspect mask bit

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07983
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and imageSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-bufferRowLength-09106
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-bufferImageHeight-09107
    For each element of pRegions, bufferImageHeight must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-bufferRowLength-09108
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength divided by the texel block extent width and then multiplied by the texel block size of srcImage must be less than or equal to 231-1

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07975
    If srcImage does not have either a depth/stencil format or a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the texel block size

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07976
    If srcImage has a multi-planar format, then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the element size of the compatible format for the format and the aspectMask of the imageSubresource as defined in Compatible Formats of Planes of Multi-Planar Formats

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-07978
    If srcImage has a depth/stencil format, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-imageOffset-00197
    For each element of pRegions not containing VkCopyCommandTransformInfoQCOM in its pNext chain, imageOffset.x and (imageExtent.width + imageOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-imageOffset-00198
    For each element of pRegions not containing VkCopyCommandTransformInfoQCOM in its pNext chain, imageOffset.y and (imageExtent.height + imageOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_TO_BUFFER_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferImageCopy2 structures

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkCopyImageToBufferInfo2-commonparent
    Both of dstBuffer, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

For both vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2KHR and vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2KHR, each element of pRegions is a structure defined as:

typedef struct VkBufferImageCopy2 {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkDeviceSize                bufferOffset;
    uint32_t                    bufferRowLength;
    uint32_t                    bufferImageHeight;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    imageSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  imageOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  imageExtent;
} VkBufferImageCopy2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkBufferImageCopy2 VkBufferImageCopy2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • bufferOffset is the offset in bytes from the start of the buffer object where the image data is copied from or to.

  • bufferRowLength and bufferImageHeight specify in texels a subregion of a larger two- or three-dimensional image in buffer memory, and control the addressing calculations. If either of these values is zero, that aspect of the buffer memory is considered to be tightly packed according to the imageExtent.

  • imageSubresource is a VkImageSubresourceLayers used to specify the specific image subresources of the image used for the source or destination image data.

  • imageOffset selects the initial x, y, z offsets in texels of the sub-region of the source or destination image data.

  • imageExtent is the size in texels of the image to copy in width, height and depth.

This structure is functionally identical to VkBufferImageCopy, but adds sType and pNext parameters, allowing it to be more easily extended.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-bufferRowLength-09101
    bufferRowLength must be 0, or greater than or equal to the width member of imageExtent

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-bufferImageHeight-09102
    bufferImageHeight must be 0, or greater than or equal to the height member of imageExtent

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-aspectMask-09103
    The aspectMask member of imageSubresource must only have a single bit set

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-imageExtent-06659
    imageExtent.width must not be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-imageExtent-06660
    imageExtent.height must not be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-imageExtent-06661
    imageExtent.depth must not be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_IMAGE_COPY_2

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy2-imageSubresource-parameter
    imageSubresource must be a valid VkImageSubresourceLayers structure

20.4. Image Copies With Scaling

To copy regions of a source image into a destination image, potentially performing format conversion, arbitrary scaling, and filtering, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBlitImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     srcImage,
    VkImageLayout                               srcImageLayout,
    VkImage                                     dstImage,
    VkImageLayout                               dstImageLayout,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkImageBlit*                          pRegions,
    VkFilter                                    filter);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the blit.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the blit.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to blit.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageBlit structures specifying the regions to blit.

  • filter is a VkFilter specifying the filter to apply if the blits require scaling.

vkCmdBlitImage must not be used for multisampled source or destination images. Use vkCmdResolveImage for this purpose.

As the sizes of the source and destination extents can differ in any dimension, texels in the source extent are scaled and filtered to the destination extent. Scaling occurs via the following operations:

  • For each destination texel, the integer coordinate of that texel is converted to an unnormalized texture coordinate, using the effective inverse of the equations described in unnormalized to integer conversion:

    ubase = i + ½

    vbase = j + ½

    wbase = k + ½

  • These base coordinates are then offset by the first destination offset:

    uoffset = ubase - xdst0

    voffset = vbase - ydst0

    woffset = wbase - zdst0

    aoffset = a - baseArrayCountdst

  • The scale is determined from the source and destination regions, and applied to the offset coordinates:

    scaleu = (xsrc1 - xsrc0) / (xdst1 - xdst0)

    scalev = (ysrc1 - ysrc0) / (ydst1 - ydst0)

    scalew = (zsrc1 - zsrc0) / (zdst1 - zdst0)

    uscaled = uoffset × scaleu

    vscaled = voffset × scalev

    wscaled = woffset × scalew

  • Finally the source offset is added to the scaled coordinates, to determine the final unnormalized coordinates used to sample from srcImage:

    u = uscaled + xsrc0

    v = vscaled + ysrc0

    w = wscaled + zsrc0

    q = mipLevel

    a = aoffset + baseArrayCountsrc

These coordinates are used to sample from the source image, as described in Image Operations chapter, with the filter mode equal to that of filter, a mipmap mode of VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST and an address mode of VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE. Implementations must clamp at the edge of the source image, and may additionally clamp to the edge of the source region.

Note

Due to allowable rounding errors in the generation of the source texture coordinates, it is not always possible to guarantee exactly which source texels will be sampled for a given blit. As rounding errors are implementation-dependent, the exact results of a blitting operation are also implementation-dependent.

Blits are done layer by layer starting with the baseArrayLayer member of srcSubresource for the source and dstSubresource for the destination. layerCount layers are blitted to the destination image.

When blitting 3D textures, slices in the destination region bounded by dstOffsets[0].z and dstOffsets[1].z are sampled from slices in the source region bounded by srcOffsets[0].z and srcOffsets[1].z. If the filter parameter is VK_FILTER_LINEAR then the value sampled from the source image is taken by doing linear filtering using the interpolated z coordinate represented by w in the previous equations. If the filter parameter is VK_FILTER_NEAREST then the value sampled from the source image is taken from the single nearest slice, with an implementation-dependent arithmetic rounding mode.

The following filtering and conversion rules apply:

  • Integer formats can only be converted to other integer formats with the same signedness.

  • No format conversion is supported between depth/stencil images. The formats must match.

  • Format conversions on unorm, snorm, scaled and packed float formats of the copied aspect of the image are performed by first converting the pixels to float values.

  • For sRGB source formats, nonlinear RGB values are converted to linear representation prior to filtering.

  • After filtering, the float values are first clamped and then cast to the destination image format. In case of sRGB destination format, linear RGB values are converted to nonlinear representation before writing the pixel to the image.

Signed and unsigned integers are converted by first clamping to the representable range of the destination format, then casting the value.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-01834
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-01835
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-01836
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be an unprotected image

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-pRegions-00217
    The union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory with any texel that may be sampled during the blit operation

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-01999
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-06421
    srcImage must not use a format that requires a sampler Y′CBCR conversion

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00219
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00220
    If srcImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImageLayout-00221
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImageLayout-01398
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-09459
    If srcImage and dstImage are the same, and an elements of pRegions contains the srcSubresource and dstSubresource with matching mipLevel and overlapping array layers, then the srcImageLayout and dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-02000
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-06422
    dstImage must not use a format that requires a sampler Y′CBCR conversion

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00224
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00225
    If dstImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImageLayout-00226
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImageLayout-01399
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00229
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with a signed integer VkFormat, the other must also have been created with a signed integer VkFormat

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00230
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with an unsigned integer VkFormat, the other must also have been created with an unsigned integer VkFormat

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00231
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with a depth/stencil format, the other must have exactly the same format

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00232
    If srcImage was created with a depth/stencil format, filter must be VK_FILTER_NEAREST

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00233
    srcImage must have been created with a samples value of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00234
    dstImage must have been created with a samples value of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-filter-02001
    If filter is VK_FILTER_LINEAR, then the format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-filter-02002
    If filter is VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT, then the format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-filter-00237
    If filter is VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT, srcImage must be of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcSubresource-01705
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstSubresource-01706
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcSubresource-01707
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstSubresource-01708
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00240
    If either srcImage or dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer and dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must each be 0, and srcSubresource.layerCount and dstSubresource.layerCount must each be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-aspectMask-00241
    For each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-aspectMask-00242
    For each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcOffset-00243
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].x and srcOffsets[1].x must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcOffset-00244
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].y and srcOffsets[1].y must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00245
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].y must be 0 and srcOffsets[1].y must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcOffset-00246
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].z and srcOffsets[1].z must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00247
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].z must be 0 and srcOffsets[1].z must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstOffset-00248
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].x and dstOffsets[1].x must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstOffset-00249
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].y and dstOffsets[1].y must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00250
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].y must be 0 and dstOffsets[1].y must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstOffset-00251
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].z and dstOffsets[1].z must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00252
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].z must be 0 and dstOffsets[1].z must be 1

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageBlit structures

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-filter-parameter
    filter must be a valid VkFilter value

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

The VkImageBlit structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageBlit {
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffsets[2];
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffsets[2];
} VkImageBlit;

  • srcSubresource is the subresource to blit from.

  • srcOffsets is a pointer to an array of two VkOffset3D structures specifying the bounds of the source region within srcSubresource.

  • dstSubresource is the subresource to blit into.

  • dstOffsets is a pointer to an array of two VkOffset3D structures specifying the bounds of the destination region within dstSubresource.

For each element of the pRegions array, a blit operation is performed for the specified source and destination regions.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageBlit-aspectMask-00238
    The aspectMask member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must match

  • VUID-VkImageBlit-layerCount-08800
    The layerCount members of srcSubresource or dstSubresource must match

Valid Usage (Implicit)

A more extensible version of the blit image command is defined below.

To copy regions of a source image into a destination image, potentially performing format conversion, arbitrary scaling, and filtering, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
void vkCmdBlitImage2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkBlitImageInfo2*                     pBlitImageInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pBlitImageInfo is a pointer to a VkBlitImageInfo2 structure describing the blit parameters.

This command is functionally identical to vkCmdBlitImage, but includes extensible sub-structures that include sType and pNext parameters, allowing them to be more easily extended.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage2-commandBuffer-01834
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage2-commandBuffer-01835
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage2-commandBuffer-01836
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be an unprotected image

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage2-pBlitImageInfo-parameter
    pBlitImageInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkBlitImageInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

The VkBlitImageInfo2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkBlitImageInfo2 {
    VkStructureType        sType;
    const void*            pNext;
    VkImage                srcImage;
    VkImageLayout          srcImageLayout;
    VkImage                dstImage;
    VkImageLayout          dstImageLayout;
    uint32_t               regionCount;
    const VkImageBlit2*    pRegions;
    VkFilter               filter;
} VkBlitImageInfo2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkBlitImageInfo2 VkBlitImageInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the blit.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the blit.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to blit.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageBlit2 structures specifying the regions to blit.

  • filter is a VkFilter specifying the filter to apply if the blits require scaling.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-pRegions-00217
    The union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory with any texel that may be sampled during the blit operation

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-01999
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-06421
    srcImage must not use a format that requires a sampler Y′CBCR conversion

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00219
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00220
    If srcImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-00221
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-01398
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-09459
    If srcImage and dstImage are the same, and an elements of pRegions contains the srcSubresource and dstSubresource with matching mipLevel and overlapping array layers, then the srcImageLayout and dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImage-02000
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImage-06422
    dstImage must not use a format that requires a sampler Y′CBCR conversion

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImage-00224
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImage-00225
    If dstImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-00226
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-01399
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00229
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with a signed integer VkFormat, the other must also have been created with a signed integer VkFormat

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00230
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with an unsigned integer VkFormat, the other must also have been created with an unsigned integer VkFormat

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00231
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with a depth/stencil format, the other must have exactly the same format

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00232
    If srcImage was created with a depth/stencil format, filter must be VK_FILTER_NEAREST

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00233
    srcImage must have been created with a samples value of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImage-00234
    dstImage must have been created with a samples value of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-filter-02001
    If filter is VK_FILTER_LINEAR, then the format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-filter-02002
    If filter is VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT, then the format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-filter-00237
    If filter is VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT, srcImage must be of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcSubresource-01705
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstSubresource-01706
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcSubresource-01707
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstSubresource-01708
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00240
    If either srcImage or dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer and dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must each be 0, and srcSubresource.layerCount and dstSubresource.layerCount must each be 1

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-aspectMask-00241
    For each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-aspectMask-00242
    For each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcOffset-00243
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].x and srcOffsets[1].x must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcOffset-00244
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].y and srcOffsets[1].y must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00245
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].y must be 0 and srcOffsets[1].y must be 1

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcOffset-00246
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].z and srcOffsets[1].z must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-00247
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].z must be 0 and srcOffsets[1].z must be 1

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstOffset-00248
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].x and dstOffsets[1].x must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstOffset-00249
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].y and dstOffsets[1].y must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImage-00250
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].y must be 0 and dstOffsets[1].y must be 1

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstOffset-00251
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].z and dstOffsets[1].z must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImage-00252
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].z must be 0 and dstOffsets[1].z must be 1

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BLIT_IMAGE_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageBlit2 structures

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-filter-parameter
    filter must be a valid VkFilter value

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkBlitImageInfo2-commonparent
    Both of dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkImageBlit2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkImageBlit2 {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffsets[2];
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffsets[2];
} VkImageBlit2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkImageBlit2 VkImageBlit2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcSubresource is the subresource to blit from.

  • srcOffsets is a pointer to an array of two VkOffset3D structures specifying the bounds of the source region within srcSubresource.

  • dstSubresource is the subresource to blit into.

  • dstOffsets is a pointer to an array of two VkOffset3D structures specifying the bounds of the destination region within dstSubresource.

For each element of the pRegions array, a blit operation is performed for the specified source and destination regions.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageBlit2-aspectMask-00238
    The aspectMask member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must match

  • VUID-VkImageBlit2-layerCount-08800
    The layerCount members of srcSubresource or dstSubresource must match

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageBlit2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_BLIT_2

  • VUID-VkImageBlit2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImageBlit2-srcSubresource-parameter
    srcSubresource must be a valid VkImageSubresourceLayers structure

  • VUID-VkImageBlit2-dstSubresource-parameter
    dstSubresource must be a valid VkImageSubresourceLayers structure

20.5. Resolving Multisample Images

To resolve a multisample color image to a non-multisample color image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdResolveImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     srcImage,
    VkImageLayout                               srcImageLayout,
    VkImage                                     dstImage,
    VkImageLayout                               dstImageLayout,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkImageResolve*                       pRegions);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the resolve.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the resolve.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to resolve.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageResolve structures specifying the regions to resolve.

During the resolve the samples corresponding to each pixel location in the source are converted to a single sample before being written to the destination.

If the source format is a floating-point or normalized type, the resolve mode is chosen as implementation-dependent behavior. If the resolve mode requires to calculate the result from multiple samples, such as by computing an average or weighted average of the samples, the values for each pixel are resolved with implementation-defined numerical precision.

If the numeric format of srcImage uses sRGB encoding and the resolve mode requires the implementation to convert the samples to floating-point to perform the calculations, the implementation should convert samples from nonlinear to linear before resolving the samples as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification. In this case, the implementation must convert the linear averaged value to nonlinear before writing the resolved result to dstImage.

If the source format is an integer type, a single sample’s value is selected for each pixel.

srcOffset and dstOffset select the initial x, y, and z offsets in texels of the sub-regions of the source and destination image data. extent is the size in texels of the source image to resolve in width, height and depth. Each element of pRegions must be a region that is contained within its corresponding image.

Resolves are done layer by layer starting with baseArrayLayer member of srcSubresource for the source and dstSubresource for the destination. layerCount layers are resolved to the destination image.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-01837
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-01838
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-01839
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be an unprotected image

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-pRegions-00255
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-00256
    If srcImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-00257
    srcImage must have a sample count equal to any valid sample count value other than VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-00258
    If dstImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-00259
    dstImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImageLayout-00260
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImageLayout-01400
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImageLayout-00262
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImageLayout-01401
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-02003
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-01386
    srcImage and dstImage must have been created with the same image format

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcSubresource-01709
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstSubresource-01710
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcSubresource-01711
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstSubresource-01712
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-04446
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-04447
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and dstSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcOffset-00269
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x and (extent.width + srcOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcOffset-00270
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y and (extent.height + srcOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-00271
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcOffset-00272
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z and (extent.depth + srcOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-00273
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstOffset-00274
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x and (extent.width + dstOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstOffset-00275
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y and (extent.height + dstOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-00276
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstOffset-00277
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z and (extent.depth + dstOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-00278
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-06762
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-06763
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-06764
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-06765
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcSubresource-11800
    srcSubresource.aspectMask for each element in pRegions must not specify an aspect which is not part of the image format of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstSubresource-11801
    dstSubresource.aspectMask for each element in pRegions must not specify an aspect which is not part of the image format of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcSubresource-11802
    srcSubresource.aspectMask must equal dstSubresource.aspectMask for each element in pRegions

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageResolve structures

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

The VkImageResolve structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageResolve {
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffset;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  extent;
} VkImageResolve;

  • srcSubresource and dstSubresource are VkImageSubresourceLayers structures specifying the image subresources of the images used for the source and destination image data, respectively. Resolve of depth/stencil images is not supported.

  • srcOffset and dstOffset select the initial x, y, and z offsets in texels of the sub-regions of the source and destination image data.

  • extent is the size in texels of the source image to resolve in width, height and depth.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageResolve-aspectMask-10981
    The aspectMask member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must only contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageResolve-layerCount-08803
    The layerCount member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must match

Valid Usage (Implicit)

A more extensible version of the resolve image command is defined below.

To resolve a multisample image to a non-multisample image, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
void vkCmdResolveImage2KHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkResolveImageInfo2*                  pResolveImageInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pResolveImageInfo is a pointer to a VkResolveImageInfo2 structure describing the resolve parameters.

This command is functionally identical to vkCmdResolveImage, but includes extensible sub-structures that include sType and pNext parameters, allowing them to be more easily extended.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage2-commandBuffer-01837
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, srcImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage2-commandBuffer-01838
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be a protected image

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage2-commandBuffer-01839
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, dstImage must not be an unprotected image

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage2-pResolveImageInfo-parameter
    pResolveImageInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkResolveImageInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage2-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

The VkResolveImageInfo2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkResolveImageInfo2 {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    const void*               pNext;
    VkImage                   srcImage;
    VkImageLayout             srcImageLayout;
    VkImage                   dstImage;
    VkImageLayout             dstImageLayout;
    uint32_t                  regionCount;
    const VkImageResolve2*    pRegions;
} VkResolveImageInfo2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkResolveImageInfo2 VkResolveImageInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the resolve.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the resolve.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to resolve.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageResolve2 structures specifying the regions to resolve.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-pRegions-00255
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-00256
    If srcImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-00257
    srcImage must have a sample count equal to any valid sample count value other than VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImage-00258
    If dstImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImage-00259
    dstImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-00260
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-01400
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-00262
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-01401
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImage-02003
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-01386
    srcImage and dstImage must have been created with the same image format

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcSubresource-01709
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstSubresource-01710
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcSubresource-01711
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstSubresource-01712
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-04446
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-04447
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and dstSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcOffset-00269
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x and (extent.width + srcOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcOffset-00270
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y and (extent.height + srcOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-00271
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcOffset-00272
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z and (extent.depth + srcOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-00273
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstOffset-00274
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x and (extent.width + dstOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstOffset-00275
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y and (extent.height + dstOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImage-00276
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstOffset-00277
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z and (extent.depth + dstOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImage-00278
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-06762
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-06763
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImage-06764
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImage-06765
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcSubresource-11800
    srcSubresource.aspectMask for each element in pRegions must not specify an aspect which is not part of the image format of srcImage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstSubresource-11801
    dstSubresource.aspectMask for each element in pRegions must not specify an aspect which is not part of the image format of dstImage

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcSubresource-11802
    srcSubresource.aspectMask must equal dstSubresource.aspectMask for each element in pRegions

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RESOLVE_IMAGE_INFO_2

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageResolve2 structures

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkResolveImageInfo2-commonparent
    Both of dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkImageResolve2 structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkImageResolve2 {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffset;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  extent;
} VkImageResolve2;
// Provided by VK_KHR_copy_commands2
typedef VkImageResolve2 VkImageResolve2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcSubresource and dstSubresource are VkImageSubresourceLayers structures specifying the image subresources of the images used for the source and destination image data, respectively. Resolve of depth/stencil images is not supported.

  • srcOffset and dstOffset select the initial x, y, and z offsets in texels of the sub-regions of the source and destination image data.

  • extent is the size in texels of the source image to resolve in width, height and depth.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkImageResolve2-aspectMask-10993
    The aspectMask member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must only contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageResolve2-layerCount-08803
    The layerCount member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must match

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkImageResolve2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_RESOLVE_2

  • VUID-VkImageResolve2-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImageResolve2-srcSubresource-parameter
    srcSubresource must be a valid VkImageSubresourceLayers structure

  • VUID-VkImageResolve2-dstSubresource-parameter
    dstSubresource must be a valid VkImageSubresourceLayers structure

20.6. Object Refreshes

Safety critical applications may need to contend with single event upsets (SEUs). For a Vulkan object explicitly backed by device memory, such as a VkImage or VkBuffer, an application can bind its backing memory to a SEU-safe heap with the VK_MEMORY_HEAP_SEU_SAFE_BIT bit set. Alternatively, an application can also periodically reload the non-SEU-safe device memory contents from a known SEU-safe portion of host memory, or otherwise periodically regenerate or refresh the contents of non-SEU-safe device memory.

However, an implementation may store implementation-specific internal object data in non-SEU-safe memory, and Base Vulkan provides no method to determine which object types this applies to or how to refresh their data. An application can query the list of object types that have implementation internal object data stored in non-SEU-safe memory using vkGetPhysicalDeviceRefreshableObjectTypesKHR, and can instruct the implementation to refresh the internal data of specific objects from a backup in SEU-safe memory using the vkCmdRefreshObjectsKHR command.

To refresh a list of objects as a pipelined operation, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_object_refresh
void vkCmdRefreshObjectsKHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkRefreshObjectListKHR*               pRefreshObjects);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pRefreshObjects is a pointer to a VkRefreshObjectListKHR structure specifying the list of objects to refresh.

The access scope for object refreshes falls under the VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT, and the pipeline stages for identifying the synchronization scope must include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT.

Note

If an implementation does not store a supplied object’s internal data in SEU-susceptible memory, it may ignore the refresh command for that object.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdRefreshObjectsKHR-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdRefreshObjectsKHR-pRefreshObjects-parameter
    pRefreshObjects must be a valid pointer to a valid VkRefreshObjectListKHR structure

  • VUID-vkCmdRefreshObjectsKHR-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdRefreshObjectsKHR-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdRefreshObjectsKHR-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

The VkRefreshObjectListKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_object_refresh
typedef struct VkRefreshObjectListKHR {
    VkStructureType              sType;
    const void*                  pNext;
    uint32_t                     objectCount;
    const VkRefreshObjectKHR*    pObjects;
} VkRefreshObjectListKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • objectCount is the number of objects to refresh.

  • pObjects is a pointer to an array of VkRefreshObjectKHR structures, defining the objects to refresh.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRefreshObjectListKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_REFRESH_OBJECT_LIST_KHR

  • VUID-VkRefreshObjectListKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkRefreshObjectListKHR-pObjects-parameter
    pObjects must be a valid pointer to an array of objectCount valid VkRefreshObjectKHR structures

  • VUID-VkRefreshObjectListKHR-objectCount-arraylength
    objectCount must be greater than 0

The VkRefreshObjectKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_object_refresh
typedef struct VkRefreshObjectKHR {
    VkObjectType               objectType;
    uint64_t                   objectHandle;
    VkRefreshObjectFlagsKHR    flags;
} VkRefreshObjectKHR;
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkRefreshObjectKHR-objectHandle-05069
    objectHandle must be a valid Vulkan handle of the type associated with objectType as defined in the VkObjectType and Vulkan Handle Relationship table

  • VUID-VkRefreshObjectKHR-objectType-05070
    objectType must not be VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkRefreshObjectKHR-objectType-parameter
    objectType must be a valid VkObjectType value

  • VUID-VkRefreshObjectKHR-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to objectHandle must be externally synchronized

// Provided by VK_KHR_object_refresh
typedef enum VkRefreshObjectFlagBitsKHR {
} VkRefreshObjectFlagBitsKHR;
// Provided by VK_KHR_object_refresh
typedef VkFlags VkRefreshObjectFlagsKHR;

VkRefreshObjectFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

21. Drawing Commands

Drawing commands (commands with Draw in the name) provoke work in a graphics pipeline. Drawing commands are recorded into a command buffer and when executed by a queue, will produce work which executes according to the bound graphics pipeline. A graphics pipeline must be bound to a command buffer before any drawing commands are recorded in that command buffer.

Each draw is made up of zero or more vertices and zero or more instances, which are processed by the device and result in the assembly of primitives. Primitives are assembled according to the pInputAssemblyState member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure, which is of type VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                            sType;
    const void*                                pNext;
    VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateFlags    flags;
    VkPrimitiveTopology                        topology;
    VkBool32                                   primitiveRestartEnable;
} VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • topology is a VkPrimitiveTopology defining the primitive topology, as described below.

  • primitiveRestartEnable controls whether a special vertex index value is treated as restarting the assembly of primitives. This enable only applies to indexed draws (vkCmdDrawIndexed, and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect), and the special index value is either 0xFFFFFFFF when the indexType parameter of vkCmdBindIndexBuffer is equal to VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32; 0xFF when indexType is equal to VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8; or 0xFFFF when indexType is equal to VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT16. Primitive restart is not allowed for “list” topologies.

Restarting the assembly of primitives discards the most recent index values if those elements formed an incomplete primitive, and restarts the primitive assembly using the subsequent indices, but only assembling the immediately following element through the end of the originally specified elements. The primitive restart index value comparison is performed before adding the vertexOffset value to the index value.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-06252
    If topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, primitiveRestartEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-06253
    If topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, primitiveRestartEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-00429
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, topology must not be any of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-00430
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, topology must not be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-parameter
    topology must be a valid VkPrimitiveTopology value

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To dynamically control whether a special vertex index value is treated as restarting the assembly of primitives, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
void vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBool32                                    primitiveRestartEnable);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • primitiveRestartEnable controls whether a special vertex index value is treated as restarting the assembly of primitives. It behaves in the same way as VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::primitiveRestartEnable

This command sets the primitive restart enable for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::primitiveRestartEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnable-None-08970
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnable-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnable-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnable-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

21.1. Primitive Topologies

Primitive topology determines how consecutive vertices are organized into primitives, and determines the type of primitive that is used at the beginning of the graphics pipeline. The effective topology for later stages of the pipeline is altered by tessellation or geometry shading (if either is in use) and depends on the execution modes of those shaders.

The primitive topologies defined by VkPrimitiveTopology are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPrimitiveTopology {
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST = 0,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST = 1,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP = 2,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST = 3,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP = 4,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_FAN = 5,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY = 6,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY = 7,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY = 8,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY = 9,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST = 10,
} VkPrimitiveTopology;

Each primitive topology, and its construction from a list of vertices, is described in detail below with a supporting diagram, according to the following key:

image/svg+xml

Vertex

A point in 3-dimensional space. Positions chosen within the diagrams are arbitrary and for illustration only.

image/svg+xml 5

Vertex Number

Sequence position of a vertex within the provided vertex data.

image/svg+xml

Provoking Vertex

Provoking vertex within the main primitive. The tail is angled towards the relevant primitive. Used in flat shading.

image/svg+xml

Primitive Edge

An edge connecting the points of a main primitive.

image/svg+xml

Adjacency Edge

Points connected by these lines do not contribute to a main primitive, and are only accessible in a geometry shader.

image/svg+xml

Winding Order

The relative order in which vertices are defined within a primitive, used in the facing determination. This ordering has no specific start or end point.

The diagrams are supported with mathematical definitions where the vertices (v) and primitives (p) are numbered starting from 0; v0 is the first vertex in the provided data and p0 is the first primitive in the set of primitives defined by the vertices and topology.

To dynamically set primitive topology, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPrimitiveTopology                         primitiveTopology);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • primitiveTopology specifies the primitive topology to use for drawing.

This command sets the primitive topology for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::topology value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopology-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopology-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopology-primitiveTopology-parameter
    primitiveTopology must be a valid VkPrimitiveTopology value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopology-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopology-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

21.1.1. Topology Class

The primitive topologies are grouped into the following topology classes:

Table 25. Topology Classes
Topology Class Primitive Topology

Point

VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST

Line

VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY

Triangle

VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_FAN, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY

Patch

VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST

21.1.2. Point Lists

When the topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, each consecutive vertex defines a single point primitive, according to the equation:

pi = {vi}

As there is only one vertex, that vertex is the provoking vertex. The number of primitives generated is equal to vertexCount.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 3

21.1.3. Line Lists

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, each consecutive pair of vertices defines a single line primitive, according to the equation:

pi = {v2i, v2i+1}

The number of primitives generated is equal to ⌊vertexCount/2⌋.

The provoking vertex for pi is v2i.

image/svg+xml 0 2 1 3

21.1.4. Line Strips

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP, one line primitive is defined by each vertex and the following vertex, according to the equation:

pi = {vi, vi+1}

The number of primitives generated is equal to max(0,vertexCount-1).

The provoking vertex for pi is vi.

image/svg+xml 0 2 1 3

21.1.5. Triangle Lists

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, each consecutive set of three vertices defines a single triangle primitive, according to the equation:

pi = {v3i, v3i+1, v3i+2}

The number of primitives generated is equal to ⌊vertexCount/3⌋.

The provoking vertex for pi is v3i.

image/svg+xml 2 1 0 3 5 4

21.1.6. Triangle Strips

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP, one triangle primitive is defined by each vertex and the two vertices that follow it, according to the equation:

pi = {vi, vi+(1+i%2), vi+(2-i%2)}

The number of primitives generated is equal to max(0,vertexCount-2).

The provoking vertex for pi is vi.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 3
Note

The ordering of the vertices in each successive triangle is reversed, so that the winding order is consistent throughout the strip.

21.1.7. Triangle Fans

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_FAN, triangle primitives are defined around a shared common vertex, according to the equation:

pi = {vi+1, vi+2, v0}

The number of primitives generated is equal to max(0,vertexCount-2).

The provoking vertex for pi is vi+1.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 3

21.1.8. Line Lists With Adjacency

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, each consecutive set of four vertices defines a single line primitive with adjacency, according to the equation:

pi = {v4i, v4i+1, v4i+2,v4i+3}

A line primitive is described by the second and third vertices of the total primitive, with the remaining two vertices only accessible in a geometry shader.

The number of primitives generated is equal to ⌊vertexCount/4⌋.

The provoking vertex for pi is v4i+1.

image/svg+xml 0 2 1 3 4 6 5 7

21.1.9. Line Strips With Adjacency

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY, one line primitive with adjacency is defined by each vertex and the following vertex, according to the equation:

pi = {vi, vi+1, vi+2, vi+3}

A line primitive is described by the second and third vertices of the total primitive, with the remaining two vertices only accessible in a geometry shader.

The number of primitives generated is equal to max(0,vertexCount-3).

The provoking vertex for pi is vi+1.

image/svg+xml 0 2 1 3 4 5

21.1.10. Triangle Lists With Adjacency

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, each consecutive set of six vertices defines a single triangle primitive with adjacency, according to the equations:

pi = {v6i, v6i+1, v6i+2, v6i+3, v6i+4, v6i+5}

A triangle primitive is described by the first, third, and fifth vertices of the total primitive, with the remaining three vertices only accessible in a geometry shader.

The number of primitives generated is equal to ⌊vertexCount/6⌋.

The provoking vertex for pi is v6i.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 5 3 6 8 10 11 7 9

21.1.11. Triangle Strips With Adjacency

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY, one triangle primitive with adjacency is defined by each vertex and the following 5 vertices.

The number of primitives generated, n, is equal to ⌊max(0, vertexCount - 4)/2⌋.

If n=1, the primitive is defined as:

p = {v0, v1, v2, v5, v4, v3}

If n>1, the total primitive consists of different vertices according to where it is in the strip:

pi = {v2i, v2i+1, v2i+2, v2i+6, v2i+4, v2i+3} when i=0

pi = {v2i, v2i+3, v2i+4, v2i+6, v2i+2, v2i-2} when i>0, i<n-1, and i%2=1

pi = {v2i, v2i-2, v2i+2, v2i+6, v2i+4, v2i+3} when i>0, i<n-1, and i%2=0

pi = {v2i, v2i+3, v2i+4, v2i+5, v2i+2, v2i-2} when i=n-1 and i%2=1

pi = {v2i, v2i-2, v2i+2, v2i+5, v2i+4, v2i+3} when i=n-1 and i%2=0

A triangle primitive is described by the first, third, and fifth vertices of the total primitive in all cases, with the remaining three vertices only accessible in a geometry shader.

Note

The ordering of the vertices in each successive triangle is altered so that the winding order is consistent throughout the strip.

The provoking vertex for pi is always v2i.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 5 3 2 6 5 7 7 8 9 7 8 10 9 11 0 4 1 3 2 6 5 0 4 1 3 2 6 5 0 4 1 3

21.1.12. Patch Lists

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, each consecutive set of m vertices defines a single patch primitive, according to the equation:

pi = {vmi, vmi+1, …​, vmi+(m-2), vmi+(m-1)}

where m is equal to VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo::patchControlPoints.

Patch lists are never passed to vertex post-processing, and as such no provoking vertex is defined for patch primitives. The number of primitives generated is equal to ⌊vertexCount/m⌋.

The vertices comprising a patch have no implied geometry, and are used as inputs to tessellation shaders and the fixed-function tessellator to generate new point, line, or triangle primitives.

21.2. Effective Primitive Topology

The effective primitive topology is the primitive topology that is consumed or produced by a given stage of the graphics pipeline. The interpretation of this topology depends on the active shader stages and other state set in the graphics pipeline.

21.2.1. Vertex Input Assembler Topology

This is the topology set when the VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT stage is used and Programmable Primitive Shading occurs. It can be set with VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::topology or vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT.

21.2.2. Clip Space Topology

This is the output of the last pre-rasterization shader stage involved.

  • If VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT is the last pre-rasterization stage, the topology is not changed from what was set in the input assembly.

  • If VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT is the last pre-rasterization stage, the topology depends on the OpExecutionMode found in either tessellation stage.

    • The Isolines Execution Mode is in line topology class.

    • The Triangles and Quads Execution Mode is in triangle topology class.

    • The PointMode Execution Mode is in point topology class and will take precedence over the other tessellation stage Execution Mode.

  • If VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT is the last pre-rasterization stage, the topology depends on the OpExecutionMode found in this shader stage.

21.2.3. Rasterization Input Topology

After clipping and viewport transformations, the Polygon Mode can set a topology as an input for rasterization. This can be different from what was used in Clip Space Topology.

If VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::rasterizerDiscardEnable or vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnableEXT::rasterizerDiscardEnable is set to VK_FALSE, then this Rasterization Input Topology is not observed.

If the clip space topology is in triangle topology class then VK_POLYGON_MODE_LINE will turn it into line topology and VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT will turn it into point topology.

If the clip space topology is in line topology class then VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT will turn it into point topology.

21.3. Primitive Order

Primitives generated by drawing commands progress through the stages of the graphics pipeline in primitive order. Primitive order is initially determined in the following way:

  1. Submission order determines the initial ordering

  2. For indirect drawing commands, the order in which accessed instances of the VkDrawIndirectCommand are stored in buffer, from lower indirect buffer addresses to higher addresses.

  3. If a drawing command includes multiple instances, the order in which instances are executed, from lower numbered instances to higher.

  4. The order in which primitives are specified by a drawing command:

    • For non-indexed draws, from vertices with a lower numbered vertexIndex to a higher numbered vertexIndex.

    • For indexed draws, vertices sourced from a lower index buffer addresses to higher addresses.

Within this order implementations further sort primitives:

  1. If tessellation shading is active, by an implementation-dependent order of new primitives generated by tessellation.

  2. If geometry shading is active, by the order new primitives are generated by geometry shading.

  3. If the polygon mode is not VK_POLYGON_MODE_FILL, by an implementation-dependent ordering of the new primitives generated within the original primitive.

Primitive order is later used to define rasterization order, which determines the order in which fragments output results to a framebuffer.

21.4. Programmable Primitive Shading

Once primitives are assembled, they proceed to the vertex shading stage of the pipeline. If the draw includes multiple instances, then the set of primitives is sent to the vertex shading stage multiple times, once for each instance.

It is implementation-dependent whether vertex shading occurs on vertices that are discarded as part of incomplete primitives, but if it does occur then it operates as if they were vertices in complete primitives and such invocations can have side effects.

Vertex shading receives two per-vertex inputs from the primitive assembly stage - the vertexIndex and the instanceIndex. How these values are generated is defined below, with each command.

Drawing commands fall roughly into two categories:

To bind an index buffer to a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBindIndexBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    VkIndexType                                 indexType);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer being bound.

  • offset is the starting offset in bytes within buffer used in index buffer address calculations.

  • indexType is a VkIndexType value specifying the size of the indices.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-offset-08782
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-offset-08783
    The sum of offset and the base address of the range of VkDeviceMemory object that is backing buffer, must be a multiple of the size of the type indicated by indexType

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-buffer-08784
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDEX_BUFFER_BIT flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-buffer-08785
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-indexType-08787
    If indexType is VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8, the indexTypeUint8 feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-None-09493
    buffer must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-buffer-parameter
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-indexType-parameter
    indexType must be a valid VkIndexType value

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and commandBuffer that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

Possible values of vkCmdBindIndexBuffer::indexType, specifying the size of indices, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkIndexType {
    VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT16 = 0,
    VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32 = 1,
    VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8 = 1000265000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_index_type_uint8
    VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_EXT = VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_index_type_uint8
    VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_KHR = VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8,
} VkIndexType;

  • VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT16 specifies that indices are 16-bit unsigned integer values.

  • VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32 specifies that indices are 32-bit unsigned integer values.

  • VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8 specifies that indices are 8-bit unsigned integer values.

The parameters for each drawing command are specified directly in the command or read from buffer memory, depending on the command. Drawing commands that source their parameters from buffer memory are known as indirect drawing commands.

All drawing commands interact with the robustBufferAccess feature.

To record a non-indexed draw, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDraw(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    vertexCount,
    uint32_t                                    instanceCount,
    uint32_t                                    firstVertex,
    uint32_t                                    firstInstance);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • vertexCount is the number of vertices to draw.

  • instanceCount is the number of instances to draw.

  • firstVertex is the index of the first vertex to draw.

  • firstInstance is the instance ID of the first instance to draw.

When the command is executed, primitives are assembled using the current primitive topology and vertexCount consecutive vertex indices with the first vertexIndex value equal to firstVertex. The primitives are drawn instanceCount times with instanceIndex starting with firstInstance and increasing sequentially for each instance. The assembled primitives execute the bound graphics pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-10795
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-10796
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-10797
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08617
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the effective rasterization input topology is in line topology class, then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07834
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBiasEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07835
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and an active color attachment current value of blendEnable is VK_TRUE with a blend equations where any VkBlendFactor member is VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA, then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07836
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBoundsTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07837
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07838
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07839
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, the current value of and rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-maxMultiviewInstanceIndex-02688
    If the draw is recorded in a render pass instance with multiview enabled, the maximum instance index must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties::maxMultiviewInstanceIndex

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-sampleLocationsEnable-02689
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable set to VK_TRUE, then the active depth attachment must have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06666
    If the VK_EXT_sample_locations extension is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of sampleLocationsEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07840
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetCullModeEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07841
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetFrontFaceEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07843
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, vkCmdSetDepthTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07844
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07845
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthCompareOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07846
    If the depthBounds feature is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07847
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetStencilTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07848
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-viewportCount-03417
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-scissorCount-03418
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-viewportCount-03419
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with both the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic states enabled, then the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must match the scissorCount parameter of vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04876
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04877
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-logicOp-04878
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports-04552
    If the primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports limit is not supported, the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, and any of the shader stages of the bound graphics pipeline write to the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command, and the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-blendEnable-04727
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_BLEND_ENABLE_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then for each color attachment, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the corresponding current value of blendEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08644
    If a graphics pipeline is bound, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE,

    then the current value of rasterizationSamples must be the same as the current color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-02712
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource written to by the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command must not be an unprotected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-02713
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, pipeline stages other than the framebuffer-space and compute stages in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command must not write to any resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-02721
    If the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-format-10389
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-format-10390
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is not a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the component size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07842
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-dynamicPrimitiveTopologyUnrestricted-07500
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then the primitiveTopology parameter of vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must be of the same topology class as the pipeline VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::topology state

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-primitiveTopology-10286
    If a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage is bound, then the current value of primitiveTopology must be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-primitiveTopology-10747
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command, then a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-primitiveTopology-10748
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST prior to this drawing command, both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT and VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT stage are not bound, then the Vertex Execution Model must have a PointSize decorated variable that is statically written to

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-pStrides-04913
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE dynamic state enabled, but without the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command, and the pStrides parameter of vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must not be NULL

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04914
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-Input-07939
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then all variables with the Input storage class decorated with Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must contain a location in VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::location

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-Input-08734
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then the numeric type associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be the same as VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-format-08936
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then the scalar width associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be 64-bit

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-format-08937
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and the scalar width associated with a Location decorated Input variable in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint is 64-bit, then the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format must have a 64-bit component

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-09203
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then all Input variables at the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must not use components that are not present in the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04875
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage and the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT dynamic state enabled, and the current value of primitiveTopology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, then vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04879
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-09637
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-10909
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

To record an indexed draw, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDrawIndexed(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    indexCount,
    uint32_t                                    instanceCount,
    uint32_t                                    firstIndex,
    int32_t                                     vertexOffset,
    uint32_t                                    firstInstance);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • indexCount is the number of vertices to draw.

  • instanceCount is the number of instances to draw.

  • firstIndex is the base index within the index buffer.

  • vertexOffset is the value added to the vertex index before indexing into the vertex buffer.

  • firstInstance is the instance ID of the first instance to draw.

When the command is executed, primitives are assembled using the current primitive topology and indexCount vertices whose indices are retrieved from the index buffer. The index buffer is treated as an array of tightly packed unsigned integers of size defined by the vkCmdBindIndexBuffer::indexType parameter with which the buffer was bound.

The first vertex index is at an offset of firstIndex × indexSize + offset within the bound index buffer, where offset is the offset specified by vkCmdBindIndexBuffer and indexSize is the byte size of the type specified by indexType. Subsequent index values are retrieved from consecutive locations in the index buffer. Indices are first compared to the primitive restart value, then zero extended to 32 bits (if the indexType is VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8 or VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT16) and have vertexOffset added to them, before being supplied as the vertexIndex value.

The primitives are drawn instanceCount times with instanceIndex starting with firstInstance and increasing sequentially for each instance. The assembled primitives execute the bound graphics pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-10795
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-10796
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-10797
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08617
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the effective rasterization input topology is in line topology class, then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07834
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBiasEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07835
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and an active color attachment current value of blendEnable is VK_TRUE with a blend equations where any VkBlendFactor member is VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA, then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07836
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBoundsTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07837
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07838
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07839
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, the current value of and rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-maxMultiviewInstanceIndex-02688
    If the draw is recorded in a render pass instance with multiview enabled, the maximum instance index must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties::maxMultiviewInstanceIndex

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-sampleLocationsEnable-02689
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable set to VK_TRUE, then the active depth attachment must have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06666
    If the VK_EXT_sample_locations extension is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of sampleLocationsEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07840
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetCullModeEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07841
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetFrontFaceEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07843
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, vkCmdSetDepthTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07844
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07845
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthCompareOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07846
    If the depthBounds feature is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07847
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetStencilTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07848
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-viewportCount-03417
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-scissorCount-03418
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-viewportCount-03419
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with both the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic states enabled, then the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must match the scissorCount parameter of vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04876
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04877
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-logicOp-04878
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports-04552
    If the primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports limit is not supported, the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, and any of the shader stages of the bound graphics pipeline write to the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command, and the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-blendEnable-04727
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_BLEND_ENABLE_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then for each color attachment, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the corresponding current value of blendEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08644
    If a graphics pipeline is bound, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE,

    then the current value of rasterizationSamples must be the same as the current color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-02712
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource written to by the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command must not be an unprotected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-02713
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, pipeline stages other than the framebuffer-space and compute stages in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command must not write to any resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-02721
    If the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-format-10389
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-format-10390
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is not a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the component size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07842
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-dynamicPrimitiveTopologyUnrestricted-07500
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then the primitiveTopology parameter of vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must be of the same topology class as the pipeline VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::topology state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-primitiveTopology-10286
    If a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage is bound, then the current value of primitiveTopology must be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-primitiveTopology-10747
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command, then a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-primitiveTopology-10748
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST prior to this drawing command, both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT and VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT stage are not bound, then the Vertex Execution Model must have a PointSize decorated variable that is statically written to

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-pStrides-04913
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE dynamic state enabled, but without the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command, and the pStrides parameter of vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must not be NULL

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04914
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-Input-07939
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then all variables with the Input storage class decorated with Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must contain a location in VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::location

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-Input-08734
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then the numeric type associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be the same as VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-format-08936
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then the scalar width associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be 64-bit

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-format-08937
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and the scalar width associated with a Location decorated Input variable in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint is 64-bit, then the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format must have a 64-bit component

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-09203
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then all Input variables at the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must not use components that are not present in the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04875
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage and the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT dynamic state enabled, and the current value of primitiveTopology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, then vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04879
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-09637
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-10909
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07312
    A valid index buffer must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-robustBufferAccess2-08798
    If the robustBufferAccess2 feature is not enabled, (indexSize × (firstIndex + indexCount) + offset) must be less than or equal to the size of the bound index buffer, with indexSize being based on the type specified by indexType, where the index buffer, indexType, and offset are specified via vkCmdBindIndexBuffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

To record a non-indexed indirect drawing command, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDrawIndirect(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    uint32_t                                    drawCount,
    uint32_t                                    stride);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer containing draw parameters.

  • offset is the byte offset into buffer where parameters begin.

  • drawCount is the number of draws to execute, and can be zero.

  • stride is the byte stride between successive sets of draw parameters.

vkCmdDrawIndirect behaves similarly to vkCmdDraw except that the parameters are read by the device from a buffer during execution. drawCount draws are executed by the command, with parameters taken from buffer starting at offset and increasing by stride bytes for each successive draw. The parameters of each draw are encoded in an array of VkDrawIndirectCommand structures. If drawCount is less than or equal to one, stride is ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-10795
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-10796
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-10797
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08617
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the effective rasterization input topology is in line topology class, then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07834
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBiasEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07835
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and an active color attachment current value of blendEnable is VK_TRUE with a blend equations where any VkBlendFactor member is VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA, then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07836
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBoundsTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07837
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07838
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07839
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, the current value of and rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-maxMultiviewInstanceIndex-02688
    If the draw is recorded in a render pass instance with multiview enabled, the maximum instance index must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties::maxMultiviewInstanceIndex

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-sampleLocationsEnable-02689
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable set to VK_TRUE, then the active depth attachment must have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06666
    If the VK_EXT_sample_locations extension is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of sampleLocationsEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07840
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetCullModeEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07841
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetFrontFaceEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07843
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, vkCmdSetDepthTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07844
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07845
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthCompareOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07846
    If the depthBounds feature is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07847
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetStencilTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07848
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-viewportCount-03417
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-scissorCount-03418
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-viewportCount-03419
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with both the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic states enabled, then the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must match the scissorCount parameter of vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04876
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04877
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-logicOp-04878
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports-04552
    If the primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports limit is not supported, the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, and any of the shader stages of the bound graphics pipeline write to the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command, and the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-blendEnable-04727
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_BLEND_ENABLE_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then for each color attachment, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the corresponding current value of blendEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08644
    If a graphics pipeline is bound, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE,

    then the current value of rasterizationSamples must be the same as the current color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-02721
    If the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-format-10389
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-format-10390
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is not a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the component size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07842
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-dynamicPrimitiveTopologyUnrestricted-07500
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then the primitiveTopology parameter of vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must be of the same topology class as the pipeline VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::topology state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-primitiveTopology-10286
    If a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage is bound, then the current value of primitiveTopology must be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-primitiveTopology-10747
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command, then a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-primitiveTopology-10748
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST prior to this drawing command, both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT and VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT stage are not bound, then the Vertex Execution Model must have a PointSize decorated variable that is statically written to

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-pStrides-04913
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE dynamic state enabled, but without the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command, and the pStrides parameter of vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must not be NULL

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04914
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-Input-07939
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then all variables with the Input storage class decorated with Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must contain a location in VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::location

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-Input-08734
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then the numeric type associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be the same as VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-format-08936
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then the scalar width associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be 64-bit

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-format-08937
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and the scalar width associated with a Location decorated Input variable in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint is 64-bit, then the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format must have a 64-bit component

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-09203
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then all Input variables at the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must not use components that are not present in the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04875
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage and the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT dynamic state enabled, and the current value of primitiveTopology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, then vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04879
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-09637
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-10909
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-buffer-02708
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-buffer-02709
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-offset-02710
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commandBuffer-02711
    commandBuffer must not be a protected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-02718
    If the multiDrawIndirect feature is not enabled, drawCount must be 0 or 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-02719
    drawCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDrawIndirectCount

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-00476
    If drawCount is greater than 1, stride must be a multiple of 4 and must be greater than or equal to sizeof(VkDrawIndirectCommand)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-00487
    If drawCount is equal to 1, (offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-00488
    If drawCount is greater than 1, (stride × (drawCount - 1) + offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and commandBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

The VkDrawIndirectCommand structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDrawIndirectCommand {
    uint32_t    vertexCount;
    uint32_t    instanceCount;
    uint32_t    firstVertex;
    uint32_t    firstInstance;
} VkDrawIndirectCommand;

  • vertexCount is the number of vertices to draw.

  • instanceCount is the number of instances to draw.

  • firstVertex is the index of the first vertex to draw.

  • firstInstance is the instance ID of the first instance to draw.

The members of VkDrawIndirectCommand have the same meaning as the similarly named parameters of vkCmdDraw.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDrawIndirectCommand-firstInstance-00501
    If the drawIndirectFirstInstance feature is not enabled, firstInstance must be 0

To record a non-indexed draw call with a draw call count sourced from a buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
void vkCmdDrawIndirectCount(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    VkBuffer                                    countBuffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                countBufferOffset,
    uint32_t                                    maxDrawCount,
    uint32_t                                    stride);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer containing draw parameters.

  • offset is the byte offset into buffer where parameters begin.

  • countBuffer is the buffer containing the draw count.

  • countBufferOffset is the byte offset into countBuffer where the draw count begins.

  • maxDrawCount specifies the maximum number of draws that will be executed. The actual number of executed draw calls is the minimum of the count specified in countBuffer and maxDrawCount.

  • stride is the byte stride between successive sets of draw parameters.

vkCmdDrawIndirectCount behaves similarly to vkCmdDrawIndirect except that the draw count is read by the device from a buffer during execution. The command will read an unsigned 32-bit integer from countBuffer located at countBufferOffset and use this as the draw count.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-10795
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-10796
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-10797
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08617
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the effective rasterization input topology is in line topology class, then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07834
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBiasEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07835
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and an active color attachment current value of blendEnable is VK_TRUE with a blend equations where any VkBlendFactor member is VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA, then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07836
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBoundsTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07837
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07838
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07839
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, the current value of and rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-maxMultiviewInstanceIndex-02688
    If the draw is recorded in a render pass instance with multiview enabled, the maximum instance index must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties::maxMultiviewInstanceIndex

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-sampleLocationsEnable-02689
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable set to VK_TRUE, then the active depth attachment must have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-06666
    If the VK_EXT_sample_locations extension is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of sampleLocationsEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07840
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetCullModeEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07841
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetFrontFaceEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07843
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, vkCmdSetDepthTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07844
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07845
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthCompareOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07846
    If the depthBounds feature is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07847
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetStencilTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07848
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-viewportCount-03417
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-scissorCount-03418
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-viewportCount-03419
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with both the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic states enabled, then the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must match the scissorCount parameter of vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-04876
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-04877
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-logicOp-04878
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports-04552
    If the primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports limit is not supported, the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, and any of the shader stages of the bound graphics pipeline write to the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command, and the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-blendEnable-04727
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_BLEND_ENABLE_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then for each color attachment, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the corresponding current value of blendEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-08644
    If a graphics pipeline is bound, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE,

    then the current value of rasterizationSamples must be the same as the current color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-02721
    If the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-format-10389
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-format-10390
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is not a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the component size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-07842
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-dynamicPrimitiveTopologyUnrestricted-07500
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then the primitiveTopology parameter of vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must be of the same topology class as the pipeline VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::topology state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-primitiveTopology-10286
    If a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage is bound, then the current value of primitiveTopology must be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-primitiveTopology-10747
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command, then a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-primitiveTopology-10748
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST prior to this drawing command, both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT and VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT stage are not bound, then the Vertex Execution Model must have a PointSize decorated variable that is statically written to

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-pStrides-04913
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE dynamic state enabled, but without the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command, and the pStrides parameter of vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must not be NULL

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-04914
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-Input-07939
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then all variables with the Input storage class decorated with Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must contain a location in VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::location

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-Input-08734
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then the numeric type associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be the same as VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-format-08936
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then the scalar width associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be 64-bit

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-format-08937
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and the scalar width associated with a Location decorated Input variable in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint is 64-bit, then the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format must have a 64-bit component

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-09203
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then all Input variables at the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must not use components that are not present in the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-04875
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage and the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT dynamic state enabled, and the current value of primitiveTopology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, then vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-04879
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-09637
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-10909
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-buffer-02708
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-buffer-02709
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-offset-02710
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-commandBuffer-02711
    commandBuffer must not be a protected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-countBuffer-02714
    If countBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-countBuffer-02715
    countBuffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-countBufferOffset-02716
    countBufferOffset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-countBuffer-02717
    The count stored in countBuffer must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDrawIndirectCount

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-countBufferOffset-04129
    (countBufferOffset + sizeof(uint32_t)) must be less than or equal to the size of countBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-None-04445
    If the drawIndirectCount feature is not enabled this function must not be used

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-stride-03110
    stride must be a multiple of 4 and must be greater than or equal to sizeof(VkDrawIndirectCommand)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-maxDrawCount-03111
    If maxDrawCount is greater than or equal to 1, (stride × (maxDrawCount - 1) + offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-countBuffer-parameter
    countBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirectCount-commonparent
    Each of buffer, commandBuffer, and countBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

To record an indexed indirect drawing command, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    uint32_t                                    drawCount,
    uint32_t                                    stride);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer containing draw parameters.

  • offset is the byte offset into buffer where parameters begin.

  • drawCount is the number of draws to execute, and can be zero.

  • stride is the byte stride between successive sets of draw parameters.

vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect behaves similarly to vkCmdDrawIndexed except that the parameters are read by the device from a buffer during execution. drawCount draws are executed by the command, with parameters taken from buffer starting at offset and increasing by stride bytes for each successive draw. The parameters of each draw are encoded in an array of VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand structures. If drawCount is less than or equal to one, stride is ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-10795
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-10796
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-10797
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08617
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the effective rasterization input topology is in line topology class, then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07834
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBiasEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07835
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and an active color attachment current value of blendEnable is VK_TRUE with a blend equations where any VkBlendFactor member is VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA, then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07836
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBoundsTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07837
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07838
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07839
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, the current value of and rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-maxMultiviewInstanceIndex-02688
    If the draw is recorded in a render pass instance with multiview enabled, the maximum instance index must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties::maxMultiviewInstanceIndex

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-sampleLocationsEnable-02689
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable set to VK_TRUE, then the active depth attachment must have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06666
    If the VK_EXT_sample_locations extension is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of sampleLocationsEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07840
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetCullModeEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07841
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetFrontFaceEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07843
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, vkCmdSetDepthTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07844
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07845
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthCompareOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07846
    If the depthBounds feature is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07847
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetStencilTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07848
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-viewportCount-03417
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-scissorCount-03418
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-viewportCount-03419
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with both the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic states enabled, then the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must match the scissorCount parameter of vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04876
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04877
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-logicOp-04878
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports-04552
    If the primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports limit is not supported, the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, and any of the shader stages of the bound graphics pipeline write to the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command, and the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-blendEnable-04727
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_BLEND_ENABLE_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then for each color attachment, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the corresponding current value of blendEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08644
    If a graphics pipeline is bound, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE,

    then the current value of rasterizationSamples must be the same as the current color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-02721
    If the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-format-10389
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-format-10390
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is not a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the component size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07842
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-dynamicPrimitiveTopologyUnrestricted-07500
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then the primitiveTopology parameter of vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must be of the same topology class as the pipeline VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::topology state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-primitiveTopology-10286
    If a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage is bound, then the current value of primitiveTopology must be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-primitiveTopology-10747
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command, then a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-primitiveTopology-10748
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST prior to this drawing command, both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT and VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT stage are not bound, then the Vertex Execution Model must have a PointSize decorated variable that is statically written to

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-pStrides-04913
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE dynamic state enabled, but without the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command, and the pStrides parameter of vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must not be NULL

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04914
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-Input-07939
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then all variables with the Input storage class decorated with Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must contain a location in VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::location

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-Input-08734
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then the numeric type associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be the same as VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-format-08936
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then the scalar width associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be 64-bit

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-format-08937
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and the scalar width associated with a Location decorated Input variable in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint is 64-bit, then the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format must have a 64-bit component

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-09203
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then all Input variables at the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must not use components that are not present in the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04875
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage and the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT dynamic state enabled, and the current value of primitiveTopology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, then vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04879
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-09637
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-10909
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-buffer-02708
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-buffer-02709
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-offset-02710
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commandBuffer-02711
    commandBuffer must not be a protected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-02718
    If the multiDrawIndirect feature is not enabled, drawCount must be 0 or 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-02719
    drawCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDrawIndirectCount

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07312
    A valid index buffer must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-00528
    If drawCount is greater than 1, stride must be a multiple of 4 and must be greater than or equal to sizeof(VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-00539
    If drawCount is equal to 1, (offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-00540
    If drawCount is greater than 1, (stride × (drawCount - 1) + offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and commandBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

The VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand {
    uint32_t    indexCount;
    uint32_t    instanceCount;
    uint32_t    firstIndex;
    int32_t     vertexOffset;
    uint32_t    firstInstance;
} VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand;

  • indexCount is the number of vertices to draw.

  • instanceCount is the number of instances to draw.

  • firstIndex is the base index within the index buffer.

  • vertexOffset is the value added to the vertex index before indexing into the vertex buffer.

  • firstInstance is the instance ID of the first instance to draw.

The members of VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand have the same meaning as the similarly named parameters of vkCmdDrawIndexed.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand-robustBufferAccess2-08798
    If the robustBufferAccess2 feature is not enabled, (indexSize × (firstIndex + indexCount) + offset) must be less than or equal to the size of the bound index buffer, with indexSize being based on the type specified by indexType, where the index buffer, indexType, and offset are specified via vkCmdBindIndexBuffer

  • VUID-VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand-firstInstance-00554
    If the drawIndirectFirstInstance feature is not enabled, firstInstance must be 0

To record an indexed draw call with a draw call count sourced from a buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
void vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    VkBuffer                                    countBuffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                countBufferOffset,
    uint32_t                                    maxDrawCount,
    uint32_t                                    stride);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer containing draw parameters.

  • offset is the byte offset into buffer where parameters begin.

  • countBuffer is the buffer containing the draw count.

  • countBufferOffset is the byte offset into countBuffer where the draw count begins.

  • maxDrawCount specifies the maximum number of draws that will be executed. The actual number of executed draw calls is the minimum of the count specified in countBuffer and maxDrawCount.

  • stride is the byte stride between successive sets of draw parameters.

vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount behaves similarly to vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect except that the draw count is read by the device from a buffer during execution. The command will read an unsigned 32-bit integer from countBuffer located at countBufferOffset and use this as the draw count.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-10795
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-10796
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-10797
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass,

    it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08617
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the effective rasterization input topology is in line topology class, then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07834
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBiasEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07835
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and an active color attachment current value of blendEnable is VK_TRUE with a blend equations where any VkBlendFactor member is VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA, then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07836
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthBoundsTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07837
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07838
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07839
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, the current value of and rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-maxMultiviewInstanceIndex-02688
    If the draw is recorded in a render pass instance with multiview enabled, the maximum instance index must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties::maxMultiviewInstanceIndex

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-sampleLocationsEnable-02689
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable set to VK_TRUE, then the active depth attachment must have been created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-06666
    If the VK_EXT_sample_locations extension is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of sampleLocationsEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07840
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetCullModeEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07841
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetFrontFaceEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07843
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, vkCmdSetDepthTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07844
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07845
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthCompareOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07846
    If the depthBounds feature is enabled, a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07847
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetStencilTestEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07848
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the current value of stencilTestEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-viewportCount-03417
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-scissorCount-03418
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-viewportCount-03419
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with both the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic states enabled, then the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must match the scissorCount parameter of vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-04876
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-04877
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, and the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-logicOp-04878
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, and the current value of logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports-04552
    If the primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports limit is not supported, the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT dynamic state enabled, and any of the shader stages of the bound graphics pipeline write to the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in, then vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command, and the viewportCount parameter of vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-blendEnable-04727
    If a graphics pipeline is bound which was created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_BLEND_ENABLE_EXT dynamic state enabled, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, then for each color attachment, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the corresponding current value of blendEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-08644
    If a graphics pipeline is bound, the current value of rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE,

    then the current value of rasterizationSamples must be the same as the current color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-02721
    If the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-format-10389
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-format-10390
    For each vertex attribute accessed by this command, if its VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format or VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format is not a packed format, the value of attribAddress, calculated as described in Vertex Input Calculation, must be a multiple of the component size of the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07842
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-dynamicPrimitiveTopologyUnrestricted-07500
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY dynamic state enabled then the primitiveTopology parameter of vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT must be of the same topology class as the pipeline VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo::topology state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-primitiveTopology-10286
    If a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage is bound, then the current value of primitiveTopology must be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-primitiveTopology-10747
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST prior to this drawing command, then a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-primitiveTopology-10748
    If vkCmdSetPrimitiveTopologyEXT set primitiveTopology to VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST prior to this drawing command, both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT and VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT stage are not bound, then the Vertex Execution Model must have a PointSize decorated variable that is statically written to

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-pStrides-04913
    If the bound graphics pipeline was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE dynamic state enabled, but without the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command, and the pStrides parameter of vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT must not be NULL

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-04914
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this draw command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-Input-07939
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then all variables with the Input storage class decorated with Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must contain a location in VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::location

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-Input-08734
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then the numeric type associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be the same as VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-format-08936
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then the scalar width associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be 64-bit

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-format-08937
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and the scalar width associated with a Location decorated Input variable in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint is 64-bit, then the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format must have a 64-bit component

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-09203
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT::format has a 64-bit component, then all Input variables at the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must not use components that are not present in the format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-04875
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with both a VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT stage and the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT dynamic state enabled, and the current value of primitiveTopology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, then vkCmdSetPatchControlPointsEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-04879
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must have been called and not subsequently invalidated in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-09637
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-10909
    If the input assembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetPrimitiveRestartEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-buffer-02708
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-buffer-02709
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-offset-02710
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-commandBuffer-02711
    commandBuffer must not be a protected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-countBuffer-02714
    If countBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-countBuffer-02715
    countBuffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-countBufferOffset-02716
    countBufferOffset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-countBuffer-02717
    The count stored in countBuffer must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDrawIndirectCount

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-countBufferOffset-04129
    (countBufferOffset + sizeof(uint32_t)) must be less than or equal to the size of countBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-04445
    If the drawIndirectCount feature is not enabled this function must not be used

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-None-07312
    A valid index buffer must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-stride-03142
    stride must be a multiple of 4 and must be greater than or equal to sizeof(VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-maxDrawCount-03143
    If maxDrawCount is greater than or equal to 1, (stride × (maxDrawCount - 1) + offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-countBuffer-parameter
    countBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount-commonparent
    Each of buffer, commandBuffer, and countBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Action

22. Fixed-Function Vertex Processing

Vertex fetching is controlled via configurable state, as a logically distinct graphics pipeline stage.

22.1. Vertex Attributes

Vertex shaders can define input variables, which receive vertex attribute data transferred from one or more VkBuffer(s) by drawing commands. Vertex shader input variables are bound to buffers via an indirect binding where the vertex shader associates a vertex input attribute number with each variable, vertex input attributes are associated to vertex input bindings on a per-pipeline basis, and vertex input bindings are associated with specific buffers on a per-draw basis via the vkCmdBindVertexBuffers command. Vertex input attribute and vertex input binding descriptions also contain format information controlling how data is extracted from buffer memory and converted to the format expected by the vertex shader.

There are VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes number of vertex input attributes and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings number of vertex input bindings (each referred to by zero-based indices), where there are at least as many vertex input attributes as there are vertex input bindings. Applications can store multiple vertex input attributes interleaved in a single buffer, and use a single vertex input binding to access those attributes.

In GLSL, vertex shaders associate input variables with a vertex input attribute number using the location layout qualifier. The Component layout qualifier associates components of a vertex shader input variable with components of a vertex input attribute.

GLSL Example
// Assign location M to variableName
layout (location=M, component=2) in vec2 variableName;

// Assign locations [N,N+L) to the array elements of variableNameArray
layout (location=N) in vec4 variableNameArray[L];

In SPIR-V, vertex shaders associate input variables with a vertex input attribute number using the Location decoration. The Component decoration associates components of a vertex shader input variable with components of a vertex input attribute. The Location and Component decorations are specified via the OpDecorate instruction.

SPIR-V Example
               ...
          %1 = OpExtInstImport "GLSL.std.450"
               ...
               OpName %9 "variableName"
               OpName %15 "variableNameArray"
               OpDecorate %18 BuiltIn VertexIndex
               OpDecorate %19 BuiltIn InstanceIndex
               OpDecorate %9 Location M
               OpDecorate %9 Component 2
               OpDecorate %15 Location N
               ...
          %2 = OpTypeVoid
          %3 = OpTypeFunction %2
          %6 = OpTypeFloat 32
          %7 = OpTypeVector %6 2
          %8 = OpTypePointer Input %7
          %9 = OpVariable %8 Input
         %10 = OpTypeVector %6 4
         %11 = OpTypeInt 32 0
         %12 = OpConstant %11 L
         %13 = OpTypeArray %10 %12
         %14 = OpTypePointer Input %13
         %15 = OpVariable %14 Input
               ...

22.1.1. Attribute Location and Component Assignment

The Location decoration specifies which vertex input attribute is used to read and interpret the data that a variable will consume.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using a 16- or 32-bit scalar or vector data type is assigned a Location, its value(s) are taken from the components of the input attribute specified with the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location. The components used depend on the type of variable and the Component decoration specified in the variable declaration, as identified in Input Attribute Components Accessed By 16-Bit and 32-Bit Input Variables. Any 16-bit or 32-bit scalar or vector input will consume a single Location. For 16-bit and 32-bit data types, missing components are filled in with default values as described below.

If an implementation supports storageInputOutput16, vertex shader input variables can have a width of 16 bits.

Table 26. Input Attribute Components Accessed By 16-Bit and 32-Bit Input Variables
16-bit or 32-bit data type Component decoration Components consumed

scalar

0 or unspecified

(x, o, o, o)

scalar

1

(o, y, o, o)

scalar

2

(o, o, z, o)

scalar

3

(o, o, o, w)

two-component vector

0 or unspecified

(x, y, o, o)

two-component vector

1

(o, y, z, o)

two-component vector

2

(o, o, z, w)

three-component vector

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, o)

three-component vector

1

(o, y, z, w)

four-component vector

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, w)

Components indicated by “o” are available for use by other input variables which are sourced from the same attribute, and if used, are either filled with the corresponding component from the input format (if present), or the default value.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using a 32-bit floating-point matrix type is assigned a Location i, its values are taken from consecutive input attributes starting with the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location. Such matrices are treated as an array of column vectors with values taken from the input attributes identified in Input Attributes Accessed by 32-Bit Input Matrix Variables. The VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format must be specified with a VkFormat that corresponds to the appropriate type of column vector. The Component decoration must not be used with matrix types.

Table 27. Input Attributes Accessed by 32-Bit Input Matrix Variables
Data type Column vector type Locations consumed Components consumed

mat2

two-component vector

i, i+1

(x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o)

mat2x3

three-component vector

i, i+1

(x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o)

mat2x4

four-component vector

i, i+1

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w)

mat3x2

two-component vector

i, i+1, i+2

(x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o)

mat3

three-component vector

i, i+1, i+2

(x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o)

mat3x4

four-component vector

i, i+1, i+2

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w)

mat4x2

two-component vector

i, i+1, i+2, i+3

(x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o)

mat4x3

three-component vector

i, i+1, i+2, i+3

(x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o)

mat4

four-component vector

i, i+1, i+2, i+3

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w)

Components indicated by “o” are available for use by other input variables which are sourced from the same attribute, and if used, are either filled with the corresponding component from the input (if present), or the default value.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using a scalar or vector 64-bit data type is assigned a Location i, its values are taken from consecutive input attributes starting with the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location. The Location slots and Component words used depend on the type of variable and the Component decoration specified in the variable declaration, as identified in Input Attribute Locations and Components Accessed by 64-Bit Input Variables. For 64-bit data types, no default attribute values are provided. Input variables must not use more components than provided by the attribute.

Table 28. Input Attribute Locations and Components Accessed by 64-Bit Input Variables
Input format Locations consumed 64-bit data type Location decoration Component decoration 32-bit components consumed

R64

i

scalar

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, -, -)

R64G64

i

scalar

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, o, o)

scalar

i

2

(o, o, z, w)

two-component vector

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, w)

R64G64B64

i, i+1

scalar

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, o, o), (o, o, -, -)

scalar

i

2

(o, o, z, w), (o, o, -, -)

scalar

i+1

0 or unspecified

(o, o, o, o), (x, y, -, -)

two-component vector

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (o, o, -, -)

three-component vector

i

unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, -, -)

R64G64B64A64

i, i+1

scalar

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, o, o), (o, o, o, o)

scalar

i

2

(o, o, z, w), (o, o, o, o)

scalar

i+1

0 or unspecified

(o, o, o, o), (x, y, o, o)

scalar

i+1

2

(o, o, o, o), (o, o, z, w)

two-component vector

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (o, o, o, o)

two-component vector

i+1

0 or unspecified

(o, o, o, o), (x, y, z, w)

three-component vector

i

unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, o, o)

four-component vector

i

unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w)

Components indicated by “o” are available for use by other input variables which are sourced from the same attribute. Components indicated by “-” are not available for input variables as there are no default values provided for 64-bit data types, and there is no data provided by the input format.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using a 64-bit floating-point matrix type is assigned a Location i, its values are taken from consecutive input attribute locations. Such matrices are treated as an array of column vectors with values taken from the input attributes as shown in Input Attribute Locations and Components Accessed by 64-Bit Input Variables. Each column vector starts at the Location immediately following the last Location of the previous column vector. The number of attributes and components assigned to each matrix is determined by the matrix dimensions and ranges from two to eight locations.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using an array type is assigned a location, its values are taken from consecutive input attributes starting with the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location. The number of attributes and components assigned to each element are determined according to the data type of the array elements and Component decoration (if any) specified in the declaration of the array, as described above. Each element of the array, in order, is assigned to consecutive locations, but all at the same specified component within each location.

Only input variables declared with the data types and component decorations as specified above are supported. Two variables are allowed to share the same Location slot only if their Component words do not overlap. If multiple variables share the same Location slot, they must all have the same SPIR-V floating-point component type or all have the same width scalar type components.

22.2. Vertex Input Description

Applications specify vertex input attribute and vertex input binding descriptions as part of graphics pipeline creation by setting the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo::pVertexInputState pointer to a VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure. Alternatively, if the graphics pipeline is created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled, then the vertex input attribute and vertex input binding descriptions are specified dynamically with vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT, and the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo::pVertexInputState pointer is ignored.

The VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                             sType;
    const void*                                 pNext;
    VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateFlags       flags;
    uint32_t                                    vertexBindingDescriptionCount;
    const VkVertexInputBindingDescription*      pVertexBindingDescriptions;
    uint32_t                                    vertexAttributeDescriptionCount;
    const VkVertexInputAttributeDescription*    pVertexAttributeDescriptions;
} VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • vertexBindingDescriptionCount is the number of vertex binding descriptions provided in pVertexBindingDescriptions.

  • pVertexBindingDescriptions is a pointer to an array of VkVertexInputBindingDescription structures.

  • vertexAttributeDescriptionCount is the number of vertex attribute descriptions provided in pVertexAttributeDescriptions.

  • pVertexAttributeDescriptions is a pointer to an array of VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structures.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-vertexBindingDescriptionCount-00613
    vertexBindingDescriptionCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-vertexAttributeDescriptionCount-00614
    vertexAttributeDescriptionCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-binding-00615
    For every binding specified by each element of pVertexAttributeDescriptions, a VkVertexInputBindingDescription must exist in pVertexBindingDescriptions with the same value of binding

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pVertexBindingDescriptions-00616
    All elements of pVertexBindingDescriptions must describe distinct binding numbers

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pVertexAttributeDescriptions-00617
    All elements of pVertexAttributeDescriptions must describe distinct attribute locations

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pVertexBindingDescriptions-parameter
    If vertexBindingDescriptionCount is not 0, pVertexBindingDescriptions must be a valid pointer to an array of vertexBindingDescriptionCount valid VkVertexInputBindingDescription structures

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pVertexAttributeDescriptions-parameter
    If vertexAttributeDescriptionCount is not 0, pVertexAttributeDescriptions must be a valid pointer to an array of vertexAttributeDescriptionCount valid VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structures

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

Each vertex input binding is specified by the VkVertexInputBindingDescription structure, defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkVertexInputBindingDescription {
    uint32_t             binding;
    uint32_t             stride;
    VkVertexInputRate    inputRate;
} VkVertexInputBindingDescription;

  • binding is the binding number that this structure describes.

  • stride is the byte stride between consecutive elements within the buffer.

  • inputRate is a VkVertexInputRate value specifying whether vertex attribute addressing is a function of the vertex index or of the instance index.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription-binding-00618
    binding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription-stride-00619
    stride must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindingStride

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription-inputRate-parameter
    inputRate must be a valid VkVertexInputRate value

Possible values of VkVertexInputBindingDescription::inputRate, specifying the rate at which vertex attributes are pulled from buffers, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkVertexInputRate {
    VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_VERTEX = 0,
    VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_INSTANCE = 1,
} VkVertexInputRate;

  • VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_VERTEX specifies that vertex attribute addressing is a function of the vertex index.

  • VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_INSTANCE specifies that vertex attribute addressing is a function of the instance index.

Each vertex input attribute is specified by the VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structure, defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkVertexInputAttributeDescription {
    uint32_t    location;
    uint32_t    binding;
    VkFormat    format;
    uint32_t    offset;
} VkVertexInputAttributeDescription;

  • location is the shader input location number for this attribute.

  • binding is the binding number which this attribute takes its data from.

  • format is the size and type of the vertex attribute data.

  • offset is a byte offset of this attribute relative to the start of an element in the vertex input binding.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-location-00620
    location must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-binding-00621
    binding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-offset-00622
    offset must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributeOffset

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-format-00623
    The format features of format must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

To dynamically set the vertex input attribute and vertex input binding descriptions, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    vertexBindingDescriptionCount,
    const VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT*  pVertexBindingDescriptions,
    uint32_t                                    vertexAttributeDescriptionCount,
    const VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT* pVertexAttributeDescriptions);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • vertexBindingDescriptionCount is the number of vertex binding descriptions provided in pVertexBindingDescriptions.

  • pVertexBindingDescriptions is a pointer to an array of VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT structures.

  • vertexAttributeDescriptionCount is the number of vertex attribute descriptions provided in pVertexAttributeDescriptions.

  • pVertexAttributeDescriptions is a pointer to an array of VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT structures.

This command sets the vertex input attribute and vertex input binding descriptions state for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo::pVertexInputState values used to create the currently active pipeline.

If the bound pipeline state object was also created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE dynamic state enabled, then vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT can be used instead of vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT to dynamically set the stride.

The vertex attribute description for any location in the range [0,VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes) not specified in the pVertexAttributeDescriptions array becomes undefined.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-None-04790
    The vertexInputDynamicState feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-vertexBindingDescriptionCount-04791
    vertexBindingDescriptionCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-vertexAttributeDescriptionCount-04792
    vertexAttributeDescriptionCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-binding-04793
    For every binding specified by each element of pVertexAttributeDescriptions, a VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT must exist in pVertexBindingDescriptions with the same value of binding

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-pVertexBindingDescriptions-04794
    All elements of pVertexBindingDescriptions must describe distinct binding numbers

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-pVertexAttributeDescriptions-04795
    All elements of pVertexAttributeDescriptions must describe distinct attribute locations

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-pVertexBindingDescriptions-parameter
    If vertexBindingDescriptionCount is not 0, pVertexBindingDescriptions must be a valid pointer to an array of vertexBindingDescriptionCount valid VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-pVertexAttributeDescriptions-parameter
    If vertexAttributeDescriptionCount is not 0, pVertexAttributeDescriptions must be a valid pointer to an array of vertexAttributeDescriptionCount valid VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

The VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state
typedef struct VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    void*                pNext;
    uint32_t             binding;
    uint32_t             stride;
    VkVertexInputRate    inputRate;
    uint32_t             divisor;
} VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • binding is the binding number that this structure describes.

  • stride is the byte stride between consecutive elements within the buffer.

  • inputRate is a VkVertexInputRate value specifying whether vertex attribute addressing is a function of the vertex index or of the instance index.

  • divisor is the number of successive instances that will use the same value of the vertex attribute when instanced rendering is enabled. This member can be a value other than 1 if the vertexAttributeInstanceRateDivisor feature is enabled. For example, if the divisor is N, the same vertex attribute will be applied to N successive instances before moving on to the next vertex attribute. The maximum value of divisor is implementation-dependent and can be queried using VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorPropertiesEXT::maxVertexAttribDivisor. A value of 0 can be used for the divisor if the vertexAttributeInstanceRateZeroDivisor feature is enabled. In this case, the same vertex attribute will be applied to all instances.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT-binding-04796
    binding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT-stride-04797
    stride must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindingStride

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT-divisor-04798
    If the vertexAttributeInstanceRateZeroDivisor feature is not enabled, divisor must not be 0

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT-divisor-04799
    If the vertexAttributeInstanceRateDivisor feature is not enabled, divisor must be 1

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT-divisor-06226
    divisor must be a value between 0 and VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorPropertiesEXT::maxVertexAttribDivisor, inclusive

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT-divisor-06227
    If divisor is not 1 then inputRate must be of type VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_INSTANCE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_DESCRIPTION_2_EXT

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription2EXT-inputRate-parameter
    inputRate must be a valid VkVertexInputRate value

The VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state
typedef struct VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           location;
    uint32_t           binding;
    VkFormat           format;
    uint32_t           offset;
} VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • location is the shader input location number for this attribute.

  • binding is the binding number which this attribute takes its data from.

  • format is the size and type of the vertex attribute data.

  • offset is a byte offset of this attribute relative to the start of an element in the vertex input binding.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT-location-06228
    location must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT-binding-06229
    binding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT-offset-06230
    offset must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributeOffset

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT-format-04805
    The format features of format must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VERTEX_INPUT_ATTRIBUTE_DESCRIPTION_2_EXT

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription2EXT-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

To bind vertex buffers to a command buffer for use in subsequent drawing commands, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBindVertexBuffers(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    firstBinding,
    uint32_t                                    bindingCount,
    const VkBuffer*                             pBuffers,
    const VkDeviceSize*                         pOffsets);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • firstBinding is the index of the first vertex input binding whose state is updated by the command.

  • bindingCount is the number of vertex input bindings whose state is updated by the command.

  • pBuffers is a pointer to an array of buffer handles.

  • pOffsets is a pointer to an array of buffer offsets.

The values taken from elements i of pBuffers and pOffsets replace the current state for the vertex input binding firstBinding + i, for i in [0, bindingCount). The vertex input binding is updated to start at the offset indicated by pOffsets[i] from the start of the buffer pBuffers[i]. All vertex input attributes that use each of these bindings will use these updated addresses in their address calculations for subsequent drawing commands. If the nullDescriptor feature is enabled, elements of pBuffers can be VK_NULL_HANDLE, and can be used by the vertex shader. If a vertex input attribute is bound to a vertex input binding that is VK_NULL_HANDLE, the values taken from memory are considered to be zero, and missing G, B, or A components are filled with (0,0,1).

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-firstBinding-00624
    firstBinding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-firstBinding-00625
    The sum of firstBinding and bindingCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pOffsets-00626
    All elements of pOffsets must be less than the size of the corresponding element in pBuffers

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-00627
    All elements of pBuffers must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-00628
    Each element of pBuffers that is non-sparse must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-04001
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all elements of pBuffers must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-04002
    If an element of pBuffers is VK_NULL_HANDLE, then the corresponding element of pOffsets must be zero

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-parameter
    pBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE VkBuffer handles

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pOffsets-parameter
    pOffsets must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount VkDeviceSize values

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-bindingCount-arraylength
    bindingCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and the elements of pBuffers that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

Alternatively, to bind vertex buffers, along with their sizes and strides, to a command buffer for use in subsequent drawing commands, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    firstBinding,
    uint32_t                                    bindingCount,
    const VkBuffer*                             pBuffers,
    const VkDeviceSize*                         pOffsets,
    const VkDeviceSize*                         pSizes,
    const VkDeviceSize*                         pStrides);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • firstBinding is the index of the first vertex input binding whose state is updated by the command.

  • bindingCount is the number of vertex input bindings whose state is updated by the command.

  • pBuffers is a pointer to an array of buffer handles.

  • pOffsets is a pointer to an array of buffer offsets.

  • pSizes is NULL or a pointer to an array of the size in bytes of vertex data bound from pBuffers.

  • pStrides is NULL or a pointer to an array of buffer strides.

The values taken from elements i of pBuffers and pOffsets replace the current state for the vertex input binding firstBinding + i, for i in [0, bindingCount). The vertex input binding is updated to start at the offset indicated by pOffsets[i] from the start of the buffer pBuffers[i]. If pSizes is not NULL then pSizes[i] specifies the bound size of the vertex buffer starting from the corresponding elements of pBuffers[i] plus pOffsets[i]. All vertex input attributes that use each of these bindings will use these updated addresses in their address calculations for subsequent drawing commands. If the nullDescriptor feature is enabled, elements of pBuffers can be VK_NULL_HANDLE, and can be used by the vertex shader. If a vertex input attribute is bound to a vertex input binding that is VK_NULL_HANDLE, the values taken from memory are considered to be zero, and missing G, B, or A components are filled with (0,0,1).

This command also dynamically sets the byte strides between consecutive elements within buffer pBuffers[i] to the corresponding pStrides[i] value when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, strides are specified by the VkVertexInputBindingDescription::stride values used to create the currently active pipeline.

If the bound pipeline state object was also created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT can be used instead of vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT to set the stride.

Note

Unlike the static state to set the same, pStrides must be between 0 and the maximum extent of the attributes in the binding. vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT does not have this restriction so can be used if other stride values are desired.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-firstBinding-03355
    firstBinding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-firstBinding-03356
    The sum of firstBinding and bindingCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pOffsets-03357
    If pSizes is not NULL, all elements of pOffsets must be less than the size of the corresponding element in pBuffers

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pSizes-03358
    If pSizes is not NULL, all elements of pOffsets plus pSizes must be less than or equal to the size of the corresponding element in pBuffers

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pBuffers-03359
    All elements of pBuffers must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pBuffers-03360
    Each element of pBuffers that is non-sparse must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pBuffers-04111
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all elements of pBuffers must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pBuffers-04112
    If an element of pBuffers is VK_NULL_HANDLE, then the corresponding element of pOffsets must be zero

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pStrides-03362
    If pStrides is not NULL each element of pStrides must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindingStride

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pStrides-06209
    If pStrides is not NULL each element of pStrides must be either 0 or greater than or equal to the maximum extent of all vertex input attributes fetched from the corresponding binding, where the extent is calculated as the VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::offset plus VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format size

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pBuffers-parameter
    pBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE VkBuffer handles

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pOffsets-parameter
    pOffsets must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount VkDeviceSize values

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pSizes-parameter
    If pSizes is not NULL, pSizes must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount VkDeviceSize values

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-pStrides-parameter
    If pStrides is not NULL, pStrides must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount VkDeviceSize values

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-bindingCount-arraylength
    If any of pSizes, or pStrides are not NULL, bindingCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and the elements of pBuffers that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

22.3. Vertex Attribute Divisor in Instanced Rendering

If the vertexAttributeInstanceRateDivisor feature is enabled and the pNext chain of VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo includes a VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo structure, then that structure controls how vertex attributes are assigned to an instance when instanced rendering is enabled.

The VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                                  sType;
    const void*                                      pNext;
    uint32_t                                         vertexBindingDivisorCount;
    const VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescription*    pVertexBindingDivisors;
} VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo;
// Provided by VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor
typedef VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • vertexBindingDivisorCount is the number of elements in the pVertexBindingDivisors array.

  • pVertexBindingDivisors is a pointer to an array of VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescription structures specifying the divisor value for each binding.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_DIVISOR_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo-pVertexBindingDivisors-parameter
    pVertexBindingDivisors must be a valid pointer to an array of vertexBindingDivisorCount VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescription structures

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputDivisorStateCreateInfo-vertexBindingDivisorCount-arraylength
    vertexBindingDivisorCount must be greater than 0

The individual divisor values per binding are specified using the VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescription structure which is defined as:

typedef struct VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescription {
    uint32_t    binding;
    uint32_t    divisor;
} VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescription;
// Provided by VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor
typedef VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescription VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescriptionKHR;

  • binding is the binding number for which the divisor is specified.

  • divisor is the number of successive instances that will use the same value of the vertex attribute when instanced rendering is enabled. For example, if the divisor is N, the same vertex attribute will be applied to N successive instances before moving on to the next vertex attribute. The maximum value of divisor is implementation-dependent and can be queried using VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorProperties::maxVertexAttribDivisor. A value of 0 can be used for the divisor if the vertexAttributeInstanceRateZeroDivisor feature is enabled. In this case, the same vertex attribute will be applied to all instances.

If this structure is not used to define a divisor value for an attribute, then the divisor has a logical default value of 1.

Valid Usage

22.4. Vertex Input Address Calculation

The address of each attribute for each vertexIndex and instanceIndex is calculated as follows:

bufferBindingAddress = buffer[binding].baseAddress + offset[binding];

if (bindingDesc.inputRate == VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_VERTEX)
    effectiveVertexOffset = vertexIndex * stride;
else
    if (divisor == 0)
        effectiveVertexOffset = firstInstance * stride;
    else
        effectiveVertexOffset = (firstInstance + ((instanceIndex - firstInstance) / divisor)) * stride;

attribAddress = bufferBindingAddress + effectiveVertexOffset + attribDesc.offset;

22.4.1. Vertex Input Extraction

For each attribute, raw data is extracted starting at attribAddress and is converted from the VkVertexInputAttributeDescription’s format in the same manner as described for image reads as if a texel were read from that address. The numeric type of the attribute’s format must match the numeric type of the input variable in the shader. The input variable in the shader must be declared as a 64-bit data type if and only if format is a 64-bit data type. If the sum of attribAddress and the data extracted is outside of the bound vertex buffer, behavior is as described by Shader Out-of-Bounds Memory Access.

If format is a packed format, attribAddress must be a multiple of the size in bytes of the size of the format as described in Packed Formats. Otherwise, attribAddress must be a multiple of the size in bytes of the component type indicated by format (see Formats).

The number of components in the vertex shader input variable need not exactly match the number of components in the format. If the vertex shader has fewer components, the extra components are discarded. If the numeric format of format uses sRGB encoding, the implementation should convert values from nonlinear to linear as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification. Implementations which do not convert nonlinear to linear for sRGB formats should not expose VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT for such formats.

23. Tessellation

Tessellation involves three pipeline stages. First, a tessellation control shader transforms control points of a patch and can produce per-patch data. Second, a fixed-function tessellator generates multiple primitives corresponding to a tessellation of the patch in (u,v) or (u,v,w) parameter space. Third, a tessellation evaluation shader transforms the vertices of the tessellated patch, for example to compute their positions and attributes as part of the tessellated surface. The tessellator is enabled when the pipeline contains both a tessellation control shader and a tessellation evaluation shader.

23.1. Tessellator

If a pipeline includes both tessellation shaders (control and evaluation), the tessellator consumes each input patch (after vertex shading) and produces a new set of independent primitives (points, lines, or triangles). These primitives are logically produced by subdividing a geometric primitive (rectangle or triangle) according to the per-patch outer and inner tessellation levels written by the tessellation control shader. These levels are specified using the built-in variables TessLevelOuter and TessLevelInner, respectively. This subdivision is performed in an implementation-dependent manner. If no tessellation shaders are present in the pipeline, the tessellator is disabled and incoming primitives are passed through without modification.

The type of subdivision performed by the tessellator is specified by an OpExecutionMode instruction using one of the Triangles, Quads, or IsoLines execution modes. This instruction may be specified in either the tessellation evaluation or tessellation control shader. Other tessellation-related execution modes can also be specified in either the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shaders.

Any tessellation-related modes specified in both the tessellation control and tessellation evaluation shaders must be the same.

Tessellation execution modes include:

  • Triangles, Quads, and IsoLines. These control the type of subdivision and topology of the output primitives. One mode must be set in at least one of the tessellation shader stages.

  • VertexOrderCw and VertexOrderCcw. These control the orientation of triangles generated by the tessellator. One mode must be set in at least one of the tessellation shader stages.

  • PointMode. Controls generation of points rather than triangles or lines. This functionality defaults to disabled, and is enabled if either shader stage includes the execution mode.

  • SpacingEqual, SpacingFractionalEven, and SpacingFractionalOdd. Controls the spacing of segments on the edges of tessellated primitives. One mode must be set in at least one of the tessellation shader stages.

  • OutputVertices. Controls the size of the output patch of the tessellation control shader. One value must be set in at least one of the tessellation shader stages.

For triangles, the tessellator subdivides a triangle primitive into smaller triangles. For quads, the tessellator subdivides a rectangle primitive into smaller triangles. For isolines, the tessellator subdivides a rectangle primitive into a collection of line segments arranged in strips stretching across the rectangle in the u dimension (i.e. the coordinates in TessCoord are of the form (0,x) through (1,x) for all tessellation evaluation shader invocations that share a line).

Each vertex produced by the tessellator has an associated (u,v,w) or (u,v) position in a normalized parameter space, with parameter values in the range [0,1], as illustrated in figures Domain parameterization for tessellation primitive modes (upper-left origin) and Domain parameterization for tessellation primitive modes (lower-left origin). The domain space can have either an upper-left or lower-left origin, selected by the domainOrigin member of VkPipelineTessellationDomainOriginStateCreateInfo.

image/svg+xml (no edge) (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) (0,1,0) (1,0,0) (0,0,1) (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) OL0 OL1 OL0 OL3 OL1 OL2 IL0 IL1 OL0 OL2 OL1 IL0 Quads Triangles Isolines
Figure 11. Domain parameterization for tessellation primitive modes (upper-left origin)
image/svg+xml (no edge) (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) (0,1,0) (1,0,0) (0,0,1) (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) OL0 OL1 OL0 OL1 OL3 OL2 IL0 IL1 OL0 OL2 OL1 IL0 Quads Triangles Isolines
Figure 12. Domain parameterization for tessellation primitive modes (lower-left origin)
Caption

In the domain parameterization diagrams, the coordinates illustrate the value of TessCoord at the corners of the domain. The labels on the edges indicate the inner (IL0 and IL1) and outer (OL0 through OL3) tessellation level values used to control the number of subdivisions along each edge of the domain.

For triangles, the vertex’s position is a barycentric coordinate (u,v,w), where u + v + w = 1.0, and indicates the relative influence of the three vertices of the triangle on the position of the vertex. For quads and isolines, the position is a (u,v) coordinate indicating the relative horizontal and vertical position of the vertex relative to the subdivided rectangle. The subdivision process is explained in more detail in subsequent sections.

23.2. Tessellator Patch Discard

A patch is discarded by the tessellator if any relevant outer tessellation level is less than or equal to zero.

Patches will also be discarded if any relevant outer tessellation level corresponds to a floating-point NaN (not a number) in implementations supporting NaN.

No new primitives are generated and the tessellation evaluation shader is not executed for patches that are discarded. For Quads, all four outer levels are relevant. For Triangles and IsoLines, only the first three or two outer levels, respectively, are relevant. Negative inner levels will not cause a patch to be discarded; they will be clamped as described below.

23.3. Tessellator Spacing

Each of the tessellation levels is used to determine the number and spacing of segments used to subdivide a corresponding edge. The method used to derive the number and spacing of segments is specified by an OpExecutionMode in the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shader using one of the identifiers SpacingEqual, SpacingFractionalEven, or SpacingFractionalOdd.

If SpacingEqual is used, the floating-point tessellation level is first clamped to [1, maxLevel], where maxLevel is the implementation-dependent maximum tessellation level (VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationGenerationLevel). The result is rounded up to the nearest integer n, and the corresponding edge is divided into n segments of equal length in (u,v) space.

If SpacingFractionalEven is used, the tessellation level is first clamped to [2, maxLevel] and then rounded up to the nearest even integer n. If SpacingFractionalOdd is used, the tessellation level is clamped to [1, maxLevel - 1] and then rounded up to the nearest odd integer n. If n is one, the edge will not be subdivided. Otherwise, the corresponding edge will be divided into n - 2 segments of equal length, and two additional segments of equal length that are typically shorter than the other segments. The length of the two additional segments relative to the others will decrease monotonically with n - f, where f is the clamped floating-point tessellation level. When n - f is zero, the additional segments will have equal length to the other segments. As n - f approaches 2.0, the relative length of the additional segments approaches zero. The two additional segments must be placed symmetrically on opposite sides of the subdivided edge. The relative location of these two segments is implementation-dependent, but must be identical for any pair of subdivided edges with identical values of f.

When tessellating triangles or quads using point mode with fractional odd spacing, the tessellator may produce interior vertices that are positioned on the edge of the patch if an inner tessellation level is less than or equal to one. Such vertices are considered distinct from vertices produced by subdividing the outer edge of the patch, even if there are pairs of vertices with identical coordinates.

23.4. Tessellation Primitive Ordering

Few guarantees are provided for the relative ordering of primitives produced by tessellation, as they pertain to primitive order.

  • The output primitives generated from each input primitive are passed to subsequent pipeline stages in an implementation-dependent order.

  • All output primitives generated from a given input primitive are passed to subsequent pipeline stages before any output primitives generated from subsequent input primitives.

23.5. Tessellator Vertex Winding Order

When the tessellator produces triangles (in the Triangles or Quads modes), the orientation of all triangles is specified with an OpExecutionMode of VertexOrderCw or VertexOrderCcw in the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shaders. If the order is VertexOrderCw, the vertices of all generated triangles will have clockwise ordering in (u,v) or (u,v,w) space. If the order is VertexOrderCcw, the vertices will have counter-clockwise ordering in that space.

If the tessellation domain has an upper-left origin, the vertices of a triangle have counter-clockwise ordering if

a = u0 v1 - u1 v0 + u1 v2 - u2 v1 + u2 v0 - u0 v2

is negative, and clockwise ordering if a is positive. ui and vi are the u and v coordinates in normalized parameter space of the ith vertex of the triangle. If the tessellation domain has a lower-left origin, the vertices of a triangle have counter-clockwise ordering if a is positive, and clockwise ordering if a is negative.

Note

The value a is proportional (with a positive factor) to the signed area of the triangle.

In Triangles mode, even though the vertex coordinates have a w value, it does not participate directly in the computation of a, being an affine combination of u and v.

23.6. Triangle Tessellation

If the tessellation primitive mode is Triangles, an equilateral triangle is subdivided into a collection of triangles covering the area of the original triangle. First, the original triangle is subdivided into a collection of concentric equilateral triangles. The edges of each of these triangles are subdivided, and the area between each triangle pair is filled by triangles produced by joining the vertices on the subdivided edges. The number of concentric triangles and the number of subdivisions along each triangle except the outermost is derived from the first inner tessellation level. The edges of the outermost triangle are subdivided independently, using the first, second, and third outer tessellation levels to control the number of subdivisions of the u = 0 (left), v = 0 (bottom), and w = 0 (right) edges, respectively. The second inner tessellation level and the fourth outer tessellation level have no effect in this mode.

If the first inner tessellation level and all three outer tessellation levels are exactly one after clamping and rounding, only a single triangle with (u,v,w) coordinates of (0,0,1), (1,0,0), and (0,1,0) is generated. If the inner tessellation level is one and any of the outer tessellation levels is greater than one, the inner tessellation level is treated as though it were originally specified as 1 + ε and will result in a two- or three-segment subdivision depending on the tessellation spacing. When used with fractional odd spacing, the three-segment subdivision may produce inner vertices positioned on the edge of the triangle.

If any tessellation level is greater than one, tessellation begins by producing a set of concentric inner triangles and subdividing their edges. First, the three outer edges are temporarily subdivided using the clamped and rounded first inner tessellation level and the specified tessellation spacing, generating n segments. For the outermost inner triangle, the inner triangle is degenerate — a single point at the center of the triangle — if n is two. Otherwise, for each corner of the outer triangle, an inner triangle corner is produced at the intersection of two lines extended perpendicular to the corner’s two adjacent edges running through the vertex of the subdivided outer edge nearest that corner. If n is three, the edges of the inner triangle are not subdivided and it is the final triangle in the set of concentric triangles. Otherwise, each edge of the inner triangle is divided into n - 2 segments, with the n - 1 vertices of this subdivision produced by intersecting the inner edge with lines perpendicular to the edge running through the n - 1 innermost vertices of the subdivision of the outer edge. Once the outermost inner triangle is subdivided, the previous subdivision process repeats itself, using the generated triangle as an outer triangle. This subdivision process is illustrated in Inner Triangle Tessellation.

image/svg+xml (0,1,0) (a) (b) (1,0,0) (0,0,1) (0,1,0) (1,0,0) (0,0,1)
Figure 13. Inner Triangle Tessellation
Caption

In the Inner Triangle Tessellation diagram, inner tessellation levels of (a) four and (b) five are shown (not to scale). Solid black circles depict vertices along the edges of the concentric triangles. The edges of inner triangles are subdivided by intersecting the edge with segments perpendicular to the edge passing through each inner vertex of the subdivided outer edge. Dotted lines depict edges connecting corresponding vertices on the inner and outer triangle edges.

Once all the concentric triangles are produced and their edges are subdivided, the area between each pair of adjacent inner triangles is filled completely with a set of non-overlapping triangles. In this subdivision, two of the three vertices of each triangle are taken from adjacent vertices on a subdivided edge of one triangle; the third is one of the vertices on the corresponding edge of the other triangle. If the innermost triangle is degenerate (i.e., a point), the triangle containing it is subdivided into six triangles by connecting each of the six vertices on that triangle with the center point. If the innermost triangle is not degenerate, that triangle is added to the set of generated triangles as-is.

After the area corresponding to any inner triangles is filled, the tessellator generates triangles to cover the area between the outermost triangle and the outermost inner triangle. To do this, the temporary subdivision of the outer triangle edge above is discarded. Instead, the u = 0, v = 0, and w = 0 edges are subdivided according to the first, second, and third outer tessellation levels, respectively, and the tessellation spacing. The original subdivision of the first inner triangle is retained. The area between the outer and first inner triangles is completely filled by non-overlapping triangles as described above. If the first (and only) inner triangle is degenerate, a set of triangles is produced by connecting each vertex on the outer triangle edges with the center point.

After all triangles are generated, each vertex in the subdivided triangle is assigned a barycentric (u,v,w) coordinate based on its location relative to the three vertices of the outer triangle.

The algorithm used to subdivide the triangular domain in (u,v,w) space into individual triangles is implementation-dependent. However, the set of triangles produced will completely cover the domain, and no portion of the domain will be covered by multiple triangles.

Output triangles are generated with a topology similar to triangle lists, except that the order in which each triangle is generated, and the order in which the vertices are generated for each triangle, are implementation-dependent. However, the order of vertices in each triangle is consistent across the domain as described in Tessellator Vertex Winding Order.

23.7. Quad Tessellation

If the tessellation primitive mode is Quads, a rectangle is subdivided into a collection of triangles covering the area of the original rectangle. First, the original rectangle is subdivided into a regular mesh of rectangles, where the number of rectangles along the u = 0 and u = 1 (vertical) and v = 0 and v = 1 (horizontal) edges are derived from the first and second inner tessellation levels, respectively. All rectangles, except those adjacent to one of the outer rectangle edges, are decomposed into triangle pairs. The outermost rectangle edges are subdivided independently, using the first, second, third, and fourth outer tessellation levels to control the number of subdivisions of the u = 0 (left), v = 0 (bottom), u = 1 (right), and v = 1 (top) edges, respectively. The area between the inner rectangles of the mesh and the outer rectangle edges are filled by triangles produced by joining the vertices on the subdivided outer edges to the vertices on the edge of the inner rectangle mesh.

If both clamped inner tessellation levels and all four clamped outer tessellation levels are exactly one, only a single triangle pair covering the outer rectangle is generated. Otherwise, if either clamped inner tessellation level is one, that tessellation level is treated as though it was originally specified as 1 + ε and will result in a two- or three-segment subdivision depending on the tessellation spacing. When used with fractional odd spacing, the three-segment subdivision may produce inner vertices positioned on the edge of the rectangle.

If any tessellation level is greater than one, tessellation begins by subdividing the u = 0 and u = 1 edges of the outer rectangle into m segments using the clamped and rounded first inner tessellation level and the tessellation spacing. The v = 0 and v = 1 edges are subdivided into n segments using the second inner tessellation level. Each vertex on the u = 0 and v = 0 edges are joined with the corresponding vertex on the u = 1 and v = 1 edges to produce a set of vertical and horizontal lines that divide the rectangle into a grid of smaller rectangles. The primitive generator emits a pair of non-overlapping triangles covering each such rectangle not adjacent to an edge of the outer rectangle. The boundary of the region covered by these triangles forms an inner rectangle, the edges of which are subdivided by the grid vertices that lie on the edge. If either m or n is two, the inner rectangle is degenerate, and one or both of the rectangle’s edges consist of a single point. This subdivision is illustrated in Figure Inner Quad Tessellation.

image/svg+xml (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) (a) (b)
Figure 14. Inner Quad Tessellation
Caption

In the Inner Quad Tessellation diagram, inner quad tessellation levels of (a) (4,2) and (b) (7,4) are shown. The regions highlighted in red in figure (b) depict the 10 inner rectangles, each of which will be subdivided into two triangles. Solid black circles depict vertices on the boundary of the outer and inner rectangles, where the inner rectangle of figure (a) is degenerate (a single line segment). Dotted lines depict the horizontal and vertical edges connecting corresponding vertices on the inner and outer rectangle edges.

After the area corresponding to the inner rectangle is filled, the tessellator must produce triangles to cover the area between the inner and outer rectangles. To do this, the subdivision of the outer rectangle edge above is discarded. Instead, the u = 0, v = 0, u = 1, and v = 1 edges are subdivided according to the first, second, third, and fourth outer tessellation levels, respectively, and the tessellation spacing. The original subdivision of the inner rectangle is retained. The area between the outer and inner rectangles is completely filled by non-overlapping triangles. Two of the three vertices of each triangle are adjacent vertices on a subdivided edge of one rectangle; the third is one of the vertices on the corresponding edge of the other rectangle. If either edge of the innermost rectangle is degenerate, the area near the corresponding outer edges is filled by connecting each vertex on the outer edge with the single vertex making up the inner edge.

The algorithm used to subdivide the rectangular domain in (u,v) space into individual triangles is implementation-dependent. However, the set of triangles produced will completely cover the domain, and no portion of the domain will be covered by multiple triangles.

Output triangles are generated with a topology similar to triangle lists, except that the order in which each triangle is generated, and the order in which the vertices are generated for each triangle, are implementation-dependent. However, the order of vertices in each triangle is consistent across the domain as described in Tessellator Vertex Winding Order.

23.8. Isoline Tessellation

If the tessellation primitive mode is IsoLines, a set of independent horizontal line segments is drawn. The segments are arranged into connected strips called isolines, where the vertices of each isoline have a constant v coordinate and u coordinates covering the full range [0,1]. The number of isolines generated is derived from the first outer tessellation level; the number of segments in each isoline is derived from the second outer tessellation level. Both inner tessellation levels and the third and fourth outer tessellation levels have no effect in this mode.

As with quad tessellation above, isoline tessellation begins with a rectangle. The u = 0 and u = 1 edges of the rectangle are subdivided according to the first outer tessellation level. For the purposes of this subdivision, the tessellation spacing mode is ignored and treated as equal_spacing. An isoline is drawn connecting each vertex on the u = 0 rectangle edge to the corresponding vertex on the u = 1 rectangle edge, except that no line is drawn between (0,1) and (1,1). If the number of isolines on the subdivided u = 0 and u = 1 edges is n, this process will result in n equally spaced lines with constant v coordinates of 0, .

Each of the n isolines is then subdivided according to the second outer tessellation level and the tessellation spacing, resulting in m line segments. Each segment of each line is emitted by the tessellator. These line segments are generated with a topology similar to line lists, except that the order in which each line is generated, and the order in which the vertices are generated for each line segment, are implementation-dependent.

23.9. Tessellation Point Mode

For all primitive modes, the tessellator is capable of generating points instead of lines or triangles. If the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shader specifies the OpExecutionMode PointMode, the primitive generator will generate one point for each distinct vertex produced by tessellation, rather than emitting triangles or lines. Otherwise, the tessellator will produce a collection of line segments or triangles according to the primitive mode. These points are generated with a topology similar to point lists, except the order in which the points are generated for each input primitive is undefined.

23.10. Tessellation Pipeline State

The pTessellationState member of VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure.

The VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                           sType;
    const void*                               pNext;
    VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                                  patchControlPoints;
} VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • patchControlPoints is the number of control points per patch.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-patchControlPoints-01214
    patchControlPoints must be greater than zero and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationPatchSize

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPipelineTessellationDomainOriginStateCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The VkPipelineTessellationDomainOriginStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPipelineTessellationDomainOriginStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    const void*                   pNext;
    VkTessellationDomainOrigin    domainOrigin;
} VkPipelineTessellationDomainOriginStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • domainOrigin is a VkTessellationDomainOrigin value controlling the origin of the tessellation domain space.

If the VkPipelineTessellationDomainOriginStateCreateInfo structure is included in the pNext chain of VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo, it controls the origin of the tessellation domain. If this structure is not present, it is as if domainOrigin was VK_TESSELLATION_DOMAIN_ORIGIN_UPPER_LEFT.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationDomainOriginStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_DOMAIN_ORIGIN_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationDomainOriginStateCreateInfo-domainOrigin-parameter
    domainOrigin must be a valid VkTessellationDomainOrigin value

The possible tessellation domain origins are specified by the VkTessellationDomainOrigin enumeration:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkTessellationDomainOrigin {
    VK_TESSELLATION_DOMAIN_ORIGIN_UPPER_LEFT = 0,
    VK_TESSELLATION_DOMAIN_ORIGIN_LOWER_LEFT = 1,
} VkTessellationDomainOrigin;

This enum affects how the VertexOrderCw and VertexOrderCcw tessellation execution modes are interpreted, since the winding is defined relative to the orientation of the domain.

24. Geometry Shading

The geometry shader operates on a group of vertices and their associated data assembled from a single input primitive, and emits zero or more output primitives and the group of vertices and their associated data required for each output primitive. Geometry shading is enabled when a geometry shader is included in the pipeline.

24.1. Geometry Shader Input Primitives

Each geometry shader invocation has access to all vertices in the primitive (and their associated data), which are presented to the shader as an array of inputs.

The input primitive type expected by the geometry shader is specified with an OpExecutionMode instruction in the geometry shader, and must match the incoming primitive type specified by either the pipeline’s primitive topology if tessellation is inactive, or the tessellation mode if tessellation is active, as follows:

  • An input primitive type of InputPoints must only be used with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, or with a tessellation shader specifying PointMode. The input arrays always contain one element, as described by the point list topology or tessellation in point mode.

  • An input primitive type of InputLines must only be used with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP, or with a tessellation shader specifying IsoLines that does not specify PointMode. The input arrays always contain two elements, as described by the line list topology or line strip topology, or by isoline tessellation.

  • An input primitive type of InputLinesAdjacency must only be used when tessellation is inactive, with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY. The input arrays always contain four elements, as described by the line list with adjacency topology or line strip with adjacency topology.

  • An input primitive type of Triangles must only be used with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_FAN; or with a tessellation shader specifying Quads or Triangles that does not specify PointMode. The input arrays always contain three elements, as described by the triangle list topology, triangle strip topology, or triangle fan topology, or by triangle or quad tessellation. Vertices may be in a different absolute order than specified by the topology, but must adhere to the specified winding order.

  • An input primitive type of InputTrianglesAdjacency must only be used when tessellation is inactive, with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY. The input arrays always contain six elements, as described by the triangle list with adjacency topology or triangle strip with adjacency topology. Vertices may be in a different absolute order than specified by the topology, but must adhere to the specified winding order, and the vertices making up the main primitive must still occur at the first, third, and fifth index.

24.2. Geometry Shader Output Primitives

A geometry shader generates primitives in one of three output modes: points, line strips, or triangle strips. The primitive mode is specified in the shader using an OpExecutionMode instruction with the OutputPoints, OutputLineStrip or OutputTriangleStrip modes, respectively. Each geometry shader must include exactly one output primitive mode.

The vertices output by the geometry shader are assembled into points, lines, or triangles based on the output primitive type and the resulting primitives are then further processed as described in Rasterization. If the number of vertices emitted by the geometry shader is not sufficient to produce a single primitive, vertices corresponding to incomplete primitives are not processed by subsequent pipeline stages. The number of vertices output by the geometry shader is limited to a maximum count specified in the shader.

The maximum output vertex count is specified in the shader using an OpExecutionMode instruction with the mode set to OutputVertices and the maximum number of vertices that will be produced by the geometry shader specified as a literal. Each geometry shader must specify a maximum output vertex count.

24.3. Multiple Invocations of Geometry Shaders

Geometry shaders can be invoked more than one time for each input primitive. This is known as geometry shader instancing and is requested by including an OpExecutionMode instruction with mode specified as Invocations and the number of invocations specified as an integer literal.

In this mode, the geometry shader will execute at least n times for each input primitive, where n is the number of invocations specified in the OpExecutionMode instruction. The instance number is available to each invocation as a built-in input using InvocationId.

24.4. Geometry Shader Primitive Ordering

Limited guarantees are provided for the relative ordering of primitives produced by a geometry shader, as they pertain to primitive order.

  • For instanced geometry shaders, the output primitives generated from each input primitive are passed to subsequent pipeline stages using the invocation number to order the primitives, from least to greatest.

  • All output primitives generated from a given input primitive are passed to subsequent pipeline stages before any output primitives generated from subsequent input primitives.

25. Fixed-Function Vertex Post-Processing

After pre-rasterization shader stages, the following fixed-function operations are applied to vertices of the resulting primitives:

Next, rasterization is performed on primitives as described in chapter Rasterization.

25.1. Flat Shading

Flat shading a vertex output attribute means to assign all vertices of the primitive the same value for that output. The output values assigned are those of the provoking vertex of the primitive. Flat shading is applied to those vertex attributes that match fragment input attributes which are decorated as Flat.

If neither geometry nor tessellation shading is active, the provoking vertex is determined by the primitive topology defined by VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo:topology used to execute the drawing command.

If geometry shading is active, the provoking vertex is determined by the primitive topology defined by the OutputPoints, OutputLineStrip, or OutputTriangleStrip execution mode.

If tessellation shading is active but geometry shading is not, the provoking vertex may be any of the vertices in each primitive.

25.2. Primitive Clipping

Primitives are culled against the cull volume and then clipped to the clip volume. In clip coordinates, the view volume is defined by:

where zm is equal to zero.

This view volume can be further restricted by as many as VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxClipDistances application-defined half-spaces.

The cull volume is the intersection of up to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxCullDistances application-defined half-spaces (if no application-defined cull half-spaces are enabled, culling against the cull volume is skipped).

A shader must write a single cull distance for each enabled cull half-space to elements of the CullDistance array. If the cull distance for any enabled cull half-space is negative for all of the vertices of the primitive under consideration, the primitive is discarded. Otherwise the primitive is clipped against the clip volume as defined below.

The clip volume is the intersection of up to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxClipDistances application-defined half-spaces with the view volume (if no application-defined clip half-spaces are enabled, the clip volume is the view volume).

A shader must write a single clip distance for each enabled clip half-space to elements of the ClipDistance array. Clip half-space i is then given by the set of points satisfying the inequality

ci(P) ≥ 0

where ci(P) is the clip distance i at point P. For point primitives, ci(P) is simply the clip distance for the vertex in question. For line and triangle primitives, per-vertex clip distances are interpolated using a weighted mean, with weights derived according to the algorithms described in sections Basic Line Segment Rasterization and Basic Polygon Rasterization, using the perspective interpolation equations.

The number of application-defined clip and cull half-spaces that are enabled is determined by the explicit size of the built-in arrays ClipDistance and CullDistance, respectively, declared as an output in the interface of the entry point of the final shader stage before clipping.

If VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT is present in the graphics pipeline state then depth clipping is disabled if VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT::depthClipEnable is VK_FALSE. Otherwise, if VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT is not present, depth clipping is disabled when VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthClampEnable is VK_TRUE.

When depth clipping is disabled, the plane equation

zm ≤ zc ≤ wc

(see the clip volume definition above) is ignored by view volume clipping (effectively, there is no near or far plane clipping).

If the primitive under consideration is a point or line segment, then clipping passes it unchanged if its vertices lie entirely within the clip volume.

Possible values of VkPhysicalDevicePointClippingProperties::pointClippingBehavior, specifying clipping behavior of a point primitive whose vertex lies outside the clip volume, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkPointClippingBehavior {
    VK_POINT_CLIPPING_BEHAVIOR_ALL_CLIP_PLANES = 0,
    VK_POINT_CLIPPING_BEHAVIOR_USER_CLIP_PLANES_ONLY = 1,
} VkPointClippingBehavior;

  • VK_POINT_CLIPPING_BEHAVIOR_ALL_CLIP_PLANES specifies that the primitive is discarded if the vertex lies outside any clip plane, including the planes bounding the view volume.

  • VK_POINT_CLIPPING_BEHAVIOR_USER_CLIP_PLANES_ONLY specifies that the primitive is discarded only if the vertex lies outside any user clip plane.

If either of a line segment’s vertices lie outside of the clip volume, the line segment may be clipped, with new vertex coordinates computed for each vertex that lies outside the clip volume. A clipped line segment endpoint lies on both the original line segment and the boundary of the clip volume.

This clipping produces a value, 0 ≤ t ≤ 1, for each clipped vertex. If the coordinates of a clipped vertex are P and the unclipped line segment’s vertex coordinates are P1 and P2, then t satisfies the following equation

P = t P1 + (1-t) P2.

t is used to clip vertex output attributes as described in Clipping Shader Outputs.

If the primitive is a polygon, it passes unchanged if every one of its edges lies entirely inside the clip volume, and is either clipped or discarded otherwise. If the edges of the polygon intersect the boundary of the clip volume, the intersecting edges are reconnected by new edges that lie along the boundary of the clip volume - in some cases requiring the introduction of new vertices into a polygon.

If a polygon intersects an edge of the clip volume’s boundary, the clipped polygon must include a point on this boundary edge.

Primitives rendered with application-defined half-spaces must satisfy a complementarity criterion. Suppose a series of primitives is drawn where each vertex i has a single specified clip distance di (or a number of similarly specified clip distances, if multiple half-spaces are enabled). Next, suppose that the same series of primitives are drawn again with each such clip distance replaced by -di (and the graphics pipeline is otherwise the same). In this case, primitives must not be missing any pixels, and pixels must not be drawn twice in regions where those primitives are cut by the clip planes.

25.3. Clipping Shader Outputs

Next, vertex output attributes are clipped. The output values associated with a vertex that lies within the clip volume are unaffected by clipping. If a primitive is clipped, however, the output values assigned to vertices produced by clipping are clipped.

Let the output values assigned to the two vertices P1 and P2 of an unclipped edge be c1 and c2. The value of t (see Primitive Clipping) for a clipped point P is used to obtain the output value associated with P as

c = t c1 + (1-t) c2.

(Multiplying an output value by a scalar means multiplying each of x, y, z, and w by the scalar.)

Since this computation is performed in clip space before division by wc, clipped output values are perspective-correct.

Polygon clipping creates a clipped vertex along an edge of the clip volume’s boundary. This situation is handled by noting that polygon clipping proceeds by clipping against one half-space at a time. Output value clipping is done in the same way, so that clipped points always occur at the intersection of polygon edges (possibly already clipped) with the clip volume’s boundary.

For vertex output attributes whose matching fragment input attributes are decorated with NoPerspective, the value of t used to obtain the output value associated with P will be adjusted to produce results that vary linearly in framebuffer space.

Output attributes of integer or unsigned integer type must always be flat shaded. Flat shaded attributes are constant over the primitive being rasterized (see Basic Line Segment Rasterization and Basic Polygon Rasterization), and no interpolation is performed. The output value c is taken from either c1 or c2, since flat shading has already occurred and the two values are identical.

25.4. Coordinate Transformations

Clip coordinates for a vertex result from shader execution, which yields a vertex coordinate Position.

Perspective division on clip coordinates yields normalized device coordinates, followed by a viewport transformation (see Controlling the Viewport) to convert these coordinates into framebuffer coordinates.

If a vertex in clip coordinates has a position given by

then the vertex’s normalized device coordinates are

25.5. Controlling the Viewport

The viewport transformation is determined by the selected viewport’s width and height in pixels, px and py, respectively, and its center (ox, oy) (also in pixels), as well as its depth range min and max determining a depth range scale value pz and a depth range bias value oz (defined below). The vertex’s framebuffer coordinates (xf, yf) and depth zf are given by

xf = (px / 2) xd + ox

yf = (py / 2) yd + oy

zf = pz × zd + oz

Multiple viewports are available, numbered zero up to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports minus one. The number of viewports used by a pipeline is controlled by the viewportCount member of the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure used in pipeline creation.

xf and yf have limited precision, where the number of fractional bits retained is specified by VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::subPixelPrecisionBits. When rasterizing line segments, the number of fractional bits is specified by VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationProperties::lineSubPixelPrecisionBits.

The VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkPipelineViewportStateCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                              viewportCount;
    const VkViewport*                     pViewports;
    uint32_t                              scissorCount;
    const VkRect2D*                       pScissors;
} VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • viewportCount is the number of viewports used by the pipeline.

  • pViewports is a pointer to an array of VkViewport structures, defining the viewport transforms. If the viewport state is dynamic, this member is ignored.

  • scissorCount is the number of scissors and must match the number of viewports.

  • pScissors is a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures defining the rectangular bounds of the scissor for the corresponding viewport. If the scissor state is dynamic, this member is ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-viewportCount-01216
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, viewportCount must not be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-scissorCount-01217
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, scissorCount must not be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-viewportCount-01218
    viewportCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-scissorCount-01219
    scissorCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-x-02821
    The x and y members of offset member of any element of pScissors must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-offset-02822
    Evaluation of (offset.x + extent.width) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-offset-02823
    Evaluation of (offset.y + extent.height) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-scissorCount-04134
    If scissorCount and viewportCount are both not dynamic, then scissorCount and viewportCount must be identical

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-viewportCount-04135
    If the graphics pipeline is being created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT set then viewportCount must be 0, otherwise viewportCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-scissorCount-04136
    If the graphics pipeline is being created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT set then scissorCount must be 0, otherwise scissorCount must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VIEWPORT_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

To dynamically set the viewport count and viewports, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetViewportWithCountEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    viewportCount,
    const VkViewport*                           pViewports);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • viewportCount specifies the viewport count.

  • pViewports specifies the viewports to use for drawing.

This command sets the viewport count and viewports state for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the corresponding VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo::viewportCount and pViewports values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewportWithCount-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewportWithCount-viewportCount-03394
    viewportCount must be between 1 and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewportWithCount-viewportCount-03395
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, viewportCount must be 1

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewportWithCount-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewportWithCount-pViewports-parameter
    pViewports must be a valid pointer to an array of viewportCount valid VkViewport structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewportWithCount-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewportWithCount-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewportWithCount-viewportCount-arraylength
    viewportCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

To dynamically set the scissor count and scissor rectangular bounds, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetScissorWithCountEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    scissorCount,
    const VkRect2D*                             pScissors);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • scissorCount specifies the scissor count.

  • pScissors specifies the scissors to use for drawing.

This command sets the scissor count and scissor rectangular bounds state for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the corresponding VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo::scissorCount and pScissors values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-scissorCount-03397
    scissorCount must be between 1 and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-scissorCount-03398
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, scissorCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-x-03399
    The x and y members of offset member of any element of pScissors must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-offset-03400
    Evaluation of (offset.x + extent.width) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-offset-03401
    Evaluation of (offset.y + extent.height) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-pScissors-parameter
    pScissors must be a valid pointer to an array of scissorCount VkRect2D structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissorWithCount-scissorCount-arraylength
    scissorCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineViewportStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineViewportStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

A pre-rasterization shader stage can direct each primitive to one of several viewports. The destination viewport for a primitive is selected by the last active pre-rasterization shader stage that has an output variable decorated with ViewportIndex. The viewport transform uses the viewport corresponding to the value assigned to ViewportIndex, and taken from an implementation-dependent vertex of each primitive. If ViewportIndex is outside the range zero to viewportCount minus one for a primitive, or if the last active pre-rasterization shader stage did not assign a value to ViewportIndex for all vertices of a primitive due to flow control, the values resulting from the viewport transformation of the vertices of such primitives are undefined. If the last pre-rasterization shader stage does not have an output decorated with ViewportIndex, the viewport numbered zero is used by the viewport transformation.

A single vertex can be used in more than one individual primitive, in primitives such as VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP. In this case, the viewport transformation is applied separately for each primitive.

To dynamically set the viewport transformation parameters, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetViewport(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    firstViewport,
    uint32_t                                    viewportCount,
    const VkViewport*                           pViewports);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • firstViewport is the index of the first viewport whose parameters are updated by the command.

  • viewportCount is the number of viewports whose parameters are updated by the command.

  • pViewports is a pointer to an array of VkViewport structures specifying viewport parameters.

This command sets the viewport transformation parameters state for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo::pViewports values used to create the currently active pipeline.

The viewport parameters taken from element i of pViewports replace the current state for the viewport index firstViewport + i, for i in [0, viewportCount).

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-firstViewport-01223
    The sum of firstViewport and viewportCount must be between 1 and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-firstViewport-01224
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, firstViewport must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-viewportCount-01225
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, viewportCount must be 1

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-pViewports-parameter
    pViewports must be a valid pointer to an array of viewportCount valid VkViewport structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-viewportCount-arraylength
    viewportCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

Both VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo and vkCmdSetViewport use VkViewport to set the viewport transformation parameters.

The VkViewport structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkViewport {
    float    x;
    float    y;
    float    width;
    float    height;
    float    minDepth;
    float    maxDepth;
} VkViewport;

  • x and y are the viewport’s upper left corner (x,y).

  • width and height are the viewport’s width and height, respectively.

  • minDepth and maxDepth are the depth range for the viewport.

Note

Despite their names, minDepth can be less than, equal to, or greater than maxDepth.

The framebuffer depth coordinate zf may be represented using either a fixed-point or floating-point representation. However, a floating-point representation must be used if the depth/stencil attachment has a floating-point depth component. If an m-bit fixed-point representation is used, we assume that it represents each value , where k ∈ { 0, 1, …​, 2m-1 }, as k (e.g. 1.0 is represented in binary as a string of all ones).

The viewport parameters shown in the above equations are found from these values as

ox = x + width / 2

oy = y + height / 2

oz = minDepth

px = width

py = height

pz = maxDepth - minDepth

The application can specify a negative term for height, which has the effect of negating the y coordinate in clip space before performing the transform. When using a negative height, the application should also adjust the y value to point to the lower left corner of the viewport instead of the upper left corner. Using the negative height allows the application to avoid having to negate the y component of the Position output from the last pre-rasterization shader stage.

The width and height of the implementation-dependent maximum viewport dimensions must be greater than or equal to the width and height of the largest image which can be created and attached to a framebuffer.

The floating-point viewport bounds are represented with an implementation-dependent precision.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkViewport-width-01770
    width must be greater than 0.0

  • VUID-VkViewport-width-01771
    width must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewportDimensions[0]

  • VUID-VkViewport-height-01773
    The absolute value of height must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewportDimensions[1]

  • VUID-VkViewport-x-01774
    x must be greater than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[0]

  • VUID-VkViewport-x-01232
    (x + width) must be less than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[1]

  • VUID-VkViewport-y-01775
    y must be greater than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[0]

  • VUID-VkViewport-y-01776
    y must be less than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[1]

  • VUID-VkViewport-y-01777
    (y + height) must be greater than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[0]

  • VUID-VkViewport-y-01233
    (y + height) must be less than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[1]

  • VUID-VkViewport-minDepth-01234
    If the VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted extension is not enabled, minDepth must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

  • VUID-VkViewport-maxDepth-01235
    If the VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted extension is not enabled, maxDepth must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

26. Rasterization

Rasterization is the process by which a primitive is converted to a two-dimensional image. Each discrete location of this image contains associated data such as depth, color, or other attributes.

Rasterizing a primitive begins by determining which squares of an integer grid in framebuffer coordinates are occupied by the primitive, and assigning one or more depth values to each such square. This process is described below for points, lines, and polygons.

A grid square, including its (x,y) framebuffer coordinates, z (depth), and associated data added by fragment shaders, is called a fragment. A fragment is located by its upper left corner, which lies on integer grid coordinates.

Rasterization operations also refer to a fragment’s sample locations, which are offset by fractional values from its upper left corner. The rasterization rules for points, lines, and triangles involve testing whether each sample location is inside the primitive. Fragments need not actually be square, and rasterization rules are not affected by the aspect ratio of fragments. Display of non-square grids, however, will cause rasterized points and line segments to appear fatter in one direction than the other.

We assume that fragments are square, since it simplifies antialiasing and texturing. After rasterization, fragments are processed by fragment operations.

Several factors affect rasterization, including the members of VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo and VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo.

The VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                            sType;
    const void*                                pNext;
    VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateFlags    flags;
    VkBool32                                   depthClampEnable;
    VkBool32                                   rasterizerDiscardEnable;
    VkPolygonMode                              polygonMode;
    VkCullModeFlags                            cullMode;
    VkFrontFace                                frontFace;
    VkBool32                                   depthBiasEnable;
    float                                      depthBiasConstantFactor;
    float                                      depthBiasClamp;
    float                                      depthBiasSlopeFactor;
    float                                      lineWidth;
} VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • depthClampEnable controls whether to clamp the fragment’s depth values as described in Depth Test. If the pipeline is not created with VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT present then enabling depth clamp will also disable clipping primitives to the z planes of the frustum as described in Primitive Clipping. Otherwise depth clipping is controlled by the state set in VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT.

  • rasterizerDiscardEnable controls whether primitives are discarded immediately before the rasterization stage.

  • polygonMode is the triangle rendering mode. See VkPolygonMode.

  • cullMode is the triangle facing direction used for primitive culling. See VkCullModeFlagBits.

  • frontFace is a VkFrontFace value specifying the front-facing triangle orientation to be used for culling.

  • depthBiasEnable controls whether to bias fragment depth values.

  • depthBiasConstantFactor is a scalar factor controlling the constant depth value added to each fragment.

  • depthBiasClamp is the maximum (or minimum) depth bias of a fragment.

  • depthBiasSlopeFactor is a scalar factor applied to a fragment’s slope in depth bias calculations.

  • lineWidth is the width of rasterized line segments.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-depthClampEnable-00782
    If the depthClamp feature is not enabled, depthClampEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-polygonMode-01507
    If the fillModeNonSolid feature is not enabled, polygonMode must be VK_POLYGON_MODE_FILL

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT, VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT, or VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-polygonMode-parameter
    polygonMode must be a valid VkPolygonMode value

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-cullMode-parameter
    cullMode must be a valid combination of VkCullModeFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-frontFace-parameter
    frontFace must be a valid VkFrontFace value

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

If the pNext chain of VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo includes a VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT structure, then that structure controls whether depth clipping is enabled or disabled.

The VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_depth_clip_enable
typedef struct VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType                                        sType;
    const void*                                            pNext;
    VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateFlagsEXT    flags;
    VkBool32                                               depthClipEnable;
} VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • depthClipEnable controls whether depth clipping is enabled as described in Primitive Clipping.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_DEPTH_CLIP_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

// Provided by VK_EXT_depth_clip_enable
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateFlagsEXT;

VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateFlags    flags;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits                    rasterizationSamples;
    VkBool32                                 sampleShadingEnable;
    float                                    minSampleShading;
    const VkSampleMask*                      pSampleMask;
    VkBool32                                 alphaToCoverageEnable;
    VkBool32                                 alphaToOneEnable;
} VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • rasterizationSamples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of samples used in rasterization.

  • sampleShadingEnable can be used to enable Sample Shading.

  • minSampleShading specifies a minimum fraction of sample shading if sampleShadingEnable is VK_TRUE.

  • pSampleMask is a pointer to an array of VkSampleMask values used in the sample mask test.

  • alphaToCoverageEnable controls whether a temporary coverage value is generated based on the alpha component of the fragment’s first color output as specified in the Multisample Coverage section.

  • alphaToOneEnable controls whether the alpha component of the fragment’s first color output is replaced with one as described in Multisample Coverage.

Each bit in the sample mask is associated with a unique sample index as defined for the coverage mask. Each bit b for mask word w in the sample mask corresponds to sample index i, where i = 32 × w + b. pSampleMask has a length equal to ⌈ rasterizationSamples / 32 ⌉ words.

If pSampleMask is NULL, it is treated as if the mask has all bits set to 1.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-sampleShadingEnable-00784
    If the sampleRateShading feature is not enabled, sampleShadingEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-alphaToOneEnable-00785
    If the alphaToOne feature is not enabled, alphaToOneEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-minSampleShading-00786
    minSampleShading must be in the range [0,1]

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_MULTISAMPLE_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-rasterizationSamples-parameter
    rasterizationSamples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The elements of the sample mask array are of type VkSampleMask, each representing 32 bits of coverage information:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint32_t VkSampleMask;

Rasterization only generates fragments which cover one or more pixels inside the framebuffer. Pixels outside the framebuffer are never considered covered in the fragment. Fragments which would be produced by application of any of the primitive rasterization rules described below but which lie outside the framebuffer are not produced, nor are they processed by any later stage of the pipeline, including any of the fragment operations.

Surviving fragments are processed by fragment shaders. Fragment shaders determine associated data for fragments, and can also modify or replace their assigned depth values.

26.1. Discarding Primitives Before Rasterization

Primitives are discarded before rasterization if the rasterizerDiscardEnable member of VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo is enabled. When enabled, primitives are discarded after they are processed by the last active shader stage in the pipeline before rasterization.

To dynamically enable whether primitives are discarded before the rasterization stage, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
void vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBool32                                    rasterizerDiscardEnable);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • rasterizerDiscardEnable controls whether primitives are discarded immediately before the rasterization stage.

This command sets the discard enable for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::rasterizerDiscardEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnable-None-08970
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnable-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnable-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetRasterizerDiscardEnable-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

26.2. Rasterization Order

Within a subpass of a render pass instance, for a given (x,y,layer,sample) sample location, the following operations are guaranteed to execute in rasterization order, for each separate primitive that includes that sample location:

  1. Fragment operations, in the order defined

  2. Blending, logic operations, and color writes

Execution of these operations for each primitive in a subpass occurs in primitive order.

26.3. Multisampling

Multisampling is a mechanism to antialias all Vulkan primitives: points, lines, and polygons. The technique is to sample all primitives multiple times at each pixel. Each sample in each framebuffer attachment has storage for a color, depth, and/or stencil value, such that per-fragment operations apply to each sample independently. The color sample values can be later resolved to a single color (see Resolving Multisample Images and the Render Pass chapter for more details on how to resolve multisample images to non-multisample images).

Vulkan defines rasterization rules for single-sample modes in a way that is equivalent to a multisample mode with a single sample in the center of each fragment.

Each fragment includes a coverage mask with a single bit for each sample in the fragment, and a number of depth values and associated data for each sample.

It is understood that each pixel has rasterizationSamples locations associated with it. These locations are exact positions, rather than regions or areas, and each is referred to as a sample point. The sample points associated with a pixel must be located inside or on the boundary of the unit square that is considered to bound the pixel. Furthermore, the relative locations of sample points may be identical for each pixel in the framebuffer, or they may differ.

If the current pipeline includes a fragment shader with one or more variables in its interface decorated with Sample and Input, the data associated with those variables will be assigned independently for each sample. The values for each sample must be evaluated at the location of the sample. The data associated with any other variables not decorated with Sample and Input need not be evaluated independently for each sample.

A coverage mask is generated for each fragment, based on which samples within that fragment are determined to be within the area of the primitive that generated the fragment.

Single pixel fragments have one set of samples. Multi-pixel fragments defined by setting the fragment shading rate have one set of samples per pixel. Each set of samples has a number of samples determined by VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::rasterizationSamples. Each sample in a set is assigned a unique sample index i in the range [0, rasterizationSamples).

Each sample in a fragment is also assigned a unique coverage index j in the range [0, n × rasterizationSamples), where n is the number of sets in the fragment. If the fragment contains a single set of samples, the coverage index is always equal to the sample index.

If the fragment shading rate is set, the coverage index j is determined as a function of the pixel index p, the sample index i, and the number of rasterization samples r as:

j = i + r × ((fw × fh) - 1 - p)

where the pixel index p is determined as a function of the pixel’s framebuffer location (x,y) and the fragment size (fw,fh):

px = x % fw

py = y % fh

p = px + (py × fw)

The tables below illustrate the pixel index for multi-pixel fragments:

Table 29. Pixel Indices - 1 Wide
1x1 1x2 1x4

image/svg+xml x f y f 0

image/svg+xml x f y f 0 1

image/svg+xml x f y f 0 1 2 3

Table 30. Pixel Indices - 2 Wide
2x1 2x2 2x4

image/svg+xml x f y f 0 1

image/svg+xml x f y f 0 1 2 3

image/svg+xml x f y f 0 1 2 3 5 4 7 6

Table 31. Pixel Indices - 4 Wide
4x1 4x2 4x4

image/svg+xml x f y f 0 1 2 3

image/svg+xml x f y f 0 1 2 3 7 6 5 4

image/svg+xml x f y f 0 1 2 3 7 6 5 4 8 9 10 11 15 14 13 12

The coverage mask includes B bits packed into W words, defined as:

B = n × rasterizationSamples

W = ⌈B/32⌉

Bit b in coverage mask word w is 1 if the sample with coverage index j = 32×w + b is covered, and 0 otherwise.

If the standardSampleLocations member of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits is VK_TRUE, then the sample counts VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT, VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT, VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT, and VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT have sample locations as listed in the following table, with the ith entry in the table corresponding to sample index i. VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_32_BIT and VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_64_BIT do not have standard sample locations. Locations are defined relative to an origin in the upper left corner of the fragment.

Table 32. Standard Sample Locations
Sample count Sample Locations

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

(0.5,0.5)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT 0

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT

(0.75,0.75)
(0.25,0.25)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT 0 1

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT

(0.375, 0.125)
(0.875, 0.375)
(0.125, 0.625)
(0.625, 0.875)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT 0 1 2 3

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT

(0.5625, 0.3125)
(0.4375, 0.6875)
(0.8125, 0.5625)
(0.3125, 0.1875)
(0.1875, 0.8125)
(0.0625, 0.4375)
(0.6875, 0.9375)
(0.9375, 0.0625)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT

(0.5625, 0.5625)
(0.4375, 0.3125)
(0.3125, 0.625)
(0.75, 0.4375)
(0.1875, 0.375)
(0.625, 0.8125)
(0.8125, 0.6875)
(0.6875, 0.1875)
(0.375, 0.875)
(0.5, 0.0625)
(0.25, 0.125)
(0.125, 0.75)
(0.0, 0.5)
(0.9375, 0.25)
(0.875, 0.9375)
(0.0625, 0.0)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

26.4. Custom Sample Locations

Applications can also control the sample locations used for rasterization.

If the pNext chain of the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure specified at pipeline creation time includes a VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT structure, then that structure controls the sample locations used when rasterizing primitives with the pipeline.

The VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
typedef struct VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkBool32                    sampleLocationsEnable;
    VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT    sampleLocationsInfo;
} VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • sampleLocationsEnable controls whether custom sample locations are used. If sampleLocationsEnable is VK_FALSE, the default sample locations are used and the values specified in sampleLocationsInfo are ignored.

  • sampleLocationsInfo is the sample locations to use during rasterization if sampleLocationsEnable is VK_TRUE and the graphics pipeline is not created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT-sampleLocationsInfo-parameter
    sampleLocationsInfo must be a valid VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure

The VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
typedef struct VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    const void*                   pNext;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits         sampleLocationsPerPixel;
    VkExtent2D                    sampleLocationGridSize;
    uint32_t                      sampleLocationsCount;
    const VkSampleLocationEXT*    pSampleLocations;
} VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • sampleLocationsPerPixel is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of sample locations per pixel.

  • sampleLocationGridSize is the size of the sample location grid to select custom sample locations for.

  • sampleLocationsCount is the number of sample locations in pSampleLocations.

  • pSampleLocations is a pointer to an array of sampleLocationsCount VkSampleLocationEXT structures.

This structure can be used either to specify the sample locations to be used for rendering or to specify the set of sample locations an image subresource has been last rendered with for the purposes of layout transitions of depth/stencil images created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT.

The sample locations in pSampleLocations specify sampleLocationsPerPixel number of sample locations for each pixel in the grid of the size specified in sampleLocationGridSize. The sample location for sample i at the pixel grid location (x,y) is taken from pSampleLocations[(x + y × sampleLocationGridSize.width) × sampleLocationsPerPixel + i].

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT-sampleLocationsPerPixel-01526
    sampleLocationsPerPixel must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT::sampleLocationSampleCounts

  • VUID-VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT-sampleLocationsCount-01527
    sampleLocationsCount must equal sampleLocationsPerPixel × sampleLocationGridSize.width × sampleLocationGridSize.height

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT-pSampleLocations-parameter
    If sampleLocationsCount is not 0, pSampleLocations must be a valid pointer to an array of sampleLocationsCount VkSampleLocationEXT structures

The VkSampleLocationEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
typedef struct VkSampleLocationEXT {
    float    x;
    float    y;
} VkSampleLocationEXT;

  • x is the horizontal coordinate of the sample’s location.

  • y is the vertical coordinate of the sample’s location.

The domain space of the sample location coordinates has an upper-left origin within the pixel in framebuffer space.

The values specified in a VkSampleLocationEXT structure are always clamped to the implementation-dependent sample location coordinate range [sampleLocationCoordinateRange[0],sampleLocationCoordinateRange[1]] that can be queried using VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT.

To dynamically set the sample locations used for rasterization, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
void vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT*             pSampleLocationsInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pSampleLocationsInfo is the sample locations state to set.

This command sets the custom sample locations for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates, and when the VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsEnable property of the bound graphics pipeline is VK_TRUE. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineSampleLocationsStateCreateInfoEXT::sampleLocationsInfo values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT-variableSampleLocations-01530
    If VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT::variableSampleLocations is VK_FALSE then the current render pass must have been begun by specifying a VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT structure whose pPostSubpassSampleLocations member contains an element with a subpassIndex matching the current subpass index and the sampleLocationsInfo member of that element must match the sample locations state pointed to by pSampleLocationsInfo

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT-pSampleLocationsInfo-parameter
    pSampleLocationsInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure

  • VUID-vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetSampleLocationsEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

26.5. Fragment Shading Rates

The features advertised by VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR allow an application to control the shading rate of a given fragment shader invocation.

The fragment shading rate strongly interacts with Multisampling, and the set of available rates for an implementation may be restricted by sample rate.

To query available shading rates, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pFragmentShadingRateCount,
    VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateKHR*     pFragmentShadingRates);

  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose properties will be queried.

  • pFragmentShadingRateCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of fragment shading rates available or queried, as described below.

  • pFragmentShadingRates is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateKHR structures.

If pFragmentShadingRates is NULL, then the number of fragment shading rates available is returned in pFragmentShadingRateCount. Otherwise, pFragmentShadingRateCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pFragmentShadingRates array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pFragmentShadingRates. If pFragmentShadingRateCount is less than the number of fragment shading rates available, at most pFragmentShadingRateCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available fragment shading rates were returned.

The returned array of fragment shading rates must be ordered from largest fragmentSize.width value to smallest, and each set of fragment shading rates with the same fragmentSize.width value must be ordered from largest fragmentSize.height to smallest. Any two entries in the array must not have the same fragmentSize values.

For any entry in the array, the following rules also apply:

  • The value of fragmentSize.width must be less than or equal to maxFragmentSize.width.

  • The value of fragmentSize.width must be greater than or equal to 1.

  • The value of fragmentSize.width must be a power-of-two.

  • The value of fragmentSize.height must be less than or equal to maxFragmentSize.height.

  • The value of fragmentSize.height must be greater than or equal to 1.

  • The value of fragmentSize.height must be a power-of-two.

  • The highest sample count in sampleCounts must be less than or equal to maxFragmentShadingRateRasterizationSamples.

  • The product of fragmentSize.width, fragmentSize.height, and the highest sample count in sampleCounts must be less than or equal to maxFragmentShadingRateCoverageSamples.

Implementations must support at least the following shading rates:

sampleCounts fragmentSize

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT

{2,2}

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT

{2,1}

~0

{1,1}

If framebufferColorSampleCounts, includes VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT, the required rates must also include VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT.

Note

Including the {1,1} fragment size is done for completeness; it has no actual effect on the support of rendering without setting the fragment size. All sample counts are supported for this rate.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatesKHR-pFragmentShadingRateCount-parameter
    pFragmentShadingRateCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatesKHR-pFragmentShadingRates-parameter
    If the value referenced by pFragmentShadingRateCount is not 0, and pFragmentShadingRates is not NULL, pFragmentShadingRates must be a valid pointer to an array of pFragmentShadingRateCount VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateKHR structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateKHR structure is defined as

// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateKHR {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    void*                 pNext;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampleCounts;
    VkExtent2D            fragmentSize;
} VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • sampleCounts is a bitmask of sample counts for which the shading rate described by fragmentSize is supported.

  • fragmentSize is a VkExtent2D describing the width and height of a supported shading rate.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

Fragment shading rates can be set at three points, with the three rates combined to determine the final shading rate.

26.5.1. Pipeline Fragment Shading Rate

The pipeline fragment shading rate can be set on a per-draw basis by either setting the rate in a graphics pipeline, or dynamically via vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR.

The VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
typedef struct VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkExtent2D                            fragmentSize;
    VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR    combinerOps[2];
} VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR;

If the pNext chain of VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo includes a VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR structure, then that structure includes parameters controlling the pipeline fragment shading rate.

If this structure is not present, fragmentSize is considered to be equal to (1,1), and both elements of combinerOps are considered to be equal to VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

To dynamically set the pipeline fragment shading rate and combiner operation, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
void vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkExtent2D*                           pFragmentSize,
    const VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR    combinerOps[2]);

This command sets the pipeline fragment shading rate and combiner operation for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineFragmentShadingRateStateCreateInfoKHR values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pipelineFragmentShadingRate-04507
    If the pipelineFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, pFragmentSize->width must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pipelineFragmentShadingRate-04508
    If the pipelineFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, pFragmentSize->height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pipelineFragmentShadingRate-04509
    One of the pipelineFragmentShadingRate, primitiveFragmentShadingRate, or attachmentFragmentShadingRate features must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-primitiveFragmentShadingRate-04510
    If the primitiveFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, combinerOps[0] must be VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-attachmentFragmentShadingRate-04511
    If the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not enabled, combinerOps[1] must be VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-fragmentSizeNonTrivialCombinerOps-04512
    If the fragmentSizeNonTrivialCombinerOps limit is not supported, elements of combinerOps must be either VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR or VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_REPLACE_KHR

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pFragmentSize-04513
    pFragmentSize->width must be greater than or equal to 1

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pFragmentSize-04514
    pFragmentSize->height must be greater than or equal to 1

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pFragmentSize-04515
    pFragmentSize->width must be a power-of-two value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pFragmentSize-04516
    pFragmentSize->height must be a power-of-two value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pFragmentSize-04517
    pFragmentSize->width must be less than or equal to 4

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pFragmentSize-04518
    pFragmentSize->height must be less than or equal to 4

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-pFragmentSize-parameter
    pFragmentSize must be a valid pointer to a valid VkExtent2D structure

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-combinerOps-parameter
    Each element of combinerOps must be a valid VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFragmentShadingRateKHR-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

26.5.2. Primitive Fragment Shading Rate

The primitive fragment shading rate can be set via the PrimitiveShadingRateKHR built-in in the last active pre-rasterization shader stage. The rate associated with a given primitive is sourced from the value written to PrimitiveShadingRateKHR by that primitive’s provoking vertex.

26.5.3. Attachment Fragment Shading Rate

The attachment shading rate can be set by including VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR in a subpass to define a fragment shading rate attachment. Each pixel in the framebuffer is assigned an attachment fragment shading rate by the corresponding texel in the fragment shading rate attachment, according to:

x' = floor(x / regionx)

y' = floor(y / regiony)

where x' and y' are the coordinates of a texel in the fragment shading rate attachment, x and y are the coordinates of the pixel in the framebuffer, and regionx and regiony are the size of the region each texel corresponds to, as defined by the shadingRateAttachmentTexelSize member of VkFragmentShadingRateAttachmentInfoKHR.

If multiview is enabled and the shading rate attachment has multiple layers, the shading rate attachment texel is selected using layer = ViewIndex. If multiview is disabled, and both the shading rate attachment and the framebuffer have multiple layers, the shading rate attachment texel is selected using layer = Layer. Otherwise, layer = 0.

The texel is read from the fragment shading rate attachment image using image coordinates equal to (x',y',0,layer,0,0). The fragment size is encoded into the first component of the result of that operation as follows:

sizew = 2((texel/4)&3)

sizeh = 2(texel&3)

where texel is the value in the first component of the returned value, and sizew and sizeh are the width and height of the fragment size, decoded from the texel.

If no fragment shading rate attachment is specified, this size is calculated as sizew = sizeh = 1. Applications must not specify a width or height greater than 4 by this method.

The Fragment Shading Rate enumeration in SPIR-V adheres to the above encoding.

26.5.4. Combining the Fragment Shading Rates

The final rate (Cxy') used for fragment shading must be one of the rates returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatesKHR for the sample count used by rasterization.

If any of the following conditions are met, Cxy' is set to {1,1} by the implementation:

Otherwise, each of the specified shading rates are combined and then used to derive the value of Cxy'. As there are three ways to specify shading rates, two combiner operations are specified - between the pipeline and primitive shading rates, and between the result of that and the attachment shading rate.

The equation used for each combiner operation is defined by VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR:

// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
typedef enum VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR {
    VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR = 0,
    VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_REPLACE_KHR = 1,
    VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_MIN_KHR = 2,
    VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_MAX_KHR = 3,
    VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_MUL_KHR = 4,
} VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR;

  • VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR specifies a combiner operation of combine(Axy,Bxy) = Axy.

  • VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_REPLACE_KHR specifies a combiner operation of combine(Axy,Bxy) = Bxy.

  • VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_MIN_KHR specifies a combiner operation of combine(Axy,Bxy) = min(Axy,Bxy).

  • VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_MAX_KHR specifies a combiner operation of combine(Axy,Bxy) = max(Axy,Bxy).

  • VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_MUL_KHR specifies a combiner operation of combine(Axy,Bxy) = Axy*Bxy.

where combine(Axy,Bxy) is the combine operation, and Axy and Bxy are the inputs to the operation.

If fragmentShadingRateStrictMultiplyCombiner is VK_FALSE, using VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_MUL_KHR with values of 1 for both A and B in the same dimension results in the value 2 being produced for that dimension. See the definition of fragmentShadingRateStrictMultiplyCombiner for more information.

These operations are performed in a component-wise fashion.

This is used to generate a combined fragment area using the equation:

Cxy = combine(Axy,Bxy)

where Cxy is the combined fragment area result, and Axy and Bxy are the fragment areas of the fragment shading rates being combined.

Two combine operations are performed, first with Axy equal to the pipeline fragment shading rate and Bxy equal to the primitive fragment shading rate, with the combine() operation selected by combinerOps[0]. A second combination is then performed, with Axy equal to the result of the first combination and Bxy equal to the attachment fragment shading rate, with the combine() operation selected by combinerOps[1]. The result of the second combination is used as the final fragment shading rate, reported via the ShadingRateKHR built-in.

Implementations should clamp the inputs to the combiner operations Axy and Bxy, and must clamp the result of the second combiner operation.

A fragment shading rate Rxy representing any of Axy, Bxy or Cxy is clamped as follows. If Rxy is one of the rates returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatesKHR for the sample count used by rasterization, the clamped shading rate Rxy' is Rxy. Otherwise, the clamped shading rate is selected from the rates returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatesKHR for the sample count used by rasterization. From this list of supported rates, the following steps are applied in order, to select a single value:

  1. Keep only rates where Rx' ≤ Rx and Ry' ≤ Ry.

    • Implementations may also keep rates where Rx' ≤ Ry and Ry' ≤ Rx.

  2. Keep only rates with the highest area (Rx' × Ry').

  3. Keep only rates with the lowest aspect ratio (Rx' + Ry').

  4. In cases where a wide (e.g. 4x1) and tall (e.g. 1x4) rate remain, the implementation may choose either rate. However, it must choose this rate consistently for the same shading rates, and combiner operations for the lifetime of the VkDevice.

26.6. Sample Shading

Sample shading can be used to specify a minimum number of unique samples to process for each fragment. If sample shading is enabled, an implementation must invoke the fragment shader at least max(⌈ VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::minSampleShading × VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::rasterizationSamples ⌉, 1) times per fragment. If VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::sampleShadingEnable is VK_TRUE, sample shading is enabled.

If a fragment shader entry point statically uses an input variable decorated with a BuiltIn of SampleId or SamplePosition, sample shading is enabled and a value of 1.0 is used instead of minSampleShading. If a fragment shader entry point statically uses an input variable decorated with Sample, sample shading may be enabled and a value of 1.0 will be used instead of minSampleShading if it is.

Note

If a shader decorates an input variable with Sample and that value meaningfully impacts the output of a shader, sample shading will be enabled to ensure that the input is in fact interpolated per-sample. This is inherent to the specification and not spelled out here - if an application simply declares such a variable it is implementation-defined whether sample shading is enabled or not. It is possible to see the effects of this by using atomics in the shader or using a pipeline statistics query to query the number of fragment invocations, even if the shader itself does not use any per-sample variables.

If there are fewer fragment invocations than covered samples, implementations may include those samples in fragment shader invocations in any manner as long as covered samples are all shaded at least once, and each invocation that is not a helper invocation covers at least one sample.

26.7. Points

A point is drawn by generating a set of fragments in the shape of a square centered around the vertex of the point. Each vertex has an associated point size controlling the width/height of that square. The point size is taken from the (potentially clipped) shader built-in PointSize written by:

  • the geometry shader, if active;

  • the tessellation evaluation shader, if active and no geometry shader is active;

  • the vertex shader, otherwise

and clamped to the implementation-dependent point size range [pointSizeRange[0],pointSizeRange[1]]. The value written to PointSize must be greater than zero.

Not all point sizes need be supported, but the size 1.0 must be supported. The range of supported sizes and the size of evenly-spaced gradations within that range are implementation-dependent. The range and gradations are obtained from the pointSizeRange and pointSizeGranularity members of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits. If, for instance, the size range is from 0.1 to 2.0 and the gradation size is 0.1, then the sizes 0.1, 0.2, …​, 1.9, 2.0 are supported. Additional point sizes may also be supported. There is no requirement that these sizes be equally spaced. If an unsupported size is requested, the nearest supported size is used instead.

26.7.1. Basic Point Rasterization

Point rasterization produces a fragment for each fragment area group of framebuffer pixels with one or more sample points that intersect a region centered at the point’s (xf,yf). This region is a square with side equal to the current point size. Coverage bits that correspond to sample points that intersect the region are 1, other coverage bits are 0. All fragments produced in rasterizing a point are assigned the same associated data, which are those of the vertex corresponding to the point. However, the fragment shader built-in PointCoord contains point sprite texture coordinates. The s and t point sprite texture coordinates vary from zero to one across the point horizontally left-to-right and vertically top-to-bottom, respectively. The following formulas are used to evaluate s and t:

where size is the point’s size; (xp,yp) is the location at which the point sprite coordinates are evaluated - this may be the framebuffer coordinates of the fragment center, or the location of a sample; and (xf,yf) is the exact, unrounded framebuffer coordinate of the vertex for the point.

26.8. Line Segments

Line segment rasterization options are controlled by the VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo structure.

The VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    VkLineRasterizationMode    lineRasterizationMode;
    VkBool32                   stippledLineEnable;
    uint32_t                   lineStippleFactor;
    uint16_t                   lineStipplePattern;
} VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo;
// Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
typedef VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfoKHR;
// Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
typedef VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • lineRasterizationMode is a VkLineRasterizationMode value selecting the style of line rasterization.

  • stippledLineEnable enables stippled line rasterization.

  • lineStippleFactor is the repeat factor used in stippled line rasterization.

  • lineStipplePattern is the bit pattern used in stippled line rasterization.

If stippledLineEnable is VK_FALSE, the values of lineStippleFactor and lineStipplePattern are ignored.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-lineRasterizationMode-02768
    If lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR, then the rectangularLines feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-lineRasterizationMode-02769
    If lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM, then the bresenhamLines feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-lineRasterizationMode-02770
    If lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH, then the smoothLines feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-stippledLineEnable-02771
    If stippledLineEnable is VK_TRUE and lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR, then the stippledRectangularLines feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-stippledLineEnable-02772
    If stippledLineEnable is VK_TRUE and lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM, then the stippledBresenhamLines feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-stippledLineEnable-02773
    If stippledLineEnable is VK_TRUE and lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH, then the stippledSmoothLines feature must be enabled

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-stippledLineEnable-02774
    If stippledLineEnable is VK_TRUE and lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT, then the stippledRectangularLines feature must be enabled and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::strictLines must be VK_TRUE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_LINE_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo-lineRasterizationMode-parameter
    lineRasterizationMode must be a valid VkLineRasterizationMode value

Possible values of VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo::lineRasterizationMode, specifying the line rasterization mode, are:

typedef enum VkLineRasterizationMode {
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT = 0,
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR = 1,
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM = 2,
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH = 3,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT_EXT = VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_EXT = VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM_EXT = VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH_EXT = VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT_KHR = VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_KHR = VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM_KHR = VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
    VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH_KHR = VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH,
} VkLineRasterizationMode;
// Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
typedef VkLineRasterizationMode VkLineRasterizationModeKHR;
// Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
typedef VkLineRasterizationMode VkLineRasterizationModeEXT;

  • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT is equivalent to VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR if VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::strictLines is VK_TRUE, otherwise lines are drawn as non-strictLines parallelograms. Both of these modes are defined in Basic Line Segment Rasterization.

  • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR specifies lines drawn as if they were rectangles extruded from the line

  • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM specifies lines drawn by determining which pixel diamonds the line intersects and exits, as defined in Bresenham Line Segment Rasterization.

  • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH specifies lines drawn if they were rectangles extruded from the line, with alpha falloff, as defined in Smooth Lines.

To dynamically set the line width, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetLineWidth(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    float                                       lineWidth);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • lineWidth is the width of rasterized line segments.

This command sets the line width for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::lineWidth value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineWidth-lineWidth-00788
    If the wideLines feature is not enabled, lineWidth must be 1.0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineWidth-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineWidth-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineWidth-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

Not all line widths need be supported for line segment rasterization, but width 1.0 antialiased segments must be provided. The range and gradations are obtained from the lineWidthRange and lineWidthGranularity members of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits. If, for instance, the size range is from 0.1 to 2.0 and the gradation size is 0.1, then the sizes 0.1, 0.2, …​, 1.9, 2.0 are supported. Additional line widths may also be supported. There is no requirement that these widths be equally spaced. If an unsupported width is requested, the nearest supported width is used instead.

26.8.1. Basic Line Segment Rasterization

If the lineRasterizationMode member of VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR, rasterized line segments produce fragments which intersect a rectangle centered on the line segment. Two of the edges are parallel to the specified line segment; each is at a distance of one-half the current width from that segment in directions perpendicular to the direction of the line. The other two edges pass through the line endpoints and are perpendicular to the direction of the specified line segment. Coverage bits that correspond to sample points that intersect the rectangle are 1, other coverage bits are 0.

Next we specify how the data associated with each rasterized fragment are obtained. Let pr = (xd, yd) be the framebuffer coordinates at which associated data are evaluated. This may be the center of a fragment or the location of a sample within the fragment. When rasterizationSamples is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, the fragment center must be used. Let pa = (xa, ya) and pb = (xb,yb) be initial and final endpoints of the line segment, respectively. Set

(Note that t = 0 at pa and t = 1 at pb. Also note that this calculation projects the vector from pa to pr onto the line, and thus computes the normalized distance of the fragment along the line.)

If strictLines is VK_TRUE, line segments are rasterized using perspective or linear interpolation.

Perspective interpolation for a line segment interpolates two values in a manner that is correct when taking the perspective of the viewport into consideration, by way of the line segment’s clip coordinates. An interpolated value f can be determined by

where fa and fb are the data associated with the starting and ending endpoints of the segment, respectively; wa and wb are the clip w coordinates of the starting and ending endpoints of the segment, respectively.

Linear interpolation for a line segment directly interpolates two values, and an interpolated value f can be determined by

f = (1 - t) fa + t fb

where fa and fb are the data associated with the starting and ending endpoints of the segment, respectively.

The clip coordinate w for a sample is determined using perspective interpolation. The depth value z for a sample is determined using linear interpolation. Interpolation of fragment shader input values are determined by Interpolation decorations.

The above description documents the preferred method of line rasterization, and must be used when lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR.

When strictLines is VK_FALSE, and when the lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT, the edges of the lines are generated as a parallelogram surrounding the original line. The major axis is chosen by noting the axis in which there is the greatest distance between the line start and end points. If the difference is equal in both directions then the X axis is chosen as the major axis. Edges 2 and 3 are aligned to the minor axis and are centered on the endpoints of the line as in Non strict lines, and each is lineWidth long. Edges 0 and 1 are parallel to the line and connect the endpoints of edges 2 and 3. Coverage bits that correspond to sample points that intersect the parallelogram are 1, other coverage bits are 0.

Samples that fall exactly on the edge of the parallelogram follow the polygon rasterization rules.

Interpolation occurs as if the parallelogram was decomposed into two triangles where each pair of vertices at each end of the line has identical attributes.

image/svg+xml Edge 0 Edge 1 Edge 3 Edge 2 OriginalLine (Xb,Yb,Zb) (Xa,Ya,Za) LineWidth
Figure 15. Non strict lines

Only when strictLines is VK_FALSE implementations may deviate from the non-strict line algorithm described above in the following ways:

26.8.2. Bresenham Line Segment Rasterization

If lineRasterizationMode is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM, then the following rules replace the line rasterization rules defined in Basic Line Segment Rasterization.

Non-strict lines may also follow these rasterization rules for non-antialiased lines.

Line segment rasterization begins by characterizing the segment as either x-major or y-major. x-major line segments have slope in the closed interval [-1,1]; all other line segments are y-major (slope is determined by the segment’s endpoints). We specify rasterization only for x-major segments except in cases where the modifications for y-major segments are not self-evident.

Ideally, Vulkan uses a diamond-exit rule to determine those fragments that are produced by rasterizing a line segment. For each fragment f with center at framebuffer coordinates xf and yf, define a diamond-shaped region that is the intersection of four half planes:

Essentially, a line segment starting at pa and ending at pb produces those fragments f for which the segment intersects Rf, except if pb is contained in Rf.

image/svg+xml
Figure 16. Visualization of Bresenham’s algorithm

To avoid difficulties when an endpoint lies on a boundary of Rf we (in principle) perturb the supplied endpoints by a tiny amount. Let pa and pb have framebuffer coordinates (xa, ya) and (xb, yb), respectively. Obtain the perturbed endpoints pa' given by (xa, ya) - (ε, ε2) and pb' given by (xb, yb) - (ε, ε2). Rasterizing the line segment starting at pa and ending at pb produces those fragments f for which the segment starting at pa' and ending on pb' intersects Rf, except if pb' is contained in Rf. ε is chosen to be so small that rasterizing the line segment produces the same fragments when δ is substituted for ε for any 0 < δ ≤ ε.

When pa and pb lie on fragment centers, this characterization of fragments reduces to Bresenham’s algorithm with one modification: lines produced in this description are “half-open”, meaning that the final fragment (corresponding to pb) is not drawn. This means that when rasterizing a series of connected line segments, shared endpoints will be produced only once rather than twice (as would occur with Bresenham’s algorithm).

Implementations may use other line segment rasterization algorithms, subject to the following rules:

  • The coordinates of a fragment produced by the algorithm must not deviate by more than one unit in either x or y framebuffer coordinates from a corresponding fragment produced by the diamond-exit rule.

  • The total number of fragments produced by the algorithm must not differ from that produced by the diamond-exit rule by more than one.

  • For an x-major line, two fragments that lie in the same framebuffer-coordinate column must not be produced (for a y-major line, two fragments that lie in the same framebuffer-coordinate row must not be produced).

  • If two line segments share a common endpoint, and both segments are either x-major (both left-to-right or both right-to-left) or y-major (both bottom-to-top or both top-to-bottom), then rasterizing both segments must not produce duplicate fragments. Fragments also must not be omitted so as to interrupt continuity of the connected segments.

The actual width w of Bresenham lines is determined by rounding the line width to the nearest integer, clamping it to the implementation-dependent lineWidthRange (with both values rounded to the nearest integer), then clamping it to be no less than 1.

Bresenham line segments of width other than one are rasterized by offsetting them in the minor direction (for an x-major line, the minor direction is y, and for a y-major line, the minor direction is x) and producing a row or column of fragments in the minor direction. If the line segment has endpoints given by (x0, y0) and (x1, y1) in framebuffer coordinates, the segment with endpoints and is rasterized, but instead of a single fragment, a column of fragments of height w (a row of fragments of length w for a y-major segment) is produced at each x (y for y-major) location. The lowest fragment of this column is the fragment that would be produced by rasterizing the segment of width 1 with the modified coordinates.

The preferred method of attribute interpolation for a wide line is to generate the same attribute values for all fragments in the row or column described above, as if the adjusted line was used for interpolation and those values replicated to the other fragments, except for FragCoord which is interpolated as usual. Implementations may instead interpolate each fragment according to the formula in Basic Line Segment Rasterization, using the original line segment endpoints.

When Bresenham lines are being rasterized, sample locations may all be treated as being at the pixel center (this may affect attribute and depth interpolation).

Note

The sample locations described above are not used for determining coverage, they are only used for things like attribute interpolation. The rasterization rules that determine coverage are defined in terms of whether the line intersects pixels, as opposed to the point sampling rules used for other primitive types. So these rules are independent of the sample locations. One consequence of this is that Bresenham lines cover the same pixels regardless of the number of rasterization samples, and cover all samples in those pixels (unless masked out or killed).

26.8.3. Line Stipple

If the stippledLineEnable member of VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo is VK_TRUE, then lines are rasterized with a line stipple determined by lineStippleFactor and lineStipplePattern. lineStipplePattern is an unsigned 16-bit integer that determines which fragments are to be drawn or discarded when the line is rasterized. lineStippleFactor is a count that is used to modify the effective line stipple by causing each bit in lineStipplePattern to be used lineStippleFactor times.

Line stippling discards certain fragments that are produced by rasterization. The masking is achieved using three parameters: the 16-bit line stipple pattern p, the line stipple factor r, and an integer stipple counter s. Let

Then a fragment is produced if the b'th bit of p is 1, and discarded otherwise. The bits of p are numbered with 0 being the least significant and 15 being the most significant.

The initial value of s is zero. For VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM lines, s is incremented after production of each fragment of a line segment (fragments are produced in order, beginning at the starting point and working towards the ending point). For VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR and VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH lines, the rectangular region is subdivided into adjacent unit-length rectangles, and s is incremented once for each rectangle. Rectangles with a value of s such that the b'th bit of p is zero are discarded. If the last rectangle in a line segment is shorter than unit-length, then the remainder may carry over to the next line segment in the line strip using the same value of s (this is the preferred behavior, for the stipple pattern to appear more consistent through the strip).

s is reset to 0 at the start of each strip (for line strips), and before every line segment in a group of independent segments.

If the line segment has been clipped, then the value of s at the beginning of the line segment is implementation-dependent.

To dynamically set the line stipple state, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
void vkCmdSetLineStippleKHR(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    lineStippleFactor,
    uint16_t                                    lineStipplePattern);
// Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
void vkCmdSetLineStippleEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    lineStippleFactor,
    uint16_t                                    lineStipplePattern);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • lineStippleFactor is the repeat factor used in stippled line rasterization.

  • lineStipplePattern is the bit pattern used in stippled line rasterization.

This command sets the line stipple state for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo::lineStippleFactor and VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo::lineStipplePattern values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineStipple-lineStippleFactor-02776
    lineStippleFactor must be in the range [1,256]

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineStipple-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineStipple-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineStipple-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

26.8.4. Smooth Lines

If the lineRasterizationMode member of VkPipelineRasterizationLineStateCreateInfo is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH, then lines are considered to be rectangles using the same geometry as for VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR lines. The rules for determining which pixels are covered are implementation-dependent, and may include nearby pixels where no sample locations are covered or where the rectangle does not intersect the pixel at all. For each pixel that is considered covered, the fragment computes a coverage value that approximates the area of the intersection of the rectangle with the pixel square, and this coverage value is multiplied into the color location 0’s alpha value after fragment shading, as described in Multisample Coverage.

Note

The details of the rasterization rules and area calculation are left intentionally vague, to allow implementations to generate coverage and values that are aesthetically pleasing.

26.9. Polygons

A polygon results from the decomposition of a triangle strip, triangle fan or a series of independent triangles. Like points and line segments, polygon rasterization is controlled by several variables in the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure.

26.9.1. Basic Polygon Rasterization

The first step of polygon rasterization is to determine whether the triangle is back-facing or front-facing. This determination is made based on the sign of the (clipped or unclipped) polygon’s area computed in framebuffer coordinates. One way to compute this area is:

where and are the x and y framebuffer coordinates of the ith vertex of the n-vertex polygon (vertices are numbered starting at zero for the purposes of this computation) and i ⊕ 1 is (i + 1) mod n.

The interpretation of the sign of a is determined by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::frontFace property of the currently active pipeline. Possible values are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFrontFace {
    VK_FRONT_FACE_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE = 0,
    VK_FRONT_FACE_CLOCKWISE = 1,
} VkFrontFace;

  • VK_FRONT_FACE_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE specifies that a triangle with positive area is considered front-facing.

  • VK_FRONT_FACE_CLOCKWISE specifies that a triangle with negative area is considered front-facing.

Any triangle which is not front-facing is back-facing, including zero-area triangles.

To dynamically set the front face orientation, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetFrontFaceEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkFrontFace                                 frontFace);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • frontFace is a VkFrontFace value specifying the front-facing triangle orientation to be used for culling.

This command sets the front face orientation for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::frontFace value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFrontFace-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFrontFace-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFrontFace-frontFace-parameter
    frontFace must be a valid VkFrontFace value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFrontFace-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetFrontFace-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

Once the orientation of triangles is determined, they are culled according to the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::cullMode property of the currently active pipeline. Possible values are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCullModeFlagBits {
    VK_CULL_MODE_NONE = 0,
    VK_CULL_MODE_FRONT_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_CULL_MODE_BACK_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_CULL_MODE_FRONT_AND_BACK = 0x00000003,
} VkCullModeFlagBits;

  • VK_CULL_MODE_NONE specifies that no triangles are discarded

  • VK_CULL_MODE_FRONT_BIT specifies that front-facing triangles are discarded

  • VK_CULL_MODE_BACK_BIT specifies that back-facing triangles are discarded

  • VK_CULL_MODE_FRONT_AND_BACK specifies that all triangles are discarded.

Following culling, fragments are produced for any triangles which have not been discarded.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCullModeFlags;

VkCullModeFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCullModeFlagBits.

To dynamically set the cull mode, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetCullModeEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkCullModeFlags                             cullMode);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • cullMode specifies the cull mode property to use for drawing.

This command sets the cull mode for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::cullMode value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetCullMode-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetCullMode-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetCullMode-cullMode-parameter
    cullMode must be a valid combination of VkCullModeFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetCullMode-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetCullMode-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

The rule for determining which fragments are produced by polygon rasterization is called point sampling. The two-dimensional projection obtained by taking the x and y framebuffer coordinates of the polygon’s vertices is formed. Fragments are produced for any fragment area groups of pixels for which any sample points lie inside of this polygon. Coverage bits that correspond to sample points that satisfy the point sampling criteria are 1, other coverage bits are 0. Special treatment is given to a sample whose sample location lies on a polygon edge. In such a case, if two polygons lie on either side of a common edge (with identical endpoints) on which a sample point lies, then exactly one of the polygons must result in a covered sample for that fragment during rasterization. As for the data associated with each fragment produced by rasterizing a polygon, we begin by specifying how these values are produced for fragments in a triangle.

Barycentric coordinates are a set of three numbers, a, b, and c, each in the range [0,1], with a + b + c = 1. These coordinates uniquely specify any point p within the triangle or on the triangle’s boundary as

p = a pa + b pb + c pc

where pa, pb, and pc are the vertices of the triangle. a, b, and c are determined by:

where A(lmn) denotes the area in framebuffer coordinates of the triangle with vertices l, m, and n.

Denote an associated datum at pa, pb, or pc as fa, fb, or fc, respectively.

Perspective interpolation for a triangle interpolates three values in a manner that is correct when taking the perspective of the viewport into consideration, by way of the triangle’s clip coordinates. An interpolated value f can be determined by

where wa, wb, and wc are the clip w coordinates of pa, pb, and pc, respectively. a, b, and c are the barycentric coordinates of the location at which the data are produced.

Linear interpolation for a triangle directly interpolates three values, and an interpolated value f can be determined by

f = a fa + b fb + c fc

where fa, fb, and fc are the data associated with pa, pb, and pc, respectively.

The clip coordinate w for a sample is determined using perspective interpolation. The depth value z for a sample is determined using linear interpolation. Interpolation of fragment shader input values are determined by Interpolation decorations.

For a polygon with more than three edges, such as are produced by clipping a triangle, a convex combination of the values of the datum at the polygon’s vertices must be used to obtain the value assigned to each fragment produced by the rasterization algorithm. That is, it must be the case that at every fragment

where n is the number of vertices in the polygon and fi is the value of f at vertex i. For each i, 0 ≤ ai ≤ 1 and . The values of ai may differ from fragment to fragment, but at vertex i, ai = 1 and aj = 0 for j ≠ i.

Note

One algorithm that achieves the required behavior is to triangulate a polygon (without adding any vertices) and then treat each triangle individually as already discussed. A scan-line rasterizer that linearly interpolates data along each edge and then linearly interpolates data across each horizontal span from edge to edge also satisfies the restrictions (in this case the numerator and denominator of perspective interpolation are iterated independently, and a division is performed for each fragment).

26.9.2. Polygon Mode

Possible values of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::polygonMode property of the currently active pipeline, specifying the method of rasterization for polygons, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPolygonMode {
    VK_POLYGON_MODE_FILL = 0,
    VK_POLYGON_MODE_LINE = 1,
    VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT = 2,
} VkPolygonMode;

  • VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT specifies that polygon vertices are drawn as points.

  • VK_POLYGON_MODE_LINE specifies that polygon edges are drawn as line segments.

  • VK_POLYGON_MODE_FILL specifies that polygons are rendered using the polygon rasterization rules in this section.

These modes affect only the final rasterization of polygons: in particular, a polygon’s vertices are shaded and the polygon is clipped and possibly culled before these modes are applied.

The point size of the final rasterization of polygons when polygon mode is VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT is implementation-dependent, and the point size may either be PointSize or 1.0.

26.9.3. Depth Bias

The depth values of all fragments generated by the rasterization of a polygon can be biased (offset) by a single depth bias value that is computed for that polygon.

Depth Bias Enable

The depth bias computation is enabled by the depthBiasEnable set with vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT and vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT, or the corresponding VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthBiasEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline. If the depth bias enable is VK_FALSE, no bias is applied and the fragment’s depth values are unchanged.

To dynamically enable whether to bias fragment depth values, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
void vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBool32                                    depthBiasEnable);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • depthBiasEnable controls whether to bias fragment depth values.

This command sets the depth bias enable for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthBiasEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnable-None-08970
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnable-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnable-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBiasEnable-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State
Depth Bias Computation

The depth bias depends on three parameters:

  • depthBiasSlopeFactor scales the maximum depth slope m of the polygon

  • depthBiasConstantFactor scales the parameter r of the depth attachment

  • the scaled terms are summed to produce a value which is then clamped to a minimum or maximum value specified by depthBiasClamp

depthBiasSlopeFactor, depthBiasConstantFactor, and depthBiasClamp can each be positive, negative, or zero. These parameters are set as described for vkCmdSetDepthBias below.

The maximum depth slope m of a triangle is

where (xf, yf, zf) is a point on the triangle. m may be approximated as

r is the minimum resolvable difference that depends on the depth attachment representation. It is the smallest difference in a sample’s depth zf values that is guaranteed to remain distinct throughout polygon rasterization and in the depth attachment. All pairs of fragments generated by the rasterization of two polygons with otherwise identical vertices, but zf values that differ by r, will have distinct depth values.

For fixed-point depth attachment representations, r is constant throughout the range of the entire depth attachment. Its value is implementation-dependent but must be at most

r = 2 × 2-n

where n is the number of bits used for the depth aspect.

For floating-point depth attachment, there is no single minimum resolvable difference. In this case, the minimum resolvable difference for a given polygon is dependent on the maximum exponent, e, in the range of z values spanned by the primitive. If n is the number of bits in the floating-point mantissa, the minimum resolvable difference, r, for the given primitive is defined as

r = 2e-n

If no depth attachment is present, r is undefined.

The bias value o for a polygon is

m is computed as described above. If the depth attachment uses a fixed-point representation, m is a function of depth values in the range [0,1], and o is applied to depth values in the same range.

Depth bias is applied to triangle topology primitives received by the rasterizer regardless of polygon mode. Depth bias may also be applied to line and point topology primitives received by the rasterizer.

To dynamically set the depth bias parameters, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetDepthBias(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    float                                       depthBiasConstantFactor,
    float                                       depthBiasClamp,
    float                                       depthBiasSlopeFactor);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • depthBiasConstantFactor is a scalar factor controlling the constant depth value added to each fragment.

  • depthBiasClamp is the maximum (or minimum) depth bias of a fragment.

  • depthBiasSlopeFactor is a scalar factor applied to a fragment’s slope in depth bias calculations.

This command sets the depth bias parameters for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the corresponding VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthBiasConstantFactor, depthBiasClamp, and depthBiasSlopeFactor values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBias-depthBiasClamp-00790
    If the depthBiasClamp feature is not enabled, depthBiasClamp must be 0.0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBias-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBias-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBias-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

26.9.4. Conservative Rasterization

If the pNext chain of VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo includes a VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT structure, then that structure includes parameters controlling conservative rasterization.

VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization
typedef struct VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType                                           sType;
    const void*                                               pNext;
    VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateFlagsEXT    flags;
    VkConservativeRasterizationModeEXT                        conservativeRasterizationMode;
    float                                                     extraPrimitiveOverestimationSize;
} VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • conservativeRasterizationMode is the conservative rasterization mode to use.

  • extraPrimitiveOverestimationSize is the extra size in pixels to increase the generating primitive during conservative rasterization at each of its edges in X and Y equally in screen space beyond the base overestimation specified in VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::primitiveOverestimationSize. If conservativeRasterizationMode is not VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT, this value is ignored.

If this structure is not included in the pNext chain, conservativeRasterizationMode is considered to be VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DISABLED_EXT, and conservative rasterization is disabled.

Polygon rasterization can be made conservative by setting conservativeRasterizationMode to VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT or VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_UNDERESTIMATE_EXT in VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT.

Note

If conservativePointAndLineRasterization is supported, conservative rasterization can be applied to line and point primitives, otherwise it must be disabled.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT-extraPrimitiveOverestimationSize-01769
    extraPrimitiveOverestimationSize must be in the range of 0.0 to VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::maxExtraPrimitiveOverestimationSize inclusive

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_CONSERVATIVE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT-conservativeRasterizationMode-parameter
    conservativeRasterizationMode must be a valid VkConservativeRasterizationModeEXT value

// Provided by VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateFlagsEXT;

VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

Possible values of VkPipelineRasterizationConservativeStateCreateInfoEXT::conservativeRasterizationMode, specifying the conservative rasterization mode are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization
typedef enum VkConservativeRasterizationModeEXT {
    VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DISABLED_EXT = 0,
    VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT = 1,
    VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_UNDERESTIMATE_EXT = 2,
} VkConservativeRasterizationModeEXT;

  • VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DISABLED_EXT specifies that conservative rasterization is disabled and rasterization proceeds as normal.

  • VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT specifies that conservative rasterization is enabled in overestimation mode.

  • VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_UNDERESTIMATE_EXT specifies that conservative rasterization is enabled in underestimation mode.

When overestimate conservative rasterization is enabled, rather than evaluating coverage at individual sample locations, a determination is made whether any portion of the pixel (including its edges and corners) is covered by the primitive. If any portion of the pixel is covered, then all bits of the coverage mask for the fragment corresponding to that pixel are enabled.

For the purposes of evaluating which pixels are covered by the primitive, implementations can increase the size of the primitive by up to VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::primitiveOverestimationSize pixels at each of the primitive edges. This may increase the number of fragments generated by this primitive and represents an overestimation of the pixel coverage.

This overestimation size can be increased further by setting the extraPrimitiveOverestimationSize value above 0.0 in steps of VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::extraPrimitiveOverestimationSizeGranularity up to and including VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::extraPrimitiveOverestimationSize. This may further increase the number of fragments generated by this primitive.

The actual precision of the overestimation size used for conservative rasterization may vary between implementations and produce results that only approximate the primitiveOverestimationSize and extraPrimitiveOverestimationSizeGranularity properties.

For triangles if VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT is enabled, fragments will be generated if the primitive area covers any portion of any pixel inside the fragment area, including their edges or corners. The tie-breaking rule described in Basic Polygon Rasterization does not apply during conservative rasterization and coverage is set for all fragments generated from shared edges of polygons. Degenerate triangles that evaluate to zero area after rasterization, even for pixels containing a vertex or edge of the zero-area polygon, will be culled if VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::degenerateTrianglesRasterized is VK_FALSE or will generate fragments if degenerateTrianglesRasterized is VK_TRUE. The fragment input values for these degenerate triangles take their attribute and depth values from the provoking vertex. Degenerate triangles are considered backfacing and the application can enable backface culling if desired. Triangles that are zero area before rasterization may be culled regardless.

For lines if VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT is enabled, and the implementation sets VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::conservativePointAndLineRasterization to VK_TRUE, fragments will be generated if the line covers any portion of any pixel inside the fragment area, including their edges or corners. Degenerate lines that evaluate to zero length after rasterization will be culled if VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::degenerateLinesRasterized is VK_FALSE or will generate fragments if degenerateLinesRasterized is VK_TRUE. The fragments input values for these degenerate lines take their attribute and depth values from the provoking vertex. Lines that are zero length before rasterization may be culled regardless.

For points if VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT is enabled, and the implementation sets VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::conservativePointAndLineRasterization to VK_TRUE, fragments will be generated if the point square covers any portion of any pixel inside the fragment area, including their edges or corners.

When underestimate conservative rasterization is enabled, rather than evaluating coverage at individual sample locations, a determination is made whether all of the pixel (including its edges and corners) is covered by the primitive. If the entire pixel is covered, then a fragment is generated with all bits of its coverage mask corresponding to the pixel enabled, otherwise the pixel is not considered covered even if some portion of the pixel is covered. The fragment is discarded if no pixels inside the fragment area are considered covered.

For triangles, if VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_UNDERESTIMATE_EXT is enabled, fragments will only be generated if any pixel inside the fragment area is fully covered by the generating primitive, including its edges and corners.

For lines, if VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_UNDERESTIMATE_EXT is enabled, fragments will be generated if any pixel inside the fragment area, including its edges and corners, are entirely covered by the line.

For points, if VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_UNDERESTIMATE_EXT is enabled, fragments will only be generated if the point square covers the entirety of any pixel square inside the fragment area, including its edges or corners.

For both overestimate and underestimate conservative rasterization modes a fragment has all of its pixel squares fully covered by the generating primitive must set FullyCoveredEXT to VK_TRUE if the implementation enables the VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::fullyCoveredFragmentShaderInputVariable feature.

When setting the fragment shading rate results in fragments covering multiple pixels, coverage for conservative rasterization is still evaluated on a per-pixel basis and may result in fragments with partial coverage. For fragment shader inputs decorated with FullyCoveredEXT, a fragment is considered fully covered if and only if all pixels in the fragment are fully covered by the generating primitive.

27. Fragment Operations

Fragments produced by rasterization go through a number of operations to determine whether or how values produced by fragment shading are written to the framebuffer.

The following fragment operations adhere to rasterization order, and are typically performed in this order:

  1. Discard rectangles test

  2. Scissor test

  3. Sample mask test

  4. Certain Fragment shading operations:

  5. Multisample coverage

  6. Depth bounds test

  7. Stencil test

  8. Depth test

  9. Sample counting

  10. Coverage reduction

The coverage mask generated by rasterization describes the initial coverage of each sample covered by the fragment. Fragment operations will update the coverage mask to add or subtract coverage where appropriate. If a fragment operation results in all bits of the coverage mask being 0, the fragment is discarded, and no further operations are performed.

When one of the fragment operations in this chapter is described as “replacing” a fragment shader output, that output is replaced unconditionally, even if no fragment shader previously wrote to that output.

If there is a fragment shader and it declares the PostDepthCoverage execution mode, the sample mask test is instead performed after the depth test.

If there is a fragment shader and it declares the EarlyFragmentTests execution mode, fragment shading and multisample coverage operations should instead be performed after sample counting, and sample mask test may instead be performed after sample counting.

For a pipeline with the following properties:

  • a fragment shader is specified

  • the fragment shader does not write to storage resources;

  • the fragment shader specifies the DepthReplacing execution mode; and

  • either

    • the fragment shader specifies the DepthUnchanged execution mode;

    • the fragment shader specifies the DepthLess execution mode and the pipeline uses a VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthCompareOp of VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER or VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER_OR_EQUAL; or

    • the fragment shader specifies the DepthGreater execution mode and the pipeline uses a VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthCompareOp of VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS or VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS_OR_EQUAL

the implementation may perform depth bounds test before fragment shading and perform an additional depth test immediately after that using the interpolated depth value generated by rasterization.

Once all fragment operations have completed, fragment shader outputs for covered color attachment samples pass through framebuffer operations.

27.1. Discard Rectangles Test

The discard rectangle test compares the framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) of each sample covered by a fragment against a set of discard rectangles.

Each discard rectangle is defined by a VkRect2D. These values are either set by the VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT structure during pipeline creation, or dynamically by the vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT command.

A given sample is considered inside a discard rectangle if the xf is in the range [VkRect2D::offset.x, VkRect2D::offset.x + VkRect2D::extent.x), and yf is in the range [VkRect2D::offset.y, VkRect2D::offset.y + VkRect2D::extent.y). If the test is set to be inclusive, samples that are not inside any of the discard rectangles will have their coverage set to 0. If the test is set to be exclusive, samples that are inside any of the discard rectangles will have their coverage set to 0.

If no discard rectangles are specified, the coverage mask is unmodified by this operation.

The VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
typedef struct VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType                                  sType;
    const void*                                      pNext;
    VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateFlagsEXT    flags;
    VkDiscardRectangleModeEXT                        discardRectangleMode;
    uint32_t                                         discardRectangleCount;
    const VkRect2D*                                  pDiscardRectangles;
} VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • discardRectangleMode is a VkDiscardRectangleModeEXT value determining whether the discard rectangle test is inclusive or exclusive.

  • discardRectangleCount is the number of discard rectangles to use.

  • pDiscardRectangles is a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures defining discard rectangles.

If the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_EXT dynamic state is enabled for a pipeline, the pDiscardRectangles member is ignored. If the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_ENABLE_EXT dynamic state is not enabled for the pipeline the presence of this structure in the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo chain, and a discardRectangleCount greater than zero, implicitly enables discard rectangles in the pipeline, otherwise discard rectangles must enabled or disabled by vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEnableEXT. If the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXT dynamic state is enabled for the pipeline, the discardRectangleMode member is ignored, and the discard rectangle mode must be set by vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleModeEXT.

When this structure is included in the pNext chain of VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo, it defines parameters of the discard rectangle test. If the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_EXT dynamic state is not enabled, and this structure is not included in the pNext chain, it is equivalent to specifying this structure with a discardRectangleCount of 0. If all VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_EXT, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_ENABLE_EXT, and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXT dynamic states are enabled, the application can omit this structure from the pNext chain of VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo and still use discard rectangles by setting all state dynamically. In this case vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT must be called to set the discard rectangle for all indices [0, maxDiscardRectangles) before drawing with discard rectangles enabled. Individual discard rectangles can be made ineffective by setting their VkRect2D::extent.width and VkRect2D::extent.height to zero.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT-discardRectangleCount-00582
    discardRectangleCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDiscardRectanglePropertiesEXT::maxDiscardRectangles

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT-discardRectangleMode-parameter
    discardRectangleMode must be a valid VkDiscardRectangleModeEXT value

// Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateFlagsEXT;

VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

VkDiscardRectangleModeEXT values are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
typedef enum VkDiscardRectangleModeEXT {
    VK_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_INCLUSIVE_EXT = 0,
    VK_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXCLUSIVE_EXT = 1,
} VkDiscardRectangleModeEXT;

  • VK_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_INCLUSIVE_EXT specifies that the discard rectangle test is inclusive.

  • VK_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXCLUSIVE_EXT specifies that the discard rectangle test is exclusive.

To dynamically set the discard rectangles, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
void vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    firstDiscardRectangle,
    uint32_t                                    discardRectangleCount,
    const VkRect2D*                             pDiscardRectangles);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • firstDiscardRectangle is the index of the first discard rectangle whose state is updated by the command.

  • discardRectangleCount is the number of discard rectangles whose state are updated by the command.

  • pDiscardRectangles is a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures specifying discard rectangles.

The discard rectangle taken from element i of pDiscardRectangles replace the current state for the discard rectangle at index firstDiscardRectangle + i, for i in [0, discardRectangleCount).

This command sets the discard rectangles for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT::pDiscardRectangles values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-firstDiscardRectangle-00585
    The sum of firstDiscardRectangle and discardRectangleCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceDiscardRectanglePropertiesEXT::maxDiscardRectangles

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-x-00587
    The x and y member of offset in each VkRect2D element of pDiscardRectangles must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-offset-00588
    Evaluation of (offset.x + extent.width) in each VkRect2D element of pDiscardRectangles must not cause a signed integer addition overflow

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-offset-00589
    Evaluation of (offset.y + extent.height) in each VkRect2D element of pDiscardRectangles must not cause a signed integer addition overflow

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-pDiscardRectangles-parameter
    pDiscardRectangles must be a valid pointer to an array of discardRectangleCount VkRect2D structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEXT-discardRectangleCount-arraylength
    discardRectangleCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

To dynamically set whether discard rectangles are enabled, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
void vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBool32                                    discardRectangleEnable);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • discardRectangleEnable specifies whether discard rectangles are enabled or not.

This command sets the discard rectangle enable for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_ENABLE_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is implied by the VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT::discardRectangleCount value used to create the currently active pipeline, where a non-zero discardRectangleCount implicitly enables discard rectangles, otherwise they are disabled.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEnableEXT-specVersion-07851
    The VK_EXT_discard_rectangles extension must be enabled, and the implementation must support at least specVersion 2 of this extension

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEnableEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEnableEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEnableEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

To dynamically set the discard rectangle mode, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
void vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleModeEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkDiscardRectangleModeEXT                   discardRectangleMode);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • discardRectangleMode specifies the discard rectangle mode for all discard rectangles, either inclusive or exclusive.

This command sets the discard rectangle mode for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDiscardRectangleStateCreateInfoEXT::discardRectangleMode value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleModeEXT-specVersion-07852
    The VK_EXT_discard_rectangles extension must be enabled, and the implementation must support at least specVersion 2 of this extension

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleModeEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleModeEXT-discardRectangleMode-parameter
    discardRectangleMode must be a valid VkDiscardRectangleModeEXT value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleModeEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleModeEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

27.2. Scissor Test

The scissor test compares the framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) of each sample covered by a fragment against a scissor rectangle at the index equal to the fragment’s ViewportIndex.

Each scissor rectangle is defined by a VkRect2D. These values are either set by the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure during pipeline creation, or dynamically by the vkCmdSetScissor command.

A given sample is considered inside a scissor rectangle if xf is in the range [VkRect2D::offset.x, VkRect2D::offset.x + VkRect2D::extent.x), and yf is in the range [VkRect2D::offset.y, VkRect2D::offset.y + VkRect2D::extent.y). Samples with coordinates outside the scissor rectangle at the corresponding ViewportIndex will have their coverage set to 0.

To dynamically set the scissor rectangles, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetScissor(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    firstScissor,
    uint32_t                                    scissorCount,
    const VkRect2D*                             pScissors);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • firstScissor is the index of the first scissor whose state is updated by the command.

  • scissorCount is the number of scissors whose rectangles are updated by the command.

  • pScissors is a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures defining scissor rectangles.

The scissor rectangles taken from element i of pScissors replace the current state for the scissor index firstScissor + i, for i in [0, scissorCount).

This command sets the scissor rectangles for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo::pScissors values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-firstScissor-00592
    The sum of firstScissor and scissorCount must be between 1 and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-firstScissor-00593
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, firstScissor must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-scissorCount-00594
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, scissorCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-x-00595
    The x and y members of offset member of any element of pScissors must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-offset-00596
    Evaluation of (offset.x + extent.width) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-offset-00597
    Evaluation of (offset.y + extent.height) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-pScissors-parameter
    pScissors must be a valid pointer to an array of scissorCount VkRect2D structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-scissorCount-arraylength
    scissorCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

27.3. Sample Mask Test

The sample mask test compares the coverage mask for a fragment with the sample mask defined by VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::pSampleMask.

Each bit of the coverage mask is associated with a sample index as described in the rasterization chapter. If the bit in VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::pSampleMask which is associated with that same sample index is set to 0, the coverage mask bit is set to 0.

27.4. Fragment Shading

Fragment shaders are invoked for each fragment, or as helper invocations.

Most operations in the fragment shader are not performed in rasterization order, with exceptions called out in the following sections.

For fragment shaders invoked by fragments, the following rules apply:

  • A fragment shader must not be executed if a fragment operation that executes before fragment shading discards the fragment.

  • A fragment shader may not be executed if:

    • An implementation determines that another fragment shader, invoked by a subsequent primitive in primitive order, overwrites all results computed by the shader (including writes to storage resources).

    • Any other fragment operation discards the fragment, and the shader does not write to any storage resources.

    • If a fragment shader statically computes the same values for different framebuffer locations, and does not write to any storage resources, multiple fragments may be shaded by one fragment shader invocation. This may affect VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT results, but must otherwise not be visible behavior to applications.

  • Otherwise, at least one fragment shader must be executed.

    • If sample shading is enabled and multiple invocations per fragment are required, additional invocations must be executed as specified.

    • Each covered sample must be included in at least one fragment shader invocation.

If no fragment shader is included in the pipeline, no fragment shader is executed, and undefined values may be written to all color attachment outputs during this fragment operation.

Note

Multiple fragment shader invocations may be executed for the same fragment for any number of implementation-dependent reasons. When there is more than one fragment shader invocation per fragment, the association of samples to invocations is implementation-dependent. Stores and atomics performed by these additional invocations have the normal effect.

For example, if the subpass includes multiple views in its view mask, a fragment shader may be invoked separately for each view.

27.4.1. Sample Mask

Reading from the SampleMask built-in in the Input storage class will return the coverage mask for the current fragment as calculated by fragment operations that executed prior to fragment shading.

If sample shading is enabled, fragment shaders will only see values of 1 for samples being shaded - other bits will be 0.

Each bit of the coverage mask is associated with a sample index as described in the rasterization chapter. If the bit in SampleMask which is associated with that same sample index is set to 0, that coverage mask bit is set to 0.

Values written to the SampleMask built-in in the Output storage class will be used by the multisample coverage operation, with the same encoding as the input built-in.

27.4.2. Shader Termination and Demotion

If a fragment shader is terminated early or demoted to a helper invocation by using OpKill, OpTerminateInvocation, or OpDemoteToHelperInvocation, samples covered by that shader invocation have their coverage mask bits set to 0.

27.4.3. Depth Replacement

Writing to the FragDepth built-in will replace the fragment’s calculated depth values for each sample in the input SampleMask. Depth testing performed after the fragment shader for this fragment will use this new value as zf.

27.4.4. Stencil Reference Replacement

Writing to the FragStencilRefEXT built-in will replace the fragment’s stencil reference value for each sample in the input SampleMask. Stencil testing performed after the fragment shader for this fragment will use this new value as sr.

27.4.5. Interlocked Operations

OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT and OpEndInvocationInterlockEXT define a section of a fragment shader which imposes additional ordering constraints on operations performed within them. These operations are defined as interlocked operations. How interlocked operations are ordered against other fragment shader invocations depends on the specified execution modes.

If the ShadingRateInterlockOrderedEXT execution mode is specified, any interlocked operations in a fragment shader must happen before interlocked operations in fragment shader invocations that execute later in rasterization order and cover at least one sample in the same fragment area, and must happen after interlocked operations in a fragment shader that executes earlier in rasterization order and cover at least one sample in the same fragment area.

If the ShadingRateInterlockUnorderedEXT execution mode is specified, any interlocked operations in a fragment shader must happen before or after interlocked operations in fragment shader invocations that execute earlier or later in rasterization order and cover at least one sample in the same fragment area.

If the PixelInterlockOrderedEXT execution mode is specified, any interlocked operations in a fragment shader must happen before interlocked operations in fragment shader invocations that execute later in rasterization order and cover at least one sample in the same pixel, and must happen after interlocked operations in a fragment shader that executes earlier in rasterization order and cover at least one sample in the same pixel.

If the PixelInterlockUnorderedEXT execution mode is specified, any interlocked operations in a fragment shader must happen before or after interlocked operations in fragment shader invocations that execute earlier or later in rasterization order and cover at least one sample in the same pixel.

If the SampleInterlockOrderedEXT execution mode is specified, any interlocked operations in a fragment shader must happen before interlocked operations in fragment shader invocations that execute later in rasterization order and cover at least one of the same samples, and must happen after interlocked operations in a fragment shader that executes earlier in rasterization order and cover at least one of the same samples.

If the SampleInterlockUnorderedEXT execution mode is specified, any interlocked operations in a fragment shader must happen before or after interlocked operations in fragment shader invocations that execute earlier or later in rasterization order and cover at least one of the same samples.

27.5. Multisample Coverage

If a fragment shader is active and its entry point’s interface includes a built-in output variable decorated with SampleMask, the coverage mask is ANDed with the bits of the SampleMask built-in to generate a new coverage mask. If sample shading is enabled, bits written to SampleMask corresponding to samples that are not being shaded by the fragment shader invocation are ignored. If no fragment shader is active, or if the active fragment shader does not include SampleMask in its interface, the coverage mask is not modified.

Next, the fragment alpha value and coverage mask are modified based on the line coverage factor if the lineRasterizationMode member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH, and the alphaToCoverageEnable and alphaToOneEnable members of the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure.

All alpha values in this section refer only to the alpha component of the fragment shader output that has a Location and Index decoration of zero (see the Fragment Output Interface section). If that shader output has an integer or unsigned integer type, then these operations are skipped.

If the lineRasterizationMode member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure is VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH and the fragment came from a line segment, then the alpha value is replaced by multiplying it by the coverage factor for the fragment computed during smooth line rasterization.

If alphaToCoverageEnable is enabled, a temporary coverage mask is generated where each bit is determined by the fragment’s alpha value, which is ANDed with the fragment coverage mask.

No specific algorithm is specified for converting the alpha value to a temporary coverage mask. It is intended that the number of 1’s in this value be proportional to the alpha value (clamped to [0,1]), with all 1’s corresponding to a value of 1.0 and all 0’s corresponding to 0.0. The algorithm may be different at different framebuffer coordinates.

Note

Using different algorithms at different framebuffer coordinates may help to avoid artifacts caused by regular coverage sample locations.

Finally, if alphaToOneEnable is enabled, each alpha value is replaced by the maximum representable alpha value for fixed-point color attachments, or by 1.0 for floating-point attachments. Otherwise, the alpha values are not changed.

27.6. Depth and Stencil Operations

Pipeline state controlling the depth bounds tests, stencil test, and depth test is specified through the members of the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure.

The VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                           sType;
    const void*                               pNext;
    VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateFlags    flags;
    VkBool32                                  depthTestEnable;
    VkBool32                                  depthWriteEnable;
    VkCompareOp                               depthCompareOp;
    VkBool32                                  depthBoundsTestEnable;
    VkBool32                                  stencilTestEnable;
    VkStencilOpState                          front;
    VkStencilOpState                          back;
    float                                     minDepthBounds;
    float                                     maxDepthBounds;
} VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • depthTestEnable controls whether depth testing is enabled.

  • depthWriteEnable controls whether depth writes are enabled when depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE. Depth writes are always disabled when depthTestEnable is VK_FALSE.

  • depthCompareOp is a VkCompareOp value specifying the comparison operator to use in the Depth Comparison step of the depth test.

  • depthBoundsTestEnable controls whether depth bounds testing is enabled.

  • stencilTestEnable controls whether stencil testing is enabled.

  • front and back are VkStencilOpState values controlling the corresponding parameters of the stencil test.

  • minDepthBounds is the minimum depth bound used in the depth bounds test.

  • maxDepthBounds is the maximum depth bound used in the depth bounds test.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-depthBoundsTestEnable-00598
    If the depthBounds feature is not enabled, depthBoundsTestEnable must be VK_FALSE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DEPTH_STENCIL_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-depthCompareOp-parameter
    depthCompareOp must be a valid VkCompareOp value

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-front-parameter
    front must be a valid VkStencilOpState structure

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-back-parameter
    back must be a valid VkStencilOpState structure

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

27.7. Depth Bounds Test

The depth bounds test compares the depth value za in the depth/stencil attachment at each sample’s framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) and sample index i against a set of depth bounds.

The depth bounds are determined by two floating-point values defining a minimum (minDepthBounds) and maximum (maxDepthBounds) depth value. These values are either set by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure during pipeline creation, or dynamically by vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT and vkCmdSetDepthBounds.

A given sample is considered within the depth bounds if za is in the range [minDepthBounds,maxDepthBounds]. Samples with depth attachment values outside of the depth bounds will have their coverage set to 0.

If the depth bounds test is disabled, or if there is no depth attachment, the coverage mask is unmodified by this operation.

To dynamically enable or disable the depth bounds test, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBool32                                    depthBoundsTestEnable);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • depthBoundsTestEnable specifies if the depth bounds test is enabled.

This command sets the depth bounds enable for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthBoundsTestEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnable-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnable-depthBounds-10010
    If the depthBounds feature is not enabled, depthBoundsTestEnable must be VK_FALSE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnable-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnable-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnable-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

To dynamically set the depth bounds range, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetDepthBounds(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    float                                       minDepthBounds,
    float                                       maxDepthBounds);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • minDepthBounds is the minimum depth bound.

  • maxDepthBounds is the maximum depth bound.

This command sets the depth bounds range for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::minDepthBounds and VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::maxDepthBounds values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-minDepthBounds-00600
    If the VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted extension is not enabled minDepthBounds must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-maxDepthBounds-00601
    If the VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted extension is not enabled maxDepthBounds must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-minDepthBounds-10912
    minDepthBounds must be less than or equal to maxDepthBounds

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

27.8. Stencil Test

The stencil test compares the stencil attachment value sa in the depth/stencil attachment at each sample’s framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) and sample index i against a stencil reference value.

If the stencil test is not enabled, as specified by vkCmdSetStencilTestEnableEXT or VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::stencilTestEnable, or if there is no stencil attachment, the coverage mask is unmodified by this operation.

The stencil test is controlled by one of two sets of stencil-related state, the front stencil state and the back stencil state. Stencil tests and writes use the back stencil state when processing fragments generated by back-facing polygons, and the front stencil state when processing fragments generated by front-facing polygons or any other primitives.

The comparison operation performed is determined by the VkCompareOp value set by vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT::compareOp, or by VkStencilOpState::compareOp during pipeline creation.

The compare mask sc and stencil reference value sr of the front or the back stencil state set determine arguments of the comparison operation. sc is set by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure during pipeline creation, or by the vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask command. sr is set by VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo or by vkCmdSetStencilReference.

sr and sa are each independently combined with sc using a bitwise AND operation to create masked reference and attachment values s'r and s'a. s'r and s'a are used as the reference and test values, respectively, in the operation specified by the VkCompareOp.

If the comparison evaluates to false, the coverage for the sample is set to 0.

A new stencil value sg is generated according to a stencil operation defined by VkStencilOp parameters set by vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT or VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo. If the stencil test fails, failOp defines the stencil operation used. If the stencil test passes however, the stencil op used is based on the depth test - if it passes, VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::passOp is used, otherwise VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthFailOp is used.

The stencil attachment value sa is then updated with the generated stencil value sg according to the write mask sw defined by writeMask in VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::front and VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::back as:

sa = (sa ∧ ¬sw) ∨ (sg ∧ sw)

To dynamically enable or disable the stencil test, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetStencilTestEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBool32                                    stencilTestEnable);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • stencilTestEnable specifies if the stencil test is enabled.

This command sets the stencil test enable for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::stencilTestEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilTestEnable-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilTestEnable-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilTestEnable-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilTestEnable-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

To dynamically set the stencil operation, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetStencilOpEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkStencilFaceFlags                          faceMask,
    VkStencilOp                                 failOp,
    VkStencilOp                                 passOp,
    VkStencilOp                                 depthFailOp,
    VkCompareOp                                 compareOp);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • faceMask is a bitmask of VkStencilFaceFlagBits specifying the set of stencil state for which to update the stencil operation.

  • failOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that fail the stencil test.

  • passOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that pass both the depth and stencil tests.

  • depthFailOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that pass the stencil test and fail the depth test.

  • compareOp is a VkCompareOp value specifying the comparison operator used in the stencil test.

This command sets the stencil operation for subsequent drawing commands when when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the corresponding VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::failOp, passOp, depthFailOp, and compareOp values used to create the currently active pipeline, for both front and back faces.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-faceMask-parameter
    faceMask must be a valid combination of VkStencilFaceFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-faceMask-requiredbitmask
    faceMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-failOp-parameter
    failOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-passOp-parameter
    passOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-depthFailOp-parameter
    depthFailOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-compareOp-parameter
    compareOp must be a valid VkCompareOp value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilOp-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

The VkStencilOpState structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkStencilOpState {
    VkStencilOp    failOp;
    VkStencilOp    passOp;
    VkStencilOp    depthFailOp;
    VkCompareOp    compareOp;
    uint32_t       compareMask;
    uint32_t       writeMask;
    uint32_t       reference;
} VkStencilOpState;

  • failOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that fail the stencil test.

  • passOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that pass both the depth and stencil tests.

  • depthFailOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that pass the stencil test and fail the depth test.

  • compareOp is a VkCompareOp value specifying the comparison operator used in the stencil test.

  • compareMask selects the bits of the unsigned integer stencil values participating in the stencil test.

  • writeMask selects the bits of the unsigned integer stencil values updated by the stencil test in the stencil framebuffer attachment.

  • reference is an integer stencil reference value that is used in the unsigned stencil comparison.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkStencilOpState-failOp-parameter
    failOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-VkStencilOpState-passOp-parameter
    passOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-VkStencilOpState-depthFailOp-parameter
    depthFailOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-VkStencilOpState-compareOp-parameter
    compareOp must be a valid VkCompareOp value

To dynamically set the stencil compare mask, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkStencilFaceFlags                          faceMask,
    uint32_t                                    compareMask);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • faceMask is a bitmask of VkStencilFaceFlagBits specifying the set of stencil state for which to update the compare mask.

  • compareMask is the new value to use as the stencil compare mask.

This command sets the stencil compare mask for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkStencilOpState::compareMask value used to create the currently active pipeline, for both front and back faces.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-faceMask-parameter
    faceMask must be a valid combination of VkStencilFaceFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-faceMask-requiredbitmask
    faceMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

VkStencilFaceFlagBits values are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkStencilFaceFlagBits {
    VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_STENCIL_FACE_BACK_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_AND_BACK = 0x00000003,
} VkStencilFaceFlagBits;

  • VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_BIT specifies that only the front set of stencil state is updated.

  • VK_STENCIL_FACE_BACK_BIT specifies that only the back set of stencil state is updated.

  • VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_AND_BACK is the combination of VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_BIT and VK_STENCIL_FACE_BACK_BIT, and specifies that both sets of stencil state are updated.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkStencilFaceFlags;

VkStencilFaceFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkStencilFaceFlagBits.

To dynamically set the stencil write mask, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkStencilFaceFlags                          faceMask,
    uint32_t                                    writeMask);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • faceMask is a bitmask of VkStencilFaceFlagBits specifying the set of stencil state for which to update the write mask, as described above for vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask.

  • writeMask is the new value to use as the stencil write mask.

This command sets the stencil write mask for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the writeMask value used to create the currently active pipeline, for both VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::front and VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::back faces.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-faceMask-parameter
    faceMask must be a valid combination of VkStencilFaceFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-faceMask-requiredbitmask
    faceMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

To dynamically set the stencil reference value, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetStencilReference(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkStencilFaceFlags                          faceMask,
    uint32_t                                    reference);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • faceMask is a bitmask of VkStencilFaceFlagBits specifying the set of stencil state for which to update the reference value, as described above for vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask.

  • reference is the new value to use as the stencil reference value.

This command sets the stencil reference value for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::reference value used to create the currently active pipeline, for both front and back faces.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-faceMask-parameter
    faceMask must be a valid combination of VkStencilFaceFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-faceMask-requiredbitmask
    faceMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

Possible values of the failOp, passOp, and depthFailOp members of VkStencilOpState, specifying what happens to the stored stencil value if this or certain subsequent tests fail or pass, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkStencilOp {
    VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP = 0,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_ZERO = 1,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_REPLACE = 2,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_INCREMENT_AND_CLAMP = 3,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_DECREMENT_AND_CLAMP = 4,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_INVERT = 5,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_INCREMENT_AND_WRAP = 6,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_DECREMENT_AND_WRAP = 7,
} VkStencilOp;

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP keeps the current value.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_ZERO sets the value to 0.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_REPLACE sets the value to reference.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_INCREMENT_AND_CLAMP increments the current value and clamps to the maximum representable unsigned value.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_DECREMENT_AND_CLAMP decrements the current value and clamps to 0.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_INVERT bitwise-inverts the current value.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_INCREMENT_AND_WRAP increments the current value and wraps to 0 when the maximum value would have been exceeded.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_DECREMENT_AND_WRAP decrements the current value and wraps to the maximum possible value when the value would go below 0.

For purposes of increment and decrement, the stencil bits are considered as an unsigned integer.

27.9. Depth Test

The depth test compares the depth value za in the depth/stencil attachment at each sample’s framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) and sample index i against the sample’s depth value zf. If there is no depth attachment then the depth test is skipped.

The depth test occurs in three stages, as detailed in the following sections.

27.9.1. Depth Clamping and Range Adjustment

If VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthClampEnable is enabled, zf is clamped to [zmin, zmax], where zmin = min(n,f), zmax = max(n,f), and n and f are the minDepth and maxDepth depth range values of the viewport used by this fragment, respectively.

Following depth clamping:

  • If zf is not in the range [zmin, zmax], then zf is undefined following this step.

  • If the depth attachment has a fixed-point format and zf is not in the range [0, 1], then zf is undefined following this step.

27.9.2. Depth Comparison

If the depth test is not enabled, as specified by vkCmdSetDepthTestEnableEXT or VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthTestEnable, then this step is skipped.

The comparison operation performed is determined by the VkCompareOp value set by vkCmdSetDepthCompareOpEXT, or by VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthCompareOp during pipeline creation. zf and za are used as the reference and test values, respectively, in the operation specified by the VkCompareOp.

If the comparison evaluates to false, the coverage for the sample is set to 0.

27.9.3. Depth Attachment Writes

If depth writes are enabled, as specified by vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnableEXT or VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthWriteEnable, and the comparison evaluated to true, the depth attachment value za is set to the sample’s depth value zf. If there is no depth attachment, no value is written.

To dynamically enable or disable the depth test, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetDepthTestEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBool32                                    depthTestEnable);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • depthTestEnable specifies if the depth test is enabled.

This command sets the depth test enable for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthTestEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthTestEnable-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthTestEnable-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthTestEnable-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthTestEnable-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

To dynamically set the depth compare operator, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetDepthCompareOpEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkCompareOp                                 depthCompareOp);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • depthCompareOp is a VkCompareOp value specifying the comparison operator used for the Depth Comparison step of the depth test.

This command sets the depth comparison operator for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthCompareOp value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthCompareOp-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthCompareOp-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthCompareOp-depthCompareOp-parameter
    depthCompareOp must be a valid VkCompareOp value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthCompareOp-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthCompareOp-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

To dynamically set the depth write enable, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
void vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBool32                                    depthWriteEnable);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • depthWriteEnable specifies if depth writes are enabled.

This command sets the depth write enable for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthWriteEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnable-None-08971
    At least one of the following must be true:

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnable-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnable-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthWriteEnable-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

27.10. Sample Counting

Occlusion queries use query pool entries to track the number of samples that pass all the per-fragment tests. The mechanism of collecting an occlusion query value is described in Occlusion Queries.

The occlusion query sample counter increments by one for each sample with a coverage value of 1 in each fragment that survives all the per-fragment tests, including scissor, sample mask, alpha to coverage, stencil, and depth tests.

27.11. Coverage Reduction

Coverage reduction takes the coverage information for a fragment and converts that to a boolean coverage value for each color sample in each pixel covered by the fragment.

27.11.1. Pixel Coverage

Coverage for each pixel is first extracted from the total fragment coverage mask. This consists of rasterizationSamples unique coverage samples for each pixel in the fragment area, each with a unique sample index. If the fragment only contains a single pixel, coverage for the pixel is equivalent to the fragment coverage.

If the fragment shading rate is set, and the fragment covers multiple pixels, each pixel’s coverage consists of the coverage samples with a pixel index matching that pixel, and each sample retains its unique sample index i.

27.11.2. Color Sample Coverage

Once pixel coverage is determined, coverage for each individual color sample corresponding to that pixel is determined.

The number of rasterizationSamples is identical to the number of samples in the color attachments. A color sample is covered if the pixel coverage sample with the same sample index i is covered.

28. The Framebuffer

28.1. Blending

Blending combines the incoming source fragment’s R, G, B, and A values with the destination R, G, B, and A values of each sample stored in the framebuffer at the fragment’s (xf,yf) location. If any components are missing in the framebuffer attachment, they are replaced as described in Component Substitution. Blending is performed for each color sample covered by the fragment, rather than just once for each fragment.

Source and destination values are combined according to the blend operation, quadruplets of source and destination weighting factors determined by the blend factors, and a blend constant, to obtain a new set of R, G, B, and A values, as described below.

Blending is computed and applied separately to each color attachment used by the subpass, with separate controls for each attachment.

Prior to performing the blend operation, signed and unsigned normalized fixed-point color components undergo an implied conversion to floating-point as specified by Conversion from Normalized Fixed-Point to Floating-Point. Blending computations are treated as if carried out in floating-point, and basic blend operations are performed with a precision and dynamic range no lower than that used to represent destination components. Advanced blending operations are performed with a precision and dynamic range no lower than the smaller of that used to represent destination components or that used to represent 16-bit floating-point values.

Note

Blending is only defined for floating-point, UNORM, SNORM, and sRGB formats. Within those formats, the implementation may only support blending on some subset of them. Which formats support blending is indicated by VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT.

The pipeline blend state is included in the VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure during graphics pipeline creation:

The VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                               sType;
    const void*                                   pNext;
    VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateFlags          flags;
    VkBool32                                      logicOpEnable;
    VkLogicOp                                     logicOp;
    uint32_t                                      attachmentCount;
    const VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState*    pAttachments;
    float                                         blendConstants[4];
} VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • logicOpEnable controls whether to apply Logical Operations.

  • logicOp selects which logical operation to apply.

  • attachmentCount is the number of VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState elements in pAttachments.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState structures defining blend state for each color attachment.

  • blendConstants is a pointer to an array of four values used as the R, G, B, and A components of the blend constant that are used in blending, depending on the blend factor.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-pAttachments-00605
    If the independentBlend feature is not enabled, all elements of pAttachments must be identical

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-logicOpEnable-00606
    If the logicOp feature is not enabled, logicOpEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-logicOpEnable-00607
    If logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, logicOp must be a valid VkLogicOp value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-pAttachments-07353
    If attachmentCount is not 0 pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState structures

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_BLEND_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT or VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-pAttachments-parameter
    If attachmentCount is not 0, and pAttachments is not NULL, pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState structures

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState {
    VkBool32                 blendEnable;
    VkBlendFactor            srcColorBlendFactor;
    VkBlendFactor            dstColorBlendFactor;
    VkBlendOp                colorBlendOp;
    VkBlendFactor            srcAlphaBlendFactor;
    VkBlendFactor            dstAlphaBlendFactor;
    VkBlendOp                alphaBlendOp;
    VkColorComponentFlags    colorWriteMask;
} VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState;

  • blendEnable controls whether blending is enabled for the corresponding color attachment. If blending is not enabled, the source fragment’s color for that attachment is passed through unmodified.

  • srcColorBlendFactor selects which blend factor is used to determine the source factors (Sr,Sg,Sb).

  • dstColorBlendFactor selects which blend factor is used to determine the destination factors (Dr,Dg,Db).

  • colorBlendOp selects which blend operation is used to calculate the RGB values to write to the color attachment.

  • srcAlphaBlendFactor selects which blend factor is used to determine the source factor Sa.

  • dstAlphaBlendFactor selects which blend factor is used to determine the destination factor Da.

  • alphaBlendOp selects which blend operation is used to calculate the alpha values to write to the color attachment.

  • colorWriteMask is a bitmask of VkColorComponentFlagBits specifying which of the R, G, B, and/or A components are enabled for writing, as described for the Color Write Mask.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-srcColorBlendFactor-00608
    If the dualSrcBlend feature is not enabled, srcColorBlendFactor must not be VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-dstColorBlendFactor-00609
    If the dualSrcBlend feature is not enabled, dstColorBlendFactor must not be VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-srcAlphaBlendFactor-00610
    If the dualSrcBlend feature is not enabled, srcAlphaBlendFactor must not be VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-dstAlphaBlendFactor-00611
    If the dualSrcBlend feature is not enabled, dstAlphaBlendFactor must not be VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-colorBlendOp-01406
    If either of colorBlendOp or alphaBlendOp is an advanced blend operation, then colorBlendOp must equal alphaBlendOp

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-advancedBlendIndependentBlend-01407
    If VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT::advancedBlendIndependentBlend is VK_FALSE and colorBlendOp is an advanced blend operation, then colorBlendOp must be the same for all attachments

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-advancedBlendIndependentBlend-01408
    If VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT::advancedBlendIndependentBlend is VK_FALSE and alphaBlendOp is an advanced blend operation, then alphaBlendOp must be the same for all attachments

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-advancedBlendAllOperations-01409
    If VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT::advancedBlendAllOperations is VK_FALSE, then colorBlendOp must not be VK_BLEND_OP_ZERO_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_DST_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_OVER_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_DST_OVER_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_IN_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_DST_IN_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_OUT_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_DST_OUT_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_ATOP_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_DST_ATOP_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_XOR_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_RGB_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARDODGE_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARBURN_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_VIVIDLIGHT_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARLIGHT_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_PINLIGHT_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_HARDMIX_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_CLAMPED_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_CLAMPED_ALPHA_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_DARKER_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_MINUS_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_MINUS_CLAMPED_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_CONTRAST_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_OVG_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_RED_EXT, VK_BLEND_OP_GREEN_EXT, or VK_BLEND_OP_BLUE_EXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-colorBlendOp-01410
    If colorBlendOp or alphaBlendOp is an advanced blend operation, then colorAttachmentCount of the subpass this pipeline is compiled against must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT::advancedBlendMaxColorAttachments

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-srcColorBlendFactor-parameter
    srcColorBlendFactor must be a valid VkBlendFactor value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-dstColorBlendFactor-parameter
    dstColorBlendFactor must be a valid VkBlendFactor value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-colorBlendOp-parameter
    colorBlendOp must be a valid VkBlendOp value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-srcAlphaBlendFactor-parameter
    srcAlphaBlendFactor must be a valid VkBlendFactor value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-dstAlphaBlendFactor-parameter
    dstAlphaBlendFactor must be a valid VkBlendFactor value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-alphaBlendOp-parameter
    alphaBlendOp must be a valid VkBlendOp value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-colorWriteMask-parameter
    colorWriteMask must be a valid combination of VkColorComponentFlagBits values

28.1.1. Blend Factors

The source and destination color and alpha blending factors are selected from the enum:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBlendFactor {
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ZERO = 0,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE = 1,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_COLOR = 2,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR = 3,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_DST_COLOR = 4,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR = 5,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_ALPHA = 6,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA = 7,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_DST_ALPHA = 8,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA = 9,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR = 10,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR = 11,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA = 12,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA = 13,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE = 14,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR = 15,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR = 16,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA = 17,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA = 18,
} VkBlendFactor;

The semantics of the enum values are described in the table below:

Table 33. Blend Factors
VkBlendFactor RGB Blend Factors (Sr,Sg,Sb) or (Dr,Dg,Db) Alpha Blend Factor (Sa or Da)

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ZERO

(0,0,0)

0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE

(1,1,1)

1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_COLOR

(Rs0,Gs0,Bs0)

As0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR

(1-Rs0,1-Gs0,1-Bs0)

1-As0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_DST_COLOR

(Rd,Gd,Bd)

Ad

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR

(1-Rd,1-Gd,1-Bd)

1-Ad

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_ALPHA

(As0,As0,As0)

As0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA

(1-As0,1-As0,1-As0)

1-As0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_DST_ALPHA

(Ad,Ad,Ad)

Ad

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA

(1-Ad,1-Ad,1-Ad)

1-Ad

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR

(Rc,Gc,Bc)

Ac

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR

(1-Rc,1-Gc,1-Bc)

1-Ac

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA

(Ac,Ac,Ac)

Ac

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA

(1-Ac,1-Ac,1-Ac)

1-Ac

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE

(f,f,f); f = min(As0,1-Ad)

1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR

(Rs1,Gs1,Bs1)

As1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR

(1-Rs1,1-Gs1,1-Bs1)

1-As1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA

(As1,As1,As1)

As1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

(1-As1,1-As1,1-As1)

1-As1

In this table, the following conventions are used:

  • Rs0,Gs0,Bs0 and As0 represent the first source color R, G, B, and A components, respectively, for the fragment output location corresponding to the color attachment being blended.

  • Rs1,Gs1,Bs1 and As1 represent the second source color R, G, B, and A components, respectively, used in dual source blending modes, for the fragment output location corresponding to the color attachment being blended.

  • Rd,Gd,Bd and Ad represent the R, G, B, and A components of the destination color. That is, the color currently in the corresponding color attachment for this fragment/sample.

  • Rc,Gc,Bc and Ac represent the blend constant R, G, B, and A components, respectively.

To dynamically set and change the blend constants, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetBlendConstants(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const float                                 blendConstants[4]);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • blendConstants is a pointer to an array of four values specifying the Rc, Gc, Bc, and Ac components of the blend constant color used in blending, depending on the blend factor.

This command sets blend constants for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo::blendConstants values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetBlendConstants-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetBlendConstants-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetBlendConstants-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

28.1.2. Dual-Source Blending

Blend factors that use the secondary color input (Rs1,Gs1,Bs1,As1) (VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, and VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA) may consume implementation resources that could otherwise be used for rendering to multiple color attachments. Therefore, the number of color attachments that can be used in a framebuffer may be lower when using dual-source blending.

Dual-source blending is only supported if the dualSrcBlend feature is enabled.

The maximum number of color attachments that can be used in a subpass when using dual-source blending functions is implementation-dependent and is reported as the maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments member of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits.

Color outputs can be bound to the first and second inputs of the blender using the Index decoration, as described in Fragment Output Interface. If the second color input to the blender is not written in the shader, or if no output is bound to the second input of a blender, the value of the second input is undefined.

28.1.3. Blend Operations

Once the source and destination blend factors have been selected, they along with the source and destination components are passed to the blending operations. RGB and alpha components can use different operations. Possible values of VkBlendOp, specifying the operations, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBlendOp {
    VK_BLEND_OP_ADD = 0,
    VK_BLEND_OP_SUBTRACT = 1,
    VK_BLEND_OP_REVERSE_SUBTRACT = 2,
    VK_BLEND_OP_MIN = 3,
    VK_BLEND_OP_MAX = 4,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_ZERO_EXT = 1000148000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_EXT = 1000148001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_DST_EXT = 1000148002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_OVER_EXT = 1000148003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_DST_OVER_EXT = 1000148004,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_IN_EXT = 1000148005,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_DST_IN_EXT = 1000148006,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_OUT_EXT = 1000148007,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_DST_OUT_EXT = 1000148008,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_ATOP_EXT = 1000148009,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_DST_ATOP_EXT = 1000148010,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_XOR_EXT = 1000148011,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_MULTIPLY_EXT = 1000148012,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_SCREEN_EXT = 1000148013,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_OVERLAY_EXT = 1000148014,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_DARKEN_EXT = 1000148015,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_LIGHTEN_EXT = 1000148016,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_COLORDODGE_EXT = 1000148017,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_COLORBURN_EXT = 1000148018,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_HARDLIGHT_EXT = 1000148019,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_SOFTLIGHT_EXT = 1000148020,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_DIFFERENCE_EXT = 1000148021,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_EXCLUSION_EXT = 1000148022,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_EXT = 1000148023,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_RGB_EXT = 1000148024,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARDODGE_EXT = 1000148025,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARBURN_EXT = 1000148026,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_VIVIDLIGHT_EXT = 1000148027,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARLIGHT_EXT = 1000148028,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_PINLIGHT_EXT = 1000148029,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_HARDMIX_EXT = 1000148030,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_HUE_EXT = 1000148031,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_SATURATION_EXT = 1000148032,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_COLOR_EXT = 1000148033,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_LUMINOSITY_EXT = 1000148034,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_EXT = 1000148035,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_CLAMPED_EXT = 1000148036,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_CLAMPED_ALPHA_EXT = 1000148037,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_DARKER_EXT = 1000148038,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_MINUS_EXT = 1000148039,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_MINUS_CLAMPED_EXT = 1000148040,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_CONTRAST_EXT = 1000148041,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_OVG_EXT = 1000148042,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_RED_EXT = 1000148043,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_GREEN_EXT = 1000148044,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
    VK_BLEND_OP_BLUE_EXT = 1000148045,
} VkBlendOp;

The semantics of the basic blend operations are described in the table below:

Table 34. Basic Blend Operations
VkBlendOp RGB Components Alpha Component

VK_BLEND_OP_ADD

R = Rs0 × Sr + Rd × Dr
G = Gs0 × Sg + Gd × Dg
B = Bs0 × Sb + Bd × Db

A = As0 × Sa + Ad × Da

VK_BLEND_OP_SUBTRACT

R = Rs0 × Sr - Rd × Dr
G = Gs0 × Sg - Gd × Dg
B = Bs0 × Sb - Bd × Db

A = As0 × Sa - Ad × Da

VK_BLEND_OP_REVERSE_SUBTRACT

R = Rd × Dr - Rs0 × Sr
G = Gd × Dg - Gs0 × Sg
B = Bd × Db - Bs0 × Sb

A = Ad × Da - As0 × Sa

VK_BLEND_OP_MIN

R = min(Rs0,Rd)
G = min(Gs0,Gd)
B = min(Bs0,Bd)

A = min(As0,Ad)

VK_BLEND_OP_MAX

R = max(Rs0,Rd)
G = max(Gs0,Gd)
B = max(Bs0,Bd)

A = max(As0,Ad)

In this table, the following conventions are used:

  • Rs0, Gs0, Bs0 and As0 represent the first source color R, G, B, and A components, respectively.

  • Rd, Gd, Bd and Ad represent the R, G, B, and A components of the destination color. That is, the color currently in the corresponding color attachment for this fragment/sample.

  • Sr, Sg, Sb and Sa represent the source blend factor R, G, B, and A components, respectively.

  • Dr, Dg, Db and Da represent the destination blend factor R, G, B, and A components, respectively.

The blending operation produces a new set of values R, G, B and A, which are written to the framebuffer attachment. If blending is not enabled for this attachment, then R, G, B and A are assigned Rs0, Gs0, Bs0 and As0, respectively.

If the color attachment is fixed-point, the components of the source and destination values and blend factors are each clamped to [0,1] or [-1,1] respectively for an unsigned normalized or signed normalized color attachment prior to evaluating the blend operations. If the color attachment is floating-point, no clamping occurs.

If the numeric format of a framebuffer attachment uses sRGB encoding, the R, G, and B destination color values (after conversion from fixed-point to floating-point) are considered to be encoded for the sRGB color space and hence are linearized prior to their use in blending. Each R, G, and B component is converted from nonlinear to linear as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification. If the format is not sRGB, no linearization is performed.

If the numeric format of a framebuffer attachment uses sRGB encoding, then the final R, G and B values are converted into the nonlinear sRGB representation before being written to the framebuffer attachment as described in the “sRGB EOTF -1” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

If the numeric format of a framebuffer color attachment is not sRGB encoded then the resulting cs values for R, G and B are unmodified. The value of A is never sRGB encoded. That is, the alpha component is always stored in memory as linear.

If the framebuffer color attachment is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, no writes are performed through that attachment. Writes are not performed to framebuffer color attachments greater than or equal to the VkSubpassDescription::colorAttachmentCount or VkSubpassDescription2::colorAttachmentCount value.

28.1.4. Advanced Blend Operations

The advanced blend operations are those listed in tables f/X/Y/Z Advanced Blend Operations, Hue-Saturation-Luminosity Advanced Blend Operations, and Additional RGB Blend Operations.

If the pNext chain of VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo includes a VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT structure, then that structure includes parameters that affect advanced blend operations.

The VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
typedef struct VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    const void*          pNext;
    VkBool32             srcPremultiplied;
    VkBool32             dstPremultiplied;
    VkBlendOverlapEXT    blendOverlap;
} VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcPremultiplied specifies whether the source color of the blend operation is treated as premultiplied.

  • dstPremultiplied specifies whether the destination color of the blend operation is treated as premultiplied.

  • blendOverlap is a VkBlendOverlapEXT value specifying how the source and destination sample’s coverage is correlated.

If this structure is not present, srcPremultiplied and dstPremultiplied are both considered to be VK_TRUE, and blendOverlap is considered to be VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_UNCORRELATED_EXT.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT-srcPremultiplied-01424
    If the non-premultiplied source color property is not supported, srcPremultiplied must be VK_TRUE

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT-dstPremultiplied-01425
    If the non-premultiplied destination color property is not supported, dstPremultiplied must be VK_TRUE

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT-blendOverlap-01426
    If the correlated overlap property is not supported, blendOverlap must be VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_UNCORRELATED_EXT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_BLEND_ADVANCED_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT-blendOverlap-parameter
    blendOverlap must be a valid VkBlendOverlapEXT value

When using one of the operations in table f/X/Y/Z Advanced Blend Operations or Hue-Saturation-Luminosity Advanced Blend Operations, blending is performed according to the following equations:

where the function f and terms X, Y, and Z are specified in the table. The R, G, and B components of the source color used for blending are derived according to srcPremultiplied. If srcPremultiplied is VK_TRUE, the fragment color components are considered to have been premultiplied by the A component prior to blending. The base source color (Rs',Gs',Bs') is obtained by dividing through by the A component:

If srcPremultiplied is VK_FALSE, the fragment color components are used as the base color:

The R, G, and B components of the destination color used for blending are derived according to dstPremultiplied. If dstPremultiplied is VK_TRUE, the destination components are considered to have been premultiplied by the A component prior to blending. The base destination color (Rd',Gd',Bd') is obtained by dividing through by the A component:

If dstPremultiplied is VK_FALSE, the destination color components are used as the base color:

When blending using advanced blend operations, we expect that the R, G, and B components of premultiplied source and destination color inputs be stored as the product of non-premultiplied R, G, and B component values and the A component of the color. If any R, G, or B component of a premultiplied input color is non-zero and the A component is zero, the color is considered ill-formed, and the corresponding component of the blend result is undefined.

All of the advanced blend operation formulas in this chapter compute the result as a premultiplied color. If dstPremultiplied is VK_FALSE, that result color’s R, G, and B components are divided by the A component before being written to the framebuffer. If any R, G, or B component of the color is non-zero and the A component is zero, the result is considered ill-formed, and the corresponding component of the blend result is undefined. If all components are zero, that value is unchanged.

If the A component of any input or result color is less than zero, the color is considered ill-formed, and all components of the blend result are undefined.

The weighting functions p0, p1, and p2 are defined in table Advanced Blend Overlap Modes. In these functions, the A components of the source and destination colors are taken to indicate the portion of the pixel covered by the fragment (source) and the fragments previously accumulated in the pixel (destination). The functions p0, p1, and p2 approximate the relative portion of the pixel covered by the intersection of the source and destination, covered only by the source, and covered only by the destination, respectively.

Possible values of VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT::blendOverlap, specifying the blend overlap functions, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
typedef enum VkBlendOverlapEXT {
    VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_UNCORRELATED_EXT = 0,
    VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_DISJOINT_EXT = 1,
    VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_CONJOINT_EXT = 2,
} VkBlendOverlapEXT;

  • VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_UNCORRELATED_EXT specifies that there is no correlation between the source and destination coverage.

  • VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_CONJOINT_EXT specifies that the source and destination coverage are considered to have maximal overlap.

  • VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_DISJOINT_EXT specifies that the source and destination coverage are considered to have minimal overlap.

Table 35. Advanced Blend Overlap Modes
Overlap Mode Weighting Equations

VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_UNCORRELATED_EXT

VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_CONJOINT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_DISJOINT_EXT
Table 36. f/X/Y/Z Advanced Blend Operations
Mode Blend Coefficients

VK_BLEND_OP_ZERO_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_DST_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_OVER_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_DST_OVER_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_IN_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_DST_IN_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_OUT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_DST_OUT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_ATOP_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_DST_ATOP_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_XOR_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_MULTIPLY_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_SCREEN_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_OVERLAY_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_DARKEN_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_LIGHTEN_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_COLORDODGE_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_COLORBURN_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_HARDLIGHT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_SOFTLIGHT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_DIFFERENCE_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_EXCLUSION_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_RGB_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARDODGE_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARBURN_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_VIVIDLIGHT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARLIGHT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_PINLIGHT_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_HARDMIX_EXT

When using one of the HSL blend operations in table Hue-Saturation-Luminosity Advanced Blend Operations as the blend operation, the RGB color components produced by the function f are effectively obtained by converting both the non-premultiplied source and destination colors to the HSL (hue, saturation, luminosity) color space, generating a new HSL color by selecting H, S, and L components from the source or destination according to the blend operation, and then converting the result back to RGB. In the equations below, a blended RGB color is produced according to the following pseudocode:

  float minv3(vec3 c) {
    return min(min(c.r, c.g), c.b);
  }
  float maxv3(vec3 c) {
    return max(max(c.r, c.g), c.b);
  }
  float lumv3(vec3 c) {
    return dot(c, vec3(0.30, 0.59, 0.11));
  }
  float satv3(vec3 c) {
    return maxv3(c) - minv3(c);
  }

  // If any color components are outside [0,1], adjust the color to
  // get the components in range.
  vec3 ClipColor(vec3 color) {
    float lum = lumv3(color);
    float mincol = minv3(color);
    float maxcol = maxv3(color);
    if (mincol < 0.0) {
      color = lum + ((color-lum)*lum) / (lum-mincol);
    }
    if (maxcol > 1.0) {
      color = lum + ((color-lum)*(1-lum)) / (maxcol-lum);
    }
    return color;
  }

  // Take the base RGB color <cbase> and override its luminosity
  // with that of the RGB color <clum>.
  vec3 SetLum(vec3 cbase, vec3 clum) {
    float lbase = lumv3(cbase);
    float llum = lumv3(clum);
    float ldiff = llum - lbase;
    vec3 color = cbase + vec3(ldiff);
    return ClipColor(color);
  }

  // Take the base RGB color <cbase> and override its saturation with
  // that of the RGB color <csat>.  The override the luminosity of the
  // result with that of the RGB color <clum>.
  vec3 SetLumSat(vec3 cbase, vec3 csat, vec3 clum)
  {
    float minbase = minv3(cbase);
    float sbase = satv3(cbase);
    float ssat = satv3(csat);
    vec3 color;
    if (sbase > 0) {
      // Equivalent (modulo rounding errors) to setting the
      // smallest (R,G,B) component to 0, the largest to <ssat>,
      // and interpolating the "middle" component based on its
      // original value relative to the smallest/largest.
      color = (cbase - minbase) * ssat / sbase;
    } else {
      color = vec3(0.0);
    }
    return SetLum(color, clum);
  }
Table 37. Hue-Saturation-Luminosity Advanced Blend Operations
Mode Result

VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_HUE_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_SATURATION_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_COLOR_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_LUMINOSITY_EXT

When using one of the operations in table Additional RGB Blend Operations as the blend operation, the source and destination colors used by these blending operations are interpreted according to srcPremultiplied and dstPremultiplied. The blending operations below are evaluated where the RGB source and destination color components are both considered to have been premultiplied by the corresponding A component.

Table 38. Additional RGB Blend Operations
Mode Result

VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_CLAMPED_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_CLAMPED_ALPHA_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_DARKER_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_MINUS_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_MINUS_CLAMPED_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_CONTRAST_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_OVG_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_RED_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_GREEN_EXT

VK_BLEND_OP_BLUE_EXT

28.2. Logical Operations

The application can enable a logical operation between the fragment’s color values and the existing value in the framebuffer attachment. This logical operation is applied prior to updating the framebuffer attachment. Logical operations are applied only for signed and unsigned integer and normalized integer framebuffers. Logical operations are not applied to floating-point or sRGB format color attachments.

Logical operations are controlled by the logicOpEnable and logicOp members of VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo. The logicOp state can also be controlled by vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT if graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. If logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, then a logical operation selected by logicOp is applied between each color attachment and the fragment’s corresponding output value, and blending of all attachments is treated as if it were disabled. Any attachments using color formats for which logical operations are not supported simply pass through the color values unmodified. The logical operation is applied independently for each of the red, green, blue, and alpha components. The logicOp is selected from the following operations:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkLogicOp {
    VK_LOGIC_OP_CLEAR = 0,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_AND = 1,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_AND_REVERSE = 2,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_COPY = 3,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_AND_INVERTED = 4,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_NO_OP = 5,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_XOR = 6,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_OR = 7,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_NOR = 8,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_EQUIVALENT = 9,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_INVERT = 10,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_OR_REVERSE = 11,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_COPY_INVERTED = 12,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_OR_INVERTED = 13,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_NAND = 14,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_SET = 15,
} VkLogicOp;

The logical operations supported by Vulkan are summarized in the following table in which

  • ¬ is bitwise invert,

  • ∧ is bitwise and,

  • ∨ is bitwise or,

  • ⊕ is bitwise exclusive or,

  • s is the fragment’s Rs0, Gs0, Bs0 or As0 component value for the fragment output corresponding to the color attachment being updated, and

  • d is the color attachment’s R, G, B or A component value:

Table 39. Logical Operations
Mode Operation

VK_LOGIC_OP_CLEAR

0

VK_LOGIC_OP_AND

s ∧ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_AND_REVERSE

s ∧ ¬ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_COPY

s

VK_LOGIC_OP_AND_INVERTED

¬ s ∧ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_NO_OP

d

VK_LOGIC_OP_XOR

s ⊕ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_OR

s ∨ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_NOR

¬ (s ∨ d)

VK_LOGIC_OP_EQUIVALENT

¬ (s ⊕ d)

VK_LOGIC_OP_INVERT

¬ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_OR_REVERSE

s ∨ ¬ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_COPY_INVERTED

¬ s

VK_LOGIC_OP_OR_INVERTED

¬ s ∨ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_NAND

¬ (s ∧ d)

VK_LOGIC_OP_SET

all 1s

The result of the logical operation is then written to the color attachment as controlled by the component write mask, described in Blend Operations.

To dynamically set the logical operation to apply for blend state, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
void vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkLogicOp                                   logicOp);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • logicOp specifies the logical operation to apply for blend state.

This command sets the logical operation for blend state for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo::logicOp value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT-logicOp-parameter
    logicOp must be a valid VkLogicOp value

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLogicOpEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

28.3. Color Write Mask

Bits which can be set in VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState::colorWriteMask, determining whether the final color values R, G, B and A are written to the framebuffer attachment, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkColorComponentFlagBits {
    VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_R_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_G_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_B_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_A_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkColorComponentFlagBits;

  • VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_R_BIT specifies that the R value is written to the color attachment for the appropriate sample. Otherwise, the value in memory is unmodified.

  • VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_G_BIT specifies that the G value is written to the color attachment for the appropriate sample. Otherwise, the value in memory is unmodified.

  • VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_B_BIT specifies that the B value is written to the color attachment for the appropriate sample. Otherwise, the value in memory is unmodified.

  • VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_A_BIT specifies that the A value is written to the color attachment for the appropriate sample. Otherwise, the value in memory is unmodified.

The color write mask operation is applied regardless of whether blending is enabled.

The color write mask operation is applied only if Color Write Enable is enabled for the respective attachment. Otherwise the color write mask is ignored and writes to all components of the attachment are disabled.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkColorComponentFlags;

VkColorComponentFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkColorComponentFlagBits.

28.4. Color Write Enable

The VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_color_write_enable
typedef struct VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint32_t           attachmentCount;
    const VkBool32*    pColorWriteEnables;
} VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • attachmentCount is the number of VkBool32 elements in pColorWriteEnables.

  • pColorWriteEnables is a pointer to an array of per target attachment boolean values specifying whether color writes are enabled for the given attachment.

When this structure is included in the pNext chain of VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo, it defines per-attachment color write state. If this structure is not included in the pNext chain, it is equivalent to specifying this structure with attachmentCount equal to the attachmentCount member of VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo, and pColorWriteEnables pointing to an array of as many VK_TRUE values.

If the colorWriteEnable feature is not enabled, all VkBool32 elements in the pColorWriteEnables array must be VK_TRUE.

Color Write Enable interacts with the Color Write Mask as follows:

  • If colorWriteEnable is VK_TRUE, writes to the attachment are determined by the colorWriteMask.

  • If colorWriteEnable is VK_FALSE, the colorWriteMask is ignored and writes to all components of the attachment are disabled. This is equivalent to specifying a colorWriteMask of 0.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT-pAttachments-04801
    If the colorWriteEnable feature is not enabled, all elements of pColorWriteEnables must be VK_TRUE

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT-attachmentCount-07608
    attachmentCount must be equal to the attachmentCount member of the VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure specified during pipeline creation

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT-attachmentCount-06655
    attachmentCount must be less than or equal to the maxColorAttachments member of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_WRITE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT-pColorWriteEnables-parameter
    If attachmentCount is not 0, pColorWriteEnables must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount VkBool32 values

To dynamically enable or disable writes to a color attachment, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_color_write_enable
void                                    vkCmdSetColorWriteEnableEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    attachmentCount,
    const VkBool32*                             pColorWriteEnables);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • attachmentCount is the number of VkBool32 elements in pColorWriteEnables.

  • pColorWriteEnables is a pointer to an array of per target attachment boolean values specifying whether color writes are enabled for the given attachment.

This command sets the color write enables for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_EXT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineColorWriteCreateInfoEXT::pColorWriteEnables values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdSetColorWriteEnableEXT-None-04803
    The colorWriteEnable feature must be enabled

  • VUID-vkCmdSetColorWriteEnableEXT-attachmentCount-06656
    attachmentCount must be less than or equal to the maxColorAttachments member of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdSetColorWriteEnableEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetColorWriteEnableEXT-pColorWriteEnables-parameter
    pColorWriteEnables must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount VkBool32 values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetColorWriteEnableEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetColorWriteEnableEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetColorWriteEnableEXT-attachmentCount-arraylength
    attachmentCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

State

29. Dispatching Commands

The dispatching commands described in this chapter provoke work in a compute pipeline. Dispatching commands are recorded into a command buffer and when executed by a queue, will produce work which executes according to the bound compute pipeline. A compute pipeline must be bound to a command buffer before any dispatching commands are recorded in that command buffer.

To record a dispatch, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDispatch(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountX,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountY,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountZ);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • groupCountX is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the X dimension.

  • groupCountY is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Y dimension.

  • groupCountZ is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Z dimension.

When the command is executed, a global workgroup consisting of groupCountX × groupCountY × groupCountZ local workgroups is assembled.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-10672
    this command must be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-02712
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource written to by the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command must not be an unprotected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-02713
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, pipeline stages other than the framebuffer-space and compute stages in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command must not write to any resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-groupCountX-00386
    groupCountX must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[0]

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-groupCountY-00387
    groupCountY must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[1]

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-groupCountZ-00388
    groupCountZ must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[2]

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT

Action

To record an indirect dispatching command, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDispatchIndirect(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer containing dispatch parameters.

  • offset is the byte offset into buffer where parameters begin.

vkCmdDispatchIndirect behaves similarly to vkCmdDispatch except that the parameters are read by the device from a buffer during execution. The parameters of the dispatch are encoded in a VkDispatchIndirectCommand structure taken from buffer starting at offset.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-10672
    this command must be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-buffer-02708
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-buffer-02709
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-offset-02710
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commandBuffer-02711
    commandBuffer must not be a protected command buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-offset-00407
    The sum of offset and the size of VkDispatchIndirectCommand must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and commandBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT

Action

The VkDispatchIndirectCommand structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDispatchIndirectCommand {
    uint32_t    x;
    uint32_t    y;
    uint32_t    z;
} VkDispatchIndirectCommand;

  • x is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the X dimension.

  • y is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Y dimension.

  • z is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Z dimension.

The members of VkDispatchIndirectCommand have the same meaning as the corresponding parameters of vkCmdDispatch.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDispatchIndirectCommand-x-00417
    x must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[0]

  • VUID-VkDispatchIndirectCommand-y-00418
    y must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[1]

  • VUID-VkDispatchIndirectCommand-z-00419
    z must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[2]

To record a dispatch using non-zero base values for the components of WorkgroupId, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkCmdDispatchBase(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    baseGroupX,
    uint32_t                                    baseGroupY,
    uint32_t                                    baseGroupZ,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountX,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountY,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountZ);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • baseGroupX is the start value for the X component of WorkgroupId.

  • baseGroupY is the start value for the Y component of WorkgroupId.

  • baseGroupZ is the start value for the Z component of WorkgroupId.

  • groupCountX is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the X dimension.

  • groupCountY is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Y dimension.

  • groupCountZ is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Z dimension.

When the command is executed, a global workgroup consisting of groupCountX × groupCountY × groupCountZ local workgroups is assembled, with WorkgroupId values ranging from [baseGroup*, baseGroup* + groupCount*) in each component. vkCmdDispatch is equivalent to vkCmdDispatchBase(0,0,0,groupCountX,groupCountY,groupCountZ).

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-magFilter-09598
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, reductionMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-mipmapMode-09599
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR and reductionMode equal to either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-08609
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-08610
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-08611
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-02692
    If a VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-02693
    If the VK_EXT_filter_cubic extension is not enabled and any VkImageView is sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command, it must not have a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-filterCubic-02694
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubic returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-filterCubicMinmax-02695
    Any VkImageView being sampled with VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT with a reduction mode of either VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MIN or VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_MAX as a result of this command must have a VkImageViewType and format that supports cubic filtering together with minmax filtering, as specified by VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT::filterCubicMinmax returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-10068
    For each array of resources that is used by a bound shader, the indices used to access members of the array must be less than the descriptor count for the identified binding in the descriptor sets used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-imageLayout-00344
    If an image descriptor is accessed by a shader, the VkImageLayout must match the subresource accessible from the VkImageView as defined by the image layout matching rules

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state specified statically in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-commandBuffer-02707
    If commandBuffer is an unprotected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource accessed by bound shaders must not be a protected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-format-07753
    If a VkImageView or VkBufferView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-SampledType-04470
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-SampledType-04471
    If a VkImageView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-SampledType-04472
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a 64-bit component width is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 64

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-SampledType-04473
    If a VkBufferView with a VkFormat that has a component width less than 64-bit is accessed as a result of this command, the SampledType of the OpTypeImage operand of that instruction must have a Width of 32

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04474
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-sparseImageInt64Atomics-04475
    If the sparseImageInt64Atomics feature is not enabled, VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag must not be accessed by atomic instructions through an OpTypeImage with a SampledType with a Width of 64 by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, all image subresources identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-None-10672
    this command must be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-commandBuffer-02712
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, any resource written to by the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command must not be an unprotected resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-commandBuffer-02713
    If commandBuffer is a protected command buffer and protectedNoFault is not supported, pipeline stages other than the framebuffer-space and compute stages in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command must not write to any resource

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-baseGroupX-00421
    baseGroupX must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[0]

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-baseGroupX-00422
    baseGroupY must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[1]

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-baseGroupZ-00423
    baseGroupZ must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[2]

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-groupCountX-00424
    groupCountX must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[0] minus baseGroupX

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-groupCountY-00425
    groupCountY must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[1] minus baseGroupY

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-groupCountZ-00426
    groupCountZ must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[2] minus baseGroupZ

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-baseGroupX-00427
    If any of baseGroupX, baseGroupY, or baseGroupZ are not zero, then the bound compute pipeline must have been created with the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE_BIT flag

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchBase-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT

Action

30. Sparse Resources

As documented in Resource Memory Association, VkBuffer and VkImage resources in Vulkan must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object. This binding must be done before the resource is used, and the binding is immutable for the lifetime of the resource.

Sparse resources relax these restrictions and provide these additional features:

  • Sparse resources can be bound non-contiguously to one or more VkDeviceMemory allocations.

  • Sparse resources can be re-bound to different memory allocations over the lifetime of the resource.

  • Sparse resources can have descriptors generated and used orthogonally with memory binding commands.

Sparse resources are not supported in Vulkan SC, due to complexity and the necessity of being able to update page table mappings at runtime [SCID-8]. However, the sparse resource features, properties, resource creation flags, and definitions have been retained for completeness and compatibility.

All sparse resource physical device features must not be advertised as supported, and the related physical device sparse properties and physical device limits must be reported accordingly.

30.1. Sparse Resource Features

Sparse resources have several features that must be enabled explicitly at resource creation time. The features are enabled by including bits in the flags parameter of VkImageCreateInfo or VkBufferCreateInfo. Each feature also has one or more corresponding feature enables specified in VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures.

  • The sparseBinding feature is the base, and provides the following capabilities:

    • Resources can be bound at some defined (sparse block) granularity.

    • The entire resource must be bound to memory before use regardless of regions actually accessed.

    • No specific mapping of image region to memory offset is defined, i.e. the location that each texel corresponds to in memory is implementation-dependent.

    • Sparse buffers have a well-defined mapping of buffer range to memory range, where an offset into a range of the buffer that is bound to a single contiguous range of memory corresponds to an identical offset within that range of memory.

    • Requested via the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT and VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT bits.

    • A sparse image created using VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT (but not VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT) supports all formats that non-sparse usage supports, and supports both VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL and VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR tiling.

  • Sparse Residency builds on (and requires) the sparseBinding feature. It includes the following capabilities:

    • Resources do not have to be completely bound to memory before use on the device.

    • Images have a prescribed sparse image block layout, allowing specific rectangular regions of the image to be bound to specific offsets in memory allocations.

    • Consistency of access to unbound regions of the resource is defined by the absence or presence of VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties::residencyNonResidentStrict. If this property is present, accesses to unbound regions of the resource are well defined and behave as if the data bound is populated with all zeros; writes are discarded. When this property is absent, accesses are considered safe, but reads will return undefined values.

    • Requested via the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT and VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT bits.

    • Sparse residency support is advertised on a finer grain via the following features:

      • The sparseResidencyBuffer feature provides support for creating VkBuffer objects with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidencyImage2D feature provides support for creating 2D single-sampled VkImage objects with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidencyImage3D feature provides support for creating 3D VkImage objects with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidency2Samples feature provides support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 2 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidency4Samples feature provides support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 4 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidency8Samples feature provides support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 8 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidency16Samples feature provides support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 16 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

        Implementations supporting sparseResidencyImage2D are only required to support sparse 2D, single-sampled images. Support for sparse 3D and MSAA images is optional and can be enabled via sparseResidencyImage3D, sparseResidency2Samples, sparseResidency4Samples, sparseResidency8Samples, and sparseResidency16Samples.

    • A sparse image created using VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT supports all non-compressed color formats with power-of-two element size that non-sparse usage supports. Additional formats may also be supported and can be queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties. VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR tiling is not supported.

  • The sparseResidencyAliased feature provides the following capability that can be enabled per resource:

    Allows physical memory ranges to be shared between multiple locations in the same sparse resource or between multiple sparse resources, with each binding of a memory location observing a consistent interpretation of the memory contents.

30.2. Sparse Resource API

The APIs related to sparse resources are grouped into the following categories:

30.2.1. Physical Device Features

Some sparse-resource related features are reported and enabled in VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures. These features must be supported and enabled on the VkDevice object before applications can use them. See Physical Device Features for information on how to get and set enabled device features, and for more detailed explanations of these features.

Sparse Physical Device Features

  • sparseBinding: Support for creating VkBuffer and VkImage objects with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flags, respectively.

  • sparseResidencyBuffer: Support for creating VkBuffer objects with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag.

  • sparseResidencyImage2D: Support for creating 2D single-sampled VkImage objects with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidencyImage3D: Support for creating 3D VkImage objects with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidency2Samples: Support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 2 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidency4Samples: Support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 4 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidency8Samples: Support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 8 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidency16Samples: Support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 16 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidencyAliased: Support for creating VkBuffer and VkImage objects with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT flags, respectively.

30.2.2. Physical Device Sparse Properties

Some features of the implementation are not possible to disable, and are reported to allow applications to alter their sparse resource usage accordingly. These read-only capabilities are reported in the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::sparseProperties member, which is a VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties structure.

The VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties {
    VkBool32    residencyStandard2DBlockShape;
    VkBool32    residencyStandard2DMultisampleBlockShape;
    VkBool32    residencyStandard3DBlockShape;
    VkBool32    residencyAlignedMipSize;
    VkBool32    residencyNonResidentStrict;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties;

  • residencyStandard2DBlockShape must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • residencyStandard2DMultisampleBlockShape must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • residencyStandard3DBlockShape must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • residencyAlignedMipSize must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • residencyNonResidentStrict must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

31. Window System Integration (WSI)

This chapter discusses the window system integration (WSI) between the Vulkan API and the various forms of displaying the results of rendering to a user. Since the Vulkan API can be used without displaying results, WSI is provided through the use of optional Vulkan extensions. This chapter provides an overview of WSI. See the appendix for additional details of each WSI extension, including which extensions must be enabled in order to use each of the functions described in this chapter.

31.1. WSI Platform

A platform is an abstraction for a window system, OS, etc. Some examples include MS Windows, Android, and Wayland. The Vulkan API may be integrated in a unique manner for each platform.

The Vulkan API does not define any type of platform object. Platform-specific WSI extensions are defined, each containing platform-specific functions for using WSI. Use of these extensions is guarded by preprocessor symbols as defined in the Window System-Specific Header Control appendix.

In order for an application to be compiled to use WSI with a given platform, it must either:

  • #define the appropriate preprocessor symbol prior to including the vulkan_sc.h header file, or

  • include vulkan_sc_core.h and any native platform headers, followed by the appropriate platform-specific header.

The preprocessor symbols and platform-specific headers are defined in the Window System Extensions and Headers table.

Each platform-specific extension is an instance extension. The application must enable instance extensions with vkCreateInstance before using them.

31.2. WSI Surface

Native platform surface or window objects are abstracted by surface objects, which are represented by VkSurfaceKHR handles:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSurfaceKHR)

The VK_KHR_surface extension declares the VkSurfaceKHR object, and provides a function for destroying VkSurfaceKHR objects. Separate platform-specific extensions each provide a function for creating a VkSurfaceKHR object for the respective platform. From the application’s perspective this is an opaque handle, just like the handles of other Vulkan objects.

Note

On certain platforms, the Vulkan loader and ICDs may have conventions that treat the handle as a pointer to a structure containing the platform-specific information about the surface. This will be described in the documentation for the loader-ICD interface, and in the vk_icd.h header file of the LoaderAndTools source-code repository. This does not affect the loader-layer interface; layers may wrap VkSurfaceKHR objects.

31.2.1. Platform-Independent Information

Once created, VkSurfaceKHR objects can be used in this and other extensions, in particular the VK_KHR_swapchain extension.

Several WSI functions return VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR if the surface becomes no longer available. After such an error, the surface (and any child swapchain, if one exists) should be destroyed, as there is no way to restore them to a not-lost state. Applications may attempt to create a new VkSurfaceKHR using the same native platform window object, but whether such re-creation will succeed is platform-dependent and may depend on the reason the surface became unavailable. A lost surface does not otherwise cause devices to be lost.

To destroy a VkSurfaceKHR object, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
void vkDestroySurfaceKHR(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    VkSurfaceKHR                                surface,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • instance is the instance used to create the surface.

  • surface is the surface to destroy.

  • pAllocator is the allocator used for host memory allocated for the surface object when there is no more specific allocator available (see Memory Allocation).

Destroying a VkSurfaceKHR merely severs the connection between Vulkan and the native surface, and does not imply destroying the native surface, closing a window, or similar behavior.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroySurfaceKHR-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySurfaceKHR-surface-parameter
    If surface is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySurfaceKHR-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroySurfaceKHR-surface-parent
    If surface is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to surface must be externally synchronized

31.3. Presenting Directly to Display Devices

In some environments applications can also present Vulkan rendering directly to display devices without using an intermediate windowing system. This can be useful for embedded applications, or implementing the rendering/presentation backend of a windowing system using Vulkan. The VK_KHR_display extension provides the functionality necessary to enumerate display devices and create VkSurfaceKHR objects that target displays.

31.3.1. Display Enumeration

Displays are represented by VkDisplayKHR handles:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDisplayKHR)

Various functions are provided for enumerating the available display devices present on a Vulkan physical device. To query information about the available displays, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPropertiesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkDisplayPropertiesKHR*                     pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is a physical device.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of display devices available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDisplayPropertiesKHR structures.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of display devices available for physicalDevice is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If the value of pPropertyCount is less than the number of display devices for physicalDevice, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available properties were returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPropertiesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPropertiesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPropertiesKHR-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPropertiesKHR-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkDisplayPropertiesKHR structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayPropertiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef struct VkDisplayPropertiesKHR {
    VkDisplayKHR                  display;
    const char*                   displayName;
    VkExtent2D                    physicalDimensions;
    VkExtent2D                    physicalResolution;
    VkSurfaceTransformFlagsKHR    supportedTransforms;
    VkBool32                      planeReorderPossible;
    VkBool32                      persistentContent;
} VkDisplayPropertiesKHR;

  • display is a handle that is used to refer to the display described here. This handle will be valid for the lifetime of the Vulkan instance.

  • displayName is NULL or a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the display. Generally, this will be the name provided by the display’s EDID. If NULL, no suitable name is available. If not NULL, the string pointed to must remain accessible and unmodified as long as display is valid.

  • physicalDimensions describes the physical width and height of the visible portion of the display, in millimeters.

  • physicalResolution describes the physical, native, or preferred resolution of the display.

Note

For devices which have no natural value to return here, implementations should return the maximum resolution supported.

  • supportedTransforms is a bitmask of VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR describing which transforms are supported by this display.

  • planeReorderPossible tells whether the planes on this display can have their z order changed. If this is VK_TRUE, the application can re-arrange the planes on this display in any order relative to each other.

  • persistentContent tells whether the display supports self-refresh/internal buffering. If this is true, the application can submit persistent present operations on swapchains created against this display.

Note

Persistent presents may have higher latency, and may use less power when the screen content is updated infrequently, or when only a portion of the screen needs to be updated in most frames.

To query information about the available displays, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayProperties2KHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkDisplayProperties2KHR*                    pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is a physical device.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of display devices available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDisplayProperties2KHR structures.

vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayProperties2KHR behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPropertiesKHR, with the ability to return extended information via chained output structures.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayProperties2KHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayProperties2KHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayProperties2KHR-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayProperties2KHR-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkDisplayProperties2KHR structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayProperties2KHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
typedef struct VkDisplayProperties2KHR {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    void*                     pNext;
    VkDisplayPropertiesKHR    displayProperties;
} VkDisplayProperties2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • displayProperties is a VkDisplayPropertiesKHR structure.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayProperties2KHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES_2_KHR

  • VUID-VkDisplayProperties2KHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

Acquiring and Releasing Displays

On some platforms, access to displays is limited to a single process or native driver instance. On such platforms, some or all of the displays may not be available to Vulkan if they are already in use by a native windowing system or other application.

To acquire permission to directly access a display in Vulkan on Windows 10, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_acquire_winrt_display
VkResult vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkDisplayKHR                                display);

  • physicalDevice The physical device the display is on.

  • display The display the caller wishes to control in Vulkan.

All permissions necessary to control the display are granted to the Vulkan instance associated with physicalDevice until the display is released or the application is terminated. Permission to access the display may be revoked by events that cause Windows 10 itself to lose access to display. If this has happened, operations which require access to the display must fail with an appropriate error code. If permission to access display has already been acquired by another entity, the call must return the error code VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

Note

The Vulkan instance acquires control of a “winrt::Windows::Devices::Display::Core::DisplayTarget” by performing an operation equivalent to “winrt::Windows::Devices::Display::Core::DisplayManager.TryAcquireTarget()” on the “DisplayTarget”.
Note

One example of when Windows 10 loses access to a display is when the display is hot-unplugged.
Note

One example of when a display has already been acquired by another entity is when the Windows desktop compositor (DWM) is in control of the display. Beginning with Windows 10 version 2004 it is possible to cause DWM to release a display by using the “Advanced display settings” sub-page of the “Display settings” control panel. vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV does not itself cause DWM to release a display; this action must be performed outside of Vulkan.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV-display-parameter
    display must be a valid VkDisplayKHR handle

  • VUID-vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV-display-parent
    display must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from physicalDevice

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

When acquiring displays on Windows 10, an application may also wish to enumerate and identify them using a native handle rather than a VkDisplayKHR handle.

To determine the VkDisplayKHR handle corresponding to a “winrt::Windows::Devices::Display::Core::DisplayTarget”, call:

// Provided by VK_NV_acquire_winrt_display
VkResult vkGetWinrtDisplayNV(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t                                    deviceRelativeId,
    VkDisplayKHR*                               pDisplay);

If there is no VkDisplayKHR corresponding to deviceRelativeId on physicalDevice, VK_NULL_HANDLE must be returned in pDisplay.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetWinrtDisplayNV must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetWinrtDisplayNV-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetWinrtDisplayNV-pDisplay-parameter
    pDisplay must be a valid pointer to a VkDisplayKHR handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To release a previously acquired display, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_direct_mode_display
VkResult vkReleaseDisplayEXT(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkDisplayKHR                                display);

  • physicalDevice The physical device the display is on.

  • display The display to release control of.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkReleaseDisplayEXT-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkReleaseDisplayEXT-display-parameter
    display must be a valid VkDisplayKHR handle

  • VUID-vkReleaseDisplayEXT-display-parent
    display must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from physicalDevice

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Display Planes

Images are presented to individual planes on a display. Devices must support at least one plane on each display. Planes can be stacked and blended to composite multiple images on one display. Devices may support only a fixed stacking order and fixed mapping between planes and displays, or they may allow arbitrary application-specified stacking orders and mappings between planes and displays. To query the properties of device display planes, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR*                pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is a physical device.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of display planes available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR structures.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of display planes available for physicalDevice is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If the value of pPropertyCount is less than the number of display planes for physicalDevice, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef struct VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR {
    VkDisplayKHR    currentDisplay;
    uint32_t        currentStackIndex;
} VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR;

  • currentDisplay is the handle of the display the plane is currently associated with. If the plane is not currently attached to any displays, this will be VK_NULL_HANDLE.

  • currentStackIndex is the current z-order of the plane. This will be between 0 and the value returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR in pPropertyCount.

To query the properties of a device’s display planes, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR*               pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is a physical device.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of display planes available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR structures.

vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR, with the ability to return extended information via chained output structures.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
typedef struct VkDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR {
    VkStructureType                sType;
    void*                          pNext;
    VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR    displayPlaneProperties;
} VkDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR;
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_PROPERTIES_2_KHR

  • VUID-VkDisplayPlaneProperties2KHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

To determine which displays a plane is usable with, call

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VkResult vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t                                    planeIndex,
    uint32_t*                                   pDisplayCount,
    VkDisplayKHR*                               pDisplays);

  • physicalDevice is a physical device.

  • planeIndex is the plane which the application wishes to use, and must be in the range [0, physical device plane count - 1].

  • pDisplayCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of displays available or queried, as described below.

  • pDisplays is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDisplayKHR handles.

If pDisplays is NULL, then the number of displays usable with the specified planeIndex for physicalDevice is returned in pDisplayCount. Otherwise, pDisplayCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pDisplays array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of handles actually written to pDisplays. If the value of pDisplayCount is less than the number of usable display-plane pairs for physicalDevice, at most pDisplayCount handles will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available pairs were returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR-planeIndex-01249
    planeIndex must be less than the number of display planes supported by the device as determined by calling vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR-pDisplayCount-parameter
    pDisplayCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR-pDisplays-parameter
    If the value referenced by pDisplayCount is not 0, and pDisplays is not NULL, pDisplays must be a valid pointer to an array of pDisplayCount VkDisplayKHR handles

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Additional properties of displays are queried using specialized query functions.

Display Modes

Display modes are represented by VkDisplayModeKHR handles:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDisplayModeKHR)

Each display has one or more supported modes associated with it by default. These built-in modes are queried by calling:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VkResult vkGetDisplayModePropertiesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkDisplayKHR                                display,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkDisplayModePropertiesKHR*                 pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device associated with display.

  • display is the display to query.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of display modes available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDisplayModePropertiesKHR structures.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of display modes available on the specified display for physicalDevice is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If the value of pPropertyCount is less than the number of display modes for physicalDevice, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available display modes were returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetDisplayModePropertiesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModePropertiesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModePropertiesKHR-display-parameter
    display must be a valid VkDisplayKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModePropertiesKHR-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModePropertiesKHR-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkDisplayModePropertiesKHR structures

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModePropertiesKHR-display-parent
    display must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from physicalDevice

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayModePropertiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef struct VkDisplayModePropertiesKHR {
    VkDisplayModeKHR              displayMode;
    VkDisplayModeParametersKHR    parameters;
} VkDisplayModePropertiesKHR;

  • displayMode is a handle to the display mode described in this structure. This handle will be valid for the lifetime of the Vulkan instance.

  • parameters is a VkDisplayModeParametersKHR structure describing the display parameters associated with displayMode.

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef VkFlags VkDisplayModeCreateFlagsKHR;

VkDisplayModeCreateFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To query the properties of a device’s built-in display modes, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
VkResult vkGetDisplayModeProperties2KHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkDisplayKHR                                display,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkDisplayModeProperties2KHR*                pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device associated with display.

  • display is the display to query.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of display modes available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDisplayModeProperties2KHR structures.

vkGetDisplayModeProperties2KHR behaves similarly to vkGetDisplayModePropertiesKHR, with the ability to return extended information via chained output structures.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetDisplayModeProperties2KHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModeProperties2KHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModeProperties2KHR-display-parameter
    display must be a valid VkDisplayKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModeProperties2KHR-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModeProperties2KHR-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkDisplayModeProperties2KHR structures

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayModeProperties2KHR-display-parent
    display must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from physicalDevice

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayModeProperties2KHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
typedef struct VkDisplayModeProperties2KHR {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    void*                         pNext;
    VkDisplayModePropertiesKHR    displayModeProperties;
} VkDisplayModeProperties2KHR;
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeProperties2KHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_PROPERTIES_2_KHR

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeProperties2KHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

The VkDisplayModeParametersKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef struct VkDisplayModeParametersKHR {
    VkExtent2D    visibleRegion;
    uint32_t      refreshRate;
} VkDisplayModeParametersKHR;

  • visibleRegion is the 2D extents of the visible region.

  • refreshRate is a uint32_t that is the number of times the display is refreshed each second multiplied by 1000.

Note

For example, a 60Hz display mode would report a refreshRate of 60,000.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeParametersKHR-width-01990
    The width member of visibleRegion must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeParametersKHR-height-01991
    The height member of visibleRegion must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeParametersKHR-refreshRate-01992
    refreshRate must be greater than 0

Additional modes may also be created by calling:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VkResult vkCreateDisplayModeKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkDisplayKHR                                display,
    const VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR*           pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDisplayModeKHR*                           pMode);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device associated with display.

  • display is the display to create an additional mode for.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR structure describing the new mode to create.

  • pAllocator is the allocator used for host memory allocated for the display mode object when there is no more specific allocator available (see Memory Allocation).

  • pMode is a pointer to a VkDisplayModeKHR handle in which the mode created is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateDisplayModeKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayModeKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayModeKHR-display-parameter
    display must be a valid VkDisplayKHR handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayModeKHR-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayModeKHR-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayModeKHR-pMode-parameter
    pMode must be a valid pointer to a VkDisplayModeKHR handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayModeKHR-display-parent
    display must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from physicalDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to display must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef struct VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                sType;
    const void*                    pNext;
    VkDisplayModeCreateFlagsKHR    flags;
    VkDisplayModeParametersKHR     parameters;
} VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use, and must be zero.

  • parameters is a VkDisplayModeParametersKHR structure describing the display parameters to use in creating the new mode. If the parameters are not compatible with the specified display, the implementation must return VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkDisplayModeCreateInfoKHR-parameters-parameter
    parameters must be a valid VkDisplayModeParametersKHR structure

Applications that wish to present directly to a display must select which layer, or “plane” of the display they wish to target, and a mode to use with the display. Each display supports at least one plane. The capabilities of a given mode and plane combination are determined by calling:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VkResult vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkDisplayModeKHR                            mode,
    uint32_t                                    planeIndex,
    VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR*              pCapabilities);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device associated with the display specified by mode

  • mode is the display mode the application intends to program when using the specified plane. Note this parameter also implicitly specifies a display.

  • planeIndex is the plane which the application intends to use with the display, and is less than the number of display planes supported by the device.

  • pCapabilities is a pointer to a VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR structure in which the capabilities are returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR-mode-parameter
    mode must be a valid VkDisplayModeKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR-pCapabilities-parameter
    pCapabilities must be a valid pointer to a VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR-mode-parent
    mode must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from physicalDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to mode must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef struct VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR {
    VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagsKHR    supportedAlpha;
    VkOffset2D                     minSrcPosition;
    VkOffset2D                     maxSrcPosition;
    VkExtent2D                     minSrcExtent;
    VkExtent2D                     maxSrcExtent;
    VkOffset2D                     minDstPosition;
    VkOffset2D                     maxDstPosition;
    VkExtent2D                     minDstExtent;
    VkExtent2D                     maxDstExtent;
} VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR;

  • supportedAlpha is a bitmask of VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR describing the supported alpha blending modes.

  • minSrcPosition is the minimum source rectangle offset supported by this plane using the specified mode.

  • maxSrcPosition is the maximum source rectangle offset supported by this plane using the specified mode. The x and y components of maxSrcPosition must each be greater than or equal to the x and y components of minSrcPosition, respectively.

  • minSrcExtent is the minimum source rectangle size supported by this plane using the specified mode.

  • maxSrcExtent is the maximum source rectangle size supported by this plane using the specified mode.

  • minDstPosition, maxDstPosition, minDstExtent, maxDstExtent all have similar semantics to their corresponding *Src* equivalents, but apply to the output region within the mode rather than the input region within the source image. Unlike the *Src* offsets, minDstPosition and maxDstPosition may contain negative values.

The minimum and maximum position and extent fields describe the implementation limits, if any, as they apply to the specified display mode and plane. Vendors may support displaying a subset of a swapchain’s presentable images on the specified display plane. This is expressed by returning minSrcPosition, maxSrcPosition, minSrcExtent, and maxSrcExtent values that indicate a range of possible positions and sizes which may be used to specify the region within the presentable images that source pixels will be read from when creating a swapchain on the specified display mode and plane.

Vendors may also support mapping the presentable images’ content to a subset or superset of the visible region in the specified display mode. This is expressed by returning minDstPosition, maxDstPosition, minDstExtent and maxDstExtent values that indicate a range of possible positions and sizes which may be used to describe the region within the display mode that the source pixels will be mapped to.

Other vendors may support only a 1-1 mapping between pixels in the presentable images and the display mode. This may be indicated by returning (0,0) for minSrcPosition, maxSrcPosition, minDstPosition, and maxDstPosition, and (display mode width, display mode height) for minSrcExtent, maxSrcExtent, minDstExtent, and maxDstExtent.

The value supportedAlpha must contain at least one valid VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR bit.

These values indicate the limits of the implementation’s individual fields. Not all combinations of values within the offset and extent ranges returned in VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR are guaranteed to be supported. Presentation requests specifying unsupported combinations may fail.

To query the capabilities of a given mode and plane combination, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
VkResult vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR*               pDisplayPlaneInfo,
    VkDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR*             pCapabilities);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device associated with pDisplayPlaneInfo.

  • pDisplayPlaneInfo is a pointer to a VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR structure describing the plane and mode.

  • pCapabilities is a pointer to a VkDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR structure in which the capabilities are returned.

vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR behaves similarly to vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR, with the ability to specify extended inputs via chained input structures, and to return extended information via chained output structures.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR-pDisplayPlaneInfo-parameter
    pDisplayPlaneInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR-pCapabilities-parameter
    pCapabilities must be a valid pointer to a VkDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
typedef struct VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR {
    VkStructureType     sType;
    const void*         pNext;
    VkDisplayModeKHR    mode;
    uint32_t            planeIndex;
} VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • mode is the display mode the application intends to program when using the specified plane.

Note

This parameter also implicitly specifies a display.

  • planeIndex is the plane which the application intends to use with the display.

The members of VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR correspond to the arguments to vkGetDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR, with sType and pNext added for extensibility.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_INFO_2_KHR

  • VUID-VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDisplayPlaneInfo2KHR-mode-parameter
    mode must be a valid VkDisplayModeKHR handle

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to mode must be externally synchronized

The VkDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_display_properties2
typedef struct VkDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    void*                            pNext;
    VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR    capabilities;
} VkDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR;
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_CAPABILITIES_2_KHR

  • VUID-VkDisplayPlaneCapabilities2KHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

31.3.2. Display Control

To set the power state of a display, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
VkResult vkDisplayPowerControlEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDisplayKHR                                display,
    const VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT*                pDisplayPowerInfo);

  • device is a logical device associated with display.

  • display is the display whose power state is modified.

  • pDisplayPowerInfo is a pointer to a VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT structure specifying the new power state of display.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkDisplayPowerControlEXT must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDisplayPowerControlEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDisplayPowerControlEXT-display-parameter
    display must be a valid VkDisplayKHR handle

  • VUID-vkDisplayPowerControlEXT-pDisplayPowerInfo-parameter
    pDisplayPowerInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT structure

  • VUID-vkDisplayPowerControlEXT-commonparent
    Both of device, and display must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkPhysicalDevice

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
typedef struct VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    const void*               pNext;
    VkDisplayPowerStateEXT    powerState;
} VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • powerState is a VkDisplayPowerStateEXT value specifying the new power state of the display.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_POWER_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT-powerState-parameter
    powerState must be a valid VkDisplayPowerStateEXT value

Possible values of VkDisplayPowerInfoEXT::powerState, specifying the new power state of a display, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
typedef enum VkDisplayPowerStateEXT {
    VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_OFF_EXT = 0,
    VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_SUSPEND_EXT = 1,
    VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_ON_EXT = 2,
} VkDisplayPowerStateEXT;

  • VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_OFF_EXT specifies that the display is powered down.

  • VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_SUSPEND_EXT specifies that the display is put into a low power mode, from which it may be able to transition back to VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_ON_EXT more quickly than if it were in VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_OFF_EXT. This state may be the same as VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_OFF_EXT.

  • VK_DISPLAY_POWER_STATE_ON_EXT specifies that the display is powered on.

31.3.3. Display Surfaces

A complete display configuration includes a mode, one or more display planes and any parameters describing their behavior, and parameters describing some aspects of the images associated with those planes. Display surfaces describe the configuration of a single plane within a complete display configuration. To create a VkSurfaceKHR object for a display plane, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
VkResult vkCreateDisplayPlaneSurfaceKHR(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    const VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR*        pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSurfaceKHR*                               pSurface);

  • instance is the instance corresponding to the physical device the targeted display is on.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR structure specifying which mode, plane, and other parameters to use, as described below.

  • pAllocator is the allocator used for host memory allocated for the surface object when there is no more specific allocator available (see Memory Allocation).

  • pSurface is a pointer to a VkSurfaceKHR handle in which the created surface is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayPlaneSurfaceKHR-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayPlaneSurfaceKHR-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayPlaneSurfaceKHR-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateDisplayPlaneSurfaceKHR-pSurface-parameter
    pSurface must be a valid pointer to a VkSurfaceKHR handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef struct VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                   sType;
    const void*                       pNext;
    VkDisplaySurfaceCreateFlagsKHR    flags;
    VkDisplayModeKHR                  displayMode;
    uint32_t                          planeIndex;
    uint32_t                          planeStackIndex;
    VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR     transform;
    float                             globalAlpha;
    VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR    alphaMode;
    VkExtent2D                        imageExtent;
} VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use, and must be zero.

  • displayMode is a VkDisplayModeKHR handle specifying the mode to use when displaying this surface.

  • planeIndex is the plane on which this surface appears.

  • planeStackIndex is the z-order of the plane.

  • transform is a VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR value specifying the transformation to apply to images as part of the scanout operation.

  • globalAlpha is the global alpha value. This value is ignored if alphaMode is not VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_GLOBAL_BIT_KHR.

  • alphaMode is a VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR value specifying the type of alpha blending to use.

  • imageExtent is the size of the presentable images to use with the surface.

Note

Creating a display surface must not modify the state of the displays, planes, or other resources it names. For example, it must not apply the specified mode to be set on the associated display. Application of display configuration occurs as a side effect of presenting to a display surface.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-planeIndex-01252
    planeIndex must be less than the number of display planes supported by the device as determined by calling vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-planeReorderPossible-01253
    If the planeReorderPossible member of the VkDisplayPropertiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPropertiesKHR for the display corresponding to displayMode is VK_TRUE then planeStackIndex must be less than the number of display planes supported by the device as determined by calling vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR; otherwise planeStackIndex must equal the currentStackIndex member of VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR for the display plane corresponding to displayMode

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-alphaMode-01254
    If alphaMode is VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_GLOBAL_BIT_KHR then globalAlpha must be between 0 and 1, inclusive

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-alphaMode-01255
    alphaMode must be one of the bits present in the supportedAlpha member of VkDisplayPlaneCapabilitiesKHR for the display plane corresponding to displayMode

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-transform-06740
    transform must be one of the bits present in the supportedTransforms member of VkDisplayPropertiesKHR for the display corresponding to displayMode

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-width-01256
    The width and height members of imageExtent must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxImageDimension2D

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_SURFACE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-displayMode-parameter
    displayMode must be a valid VkDisplayModeKHR handle

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-transform-parameter
    transform must be a valid VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR value

  • VUID-VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR-alphaMode-parameter
    alphaMode must be a valid VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR value

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef VkFlags VkDisplaySurfaceCreateFlagsKHR;

VkDisplaySurfaceCreateFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

Bits which can be set in VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR::alphaMode, specifying the type of alpha blending to use on a display, are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef enum VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR {
    VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_OPAQUE_BIT_KHR = 0x00000001,
    VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_GLOBAL_BIT_KHR = 0x00000002,
    VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_PER_PIXEL_BIT_KHR = 0x00000004,
    VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_PER_PIXEL_PREMULTIPLIED_BIT_KHR = 0x00000008,
} VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR;

  • VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_OPAQUE_BIT_KHR specifies that the source image will be treated as opaque.

  • VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_GLOBAL_BIT_KHR specifies that a global alpha value must be specified that will be applied to all pixels in the source image.

  • VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_PER_PIXEL_BIT_KHR specifies that the alpha value will be determined by the alpha component of the source image’s pixels. If the source format contains no alpha values, no blending will be applied. The source alpha values are not premultiplied into the source image’s other color components.

  • VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_PER_PIXEL_PREMULTIPLIED_BIT_KHR is equivalent to VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_PER_PIXEL_BIT_KHR, except the source alpha values are assumed to be premultiplied into the source image’s other color components.

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef VkFlags VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagsKHR;

VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR.

31.3.4. Presenting to Headless Surfaces

Vulkan rendering can be presented to a headless surface, where the presentation operation is a no-op producing no externally-visible result.

Note

Because there is no real presentation target, the headless presentation engine may be extended to impose an arbitrary or customizable set of restrictions and features. This makes it a useful portable test target for applications targeting a wide range of presentation engines where the actual target presentation engines might be scarce, unavailable or otherwise undesirable or inconvenient to use for general Vulkan application development.

The usual surface query mechanisms must be used to determine the actual restrictions and features of the implementation.

To create a headless VkSurfaceKHR object, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_headless_surface
VkResult vkCreateHeadlessSurfaceEXT(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    const VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT*       pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSurfaceKHR*                               pSurface);

  • instance is the instance to associate the surface with.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT structure containing parameters affecting the creation of the surface object.

  • pAllocator is the allocator used for host memory allocated for the surface object when there is no more specific allocator available (see Memory Allocation).

  • pSurface is a pointer to a VkSurfaceKHR handle in which the created surface object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateHeadlessSurfaceEXT-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkCreateHeadlessSurfaceEXT-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT structure

  • VUID-vkCreateHeadlessSurfaceEXT-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateHeadlessSurfaceEXT-pSurface-parameter
    pSurface must be a valid pointer to a VkSurfaceKHR handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_headless_surface
typedef struct VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateFlagsEXT    flags;
} VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_HEADLESS_SURFACE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateInfoEXT-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

For headless surfaces, currentExtent is the reserved value (0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF). Whatever the application sets a swapchain’s imageExtent to will be the size of the surface, after the first image is presented.

// Provided by VK_EXT_headless_surface
typedef VkFlags VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateFlagsEXT;

VkHeadlessSurfaceCreateFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

31.4. Querying for WSI Support

Not all physical devices will include WSI support. Within a physical device, not all queue families will support presentation. WSI support and compatibility can be determined in a platform-neutral manner (which determines support for presentation to a particular surface object) and additionally may be determined in platform-specific manners (which determine support for presentation on the specified physical device but do not guarantee support for presentation to a particular surface object).

To determine whether a queue family of a physical device supports presentation to a given surface, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t                                    queueFamilyIndex,
    VkSurfaceKHR                                surface,
    VkBool32*                                   pSupported);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device.

  • queueFamilyIndex is the queue family.

  • surface is the surface.

  • pSupported is a pointer to a VkBool32. VK_TRUE indicates support, and VK_FALSE indicates no support.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR-queueFamilyIndex-01269
    queueFamilyIndex must be less than pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties for the given physicalDevice

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR-surface-parameter
    surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR-pSupported-parameter
    pSupported must be a valid pointer to a VkBool32 value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR-commonparent
    Both of physicalDevice, and surface must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkInstance

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

31.5. Surface Queries

The capabilities of a swapchain targeting a surface are the intersection of the capabilities of the WSI platform, the native window or display, and the physical device. The resulting capabilities can be obtained with the queries listed below in this section.

Note

In addition to the surface capabilities as obtained by surface queries below, swapchain images are also subject to ordinary image creation limits as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties. As an application is instructed by the appropriate Valid Usage sections, both the surface capabilities and the image creation limits have to be satisfied whenever swapchain images are created.

31.5.1. Surface Capabilities

To query the basic capabilities of a surface, needed in order to create a swapchain, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkSurfaceKHR                                surface,
    VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR*                   pSurfaceCapabilities);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be associated with the swapchain to be created, as described for vkCreateSwapchainKHR.

  • surface is the surface that will be associated with the swapchain.

  • pSurfaceCapabilities is a pointer to a VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure in which the capabilities are returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR-surface-06211
    surface must be supported by physicalDevice, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR or an equivalent platform-specific mechanism

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR-surface-parameter
    surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR-pSurfaceCapabilities-parameter
    pSurfaceCapabilities must be a valid pointer to a VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR-commonparent
    Both of physicalDevice, and surface must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkInstance

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
typedef struct VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR {
    uint32_t                         minImageCount;
    uint32_t                         maxImageCount;
    VkExtent2D                       currentExtent;
    VkExtent2D                       minImageExtent;
    VkExtent2D                       maxImageExtent;
    uint32_t                         maxImageArrayLayers;
    VkSurfaceTransformFlagsKHR       supportedTransforms;
    VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR    currentTransform;
    VkCompositeAlphaFlagsKHR         supportedCompositeAlpha;
    VkImageUsageFlags                supportedUsageFlags;
} VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR;

  • minImageCount is the minimum number of images the specified device supports for a swapchain created for the surface, and will be at least one.

  • maxImageCount is the maximum number of images the specified device supports for a swapchain created for the surface, and will be either 0, or greater than or equal to minImageCount. A value of 0 means that there is no limit on the number of images, though there may be limits related to the total amount of memory used by presentable images.

  • currentExtent is the current width and height of the surface, or the special value (0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF) indicating that the surface size will be determined by the extent of a swapchain targeting the surface.

  • minImageExtent contains the smallest valid swapchain extent for the surface on the specified device. The width and height of the extent will each be less than or equal to the corresponding width and height of currentExtent, unless currentExtent has the special value described above.

  • maxImageExtent contains the largest valid swapchain extent for the surface on the specified device. The width and height of the extent will each be greater than or equal to the corresponding width and height of minImageExtent. The width and height of the extent will each be greater than or equal to the corresponding width and height of currentExtent, unless currentExtent has the special value described above.

  • maxImageArrayLayers is the maximum number of layers presentable images can have for a swapchain created for this device and surface, and will be at least one.

  • supportedTransforms is a bitmask of VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR indicating the presentation transforms supported for the surface on the specified device. At least one bit will be set.

  • currentTransform is VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR value indicating the surface’s current transform relative to the presentation engine’s natural orientation.

  • supportedCompositeAlpha is a bitmask of VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR, representing the alpha compositing modes supported by the presentation engine for the surface on the specified device, and at least one bit will be set. Opaque composition can be achieved in any alpha compositing mode by either using an image format that has no alpha component, or by ensuring that all pixels in the presentable images have an alpha value of 1.0.

  • supportedUsageFlags is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits representing the ways the application can use the presentable images of a swapchain created with VkPresentModeKHR set to VK_PRESENT_MODE_IMMEDIATE_KHR, VK_PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR, VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_RELAXED_KHR for the surface on the specified device. VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT must be included in the set. Implementations may support additional usages.

Note

Supported usage flags of a presentable image when using VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR presentation mode are provided by VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::sharedPresentSupportedUsageFlags.
Note

Formulas such as min(N, maxImageCount) are not correct, since maxImageCount may be zero.

To query the basic capabilities of a surface defined by the core or extensions, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR*      pSurfaceInfo,
    VkSurfaceCapabilities2KHR*                  pSurfaceCapabilities);

vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR, with the ability to specify extended inputs via chained input structures, and to return extended information via chained output structures.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR-pSurfaceInfo-06521
    pSurfaceInfo->surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR-pSurfaceInfo-06522
    pSurfaceInfo->surface must be supported by physicalDevice, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR or an equivalent platform-specific mechanism

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR-pSurfaceInfo-parameter
    pSurfaceInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR-pSurfaceCapabilities-parameter
    pSurfaceCapabilities must be a valid pointer to a VkSurfaceCapabilities2KHR structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkSurfaceKHR       surface;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • surface is the surface that will be associated with the swapchain.

The members of VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR correspond to the arguments to vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR, with sType and pNext added for extensibility.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR-surface-07919
    If surface is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SURFACE_INFO_2_KHR

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

The VkSurfaceCapabilities2KHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
typedef struct VkSurfaceCapabilities2KHR {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    void*                       pNext;
    VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR    surfaceCapabilities;
} VkSurfaceCapabilities2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • surfaceCapabilities is a VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure describing the capabilities of the specified surface.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSurfaceCapabilities2KHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_2_KHR

  • VUID-VkSurfaceCapabilities2KHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR

  • VUID-VkSurfaceCapabilities2KHR-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

The VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image
typedef struct VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR {
    VkStructureType      sType;
    void*                pNext;
    VkImageUsageFlags    sharedPresentSupportedUsageFlags;
} VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • sharedPresentSupportedUsageFlags is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits representing the ways the application can use the shared presentable image from a swapchain created with VkPresentModeKHR set to VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR for the surface on the specified device. VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT must be included in the set but implementations may support additional usages.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SHARED_PRESENT_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_KHR

To query the basic capabilities of a surface, needed in order to create a swapchain, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_surface_counter
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2EXT(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkSurfaceKHR                                surface,
    VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT*                  pSurfaceCapabilities);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be associated with the swapchain to be created, as described for vkCreateSwapchainKHR.

  • surface is the surface that will be associated with the swapchain.

  • pSurfaceCapabilities is a pointer to a VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT structure in which the capabilities are returned.

vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2EXT behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR, with the ability to return extended information by adding extending structures to the pNext chain of its pSurfaceCapabilities parameter.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2EXT must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2EXT-surface-06211
    surface must be supported by physicalDevice, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR or an equivalent platform-specific mechanism

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2EXT-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2EXT-surface-parameter
    surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2EXT-pSurfaceCapabilities-parameter
    pSurfaceCapabilities must be a valid pointer to a VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2EXT-commonparent
    Both of physicalDevice, and surface must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkInstance

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_surface_counter
typedef struct VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    void*                            pNext;
    uint32_t                         minImageCount;
    uint32_t                         maxImageCount;
    VkExtent2D                       currentExtent;
    VkExtent2D                       minImageExtent;
    VkExtent2D                       maxImageExtent;
    uint32_t                         maxImageArrayLayers;
    VkSurfaceTransformFlagsKHR       supportedTransforms;
    VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR    currentTransform;
    VkCompositeAlphaFlagsKHR         supportedCompositeAlpha;
    VkImageUsageFlags                supportedUsageFlags;
    VkSurfaceCounterFlagsEXT         supportedSurfaceCounters;
} VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • minImageCount is the minimum number of images the specified device supports for a swapchain created for the surface, and will be at least one.

  • maxImageCount is the maximum number of images the specified device supports for a swapchain created for the surface, and will be either 0, or greater than or equal to minImageCount. A value of 0 means that there is no limit on the number of images, though there may be limits related to the total amount of memory used by presentable images.

  • currentExtent is the current width and height of the surface, or the special value (0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF) indicating that the surface size will be determined by the extent of a swapchain targeting the surface.

  • minImageExtent contains the smallest valid swapchain extent for the surface on the specified device. The width and height of the extent will each be less than or equal to the corresponding width and height of currentExtent, unless currentExtent has the special value described above.

  • maxImageExtent contains the largest valid swapchain extent for the surface on the specified device. The width and height of the extent will each be greater than or equal to the corresponding width and height of minImageExtent. The width and height of the extent will each be greater than or equal to the corresponding width and height of currentExtent, unless currentExtent has the special value described above.

  • maxImageArrayLayers is the maximum number of layers presentable images can have for a swapchain created for this device and surface, and will be at least one.

  • supportedTransforms is a bitmask of VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR indicating the presentation transforms supported for the surface on the specified device. At least one bit will be set.

  • currentTransform is VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR value indicating the surface’s current transform relative to the presentation engine’s natural orientation.

  • supportedCompositeAlpha is a bitmask of VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR, representing the alpha compositing modes supported by the presentation engine for the surface on the specified device, and at least one bit will be set. Opaque composition can be achieved in any alpha compositing mode by either using an image format that has no alpha component, or by ensuring that all pixels in the presentable images have an alpha value of 1.0.

  • supportedUsageFlags is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits representing the ways the application can use the presentable images of a swapchain created with VkPresentModeKHR set to VK_PRESENT_MODE_IMMEDIATE_KHR, VK_PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR, VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_RELAXED_KHR for the surface on the specified device. VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT must be included in the set. Implementations may support additional usages.

  • supportedSurfaceCounters is a bitmask of VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT indicating the supported surface counter types.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT-supportedSurfaceCounters-01246
    supportedSurfaceCounters must not include VK_SURFACE_COUNTER_VBLANK_BIT_EXT unless the surface queried is a display surface

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_2_EXT

  • VUID-VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

Bits which can be set in VkSurfaceCapabilities2EXT::supportedSurfaceCounters, indicating supported surface counter types, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_surface_counter
typedef enum VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT {
    VK_SURFACE_COUNTER_VBLANK_BIT_EXT = 0x00000001,
  // VK_SURFACE_COUNTER_VBLANK_EXT is a legacy alias
    VK_SURFACE_COUNTER_VBLANK_EXT = VK_SURFACE_COUNTER_VBLANK_BIT_EXT,
} VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT;

  • VK_SURFACE_COUNTER_VBLANK_BIT_EXT specifies a counter incrementing once every time a vertical blanking period occurs on the display associated with the surface.

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_surface_counter
typedef VkFlags VkSurfaceCounterFlagsEXT;

VkSurfaceCounterFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT.

Bits which may be set in VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::supportedTransforms indicating the presentation transforms supported for the surface on the specified device, and possible values of VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::currentTransform indicating the surface’s current transform relative to the presentation engine’s natural orientation, are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
typedef enum VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR {
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY_BIT_KHR = 0x00000001,
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_ROTATE_90_BIT_KHR = 0x00000002,
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_ROTATE_180_BIT_KHR = 0x00000004,
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_ROTATE_270_BIT_KHR = 0x00000008,
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_HORIZONTAL_MIRROR_BIT_KHR = 0x00000010,
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_HORIZONTAL_MIRROR_ROTATE_90_BIT_KHR = 0x00000020,
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_HORIZONTAL_MIRROR_ROTATE_180_BIT_KHR = 0x00000040,
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_HORIZONTAL_MIRROR_ROTATE_270_BIT_KHR = 0x00000080,
    VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_INHERIT_BIT_KHR = 0x00000100,
} VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR;

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY_BIT_KHR specifies that image content is presented without being transformed.

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_ROTATE_90_BIT_KHR specifies that image content is rotated 90 degrees clockwise.

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_ROTATE_180_BIT_KHR specifies that image content is rotated 180 degrees clockwise.

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_ROTATE_270_BIT_KHR specifies that image content is rotated 270 degrees clockwise.

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_HORIZONTAL_MIRROR_BIT_KHR specifies that image content is mirrored horizontally.

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_HORIZONTAL_MIRROR_ROTATE_90_BIT_KHR specifies that image content is mirrored horizontally, then rotated 90 degrees clockwise.

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_HORIZONTAL_MIRROR_ROTATE_180_BIT_KHR specifies that image content is mirrored horizontally, then rotated 180 degrees clockwise.

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_HORIZONTAL_MIRROR_ROTATE_270_BIT_KHR specifies that image content is mirrored horizontally, then rotated 270 degrees clockwise.

  • VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_INHERIT_BIT_KHR specifies that the presentation transform is not specified, and is instead determined by platform-specific considerations and mechanisms outside Vulkan.

// Provided by VK_KHR_display
typedef VkFlags VkSurfaceTransformFlagsKHR;

VkSurfaceTransformFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR.

The supportedCompositeAlpha member is of type VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR, containing the following values:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
typedef enum VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR {
    VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_OPAQUE_BIT_KHR = 0x00000001,
    VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_PRE_MULTIPLIED_BIT_KHR = 0x00000002,
    VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_POST_MULTIPLIED_BIT_KHR = 0x00000004,
    VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_INHERIT_BIT_KHR = 0x00000008,
} VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR;

These values are described as follows:

  • VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_OPAQUE_BIT_KHR: The alpha component, if it exists, of the images is ignored in the compositing process. Instead, the image is treated as if it has a constant alpha of 1.0.

  • VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_PRE_MULTIPLIED_BIT_KHR: The alpha component, if it exists, of the images is respected in the compositing process. The non-alpha components of the image are expected to already be multiplied by the alpha component by the application.

  • VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_POST_MULTIPLIED_BIT_KHR: The alpha component, if it exists, of the images is respected in the compositing process. The non-alpha components of the image are not expected to already be multiplied by the alpha component by the application; instead, the compositor will multiply the non-alpha components of the image by the alpha component during compositing.

  • VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_INHERIT_BIT_KHR: The way in which the presentation engine treats the alpha component in the images is unknown to the Vulkan API. Instead, the application is responsible for setting the composite alpha blending mode using native window system commands. If the application does not set the blending mode using native window system commands, then a platform-specific default will be used.

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
typedef VkFlags VkCompositeAlphaFlagsKHR;

VkCompositeAlphaFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR.

31.5.2. Surface Format Support

To query the supported swapchain format-color space pairs for a surface, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkSurfaceKHR                                surface,
    uint32_t*                                   pSurfaceFormatCount,
    VkSurfaceFormatKHR*                         pSurfaceFormats);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be associated with the swapchain to be created, as described for vkCreateSwapchainKHR.

  • surface is the surface that will be associated with the swapchain.

  • pSurfaceFormatCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of format pairs available or queried, as described below.

  • pSurfaceFormats is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkSurfaceFormatKHR structures.

If pSurfaceFormats is NULL, then the number of format pairs supported for the given surface is returned in pSurfaceFormatCount. Otherwise, pSurfaceFormatCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pSurfaceFormats array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pSurfaceFormats. If the value of pSurfaceFormatCount is less than the number of format pairs supported, at most pSurfaceFormatCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available format pairs were returned.

The number of format pairs supported must be greater than or equal to 1. pSurfaceFormats must not contain an entry whose value for format is VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED.

If pSurfaceFormats includes an entry whose value for colorSpace is VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR and whose value for format is a UNORM (or SRGB) format and the corresponding SRGB (or UNORM) format is a color renderable format for VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, then pSurfaceFormats must also contain an entry with the same value for colorSpace and format equal to the corresponding SRGB (or UNORM) format.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR-surface-06524
    surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR-surface-06525
    surface must be supported by physicalDevice, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR or an equivalent platform-specific mechanism

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR-surface-parameter
    If surface is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR-pSurfaceFormatCount-parameter
    pSurfaceFormatCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR-pSurfaceFormats-parameter
    If the value referenced by pSurfaceFormatCount is not 0, and pSurfaceFormats is not NULL, pSurfaceFormats must be a valid pointer to an array of pSurfaceFormatCount VkSurfaceFormatKHR structures

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR-commonparent
    Both of physicalDevice, and surface that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkInstance

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSurfaceFormatKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
typedef struct VkSurfaceFormatKHR {
    VkFormat           format;
    VkColorSpaceKHR    colorSpace;
} VkSurfaceFormatKHR;

  • format is a VkFormat that is compatible with the specified surface.

  • colorSpace is a presentation VkColorSpaceKHR that is compatible with the surface.

To query the supported swapchain format tuples for a surface, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR*      pSurfaceInfo,
    uint32_t*                                   pSurfaceFormatCount,
    VkSurfaceFormat2KHR*                        pSurfaceFormats);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be associated with the swapchain to be created, as described for vkCreateSwapchainKHR.

  • pSurfaceInfo is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR structure describing the surface and other fixed parameters that would be consumed by vkCreateSwapchainKHR.

  • pSurfaceFormatCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of format tuples available or queried, as described below.

  • pSurfaceFormats is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkSurfaceFormat2KHR structures.

vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR, with the ability to be extended via pNext chains.

If pSurfaceFormats is NULL, then the number of format tuples supported for the given surface is returned in pSurfaceFormatCount. Otherwise, pSurfaceFormatCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pSurfaceFormats array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pSurfaceFormats. If the value of pSurfaceFormatCount is less than the number of format tuples supported, at most pSurfaceFormatCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available values were returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR-pSurfaceInfo-06521
    pSurfaceInfo->surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR-pSurfaceInfo-06522
    pSurfaceInfo->surface must be supported by physicalDevice, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR or an equivalent platform-specific mechanism

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR-pSurfaceInfo-parameter
    pSurfaceInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPhysicalDeviceSurfaceInfo2KHR structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR-pSurfaceFormatCount-parameter
    pSurfaceFormatCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR-pSurfaceFormats-parameter
    If the value referenced by pSurfaceFormatCount is not 0, and pSurfaceFormats is not NULL, pSurfaceFormats must be a valid pointer to an array of pSurfaceFormatCount VkSurfaceFormat2KHR structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSurfaceFormat2KHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
typedef struct VkSurfaceFormat2KHR {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    void*                 pNext;
    VkSurfaceFormatKHR    surfaceFormat;
} VkSurfaceFormat2KHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • surfaceFormat is a VkSurfaceFormatKHR structure describing a format-color space pair that is compatible with the specified surface.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSurfaceFormat2KHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_FORMAT_2_KHR

  • VUID-VkSurfaceFormat2KHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

While the format of a presentable image refers to the encoding of each pixel, the colorSpace determines how the presentation engine interprets the pixel values. A color space in this document refers to a specific color space (defined by the chromaticities of its primaries and a white point in CIE Lab), and transfer functions indicating the mapping between the image data and the colorimetry with respect to the given color space.

Possible values of VkSurfaceFormatKHR::colorSpace, specifying the color spaces that a presentation engine can accept, are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
typedef enum VkColorSpaceKHR {
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR = 0,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_DISPLAY_P3_NONLINEAR_EXT = 1000104001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_EXTENDED_SRGB_LINEAR_EXT = 1000104002,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_DISPLAY_P3_LINEAR_EXT = 1000104003,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_DCI_P3_NONLINEAR_EXT = 1000104004,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT709_LINEAR_EXT = 1000104005,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT709_NONLINEAR_EXT = 1000104006,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT2020_LINEAR_EXT = 1000104007,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_HDR10_ST2084_EXT = 1000104008,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
  // VK_COLOR_SPACE_DOLBYVISION_EXT is legacy, but no reason was given in the API XML
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_DOLBYVISION_EXT = 1000104009,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_HDR10_HLG_EXT = 1000104010,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_ADOBERGB_LINEAR_EXT = 1000104011,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_ADOBERGB_NONLINEAR_EXT = 1000104012,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_PASS_THROUGH_EXT = 1000104013,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace
    VK_COLOR_SPACE_EXTENDED_SRGB_NONLINEAR_EXT = 1000104014,
} VkColorSpaceKHR;

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR specifies support for the images in sRGB color space, encoded according to the sRGB specification.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_DISPLAY_P3_NONLINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in Display-P3 color space, encoded using a Display-P3 transfer function.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_EXTENDED_SRGB_LINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in extended sRGB color space, encoded using a linear transfer function.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_EXTENDED_SRGB_NONLINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in extended sRGB color space, encoded according to the scRGB specification.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_DISPLAY_P3_LINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in Display-P3 color space, encoded using a linear transfer function.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_DCI_P3_NONLINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in DCI-P3 color space, encoded according to the DCI-P3 specification. Note that values in such an image are interpreted as XYZ encoded color data by the presentation engine.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT709_LINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in BT709 color space, encoded using a linear transfer function.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT709_NONLINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in BT709 color space, encoded according to the BT709 specification.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT2020_LINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in BT2020 color space, encoded using a linear transfer function.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_HDR10_ST2084_EXT specifies support for the images in HDR10 (BT2020) color space, encoded according to SMPTE ST2084 Perceptual Quantizer (PQ) specification.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_HDR10_HLG_EXT specifies support for the images in HDR10 (BT2020) color space, encoded according to the Hybrid Log Gamma (HLG) specification.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_ADOBERGB_LINEAR_EXT specifies support for images in Adobe RGB color space, encoded using a linear transfer function.

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_ADOBERGB_NONLINEAR_EXT specifies support for the images in Adobe RGB color space, encoded according to the Adobe RGB specification (approximately Gamma 2.2).

  • VK_COLOR_SPACE_PASS_THROUGH_EXT specifies that color components are used “as is”. This is intended to allow applications to supply data for color spaces not described here.

Note

In older versions of the VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace extension, VK_COLOR_SPACE_DOLBYVISION_EXT was exposed. The intent was to indicate the presentation engine shall decode an image using the SMPTE ST 2084 Perceptual Quantizer (PQ) EOTF, and then apply a proprietary OOTF to process the image. However, Dolby Vision profile 8.4 describes an encoding using the Hybrid Log Gamma (HLG) OETF, and there is no swapchain extension for signaling Dolby Vision metadata to be used by a proprietary OOTF. This enum is legacy but is maintained for backwards compatibility.
Note

For a traditional “Linear” or non-gamma transfer function color space use VK_COLOR_SPACE_PASS_THROUGH_EXT.

The presentation engine interprets the pixel values of the R, G, and B components as having been encoded using an appropriate transfer function. Applications should ensure that the appropriate transfer function has been applied. Texel encode requires that all implementations implicitly apply the sRGB EOTF-1 on R, G, and B components when shaders write to an sRGB pixel format image, which is useful for sRGB color spaces. For sRGB color spaces with other pixel formats, or other non-linear color spaces, applications can apply the transfer function explicitly in a shader. The A channel is always interpreted as linearly encoded.

This extension defines enums for VkColorSpaceKHR that correspond to the following color spaces:

Table 40. Color Spaces and Attributes
Name Red Primary Green Primary Blue Primary White-point Transfer function

DCI-P3

1.000, 0.000

0.000, 1.000

0.000, 0.000

0.3333, 0.3333

DCI P3

Display-P3

0.680, 0.320

0.265, 0.690

0.150, 0.060

0.3127, 0.3290 (D65)

Display-P3

BT709

0.640, 0.330

0.300, 0.600

0.150, 0.060

0.3127, 0.3290 (D65)

BT709

sRGB

0.640, 0.330

0.300, 0.600

0.150, 0.060

0.3127, 0.3290 (D65)

sRGB

extended sRGB

0.640, 0.330

0.300, 0.600

0.150, 0.060

0.3127, 0.3290 (D65)

scRGB

HDR10_ST2084

0.708, 0.292

0.170, 0.797

0.131, 0.046

0.3127, 0.3290 (D65)

ST2084 PQ

HDR10_HLG

0.708, 0.292

0.170, 0.797

0.131, 0.046

0.3127, 0.3290 (D65)

HLG

Adobe RGB

0.640, 0.330

0.210, 0.710

0.150, 0.060

0.3127, 0.3290 (D65)

Adobe RGB

The transfer functions are described in the “Transfer Functions” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

Except Display-P3 OETF, which is:

where L is the linear value of a color component and E is the encoded value (as stored in the image in memory).

Note

For most uses, the sRGB OETF is equivalent.

31.5.3. Surface Presentation Mode Support

To query the supported presentation modes for a surface, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkSurfaceKHR                                surface,
    uint32_t*                                   pPresentModeCount,
    VkPresentModeKHR*                           pPresentModes);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be associated with the swapchain to be created, as described for vkCreateSwapchainKHR.

  • surface is the surface that will be associated with the swapchain.

  • pPresentModeCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of presentation modes available or queried, as described below.

  • pPresentModes is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkPresentModeKHR values, indicating the supported presentation modes.

If pPresentModes is NULL, then the number of presentation modes supported for the given surface is returned in pPresentModeCount. Otherwise, pPresentModeCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pPresentModes array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of values actually written to pPresentModes. If the value of pPresentModeCount is less than the number of presentation modes supported, at most pPresentModeCount values will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available modes were returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR-surface-06524
    surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR-surface-06525
    surface must be supported by physicalDevice, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR or an equivalent platform-specific mechanism

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR-surface-parameter
    If surface is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR-pPresentModeCount-parameter
    pPresentModeCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR-pPresentModes-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPresentModeCount is not 0, and pPresentModes is not NULL, pPresentModes must be a valid pointer to an array of pPresentModeCount VkPresentModeKHR values

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR-commonparent
    Both of physicalDevice, and surface that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkInstance

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Possible values of elements of the vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR::pPresentModes array, indicating the supported presentation modes for a surface, are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_surface
typedef enum VkPresentModeKHR {
    VK_PRESENT_MODE_IMMEDIATE_KHR = 0,
    VK_PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR = 1,
    VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR = 2,
    VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_RELAXED_KHR = 3,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image
    VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR = 1000111000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image
    VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR = 1000111001,
} VkPresentModeKHR;

  • VK_PRESENT_MODE_IMMEDIATE_KHR specifies that the presentation engine does not wait for a vertical blanking period to update the current image, meaning this mode may result in visible tearing. No internal queuing of presentation requests is needed, as the requests are applied immediately.

  • VK_PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR specifies that the presentation engine waits for the next vertical blanking period to update the current image. Tearing cannot be observed. An internal single-entry queue is used to hold pending presentation requests. If the queue is full when a new presentation request is received, the new request replaces the existing entry, and any images associated with the prior entry become available for reuse by the application. One request is removed from the queue and processed during each vertical blanking period in which the queue is non-empty.

  • VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR specifies that the presentation engine waits for the next vertical blanking period to update the current image. Tearing cannot be observed. An internal queue is used to hold pending presentation requests. New requests are appended to the end of the queue, and one request is removed from the beginning of the queue and processed during each vertical blanking period in which the queue is non-empty. This is the only value of presentMode that is required to be supported.

  • VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_RELAXED_KHR specifies that the presentation engine generally waits for the next vertical blanking period to update the current image. If a vertical blanking period has already passed since the last update of the current image then the presentation engine does not wait for another vertical blanking period for the update, meaning this mode may result in visible tearing in this case. This mode is useful for reducing visual stutter with an application that will mostly present a new image before the next vertical blanking period, but may occasionally be late, and present a new image just after the next vertical blanking period. An internal queue is used to hold pending presentation requests. New requests are appended to the end of the queue, and one request is removed from the beginning of the queue and processed during or after each vertical blanking period in which the queue is non-empty.

  • VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR specifies that the presentation engine and application have concurrent access to a single image, which is referred to as a shared presentable image. The presentation engine is only required to update the current image after a new presentation request is received. Therefore the application must make a presentation request whenever an update is required. However, the presentation engine may update the current image at any point, meaning this mode may result in visible tearing.

  • VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR specifies that the presentation engine and application have concurrent access to a single image, which is referred to as a shared presentable image. The presentation engine periodically updates the current image on its regular refresh cycle. The application is only required to make one initial presentation request, after which the presentation engine must update the current image without any need for further presentation requests. The application can indicate the image contents have been updated by making a presentation request, but this does not guarantee the timing of when it will be updated. This mode may result in visible tearing if rendering to the image is not timed correctly.

The supported VkImageUsageFlagBits of the presentable images of a swapchain created for a surface may differ depending on the presentation mode, and can be determined as per the table below:

Table 41. Presentable Image Usage Queries
Presentation mode Image usage flags

VK_PRESENT_MODE_IMMEDIATE_KHR

VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::supportedUsageFlags

VK_PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR

VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::supportedUsageFlags

VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR

VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::supportedUsageFlags

VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_RELAXED_KHR

VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::supportedUsageFlags

VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR

VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::sharedPresentSupportedUsageFlags

VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR

VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::sharedPresentSupportedUsageFlags
Note

For reference, the mode indicated by VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR is equivalent to the behavior of {wgl|glX|egl}SwapBuffers with a swap interval of 1, while the mode indicated by VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_RELAXED_KHR is equivalent to the behavior of {wgl|glX}SwapBuffers with a swap interval of -1 (from the {WGL|GLX}_EXT_swap_control_tear extensions).

31.6. Device Group Queries

A logical device that represents multiple physical devices may support presenting from images on more than one physical device, or combining images from multiple physical devices.

To query these capabilities, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
VkResult vkGetDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR*        pDeviceGroupPresentCapabilities);

  • device is the logical device.

  • pDeviceGroupPresentCapabilities is a pointer to a VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR structure in which the device’s capabilities are returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR-pDeviceGroupPresentCapabilities-parameter
    pDeviceGroupPresentCapabilities must be a valid pointer to a VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef struct VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR {
    VkStructureType                     sType;
    void*                               pNext;
    uint32_t                            presentMask[VK_MAX_DEVICE_GROUP_SIZE];
    VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagsKHR    modes;
} VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • presentMask is an array of VK_MAX_DEVICE_GROUP_SIZE uint32_t masks, where the mask at element i is non-zero if physical device i has a presentation engine, and where bit j is set in element i if physical device i can present swapchain images from physical device j. If element i is non-zero, then bit i must be set.

  • modes is a bitmask of VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagBitsKHR indicating which device group presentation modes are supported.

modes always has VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_BIT_KHR set.

The present mode flags are also used when presenting an image, in VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR::mode.

If a device group only includes a single physical device, then modes must equal VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_BIT_KHR.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_CAPABILITIES_KHR

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

Bits which may be set in VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR::modes, indicating which device group presentation modes are supported, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef enum VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagBitsKHR {
    VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_BIT_KHR = 0x00000001,
    VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_REMOTE_BIT_KHR = 0x00000002,
    VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_SUM_BIT_KHR = 0x00000004,
    VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_MULTI_DEVICE_BIT_KHR = 0x00000008,
} VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagBitsKHR;

  • VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_BIT_KHR specifies that any physical device with a presentation engine can present its own swapchain images.

  • VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_REMOTE_BIT_KHR specifies that any physical device with a presentation engine can present swapchain images from any physical device in its presentMask.

  • VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_SUM_BIT_KHR specifies that any physical device with a presentation engine can present the sum of swapchain images from any physical devices in its presentMask.

  • VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_MULTI_DEVICE_BIT_KHR specifies that multiple physical devices with a presentation engine can each present their own swapchain images.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef VkFlags VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagsKHR;

VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagBitsKHR.

Some surfaces may not be capable of using all the device group present modes.

To query the supported device group present modes for a particular surface, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
VkResult vkGetDeviceGroupSurfacePresentModesKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSurfaceKHR                                surface,
    VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagsKHR*           pModes);

  • device is the logical device.

  • surface is the surface.

  • pModes is a pointer to a VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagsKHR in which the supported device group present modes for the surface are returned.

The modes returned by this command are not invariant, and may change in response to the surface being moved, resized, or occluded. These modes must be a subset of the modes returned by vkGetDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetDeviceGroupSurfacePresentModesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupSurfacePresentModesKHR-surface-06212
    surface must be supported by all physical devices associated with device, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR or an equivalent platform-specific mechanism

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupSurfacePresentModesKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupSurfacePresentModesKHR-surface-parameter
    surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupSurfacePresentModesKHR-pModes-parameter
    pModes must be a valid pointer to a VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagsKHR value

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceGroupSurfacePresentModesKHR-commonparent
    Both of device, and surface must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkInstance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to surface must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

When using VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_MULTI_DEVICE_BIT_KHR, the application may need to know which regions of the surface are used when presenting locally on each physical device. Presentation of swapchain images to this surface need only have valid contents in the regions returned by this command.

To query a set of rectangles used in presentation on the physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDevicePresentRectanglesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkSurfaceKHR                                surface,
    uint32_t*                                   pRectCount,
    VkRect2D*                                   pRects);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device.

  • surface is the surface.

  • pRectCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of rectangles available or queried, as described below.

  • pRects is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures.

If pRects is NULL, then the number of rectangles used when presenting the given surface is returned in pRectCount. Otherwise, pRectCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pRects array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pRects. If the value of pRectCount is less than the number of rectangles, at most pRectCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available rectangles were returned.

The values returned by this command are not invariant, and may change in response to the surface being moved, resized, or occluded.

The rectangles returned by this command must not overlap.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDevicePresentRectanglesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDevicePresentRectanglesKHR-surface-06211
    surface must be supported by physicalDevice, as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR or an equivalent platform-specific mechanism

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDevicePresentRectanglesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDevicePresentRectanglesKHR-surface-parameter
    surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDevicePresentRectanglesKHR-pRectCount-parameter
    pRectCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDevicePresentRectanglesKHR-pRects-parameter
    If the value referenced by pRectCount is not 0, and pRects is not NULL, pRects must be a valid pointer to an array of pRectCount VkRect2D structures

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDevicePresentRectanglesKHR-commonparent
    Both of physicalDevice, and surface must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkInstance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to surface must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

31.7. WSI Swapchain

A swapchain object (a.k.a. swapchain) provides the ability to present rendering results to a surface. Swapchain objects are represented by VkSwapchainKHR handles:

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSwapchainKHR)

A swapchain is an abstraction for an array of presentable images that are associated with a surface. The presentable images are represented by VkImage objects created by the platform. One image (which can be an array image for multiview/stereoscopic-3D surfaces) is displayed at a time, but multiple images can be queued for presentation. An application renders to the image, and then queues the image for presentation to the surface.

A native window cannot be associated with more than one non-retired swapchain at a time. Further, swapchains cannot be created for native windows that have a non-Vulkan graphics API surface associated with them.

Note

The presentation engine is an abstraction for the platform’s compositor or display engine.

The presentation engine may be synchronous or asynchronous with respect to the application and/or logical device.

Some implementations may use the device’s graphics queue or dedicated presentation hardware to perform presentation.

The presentable images of a swapchain are owned by the presentation engine. An application can acquire use of a presentable image from the presentation engine. Use of a presentable image must occur only after the image is returned by vkAcquireNextImageKHR, and before it is released by vkQueuePresentKHR. This includes transitioning the image layout and rendering commands.

An application can acquire use of a presentable image with vkAcquireNextImageKHR. After acquiring a presentable image and before modifying it, the application must use a synchronization primitive to ensure that the presentation engine has finished reading from the image. The application can then transition the image’s layout, queue rendering commands to it, etc. Finally, the application presents the image with vkQueuePresentKHR, which releases the acquisition of the image.

The presentation engine controls the order in which presentable images are acquired for use by the application.

Note

This allows the platform to handle situations which require out-of-order return of images after presentation. At the same time, it allows the application to generate command buffers referencing all of the images in the swapchain at initialization time, rather than in its main loop.

Swapchains cannot be destroyed [SCID-4]. If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceDestroyFreesMemory is VK_TRUE, the memory for swapchain images is returned to the system when the device is destroyed. Otherwise, it may not be returned to the system until the process is terminated.

How this all works is described below.

If a swapchain is created with presentMode set to either VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR, a single presentable image can be acquired, referred to as a shared presentable image. A shared presentable image may be concurrently accessed by the application and the presentation engine, without transitioning the image’s layout after it is initially presented.

  • With VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR, the presentation engine is only required to update to the latest contents of a shared presentable image after a present. The application must call vkQueuePresentKHR to guarantee an update. However, the presentation engine may update from it at any time.

  • With VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR, the presentation engine will automatically present the latest contents of a shared presentable image during every refresh cycle. The application is only required to make one initial call to vkQueuePresentKHR, after which the presentation engine will update from it without any need for further present calls. The application can indicate the image contents have been updated by calling vkQueuePresentKHR, but this does not guarantee the timing of when updates will occur.

The presentation engine may access a shared presentable image at any time after it is first presented. To avoid tearing, an application should coordinate access with the presentation engine. This requires presentation engine timing information through platform-specific mechanisms and ensuring that color attachment writes are made available during the portion of the presentation engine’s refresh cycle they are intended for.

Note

The VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image extension does not provide functionality for determining the timing of the presentation engine’s refresh cycles.

In order to query a swapchain’s status when rendering to a shared presentable image, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image
VkResult vkGetSwapchainStatusKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSwapchainKHR                              swapchain);

  • device is the device associated with swapchain.

  • swapchain is the swapchain to query.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetSwapchainStatusKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainStatusKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainStatusKHR-swapchain-parameter
    swapchain must be a valid VkSwapchainKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainStatusKHR-swapchain-parent
    swapchain must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to swapchain must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The possible return values for vkGetSwapchainStatusKHR should be interpreted as follows:

  • VK_SUCCESS specifies the presentation engine is presenting the contents of the shared presentable image, as per the swapchain’s VkPresentModeKHR.

  • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR the swapchain no longer matches the surface properties exactly, but the presentation engine is presenting the contents of the shared presentable image, as per the swapchain’s VkPresentModeKHR.

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR the surface has changed in such a way that it is no longer compatible with the swapchain.

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR the surface is no longer available.

Note

The swapchain state may be cached by implementations, so applications should regularly call vkGetSwapchainStatusKHR when using a swapchain with VkPresentModeKHR equal to VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR.

To create a swapchain, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
VkResult vkCreateSwapchainKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR*             pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSwapchainKHR*                             pSwapchain);

  • device is the device to create the swapchain for.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structure specifying the parameters of the created swapchain.

  • pAllocator is the allocator used for host memory allocated for the swapchain object when there is no more specific allocator available (see Memory Allocation).

  • pSwapchain is a pointer to a VkSwapchainKHR handle in which the created swapchain object will be returned.

As mentioned above, if vkCreateSwapchainKHR succeeds, it will return a handle to a swapchain containing an array of at least pCreateInfo->minImageCount presentable images.

While acquired by the application, presentable images can be used in any way that equivalent non-presentable images can be used. A presentable image is equivalent to a non-presentable image created with the following VkImageCreateInfo parameters:

VkImageCreateInfo Field Value

flags

VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT is set if VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT_KHR is set

VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT is set if VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT_KHR is set

VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_EXTENDED_USAGE_BIT_KHR are both set if VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT_KHR is set

all other bits are unset

imageType

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

format

pCreateInfo->imageFormat

extent

{pCreateInfo->imageExtent.width, pCreateInfo->imageExtent.height, 1}

mipLevels

1

arrayLayers

pCreateInfo->imageArrayLayers

samples

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

tiling

VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL

usage

pCreateInfo->imageUsage

sharingMode

pCreateInfo->imageSharingMode

queueFamilyIndexCount

pCreateInfo->queueFamilyIndexCount

pQueueFamilyIndices

pCreateInfo->pQueueFamilyIndices

initialLayout

VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

The pCreateInfo->surface must not be destroyed until after the swapchain is destroyed.

If the native window referred to by pCreateInfo->surface is already associated with a Vulkan swapchain, VK_ERROR_NATIVE_WINDOW_IN_USE_KHR must be returned.

If the native window referred to by pCreateInfo->surface is already associated with a non-Vulkan graphics API surface, VK_ERROR_NATIVE_WINDOW_IN_USE_KHR must be returned.

The native window referred to by pCreateInfo->surface must not become associated with a non-Vulkan graphics API surface before all associated Vulkan swapchains have been destroyed.

vkCreateSwapchainKHR will return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST if the logical device was lost. However, VkSurfaceKHR is not a child of any VkDevice and is not affected by the lost device. After successfully recreating a VkDevice, the same VkSurfaceKHR can be used to create a new VkSwapchainKHR, provided the previous one was destroyed.

When the VkSurfaceKHR in VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR is a display surface, then the VkDisplayModeKHR in display surface’s VkDisplaySurfaceCreateInfoKHR is associated with a particular VkDisplayKHR. Swapchain creation may fail if that VkDisplayKHR is not acquired by the application. In this scenario VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateSwapchainKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateSwapchainKHR-device-05068
    The number of swapchains currently allocated from device plus 1 must be less than or equal to the total number of swapchains requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::swapchainRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateSwapchainKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSwapchainKHR-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSwapchainKHR-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateSwapchainKHR-pSwapchain-parameter
    pSwapchain must be a valid pointer to a VkSwapchainKHR handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSwapchainKHR-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_NATIVE_WINDOW_IN_USE_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef struct VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkSwapchainCreateFlagsKHR        flags;
    VkSurfaceKHR                     surface;
    uint32_t                         minImageCount;
    VkFormat                         imageFormat;
    VkColorSpaceKHR                  imageColorSpace;
    VkExtent2D                       imageExtent;
    uint32_t                         imageArrayLayers;
    VkImageUsageFlags                imageUsage;
    VkSharingMode                    imageSharingMode;
    uint32_t                         queueFamilyIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*                  pQueueFamilyIndices;
    VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR    preTransform;
    VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR      compositeAlpha;
    VkPresentModeKHR                 presentMode;
    VkBool32                         clipped;
    VkSwapchainKHR                   oldSwapchain;
} VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSwapchainCreateFlagBitsKHR indicating parameters of the swapchain creation.

  • surface is the surface onto which the swapchain will present images. If the creation succeeds, the swapchain becomes associated with surface.

  • minImageCount is the minimum number of presentable images that the application needs. The implementation will either create the swapchain with at least that many images, or it will fail to create the swapchain.

  • imageFormat is a VkFormat value specifying the format the swapchain image(s) will be created with.

  • imageColorSpace is a VkColorSpaceKHR value specifying the way the swapchain interprets image data.

  • imageExtent is the size (in pixels) of the swapchain image(s). The behavior is platform-dependent if the image extent does not match the surface’s currentExtent as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR.

    Note

    On some platforms, it is normal that maxImageExtent may become (0, 0), for example when the window is minimized. In such a case, it is not possible to create a swapchain due to the Valid Usage requirements .

  • imageArrayLayers is the number of views in a multiview/stereo surface. For non-stereoscopic-3D applications, this value is 1.

  • imageUsage is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits describing the intended usage of the (acquired) swapchain images.

  • imageSharingMode is the sharing mode used for the image(s) of the swapchain.

  • queueFamilyIndexCount is the number of queue families having access to the image(s) of the swapchain when imageSharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT.

  • pQueueFamilyIndices is a pointer to an array of queue family indices having access to the images(s) of the swapchain when imageSharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT.

  • preTransform is a VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR value describing the transform, relative to the presentation engine’s natural orientation, applied to the image content prior to presentation. If it does not match the currentTransform value returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR, the presentation engine will transform the image content as part of the presentation operation.

  • compositeAlpha is a VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR value indicating the alpha compositing mode to use when this surface is composited together with other surfaces on certain window systems.

  • presentMode is the presentation mode the swapchain will use. A swapchain’s present mode determines how incoming present requests will be processed and queued internally.

  • clipped specifies whether the Vulkan implementation is allowed to discard rendering operations that affect regions of the surface that are not visible.

    • If clipped is VK_TRUE, the presentable images associated with the swapchain may not own all of their pixels. Pixels in the presentable images that correspond to regions of the target surface obscured by another window on the desktop, or subject to some other clipping mechanism will have undefined content when read back. Fragment shaders may not execute for these pixels, and thus any side effects they would have had will not occur. Setting VK_TRUE does not guarantee any clipping will occur, but allows more efficient presentation methods to be used on some platforms.

    • If clipped is VK_FALSE, presentable images associated with the swapchain will own all of the pixels they contain.

      Note

      Applications should set this value to VK_TRUE if they do not expect to read back the content of presentable images before presenting them or after reacquiring them, and if their fragment shaders do not have any side effects that require them to run for all pixels in the presentable image.

  • oldSwapchain must be VK_NULL_HANDLE in Vulkan SC [SCID-4].

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-surface-01270
    surface must be a surface that is supported by the device as determined using vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-minImageCount-01272
    minImageCount must be less than or equal to the value returned in the maxImageCount member of the VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR for the surface if the returned maxImageCount is not zero

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-presentMode-02839
    If presentMode is not VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR nor VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR, then minImageCount must be greater than or equal to the value returned in the minImageCount member of the VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR for the surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-minImageCount-01383
    minImageCount must be 1 if presentMode is either VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageFormat-01273
    imageFormat and imageColorSpace must match the format and colorSpace members, respectively, of one of the VkSurfaceFormatKHR structures returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR for the surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-pNext-07781
    imageExtent must be between minImageExtent and maxImageExtent, inclusive, where minImageExtent and maxImageExtent are members of the VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR for the surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageExtent-01689
    imageExtent members width and height must both be non-zero

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageArrayLayers-01275
    imageArrayLayers must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to the maxImageArrayLayers member of the VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR for the surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-presentMode-01427
    If presentMode is VK_PRESENT_MODE_IMMEDIATE_KHR, VK_PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR, VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_RELAXED_KHR, imageUsage must be a subset of the supported usage flags present in the supportedUsageFlags member of the VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR for surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageUsage-01384
    If presentMode is VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR, imageUsage must be a subset of the supported usage flags present in the sharedPresentSupportedUsageFlags member of the VkSharedPresentSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR for surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageSharingMode-01277
    If imageSharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, pQueueFamilyIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of queueFamilyIndexCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageSharingMode-01278
    If imageSharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, queueFamilyIndexCount must be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageSharingMode-01428
    If imageSharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, each element of pQueueFamilyIndices must be unique and must be less than pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by either vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties or vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2 for the physicalDevice that was used to create device

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-preTransform-01279
    preTransform must be one of the bits present in the supportedTransforms member of the VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR for the surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-compositeAlpha-01280
    compositeAlpha must be one of the bits present in the supportedCompositeAlpha member of the VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR for the surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-presentMode-01281
    presentMode must be one of the VkPresentModeKHR values returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR for the surface

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-physicalDeviceCount-01429
    flags must not contain VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT_KHR

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-oldSwapchain-05073
    oldSwapchain must be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageFormat-01778
    The implied image creation parameters of the swapchain must be supported as reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-flags-03168
    If flags contains VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT_KHR then the pNext chain must include a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure with a viewFormatCount greater than zero and pViewFormats must have an element equal to imageFormat

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-pNext-04099
    If a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure was included in the pNext chain and VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::viewFormatCount is not zero then all of the formats in VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::pViewFormats must be compatible with the format as described in the compatibility table

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-flags-04100
    If flags does not contain VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT_KHR and the pNext chain include a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure then VkImageFormatListCreateInfo::viewFormatCount must be 0 or 1

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR, VkImageFormatListCreateInfo, or VkSwapchainCounterCreateInfoEXT

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkSwapchainCreateFlagBitsKHR values

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-surface-parameter
    surface must be a valid VkSurfaceKHR handle

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageFormat-parameter
    imageFormat must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageColorSpace-parameter
    imageColorSpace must be a valid VkColorSpaceKHR value

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageUsage-parameter
    imageUsage must be a valid combination of VkImageUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageUsage-requiredbitmask
    imageUsage must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-imageSharingMode-parameter
    imageSharingMode must be a valid VkSharingMode value

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-preTransform-parameter
    preTransform must be a valid VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR value

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-compositeAlpha-parameter
    compositeAlpha must be a valid VkCompositeAlphaFlagBitsKHR value

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-presentMode-parameter
    presentMode must be a valid VkPresentModeKHR value

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-commonparent
    Both of oldSwapchain, and surface that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkInstance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to surface must be externally synchronized

Bits which can be set in VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR::flags, specifying parameters of swapchain creation, are:

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef enum VkSwapchainCreateFlagBitsKHR {
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT_KHR = 0x00000001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT_KHR = 0x00000002,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain_mutable_format
    VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT_KHR = 0x00000004,
} VkSwapchainCreateFlagBitsKHR;

  • VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT_KHR specifies that images created from the swapchain (i.e. with the swapchain member of VkImageSwapchainCreateInfoKHR set to this swapchain’s handle) must use VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT. This flag is not supported in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT_KHR specifies that images created from the swapchain are protected images.

  • VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT_KHR specifies that the images of the swapchain can be used to create a VkImageView with a different format than what the swapchain was created with. The list of allowed image view formats is specified by adding a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure to the pNext chain of VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR. In addition, this flag also specifies that the swapchain can be created with usage flags that are not supported for the format the swapchain is created with but are supported for at least one of the allowed image view formats.

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef VkFlags VkSwapchainCreateFlagsKHR;

VkSwapchainCreateFlagsKHR is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSwapchainCreateFlagBitsKHR.

If the pNext chain of VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR includes a VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structure, then that structure includes a set of device group present modes that the swapchain can be used with.

The VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef struct VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                     sType;
    const void*                         pNext;
    VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagsKHR    modes;
} VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • modes is a bitfield of modes that the swapchain can be used with.

If this structure is not present, modes is considered to be VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_BIT_KHR.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-modes-parameter
    modes must be a valid combination of VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagBitsKHR values

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR-modes-requiredbitmask
    modes must not be 0

To enable surface counters when creating a swapchain, add a VkSwapchainCounterCreateInfoEXT structure to the pNext chain of VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR. VkSwapchainCounterCreateInfoEXT is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
typedef struct VkSwapchainCounterCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkSurfaceCounterFlagsEXT    surfaceCounters;
} VkSwapchainCounterCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • surfaceCounters is a bitmask of VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT specifying surface counters to enable for the swapchain.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCounterCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_COUNTER_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkSwapchainCounterCreateInfoEXT-surfaceCounters-parameter
    surfaceCounters must be a valid combination of VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT values

The requested counters become active when the first presentation command for the associated swapchain is processed by the presentation engine. To query the value of an active counter, use:

// Provided by VK_EXT_display_control
VkResult vkGetSwapchainCounterEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSwapchainKHR                              swapchain,
    VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT                 counter,
    uint64_t*                                   pCounterValue);

  • device is the VkDevice associated with swapchain.

  • swapchain is the swapchain from which to query the counter value.

  • counter is a VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT value specifying the counter to query.

  • pCounterValue will return the current value of the counter.

If a counter is not available because the swapchain is out of date, the implementation may return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetSwapchainCounterEXT must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainCounterEXT-swapchain-01245
    One or more present commands on swapchain must have been processed by the presentation engine

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainCounterEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainCounterEXT-swapchain-parameter
    swapchain must be a valid VkSwapchainKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainCounterEXT-counter-parameter
    counter must be a valid VkSurfaceCounterFlagBitsEXT value

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainCounterEXT-pCounterValue-parameter
    pCounterValue must be a valid pointer to a uint64_t value

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainCounterEXT-swapchain-parent
    swapchain must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

When the VK_KHR_display_swapchain extension is enabled, multiple swapchains that share presentable images are created by calling:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display_swapchain
VkResult vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    swapchainCount,
    const VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR*             pCreateInfos,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSwapchainKHR*                             pSwapchains);

  • device is the device to create the swapchains for.

  • swapchainCount is the number of swapchains to create.

  • pCreateInfos is a pointer to an array of VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structures specifying the parameters of the created swapchains.

  • pAllocator is the allocator used for host memory allocated for the swapchain objects when there is no more specific allocator available (see Memory Allocation).

  • pSwapchains is a pointer to an array of VkSwapchainKHR handles in which the created swapchain objects will be returned.

vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR is similar to vkCreateSwapchainKHR, except that it takes an array of VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structures, and returns an array of swapchain objects.

The swapchain creation parameters that affect the properties and number of presentable images must match between all the swapchains. If the displays used by any of the swapchains do not use the same presentable image layout or are incompatible in a way that prevents sharing images, swapchain creation will fail with the result code VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DISPLAY_KHR. If any error occurs, no swapchains will be created. Images presented to multiple swapchains must be re-acquired from all of them before being modified. After destroying one or more of the swapchains, the remaining swapchains and the presentable images can continue to be used.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR-device-05068
    The number of swapchains currently allocated from device plus swapchainCount must be less than or equal to the total number of swapchains requested via VkDeviceObjectReservationCreateInfo::swapchainRequestCount specified when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR-pCreateInfos-parameter
    pCreateInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount valid VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structures

  • VUID-vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR-pSwapchains-parameter
    pSwapchains must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount VkSwapchainKHR handles

  • VUID-vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR-device-queuecount
    The device must have been created with at least 1 queue

  • VUID-vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR-swapchainCount-arraylength
    swapchainCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DISPLAY_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

To obtain the array of presentable images associated with a swapchain, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
VkResult vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSwapchainKHR                              swapchain,
    uint32_t*                                   pSwapchainImageCount,
    VkImage*                                    pSwapchainImages);

  • device is the device associated with swapchain.

  • swapchain is the swapchain to query.

  • pSwapchainImageCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of presentable images available or queried, as described below.

  • pSwapchainImages is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkImage handles.

If pSwapchainImages is NULL, then the number of presentable images for swapchain is returned in pSwapchainImageCount. Otherwise, pSwapchainImageCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pSwapchainImages array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pSwapchainImages. If the value of pSwapchainImageCount is less than the number of presentable images for swapchain, at most pSwapchainImageCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available presentable images were returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR-swapchain-parameter
    swapchain must be a valid VkSwapchainKHR handle

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR-pSwapchainImageCount-parameter
    pSwapchainImageCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR-pSwapchainImages-parameter
    If the value referenced by pSwapchainImageCount is not 0, and pSwapchainImages is not NULL, pSwapchainImages must be a valid pointer to an array of pSwapchainImageCount VkImage handles

  • VUID-vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR-swapchain-parent
    swapchain must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Note

By knowing all presentable images used in the swapchain, the application can create command buffers that reference these images prior to entering its main rendering loop.

Images returned by vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR are fully backed by memory before they are passed to the application, as if they are each bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object . All presentable images are initially in the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED layout, thus before using presentable images, the application must transition them to a valid layout for the intended use.

Images can also be created by using vkCreateImage with VkImageSwapchainCreateInfoKHR and bound to swapchain memory using vkBindImageMemory2 with VkBindImageMemorySwapchainInfoKHR. These images can be used anywhere swapchain images are used, and are useful in logical devices with multiple physical devices to create peer memory bindings of swapchain memory. These images and bindings have no effect on what memory is presented. Unlike images retrieved from vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR, these images must be destroyed with vkDestroyImage.

To acquire an available presentable image to use, and retrieve the index of that image, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
VkResult vkAcquireNextImageKHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSwapchainKHR                              swapchain,
    uint64_t                                    timeout,
    VkSemaphore                                 semaphore,
    VkFence                                     fence,
    uint32_t*                                   pImageIndex);

  • device is the device associated with swapchain.

  • swapchain is the non-retired swapchain from which an image is being acquired.

  • timeout specifies how long the function waits, in nanoseconds, if no image is available.

  • semaphore is VK_NULL_HANDLE or a semaphore to signal.

  • fence is VK_NULL_HANDLE or a fence to signal.

  • pImageIndex is a pointer to a uint32_t in which the index of the next image to use (i.e. an index into the array of images returned by vkGetSwapchainImagesKHR) is returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkAcquireNextImageKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-swapchain-01285
    swapchain must not be in the retired state

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-semaphore-01286
    If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, it must be unsignaled

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-semaphore-01779
    If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, it must not have any uncompleted signal or wait operations pending

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-fence-01287
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be unsignaled

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-fence-10066
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must not be associated with any other queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-semaphore-01780
    semaphore and fence must not both be equal to VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-surface-07783
    If forward progress cannot be guaranteed for the surface used to create the swapchain member of pAcquireInfo, timeout must not be UINT64_MAX

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-semaphore-03265
    semaphore must have a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-swapchain-parameter
    swapchain must be a valid VkSwapchainKHR handle

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-semaphore-parameter
    If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-fence-parameter
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-pImageIndex-parameter
    pImageIndex must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-swapchain-parent
    swapchain must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-semaphore-parent
    If semaphore is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImageKHR-fence-parent
    If fence is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to swapchain must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to semaphore must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_NOT_READY

  • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR

  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_TIMEOUT

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

If an image is acquired successfully, vkAcquireNextImageKHR must either return VK_SUCCESS or VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR. The implementation may return VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR if the swapchain no longer matches the surface properties exactly, but can still be used for presentation.

When successful, vkAcquireNextImageKHR acquires a presentable image from swapchain that an application can use, and sets pImageIndex to the index of that image within the swapchain. The presentation engine may not have finished reading from the image at the time it is acquired, so the application must use semaphore and/or fence to ensure that the image layout and contents are not modified until the presentation engine reads have completed. Once vkAcquireNextImageKHR successfully acquires an image, the semaphore signal operation referenced by semaphore, if not VK_NULL_HANDLE, and the fence signal operation referenced by fence, if not VK_NULL_HANDLE, are submitted for execution. If vkAcquireNextImageKHR does not successfully acquire an image, semaphore and fence are unaffected. The order in which images are acquired is implementation-dependent, and may be different than the order the images were presented.

If timeout is zero, then vkAcquireNextImageKHR does not wait, and will either successfully acquire an image, or fail and return VK_NOT_READY if no image is available.

If the specified timeout period expires before an image is acquired, vkAcquireNextImageKHR returns VK_TIMEOUT. If timeout is UINT64_MAX, the timeout period is treated as infinite, and vkAcquireNextImageKHR will block until an image is acquired or an error occurs.

Let S be the number of images in swapchain. Let M be the value of VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::minImageCount.

vkAcquireNextImageKHR should not be called if the number of images that the application has currently acquired is greater than S-M. If vkAcquireNextImageKHR is called when the number of images that the application has currently acquired is less than or equal to S-M, vkAcquireNextImageKHR must return in finite time with an allowed VkResult code.

Note

Returning a result in finite time guarantees that the implementation cannot deadlock an application, or suspend its execution indefinitely with correct API usage. Acquiring too many images at once may block indefinitely, which is covered by valid usage when attempting to use UINT64_MAX. For example, a scenario here is when a compositor holds on to images which are currently being presented, and there are not any vacant images left to be acquired.

If the swapchain images no longer match native surface properties, either VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR or VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR must be returned. If VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR is returned, no image is acquired and attempts to present previously acquired images to the swapchain will also fail with VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR. Applications need to create a new swapchain for the surface to continue presenting if VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR is returned.

Note

VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR may happen, for example, if the platform surface has been resized but the platform is able to scale the presented images to the new size to produce valid surface updates. It is up to the application to decide whether it prefers to continue using the current swapchain in this state, or to re-create the swapchain to better match the platform surface properties.

If device loss occurs (see Lost Device) before the timeout has expired, vkAcquireNextImageKHR must return in finite time with either one of the allowed success codes, or VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST.

If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the semaphore must be unsignaled, with no signal or wait operations pending. It will become signaled when the application can use the image.

Note

Use of semaphore allows rendering operations to be recorded and submitted before the presentation engine has completed its use of the image.

If fence is not equal to VK_NULL_HANDLE, the fence must be unsignaled, with no signal operations pending. It will become signaled when the application can use the image.

Note

Applications should not rely on vkAcquireNextImageKHR blocking in order to meter their rendering speed. The implementation may return from this function immediately regardless of how many presentation requests are queued, and regardless of when queued presentation requests will complete relative to the call. Instead, applications can use fence to meter their frame generation work to match the presentation rate.

An application must wait until either the semaphore or fence is signaled before accessing the image’s data.

Note

When the presentable image will be accessed by some stage S, the recommended idiom for ensuring correct synchronization is:

  • The VkSubmitInfo used to submit the image layout transition for execution includes vkAcquireNextImageKHR::semaphore in its pWaitSemaphores member, with the corresponding element of pWaitDstStageMask including S.

  • The synchronization command that performs any necessary image layout transition includes S in both the srcStageMask and dstStageMask.

After a successful return, the image indicated by pImageIndex and its data will be unmodified compared to when it was presented.

Note

Exclusive ownership of presentable images corresponding to a swapchain created with VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE as defined in Resource Sharing is not altered by a call to vkAcquireNextImageKHR. That means upon the first acquisition from such a swapchain presentable images are not owned by any queue family, while at subsequent acquisitions the presentable images remain owned by the queue family the image was previously presented on.

The possible return values for vkAcquireNextImageKHR depend on the timeout provided:

  • VK_SUCCESS is returned if an image became available.

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR is returned if the surface becomes no longer available.

  • VK_NOT_READY is returned if timeout is zero and no image was available.

  • VK_TIMEOUT is returned if timeout is greater than zero and less than UINT64_MAX, and no image became available within the time allowed.

  • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR is returned if an image became available, and the swapchain no longer matches the surface properties exactly, but can still be used to present to the surface successfully.

Note

This may happen, for example, if the platform surface has been resized but the platform is able to scale the presented images to the new size to produce valid surface updates. It is up to the application to decide whether it prefers to continue using the current swapchain indefinitely or temporarily in this state, or to re-create the swapchain to better match the platform surface properties.

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR is returned if the surface has changed in such a way that it is no longer compatible with the swapchain, and further presentation requests using the swapchain will fail. Applications must query the new surface properties and recreate their swapchain if they wish to continue presenting to the surface.

If the native surface and presented image sizes no longer match, presentation may fail . If presentation does succeed, the mapping from the presented image to the native surface is implementation-defined. It is the application’s responsibility to detect surface size changes and react appropriately. If presentation fails because of a mismatch in the surface and presented image sizes, a VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR error will be returned.

Note

For example, consider a 4x3 window/surface that gets resized to be 3x4 (taller than wider). On some window systems, the portion of the window/surface that was previously and still is visible (the 3x3 part) will contain the same contents as before, while the remaining parts of the window will have undefined contents. Other window systems may squash/stretch the image to fill the new window size without any undefined contents, or apply some other mapping.

To acquire an available presentable image to use, and retrieve the index of that image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
VkResult vkAcquireNextImage2KHR(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR*            pAcquireInfo,
    uint32_t*                                   pImageIndex);

  • device is the device associated with swapchain.

  • pAcquireInfo is a pointer to a VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR structure containing parameters of the acquire.

  • pImageIndex is a pointer to a uint32_t value specifying the index of the next image to use.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkAcquireNextImage2KHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImage2KHR-surface-07784
    If forward progress cannot be guaranteed for the surface used to create swapchain, the timeout member of pAcquireInfo must not be UINT64_MAX

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImage2KHR-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImage2KHR-pAcquireInfo-parameter
    pAcquireInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR structure

  • VUID-vkAcquireNextImage2KHR-pImageIndex-parameter
    pImageIndex must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_NOT_READY

  • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR

  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_TIMEOUT

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef struct VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkSwapchainKHR     swapchain;
    uint64_t           timeout;
    VkSemaphore        semaphore;
    VkFence            fence;
    uint32_t           deviceMask;
} VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • swapchain is a non-retired swapchain from which an image is acquired.

  • timeout specifies how long the function waits, in nanoseconds, if no image is available.

  • semaphore is VK_NULL_HANDLE or a semaphore to signal.

  • fence is VK_NULL_HANDLE or a fence to signal.

  • deviceMask is a mask of physical devices for which the swapchain image will be ready to use when the semaphore or fence is signaled.

If vkAcquireNextImageKHR is used, the device mask is considered to include all physical devices in the logical device.

Note

vkAcquireNextImage2KHR signals at most one semaphore, even if the application requests waiting for multiple physical devices to be ready via the deviceMask. However, only a single physical device can wait on that semaphore, since the semaphore becomes unsignaled when the wait succeeds. For other physical devices to wait for the image to be ready, it is necessary for the application to submit semaphore signal operation(s) to that first physical device to signal additional semaphore(s) after the wait succeeds, which the other physical device(s) can wait upon.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-swapchain-01675
    swapchain must not be in the retired state

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-semaphore-01288
    If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, it must be unsignaled

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-semaphore-01781
    If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, it must not have any uncompleted signal or wait operations pending

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-fence-01289
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be unsignaled

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-fence-10067
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must not be associated with any other queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-semaphore-01782
    semaphore and fence must not both be equal to VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-deviceMask-01290
    deviceMask must be a valid device mask

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-deviceMask-01291
    deviceMask must not be zero

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-semaphore-03266
    semaphore must have a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ACQUIRE_NEXT_IMAGE_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-swapchain-parameter
    swapchain must be a valid VkSwapchainKHR handle

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-semaphore-parameter
    If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-fence-parameter
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR-commonparent
    Each of fence, semaphore, and swapchain that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to swapchain must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to semaphore must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

After queueing all rendering commands and transitioning the image to the correct layout, to queue an image for presentation, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
VkResult vkQueuePresentKHR(
    VkQueue                                     queue,
    const VkPresentInfoKHR*                     pPresentInfo);

  • queue is a queue that is capable of presentation to the target surface’s platform on the same device as the image’s swapchain.

  • pPresentInfo is a pointer to a VkPresentInfoKHR structure specifying parameters of the presentation.

Note

There is no requirement for an application to present images in the same order that they were acquired - applications can arbitrarily present any image that is currently acquired.
Note

The origin of the native orientation of the surface coordinate system is not specified in the Vulkan specification; it depends on the platform. For most platforms the origin is by default upper-left, meaning the pixel of the presented VkImage at coordinates (0,0) would appear at the upper left pixel of the platform surface (assuming VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY_BIT_KHR, and the display standing the right way up).

The result codes VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR and VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR have the same meaning when returned by vkQueuePresentKHR as they do when returned by vkAcquireNextImageKHR. If multiple swapchains are presented, the result code is determined by applying the following rules in order:

  • If the device is lost, VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST is returned.

  • If any of the target surfaces are no longer available the error VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR is returned.

  • If any of the presents would have a result of VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR if issued separately then VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR is returned.

  • If any of the presents would have a result of VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR if issued separately then VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR is returned.

  • Otherwise VK_SUCCESS is returned.

Any writes to memory backing the images referenced by the pImageIndices and pSwapchains members of pPresentInfo, that are available before vkQueuePresentKHR is executed, are automatically made visible to the read access performed by the presentation engine. This automatic visibility operation for an image happens-after the semaphore signal operation, and happens-before the presentation engine accesses the image.

Presentation is a read-only operation that will not affect the content of the presentable images. Upon reacquiring the image and transitioning it away from the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR layout, the contents will be the same as they were prior to transitioning the image to the present source layout and presenting it. However, if a mechanism other than Vulkan is used to modify the platform window associated with the swapchain, the content of all presentable images in the swapchain becomes undefined.

Calls to vkQueuePresentKHR may block, but must return in finite time. The processing of the presentation happens in issue order with other queue operations, but semaphores must be used to ensure that prior rendering and other commands in the specified queue complete before the presentation begins. The presentation command itself does not delay processing of subsequent commands on the queue. However, presentation requests sent to a particular queue are always performed in order. Exact presentation timing is controlled by the semantics of the presentation engine and native platform in use.

If an image is presented to a swapchain created from a display surface, the mode of the associated display will be updated, if necessary, to match the mode specified when creating the display surface. The mode switch and presentation of the specified image will be performed as one atomic operation.

Queueing an image for presentation defines a set of queue operations, including waiting on the semaphores and submitting a presentation request to the presentation engine. However, the scope of this set of queue operations does not include the actual processing of the image by the presentation engine.

Regarding interaction with vkQueueWaitIdle, vkQueuePresentKHR behaves as if it signals a fence payload that is managed by the implementation and that has no associated VkFence handle. The fence will signal after all such queue operations have completed, and after the presentation engine has taken a reference to the payloads of all objects that the presentation engine accesses as part of the present operation. The fence may not wait for the present operation to complete.

If vkQueuePresentKHR fails to enqueue the corresponding set of queue operations, it may return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY or VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY. If it does, the implementation must ensure that the state and contents of any resources or synchronization primitives referenced is unaffected by the call or its failure.

If vkQueuePresentKHR fails in such a way that the implementation is unable to make that guarantee, the implementation must return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST.

However, if the presentation request is rejected by the presentation engine with an error VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR, or VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR, the set of queue operations are still considered to be enqueued and thus any semaphore wait operation specified in VkPresentInfoKHR will execute when the corresponding queue operation is complete.

vkQueuePresentKHR releases the acquisition of the images referenced by imageIndices. The queue family corresponding to the queue vkQueuePresentKHR is executed on must have ownership of the presented images as defined in Resource Sharing. vkQueuePresentKHR does not alter the queue family ownership, but the presented images must not be used again before they have been reacquired using vkAcquireNextImageKHR.

Note

The application can continue to present any acquired images from a retired swapchain as long as the swapchain has not entered a state that causes vkQueuePresentKHR to return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkQueuePresentKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkQueuePresentKHR-pSwapchains-01292
    Each element of pSwapchains member of pPresentInfo must be a swapchain that is created for a surface for which presentation is supported from queue as determined using a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceSupportKHR

  • VUID-vkQueuePresentKHR-pSwapchains-01293
    If more than one member of pSwapchains was created from a display surface, all display surfaces referenced that refer to the same display must use the same display mode

  • VUID-vkQueuePresentKHR-pWaitSemaphores-01294
    When a semaphore wait operation referring to a binary semaphore defined by the elements of the pWaitSemaphores member of pPresentInfo executes on queue, there must be no other queues waiting on the same semaphore

  • VUID-vkQueuePresentKHR-pWaitSemaphores-03267
    All elements of the pWaitSemaphores member of pPresentInfo must be created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY

  • VUID-vkQueuePresentKHR-pWaitSemaphores-03268
    All elements of the pWaitSemaphores member of pPresentInfo must reference a semaphore signal operation that has been submitted for execution and any semaphore signal operations on which it depends must have also been submitted for execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkQueuePresentKHR-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

  • VUID-vkQueuePresentKHR-pPresentInfo-parameter
    pPresentInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPresentInfoKHR structure

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

-

-

Any

-
Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkPresentInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef struct VkPresentInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    uint32_t                 waitSemaphoreCount;
    const VkSemaphore*       pWaitSemaphores;
    uint32_t                 swapchainCount;
    const VkSwapchainKHR*    pSwapchains;
    const uint32_t*          pImageIndices;
    VkResult*                pResults;
} VkPresentInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • waitSemaphoreCount is the number of semaphores to wait for before issuing the present request. The number may be zero.

  • pWaitSemaphores is NULL or a pointer to an array of VkSemaphore objects with waitSemaphoreCount entries, and specifies the semaphores to wait for before issuing the present request.

  • swapchainCount is the number of swapchains being presented to by this command.

  • pSwapchains is a pointer to an array of VkSwapchainKHR objects with swapchainCount entries.

  • pImageIndices is a pointer to an array of indices into the array of each swapchain’s presentable images, with swapchainCount entries. Each entry in this array identifies the image to present on the corresponding entry in the pSwapchains array.

  • pResults is a pointer to an array of VkResult typed elements with swapchainCount entries. Applications that do not need per-swapchain results can use NULL for pResults. If non-NULL, each entry in pResults will be set to the VkResult for presenting the swapchain corresponding to the same index in pSwapchains.

Before an application can present an image, the image’s layout must be transitioned to the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR layout, or for a shared presentable image the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR layout.

Note

When transitioning the image to the appropriate layout, there is no need to delay subsequent processing, or perform any visibility operations (as vkQueuePresentKHR performs automatic visibility operations). To achieve this, the dstAccessMask member of the VkImageMemoryBarrier should be 0, and the dstStageMask parameter should be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT.
Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-pSwapchain-09231
    Elements of pSwapchain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-pImageIndices-01430
    Each element of pImageIndices must be the index of a presentable image acquired from the swapchain specified by the corresponding element of the pSwapchains array, and the presented image subresource must be in the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR layout at the time the operation is executed on a VkDevice

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PRESENT_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR, VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR, or VkPresentRegionsKHR

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-pWaitSemaphores-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreCount is not 0, pWaitSemaphores must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreCount valid VkSemaphore handles

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-pSwapchains-parameter
    pSwapchains must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount valid VkSwapchainKHR handles

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-pImageIndices-parameter
    pImageIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-pResults-parameter
    If pResults is not NULL, pResults must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount VkResult values

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-swapchainCount-arraylength
    swapchainCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkPresentInfoKHR-commonparent
    Both of the elements of pSwapchains, and the elements of pWaitSemaphores that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to each member of pWaitSemaphores must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to each member of pSwapchains must be externally synchronized

When the VK_KHR_incremental_present extension is enabled, additional fields can be specified that allow an application to specify that only certain rectangular regions of the presentable images of a swapchain are changed. This is an optimization hint that a presentation engine may use to only update the region of a surface that is actually changing. The application still must ensure that all pixels of a presented image contain the desired values, in case the presentation engine ignores this hint. An application can provide this hint by adding a VkPresentRegionsKHR structure to the pNext chain of the VkPresentInfoKHR structure.

The VkPresentRegionsKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_incremental_present
typedef struct VkPresentRegionsKHR {
    VkStructureType              sType;
    const void*                  pNext;
    uint32_t                     swapchainCount;
    const VkPresentRegionKHR*    pRegions;
} VkPresentRegionsKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • swapchainCount is the number of swapchains being presented to by this command.

  • pRegions is NULL or a pointer to an array of VkPresentRegionKHR elements with swapchainCount entries. If not NULL, each element of pRegions contains the region that has changed since the last present to the swapchain in the corresponding entry in the VkPresentInfoKHR::pSwapchains array.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPresentRegionsKHR-swapchainCount-01260
    swapchainCount must be the same value as VkPresentInfoKHR::swapchainCount, where VkPresentInfoKHR is included in the pNext chain of this VkPresentRegionsKHR structure

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPresentRegionsKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PRESENT_REGIONS_KHR

  • VUID-VkPresentRegionsKHR-pRegions-parameter
    If pRegions is not NULL, pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount valid VkPresentRegionKHR structures

  • VUID-VkPresentRegionsKHR-swapchainCount-arraylength
    swapchainCount must be greater than 0

For a given image and swapchain, the region to present is specified by the VkPresentRegionKHR structure, which is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_incremental_present
typedef struct VkPresentRegionKHR {
    uint32_t                 rectangleCount;
    const VkRectLayerKHR*    pRectangles;
} VkPresentRegionKHR;

  • rectangleCount is the number of rectangles in pRectangles, or zero if the entire image has changed and should be presented.

  • pRectangles is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkRectLayerKHR structures. The VkRectLayerKHR structure is the framebuffer coordinates, plus layer, of a portion of a presentable image that has changed and must be presented. If non-NULL, each entry in pRectangles is a rectangle of the given image that has changed since the last image was presented to the given swapchain. The rectangles must be specified relative to VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::currentTransform, regardless of the swapchain’s preTransform. The presentation engine will apply the preTransform transformation to the rectangles, along with any further transformation it applies to the image content.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPresentRegionKHR-pRectangles-parameter
    If rectangleCount is not 0, and pRectangles is not NULL, pRectangles must be a valid pointer to an array of rectangleCount valid VkRectLayerKHR structures

The VkRectLayerKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_incremental_present
typedef struct VkRectLayerKHR {
    VkOffset2D    offset;
    VkExtent2D    extent;
    uint32_t      layer;
} VkRectLayerKHR;

  • offset is the origin of the rectangle, in pixels.

  • extent is the size of the rectangle, in pixels.

  • layer is the layer of the image. For images with only one layer, the value of layer must be 0.

Some platforms allow the size of a surface to change, and then scale the pixels of the image to fit the surface. VkRectLayerKHR specifies pixels of the swapchain’s image(s), which will be constant for the life of the swapchain.

Valid Usage

When the VK_KHR_display_swapchain extension is enabled, additional fields can be specified when presenting an image to a swapchain by setting VkPresentInfoKHR::pNext to point to a VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR structure.

The VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_display_swapchain
typedef struct VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkRect2D           srcRect;
    VkRect2D           dstRect;
    VkBool32           persistent;
} VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcRect is a rectangular region of pixels to present. It must be a subset of the image being presented. If VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR is not specified, this region will be assumed to be the entire presentable image.

  • dstRect is a rectangular region within the visible region of the swapchain’s display mode. If VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR is not specified, this region will be assumed to be the entire visible region of the swapchain’s mode. If the specified rectangle is a subset of the display mode’s visible region, content from display planes below the swapchain’s plane will be visible outside the rectangle. If there are no planes below the swapchain’s, the area outside the specified rectangle will be black. If portions of the specified rectangle are outside of the display’s visible region, pixels mapping only to those portions of the rectangle will be discarded.

  • persistent: If this is VK_TRUE, the display engine will enable buffered mode on displays that support it. This allows the display engine to stop sending content to the display until a new image is presented. The display will instead maintain a copy of the last presented image. This allows less power to be used, but may increase presentation latency. If VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR is not specified, persistent mode will not be used.

If the extent of the srcRect and dstRect are not equal, the presented pixels will be scaled accordingly.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR-srcRect-01257
    srcRect must specify a rectangular region that is a subset of the image being presented

  • VUID-VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR-dstRect-01258
    dstRect must specify a rectangular region that is a subset of the visibleRegion parameter of the display mode the swapchain being presented uses

  • VUID-VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR-persistentContent-01259
    If the persistentContent member of the VkDisplayPropertiesKHR structure returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceDisplayPropertiesKHR for the display the present operation targets is VK_FALSE, then persistent must be VK_FALSE

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDisplayPresentInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PRESENT_INFO_KHR

If the pNext chain of VkPresentInfoKHR includes a VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR structure, then that structure includes an array of device masks and a device group present mode.

The VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1 with VK_KHR_swapchain
typedef struct VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR {
    VkStructureType                        sType;
    const void*                            pNext;
    uint32_t                               swapchainCount;
    const uint32_t*                        pDeviceMasks;
    VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagBitsKHR    mode;
} VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • swapchainCount is zero or the number of elements in pDeviceMasks.

  • pDeviceMasks is a pointer to an array of device masks, one for each element of VkPresentInfoKHR::pSwapchains.

  • mode is a VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagBitsKHR value specifying the device group present mode that will be used for this present.

If mode is VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_BIT_KHR, then each element of pDeviceMasks selects which instance of the swapchain image is presented. Each element of pDeviceMasks must have exactly one bit set, and the corresponding physical device must have a presentation engine as reported by VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR.

If mode is VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_REMOTE_BIT_KHR, then each element of pDeviceMasks selects which instance of the swapchain image is presented. Each element of pDeviceMasks must have exactly one bit set, and some physical device in the logical device must include that bit in its VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR::presentMask.

If mode is VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_SUM_BIT_KHR, then each element of pDeviceMasks selects which instances of the swapchain image are component-wise summed and the sum of those images is presented. If the sum in any component is outside the representable range, the value of that component is undefined. Each element of pDeviceMasks must have a value for which all set bits are set in one of the elements of VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR::presentMask.

If mode is VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_MULTI_DEVICE_BIT_KHR, then each element of pDeviceMasks selects which instance(s) of the swapchain images are presented. For each bit set in each element of pDeviceMasks, the corresponding physical device must have a presentation engine as reported by VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR.

If VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR is not provided or swapchainCount is zero then the masks are considered to be 1. If VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR is not provided, mode is considered to be VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_BIT_KHR.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-swapchainCount-01297
    swapchainCount must equal 0 or VkPresentInfoKHR::swapchainCount

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-mode-01298
    If mode is VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_BIT_KHR, then each element of pDeviceMasks must have exactly one bit set, and the corresponding element of VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR::presentMask must be non-zero

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-mode-01299
    If mode is VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_REMOTE_BIT_KHR, then each element of pDeviceMasks must have exactly one bit set, and some physical device in the logical device must include that bit in its VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR::presentMask

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-mode-01300
    If mode is VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_SUM_BIT_KHR, then each element of pDeviceMasks must have a value for which all set bits are set in one of the elements of VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR::presentMask

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-mode-01301
    If mode is VK_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_MODE_LOCAL_MULTI_DEVICE_BIT_KHR, then for each bit set in each element of pDeviceMasks, the corresponding element of VkDeviceGroupPresentCapabilitiesKHR::presentMask must be non-zero

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-pDeviceMasks-01302
    The value of each element of pDeviceMasks must be equal to the device mask passed in VkAcquireNextImageInfoKHR::deviceMask when the image index was last acquired

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-mode-01303
    mode must have exactly one bit set, and that bit must have been included in VkDeviceGroupSwapchainCreateInfoKHR::modes

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_INFO_KHR

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-pDeviceMasks-parameter
    If swapchainCount is not 0, pDeviceMasks must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkDeviceGroupPresentInfoKHR-mode-parameter
    mode must be a valid VkDeviceGroupPresentModeFlagBitsKHR value

31.8. HDR Metadata

This section describes how to improve color reproduction of content to better reproduce colors as seen on the display used to originally optimize the content.

To provide HDR metadata to an implementation, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_hdr_metadata
void vkSetHdrMetadataEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    swapchainCount,
    const VkSwapchainKHR*                       pSwapchains,
    const VkHdrMetadataEXT*                     pMetadata);

  • device is the logical device where the swapchain(s) were created.

  • swapchainCount is the number of swapchains included in pSwapchains.

  • pSwapchains is a pointer to an array of swapchainCount VkSwapchainKHR handles.

  • pMetadata is a pointer to an array of swapchainCount VkHdrMetadataEXT structures.

The metadata will be applied to the specified VkSwapchainKHR objects at the next vkQueuePresentKHR call using that VkSwapchainKHR object. The metadata will persist until a subsequent vkSetHdrMetadataEXT changes it.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkSetHdrMetadataEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkSetHdrMetadataEXT-pSwapchains-parameter
    pSwapchains must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount valid VkSwapchainKHR handles

  • VUID-vkSetHdrMetadataEXT-pMetadata-parameter
    pMetadata must be a valid pointer to an array of swapchainCount valid VkHdrMetadataEXT structures

  • VUID-vkSetHdrMetadataEXT-swapchainCount-arraylength
    swapchainCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkSetHdrMetadataEXT-pSwapchains-parent
    Each element of pSwapchains must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

The VkHdrMetadataEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_hdr_metadata
typedef struct VkHdrMetadataEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkXYColorEXT       displayPrimaryRed;
    VkXYColorEXT       displayPrimaryGreen;
    VkXYColorEXT       displayPrimaryBlue;
    VkXYColorEXT       whitePoint;
    float              maxLuminance;
    float              minLuminance;
    float              maxContentLightLevel;
    float              maxFrameAverageLightLevel;
} VkHdrMetadataEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • displayPrimaryRed is a VkXYColorEXT structure specifying the red primary of the display used to optimize the content

  • displayPrimaryGreen is a VkXYColorEXT structure specifying the green primary of the display used to optimize the content

  • displayPrimaryBlue is a VkXYColorEXT structure specifying the blue primary of the display used to optimize the content

  • whitePoint is a VkXYColorEXT structure specifying the white-point of the display used to optimize the content

  • maxLuminance is the maximum luminance of the display used to optimize the content in nits

  • minLuminance is the minimum luminance of the display used to optimize the content in nits

  • maxContentLightLevel is the value in nits of the desired luminance for the brightest pixels in the displayed image.

  • maxFrameAverageLightLevel is the value in nits of the average luminance of the frame which has the brightest average luminance anywhere in the content.

If any of the above values are unknown, they can be set to 0.

Note

The meta-data provided here is intended to be used as defined in the SMPTE 2086, CTA 861.3 and CIE 15:2004 specifications. The validity and use of this data is outside the scope of Vulkan.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkHdrMetadataEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_HDR_METADATA_EXT

  • VUID-VkHdrMetadataEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

The VkXYColorEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_hdr_metadata
typedef struct VkXYColorEXT {
    float    x;
    float    y;
} VkXYColorEXT;

  • x is the x chromaticity coordinate.

  • y is the y chromaticity coordinate.

Chromaticity coordinates are as specified in CIE 15:2004 “Calculation of chromaticity coordinates” (Section 7.3) and are limited to between 0 and 1 for real colors.

32. Extending Vulkan

New functionality may be added to Vulkan via either new extensions or new versions of the core, or new versions of an extension in some cases.

This chapter describes how Vulkan is versioned, how compatibility is affected between different versions, and compatibility rules that are followed by the Vulkan Working Group.

32.1. Functionality Levels

Functionality in Vulkan is divided into several different levels; global, instance-level, physical-device-level, and device-level.

The level of a command is the same as the level of its first parameter - if the first parameter is not a dispatchable handle, it is a global command. Different levels of functionality may be advertised in different ways.

32.2. Instance and Device Versions

Starting with Vulkan 1.1, there are separate versions advertised for the Vulkan instance, and for each device supported on the system. This allows a system with multiple devices to advertise all devices at their full capabilities, even if those devices do not support the same version of Vulkan.

The instance version indicates which global and instance-level functionality is supported, while each device version indicates the physical-device-level and device-level functionality supported.

The instance version can be queried by calling vkEnumerateInstanceVersion. Querying for this function via vkGetInstanceProcAddr will return NULL on implementations that only support Vulkan 1.0 functionality.

The device version can be queried by calling vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties or vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, and is returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion, encoded as described in Version Numbers.

32.3. Core Versions

The Vulkan Specification is regularly updated with bug fixes and clarifications. Occasionally new functionality is added to the core and at some point it is expected that there will be a desire to perform a large, breaking change to the API. In order to indicate to developers how and when these changes are made to the specification, and to provide a way to identify each set of changes, the Vulkan API maintains a version number.

32.3.1. Version Numbers

The Vulkan version number comprises four parts indicating the variant, major, minor and patch version of the Vulkan API Specification.

The variant indicates the variant of the Vulkan API supported by the implementation. This is always 1 for the Vulkan SC API. The Base Vulkan API is variant 0.

Note

A non-zero variant indicates the API is a variant of the Vulkan API and applications will typically need to be modified to run against it. The variant field was a later addition to the version number, added in version 1.2.175 of the Base Vulkan Specification.

The major version indicates a significant change in the API, which will encompass a wholly new version of the specification.

The minor version indicates the incorporation of new functionality into the core specification.

The patch version indicates bug fixes, clarifications, and language improvements have been incorporated into the specification.

Compatibility guarantees made about versions of the API sharing any of the same version numbers are documented in Core Versions

The version number is used in several places in the API. In each such use, the version numbers are packed into a 32-bit integer as follows:

  • The variant is a 3-bit integer packed into bits 31-29.

  • The major version is a 7-bit integer packed into bits 28-22.

  • The minor version number is a 10-bit integer packed into bits 21-12.

  • The patch version number is a 12-bit integer packed into bits 11-0.

VK_API_VERSION_VARIANT extracts the API variant number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_API_VERSION_VARIANT(version) ((uint32_t)(version) >> 29U)

VK_API_VERSION_MAJOR extracts the API major version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_API_VERSION_MAJOR(version) (((uint32_t)(version) >> 22U) & 0x7FU)

VK_API_VERSION_MINOR extracts the API minor version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_API_VERSION_MINOR(version) (((uint32_t)(version) >> 12U) & 0x3FFU)

VK_API_VERSION_PATCH extracts the API patch version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_API_VERSION_PATCH(version) ((uint32_t)(version) & 0xFFFU)

VK_MAKE_API_VERSION constructs an API version number.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(variant, major, minor, patch) \
    ((((uint32_t)(variant)) << 29U) | (((uint32_t)(major)) << 22U) | (((uint32_t)(minor)) << 12U) | ((uint32_t)(patch)))

  • variant is the variant number.

  • major is the major version number.

  • minor is the minor version number.

  • patch is the patch version number.

VK_API_VERSION_1_0 returns the API version number for Vulkan 1.0.0.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// Vulkan 1.0 version number
#define VK_API_VERSION_1_0 VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(0, 1, 0, 0)// Patch version should always be set to 0

VK_API_VERSION_1_1 returns the API version number for Vulkan 1.1.0.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
// Vulkan 1.1 version number
#define VK_API_VERSION_1_1 VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(0, 1, 1, 0)// Patch version should always be set to 0

VK_API_VERSION_1_2 returns the API version number for Vulkan 1.2.0.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
// Vulkan 1.2 version number
#define VK_API_VERSION_1_2 VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(0, 1, 2, 0)// Patch version should always be set to 0

VKSC_API_VARIANT returns the API variant number for Vulkan SC.

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
// Vulkan SC variant number
#define VKSC_API_VARIANT 1

VKSC_API_VERSION_1_0 returns the API version number for Vulkan SC 1.0.0.

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
// Vulkan SC 1.0 version number
#define VKSC_API_VERSION_1_0 VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(VKSC_API_VARIANT, 1, 0, 0)// Patch version should always be set to 0

32.4. Layers

When a layer is enabled, it inserts itself into the call chain for Vulkan commands the layer is interested in. Layers can be used for a variety of tasks that extend the base behavior of Vulkan beyond what is required by the specification - such as call logging, tracing, validation, or providing additional extensions.

Note

For example, an implementation is not expected to check that the value of enums used by the application fall within allowed ranges. Instead, a validation layer would do those checks and flag issues. This avoids a performance penalty during production use of the application because those layers would not be enabled in production.
Note

Vulkan layers may wrap object handles (i.e. return a different handle value to the application than that generated by the implementation). This is generally discouraged, as it increases the probability of incompatibilities with new extensions. The validation layers wrap handles in order to track the proper use and destruction of each object. See the “Architecture of the Vulkan Loader Interfaces” document for additional information.

To query the available layers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties(
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkLayerProperties*                          pProperties);

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of layer properties available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkLayerProperties structures.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of layer properties available is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If pPropertyCount is less than the number of layer properties available, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available properties were returned.

The list of available layers may change at any time due to actions outside of the Vulkan implementation, so two calls to vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties with the same parameters may return different results, or retrieve different pPropertyCount values or pProperties contents. Once an instance has been created, the layers enabled for that instance will continue to be enabled and valid for the lifetime of that instance, even if some of them become unavailable for future instances.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkLayerProperties structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkLayerProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkLayerProperties {
    char        layerName[VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t    specVersion;
    uint32_t    implementationVersion;
    char        description[VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE];
} VkLayerProperties;

  • layerName is an array of VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which is the name of the layer. Use this name in the ppEnabledLayerNames array passed in the VkInstanceCreateInfo structure to enable this layer for an instance.

  • specVersion is the Vulkan version the layer was written to, encoded as described in Version Numbers.

  • implementationVersion is the version of this layer. It is an integer, increasing with backward compatible changes.

  • description is an array of VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which provides additional details that can be used by the application to identify the layer.

VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE is the length in char values of an array containing a layer or extension name string, as returned in VkLayerProperties::layerName, VkExtensionProperties::extensionName, and other queries.

#define VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE        256U

VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE is the length in char values of an array containing a string with additional descriptive information about a query, as returned in VkLayerProperties::description and other queries.

#define VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE           256U

To enable a layer, the name of the layer should be added to the ppEnabledLayerNames member of VkInstanceCreateInfo when creating a VkInstance.

Loader implementations may provide mechanisms outside the Vulkan API for enabling specific layers. Layers enabled through such a mechanism are implicitly enabled, while layers enabled by including the layer name in the ppEnabledLayerNames member of VkInstanceCreateInfo are explicitly enabled. Implicitly enabled layers are loaded before explicitly enabled layers, such that implicitly enabled layers are closer to the application, and explicitly enabled layers are closer to the driver. Except where otherwise specified, implicitly enabled and explicitly enabled layers differ only in the way they are enabled, and the order in which they are loaded. Explicitly enabling a layer that is implicitly enabled results in this layer being loaded as an implicitly enabled layer; it has no additional effect.

To enumerate device layers, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.0. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkLayerProperties*                          pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be queried.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of layer properties available or queried.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkLayerProperties structures.

Physical device layers are not supported. pPropertyCount will be 0, and VK_SUCCESS is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkLayerProperties structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The ppEnabledLayerNames and enabledLayerCount members of VkDeviceCreateInfo are legacy and their values must be ignored by implementations. The sequence of layers active for a device will be exactly the sequence of layers enabled when the parent instance was created.

32.5. Extensions

Extensions may define new Vulkan commands, structures, and enumerants. For compilation purposes, the interfaces defined by registered extensions, including new structures and enumerants as well as function pointer types for new commands, are defined in the Khronos-supplied vulkan_sc_core.h together with the core API. However, commands defined by extensions may not be available for static linking - in which case function pointers to these commands should be queried at runtime as described in Command Function Pointers. Extensions may be provided by layers as well as by a Vulkan implementation.

Because extensions may extend or change the behavior of the Vulkan API, extension authors should add support for their extensions to the Khronos validation layers. This is especially important for new commands whose parameters have been wrapped by the validation layers. See the “Architecture of the Vulkan Loader Interfaces” document for additional information.

Note

To enable an instance extension, the name of the extension can be added to the ppEnabledExtensionNames member of VkInstanceCreateInfo when creating a VkInstance.

To enable a device extension, the name of the extension can be added to the ppEnabledExtensionNames member of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating a VkDevice.

Physical-Device-Level functionality does not have any enabling mechanism and can be used as long as the VkPhysicalDevice supports the device extension as determined by vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties.

Enabling an extension (with no further use of that extension) does not change the behavior of functionality exposed by the core Vulkan API or any other extension, other than making valid the use of the commands, enums and structures defined by that extension.

Valid Usage sections for individual commands and structures do not currently contain which extensions have to be enabled in order to make their use valid, although they might do so in the future. It is defined only in the Valid Usage for Extensions section.

32.5.1. Instance Extensions

Instance extensions add new global or instance-level functionality to the API, outside of the core specification. Instance extensions may also add physical-device-level functionality.

To query the available instance extensions, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties(
    const char*                                 pLayerName,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkExtensionProperties*                      pProperties);

  • pLayerName is either NULL or a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string naming the layer to retrieve extensions from.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of extension properties available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkExtensionProperties structures.

When pLayerName parameter is NULL, only extensions provided by the Vulkan implementation or by implicitly enabled layers are returned. When pLayerName is the name of a layer, the instance extensions provided by that layer are returned.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of extensions properties available is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If pPropertyCount is less than the number of extension properties available, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available properties were returned.

Because the list of available layers may change externally between calls to vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, two calls may retrieve different results if a pLayerName is available in one call but not in another. The extensions supported by a layer may also change between two calls, e.g. if the layer implementation is replaced by a different version between those calls.

Implementations must not advertise any pair of extensions that cannot be enabled together due to behavioral differences, or any extension that cannot be enabled against the advertised version.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties-pLayerName-parameter
    If pLayerName is not NULL, pLayerName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkExtensionProperties structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

32.5.2. Device Extensions

Device extensions add new device-level functionality to the API, outside of the core specification. If Vulkan 1.1 is required by the extension, it may also add new physical-device-level functionality.

To query the extensions available to a given physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const char*                                 pLayerName,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkExtensionProperties*                      pProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be queried.

  • pLayerName is either NULL or a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string naming the layer to retrieve extensions from.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of extension properties available or queried, and is treated in the same fashion as the vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties::pPropertyCount parameter.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkExtensionProperties structures.

When pLayerName parameter is NULL, only extensions provided by the Vulkan implementation or by implicitly enabled layers are returned. When pLayerName is the name of a layer, the device extensions provided by that layer are returned.

Implementations must not advertise any pair of extensions that cannot be enabled together due to behavioral differences, or any extension that cannot be enabled against the advertised version.

Note

Due to platform details on Android, vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties may be called with physicalDevice equal to NULL during layer discovery. This behavior will only be observed by layer implementations, and not the underlying Vulkan driver.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties-pLayerName-parameter
    If pLayerName is not NULL, pLayerName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkExtensionProperties structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkExtensionProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkExtensionProperties {
    char        extensionName[VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t    specVersion;
} VkExtensionProperties;

  • extensionName is an array of VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which is the name of the extension.

  • specVersion is the version of this extension. It is an integer, incremented with backward compatible changes.

32.6. Extension Dependencies

Some extensions are dependent on other extensions, or on specific core API versions, to function. To enable extensions with dependencies, any required extensions must also be enabled through the same API mechanisms when creating an instance with vkCreateInstance or a device with vkCreateDevice. Each extension which has such dependencies documents them in the appendix summarizing that extension.

If an extension is supported (as queried by vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties or vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties), then required extensions of that extension must also be supported for the same instance or physical device.

Any device extension that has an instance extension dependency that is not enabled by vkCreateInstance is considered to be unsupported, hence it must not be returned by vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties for any VkPhysicalDevice child of the instance. Instance extensions do not have dependencies on device extensions.

If a required extension has been promoted to another extension or to a core API version, then as a general rule, the dependency is also satisfied by the promoted extension or core version. This will be true so long as any features required by the original extension are also required or enabled by the promoted extension or core version. However, in some cases an extension is promoted while making some of its features optional in the promoted extension or core version. In this case, the dependency may not be satisfied. The only way to be certain is to look at the descriptions of the original dependency and the promoted version in the Layers & Extensions and Core Revisions appendices.

Note

There is metadata in vk.xml describing some aspects of promotion, especially requires, promotedto and deprecatedby attributes of <extension> tags. However, the metadata does not yet fully describe this scenario. In the future, we may extend the XML schema to describe the full set of extensions and versions satisfying a dependency. As discussed in more detail for Promotion below, when an extension is promoted it does not mean that a mechanical substitution of an extension API by the corresponding promoted API will work in exactly the same fashion; be supported at runtime; or even exist.

32.7. Compatibility Guarantees (Informative)

This section is marked as informal as there is no binding responsibility on implementations of the Vulkan API - these guarantees are however a contract between the Vulkan Working Group and developers using this Specification.

32.7.1. Core Versions

Each of the major, minor, and patch versions of the Vulkan specification provide different compatibility guarantees.

Patch Versions

A difference in the patch version indicates that a set of bug fixes or clarifications have been made to the Specification. Informative enums returned by Vulkan commands that will not affect the runtime behavior of a valid application may be added in a patch version (e.g. VkVendorId).

The specification’s patch version is strictly increasing for a given major version of the specification; any change to a specification as described above will result in the patch version being increased by 1. Patch versions are applied to all minor versions, even if a given minor version is not affected by the provoking change.

Specifications with different patch versions but the same major and minor version are fully compatible with each other - such that a valid application written against one will work with an implementation of another.

Note

If a patch version includes a bug fix or clarification that could have a significant impact on developer expectations, these will be highlighted in the change log. Generally the Vulkan Working Group tries to avoid these kinds of changes, instead fixing them in either an extension or core version.
Minor Versions

Changes in the minor version of the specification indicate that new functionality has been added to the core specification. This will usually include new interfaces in the header, and may also include behavior changes and bug fixes. Core functionality may be marked as legacy in a minor version, but will not be obsoleted or removed.

The specification’s minor version is strictly increasing for a given major version of the specification; any change to a specification as described above will result in the minor version being increased by 1. Changes that can be accommodated in a patch version will not increase the minor version.

Specifications with a lower minor version are backwards compatible with an implementation of a specification with a higher minor version for core functionality and extensions issued with the KHR vendor tag. Vendor and multi-vendor extensions are not guaranteed to remain functional across minor versions, though in general they are with few exceptions - see Obsoletion for more information.

Major Versions

A difference in the major version of specifications indicates a large set of changes which will likely include interface changes, behavioral changes, removal of legacy functionality, and the modification, addition, or replacement of other functionality.

The specification’s major version is monotonically increasing; any change to the specification as described above will result in the major version being increased. Changes that can be accommodated in a patch or minor version will not increase the major version.

The Vulkan Working Group intends to only issue a new major version of the Specification in order to realize significant improvements to the Vulkan API that will necessarily require breaking compatibility.

A new major version will likely include a wholly new version of the specification to be issued - which could include an overhaul of the versioning semantics for the minor and patch versions. The patch and minor versions of a specification are therefore not meaningful across major versions. If a major version of the specification includes similar versioning semantics, it is expected that the patch and the minor version will be reset to 0 for that major version.

32.7.2. Extensions

A KHR extension must be able to be enabled alongside any other KHR extension, and for any minor or patch version of the core Specification beyond the minimum version it requires. A multi-vendor extension should be able to be enabled alongside any KHR extension or other multi-vendor extension, and for any minor or patch version of the core Specification beyond the minimum version it requires. A vendor extension should be able to be enabled alongside any KHR extension, multi-vendor extension, or other vendor extension from the same vendor, and for any minor or patch version of the core Specification beyond the minimum version it requires. A vendor extension may be able to be enabled alongside vendor extensions from another vendor.

The one other exception to this is if a vendor or multi-vendor extension is made obsolete by either a core version or another extension, which will be highlighted in the extension appendix.

Promotion

Extensions, or features of an extension, may be promoted to a new core version of the API, or a newer extension which an equal or greater number of implementors are in favor of.

Note

Structure and enumerated types defined in extensions that were promoted to core in a later version of Vulkan are defined in terms of the equivalent Vulkan core interfaces in that version and its successors. This affects the Vulkan Specification, the Vulkan header files, and the corresponding XML Registry.

When extension functionality is promoted, minor changes may be introduced, limited to the following:

  • Naming

  • Non-intrusive parameter changes

  • Feature advertisement/enablement

  • Combining structure parameters into larger structures

  • Author ID suffixes changed or removed

Note

If extension functionality is promoted, there is no guarantee of direct compatibility, however it should require little effort to port code from the original feature to the promoted one.

The Vulkan Working Group endeavors to ensure that larger changes are marked as either deprecated or obsoleted as appropriate, and can do so retroactively if necessary.

Extensions that are promoted are listed as being promoted in their extension appendices, with reference to where they were promoted to.

When an extension is promoted, any backwards compatibility aliases which exist in the extension will not be promoted.

Note

As a hypothetical example, if the VK_KHR_surface extension were promoted to part of a future core version, the VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR token defined by that extension would be promoted to VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR. However, the VK_COLORSPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR token aliases VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR. The VK_COLORSPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR would not be promoted, because it is a backwards compatibility alias that exists only due to a naming mistake when the extension was initially published.
Deprecation

Extensions may be marked as deprecated when they are no longer intended to be used by applications under certain conditions. Generally, a new feature will become available to solve the use case in another extension or core version of the API, but it is not guaranteed.

Note

Features that are intended to replace deprecated functionality have no guarantees of compatibility, and applications may require drastic modification in order to make use of the new features.

Extensions that are deprecated are listed as being deprecated in their extension appendices, with an explanation of the deprecation and any related features that are relevant.

Obsoletion

Occasionally, an extension will be marked as obsolete if a new version of the core API or a new extension is fundamentally incompatible with it. An obsoleted extension must not be used with the extension or core version that obsoleted it.

Extensions that are obsoleted are listed as being obsoleted in their extension appendices, with reference to what they were obsoleted by.

Aliases

When an extension is promoted or deprecated by a newer feature, some or all of its functionality may be replicated into the newer feature. Rather than duplication of all the documentation and definitions, the specification instead identifies the identical commands and types as aliases of one another. Each alias is mentioned together with the definition it aliases, with the older aliases marked as “equivalents”. Each alias of the same command has identical behavior, and each alias of the same type has identical meaning - they can be used interchangeably in an application with no compatibility issues.

Note

For promoted types, the aliased extension type is semantically identical to the new core type. The C99 headers simply typedef the older aliases to the promoted types.

For promoted command aliases, however, there are two separate command definitions, due to the fact that the C99 ABI has no way to alias command definitions without resorting to macros. Calling either command will produce identical behavior within the bounds of the specification, and should still invoke the same path in the implementation. Debug tools may use separate commands with different debug behavior; to write the appropriate command name to an output log, for instance.
Special Use Extensions

Some extensions exist only to support a specific purpose or specific class of application. These are referred to as “special use extensions”. Use of these extensions in applications not meeting the special use criteria is not recommended.

Special use cases are restricted, and only those defined below are used to describe extensions:

Table 42. Extension Special Use Cases
Special Use XML Tag Full Description

CAD support

cadsupport

Extension is intended to support specialized functionality used by CAD/CAM applications.

D3D support

d3demulation

Extension is intended to support D3D emulation layers, and applications ported from D3D, by adding functionality specific to D3D.

Developer tools

devtools

Extension is intended to support developer tools such as capture-replay libraries.

Debugging tools

debugging

Extension is intended for use by applications when debugging.

OpenGL / ES support

glemulation

Extension is intended to support OpenGL and/or OpenGL ES emulation layers, and applications ported from those APIs, by adding functionality specific to those APIs.

Special use extensions are identified in the metadata for each such extension in the Layers & Extensions appendix, using the name in the “Special Use” column above.

Special use extensions are also identified in vk.xml with the short name in “XML Tag” column above, as described in the “API Extensions (extension tag)” section of the registry schema documentation.

33. Features

Features advertise additional functionality which can be enabled in the API. If a feature is supported by a physical device, it must be enabled when creating a VkDevice in order to use its associated functionality with that VkDevice. If a feature is unsupported, that functionality cannot be used with that VkDevice.

Note

Features are reported via the extensible structure VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, which was added in the VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2 extension and included in Vulkan 1.1. When new features are added in future Vulkan versions or extensions, each extension should introduce one new feature structure, if needed. This structure can be added to the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure.

For convenience, new core versions of Vulkan may introduce new unified feature structures for features promoted from extensions. At the same time, the extension’s original feature structure (if any) is also promoted to the core API, and is an alias of the extension’s structure. This results in multiple names for the same feature: in the original extension’s feature structure and the promoted structure alias, in the unified feature structure. When a feature was implicitly supported and enabled in the extension, but an explicit name was added during promotion, then the extension itself acts as an alias for the feature as listed in the table below.

All aliases of the same feature in the core API must be reported consistently: either all must be reported as supported, or none of them. When a promoted extension is available, any corresponding feature aliases must be supported.

Table 43. Extension Feature Aliases
Extension Feature(s)

To query supported features, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.1. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures*                   pFeatures);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the supported features.

  • pFeatures is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure in which the physical device features are returned. For each feature, a value of VK_TRUE specifies that the feature is supported on this physical device, and VK_FALSE specifies that the feature is not supported.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures-pFeatures-parameter
    pFeatures must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure

Fine-grained features used by a logical device must be enabled at VkDevice creation time. If a feature is enabled that the physical device does not support, VkDevice creation will fail and return VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT.

The fine-grained features are enabled by passing a pointer to the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure via the pEnabledFeatures member of the VkDeviceCreateInfo structure that is passed into the vkCreateDevice call. If a member of pEnabledFeatures is VK_TRUE or VK_FALSE, then the device will be created with the indicated feature enabled or disabled, respectively. Features can also be enabled by using the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure.

If an application wishes to enable all features supported by a device, it can simply pass in the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure that was previously returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures. To disable an individual feature, the application can set the desired member to VK_FALSE in the same structure. Setting pEnabledFeatures to NULL and not including a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 in the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo is equivalent to setting all members of the structure to VK_FALSE.

Note

Some features, such as robustBufferAccess, may incur a runtime performance cost. Application writers should carefully consider the implications of enabling all supported features.

To query supported features defined by the core or extensions, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2*                  pFeatures);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the supported features.

  • pFeatures is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure in which the physical device features are returned.

Each structure in pFeatures and its pNext chain contains members corresponding to fine-grained features. Each structure in pFeatures and its pNext chain contains VkBool32 members corresponding to fine-grained features. Each such member is returned with a VK_TRUE value indicating that feature is supported on this physical device, or a VK_FALSE value indicating it is unsupported.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2-pFeatures-parameter
    pFeatures must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    void*                       pNext;
    VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures    features;
} VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • features is a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure describing the fine-grained features of the Vulkan 1.0 API.

The pNext chain of this structure is used to extend the structure with features defined by extensions. This structure can be used in vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 or can be included in the pNext chain of a VkDeviceCreateInfo structure, in which case it controls which features are enabled in lieu of pEnabledFeatures.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FEATURES_2

The VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures {
    VkBool32    robustBufferAccess;
    VkBool32    fullDrawIndexUint32;
    VkBool32    imageCubeArray;
    VkBool32    independentBlend;
    VkBool32    geometryShader;
    VkBool32    tessellationShader;
    VkBool32    sampleRateShading;
    VkBool32    dualSrcBlend;
    VkBool32    logicOp;
    VkBool32    multiDrawIndirect;
    VkBool32    drawIndirectFirstInstance;
    VkBool32    depthClamp;
    VkBool32    depthBiasClamp;
    VkBool32    fillModeNonSolid;
    VkBool32    depthBounds;
    VkBool32    wideLines;
    VkBool32    largePoints;
    VkBool32    alphaToOne;
    VkBool32    multiViewport;
    VkBool32    samplerAnisotropy;
    VkBool32    textureCompressionETC2;
    VkBool32    textureCompressionASTC_LDR;
    VkBool32    textureCompressionBC;
    VkBool32    occlusionQueryPrecise;
    VkBool32    pipelineStatisticsQuery;
    VkBool32    vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics;
    VkBool32    fragmentStoresAndAtomics;
    VkBool32    shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize;
    VkBool32    shaderImageGatherExtended;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageMultisample;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat;
    VkBool32    shaderUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32    shaderSampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32    shaderClipDistance;
    VkBool32    shaderCullDistance;
    VkBool32    shaderFloat64;
    VkBool32    shaderInt64;
    VkBool32    shaderInt16;
    VkBool32    shaderResourceResidency;
    VkBool32    shaderResourceMinLod;
    VkBool32    sparseBinding;
    VkBool32    sparseResidencyBuffer;
    VkBool32    sparseResidencyImage2D;
    VkBool32    sparseResidencyImage3D;
    VkBool32    sparseResidency2Samples;
    VkBool32    sparseResidency4Samples;
    VkBool32    sparseResidency8Samples;
    VkBool32    sparseResidency16Samples;
    VkBool32    sparseResidencyAliased;
    VkBool32    variableMultisampleRate;
    VkBool32    inheritedQueries;
} VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • robustBufferAccess enables Robust Buffer Access guarantees for shader buffer accesses.

  • fullDrawIndexUint32 specifies the full 32-bit range of indices is supported for indexed draw calls when using a VkIndexType of VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32. maxDrawIndexedIndexValue is the maximum index value that may be used (aside from the primitive restart index, which is always 232-1 when the VkIndexType is VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32). If this feature is supported, maxDrawIndexedIndexValue must be 232-1; otherwise it must be no smaller than 224-1. See maxDrawIndexedIndexValue.

  • imageCubeArray specifies whether image views with a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY can be created, and that the corresponding SampledCubeArray and ImageCubeArray SPIR-V capabilities can be used in shader code.

  • independentBlend specifies whether the VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState settings are controlled independently per-attachment. If this feature is not enabled, the VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState settings for all color attachments must be identical. Otherwise, a different VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState can be provided for each bound color attachment.

  • geometryShader specifies whether geometry shaders are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT and VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT enum values must not be used. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Geometry capability.

  • tessellationShader specifies whether tessellation control and evaluation shaders are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, and VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO enum values must not be used. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Tessellation capability.

  • sampleRateShading specifies whether Sample Shading and multisample interpolation are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the sampleShadingEnable member of the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure must be VK_FALSE and the minSampleShading member is ignored. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the SampleRateShading capability.

  • dualSrcBlend specifies whether blend operations which take two sources are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, and VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA enum values must not be used as source or destination blending factors. See Dual-Source Blending.

  • logicOp specifies whether logic operations are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the logicOpEnable member of the VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure must be VK_FALSE, and the logicOp member is ignored.

  • multiDrawIndirect specifies whether multiple draw indirect is supported. If this feature is not enabled, the drawCount parameter to the vkCmdDrawIndirect and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect commands must be 0 or 1. The maxDrawIndirectCount member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure must also be 1 if this feature is not supported. See maxDrawIndirectCount.

  • drawIndirectFirstInstance specifies whether indirect drawing calls support the firstInstance parameter. If this feature is not enabled, the firstInstance member of all VkDrawIndirectCommand and VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand structures that are provided to the vkCmdDrawIndirect and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect commands must be 0.

  • depthClamp specifies whether depth clamping is supported. If this feature is not enabled, the depthClampEnable member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure must be VK_FALSE. Otherwise, setting depthClampEnable to VK_TRUE will enable depth clamping.

  • depthBiasClamp specifies whether depth bias clamping is supported. If this feature is not enabled, the depthBiasClamp member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure must be 0.0 unless the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state is enabled, in which case the depthBiasClamp parameter to vkCmdSetDepthBias must be 0.0.

  • fillModeNonSolid specifies whether point and wireframe fill modes are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT and VK_POLYGON_MODE_LINE enum values must not be used.

  • depthBounds specifies whether depth bounds tests are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the depthBoundsTestEnable member of the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure must be VK_FALSE unless the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE dynamic state is enabled, in which case the depthBoundsTestEnable parameter to vkCmdSetDepthBoundsTestEnableEXT must be VK_FALSE. When depthBoundsTestEnable is VK_FALSE, the minDepthBounds and maxDepthBounds members of the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure are ignored.

  • wideLines specifies whether lines with width other than 1.0 are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the lineWidth member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure must be 1.0 unless the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state is enabled, in which case the lineWidth parameter to vkCmdSetLineWidth must be 1.0. When this feature is supported, the range and granularity of supported line widths are indicated by the lineWidthRange and lineWidthGranularity members of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure, respectively.

  • largePoints specifies whether points with size greater than 1.0 are supported. If this feature is not enabled, only a point size of 1.0 written by a shader is supported. The range and granularity of supported point sizes are indicated by the pointSizeRange and pointSizeGranularity members of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure, respectively.

  • alphaToOne specifies whether the implementation is able to replace the alpha value of the fragment shader color output in the Multisample Coverage fragment operation. If this feature is not enabled, then the alphaToOneEnable member of the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure must be VK_FALSE. Otherwise setting alphaToOneEnable to VK_TRUE will enable alpha-to-one behavior.

  • multiViewport specifies whether more than one viewport is supported. If this feature is not enabled:

    • The viewportCount and scissorCount members of the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure must be 1.

    • The firstViewport and viewportCount parameters to the vkCmdSetViewport command must be 0 and 1, respectively.

    • The firstScissor and scissorCount parameters to the vkCmdSetScissor command must be 0 and 1, respectively.

  • samplerAnisotropy specifies whether anisotropic filtering is supported. If this feature is not enabled, the anisotropyEnable member of the VkSamplerCreateInfo structure must be VK_FALSE.

  • textureCompressionETC2 specifies whether all of the ETC2 and EAC compressed texture formats are supported. If this feature is enabled, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK

      To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not enabled, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats as normal.

  • textureCompressionASTC_LDR specifies whether all of the ASTC LDR compressed texture formats are supported. If this feature is enabled, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK

      To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not enabled, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats as normal.

  • textureCompressionBC specifies whether all of the BC compressed texture formats are supported. If this feature is enabled, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK

      To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not enabled, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats as normal.

  • occlusionQueryPrecise specifies whether occlusion queries returning actual sample counts are supported. Occlusion queries are created in a VkQueryPool by specifying the queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION in the VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure which is passed to vkCreateQueryPool. If this feature is enabled, queries of this type can enable VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT in the flags parameter to vkCmdBeginQuery. If this feature is not supported, the implementation supports only boolean occlusion queries. When any samples are passed, boolean queries will return a non-zero result value, otherwise a result value of zero is returned. When this feature is enabled and VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT is set, occlusion queries will report the actual number of samples passed.

  • pipelineStatisticsQuery specifies whether the pipeline statistics queries are supported. If this feature is not enabled, queries of type VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS cannot be created, and none of the VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits bits can be set in the pipelineStatistics member of the VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure.

  • vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics specifies whether storage buffers and images support stores and atomic operations in the vertex, tessellation, and geometry shader stages. If this feature is not enabled, all storage image, storage texel buffer, and storage buffer variables used by these stages in shader modules must be decorated with the NonWritable decoration (or the readonly memory qualifier in GLSL).

  • fragmentStoresAndAtomics specifies whether storage buffers and images support stores and atomic operations in the fragment shader stage. If this feature is not enabled, all storage image, storage texel buffer, and storage buffer variables used by the fragment stage in shader modules must be decorated with the NonWritable decoration (or the readonly memory qualifier in GLSL).

  • shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize specifies whether the PointSize built-in decoration is available in the tessellation control, tessellation evaluation, and geometry shader stages. If this feature is not enabled, members decorated with the PointSize built-in decoration must not be read from or written to and all points written from a tessellation or geometry shader will have a size of 1.0. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the TessellationPointSize capability for tessellation control and evaluation shaders, or if the shader modules can declare the GeometryPointSize capability for geometry shaders. An implementation supporting this feature must also support one or both of the tessellationShader or geometryShader features.

  • shaderImageGatherExtended specifies whether the extended set of image gather instructions are available in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, the OpImage*Gather instructions do not support the Offset and ConstOffsets operands. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the ImageGatherExtended capability.

  • shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats specifies whether all the “storage image extended formats” below are supported; if this feature is supported, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT

    • VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

      Note

      shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature only adds a guarantee of format support, which is specified for the whole physical device. Therefore enabling or disabling the feature via vkCreateDevice has no practical effect.

      To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not supported, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats, as usual rules allow.

      VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT, VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT, and VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT from StorageImageExtendedFormats SPIR-V capability, are already covered by core Vulkan mandatory format support.

  • shaderStorageImageMultisample specifies whether multisampled storage images are supported. If this feature is not enabled, images that are created with a usage that includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT must be created with samples equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageImageMultisample and ImageMSArray capabilities.

  • shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat specifies whether storage images and storage texel buffers require a format qualifier to be specified when reading.

  • shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat specifies whether storage images and storage texel buffers require a format qualifier to be specified when writing.

  • shaderUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing specifies whether arrays of uniform buffers can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the UniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderSampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing specifies whether arrays of samplers or sampled images can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the SampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing specifies whether arrays of storage buffers can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing specifies whether arrays of storage images can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderClipDistance specifies whether clip distances are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, any members decorated with the ClipDistance built-in decoration must not be read from or written to in shader modules. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the ClipDistance capability.

  • shaderCullDistance specifies whether cull distances are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, any members decorated with the CullDistance built-in decoration must not be read from or written to in shader modules. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the CullDistance capability.

  • shaderFloat64 specifies whether 64-bit floats (doubles) are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, 64-bit floating-point types must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Float64 capability. Declaring and using 64-bit floats is enabled for all storage classes that SPIR-V allows with the Float64 capability.

  • shaderInt64 specifies whether 64-bit integers (signed and unsigned) are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, 64-bit integer types must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Int64 capability. Declaring and using 64-bit integers is enabled for all storage classes that SPIR-V allows with the Int64 capability.

  • shaderInt16 specifies whether 16-bit integers (signed and unsigned) are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer types must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Int16 capability. However, this only enables a subset of the storage classes that SPIR-V allows for the Int16 SPIR-V capability: Declaring and using 16-bit integers in the Private, Workgroup, and Function storage classes is enabled, while declaring them in the interface storage classes (e.g., UniformConstant, Uniform, StorageBuffer, Input, Output, and PushConstant) is not enabled.

  • shaderResourceResidency specifies whether image operations that return resource residency information are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, the OpImageSparse* instructions must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the SparseResidency capability. The feature requires at least one of the sparseResidency* features to be supported. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • shaderResourceMinLod specifies whether image operations specifying the minimum resource LOD are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, the MinLod image operand must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the MinLod capability.

  • sparseBinding specifies whether resource memory can be managed at opaque sparse block level instead of at the object level. If this feature is not enabled, resource memory must be bound only on a per-object basis using the vkBindBufferMemory and vkBindImageMemory commands. In this case, buffers and images must not be created with VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT set in the flags member of the VkBufferCreateInfo and VkImageCreateInfo structures, respectively. Otherwise resource memory can be managed as described in Sparse Resource Features. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • sparseResidencyBuffer specifies whether the device can access partially resident buffers. If this feature is not enabled, buffers must not be created with VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkBufferCreateInfo structure. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • sparseResidencyImage2D specifies whether the device can access partially resident 2D images with 1 sample per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • sparseResidencyImage3D specifies whether the device can access partially resident 3D images. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • sparseResidency2Samples specifies whether the physical device can access partially resident 2D images with 2 samples per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • sparseResidency4Samples specifies whether the physical device can access partially resident 2D images with 4 samples per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • sparseResidency8Samples specifies whether the physical device can access partially resident 2D images with 8 samples per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • sparseResidency16Samples specifies whether the physical device can access partially resident 2D images with 16 samples per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • sparseResidencyAliased specifies whether the physical device can correctly access data aliased into multiple locations. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT enum values must not be used in flags members of the VkBufferCreateInfo and VkImageCreateInfo structures, respectively. This must be VK_FALSE in Vulkan SC [SCID-8].

  • variableMultisampleRate specifies whether all pipelines that will be bound to a command buffer during a subpass which uses no attachments must have the same value for VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::rasterizationSamples. If set to VK_TRUE, the implementation supports variable multisample rates in a subpass which uses no attachments. If set to VK_FALSE, then all pipelines bound in such a subpass must have the same multisample rate. This has no effect in situations where a subpass uses any attachments.

  • inheritedQueries specifies whether a secondary command buffer may be executed while a query is active.

The VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           storageBuffer16BitAccess;
    VkBool32           uniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess;
    VkBool32           storagePushConstant16;
    VkBool32           storageInputOutput16;
    VkBool32           multiview;
    VkBool32           multiviewGeometryShader;
    VkBool32           multiviewTessellationShader;
    VkBool32           variablePointersStorageBuffer;
    VkBool32           variablePointers;
    VkBool32           protectedMemory;
    VkBool32           samplerYcbcrConversion;
    VkBool32           shaderDrawParameters;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • storageBuffer16BitAccess specifies whether objects in the StorageBuffer, or PhysicalStorageBuffer storage class with the Block decoration can have 16-bit integer and 16-bit floating-point members. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer or 16-bit floating-point members must not be used in such objects. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageBuffer16BitAccess capability.

  • uniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess specifies whether objects in the Uniform storage class with the Block decoration can have 16-bit integer and 16-bit floating-point members. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer or 16-bit floating-point members must not be used in such objects. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the UniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess capability.

  • storagePushConstant16 specifies whether objects in the PushConstant storage class can have 16-bit integer and 16-bit floating-point members. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer or floating-point members must not be used in such objects. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StoragePushConstant16 capability.

  • storageInputOutput16 specifies whether objects in the Input and Output storage classes can have 16-bit integer and 16-bit floating-point members. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer or 16-bit floating-point members must not be used in such objects. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageInputOutput16 capability.

  • multiview specifies whether the implementation supports multiview rendering within a render pass. If this feature is not enabled, the view mask of each subpass must always be zero.

  • multiviewGeometryShader specifies whether the implementation supports multiview rendering within a render pass, with geometry shaders. If this feature is not enabled, then a pipeline compiled against a subpass with a non-zero view mask must not include a geometry shader.

  • multiviewTessellationShader specifies whether the implementation supports multiview rendering within a render pass, with tessellation shaders. If this feature is not enabled, then a pipeline compiled against a subpass with a non-zero view mask must not include any tessellation shaders.

  • variablePointersStorageBuffer specifies whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V VariablePointersStorageBuffer capability. When this feature is not enabled, shader modules must not declare the SPV_KHR_variable_pointers extension or the VariablePointersStorageBuffer capability.

  • variablePointers specifies whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V VariablePointers capability. When this feature is not enabled, shader modules must not declare the VariablePointers capability.

  • protectedMemory specifies whether protected memory is supported.

  • samplerYcbcrConversion specifies whether the implementation supports sampler Y′CBCR conversion. If samplerYcbcrConversion is VK_FALSE, sampler Y′CBCR conversion is not supported, and samplers using sampler Y′CBCR conversion must not be used.

  • shaderDrawParameters specifies whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V DrawParameters capability. When this feature is not enabled, shader modules must not declare the SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters extension or the DrawParameters capability.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_1_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           samplerMirrorClampToEdge;
    VkBool32           drawIndirectCount;
    VkBool32           storageBuffer8BitAccess;
    VkBool32           uniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess;
    VkBool32           storagePushConstant8;
    VkBool32           shaderBufferInt64Atomics;
    VkBool32           shaderSharedInt64Atomics;
    VkBool32           shaderFloat16;
    VkBool32           shaderInt8;
    VkBool32           descriptorIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingStorageImageUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingUniformTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingStorageTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingUpdateUnusedWhilePending;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingPartiallyBound;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingVariableDescriptorCount;
    VkBool32           runtimeDescriptorArray;
    VkBool32           samplerFilterMinmax;
    VkBool32           scalarBlockLayout;
    VkBool32           imagelessFramebuffer;
    VkBool32           uniformBufferStandardLayout;
    VkBool32           shaderSubgroupExtendedTypes;
    VkBool32           separateDepthStencilLayouts;
    VkBool32           hostQueryReset;
    VkBool32           timelineSemaphore;
    VkBool32           bufferDeviceAddress;
    VkBool32           bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay;
    VkBool32           bufferDeviceAddressMultiDevice;
    VkBool32           vulkanMemoryModel;
    VkBool32           vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope;
    VkBool32           vulkanMemoryModelAvailabilityVisibilityChains;
    VkBool32           shaderOutputViewportIndex;
    VkBool32           shaderOutputLayer;
    VkBool32           subgroupBroadcastDynamicId;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • samplerMirrorClampToEdge indicates whether the implementation supports the VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE sampler address mode. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE sampler address mode must not be used.

  • drawIndirectCount indicates whether the implementation supports the vkCmdDrawIndirectCount and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount functions. If this feature is not enabled, these functions must not be used.

  • storageBuffer8BitAccess indicates whether objects in the StorageBuffer, or PhysicalStorageBuffer storage class with the Block decoration can have 8-bit integer members. If this feature is not enabled, 8-bit integer members must not be used in such objects. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageBuffer8BitAccess capability.

  • uniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess indicates whether objects in the Uniform storage class with the Block decoration can have 8-bit integer members. If this feature is not enabled, 8-bit integer members must not be used in such objects. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the UniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess capability.

  • storagePushConstant8 indicates whether objects in the PushConstant storage class can have 8-bit integer members. If this feature is not enabled, 8-bit integer members must not be used in such objects. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StoragePushConstant8 capability.

  • shaderBufferInt64Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 64-bit unsigned and signed integer atomic operations on buffers.

  • shaderSharedInt64Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 64-bit unsigned and signed integer atomic operations on shared memory.

  • shaderFloat16 indicates whether 16-bit floats (halfs) are supported in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the Float16 capability. However, this only enables a subset of the storage classes that SPIR-V allows for the Float16 SPIR-V capability: Declaring and using 16-bit floats in the Private, Workgroup, and Function storage classes is enabled, while declaring them in the interface storage classes (e.g., UniformConstant, Uniform, StorageBuffer, Input, Output, and PushConstant) is not enabled.

  • shaderInt8 indicates whether 8-bit integers (signed and unsigned) are supported in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the Int8 capability. However, this only enables a subset of the storage classes that SPIR-V allows for the Int8 SPIR-V capability: Declaring and using 8-bit integers in the Private, Workgroup, and Function storage classes is enabled, while declaring them in the interface storage classes (e.g., UniformConstant, Uniform, StorageBuffer, Input, Output, and PushConstant) is not enabled.

  • descriptorIndexing indicates whether the implementation supports the minimum set of descriptor indexing features as described in the Feature Requirements section. Enabling this feature when vkCreateDevice is called does not imply the other minimum descriptor indexing features are also enabled. Those other descriptor indexing features must be enabled individually as needed by the application.

  • shaderInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing indicates whether arrays of input attachments can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the InputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing indicates whether arrays of uniform texel buffers can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the UniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing indicates whether arrays of storage texel buffers can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of uniform buffers can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the UniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of samplers or sampled images can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the SampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of storage buffers can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of storage images can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of input attachments can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the InputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of uniform texel buffers can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the UniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of storage texel buffers can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating uniform buffer descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER.

  • descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating sampled image descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE.

  • descriptorBindingStorageImageUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating storage image descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE.

  • descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating storage buffer descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER.

  • descriptorBindingUniformTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating uniform texel buffer descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER.

  • descriptorBindingStorageTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating storage texel buffer descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER.

  • descriptorBindingUpdateUnusedWhilePending indicates whether the implementation supports updating descriptors while the set is in use. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT must not be used.

  • descriptorBindingPartiallyBound indicates whether the implementation supports statically using a descriptor set binding in which some descriptors are not valid. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT must not be used.

  • descriptorBindingVariableDescriptorCount indicates whether the implementation supports descriptor sets with a variable-sized last binding. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_BIT must not be used.

  • runtimeDescriptorArray indicates whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V RuntimeDescriptorArray capability. If this feature is not enabled, descriptors must not be declared in runtime arrays.

  • samplerFilterMinmax indicates whether the implementation supports a minimum set of required formats supporting min/max filtering as defined by the filterMinmaxSingleComponentFormats property minimum requirements. If this feature is not enabled, then VkSamplerReductionModeCreateInfo must only use VK_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_WEIGHTED_AVERAGE.

  • scalarBlockLayout indicates that the implementation supports the layout of resource blocks in shaders using scalar alignment.

  • imagelessFramebuffer indicates that the implementation supports specifying the image view for attachments at render pass begin time via VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo.

  • uniformBufferStandardLayout indicates that the implementation supports the same layouts for uniform buffers as for storage and other kinds of buffers. See Standard Buffer Layout.

  • shaderSubgroupExtendedTypes is a boolean specifying whether subgroup operations can use 8-bit integer, 16-bit integer, 64-bit integer, 16-bit floating-point, and vectors of these types in group operations with subgroup scope, if the implementation supports the types.

  • separateDepthStencilLayouts indicates whether the implementation supports a VkImageMemoryBarrier for a depth/stencil image with only one of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT set, and whether VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL can be used.

  • hostQueryReset indicates that the implementation supports resetting queries from the host with vkResetQueryPool.

  • timelineSemaphore indicates whether semaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE are supported.

  • bufferDeviceAddress indicates that the implementation supports accessing buffer memory in shaders as storage buffers via an address queried from vkGetBufferDeviceAddress.

  • bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay indicates that the implementation supports saving and reusing buffer and device addresses, e.g. for trace capture and replay.

  • bufferDeviceAddressMultiDevice indicates that the implementation supports the bufferDeviceAddress feature for logical devices created with multiple physical devices. If this feature is not supported, buffer addresses must not be queried on a logical device created with more than one physical device.

  • vulkanMemoryModel indicates whether shader modules can declare the VulkanMemoryModel capability.

  • vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope indicates whether the Vulkan Memory Model can use Device scope synchronization. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the VulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope capability.

  • vulkanMemoryModelAvailabilityVisibilityChains indicates whether the Vulkan Memory Model can use availability and visibility chains with more than one element.

  • shaderOutputViewportIndex indicates whether the implementation supports the ShaderViewportIndex SPIR-V capability enabling variables decorated with the ViewportIndex built-in to be exported from vertex or tessellation evaluation shaders. If this feature is not enabled, the ViewportIndex built-in decoration must not be used on outputs in vertex or tessellation evaluation shaders.

  • shaderOutputLayer indicates whether the implementation supports the ShaderLayer SPIR-V capability enabling variables decorated with the Layer built-in to be exported from vertex or tessellation evaluation shaders. If this feature is not enabled, the Layer built-in decoration must not be used on outputs in vertex or tessellation evaluation shaders.

  • If subgroupBroadcastDynamicId is VK_TRUE, the “Id” operand of OpGroupNonUniformBroadcast can be dynamically uniform within a subgroup, and the “Index” operand of OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast can be dynamically uniform within the derivative group. If it is VK_FALSE, these operands must be constants.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_2_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceVariablePointersFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVariablePointersFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           variablePointersStorageBuffer;
    VkBool32           variablePointers;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVariablePointersFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • variablePointersStorageBuffer specifies whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V VariablePointersStorageBuffer capability. When this feature is not enabled, shader modules must not declare the SPV_KHR_variable_pointers extension or the VariablePointersStorageBuffer capability.

  • variablePointers specifies whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V VariablePointers capability. When this feature is not enabled, shader modules must not declare the VariablePointers capability.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVariablePointersFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceVariablePointersFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVariablePointersFeatures-variablePointers-01431
    If variablePointers is enabled then variablePointersStorageBuffer must also be enabled

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVariablePointersFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VARIABLE_POINTERS_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           multiview;
    VkBool32           multiviewGeometryShader;
    VkBool32           multiviewTessellationShader;
} VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • multiview specifies whether the implementation supports multiview rendering within a render pass. If this feature is not enabled, the view mask of each subpass must always be zero.

  • multiviewGeometryShader specifies whether the implementation supports multiview rendering within a render pass, with geometry shaders. If this feature is not enabled, then a pipeline compiled against a subpass with a non-zero view mask must not include a geometry shader.

  • multiviewTessellationShader specifies whether the implementation supports multiview rendering within a render pass, with tessellation shaders. If this feature is not enabled, then a pipeline compiled against a subpass with a non-zero view mask must not include any tessellation shaders.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewFeatures-multiviewGeometryShader-00580
    If multiviewGeometryShader is enabled then multiview must also be enabled

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewFeatures-multiviewTessellationShader-00581
    If multiviewTessellationShader is enabled then multiview must also be enabled

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MULTIVIEW_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_shader_atomic_float
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderBufferFloat32Atomics;
    VkBool32           shaderBufferFloat32AtomicAdd;
    VkBool32           shaderBufferFloat64Atomics;
    VkBool32           shaderBufferFloat64AtomicAdd;
    VkBool32           shaderSharedFloat32Atomics;
    VkBool32           shaderSharedFloat32AtomicAdd;
    VkBool32           shaderSharedFloat64Atomics;
    VkBool32           shaderSharedFloat64AtomicAdd;
    VkBool32           shaderImageFloat32Atomics;
    VkBool32           shaderImageFloat32AtomicAdd;
    VkBool32           sparseImageFloat32Atomics;
    VkBool32           sparseImageFloat32AtomicAdd;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderBufferFloat32Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 32-bit floating-point load, store and exchange atomic operations on storage buffers.

  • shaderBufferFloat32AtomicAdd indicates whether shaders can perform 32-bit floating-point add atomic operations on storage buffers.

  • shaderBufferFloat64Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 64-bit floating-point load, store and exchange atomic operations on storage buffers.

  • shaderBufferFloat64AtomicAdd indicates whether shaders can perform 64-bit floating-point add atomic operations on storage buffers.

  • shaderSharedFloat32Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 32-bit floating-point load, store and exchange atomic operations on shared memory.

  • shaderSharedFloat32AtomicAdd indicates whether shaders can perform 32-bit floating-point add atomic operations on shared memory.

  • shaderSharedFloat64Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 64-bit floating-point load, store and exchange atomic operations on shared memory.

  • shaderSharedFloat64AtomicAdd indicates whether shaders can perform 64-bit floating-point add atomic operations on shared memory.

  • shaderImageFloat32Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 32-bit floating-point load, store and exchange atomic image operations.

  • shaderImageFloat32AtomicAdd indicates whether shaders can perform 32-bit floating-point add atomic image operations.

  • sparseImageFloat32Atomics indicates whether 32-bit floating-point load, store and exchange atomic operations can be used on sparse images.

  • sparseImageFloat32AtomicAdd indicates whether 32-bit floating-point add atomic operations can be used on sparse images.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_ATOMIC_FLOAT_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicInt64Features structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicInt64Features {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderBufferInt64Atomics;
    VkBool32           shaderSharedInt64Atomics;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicInt64Features;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderBufferInt64Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 64-bit unsigned and signed integer atomic operations on buffers.

  • shaderSharedInt64Atomics indicates whether shaders can perform 64-bit unsigned and signed integer atomic operations on shared memory.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicInt64Features structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicInt64Features, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicInt64Features-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_ATOMIC_INT64_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderImageAtomicInt64FeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_shader_image_atomic_int64
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderImageAtomicInt64FeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderImageInt64Atomics;
    VkBool32           sparseImageInt64Atomics;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderImageAtomicInt64FeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderImageInt64Atomics indicates whether shaders can support 64-bit unsigned and signed integer atomic operations on images.

  • sparseImageInt64Atomics indicates whether 64-bit integer atomics can be used on sparse images.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicInt64FeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicInt64FeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderImageAtomicInt64FeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_IMAGE_ATOMIC_INT64_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDevice8BitStorageFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDevice8BitStorageFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           storageBuffer8BitAccess;
    VkBool32           uniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess;
    VkBool32           storagePushConstant8;
} VkPhysicalDevice8BitStorageFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • storageBuffer8BitAccess indicates whether objects in the StorageBuffer, or PhysicalStorageBuffer storage class with the Block decoration can have 8-bit integer members. If this feature is not enabled, 8-bit integer members must not be used in such objects. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageBuffer8BitAccess capability.

  • uniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess indicates whether objects in the Uniform storage class with the Block decoration can have 8-bit integer members. If this feature is not enabled, 8-bit integer members must not be used in such objects. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the UniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess capability.

  • storagePushConstant8 indicates whether objects in the PushConstant storage class can have 8-bit integer members. If this feature is not enabled, 8-bit integer members must not be used in such objects. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StoragePushConstant8 capability.

If the VkPhysicalDevice8BitStorageFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDevice8BitStorageFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDevice8BitStorageFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_8BIT_STORAGE_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDevice16BitStorageFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDevice16BitStorageFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           storageBuffer16BitAccess;
    VkBool32           uniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess;
    VkBool32           storagePushConstant16;
    VkBool32           storageInputOutput16;
} VkPhysicalDevice16BitStorageFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • storageBuffer16BitAccess specifies whether objects in the StorageBuffer, or PhysicalStorageBuffer storage class with the Block decoration can have 16-bit integer and 16-bit floating-point members. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer or 16-bit floating-point members must not be used in such objects. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageBuffer16BitAccess capability.

  • uniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess specifies whether objects in the Uniform storage class with the Block decoration can have 16-bit integer and 16-bit floating-point members. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer or 16-bit floating-point members must not be used in such objects. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the UniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess capability.

  • storagePushConstant16 specifies whether objects in the PushConstant storage class can have 16-bit integer and 16-bit floating-point members. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer or floating-point members must not be used in such objects. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StoragePushConstant16 capability.

  • storageInputOutput16 specifies whether objects in the Input and Output storage classes can have 16-bit integer and 16-bit floating-point members. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer or 16-bit floating-point members must not be used in such objects. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageInputOutput16 capability.

If the VkPhysicalDevice16BitStorageFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDevice16BitStorageFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDevice16BitStorageFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_16BIT_STORAGE_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderFloat16Int8Features structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderFloat16Int8Features {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderFloat16;
    VkBool32           shaderInt8;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderFloat16Int8Features;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderFloat16 indicates whether 16-bit floats (halfs) are supported in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the Float16 capability. However, this only enables a subset of the storage classes that SPIR-V allows for the Float16 SPIR-V capability: Declaring and using 16-bit floats in the Private, Workgroup, and Function storage classes is enabled, while declaring them in the interface storage classes (e.g., UniformConstant, Uniform, StorageBuffer, Input, Output, and PushConstant) is not enabled.

  • shaderInt8 indicates whether 8-bit integers (signed and unsigned) are supported in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the Int8 capability. However, this only enables a subset of the storage classes that SPIR-V allows for the Int8 SPIR-V capability: Declaring and using 8-bit integers in the Private, Workgroup, and Function storage classes is enabled, while declaring them in the interface storage classes (e.g., UniformConstant, Uniform, StorageBuffer, Input, Output, and PushConstant) is not enabled.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderFloat16Int8Features structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderFloat16Int8Features, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderFloat16Int8Features-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_FLOAT16_INT8_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderClockFeaturesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_shader_clock
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderClockFeaturesKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderSubgroupClock;
    VkBool32           shaderDeviceClock;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderClockFeaturesKHR;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderSubgroupClock indicates whether shaders can perform Subgroup scoped clock reads.

  • shaderDeviceClock indicates whether shaders can perform Device scoped clock reads.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderClockFeaturesKHR structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderClockFeaturesKHR, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderClockFeaturesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_CLOCK_FEATURES_KHR

The VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerYcbcrConversionFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerYcbcrConversionFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           samplerYcbcrConversion;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerYcbcrConversionFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • samplerYcbcrConversion specifies whether the implementation supports sampler Y′CBCR conversion. If samplerYcbcrConversion is VK_FALSE, sampler Y′CBCR conversion is not supported, and samplers using sampler Y′CBCR conversion must not be used.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerYcbcrConversionFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerYcbcrConversionFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerYcbcrConversionFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           protectedMemory;
} VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PROTECTED_MEMORY_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           advancedBlendCoherentOperations;
} VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • advancedBlendCoherentOperations specifies whether blending using advanced blend operations is guaranteed to execute atomically and in primitive order. If this is VK_TRUE, VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT is treated the same as VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT, and advanced blending needs no additional synchronization over basic blending. If this is VK_FALSE, then memory dependencies are required to guarantee order between two advanced blending operations that occur on the same sample.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BLEND_OPERATION_ADVANCED_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDrawParametersFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDrawParametersFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderDrawParameters;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDrawParametersFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderDrawParameters specifies whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V DrawParameters capability. When this feature is not enabled, shader modules must not declare the SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters extension or the DrawParameters capability.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDrawParametersFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDrawParametersFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDrawParametersFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DRAW_PARAMETERS_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingStorageImageUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingUniformTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingStorageTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingUpdateUnusedWhilePending;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingPartiallyBound;
    VkBool32           descriptorBindingVariableDescriptorCount;
    VkBool32           runtimeDescriptorArray;
} VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing indicates whether arrays of input attachments can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the InputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing indicates whether arrays of uniform texel buffers can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the UniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing indicates whether arrays of storage texel buffers can be indexed by integer expressions that are dynamically uniform within either the subgroup or the invocation group in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of uniform buffers can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the UniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of samplers or sampled images can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the SampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of storage buffers can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of storage images can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of input attachments can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the InputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of uniform texel buffers can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the UniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing indicates whether arrays of storage texel buffers can be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER must not be indexed by non-uniform integer expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the StorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability.

  • descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating uniform buffer descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER.

  • descriptorBindingSampledImageUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating sampled image descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE.

  • descriptorBindingStorageImageUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating storage image descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE.

  • descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating storage buffer descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER.

  • descriptorBindingUniformTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating uniform texel buffer descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER.

  • descriptorBindingStorageTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind indicates whether the implementation supports updating storage texel buffer descriptors after a set is bound. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT must not be used with VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER.

  • descriptorBindingUpdateUnusedWhilePending indicates whether the implementation supports updating descriptors while the set is in use. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_UNUSED_WHILE_PENDING_BIT must not be used.

  • descriptorBindingPartiallyBound indicates whether the implementation supports statically using a descriptor set binding in which some descriptors are not valid. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_PARTIALLY_BOUND_BIT must not be used.

  • descriptorBindingVariableDescriptorCount indicates whether the implementation supports descriptor sets with a variable-sized last binding. If this feature is not enabled, VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_BIT must not be used.

  • runtimeDescriptorArray indicates whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V RuntimeDescriptorArray capability. If this feature is not enabled, descriptors must not be declared in runtime arrays.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_INDEXING_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorFeatures structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           vertexAttributeInstanceRateDivisor;
    VkBool32           vertexAttributeInstanceRateZeroDivisor;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorFeatures;
// Provided by VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorFeaturesKHR;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • vertexAttributeInstanceRateDivisor specifies whether vertex attribute fetching may be repeated in the case of instanced rendering.

  • vertexAttributeInstanceRateZeroDivisor specifies whether a zero value for VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescriptionEXT::divisor is supported.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceASTCDecodeFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_astc_decode_mode
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceASTCDecodeFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           decodeModeSharedExponent;
} VkPhysicalDeviceASTCDecodeFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • decodeModeSharedExponent indicates whether the implementation supports decoding ASTC compressed formats to VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32 internal precision.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceASTCDecodeFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceASTCDecodeFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceASTCDecodeFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ASTC_DECODE_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanMemoryModelFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanMemoryModelFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           vulkanMemoryModel;
    VkBool32           vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope;
    VkBool32           vulkanMemoryModelAvailabilityVisibilityChains;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanMemoryModelFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • vulkanMemoryModel indicates whether shader modules can declare the VulkanMemoryModel capability.

  • vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope indicates whether the Vulkan Memory Model can use Device scope synchronization. This also indicates whether shader modules can declare the VulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope capability.

  • vulkanMemoryModelAvailabilityVisibilityChains indicates whether the Vulkan Memory Model can use availability and visibility chains with more than one element.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanMemoryModelFeaturesKHR structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanMemoryModelFeaturesKHR, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanMemoryModelFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_MEMORY_MODEL_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceScalarBlockLayoutFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceScalarBlockLayoutFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           scalarBlockLayout;
} VkPhysicalDeviceScalarBlockLayoutFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • scalarBlockLayout indicates that the implementation supports the layout of resource blocks in shaders using scalar alignment.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceScalarBlockLayoutFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceScalarBlockLayoutFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceScalarBlockLayoutFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SCALAR_BLOCK_LAYOUT_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceUniformBufferStandardLayoutFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceUniformBufferStandardLayoutFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           uniformBufferStandardLayout;
} VkPhysicalDeviceUniformBufferStandardLayoutFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • uniformBufferStandardLayout indicates that the implementation supports the same layouts for uniform buffers as for storage and other kinds of buffers. See Standard Buffer Layout.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceUniformBufferStandardLayoutFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceUniformBufferStandardLayoutFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceUniformBufferStandardLayoutFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_STANDARD_LAYOUT_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceDepthClipEnableFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_depth_clip_enable
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceDepthClipEnableFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           depthClipEnable;
} VkPhysicalDeviceDepthClipEnableFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

If the VkPhysicalDeviceDepthClipEnableFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceDepthClipEnableFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceDepthClipEnableFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DEPTH_CLIP_ENABLE_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           bufferDeviceAddress;
    VkBool32           bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay;
    VkBool32           bufferDeviceAddressMultiDevice;
} VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • bufferDeviceAddress indicates that the implementation supports accessing buffer memory in shaders as storage buffers via an address queried from vkGetBufferDeviceAddress.

  • bufferDeviceAddressCaptureReplay indicates that the implementation supports saving and reusing buffer and device addresses, e.g. for trace capture and replay.

  • bufferDeviceAddressMultiDevice indicates that the implementation supports the bufferDeviceAddress feature for logical devices created with multiple physical devices. If this feature is not supported, buffer addresses must not be queried on a logical device created with more than one physical device.

Note

bufferDeviceAddressMultiDevice exists to allow certain legacy platforms to be able to support bufferDeviceAddress without needing to support shared GPU virtual addresses for multi-device configurations.

See vkGetBufferDeviceAddress for more information.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceBufferDeviceAddressFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BUFFER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceImagelessFramebufferFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceImagelessFramebufferFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           imagelessFramebuffer;
} VkPhysicalDeviceImagelessFramebufferFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • imagelessFramebuffer indicates that the implementation supports specifying the image view for attachments at render pass begin time via VkRenderPassAttachmentBeginInfo.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceImagelessFramebufferFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceImagelessFramebufferFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImagelessFramebufferFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGELESS_FRAMEBUFFER_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           fragmentShaderSampleInterlock;
    VkBool32           fragmentShaderPixelInterlock;
    VkBool32           fragmentShaderShadingRateInterlock;
} VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • fragmentShaderSampleInterlock indicates that the implementation supports the FragmentShaderSampleInterlockEXT SPIR-V capability.

  • fragmentShaderPixelInterlock indicates that the implementation supports the FragmentShaderPixelInterlockEXT SPIR-V capability.

  • fragmentShaderShadingRateInterlock indicates that the implementation supports the FragmentShaderShadingRateInterlockEXT SPIR-V capability.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INTERLOCK_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcrImageArraysFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_ycbcr_image_arrays
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcrImageArraysFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           ycbcrImageArrays;
} VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcrImageArraysFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • ycbcrImageArrays indicates that the implementation supports creating images with a format that requires Y′CBCR conversion and has multiple array layers.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcrImageArraysFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcrImageArraysFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcrImageArraysFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_YCBCR_IMAGE_ARRAYS_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderSubgroupExtendedTypesFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderSubgroupExtendedTypesFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderSubgroupExtendedTypes;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderSubgroupExtendedTypesFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderSubgroupExtendedTypes is a boolean specifying whether subgroup operations can use 8-bit integer, 16-bit integer, 64-bit integer, 16-bit floating-point, and vectors of these types in group operations with subgroup scope, if the implementation supports the types.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderSubgroupExtendedTypesFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderSubgroupExtendedTypesFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderSubgroupExtendedTypesFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_SUBGROUP_EXTENDED_TYPES_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceHostQueryResetFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceHostQueryResetFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           hostQueryReset;
} VkPhysicalDeviceHostQueryResetFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • hostQueryReset indicates that the implementation supports resetting queries from the host with vkResetQueryPool.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceHostQueryResetFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceHostQueryResetFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceHostQueryResetFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_HOST_QUERY_RESET_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           timelineSemaphore;
} VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • timelineSemaphore indicates whether semaphores created with a VkSemaphoreType of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE are supported.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSyncFeaturesNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSyncFeaturesNV {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           sciSyncFence;
    VkBool32           sciSyncSemaphore;
    VkBool32           sciSyncImport;
    VkBool32           sciSyncExport;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSyncFeaturesNV;

The members of the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSyncFeaturesNV structure describe the following features:

  • sciSyncFence indicates whether external fences created with a handle type of VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV and VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV are supported for import and/or export.

  • sciSyncSemaphore indicates whether external semaphores created with a handle type of VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV are supported for import and/or export.

  • sciSyncImport indicates whether NvSciSyncObj import functionality is supported. If sciSyncImport is VK_TRUE, VkFence and/or VkSemaphore support importing NvSciSyncObj from applications. In this case, the application is responsible for the resource management of the NvSciSyncObj.

  • sciSyncExport indicates whether NvSciSyncObj export functionality is supported. If sciSyncExport is VK_TRUE, VkFence and/or VkSemaphore support exporting NvSciSyncObj created by the driver to applications. In this case, the driver is responsible for the resource management of the NvSciSyncObj.

Table 44. Functionality Supported for NvSciSync Features

Features

sciSyncImport

sciSyncExport

Always supported1

sciSyncFence

vkImportFenceSciSyncFenceNV, vkImportFenceSciSyncObjNV

VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV

vkGetFenceSciSyncFenceNV, vkGetFenceSciSyncObjNV, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV (with VK_SCI_SYNC_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_FENCE_NV)

sciSyncSemaphore

vkImportSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV

VkExportSemaphoreSciSyncInfoNV

vkGetSemaphoreSciSyncObjNV, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV (with VK_SCI_SYNC_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_NV)
1

Functionality in this column is always available.

The Functionality supported for NvSciSync features table summarizes the functionality enabled by the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSyncFeaturesNV structure. There are two orthogonal pieces of functionality: fence and semaphore support; import and export support. Each entry in the body of the table summarizes the functionality that can be used when the given features are supported and enabled. This summarizes Valid Usage statements that are added elsewhere in this specification.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSyncFeaturesNV structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSyncFeaturesNV, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSyncFeaturesNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_FEATURES_NV

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSync2FeaturesNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSync2FeaturesNV {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           sciSyncFence;
    VkBool32           sciSyncSemaphore2;
    VkBool32           sciSyncImport;
    VkBool32           sciSyncExport;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSync2FeaturesNV;

The members of the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSync2FeaturesNV structure describe the following features:

  • sciSyncFence indicates whether external fences created with a handle type of VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV and VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV are supported for import and/or export.

  • sciSyncSemaphore2 indicates whether semaphore SciSync pools are supported and semaphores can be created from NvSciSyncObj via VkSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV objects. In this case, the application is responsible for the resource management of the NvSciSyncObj.

  • sciSyncImport indicates whether NvSciSyncObj import functionality is supported. If sciSyncImport is VK_TRUE, VkFence and/or VkSemaphore support importing NvSciSyncObj from applications. In this case, the application is responsible for the resource management of the NvSciSyncObj.

  • sciSyncExport indicates whether NvSciSyncObj export functionality is supported. If sciSyncExport is VK_TRUE, VkFence supports exporting NvSciSyncObj created by the driver to applications. In this case, the driver is responsible for the resource management of the NvSciSyncObj.

Table 45. Functionality Supported for NvSciSync Features

Features

sciSyncImport

sciSyncExport

Always supported1

sciSyncFence

vkImportFenceSciSyncFenceNV, vkImportFenceSciSyncObjNV

VkExportFenceSciSyncInfoNV

vkGetFenceSciSyncFenceNV, vkGetFenceSciSyncObjNV, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV (with VK_SCI_SYNC_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_FENCE_NV)

sciSyncSemaphore2

vkCreateSemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV, VkSemaphoreSciSyncCreateInfoNV

n/a

vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciSyncAttributesNV (with VK_SCI_SYNC_PRIMITIVE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_NV)
1

Functionality in this column is always available.

The Functionality supported for NvSciSync features table summarizes the functionality enabled by the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSync2FeaturesNV structure. There are two orthogonal pieces of functionality: fence and semaphore support; import and export support. Each entry in the body of the table summarizes the functionality that can be used when the given features are supported and enabled. This summarizes Valid Usage statements that are added elsewhere in this specification.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSync2FeaturesNV structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSync2FeaturesNV, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciSync2FeaturesNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_2_FEATURES_NV

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           sciBufImport;
    VkBool32           sciBufExport;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV;
// Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciBufFeaturesNV;

The members of the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV structure describe the following features:

  • sciBufImport indicates whether NvSciBufObj import functionality is supported. If sciBufImport is VK_TRUE, VkDeviceMemory supports importing NvSciBufObj from applications. In this case, the application is responsible for the resource management of the NvSciBufObj.

  • sciBufExport indicates whether NvSciBufObj export functionality is supported. If sciBufExport is VK_TRUE, VkDeviceMemory supports exporting NvSciBufObj created by the driver to applications. In this case, the driver is responsible for the resource management of the NvSciBufObj.

Table 46. Functionality Supported for NvSciBuf Features

Features

Functionality

sciBufImport

VkImportMemorySciBufInfoNV, vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufPropertiesNV

sciBufExport

VkExportMemorySciBufInfoNV

Always supported1

vkGetPhysicalDeviceSciBufAttributesNV, vkGetMemorySciBufNV,
1

Functionality in this row is always available.

The Functionality supported for NvSciBuf features table summarizes the functionality enabled by the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV structure. Each entry in the body of the table summarizes the functionality that can be used when the given features are supported and enabled. This summarizes Valid Usage statements that are added elsewhere in this specification.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_FEATURES_NV

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           screenBufferImport;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX;

The members of the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX structure describe the following features:

  • screenBufferImport indicates whether QNX Screen buffer import functionality is supported. If screenBufferImport is VK_TRUE, VkDeviceMemory supports importing _screen_buffer from applications. In this case, the application is responsible for the resource management of the _screen_buffer.

Table 47. Functionality Supported for QNX Screen Buffer Features

Features

Functionality

screenBufferImport

VkImportScreenBufferInfoQNX

Always supported1

vkGetScreenBufferPropertiesQNX, VkScreenBufferPropertiesQNX, VkScreenBufferFormatPropertiesQNX, VkExternalFormatQNX
1

Functionality in this row is always available.

The Functionality supported for QNX Screen buffer features table summarizes the functionality enabled by the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX structure. Each entry in the body of the table summarizes the functionality that can be used when the given features are supported and enabled. This summarizes Valid Usage statements that are added elsewhere in this specification.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryScreenBufferFeaturesQNX-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCREEN_BUFFER_FEATURES_QNX

The VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8Features structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8Features {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           indexTypeUint8;
} VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8Features;
// Provided by VK_KHR_index_type_uint8
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8Features VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8FeaturesKHR;
// Provided by VK_EXT_index_type_uint8
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8Features VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8FeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8Features structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8Features, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceIndexTypeUint8Features-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceSeparateDepthStencilLayoutsFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSeparateDepthStencilLayoutsFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           separateDepthStencilLayouts;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSeparateDepthStencilLayoutsFeatures;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • separateDepthStencilLayouts indicates whether the implementation supports a VkImageMemoryBarrier for a depth/stencil image with only one of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT set, and whether VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL can be used.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSeparateDepthStencilLayoutsFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceSeparateDepthStencilLayoutsFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSeparateDepthStencilLayoutsFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SEPARATE_DEPTH_STENCIL_LAYOUTS_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeatures structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderDemoteToHelperInvocation;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeatures;
// Provided by VK_EXT_shader_demote_to_helper_invocation
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderDemoteToHelperInvocation indicates whether the implementation supports the SPIR-V DemoteToHelperInvocationEXT capability.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DEMOTE_TO_HELPER_INVOCATION_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_texel_buffer_alignment
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           texelBufferAlignment;
} VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

If the VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceTextureCompressionASTCHDRFeatures structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceTextureCompressionASTCHDRFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           textureCompressionASTC_HDR;
} VkPhysicalDeviceTextureCompressionASTCHDRFeatures;
// Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceTextureCompressionASTCHDRFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceTextureCompressionASTCHDRFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • textureCompressionASTC_HDR indicates whether all of the ASTC HDR compressed texture formats are supported. If this feature is enabled, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SFLOAT_BLOCK

      To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not enabled, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats as normal.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceTextureCompressionASTCHDRFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceTextureCompressionASTCHDRFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceTextureCompressionASTCHDRFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_ASTC_HDR_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeatures structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           rectangularLines;
    VkBool32           bresenhamLines;
    VkBool32           smoothLines;
    VkBool32           stippledRectangularLines;
    VkBool32           stippledBresenhamLines;
    VkBool32           stippledSmoothLines;
} VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeatures;
// Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeaturesKHR;
// Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlFeatures structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           subgroupSizeControl;
    VkBool32           computeFullSubgroups;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlFeatures;
// Provided by VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • subgroupSizeControl indicates whether the implementation supports controlling shader subgroup sizes via the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT flag and the VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfo structure.

  • computeFullSubgroups indicates whether the implementation supports requiring full subgroups in compute shaders via the VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT flag.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicStateFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicStateFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           extendedDynamicState;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicStateFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • extendedDynamicState indicates that the implementation supports the following dynamic states:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP

If the VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicStateFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicStateFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicStateFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicState2FeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicState2FeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           extendedDynamicState2;
    VkBool32           extendedDynamicState2LogicOp;
    VkBool32           extendedDynamicState2PatchControlPoints;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicState2FeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • extendedDynamicState2 indicates that the implementation supports the following dynamic states:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE

  • extendedDynamicState2LogicOp indicates that the implementation supports the following dynamic state:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT

  • extendedDynamicState2PatchControlPoints indicates that the implementation supports the following dynamic state:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT

If the VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicState2FeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicState2FeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExtendedDynamicState2FeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_2_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceGlobalPriorityQueryFeatures structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceGlobalPriorityQueryFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           globalPriorityQuery;
} VkPhysicalDeviceGlobalPriorityQueryFeatures;
// Provided by VK_KHR_global_priority
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceGlobalPriorityQueryFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceGlobalPriorityQueryFeaturesKHR;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • globalPriorityQuery indicates whether the implementation supports the ability to query global queue priorities.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceGlobalPriorityQueryFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceGlobalPriorityQueryFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceGlobalPriorityQueryFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_QUERY_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           robustBufferAccess2;
    VkBool32           robustImageAccess2;
    VkBool32           nullDescriptor;
} VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesKHR;
// Provided by VK_EXT_robustness2
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesKHR VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • robustBufferAccess2 enables Robust Buffer Access 2 guarantees for shader buffer accesses.

  • robustImageAccess2 enables Robust Image Access 2 guarantees for shader image accesses.

  • nullDescriptor indicates whether descriptors can be written with a VK_NULL_HANDLE resource or view, which are considered valid to access and act as if the descriptor were bound to nothing.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesKHR structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesKHR, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesKHR-robustBufferAccess2-04000
    If robustBufferAccess2 is enabled then robustBufferAccess must also be enabled

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2FeaturesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_FEATURES_KHR

nullDescriptor support requires the VK_KHR_robustness2 or VK_EXT_robustness2 extension.

The VkPhysicalDeviceImageRobustnessFeatures structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceImageRobustnessFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           robustImageAccess;
} VkPhysicalDeviceImageRobustnessFeatures;
// Provided by VK_EXT_image_robustness
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceImageRobustnessFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceImageRobustnessFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceImageRobustnessFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceImageRobustnessFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageRobustnessFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_ROBUSTNESS_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceShaderTerminateInvocationFeatures structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceShaderTerminateInvocationFeatures {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderTerminateInvocation;
} VkPhysicalDeviceShaderTerminateInvocationFeatures;
// Provided by VK_KHR_shader_terminate_invocation
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceShaderTerminateInvocationFeatures VkPhysicalDeviceShaderTerminateInvocationFeaturesKHR;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderTerminateInvocation specifies whether the implementation supports SPIR-V modules that use the SPV_KHR_terminate_invocation extension.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceShaderTerminateInvocationFeatures structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderTerminateInvocationFeatures, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceShaderTerminateInvocationFeatures-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_TERMINATE_INVOCATION_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_custom_border_color
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           customBorderColors;
    VkBool32           customBorderColorWithoutFormat;
} VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • customBorderColors indicates that the implementation supports providing a borderColor value with one of the following values at sampler creation time:

    • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT

    • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT

  • customBorderColorWithoutFormat indicates that explicit formats are not required for custom border colors and the value of the format member of the VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT structure may be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED. If this feature bit is not set, applications must provide the VkFormat of the image view(s) being sampled by this sampler in the format member of the VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT structure.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Features structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Features {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           shaderAtomicInstructions;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Features;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • shaderAtomicInstructions indicates whether this implementation supports shaders which use the SPIR-V OpAtomic* instructions.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Features structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Features, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Features-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_SC_1_0_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryFeaturesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef struct VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryFeaturesKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           performanceCounterQueryPools;
    VkBool32           performanceCounterMultipleQueryPools;
} VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryFeaturesKHR;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • performanceCounterQueryPools indicates whether the implementation supports performance counter query pools.

  • performanceCounterMultipleQueryPools indicates whether the implementation supports using multiple performance query pools in a primary command buffer and secondary command buffers executed within it.

If the VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryFeaturesKHR structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryFeaturesKHR, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryFeaturesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_FEATURES_KHR

The VkPhysicalDevice4444FormatsFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_4444_formats
typedef struct VkPhysicalDevice4444FormatsFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           formatA4R4G4B4;
    VkBool32           formatA4B4G4R4;
} VkPhysicalDevice4444FormatsFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following features:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • formatA4R4G4B4 indicates that the implementation must support using a VkFormat of VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16_EXT with at least the following VkFormatFeatureFlagBits:

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • formatA4B4G4R4 indicates that the implementation must support using a VkFormat of VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16_EXT with at least the following VkFormatFeatureFlagBits:

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

If the VkPhysicalDevice4444FormatsFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDevice4444FormatsFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDevice4444FormatsFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_4444_FORMATS_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceSynchronization2Features structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSynchronization2Features {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           synchronization2;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSynchronization2Features;
// Provided by VK_KHR_synchronization2
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceSynchronization2Features VkPhysicalDeviceSynchronization2FeaturesKHR;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • synchronization2 indicates whether the implementation supports the new set of synchronization commands introduced in VK_KHR_synchronization2.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSynchronization2Features structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceSynchronization2Features, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSynchronization2Features-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SYNCHRONIZATION_2_FEATURES

The VkPhysicalDeviceVertexInputDynamicStateFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVertexInputDynamicStateFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           vertexInputDynamicState;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVertexInputDynamicStateFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • vertexInputDynamicState indicates that the implementation supports the following dynamic states:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVertexInputDynamicStateFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceVertexInputDynamicStateFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVertexInputDynamicStateFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_INPUT_DYNAMIC_STATE_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           pipelineFragmentShadingRate;
    VkBool32           primitiveFragmentShadingRate;
    VkBool32           attachmentFragmentShadingRate;
} VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR;

This structure describes the following features:

If the VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_FEATURES_KHR

The VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcr2Plane444FormatsFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_ycbcr_2plane_444_formats
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcr2Plane444FormatsFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           ycbcr2plane444Formats;
} VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcr2Plane444FormatsFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • ycbcr2plane444Formats indicates that the implementation supports the following 2-plane 444 Y′CBCR formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM

If the VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcr2Plane444FormatsFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcr2Plane444FormatsFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceYcbcr2Plane444FormatsFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_YCBCR_2_PLANE_444_FORMATS_FEATURES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceColorWriteEnableFeaturesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_color_write_enable
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceColorWriteEnableFeaturesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           colorWriteEnable;
} VkPhysicalDeviceColorWriteEnableFeaturesEXT;

This structure describes the following feature:

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • colorWriteEnable indicates that the implementation supports the dynamic state VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_EXT.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceColorWriteEnableFeaturesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2, it is filled in to indicate whether each corresponding feature is supported. If the application wishes to use a VkDevice with any features described by VkPhysicalDeviceColorWriteEnableFeaturesEXT, it must add an instance of the structure, with the desired feature members set to VK_TRUE, to the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating the VkDevice.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceColorWriteEnableFeaturesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_FEATURES_EXT

33.1. Feature Requirements

All Vulkan graphics implementations must support the following features:

All other features defined in the Specification are optional.

34. Limits

Limits are implementation-dependent minimums, maximums, and other device characteristics that an application may need to be aware of.

Note

Limits are reported via the basic VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure as well as the extensible structure VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2, which was added in VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2 and included in Vulkan 1.1. When limits are added in future Vulkan versions or extensions, each extension should introduce one new limit structure, if needed. This structure can be added to the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure.

The VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceLimits {
    uint32_t              maxImageDimension1D;
    uint32_t              maxImageDimension2D;
    uint32_t              maxImageDimension3D;
    uint32_t              maxImageDimensionCube;
    uint32_t              maxImageArrayLayers;
    uint32_t              maxTexelBufferElements;
    uint32_t              maxUniformBufferRange;
    uint32_t              maxStorageBufferRange;
    uint32_t              maxPushConstantsSize;
    uint32_t              maxMemoryAllocationCount;
    uint32_t              maxSamplerAllocationCount;
    VkDeviceSize          bufferImageGranularity;
    VkDeviceSize          sparseAddressSpaceSize;
    uint32_t              maxBoundDescriptorSets;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageResources;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetSamplers;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetSampledImages;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetStorageImages;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments;
    uint32_t              maxVertexInputAttributes;
    uint32_t              maxVertexInputBindings;
    uint32_t              maxVertexInputAttributeOffset;
    uint32_t              maxVertexInputBindingStride;
    uint32_t              maxVertexOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationGenerationLevel;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationPatchSize;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationControlPerPatchOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationControlTotalOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryShaderInvocations;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryInputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryOutputVertices;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxFragmentInputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxFragmentOutputAttachments;
    uint32_t              maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments;
    uint32_t              maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources;
    uint32_t              maxComputeSharedMemorySize;
    uint32_t              maxComputeWorkGroupCount[3];
    uint32_t              maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations;
    uint32_t              maxComputeWorkGroupSize[3];
    uint32_t              subPixelPrecisionBits;
    uint32_t              subTexelPrecisionBits;
    uint32_t              mipmapPrecisionBits;
    uint32_t              maxDrawIndexedIndexValue;
    uint32_t              maxDrawIndirectCount;
    float                 maxSamplerLodBias;
    float                 maxSamplerAnisotropy;
    uint32_t              maxViewports;
    uint32_t              maxViewportDimensions[2];
    float                 viewportBoundsRange[2];
    uint32_t              viewportSubPixelBits;
    size_t                minMemoryMapAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment;
    int32_t               minTexelOffset;
    uint32_t              maxTexelOffset;
    int32_t               minTexelGatherOffset;
    uint32_t              maxTexelGatherOffset;
    float                 minInterpolationOffset;
    float                 maxInterpolationOffset;
    uint32_t              subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits;
    uint32_t              maxFramebufferWidth;
    uint32_t              maxFramebufferHeight;
    uint32_t              maxFramebufferLayers;
    VkSampleCountFlags    framebufferColorSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    framebufferDepthSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    framebufferStencilSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts;
    uint32_t              maxColorAttachments;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampledImageColorSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampledImageDepthSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampledImageStencilSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    storageImageSampleCounts;
    uint32_t              maxSampleMaskWords;
    VkBool32              timestampComputeAndGraphics;
    float                 timestampPeriod;
    uint32_t              maxClipDistances;
    uint32_t              maxCullDistances;
    uint32_t              maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances;
    uint32_t              discreteQueuePriorities;
    float                 pointSizeRange[2];
    float                 lineWidthRange[2];
    float                 pointSizeGranularity;
    float                 lineWidthGranularity;
    VkBool32              strictLines;
    VkBool32              standardSampleLocations;
    VkDeviceSize          optimalBufferCopyOffsetAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          optimalBufferCopyRowPitchAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          nonCoherentAtomSize;
} VkPhysicalDeviceLimits;

The VkPhysicalDeviceLimits are properties of the physical device. These are available in the limits member of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties structure which is returned from vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties.

  • maxImageDimension1D is the largest dimension (width) that is guaranteed to be supported for all images created with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D. Some combinations of image parameters (format, usage, etc.) may allow support for larger dimensions, which can be queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties.

  • maxImageDimension2D is the largest dimension (width or height) that is guaranteed to be supported for all images created with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and without VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT set in flags. Some combinations of image parameters (format, usage, etc.) may allow support for larger dimensions, which can be queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties.

  • maxImageDimension3D is the largest dimension (width, height, or depth) that is guaranteed to be supported for all images created with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D. Some combinations of image parameters (format, usage, etc.) may allow support for larger dimensions, which can be queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties.

  • maxImageDimensionCube is the largest dimension (width or height) that is guaranteed to be supported for all images created with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT set in flags. Some combinations of image parameters (format, usage, etc.) may allow support for larger dimensions, which can be queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties.

  • maxImageArrayLayers is the maximum number of layers (arrayLayers) for an image.

  • maxTexelBufferElements is the maximum number of addressable texels for a buffer view created on a buffer which was created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT or VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT set in the usage member of the VkBufferCreateInfo structure.

  • maxUniformBufferRange is the maximum value that can be specified in the range member of a VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure passed to vkUpdateDescriptorSets for descriptors of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC.

  • maxStorageBufferRange is the maximum value that can be specified in the range member of a VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure passed to vkUpdateDescriptorSets for descriptors of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC.

  • maxPushConstantsSize is the maximum size, in bytes, of the pool of push constant memory. For each of the push constant ranges indicated by the pPushConstantRanges member of the VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo structure, (offset + size) must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxMemoryAllocationCount is the maximum number of device memory allocations, as created by vkAllocateMemory, which can simultaneously exist.

  • maxSamplerAllocationCount is the maximum number of sampler objects, as created by vkCreateSampler, which can simultaneously exist on a device.

  • bufferImageGranularity is the granularity, in bytes, at which buffer or linear image resources, and optimal image resources can be bound to adjacent offsets in the same VkDeviceMemory object without aliasing. See Buffer-Image Granularity for more details.

  • sparseAddressSpaceSize is the total amount of address space available, in bytes, for sparse memory resources. This is an upper bound on the sum of the sizes of all sparse resources, regardless of whether any memory is bound to them.

  • maxBoundDescriptorSets is the maximum number of descriptor sets that can be simultaneously used by a pipeline. All DescriptorSet decorations in shader modules must have a value less than maxBoundDescriptorSets. See Descriptor Sets.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers is the maximum number of samplers that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Sampler and Combined Image Sampler.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers is the maximum number of uniform buffers that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Uniform Buffer and Dynamic Uniform Buffer.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers is the maximum number of storage buffers that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a pipeline shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Storage Buffer and Dynamic Storage Buffer.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages is the maximum number of sampled images that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a pipeline shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Combined Image Sampler, Sampled Image, and Uniform Texel Buffer.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages is the maximum number of storage images that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a pipeline shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Storage Image, and Storage Texel Buffer.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments is the maximum number of input attachments that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a pipeline shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. These are only supported for the fragment stage. See Input Attachment.

  • maxPerStageResources is the maximum number of resources that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. For the fragment shader stage the framebuffer color attachments also count against this limit.

  • maxDescriptorSetSamplers is the maximum number of samplers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. See Sampler and Combined Image Sampler.

  • maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers is the maximum number of uniform buffers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. See Uniform Buffer and Dynamic Uniform Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic is the maximum number of dynamic uniform buffers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. See Dynamic Uniform Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers is the maximum number of storage buffers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. See Storage Buffer and Dynamic Storage Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic is the maximum number of dynamic storage buffers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. See Dynamic Storage Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetSampledImages is the maximum number of sampled images that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. See Combined Image Sampler, Sampled Image, and Uniform Texel Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetStorageImages is the maximum number of storage images that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. See Storage Image, and Storage Texel Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments is the maximum number of input attachments that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT count against this limit. Only descriptors in descriptor set layouts created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set count against this limit. See Input Attachment.

  • maxVertexInputAttributes is the maximum number of vertex input attributes that can be specified for a graphics pipeline. These are described in the array of VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structures that are provided at graphics pipeline creation time via the pVertexAttributeDescriptions member of the VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure. See Vertex Attributes and Vertex Input Description.

  • maxVertexInputBindings is the maximum number of vertex buffers that can be specified for providing vertex attributes to a graphics pipeline. These are described in the array of VkVertexInputBindingDescription structures that are provided at graphics pipeline creation time via the pVertexBindingDescriptions member of the VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure. The binding member of VkVertexInputBindingDescription must be less than this limit. See Vertex Input Description.

  • maxVertexInputAttributeOffset is the maximum vertex input attribute offset that can be added to the vertex input binding stride. The offset member of the VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structure must be less than or equal to this limit. See Vertex Input Description.

  • maxVertexInputBindingStride is the maximum vertex input binding stride that can be specified in a vertex input binding. The stride member of the VkVertexInputBindingDescription structure must be less than or equal to this limit. See Vertex Input Description.

  • maxVertexOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of output variables which can be output by a vertex shader. See Vertex Shaders.

  • maxTessellationGenerationLevel is the maximum tessellation generation level supported by the fixed-function tessellation primitive generator. See Tessellation.

  • maxTessellationPatchSize is the maximum patch size, in vertices, of patches that can be processed by the tessellation control shader and tessellation primitive generator. The patchControlPoints member of the VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure specified at pipeline creation time and the value provided in the OutputVertices execution mode of shader modules must be less than or equal to this limit. See Tessellation.

  • maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents is the maximum number of components of input variables which can be provided as per-vertex inputs to the tessellation control shader stage.

  • maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of per-vertex output variables which can be output from the tessellation control shader stage.

  • maxTessellationControlPerPatchOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of per-patch output variables which can be output from the tessellation control shader stage.

  • maxTessellationControlTotalOutputComponents is the maximum total number of components of per-vertex and per-patch output variables which can be output from the tessellation control shader stage.

  • maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents is the maximum number of components of input variables which can be provided as per-vertex inputs to the tessellation evaluation shader stage.

  • maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of per-vertex output variables which can be output from the tessellation evaluation shader stage.

  • maxGeometryShaderInvocations is the maximum invocation count supported for instanced geometry shaders. The value provided in the Invocations execution mode of shader modules must be less than or equal to this limit. See Geometry Shading.

  • maxGeometryInputComponents is the maximum number of components of input variables which can be provided as inputs to the geometry shader stage.

  • maxGeometryOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of output variables which can be output from the geometry shader stage.

  • maxGeometryOutputVertices is the maximum number of vertices which can be emitted by any geometry shader.

  • maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents is the maximum total number of components of output variables, across all emitted vertices, which can be output from the geometry shader stage.

  • maxFragmentInputComponents is the maximum number of components of input variables which can be provided as inputs to the fragment shader stage.

  • maxFragmentOutputAttachments is the maximum number of output attachments which can be written to by the fragment shader stage.

  • maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments is the maximum number of output attachments which can be written to by the fragment shader stage when blending is enabled and one of the dual source blend modes is in use. See Dual-Source Blending and dualSrcBlend.

  • maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources is the total number of storage buffers, storage images, and output Location decorated color attachments (described in Fragment Output Interface) which can be used in the fragment shader stage.

  • maxComputeSharedMemorySize is the maximum total storage size, in bytes, available for variables declared with the Workgroup storage class in shader modules (or with the shared storage qualifier in GLSL) in the compute shader stage.

  • maxComputeWorkGroupCount[3] is the maximum number of local workgroups that can be dispatched by a single dispatching command. These three values represent the maximum number of local workgroups for the X, Y, and Z dimensions, respectively. The workgroup count parameters to the dispatching commands must be less than or equal to the corresponding limit. See Dispatching Commands.

  • maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations is the maximum total number of compute shader invocations in a single local workgroup. The product of the X, Y, and Z sizes, as specified by the LocalSize execution mode in shader modules or by the object decorated by the WorkgroupSize decoration, must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxComputeWorkGroupSize[3] is the maximum size of a local compute workgroup, per dimension. These three values represent the maximum local workgroup size in the X, Y, and Z dimensions, respectively. The x, y, and z sizes, as specified by the LocalSize execution mode or by the object decorated by the WorkgroupSize decoration in shader modules, must be less than or equal to the corresponding limit.

  • subPixelPrecisionBits is the number of bits of subpixel precision in framebuffer coordinates xf and yf. See Rasterization.

  • subTexelPrecisionBits is the number of bits of precision in the division along an axis of an image used for minification and magnification filters. 2subTexelPrecisionBits is the actual number of divisions along each axis of the image represented. Sub-texel values calculated during image sampling will snap to these locations when generating the filtered results.

  • mipmapPrecisionBits is the number of bits of division that the LOD calculation for mipmap fetching get snapped to when determining the contribution from each mip level to the mip filtered results. 2mipmapPrecisionBits is the actual number of divisions.

  • maxDrawIndexedIndexValue is the maximum index value that can be used for indexed draw calls when using 32-bit indices. This excludes the primitive restart index value of 0xFFFFFFFF. See fullDrawIndexUint32.

  • maxDrawIndirectCount is the maximum draw count that is supported for indirect drawing calls. See multiDrawIndirect.

  • maxSamplerLodBias is the maximum absolute sampler LOD bias. The sum of the mipLodBias member of the VkSamplerCreateInfo structure and the Bias operand of image sampling operations in shader modules (or 0 if no Bias operand is provided to an image sampling operation) are clamped to the range [-maxSamplerLodBias,+maxSamplerLodBias]. See [samplers-mipLodBias].

  • maxSamplerAnisotropy is the maximum degree of sampler anisotropy. The maximum degree of anisotropic filtering used for an image sampling operation is the minimum of the maxAnisotropy member of the VkSamplerCreateInfo structure and this limit. See [samplers-maxAnisotropy].

  • maxViewports is the maximum number of active viewports. The viewportCount member of the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure that is provided at pipeline creation must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxViewportDimensions[2] are the maximum viewport dimensions in the X (width) and Y (height) dimensions, respectively. The maximum viewport dimensions must be greater than or equal to the largest image which can be created and used as a framebuffer attachment. See Controlling the Viewport.

  • viewportBoundsRange[2] is the [minimum, maximum] range that the corners of a viewport must be contained in. This range must be at least [-2 × size, 2 × size - 1], where size = max(maxViewportDimensions[0], maxViewportDimensions[1]). See Controlling the Viewport.

    Note

    The intent of the viewportBoundsRange limit is to allow a maximum sized viewport to be arbitrarily shifted relative to the output target as long as at least some portion intersects. This would give a bounds limit of [-size + 1, 2 × size - 1] which would allow all possible non-empty-set intersections of the output target and the viewport. Since these numbers are typically powers of two, picking the signed number range using the smallest possible number of bits ends up with the specified range.

  • viewportSubPixelBits is the number of bits of subpixel precision for viewport bounds. The subpixel precision that floating-point viewport bounds are interpreted at is given by this limit.

  • minMemoryMapAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, of host visible memory allocations within the host address space. When mapping a memory allocation with vkMapMemory, subtracting offset bytes from the returned pointer will always produce an integer multiple of this limit. See Host Access to Device Memory Objects. The value must be a power of two.

  • minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, for the offset member of the VkBufferViewCreateInfo structure for texel buffers. The value must be a power of two. If the texelBufferAlignment feature is enabled, this limit is equivalent to the maximum of the uniformTexelBufferOffsetAlignmentBytes and storageTexelBufferOffsetAlignmentBytes members of VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties, but smaller alignment is optionally allowed by storageTexelBufferOffsetSingleTexelAlignment and uniformTexelBufferOffsetSingleTexelAlignment. If the texelBufferAlignment feature is not enabled, VkBufferViewCreateInfo::offset must be a multiple of this value.

  • minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, for the offset member of the VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure for uniform buffers. When a descriptor of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC is updated, the offset must be an integer multiple of this limit. Similarly, dynamic offsets for uniform buffers must be multiples of this limit. The value must be a power of two.

  • minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, for the offset member of the VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure for storage buffers. When a descriptor of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC is updated, the offset must be an integer multiple of this limit. Similarly, dynamic offsets for storage buffers must be multiples of this limit. The value must be a power of two.

  • minTexelOffset is the minimum offset value for the ConstOffset image operand of any of the OpImageSample* or OpImageFetch* image instructions.

  • maxTexelOffset is the maximum offset value for the ConstOffset image operand of any of the OpImageSample* or OpImageFetch* image instructions.

  • minTexelGatherOffset is the minimum offset value for the Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets image operands of any of the OpImage*Gather image instructions.

  • maxTexelGatherOffset is the maximum offset value for the Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets image operands of any of the OpImage*Gather image instructions.

  • minInterpolationOffset is the base minimum (inclusive) negative offset value for the Offset operand of the InterpolateAtOffset extended instruction.

  • maxInterpolationOffset is the base maximum (inclusive) positive offset value for the Offset operand of the InterpolateAtOffset extended instruction.

  • subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits is the number of fractional bits that the x and y offsets to the InterpolateAtOffset extended instruction may be rounded to as fixed-point values.

  • maxFramebufferWidth is the maximum width for a framebuffer. The width member of the VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxFramebufferHeight is the maximum height for a framebuffer. The height member of the VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxFramebufferLayers is the maximum layer count for a layered framebuffer. The layers member of the VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • framebufferColorSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the color sample counts that are supported for all framebuffer color attachments with floating- or fixed-point formats. For color attachments with integer formats, see framebufferIntegerColorSampleCounts.

  • framebufferDepthSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the supported depth sample counts for all framebuffer depth/stencil attachments, when the format includes a depth component.

  • framebufferStencilSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the supported stencil sample counts for all framebuffer depth/stencil attachments, when the format includes a stencil component.

  • framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the supported sample counts for a subpass which uses no attachments.

  • maxColorAttachments is the maximum number of color attachments that can be used by a subpass in a render pass. The colorAttachmentCount member of the VkSubpassDescription or VkSubpassDescription2 structure must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • sampledImageColorSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and a non-integer color format.

  • sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and an integer color format.

  • sampledImageDepthSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and a depth format.

  • sampledImageStencilSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and a stencil format.

  • storageImageSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, and usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT.

  • maxSampleMaskWords is the maximum number of array elements of a variable decorated with the SampleMask built-in decoration.

  • timestampComputeAndGraphics specifies support for timestamps on all graphics and compute queues. If this limit is VK_TRUE, all queues that advertise the VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT in the VkQueueFamilyProperties::queueFlags support VkQueueFamilyProperties::timestampValidBits of at least 36. See Timestamp Queries.

  • timestampPeriod is the number of nanoseconds required for a timestamp query to be incremented by 1. See Timestamp Queries.

  • maxClipDistances is the maximum number of clip distances that can be used in a single shader stage. The size of any array declared with the ClipDistance built-in decoration in a shader module must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxCullDistances is the maximum number of cull distances that can be used in a single shader stage. The size of any array declared with the CullDistance built-in decoration in a shader module must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances is the maximum combined number of clip and cull distances that can be used in a single shader stage. The sum of the sizes of all arrays declared with the ClipDistance and CullDistance built-in decoration used by a single shader stage in a shader module must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • discreteQueuePriorities is the number of discrete priorities that can be assigned to a queue based on the value of each member of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::pQueuePriorities. This must be at least 2, and levels must be spread evenly over the range, with at least one level at 1.0, and another at 0.0. See Queue Priority.

  • pointSizeRange[2] is the range [minimum,maximum] of supported sizes for points. Values written to variables decorated with the PointSize built-in decoration are clamped to this range.

  • lineWidthRange[2] is the range [minimum,maximum] of supported widths for lines. Values specified by the lineWidth member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo or the lineWidth parameter to vkCmdSetLineWidth are clamped to this range.

  • pointSizeGranularity is the granularity of supported point sizes. Not all point sizes in the range defined by pointSizeRange are supported. This limit specifies the granularity (or increment) between successive supported point sizes.

  • lineWidthGranularity is the granularity of supported line widths. Not all line widths in the range defined by lineWidthRange are supported. This limit specifies the granularity (or increment) between successive supported line widths.

  • strictLines specifies whether lines are rasterized according to the preferred method of rasterization. If set to VK_FALSE, lines may be rasterized under a relaxed set of rules. If set to VK_TRUE, lines are rasterized as per the strict definition. See Basic Line Segment Rasterization.

  • standardSampleLocations specifies whether rasterization uses the standard sample locations as documented in Multisampling. If set to VK_TRUE, the implementation uses the documented sample locations. If set to VK_FALSE, the implementation may use different sample locations.

  • optimalBufferCopyOffsetAlignment is the optimal buffer offset alignment in bytes for vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2KHR, vkCmdCopyBufferToImage, vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2KHR, and vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer. The per texel alignment requirements are enforced, but applications should use the optimal alignment for optimal performance and power use. The value must be a power of two.

  • optimalBufferCopyRowPitchAlignment is the optimal buffer row pitch alignment in bytes for vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2KHR, vkCmdCopyBufferToImage, vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2KHR, and vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer. Row pitch is the number of bytes between texels with the same X coordinate in adjacent rows (Y coordinates differ by one). The per texel alignment requirements are enforced, but applications should use the optimal alignment for optimal performance and power use. The value must be a power of two.

  • nonCoherentAtomSize is the size and alignment in bytes that bounds concurrent access to host-mapped device memory. The value must be a power of two.

    1

    For all bitmasks of VkSampleCountFlagBits, the sample count limits defined above represent the minimum supported sample counts for each image type. Individual images may support additional sample counts, which are queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties as described in Supported Sample Counts.

Bits which may be set in the sample count limits returned by VkPhysicalDeviceLimits, as well as in other queries and structures representing image sample counts, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSampleCountFlagBits {
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_32_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_64_BIT = 0x00000040,
} VkSampleCountFlagBits;

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT specifies an image with one sample per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT specifies an image with 2 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT specifies an image with 4 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT specifies an image with 8 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT specifies an image with 16 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_32_BIT specifies an image with 32 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_64_BIT specifies an image with 64 samples per pixel.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSampleCountFlags;

VkSampleCountFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSampleCountFlagBits.

The VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           maxMultiviewViewCount;
    uint32_t           maxMultiviewInstanceIndex;
} VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxMultiviewViewCount is one greater than the maximum view index that can be used in a subpass.

  • maxMultiviewInstanceIndex is the maximum valid value of instance index allowed to be generated by a drawing command recorded within a subpass of a multiview render pass instance.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMultiviewProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MULTIVIEW_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceFloatControlsProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceFloatControlsProperties {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    void*                                pNext;
    VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence    denormBehaviorIndependence;
    VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence    roundingModeIndependence;
    VkBool32                             shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat64;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormPreserveFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormPreserveFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormPreserveFloat64;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat64;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat64;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat16;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat32;
    VkBool32                             shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat64;
} VkPhysicalDeviceFloatControlsProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • denormBehaviorIndependence is a VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence value indicating whether, and how, denorm behavior can be set independently for different bit widths.

  • roundingModeIndependence is a VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence value indicating whether, and how, rounding modes can be set independently for different bit widths.

  • shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether sign of a zero, Nans and can be preserved in 16-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether sign of a zero, Nans and can be preserved in 32-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether sign of a zero, Nans and can be preserved in 64-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormPreserveFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be preserved in 16-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormPreserve execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormPreserveFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be preserved in 32-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormPreserve execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormPreserveFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be preserved in 64-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormPreserve execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be flushed to zero in 16-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormFlushToZero execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be flushed to zero in 32-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormFlushToZero execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether denormals can be flushed to zero in 64-bit floating-point computations. It also indicates whether the DenormFlushToZero execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-to-nearest-even rounding mode for 16-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTE execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-to-nearest-even rounding mode for 32-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTE execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-to-nearest-even rounding mode for 64-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTE execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat16 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-towards-zero rounding mode for 16-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTZ execution mode can be used for 16-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat32 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-towards-zero rounding mode for 32-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTZ execution mode can be used for 32-bit floating-point types.

  • shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat64 is a boolean value indicating whether an implementation supports the round-towards-zero rounding mode for 64-bit floating-point arithmetic and conversion instructions. It also indicates whether the RoundingModeRTZ execution mode can be used for 64-bit floating-point types.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceFloatControlsProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceFloatControlsProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FLOAT_CONTROLS_PROPERTIES

Values which may be returned in the denormBehaviorIndependence and roundingModeIndependence fields of VkPhysicalDeviceFloatControlsProperties are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef enum VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence {
    VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_32_BIT_ONLY = 0,
    VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_ALL = 1,
    VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_NONE = 2,
} VkShaderFloatControlsIndependence;

  • VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_32_BIT_ONLY specifies that shader float controls for 32-bit floating-point can be set independently; other bit widths must be set identically to each other.

  • VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_ALL specifies that shader float controls for all bit widths can be set independently.

  • VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_NONE specifies that shader float controls for all bit widths must be set identically.

The VkPhysicalDeviceDiscardRectanglePropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_discard_rectangles
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceDiscardRectanglePropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           maxDiscardRectangles;
} VkPhysicalDeviceDiscardRectanglePropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxDiscardRectangles is the maximum number of active discard rectangles that can be specified.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceDiscardRectanglePropertiesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceDiscardRectanglePropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_PROPERTIES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    void*                 pNext;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampleLocationSampleCounts;
    VkExtent2D            maxSampleLocationGridSize;
    float                 sampleLocationCoordinateRange[2];
    uint32_t              sampleLocationSubPixelBits;
    VkBool32              variableSampleLocations;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • sampleLocationSampleCounts is a bitmask of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supporting custom sample locations.

  • maxSampleLocationGridSize is the maximum size of the pixel grid in which sample locations can vary that is supported for all sample counts in sampleLocationSampleCounts.

  • sampleLocationCoordinateRange[2] is the range of supported sample location coordinates.

  • sampleLocationSubPixelBits is the number of bits of subpixel precision for sample locations.

  • variableSampleLocations specifies whether the sample locations used by all pipelines that will be bound to a command buffer during a subpass must match. If set to VK_TRUE, the implementation supports variable sample locations in a subpass. If set to VK_FALSE, then the sample locations must stay constant in each subpass.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSampleLocationsPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_PROPERTIES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryHostPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryHostPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       minImportedHostPointerAlignment;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryHostPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • minImportedHostPointerAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, for the base address and size of host pointers that can be imported to a Vulkan memory object. The value must be a power of two.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryHostPropertiesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemoryHostPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HOST_PROPERTIES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDevicePointClippingProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDevicePointClippingProperties {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    void*                      pNext;
    VkPointClippingBehavior    pointClippingBehavior;
} VkPhysicalDevicePointClippingProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pointClippingBehavior is a VkPointClippingBehavior value specifying the point clipping behavior supported by the implementation.

If the VkPhysicalDevicePointClippingProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDevicePointClippingProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_POINT_CLIPPING_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    void*                     pNext;
    uint32_t                  subgroupSize;
    VkShaderStageFlags        supportedStages;
    VkSubgroupFeatureFlags    supportedOperations;
    VkBool32                  quadOperationsInAllStages;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • subgroupSize is the default number of invocations in each subgroup. subgroupSize is at least 1 if any of the physical device’s queues support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT. subgroupSize is a power-of-two.

  • supportedStages is a bitfield of VkShaderStageFlagBits describing the shader stages that group operations with subgroup scope are supported in. supportedStages will have the VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT bit set if any of the physical device’s queues support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT.

  • supportedOperations is a bitmask of VkSubgroupFeatureFlagBits specifying the sets of group operations with subgroup scope supported on this device. supportedOperations will have the VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BASIC_BIT bit set if any of the physical device’s queues support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT.

  • quadOperationsInAllStages is a boolean specifying whether quad group operations are available in all stages, or are restricted to fragment and compute stages.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

If supportedOperations includes VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_QUAD_BIT, subgroupSize must be greater than or equal to 4.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_PROPERTIES

Bits which can be set in VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties::supportedOperations and VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Properties::subgroupSupportedOperations to specify supported group operations with subgroup scope are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkSubgroupFeatureFlagBits {
    VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BASIC_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_VOTE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_ARITHMETIC_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BALLOT_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_SHUFFLE_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_SHUFFLE_RELATIVE_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_CLUSTERED_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_QUAD_BIT = 0x00000080,
} VkSubgroupFeatureFlagBits;

  • VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BASIC_BIT specifies the device will accept SPIR-V shader modules containing the GroupNonUniform capability.

  • VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_VOTE_BIT specifies the device will accept SPIR-V shader modules containing the GroupNonUniformVote capability.

  • VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_ARITHMETIC_BIT specifies the device will accept SPIR-V shader modules containing the GroupNonUniformArithmetic capability.

  • VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BALLOT_BIT specifies the device will accept SPIR-V shader modules containing the GroupNonUniformBallot capability.

  • VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_SHUFFLE_BIT specifies the device will accept SPIR-V shader modules containing the GroupNonUniformShuffle capability.

  • VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_SHUFFLE_RELATIVE_BIT specifies the device will accept SPIR-V shader modules containing the GroupNonUniformShuffleRelative capability.

  • VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_CLUSTERED_BIT specifies the device will accept SPIR-V shader modules containing the GroupNonUniformClustered capability.

  • VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_QUAD_BIT specifies the device will accept SPIR-V shader modules containing the GroupNonUniformQuad capability.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkSubgroupFeatureFlags;

VkSubgroupFeatureFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSubgroupFeatureFlagBits.

The VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlProperties {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    void*                 pNext;
    uint32_t              minSubgroupSize;
    uint32_t              maxSubgroupSize;
    uint32_t              maxComputeWorkgroupSubgroups;
    VkShaderStageFlags    requiredSubgroupSizeStages;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlProperties;
// Provided by VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlProperties VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • minSubgroupSize is the minimum subgroup size supported by this device. minSubgroupSize is at least one if any of the physical device’s queues support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT. minSubgroupSize is a power-of-two. minSubgroupSize is less than or equal to maxSubgroupSize. minSubgroupSize is less than or equal to subgroupSize.

  • maxSubgroupSize is the maximum subgroup size supported by this device. maxSubgroupSize is at least one if any of the physical device’s queues support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT. maxSubgroupSize is a power-of-two. maxSubgroupSize is greater than or equal to minSubgroupSize. maxSubgroupSize is greater than or equal to subgroupSize.

  • maxComputeWorkgroupSubgroups is the maximum number of subgroups supported by the implementation within a workgroup.

  • requiredSubgroupSizeStages is a bitfield of what shader stages support having a required subgroup size specified.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

If VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupProperties::supportedOperations includes VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_QUAD_BIT, minSubgroupSize must be greater than or equal to 4.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSubgroupSizeControlProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           advancedBlendMaxColorAttachments;
    VkBool32           advancedBlendIndependentBlend;
    VkBool32           advancedBlendNonPremultipliedSrcColor;
    VkBool32           advancedBlendNonPremultipliedDstColor;
    VkBool32           advancedBlendCorrelatedOverlap;
    VkBool32           advancedBlendAllOperations;
} VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • advancedBlendMaxColorAttachments is one greater than the highest color attachment index that can be used in a render pass instance, for a pipeline that uses an advanced blend operation.

  • advancedBlendIndependentBlend specifies whether advanced blend operations can vary per-attachment.

  • advancedBlendNonPremultipliedSrcColor specifies whether the source color can be treated as non-premultiplied. If this is VK_FALSE, then VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT::srcPremultiplied must be VK_TRUE.

  • advancedBlendNonPremultipliedDstColor specifies whether the destination color can be treated as non-premultiplied. If this is VK_FALSE, then VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT::dstPremultiplied must be VK_TRUE.

  • advancedBlendCorrelatedOverlap specifies whether the overlap mode can be treated as correlated. If this is VK_FALSE, then VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT::blendOverlap must be VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_UNCORRELATED_EXT.

  • advancedBlendAllOperations specifies whether all advanced blend operation enums are supported. See the valid usage of VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BLEND_OPERATION_ADVANCED_PROPERTIES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           maxVertexAttribDivisor;
    VkBool32           supportsNonZeroFirstInstance;
} VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorProperties;
// Provided by VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorProperties VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorPropertiesKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxVertexAttribDivisor is the maximum value of the number of instances that will repeat the value of vertex attribute data when instanced rendering is enabled.

  • supportsNonZeroFirstInstance specifies whether a non-zero value for the firstInstance parameter of drawing commands is supported when VkVertexInputBindingDivisorDescription::divisor is not 1.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceVertexAttributeDivisorProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerFilterMinmaxProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerFilterMinmaxProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           filterMinmaxSingleComponentFormats;
    VkBool32           filterMinmaxImageComponentMapping;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerFilterMinmaxProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • filterMinmaxSingleComponentFormats is a boolean value indicating whether a minimum set of required formats support min/max filtering.

  • filterMinmaxImageComponentMapping is a boolean value indicating whether the implementation supports non-identity component mapping of the image when doing min/max filtering.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerFilterMinmaxProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

If filterMinmaxSingleComponentFormats is VK_TRUE, the following formats must support the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT feature with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, if they support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT:

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT

If the format is a depth/stencil format, this bit only specifies that the depth aspect (not the stencil aspect) of an image of this format supports min/max filtering, and that min/max filtering of the depth aspect is supported when depth compare is disabled in the sampler.

If filterMinmaxImageComponentMapping is VK_FALSE the component mapping of the image view used with min/max filtering must have been created with the r component set to the identity swizzle. Only the r component of the sampled image value is defined and the other component values are undefined. If filterMinmaxImageComponentMapping is VK_TRUE this restriction does not apply and image component mapping works as normal.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerFilterMinmaxProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLER_FILTER_MINMAX_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           protectedNoFault;
} VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • protectedNoFault specifies how an implementation behaves when an application attempts to write to unprotected memory in a protected queue operation, read from protected memory in an unprotected queue operation, or perform a query in a protected queue operation. If this limit is VK_TRUE, such writes will be discarded or have undefined values written, reads and queries will return undefined values. If this limit is VK_FALSE, applications must not perform these operations. See Protected Memory Access Rules for more information.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceProtectedMemoryProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PROTECTED_MEMORY_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceMaintenance3Properties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceMaintenance3Properties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           maxPerSetDescriptors;
    VkDeviceSize       maxMemoryAllocationSize;
} VkPhysicalDeviceMaintenance3Properties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxPerSetDescriptors is a maximum number of descriptors (summed over all descriptor types) in a single descriptor set that is guaranteed to satisfy any implementation-dependent constraints on the size of a descriptor set itself. Applications can query whether a descriptor set that goes beyond this limit is supported using vkGetDescriptorSetLayoutSupport.

  • maxMemoryAllocationSize is the maximum size of a memory allocation that can be created, even if there is more space available in the heap. If VkMemoryAllocateInfo::allocationSize is larger the error VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY may be returned.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceMaintenance3Properties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceMaintenance3Properties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MAINTENANCE_3_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           maxUpdateAfterBindDescriptorsInAllPools;
    VkBool32           shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32           shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32           shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32           shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexingNative;
    VkBool32           robustBufferAccessUpdateAfterBind;
    VkBool32           quadDivergentImplicitLod;
    uint32_t           maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSamplers;
    uint32_t           maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers;
    uint32_t           maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers;
    uint32_t           maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSampledImages;
    uint32_t           maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageImages;
    uint32_t           maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments;
    uint32_t           maxPerStageUpdateAfterBindResources;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSamplers;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffersDynamic;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffersDynamic;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSampledImages;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageImages;
    uint32_t           maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments;
} VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxUpdateAfterBindDescriptorsInAllPools is the maximum number of descriptors (summed over all descriptor types) that can be created across all pools that are created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT bit set. Pool creation may fail when this limit is exceeded, or when the space this limit represents is unable to satisfy a pool creation due to fragmentation.

  • shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether uniform buffer descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of uniform buffers may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether sampler and image descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of samplers or images may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether storage buffer descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of storage buffers may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether storage image descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of storage images may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexingNative is a boolean value indicating whether input attachment descriptors natively support non-uniform indexing. If this is VK_FALSE, then a single dynamic instance of an instruction that non-uniformly indexes an array of input attachments may execute multiple times in order to access all the descriptors.

  • robustBufferAccessUpdateAfterBind is a boolean value indicating whether robustBufferAccess can be enabled on a device simultaneously with descriptorBindingUniformBufferUpdateAfterBind, descriptorBindingStorageBufferUpdateAfterBind, descriptorBindingUniformTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind, and/or descriptorBindingStorageTexelBufferUpdateAfterBind. If this is VK_FALSE, then either robustBufferAccess must be disabled or all of these update-after-bind features must be disabled.

  • quadDivergentImplicitLod is a boolean value indicating whether implicit LOD calculations for image operations have well-defined results when the image and/or sampler objects used for the instruction are not uniform within a quad. See Derivative Image Operations.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSamplers is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSampledImages is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageImages is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments is similar to maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxPerStageUpdateAfterBindResources is similar to maxPerStageResources but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSamplers is similar to maxDescriptorSetSamplers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers is similar to maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffersDynamic is similar to maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set. While an application can allocate dynamic uniform buffer descriptors from a pool created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT, bindings for these descriptors must not be present in any descriptor set layout that includes bindings created with VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers is similar to maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffersDynamic is similar to maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set. While an application can allocate dynamic storage buffer descriptors from a pool created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT, bindings for these descriptors must not be present in any descriptor set layout that includes bindings created with VK_DESCRIPTOR_BINDING_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSampledImages is similar to maxDescriptorSetSampledImages but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageImages is similar to maxDescriptorSetStorageImages but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

  • maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments is similar to maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments but counts descriptors from descriptor sets created with or without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT bit set.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceDescriptorIndexingProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_INDEXING_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    float              primitiveOverestimationSize;
    float              maxExtraPrimitiveOverestimationSize;
    float              extraPrimitiveOverestimationSizeGranularity;
    VkBool32           primitiveUnderestimation;
    VkBool32           conservativePointAndLineRasterization;
    VkBool32           degenerateTrianglesRasterized;
    VkBool32           degenerateLinesRasterized;
    VkBool32           fullyCoveredFragmentShaderInputVariable;
    VkBool32           conservativeRasterizationPostDepthCoverage;
} VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • primitiveOverestimationSize is the size in pixels the generating primitive is increased at each of its edges during conservative rasterization overestimation mode. Even with a size of 0.0, conservative rasterization overestimation rules still apply and if any part of the pixel rectangle is covered by the generating primitive, fragments are generated for the entire pixel. However implementations may make the pixel coverage area even more conservative by increasing the size of the generating primitive.

  • maxExtraPrimitiveOverestimationSize is the maximum size in pixels of extra overestimation the implementation supports in the pipeline state. A value of 0.0 means the implementation does not support any additional overestimation of the generating primitive during conservative rasterization. A value above 0.0 allows the application to further increase the size of the generating primitive during conservative rasterization overestimation.

  • extraPrimitiveOverestimationSizeGranularity is the granularity of extra overestimation that can be specified in the pipeline state between 0.0 and maxExtraPrimitiveOverestimationSize inclusive. A value of 0.0 means the implementation can use the smallest representable non-zero value in the screen space pixel fixed-point grid.

  • primitiveUnderestimation is VK_TRUE if the implementation supports the VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_UNDERESTIMATE_EXT conservative rasterization mode in addition to VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT. Otherwise the implementation only supports VK_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_OVERESTIMATE_EXT.

  • conservativePointAndLineRasterization is VK_TRUE if the implementation supports conservative rasterization of point and line primitives as well as triangle primitives. Otherwise the implementation only supports triangle primitives.

  • degenerateTrianglesRasterized is VK_FALSE if the implementation culls primitives generated from triangles that become zero area after they are quantized to the fixed-point rasterization pixel grid. degenerateTrianglesRasterized is VK_TRUE if these primitives are not culled and the provoking vertex attributes and depth value are used for the fragments. The primitive area calculation is done on the primitive generated from the clipped triangle if applicable. Zero area primitives are backfacing and the application can enable backface culling if desired.

  • degenerateLinesRasterized is VK_FALSE if the implementation culls lines that become zero length after they are quantized to the fixed-point rasterization pixel grid. degenerateLinesRasterized is VK_TRUE if zero length lines are not culled and the provoking vertex attributes and depth value are used for the fragments.

  • fullyCoveredFragmentShaderInputVariable is VK_TRUE if the implementation supports the SPIR-V builtin fragment shader input variable FullyCoveredEXT specifying that conservative rasterization is enabled and the fragment area is fully covered by the generating primitive.

  • conservativeRasterizationPostDepthCoverage is VK_TRUE if the implementation supports conservative rasterization with the PostDepthCoverage execution mode enabled. Otherwise the PostDepthCoverage execution mode must not be used when conservative rasterization is enabled.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES_EXT

The VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    void*                 pNext;
    VkResolveModeFlags    supportedDepthResolveModes;
    VkResolveModeFlags    supportedStencilResolveModes;
    VkBool32              independentResolveNone;
    VkBool32              independentResolve;
} VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • supportedDepthResolveModes is a bitmask of VkResolveModeFlagBits indicating the set of supported depth resolve modes. A value of VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE indicates that depth resolve operations are disallowed [SCID-8]. If any bits are set then VK_RESOLVE_MODE_SAMPLE_ZERO_BIT must be included in the set but implementations may support additional modes.

  • supportedStencilResolveModes is a bitmask of VkResolveModeFlagBits indicating the set of supported stencil resolve modes. A value of VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE indicates that stencil resolve operations are disallowed [SCID-8]. If any bits are set then VK_RESOLVE_MODE_SAMPLE_ZERO_BIT must be included in the set but implementations may support additional modes. VK_RESOLVE_MODE_AVERAGE_BIT must not be included in the set.

  • independentResolveNone is VK_TRUE if the implementation supports setting the depth and stencil resolve modes to different values when one of those modes is VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE. Otherwise the implementation only supports setting both modes to the same value.

  • independentResolve is VK_TRUE if the implementation supports all combinations of the supported depth and stencil resolve modes, including setting either depth or stencil resolve mode to VK_RESOLVE_MODE_NONE. An implementation that supports independentResolve must also support independentResolveNone.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceDepthStencilResolveProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DEPTH_STENCIL_RESOLVE_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryPropertiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_performance_query
typedef struct VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryPropertiesKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           allowCommandBufferQueryCopies;
} VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryPropertiesKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • allowCommandBufferQueryCopies is VK_TRUE if the performance query pools are allowed to be used with vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults.

If the VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryPropertiesKHR structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDevicePerformanceQueryPropertiesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_PROPERTIES_KHR

The VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       storageTexelBufferOffsetAlignmentBytes;
    VkBool32           storageTexelBufferOffsetSingleTexelAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize       uniformTexelBufferOffsetAlignmentBytes;
    VkBool32           uniformTexelBufferOffsetSingleTexelAlignment;
} VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties;
// Provided by VK_EXT_texel_buffer_alignment
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • storageTexelBufferOffsetAlignmentBytes is a byte alignment that is sufficient for a storage texel buffer of any format. The value must be a power of two.

  • storageTexelBufferOffsetSingleTexelAlignment indicates whether single texel alignment is sufficient for a storage texel buffer of any format.

  • uniformTexelBufferOffsetAlignmentBytes is a byte alignment that is sufficient for a uniform texel buffer of any format. The value must be a power of two.

  • uniformTexelBufferOffsetSingleTexelAlignment indicates whether single texel alignment is sufficient for a uniform texel buffer of any format.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

If the single texel alignment property is VK_FALSE, then the buffer view’s offset must be aligned to the corresponding byte alignment value. If the single texel alignment property is VK_TRUE, then the buffer view’s offset must be aligned to the lesser of the corresponding byte alignment value or the size of a single texel, based on VkBufferViewCreateInfo::format. If the size of a single texel is a multiple of three bytes, then the size of a single component of the format is used instead.

These limits must not advertise a larger alignment than the required maximum minimum value of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment, for any format that supports use as a texel buffer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceTexelBufferAlignmentProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint64_t           maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference;
} VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference indicates the maximum difference allowed by the implementation between the current value of a timeline semaphore and any pending signal or wait operations.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceTimelineSemaphoreProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationProperties structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           lineSubPixelPrecisionBits;
} VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationProperties;
// Provided by VK_KHR_line_rasterization
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationProperties VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationPropertiesKHR;
// Provided by VK_EXT_line_rasterization
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationProperties VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • lineSubPixelPrecisionBits is the number of bits of subpixel precision in framebuffer coordinates xf and yf when rasterizing line segments.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationProperties structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceLineRasterizationProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES

The VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesKHR structure is defined as:

typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesKHR {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       robustStorageBufferAccessSizeAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize       robustUniformBufferAccessSizeAlignment;
} VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesKHR;
// Provided by VK_EXT_robustness2
typedef VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesKHR VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • robustStorageBufferAccessSizeAlignment is the number of bytes that the range of a storage buffer descriptor is rounded up to when used for bounds-checking when the robustBufferAccess2 feature is enabled. This value must be either 1 or 4.

  • robustUniformBufferAccessSizeAlignment is the number of bytes that the range of a uniform buffer descriptor is rounded up to when used for bounds-checking when the robustBufferAccess2 feature is enabled. This value must be a power of two in the range [1, 256].

If the VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesKHR structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_PROPERTIES_KHR

The VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatePropertiesKHR structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatePropertiesKHR {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    void*                    pNext;
    VkExtent2D               minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize;
    VkExtent2D               maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize;
    uint32_t                 maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSizeAspectRatio;
    VkBool32                 primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports;
    VkBool32                 layeredShadingRateAttachments;
    VkBool32                 fragmentShadingRateNonTrivialCombinerOps;
    VkExtent2D               maxFragmentSize;
    uint32_t                 maxFragmentSizeAspectRatio;
    uint32_t                 maxFragmentShadingRateCoverageSamples;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits    maxFragmentShadingRateRasterizationSamples;
    VkBool32                 fragmentShadingRateWithShaderDepthStencilWrites;
    VkBool32                 fragmentShadingRateWithSampleMask;
    VkBool32                 fragmentShadingRateWithShaderSampleMask;
    VkBool32                 fragmentShadingRateWithConservativeRasterization;
    VkBool32                 fragmentShadingRateWithFragmentShaderInterlock;
    VkBool32                 fragmentShadingRateWithCustomSampleLocations;
    VkBool32                 fragmentShadingRateStrictMultiplyCombiner;
} VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatePropertiesKHR;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize indicates minimum supported width and height of the portion of the framebuffer corresponding to each texel in a fragment shading rate attachment. Each value must be less than or equal to the values in maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize. Each value must be a power-of-two. It must be (0,0) if the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not supported.

  • maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize indicates maximum supported width and height of the portion of the framebuffer corresponding to each texel in a fragment shading rate attachment. Each value must be greater than or equal to the values in minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize. Each value must be a power-of-two. It must be (0,0) if the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not supported.

  • maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSizeAspectRatio indicates the maximum ratio between the width and height of the portion of the framebuffer corresponding to each texel in a fragment shading rate attachment. maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSizeAspectRatio must be a power-of-two value, and must be less than or equal to max(maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width / minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height, maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.height / minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize.width). It must be 0 if the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not supported.

  • primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports specifies whether the primitive fragment shading rate can be used when multiple viewports are used. If this value is VK_FALSE, only a single viewport must be used, and applications must not write to the ViewportIndex built-in when setting PrimitiveShadingRateKHR. It must be VK_FALSE if the shaderOutputViewportIndex feature, or the geometryShader feature is not supported, or if the primitiveFragmentShadingRate feature is not supported.

  • layeredShadingRateAttachments specifies whether a shading rate attachment image view can be created with multiple layers. If this value is VK_FALSE, when creating an image view with a usage that includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR, layerCount must be 1. It must be VK_FALSE if the multiview feature, the shaderOutputViewportIndex feature, or the geometryShader feature is not supported, or if the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is not supported.

  • fragmentShadingRateNonTrivialCombinerOps specifies whether VkFragmentShadingRateCombinerOpKHR enums other than VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_KEEP_KHR or VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_REPLACE_KHR can be used. It must be VK_FALSE unless either the primitiveFragmentShadingRate or attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is supported.

  • maxFragmentSize indicates the maximum supported width and height of a fragment. Its width and height members must both be power-of-two values. This limit is purely informational, and is not validated.

  • maxFragmentSizeAspectRatio indicates the maximum ratio between the width and height of a fragment. maxFragmentSizeAspectRatio must be a power-of-two value, and must be less than or equal to the maximum of the width and height members of maxFragmentSize. This limit is purely informational, and is not validated.

  • maxFragmentShadingRateCoverageSamples specifies the maximum number of coverage samples supported in a single fragment. maxFragmentShadingRateCoverageSamples must be less than or equal to the product of the width and height members of maxFragmentSize, and the sample count reported by maxFragmentShadingRateRasterizationSamples. maxFragmentShadingRateCoverageSamples must be less than or equal to maxSampleMaskWords × 32 if fragmentShadingRateWithShaderSampleMask is supported. This limit is purely informational, and is not validated.

  • maxFragmentShadingRateRasterizationSamples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the maximum sample rate supported when a fragment covers multiple pixels. This limit is purely informational, and is not validated.

  • fragmentShadingRateWithShaderDepthStencilWrites specifies whether the implementation supports writing FragDepth or FragStencilRefEXT from a fragment shader for multi-pixel fragments. If this value is VK_FALSE, writing to those built-ins will clamp the fragment shading rate to (1,1).

  • fragmentShadingRateWithSampleMask specifies whether the implementation supports setting valid bits of VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::pSampleMask to 0 for multi-pixel fragments. If this value is VK_FALSE, zeroing valid bits in the sample mask will clamp the fragment shading rate to (1,1).

  • fragmentShadingRateWithShaderSampleMask specifies whether the implementation supports reading or writing SampleMask for multi-pixel fragments. If this value is VK_FALSE, using that built-in will clamp the fragment shading rate to (1,1).

  • fragmentShadingRateWithConservativeRasterization specifies whether conservative rasterization is supported for multi-pixel fragments. It must be VK_FALSE if VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization is not supported. If this value is VK_FALSE, using conservative rasterization will clamp the fragment shading rate to (1,1).

  • fragmentShadingRateWithFragmentShaderInterlock specifies whether fragment shader interlock is supported for multi-pixel fragments. It must be VK_FALSE if VK_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock is not supported. If this value is VK_FALSE, using fragment shader interlock will clamp the fragment shading rate to (1,1).

  • fragmentShadingRateWithCustomSampleLocations specifies whether custom sample locations are supported for multi-pixel fragments. It must be VK_FALSE if VK_EXT_sample_locations is not supported. If this value is VK_FALSE, using custom sample locations will clamp the fragment shading rate to (1,1).

  • fragmentShadingRateStrictMultiplyCombiner specifies whether VK_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_COMBINER_OP_MUL_KHR accurately performs a multiplication or not. Implementations where this value is VK_FALSE will instead combine rates with an addition. If fragmentShadingRateNonTrivialCombinerOps is VK_FALSE, implementations must report this as VK_FALSE. If fragmentShadingRateNonTrivialCombinerOps is VK_TRUE, implementations should report this as VK_TRUE.

Note

Multiplication of the combiner rates using the fragment width/height in linear space is equivalent to an addition of those values in log2 space. Some implementations inadvertently implemented an addition in linear space due to unclear requirements originating outside of this specification. This resulted in fragmentShadingRateStrictMultiplyCombiner being added. Fortunately, this only affects situations where a rate of 1 in either dimension is combined with another rate of 1. All other combinations result in the exact same result as if multiplication was performed in linear space due to the clamping logic, and the fact that both the sum and product of 2 and 2 are equal. In many cases, this limit will not affect the correct operation of applications.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatePropertiesKHR structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

These properties are related to fragment shading rates.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRatePropertiesKHR-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_PROPERTIES_KHR

The VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_custom_border_color
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           maxCustomBorderColorSamplers;
} VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorPropertiesEXT;

  • maxCustomBorderColorSamplers indicates the maximum number of samplers with custom border colors which can simultaneously exist on a device.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorPropertiesEXT structure is included in the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties2 structure passed to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties2, it is filled in with each corresponding implementation-dependent property.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_PROPERTIES_EXT

34.1. Limit Requirements

The following table specifies the required minimum/maximum for all Vulkan graphics implementations. Where a limit corresponds to a fine-grained device feature which is optional, the feature name is listed with two required limits, one when the feature is supported and one when it is not supported. If an implementation supports a feature, the limits reported are the same whether or not the feature is enabled.

Table 48. Required Limit Types
Type Limit Feature

uint32_t

maxImageDimension1D

-

uint32_t

maxImageDimension2D

-

uint32_t

maxImageDimension3D

-

uint32_t

maxImageDimensionCube

-

uint32_t

maxImageArrayLayers

-

uint32_t

maxTexelBufferElements

-

uint32_t

maxUniformBufferRange

-

uint32_t

maxStorageBufferRange

-

uint32_t

maxPushConstantsSize

-

uint32_t

maxMemoryAllocationCount

-

uint32_t

maxSamplerAllocationCount

-

VkDeviceSize

bufferImageGranularity

-

VkDeviceSize

sparseAddressSpaceSize

sparseBinding

uint32_t

maxBoundDescriptorSets

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageResources

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetSamplers

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetSampledImages

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetStorageImages

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxVertexInputAttributes

-

uint32_t

maxVertexInputBindings

-

uint32_t

maxVertexInputAttributeOffset

-

uint32_t

maxVertexInputBindingStride

-

uint32_t

maxVertexOutputComponents

-

uint32_t

maxTessellationGenerationLevel

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationPatchSize

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationControlPerPatchOutputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationControlTotalOutputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryShaderInvocations

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryInputComponents

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryOutputComponents

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryOutputVertices

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxFragmentInputComponents

-

uint32_t

maxFragmentOutputAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

dualSrcBlend

uint32_t

maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources

-

uint32_t

maxComputeSharedMemorySize

-

3 × uint32_t

maxComputeWorkGroupCount

-

uint32_t

maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations

-

3 × uint32_t

maxComputeWorkGroupSize

-

uint32_t

subPixelPrecisionBits

-

uint32_t

subTexelPrecisionBits

-

uint32_t

mipmapPrecisionBits

-

uint32_t

maxDrawIndexedIndexValue

fullDrawIndexUint32

uint32_t

maxDrawIndirectCount

multiDrawIndirect

float

maxSamplerLodBias

-

float

maxSamplerAnisotropy

samplerAnisotropy

uint32_t

maxViewports

multiViewport

2 × uint32_t

maxViewportDimensions

-

2 × float

viewportBoundsRange

-

uint32_t

viewportSubPixelBits

-

size_t

minMemoryMapAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment

-

int32_t

minTexelOffset

-

uint32_t

maxTexelOffset

-

int32_t

minTexelGatherOffset

shaderImageGatherExtended

uint32_t

maxTexelGatherOffset

shaderImageGatherExtended

float

minInterpolationOffset

sampleRateShading

float

maxInterpolationOffset

sampleRateShading

uint32_t

subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits

sampleRateShading

uint32_t

maxFramebufferWidth

-

uint32_t

maxFramebufferHeight

-

uint32_t

maxFramebufferLayers

geometryShader, shaderOutputLayer

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferColorSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferIntegerColorSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferDepthSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferStencilSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts

-

uint32_t

maxColorAttachments

-

VkSampleCountFlags

sampledImageColorSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

sampledImageDepthSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

sampledImageStencilSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

storageImageSampleCounts

shaderStorageImageMultisample

uint32_t

maxSampleMaskWords

-

VkBool32

timestampComputeAndGraphics

-

float

timestampPeriod

-

uint32_t

maxClipDistances

shaderClipDistance

uint32_t

maxCullDistances

shaderCullDistance

uint32_t

maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances

shaderCullDistance

uint32_t

discreteQueuePriorities

-

2 × float

pointSizeRange

largePoints

2 × float

lineWidthRange

wideLines

float

pointSizeGranularity

largePoints

float

lineWidthGranularity

wideLines

VkBool32

strictLines

-

VkBool32

standardSampleLocations

-

VkDeviceSize

optimalBufferCopyOffsetAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

optimalBufferCopyRowPitchAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

nonCoherentAtomSize

-

uint32_t

maxDiscardRectangles

VK_EXT_discard_rectangles

VkBool32

filterMinmaxSingleComponentFormats

samplerFilterMinmax

VkBool32

filterMinmaxImageComponentMapping

samplerFilterMinmax

float

primitiveOverestimationSize

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

VkBool32

maxExtraPrimitiveOverestimationSize

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

float

extraPrimitiveOverestimationSizeGranularity

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

VkBool32

degenerateTriangleRasterized

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

float

degenerateLinesRasterized

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

VkBool32

fullyCoveredFragmentShaderInputVariable

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

VkBool32

conservativeRasterizationPostDepthCoverage

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

uint32_t

maxUpdateAfterBindDescriptorsInAllPools

descriptorIndexing

VkBool32

shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VkBool32

shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VkBool32

shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VkBool32

shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VkBool32

shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSamplers

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSampledImages

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageImages

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxPerStageUpdateAfterBindResources

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSamplers

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffersDynamic

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffersDynamic

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSampledImages

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageImages

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments

descriptorIndexing

uint32_t

maxVertexAttribDivisor

Vulkan 1.4, VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor, VK_EXT_vertex_attribute_divisor

uint64_t

maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference

timelineSemaphore

uint32_t

lineSubPixelPrecisionBits

Vulkan 1.4, VK_KHR_line_rasterization, VK_EXT_line_rasterization

uint32_t

maxCustomBorderColorSamplers

VK_EXT_custom_border_color

VkDeviceSize

robustStorageBufferAccessSizeAlignment

VK_EXT_robustness2, VK_KHR_robustness2

VkDeviceSize

robustUniformBufferAccessSizeAlignment

VK_EXT_robustness2, VK_KHR_robustness2

2 × uint32_t

minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize

attachmentFragmentShadingRate

2 × uint32_t

maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize

attachmentFragmentShadingRate

uint32_t

maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSizeAspectRatio

attachmentFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports

primitiveFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

layeredShadingRateAttachments

attachmentFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

fragmentShadingRateNonTrivialCombinerOps

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

2 × uint32_t

maxFragmentSize

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

uint32_t

maxFragmentSizeAspectRatio

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

uint32_t

maxFragmentShadingRateCoverageSamples

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkSampleCountFlagBits

maxFragmentShadingRateRasterizationSamples

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

fragmentShadingRateWithShaderDepthStencilWrites

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

fragmentShadingRateWithSampleMask

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

fragmentShadingRateWithShaderSampleMask

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

fragmentShadingRateWithConservativeRasterization

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

fragmentShadingRateWithFragmentShaderInterlock

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

fragmentShadingRateWithCustomSampleLocations

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

fragmentShadingRateStrictMultiplyCombiner

pipelineFragmentShadingRate

VkBool32

deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations

-

VkBool32

deviceDestroyFreesMemory

-

VkBool32

commandPoolMultipleCommandBuffersRecording

-

VkBool32

commandPoolResetCommandBuffer

-

VkBool32

commandBufferSimultaneousUse

-

VkBool32

secondaryCommandBufferNullOrImagelessFramebuffer

-

VkBool32

recycleDescriptorSetMemory

-

VkBool32

recyclePipelineMemory

-

uint32_t

maxRenderPassSubpasses

-

uint32_t

maxRenderPassDependencies

-

uint32_t

maxSubpassInputAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxSubpassPreserveAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxFramebufferAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetLayoutBindings

-

uint32_t

maxQueryFaultCount

-

uint32_t

maxCallbackFaultCount

-

uint32_t

maxCommandPoolCommandBuffers

-

VkDeviceSize

maxCommandBufferSize

-

VkBool32

shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16

shaderFloat16
Table 49. Required Limits
Limit Unsupported Limit Supported Limit Limit Type1

maxImageDimension1D

-

4096 (Vulkan Core)
8192 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxImageDimension2D

-

4096 (Vulkan Core)
8192 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxImageDimension3D

-

256 (Vulkan Core)
512 (Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxImageDimensionCube

-

4096 (Vulkan Core)
8192 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxImageArrayLayers

-

256 (Vulkan Core)
2048 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxTexelBufferElements

-

65536

min

maxUniformBufferRange

-

16384 (Vulkan Core)
65536 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxStorageBufferRange

-

227

min

maxPushConstantsSize

-

128 (Vulkan Core)
256 (Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxMemoryAllocationCount

-

4096

min

maxSamplerAllocationCount

-

4000

min

bufferImageGranularity

-

131072 (Vulkan Core)
4096 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

max

sparseAddressSpaceSize

0

231

min

maxBoundDescriptorSets

-

4 (Vulkan Core)
7 (Vulkan Roadmap 2024, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers

-

16

min

maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers

-

12 (Vulkan Core)
15 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers

-

4 (Vulkan Core)
30 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

min

maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages

-

16 (Vulkan Core)
200 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

min

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages

-

4 (Vulkan Core)
144 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

min

maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments

-

4

min

maxPerStageResources

-

128 2 (Vulkan Core)
200 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxDescriptorSetSamplers

-

96 8 (Vulkan Core)
576 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers

-

72 8 (Vulkan Core)
90 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic

-

8

min

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers

-

24 8 (Vulkan Core)
96 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic

-

4

min

maxDescriptorSetSampledImages

-

96 8 (Vulkan Core)
1800 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetStorageImages

-

24 8 (Vulkan Core)
144 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments

-

4

min

maxVertexInputAttributes

-

16

min

maxVertexInputBindings

-

16

min

maxVertexInputAttributeOffset

-

2047

min

maxVertexInputBindingStride

-

2048

min

maxVertexOutputComponents

-

64

min

maxTessellationGenerationLevel

0

64

min

maxTessellationPatchSize

0

32

min

maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents

0

64

min

maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents

0

64

min

maxTessellationControlPerPatchOutputComponents

0

120

min

maxTessellationControlTotalOutputComponents

0

2048

min

maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents

0

64

min

maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents

0

64

min

maxGeometryShaderInvocations

0

32

min

maxGeometryInputComponents

0

64

min

maxGeometryOutputComponents

0

64

min

maxGeometryOutputVertices

0

256

min

maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents

0

1024

min

maxFragmentInputComponents

-

64

min

maxFragmentOutputAttachments

-

4

min

maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

0

1

min

maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources

-

4 (Vulkan Core)
16 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxComputeSharedMemorySize

-

16384

min

maxComputeWorkGroupCount

-

(65535,65535,65535)

min

maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations

-

128 (Vulkan Core)
256 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxComputeWorkGroupSize

-

(128,128,64) (Vulkan Core)
(256,256,64) (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

subgroupSize

-

1/4 (Vulkan Core)
4 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

min

subgroupSupportedStages

-

VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT (Vulkan Core)
VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT |
VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

bitfield

subgroupSupportedOperations

-

VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BASIC_BIT (Vulkan Core)
VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BASIC_BIT |
VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_VOTE_BIT |
VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_ARITHMETIC_BIT |
VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BALLOT_BIT |
VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_SHUFFLE_BIT |
VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_SHUFFLE_RELATIVE_BIT |
VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_QUAD_BIT (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

bitfield

shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16

-

- (Vulkan Core)
VK_TRUE (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

Boolean

shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat32

-

- (Vulkan Core)
VK_TRUE (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

Boolean

shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat16

-

VK_FALSE (Vulkan Core)
VK_TRUE (Vulkan Roadmap 2024)

Boolean

shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat32

-

VK_FALSE (Vulkan Core)
VK_TRUE (Vulkan Roadmap 2024)

Boolean

maxSubgroupSize

-

- (Vulkan Core)
4 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

min

subPixelPrecisionBits

-

4

min

subTexelPrecisionBits

-

4 (Vulkan Core)
8 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

mipmapPrecisionBits

-

4 (Vulkan Core)
6 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxDrawIndexedIndexValue

224-1

232-1

min

maxDrawIndirectCount

1

216-1

min

maxSamplerLodBias

-

2 (Vulkan Core)
14 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxSamplerAnisotropy

1

16

min

maxViewports

1

16

min

maxViewportDimensions 3

-

(4096,4096) (Vulkan Core)
(7680,7680) (Vulkan 1.4)

min

viewportBoundsRange 4

-

(-8192,8191) (Vulkan Core)
(-15360,15359) (Vulkan 1.4)

(max,min)

viewportSubPixelBits

-

0

min

minMemoryMapAlignment

-

64

min

minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment

-

256

max

minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment

-

256

max

minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment

-

256

max

minTexelOffset

-

-8

max

maxTexelOffset

-

7

min

minTexelGatherOffset

0

-8

max

maxTexelGatherOffset

0

7

min

minInterpolationOffset

0.0

-0.5 5

max

maxInterpolationOffset

0.0

0.5 - (1 ULP) 5

min

subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits

0

4 5

min

maxFramebufferWidth

-

4096 (Vulkan Core)
7680 (Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxFramebufferHeight

-

4096 (Vulkan Core)
7680 (Vulkan 1.4)

min

maxFramebufferLayers

1

256

min

framebufferColorSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

framebufferIntegerColorSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT)

min

framebufferDepthSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

framebufferStencilSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

maxColorAttachments

-

4 (Vulkan Core)
7 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)
8 (Vulkan Roadmap 2024, Vulkan 1.4)

min

sampledImageColorSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts

-

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

min

sampledImageDepthSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

sampledImageStencilSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

storageImageSampleCounts

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

maxSampleMaskWords

-

1

min

timestampComputeAndGraphics

-

- (Vulkan Core)
VK_TRUE (Vulkan Roadmap 2024, Vulkan 1.4)

Boolean

timestampPeriod

-

-

duration

maxClipDistances

0

8

min

maxCullDistances

0

8

min

maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances

0

8

min

discreteQueuePriorities

-

2

min

pointSizeRange

(1.0,1.0)

(1.0,64.0 - ULP) 6 (Vulkan Core)
(1.0,256.0 - pointSizeGranularity) (Vulkan 1.4)

(max,min)

lineWidthRange

(1.0,1.0)

(1.0,8.0 - ULP) 7

(max,min)

pointSizeGranularity

0.0

1.0 6 (Vulkan Core)
0.125 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

max, fixed point increment

lineWidthGranularity

0.0

1.0 7 (Vulkan Core)
0.5 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

max, fixed point increment

strictLines

-

-

implementation-dependent

standardSampleLocations

-

- (Vulkan Core)
VK_TRUE (Vulkan Roadmap 2022, Vulkan 1.4)

Boolean

optimalBufferCopyOffsetAlignment

-

-

recommendation

optimalBufferCopyRowPitchAlignment

-

-

recommendation

nonCoherentAtomSize

-

256

max

maxMultiviewViewCount

-

6

min

maxMultiviewInstanceIndex

-

227-1

min

maxDiscardRectangles

0

4

min

sampleLocationSampleCounts

-

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT

min

maxSampleLocationGridSize

-

(1,1)

min

sampleLocationCoordinateRange

-

(0.0, 0.9375)

(max,min)

sampleLocationSubPixelBits

-

4

min

variableSampleLocations

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

minImportedHostPointerAlignment

-

65536

max

filterMinmaxSingleComponentFormats

-

-

implementation-dependent

filterMinmaxImageComponentMapping

-

-

implementation-dependent

advancedBlendMaxColorAttachments

-

1

min

advancedBlendIndependentBlend

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

advancedBlendNonPremultipliedSrcColor

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

advancedBlendNonPremultipliedDstColor

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

advancedBlendCorrelatedOverlap

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

advancedBlendAllOperations

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

maxPerSetDescriptors

-

1024

min

maxMemoryAllocationSize

-

230

min

primitiveOverestimationSize

-

0.0

min

maxExtraPrimitiveOverestimationSize

-

0.0

min

extraPrimitiveOverestimationSizeGranularity

-

0.0

min

primitiveUnderestimation

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

conservativePointAndLineRasterization

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

degenerateTrianglesRasterized

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

degenerateLinesRasterized

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

fullyCoveredFragmentShaderInputVariable

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

conservativeRasterizationPostDepthCoverage

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

maxUpdateAfterBindDescriptorsInAllPools

0

500000

min

shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexingNative

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSamplers

0 9

500000 9

min

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers

0 9

12 9

min

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers

0 9

500000 9

min

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindSampledImages

0 9

500000 9

min

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindStorageImages

0 9

500000 9

min

maxPerStageDescriptorUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments

0 9

4 9 (Vulkan Core)
7 (Vulkan Roadmap 2022)

min

maxPerStageUpdateAfterBindResources

0 9

500000 9

min

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSamplers

0 9

500000 9

min

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffers

0 9

72 8 9

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindUniformBuffersDynamic

0 9

8 9

min

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffers

0 9

500000 9

min

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageBuffersDynamic

0 9

4 9

min

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindSampledImages

0 9

500000 9

min

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindStorageImages

0 9

500000 9

min

maxDescriptorSetUpdateAfterBindInputAttachments

0 9

4 9

min

maxVertexAttribDivisor

-

216-1

min

maxTimelineSemaphoreValueDifference

-

231-1

min

lineSubPixelPrecisionBits

-

4

min

maxCustomBorderColorSamplers

-

32

min

robustStorageBufferAccessSizeAlignment

-

4

max

robustUniformBufferAccessSizeAlignment

-

256

max

minFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize

(0,0)

(32,32)

max

maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSize

(0,0)

(8,8)

min

maxFragmentShadingRateAttachmentTexelSizeAspectRatio

0

1

min

primitiveFragmentShadingRateWithMultipleViewports

VK_FALSE

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

layeredShadingRateAttachments

VK_FALSE

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

fragmentShadingRateNonTrivialCombinerOps

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

maxFragmentSize

-

(2,2)

min

maxFragmentSizeAspectRatio

-

2

min

maxFragmentShadingRateCoverageSamples

-

16

min

maxFragmentShadingRateRasterizationSamples

-

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT

min

fragmentShadingRateWithShaderDepthStencilWrites

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

fragmentShadingRateWithSampleMask

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

fragmentShadingRateWithShaderSampleMask

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

fragmentShadingRateWithConservativeRasterization

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

fragmentShadingRateWithFragmentShaderInterlock

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

fragmentShadingRateWithCustomSampleLocations

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

fragmentShadingRateStrictMultiplyCombiner

-

VK_FALSE

implementation-dependent

deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations

-

-

implementation-dependent

deviceDestroyFreesMemory

-

-

implementation-dependent

commandPoolMultipleCommandBuffersRecording

-

-

implementation-dependent

commandPoolResetCommandBuffer

-

-

implementation-dependent

commandBufferSimultaneousUse

-

-

implementation-dependent

secondaryCommandBufferNullOrImagelessFramebuffer

-

-

implementation-dependent

recycleDescriptorSetMemory

-

-

implementation-dependent

recyclePipelineMemory

-

-

implementation-dependent

maxRenderPassSubpasses

-

1

min

maxRenderPassDependencies

-

18

min

maxSubpassInputAttachments

-

0

min

maxSubpassPreserveAttachments

-

0

min

maxFramebufferAttachments

-

9 11

min

maxDescriptorSetLayoutBindings

-

64

min

maxQueryFaultCount

-

16

min

maxCallbackFaultCount

-

1

min

maxCommandPoolCommandBuffers

-

256

min

maxCommandBufferSize

-

220

min
1

The Limit Type column specifies the limit is either the minimum limit all implementations must support, the maximum limit all implementations must support, or the exact value all implementations must support. For bitmasks a minimum limit is the least bits all implementations must set, but they may have additional bits set beyond this minimum.

2

The maxPerStageResources must be at least the smallest of the following:

  • the sum of the maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers, maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers, maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages, maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages, maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments, maxColorAttachments limits, or

  • 128.

    It may not be possible to reach this limit in every stage.

3

See maxViewportDimensions for the required relationship to other limits.

4

See viewportBoundsRange for the required relationship to other limits.

5

The values minInterpolationOffset and maxInterpolationOffset describe the closed interval of supported interpolation offsets: [minInterpolationOffset, maxInterpolationOffset]. The ULP is determined by subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits. If subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits is 4, this provides increments of (1/24) = 0.0625, and thus the range of supported interpolation offsets would be [-0.5, 0.4375].

6

The point size ULP is determined by pointSizeGranularity. If the pointSizeGranularity is 0.125, the range of supported point sizes must be at least [1.0, 63.875].

7

The line width ULP is determined by lineWidthGranularity. If the lineWidthGranularity is 0.0625, the range of supported line widths must be at least [1.0, 7.9375].

8

The minimum maxDescriptorSet* limit is n times the corresponding specification minimum maxPerStageDescriptor* limit, where n is the number of shader stages supported by the VkPhysicalDevice. If all shader stages are supported, n = 6 (vertex, tessellation control, tessellation evaluation, geometry, fragment, compute).

9

The UpdateAfterBind descriptor limits must each be greater than or equal to the corresponding non-UpdateAfterBind limit.

11

maxFramebufferAttachments must be greater than or equal to two times maxColorAttachments (for color and resolve attachments) plus one (for the depth/stencil attachment), or else must be equal to 232-1.

34.2. Additional Multisampling Capabilities

To query additional multisampling capabilities which may be supported for a specific sample count, beyond the minimum capabilities described for Limits above, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceMultisamplePropertiesEXT(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkSampleCountFlagBits                       samples,
    VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT*                 pMultisampleProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the additional multisampling capabilities.

  • samples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the sample count to query capabilities for.

  • pMultisampleProperties is a pointer to a VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT structure in which information about additional multisampling capabilities specific to the sample count is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMultisamplePropertiesEXT-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMultisamplePropertiesEXT-samples-parameter
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMultisamplePropertiesEXT-pMultisampleProperties-parameter
    pMultisampleProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT structure

The VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT structure is defined as

// Provided by VK_EXT_sample_locations
typedef struct VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkExtent2D         maxSampleLocationGridSize;
} VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • maxSampleLocationGridSize is the maximum size of the pixel grid in which sample locations can vary.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MULTISAMPLE_PROPERTIES_EXT

  • VUID-VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

If the sample count for which additional multisampling capabilities are requested using vkGetPhysicalDeviceMultisamplePropertiesEXT is set in sampleLocationSampleCounts the width and height members of VkMultisamplePropertiesEXT::maxSampleLocationGridSize must be greater than or equal to the corresponding members of maxSampleLocationGridSize, respectively, otherwise both members must be 0.

35. Formats

Supported buffer and image formats may vary across implementations. A minimum set of format features are guaranteed, but others must be explicitly queried before use to ensure they are supported by the implementation.

The features for the set of formats (VkFormat) supported by the implementation are queried individually using the vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties command.

35.1. Format Definition

The following image formats can be passed to, and may be returned from Vulkan commands. The memory required to store each format is discussed with that format, and also summarized in the Representation and Texel Block Size section and the Compatible formats table.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFormat {
    VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED = 0,
    VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8 = 1,
    VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16 = 2,
    VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16 = 3,
    VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16 = 4,
    VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16 = 5,
    VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16 = 6,
    VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16 = 7,
    VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16 = 8,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM = 9,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM = 10,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_USCALED = 11,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_SSCALED = 12,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT = 13,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT = 14,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB = 15,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM = 16,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM = 17,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_USCALED = 18,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SSCALED = 19,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT = 20,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT = 21,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB = 22,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM = 23,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM = 24,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_USCALED = 25,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SSCALED = 26,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UINT = 27,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SINT = 28,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB = 29,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM = 30,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM = 31,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_USCALED = 32,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SSCALED = 33,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UINT = 34,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SINT = 35,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB = 36,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM = 37,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM = 38,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_USCALED = 39,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SSCALED = 40,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT = 41,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT = 42,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB = 43,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM = 44,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM = 45,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_USCALED = 46,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SSCALED = 47,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UINT = 48,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SINT = 49,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB = 50,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32 = 51,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32 = 52,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32 = 53,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32 = 54,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32 = 55,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32 = 56,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32 = 57,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32 = 58,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32 = 59,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32 = 60,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32 = 61,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32 = 62,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32 = 63,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32 = 64,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32 = 65,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32 = 66,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32 = 67,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32 = 68,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32 = 69,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM = 70,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM = 71,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_USCALED = 72,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_SSCALED = 73,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT = 74,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT = 75,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT = 76,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM = 77,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM = 78,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_USCALED = 79,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SSCALED = 80,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT = 81,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT = 82,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT = 83,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UNORM = 84,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SNORM = 85,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_USCALED = 86,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SSCALED = 87,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UINT = 88,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SINT = 89,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SFLOAT = 90,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM = 91,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM = 92,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_USCALED = 93,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SSCALED = 94,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT = 95,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT = 96,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT = 97,
    VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT = 98,
    VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT = 99,
    VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT = 100,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT = 101,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT = 102,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT = 103,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_UINT = 104,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SINT = 105,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SFLOAT = 106,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT = 107,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT = 108,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT = 109,
    VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT = 110,
    VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT = 111,
    VK_FORMAT_R64_SFLOAT = 112,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT = 113,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SINT = 114,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SFLOAT = 115,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_UINT = 116,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SINT = 117,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SFLOAT = 118,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_UINT = 119,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SINT = 120,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SFLOAT = 121,
    VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32 = 122,
    VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32 = 123,
    VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM = 124,
    VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32 = 125,
    VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT = 126,
    VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT = 127,
    VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT = 128,
    VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT = 129,
    VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT = 130,
    VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK = 131,
    VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK = 132,
    VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK = 133,
    VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK = 134,
    VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK = 135,
    VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK = 136,
    VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK = 137,
    VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK = 138,
    VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK = 139,
    VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK = 140,
    VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK = 141,
    VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK = 142,
    VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK = 143,
    VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 144,
    VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK = 145,
    VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK = 146,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK = 147,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK = 148,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK = 149,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK = 150,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK = 151,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK = 152,
    VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK = 153,
    VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK = 154,
    VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK = 155,
    VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK = 156,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK = 157,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK = 158,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK = 159,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK = 160,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK = 161,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK = 162,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK = 163,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK = 164,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK = 165,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK = 166,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK = 167,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK = 168,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK = 169,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK = 170,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK = 171,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK = 172,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK = 173,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK = 174,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK = 175,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK = 176,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK = 177,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK = 178,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK = 179,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK = 180,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK = 181,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK = 182,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK = 183,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK = 184,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G8B8G8R8_422_UNORM = 1000156000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8G8_422_UNORM = 1000156001,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_420_UNORM = 1000156002,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_420_UNORM = 1000156003,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_422_UNORM = 1000156004,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_422_UNORM = 1000156005,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_444_UNORM = 1000156006,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16 = 1000156007,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16 = 1000156008,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6B10X6A10X6_UNORM_4PACK16 = 1000156009,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G10X6B10X6G10X6R10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16 = 1000156010,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_B10X6G10X6R10X6G10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16 = 1000156011,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156012,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156013,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156014,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156015,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156016,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16 = 1000156017,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16 = 1000156018,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4B12X4A12X4_UNORM_4PACK16 = 1000156019,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G12X4B12X4G12X4R12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16 = 1000156020,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_B12X4G12X4R12X4G12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16 = 1000156021,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156022,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156023,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156024,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156025,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000156026,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G16B16G16R16_422_UNORM = 1000156027,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_B16G16R16G16_422_UNORM = 1000156028,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_420_UNORM = 1000156029,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_420_UNORM = 1000156030,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_422_UNORM = 1000156031,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_422_UNORM = 1000156032,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_444_UNORM = 1000156033,
    VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM = 1000330000,
    VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000330001,
    VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16 = 1000330002,
    VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM = 1000330003,
    VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16 = 1000340000,
    VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16 = 1000340001,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066000,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066001,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066002,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066003,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066004,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066005,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066006,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066007,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066008,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066009,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066010,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066011,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066012,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 1000066013,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_ycbcr_2plane_444_formats
    VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM_EXT = VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_ycbcr_2plane_444_formats
    VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16_EXT = VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_ycbcr_2plane_444_formats
    VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16_EXT = VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_ycbcr_2plane_444_formats
    VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM_EXT = VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_4444_formats
    VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16_EXT = VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_4444_formats
    VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16_EXT = VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16,
} VkFormat;

  • VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED specifies that the format is not specified.

  • VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8 specifies a two-component, 8-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 4-bit R component in bits 4..7, and a 4-bit G component in bits 0..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 4-bit R component in bits 12..15, a 4-bit G component in bits 8..11, a 4-bit B component in bits 4..7, and a 4-bit A component in bits 0..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 4-bit B component in bits 12..15, a 4-bit G component in bits 8..11, a 4-bit R component in bits 4..7, and a 4-bit A component in bits 0..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 4-bit A component in bits 12..15, a 4-bit R component in bits 8..11, a 4-bit G component in bits 4..7, and a 4-bit B component in bits 0..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 4-bit A component in bits 12..15, a 4-bit B component in bits 8..11, a 4-bit G component in bits 4..7, and a 4-bit R component in bits 0..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a three-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 5-bit R component in bits 11..15, a 6-bit G component in bits 5..10, and a 5-bit B component in bits 0..4.

  • VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a three-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 5-bit B component in bits 11..15, a 6-bit G component in bits 5..10, and a 5-bit R component in bits 0..4.

  • VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 5-bit R component in bits 11..15, a 5-bit G component in bits 6..10, a 5-bit B component in bits 1..5, and a 1-bit A component in bit 0.

  • VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 5-bit B component in bits 11..15, a 5-bit G component in bits 6..10, a 5-bit R component in bits 1..5, and a 1-bit A component in bit 0.

  • VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 1-bit A component in bit 15, a 5-bit R component in bits 10..14, a 5-bit G component in bits 5..9, and a 5-bit B component in bits 0..4.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM specifies a one-component, 8-bit signed normalized format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_USCALED specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SSCALED specifies a one-component, 8-bit signed scaled integer format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned integer format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT specifies a one-component, 8-bit signed integer format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM specifies a two-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM specifies a two-component, 16-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_USCALED specifies a two-component, 16-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SSCALED specifies a two-component, 16-bit signed scaled integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT specifies a two-component, 16-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT specifies a two-component, 16-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB specifies a two-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_USCALED specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned scaled format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SSCALED specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed scaled format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UINT specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SINT specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_USCALED specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned scaled format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SSCALED specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed scaled format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UINT specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SINT specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_USCALED specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned scaled format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SSCALED specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed scaled format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1, an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_USCALED specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned scaled format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SSCALED specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed scaled format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UINT specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SINT specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1, an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed normalized format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned scaled integer format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed scaled integer format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed integer format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed normalized format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned scaled integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed scaled integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed normalized format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned scaled integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed scaled integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM specifies a one-component, 16-bit signed normalized format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_USCALED specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SSCALED specifies a one-component, 16-bit signed scaled integer format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned integer format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT specifies a one-component, 16-bit signed integer format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT specifies a one-component, 16-bit signed floating-point format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM specifies a two-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM specifies a two-component, 32-bit signed normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_USCALED specifies a two-component, 32-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SSCALED specifies a two-component, 32-bit signed scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT specifies a two-component, 32-bit unsigned integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT specifies a two-component, 32-bit signed integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT specifies a two-component, 32-bit signed floating-point format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UNORM specifies a three-component, 48-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SNORM specifies a three-component, 48-bit signed normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_USCALED specifies a three-component, 48-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SSCALED specifies a three-component, 48-bit signed scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UINT specifies a three-component, 48-bit unsigned integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SINT specifies a three-component, 48-bit signed integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SFLOAT specifies a three-component, 48-bit signed floating-point format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM specifies a four-component, 64-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM specifies a four-component, 64-bit signed normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_USCALED specifies a four-component, 64-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SSCALED specifies a four-component, 64-bit signed scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT specifies a four-component, 64-bit unsigned integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT specifies a four-component, 64-bit signed integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT specifies a four-component, 64-bit signed floating-point format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT specifies a one-component, 32-bit unsigned integer format that has a single 32-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT specifies a one-component, 32-bit signed integer format that has a single 32-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT specifies a one-component, 32-bit signed floating-point format that has a single 32-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT specifies a two-component, 64-bit unsigned integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, and a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT specifies a two-component, 64-bit signed integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, and a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT specifies a two-component, 64-bit signed floating-point format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, and a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_UINT specifies a three-component, 96-bit unsigned integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, and a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SINT specifies a three-component, 96-bit signed integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, and a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SFLOAT specifies a three-component, 96-bit signed floating-point format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, and a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT specifies a four-component, 128-bit unsigned integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11, and a 32-bit A component in bytes 12..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT specifies a four-component, 128-bit signed integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11, and a 32-bit A component in bytes 12..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT specifies a four-component, 128-bit signed floating-point format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11, and a 32-bit A component in bytes 12..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT specifies a one-component, 64-bit unsigned integer format that has a single 64-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT specifies a one-component, 64-bit signed integer format that has a single 64-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64_SFLOAT specifies a one-component, 64-bit signed floating-point format that has a single 64-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT specifies a two-component, 128-bit unsigned integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, and a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SINT specifies a two-component, 128-bit signed integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, and a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SFLOAT specifies a two-component, 128-bit signed floating-point format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, and a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_UINT specifies a three-component, 192-bit unsigned integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, and a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SINT specifies a three-component, 192-bit signed integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, and a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SFLOAT specifies a three-component, 192-bit signed floating-point format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, and a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_UINT specifies a four-component, 256-bit unsigned integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23, and a 64-bit A component in bytes 24..31.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SINT specifies a four-component, 256-bit signed integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23, and a 64-bit A component in bytes 24..31.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SFLOAT specifies a four-component, 256-bit signed floating-point format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23, and a 64-bit A component in bytes 24..31.

  • VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32 specifies a three-component, 32-bit packed unsigned floating-point format that has a 10-bit B component in bits 22..31, an 11-bit G component in bits 11..21, an 11-bit R component in bits 0..10. See Unsigned 10-Bit Floating-Point Numbers and Unsigned 11-Bit Floating-Point Numbers.

  • VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32 specifies a three-component, 32-bit packed unsigned floating-point format that has a 5-bit shared exponent in bits 27..31, a 9-bit B component mantissa in bits 18..26, a 9-bit G component mantissa in bits 9..17, and a 9-bit R component mantissa in bits 0..8.

  • VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 16-bit depth component.

  • VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32 specifies a two-component, 32-bit format that has 24 unsigned normalized bits in the depth component and, optionally, 8 bits that are unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT specifies a one-component, 32-bit signed floating-point format that has 32 bits in the depth component.

  • VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned integer format that has 8 bits in the stencil component.

  • VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT specifies a two-component, 24-bit format that has 16 unsigned normalized bits in the depth component and 8 unsigned integer bits in the stencil component.

  • VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT specifies a two-component, 32-bit packed format that has 8 unsigned integer bits in the stencil component, and 24 unsigned normalized bits in the depth component.

  • VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT specifies a two-component format that has 32 signed float bits in the depth component and 8 unsigned integer bits in the stencil component. There are optionally 24 bits that are unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a three-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. This format has no alpha and is considered opaque.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a three-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding. This format has no alpha and is considered opaque.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data, and provides 1 bit of alpha.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding, and provides 1 bit of alpha.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values with sRGB nonlinear encoding.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values with sRGB nonlinear encoding.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a one-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized red texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK specifies a one-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed normalized red texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a two-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RG texel data with the first 64 bits encoding red values followed by 64 bits encoding green values.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK specifies a two-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed normalized RG texel data with the first 64 bits encoding red values followed by 64 bits encoding green values.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a three-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned floating-point RGB texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a three-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed floating-point RGB texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a three-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. This format has no alpha and is considered opaque.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a three-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding. This format has no alpha and is considered opaque.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data, and provides 1 bit of alpha.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding, and provides 1 bit of alpha.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied.

  • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a one-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized red texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK specifies a one-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed normalized red texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a two-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RG texel data with the first 64 bits encoding red values followed by 64 bits encoding green values.

  • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK specifies a two-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed normalized RG texel data with the first 64 bits encoding red values followed by 64 bits encoding green values.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×4 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×5 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×5 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×6 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 8×5 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 8×6 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×8 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×8 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 8×8 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×5 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×6 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×8 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×8 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×8 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×10 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×10 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×10 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×10 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×10 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×10 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×12 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×12 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×12 rectangle of signed floating-point RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_G8B8G8R8_422_UNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit format containing a pair of G components, an R component, and a B component, collectively encoding a 2×1 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. One G value is present at each i coordinate, with the B and R values shared across both G values and thus recorded at half the horizontal resolution of the image. This format has an 8-bit G component for the even i coordinate in byte 0, an 8-bit B component in byte 1, an 8-bit G component for the odd i coordinate in byte 2, and an 8-bit R component in byte 3. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two. For the purposes of the constraints on copy extents, this format is treated as a compressed format with a 2×1 compressed texel block.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8G8_422_UNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit format containing a pair of G components, an R component, and a B component, collectively encoding a 2×1 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. One G value is present at each i coordinate, with the B and R values shared across both G values and thus recorded at half the horizontal resolution of the image. This format has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component for the even i coordinate in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit G component for the odd i coordinate in byte 3. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two. For the purposes of the constraints on copy extents, this format is treated as a compressed format with a 2×1 compressed texel block.

  • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_420_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has an 8-bit G component in plane 0, an 8-bit B component in plane 1, and an 8-bit R component in plane 2. The horizontal and vertical dimensions of the R and B planes are halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B component is shared with the G components for which and . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane. This format only supports images with a width and height that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_420_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has an 8-bit G component in plane 0, and a two-component, 16-bit BR plane 1 consisting of an 8-bit B component in byte 0 and an 8-bit R component in byte 1. The horizontal and vertical dimensions of the BR plane are halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which and . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane. This format only supports images with a width and height that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_422_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has an 8-bit G component in plane 0, an 8-bit B component in plane 1, and an 8-bit R component in plane 2. The horizontal dimension of the R and B plane is halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_422_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has an 8-bit G component in plane 0, and a two-component, 16-bit BR plane 1 consisting of an 8-bit B component in byte 0 and an 8-bit R component in byte 1. The horizontal dimension of the BR plane is halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_444_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has an 8-bit G component in plane 0, an 8-bit B component in plane 1, and an 8-bit R component in plane 2. Each plane has the same dimensions and each R, G and B component contributes to a single texel. The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane.

  • VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of a 16-bit word, with the bottom 6 bits unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16 specifies a two-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, and a 10-bit G component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6B10X6A10X6_UNORM_4PACK16 specifies a four-component, 64-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, a 10-bit G component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 4..5, and a 10-bit A component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 6..7, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_G10X6B10X6G10X6R10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16 specifies a four-component, 64-bit format containing a pair of G components, an R component, and a B component, collectively encoding a 2×1 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. One G value is present at each i coordinate, with the B and R values shared across both G values and thus recorded at half the horizontal resolution of the image. This format has a 10-bit G component for the even i coordinate in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, a 10-bit G component for the odd i coordinate in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 4..5, and a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 6..7, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two. For the purposes of the constraints on copy extents, this format is treated as a compressed format with a 2×1 compressed texel block.

  • VK_FORMAT_B10X6G10X6R10X6G10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16 specifies a four-component, 64-bit format containing a pair of G components, an R component, and a B component, collectively encoding a 2×1 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. One G value is present at each i coordinate, with the B and R values shared across both G values and thus recorded at half the horizontal resolution of the image. This format has a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, a 10-bit G component for the even i coordinate in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 4..5, and a 10-bit G component for the odd i coordinate in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 6..7, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two. For the purposes of the constraints on copy extents, this format is treated as a compressed format with a 2×1 compressed texel block.

  • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 10-bit G component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 2, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused. The horizontal and vertical dimensions of the R and B planes are halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B component is shared with the G components for which and . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane. This format only supports images with a width and height that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 10-bit G component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, and a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused. The horizontal and vertical dimensions of the BR plane are halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which and . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane. This format only supports images with a width and height that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 10-bit G component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 2, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused. The horizontal dimension of the R and B plane is halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 10-bit G component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, and a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused. The horizontal dimension of the BR plane is halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 10-bit G component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 2, with the bottom 6 bits of each word unused. Each plane has the same dimensions and each R, G and B component contributes to a single texel. The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane.

  • VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of a 16-bit word, with the bottom 4 bits unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16 specifies a two-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, and a 12-bit G component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4B12X4A12X4_UNORM_4PACK16 specifies a four-component, 64-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, a 12-bit G component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 4..5, and a 12-bit A component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 6..7, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_G12X4B12X4G12X4R12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16 specifies a four-component, 64-bit format containing a pair of G components, an R component, and a B component, collectively encoding a 2×1 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. One G value is present at each i coordinate, with the B and R values shared across both G values and thus recorded at half the horizontal resolution of the image. This format has a 12-bit G component for the even i coordinate in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, a 12-bit G component for the odd i coordinate in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 4..5, and a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 6..7, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two. For the purposes of the constraints on copy extents, this format is treated as a compressed format with a 2×1 compressed texel block.

  • VK_FORMAT_B12X4G12X4R12X4G12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16 specifies a four-component, 64-bit format containing a pair of G components, an R component, and a B component, collectively encoding a 2×1 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. One G value is present at each i coordinate, with the B and R values shared across both G values and thus recorded at half the horizontal resolution of the image. This format has a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, a 12-bit G component for the even i coordinate in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 4..5, and a 12-bit G component for the odd i coordinate in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 6..7, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two. For the purposes of the constraints on copy extents, this format is treated as a compressed format with a 2×1 compressed texel block.

  • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 12-bit G component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 2, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused. The horizontal and vertical dimensions of the R and B planes are halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B component is shared with the G components for which and . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane. This format only supports images with a width and height that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 12-bit G component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, and a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused. The horizontal and vertical dimensions of the BR plane are halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which and . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane. This format only supports images with a width and height that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 12-bit G component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 2, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused. The horizontal dimension of the R and B plane is halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 12-bit G component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, and a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused. The horizontal dimension of the BR plane is halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 12-bit G component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 2, with the bottom 4 bits of each word unused. Each plane has the same dimensions and each R, G and B component contributes to a single texel. The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane.

  • VK_FORMAT_G16B16G16R16_422_UNORM specifies a four-component, 64-bit format containing a pair of G components, an R component, and a B component, collectively encoding a 2×1 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. One G value is present at each i coordinate, with the B and R values shared across both G values and thus recorded at half the horizontal resolution of the image. This format has a 16-bit G component for the even i coordinate in the word in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit B component in the word in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit G component for the odd i coordinate in the word in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit R component in the word in bytes 6..7. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two. For the purposes of the constraints on copy extents, this format is treated as a compressed format with a 2×1 compressed texel block.

  • VK_FORMAT_B16G16R16G16_422_UNORM specifies a four-component, 64-bit format containing a pair of G components, an R component, and a B component, collectively encoding a 2×1 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. One G value is present at each i coordinate, with the B and R values shared across both G values and thus recorded at half the horizontal resolution of the image. This format has a 16-bit B component in the word in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component for the even i coordinate in the word in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit R component in the word in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit G component for the odd i coordinate in the word in bytes 6..7. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two. For the purposes of the constraints on copy extents, this format is treated as a compressed format with a 2×1 compressed texel block.

  • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_420_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 16-bit G component in each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 16-bit B component in each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 16-bit R component in each 16-bit word of plane 2. The horizontal and vertical dimensions of the R and B planes are halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B component is shared with the G components for which and . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane. This format only supports images with a width and height that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_420_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 16-bit G component in each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 16-bit B component in the word in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit R component in the word in bytes 2..3. The horizontal and vertical dimensions of the BR plane are halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which and . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane. This format only supports images with a width and height that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_422_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 16-bit G component in each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 16-bit B component in each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 16-bit R component in each 16-bit word of plane 2. The horizontal dimension of the R and B plane is halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_422_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 16-bit G component in each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 16-bit B component in the word in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit R component in the word in bytes 2..3. The horizontal dimension of the BR plane is halved relative to the image dimensions, and each R and B value is shared with the G components for which . The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane. This format only supports images with a width that is a multiple of two.

  • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_444_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 16-bit G component in each 16-bit word of plane 0, a 16-bit B component in each 16-bit word of plane 1, and a 16-bit R component in each 16-bit word of plane 2. Each plane has the same dimensions and each R, G and B component contributes to a single texel. The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the B plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT for the R plane.

  • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has an 8-bit G component in plane 0, and a two-component, 16-bit BR plane 1 consisting of an 8-bit B component in byte 0 and an 8-bit R component in byte 1. Both planes have the same dimensions and each R, G and B component contributes to a single texel. The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane.

  • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 10-bit G component in the top 10 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 10-bit B component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, and a 10-bit R component in the top 10 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, the bottom 6 bits of each word unused. Both planes have the same dimensions and each R, G and B component contributes to a single texel. The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane.

  • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16 specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 12-bit G component in the top 12 bits of each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 12-bit B component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 0..1, and a 12-bit R component in the top 12 bits of the word in bytes 2..3, the bottom 4 bits of each word unused. Both planes have the same dimensions and each R, G and B component contributes to a single texel. The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane.

  • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM specifies an unsigned normalized multi-planar format that has a 16-bit G component in each 16-bit word of plane 0, and a two-component, 32-bit BR plane 1 consisting of a 16-bit B component in the word in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit R component in the word in bytes 2..3. Both planes have the same dimensions and each R, G and B component contributes to a single texel. The location of each plane when this image is in linear layout can be determined via vkGetImageSubresourceLayout, using VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT for the G plane, and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT for the BR plane.

35.1.1. Compatible Formats of Planes of Multi-Planar Formats

Individual planes of multi-planar formats are size-compatible with single-plane color formats if they occupy the same number of bits per texel block, and are compatible with those formats if they have the same block extent.

In the following table, individual planes of a multi-planar format are compatible with the format listed against the relevant plane index for that multi-planar format, and any format compatible with the listed single-plane format according to Format Compatibility Classes. These planes are also size-compatible with any format that is size-compatible with the listed single-plane format.

Table 50. Plane Format Compatibility Table
Plane Compatible format for plane Width relative to the width w of the plane with the largest dimensions Height relative to the height h of the plane with the largest dimensions

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_420_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w/2

h/2

2

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w/2

h/2

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_420_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

w/2

h/2

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_422_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w/2

h

2

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w/2

h

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_422_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

w/2

h

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_444_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w

h

2

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w

h

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w/2

h/2

2

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w/2

h/2

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16

w/2

h/2

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w/2

h

2

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w/2

h

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16

w/2

h

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

2

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w/2

h/2

2

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w/2

h/2

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16

w/2

h/2

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w/2

h

2

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w/2

h

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16

w/2

h

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

2

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_420_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w/2

h/2

2

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w/2

h/2

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_420_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

w/2

h/2

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_422_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w/2

h

2

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w/2

h

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_422_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

w/2

h

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_444_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w

h

2

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w

h

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

w

h

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16

w

h

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

0

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16

w

h

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM

0

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

w

h

1

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

w

h

35.1.2. Multi-Planar Format Image Aspect

When using VkImageAspectFlagBits to select a plane of a multi-planar format, the following are the valid options:

  • Two planes

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT

  • Three planes

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT

35.1.3. Packed Formats

For the purposes of address alignment when accessing buffer memory containing vertex attribute or texel data, the following formats are considered packed - components of the texels or attributes are stored in bitfields packed into one or more 8-, 16-, or 32-bit fundamental data type.

  • Packed into 8-bit data types:

    • VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8

  • Packed into 16-bit data types:

    • VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6B10X6A10X6_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6B10X6G10X6R10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B10X6G10X6R10X6G10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4B12X4A12X4_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4B12X4G12X4R12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B12X4G12X4R12X4G12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16

  • Packed into 32-bit data types:

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

35.1.4. Identification of Formats

A “format” is represented by a single enum value. The name of a format is usually built up by using the following pattern:

    VK_FORMAT_{component-format|compression-scheme}_{numeric-format}

The component-format indicates either the size of the R, G, B, and A components (if they are present) in the case of a color format, or the size of the depth (D) and stencil (S) components (if they are present) in the case of a depth/stencil format (see below). An X indicates a component that is unused, but may be present for padding.

Table 51. Interpretation of Numeric Format
Numeric format Type-Declaration instructions Numeric type Description

UNORM

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are unsigned normalized values in the range [0,1]

SNORM

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are signed normalized values in the range [-1,1]

USCALED

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are unsigned integer values that get converted to floating-point in the range [0,2n-1]

SSCALED

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are signed integer values that get converted to floating-point in the range [-2n-1,2n-1-1]

UINT

OpTypeInt

unsigned integer

The components are unsigned integer values in the range [0,2n-1]

SINT

OpTypeInt

signed integer

The components are signed integer values in the range [-2n-1,2n-1-1]

UFLOAT

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are unsigned floating-point numbers (used by packed, shared exponent, and some compressed formats)

SFLOAT

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are signed floating-point numbers

SRGB

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The R, G, and B components are unsigned normalized values that represent values using sRGB nonlinear encoding, while the A component (if one exists) is a regular unsigned normalized value

n is the number of bits in the component.

The suffix _PACKnn indicates that the format is packed into an underlying type with nn bits. The suffix _mPACKnn is a short-hand that indicates that the format has m groups of components (which may or may not be stored in separate planes) that are each packed into an underlying type with nn bits.

The suffix _BLOCK indicates that the format is a block-compressed format, with the representation of multiple texels encoded interdependently within a region.

Table 52. Interpretation of Compression Scheme
Compression scheme Description

BC

Block Compression. See Block-Compressed Image Formats.

ETC2

Ericsson Texture Compression. See ETC Compressed Image Formats.

EAC

ETC2 Alpha Compression. See ETC Compressed Image Formats.

ASTC

Adaptive Scalable Texture Compression (LDR Profile). See ASTC Compressed Image Formats.

For multi-planar images, the components in separate planes are separated by underscores, and the number of planes is indicated by the addition of a _2PLANE or _3PLANE suffix. Similarly, the separate aspects of depth-stencil formats are separated by underscores, although these are not considered separate planes. Formats are suffixed by _422 to indicate that planes other than the first are reduced in size by a factor of two horizontally or that the R and B values appear at half the horizontal frequency of the G values, _420 to indicate that planes other than the first are reduced in size by a factor of two both horizontally and vertically, and _444 for consistency to indicate that all three planes of a three-planar image are the same size.

Note

No common format has a single plane containing both R and B components but does not store these components at reduced horizontal resolution.

35.1.5. Representation and Texel Block Size

Color formats must be represented in memory in exactly the form indicated by the format’s name. This means that promoting one format to another with more bits per component and/or additional components must not occur for color formats. Depth/stencil formats have more relaxed requirements as discussed below.

Each format has a texel block size, the number of bytes used to store one texel block (a single addressable element of an uncompressed image, or a single compressed block of a compressed image). The texel block size for each format is shown in the Compatible formats table.

The representation of non-packed formats is that the first component specified in the name of the format is in the lowest memory addresses and the last component specified is in the highest memory addresses. See Byte mappings for non-packed/compressed color formats. The in-memory ordering of bytes within a component is determined by the host endianness.

Table 53. Byte Mappings for Non-Packed/Compressed Color Formats
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ← Byte

R

VK_FORMAT_R8_*

R

G

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_*

R

G

B

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_*

B

G

R

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_*

R

G

B

A

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_*

B

G

R

A

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_*

G0

B

G1

R

VK_FORMAT_G8B8G8R8_422_UNORM

B

G0

R

G1

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8G8_422_UNORM

R

VK_FORMAT_R16_*

R

G

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_*

R

G

B

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_*

R

G

B

A

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_*

G0

B

G1

R

VK_FORMAT_G10X6B10X6G10X6R10X6_4PACK16_422_UNORM VK_FORMAT_G12X4B12X4G12X4R12X4_4PACK16_422_UNORM VK_FORMAT_G16B16G16R16_UNORM

B

G0

R

G1

VK_FORMAT_B10X6G10X6R10X6G10X6_4PACK16_422_UNORM VK_FORMAT_B12X4G12X4R12X4G12X4_4PACK16_422_UNORM VK_FORMAT_B16G16R16G16_422_UNORM

R

VK_FORMAT_R32_*

R

G

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_*

R

G

B

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_*

R

G

B

A

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_*

R

VK_FORMAT_R64_*

R

G

VK_FORMAT_R64G64_*

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_* as VK_FORMAT_R64G64_* but with B in bytes 16-23

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_* as VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_* but with A in bytes 24-31

Packed formats store multiple components within one underlying type. The bit representation is that the first component specified in the name of the format is in the most-significant bits and the last component specified is in the least-significant bits of the underlying type. The in-memory ordering of bytes comprising the underlying type is determined by the host endianness.

Table 54. Bit Mappings for Packed 8-Bit Formats
Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8

R

G

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0
Table 55. Bit Mappings for Packed 16-Bit Formats
Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16

R

G

B

A

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16

B

G

R

A

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16

A

R

G

B

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16

A

B

G

R

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16

R

G

B

4

3

2

1

0

5

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16

B

G

R

4

3

2

1

0

5

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16

R

G

B

A

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

0

VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16

B

G

R

A

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

0

VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

A

R

G

B

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

R

X

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

R

X

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0
Table 56. Bit Mappings for Packed 32-Bit Formats
Bit

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_*_PACK32

A

B

G

R

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_*_PACK32

A

R

G

B

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_*_PACK32

A

B

G

R

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

B

G

R

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

E

B

G

R

4

3

2

1

0

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

X

D

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

35.1.6. Depth/Stencil Formats

Depth/stencil formats are considered opaque and need not be stored in the exact number of bits per texel or component ordering indicated by the format enum. However, implementations must not substitute a different depth or stencil precision than is described in the format (e.g. D16 must not be implemented as D24 or D32).

35.1.7. Format Compatibility Classes

Uncompressed color formats are compatible with each other if they occupy the same number of bits per texel block . Compressed color formats are compatible with each other if the only difference between them is the numeric format of the uncompressed texels. Each depth/stencil format is only compatible with itself. In the following table, all the formats in the same row are compatible. Each format has a defined texel block extent specifying how many texels each texel block represents in each dimension.

Table 57. Compatible Formats
Class, Texel Block Size, Texel Block Extent, # Texels/Block Formats

8-bit
Block size 1 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8,
VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB

16-bit
Block size 2 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB,
VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

24-bit
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB

32-bit
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

32-bit (continued)
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

48-bit
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SFLOAT

64-bit
Block size 8 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64_SFLOAT

96-bit
Block size 12 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SFLOAT

128-bit
Block size 16 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SFLOAT

192-bit
Block size 24 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SFLOAT

256-bit
Block size 32 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SFLOAT

D16
Block size 2 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

D24
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

D32
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

S8
Block size 1 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

D16S8
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT

D24S8
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT

D32S8
Block size 5 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT

BC1_RGB
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK

BC1_RGBA
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK

BC2
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK

BC3
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK

BC4
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK

BC5
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK

BC6H
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK

BC7
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK

ETC2_RGB
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

ETC2_RGBA
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

ETC2_EAC_RGBA
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

EAC_R
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK

EAC_RG
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK

ASTC_4x4
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_5x4
Block size 16 byte
5x4x1 block extent
20 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_5x5
Block size 16 byte
5x5x1 block extent
25 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_6x5
Block size 16 byte
6x5x1 block extent
30 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_6x6
Block size 16 byte
6x6x1 block extent
36 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_8x5
Block size 16 byte
8x5x1 block extent
40 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_8x6
Block size 16 byte
8x6x1 block extent
48 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_8x8
Block size 16 byte
8x8x1 block extent
64 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_10x5
Block size 16 byte
10x5x1 block extent
50 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_10x6
Block size 16 byte
10x6x1 block extent
60 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_10x8
Block size 16 byte
10x8x1 block extent
80 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_10x10
Block size 16 byte
10x10x1 block extent
100 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_12x10
Block size 16 byte
12x10x1 block extent
120 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_12x12
Block size 16 byte
12x12x1 block extent
144 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK

32-bit G8B8G8R8
Block size 4 byte
2x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G8B8G8R8_422_UNORM

32-bit B8G8R8G8
Block size 4 byte
2x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8G8_422_UNORM

8-bit 3-plane 420
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_420_UNORM

8-bit 2-plane 420
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_420_UNORM

8-bit 3-plane 422
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_422_UNORM

8-bit 2-plane 422
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_422_UNORM

8-bit 3-plane 444
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_444_UNORM

64-bit R10G10B10A10
Block size 8 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6B10X6A10X6_UNORM_4PACK16,

64-bit G10B10G10R10
Block size 8 byte
2x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G10X6B10X6G10X6R10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16

64-bit B10G10R10G10
Block size 8 byte
2x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_B10X6G10X6R10X6G10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16

10-bit 3-plane 420
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

10-bit 2-plane 420
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

10-bit 3-plane 422
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

10-bit 2-plane 422
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

10-bit 3-plane 444
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

64-bit R12G12B12A12
Block size 8 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4B12X4A12X4_UNORM_4PACK16,

64-bit G12B12G12R12
Block size 8 byte
2x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G12X4B12X4G12X4R12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16

64-bit B12G12R12G12
Block size 8 byte
2x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_B12X4G12X4R12X4G12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16

12-bit 3-plane 420
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

12-bit 2-plane 420
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

12-bit 3-plane 422
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

12-bit 2-plane 422
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

12-bit 3-plane 444
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

64-bit G16B16G16R16
Block size 8 byte
2x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G16B16G16R16_422_UNORM

64-bit B16G16R16G16
Block size 8 byte
2x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_B16G16R16G16_422_UNORM

16-bit 3-plane 420
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_420_UNORM

16-bit 2-plane 420
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_420_UNORM

16-bit 3-plane 422
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_422_UNORM

16-bit 2-plane 422
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_422_UNORM

16-bit 3-plane 444
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_444_UNORM

8-bit 2-plane 444
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM

10-bit 2-plane 444
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

12-bit 2-plane 444
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

16-bit 2-plane 444
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM
Size Compatibility

Color formats with the same texel block size are considered size-compatible. If two size-compatible formats have different block extents (i.e. for compressed formats), then an image with size A × B × C in one format with a block extent of a × b × c can be represented as an image with size X × Y × Z in the other format with block extent x × y × z at the ratio between the block extents for each format, where

⌈A/a⌉ = ⌈X/x⌉

⌈B/b⌉ = ⌈Y/y⌉

⌈C/c⌉ = ⌈Z/z⌉

Note

For example, a 7x3 image in the VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK format can be represented as a 1x1 VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT image.

Images created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT flag can have size-compatible views created from them to enable access via different size-compatible formats. Image views created in this way will be sized to match the expectations of the block extents noted above.

Copy operations are able to copy between size-compatible formats in different resources to enable manipulation of data in different formats. The extent used in these copy operations always matches the source image, and is resized to the expectations of the block extents noted above for the destination image.

35.2. Format Properties

To query supported format features which are properties of the physical device, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.1. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkFormat                                    format,
    VkFormatProperties*                         pFormatProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the format properties.

  • format is the format whose properties are queried.

  • pFormatProperties is a pointer to a VkFormatProperties structure in which physical device properties for format are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties-pFormatProperties-parameter
    pFormatProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkFormatProperties structure

The VkFormatProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkFormatProperties {
    VkFormatFeatureFlags    linearTilingFeatures;
    VkFormatFeatureFlags    optimalTilingFeatures;
    VkFormatFeatureFlags    bufferFeatures;
} VkFormatProperties;

  • linearTilingFeatures is a bitmask of VkFormatFeatureFlagBits specifying features supported by images created with a tiling parameter of VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR.

  • optimalTilingFeatures is a bitmask of VkFormatFeatureFlagBits specifying features supported by images created with a tiling parameter of VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL.

  • bufferFeatures is a bitmask of VkFormatFeatureFlagBits specifying features supported by buffers.

Note

If no format feature flags are supported, the format itself is not supported, and images of that format cannot be created.

If format is block-compressed, requires sampler Y′CBCR conversion, or is a depth/stencil format then bufferFeatures must not support any features for the format.

If format is not a multi-plane format then linearTilingFeatures and optimalTilingFeatures must not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DISJOINT_BIT.

Bits which can be set in the VkFormatProperties features linearTilingFeatures, optimalTilingFeatures, VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifierTilingFeatures, and bufferFeatures are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFormatFeatureFlagBits {
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT = 0x00000100,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000200,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT = 0x00000400,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT = 0x00000800,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT = 0x00001000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT = 0x00004000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT = 0x00008000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_MIDPOINT_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT = 0x00020000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_LINEAR_FILTER_BIT = 0x00040000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_SEPARATE_RECONSTRUCTION_FILTER_BIT = 0x00080000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_BIT = 0x00100000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_FORCEABLE_BIT = 0x00200000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DISJOINT_BIT = 0x00400000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COSITED_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT = 0x00800000,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_2
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT = 0x00010000,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_filter_cubic
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT = 0x00002000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR = 0x40000000,
} VkFormatFeatureFlagBits;

These values may be set in linearTilingFeatures, optimalTilingFeatures, and VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT::drmFormatModifierTilingFeatures, specifying that the features are supported by images or image views or sampler Y′CBCR conversion objects created with the queried vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties::format:

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT specifies that an image view can be sampled from.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as a storage image.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as storage image that supports atomic operations.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as a framebuffer color attachment and as an input attachment.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as a framebuffer color attachment that supports blending.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as a framebuffer depth/stencil attachment and as an input attachment.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT specifies that an image can be used as srcImage for the vkCmdBlitImage2KHR and vkCmdBlitImage commands.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT specifies that an image can be used as dstImage for the vkCmdBlitImage2KHR and vkCmdBlitImage commands.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT specifies that if VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT is also set, an image view can be used with a sampler that has either of magFilter or minFilter set to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, or mipmapMode set to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR. If VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT is also set, an image can be used as the srcImage to vkCmdBlitImage2KHR and vkCmdBlitImage with a filter of VK_FILTER_LINEAR. This bit must only be exposed for formats that also support the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT.

    If the format being queried is a depth/stencil format, this bit only specifies that the depth aspect (not the stencil aspect) of an image of this format supports linear filtering, and that linear filtering of the depth aspect is supported whether depth compare is enabled in the sampler or not. Where depth comparison is supported it may be linear filtered whether this bit is present or not, but where this bit is not present the filtered value may be computed in an implementation-dependent manner which differs from the normal rules of linear filtering. The resulting value must be in the range [0,1] and should be proportional to, or a weighted average of, the number of comparison passes or failures.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT specifies that an image can be used as a source image for copy commands. If the application apiVersion is Vulkan 1.0 and VK_KHR_maintenance1 is not supported, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT is implied to be set when the format feature flag is not 0.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT specifies that an image can be used as a destination image for copy commands and clear commands. If the application apiVersion is Vulkan 1.0 and VK_KHR_maintenance1 is not supported, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT is implied to be set when the format feature flag is not 0.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT specifies VkImage can be used as a sampled image with a min or max VkSamplerReductionMode. This bit must only be exposed for formats that also support the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT specifies that VkImage can be used with a sampler that has either of magFilter or minFilter set to VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT, or be the source image for a blit with filter set to VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT. This bit must only be exposed for formats that also support the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT. If the format being queried is a depth/stencil format, this only specifies that the depth aspect is cubic filterable.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_MIDPOINT_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT specifies that an application can define a sampler Y′CBCR conversion using this format as a source, and that an image of this format can be used with a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo xChromaOffset and/or yChromaOffset of VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_MIDPOINT. Otherwise both xChromaOffset and yChromaOffset must be VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_COSITED_EVEN. If a format does not incorporate chroma downsampling (it is not a “422” or “420” format) but the implementation supports sampler Y′CBCR conversion for this format, the implementation must set VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_MIDPOINT_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COSITED_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT specifies that an application can define a sampler Y′CBCR conversion using this format as a source, and that an image of this format can be used with a VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo xChromaOffset and/or yChromaOffset of VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_COSITED_EVEN. Otherwise both xChromaOffset and yChromaOffset must be VK_CHROMA_LOCATION_MIDPOINT. If neither VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COSITED_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT nor VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_MIDPOINT_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT is set, the application must not define a sampler Y′CBCR conversion using this format as a source.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_LINEAR_FILTER_BIT specifies that an application can define a sampler Y′CBCR conversion using this format as a source with chromaFilter set to VK_FILTER_LINEAR.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_SEPARATE_RECONSTRUCTION_FILTER_BIT specifies that the format can have different chroma, min, and mag filters.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_BIT specifies that reconstruction is explicit, as described in Chroma Reconstruction. If this bit is not present, reconstruction is implicit by default.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_FORCEABLE_BIT specifies that reconstruction can be forcibly made explicit by setting VkSamplerYcbcrConversionCreateInfo::forceExplicitReconstruction to VK_TRUE. If the format being queried supports VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_BIT it must also support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_FORCEABLE_BIT.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DISJOINT_BIT specifies that a multi-planar image can have the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT set during image creation. An implementation must not set VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DISJOINT_BIT for single-plane formats.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR specifies that an image view can be used as a fragment shading rate attachment. An implementation must not set this feature for formats with a numeric format other than UINT, or set it as a buffer feature.

The following bits may be set in bufferFeatures, specifying that the features are supported by buffers or buffer views created with the queried vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties::format:

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the format can be used to create a buffer view that can be bound to a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the format can be used to create a buffer view that can be bound to a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT specifies that atomic operations are supported on VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER with this format.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the format can be used as a vertex attribute format (VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format).

Note

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT are only intended to be advertised for single-component formats, since SPIR-V atomic operations require a scalar type.

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkFormatFeatureFlags;

VkFormatFeatureFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkFormatFeatureFlagBits.

To query supported format features which are properties of the physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties2(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkFormat                                    format,
    VkFormatProperties2*                        pFormatProperties);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the format properties.

  • format is the format whose properties are queried.

  • pFormatProperties is a pointer to a VkFormatProperties2 structure in which physical device properties for format are returned.

vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties2 behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties, with the ability to return extended information in a pNext chain of output structures.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties2-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties2-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties2-pFormatProperties-parameter
    pFormatProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkFormatProperties2 structure

The VkFormatProperties2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkFormatProperties2 {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    void*                 pNext;
    VkFormatProperties    formatProperties;
} VkFormatProperties2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • formatProperties is a VkFormatProperties structure describing features supported by the requested format.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFormatProperties2-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_2

  • VUID-VkFormatProperties2-pNext-pNext
    Each pNext member of any structure (including this one) in the pNext chain must be either NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesList2EXT or VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesListEXT

  • VUID-VkFormatProperties2-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

To obtain the list of Linux DRM format modifiers compatible with a VkFormat, add a VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesListEXT structure to the pNext chain of VkFormatProperties2.

The VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesListEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
typedef struct VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesListEXT {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    void*                                pNext;
    uint32_t                             drmFormatModifierCount;
    VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT*    pDrmFormatModifierProperties;
} VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesListEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • drmFormatModifierCount is an inout parameter related to the number of modifiers compatible with the format, as described below.

  • pDrmFormatModifierProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT structures.

If pDrmFormatModifierProperties is NULL, then the function returns in drmFormatModifierCount the number of modifiers compatible with the queried format. Otherwise, the application must set drmFormatModifierCount to the length of the array pDrmFormatModifierProperties; the function will write at most drmFormatModifierCount elements to the array, and will return in drmFormatModifierCount the number of elements written.

Among the elements in array pDrmFormatModifierProperties, each returned drmFormatModifier must be unique.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesListEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PROPERTIES_LIST_EXT

The VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT structure describes properties of a VkFormat when that format is combined with a Linux DRM format modifier. These properties, like those of VkFormatProperties2, are independent of any particular image.

The VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
typedef struct VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT {
    uint64_t                drmFormatModifier;
    uint32_t                drmFormatModifierPlaneCount;
    VkFormatFeatureFlags    drmFormatModifierTilingFeatures;
} VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT;

  • drmFormatModifier is a Linux DRM format modifier.

  • drmFormatModifierPlaneCount is the number of memory planes in any image created with format and drmFormatModifier. An image’s memory planecount is distinct from its format planecount, as explained below.

  • drmFormatModifierTilingFeatures is a bitmask of VkFormatFeatureFlagBits that are supported by any image created with format and drmFormatModifier.

The returned drmFormatModifierTilingFeatures must contain at least one bit.

The implementation must not return DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID in drmFormatModifier.

An image’s memory planecount (as returned by drmFormatModifierPlaneCount) is distinct from its format planecount (in the sense of multi-planar format). In VkImageAspectFlags, each VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_i_BIT_EXT represents a memory plane and each VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_i_BIT a format plane.

An image’s set of format planes is an ordered partition of the image’s content into separable groups of format components. The ordered partition is encoded in the name of each VkFormat. For example, VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_420_UNORM contains two format planes; the first plane contains the green component and the second plane contains the blue component and red component. If the format name does not contain PLANE, then the format contains a single plane; for example, VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM. Some commands, such as vkCmdCopyBufferToImage, do not operate on all format components in the image, but instead operate only on the format planes explicitly chosen by the application and operate on each format plane independently.

An image’s set of memory planes is an ordered partition of the image’s memory rather than the image’s content. Each memory plane is a contiguous range of memory. The union of an image’s memory planes is not necessarily contiguous.

If an image is linear, then the partition is the same for memory planes and for format planes. Therefore, if the returned drmFormatModifier is DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR, then drmFormatModifierPlaneCount must equal the format planecount, and drmFormatModifierTilingFeatures must be identical to the VkFormatProperties2::formatProperties.linearTilingFeatures returned in the same pNext chain.

If an image is non-linear, then the partition of the image’s memory into memory planes is implementation-specific and may be unrelated to the partition of the image’s content into format planes. For example, consider an image whose format is VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_420_UNORM, tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, whose drmFormatModifier is not DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR, and flags lacks VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT. The image has 3 format planes, and commands such vkCmdCopyBufferToImage act on each format plane independently as if the data of each format plane were separable from the data of the other planes. In a straightforward implementation, the implementation may store the image’s content in 3 adjacent memory planes where each memory plane corresponds exactly to a format plane. However, the implementation may also store the image’s content in a single memory plane where all format components are combined using an implementation-private block-compressed format; or the implementation may store the image’s content in a collection of 7 adjacent memory planes using an implementation-private sharding technique. Because the image is non-linear and non-disjoint, the implementation has much freedom when choosing the image’s placement in memory.

The memory planecount applies to function parameters and structures only when the API specifies an explicit requirement on drmFormatModifierPlaneCount. In all other cases, the memory planecount is ignored.

35.2.1. Potential Format Features

Some valid usage conditions depend on the format features supported by a VkImage whose VkImageTiling is unknown. In such cases the exact VkFormatFeatureFlagBits supported by the VkImage cannot be determined, so the valid usage conditions are expressed in terms of the potential format features of the VkImage format.

The potential format features of a VkFormat are defined as follows:

35.3. Required Format Support

Implementations must support at least the following set of features on the listed formats. For images, these features must be supported for every VkImageType (including arrayed and cube variants) unless otherwise noted. These features are supported on existing formats without needing to advertise an extension or needing to explicitly enable them. Support for additional functionality beyond the requirements listed here is queried using the vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties command.

Note

Unless otherwise excluded below, the required formats are supported for all VkImageCreateFlags values as long as those flag values are otherwise allowed.

The following tables show which feature bits must be supported for each format. Formats that are required to support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT must also support VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT.

Table 58. Key for Format Feature Tables

✓

This feature must be supported on the named format

†

This feature must be supported on at least some of the named formats, with more information in the table where the symbol appears

‡

This feature must be supported with some caveats or preconditions, with more information in the table where the symbol appears

§

This feature must be supported with some caveats or preconditions, with more information in the table where the symbol appears
Table 59. Feature Bits in optimalTilingFeatures

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT
Table 60. Feature Bits in bufferFeatures

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT
Table 61. Mandatory Format Support: Sub-Byte Components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8

VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16

‡

‡

‡

Format features marked † must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the VkPhysicalDevice4444FormatsFeaturesEXT::formatA4R4G4B4 feature.

Format features marked ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the VkPhysicalDevice4444FormatsFeaturesEXT::formatA4B4G4R4 feature.
Table 62. Mandatory Format Support: 1-3 Byte-Sized Components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

✓

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

✓

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

✓

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

✓

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB

Format features marked with ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature.
Table 63. Mandatory Format Support: 4 Byte-Sized Components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
Table 64. Mandatory Format Support: 10-, 12-, and 14-Bit Components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

✓

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16

VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16

Format features marked with ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature.
Table 65. Mandatory Format Support: 16-bit Components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

‡

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

‡

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

✓

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

‡

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM

‡

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT

✓

✓

✓

‡

§

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

§

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM

‡

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM

‡

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT

✓

✓

✓

✓

§

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Format features marked with ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature.
Table 66. Mandatory Format Support: 32-bit Components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT

✓

✓

✓

†

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_UINT

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SINT

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SFLOAT

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Format features marked with † must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderImageFloat32Atomics or the shaderImageFloat32AtomicAdd feature.
Table 67. Mandatory Format Support: 64-bit/uneven Components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT

†

†

VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT

†

†

VK_FORMAT_R64_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

✓

✓

✓

‡

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

✓

✓

✓

Format features marked with ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature.

If the shaderImageInt64Atomics feature is supported, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT must be advertised in optimalTilingFeatures for both VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT and VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT.
Table 68. Mandatory Format Support: Depth/Stencil With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

✓

✓

✓

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

†

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

✓

✓

†

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT

†

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT

†

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT feature must be supported for at least one of VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32 and VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT, and must be supported for at least one of VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT and VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT.

bufferFeatures must not support any features for these formats
Table 69. Mandatory Format Support: BC Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

The VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for all the formats in at least one of: this table, Mandatory Format Support: ETC2 and EAC Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, or Mandatory Format Support: ASTC LDR Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D.
Table 70. Mandatory Format Support: ETC2 and EAC Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

The VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for all the formats in at least one of: this table, Mandatory Format Support: BC Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, or Mandatory Format Support: ASTC LDR Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D.
Table 71. Mandatory Format Support: ASTC LDR Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_2_COPY_IMAGE_INDIRECT_DST_BIT_KHR

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

Format

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK

†

†

†

The VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for all the formats in at least one of: this table, Mandatory Format Support: BC Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, or Mandatory Format Support: ETC2 and EAC Compressed Formats With VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D.

If cubic filtering is supported, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT must be supported for the following image view types:

  • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

for the following formats:

  • VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8

  • VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16

  • VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16

  • VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16

  • VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16

  • VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16

  • VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16

  • VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32

If ETC compressed formats are supported, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT must be supported for the following image view types:

  • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

for the following additional formats:

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

If cubic filtering is supported for any other formats, the following image view types must be supported for those formats:

  • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

To be used with VkImageView with subresourceRange.aspectMask equal to VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, sampler Y′CBCR conversion must be enabled for the following formats:

Table 72. Formats Requiring Sampler Y′CBCR Conversion for VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT Image Views

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_FORCEABLE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_SEPARATE_RECONSTRUCTION_FILTER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_LINEAR_FILTER_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_MIDPOINT_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COSITED_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

↓

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DISJOINT_BIT

↓

Format

Planes

VK_FORMAT_G8B8G8R8_422_UNORM

1

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8G8_422_UNORM

1

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_420_UNORM

3

†

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_420_UNORM

2

†

†

†

†

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_422_UNORM

3

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_422_UNORM

2

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_444_UNORM

3

VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6B10X6A10X6_UNORM_4PACK16

1

VK_FORMAT_G10X6B10X6G10X6R10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16

1

VK_FORMAT_B10X6G10X6R10X6G10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16

1

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

3

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

2

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

3

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

2

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

3

VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4B12X4A12X4_UNORM_4PACK16

1

VK_FORMAT_G12X4B12X4G12X4R12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16

1

VK_FORMAT_B12X4G12X4R12X4G12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16

1

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

3

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

2

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

3

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

2

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

3

VK_FORMAT_G16B16G16R16_422_UNORM

1

VK_FORMAT_B16G16R16G16_422_UNORM

1

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_420_UNORM

3

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_420_UNORM

2

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_422_UNORM

3

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_422_UNORM

2

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_444_UNORM

3

VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM

2

VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

2

VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

2

VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM

2

Format features marked † must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerYcbcrConversionFeatures feature.

Implementations are not required to support the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT VkImageCreateFlags for the above formats that require sampler Y′CBCR conversion. To determine whether the implementation supports sparse image creation flags with these formats use vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties or vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2.

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR must be supported for the following formats if the attachmentFragmentShadingRate feature is supported:

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

35.3.1. Formats Without Shader Storage Format

The device-level features for using a storage image or a storage texel buffer with an image format of Unknown, shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat and shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat, only apply to the following formats:

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

Note

This list of formats is the union of required storage formats from Required Format Support section and formats listed in shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats.

35.3.2. Format Feature Dependent Usage Flags

Certain resource usage flags depend on support for the corresponding format feature flag for the format in question. The following tables list the VkBufferUsageFlagBits and VkImageUsageFlagBits that have such dependencies, and the format feature flags they depend on. Additional restrictions, including, but not limited to, further required format feature flags specific to the particular use of the resource may apply, as described in the respective sections of this specification.

Table 73. Format Feature Dependent Buffer Usage Flags
Buffer usage flag Required format feature flag

VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT
Table 74. Format Feature Dependent Image Usage Flags
Image usage flag Required format feature flag

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

36. Additional Capabilities

This chapter describes additional capabilities beyond the minimum capabilities described in the Limits and Formats chapters, including:

36.1. Additional Image Capabilities

Additional image capabilities, such as larger dimensions or additional sample counts for certain image types, or additional capabilities for linear tiling format images, are described in this section.

To query additional capabilities specific to image types, call:

Warning
 This functionality is superseded by Vulkan Version 1.1. See Legacy Functionality for more information. 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkFormat                                    format,
    VkImageType                                 type,
    VkImageTiling                               tiling,
    VkImageUsageFlags                           usage,
    VkImageCreateFlags                          flags,
    VkImageFormatProperties*                    pImageFormatProperties);

The format, type, tiling, usage, and flags parameters correspond to parameters that would be consumed by vkCreateImage (as members of VkImageCreateInfo).

If format is not a supported image format, or if the combination of format, type, tiling, usage, and flags is not supported for images, then vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties returns VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED.

The limitations on an image format that are reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties have the following property: if usage1 and usage2 of type VkImageUsageFlags are such that the bits set in usage1 are a subset of the bits set in usage2, and flags1 and flags2 of type VkImageCreateFlags are such that the bits set in flags1 are a subset of the bits set in flags2, then the limitations for usage1 and flags1 must be no more strict than the limitations for usage2 and flags2, for all values of format, type, and tiling.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-type-parameter
    type must be a valid VkImageType value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-tiling-parameter
    tiling must be a valid VkImageTiling value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-usage-parameter
    usage must be a valid combination of VkImageUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-usage-requiredbitmask
    usage must not be 0

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkImageCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-pImageFormatProperties-parameter
    pImageFormatProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkImageFormatProperties structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkImageFormatProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageFormatProperties {
    VkExtent3D            maxExtent;
    uint32_t              maxMipLevels;
    uint32_t              maxArrayLayers;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampleCounts;
    VkDeviceSize          maxResourceSize;
} VkImageFormatProperties;

  • maxExtent are the maximum image dimensions. See the Allowed Extent Values section below for how these values are constrained by type.

  • maxMipLevels is the maximum number of mipmap levels. maxMipLevels must be equal to the number of levels in the complete mipmap chain based on the maxExtent.width, maxExtent.height, and maxExtent.depth, except when one of the following conditions is true, in which case it may instead be 1:

  • maxArrayLayers is the maximum number of array layers. maxArrayLayers must be no less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxImageArrayLayers, except when one of the following conditions is true, in which case it may instead be 1:

  • If tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT, then maxArrayLayers must not be 0.

  • sampleCounts is a bitmask of VkSampleCountFlagBits specifying all the supported sample counts for this image as described below.

  • maxResourceSize is an upper bound on the total image size in bytes, inclusive of all image subresources. Implementations may have an address space limit on total size of a resource, which is advertised by this property. maxResourceSize must be at least 231.

Note

There is no mechanism to query the size of an image before creating it, to compare that size against maxResourceSize. If an application attempts to create an image that exceeds this limit, the creation will fail and vkCreateImage will return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY. While the advertised limit must be at least 231, it may not be possible to create an image that approaches that size, particularly for VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D.

If the combination of parameters to vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties is not supported by the implementation for use in vkCreateImage, then all members of VkImageFormatProperties will be filled with zero.

Note

Filling VkImageFormatProperties with zero for unsupported formats is an exception to the usual rule that output structures have undefined contents on error. This exception was unintentional, but is preserved for backwards compatibility.

To query additional capabilities specific to image types, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2*     pImageFormatInfo,
    VkImageFormatProperties2*                   pImageFormatProperties);

vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 behaves similarly to vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties, with the ability to return extended information in a pNext chain of output structures.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2-pImageFormatInfo-parameter
    pImageFormatInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2-pImageFormatProperties-parameter
    pImageFormatProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkImageFormatProperties2 structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    const void*           pNext;
    VkFormat              format;
    VkImageType           type;
    VkImageTiling         tiling;
    VkImageUsageFlags     usage;
    VkImageCreateFlags    flags;
} VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2;

The members of VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 correspond to the arguments to vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties, with sType and pNext added for extensibility.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2-tiling-02249
    tiling must be VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT if and only if the pNext chain includes VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2-tiling-02313
    If tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT and flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT, then the pNext chain must include a VkImageFormatListCreateInfo structure with non-zero viewFormatCount

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The VkImageFormatProperties2 structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkImageFormatProperties2 {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    void*                      pNext;
    VkImageFormatProperties    imageFormatProperties;
} VkImageFormatProperties2;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure. The pNext chain of VkImageFormatProperties2 is used to allow the specification of additional capabilities to be returned from vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2.

  • imageFormatProperties is a VkImageFormatProperties structure in which capabilities are returned.

If the combination of parameters to vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 is not supported by the implementation for use in vkCreateImage, then all members of imageFormatProperties will be filled with zero.

Note

Filling imageFormatProperties with zero for unsupported formats is an exception to the usual rule that output structures have undefined contents on error. This exception was unintentional, but is preserved for backwards compatibility. This exception only applies to imageFormatProperties, not sType, pNext, or any structures chained from pNext.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

To determine the image capabilities compatible with an external memory handle type, add a VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 structure and a VkExternalImageFormatProperties structure to the pNext chain of the VkImageFormatProperties2 structure.

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleType is a VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the memory handle type that will be used with the memory associated with the image.

If handleType is 0, vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 will behave as if VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo was not present, and VkExternalImageFormatProperties will be ignored.

If handleType is not compatible with the format, type, tiling, usage, and flags specified in VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2, then vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 returns VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo-handleType-parameter
    If handleType is not 0, handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

Possible values of VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo::handleType, specifying an external memory handle type, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits {
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_TEXTURE_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_TEXTURE_KMT_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_HEAP_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_RESOURCE_BIT = 0x00000040,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_DMA_BUF_BIT_EXT = 0x00000200,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT = 0x00000080,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_external_memory_host
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT = 0x00000100,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV = 0x00002000,
  // Provided by VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX = 0x00004000,
} VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits;

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT specifies a POSIX file descriptor handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It must be compatible with the POSIX system calls dup, dup2, close, and the non-standard system call dup3. Additionally, it must be transportable over a socket using an SCM_RIGHTS control message. It owns a reference to the underlying memory resource represented by its Vulkan memory object.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT specifies an NT handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It must be compatible with the functions DuplicateHandle, CloseHandle, CompareObjectHandles, GetHandleInformation, and SetHandleInformation. It owns a reference to the underlying memory resource represented by its Vulkan memory object.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT specifies a global share handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It is not compatible with any native APIs. It does not own a reference to the underlying memory resource represented by its Vulkan memory object, and will therefore become invalid when all Vulkan memory objects associated with it are destroyed.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_TEXTURE_BIT specifies an NT handle returned by IDXGIResource1::CreateSharedHandle referring to a Direct3D 10 or 11 texture resource. It owns a reference to the memory used by the Direct3D resource.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_TEXTURE_KMT_BIT specifies a global share handle returned by IDXGIResource::GetSharedHandle referring to a Direct3D 10 or 11 texture resource. It does not own a reference to the underlying Direct3D resource, and will therefore become invalid when all Vulkan memory objects and Direct3D resources associated with it are destroyed.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_HEAP_BIT specifies an NT handle returned by ID3D12Device::CreateSharedHandle referring to a Direct3D 12 heap resource. It owns a reference to the resources used by the Direct3D heap.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_RESOURCE_BIT specifies an NT handle returned by ID3D12Device::CreateSharedHandle referring to a Direct3D 12 committed resource. It owns a reference to the memory used by the Direct3D resource.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT specifies a host pointer returned by a host memory allocation command. It does not own a reference to the underlying memory resource, and will therefore become invalid if the host memory is freed.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT specifies a host pointer to host mapped foreign memory. It does not own a reference to the underlying memory resource, and will therefore become invalid if the foreign memory is unmapped or otherwise becomes no longer available.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_DMA_BUF_BIT_EXT is a file descriptor for a Linux dma_buf. It owns a reference to the underlying memory resource represented by its Vulkan memory object.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV specifies a volatile memory object (NvSciBufObj) that is backed by a buffer and shareable across various hardware engines including the CPU, and software (intra-process and inter-process) and hardware (system memory) operating domains.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX specifies a _screen_buffer object defined by the QNX SDP. See QNX Screen Buffer for more details of this handle type.

Some external memory handle types can only be shared within the same underlying physical device and/or the same driver version, as defined in the following table:

Table 75. External Memory Handle Types Compatibility

Handle type

VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::driverUUID

VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::deviceUUID

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_TEXTURE_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_TEXTURE_KMT_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_HEAP_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_RESOURCE_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT

No restriction

No restriction

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT

No restriction

No restriction

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_DMA_BUF_BIT_EXT

No restriction

No restriction

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV

No restriction

No restriction

VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX

No restriction

No restriction
Note

The above table does not restrict the drivers and devices with which VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT and VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT may be shared, as these handle types inherently mean memory that does not come from the same device, as they import memory from the host or a foreign device, respectively.
Note

Even though the above table does not restrict the drivers and devices with which VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_DMA_BUF_BIT_EXT may be shared, query mechanisms exist in the Vulkan API that prevent the import of incompatible dma-bufs (such as vkGetMemoryFdPropertiesKHR) and that prevent incompatible usage of dma-bufs (such as VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo and VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo).

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlags;

VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits.

The VkExternalImageFormatProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExternalImageFormatProperties {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    void*                         pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryProperties    externalMemoryProperties;
} VkExternalImageFormatProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • externalMemoryProperties is a VkExternalMemoryProperties structure specifying various capabilities of the external handle type when used with the specified image creation parameters.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExternalImageFormatProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES

The VkExternalMemoryProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExternalMemoryProperties {
    VkExternalMemoryFeatureFlags       externalMemoryFeatures;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlags    exportFromImportedHandleTypes;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlags    compatibleHandleTypes;
} VkExternalMemoryProperties;

compatibleHandleTypes must include at least handleType. Inclusion of a handle type in compatibleHandleTypes does not imply the values returned in VkImageFormatProperties2 will be the same when VkPhysicalDeviceExternalImageFormatInfo::handleType is set to that type. The application is responsible for querying the capabilities of all handle types intended for concurrent use in a single image and intersecting them to obtain the compatible set of capabilities.

Bits which may be set in VkExternalMemoryProperties::externalMemoryFeatures, specifying features of an external memory handle type, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkExternalMemoryFeatureFlagBits {
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_DEDICATED_ONLY_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_EXPORTABLE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_IMPORTABLE_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkExternalMemoryFeatureFlagBits;

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_DEDICATED_ONLY_BIT specifies that images or buffers created with the specified parameters and handle type must use the mechanisms defined by VkMemoryDedicatedRequirements and VkMemoryDedicatedAllocateInfo to create (or import) a dedicated allocation for the image or buffer.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_EXPORTABLE_BIT specifies that handles of this type can be exported from Vulkan memory objects.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_IMPORTABLE_BIT specifies that handles of this type can be imported as Vulkan memory objects.

Because their semantics in external APIs roughly align with that of an image or buffer with a dedicated allocation in Vulkan, implementations are required to report VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_DEDICATED_ONLY_BIT for the following external handle types:

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_TEXTURE_BIT

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_TEXTURE_KMT_BIT

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_RESOURCE_BIT

  • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX for images only

Implementations must not report VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_DEDICATED_ONLY_BIT for buffers with external handle type VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX. Implementations must not report VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FEATURE_DEDICATED_ONLY_BIT for images or buffers with external handle type VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT, or VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkExternalMemoryFeatureFlags;

VkExternalMemoryFeatureFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkExternalMemoryFeatureFlagBits.

To query the image capabilities that are compatible with a Linux DRM format modifier, set VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2::tiling to VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT and add a VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT structure to the pNext chain of VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2.

The VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    uint64_t           drmFormatModifier;
    VkSharingMode      sharingMode;
    uint32_t           queueFamilyIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*    pQueueFamilyIndices;
} VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • drmFormatModifier is the image’s Linux DRM format modifier, corresponding to VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT::drmFormatModifier or to VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT::pDrmFormatModifiers.

  • sharingMode specifies how the image will be accessed by multiple queue families.

  • queueFamilyIndexCount is the number of entries in the pQueueFamilyIndices array.

  • pQueueFamilyIndices is a pointer to an array of queue families that will access the image. It is ignored if sharingMode is not VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT.

If the drmFormatModifier is incompatible with the parameters specified in VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 and its pNext chain, then vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 returns VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED. The implementation must support the query of any drmFormatModifier, including unknown and invalid modifier values.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT-sharingMode-02314
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, then pQueueFamilyIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of queueFamilyIndexCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT-sharingMode-02315
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, then queueFamilyIndexCount must be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT-sharingMode-02316
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, each element of pQueueFamilyIndices must be unique and must be less than the pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties2 for the physicalDevice that was used to create device

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT-sharingMode-parameter
    sharingMode must be a valid VkSharingMode value

To determine the number of combined image samplers required to support a multi-planar format, add VkSamplerYcbcrConversionImageFormatProperties to the pNext chain of the VkImageFormatProperties2 structure in a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2.

The VkSamplerYcbcrConversionImageFormatProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkSamplerYcbcrConversionImageFormatProperties {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    uint32_t           combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount;
} VkSamplerYcbcrConversionImageFormatProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount is the number of combined image sampler descriptors that the implementation uses to access the format.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkSamplerYcbcrConversionImageFormatProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES

combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount is a number between 1 and the number of planes in the format. A descriptor set layout binding with immutable Y′CBCR conversion samplers will have a maximum combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount which is the maximum across all formats supported by its samplers of the combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount for each format. Descriptor sets with that layout will internally use that maximum combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount descriptors for each descriptor in the binding. This expanded number of descriptors will be consumed from the descriptor pool when a descriptor set is allocated, and counts towards the maxDescriptorSetSamplers, maxDescriptorSetSampledImages, maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers, and maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages limits.

Note

All descriptors in a binding use the same maximum combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount descriptors to allow implementations to use a uniform stride for dynamic indexing of the descriptors in the binding.

For example, consider a descriptor set layout binding with two descriptors and immutable samplers for multi-planar formats that have VkSamplerYcbcrConversionImageFormatProperties::combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount values of 2 and 3 respectively. There are two descriptors in the binding and the maximum combinedImageSamplerDescriptorCount is 3, so descriptor sets with this layout consume 6 descriptors from the descriptor pool. To create a descriptor pool that allows allocating four descriptor sets with this layout, descriptorCount must be at least 24.

To determine if cubic filtering can be used with a given image format and a given image view type add a VkPhysicalDeviceImageViewImageFormatInfoEXT structure to the pNext chain of the VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 structure, and a VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT structure to the pNext chain of the VkImageFormatProperties2 structure.

The VkPhysicalDeviceImageViewImageFormatInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_filter_cubic
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceImageViewImageFormatInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkImageViewType    imageViewType;
} VkPhysicalDeviceImageViewImageFormatInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • imageViewType is a VkImageViewType value specifying the type of the image view.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageViewImageFormatInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_VIEW_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceImageViewImageFormatInfoEXT-imageViewType-parameter
    imageViewType must be a valid VkImageViewType value

The VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_filter_cubic
typedef struct VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkBool32           filterCubic;
    VkBool32           filterCubicMinmax;
} VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • filterCubic tells if image format, image type and image view type can be used with cubic filtering. This field is set by the implementation. An application-specified value is ignored.

  • filterCubicMinmax tells if image format, image type and image view type can be used with cubic filtering and minmax filtering. This field is set by the implementation. An application-specified value is ignored.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFilterCubicImageViewImageFormatPropertiesEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FILTER_CUBIC_IMAGE_VIEW_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_EXT

Valid Usage

36.1.1. Supported Sample Counts

vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties returns a bitmask of VkSampleCountFlagBits in sampleCounts specifying the supported sample counts for the image parameters.

sampleCounts will be VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT if at least one of the following conditions is true:

Otherwise, the bits set in sampleCounts will be the sample counts supported for the specified values of usage and format. For each bit set in usage, the supported sample counts relate to the limits in VkPhysicalDeviceLimits as follows:

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT and format is a floating- or fixed-point color format, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::framebufferColorSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT and format is an integer format, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::framebufferIntegerColorSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and format includes a depth component, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::framebufferDepthSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and format includes a stencil component, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::framebufferStencilSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and format includes a color component, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::sampledImageColorSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and format includes a depth component, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::sampledImageDepthSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and format is an integer format, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::storageImageSampleCounts

If multiple bits are set in usage, sampleCounts will be the intersection of the per-usage values described above.

If none of the bits described above are set in usage, then there is no corresponding limit in VkPhysicalDeviceLimits. In this case, sampleCounts must include at least VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT.

36.1.2. Allowed Extent Values Based on Image Type

Implementations may support extent values larger than the required minimum/maximum values for certain types of images. VkImageFormatProperties::maxExtent for each type is subject to the constraints below.

Note

Implementations must support images with dimensions up to the required minimum/maximum values for all types of images. It follows that the query for additional capabilities must return extent values that are at least as large as the required values.

For VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D:

For VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D when flags does not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT:

For VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D when flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT:

For VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D:

36.2. Additional Buffer Capabilities

To query the external handle types supported by buffers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo*   pExternalBufferInfo,
    VkExternalBufferProperties*                 pExternalBufferProperties);
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferProperties-pExternalBufferInfo-parameter
    pExternalBufferInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferProperties-pExternalBufferProperties-parameter
    pExternalBufferProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkExternalBufferProperties structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkBufferCreateFlags                   flags;
    VkBufferUsageFlags                    usage;
    VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo;

Only usage flags representable in VkBufferUsageFlagBits are returned in this structure’s usage.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo-None-09499
    usage must be a valid combination of VkBufferUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo-None-09500
    usage must not be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_BUFFER_INFO

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkBufferCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalBufferInfo-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits value

The VkExternalBufferProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExternalBufferProperties {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    void*                         pNext;
    VkExternalMemoryProperties    externalMemoryProperties;
} VkExternalBufferProperties;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • externalMemoryProperties is a VkExternalMemoryProperties structure specifying various capabilities of the external handle type when used with the specified buffer creation parameters.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExternalBufferProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_BUFFER_PROPERTIES

  • VUID-VkExternalBufferProperties-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

36.3. Optional Semaphore Capabilities

Semaphores may support import and export of their payload to external handles. To query the external handle types supported by semaphores, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo* pExternalSemaphoreInfo,
    VkExternalSemaphoreProperties*              pExternalSemaphoreProperties);
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreProperties-pExternalSemaphoreInfo-parameter
    pExternalSemaphoreInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreProperties-pExternalSemaphoreProperties-parameter
    pExternalSemaphoreProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkExternalSemaphoreProperties structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleType is a VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying the external semaphore handle type for which capabilities will be returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkSemaphoreTypeCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each structure in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits value

Bits which may be set in VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSemaphoreInfo::handleType, specifying an external semaphore handle type, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits {
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_FENCE_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT = 0x00000010,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV = 0x00000020,
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_FENCE_BIT = VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_FENCE_BIT,
} VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits;

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT specifies a POSIX file descriptor handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It must be compatible with the POSIX system calls dup, dup2, close, and the non-standard system call dup3. Additionally, it must be transportable over a socket using an SCM_RIGHTS control message. It owns a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive represented by its Vulkan semaphore object.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT specifies an NT handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It must be compatible with the functions DuplicateHandle, CloseHandle, CompareObjectHandles, GetHandleInformation, and SetHandleInformation. It owns a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive represented by its Vulkan semaphore object.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT specifies a global share handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It is not compatible with any native APIs. It does not own a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive represented by its Vulkan semaphore object, and will therefore become invalid when all Vulkan semaphore objects associated with it are destroyed.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_FENCE_BIT specifies an NT handle returned by ID3D12Device::CreateSharedHandle referring to a Direct3D 12 fence, or ID3D11Device5::CreateFence referring to a Direct3D 11 fence. It owns a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive associated with the Direct3D fence.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D11_FENCE_BIT is an alias of VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_FENCE_BIT with the same meaning. It is provided for convenience and code clarity when interacting with D3D11 fences.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT specifies a POSIX file descriptor handle to a Linux Sync File or Android Fence object. It can be used with any native API accepting a valid sync file or fence as input. It owns a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive associated with the file descriptor. Implementations which support importing this handle type must accept any type of sync or fence FD supported by the native system they are running on.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV specifies a synchronization object (NvSciSyncObj) shareable across various hardware engines including the CPU and software (intra-process and inter-process) operating domains and perform signal and wait operations.

Note

Handles of type VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT generated by the implementation may represent either Linux Sync Files or Android Fences at the implementation’s discretion. Applications should only use operations defined for both types of file descriptors, unless they know via means external to Vulkan the type of the file descriptor, or are prepared to deal with the system-defined operation failures resulting from using the wrong type.

Some external semaphore handle types can only be shared within the same underlying physical device and/or the same driver version, as defined in the following table:

Table 76. External Semaphore Handle Types Compatibility

Handle type

VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::driverUUID

VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::deviceUUID

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_D3D12_FENCE_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT

No restriction

No restriction

VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV

No restriction

No restriction

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlags;

VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits.

The VkExternalSemaphoreProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExternalSemaphoreProperties {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    void*                                 pNext;
    VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlags    exportFromImportedHandleTypes;
    VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlags    compatibleHandleTypes;
    VkExternalSemaphoreFeatureFlags       externalSemaphoreFeatures;
} VkExternalSemaphoreProperties;

If handleType is not supported by the implementation, then VkExternalSemaphoreProperties::externalSemaphoreFeatures will be zero.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExternalSemaphoreProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_PROPERTIES

  • VUID-VkExternalSemaphoreProperties-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

Bits which may be set in VkExternalSemaphoreProperties::externalSemaphoreFeatures, specifying the features of an external semaphore handle type, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkExternalSemaphoreFeatureFlagBits {
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_FEATURE_EXPORTABLE_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_FEATURE_IMPORTABLE_BIT = 0x00000002,
} VkExternalSemaphoreFeatureFlagBits;

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_FEATURE_EXPORTABLE_BIT specifies that handles of this type can be exported from Vulkan semaphore objects.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_FEATURE_IMPORTABLE_BIT specifies that handles of this type can be imported as Vulkan semaphore objects.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkExternalSemaphoreFeatureFlags;

VkExternalSemaphoreFeatureFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkExternalSemaphoreFeatureFlagBits.

36.4. Optional Fence Capabilities

Fences may support import and export of their payload to external handles. To query the external handle types supported by fences, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceInfo*    pExternalFenceInfo,
    VkExternalFenceProperties*                  pExternalFenceProperties);
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceProperties-pExternalFenceInfo-parameter
    pExternalFenceInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceInfo structure

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceProperties-pExternalFenceProperties-parameter
    pExternalFenceProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkExternalFenceProperties structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceInfo {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    const void*                          pNext;
    VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits    handleType;
} VkPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • handleType is a VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits value specifying an external fence handle type for which capabilities will be returned.

Note

Handles of type VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT generated by the implementation may represent either Linux Sync Files or Android Fences at the implementation’s discretion. Applications should only use operations defined for both types of file descriptors, unless they know via means external to Vulkan the type of the file descriptor, or are prepared to deal with the system-defined operation failures resulting from using the wrong type.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_FENCE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPhysicalDeviceExternalFenceInfo-handleType-parameter
    handleType must be a valid VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits value

Bits which may be set in

indicate external fence handle types, and are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits {
    VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT = 0x00000008,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV = 0x00000010,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV = 0x00000020,
} VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits;

  • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT specifies a POSIX file descriptor handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It must be compatible with the POSIX system calls dup, dup2, close, and the non-standard system call dup3. Additionally, it must be transportable over a socket using an SCM_RIGHTS control message. It owns a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive represented by its Vulkan fence object.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT specifies an NT handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It must be compatible with the functions DuplicateHandle, CloseHandle, CompareObjectHandles, GetHandleInformation, and SetHandleInformation. It owns a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive represented by its Vulkan fence object.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT specifies a global share handle that has only limited valid usage outside of Vulkan and other compatible APIs. It is not compatible with any native APIs. It does not own a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive represented by its Vulkan fence object, and will therefore become invalid when all Vulkan fence objects associated with it are destroyed.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT specifies a POSIX file descriptor handle to a Linux Sync File or Android Fence. It can be used with any native API accepting a valid sync file or fence as input. It owns a reference to the underlying synchronization primitive associated with the file descriptor. Implementations which support importing this handle type must accept any type of sync or fence FD supported by the native system they are running on.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV specifies a synchronization object (NvSciSyncObj) shareable across various hardware engines including the CPU and software (intra-process and inter-process) operating domains and perform signal and wait operations.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV specifies a structure of NvSciSyncFence that is a snapshot of a synchronization object’s underlying primitive and represents its possible state.

Some external fence handle types can only be shared within the same underlying physical device and/or the same driver version, as defined in the following table:

Table 77. External Fence Handle Types Compatibility

Handle type

VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::driverUUID

VkPhysicalDeviceIDProperties::deviceUUID

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_FD_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_OPAQUE_WIN32_KMT_BIT

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SYNC_FD_BIT

No restriction

No restriction

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV

Must match

Must match

VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV

Must match

Must match

 
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlags;

VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits.

The VkExternalFenceProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef struct VkExternalFenceProperties {
    VkStructureType                   sType;
    void*                             pNext;
    VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlags    exportFromImportedHandleTypes;
    VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlags    compatibleHandleTypes;
    VkExternalFenceFeatureFlags       externalFenceFeatures;
} VkExternalFenceProperties;

If handleType is not supported by the implementation, then VkExternalFenceProperties::externalFenceFeatures will be zero.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkExternalFenceProperties-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_FENCE_PROPERTIES

  • VUID-VkExternalFenceProperties-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

Bits which may be set in VkExternalFenceProperties::externalFenceFeatures, indicating features of a fence external handle type, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef enum VkExternalFenceFeatureFlagBits {
    VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_FEATURE_EXPORTABLE_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_FEATURE_IMPORTABLE_BIT = 0x00000002,
} VkExternalFenceFeatureFlagBits;

  • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_FEATURE_EXPORTABLE_BIT specifies handles of this type can be exported from Vulkan fence objects.

  • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_FEATURE_IMPORTABLE_BIT specifies handles of this type can be imported to Vulkan fence objects.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
typedef VkFlags VkExternalFenceFeatureFlags;

VkExternalFenceFeatureFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkExternalFenceFeatureFlagBits.

36.5. Timestamp Calibration Capabilities

To query the set of time domains for which a physical device supports timestamp calibration, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceCalibrateableTimeDomainsKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pTimeDomainCount,
    VkTimeDomainKHR*                            pTimeDomains);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the set of calibrateable time domains.

  • pTimeDomainCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of calibrateable time domains available or queried, as described below.

  • pTimeDomains is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkTimeDomainKHR values, indicating the supported calibrateable time domains.

If pTimeDomains is NULL, then the number of calibrateable time domains supported for the given physicalDevice is returned in pTimeDomainCount. Otherwise, pTimeDomainCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pTimeDomains array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of values actually written to pTimeDomains. If the value of pTimeDomainCount is less than the number of calibrateable time domains supported, at most pTimeDomainCount values will be written to pTimeDomains, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available time domains were returned.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetPhysicalDeviceCalibrateableTimeDomainsKHR must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceCalibrateableTimeDomainsKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceCalibrateableTimeDomainsKHR-pTimeDomainCount-parameter
    pTimeDomainCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceCalibrateableTimeDomainsKHR-pTimeDomains-parameter
    If the value referenced by pTimeDomainCount is not 0, and pTimeDomains is not NULL, pTimeDomains must be a valid pointer to an array of pTimeDomainCount VkTimeDomainKHR values

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

36.6. Object Refresh Capabilities

To query the set of object types that require periodic refreshing, call:

// Provided by VK_KHR_object_refresh
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceRefreshableObjectTypesKHR(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pRefreshableObjectTypeCount,
    VkObjectType*                               pRefreshableObjectTypes);

  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the set of refreshable object types.

  • pRefreshableObjectTypeCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of refreshable object types available or queried, as described below.

  • pRefreshableObjectTypes is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkObjectType values, indicating the supported refreshable object types.

If pRefreshableObjectTypes is NULL, then the number of refreshable object types supported for the given physicalDevice is returned in pRefreshableObjectTypeCount. Otherwise, pRefreshableObjectTypeCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pRefreshableObjectTypes array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of object types actually written to pRefreshableObjectTypes. If the value of pRefreshableObjectTypeCount is less than the number of refreshable object types supported, at most pRefreshableObjectTypeCount object types will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available object types were returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceRefreshableObjectTypesKHR-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceRefreshableObjectTypesKHR-pRefreshableObjectTypeCount-parameter
    pRefreshableObjectTypeCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceRefreshableObjectTypesKHR-pRefreshableObjectTypes-parameter
    If the value referenced by pRefreshableObjectTypeCount is not 0, and pRefreshableObjectTypes is not NULL, pRefreshableObjectTypes must be a valid pointer to an array of pRefreshableObjectTypeCount VkObjectType values

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

37. Debugging

To aid developers in tracking down errors in the application’s use of Vulkan, particularly in combination with an external debugger or profiler, debugging extensions may be available.

The VkObjectType enumeration defines values, each of which corresponds to a specific Vulkan handle type. These values can be used to associate debug information with a particular type of object through one or more extensions.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkObjectType {
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_INSTANCE = 1,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE = 2,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE = 3,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_QUEUE = 4,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SEMAPHORE = 5,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER = 6,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_FENCE = 7,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE_MEMORY = 8,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_BUFFER = 9,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE = 10,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_EVENT = 11,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_QUERY_POOL = 12,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW = 13,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW = 14,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SHADER_MODULE = 15,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE_CACHE = 16,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT = 17,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_RENDER_PASS = 18,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE = 19,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT = 20,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SAMPLER = 21,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL = 22,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET = 23,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER = 24,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL = 25,
  // Provided by VK_VERSION_1_1
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION = 1000156000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_surface
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SURFACE_KHR = 1000000000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_swapchain
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_KHR = 1000001000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_display
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DISPLAY_KHR = 1000002000,
  // Provided by VK_KHR_display
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_KHR = 1000002001,
  // Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_EXT = 1000128000,
  // Provided by VK_NV_external_sci_sync2
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_POOL_NV = 1000489000,
} VkObjectType;
Table 78. VkObjectType and Vulkan Handle Relationship
VkObjectType Vulkan Handle Type

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN

Unknown/Undefined Handle

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_INSTANCE

VkInstance

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE

VkPhysicalDevice

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE

VkDevice

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_QUEUE

VkQueue

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SEMAPHORE

VkSemaphore

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER

VkCommandBuffer

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_FENCE

VkFence

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE_MEMORY

VkDeviceMemory

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_BUFFER

VkBuffer

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE

VkImage

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_EVENT

VkEvent

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_QUERY_POOL

VkQueryPool

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW

VkBufferView

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW

VkImageView

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE_CACHE

VkPipelineCache

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT

VkPipelineLayout

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_RENDER_PASS

VkRenderPass

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE

VkPipeline

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT

VkDescriptorSetLayout

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SAMPLER

VkSampler

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL

VkDescriptorPool

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET

VkDescriptorSet

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER

VkFramebuffer

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL

VkCommandPool

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION

VkSamplerYcbcrConversion

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SURFACE_KHR

VkSurfaceKHR

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_KHR

VkSwapchainKHR

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DISPLAY_KHR

VkDisplayKHR

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_KHR

VkDisplayModeKHR

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_EXT

VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT

If this Specification was generated with any such extensions included, they will be described in the remainder of this chapter.

37.1. Debug Utilities

Vulkan provides flexible debugging utilities for debugging an application.

The Object Debug Annotation section describes how to associate either a name or binary data with a specific Vulkan object.

The Queue Labels section describes how to annotate and group the work submitted to a queue.

The Command Buffer Labels section describes how to associate logical elements of the scene with commands in a VkCommandBuffer.

The Debug Messengers section describes how to create debug messenger objects associated with an application supplied callback to capture debug messages from a variety of Vulkan components.

37.1.1. Object Debug Annotation

It can be useful for an application to provide its own content relative to a specific Vulkan object.

The following commands allow application developers to associate application-defined information with Vulkan objects. These commands are device-level commands but they may reference instance-level objects (such as VkInstance) and physical device-level objects (such as VkPhysicalDevice) with a few restrictions: * The data for the corresponding object may still be available after the VkDevice used in the corresponding API call to set it is destroyed, but access to this data is not guaranteed and should be avoided. * Subsequent calls to change the data of the same object across multiple VkDevice objects, may result in the data being changed to the most recent version for all VkDevice objects and not just the VkDevice used in the most recent API call.

Object Naming

An object can be given an application-defined name by calling:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
VkResult vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT*        pNameInfo);

  • device is the device that is associated with the named object passed in via objectHandle.

  • pNameInfo is a pointer to a VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT structure specifying parameters of the name to set on the object.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT-pNameInfo-02587
    pNameInfo->objectType must not be VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT-pNameInfo-02588
    pNameInfo->objectHandle must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT-pNameInfo-07872
    If pNameInfo->objectHandle is the valid handle of an instance-level object, the VkDevice identified by device must be a descendent of the same VkInstance as the object identified by pNameInfo->objectHandle

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT-pNameInfo-07873
    If pNameInfo->objectHandle is the valid handle of a physical-device-level object, the VkDevice identified by device must be a descendant of the same VkPhysicalDevice as the object identified by pNameInfo->objectHandle

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT-pNameInfo-07874
    If pNameInfo->objectHandle is the valid handle of a device-level object, that object must be a descendent of the VkDevice identified by device

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT-pNameInfo-parameter
    pNameInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT structure

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to pNameInfo->objectHandle must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef struct VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkObjectType       objectType;
    uint64_t           objectHandle;
    const char*        pObjectName;
} VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • objectType is a VkObjectType specifying the type of the object to be named.

  • objectHandle is the object to be named.

  • pObjectName is either NULL or a null-terminated UTF-8 string specifying the name to apply to objectHandle.

Applications may change the name associated with an object simply by calling vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT again with a new string. If pObjectName is either NULL or an empty string, then any previously set name is removed.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT-objectType-02589
    If objectType is VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN, objectHandle must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT-objectType-02590
    If objectType is not VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN, objectHandle must be VK_NULL_HANDLE or a valid Vulkan handle of the type associated with objectType as defined in the VkObjectType and Vulkan Handle Relationship table

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_NAME_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT-objectType-parameter
    objectType must be a valid VkObjectType value

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT-pObjectName-parameter
    If pObjectName is not NULL, pObjectName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

Object Data Association

In addition to setting a name for an object, debugging and validation layers may have uses for additional binary data on a per-object basis that have no other place in the Vulkan API.

For example, a VkShaderModule could have additional debugging data attached to it to aid in offline shader tracing.

Additional data can be attached to an object by calling vkSetDebugUtilsObjectTagEXT as defined below.

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
VkResult vkSetDebugUtilsObjectTagEXT(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT*         pTagInfo);

  • device is the device that created the object.

  • pTagInfo is a pointer to a VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT structure specifying parameters of the tag to attach to the object.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectTagEXT-pNameInfo-07875
    If pNameInfo->objectHandle is the valid handle of an instance-level object, the VkDevice identified by device must be a descendent of the same VkInstance as the object identified by pNameInfo->objectHandle

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectTagEXT-pNameInfo-07876
    If pNameInfo->objectHandle is the valid handle of a physical-device-level object, the VkDevice identified by device must be a descendant of the same VkPhysicalDevice as the object identified by pNameInfo->objectHandle

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectTagEXT-pNameInfo-07877
    If pNameInfo->objectHandle is the valid handle of a device-level object, that object must be a descendent of the VkDevice identified by device

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectTagEXT-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkSetDebugUtilsObjectTagEXT-pTagInfo-parameter
    pTagInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT structure

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef struct VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkObjectType       objectType;
    uint64_t           objectHandle;
    uint64_t           tagName;
    size_t             tagSize;
    const void*        pTag;
} VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • objectType is a VkObjectType specifying the type of the object to be named.

  • objectHandle is the object to be tagged.

  • tagName is a numerical identifier of the tag.

  • tagSize is the number of bytes of data to attach to the object.

  • pTag is a pointer to an array of tagSize bytes containing the data to be associated with the object.

The tagName parameter gives a name or identifier to the type of data being tagged. This can be used by debugging layers to easily filter for only data that can be used by that implementation.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT-objectType-01908
    objectType must not be VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT-objectHandle-01910
    objectHandle must be a valid Vulkan handle of the type associated with objectType as defined in the VkObjectType and Vulkan Handle Relationship table

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_TAG_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT-objectType-parameter
    objectType must be a valid VkObjectType value

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT-pTag-parameter
    pTag must be a valid pointer to an array of tagSize bytes

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsObjectTagInfoEXT-tagSize-arraylength
    tagSize must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to objectHandle must be externally synchronized

37.1.2. Queue Labels

All Vulkan work is submitted using queues. It is possible for an application to use multiple queues, each containing multiple command buffers, when performing work. It can be useful to identify which queue, or even where in a queue, something has occurred.

To begin identifying a region using a debug label inside a queue, you may use the vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT command.

Then, when the region of interest has passed, you may end the label region using vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT.

Additionally, a single debug label may be inserted at any time using vkQueueInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT.

A queue debug label region is opened by calling:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
void vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT(
    VkQueue                                     queue,
    const VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT*                 pLabelInfo);

  • queue is the queue in which to start a debug label region.

  • pLabelInfo is a pointer to a VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure specifying parameters of the label region to open.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

  • VUID-vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT-pLabelInfo-parameter
    pLabelInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

-

-

Any

-

The VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef struct VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    const char*        pLabelName;
    float              color[4];
} VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pLabelName is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the label.

  • color is an optional RGBA color value that can be associated with the label. A particular implementation may choose to ignore this color value. The values contain RGBA values in order, in the range 0.0 to 1.0. If all elements in color are 0.0, then it is ignored.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT-pLabelName-parameter
    pLabelName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

A queue debug label region is closed by calling:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
void vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT(
    VkQueue                                     queue);

  • queue is the queue in which a debug label region should be closed.

The calls to vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT and vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT must be matched and balanced.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT-None-01911
    There must be an outstanding vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT command prior to the vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT on the queue

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

-

-

Any

-

A single label can be inserted into a queue by calling:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
void vkQueueInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(
    VkQueue                                     queue,
    const VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT*                 pLabelInfo);

  • queue is the queue into which a debug label will be inserted.

  • pLabelInfo is a pointer to a VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure specifying parameters of the label to insert.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkQueueInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

  • VUID-vkQueueInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT-pLabelInfo-parameter
    pLabelInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

-

-

Any

-

37.1.3. Command Buffer Labels

Typical Vulkan applications will submit many command buffers in each frame, with each command buffer containing a large number of individual commands. Being able to logically annotate regions of command buffers that belong together as well as hierarchically subdivide the frame is important to a developer’s ability to navigate the commands viewed holistically.

To identify the beginning of a debug label region in a command buffer, vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT can be used as defined below.

To indicate the end of a debug label region in a command buffer, vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT can be used.

To insert a single command buffer debug label inside of a command buffer, vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT can be used as defined below.

A command buffer debug label region can be opened by calling:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
void vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT*                 pLabelInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • pLabelInfo is a pointer to a VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure specifying parameters of the label region to open.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT-pLabelInfo-parameter
    pLabelInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action
State

A command buffer label region can be closed by calling:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
void vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

An application may open a debug label region in one command buffer and close it in another, or otherwise split debug label regions across multiple command buffers or multiple queue submissions. When viewed from the linear series of submissions to a single queue, the calls to vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT and vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT must be matched and balanced.

There can be problems reporting command buffer debug labels during the recording process because command buffers may be recorded out of sequence with the resulting execution order. Since the recording order may be different, a solitary command buffer may have an inconsistent view of the debug label regions by itself. Therefore, if an issue occurs during the recording of a command buffer, and the environment requires returning debug labels, the implementation may return only those labels it is aware of. This is true even if the implementation is aware of only the debug labels within the command buffer being actively recorded.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-01912
    There must be an outstanding vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT command prior to the vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT on the queue that commandBuffer is submitted to

  • VUID-vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-01913
    If commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer, there must be an outstanding vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT command recorded to commandBuffer that has not previously been ended by a call to vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action
State

A single debug label can be inserted into a command buffer by calling:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
void vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT*                 pLabelInfo);

  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • pLabelInfo is a pointer to a VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure specifying parameters of the label to insert.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT-pLabelInfo-parameter
    pLabelInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structure

  • VUID-vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT operations

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT
VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT
VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

Action

37.1.4. Debug Messengers

Vulkan allows an application to register multiple callbacks with any Vulkan component wishing to report debug information. Some callbacks may log the information to a file, others may cause a debug break point or other application-defined behavior. A primary producer of callback messages are the validation layers. An application can register callbacks even when no validation layers are enabled, but they will only be called for the Vulkan loader and, if implemented, other layer and driver events.

A VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT is a messenger object which handles passing along debug messages to a provided debug callback.

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT)

The debug messenger will provide detailed feedback on the application’s use of Vulkan when events of interest occur. When an event of interest does occur, the debug messenger will submit a debug message to the debug callback that was provided during its creation. Additionally, the debug messenger is responsible with filtering out debug messages that the callback is not interested in and will only provide desired debug messages.

A debug messenger triggers a debug callback with a debug message when an event of interest occurs. To create a debug messenger which will trigger a debug callback, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
VkResult vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    const VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT*   pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT*                   pMessenger);

  • instance is the instance the messenger will be used with.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT structure containing the callback pointer, as well as defining conditions under which this messenger will trigger the callback.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pMessenger is a pointer to a VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT handle in which the created object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT-pMessenger-parameter
    pMessenger must be a valid pointer to a VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT handle

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

The application must ensure that vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT is not executed in parallel with any Vulkan command that is also called with instance or child of instance as the dispatchable argument.

The definition of VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT is:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef struct VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT {
    VkStructureType                         sType;
    const void*                             pNext;
    VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateFlagsEXT     flags;
    VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT     messageSeverity;
    VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT         messageType;
    PFN_vkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackEXT    pfnUserCallback;
    void*                                   pUserData;
} VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is 0 and is reserved for future use.

  • messageSeverity is a bitmask of VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT specifying which severity of event(s) will cause this callback to be called.

  • messageType is a bitmask of VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagBitsEXT specifying which type of event(s) will cause this callback to be called.

  • pfnUserCallback is the application callback function to call.

  • pUserData is user data to be passed to the callback.

For each VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT that is created the VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::messageSeverity and VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::messageType determine when that VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::pfnUserCallback is called. The process to determine if the user’s pfnUserCallback is triggered when an event occurs is as follows:

  1. The implementation will perform a bitwise AND of the event’s VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT with the messageSeverity provided during creation of the VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT object.

    1. If the value is 0, the message is skipped.

  2. The implementation will perform bitwise AND of the event’s VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagBitsEXT with the messageType provided during the creation of the VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT object.

    1. If the value is 0, the message is skipped.

  3. The callback will trigger a debug message for the current event

The callback will come directly from the component that detected the event, unless some other layer intercepts the calls for its own purposes (filter them in a different way, log to a system error log, etc.).

An application can receive multiple callbacks if multiple VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT objects are created. A callback will always be executed in the same thread as the originating Vulkan call.

A callback can be called from multiple threads simultaneously (if the application is making Vulkan calls from multiple threads).

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT-messageSeverity-parameter
    messageSeverity must be a valid combination of VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT values

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT-messageSeverity-requiredbitmask
    messageSeverity must not be 0

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT-messageType-parameter
    messageType must be a valid combination of VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagBitsEXT values

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT-messageType-requiredbitmask
    messageType must not be 0

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT-pfnUserCallback-parameter
    pfnUserCallback must be a valid PFN_vkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackEXT value

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef VkFlags VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateFlagsEXT;

VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

Bits which can be set in VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::messageSeverity, specifying event severities which cause a debug messenger to call the callback, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef enum VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT {
    VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_VERBOSE_BIT_EXT = 0x00000001,
    VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_INFO_BIT_EXT = 0x00000010,
    VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT = 0x00000100,
    VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_ERROR_BIT_EXT = 0x00001000,
} VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT;

  • VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_VERBOSE_BIT_EXT specifies the most verbose output indicating all diagnostic messages from the Vulkan loader, layers, and drivers should be captured.

  • VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_INFO_BIT_EXT specifies an informational message such as resource details that may be handy when debugging an application.

  • VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT specifies use of Vulkan that may expose an application bug. Such cases may not be immediately harmful, such as a fragment shader outputting to a location with no attachment. Other cases may point to behavior that is almost certainly bad when unintended such as using an image whose memory has not been filled. In general if you see a warning but you know that the behavior is intended/desired, then simply ignore the warning.

  • VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_ERROR_BIT_EXT specifies that the application has violated a valid usage condition of the specification.

Note

The values of VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT are sorted based on severity. The higher the flag value, the more severe the message. This allows for simple boolean operation comparisons when looking at VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT values.

For example:

    if (messageSeverity >= VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT) {
        // Do something for warnings and errors
    }

In addition, space has been left between the enums to allow for later addition of new severities in between the existing values.

 
// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef VkFlags VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT;

VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT.

Bits which can be set in VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::messageType, specifying event types which cause a debug messenger to call the callback, are:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef enum VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagBitsEXT {
    VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_GENERAL_BIT_EXT = 0x00000001,
    VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT = 0x00000002,
    VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_BIT_EXT = 0x00000004,
} VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagBitsEXT;

  • VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_GENERAL_BIT_EXT specifies that some general event has occurred. This is typically a non-specification, non-performance event.

  • VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT specifies that something has occurred during validation against the Vulkan specification that may indicate invalid behavior.

  • VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_BIT_EXT specifies a potentially non-optimal use of Vulkan, e.g. using vkCmdClearColorImage when setting VkAttachmentDescription::loadOp to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR would have worked.

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef VkFlags VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT;

VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagBitsEXT.

The prototype for the VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT::pfnUserCallback function implemented by the application is:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef VkBool32 (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackEXT)(
    VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT           messageSeverity,
    VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT                  messageTypes,
    const VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT*      pCallbackData,
    void*                                            pUserData);

The callback returns a VkBool32, which is interpreted in a layer-specified manner. The application should always return VK_FALSE. The VK_TRUE value is reserved for use in layer development.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-PFN_vkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackEXT-None-04769
    The callback must not make calls to any Vulkan commands

The definition of VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT is:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef struct VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT {
    VkStructureType                              sType;
    const void*                                  pNext;
    VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataFlagsEXT    flags;
    const char*                                  pMessageIdName;
    int32_t                                      messageIdNumber;
    const char*                                  pMessage;
    uint32_t                                     queueLabelCount;
    const VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT*                  pQueueLabels;
    uint32_t                                     cmdBufLabelCount;
    const VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT*                  pCmdBufLabels;
    uint32_t                                     objectCount;
    const VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT*         pObjects;
} VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is 0 and is reserved for future use.

  • pMessageIdName is NULL or a null-terminated UTF-8 string that identifies the particular message ID that is associated with the provided message. If the message corresponds to a validation layer message, then this string will be the VUID.

  • messageIdNumber is the ID number of the triggering message. If the message corresponds to a validation layer message, then this number is an internal hash of the VUID.

  • pMessage is a null-terminated UTF-8 string detailing the trigger conditions. If the message corresponds to a validation layer message, then this will contain the main message with the specification text and link.

  • queueLabelCount is a count of items contained in the pQueueLabels array.

  • pQueueLabels is NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT active in the current VkQueue at the time the callback was triggered. Refer to Queue Labels for more information.

  • cmdBufLabelCount is a count of items contained in the pCmdBufLabels array.

  • pCmdBufLabels is NULL or a pointer to an array of VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT active in the current VkCommandBuffer at the time the callback was triggered. Refer to Command Buffer Labels for more information.

  • objectCount is a count of items contained in the pObjects array.

  • pObjects is a pointer to an array of VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT objects related to the detected issue. The array is roughly in order or importance, but the 0th element is always guaranteed to be the most important object for this message.

Note

This structure should only be considered valid during the lifetime of the triggered callback.

Since adding queue and command buffer labels behaves like pushing and popping onto a stack, the order of both pQueueLabels and pCmdBufLabels is based on the order the labels were defined. The result is that the first label in either pQueueLabels or pCmdBufLabels will be the first defined (and therefore the oldest) while the last label in each list will be the most recent.

Note

pQueueLabels will only be non-NULL if one of the objects in pObjects can be related directly to a defined VkQueue which has had one or more labels associated with it.

Likewise, pCmdBufLabels will only be non-NULL if one of the objects in pObjects can be related directly to a defined VkCommandBuffer which has had one or more labels associated with it. Additionally, while command buffer labels allow for beginning and ending across different command buffers, the debug messaging framework cannot guarantee that labels in pCmdBufLables will contain those defined outside of the associated command buffer. This is partially due to the fact that the association of one command buffer with another may not have been defined at the time the debug message is triggered.
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CALLBACK_DATA_EXT

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT-pMessageIdName-parameter
    If pMessageIdName is not NULL, pMessageIdName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT-pMessage-parameter
    If pMessage is not NULL, pMessage must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT-pQueueLabels-parameter
    If queueLabelCount is not 0, pQueueLabels must be a valid pointer to an array of queueLabelCount valid VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structures

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT-pCmdBufLabels-parameter
    If cmdBufLabelCount is not 0, pCmdBufLabels must be a valid pointer to an array of cmdBufLabelCount valid VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT structures

  • VUID-VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT-pObjects-parameter
    If objectCount is not 0, pObjects must be a valid pointer to an array of objectCount valid VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT structures

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
typedef VkFlags VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataFlagsEXT;

VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataFlagsEXT is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To intentionally submit a debug message, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
void vkSubmitDebugUtilsMessageEXT(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT      messageSeverity,
    VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagsEXT             messageTypes,
    const VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT* pCallbackData);

The call will propagate through the layers and generate callback(s) as indicated by the message’s flags. The parameters are passed on to the callback in addition to the pUserData value that was defined at the time the messenger was registered.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkSubmitDebugUtilsMessageEXT-objectType-02591
    The objectType member of each element of pCallbackData->pObjects must not be VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkSubmitDebugUtilsMessageEXT-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkSubmitDebugUtilsMessageEXT-messageSeverity-parameter
    messageSeverity must be a valid VkDebugUtilsMessageSeverityFlagBitsEXT value

  • VUID-vkSubmitDebugUtilsMessageEXT-messageTypes-parameter
    messageTypes must be a valid combination of VkDebugUtilsMessageTypeFlagBitsEXT values

  • VUID-vkSubmitDebugUtilsMessageEXT-messageTypes-requiredbitmask
    messageTypes must not be 0

  • VUID-vkSubmitDebugUtilsMessageEXT-pCallbackData-parameter
    pCallbackData must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDebugUtilsMessengerCallbackDataEXT structure

To destroy a VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT object, call:

// Provided by VK_EXT_debug_utils
void vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT                    messenger,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);

  • instance is the instance where the callback was created.

  • messenger is the VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT object to destroy. messenger is an externally synchronized object and must not be used on more than one thread at a time. This means that vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT must not be called when a callback is active.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT-messenger-parameter
    If messenger is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, messenger must be a valid VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT-pAllocator-null
    pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT-messenger-parent
    If messenger is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from instance

Host Synchronization

  • Host access to messenger must be externally synchronized

The application must ensure that vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT is not executed in parallel with any Vulkan command that is also called with instance or child of instance as the dispatchable argument.

37.2. Fault Handling

The fault handling mechanism provides a method for the implementation to pass fault information to the application. A fault indicates that an issue has occurred with the host or device that could impact the implementation’s ability to function correctly. It consists of a VkFaultData structure that is used to communicate information about the fault between the implementation and the application, with two methods to obtain the data. The application can obtain the fault data from the implementation using vkGetFaultData. Alternatively, the implementation can directly call a pre-registered fault handler function (PFN_vkFaultCallbackFunction) in the application when a fault occurs.

The VkFaultData structure provides categories the implementation must set to provide basic information on a fault. These allow the implementation to provide a coarse classification of a fault to the application. As the potential faults that could occur will vary between different platforms, it is expected that an implementation would also provide additional implementation-specific data on the fault, enabling the application to take appropriate action.

The implementation must also define whether a particular fault results in the fault callback function being called, is communicated via vkGetFaultData, or both. This will be decided by several factors including:

  • the severity of the fault,

  • the application’s ability to handle the fault, and

  • how the application should handle the fault.

The implementation must document the implementation-specific fault data, how the faults are communicated, and expected responses from the application for each of the faults that it can report.

37.2.1. Fault Data

The information on a single fault is returned using the VkFaultData structure. The VkFaultData structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkFaultData {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    void*              pNext;
    VkFaultLevel       faultLevel;
    VkFaultType        faultType;
} VkFaultData;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure that provides implementation-specific data on the fault.

  • faultLevel is a VkFaultLevel that provides the severity of the fault.

  • faultType is a VkFaultType that provides the type of the fault.

To retrieve implementation-specific fault data, pNext can point to one or more implementation-defined fault structures or NULL to not retrieve implementation-specific data.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-VkFaultData-pNext-05019
    pNext must be NULL or a valid pointer to an implementation-specific structure

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFaultData-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FAULT_DATA

Possible values of VkFaultData::faultLevel, specifying the fault severity, are:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFaultLevel {
    VK_FAULT_LEVEL_UNASSIGNED = 0,
    VK_FAULT_LEVEL_CRITICAL = 1,
    VK_FAULT_LEVEL_RECOVERABLE = 2,
    VK_FAULT_LEVEL_WARNING = 3,
} VkFaultLevel;

  • VK_FAULT_LEVEL_UNASSIGNED A fault level has not been assigned.

  • VK_FAULT_LEVEL_CRITICAL A fault that cannot be recovered by the application.

  • VK_FAULT_LEVEL_RECOVERABLE A fault that can be recovered by the application.

  • VK_FAULT_LEVEL_WARNING A fault that indicates a non-optimal condition has occurred, but no recovery is necessary at this point.

Possible values of VkFaultData::faultType, specifying the fault type, are:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFaultType {
    VK_FAULT_TYPE_INVALID = 0,
    VK_FAULT_TYPE_UNASSIGNED = 1,
    VK_FAULT_TYPE_IMPLEMENTATION = 2,
    VK_FAULT_TYPE_SYSTEM = 3,
    VK_FAULT_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE = 4,
    VK_FAULT_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_FULL = 5,
    VK_FAULT_TYPE_INVALID_API_USAGE = 6,
} VkFaultType;

  • VK_FAULT_TYPE_INVALID The fault data does not contain a valid fault.

  • VK_FAULT_TYPE_UNASSIGNED A fault type has not been assigned.

  • VK_FAULT_TYPE_IMPLEMENTATION Implementation-defined fault.

  • VK_FAULT_TYPE_SYSTEM A fault occurred in the system components.

  • VK_FAULT_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE A fault occurred with the physical device.

  • VK_FAULT_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_FULL Command buffer memory was exhausted before vkEndCommandBuffer was called.

  • VK_FAULT_TYPE_INVALID_API_USAGE Invalid usage of the API was detected by the implementation.

37.2.2. Querying Fault Status

To query the number of current faults and obtain the fault data, call vkGetFaultData.

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetFaultData(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkFaultQueryBehavior                        faultQueryBehavior,
    VkBool32*                                   pUnrecordedFaults,
    uint32_t*                                   pFaultCount,
    VkFaultData*                                pFaults);

  • device is the logical device to obtain faults from.

  • faultQueryBehavior is a VkFaultQueryBehavior that specifies the types of faults to obtain from the implementation, and how those faults should be handled.

  • pUnrecordedFaults is a return boolean that specifies if the logged fault information is incomplete and does not contain entries for all faults that have been detected by the implementation and may be reported via vkGetFaultData.

  • pFaultCount is a pointer to an integer that specifies the number of fault entries.

  • pFaults is either NULL or a pointer to an array of pFaultCount VkFaultData structures to be updated with the recorded fault data.

Access to fault data is internally synchronized, meaning vkGetFaultData can be called from multiple threads simultaneously.

The implementation must not record more than maxQueryFaultCount faults to be reported by vkGetFaultData.

pUnrecordedFaults is VK_TRUE if the implementation has detected one or more faults since the last successful retrieval of fault data using this command, but was unable to record fault information for all faults. Otherwise, pUnrecordedFaults is VK_FALSE.

If pFaults is NULL, then the number of faults with the specified faultQueryBehavior characteristics associated with device is returned in pFaultCount, and pUnrecordedFaults is set as indicated above. Otherwise, pFaultCount must point to a variable set by the application to the number of elements in the pFaults array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of faults actually written to pFaults. If pFaultCount is less than the number of recorded device faults with the specified faultQueryBehavior characteristics, at most pFaultCount faults will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available faults were returned.

If VK_SUCCESS is returned, the fault information stored by the implementation for the faults that were returned will be handled as specified by faultQueryBehavior. Otherwise, the stored fault information is not modified.

For each filled pFaults entry, if pNext is not NULL, the implementation will fill in any implementation-specific structures applicable to that fault that are included in the pNext chain.

Note

In order to simplify the application logic, an application could have a static allocation sized to maxQueryFaultCount which it passes in to each call of vkGetFaultData. This allows an application to obtain all the faults available at this time in a single call to vkGetFaultData. Furthermore, under this usage pattern, the command will never return VK_INCOMPLETE.

If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanSC10Properties::deviceNoDynamicHostAllocations is VK_TRUE, vkGetFaultData must not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-vkGetFaultData-pFaultCount-05020
    pFaultCount must be less than or equal to maxQueryFaultCount

Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-vkGetFaultData-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetFaultData-faultQueryBehavior-parameter
    faultQueryBehavior must be a valid VkFaultQueryBehavior value

  • VUID-vkGetFaultData-pUnrecordedFaults-parameter
    pUnrecordedFaults must be a valid pointer to a VkBool32 value

  • VUID-vkGetFaultData-pFaultCount-parameter
    pFaultCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetFaultData-pFaults-parameter
    If the value referenced by pFaultCount is not 0, and pFaults is not NULL, pFaults must be a valid pointer to an array of pFaultCount VkFaultData structures

Return Codes
Success

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN

  • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Possible values that can be set in VkFaultQueryBehavior, specifying which faults to return, are:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFaultQueryBehavior {
    VK_FAULT_QUERY_BEHAVIOR_GET_AND_CLEAR_ALL_FAULTS = 0,
} VkFaultQueryBehavior;

  • VK_FAULT_QUERY_BEHAVIOR_GET_AND_CLEAR_ALL_FAULTS All fault types and severities are reported and are cleared from the internal fault storage after retrieval.

37.2.3. Fault Callback

The VkFaultCallbackInfo structure allows an application to register a function at device creation that the implementation can call to report faults when they occur. A callback function is registered by attaching a valid VkFaultCallbackInfo structure to the pNext chain of the VkDeviceCreateInfo structure. The callback function is only called by the implementation during a call to the API, using the same thread that is making the API call. The VkFaultCallbackInfo structure provides the function pointer to be called by the implementation, and optionally, application memory to store fault data.

The VkFaultCallbackInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkFaultCallbackInfo {
    VkStructureType                sType;
    const void*                    pNext;
    uint32_t                       faultCount;
    VkFaultData*                   pFaults;
    PFN_vkFaultCallbackFunction    pfnFaultCallback;
} VkFaultCallbackInfo;

  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • faultCount is the number of reported faults in the array pointed to by pFaults.

  • pFaults is either NULL or a pointer to an array of faultCount VkFaultData structures.

  • pfnFaultCallback is a function pointer to the fault handler function that will be called by the implementation when a fault occurs.

If provided, the implementation may make use of the pFaults array to return fault data to the application when using the fault callback.

Note

Prior to Vulkan SC 1.0.11, the application was required to provide the pFaults array for fault callback data. This proved to be unwieldy for both applications and implementations and it was made optional as of version 1.0.11. It is expected that most implementations will ignore this and use stack or other preallocated memory for fault callback parameters.

If provided, the application memory referenced by pFaults must remain accessible throughout the lifetime of the logical device that was created with this structure.

Note

The memory pointed to by pFaults will be updated by the implementation and should not be used or accessed by the application outside of the fault handling function pointed to by pfnFaultCallback. This restriction also applies to any implementation-specific structure chained to an element of pFaults by pNext.

It is expected that implementations will maintain separate storage for fault information and populate the array pointed to by pFaults ahead of calling the fault callback function.
Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)

  • VUID-VkFaultCallbackInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FAULT_CALLBACK_INFO

  • VUID-VkFaultCallbackInfo-pFaults-parameter
    If faultCount is not 0, and pFaults is not NULL, pFaults must be a valid pointer to an array of faultCount VkFaultData structures

  • VUID-VkFaultCallbackInfo-pfnFaultCallback-parameter
    pfnFaultCallback must be a valid PFN_vkFaultCallbackFunction value

The function pointer PFN_vkFaultCallbackFunction is defined as:

// Provided by VKSC_VERSION_1_0
typedef void (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkFaultCallbackFunction)(
    VkBool32                                    unrecordedFaults,
    uint32_t                                    faultCount,
    const VkFaultData*                          pFaults);

  • unrecordedFaults is a boolean that specifies if the supplied fault information is incomplete and does not contain entries for all faults that have been detected by the implementation and may be reported via PFN_vkFaultCallbackFunction since the last call to this callback.

  • faultCount will contain the number of reported faults in the array pointed to by pFaults.

  • pFaults will point to an array of faultCount VkFaultData structures containing the fault information.

An implementation must only make calls to pfnFaultCallback during the execution of an API command. An implementation must only make calls into the application-provided fault callback from the same thread that called the API command. The implementation should not synchronize calls to the callback. If synchronization is needed, the callback must provide it.

The fault callback must not call any Vulkan commands.

It is implementation-dependent whether faults reported by this callback are also reported via vkGetFaultData, but each unique fault will be reported by at most one callback.

Appendix A: Vulkan Environment for SPIR-V

Shaders for Vulkan are defined by the Khronos SPIR-V Specification as well as the Khronos SPIR-V Extended Instructions for GLSL Specification. This appendix defines additional SPIR-V requirements applying to Vulkan shaders.

Versions and Formats

A Vulkan 1.2 implementation must support the 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, and 1.5 versions of SPIR-V and the 1.0 version of the SPIR-V Extended Instructions for GLSL.

A SPIR-V module is interpreted as a series of 32-bit words in host endianness, with literal strings packed as described in section 2.2 of the SPIR-V Specification. The first few words of the SPIR-V module must be a magic number and a SPIR-V version number, as described in section 2.3 of the SPIR-V Specification.

Capabilities

The table below lists the set of SPIR-V capabilities that may be supported in Vulkan implementations. The application must not select a pipeline cache entry, which was created by passing a SPIR-V module using any of these capabilities to the offline pipeline cache compiler, in a vkCreate*Pipelines command unless one of the following conditions is met for the VkDevice specified in the device parameter of the vkCreate*Pipelines command:

  • The corresponding field in the table is blank.

  • Any corresponding Vulkan feature is enabled.

  • Any corresponding Vulkan extension is enabled.

  • Any corresponding Vulkan property is supported.

  • The corresponding core version is supported (as returned by VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion).

Table 79. List of SPIR-V Capabilities and Corresponding Vulkan Features, Extensions, or Core Version
SPIR-V OpCapability
                Vulkan feature, extension, or core version

Matrix
                VK_VERSION_1_0

Shader
                VK_VERSION_1_0

InputAttachment
                VK_VERSION_1_0

Sampled1D
                VK_VERSION_1_0

Image1D
                VK_VERSION_1_0

SampledBuffer
                VK_VERSION_1_0

ImageBuffer
                VK_VERSION_1_0

ImageQuery
                VK_VERSION_1_0

DerivativeControl
                VK_VERSION_1_0

Geometry
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::geometryShader

Tessellation
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::tessellationShader

Float64
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderFloat64

Int64
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderInt64

Int64Atomics
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderBufferInt64Atomics
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderSharedInt64Atomics
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderImageAtomicInt64FeaturesEXT::shaderImageInt64Atomics

AtomicFloat32AddEXT
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT::shaderBufferFloat32AtomicAdd
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT::shaderSharedFloat32AtomicAdd
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT::shaderImageFloat32AtomicAdd

AtomicFloat64AddEXT
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT::shaderBufferFloat64AtomicAdd
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT::shaderSharedFloat64AtomicAdd

Int64ImageEXT
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderImageAtomicInt64FeaturesEXT::shaderImageInt64Atomics

Int16
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderInt16

TessellationPointSize
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize

GeometryPointSize
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize

ImageGatherExtended
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderImageGatherExtended

StorageImageMultisample
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageMultisample

UniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

SampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderSampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing

StorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

StorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing

ClipDistance
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderClipDistance

CullDistance
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderCullDistance

ImageCubeArray
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::imageCubeArray

SampleRateShading
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::sampleRateShading

SparseResidency
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderResourceResidency

MinLod
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderResourceMinLod

SampledCubeArray
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::imageCubeArray

ImageMSArray
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageMultisample

StorageImageExtendedFormats
                VK_VERSION_1_0

InterpolationFunction
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::sampleRateShading

StorageImageReadWithoutFormat
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat

StorageImageWriteWithoutFormat
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat

MultiViewport
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::multiViewport

DrawParameters
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::shaderDrawParameters
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDrawParametersFeatures::shaderDrawParameters

MultiView
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::multiview

DeviceGroup
                VK_VERSION_1_1

VariablePointersStorageBuffer
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::variablePointersStorageBuffer

VariablePointers
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::variablePointers

ShaderClockKHR
                VK_KHR_shader_clock

StencilExportEXT
                VK_EXT_shader_stencil_export

ShaderViewportIndex
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderOutputViewportIndex

ShaderLayer
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderOutputLayer

StorageBuffer16BitAccess
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::storageBuffer16BitAccess

UniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::uniformAndStorageBuffer16BitAccess

StoragePushConstant16
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::storagePushConstant16

StorageInputOutput16
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::storageInputOutput16

GroupNonUniform
                VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BASIC_BIT

GroupNonUniformVote
                VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_VOTE_BIT

GroupNonUniformArithmetic
                VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_ARITHMETIC_BIT

GroupNonUniformBallot
                VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_BALLOT_BIT

GroupNonUniformShuffle
                VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_SHUFFLE_BIT

GroupNonUniformShuffleRelative
                VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_SHUFFLE_RELATIVE_BIT

GroupNonUniformClustered
                VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_CLUSTERED_BIT

GroupNonUniformQuad
                VK_SUBGROUP_FEATURE_QUAD_BIT

SampleMaskPostDepthCoverage
                VK_EXT_post_depth_coverage

ShaderNonUniform
                VK_VERSION_1_2

RuntimeDescriptorArray
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::runtimeDescriptorArray

InputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderInputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing

UniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

StorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

UniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderUniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing

SampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderSampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing

StorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderStorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing

StorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderStorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing

InputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderInputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing

UniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderUniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing

StorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderStorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing

FragmentFullyCoveredEXT
                VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

Float16
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderFloat16

Int8
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderInt8

StorageBuffer8BitAccess
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::storageBuffer8BitAccess

UniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::uniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess

StoragePushConstant8
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::storagePushConstant8

VulkanMemoryModel
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::vulkanMemoryModel

VulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope

DenormPreserve
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderDenormPreserveFloat16
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderDenormPreserveFloat32
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderDenormPreserveFloat64

DenormFlushToZero
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat16
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat32
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat64

SignedZeroInfNanPreserve
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat32
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat64

RoundingModeRTE
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat16
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat32
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat64

RoundingModeRTZ
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat16
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat32
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Properties::shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat64

PhysicalStorageBufferAddresses
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::bufferDeviceAddress

FragmentShaderSampleInterlockEXT
                VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT::fragmentShaderSampleInterlock

FragmentShaderPixelInterlockEXT
                VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT::fragmentShaderPixelInterlock

FragmentShaderShadingRateInterlockEXT
                VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShaderInterlockFeaturesEXT::fragmentShaderShadingRateInterlock

DemoteToHelperInvocation
                VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan13Features::shaderDemoteToHelperInvocation
                VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDemoteToHelperInvocationFeaturesEXT::shaderDemoteToHelperInvocation

FragmentShadingRateKHR
                VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR::pipelineFragmentShadingRate
                VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR::primitiveFragmentShadingRate
                VkPhysicalDeviceFragmentShadingRateFeaturesKHR::attachmentFragmentShadingRate

The application must not select a pipeline cache entry, which was created by passing a SPIR-V module containing any of the following to the offline pipeline cache compiler, containing any of the following in a vkCreate*Pipelines command:

  • any OpCapability not listed above,

  • an unsupported capability, or

  • a capability which corresponds to a Vulkan feature or extension which has not been enabled.

SPIR-V Extensions

The following table lists SPIR-V extensions that implementations may support. The application must not select a pipeline cache entry, which was created by passing a SPIR-V module using any of the following SPIR-V extensions to the offline pipeline cache compiler, in a vkCreate*Pipelines command unless one of the following conditions is met for the VkDevice specified in the device parameter of the vkCreate*Pipelines command:

  • Any corresponding Vulkan extension is enabled.

  • The corresponding core version is supported (as returned by VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion).

Table 80. List of SPIR-V Extensions and Corresponding Vulkan Extensions or Core Version
SPIR-V OpExtension
                Vulkan extension or core version

SPV_KHR_variable_pointers
                VK_VERSION_1_1

SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters
                VK_VERSION_1_1

SPV_KHR_8bit_storage
                VK_VERSION_1_2

SPV_KHR_16bit_storage
                VK_VERSION_1_1

SPV_KHR_shader_clock
                VK_KHR_shader_clock

SPV_KHR_float_controls
                VK_VERSION_1_2

SPV_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class
                VK_VERSION_1_1

SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage
                VK_EXT_post_depth_coverage

SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export
                VK_EXT_shader_stencil_export

SPV_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer
                VK_VERSION_1_2

SPV_EXT_descriptor_indexing
                VK_VERSION_1_2

SPV_KHR_vulkan_memory_model
                VK_VERSION_1_2

SPV_KHR_physical_storage_buffer
                VK_VERSION_1_2

SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock
                VK_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock

SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation
                VK_EXT_shader_demote_to_helper_invocation

SPV_KHR_fragment_shading_rate
                VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate

SPV_EXT_shader_image_int64
                VK_EXT_shader_image_atomic_int64

SPV_KHR_terminate_invocation
                VK_KHR_shader_terminate_invocation

SPV_KHR_multiview
                VK_VERSION_1_1

SPV_EXT_shader_atomic_float_add
                VK_EXT_shader_atomic_float

SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered
                VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

SPV_KHR_device_group
                VK_VERSION_1_1

Validation Rules Within a Module

Pipeline cache entries must have been compiled with the offline pipeline cache compiler using SPIR-V modules that conform to the following rules:

Standalone SPIR-V Validation

The following rules can be validated with only the SPIR-V module itself. They do not depend on knowledge of the implementation and its capabilities or knowledge of runtime information, such as enabled features.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04633
    Every entry point must have no return value and accept no arguments

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04634
    The static function-call graph for an entry point must not contain cycles; that is, static recursion is not allowed

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04635
    The Logical or PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model must be selected

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04636
    Scope for execution must be limited to Workgroup or Subgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04637
    If the Scope for execution is Workgroup, then it must only be used in the task, mesh, tessellation control, or compute Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04638
    Scope for memory must be limited to Device, QueueFamily, Workgroup, ShaderCallKHR, Subgroup, or Invocation

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ExecutionModel-07320
    If the Execution Model is TessellationControl, and the MemoryModel is GLSL450, the Scope for memory must not be Workgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-07321
    If the Scope for memory is Workgroup, then it must only be used in the task, mesh, tessellation control, or compute Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04640
    If the Scope for memory is ShaderCallKHR, then it must only be used in ray generation, intersection, closest hit, any-hit, miss, and callable Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04641
    If the Scope for memory is Invocation, then MemorySemantics must use Relaxed memory order

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04642
    Scope for group operations must be limited to Subgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-SubgroupVoteKHR-07951
    If none of the SubgroupVoteKHR, GroupNonUniform, or SubgroupBallotKHR capabilities are declared, Scope for memory must not be Subgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04643
    Storage Class must be limited to UniformConstant, Input, Uniform, Output, Workgroup, Private, Function, PushConstant, Image, StorageBuffer, RayPayloadKHR, IncomingRayPayloadKHR, HitAttributeKHR, CallableDataKHR, IncomingCallableDataKHR, ShaderRecordBufferKHR, PhysicalStorageBuffer, or TileImageEXT

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04644
    If the Storage Class is Output, then it must not be used in the GlCompute, RayGenerationKHR, IntersectionKHR, AnyHitKHR, ClosestHitKHR, MissKHR, or CallableKHR Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04645
    If the Storage Class is Workgroup, then it must only be used in the task, mesh, or compute Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-08720
    If the Storage Class is TileImageEXT, then it must only be used in the fragment execution model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10865
    MemorySemantics must have at most one non-relaxed memory order bit set (Acquire, Release, or AcquireRelease)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10866
    MemorySemantics with SequentiallyConsistent memory order must not be used in the Vulkan API

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10867
    MemorySemantics must not use Acquire or AcquireRelease memory order with OpAtomicStore

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10868
    MemorySemantics must not use Release or AcquireRelease memory order with OpAtomicLoad

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10869
    MemorySemantics must not use Relaxed memory order with OpMemoryBarrier

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10870
    MemorySemantics with a non-relaxed memory order (Acquire, Release, or AcquireRelease) must have at least one Vulkan-supported storage class semantics bit set (UniformMemory, WorkgroupMemory, ImageMemory, or OutputMemory)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10871
    MemorySemantics with at least one Vulkan-supported storage class semantics bit set (UniformMemory, WorkgroupMemory, ImageMemory, or OutputMemory) must use a non-relaxed memory order (Acquire, Release, or AcquireRelease)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10872
    MemorySemantics with MakeAvailable bit set must use Release or AcquireRelease memory order

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10873
    MemorySemantics with MakeVisible bit set must use Acquire or AcquireRelease memory order

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MemorySemantics-10874
    MemorySemantics with Volatile bit set must not be used with barrier instructions (OpControlBarrier or OpMemoryBarrier)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UnequalMemorySemantics-10875
    UnequalMemorySemantics of OpAtomicCompareExchange must not use Release or AcquireRelease memory order

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UnequalMemorySemantics-10876
    UnequalMemorySemantics of OpAtomicCompareExchange must not use a stronger memory order than the corresponding EqualMemorySemantics

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UnequalMemorySemantics-10877
    UnequalMemorySemantics of OpAtomicCompareExchange must not have any Vulkan-supported storage class semantics bit set (UniformMemory, WorkgroupMemory, ImageMemory, or OutputMemory) unless this bit is also set in the corresponding EqualMemorySemantics

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UnequalMemorySemantics-10878
    UnequalMemorySemantics of OpAtomicCompareExchange must not have MakeVisible bit set unless this bit is also set in the corresponding EqualMemorySemantics

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UnequalMemorySemantics-10879
    UnequalMemorySemantics of OpAtomicCompareExchange must have Volatile bit set if and only if this bit is also set in the corresponding EqualMemorySemantics

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpVariable-04651
    Any variable with an Initializer operand must have Output, Private, Function, or Workgroup as its Storage Class operand

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpVariable-04734
    Any variable with an Initializer operand and Workgroup as its Storage Class operand must use OpConstantNull as the initializer

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpReadClockKHR-04652
    Scope for OpReadClockKHR must be limited to Subgroup or Device

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OriginLowerLeft-04653
    The OriginLowerLeft Execution Mode must not be used; fragment entry points must declare OriginUpperLeft

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PixelCenterInteger-04654
    The PixelCenterInteger Execution Mode must not be used (pixels are always centered at half-integer coordinates)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UniformConstant-04655
    Any variable in the UniformConstant Storage Class must be typed as either OpTypeImage, OpTypeSampler, OpTypeSampledImage, OpTypeAccelerationStructureKHR, OpTypeTensorARM or an array of one of these types

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Uniform-06807
    Any variable in the Uniform or StorageBuffer Storage Class must be typed as OpTypeStruct or an array of this type

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PushConstant-06808
    Any variable in the PushConstant Storage Class must be typed as OpTypeStruct

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-04656
    OpTypeImage must declare a scalar 32-bit float, 64-bit integer, or 32-bit integer type for the “Sampled Type” (RelaxedPrecision can be applied to a sampling instruction and to the variable holding the result of a sampling instruction)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-04657
    OpTypeImage must have a “Sampled” operand of 1 (sampled image) or 2 (storage image)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeSampledImage-06671
    OpTypeSampledImage must have a OpTypeImage with a “Sampled” operand of 1 (sampled image)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Image-04965
    The SPIR-V Type of the Image Format operand of an OpTypeImage must match the Sampled Type, as defined in Image Format and Type Matching

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpImageTexelPointer-04658
    If an OpImageTexelPointer is used in an atomic operation, the image type of the image parameter to OpImageTexelPointer must have an image format of R64i, R64ui, R32f, R32i, or R32ui

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpImageQuerySizeLod-04659
    OpImageQuerySizeLod, OpImageQueryLod, and OpImageQueryLevels must only consume an “Image” operand whose type has its “Sampled” operand set to 1

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-09638
    An OpTypeImage must not have a “Dim” operand of Rect

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-06214
    An OpTypeImage with a “Dim” operand of SubpassData must have an “Arrayed” operand of 0 (non-arrayed) and a “Sampled” operand of 2 (storage image)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-SubpassData-04660
    The (u,v) coordinates used for a SubpassData must be the <id> of a constant vector (0,0)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-06924
    Objects of types OpTypeImage, OpTypeSampler, OpTypeSampledImage, OpTypeAccelerationStructureKHR, OpTypeTensorARM, and arrays of these types must not be stored to or modified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Uniform-06925
    Any variable in the Uniform Storage Class decorated as Block must not be stored to or modified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04865
    Any image instruction which uses an Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets image operand, must only consume a “Sampled Image” operand whose type has its “Sampled” operand set to 1

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpImageGather-04664
    The “Component” operand of OpImageGather, and OpImageSparseGather must be the <id> of a constant instruction

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpImage-04777
    OpImage*Dref* instructions must not consume an image whose Dim is 3D

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04667
    Structure types must not contain opaque types

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-BuiltIn-04668
    Any BuiltIn decoration not listed in Built-In Variables must not be used

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpEntryPoint-09658
    For a given OpEntryPoint, any BuiltIn decoration must not be used more than once by the Input interface

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpEntryPoint-09659
    For a given OpEntryPoint, any BuiltIn decoration must not be used more than once by the Output interface

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-06672
    The Location or Component decorations must only be used with the Input, Output, RayPayloadKHR, IncomingRayPayloadKHR, HitAttributeKHR, HitObjectAttributeNV, CallableDataKHR, IncomingCallableDataKHR, or ShaderRecordBufferKHR storage classes

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04915
    The Location or Component decorations must not be used with BuiltIn

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04916
    The Location decorations must be used on user-defined variables

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04917
    If a user-defined variable is not a pointer to a Block decorated OpTypeStruct, then the variable must have a Location decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04918
    If a user-defined variable has a Location decoration, and the variable is a pointer to a OpTypeStruct, then the members of that structure must not have Location decorations

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04919
    If a user-defined variable does not have a Location decoration, and the variable is a pointer to a Block decorated OpTypeStruct, then each member of the struct must have a Location decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04920
    The Component decoration value must not be greater than 3

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04921
    If the Component decoration is used on a variable that has a OpTypeVector type with a Component Type with a Width that is less than or equal to 32, the sum of its Component Count and the Component decoration value must be less than or equal to 4

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04922
    If the Component decoration is used on a variable that has a OpTypeVector type with a Component Type with a Width that is equal to 64, the sum of two times its Component Count and the Component decoration value must be less than or equal to 4

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04923
    The Component decorations value must not be 1 or 3 for scalar or two-component 64-bit data types

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-07703
    The Component decorations must not be used for a 64-bit vector type with more than two components

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-10583
    The Component decorations must not be used with any type that is not a scalar, vector, array of scalars or vectors, or an array of arrays of scalars or vectors

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Execution-10584
    If the Execution Model of an entry point is not TessellationControl or Geometry, its interface definition must not include any variables in the Input storage class decorated with Component that are arrays of arrays of scalars or vectors

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Execution-10585
    If the Execution Model of an entry point is not MeshNV, its interface definition must not include any variables in the Output storage class decorated with Component that are arrays of arrays of scalars or vectors

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Output-10586
    Variables in the Output storage class in the Vertex, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry execution model must not have overlapping Component and Location decorations as defined by Location and Component Assignment

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Output-10587
    Variables in the Output storage class in the Fragment execution model must not have both identical Index decorations and overlapping Component and Location decorations as defined by Location and Component Assignment

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Input-10588
    Variables in the Input storage class in the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, Geometry, or Fragment execution model must not have overlapping Component and Location decorations as defined by Location and Component Assignment

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Input-10604
    Any variable in the Input storage class in the Fragment execution model must not have an assigned Location shared with another variable with different decorations for PerVertexKHR, Flat, NoPerspective, Sample, or Centroid

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Input-09557
    The pointers of any Input or Output Interface user-defined variables must not contain any PhysicalStorageBuffer Storage Class pointers

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-10684
    All variables must have valid explicit layout decorations as described in Shader Interfaces

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-GLSLShared-04669
    The GLSLShared and GLSLPacked decorations must not be used

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TessLevelInner-10880
    Any variable decorated with TessLevelInner or TessLevelOuter must also be decorated with Patch

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Flat-04670
    The Flat, NoPerspective, Sample, and Centroid decorations must only be used on variables with the Output or Input Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Flat-06201
    The Flat, NoPerspective, Sample, and Centroid decorations must not be used on variables with the Output storage class in a fragment shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Flat-06202
    The Flat, NoPerspective, Sample, and Centroid decorations must not be used on variables with the Input storage class in a vertex shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PerVertexKHR-06777
    The PerVertexKHR decoration must only be used on variables with the Input Storage Class in a fragment shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Flat-04744
    Any variable with integer or double-precision floating-point type and with Input Storage Class in a fragment shader, must be decorated Flat

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ViewportRelativeNV-04672
    The ViewportRelativeNV decoration must only be used on a variable decorated with Layer in the vertex, tessellation evaluation, or geometry shader stages

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ViewportRelativeNV-04673
    The ViewportRelativeNV decoration must not be used unless a variable decorated with one of ViewportIndex or ViewportMaskNV is also statically used by the same OpEntryPoint

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ViewportMaskNV-04674
    The ViewportMaskNV and ViewportIndex decorations must not both be statically used by one or more OpEntryPoint’s that form the pre-rasterization shader stages of a graphics pipeline

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-FPRoundingMode-04675
    Rounding modes other than round-to-nearest-even and round-towards-zero must not be used for the FPRoundingMode decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Invariant-04677
    Variables decorated with Invariant and variables with structure types that have any members decorated with Invariant must be in the Output or Input Storage Class, Invariant used on an Input Storage Class variable or structure member has no effect

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-VulkanMemoryModel-04678
    If the VulkanMemoryModel capability is not declared, the Volatile decoration must be used on any variable declaration that includes one of the SMIDNV, WarpIDNV, SubgroupSize, SubgroupLocalInvocationId, SubgroupEqMask, SubgroupGeMask, SubgroupGtMask, SubgroupLeMask, or SubgroupLtMask BuiltIn decorations when used in the ray generation, closest hit, miss, intersection, or callable shaders, or with the RayTmaxKHR Builtin decoration when used in an intersection shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-VulkanMemoryModel-04679
    If the VulkanMemoryModel capability is declared, the OpLoad instruction must use MemorySemantics with the Volatile flag when it accesses into any variable that includes one of the SMIDNV, WarpIDNV, SubgroupSize, SubgroupLocalInvocationId, SubgroupEqMask, SubgroupGeMask, SubgroupGtMask, SubgroupLeMask, or SubgroupLtMask BuiltIn decorations when used in the ray generation, closest hit, miss, intersection, or callable shaders, or with the RayTmaxKHR Builtin decoration when used in an intersection shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeRuntimeArray-04680
    OpTypeRuntimeArray must only be instantiated by a variable as:

    • the last member of a Block-decorated OpTypeStruct in StorageBuffer or PhysicalStorageBuffer storage Storage Class

    • BufferBlock-decorated OpTypeStruct in the Uniform storage Storage Class

    • the outermost dimension of an arrayed variable in the StorageBuffer, Uniform, or UniformConstant storage Storage Class

    • the NodePayloadAMDX storage Storage Class when the CoalescingAMDX Execution Mode is specified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpArrayLength-11805
    OpArrayLength must not be used with an OpTypeRuntimeArray that is the last member of a Block-decorated OpTypeStruct in the Uniform storage Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Function-04681
    A type T that is an array sized with a specialization constant must neither be, nor be contained in, the type T2 of a variable V, unless either: a) T is equal to T2, b) V is declared in the Function, or Private Storage Class, c) V is a non-Block variable in the Workgroup Storage Class, or d) V is an interface variable with an additional level of arrayness, as described in interface matching, and T is the member type of the array type T2

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpControlBarrier-04682
    If OpControlBarrier is used in ray generation, intersection, any-hit, closest hit, miss, fragment, vertex, tessellation evaluation, or geometry shaders, the execution Scope must be Subgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-10685
    For each compute shader entry point, either a TileShadingRateQCOM, LocalSize, or LocalSizeId Execution Mode, or an object decorated with the WorkgroupSize decoration must be specified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-DerivativeGroupQuadsNV-04684
    For compute shaders using the DerivativeGroupQuadsNV execution mode, the first two dimensions of the local workgroup size must be a multiple of two

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-DerivativeGroupLinearNV-04778
    For compute shaders using the DerivativeGroupLinearNV execution mode, the product of the dimensions of the local workgroup size must be a multiple of four

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-DerivativeGroupQuadsKHR-10151
    For compute, mesh, or task shaders using the DerivativeGroupQuadsKHR execution mode, the first two dimensions of the local workgroup size must be a multiple of two

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-DerivativeGroupLinearKHR-10152
    For compute, mesh, or task shaders using the DerivativeGroupLinearKHR execution mode, the product of the dimensions of the local workgroup size must be a multiple of four

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitCount-04685
    If OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitCount is used, the group operation must be limited to Reduce, InclusiveScan, or ExclusiveScan

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04686
    The Pointer operand of all atomic instructions must have a Storage Class limited to Uniform, Workgroup, Image, StorageBuffer, PhysicalStorageBuffer, or TaskPayloadWorkgroupEXT

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04687
    Output variables or block members decorated with Offset that have a 64-bit type, or a composite type containing a 64-bit type, must specify an Offset value aligned to a 8 byte boundary

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04689
    The size of any output block containing any member decorated with Offset that is a 64-bit type must be a multiple of 8

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04690
    The first member of an output block specifying a Offset decoration must specify a Offset value that is aligned to an 8 byte boundary if that block contains any member decorated with Offset and is a 64-bit type

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04691
    Output variables or block members decorated with Offset that have a 32-bit type, or a composite type contains a 32-bit type, must specify an Offset value aligned to a 4 byte boundary

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04692
    Output variables, blocks or block members decorated with Offset must only contain base types that have components that are either 32-bit or 64-bit in size

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04716
    Only variables or block members in the output interface decorated with Offset can be captured for transform feedback, and those variables or block members must also be decorated with XfbBuffer and XfbStride, or inherit XfbBuffer and XfbStride decorations from a block containing them

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-XfbBuffer-04693
    All variables or block members in the output interface of the entry point being compiled decorated with a specific XfbBuffer value must all be decorated with identical XfbStride values

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Stream-04694
    If any variables or block members in the output interface of the entry point being compiled are decorated with Stream, then all variables belonging to the same XfbBuffer must specify the same Stream value

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-XfbBuffer-04696
    For any two variables or block members in the output interface of the entry point being compiled with the same XfbBuffer value, the ranges determined by the Offset decoration and the size of the type must not overlap

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-XfbBuffer-04697
    All block members in the output interface of the entry point being compiled that are in the same block and have a declared or inherited XfbBuffer decoration must specify the same XfbBuffer value

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-RayPayloadKHR-04698
    RayPayloadKHR Storage Class must only be used in ray generation, closest hit or miss shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-IncomingRayPayloadKHR-04699
    IncomingRayPayloadKHR Storage Class must only be used in closest hit, any-hit, or miss shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-IncomingRayPayloadKHR-04700
    There must be at most one variable with the IncomingRayPayloadKHR Storage Class in the input interface of an entry point

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-HitAttributeKHR-04701
    HitAttributeKHR Storage Class must only be used in intersection, any-hit, or closest hit shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-HitAttributeKHR-04702
    There must be at most one variable with the HitAttributeKHR Storage Class in the input interface of an entry point

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-HitAttributeKHR-04703
    A variable with HitAttributeKHR Storage Class must only be written to in an intersection shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-CallableDataKHR-04704
    CallableDataKHR Storage Class must only be used in ray generation, closest hit, miss, and callable shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-IncomingCallableDataKHR-04705
    IncomingCallableDataKHR Storage Class must only be used in callable shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-IncomingCallableDataKHR-04706
    There must be at most one variable with the IncomingCallableDataKHR Storage Class in the input interface of an entry point

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ShaderRecordBufferKHR-07119
    ShaderRecordBufferKHR Storage Class must only be used in ray generation, intersection, any-hit, closest hit, callable, or miss shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Base-07650
    The Base operand of OpPtrAccessChain or OpUntypedPtrAccessChainKHR must have a storage class of Workgroup, StorageBuffer, or PhysicalStorageBuffer

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Base-07651
    If the Base operand of OpPtrAccessChain or OpUntypedPtrAccessChainKHR has a Workgroup Storage Class, then the VariablePointers capability must be declared

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Base-07652
    If the Base operand of OpPtrAccessChain or OpUntypedPtrAccessChainKHR has a StorageBuffer Storage Class, then the VariablePointers or VariablePointersStorageBuffer capability must be declared

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpUntypedVariableKHR-11167
    Any OpUntypedVariableKHR must have a Data Type operand specified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PhysicalStorageBuffer64-04708
    If the PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model is enabled, all instructions that support memory access operands and that use a physical pointer must include the Aligned operand

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PhysicalStorageBuffer64-04709
    If the PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model is enabled, any access chain instruction that accesses into a RowMajor matrix must only be used as the Pointer operand to OpLoad or OpStore

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PhysicalStorageBuffer64-04710
    If the PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model is enabled, OpConvertUToPtr and OpConvertPtrToU must use an integer type whose Width is 64

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PhysicalStorageBuffer64-06314
    If the PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model is enabled any load or store through a physical pointer type must have an Aligned operand which is a multiple of the size of the largest scalar type in the pointed-to type

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeForwardPointer-04711
    OpTypeForwardPointer must have a Storage Class of PhysicalStorageBuffer

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04745
    All block members in a variable with a Storage Class of PushConstant declared as an array must only be accessed by dynamically uniform indices

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpVariable-06673
    There must not be more than one variable in the PushConstant Storage Class listed in the Interface for each OpEntryPoint

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpEntryPoint-06674
    Each OpEntryPoint must not statically use more than one variable in the PushConstant Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpEntryPoint-08721
    Each OpEntryPoint must not have more than one Input variable assigned the same Component word inside a Location slot, either explicitly or implicitly

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpEntryPoint-08722
    Each OpEntryPoint must not have more than one Output variable assigned the same Component word inside a Location slot, either explicitly or implicitly

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Result-04780
    The Result Type operand of any OpImageRead or OpImageSparseRead instruction must be a vector of four components

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PushConstant-06675
    Any variable in the PushConstant or StorageBuffer storage class must be decorated as Block

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Uniform-06676
    Any variable in the Uniform Storage Class must be decorated as Block or BufferBlock

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UniformConstant-06677
    Any variable in the UniformConstant, StorageBuffer, or Uniform Storage Class must be decorated with DescriptorSet and Binding

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-InputAttachmentIndex-06678
    Variables decorated with InputAttachmentIndex must be in the UniformConstant Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-DescriptorSet-06491
    If a variable is decorated by DescriptorSet or Binding, the Storage Class must correspond to an entry in Shader Resource and Storage Class Correspondence

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Input-06778
    Variables with a Storage Class of Input in a fragment shader stage that are decorated with PerVertexKHR must be declared as arrays

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07102
    The module must not contain both an entry point that uses the TaskEXT or MeshEXT Execution Model and an entry point that uses the TaskNV or MeshNV Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07106
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model OpSetMeshOutputsEXT must be called before any outputs are written

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07107
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model all variables declared as output must not be read from

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07108
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model for OpSetMeshOutputsEXT instructions, the “Vertex Count” and “Primitive Count” operands must not depend on ViewIndex

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07109
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model variables decorated with PrimitivePointIndicesEXT, PrimitiveLineIndicesEXT, or PrimitiveTriangleIndicesEXT declared as an array must not be accessed by indices that depend on ViewIndex

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07110
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model any values stored in variables decorated with PrimitivePointIndicesEXT, PrimitiveLineIndicesEXT, or PrimitiveTriangleIndicesEXT must not depend on ViewIndex

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07111
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model variables in workgroup or private Storage Class declared as or containing a composite type must not be accessed by indices that depend on ViewIndex

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07330
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model the OutputVertices Execution Mode must be greater than 0

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07331
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model the OutputPrimitivesEXT Execution Mode must be greater than 0

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Input-07290
    Variables with a Storage Class of Input or Output and a type of OpTypeBool must be decorated with the BuiltIn decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileImageEXT-08723
    The tile image variable declarations must obey the constraints on the TileImageEXT Storage Class and the Location decoration described in Fragment Tile Image Interface

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-08724
    The TileImageEXT Storage Class must only be used for declaring tile image variables

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Pointer-08973
    The Storage Class of the Pointer operand to OpCooperativeMatrixLoadKHR or OpCooperativeMatrixStoreKHR must be limited to Workgroup, StorageBuffer, or PhysicalStorageBuffer

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeFloat-10370
    Variables with a type of OpTypeFloat and an encoding of BFloat16KHR must not be declared with a Storage Class of Input or Output

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing-10127
    If the UniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a uniform buffer, the uniform buffer through which that memory is accessed must be determined by constant integral expressions

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-SampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing-10128
    If the SampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a sampled image or sampler, the sampled image or sampler through which that memory is accessed must be determined by constant integral expressions

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-StorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing-10129
    If the StorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage buffer, the storage buffer through which that memory is accessed must be determined by constant integral expressions

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-StorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing-10130
    If the StorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage image, the storage image through which that memory is accessed must be determined by constant integral expressions

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-InputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing-10131
    If the InputAttachmentArrayDynamicIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through an input attachment, the input attachment through which that memory is accessed must be determined by constant integral expressions

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing-10132
    If the UniformTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a uniform texel buffer, the uniform texel buffer through which that memory is accessed must be determined by constant integral expressions

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-StorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing-10133
    If the StorageTexelBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage texel buffer, the storage texel buffer through which that memory is accessed must be determined by constant integral expressions

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileShadingQCOM-10686
    TileShadingQCOM capability must not be enabled in any stage other than compute or fragment

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Execution-10687
    Execution Mode NonCoherentTileAttachmentReadQCOM must not be used in any stage other than fragment

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Execution-10688
    Execution Mode TileShadingRateQCOM must not be used in any stage other than compute

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileAttachmentQCOM-10689
    If the TileAttachmentQCOM Storage Class is used, the TileShadingQCOM capability must be enabled

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-NonCoherentTileAttachmentReadQCOM-10690
    If the NonCoherentTileAttachmentReadQCOM Execution Mode is used, the TileShadingQCOM capability must be enabled

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileShadingRateQCOM-10691
    If the TileShadingRateQCOM Execution Mode is used, the TileShadingQCOM capability must be enabled

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileShadingRateQCOM-10692
    If the TileShadingRateQCOM Execution Mode is used, LocalSize and LocalSizeId Execution Mode must not be specified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-10693
    OpTypeImage variables in the TileAttachmentQCOM Storage Class must have Dim equal to 2D

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-10694
    OpTypeImage variables in the TileAttachmentQCOM Storage Class must Sampled equal to 1 or 2

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileAttachmentQCOM-10695
    Any variable in the TileAttachmentQCOM Storage Class must be decorated with DescriptorSet and Binding

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileAttachmentQCOM-10696
    Any variable in the TileAttachmentQCOM Storage Class must not be decorated with Component decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileAttachmentQCOM-10697
    An OpTypeImage variables in the TileAttachmentQCOM Storage Class must not be consumed by an OpImageQuery* instruction

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeFloat-10823
    Variables with a type of OpTypeFloat and an encoding of Float8E4M3EXT or Float8E5M2EXT must not be declared with a Storage Class of Input or Output

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpGraphInputARM-09931
    The InputIndex and ElementIndex operands to OpGraphInputARM must be the <id> of a constant instruction

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpGraphSetOutputARM-09932
    The OutputIndex and ElementIndex operands to OpGraphSetOutputARM must be the <id> of a constant instruction

Runtime SPIR-V Validation

The following rules must be validated at runtime. These rules depend on knowledge of the implementation and its capabilities and knowledge of runtime information, such as enabled features.

Valid Usage

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-vulkanMemoryModel-06265
    If the vulkanMemoryModel feature is enabled and the vulkanMemoryModelDeviceScope feature is not enabled, Device memory scope must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-vulkanMemoryModel-06266
    If the vulkanMemoryModel feature is not enabled, QueueFamily memory scope must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderSubgroupClock-06267
    If the shaderSubgroupClock feature is not enabled, the Subgroup scope must not be used for OpReadClockKHR

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderDeviceClock-06268
    If the shaderDeviceClock feature is not enabled, the Device scope must not be used for OpReadClockKHR

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpTypeImage-06269
    If the shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat feature is not enabled, any variable created with a “Type” of OpTypeImage that has a “Sampled” operand of 2 and an “Image Format” operand of Unknown must be decorated with NonWritable

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpTypeImage-06270
    If the shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat feature is not enabled, any variable created with a “Type” of OpTypeImage that has a “Sampled” operand of 2 and an “Image Format” operand of Unknown must be decorated with NonReadable

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-09558
    Any variable created with a “Type” of OpTypeImage that has a “Dim” operand of SubpassData must be decorated with InputAttachmentIndex

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImageWrite-07112
    OpImageWrite to any Image whose Image Format is not Unknown must have the Texel operand contain at least as many components as the corresponding VkFormat as given in the SPIR-V Image Format compatibility table

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Location-06272
    The sum of Location and the number of locations the variable it decorates consumes must be less than or equal to the value for the matching Execution Model defined in Shader Input and Output Locations

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Location-06428
    The maximum number of storage buffers, storage images, and output Location decorated color attachments written to in the Fragment Execution Model must be less than or equal to maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-UniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing-10134
    If the UniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a uniform buffer, the uniform buffer through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group or subgroup

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-SampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing-10135
    If the SampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a sampled image or sampler, the sampled image or sampler through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group or subgroup

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-StorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing-10136
    If the StorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage buffer, the storage buffer through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group or subgroup

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-StorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing-10137
    If the StorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage image, the storage image through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group or subgroup

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-InputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing-10138
    If the InputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through an input attachment, the input attachment through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group or subgroup

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-UniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing-10139
    If the UniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a uniform texel buffer, the uniform texel buffer through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group or subgroup

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-StorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing-10140
    If the StorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage texel buffer, the storage texel buffer through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group or subgroup

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupSize-10141
    If the effective subgroup size is 1, the UniformBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a uniform buffer, the uniform buffer through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupSize-10142
    If the effective subgroup size is 1, the SampledImageArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a sampled image or sampler, the sampled image or sampler through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupSize-10143
    If the effective subgroup size is 1, the StorageBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage buffer, the storage buffer through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupSize-10144
    If the effective subgroup size is 1, the StorageImageArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage image, the storage image through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupSize-10145
    If the effective subgroup size is 1, the InputAttachmentArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through an input attachment, the input attachment through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupSize-10146
    If the effective subgroup size is 1, the UniformTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a uniform texel buffer, the uniform texel buffer through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupSize-10147
    If the effective subgroup size is 1, the StorageTexelBufferArrayNonUniformIndexing capability is not is not declared, and an instruction accesses memory through a storage texel buffer, the storage texel buffer through which that memory is accessed must be dynamically uniform within the invocation group

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-10148
    If an instruction accesses memory through any resource, the effective subgroup size is 1, and the resource through which that memory is accessed is not uniform within the invocation group, then the operand corresponding to that resource (e.g. the pointer or sampled image operand) must be decorated with NonUniform

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupSize-10149
    If an instruction accesses memory through any resource, the effective subgroup size is greater than 1, and the resource through which that memory is accessed is not uniform within the invocation group, and not uniform within the subgroup, then the operand corresponding to that resource (e.g. the pointer or sampled image operand) must be decorated with NonUniform

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06275
    shaderSubgroupExtendedTypes must be enabled for group operations to use 8-bit integer, 16-bit integer, 64-bit integer, 16-bit floating-point, and vectors of these types

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupBroadcastDynamicId-06276
    If subgroupBroadcastDynamicId is VK_TRUE, and the shader module version is 1.5 or higher, the “Index” for OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast must be dynamically uniform within the derivative group. Otherwise, “Index” must be a constant

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-subgroupBroadcastDynamicId-06277
    If subgroupBroadcastDynamicId is VK_TRUE, and the shader module version is 1.5 or higher, the “Id” for OpGroupNonUniformBroadcast must be dynamically uniform within the subgroup. Otherwise, “Id” must be a constant

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06284
    shaderBufferFloat32Atomics, or shaderBufferFloat32AtomicAdd, or shaderBufferFloat64Atomics, or shaderBufferFloat64AtomicAdd, must be enabled for floating-point atomic operations to be supported on a Pointer with a Storage Class of StorageBuffer

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06285
    shaderSharedFloat32Atomics, or shaderSharedFloat32AtomicAdd, or shaderSharedFloat64Atomics, or shaderSharedFloat64AtomicAdd, must be enabled for floating-point atomic operations to be supported on a Pointer with a Storage Class of Workgroup

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06286
    shaderImageFloat32Atomics, or shaderImageFloat32AtomicAdd, must be enabled for 32-bit floating-point atomic operations to be supported on a Pointer with a Storage Class of Image

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06287
    sparseImageFloat32Atomics, or sparseImageFloat32AtomicAdd, must be enabled for 32-bit floating-point atomics to be supported on sparse images

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06288
    shaderImageInt64Atomics must be enabled for 64-bit integer atomic operations to be supported on a Pointer with a Storage Class of Image

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-denormBehaviorIndependence-06289
    If denormBehaviorIndependence is VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_32_BIT_ONLY, then the entry point must use the same denormals Execution Mode for both 16-bit and 64-bit floating-point types

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-denormBehaviorIndependence-06290
    If denormBehaviorIndependence is VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_NONE, then the entry point must use the same denormals Execution Mode for all floating-point types

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-roundingModeIndependence-06291
    If roundingModeIndependence is VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_32_BIT_ONLY, then the entry point must use the same rounding Execution Mode for both 16-bit and 64-bit floating-point types

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-roundingModeIndependence-06292
    If roundingModeIndependence is VK_SHADER_FLOAT_CONTROLS_INDEPENDENCE_NONE, then the entry point must use the same rounding Execution Mode for all floating-point types

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16-06293
    If shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat16 is VK_FALSE, then SignedZeroInfNanPreserve for 16-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat32-06294
    If shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat32 is VK_FALSE, then SignedZeroInfNanPreserve for 32-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat64-06295
    If shaderSignedZeroInfNanPreserveFloat64 is VK_FALSE, then SignedZeroInfNanPreserve for 64-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderDenormPreserveFloat16-06296
    If shaderDenormPreserveFloat16 is VK_FALSE, then DenormPreserve for 16-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderDenormPreserveFloat32-06297
    If shaderDenormPreserveFloat32 is VK_FALSE, then DenormPreserve for 32-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderDenormPreserveFloat64-06298
    If shaderDenormPreserveFloat64 is VK_FALSE, then DenormPreserve for 64-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat16-06299
    If shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat16 is VK_FALSE, then DenormFlushToZero for 16-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat32-06300
    If shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat32 is VK_FALSE, then DenormFlushToZero for 32-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat64-06301
    If shaderDenormFlushToZeroFloat64 is VK_FALSE, then DenormFlushToZero for 64-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat16-06302
    If shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat16 is VK_FALSE, then RoundingModeRTE for 16-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat32-06303
    If shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat32 is VK_FALSE, then RoundingModeRTE for 32-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat64-06304
    If shaderRoundingModeRTEFloat64 is VK_FALSE, then RoundingModeRTE for 64-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat16-06305
    If shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat16 is VK_FALSE, then RoundingModeRTZ for 16-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat32-06306
    If shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat32 is VK_FALSE, then RoundingModeRTZ for 32-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat64-06307
    If shaderRoundingModeRTZFloat64 is VK_FALSE, then RoundingModeRTZ for 64-bit floating-point type must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-PhysicalStorageBuffer64-06315
    If the PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model is enabled the pointer value of a memory access instruction must be at least as aligned as specified by the Aligned memory access operand

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-10980
    Objects containing 8-bit integer or 8-bit floating-point elements must not have storage class of Input or Output

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06335
    shaderBufferFloat32Atomics, or shaderBufferFloat32AtomicAdd, or shaderSharedFloat32Atomics, or shaderSharedFloat32AtomicAdd, or shaderImageFloat32Atomics, or shaderImageFloat32AtomicAdd must be enabled for 32-bit floating-point atomic operations

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06336
    shaderBufferFloat64Atomics, or shaderBufferFloat64AtomicAdd, or shaderSharedFloat64Atomics, or shaderSharedFloat64AtomicAdd must be enabled for 64-bit floating-point atomic operations

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-NonWritable-06340
    If the fragmentStoresAndAtomics feature is not enabled, then all storage image, storage texel buffer, and storage buffer variables in the fragment stage must be decorated with the NonWritable decoration

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-NonWritable-06341
    If the vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics feature is not enabled, then all storage image, storage texel buffer, and storage buffer variables in the vertex, tessellation, and geometry stages must be decorated with the NonWritable decoration

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpAtomic-05091
    If the shaderAtomicInstructions feature is not enabled, the SPIR-V Atomic Instructions listed in 3.37.18 (OpAtomic*) must not be used [SCID-1]

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06342
    If subgroupQuadOperationsInAllStages is VK_FALSE, then quad subgroup operations must not be used except for in fragment and compute stages

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06343
    Group operations with subgroup scope must not be used if the shader stage is not in subgroupSupportedStages

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-06344
    The first element of the Offset operand of InterpolateAtOffset must be greater than or equal to:
    fragwidth × minInterpolationOffset
    where fragwidth is the width of the current fragment in pixels

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-06345
    The first element of the Offset operand of InterpolateAtOffset must be less than or equal to
    fragwidth × (maxInterpolationOffset + ULP ) - ULP
    where fragwidth is the width of the current fragment in pixels and ULP = 1 / 2^subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits^

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-06346
    The second element of the Offset operand of InterpolateAtOffset must be greater than or equal to
    fragheight × minInterpolationOffset
    where fragheight is the height of the current fragment in pixels

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-06347
    The second element of the Offset operand of InterpolateAtOffset must be less than or equal to
    fragheight × (maxInterpolationOffset + ULP ) - ULP
    where fragheight is the height of the current fragment in pixels and ULP = 1 / 2^subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits^

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-x-06429
    In compute shaders using the GLCompute Execution Model the x size in LocalSize or LocalSizeId must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupSize[0]

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-y-06430
    In compute shaders using the GLCompute Execution Model the y size in LocalSize or LocalSizeId must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupSize[1]

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-z-06431
    In compute shaders using the GLCompute Execution Model the z size in LocalSize or LocalSizeId must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupSize[2]

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-x-06432
    In compute shaders using the GLCompute Execution Model the product of x size, y size, and z size in LocalSize or LocalSizeId must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-LocalSizeId-06433
    The Execution Mode LocalSizeId must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpTypeVector-06816
    Any OpTypeVector output interface variables must not have a higher Component Count than a matching OpTypeVector input interface variable

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpEntryPoint-08743
    Any user-defined variables shared between the OpEntryPoint of two shader stages, and declared with Input as its Storage Class for the subsequent shader stage, must have all Location slots and Component words declared in the preceding shader stage’s OpEntryPoint with Output as the Storage Class

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpEntryPoint-07754
    Any user-defined variables between the OpEntryPoint of two shader stages must have the same type and width for each Component

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpVariable-08746
    Any variable, Block-decorated OpTypeStruct, or Block-decorated OpTypeStruct members shared between the OpEntryPoint of two shader stages must have matching decorations as defined in interface matching

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Workgroup-06530
    The sum of size in bytes for variables and padding in the Workgroup Storage Class in the GLCompute Execution Model must be less than or equal to maxComputeSharedMemorySize

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpVariable-06373
    Any variable with Workgroup as its Storage Class must not have an Initializer operand

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-10213
    Image operand Offset must only be used with OpImage*Gather instructions

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImage-06376
    If an OpImage*Gather operation has an image operand of Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets the offset value must be greater than or equal to minTexelGatherOffset

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImage-06377
    If an OpImage*Gather operation has an image operand of Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets the offset value must be less than or equal to maxTexelGatherOffset

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImageSample-06435
    If an OpImageSample* or OpImageFetch* operation has an image operand of ConstOffset then the offset value must be greater than or equal to minTexelOffset

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImageSample-06436
    If an OpImageSample* or OpImageFetch* operation has an image operand of ConstOffset then the offset value must be less than or equal to maxTexelOffset

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-samples-08725
    If an OpTypeImage has an MS operand 0, its bound image must have been created with VkImageCreateInfo::samples as VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-samples-08726
    If an OpTypeImage has an MS operand 1, its bound image must not have been created with VkImageCreateInfo::samples as VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpEntryPoint-08727
    Each OpEntryPoint must not have more than one variable decorated with InputAttachmentIndex per image aspect of the attachment image bound to it, either explicitly or implicitly as described by input attachment interface

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-MeshEXT-09218
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT or MeshNV Execution Model and the OutputPoints Execution Mode, if the number of output points is greater than 0, a PointSize decorated variable must be written to for each output point

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-protectedNoFault-09645
    If protectedNoFault is not supported, the Storage Class of the PhysicalStorageBuffer must not be used if the buffer being accessed is protected

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-10715
    If a VkSampler object that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion is accessed in a shader, both the sampler and image accessed must be determined by constant integral expressions

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-10716
    If a VkSampler object that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion is statically used, it must only be used with OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImage-10717
    An OpImage instruction must not be used on a VkSampler object that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-ConstOffset-10718
    If a VkSampler object that enables sampler Y′CBCR conversion is statically used, it must not use the ConstOffset or Offset operands

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-10824
    The Base operand of any OpBitCount, OpBitReverse, OpBitFieldInsert, OpBitFieldSExtract, or OpBitFieldUExtract instruction must be a 32-bit integer scalar or a vector of 32-bit integers

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-10834
    Buffer indexing calculations must not wrap 32 bits

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpArrayLength-11807
    OpArrayLength result type must be a 32-bit integer type

Precision and Operation of SPIR-V Instructions

The following rules apply to operations on all floating-point values:

  • Positive and negative infinities and positive and negative zeros are generated as dictated by IEEE 754 for the specified encoding, but subject to the precisions allowed by each operation for a given encoding, as specified in Precision of Individual Operations.

  • Signaling NaNs are not required to be generated and exceptions are never raised. Signaling NaN may be converted to quiet NaNs values by any floating-point instruction.

  • The set of operations OpPhi, OpSelect, OpFunctionCall, OpReturnValue, OpVectorExtractDynamic, OpVectorInsertDynamic, OpVectorShuffle, OpCompositeConstruct, OpCompositeExtract, OpCompositeInsert, OpTranspose, OpCopyObject, OpCopyLogical, OpCopyMemory, OpGroupNonUniformBroadcast, OpGroupNonUniformBroadcastFirst, OpGroupNonUniformShuffle, OpGroupNonUniformShuffleXor, OpGroupNonUniformShuffleUp, OpGroupNonUniformShuffleDown, OpGroupNonUniformQuadBroadcast, OpGroupNonUniformQuadSwap, OpAtomicLoad, OpAtomicStore, OpAtomicExchange, OpStore, and OpLoad are referred to as bit-preserving operations.

  • By default, the implementation may perform optimizations on half, single, or double-precision floating-point instructions that ignore sign of a zero, or assume that arguments and results are not NaNs or infinities. If the entry point is declared with the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve Execution Mode, then NaNs, infinities, and the sign of zero must not be ignored.

    • All bit-preserving operations except OpLoad from the Input Storage Class in the fragment shader stage must respect the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve Execution Mode.

    • The following core SPIR-V instructions must respect the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve Execution Mode: OpFConvert, OpFNegate, OpFAdd, OpFSub, OpFMul, OpFDiv, OpIsNan, OpIsInf, OpVectorTimesScalar, OpMatrixTimesScalar, OpVectorTimesMatrix, OpMatrixTimesVector, OpMatrixTimesMatrix, OpOuterProduct, OpDot, OpFOrdEqual, OpFUnordEqual, OpFOrdNotEqual, OpFUnordNotEqual, OpFOrdLessThan, OpFUnordLessThan, OpFOrdGreaterThan, OpFUnordGreaterThan, OpFOrdLessThanEqual, OpFUnordLessThanEqual, OpFOrdGreaterThanEqual, OpFUnordGreaterThanEqual, OpGroupNonUniformAllEqual, OpGroupNonUniformFMin, OpGroupNonUniformFMax, OpAtomicCompareExchange, OpAtomicCompareExchangeWeak, OpDPdx, OpDPdy, OpFwidth, OpDPdxFine, OpDPdyFine, OpFwidthFine, OpDPdxCoarse, OpDPdyCoarse, and OpFwidthCoarse.

  • All bit-preserving operations and the following instructions must not flush denormalized values: OpConstant, OpConstantComposite, OpSpecConstant, OpSpecConstantComposite, and OpBitcast.

  • Denormalized values are supported.

    • By default any denormalized floating-point value input into a shader or potentially generated by any instruction (except those listed above) or any extended instructions for GLSL in a shader may be flushed to zero.

    • If the entry point is declared with the DenormFlushToZero Execution Mode then for the affected instructions the denormalized result must be flushed to zero and the denormalized operands may be flushed to zero. Denormalized values obtained via unpacking an integer into a vector of values with smaller bit width and interpreting those values as floating-point numbers must be flushed to zero.

    • When denormal values are being flushed, the result of an operation may be considered denormal whenever the infinitely precise result is non-zero and of smaller magnitude than the smallest normal value, even if rounding would otherwise give a normal result.

    • The following core SPIR-V instructions must respect the DenormFlushToZero Execution Mode: OpSpecConstantOp (with opcode OpFConvert), OpFConvert, OpFNegate, OpFAdd, OpFSub, OpFMul, OpFDiv, OpFRem, OpFMod, OpVectorTimesScalar, OpMatrixTimesScalar, OpVectorTimesMatrix, OpMatrixTimesVector, OpMatrixTimesMatrix, OpOuterProduct, OpDot, OpGroupNonUniformFMin, OpGroupNonUniformFMax, OpAtomicFAddEXT, OpDPdx, OpDPdy, OpFwidth, OpDPdxFine, OpDPdyFine OpFwidthFine, OpDPdxCoarse, OpDPdyCoarse, OpFwidthCoarse; and the following extended instructions for GLSL: Round, RoundEven, Trunc, FAbs, Floor, Ceil, Fract, Radians, Degrees, Sin, Cos, Tan, Asin, Acos, Atan, Sinh, Cosh, Tanh, Asinh, Acosh, Atanh, Atan2, Pow, Exp, Log, Exp2, Log2, Sqrt, InverseSqrt, Determinant, MatrixInverse, Modf, ModfStruct, FMin, FMax, FClamp, FMix, Step, SmoothStep, Fma, UnpackHalf2x16, Length, Distance, Cross, Normalize, FaceForward, Reflect, Refract, NMin, NMax, and NClamp.

    • The following core SPIR-V instructions must respect the DenormPreserve Execution Mode for floating-point values with an IEEE 754 encoding: OpSpecConstantOp, OpFConvert, OpFNegate, OpFAdd, OpFSub, OpFMul, OpVectorTimesScalar, OpMatrixTimesScalar, OpVectorTimesMatrix, OpMatrixTimesVector, OpMatrixTimesMatrix, OpOuterProduct, OpDot, OpFOrdEqual, OpFUnordEqual, OpFOrdNotEqual, OpFUnordNotEqual, OpFOrdLessThan, OpFUnordLessThan, OpFOrdGreaterThan, OpFUnordGreaterThan, OpFOrdLessThanEqual, OpFUnordLessThanEqual, OpFOrdGreaterThanEqual, OpFUnordGreaterThanEqual, OpGroupNonUniformAllEqual, OpGroupNonUniformFMin, OpGroupNonUniformFMax, OpAtomicCompareExchange, OpAtomicCompareExchangeWeak, OpAtomicFAddEXT, OpDPdx, OpDPdy, OpFwidth, OpDPdxFine, OpDPdyFine OpFwidthFine, OpDPdxCoarse, OpDPdyCoarse, OpFwidthCoarse; and the following extended instructions for GLSL: FAbs, FSign, Radians, Degrees, FMin, FMax, FClamp, FMix, Fma, PackHalf2x16, PackDouble2x32, UnpackHalf2x16, UnpackDouble2x32, NMin, NMax, and NClamp.

The precision of double-precision instructions is at least that of single precision.

The precision of individual operations is defined in Precision of Individual Operations. Subject to the constraints below, however, implementations may reorder or combine operations, resulting in expressions exhibiting different precisions than might be expected from the constituent operations.

Evaluation of Expressions

Implementations may rearrange floating-point operations using any of the mathematical properties governing the expressions in precise arithmetic, even where the floating- point operations do not share these properties. This includes, but is not limited to, associativity and distributivity, and may involve a different number of rounding steps than would occur if the operations were not rearranged. In shaders that use the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve Execution Mode the values must be preserved if they are generated after any rearrangement but the Execution Mode does not change which rearrangements are valid. This rearrangement can be prevented for particular operations by using the NoContraction decoration.

Note

For example, in the absence of the NoContraction decoration implementations are allowed to implement a + b - a and as b. The SignedZeroInfNanPreserve does not prevent these transformations, even though they may overflow to infinity or NaN when evaluated in floating-point.

If the NoContraction decoration is applied then operations may not be rearranged, so, for example, a + a - a must account for possible overflow to infinity. If infinities are not preserved then the expression may be replaced with a, since the replacement is exact when overflow does not occur and infinities may be replaced with undefined values. If both NoContraction and SignedZeroInfNanPreserve are used then the result must be infinity for sufficiently large a.

Precision of Individual Operations

The precision of individual operations is defined either in terms of rounding (correctly rounded), as an error bound in ULP, or as inherited from a formula as follows:

Correct Result

Operations that are described as returning the “correct result” will return the infinitely precise result which, due to the nature of the operation, will not need rounding.

Correctly Rounded

Operations described as “correctly rounded” will return the infinitely precise result, x, rounded so as to be representable in floating-point. If the entry point is declared with the RoundingModeRTE or the RoundingModeRTZ Execution Mode then this is done according to IEEE 754 “roundTiesToEven” or “roundTowardZero” rounding directions, respectively.

Otherwise, they are rounded with implementation-defined rounding mode.

Correctly Rounded with Implementation-Defined Rounding Mode

Operations described as “correctly rounded with implementation-defined rounding mode” will return the infinitely precise result, x, rounded so as to be representable in floating-point. If x is exactly representable then x will be returned. Otherwise, either the floating-point value closest to and no less than x or the value closest to and no greater than x will be returned. Which value is chosen is implementation-defined.

ULP

Where an error bound of n ULP (units in the last place) is given, for an operation with infinitely precise result x the value returned must be in the range [x - n × ulp(x), x + n × ulp(x)]. The function ulp(x) is defined as follows:

If there exist non-equal, finite floating-point numbers a and b such that a ≤ x ≤ b then ulp(x) is the minimum possible distance between such numbers, . If such numbers do not exist then ulp(x) is defined to be the difference between the two non-equal, finite floating-point numbers nearest to x.

Where the range of allowed return values includes any value of magnitude larger than that of the largest representable finite floating-point number, operations may, additionally, return either an infinity of the appropriate sign or the finite number with the largest magnitude of the appropriate sign. If the infinitely precise result of the operation is not mathematically defined then the value returned is undefined.

Inherited From …​

Where an operation’s precision is described as being inherited from a formula, the result returned must be at least as accurate as the result of computing an approximation to x using a formula equivalent to the given formula applied to the supplied inputs. Specifically, the formula given may be transformed using the mathematical associativity, commutativity and distributivity of the operators involved to yield an equivalent formula. The SPIR-V precision rules, when applied to each such formula and the given input values, define a range of permitted values. If NaN is one of the permitted values then the operation may return any result, otherwise let the largest permitted value in any of the ranges be Fmax and the smallest be Fmin. The operation must return a value in the range [x - E, x + E] where . If the entry point is declared with the DenormPreserve Execution Mode, then denormals must be preserved throughout the formula. Otherwise, any intermediate denormal value(s) while evaluating the formula may be flushed to zero. If the entry point is declared with the DenormFlushToZero execution mode, then denormal final results must be flushed to zero.

For IEEE754 half- (16 bit) and single- (32 bit) precision instructions, precisions are required to be at least as follows:

Table 81. Precision of Core SPIR-V Instructions
Instruction Single precision, unless decorated with RelaxedPrecision Half precision

OpFNegate

Correct result.

OpFAdd

Correctly rounded.

OpFSub

Correctly rounded.

OpFMul, OpVectorTimesScalar, OpMatrixTimesScalar

Correctly rounded.

OpMatrixTimesVector

Inherited from .

OpVectorTimesMatrix

Inherited from .

OpMatrixTimesMatrix

Inherited from .

OpOuterProduct

Correctly rounded.

OpFmaKHR

Correctly rounded.

OpDot(x, y)

Inherited from .

OpIsNan, OpIsInf

Correct result.

OpFOrdEqual, OpFUnordEqual

Correct result.

OpFOrdNotEqual, OpFUnordNotEqual

Correct result.

OpFOrdLessThan, OpFUnordLessThan

Correct result.

OpFOrdGreaterThan, OpFUnordGreaterThan

Correct result.

OpFOrdLessThanEqual, OpFUnordLessThanEqual

Correct result.

OpFOrdGreaterThanEqual, OpFUnordGreaterThanEqual

Correct result.

OpGroupNonUniformAllEqual

Correct result.

OpGroupNonUniformFMin, OpGroupNonUniformFMax

Correct result.

OpFDiv(x,y)

2.5 ULP for |y| = 0 or |y| in the range [2-126, 2126].

2.5 ULP for |y| = 0 or |y| in the range [2-14, 214].

OpFRem(x,y)

Inherited from x - y × trunc(x/y).

OpFMod(x,y)

Inherited from x - y × floor(x/y).

OpQuantizeToF16

Correctly rounded with implementation defined rounding mode.

conversions between types

Correctly rounded.

OpAtomicCompareExchange, OpAtomicCompareExchangeWeak

Correct result.

OpAtomicFAddEXT

Return value correct result, value in memory correctly rounded.

OpDPdx, OpDPdy, OpFwidth

Correctly rounded.

OpDPdxCoarse, OpDPdyCoarse, OpFwidthCoarse

Correctly rounded.

OpDPdxFine, OpDPdyFine, OpFwidthFine

Correctly rounded.
Note

The OpFRem and OpFMod instructions use cheap approximations of remainder, and the error can be large due to the discontinuity in trunc() and floor(). This can produce mathematically unexpected results in some cases, such as FMod(x,x) computing x rather than 0, and can also cause the result to have a different sign than the infinitely precise result.
Table 82. Precision of GLSL.std.450 Instructions
Instruction Single precision, unless decorated with RelaxedPrecision Half precision

fma()

Inherited from OpFMul followed by OpFAdd.

exp(x), exp2(x)

ULP.

ULP.

log(), log2()

3 ULP outside the range . Absolute error < inside the range .

3 ULP outside the range . Absolute error < inside the range .

pow(x, y)

Inherited from exp2(y × log2(x)).

sqrt()

Inherited from 1.0 / inversesqrt().

inversesqrt()

2 ULP.

radians(x)

Inherited from , where is a correctly rounded approximation to .

degrees(x)

Inherited from , where is a correctly rounded approximation to .

sin()

Absolute error inside the range .

Absolute error inside the range .

cos()

Absolute error inside the range .

Absolute error inside the range .

tan()

Inherited from .

asin(x)

Inherited from .

acos(x)

Inherited from .

atan(), atan2()

4096 ULP

5 ULP.

sinh(x)

Inherited from .

cosh(x)

Inherited from .

tanh()

Inherited from .

asinh(x)

Inherited from .

acosh(x)

Inherited from .

atanh(x)

Inherited from .

frexp()

Correct result.

ldexp()

Correctly rounded.

length(x)

Inherited from .

distance(x, y)

Inherited from .

cross()

Inherited from OpFSub(OpFMul, OpFMul).

normalize(x)

Inherited from .

faceforward(N, I, NRef)

Inherited from dot(NRef, I) < 0.0 ? N : -N.

reflect(x, y)

Inherited from x - 2.0 × dot(y, x) × y.

refract(I, N, eta)

Inherited from k < 0.0 ? 0.0 : eta × I - (eta × dot(N, I) + sqrt(k)) × N, where k = 1 - eta × eta × (1.0 - dot(N, I) × dot(N, I)).

round

Correctly rounded.

roundEven

Correctly rounded.

trunc

Correctly rounded.

fabs

Correct result.

fsign

Correct result.

floor

Correctly rounded.

ceil

Correctly rounded.

fract

Correctly rounded.

modf

Correctly rounded.

fmin

Correct result.

fmax

Correct result.

fclamp

Correct result.

fmix(x, y, a)

Inherited from .

step

Correctly rounded.

smoothStep(edge0, edge1, x)

Inherited from , where .

nmin

Correct result.

nmax

Correct result.

nclamp

Correct result.

packHalf2x16

Correctly rounded with implementation defined rounding mode.

GLSL.std.450 extended instructions specifically defined in terms of the above instructions inherit the above errors. GLSL.std.450 extended instructions not listed above and not defined in terms of the above have undefined precision.

If either operand to OpSRem and OpSMod instructions is negative the result is undefined.

Note

While the OpSRem and OpSMod instructions are supported by the Vulkan environment, they require non-negative values and thus do not enable additional functionality beyond what OpUMod provides.

Buffer Indexing Calculations

Pipelines and shaders may be compiled to use 32-bit integer arithmetic to compute byte offsets (e.g. based on OpAccessChain instructions) within a physical storage buffer or buffer, limiting the accessible range to 4GB. For physical storage buffers, the base address is a 64-bit value and the implicit base plus offset calculation uses 64-bit addition.

Note

Note that OpAccessChain indices are always treated as signed, so a 32-bit index can only address 2GB if the ArrayStride is 1.

The offset calculations that have the 4GB limit include:

  • OpAccessChain and OpPtrAccessChain - the total offset summed over all indices multiplied by strides, including spanning multiple access chain instructions that lead to a given memory access.

Signedness of SPIR-V Image Accesses

SPIR-V associates a signedness with all integer image accesses. This is required in certain parts of the SPIR-V and the Vulkan image access pipeline to ensure defined results. The signedness is determined from a combination of the access instruction’s Image Operands and the underlying image’s Sampled Type as follows:

  1. If the instruction’s Image Operands contains the SignExtend operand then the access is signed.

  2. If the instruction’s Image Operands contains the ZeroExtend operand then the access is unsigned.

  3. Otherwise, the image accesses signedness matches that of the Sampled Type of the OpTypeImage being accessed.

Image Format and Type Matching

When specifying the Image Format of an OpTypeImage, the converted bit width and type, as shown in the table below, must match the Sampled Type. The signedness must match the signedness of any access to the image.

Note

Formatted accesses are always converted from a shader readable type to the resource’s format or vice versa via Texel Decode for reads and Texel Encode for writes. As such, the bit width and format below do not necessarily match 1:1 with what might be expected for some formats.

For a given Image Format, the Sampled Type must be the type described in the Type column of the below table, with its Literal Width set to that in the Bit Width column. Every access that is made to the image must have a signedness equal to that in the Signedness column (where applicable).

Image Format Type-Declaration instructions Bit Width Signedness

Unknown

Any

Any

Any

Rgba32f

OpTypeFloat

32

N/A

Rg32f

R32f

Rgba16f

Rg16f

R16f

Rgba16

Rg16

R16

Rgba16Snorm

Rg16Snorm

R16Snorm

Rgb10A2

R11fG11fB10f

Rgba8

Rg8

R8

Rgba8Snorm

Rg8Snorm

R8Snorm

Rgba32i

OpTypeInt

32

1

Rg32i

R32i

Rgba16i

Rg16i

R16i

Rgba8i

Rg8i

R8i

Rgba32ui

0

Rg32ui

R32ui

Rgba16ui

Rg16ui

R16ui

Rgb10a2ui

Rgba8ui

Rg8ui

R8ui

R64i

OpTypeInt

64

1

R64ui

0

The SPIR-V Type is defined by an instruction in SPIR-V, declared with the Type-Declaration Instruction, Bit Width, and Signedness from above.

Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Dimensions and Vulkan ImageView Types

SPIR-V Image Dim values are compatible with VkImageView viewType values as defined below:

Table 83. SPIR-V and Vulkan ImageView Dimension Compatibility
SPIR-V Image Dim Compatible Vulkan ImageView viewTypes

1D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY

2D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

3D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D

Cube

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Formats and Vulkan Formats

SPIR-V Image Format values are compatible with VkFormat values as defined below:

Table 84. SPIR-V and Vulkan Image Format Compatibility
SPIR-V Image Format Compatible Vulkan Format

Unknown

Any

R8

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

R8Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

R8ui

VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

R8i

VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT

Rg8

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

Rg8Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

Rg8ui

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT

Rg8i

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT

Rgba8

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

Rgba8Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM

Rgba8ui

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT

Rgba8i

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT

Rgb10A2

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

Rgb10a2ui

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

R16

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

R16Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

R16ui

VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT

R16i

VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT

R16f

VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

Rg16

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

Rg16Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM

Rg16ui

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

Rg16i

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT

Rg16f

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT

Rgba16

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM

Rgba16Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM

Rgba16ui

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT

Rgba16i

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT

Rgba16f

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT

R32ui

VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT

R32i

VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT

R32f

VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT

Rg32ui

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT

Rg32i

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT

Rg32f

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT

Rgba32ui

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT

Rgba32i

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT

Rgba32f

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT

R64ui

VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT

R64i

VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT

R11fG11fB10f

VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

Appendix B: Memory Model

Note

This memory model describes synchronizations provided by all implementations; however, some of the synchronizations defined require extra features to be supported by the implementation. See VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanMemoryModelFeatures.

Agent

Operation is a general term for any task that is executed on the system.

Note

An operation is by definition something that is executed. Thus if an instruction is skipped due to control flow, it does not constitute an operation.

Each operation is executed by a particular agent. Possible agents include each:

  • fixed-function stage of the pipeline,

  • shader invocation, or

  • host thread.

Memory Location

A memory location identifies unique storage for 8 bits of data. Memory operations access a set of memory locations consisting of one or more memory locations at a time, e.g. an operation accessing a 32-bit integer in memory would read/write a set of four memory locations. Memory operations that access whole aggregates may access any padding bytes between elements or members, but no padding bytes at the end of the aggregate. Two sets of memory locations overlap if the intersection of their sets of memory locations is non-empty. A memory operation must not affect memory at a memory location not within its set of memory locations.

Memory locations for buffers and images are explicitly allocated in VkDeviceMemory objects , and are implicitly allocated for SPIR-V variables in each shader invocation .

Allocation

The values stored in newly allocated memory locations are determined by a SPIR-V variable’s initializer, if present, or else are undefined. At the time an allocation is created there have been no memory operations to any of its memory locations. The initialization is not considered to be a memory operation.

Note

For tessellation control shader output variables, a consequence of initialization not being considered a memory operation is that some implementations may need to insert a barrier between the initialization of the output variables and any reads of those variables.

Memory Operation

For an operation A and memory location M:

  • A reads M if and only if the data stored in M is an input to A.

  • A writes M if and only if the data output from A is stored to M.

  • A accesses M if and only if it either reads or writes (or both) M.

Note

A write whose value is the same as what was already in those memory locations is still considered to be a write and has all the same effects.

Reference

A reference is an object that a particular agent can use to access a set of memory locations. On the host, a reference is a host virtual address. On the device, a reference is:

  • The descriptor that a variable is bound to, for variables in Image, Uniform, or StorageBuffer storage classes. If the variable is an array (or array of arrays, etc.) then each element of the array may be a unique reference.

  • The address range for a buffer in PhysicalStorageBuffer storage class, where the base of the address range is queried with vkGetBufferDeviceAddress and the length of the range is the size of the buffer.

  • The variable itself for variables in other storage classes.

Two memory accesses through distinct references may require availability and visibility operations as defined below.

Program-Order

A dynamic instance of an instruction is defined in SPIR-V (https://registry.khronos.org/spir-v/specs/unified1/SPIRV.html#DynamicInstance) as a way of referring to a particular execution of a static instruction. Program-order is an ordering on dynamic instances of instructions executed by a single shader invocation:

  • (Basic block): If instructions A and B are in the same basic block, and A is listed in the module before B, then the n’th dynamic instance of A is program-ordered before the n’th dynamic instance of B.

  • (Branch): The dynamic instance of a branch or switch instruction is program-ordered before the dynamic instance of the OpLabel instruction to which it transfers control.

  • (Call entry): The dynamic instance of an OpFunctionCall instruction is program-ordered before the dynamic instances of the OpFunctionParameter instructions and the body of the called function.

  • (Call exit): The dynamic instance of the instruction following an OpFunctionCall instruction is program-ordered after the dynamic instance of the return instruction executed by the called function.

  • (Transitive Closure): If dynamic instance A of any instruction is program-ordered before dynamic instance B of any instruction and B is program-ordered before dynamic instance C of any instruction then A is program-ordered before C.

  • (Complete definition): No other dynamic instances are program-ordered.

For instructions executed on the host, the source language defines the program-order relation (e.g. as “sequenced-before”).

Scope

Atomic and barrier instructions include scopes which identify sets of shader invocations that must obey the requested ordering and atomicity rules of the operation, as defined below.

The various scopes are described in detail in the Shaders chapter.

Atomic Operation

An atomic operation on the device is any SPIR-V operation whose name begins with OpAtomic. An atomic operation on the host is any operation performed with an std::atomic typed object.

Each atomic operation has a memory scope and a semantics. Informally, the scope determines which other agents it is atomic with respect to, and the semantics constrains its ordering against other memory accesses.

Device atomic operations have explicit scopes and semantics. Each host atomic operation implicitly uses the CrossDevice scope, and uses a memory semantics equivalent to a C++ std::memory_order value of relaxed, acquire, release, acq_rel, or seq_cst.

Two atomic operations A and B are potentially-mutually-ordered if and only if all of the following are true:

  • They access the same set of memory locations.

  • They use the same reference.

  • A is in the instance of B’s memory scope.

  • B is in the instance of A’s memory scope.

  • A and B are not the same operation (irreflexive).

Two atomic operations A and B are mutually-ordered if and only if they are potentially-mutually-ordered and any of the following are true:

  • A and B are both device operations.

  • A and B are both host operations.

Note

If two atomic operations are not mutually-ordered, and if their sets of memory locations overlap, then each must be synchronized against the other as if they were non-atomic operations.

Scoped Modification Order

For a given atomic write A, all atomic writes that are mutually-ordered with A occur in an order known as A’s scoped modification order. A’s scoped modification order relates no other operations.

Note

Invocations outside the instance of A’s memory scope may observe the values at A’s set of memory locations becoming visible to it in an order that disagrees with the scoped modification order.
Note

It is valid to have non-atomic operations or atomics in a different scope instance to the same set of memory locations, as long as they are synchronized against each other as if they were non-atomic (if they are not, it is treated as a data race). That means this definition of A’s scoped modification order could include atomic operations that occur much later, after intervening non-atomics. That is a bit non-intuitive, but it helps to keep this definition simple and non-circular.

Memory Semantics

Non-atomic memory operations, by default, may be observed by one agent in a different order than they were written by another agent.

Atomics and some synchronization operations include memory semantics, which are flags that constrain the order in which other memory accesses (including non-atomic memory accesses and availability and visibility operations) performed by the same agent can be observed by other agents, or can observe accesses by other agents.

Host instructions that include semantics are some std::atomic methods and memory fences. Device instructions that include semantics are OpAtomic*, OpControlBarrier, OpMemoryBarrier, and OpMemoryNamedBarrier.

Vulkan supports the following memory semantics:

  • Relaxed: No constraints on order of other memory accesses.

  • Acquire: A memory read with this semantic performs an acquire operation. A memory barrier with this semantic is an acquire barrier.

  • Release: A memory write with this semantic performs a release operation. A memory barrier with this semantic is a release barrier.

  • AcquireRelease: A memory read-modify-write operation with this semantic performs both an acquire operation and a release operation, and inherits the limitations on ordering from both of those operations. A memory barrier with this semantic is both a release and acquire barrier.

SequentiallyConsistent memory semantics is not supported and must not be used.

Note

SPIR-V does not support “consume” semantics on the device.

The memory semantics operand can also include storage class semantics flags which indicate the storage classes constrained by the synchronization. Vulkan supports the following SPIR-V storage class semantics flags:

  • UniformMemory

  • WorkgroupMemory

  • ImageMemory

  • OutputMemory

The remaining storage class semantics flags (SubgroupMemory, CrossWorkgroupMemory, and AtomicCounterMemory) are ignored.

Each SPIR-V memory operation accesses a single storage class. Semantics in synchronization operations can include a combination of storage classes.

The UniformMemory storage class semantic applies to accesses to memory in the PhysicalStorageBuffer, Uniform and StorageBuffer storage classes. The WorkgroupMemory storage class semantic applies to accesses to memory in the Workgroup storage class. The ImageMemory storage class semantic applies to accesses to memory in the Image storage class. The OutputMemory storage class semantic applies to accesses to memory in the Output storage class.

Note

Informally, these constraints limit how memory operations can be reordered, and these limits apply not only to the order of accesses as performed in the agent that executes the instruction, but also to the order the effects of writes become visible to all other agents within the same instance of the instruction’s memory scope.
Note

Release and acquire operations in different threads can act as synchronization operations, to guarantee that writes that happened before the release are visible after the acquire. (This is not a formal definition, just an Informative forward reference.)
Note

The OutputMemory storage class semantic is only useful in tessellation control shaders, which is the only execution model where output variables are shared between invocations.

The memory semantics operand can also include availability and visibility flags, which apply availability and visibility operations as described in availability and visibility. The availability/visibility flags are:

  • MakeAvailable: Semantics must be Release or AcquireRelease. Performs an availability operation before the release operation or barrier.

  • MakeVisible: Semantics must be Acquire or AcquireRelease. Performs a visibility operation after the acquire operation or barrier.

The specifics of these operations are defined in Availability and Visibility Semantics.

Host atomic operations may support a different list of memory semantics and synchronization operations, depending on the host architecture and source language.

Release Sequence

After an atomic operation A performs a release operation on a set of memory locations M, the release sequence headed by A is the longest continuous subsequence of A’s scoped modification order that consists of:

  • the atomic operation A as its first element

  • atomic read-modify-write operations on M by any agent

Note

The atomics in the last bullet must be mutually-ordered with A by virtue of being in A’s scoped modification order.
Note

This intentionally omits “atomic writes to M performed by the same agent that performed A”, which is present in the corresponding C++ definition.

Synchronizes-With

Synchronizes-with is a relation between operations, where each operation is either an atomic operation or a memory barrier (aka fence on the host).

If A and B are atomic operations, then A synchronizes-with B if and only if all of the following are true:

  • A performs a release operation

  • B performs an acquire operation

  • A and B are mutually-ordered

  • B reads a value written by A or by an operation in the release sequence headed by A

OpControlBarrier, OpMemoryBarrier, and OpMemoryNamedBarrier are memory barrier instructions in SPIR-V.

If A is a release barrier and B is an atomic operation that performs an acquire operation, then A synchronizes-with B if and only if all of the following are true:

  • there exists an atomic write X (with any memory semantics)

  • A is program-ordered before X

  • X and B are mutually-ordered

  • B reads a value written by X or by an operation in the release sequence headed by X

    • If X is relaxed, it is still considered to head a hypothetical release sequence for this rule

  • A and B are in the instance of each other’s memory scopes

  • X’s storage class is in A’s semantics.

If A is an atomic operation that performs a release operation and B is an acquire barrier, then A synchronizes-with B if and only if all of the following are true:

  • there exists an atomic read X (with any memory semantics)

  • X is program-ordered before B

  • X and A are mutually-ordered

  • X reads a value written by A or by an operation in the release sequence headed by A

  • A and B are in the instance of each other’s memory scopes

  • X’s storage class is in B’s semantics.

If A is a release barrier and B is an acquire barrier, then A synchronizes-with B if all of the following are true:

  • there exists an atomic write X (with any memory semantics)

  • A is program-ordered before X

  • there exists an atomic read Y (with any memory semantics)

  • Y is program-ordered before B

  • X and Y are mutually-ordered

  • Y reads the value written by X or by an operation in the release sequence headed by X

    • If X is relaxed, it is still considered to head a hypothetical release sequence for this rule

  • A and B are in the instance of each other’s memory scopes

  • X’s and Y’s storage class is in A’s and B’s semantics.

    • NOTE: X and Y must have the same storage class, because they are mutually ordered.

If A is a release barrier, B is an acquire barrier, and C is a control barrier (where A can equal C, and B can equal C), then A synchronizes-with B if all of the following are true:

  • A is program-ordered before (or equals) C

  • C is program-ordered before (or equals) B

  • A and B are in the instance of each other’s memory scopes

  • A and B are in the instance of C’s execution scope

Note

This is similar to the barrier-barrier synchronization above, but with a control barrier filling the role of the relaxed atomics.

Let F be an ordering of fragment shader invocations, such that invocation F1 is ordered before invocation F2 if and only if F1 and F2 overlap as described in Fragment Shader Interlock and F1 executes the interlocked code before F2.

If A is an OpEndInvocationInterlockEXT instruction and B is an OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT instruction, then A synchronizes-with B if the agent that executes A is ordered before the agent that executes B in F. A and B are both considered to have FragmentInterlock memory scope and semantics of UniformMemory and ImageMemory, and A is considered to have Release semantics and B is considered to have Acquire semantics.

Note

OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT and OpBeginInvocationInterlockEXT do not perform implicit availability or visibility operations. Usually, shaders using fragment shader interlock will declare the relevant resources as coherent to get implicit per-instruction availability and visibility operations.

No other release and acquire barriers synchronize-with each other.

System-Synchronizes-With

System-synchronizes-with is a relation between arbitrary operations on the device or host. Certain operations system-synchronize-with each other, which informally means the first operation occurs before the second and that the synchronization is performed without using application-visible memory accesses.

If there is an execution dependency between two operations A and B, then the operation in the first synchronization scope system-synchronizes-with the operation in the second synchronization scope.

Note

This covers all Vulkan synchronization primitives, including device operations executing before a synchronization primitive is signaled, wait operations happening before subsequent device operations, signal operations happening before host operations that wait on them, and host operations happening before vkQueueSubmit. The list is spread throughout the synchronization chapter, and is not repeated here.

System-synchronizes-with implicitly includes all storage class semantics and has CrossDevice scope.

If A system-synchronizes-with B, we also say A is system-synchronized-before B and B is system-synchronized-after A.

Private vs. Non-Private

By default, non-atomic memory operations are treated as private, meaning such a memory operation is not intended to be used for communication with other agents.

Non-private memory operations are intended to be used for communication with other agents. Atomic operations are always considered non-private.

Memory operations with the NonPrivatePointer, NonPrivateTexel bit set are treated as non-private

More precisely, for private memory operations to be Location-Ordered between distinct agents requires using system-synchronizes-with rather than shader-based synchronization. Private memory operations still obey program-order.

Inter-Thread-Happens-Before

Let SC be a non-empty set of storage class semantics. Then (using template syntax) operation A inter-thread-happens-before<SC> operation B if and only if any of the following is true:

  • A system-synchronizes-with B

  • A synchronizes-with B, and both A and B have all of SC in their semantics

  • A is an operation on memory in a storage class in SC or that has all of SC in its semantics, B is a release barrier or release atomic with all of SC in its semantics, and A is program-ordered before B

  • A is an acquire barrier or acquire atomic with all of SC in its semantics, B is an operation on memory in a storage class in SC or that has all of SC in its semantics, and A is program-ordered before B

  • A and B are both host operations and A inter-thread-happens-before B as defined in the host language specification

  • A inter-thread-happens-before<SC> some X and X inter-thread-happens-before<SC> B

Happens-Before

Operation A happens-before operation B if and only if any of the following is true:

  • A is program-ordered before B

  • A inter-thread-happens-before<SC> B for some set of storage classes SC

Happens-after is defined similarly.

Note

Unlike C++, happens-before is not always sufficient for a write to be visible to a read. Additional availability and visibility operations may be required for writes to be visible-to other memory accesses.
Note

Happens-before is not transitive, but each of program-order and inter-thread-happens-before<SC> are transitive. These can be thought of as covering the “single-threaded” case and the “multi-threaded” case, and it is not necessary (and not valid) to form chains between the two.

Availability and Visibility

Availability and visibility are states of a write operation, which (informally) track how far the write has permeated the system, i.e. which agents and references are able to observe the write. Availability state is per memory domain. Visibility state is per (agent,reference) pair. Availability and visibility states are per-memory location for each write.

Memory domains are named according to the agents whose memory accesses use the domain. Domains used by shader invocations are organized hierarchically into multiple smaller memory domains which correspond to the different scopes. Each memory domain is considered the dual of a scope, and vice versa. The memory domains defined in Vulkan include:

  • host - accessible by host agents

  • device - accessible by all device agents for a particular device

  • shader - accessible by shader agents for a particular device, corresponding to the Device scope

  • queue family instance - accessible by shader agents in a single queue family, corresponding to the QueueFamily scope.

  • fragment interlock instance - accessible by fragment shader agents that overlap, corresponding to the FragmentInterlock scope.

  • workgroup instance - accessible by shader agents in the same workgroup, corresponding to the Workgroup scope.

  • subgroup instance - accessible by shader agents in the same subgroup, corresponding to the Subgroup scope.

The memory domains are nested in the order listed above, with memory domains later in the list nested in the domains earlier in the list.

Note

Memory domains do not correspond to storage classes or device-local and host-local VkDeviceMemory allocations, rather they indicate whether a write can be made visible only to agents in the same subgroup, same workgroup, in overlapping fragment shader invocation, in any shader invocation, or anywhere on the device, or host. The shader, queue family instance, fragment interlock instance, workgroup instance, and subgroup instance domains are only used for shader-based availability/visibility operations, in other cases writes can be made available from/visible to the shader via the device domain.

Availability operations, visibility operations, and memory domain operations alter the state of the write operations that happen-before them, and which are included in their source scope to be available or visible to their destination scope.

  • For an availability operation, the source scope is a set of (agent,reference,memory location) tuples, and the destination scope is a set of memory domains.

  • For a memory domain operation, the source scope is a memory domain and the destination scope is a memory domain.

  • For a visibility operation, the source scope is a set of memory domains and the destination scope is a set of (agent,reference,memory location) tuples.

How the scopes are determined depends on the specific operation. Availability and memory domain operations expand the set of memory domains to which the write is available. Visibility operations expand the set of (agent,reference,memory location) tuples to which the write is visible.

Recall that availability and visibility states are per-memory location, and let W be a write operation to one or more locations performed by agent A via reference R. Let L be one of the locations written. (W,L) (the write W to L), is initially not available to any memory domain and only visible to (A,R,L). An availability operation AV that happens-after W and that includes (A,R,L) in its source scope makes (W,L) available to the memory domains in its destination scope.

A memory domain operation DOM that happens-after AV and for which (W,L) is available in the source scope makes (W,L) available in the destination memory domain.

A visibility operation VIS that happens-after AV (or DOM) and for which (W,L) is available in any domain in the source scope makes (W,L) visible to all (agent,reference,L) tuples included in its destination scope.

If write W2 happens-after W, and their sets of memory locations overlap, then W will not be available/visible to all agents/references for those memory locations that overlap (and future AV/DOM/VIS ops cannot revive W’s write to those locations).

Availability, memory domain, and visibility operations are treated like other non-atomic memory accesses for the purpose of memory semantics, meaning they can be ordered by release-acquire sequences or memory barriers.

An availability chain is a sequence of availability operations to increasingly broad memory domains, where element N+1 of the chain is performed in the dual scope instance of the destination memory domain of element N and element N happens-before element N+1. An example is an availability operation with destination scope of the workgroup instance domain that happens-before an availability operation to the shader domain performed by an invocation in the same workgroup. An availability chain AVC that happens-after W and that includes (A,R,L) in the source scope makes (W,L) available to the memory domains in its final destination scope. An availability chain with a single element is just the availability operation.

Similarly, a visibility chain is a sequence of visibility operations from increasingly narrow memory domains, where element N of the chain is performed in the dual scope instance of the source memory domain of element N+1 and element N happens-before element N+1. An example is a visibility operation with source scope of the shader domain that happens-before a visibility operation with source scope of the workgroup instance domain performed by an invocation in the same workgroup. A visibility chain VISC that happens-after AVC (or DOM) and for which (W,L) is available in any domain in the source scope makes (W,L) visible to all (agent,reference,L) tuples included in its final destination scope. A visibility chain with a single element is just the visibility operation.

Availability, Visibility, and Domain Operations

The following operations generate availability, visibility, and domain operations. When multiple availability/visibility/domain operations are described, they are system-synchronized-with each other in the order listed.

An operation that performs a memory dependency generates:

  • If the source access mask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT, then the dependency includes a memory domain operation from host domain to device domain.

  • An availability operation with source scope of all writes in the first access scope of the dependency and a destination scope of the device domain.

  • A visibility operation with source scope of the device domain and destination scope of the second access scope of the dependency.

  • If the destination access mask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT or VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT, then the dependency includes a memory domain operation from device domain to host domain.

vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges performs an availability operation, with a source scope of (agents,references) = (all host threads, all mapped memory ranges passed to the command), and destination scope of the host domain.

vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges performs a visibility operation, with a source scope of the host domain and a destination scope of (agents,references) = (all host threads, all mapped memory ranges passed to the command).

vkQueueSubmit performs a memory domain operation from host to device, and a visibility operation with source scope of the device domain and destination scope of all agents and references on the device.

Availability and Visibility Semantics

A memory barrier or atomic operation via agent A that includes MakeAvailable in its semantics performs an availability operation whose source scope includes agent A and all references in the storage classes in that instruction’s storage class semantics, and all memory locations, and whose destination scope is a set of memory domains selected as specified below. The implicit availability operation is program-ordered between the barrier or atomic and all other operations program-ordered before the barrier or atomic.

A memory barrier or atomic operation via agent A that includes MakeVisible in its semantics performs a visibility operation whose source scope is a set of memory domains selected as specified below, and whose destination scope includes agent A and all references in the storage classes in that instruction’s storage class semantics, and all memory locations. The implicit visibility operation is program-ordered between the barrier or atomic and all other operations program-ordered after the barrier or atomic.

The memory domains are selected based on the memory scope of the instruction as follows:

  • Device scope uses the shader domain

  • QueueFamily scope uses the queue family instance domain

  • FragmentInterlock scope uses the fragment interlock instance domain

  • Workgroup scope uses the workgroup instance domain

  • Subgroup uses the subgroup instance domain

  • Invocation perform no availability/visibility operations.

When an availability operation performed by an agent A includes a memory domain D in its destination scope, where D corresponds to scope instance S, it also includes the memory domains that correspond to each smaller scope instance S' that is a subset of S and that includes A. Similarly for visibility operations.

Per-Instruction Availability and Visibility Semantics

A memory write instruction that includes MakePointerAvailable, or an image write instruction that includes MakeTexelAvailable, performs an availability operation whose source scope includes the agent and reference used to perform the write and the memory locations written by the instruction, and whose destination scope is a set of memory domains selected by the Scope operand specified in Availability and Visibility Semantics. The implicit availability operation is program-ordered between the write and all other operations program-ordered after the write.

A memory read instruction that includes MakePointerVisible, or an image read instruction that includes MakeTexelVisible, performs a visibility operation whose source scope is a set of memory domains selected by the Scope operand as specified in Availability and Visibility Semantics, and whose destination scope includes the agent and reference used to perform the read and the memory locations read by the instruction. The implicit visibility operation is program-ordered between read and all other operations program-ordered before the read.

Note

Although reads with per-instruction visibility only perform visibility ops from the shader or fragment interlock instance or workgroup instance or subgroup instance domain, they will also see writes that were made visible via the device domain, i.e. those writes previously performed by non-shader agents and made visible via API commands.
Note

It is expected that all invocations in a subgroup execute on the same processor with the same path to memory, and thus availability and visibility operations with subgroup scope can be expected to be “free”.

Location-Ordered

Let X and Y be memory accesses to overlapping sets of memory locations M, where X != Y. Let (AX,RX) be the agent and reference used for X, and (AY,RY) be the agent and reference used for Y. For now, let “→” denote happens-before and “→rcpo” denote the reflexive closure of program-ordered before.

If D1 and D2 are different memory domains, then let DOM(D1,D2) be a memory domain operation from D1 to D2. Otherwise, let DOM(D,D) be a placeholder such that X→DOM(D,D)→Y if and only if X→Y.

X is location-ordered before Y for a location L in M if and only if any of the following is true:

  • AX == AY and RX == RY and X→Y

    • NOTE: this case means no availability/visibility ops are required when it is the same (agent,reference).

  • X is a read, both X and Y are non-private, and X→Y

  • X is a read, and X (transitively) system-synchronizes with Y

  • If RX == RY and AX and AY access a common memory domain D (e.g. are in the same workgroup instance if D is the workgroup instance domain), and both X and Y are non-private:

    • X is a write, Y is a write, AVC(AX,RX,D,L) is an availability chain making (X,L) available to domain D, and X→rcpoAVC(AX,RX,D,L)→Y

    • X is a write, Y is a read, AVC(AX,RX,D,L) is an availability chain making (X,L) available to domain D, VISC(AY,RY,D,L) is a visibility chain making writes to L available in domain D visible to Y, and X→rcpoAVC(AX,RX,D,L)→VISC(AY,RY,D,L)→rcpoY

    • If VkPhysicalDeviceVulkanMemoryModelFeatures::vulkanMemoryModelAvailabilityVisibilityChains is VK_FALSE, then AVC and VISC must each only have a single element in the chain, in each sub-bullet above.

  • Let DX and DY each be either the device domain or the host domain, depending on whether AX and AY execute on the device or host:

    • X is a write and Y is a write, and X→AV(AX,RX,DX,L)→DOM(DX,DY)→Y

    • X is a write and Y is a read, and X→AV(AX,RX,DX,L)→DOM(DX,DY)→VIS(AY,RY,DY,L)→Y

Note

The final bullet (synchronization through device/host domain) requires API-level synchronization operations, since the device/host domains are not accessible via shader instructions. And “device domain” is not to be confused with “device scope”, which synchronizes through the “shader domain”.

Data Race

Let X and Y be operations that access overlapping sets of memory locations M, where X != Y, and at least one of X and Y is a write, and X and Y are not mutually-ordered atomic operations. If there does not exist a location-ordered relation between X and Y for each location in M, then there is a data race.

Applications must ensure that no data races occur during the execution of their application.

Note

Data races can only occur due to instructions that are actually executed. For example, an instruction skipped due to control flow must not contribute to a data race.

Visible-To

Let X be a write and Y be a read whose sets of memory locations overlap, and let M be the set of memory locations that overlap. Let M2 be a non-empty subset of M. Then X is visible-to Y for memory locations M2 if and only if all of the following are true:

  • X is location-ordered before Y for each location L in M2.

  • There does not exist another write Z to any location L in M2 such that X is location-ordered before Z for location L and Z is location-ordered before Y for location L.

If X is visible-to Y, then Y reads the value written by X for locations M2.

Note

It is possible for there to be a write between X and Y that overwrites a subset of the memory locations, but the remaining memory locations (M2) will still be visible-to Y.

Acyclicity

Reads-from is a relation between operations, where the first operation is a write, the second operation is a read, and the second operation reads the value written by the first operation. From-reads is a relation between operations, where the first operation is a read, the second operation is a write, and the first operation reads a value written earlier than the second operation in the second operation’s scoped modification order or location order (or the first operation reads from the initial value, and the second operation is any write to the same locations).

Then the implementation must guarantee that no cycles exist in the union of the following relations:

  • location-ordered

  • scoped modification order (over all atomic writes)

  • reads-from

  • from-reads

Note

This is a “consistency” axiom, which informally guarantees that sequences of operations cannot violate causality.

Scoped Modification Order Coherence

Let A and B be mutually-ordered atomic operations, where A is location-ordered before B. Then the following rules are a consequence of acyclicity:

  • If A and B are both reads and A does not read the initial value, then the write that A takes its value from must be earlier in its own scoped modification order than (or the same as) the write that B takes its value from (no cycles between location-order, reads-from, and from-reads).

  • If A is a read and B is a write and A does not read the initial value, then A must take its value from a write earlier than B in B’s scoped modification order (no cycles between location-order, scope modification order, and reads-from).

  • If A is a write and B is a read, then B must take its value from A or a write later than A in A’s scoped modification order (no cycles between location-order, scoped modification order, and from-reads).

  • If A and B are both writes, then A must be earlier than B in A’s scoped modification order (no cycles between location-order and scoped modification order).

  • If A is a write and B is a read-modify-write and B reads the value written by A, then B comes immediately after A in A’s scoped modification order (no cycles between scoped modification order and from-reads).

Shader I/O

If a shader invocation A in a shader stage other than Vertex performs a memory read operation X from an object in storage class Input, then X is system-synchronized-after all writes to the corresponding Output storage variable(s) in the shader invocation(s) that contribute to generating invocation A, and those writes are all visible-to X.

Note

It is not necessary for the upstream shader invocations to have completed execution, they only need to have generated the output that is being read.

Deallocation

The deallocation of SPIR-V variables is managed by the system and happens-after all operations on those variables.

Descriptions (Informative)

This subsection offers more easily understandable consequences of the memory model for app/compiler developers.

Let SC be the storage class(es) specified by a release or acquire operation or barrier.

  • An atomic write with release semantics must not be reordered against any read or write to SC that is program-ordered before it (regardless of the storage class the atomic is in).

  • An atomic read with acquire semantics must not be reordered against any read or write to SC that is program-ordered after it (regardless of the storage class the atomic is in).

  • Any write to SC program-ordered after a release barrier must not be reordered against any read or write to SC program-ordered before that barrier.

  • Any read from SC program-ordered before an acquire barrier must not be reordered against any read or write to SC program-ordered after the barrier.

A control barrier (even if it has no memory semantics) must not be reordered against any memory barriers.

This memory model allows memory accesses with and without availability and visibility operations, as well as atomic operations, all to be performed on the same memory location. This is critical to allow it to reason about memory that is reused in multiple ways, e.g. across the lifetime of different shader invocations or draw calls. While GLSL (and legacy SPIR-V) applies the “coherent” decoration to variables (for historical reasons), this model treats each memory access instruction as having optional implicit availability/visibility operations. GLSL to SPIR-V compilers should map all (non-atomic) operations on a coherent variable to Make{Pointer,Texel}{Available}{Visible} flags in this model.

Atomic operations implicitly have availability/visibility operations, and the scope of those operations is taken from the atomic operation’s scope.

Tessellation Output Ordering

For SPIR-V that uses the Vulkan Memory Model, the OutputMemory storage class is used to synchronize accesses to tessellation control output variables. For legacy SPIR-V that does not enable the Vulkan Memory Model via OpMemoryModel, tessellation outputs can be ordered using a control barrier with no particular memory scope or semantics, as defined below.

Let X and Y be memory operations performed by shader invocations AX and AY. Operation X is tessellation-output-ordered before operation Y if and only if all of the following are true:

  • There is a dynamic instance of an OpControlBarrier instruction C such that X is program-ordered before C in AX and C is program-ordered before Y in AY.

  • AX and AY are in the same instance of C’s execution scope.

If shader invocations AX and AY in the TessellationControl execution model execute memory operations X and Y, respectively, on the Output storage class, and X is tessellation-output-ordered before Y with a scope of Workgroup, then X is location-ordered before Y, and if X is a write and Y is a read then X is visible-to Y.

Appendix C: Compressed Image Formats

The compressed texture formats used by Vulkan are described in the specifically identified sections of the Khronos Data Format Specification, version 1.3.

Unless otherwise described, the quantities encoded in these compressed formats are treated as normalized, unsigned values.

Those formats listed as sRGB-encoded have in-memory representations of R, G and B components which are nonlinearly-encoded as R', G', and B'; any alpha component is unchanged. As part of filtering, the nonlinear R', G', and B' values are converted to linear R, G, and B components; any alpha component is unchanged. The conversion between linear and nonlinear encoding is performed as described in the “KHR_DF_TRANSFER_SRGB” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

Block-Compressed Image Formats

BC1, BC2 and BC3 formats are described in “S3TC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification. BC4 and BC5 are described in the “RGTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter. BC6H and BC7 are described in the “BPTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter.

Table 85. Mapping of Vulkan BC Formats to Descriptions
VkFormat Khronos Data Format Specification description

Formats described in the “S3TC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK

BC1 with no alpha

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK

BC1 with no alpha, sRGB-encoded

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK

BC1 with alpha

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK

BC1 with alpha, sRGB-encoded

VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK

BC2

VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK

BC2, sRGB-encoded

VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK

BC3

VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK

BC3, sRGB-encoded

Formats described in the “RGTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter

VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK

BC4 unsigned

VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK

BC4 signed

VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK

BC5 unsigned

VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK

BC5 signed

Formats described in the “BPTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK

BC6H (unsigned version)

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK

BC6H (signed version)

VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK

BC7

VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK

BC7, sRGB-encoded

ETC Compressed Image Formats

The following formats are described in the “ETC2 Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

Table 86. Mapping of Vulkan ETC Formats to Descriptions
VkFormat Khronos Data Format Specification description

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK

RGB ETC2

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

RGB ETC2 with sRGB encoding

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK

RGB ETC2 with punch-through alpha

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

RGB ETC2 with punch-through alpha and sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK

RGBA ETC2

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

RGBA ETC2 with sRGB encoding

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK

Unsigned R11 EAC

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK

Signed R11 EAC

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK

Unsigned RG11 EAC

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK

Signed RG11 EAC

ASTC Compressed Image Formats

ASTC formats are described in the “ASTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

Table 87. Mapping of Vulkan ASTC Formats to Descriptions
VkFormat Compressed texel block dimensions Requested mode

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK

4 × 4

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK

4 × 4

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK

5 × 4

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK

5 × 4

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK

5 × 5

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK

5 × 5

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK

6 × 5

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK

6 × 5

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK

6 × 6

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK

6 × 6

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK

8 × 5

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK

8 × 5

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK

8 × 6

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK

8 × 6

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK

8 × 8

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK

8 × 8

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK

10 × 5

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK

10 × 5

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK

10 × 6

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK

10 × 6

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK

10 × 8

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK

10 × 8

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK

10 × 10

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK

10 × 10

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK

12 × 10

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK

12 × 10

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK

12 × 12

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK

12 × 12

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK

4 × 4

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK

5 × 4

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK

5 × 5

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK

6 × 5

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK

6 × 6

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK

8 × 5

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK

8 × 6

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK

8 × 8

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK

10 × 5

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK

10 × 6

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK

10 × 8

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK

10 × 10

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK

12 × 10

HDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SFLOAT_BLOCK

12 × 12

HDR

ASTC textures containing HDR block encodings should be passed to the API using an ASTC SFLOAT texture format.

Note

An HDR block in a texture passed using a LDR UNORM format will return the appropriate ASTC error color if the implementation supports only the ASTC LDR profile, but may result in either the error color or a decompressed HDR color if the implementation supports HDR decoding.

ASTC Decode Mode

If the VK_EXT_astc_decode_mode extension is enabled, the decode mode is determined as follows:

Table 88. Mapping of Vulkan ASTC Decoding Format to ASTC Decoding Modes
VkFormat Decoding mode

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT

decode_float16

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

decode_unorm8

VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

decode_rgb9e5

Otherwise, the ASTC decode mode is decode_float16.

Note that an implementation may use HDR mode when linear LDR mode is requested unless the decode mode is decode_unorm8.

Appendix D: Core Revisions (Informative)

New minor versions of the Vulkan API are defined periodically by the Khronos Vulkan Working Group. These consist of some amount of additional functionality added to the core API, potentially including both new functionality and functionality promoted from extensions.

It is possible to build the specification for earlier versions, but to aid readability of the latest versions, this appendix gives an overview of the changes as compared to earlier versions.

Vulkan Version 1.2

Vulkan Version 1.2 promoted a number of key extensions into the core API:

  • VK_KHR_8bit_storage

  • VK_KHR_buffer_device_address

  • VK_KHR_create_renderpass2

  • VK_KHR_depth_stencil_resolve

  • VK_KHR_draw_indirect_count

  • VK_KHR_driver_properties

  • VK_KHR_image_format_list

  • VK_KHR_imageless_framebuffer

  • VK_KHR_sampler_mirror_clamp_to_edge

  • VK_KHR_separate_depth_stencil_layouts

  • VK_KHR_shader_atomic_int64

  • VK_KHR_shader_float16_int8

  • VK_KHR_shader_float_controls

  • VK_KHR_shader_subgroup_extended_types

  • VK_KHR_spirv_1_4

  • VK_KHR_timeline_semaphore

  • VK_KHR_uniform_buffer_standard_layout

  • VK_KHR_vulkan_memory_model

  • VK_EXT_descriptor_indexing

  • VK_EXT_host_query_reset

  • VK_EXT_sampler_filter_minmax

  • VK_EXT_scalar_block_layout

  • VK_EXT_separate_stencil_usage

  • VK_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer

All differences in behavior between these extensions and the corresponding Vulkan 1.2 functionality are summarized below.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_8bit_storage

If the VK_KHR_8bit_storage extension is not supported, support for the SPIR-V storageBuffer8BitAccess capability in shader modules is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::storageBuffer8BitAccess when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_draw_indirect_count

If the VK_KHR_draw_indirect_count extension is not supported, support for the commands vkCmdDrawIndirectCount and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::drawIndirectCount when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_sampler_mirror_clamp_to_edge

If the VK_KHR_sampler_mirror_clamp_to_edge extension is not supported, support for the VkSamplerAddressMode VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::samplerMirrorClampToEdge when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_EXT_descriptor_indexing

If the VK_EXT_descriptor_indexing extension is not supported, support for the descriptorIndexing feature is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::descriptorIndexing when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_EXT_scalar_block_layout

If the VK_EXT_scalar_block_layout extension is not supported, support for the scalarBlockLayout feature is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::scalarBlockLayout when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer

The ShaderViewportIndexLayerEXT SPIR-V capability was replaced with the ShaderViewportIndex and ShaderLayer capabilities. Declaring both is equivalent to declaring ShaderViewportIndexLayerEXT. If the VK_EXT_shader_viewport_index_layer extension is not supported, support for the ShaderViewportIndexLayerEXT SPIR-V capability is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderOutputViewportIndex and VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderOutputLayer when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_buffer_device_address

If the VK_KHR_buffer_device_address extension is not supported, support for the bufferDeviceAddress feature is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::bufferDeviceAddress when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_shader_atomic_int64

If the VK_KHR_shader_atomic_int64 extension is not supported, support for the shaderBufferInt64Atomics feature is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderBufferInt64Atomics when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_shader_float16_int8

If the VK_KHR_shader_float16_int8 extension is not supported, support for the shaderFloat16 and shaderInt8 features is optional. Support for these features are defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderFloat16 and VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::shaderInt8 when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_vulkan_memory_model

If the VK_KHR_vulkan_memory_model extension is not supported, support for the vulkanMemoryModel feature is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan12Features::vulkanMemoryModel when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Additional Vulkan 1.2 Feature Support

In addition to the promoted extensions described above, Vulkan 1.2 added support for:

New Macros

New Commands

New Structures

New Enums

New Bitmasks

New Enum Constants

  • VK_MAX_DRIVER_INFO_SIZE

  • VK_MAX_DRIVER_NAME_SIZE

  • Extending VkBufferCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT

  • Extending VkBufferUsageFlagBits:

    • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_SHADER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT

  • Extending VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_BIT

  • Extending VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_UPDATE_AFTER_BIND_POOL_BIT

  • Extending VkFormatFeatureFlagBits:

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_MINMAX_BIT

  • Extending VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT

  • Extending VkImageLayout:

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • Extending VkMemoryAllocateFlagBits:

    • VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_BIT

    • VK_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_DEVICE_ADDRESS_CAPTURE_REPLAY_BIT

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTATION

    • VK_ERROR_INVALID_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS

  • Extending VkSamplerAddressMode:

    • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_STENCIL_LAYOUT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_REFERENCE_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ATTACHMENT_REFERENCE_STENCIL_LAYOUT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_BINDING_FLAGS_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_ALLOCATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_VARIABLE_DESCRIPTOR_COUNT_LAYOUT_SUPPORT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_MEMORY_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENTS_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_IMAGE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_FORMAT_LIST_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_STENCIL_USAGE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_OPAQUE_CAPTURE_ADDRESS_ALLOCATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_8BIT_STORAGE_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BUFFER_DEVICE_ADDRESS_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DEPTH_STENCIL_RESOLVE_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_INDEXING_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DESCRIPTOR_INDEXING_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DRIVER_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FLOAT_CONTROLS_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_HOST_QUERY_RESET_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGELESS_FRAMEBUFFER_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLER_FILTER_MINMAX_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SCALAR_BLOCK_LAYOUT_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SEPARATE_DEPTH_STENCIL_LAYOUTS_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_ATOMIC_INT64_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_FLOAT16_INT8_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_SUBGROUP_EXTENDED_TYPES_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_STANDARD_LAYOUT_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_1_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_1_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_2_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_1_2_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_MEMORY_MODEL_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_ATTACHMENT_BEGIN_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_CREATE_INFO_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_REDUCTION_MODE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SIGNAL_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_WAIT_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_BEGIN_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DEPENDENCY_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DESCRIPTION_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_DESCRIPTION_DEPTH_STENCIL_RESOLVE

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBPASS_END_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_TIMELINE_SEMAPHORE_SUBMIT_INFO

Vulkan Version 1.1

Vulkan Version 1.1 promoted a number of key extensions into the core API:

  • VK_KHR_16bit_storage

  • VK_KHR_bind_memory2

  • VK_KHR_dedicated_allocation

  • VK_KHR_descriptor_update_template

  • VK_KHR_device_group

  • VK_KHR_device_group_creation

  • VK_KHR_external_fence

  • VK_KHR_external_fence_capabilities

  • VK_KHR_external_memory

  • VK_KHR_external_memory_capabilities

  • VK_KHR_external_semaphore

  • VK_KHR_external_semaphore_capabilities

  • VK_KHR_get_memory_requirements2

  • VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2

  • VK_KHR_maintenance1

  • VK_KHR_maintenance2

  • VK_KHR_maintenance3

  • VK_KHR_multiview

  • VK_KHR_relaxed_block_layout

  • VK_KHR_sampler_ycbcr_conversion

  • VK_KHR_shader_draw_parameters

  • VK_KHR_storage_buffer_storage_class

  • VK_KHR_variable_pointers

All differences in behavior between these extensions and the corresponding Vulkan 1.1 functionality are summarized below.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_16bit_storage

If the VK_KHR_16bit_storage extension is not supported, support for the storageBuffer16BitAccess feature is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDevice16BitStorageFeatures::storageBuffer16BitAccess or VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::storageBuffer16BitAccess when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_sampler_ycbcr_conversion

If the VK_KHR_sampler_ycbcr_conversion extension is not supported, support for the samplerYcbcrConversion feature is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceSamplerYcbcrConversionFeatures::samplerYcbcrConversion or VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::samplerYcbcrConversion when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_shader_draw_parameters

If the VK_KHR_shader_draw_parameters extension is not supported, support for the SPV_KHR_shader_draw_parameters SPIR-V extension is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceShaderDrawParametersFeatures::shaderDrawParameters or VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::shaderDrawParameters when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Differences Relative to VK_KHR_variable_pointers

If the VK_KHR_variable_pointers extension is not supported, support for the variablePointersStorageBuffer feature is optional. Support for this feature is defined by VkPhysicalDeviceVariablePointersFeatures::variablePointersStorageBuffer or VkPhysicalDeviceVulkan11Features::variablePointersStorageBuffer when queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2.

Additional Vulkan 1.1 Feature Support

In addition to the promoted extensions described above, Vulkan 1.1 added support for:

New Macros

New Object Types

New Commands

New Structures

New Enums

New Bitmasks

New Enum Constants

  • VK_LUID_SIZE

  • VK_MAX_DEVICE_GROUP_SIZE

  • VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL

  • Extending VkBufferCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT

  • Extending VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT

  • Extending VkDependencyFlagBits:

    • VK_DEPENDENCY_DEVICE_GROUP_BIT

    • VK_DEPENDENCY_VIEW_LOCAL_BIT

  • Extending VkDeviceQueueCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT

  • Extending VkFormat:

    • VK_FORMAT_B10X6G10X6R10X6G10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B12X4G12X4R12X4G12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B16G16R16G16_422_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8G8_422_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6B10X6G10X6R10X6_422_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6_R10X6_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4B12X4G12X4R12X4_422_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_420_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_422_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4_R12X4_3PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_G16B16G16R16_422_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_420_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_422_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_420_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_422_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16_R16_3PLANE_444_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G8B8G8R8_422_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_420_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_422_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_420_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_422_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8_R8_3PLANE_444_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6B10X6A10X6_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R10X6G10X6_UNORM_2PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4B12X4A12X4_UNORM_4PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R12X4G12X4_UNORM_2PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R12X4_UNORM_PACK16

  • Extending VkFormatFeatureFlagBits:

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COSITED_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DISJOINT_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_MIDPOINT_CHROMA_SAMPLES_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CHROMA_RECONSTRUCTION_EXPLICIT_FORCEABLE_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_LINEAR_FILTER_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_YCBCR_CONVERSION_SEPARATE_RECONSTRUCTION_FILTER_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • Extending VkImageAspectFlagBits:

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT

  • Extending VkImageCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_2D_ARRAY_COMPATIBLE_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_BLOCK_TEXEL_VIEW_COMPATIBLE_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_EXTENDED_USAGE_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT

  • Extending VkImageLayout:

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • Extending VkMemoryHeapFlagBits:

    • VK_MEMORY_HEAP_MULTI_INSTANCE_BIT

  • Extending VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits:

    • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT

  • Extending VkObjectType:

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_UPDATE_TEMPLATE

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION

  • Extending VkPipelineCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE

    • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISPATCH_BASE_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_VIEW_INDEX_FROM_DEVICE_INDEX_BIT

  • Extending VkQueueFlagBits:

    • VK_QUEUE_PROTECTED_BIT

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_INVALID_EXTERNAL_HANDLE

    • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_POOL_MEMORY

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_BUFFER_MEMORY_DEVICE_GROUP_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_BUFFER_MEMORY_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_DEVICE_GROUP_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_PLANE_MEMORY_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_SUPPORT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_UPDATE_TEMPLATE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_BIND_SPARSE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_RENDER_PASS_BEGIN_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_SUBMIT_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_INFO_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_FENCE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_SEMAPHORE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_BUFFER_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_FENCE_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_BUFFER_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_IMAGE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_PLANE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_SPARSE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_USAGE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_FLAGS_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_DEDICATED_ALLOCATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_DEDICATED_REQUIREMENTS

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_16BIT_STORAGE_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_BUFFER_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_FENCE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FEATURES_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_GROUP_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ID_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MAINTENANCE_3_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MEMORY_PROPERTIES_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MULTIVIEW_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MULTIVIEW_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_POINT_CLIPPING_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PROPERTIES_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PROTECTED_MEMORY_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PROTECTED_MEMORY_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DRAW_PARAMETERS_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VARIABLE_POINTERS_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_DOMAIN_ORIGIN_STATE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PROTECTED_SUBMIT_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_FAMILY_PROPERTIES_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_ASPECT_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_MULTIVIEW_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_YCBCR_CONVERSION_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_2

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SPARSE_IMAGE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_2

Vulkan Version 1.0

Vulkan Version 1.0 was the initial release of the Vulkan API.

New Macros

New Base Types

New Object Types

New Commands

New Structures

New Unions

New Function Pointers

New Enums

New Bitmasks

New Headers

  • vk_platform

New Enum Constants

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VK_FALSE

  • VK_LOD_CLAMP_NONE

  • VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE

  • VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE

  • VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS

  • VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES

  • VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE

  • VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED

  • VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS

  • VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS

  • VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VK_TRUE

  • VK_UUID_SIZE

  • VK_WHOLE_SIZE

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_VALIDATION_FAILED

Vulkan SC Version 1.0

Vulkan SC Version 1.0 is a variant of the Vulkan 1.2 API that is tailored for safety-critical use cases.

New Macros

New Commands

New Structures

New Function Pointers

New Enums

New Enum Constants

  • Extending VkMemoryHeapFlagBits:

    • VK_MEMORY_HEAP_SEU_SAFE_BIT

  • Extending VkPipelineCacheCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_READ_ONLY_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_USE_APPLICATION_STORAGE_BIT

  • Extending VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion:

    • VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_HEADER_VERSION_SAFETY_CRITICAL_ONE

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_INVALID_PIPELINE_CACHE_DATA

    • VK_ERROR_NO_PIPELINE_MATCH

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_MEMORY_CONSUMPTION

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_MEMORY_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_OBJECT_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FAULT_CALLBACK_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FAULT_DATA

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_SC_1_0_FEATURES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VULKAN_SC_1_0_PROPERTIES

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_OFFLINE_CREATE_INFO

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_POOL_SIZE

Appendix E: Layers & Extensions (Informative)

Extensions to the Vulkan API can be defined by authors, groups of authors, and the Khronos Vulkan Safety Critical Working Group. The online Registry of extensions is available at URL

https://registry.khronos.org/vulkansc/

Authors creating extensions and layers must follow the mandatory procedures described in the Vulkan Documentation and Extensions document when creating extensions and layers.

The version of the Vulkan specification published in the Registry includes all registered and published extensions. It is also possible to build the specification with an arbitrary set of extensions included, and the specification you are viewing may not include all extensions.

In the remainder of this appendix, extensions are grouped as Khronos KHR, multivendor EXT, and then alphabetically by author ID. Within each group, extensions are listed in alphabetical order by their name.

Extension Dependencies

Extensions which have dependencies on specific core versions or on other extensions will list such dependencies.

For core versions, the specified version must be supported at runtime. All extensions implicitly require support for Vulkan 1.0.

For a device extension, use of any device-level functionality defined by that extension requires that any extensions that extension depends on be enabled.

For any extension, use of any instance-level functionality defined by that extension requires only that any extensions that extension depends on be supported at runtime.

Extension Interactions

Some extensions define APIs which are only supported when other extensions or core versions are supported at runtime. Such interactions are noted as “API Interactions”.

List of Current Extensions

VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps

Name String

VK_KHR_calibrated_timestamps

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

544

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2023-07-12

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Matthaeus G. Chajdas, AMD

  • Alan Harrison, AMD

  • Derrick Owens, AMD

  • Daniel Rakos, RasterGrid

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Keith Packard, Valve

Description

This extension provides an interface to query calibrated timestamps obtained quasi simultaneously from two time domains.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_CALIBRATED_TIMESTAMPS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_CALIBRATED_TIMESTAMPS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_CALIBRATED_TIMESTAMP_INFO_KHR

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2023-07-12 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Initial draft.

VK_KHR_copy_commands2

Name String

VK_KHR_copy_commands2

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

338

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-07-06

Contributors

  • Jeff Leger, Qualcomm

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, ARM

  • Tom Olson, ARM

Description

This extension provides extensible versions of the Vulkan buffer and image copy commands. The new commands are functionally identical to the core commands, except that their copy parameters are specified using extensible structures that can be used to pass extension-specific information.

The following extensible copy commands are introduced with this extension: vkCmdCopyBuffer2KHR, vkCmdCopyImage2KHR, vkCmdCopyBufferToImage2KHR, vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer2KHR, vkCmdBlitImage2KHR, and vkCmdResolveImage2KHR. Each command contains an *Info2KHR structure parameter that includes sType/pNext members. Lower level structures describing each region to be copied are also extended with sType/pNext members.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_COPY_COMMANDS_2_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_COPY_COMMANDS_2_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BLIT_IMAGE_INFO_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_COPY_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_IMAGE_COPY_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_INFO_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_BUFFER_TO_IMAGE_INFO_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_INFO_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_IMAGE_TO_BUFFER_INFO_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_BLIT_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_COPY_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_RESOLVE_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RESOLVE_IMAGE_INFO_2_KHR

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

Vulkan APIs in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the KHR suffix omitted. External interactions defined by this extension, such as SPIR-V token names, retain their original names. The original Vulkan API names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-07-06 (Jeff Leger)

    • Internal revisions

VK_KHR_display

Name String

VK_KHR_display

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

3

Revision

23

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_surface

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-03-13

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Norbert Nopper, Freescale

  • Jeff Vigil, Qualcomm

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

Description

This extension provides the API to enumerate displays and available modes on a given device.

New Object Types
New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_DISPLAY_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_DISPLAY_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkObjectType:

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DISPLAY_KHR

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_SURFACE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

Issues

1) Which properties of a mode should be fixed in the mode information vs. settable in some other function when setting the mode? E.g., do we need to double the size of the mode pool to include both stereo and non-stereo modes? YUV and RGB scanout even if they both take RGB input images? BGR vs. RGB input? etc.

RESOLVED: Many modern displays support at most a handful of resolutions and timings natively. Other “modes” are expected to be supported using scaling hardware on the display engine or GPU. Other properties, such as rotation and mirroring should not require duplicating hardware modes just to express all combinations. Further, these properties may be implemented on a per-display or per-overlay granularity.

To avoid the exponential growth of modes as mutable properties are added, as was the case with EGLConfig/WGL pixel formats/GLXFBConfig, this specification should separate out hardware properties and configurable state into separate objects. Modes and overlay planes will express capabilities of the hardware, while a separate structure will allow applications to configure scaling, rotation, mirroring, color keys, LUT values, alpha masks, etc. for a given swapchain independent of the mode in use. Constraints on these settings will be established by properties of the immutable objects.

Note the resolution of this issue may affect issue 5 as well.

2) What properties of a display itself are useful?

RESOLVED: This issue is too broad. It was meant to prompt general discussion, but resolving this issue amounts to completing this specification. All interesting properties should be included. The issue will remain as a placeholder since removing it would make it hard to parse existing discussion notes that refer to issues by number.

3) How are multiple overlay planes within a display or mode enumerated?

RESOLVED: They are referred to by an index. Each display will report the number of overlay planes it contains.

4) Should swapchains be created relative to a mode or a display?

RESOLVED: When using this extension, swapchains are created relative to a mode and a plane. The mode implies the display object the swapchain will present to. If the specified mode is not the display’s current mode, the new mode will be applied when the first image is presented to the swapchain, and the default operating system mode, if any, will be restored when the swapchain is destroyed.

5) Should users query generic ranges from displays and construct their own modes explicitly using those constraints rather than querying a fixed set of modes (Most monitors only have one real “mode” these days, even though many support relatively arbitrary scaling, either on the monitor side or in the GPU display engine, making “modes” something of a relic/compatibility construct).

RESOLVED: Expose both. Display information structures will expose a set of predefined modes, as well as any attributes necessary to construct a customized mode.

6) Is it fine if we return the display and display mode handles in the structure used to query their properties?

RESOLVED: Yes.

7) Is there a possibility that not all displays of a device work with all of the present queues of a device? If yes, how do we determine which displays work with which present queues?

RESOLVED: No known hardware has such limitations, but determining such limitations is supported automatically using the existing VK_KHR_surface and VK_KHR_swapchain query mechanisms.

8) Should all presentation need to be done relative to an overlay plane, or can a display mode + display be used alone to target an output?

RESOLVED: Require specifying a plane explicitly.

9) Should displays have an associated window system display, such as an HDC or Display*?

RESOLVED: No. Displays are independent of any windowing system in use on the system. Further, neither HDC nor Display* refer to a physical display object.

10) Are displays queried from a physical GPU or from a device instance?

RESOLVED: Developers prefer to query modes directly from the physical GPU so they can use display information as an input to their device selection algorithms prior to device creation. This avoids the need to create placeholder device instances to enumerate displays.

This preference must be weighed against the extra initialization that must be done by driver vendors prior to device instance creation to support this usage.

11) Should displays and/or modes be dispatchable objects? If functions are to take displays, overlays, or modes as their first parameter, they must be dispatchable objects as defined in Khronos bug 13529. If they are not added to the list of dispatchable objects, functions operating on them must take some higher-level object as their first parameter. There is no performance case against making them dispatchable objects, but they would be the first extension objects to be dispatchable.

RESOLVED: Do not make displays or modes dispatchable. They will dispatch based on their associated physical device.

12) Should hardware cursor capabilities be exposed?

RESOLVED: Defer. This could be a separate extension on top of the base WSI specs.

13) How many display objects should be enumerated for "tiled" display devices? There are ongoing design discussions among lower-level display API authors regarding how to expose displays if they are one physical display device to an end user, but may internally be implemented as two side-by-side displays using the same display engine (and sometimes cabling) resources as two physically separate display devices.

RESOLVED: Tiled displays will appear as a single display object in this API.

14) Should the raw EDID data be included in the display information?

RESOLVED: No. A future extension could be added which reports the EDID if necessary. This may be complicated by the outcome of issue 13.

15) Should min and max scaling factor capabilities of overlays be exposed?

RESOLVED: Yes. This is exposed indirectly by allowing applications to query the min/max position and extent of the source and destination regions from which image contents are fetched by the display engine when using a particular mode and overlay pair.

16) Should devices be able to expose planes that can be moved between displays? If so, how?

RESOLVED: Yes. Applications can determine which displays a given plane supports using vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR.

17) Should there be a way to destroy display modes? If so, does it support destroying “built in” modes?

RESOLVED: Not in this extension. A future extension could add this functionality.

18) What should the lifetime of display and built-in display mode objects be?

RESOLVED: The lifetime of the instance. These objects cannot be destroyed. A future extension may be added to expose a way to destroy these objects and/or support display hotplug.

19) Should persistent mode for smart panels be enabled/disabled at swapchain creation time, or on a per-present basis.

RESOLVED: On a per-present basis.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2015-02-24 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2015-03-12 (Norbert Nopper)

    • Added overlay enumeration for a display.

  • Revision 3, 2015-03-17 (Norbert Nopper)

    • Fixed typos and namings as discussed in Bugzilla.

    • Reordered and grouped functions.

    • Added functions to query count of display, mode and overlay.

    • Added native display handle, which may be needed on some platforms to create a native Window.

  • Revision 4, 2015-03-18 (Norbert Nopper)

    • Removed primary and virtualPostion members (see comment of James Jones in Bugzilla).

    • Added native overlay handle to information structure.

    • Replaced , with ; in struct.

  • Revision 6, 2015-03-18 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Added WSI extension suffix to all items.

    • Made the whole API more “Vulkanish”.

    • Replaced all functions with a single vkGetDisplayInfoKHR function to better match the rest of the API.

    • Made the display, display mode, and overlay objects be first class objects, not subclasses of VkBaseObject as they do not support the common functions anyways.

    • Renamed *Info structures to *Properties.

    • Removed overlayIndex field from VkOverlayProperties as there is an implicit index already as a result of moving to a “Vulkanish” API.

    • Displays are not get through device, but through physical GPU to match the rest of the Vulkan API. Also this is something ISVs explicitly requested.

    • Added issue (6) and (7).

  • Revision 7, 2015-03-25 (James Jones)

    • Added an issues section

    • Added rotation and mirroring flags

  • Revision 8, 2015-03-25 (James Jones)

    • Combined the duplicate issues sections introduced in last change.

    • Added proposed resolutions to several issues.

  • Revision 9, 2015-04-01 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Rebased extension against Vulkan 0.82.0

  • Revision 10, 2015-04-01 (James Jones)

    • Added issues (10) and (11).

    • Added more straw-man issue resolutions, and cleaned up the proposed resolution for issue (4).

    • Updated the rotation and mirroring enums to have proper bitmask semantics.

  • Revision 11, 2015-04-15 (James Jones)

    • Added proposed resolution for issues (1) and (2).

    • Added issues (12), (13), (14), and (15)

    • Removed pNativeHandle field from overlay structure.

    • Fixed small compilation errors in example code.

  • Revision 12, 2015-07-29 (James Jones)

    • Rewrote the guts of the extension against the latest WSI swapchain specifications and the latest Vulkan API.

    • Address overlay planes by their index rather than an object handle and refer to them as “planes” rather than “overlays” to make it slightly clearer that even a display with no “overlays” still has at least one base “plane” that images can be displayed on.

    • Updated most of the issues.

    • Added an “extension type” section to the specification header.

    • Reused the VK_EXT_KHR_surface surface transform enumerations rather than redefining them here.

    • Updated the example code to use the new semantics.

  • Revision 13, 2015-08-21 (Ian Elliott)

    • Renamed this extension and all of its enumerations, types, functions, etc. This makes it compliant with the proposed standard for Vulkan extensions.

    • Switched from “revision” to “version”, including use of the VK_MAKE_VERSION macro in the header file.

  • Revision 14, 2015-09-01 (James Jones)

    • Restore single-field revision number.

  • Revision 15, 2015-09-08 (James Jones)

    • Added alpha flags enum.

    • Added premultiplied alpha support.

  • Revision 16, 2015-09-08 (James Jones)

    • Added description section to the spec.

    • Added issues 16 - 18.

  • Revision 17, 2015-10-02 (James Jones)

    • Planes are now a property of the entire device rather than individual displays. This allows planes to be moved between multiple displays on devices that support it.

    • Added a function to create a VkSurfaceKHR object describing a display plane and mode to align with the new per-platform surface creation conventions.

    • Removed detailed mode timing data. It was agreed that the mode extents and refresh rate are sufficient for current use cases. Other information could be added back in as an extension if it is needed in the future.

    • Added support for smart/persistent/buffered display devices.

  • Revision 18, 2015-10-26 (Ian Elliott)

    • Renamed from VK_EXT_KHR_display to VK_KHR_display.

  • Revision 19, 2015-11-02 (James Jones)

    • Updated example code to match revision 17 changes.

  • Revision 20, 2015-11-03 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Added allocation callbacks to creation functions.

  • Revision 21, 2015-11-10 (Jesse Hall)

    • Added VK_DISPLAY_PLANE_ALPHA_OPAQUE_BIT_KHR, and use VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagBitsKHR for VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR::alphaMode instead of VkDisplayPlaneAlphaFlagsKHR, since it only represents one mode.

    • Added reserved flags bitmask to VkDisplayPlanePropertiesKHR.

    • Use VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR instead of obsolete VkSurfaceTransformKHR.

    • Renamed vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR parameters for clarity.

  • Revision 22, 2015-12-18 (James Jones)

    • Added missing “planeIndex” parameter to vkGetDisplayPlaneSupportedDisplaysKHR()

  • Revision 23, 2017-03-13 (James Jones)

    • Closed all remaining issues. The specification and implementations have been shipping with the proposed resolutions for some time now.

    • Removed the sample code and noted it has been integrated into the official Vulkan SDK cube demo.

VK_KHR_display_swapchain

Name String

VK_KHR_display_swapchain

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

4

Revision

10

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_swapchain
and
VK_KHR_display

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-03-13

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Vigil, Qualcomm

  • Jesse Hall, Google

Description

This extension provides an API to create a swapchain directly on a device’s display without any underlying window system.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_DISPLAY_SWAPCHAIN_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_DISPLAY_SWAPCHAIN_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DISPLAY_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PRESENT_INFO_KHR

Issues

1) Should swapchains sharing images each hold a reference to the images, or should it be up to the application to destroy the swapchains and images in an order that avoids the need for reference counting?

RESOLVED: Take a reference. The lifetime of presentable images is already complex enough.

2) Should the srcRect and dstRect parameters be specified as part of the presentation command, or at swapchain creation time?

RESOLVED: As part of the presentation command. This allows moving and scaling the image on the screen without the need to respecify the mode or create a new swapchain and presentable images.

3) Should srcRect and dstRect be specified as rects, or separate offset/extent values?

RESOLVED: As rects. Specifying them separately might make it easier for hardware to expose support for one but not the other, but in such cases applications must just take care to obey the reported capabilities and not use non-zero offsets or extents that require scaling, as appropriate.

4) How can applications create multiple swapchains that use the same images?

RESOLVED: By calling vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR.

An earlier resolution used vkCreateSwapchainKHR, chaining multiple VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structures through pNext. In order to allow each swapchain to also allow other extension structs, a level of indirection was used: VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR::pNext pointed to a different structure, which had both sType and pNext members for additional extensions, and also had a pointer to the next VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR structure. The number of swapchains to be created could only be found by walking this linked list of alternating structures, and the pSwapchains out parameter was reinterpreted to be an array of VkSwapchainKHR handles.

Another option considered was a method to specify a “shared” swapchain when creating a new swapchain, such that groups of swapchains using the same images could be built up one at a time. This was deemed unusable because drivers need to know all of the displays an image will be used on when determining which internal formats and layouts to use for that image.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2015-07-29 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft

  • Revision 2, 2015-08-21 (Ian Elliott)

    • Renamed this extension and all of its enumerations, types, functions, etc. This makes it compliant with the proposed standard for Vulkan extensions.

    • Switched from “revision” to “version”, including use of the VK_MAKE_VERSION macro in the header file.

  • Revision 3, 2015-09-01 (James Jones)

    • Restore single-field revision number.

  • Revision 4, 2015-09-08 (James Jones)

    • Allow creating multiple swapchains that share the same images using a single call to vkCreateSwapchainKHR().

  • Revision 5, 2015-09-10 (Alon Or-bach)

    • Removed underscores from SWAP_CHAIN in two enums.

  • Revision 6, 2015-10-02 (James Jones)

    • Added support for smart panels/buffered displays.

  • Revision 7, 2015-10-26 (Ian Elliott)

    • Renamed from VK_EXT_KHR_display_swapchain to VK_KHR_display_swapchain.

  • Revision 8, 2015-11-03 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Updated sample code based on the changes to VK_KHR_swapchain.

  • Revision 9, 2015-11-10 (Jesse Hall)

    • Replaced VkDisplaySwapchainCreateInfoKHR with vkCreateSharedSwapchainsKHR, changing resolution of issue #4.

  • Revision 10, 2017-03-13 (James Jones)

    • Closed all remaining issues. The specification and implementations have been shipping with the proposed resolutions for some time now.

    • Removed the sample code and noted it has been integrated into the official Vulkan SDK cube demo.

VK_KHR_external_fence_fd

Name String

VK_KHR_external_fence_fd

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

116

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_external_fence
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-05-08

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors
Description

An application using external memory may wish to synchronize access to that memory using fences. This extension enables an application to export fence payload to and import fence payload from POSIX file descriptors.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_EXTERNAL_FENCE_FD_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_EXTERNAL_FENCE_FD_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_GET_FD_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_FENCE_FD_INFO_KHR

Issues

This extension borrows concepts, semantics, and language from VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd. That extension’s issues apply equally to this extension.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-05-08 (Jesse Hall)

    • Initial revision

VK_KHR_external_memory_fd

Name String

VK_KHR_external_memory_fd

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

75

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_external_memory
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2016-10-21

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Juliano, NVIDIA

Description

An application may wish to reference device memory in multiple Vulkan logical devices or instances, in multiple processes, and/or in multiple APIs. This extension enables an application to export POSIX file descriptor handles from Vulkan memory objects and to import Vulkan memory objects from POSIX file descriptor handles exported from other Vulkan memory objects or from similar resources in other APIs.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FD_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_FD_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_FD_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_FD_PROPERTIES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_GET_FD_INFO_KHR

Issues

1) Does the application need to close the file descriptor returned by vkGetMemoryFdKHR?

RESOLVED: Yes, unless it is passed back in to a driver instance to import the memory. A successful get call transfers ownership of the file descriptor to the application, and a successful import transfers it back to the driver. Destroying the original memory object will not close the file descriptor or remove its reference to the underlying memory resource associated with it.

2) Do drivers ever need to expose multiple file descriptors per memory object?

RESOLVED: No. This would indicate there are actually multiple memory objects, rather than a single memory object.

3) How should the valid size and memory type for POSIX file descriptor memory handles created outside of Vulkan be specified?

RESOLVED: The valid memory types are queried directly from the external handle. The size will be specified by future extensions that introduce such external memory handle types.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2016-10-21 (James Jones)

    • Initial revision

VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd

Name String

VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

80

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_external_semaphore
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2016-10-21

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Juliano, NVIDIA

  • Carsten Rohde, NVIDIA

Description

An application using external memory may wish to synchronize access to that memory using semaphores. This extension enables an application to export semaphore payload to and import semaphore payload from POSIX file descriptors.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_FD_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_FD_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SEMAPHORE_FD_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_GET_FD_INFO_KHR

Issues

1) Does the application need to close the file descriptor returned by vkGetSemaphoreFdKHR?

RESOLVED: Yes, unless it is passed back in to a driver instance to import the semaphore. A successful get call transfers ownership of the file descriptor to the application, and a successful import transfers it back to the driver. Destroying the original semaphore object will not close the file descriptor or remove its reference to the underlying semaphore resource associated with it.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2016-10-21 (Jesse Hall)

    • Initial revision

VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate

Name String

VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

227

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

         VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
         or
         Vulkan Version 1.1
     and
     VK_KHR_create_renderpass2
or
Vulkan Version 1.2

API Interactions

  • Interacts with VK_VERSION_1_3

  • Interacts with VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering

  • Interacts with VK_KHR_format_feature_flags2

SPIR-V Dependencies
Contact
Extension Proposal

VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate

Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2021-09-30

Interactions and External Dependencies
Contributors

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

  • Guennadi Riguer, AMD

  • Matthaeus Chajdas, AMD

  • Pat Brown, Nvidia

  • Matthew Netsch, Qualcomm

  • Slawomir Grajewski, Intel

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, Arm

  • Jeff Bolz, Nvidia

  • Arseny Kapoulkine, Roblox

  • Contributors to the VK_NV_shading_rate_image specification

  • Contributors to the VK_EXT_fragment_density_map specification

Description

This extension adds the ability to change the rate at which fragments are shaded. Rather than the usual single fragment invocation for each pixel covered by a primitive, multiple pixels can be shaded by a single fragment shader invocation.

Up to three methods are available to the application to change the fragment shading rate:

Additionally, these rates can all be specified and combined in order to adjust the overall detail in the image at each point.

This functionality can be used to focus shading efforts where higher levels of detail are needed in some parts of a scene compared to others. This can be particularly useful in high resolution rendering, or for XR contexts.

This extension also adds support for the SPV_KHR_fragment_shading_rate extension which enables setting the primitive fragment shading rate, and allows querying the final shading rate from a fragment shader.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkAccessFlagBits:

    • VK_ACCESS_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR

  • Extending VkFormatFeatureFlagBits:

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • Extending VkImageLayout:

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • Extending VkImageUsageFlagBits:

    • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • Extending VkPipelineStageFlagBits:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_BIT_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_FEATURES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_PROPERTIES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

If VK_KHR_format_feature_flags2 or Vulkan Version 1.3 is supported:

If Vulkan Version 1.3 or VK_KHR_dynamic_rendering is supported:

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDERING_FRAGMENT_SHADING_RATE_ATTACHMENT_INFO_KHR

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-05-06 (Tobias Hector)

    • Initial revision

  • Revision 2, 2021-09-30 (Jon Leech)

    • Add interaction with VK_KHR_format_feature_flags2 to vk.xml

VK_KHR_get_display_properties2

Name String

VK_KHR_get_display_properties2

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

122

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_display

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-02-21

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Ian Elliott, Google

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

Description

This extension provides new queries for device display properties and capabilities that can be easily extended by other extensions, without introducing any further queries. This extension can be considered the VK_KHR_display equivalent of the VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2 extension.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_GET_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES_2_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_GET_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES_2_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_MODE_PROPERTIES_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_CAPABILITIES_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_INFO_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PLANE_PROPERTIES_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES_2_KHR

Issues

1) What should this extension be named?

RESOLVED: VK_KHR_get_display_properties2. Other alternatives:

  • VK_KHR_display2

  • One extension, combined with VK_KHR_surface_capabilites2.

2) Should extensible input structs be added for these new functions:

RESOLVED:

3) Should additional display query functions be extended?

RESOLVED:

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-02-21 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft.

VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2

Name String

VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

120

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_surface

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-02-27

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Ian Elliott, Google

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Alon Or-bach, Samsung

Description

This extension provides new queries for device surface capabilities that can be easily extended by other extensions, without introducing any further queries. This extension can be considered the VK_KHR_surface equivalent of the VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2 extension.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_GET_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_2_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_GET_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_2_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SURFACE_INFO_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_FORMAT_2_KHR

Issues

1) What should this extension be named?

RESOLVED: VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2. Other alternatives:

  • VK_KHR_surface2

  • One extension, combining a separate display-specific query extension.

2) Should additional WSI query functions be extended?

RESOLVED:

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-02-27 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft.

VK_KHR_global_priority

Name String

VK_KHR_global_priority

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

189

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.4

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2021-10-22

Contributors

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

  • Contributors to VK_EXT_global_priority

  • Contributors to VK_EXT_global_priority_query

Description

In Vulkan, users can specify device-scope queue priorities. In some cases it may be useful to extend this concept to a system-wide scope. This device extension allows applications to query the global queue priorities supported by a queue family, and then set a priority when creating queues. The default queue priority is VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM_EXT.

Implementations can report which global priority levels are treated differently by the implementation. It is intended primarily for use in system integration along with certain platform-specific priority enforcement rules.

The driver implementation will attempt to skew hardware resource allocation in favor of the higher-priority task. Therefore, higher-priority work may retain similar latency and throughput characteristics even if the system is congested with lower priority work.

The global priority level of a queue shall take precedence over the per-process queue priority (VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::pQueuePriorities).

Abuse of this feature may result in starving the rest of the system from hardware resources. Therefore, the driver implementation may deny requests to acquire a priority above the default priority (VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM_EXT) if the caller does not have sufficient privileges. In this scenario VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED_EXT is returned.

The driver implementation may fail the queue allocation request if resources required to complete the operation have been exhausted (either by the same process or a different process). In this scenario VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED is returned.

New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_SPEC_VERSION

  • VK_MAX_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_SIZE_KHR

  • Extending VkQueueGlobalPriority:

    • VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_HIGH_KHR

    • VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_LOW_KHR

    • VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_MEDIUM_KHR

    • VK_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_REALTIME_KHR

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_CREATE_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_QUERY_FEATURES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_FAMILY_GLOBAL_PRIORITY_PROPERTIES_KHR

Promotion to Vulkan 1.4

Functionality in this extension is included in core Vulkan 1.4 with the KHR suffix omitted. The original type, enum and command names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Issues

1) Can we additionally query whether a caller is permitted to acquire a specific global queue priority in this extension?

RESOLVED: No. Whether a caller has enough privilege goes with the OS, and the Vulkan driver cannot really guarantee that the privilege will not change in between this query and the actual queue creation call.

2) If more than 1 queue using global priority is requested, is there a good way to know which queue is failing the device creation?

RESOLVED: No. There is not a good way at this moment, and it is also not quite actionable for the applications to know that because the information may not be accurate. Queue creation can fail because of runtime constraints like insufficient privilege or lack of resource, and the failure is not necessarily tied to that particular queue configuration requested.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2021-10-22 (Tobias Hector)

    • Initial draft

VK_KHR_incremental_present

Name String

VK_KHR_incremental_present

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

85

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_swapchain

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2016-11-02

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Ian Elliott, Google

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Alon Or-bach, Samsung

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Ray Smith, ARM

  • Mika Isojarvi, Google

  • Jeff Juliano, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This device extension extends vkQueuePresentKHR, from the VK_KHR_swapchain extension, allowing an application to specify a list of rectangular, modified regions of each image to present. This should be used in situations where an application is only changing a small portion of the presentable images within a swapchain, since it enables the presentation engine to avoid wasting time presenting parts of the surface that have not changed.

This extension is leveraged from the EGL_KHR_swap_buffers_with_damage extension.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_INCREMENTAL_PRESENT_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_INCREMENTAL_PRESENT_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PRESENT_REGIONS_KHR

Issues

1) How should we handle steroescopic-3D swapchains? We need to add a layer for each rectangle. One approach is to create another structure containing the VkRect2D plus layer, and have VkPresentRegionsKHR point to an array of that struct. Another approach is to have two parallel arrays, pRectangles and pLayers, where pRectangles[i] and pLayers[i] must be used together. Which approach should we use, and if the array of a new structure, what should that be called?

RESOLVED: Create a new structure, which is a VkRect2D plus a layer, and will be called VkRectLayerKHR.

2) Where is the origin of the VkRectLayerKHR?

RESOLVED: The upper left corner of the presentable image(s) of the swapchain, per the definition of framebuffer coordinates.

3) Does the rectangular region, VkRectLayerKHR, specify pixels of the swapchain’s image(s), or of the surface?

RESOLVED: Of the image(s). Some presentation engines may scale the pixels of a swapchain’s image(s) to the size of the surface. The size of the swapchain’s image(s) will be consistent, where the size of the surface may vary over time.

4) What if all of the rectangles for a given swapchain contain a width and/or height of zero?

RESOLVED: The application is indicating that no pixels changed since the last present. The presentation engine may use such a hint and not update any pixels for the swapchain. However, all other semantics of vkQueuePresentKHR must still be honored, including waiting for semaphores to signal.

5) When the swapchain is created with VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR::preTransform set to a value other than VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY_BIT_KHR, should the rectangular region, VkRectLayerKHR, be transformed to align with the preTransform?

RESOLVED: No. The rectangular region in VkRectLayerKHR should not be transformed. As such, it may not align with the extents of the swapchain’s image(s). It is the responsibility of the presentation engine to transform the rectangular region. This matches the behavior of the Android presentation engine, which set the precedent.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2016-11-02 (Ian Elliott)

    • Internal revisions

  • Revision 2, 2021-03-18 (Ian Elliott)

    • Clarified alignment of rectangles for presentation engines that support transformed swapchains.

VK_KHR_index_type_uint8

Name String

VK_KHR_index_type_uint8

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

534

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.4

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2023-06-06

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension allows uint8_t indices to be used with vkCmdBindIndexBuffer.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkIndexType:

    • VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_FEATURES_KHR

Promotion to Vulkan 1.4

Functionality in this extension is included in core Vulkan 1.4 with the KHR suffix omitted. The original type, enum and command names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2023-06-06 (Piers Daniell)

    • Internal revisions

VK_KHR_line_rasterization

Name String

VK_KHR_line_rasterization

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

535

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.4

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2023-06-08

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Allen Jensen, NVIDIA

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

Description

This extension adds some line rasterization features that are commonly used in CAD applications and supported in other APIs like OpenGL. Bresenham-style line rasterization is supported, smooth rectangular lines (coverage to alpha) are supported, and stippled lines are supported for all three line rasterization modes.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_LINE_RASTERIZATION_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_LINE_RASTERIZATION_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE_KHR

  • Extending VkLineRasterizationMode:

    • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM_KHR

    • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT_KHR

    • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_KHR

    • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_FEATURES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_LINE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

Promotion to Vulkan 1.4

Functionality in this extension is included in core Vulkan 1.4 with the KHR suffix omitted. The original type, enum and command names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

When Version 1.4 is supported, the bresenhamLines feature must be supported.

Issues

1) Do we need to support Bresenham-style and smooth lines with more than one rasterization sample? i.e. the equivalent of glDisable(GL_MULTISAMPLE) in OpenGL when the framebuffer has more than one sample?

RESOLVED: Yes. For simplicity, Bresenham line rasterization carries forward a few restrictions from OpenGL, such as not supporting per-sample shading, alpha to coverage, or alpha to one.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-05-09 (Jeff Bolz)

    • Initial draft

VK_KHR_object_refresh

Name String

VK_KHR_object_refresh

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

309

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-01-14

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Aidan Fabius, Core Avionics

  • Mark Bellamy, ARM

Description

Many safety critical environments are required to contend with single event upsets (SEUs). These occur when a bit in a physical device’s memory or register is inadvertently flipped. It is typical for host memory to include automatic error detection (EDC) or correction (ECC) on platforms where this a concern. However, device-accessible memory may not have these protections. In that case, the data must be periodically refreshed.

Unextended Vulkan provides a variety of methods to mitigate SEUs. Image and buffer objects can be bound to SEU-safe memory, and many object types can be refreshed explicitly by the application by reloading or regenerating the object’s data. However, implementations may store internal object-specific data in non-SEU-safe memory, and unextended Vulkan provides no clear method to determine which object types this applies to or how to refresh that data.

This extension adds a mechanism to query which object types store implementation-internal data in device regions susceptible to SEUs, and to explicitly refresh that implementation-internal data.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_OBJECT_REFRESH_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_OBJECT_REFRESH_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_REFRESH_OBJECT_LIST_KHR

Issues

1) Should this extension refresh object data, or validate whether or not the data has been corrupted?

RESOLVED This extension should refresh data, not validate it. This reduces application error-handling complexity, and invalid data would have to be refreshed anyway.

2) Should object refreshes be done using the host or with command buffers?

RESOLVED Object refreshes should be done with command buffers. This reduces the synchronization complexity.

3) Refresh operations will need a pipeline barrier so that subsequent commands will see the results of the refresh. What access flags and pipeline stage should apply to refresh operations? Should they use new flags and stages, or reuse an existing one?

RESOLVED Object refreshes are considered to be a transfer operation for the purposes of pipeline barriers.

4) Should this extension add a feature bit?

RESOLVED A feature bit is not necessary. In the case of this extension being promoted to core, implementations that do not support or require refreshing of any object types will return 0 for the count parameter of vkGetPhysicalDeviceRefreshableObjectTypesKHR.

Examples

None.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-01-14

VK_KHR_performance_query

Name String

VK_KHR_performance_query

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

117

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

API Interactions

  • Interacts with VKSC_VERSION_1_0

Special Use
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-10-08

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jesse Barker, Unity Technologies

  • Kenneth Benzie, Codeplay

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, ARM

  • Jeff Leger, Qualcomm

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

  • Neil Henning, Codeplay

  • Baldur Karlsson

  • Lionel Landwerlin, Intel

  • Peter Lohrmann, AMD

  • Alon Or-bach, Samsung

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Niklas Smedberg, Unity Technologies

  • Igor Ostrowski, Intel

Description

The VK_KHR_performance_query extension adds a mechanism to allow querying of performance counters for use in applications and by profiling tools.

Each queue family may expose counters that can be enabled on a queue of that family. We extend VkQueryType to add a new query type for performance queries, and chain a structure on VkQueryPoolCreateInfo to specify the performance queries to enable.

New Commands
New Structures

If Vulkan SC 1.0 is supported:

New Unions
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkQueryType:

    • VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ACQUIRE_PROFILING_LOCK_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_SUBMIT_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_FEATURES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_PROPERTIES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_PERFORMANCE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

If Vulkan SC 1.0 is supported:

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_RESERVATION_INFO_KHR

Issues

1) Should this extension include a mechanism to begin a query in command buffer A and end the query in command buffer B?

RESOLVED No - queries are tied to command buffer creation and thus have to be encapsulated within a single command buffer.

2) Should this extension include a mechanism to begin and end queries globally on the queue, not using the existing command buffer commands?

RESOLVED No - for the same reasoning as the resolution of 1).

3) Should this extension expose counters that require multiple passes?

RESOLVED Yes - users should re-submit a command buffer with the same commands in it multiple times, specifying the pass to count as the query parameter in VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR.

4) How to handle counters across parallel workloads?

RESOLVED In the spirit of Vulkan, a counter description flag VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_DESCRIPTION_CONCURRENTLY_IMPACTED_BIT_KHR denotes that the accuracy of a counter result is affected by parallel workloads.

5) How to handle secondary command buffers?

RESOLVED Secondary command buffers inherit any counter pass index specified in the parent primary command buffer. Note: this is no longer an issue after change from issue 10 resolution

6) What commands does the profiling lock have to be held for?

RESOLVED For any command buffer that is being queried with a performance query pool, the profiling lock must be held while that command buffer is in the recording, executable, or pending state.

7) Should we support vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults?

RESOLVED Yes.

8) Should we allow performance queries to interact with multiview?

RESOLVED Yes, but the performance queries must be performed once for each pass per view.

9) Should a queryCount > 1 be usable for performance queries?

RESOLVED Yes. Some vendors will have costly performance counter query pool creation, and would rather if a certain set of counters were to be used multiple times that a queryCount > 1 can be used to amortize the instantiation cost.

10) Should we introduce an indirect mechanism to set the counter pass index?

RESOLVED Specify the counter pass index at submit time instead, to avoid requiring re-recording of command buffers when multiple counter passes are needed.

Examples

The following example shows how to find what performance counters a queue family supports, setup a query pool to record these performance counters, how to add the query pool to the command buffer to record information, and how to get the results from the query pool.

// A previously created physical device
VkPhysicalDevice physicalDevice;

// One of the queue families our device supports
uint32_t queueFamilyIndex;

uint32_t counterCount;

// Get the count of counters supported
vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR(
  physicalDevice,
  queueFamilyIndex,
  &counterCount,
  NULL,
  NULL);

VkPerformanceCounterKHR* counters =
  malloc(sizeof(VkPerformanceCounterKHR) * counterCount);
VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR* counterDescriptions =
  malloc(sizeof(VkPerformanceCounterDescriptionKHR) * counterCount);

// Get the counters supported
vkEnumeratePhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryCountersKHR(
  physicalDevice,
  queueFamilyIndex,
  &counterCount,
  counters,
  counterDescriptions);

// Try to enable the first 8 counters
uint32_t enabledCounters[8];

const uint32_t enabledCounterCount = min(counterCount, 8));

for (uint32_t i = 0; i < enabledCounterCount; i++) {
  enabledCounters[i] = i;
}

// A previously created device that had the performanceCounterQueryPools feature
// set to VK_TRUE
VkDevice device;

VkQueryPoolPerformanceCreateInfoKHR performanceQueryCreateInfo = {
  .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_PERFORMANCE_CREATE_INFO_KHR,
  .pNext = NULL,

  // Specify the queue family that this performance query is performed on
  .queueFamilyIndex = queueFamilyIndex,

  // The number of counters to enable
  .counterIndexCount = enabledCounterCount,

  // The array of indices of counters to enable
  .pCounterIndices = enabledCounters
};


// Get the number of passes our counters will require.
uint32_t numPasses;

vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyPerformanceQueryPassesKHR(
  physicalDevice,
  &performanceQueryCreateInfo,
  &numPasses);

VkQueryPoolCreateInfo queryPoolCreateInfo = {
  .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_CREATE_INFO,
  .pNext = &performanceQueryCreateInfo,
  .flags = 0,
  // Using our new query type here
  .queryType = VK_QUERY_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_KHR,
  .queryCount = 1,
  .pipelineStatistics = 0
};

VkQueryPool queryPool;

VkResult result = vkCreateQueryPool(
  device,
  &queryPoolCreateInfo,
  NULL,
  &queryPool);

assert(VK_SUCCESS == result);

// A queue from queueFamilyIndex
VkQueue queue;

// A command buffer we want to record counters on
VkCommandBuffer commandBuffer;

VkCommandBufferBeginInfo commandBufferBeginInfo = {
  .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO,
  .pNext = NULL,
  .flags = 0,
  .pInheritanceInfo = NULL
};

VkAcquireProfilingLockInfoKHR lockInfo = {
  .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ACQUIRE_PROFILING_LOCK_INFO_KHR,
  .pNext = NULL,
  .flags = 0,
  .timeout = UINT64_MAX // Wait forever for the lock
};

// Acquire the profiling lock before we record command buffers
// that will use performance queries

result = vkAcquireProfilingLockKHR(device, &lockInfo);

assert(VK_SUCCESS == result);

result = vkBeginCommandBuffer(commandBuffer, &commandBufferBeginInfo);

assert(VK_SUCCESS == result);

vkCmdResetQueryPool(
  commandBuffer,
  queryPool,
  0,
  1);

vkCmdBeginQuery(
  commandBuffer,
  queryPool,
  0,
  0);

// Perform the commands you want to get performance information on
// ...

// Perform a barrier to ensure all previous commands were complete before
// ending the query
vkCmdPipelineBarrier(commandBuffer,
  VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT,
  VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT,
  0,
  0,
  NULL,
  0,
  NULL,
  0,
  NULL);

vkCmdEndQuery(
  commandBuffer,
  queryPool,
  0);

result = vkEndCommandBuffer(commandBuffer);

assert(VK_SUCCESS == result);

for (uint32_t counterPass = 0; counterPass < numPasses; counterPass++) {

  VkPerformanceQuerySubmitInfoKHR performanceQuerySubmitInfo = {
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_QUERY_SUBMIT_INFO_KHR,
    NULL,
    counterPass
  };


  // Submit the command buffer and wait for its completion
  // ...
}

// Release the profiling lock after the command buffer is no longer in the
// pending state.
vkReleaseProfilingLockKHR(device);

result = vkResetCommandBuffer(commandBuffer, 0);

assert(VK_SUCCESS == result);

// Create an array to hold the results of all counters
VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR* recordedCounters = malloc(
  sizeof(VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR) * enabledCounterCount);

result = vkGetQueryPoolResults(
  device,
  queryPool,
  0,
  1,
  sizeof(VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR) * enabledCounterCount,
  recordedCounters,
  sizeof(VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR) * enabledCounterCount,
  NULL);

// recordedCounters is filled with our counters, we will look at one for posterity
switch (counters[0].storage) {
  case VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_INT32:
    // use recordCounters[0].int32 to get at the counter result!
    break;
  case VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_INT64:
    // use recordCounters[0].int64 to get at the counter result!
    break;
  case VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_UINT32:
    // use recordCounters[0].uint32 to get at the counter result!
    break;
  case VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_UINT64:
    // use recordCounters[0].uint64 to get at the counter result!
    break;
  case VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_FLOAT32:
    // use recordCounters[0].float32 to get at the counter result!
    break;
  case VK_PERFORMANCE_COUNTER_STORAGE_FLOAT64:
    // use recordCounters[0].float64 to get at the counter result!
    break;
}
Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-10-08

VK_KHR_shader_clock

Name String

VK_KHR_shader_clock

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

182

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

SPIR-V Dependencies
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-4-25

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Interactions and External Dependencies
Contributors

  • Aaron Hagan, AMD

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

Description

This extension advertises the SPIR-V ShaderClockKHR capability for Vulkan, which allows a shader to query a real-time or monotonically incrementing counter at the subgroup level or across the device level. The two valid SPIR-V scopes for OpReadClockKHR are Subgroup and Device.

When using GLSL source-based shading languages, the clockRealtime*EXT() timing functions map to the OpReadClockKHR instruction with a scope of Device, and the clock*ARB() timing functions map to the OpReadClockKHR instruction with a scope of Subgroup.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_SHADER_CLOCK_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_SHADER_CLOCK_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_CLOCK_FEATURES_KHR

New SPIR-V Capabilities
Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-4-25 (Aaron Hagan)

    • Initial revision

VK_KHR_shader_terminate_invocation

Name String

VK_KHR_shader_terminate_invocation

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

216

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

SPIR-V Dependencies
Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-08-11

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Alan Baker, Google

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Ralph Potter, Samsung

  • Tom Olson, Arm

Description

This extension adds Vulkan support for the SPV_KHR_terminate_invocation SPIR-V extension. That SPIR-V extension provides a new instruction, OpTerminateInvocation, which causes a shader invocation to immediately terminate and sets the coverage of shaded samples to 0; only previously executed instructions will have observable effects. The OpTerminateInvocation instruction, along with the OpDemoteToHelperInvocation instruction from the VK_EXT_shader_demote_to_helper_invocation extension, together replace the OpKill instruction, which could behave like either of these instructions. OpTerminateInvocation provides the behavior required by the GLSL discard statement, and should be used when available by GLSL compilers and applications that need the GLSL discard behavior.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_SHADER_TERMINATE_INVOCATION_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_SHADER_TERMINATE_INVOCATION_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_TERMINATE_INVOCATION_FEATURES_KHR

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

Vulkan APIs in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the KHR suffix omitted. External interactions defined by this extension, such as SPIR-V token names, retain their original names. The original Vulkan API names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-08-11 (Jesse Hall)

VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image

Name String

VK_KHR_shared_presentable_image

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

112

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_swapchain
and
VK_KHR_get_surface_capabilities2
and
     VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
     or
     Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-03-20

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Alon Or-bach, Samsung Electronics

  • Ian Elliott, Google

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Pablo Ceballos, Google

  • Chris Forbes, Google

  • Jeff Juliano, NVIDIA

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Tobias Hector, Imagination Technologies

  • Graham Connor, Imagination Technologies

  • Michael Worcester, Imagination Technologies

  • Cass Everitt, Oculus

  • Johannes Van Waveren, Oculus

Description

This extension extends VK_KHR_swapchain to enable creation of a shared presentable image. This allows the application to use the image while the presention engine is accessing it, in order to reduce the latency between rendering and presentation.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_SHARED_PRESENTABLE_IMAGE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_SHARED_PRESENTABLE_IMAGE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkImageLayout:

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR

  • Extending VkPresentModeKHR:

    • VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR

    • VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SHARED_PRESENT_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_KHR

Issues

1) Should we allow a Vulkan WSI swapchain to toggle between normal usage and shared presentation usage?

RESOLVED: No. WSI swapchains are typically recreated with new properties instead of having their properties changed. This can also save resources, assuming that fewer images are needed for shared presentation, and assuming that most VR applications do not need to switch between normal and shared usage.

2) Should we have a query for determining how the presentation engine refresh is triggered?

RESOLVED: Yes. This is done via which presentation modes a surface supports.

3) Should the object representing a shared presentable image be an extension of a VkSwapchainKHR or a separate object?

RESOLVED: Extension of a swapchain due to overlap in creation properties and to allow common functionality between shared and normal presentable images and swapchains.

4) What should we call the extension and the new structures it creates?

RESOLVED: Shared presentable image / shared present.

5) Should the minImageCount and presentMode values of the VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR be ignored, or required to be compatible values?

RESOLVED: minImageCount must be 1, and presentMode should be set to either VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR.

6) What should the layout of the shared presentable image be?

RESOLVED: After acquiring the shared presentable image, the application must transition it to the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHARED_PRESENT_KHR layout prior to it being used. After this initial transition, any image usage that was requested during swapchain creation can be performed on the image without layout transitions being performed.

7) Do we need a new API for the trigger to refresh new content?

RESOLVED: vkQueuePresentKHR to act as API to trigger a refresh, as will allow combination with other compatible extensions to vkQueuePresentKHR.

8) How should an application detect a VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR error on a swapchain using the VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR present mode?

RESOLVED: Introduce vkGetSwapchainStatusKHR to allow applications to query the status of a swapchain using a shared presentation mode.

9) What should subsequent calls to vkQueuePresentKHR for VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR swapchains be defined to do?

RESOLVED: State that implementations may use it as a hint for updated content.

10) Can the ownership of a shared presentable image be transferred to a different queue?

RESOLVED: No. It is not possible to transfer ownership of a shared presentable image obtained from a swapchain created using VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE after it has been presented.

11) How should vkQueueSubmit behave if a command buffer uses an image from a VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR swapchain?

RESOLVED: vkQueueSubmit is expected to return the VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST error.

12) Can Vulkan provide any guarantee on the order of rendering, to enable beam chasing?

RESOLVED: This could be achieved via use of render passes to ensure strip rendering.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-03-20 (Alon Or-bach)

    • Internal revisions

VK_KHR_surface

Name String

VK_KHR_surface

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

1

Revision

25

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2016-08-25

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Patrick Doane, Blizzard

  • Ian Elliott, LunarG

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • David Mao, AMD

  • Norbert Nopper, Freescale

  • Alon Or-bach, Samsung

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Graham Sellers, AMD

  • Jeff Vigil, Qualcomm

  • Chia-I Wu, LunarG

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

Description

The VK_KHR_surface extension is an instance extension. It introduces VkSurfaceKHR objects, which abstract native platform surface or window objects for use with Vulkan. It also provides a way to determine whether a queue family in a physical device supports presenting to particular surface.

Separate extensions for each platform provide the mechanisms for creating VkSurfaceKHR objects, but once created they may be used in this and other platform-independent extensions, in particular the VK_KHR_swapchain extension.

New Object Types
New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_SURFACE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_SURFACE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkObjectType:

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SURFACE_KHR

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_NATIVE_WINDOW_IN_USE_KHR

    • VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR

Issues

1) Should this extension include a method to query whether a physical device supports presenting to a specific window or native surface on a given platform?

RESOLVED: Yes. Without this, applications would need to create a device instance to determine whether a particular window can be presented to. Knowing that a device supports presentation to a platform in general is not sufficient, as a single machine might support multiple seats, or instances of the platform that each use different underlying physical devices. Additionally, on some platforms, such as the X Window System, different drivers and devices might be used for different windows depending on which section of the desktop they exist on.

2) Should the vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR, and vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfacePresentModesKHR functions be in this extension and operate on physical devices, rather than being in VK_KHR_swapchain (i.e. device extension) and being dependent on VkDevice?

RESOLVED: Yes. While it might be useful to depend on VkDevice (and therefore on enabled extensions and features) for the queries, Vulkan was released only with the VkPhysicalDevice versions. Many cases can be resolved by a Valid Usage statement, and/or by a separate pNext chain version of the query structure specific to a given extension or parameters, via extensible versions of the queries: vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceCapabilities2KHR, and vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormats2KHR.

3) Should Vulkan support Xlib or XCB as the API for accessing the X Window System platform?

RESOLVED: Both. XCB is a more modern and efficient API, but Xlib usage is deeply ingrained in many applications and likely will remain in use for the foreseeable future. Not all drivers necessarily need to support both, but including both as options in the core specification will probably encourage support, which should in turn ease adoption of the Vulkan API in older codebases. Additionally, the performance improvements possible with XCB likely will not have a measurable impact on the performance of Vulkan presentation and other minimal window system interactions defined here.

4) Should the GBM platform be included in the list of platform enums?

RESOLVED: Deferred, and will be addressed with a platform-specific extension to be written in the future.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2015-05-20 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft, based on LunarG KHR spec, other KHR specs, patches attached to bugs.

  • Revision 2, 2015-05-22 (Ian Elliott)

    • Created initial Description section.

    • Removed query for whether a platform requires the use of a queue for presentation, since it was decided that presentation will always be modeled as being part of the queue.

    • Fixed typos and other minor mistakes.

  • Revision 3, 2015-05-26 (Ian Elliott)

    • Improved the Description section.

  • Revision 4, 2015-05-27 (James Jones)

    • Fixed compilation errors in example code.

  • Revision 5, 2015-06-01 (James Jones)

    • Added issues 1 and 2 and made related spec updates.

  • Revision 6, 2015-06-01 (James Jones)

    • Merged the platform type mappings table previously removed from VK_KHR_swapchain with the platform description table in this spec.

    • Added issues 3 and 4 documenting choices made when building the initial list of native platforms supported.

  • Revision 7, 2015-06-11 (Ian Elliott)

    • Updated table 1 per input from the KHR TSG.

    • Updated issue 4 (GBM) per discussion with Daniel Stone. He will create a platform-specific extension sometime in the future.

  • Revision 8, 2015-06-17 (James Jones)

    • Updated enum-extending values using new convention.

    • Fixed the value of VK_SURFACE_PLATFORM_INFO_TYPE_SUPPORTED_KHR.

  • Revision 9, 2015-06-17 (James Jones)

    • Rebased on Vulkan API version 126.

  • Revision 10, 2015-06-18 (James Jones)

    • Marked issues 2 and 3 resolved.

  • Revision 11, 2015-06-23 (Ian Elliott)

    • Examples now show use of function pointers for extension functions.

    • Eliminated extraneous whitespace.

  • Revision 12, 2015-07-07 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Added error section describing when each error is expected to be reported.

    • Replaced the term “queue node index” with “queue family index” in the spec as that is the agreed term to be used in the latest version of the core header and spec.

    • Replaced bool32_t with VkBool32.

  • Revision 13, 2015-08-06 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Updated spec against latest core API header version.

  • Revision 14, 2015-08-20 (Ian Elliott)

    • Renamed this extension and all of its enumerations, types, functions, etc. This makes it compliant with the proposed standard for Vulkan extensions.

    • Switched from “revision” to “version”, including use of the VK_MAKE_VERSION macro in the header file.

    • Did miscellaneous cleanup, etc.

  • Revision 15, 2015-08-20 (Ian Elliott—​porting a 2015-07-29 change from James Jones)

    • Moved the surface transform enums here from VK_WSI_swapchain so they could be reused by VK_WSI_display.

  • Revision 16, 2015-09-01 (James Jones)

    • Restore single-field revision number.

  • Revision 17, 2015-09-01 (James Jones)

    • Fix example code compilation errors.

  • Revision 18, 2015-09-26 (Jesse Hall)

    • Replaced VkSurfaceDescriptionKHR with the VkSurfaceKHR object, which is created via layered extensions. Added VkDestroySurfaceKHR.

  • Revision 19, 2015-09-28 (Jesse Hall)

    • Renamed from VK_EXT_KHR_swapchain to VK_EXT_KHR_surface.

  • Revision 20, 2015-09-30 (Jeff Vigil)

    • Add error result VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR.

  • Revision 21, 2015-10-15 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Updated the resolution of issue #2 and include the surface capability queries in this extension.

    • Renamed SurfaceProperties to SurfaceCapabilities as it better reflects that the values returned are the capabilities of the surface on a particular device.

    • Other minor cleanup and consistency changes.

  • Revision 22, 2015-10-26 (Ian Elliott)

    • Renamed from VK_EXT_KHR_surface to VK_KHR_surface.

  • Revision 23, 2015-11-03 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Added allocation callbacks to vkDestroySurfaceKHR.

  • Revision 24, 2015-11-10 (Jesse Hall)

    • Removed VkSurfaceTransformKHR. Use VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR instead.

    • Rename VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR member maxImageArraySize to maxImageArrayLayers.

  • Revision 25, 2016-01-14 (James Jones)

    • Moved VK_ERROR_NATIVE_WINDOW_IN_USE_KHR from the VK_KHR_android_surface to the VK_KHR_surface extension.

  • 2016-08-23 (Ian Elliott)

    • Update the example code, to not have so many characters per line, and to split out a new example to show how to obtain function pointers.

  • 2016-08-25 (Ian Elliott)

    • A note was added at the beginning of the example code, stating that it will be removed from future versions of the appendix.

VK_KHR_swapchain

Name String

VK_KHR_swapchain

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

2

Revision

70

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_surface

API Interactions

  • Interacts with VK_VERSION_1_1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-10-06

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Interactions and External Dependencies

  • Interacts with Vulkan 1.1

Contributors

  • Patrick Doane, Blizzard

  • Ian Elliott, LunarG

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Mathias Heyer, NVIDIA

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • David Mao, AMD

  • Norbert Nopper, Freescale

  • Alon Or-bach, Samsung

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Graham Sellers, AMD

  • Jeff Vigil, Qualcomm

  • Chia-I Wu, LunarG

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Matthaeus G. Chajdas, AMD

  • Ray Smith, ARM

Description

The VK_KHR_swapchain extension is the device-level companion to the VK_KHR_surface extension. It introduces VkSwapchainKHR objects, which provide the ability to present rendering results to a surface.

New Object Types
New Commands

If Vulkan Version 1.1 is supported:

New Structures

If Vulkan Version 1.1 is supported:

New Enums

If Vulkan Version 1.1 is supported:

New Bitmasks

If Vulkan Version 1.1 is supported:

New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_SWAPCHAIN_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_SWAPCHAIN_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkImageLayout:

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR

  • Extending VkObjectType:

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_KHR

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR

    • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PRESENT_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR

If Vulkan Version 1.1 is supported:

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_ACQUIRE_NEXT_IMAGE_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_IMAGE_MEMORY_SWAPCHAIN_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_CAPABILITIES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_PRESENT_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR

  • Extending VkSwapchainCreateFlagBitsKHR:

    • VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT_KHR

    • VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT_KHR

Issues

1) Does this extension allow the application to specify the memory backing of the presentable images?

RESOLVED: No. Unlike standard images, the implementation will allocate the memory backing of the presentable image.

2) What operations are allowed on presentable images?

RESOLVED: This is determined by the image usage flags specified when creating the presentable image’s swapchain.

3) Does this extension support MSAA presentable images?

RESOLVED: No. Presentable images are always single-sampled. Multi-sampled rendering must use regular images. To present the rendering results the application must manually resolve the multi- sampled image to a single-sampled presentable image prior to presentation.

4) Does this extension support stereo/multi-view presentable images?

RESOLVED: Yes. The number of views associated with a presentable image is determined by the imageArrayLayers specified when creating a swapchain. All presentable images in a given swapchain use the same array size.

5) Are the layers of stereo presentable images half-sized?

RESOLVED: No. The image extents always match those requested by the application.

6) Do the “present” and “acquire next image” commands operate on a queue? If not, do they need to include explicit semaphore objects to interlock them with queue operations?

RESOLVED: The present command operates on a queue. The image ownership operation it represents happens in order with other operations on the queue, so no explicit semaphore object is required to synchronize its actions.

Applications may want to acquire the next image in separate threads from those in which they manage their queue, or in multiple threads. To make such usage easier, the acquire next image command takes a semaphore to signal as a method of explicit synchronization. The application must later queue a wait for this semaphore before queuing execution of any commands using the image.

7) Does vkAcquireNextImageKHR block if no images are available?

RESOLVED: The command takes a timeout parameter. Special values for the timeout are 0, which makes the call a non-blocking operation, and UINT64_MAX, which blocks indefinitely. Values in between will block for up to the specified time. The call will return when an image becomes available or an error occurs. It may, but is not required to, return before the specified timeout expires if the swapchain becomes out of date.

8) Can multiple presents be queued using one vkQueuePresentKHR call?

RESOLVED: Yes. VkPresentInfoKHR contains a list of swapchains and corresponding image indices that will be presented. When supported, all presentations queued with a single vkQueuePresentKHR call will be applied atomically as one operation. The same swapchain must not appear in the list more than once. Later extensions may provide applications stronger guarantees of atomicity for such present operations, and/or allow them to query whether atomic presentation of a particular group of swapchains is possible.

9) How do the presentation and acquire next image functions notify the application the targeted surface has changed?

RESOLVED: Two new result codes are introduced for this purpose:

  • VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR - Presentation will still succeed, subject to the window resize behavior, but the swapchain is no longer configured optimally for the surface it targets. Applications should query updated surface information and recreate their swapchain at the next convenient opportunity.

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR - Failure. The swapchain is no longer compatible with the surface it targets. The application must query updated surface information and recreate the swapchain before presentation will succeed.

These can be returned by both vkAcquireNextImageKHR and vkQueuePresentKHR.

10) Does the vkAcquireNextImageKHR command return a semaphore to the application via an output parameter, or accept a semaphore to signal from the application as an object handle parameter?

RESOLVED: Accept a semaphore to signal as an object handle. This avoids the need to specify whether the application must destroy the semaphore or whether it is owned by the swapchain, and if the latter, what its lifetime is and whether it can be reused for other operations once it is received from vkAcquireNextImageKHR.

11) What types of swapchain queuing behavior should be exposed? Options include swap interval specification, mailbox/most recent vs. FIFO queue management, targeting specific vertical blank intervals or absolute times for a given present operation, and probably others. For some of these, whether they are specified at swapchain creation time or as per-present parameters needs to be decided as well.

RESOLVED: The base swapchain extension will expose 3 possible behaviors (of which, FIFO will always be supported):

  • Immediate present: Does not wait for vertical blanking period to update the current image, likely resulting in visible tearing. No internal queue is used. Present requests are applied immediately.

  • Mailbox queue: Waits for the next vertical blanking period to update the current image. No tearing should be observed. An internal single-entry queue is used to hold pending presentation requests. If the queue is full when a new presentation request is received, the new request replaces the existing entry, and any images associated with the prior entry become available for reuse by the application.

  • FIFO queue: Waits for the next vertical blanking period to update the current image. No tearing should be observed. An internal queue containing numSwapchainImages - 1 entries is used to hold pending presentation requests. New requests are appended to the end of the queue, and one request is removed from the beginning of the queue and processed during each vertical blanking period in which the queue is non-empty

Not all surfaces will support all of these modes, so the modes supported will be returned using a surface information query. All surfaces must support the FIFO queue mode. Applications must choose one of these modes up front when creating a swapchain. Switching modes can be accomplished by recreating the swapchain.

12) Can VK_PRESENT_MODE_MAILBOX_KHR provide non-blocking guarantees for vkAcquireNextImageKHR? If so, what is the proper criteria?

RESOLVED: Yes. The difficulty is not immediately obvious here. Naively, if at least 3 images are requested, mailbox mode should always have an image available for the application if the application does not own any images when the call to vkAcquireNextImageKHR was made. However, some presentation engines may have more than one “current” image, and would still need to block in some cases. The right requirement appears to be that if the application allocates the surface’s minimum number of images + 1 then it is guaranteed non-blocking behavior when it does not currently own any images.

13) Is there a way to create and initialize a new swapchain for a surface that has generated a VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR return code while still using the old swapchain?

RESOLVED: Not as part of this specification. This could be useful to allow the application to create an “optimal” replacement swapchain and rebuild all its command buffers using it in a background thread at a low priority while continuing to use the “suboptimal” swapchain in the main thread. It could probably use the same “atomic replace” semantics proposed for recreating direct-to-device swapchains without incurring a mode switch. However, after discussion, it was determined some platforms probably could not support concurrent swapchains for the same surface though, so this will be left out of the base KHR extensions. A future extension could add this for platforms where it is supported.

14) Should there be a special value for VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::maxImageCount to indicate there are no practical limits on the number of images in a swapchain?

RESOLVED: Yes. There will often be cases where there is no practical limit to the number of images in a swapchain other than the amount of available resources (i.e., memory) in the system. Trying to derive a hard limit from things like memory size is prone to failure. It is better in such cases to leave it to applications to figure such soft limits out via trial/failure iterations.

15) Should there be a special value for VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::currentExtent to indicate the size of the platform surface is undefined?

RESOLVED: Yes. On some platforms (Wayland, for example), the surface size is defined by the images presented to it rather than the other way around.

16) Should there be a special value for VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR::maxImageExtent to indicate there is no practical limit on the surface size?

RESOLVED: No. It seems unlikely such a system would exist. 0 could be used to indicate the platform places no limits on the extents beyond those imposed by Vulkan for normal images, but this query could just as easily return those same limits, so a special “unlimited” value does not seem useful for this field.

17) How should surface rotation and mirroring be exposed to applications? How do they specify rotation and mirroring transforms applied prior to presentation?

RESOLVED: Applications can query both the supported and current transforms of a surface. Both are specified relative to the device’s “natural” display rotation and direction. The supported transforms indicate which orientations the presentation engine accepts images in. For example, a presentation engine that does not support transforming surfaces as part of presentation, and which is presenting to a surface that is displayed with a 90-degree rotation, would return only one supported transform bit: VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_ROTATE_90_BIT_KHR. Applications must transform their rendering by the transform they specify when creating the swapchain in preTransform field.

18) Can surfaces ever not support VK_MIRROR_NONE? Can they support vertical and horizontal mirroring simultaneously? Relatedly, should VK_MIRROR_NONE[_BIT] be zero, or bit one, and should applications be allowed to specify multiple pre and current mirror transform bits, or exactly one?

RESOLVED: Since some platforms may not support presenting with a transform other than the native window’s current transform, and prerotation/mirroring are specified relative to the device’s natural rotation and direction, rather than relative to the surface’s current rotation and direction, it is necessary to express lack of support for no mirroring. To allow this, the MIRROR_NONE enum must occupy a bit in the flags. Since MIRROR_NONE must be a bit in the bitmask rather than a bitmask with no values set, allowing more than one bit to be set in the bitmask would make it possible to describe undefined transforms such as VK_MIRROR_NONE_BIT | VK_MIRROR_HORIZONTAL_BIT, or a transform that includes both “no mirroring” and “horizontal mirroring” simultaneously. Therefore, it is desirable to allow specifying all supported mirroring transforms using only one bit. The question then becomes, should there be a VK_MIRROR_HORIZONTAL_AND_VERTICAL_BIT to represent a simultaneous horizontal and vertical mirror transform? However, such a transform is equivalent to a 180 degree rotation, so presentation engines and applications that wish to support or use such a transform can express it through rotation instead. Therefore, 3 exclusive bits are sufficient to express all needed mirroring transforms.

19) Should support for sRGB be required?

RESOLVED: In the advent of UHD and HDR display devices, proper color space information is vital to the display pipeline represented by the swapchain. The application can discover the supported format/color-space pairs and select a pair most suited to its rendering needs. Currently only the sRGB color space is supported, future extensions may provide support for more color spaces. See issues 23 and 24.

20) Is there a mechanism to modify or replace an existing swapchain with one targeting the same surface?

RESOLVED: Yes. This is described above in the text.

21) Should there be a way to set prerotation and mirroring using native APIs when presenting using a Vulkan swapchain?

RESOLVED: Yes. The transforms that can be expressed in this extension are a subset of those possible on native platforms. If a platform exposes a method to specify the transform of presented images for a given surface using native methods and exposes more transforms or other properties for surfaces than Vulkan supports, it might be impossible, difficult, or inconvenient to set some of those properties using Vulkan KHR extensions and some using the native interfaces. To avoid overwriting properties set using native commands when presenting using a Vulkan swapchain, the application can set the pretransform to “inherit”, in which case the current native properties will be used, or if none are available, a platform-specific default will be used. Platforms that do not specify a reasonable default or do not provide native mechanisms to specify such transforms should not include the inherit bits in the supportedTransforms bitmask they return in VkSurfaceCapabilitiesKHR.

22) Should the content of presentable images be clipped by objects obscuring their target surface?

RESOLVED: Applications can choose which behavior they prefer. Allowing the content to be clipped could enable more efficient presentation methods on some platforms, but some applications might rely on the content of presentable images to perform techniques such as partial updates or motion blurs.

23) What is the purpose of specifying a VkColorSpaceKHR along with VkFormat when creating a swapchain?

RESOLVED: While Vulkan itself is color space agnostic (e.g. even the meaning of R, G, B and A can be freely defined by the rendering application), the swapchain eventually will have to present the images on a display device with specific color reproduction characteristics. If any color space transformations are necessary before an image can be displayed, the color space of the presented image must be known to the swapchain. A swapchain will only support a restricted set of color format and -space pairs. This set can be discovered via vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR. As it can be expected that most display devices support the sRGB color space, at least one format/color-space pair has to be exposed, where the color space is VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR.

24) How are sRGB formats and the sRGB color space related?

RESOLVED: While Vulkan exposes a number of SRGB texture formats, using such formats does not guarantee working in a specific color space. It merely means that the hardware can directly support applying the non-linear transfer functions defined by the sRGB standard color space when reading from or writing to images of those formats. Still, it is unlikely that a swapchain will expose a *_SRGB format along with any color space other than VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR.

On the other hand, non-*_SRGB formats will be very likely exposed in pair with a SRGB color space. This means, the hardware will not apply any transfer function when reading from or writing to such images, yet they will still be presented on a device with sRGB display characteristics. In this case the application is responsible for applying the transfer function, for instance by using shader math.

25) How are the lifetimes of surfaces and swapchains targeting them related?

RESOLVED: A surface must outlive any swapchains targeting it. A VkSurfaceKHR owns the binding of the native window to the Vulkan driver.

26) How can the application control the way the alpha component of swapchain images is treated by the presentation engine during compositing?

RESOLVED: We should add new enum values to allow the application to negotiate with the presentation engine on how to treat image alpha values during the compositing process. Since not all platforms can practically control this through the Vulkan driver, a value of VK_COMPOSITE_ALPHA_INHERIT_BIT_KHR is provided like for surface transforms.

27) Is vkCreateSwapchainKHR the right function to return VK_ERROR_NATIVE_WINDOW_IN_USE_KHR, or should the various platform-specific VkSurfaceKHR factory functions catch this error earlier?

RESOLVED: For most platforms, the VkSurfaceKHR structure is a simple container holding the data that identifies a native window or other object representing a surface on a particular platform. For the surface factory functions to return this error, they would likely need to register a reference on the native objects with the native display server somehow, and ensure no other such references exist. Surfaces were not intended to be that heavyweight.

Swapchains are intended to be the objects that directly manipulate native windows and communicate with the native presentation mechanisms. Swapchains will already need to communicate with the native display server to negotiate allocation and/or presentation of presentable images for a native surface. Therefore, it makes more sense for swapchain creation to be the point at which native object exclusivity is enforced. Platforms may choose to enforce further restrictions on the number of VkSurfaceKHR objects that may be created for the same native window if such a requirement makes sense on a particular platform, but a global requirement is only sensible at the swapchain level.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2015-05-20 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft, based on LunarG KHR spec, other KHR specs, patches attached to bugs.

  • Revision 2, 2015-05-22 (Ian Elliott)

    • Made many agreed-upon changes from 2015-05-21 KHR TSG meeting. This includes using only a queue for presentation, and having an explicit function to acquire the next image.

    • Fixed typos and other minor mistakes.

  • Revision 3, 2015-05-26 (Ian Elliott)

    • Improved the Description section.

    • Added or resolved issues that were found in improving the Description. For example, pSurfaceDescription is used consistently, instead of sometimes using pSurface.

  • Revision 4, 2015-05-27 (James Jones)

    • Fixed some grammatical errors and typos

    • Filled in the description of imageUseFlags when creating a swapchain.

    • Added a description of swapInterval.

    • Replaced the paragraph describing the order of operations on a queue for image ownership and presentation.

  • Revision 5, 2015-05-27 (James Jones)

    • Imported relevant issues from the (abandoned) vk_wsi_persistent_swapchain_images extension.

    • Added issues 6 and 7, regarding behavior of the acquire next image and present commands with respect to queues.

    • Updated spec language and examples to align with proposed resolutions to issues 6 and 7.

  • Revision 6, 2015-05-27 (James Jones)

    • Added issue 8, regarding atomic presentation of multiple swapchains

    • Updated spec language and examples to align with proposed resolution to issue 8.

  • Revision 7, 2015-05-27 (James Jones)

    • Fixed compilation errors in example code, and made related spec fixes.

  • Revision 8, 2015-05-27 (James Jones)

    • Added issue 9, and the related VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR result code.

    • Renamed VK_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR to VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR.

  • Revision 9, 2015-05-27 (James Jones)

    • Added inline proposed resolutions (marked with [JRJ]) to some XXX questions/issues. These should be moved to the issues section in a subsequent update if the proposals are adopted.

  • Revision 10, 2015-05-28 (James Jones)

    • Converted vkAcquireNextImageKHR back to a non-queue operation that uses a VkSemaphore object for explicit synchronization.

    • Added issue 10 to determine whether vkAcquireNextImageKHR generates or returns semaphores, or whether it operates on a semaphore provided by the application.

  • Revision 11, 2015-05-28 (James Jones)

    • Marked issues 6, 7, and 8 resolved.

    • Renamed VkSurfaceCapabilityPropertiesKHR to VkSurfacePropertiesKHR to better convey the mutable nature of the information it contains.

  • Revision 12, 2015-05-28 (James Jones)

    • Added issue 11 with a proposed resolution, and the related issue 12.

    • Updated various sections of the spec to match the proposed resolution to issue 11.

  • Revision 13, 2015-06-01 (James Jones)

    • Moved some structures to VK_EXT_KHR_swap_chain to resolve the specification’s issues 1 and 2.

  • Revision 14, 2015-06-01 (James Jones)

    • Added code for example 4 demonstrating how an application might make use of the two different present and acquire next image KHR result codes.

    • Added issue 13.

  • Revision 15, 2015-06-01 (James Jones)

    • Added issues 14 - 16 and related spec language.

    • Fixed some spelling errors.

    • Added language describing the meaningful return values for vkAcquireNextImageKHR and vkQueuePresentKHR.

  • Revision 16, 2015-06-02 (James Jones)

    • Added issues 17 and 18, as well as related spec language.

    • Removed some erroneous text added by mistake in the last update.

  • Revision 17, 2015-06-15 (Ian Elliott)

    • Changed special value from “-1” to “0” so that the data types can be unsigned.

  • Revision 18, 2015-06-15 (Ian Elliott)

    • Clarified the values of VkSurfacePropertiesKHR::minImageCount and the timeout parameter of the vkAcquireNextImageKHR function.

  • Revision 19, 2015-06-17 (James Jones)

    • Misc. cleanup. Removed resolved inline issues and fixed typos.

    • Fixed clarification of VkSurfacePropertiesKHR::minImageCount made in version 18.

    • Added a brief “Image Ownership” definition to the list of terms used in the spec.

  • Revision 20, 2015-06-17 (James Jones)

    • Updated enum-extending values using new convention.

  • Revision 21, 2015-06-17 (James Jones)

    • Added language describing how to use VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SOURCE_KHR.

    • Cleaned up an XXX comment regarding the description of which queues vkQueuePresentKHR can be used on.

  • Revision 22, 2015-06-17 (James Jones)

    • Rebased on Vulkan API version 126.

  • Revision 23, 2015-06-18 (James Jones)

    • Updated language for issue 12 to read as a proposed resolution.

    • Marked issues 11, 12, 13, 16, and 17 resolved.

    • Temporarily added links to the relevant bugs under the remaining unresolved issues.

    • Added issues 19 and 20 as well as proposed resolutions.

  • Revision 24, 2015-06-19 (Ian Elliott)

    • Changed special value for VkSurfacePropertiesKHR::currentExtent back to “-1” from “0”. This value will never need to be unsigned, and “0” is actually a legal value.

  • Revision 25, 2015-06-23 (Ian Elliott)

    • Examples now show use of function pointers for extension functions.

    • Eliminated extraneous whitespace.

  • Revision 26, 2015-06-25 (Ian Elliott)

    • Resolved Issues 9 & 10 per KHR TSG meeting.

  • Revision 27, 2015-06-25 (James Jones)

    • Added oldSwapchain member to VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR.

  • Revision 28, 2015-06-25 (James Jones)

    • Added the “inherit” bits to the rotation and mirroring flags and the associated issue 21.

  • Revision 29, 2015-06-25 (James Jones)

    • Added the “clipped” flag to VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR, and the associated issue 22.

    • Specified that presenting an image does not modify it.

  • Revision 30, 2015-06-25 (James Jones)

    • Added language to the spec that clarifies the behavior of vkCreateSwapchainKHR() when the oldSwapchain field of VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR is not NULL.

  • Revision 31, 2015-06-26 (Ian Elliott)

    • Example of new VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR members, “oldSwapchain” and “clipped”.

    • Example of using VkSurfacePropertiesKHR::{min|max}ImageCount to set VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR::minImageCount.

    • Rename vkGetSurfaceInfoKHR()'s 4th parameter to “pDataSize”, for consistency with other functions.

    • Add macro with C-string name of extension (just to header file).

  • Revision 32, 2015-06-26 (James Jones)

    • Minor adjustments to the language describing the behavior of “oldSwapchain”

    • Fixed the version date on my previous two updates.

  • Revision 33, 2015-06-26 (Jesse Hall)

    • Add usage flags to VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR

  • Revision 34, 2015-06-26 (Ian Elliott)

    • Rename vkQueuePresentKHR()'s 2nd parameter to “pPresentInfo”, for consistency with other functions.

  • Revision 35, 2015-06-26 (Faith Ekstrand)

    • Merged the VkRotationFlagBitsKHR and VkMirrorFlagBitsKHR enums into a single VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR enum.

  • Revision 36, 2015-06-26 (Faith Ekstrand)

    • Added a VkSurfaceTransformKHR enum that is not a bitmask. Each value in VkSurfaceTransformKHR corresponds directly to one of the bits in VkSurfaceTransformFlagBitsKHR so transforming from one to the other is easy. Having a separate enum means that currentTransform and preTransform are now unambiguous by definition.

  • Revision 37, 2015-06-29 (Ian Elliott)

    • Corrected one of the signatures of vkAcquireNextImageKHR, which had the last two parameters switched from what it is elsewhere in the specification and header files.

  • Revision 38, 2015-06-30 (Ian Elliott)

    • Corrected a typo in description of the vkGetSwapchainInfoKHR() function.

    • Corrected a typo in header file comment for VkPresentInfoKHR::sType.

  • Revision 39, 2015-07-07 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Added error section describing when each error is expected to be reported.

    • Replaced bool32_t with VkBool32.

  • Revision 40, 2015-07-10 (Ian Elliott)

    • Updated to work with version 138 of the vulkan.h header. This includes declaring the VkSwapchainKHR type using the new VK_DEFINE_NONDISP_HANDLE macro, and no longer extending VkObjectType (which was eliminated).

  • Revision 41 2015-07-09 (Mathias Heyer)

    • Added color space language.

  • Revision 42, 2015-07-10 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Updated query mechanism to reflect the convention changes done in the core spec.

    • Removed “queue” from the name of VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUEUE_PRESENT_INFO_KHR to be consistent with the established naming convention.

    • Removed reference to the no longer existing VkObjectType enum.

  • Revision 43, 2015-07-17 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Added support for concurrent sharing of swapchain images across queue families.

    • Updated sample code based on recent changes

  • Revision 44, 2015-07-27 (Ian Elliott)

    • Noted that support for VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_KHR is required. That is ICDs may optionally support IMMEDIATE and MAILBOX, but must support FIFO.

  • Revision 45, 2015-08-07 (Ian Elliott)

    • Corrected a typo in spec file (type and variable name had wrong case for the imageColorSpace member of the VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR struct).

    • Corrected a typo in header file (last parameter in PFN_vkGetSurfacePropertiesKHR was missing “KHR” at the end of type: VkSurfacePropertiesKHR).

  • Revision 46, 2015-08-20 (Ian Elliott)

    • Renamed this extension and all of its enumerations, types, functions, etc. This makes it compliant with the proposed standard for Vulkan extensions.

    • Switched from “revision” to “version”, including use of the VK_MAKE_VERSION macro in the header file.

    • Made improvements to several descriptions.

    • Changed the status of several issues from PROPOSED to RESOLVED, leaving no unresolved issues.

    • Resolved several TODOs, did miscellaneous cleanup, etc.

  • Revision 47, 2015-08-20 (Ian Elliott—​porting a 2015-07-29 change from James Jones)

    • Moved the surface transform enums to VK_WSI_swapchain so they could be reused by VK_WSI_display.

  • Revision 48, 2015-09-01 (James Jones)

    • Various minor cleanups.

  • Revision 49, 2015-09-01 (James Jones)

    • Restore single-field revision number.

  • Revision 50, 2015-09-01 (James Jones)

    • Update Example #4 to include code that illustrates how to use the oldSwapchain field.

  • Revision 51, 2015-09-01 (James Jones)

    • Fix example code compilation errors.

  • Revision 52, 2015-09-08 (Matthaeus G. Chajdas)

    • Corrected a typo.

  • Revision 53, 2015-09-10 (Alon Or-bach)

    • Removed underscore from SWAP_CHAIN left in VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_INFO_KHR.

  • Revision 54, 2015-09-11 (Jesse Hall)

    • Described the execution and memory coherence requirements for image transitions to and from VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SOURCE_KHR.

  • Revision 55, 2015-09-11 (Ray Smith)

    • Added errors for destroying and binding memory to presentable images

  • Revision 56, 2015-09-18 (James Jones)

    • Added fence argument to vkAcquireNextImageKHR

    • Added example of how to meter a host thread based on presentation rate.

  • Revision 57, 2015-09-26 (Jesse Hall)

    • Replace VkSurfaceDescriptionKHR with VkSurfaceKHR.

    • Added issue 25 with agreed resolution.

  • Revision 58, 2015-09-28 (Jesse Hall)

    • Renamed from VK_EXT_KHR_device_swapchain to VK_EXT_KHR_swapchain.

  • Revision 59, 2015-09-29 (Ian Elliott)

    • Changed vkDestroySwapchainKHR() to return void.

  • Revision 60, 2015-10-01 (Jeff Vigil)

    • Added error result VK_ERROR_SURFACE_LOST_KHR.

  • Revision 61, 2015-10-05 (Faith Ekstrand)

    • Added the VkCompositeAlpha enum and corresponding structure fields.

  • Revision 62, 2015-10-12 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Added VK_PRESENT_MODE_FIFO_RELAXED_KHR.

  • Revision 63, 2015-10-15 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Moved surface capability queries to VK_EXT_KHR_surface.

  • Revision 64, 2015-10-26 (Ian Elliott)

    • Renamed from VK_EXT_KHR_swapchain to VK_KHR_swapchain.

  • Revision 65, 2015-10-28 (Ian Elliott)

    • Added optional pResult member to VkPresentInfoKHR, so that per-swapchain results can be obtained from vkQueuePresentKHR().

  • Revision 66, 2015-11-03 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Added allocation callbacks to create and destroy functions.

    • Updated resource transition language.

    • Updated sample code.

  • Revision 67, 2015-11-10 (Jesse Hall)

    • Add reserved flags bitmask to VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR.

    • Modify naming and member ordering to match API style conventions, and so the VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR image property members mirror corresponding VkImageCreateInfo members but with an 'image' prefix.

    • Make VkPresentInfoKHR::pResults non-const; it is an output array parameter.

    • Make pPresentInfo parameter to vkQueuePresentKHR const.

  • Revision 68, 2016-04-05 (Ian Elliott)

    • Moved the “validity” include for vkAcquireNextImage to be in its proper place, after the prototype and list of parameters.

    • Clarified language about presentable images, including how they are acquired, when applications can and cannot use them, etc. As part of this, removed language about “ownership” of presentable images, and replaced it with more-consistent language about presentable images being “acquired” by the application.

  • 2016-08-23 (Ian Elliott)

    • Update the example code, to use the final API command names, to not have so many characters per line, and to split out a new example to show how to obtain function pointers. This code is more similar to the LunarG “cube” demo program.

  • 2016-08-25 (Ian Elliott)

    • A note was added at the beginning of the example code, stating that it will be removed from future versions of the appendix.

  • Revision 69, 2017-09-07 (Tobias Hector)

    • Added interactions with Vulkan 1.1

  • Revision 70, 2017-10-06 (Ian Elliott)

    • Corrected interactions with Vulkan 1.1

VK_KHR_swapchain_mutable_format

Name String

VK_KHR_swapchain_mutable_format

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

201

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_swapchain
and
     VK_KHR_maintenance2
     or
     Vulkan Version 1.1
and
     VK_KHR_image_format_list
     or
     Vulkan Version 1.2

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2018-03-28

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, ARM

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Ray Smith, ARM

Description

This extension allows processing of swapchain images as different formats to that used by the window system, which is particularly useful for switching between sRGB and linear RGB formats.

It adds a new swapchain creation flag that enables creating image views from presentable images with a different format than the one used to create the swapchain.

New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_SWAPCHAIN_MUTABLE_FORMAT_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_SWAPCHAIN_MUTABLE_FORMAT_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkSwapchainCreateFlagBitsKHR:

    • VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT_KHR

Issues

1) Are there any new capabilities needed?

RESOLVED: No. It is expected that all implementations exposing this extension support swapchain image format mutability.

2) Do we need a separate VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_EXTENDED_USAGE_BIT_KHR?

RESOLVED: No. This extension requires VK_KHR_maintenance2 and presentable images of swapchains created with VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT_KHR are created internally in a way equivalent to specifying both VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_EXTENDED_USAGE_BIT_KHR.

3) Do we need a separate structure to allow specifying an image format list for swapchains?

RESOLVED: No. We simply use the same VkImageFormatListCreateInfoKHR structure introduced by VK_KHR_image_format_list. The structure is required to be included in the pNext chain of VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR for swapchains created with VK_SWAPCHAIN_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT_KHR.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-03-28 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Internal revisions.

VK_KHR_synchronization2

Name String

VK_KHR_synchronization2

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

315

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

API Interactions

  • Interacts with VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced

  • Interacts with VK_EXT_conditional_rendering

  • Interacts with VK_EXT_device_generated_commands

  • Interacts with VK_EXT_fragment_density_map

  • Interacts with VK_EXT_mesh_shader

  • Interacts with VK_EXT_transform_feedback

  • Interacts with VK_KHR_acceleration_structure

  • Interacts with VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate

  • Interacts with VK_KHR_ray_tracing_pipeline

  • Interacts with VK_NV_device_generated_commands

  • Interacts with VK_NV_mesh_shader

  • Interacts with VK_NV_ray_tracing

  • Interacts with VK_NV_shading_rate_image

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-12-03

Interactions and External Dependencies

  • Interacts with VK_KHR_create_renderpass2

Contributors

  • Tobias Hector

Description

This extension modifies the original core synchronization APIs to simplify the interface and improve usability of these APIs. It also adds new pipeline stage and access flag types that extend into the 64-bit range, as we have run out within the 32-bit range. The new flags are identical to the old values within the 32-bit range, with new stages and bits beyond that.

Pipeline stages and access flags are now specified together in memory barrier structures, making the connection between the two more obvious. Additionally, scoping the pipeline stages into the barrier structs allows the use of the MEMORY_READ and MEMORY_WRITE flags without sacrificing precision. The per-stage access flags should be used to disambiguate specific accesses in a given stage or set of stages - for instance, between uniform reads and sampling operations.

Layout transitions have been simplified as well; rather than requiring a different set of layouts for depth/stencil/color attachments, there are generic VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR and VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR layouts which are contextually applied based on the image format. For example, for a depth format image, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR is equivalent to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR. VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR also functionally replaces VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL.

Events are now more efficient, because they include memory dependency information when you set them on the device. Previously, this information was only known when waiting on an event, so the dependencies could not be satisfied until the wait occurred. That sometimes meant stalling the pipeline when the wait occurred. The new API provides enough information for implementations to satisfy these dependencies in parallel with other tasks.

Queue submission has been changed to wrap command buffers and semaphores in extensible structures, which incorporate changes from Vulkan 1.1, VK_KHR_device_group, and VK_KHR_timeline_semaphore. This also adds a pipeline stage to the semaphore signal operation, mirroring the existing pipeline stage specification for wait operations.

Other miscellaneous changes include:

  • Events can now be specified as interacting only with the device, allowing more efficient access to the underlying object.

  • Image memory barriers that do not perform an image layout transition can be specified by setting oldLayout equal to newLayout.

    • E.g. the old and new layout can both be set to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, without discarding data in the image.

  • Queue family ownership transfer parameters are simplified in some cases.

  • Extensions with commands or functions with a VkPipelineStageFlags or VkPipelineStageFlagBits parameter have had those APIs replaced with equivalents using VkPipelineStageFlags2KHR.

  • The new event and barrier interfaces are now more extensible for future changes.

  • Relevant pipeline stage masks can now be specified as empty with the new VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE_KHR and VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE_KHR values.

  • VkMemoryBarrier2KHR can be chained to VkSubpassDependency2, overriding the original 32-bit stage and access masks.

New Base Types
New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_SYNCHRONIZATION_2_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_SYNCHRONIZATION_2_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkAccessFlagBits:

    • VK_ACCESS_NONE_KHR

  • Extending VkAccessFlagBits2:

    • VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_NONE_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT_KHR

  • Extending VkEventCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_EVENT_CREATE_DEVICE_ONLY_BIT_KHR

  • Extending VkImageLayout:

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL_KHR

    • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL_KHR

  • Extending VkPipelineStageFlagBits:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE_KHR

  • Extending VkPipelineStageFlagBits2:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_PRE_RASTERIZATION_SHADERS_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TRANSFER_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT_KHR

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT_KHR

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_SUBMIT_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEPENDENCY_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER_2_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SYNCHRONIZATION_2_FEATURES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SUBMIT_INFO_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO_2_KHR

  • Extending VkSubmitFlagBits:

    • VK_SUBMIT_PROTECTED_BIT_KHR

If VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced is supported:

If VK_EXT_conditional_rendering is supported:

If VK_EXT_device_generated_commands is supported:

If VK_EXT_fragment_density_map is supported:

If VK_EXT_mesh_shader is supported:

If VK_EXT_transform_feedback is supported:

  • Extending VkAccessFlagBits2:

    • VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_COUNTER_READ_BIT_EXT

    • VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_COUNTER_WRITE_BIT_EXT

    • VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_WRITE_BIT_EXT

  • Extending VkPipelineStageFlagBits2:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BIT_EXT

If VK_KHR_acceleration_structure is supported:

  • Extending VkAccessFlagBits2:

    • VK_ACCESS_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_READ_BIT_KHR

    • VK_ACCESS_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_WRITE_BIT_KHR

  • Extending VkPipelineStageFlagBits2:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_BUILD_BIT_KHR

If VK_KHR_fragment_shading_rate is supported:

If VK_KHR_ray_tracing_pipeline is supported:

If VK_NV_device_generated_commands is supported:

If VK_NV_mesh_shader is supported:

If VK_NV_ray_tracing is supported:

  • Extending VkAccessFlagBits2:

    • VK_ACCESS_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_READ_BIT_NV

    • VK_ACCESS_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_WRITE_BIT_NV

  • Extending VkPipelineStageFlagBits2:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ACCELERATION_STRUCTURE_BUILD_BIT_NV

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RAY_TRACING_SHADER_BIT_NV

If VK_NV_shading_rate_image is supported:

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

Vulkan APIs in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the KHR suffix omitted. External interactions defined by this extension, such as SPIR-V token names, retain their original names. The original Vulkan API names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Examples

See https://github.com/KhronosGroup/Vulkan-Docs/wiki/Synchronization-Examples

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-12-03 (Tobias Hector)

    • Internal revisions

VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor

Name String

VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

526

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.4

Contact
Extension Proposal

VK_KHR_vertex_attribute_divisor

Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2023-09-20

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Shahbaz Youssefi, Google

  • Contributors to VK_EXT_vertex_attribute_divisor

Description

This extension is based on the VK_EXT_vertex_attribute_divisor extension. The only difference is the new property supportsNonZeroFirstInstance, which indicates support for non-zero values in firstInstance. This allows the extension to be supported on implementations that have traditionally only supported OpenGL ES.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_KHR_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_KHR_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_FEATURES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_DIVISOR_PROPERTIES_KHR

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_DIVISOR_STATE_CREATE_INFO_KHR

Promotion to Vulkan 1.4

Functionality in this extension is included in core Vulkan 1.4 with the KHR suffix omitted. The original type, enum and command names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2023-09-20 (Shahbaz Youssefi)

    • First Version, based on VK_EXT_vertex_attribute_divisor

VK_EXT_4444_formats

Name String

VK_EXT_4444_formats

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

341

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-07-28

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Joshua Ashton, Valve

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

Description

This extension defines the VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16_EXT and VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16_EXT formats which are defined in other current graphics APIs.

This extension may be useful for building translation layers for those APIs or for porting applications that use these formats without having to resort to swizzles.

When VK_EXT_custom_border_color is used, these formats are not subject to the same restrictions for border color without format as with VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_4444_FORMATS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_4444_FORMATS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkFormat:

    • VK_FORMAT_A4B4G4R4_UNORM_PACK16_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_A4R4G4B4_UNORM_PACK16_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_4444_FORMATS_FEATURES_EXT

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

The format enumerants introduced by the extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. However, runtime support for these formats is optional in core Vulkan 1.3, while if this extension is supported, runtime support is mandatory. The feature structure is not promoted. The original enum names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-07-04 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_application_parameters

Name String

VK_EXT_application_parameters

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

436

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2021-12-14

Contributors

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Jonathan Mccaffrey, NVIDIA

  • Aidan Fabius, CoreAVI

Description

This instance extension enables an application to pass application parameters to the implementation at instance or device creation time.

The application parameters consist of a set of vendor-specific keys and values. Each key is a 32-bit enum, and each value is a 64-bit integer. The valid keys, range of values, and default values are documented external to this specification in implementation-specific documentation.

This extension is an instance extension rather than a device extension so that the implementation can modify reported VkPhysicalDevice properties or features as needed.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_APPLICATION_PARAMETERS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_APPLICATION_PARAMETERS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_APPLICATION_PARAMETERS_EXT

Issues

  1. How should the key enumerants be assigned?

    RESOLVED: The key enumerants are completely implementation-specific and do not need to be centrally reserved. They should be documented in the implementation-specific documentation. The vendor ID and optionally the device ID are provided to disambiguate between multiple ICDs or devices.

  2. How does an application know what application parameters are valid on a particular implementation?

    DISCUSSION: There is no ability to enumerate device or system properties before an instance is created, however key and values must be recognized by an implementation in order for instance or device creation to succeed. The vendor and optionally the device ID are provided to identify which ICD or device the application parameters are targeted at.

  3. Is it OK if the "valid value" for specified keys is not from static documented values, but must be consistent-with/interdependent-on other VkApplicationParametersEXT?

    DISCUSSION: Yes this is fine. Examples for how this could be used include:

    • a checksum key where the value is computed based on other VkApplicationParametersEXT structures in the pNext chain.

    • an "application key" which either implies or explicitly lists a set of prevalidated key/value pairs.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2021-12-14 (Daniel Koch)

    • Initial revision

VK_EXT_astc_decode_mode

Name String

VK_EXT_astc_decode_mode

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

68

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2018-08-07

Contributors

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, Arm

Description

The existing specification requires that low dynamic range (LDR) ASTC textures are decompressed to FP16 values per component. In many cases, decompressing LDR textures to a lower precision intermediate result gives acceptable image quality. Source material for LDR textures is typically authored as 8-bit UNORM values, so decoding to FP16 values adds little value. On the other hand, reducing precision of the decoded result reduces the size of the decompressed data, potentially improving texture cache performance and saving power.

The goal of this extension is to enable this efficiency gain on existing ASTC texture data. This is achieved by giving the application the ability to select the intermediate decoding precision.

Three decoding options are provided:

  • Decode to VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT precision: This is the default, and matches the required behavior in the core API.

  • Decode to VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM precision: This is provided as an option in LDR mode.

  • Decode to VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32 precision: This is provided as an option in both LDR and HDR mode. In this mode, negative values cannot be represented and are clamped to zero. The alpha component is ignored, and the results are as if alpha was 1.0. This decode mode is optional and support can be queried via the physical device properties.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_ASTC_DECODE_MODE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_ASTC_DECODE_MODE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_ASTC_DECODE_MODE_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ASTC_DECODE_FEATURES_EXT

Issues

1) Are implementations allowed to decode at a higher precision than what is requested?

RESOLUTION: No.
If we allow this, then this extension could be exposed on all
implementations that support ASTC.
But developers would have no way of knowing what precision was actually
used, and thus whether the image quality is sufficient at reduced
precision.

2) Should the decode mode be image view state and/or sampler state?

RESOLUTION: Image view state only.
Some implementations treat the different decode modes as different
texture formats.
Example

Create an image view that decodes to VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM precision:

    VkImageViewASTCDecodeModeEXT decodeMode =
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_ASTC_DECODE_MODE_EXT,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .decodeMode = VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM
    };

    VkImageViewCreateInfo createInfo =
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_CREATE_INFO,
        .pNext = &decodeMode,
        // flags, image, viewType set to application-desired values
        .format = VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK,
        // components, subresourceRange set to application-desired values
    };

    VkImageView imageView;
    VkResult result = vkCreateImageView(
        device,
        &createInfo,
        NULL,
        &imageView);
Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-08-07 (Jan-Harald Fredriksen)

    • Initial revision

VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced

Name String

VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

149

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-06-12

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension adds a number of “advanced” blending operations that can be used to perform new color blending operations, many of which are more complex than the standard blend modes provided by unextended Vulkan. This extension requires different styles of usage, depending on the level of hardware support and the enabled features:

  • If VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedFeaturesEXT::advancedBlendCoherentOperations is VK_FALSE, the new blending operations are supported, but a memory dependency must separate each advanced blend operation on a given sample. VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT is used to synchronize reads using advanced blend operations.

  • If VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedFeaturesEXT::advancedBlendCoherentOperations is VK_TRUE, advanced blend operations obey primitive order just like basic blend operations.

In unextended Vulkan, the set of blending operations is limited, and can be expressed very simply. The VK_BLEND_OP_MIN and VK_BLEND_OP_MAX blend operations simply compute component-wise minimums or maximums of source and destination color components. The VK_BLEND_OP_ADD, VK_BLEND_OP_SUBTRACT, and VK_BLEND_OP_REVERSE_SUBTRACT modes multiply the source and destination colors by source and destination factors and either add the two products together or subtract one from the other. This limited set of operations supports many common blending operations but precludes the use of more sophisticated transparency and blending operations commonly available in many dedicated imaging APIs.

This extension provides a number of new “advanced” blending operations. Unlike traditional blending operations using VK_BLEND_OP_ADD, these blending equations do not use source and destination factors specified by VkBlendFactor. Instead, each blend operation specifies a complete equation based on the source and destination colors. These new blend operations are used for both RGB and alpha components; they must not be used to perform separate RGB and alpha blending (via different values of color and alpha VkBlendOp).

These blending operations are performed using premultiplied colors, where RGB colors can be considered premultiplied or non-premultiplied by alpha, according to the srcPremultiplied and dstPremultiplied members of VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT. If a color is considered non-premultiplied, the (R,G,B) color components are multiplied by the alpha component prior to blending. For non-premultiplied color components in the range [0,1], the corresponding premultiplied color component would have values in the range [0 × A, 1 × A].

Many of these advanced blending equations are formulated where the result of blending source and destination colors with partial coverage have three separate contributions: from the portions covered by both the source and the destination, from the portion covered only by the source, and from the portion covered only by the destination. The blend parameter VkPipelineColorBlendAdvancedStateCreateInfoEXT::blendOverlap can be used to specify a correlation between source and destination pixel coverage. If set to VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_CONJOINT_EXT, the source and destination are considered to have maximal overlap, as would be the case if drawing two objects on top of each other. If set to VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_DISJOINT_EXT, the source and destination are considered to have minimal overlap, as would be the case when rendering a complex polygon tessellated into individual non-intersecting triangles. If set to VK_BLEND_OVERLAP_UNCORRELATED_EXT, the source and destination coverage are assumed to have no spatial correlation within the pixel.

In addition to the coherency issues on implementations not supporting advancedBlendCoherentOperations, this extension has several limitations worth noting. First, the new blend operations have a limit on the number of color attachments they can be used with, as indicated by VkPhysicalDeviceBlendOperationAdvancedPropertiesEXT::advancedBlendMaxColorAttachments. Additionally, blending precision may be limited to 16-bit floating-point, which may result in a loss of precision and dynamic range for framebuffer formats with 32-bit floating-point components, and in a loss of precision for formats with 12- and 16-bit signed or unsigned normalized integer components.

New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_BLEND_OPERATION_ADVANCED_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_BLEND_OPERATION_ADVANCED_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkAccessFlagBits:

    • VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_NONCOHERENT_BIT_EXT

  • Extending VkBlendOp:

    • VK_BLEND_OP_BLUE_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_COLORBURN_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_COLORDODGE_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_CONTRAST_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_DARKEN_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_DIFFERENCE_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_DST_ATOP_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_DST_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_DST_IN_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_DST_OUT_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_DST_OVER_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_EXCLUSION_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_GREEN_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_HARDLIGHT_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_HARDMIX_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_COLOR_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_HUE_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_LUMINOSITY_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_HSL_SATURATION_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_OVG_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_INVERT_RGB_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_LIGHTEN_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARBURN_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARDODGE_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_LINEARLIGHT_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_MINUS_CLAMPED_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_MINUS_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_MULTIPLY_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_OVERLAY_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_PINLIGHT_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_CLAMPED_ALPHA_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_CLAMPED_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_DARKER_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_PLUS_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_RED_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_SCREEN_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_SOFTLIGHT_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_ATOP_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_IN_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_OUT_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_SRC_OVER_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_VIVIDLIGHT_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_XOR_EXT

    • VK_BLEND_OP_ZERO_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BLEND_OPERATION_ADVANCED_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_BLEND_OPERATION_ADVANCED_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_BLEND_ADVANCED_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Issues

None.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-06-12 (Jeff Bolz)

    • Internal revisions

  • Revision 2, 2017-06-12 (Jeff Bolz)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_color_write_enable

Name String

VK_EXT_color_write_enable

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

382

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-02-25

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Sharif Elcott, Google

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

  • Piers Daniell, NVIDIA

Description

This extension allows for selectively enabling and disabling writes to output color attachments via a pipeline dynamic state.

The intended use cases for this new state are mostly identical to those of colorWriteMask, such as selectively disabling writes to avoid feedback loops between subpasses or bandwidth savings for unused outputs. By making the state dynamic, one additional benefit is the ability to reduce pipeline counts and pipeline switching via shaders that write a superset of the desired data of which subsets are selected dynamically. The reason for a new state, colorWriteEnable, rather than making colorWriteMask dynamic is that, on many implementations, the more flexible per-component semantics of the colorWriteMask state cannot be made dynamic in a performant manner.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_COLOR_WRITE_ENABLE_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_WRITE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-01-25 (Sharif Elcott)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

Name String

VK_EXT_conservative_rasterization

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

102

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

SPIR-V Dependencies
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-06-09

Interactions and External Dependencies

  • This extension requires SPV_EXT_fragment_fully_covered if the VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::fullyCoveredFragmentShaderInputVariable feature is used.

  • This extension requires SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverageif the VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::conservativeRasterizationPostDepthCoverage feature is used.

  • This extension provides API support for GL_NV_conservative_raster_underestimation if the VkPhysicalDeviceConservativeRasterizationPropertiesEXT::fullyCoveredFragmentShaderInputVariable feature is used.

Contributors

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Slawomir Grajewski, Intel

  • Stu Smith, Imagination Technologies

Description

This extension adds a new rasterization mode called conservative rasterization. There are two modes of conservative rasterization; overestimation and underestimation.

When overestimation is enabled, if any part of the primitive, including its edges, covers any part of the rectangular pixel area, including its sides, then a fragment is generated with all coverage samples turned on. This extension allows for some variation in implementations by accounting for differences in overestimation, where the generating primitive size is increased at each of its edges by some sub-pixel amount to further increase conservative pixel coverage. Implementations can allow the application to specify an extra overestimation beyond the base overestimation the implementation already does. It also allows implementations to either cull degenerate primitives or rasterize them.

When underestimation is enabled, fragments are only generated if the rectangular pixel area is fully covered by the generating primitive. If supported by the implementation, when a pixel rectangle is fully covered the fragment shader input variable builtin called FullyCoveredEXT is set to true. The shader variable works in either overestimation or underestimation mode.

Implementations can process degenerate triangles and lines by either discarding them or generating conservative fragments for them. Degenerate triangles are those that end up with zero area after the rasterizer quantizes them to the fixed-point pixel grid. Degenerate lines are those with zero length after quantization.

New Structures
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CONSERVATIVE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_CONSERVATIVE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

New Built-In Variables
New SPIR-V Capabilities
Version History

  • Revision 1.1, 2020-09-06 (Piers Daniell)

    • Add missing SPIR-V and GLSL dependencies.

  • Revision 1, 2017-08-28 (Piers Daniell)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_custom_border_color

Name String

VK_EXT_custom_border_color

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

288

Revision

12

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Special Uses
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-04-16

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Joshua Ashton, Valve

  • Hans-Kristian Arntzen, Valve

  • Philip Rebohle, Valve

  • Liam Middlebrook, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Spencer Fricke, Samsung Electronics

  • Graeme Leese, Broadcom

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, ARM

  • Tom Olson, ARM

  • Stuart Smith, Imagination Technologies

  • Donald Scorgie, Imagination Technologies

  • Alex Walters, Imagination Technologies

  • Peter Quayle, Imagination Technologies

Description

This extension provides cross-vendor functionality to specify a custom border color for use when the sampler address mode VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER is used.

To create a sampler which uses a custom border color set VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor to one of:

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT

When VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT is used, applications must provide a VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT in the pNext chain for VkSamplerCreateInfo.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkBorderColor:

    • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT

    • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_CUSTOM_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CUSTOM_BORDER_COLOR_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Issues

1) Should VkClearColorValue be used for the border color value, or should we have our own struct/union? Do we need to specify the type of the input values for the components? This is more of a concern if VkClearColorValue is used here because it provides a union of float,int,uint types.

RESOLVED: Will reuse existing VkClearColorValue structure in order to easily take advantage of float,int,uint borderColor types.

2) For hardware which supports a limited number of border colors what happens if that number is exceeded? Should this be handled by the driver unbeknownst to the application? In Revision 1 we had solved this issue using a new Object type, however that may have lead to additional system resource consumption which would otherwise not be required.

RESOLVED: Added VkPhysicalDeviceCustomBorderColorPropertiesEXT::maxCustomBorderColorSamplers for tracking implementation-specific limit, and Valid Usage statement handling overflow.

3) Should this be supported for immutable samplers at all, or by a feature bit? Some implementations may not be able to support custom border colors on immutable samplers — is it worthwhile enabling this to work on them for implementations that can support it, or forbidding it entirely.

RESOLVED: Samplers created with a custom border color are forbidden from being immutable. This resolves concerns for implementations where the custom border color is an index to a LUT instead of being directly embedded into sampler state.

4) Should UINT and SINT (unsigned integer and signed integer) border color types be separated or should they be combined into one generic INT (integer) type?

RESOLVED: Separating these does not make much sense as the existing fixed border color types do not have this distinction, and there is no reason in hardware to do so. This separation would also create unnecessary work and considerations for the application.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-10-10 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Internal revisions.

  • Revision 2, 2019-10-11 (Liam Middlebrook)

    • Remove VkCustomBorderColor object and associated functions

    • Add issues concerning HW limitations for custom border color count

  • Revision 3, 2019-10-12 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Re-expose the limits for the maximum number of unique border colors

    • Add extra details about border color tracking

    • Fix typos

  • Revision 4, 2019-10-12 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Changed maxUniqueCustomBorderColors to a uint32_t from a VkDeviceSize

  • Revision 5, 2019-10-14 (Liam Middlebrook)

    • Added features bit

  • Revision 6, 2019-10-15 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Type-ize VK_BORDER_COLOR_CUSTOM

    • Fix const-ness on pNext of VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT

  • Revision 7, 2019-11-26 (Liam Middlebrook)

    • Renamed maxUniqueCustomBorderColors to maxCustomBorderColors

  • Revision 8, 2019-11-29 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Renamed borderColor member of VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT to customBorderColor

  • Revision 9, 2020-02-19 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Renamed maxCustomBorderColors to maxCustomBorderColorSamplers

  • Revision 10, 2020-02-21 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Added format to VkSamplerCustomBorderColorCreateInfoEXT and feature bit

  • Revision 11, 2020-04-07 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Dropped UINT/SINT border color differences, consolidated types

  • Revision 12, 2020-04-16 (Joshua Ashton)

    • Renamed VK_BORDER_COLOR_CUSTOM_FLOAT_EXT to VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_CUSTOM_EXT for consistency

VK_EXT_debug_utils

Name String

VK_EXT_debug_utils

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

129

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Special Use
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-04-03

Revision

2

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Dependencies

  • This extension is written against version 1.0 of the Vulkan API.

  • Requires VkObjectType

Contributors

  • Mark Young, LunarG

  • Baldur Karlsson

  • Ian Elliott, Google

  • Courtney Goeltzenleuchter, Google

  • Karl Schultz, LunarG

  • Mark Lobodzinski, LunarG

  • Mike Schuchardt, LunarG

  • Jaakko Konttinen, AMD

  • Dan Ginsburg, Valve Software

  • Rolando Olivares, Epic Games

  • Dan Baker, Oxide Games

  • Kyle Spagnoli, NVIDIA

  • Jon Ashburn, LunarG

  • Piers Daniell, NVIDIA

Description

Due to the nature of the Vulkan interface, there is very little error information available to the developer and application. By using the VK_EXT_debug_utils extension, developers can obtain more information. When combined with validation layers, even more detailed feedback on the application’s use of Vulkan will be provided.

This extension provides the following capabilities:

  • The ability to create a debug messenger which will pass along debug messages to an application supplied callback.

  • The ability to identify specific Vulkan objects using a name or tag to improve tracking.

  • The ability to identify specific sections within a VkQueue or VkCommandBuffer using labels to aid organization and offline analysis in external tools.

The main difference between this extension and VK_EXT_debug_report and VK_EXT_debug_marker is that those extensions use VkDebugReportObjectTypeEXT to identify objects. This extension uses the core VkObjectType in place of VkDebugReportObjectTypeEXT. The primary reason for this move is that no future object type handle enumeration values will be added to VkDebugReportObjectTypeEXT since the creation of VkObjectType.

In addition, this extension combines the functionality of both VK_EXT_debug_report and VK_EXT_debug_marker by allowing object name and debug markers (now called labels) to be returned to the application’s callback function. This should assist in clarifying the details of a debug message including: what objects are involved and potentially which location within a VkQueue or VkCommandBuffer the message occurred.

New Object Types
New Commands
New Structures
New Function Pointers
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_DEBUG_UTILS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_DEBUG_UTILS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkObjectType:

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CALLBACK_DATA_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_NAME_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_TAG_INFO_EXT

Examples

Example 1

VK_EXT_debug_utils allows an application to register multiple callbacks with any Vulkan component wishing to report debug information. Some callbacks may log the information to a file, others may cause a debug break point or other application-defined behavior. An application can register callbacks even when no validation layers are enabled, but they will only be called for loader and, if implemented, driver events.

To capture events that occur while creating or destroying an instance an application can link a VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT structure to the pNext chain of the VkInstanceCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateInstance.

Example uses: Create three callback objects. One will log errors and warnings to the debug console using Windows OutputDebugString. The second will cause the debugger to break at that callback when an error happens and the third will log warnings to stdout.

    extern VkInstance instance;
    VkResult res;
    VkDebugUtilsMessengerEXT cb1, cb2, cb3;

    // Must call extension functions through a function pointer:
    PFN_vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT = (PFN_vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "vkCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT");
    PFN_vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT = (PFN_vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "vkDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT");

    VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT callback1 = {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .flags = 0,
        .messageSeverity = VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_ERROR_BIT_EXT |
                           VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT,
        .messageType= VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_GENERAL_BIT_EXT |
                      VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT,
        .pfnUserCallback = myOutputDebugString,
        .pUserData = NULL
    };
    res = pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, &callback1, NULL, &cb1);
    if (res != VK_SUCCESS) {
       // Do error handling for VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
    }

    callback1.messageSeverity = VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_ERROR_BIT_EXT;
    callback1.pfnUserCallback = myDebugBreak;
    callback1.pUserData = NULL;
    res = pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, &callback1, NULL, &cb2);
    if (res != VK_SUCCESS) {
       // Do error handling for VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
    }

    VkDebugUtilsMessengerCreateInfoEXT callback3 = {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSENGER_CREATE_INFO_EXT,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .flags = 0,
        .messageSeverity = VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_SEVERITY_WARNING_BIT_EXT,
        .messageType = VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_GENERAL_BIT_EXT |
                       VK_DEBUG_UTILS_MESSAGE_TYPE_VALIDATION_BIT_EXT,
        .pfnUserCallback = mystdOutLogger,
        .pUserData = NULL
    };
    res = pfnCreateDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, &callback3, NULL, &cb3);
    if (res != VK_SUCCESS) {
       // Do error handling for VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY
    }

    ...

    // Remove callbacks when cleaning up
    pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, cb1, NULL);
    pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, cb2, NULL);
    pfnDestroyDebugUtilsMessengerEXT(instance, cb3, NULL);

Example 2

Associate a name with an image, for easier debugging in external tools or with validation layers that can print a friendly name when referring to objects in error messages.

    extern VkInstance instance;
    extern VkDevice device;
    extern VkImage image;

    // Must call extension functions through a function pointer:
    PFN_vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT pfnSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT = (PFN_vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "vkSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT");

    // Set a name on the image
    const VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT imageNameInfo =
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_OBJECT_NAME_INFO_EXT,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .objectType = VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE,
        .objectHandle = (uint64_t)image,
        .pObjectName = "Brick Diffuse Texture",
    };

    pfnSetDebugUtilsObjectNameEXT(device, &imageNameInfo);

    // A subsequent error might print:
    //   Image 'Brick Diffuse Texture' (0xc0dec0dedeadbeef) is used in a
    //   command buffer with no memory bound to it.

Example 3

Annotating regions of a workload with naming information so that offline analysis tools can display a more usable visualization of the commands submitted.

    extern VkInstance instance;
    extern VkCommandBuffer commandBuffer;

    // Must call extension functions through a function pointer:
    PFN_vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT pfnQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT = (PFN_vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "vkQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT");
    PFN_vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT pfnQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT = (PFN_vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "vkQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT");
    PFN_vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT pfnCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT = (PFN_vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "vkCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT");
    PFN_vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT pfnCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT = (PFN_vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "vkCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT");
    PFN_vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT pfnCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT = (PFN_vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT)vkGetInstanceProcAddr(instance, "vkCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT");

    // Describe the area being rendered
    const VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT houseLabel =
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .pLabelName = "Brick House",
        .color = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f },
    };

    // Start an annotated group of calls under the 'Brick House' name
    pfnCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT(commandBuffer, &houseLabel);
    {
        // A mutable structure for each part being rendered
        VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT housePartLabel =
        {
            .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT,
            .pNext = NULL,
            .pLabelName = NULL,
            .color = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f },
        };

        // Set the name and insert the marker
        housePartLabel.pLabelName = "Walls";
        pfnCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(commandBuffer, &housePartLabel);

        // Insert the drawcall for the walls
        vkCmdDrawIndexed(commandBuffer, 1000, 1, 0, 0, 0);

        // Insert a recursive region for two sets of windows
        housePartLabel.pLabelName = "Windows";
        pfnCmdBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT(commandBuffer, &housePartLabel);
        {
            vkCmdDrawIndexed(commandBuffer, 75, 6, 1000, 0, 0);
            vkCmdDrawIndexed(commandBuffer, 100, 2, 1450, 0, 0);
        }
        pfnCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT(commandBuffer);

        housePartLabel.pLabelName = "Front Door";
        pfnCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(commandBuffer, &housePartLabel);

        vkCmdDrawIndexed(commandBuffer, 350, 1, 1650, 0, 0);

        housePartLabel.pLabelName = "Roof";
        pfnCmdInsertDebugUtilsLabelEXT(commandBuffer, &housePartLabel);

        vkCmdDrawIndexed(commandBuffer, 500, 1, 2000, 0, 0);
    }
    // End the house annotation started above
    pfnCmdEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT(commandBuffer);

    // Do other work

    vkEndCommandBuffer(commandBuffer);

    // Describe the queue being used
    const VkDebugUtilsLabelEXT queueLabel =
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEBUG_UTILS_LABEL_EXT,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .pLabelName = "Main Render Work",
        .color = { 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f },
    };

    // Identify the queue label region
    pfnQueueBeginDebugUtilsLabelEXT(queue, &queueLabel);

    // Submit the work for the main render thread
    const VkCommandBuffer cmd_bufs[] = {commandBuffer};
    VkSubmitInfo submit_info =
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .waitSemaphoreCount = 0,
        .pWaitSemaphores = NULL,
        .pWaitDstStageMask = NULL,
        .commandBufferCount = 1,
        .pCommandBuffers = cmd_bufs,
        .signalSemaphoreCount = 0,
        .pSignalSemaphores = NULL
    };
    vkQueueSubmit(queue, 1, &submit_info, fence);

    // End the queue label region
    pfnQueueEndDebugUtilsLabelEXT(queue);
Issues

1) Should we just name this extension VK_EXT_debug_report2

RESOLVED: No. There is enough additional changes to the structures to break backwards compatibility. So, a new name was decided that would not indicate any interaction with the previous extension.

2) Will validation layers immediately support all the new features.

RESOLVED: Not immediately. As one can imagine, there is a lot of work involved with converting the validation layer logging over to the new functionality. Basic logging, as seen in the origin VK_EXT_debug_report extension will be made available immediately. However, adding the labels and object names will take time. Since the priority for Khronos at this time is to continue focusing on Valid Usage statements, it may take a while before the new functionality is fully exposed.

3) If the validation layers will not expose the new functionality immediately, then what is the point of this extension?

RESOLVED: We needed a replacement for VK_EXT_debug_report because the VkDebugReportObjectTypeEXT enumeration will no longer be updated and any new objects will need to be debugged using the new functionality provided by this extension.

4) Should this extension be split into two separate parts (1 extension that is an instance extension providing the callback functionality, and another device extension providing the general debug marker and annotation functionality)?

RESOLVED: No, the functionality for this extension is too closely related. If we did split up the extension, where would the structures and enums live, and how would you define that the device behavior in the instance extension is really only valid if the device extension is enabled, and the functionality is passed in. It is cleaner to just define this all as an instance extension, plus it allows the application to enable all debug functionality provided with one enable string during vkCreateInstance.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-09-14 (Mark Young and all listed Contributors)

    • Initial draft, based on VK_EXT_debug_report and VK_EXT_debug_marker in addition to previous feedback supplied from various companies including Valve, Epic, and Oxide games.

  • Revision 2, 2020-04-03 (Mark Young and Piers Daniell)

    • Updated to allow either NULL or an empty string to be passed in for pObjectName in VkDebugUtilsObjectNameInfoEXT, because the loader and various drivers support NULL already.

VK_EXT_depth_clip_enable

Name String

VK_EXT_depth_clip_enable

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

103

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Special Use
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2018-12-20

Contributors

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Henri Verbeet, CodeWeavers

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Philip Rebohle, DXVK

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

Description

This extension allows the depth clipping operation, that is normally implicitly controlled by VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthClampEnable, to instead be controlled explicitly by VkPipelineRasterizationDepthClipStateCreateInfoEXT::depthClipEnable.

This is useful for translating DX content which assumes depth clamping is always enabled, but depth clip can be controlled by the DepthClipEnable rasterization state (D3D12_RASTERIZER_DESC).

New Structures
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_DEPTH_CLIP_ENABLE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_DEPTH_CLIP_ENABLE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DEPTH_CLIP_ENABLE_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_DEPTH_CLIP_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-12-20 (Piers Daniell)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted

Name String

VK_EXT_depth_range_unrestricted

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

14

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-06-22

Contributors

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension removes the VkViewport minDepth and maxDepth restrictions that the values must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive. It also removes the same restriction on VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo minDepthBounds and maxDepthBounds. Finally it removes the restriction on the depth value in VkClearDepthStencilValue.

New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_DEPTH_RANGE_UNRESTRICTED_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_DEPTH_RANGE_UNRESTRICTED_SPEC_VERSION

Issues

1) How do VkViewport minDepth and maxDepth values outside of the 0.0 to 1.0 range interact with Primitive Clipping?

RESOLVED: The behavior described in Primitive Clipping still applies. If depth clamping is disabled the depth values are still clipped to 0 ≤ zc ≤ wc before the viewport transform. If depth clamping is enabled the above equation is ignored and the depth values are instead clamped to the VkViewport minDepth and maxDepth values, which in the case of this extension can be outside of the 0.0 to 1.0 range.

2) What happens if a resulting depth fragment is outside of the 0.0 to 1.0 range and the depth buffer is fixed-point rather than floating-point?

RESOLVED: This situation can also arise without this extension (when fragment shaders replace depth values, for example), and this extension does not change the behavior, which is defined in the Depth Test section of the Fragment Operations chapter.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-06-22 (Piers Daniell)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_direct_mode_display

Name String

VK_EXT_direct_mode_display

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

89

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_display

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2016-12-13

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Pierre Boudier, NVIDIA

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Damien Leone, NVIDIA

  • Pierre-Loup Griffais, Valve

  • Liam Middlebrook, NVIDIA

Description

This is extension, along with related platform extensions, allows applications to take exclusive control of displays associated with a native windowing system. This is especially useful for virtual reality applications that wish to hide HMDs (head mounted displays) from the native platform’s display management system, desktop, and/or other applications.

New Commands
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_DIRECT_MODE_DISPLAY_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_DIRECT_MODE_DISPLAY_SPEC_VERSION

Issues

1) Should this extension and its related platform-specific extensions leverage VK_KHR_display, or provide separate equivalent interfaces.

RESOLVED: Use VK_KHR_display concepts and objects. VK_KHR_display can be used to enumerate all displays on the system, including those attached to/in use by a window system or native platform, but VK_KHR_display_swapchain will fail to create a swapchain on in-use displays. This extension and its platform-specific children will allow applications to grab in-use displays away from window systems and/or native platforms, allowing them to be used with VK_KHR_display_swapchain.

2) Are separate calls needed to acquire displays and enable direct mode?

RESOLVED: No, these operations happen in one combined command. Acquiring a display puts it into direct mode.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2016-12-13 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_discard_rectangles

Name String

VK_EXT_discard_rectangles

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

100

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2023-01-18

Interactions and External Dependencies

  • Interacts with VK_KHR_device_group

  • Interacts with Vulkan 1.1

Contributors

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension provides additional orthogonally aligned “discard rectangles” specified in framebuffer-space coordinates that restrict rasterization of all points, lines and triangles.

From zero to an implementation-dependent limit (specified by maxDiscardRectangles) number of discard rectangles can be operational at once. When one or more discard rectangles are active, rasterized fragments can either survive if the fragment is within any of the operational discard rectangles (VK_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_INCLUSIVE_EXT mode) or be rejected if the fragment is within any of the operational discard rectangles (VK_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXCLUSIVE_EXT mode).

These discard rectangles operate orthogonally to the existing scissor test functionality. The discard rectangles can be different for each physical device in a device group by specifying the device mask and setting discard rectangle dynamic state.

Version 2 of this extension introduces new dynamic states VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_ENABLE_EXT and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXT, and the corresponding functions vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleEnableEXT and vkCmdSetDiscardRectangleModeEXT. Applications that use these dynamic states must ensure the implementation advertises at least specVersion 2 of this extension.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_DISCARD_RECTANGLES_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_DISCARD_RECTANGLES_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_ENABLE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_MODE_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DISCARD_RECTANGLE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 2, 2023-01-18 (Piers Daniell)

    • Add dynamic states for discard rectangle enable/disable and mode.

  • Revision 1, 2016-12-22 (Piers Daniell)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_display_control

Name String

VK_EXT_display_control

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

92

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_EXT_display_surface_counter
and
VK_KHR_swapchain

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2016-12-13

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Pierre Boudier, NVIDIA

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Damien Leone, NVIDIA

  • Pierre-Loup Griffais, Valve

  • Daniel Vetter, Intel

Description

This extension defines a set of utility functions for use with the VK_KHR_display and VK_KHR_display_swapchain extensions.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_DISPLAY_CONTROL_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_DISPLAY_CONTROL_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_EVENT_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_EVENT_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DISPLAY_POWER_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SWAPCHAIN_COUNTER_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Issues

1) Should this extension add an explicit “WaitForVsync” API or a fence signaled at vsync that the application can wait on?

RESOLVED: A fence. A separate API could later be provided that allows exporting the fence to a native object that could be inserted into standard run loops on POSIX and Windows systems.

2) Should callbacks be added for a vsync event, or in general to monitor events in Vulkan?

RESOLVED: No, fences should be used. Some events are generated by interrupts which are managed in the kernel. In order to use a callback provided by the application, drivers would need to have the userspace driver spawn threads that would wait on the kernel event, and hence the callbacks could be difficult for the application to synchronize with its other work given they would arrive on a foreign thread.

3) Should vblank or scanline events be exposed?

RESOLVED: Vblank events. Scanline events could be added by a separate extension, but the latency of processing an interrupt and waking up a userspace event is high enough that the accuracy of a scanline event would be rather low. Further, per-scanline interrupts are not supported by all hardware.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2016-12-13 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_display_surface_counter

Name String

VK_EXT_display_surface_counter

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

91

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_display

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2016-12-13

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Pierre Boudier, NVIDIA

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Damien Leone, NVIDIA

  • Pierre-Loup Griffais, Valve

  • Daniel Vetter, Intel

Description

This extension defines a vertical blanking period counter associated with display surfaces. It provides a mechanism to query support for such a counter from a VkSurfaceKHR object.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_DISPLAY_SURFACE_COUNTER_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_DISPLAY_SURFACE_COUNTER_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES_2_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2016-12-13 (James Jones)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state

Name String

VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

268

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-12-09

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Dan Ginsburg, Valve Corporation

  • Graeme Leese, Broadcom

  • Hans-Kristian Arntzen, Valve Corporation

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, Arm Limited

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Philip Rebohle, Valve Corporation

  • Stuart Smith, Imagination Technologies

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

Description

This extension adds some more dynamic state to support applications that need to reduce the number of pipeline state objects they compile and bind.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_CULL_MODE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_ENABLE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_COMPARE_OP_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_TEST_ENABLE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_WRITE_ENABLE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_FRONT_FACE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR_WITH_COUNT_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_OP_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_TEST_ENABLE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_STRIDE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT_WITH_COUNT_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_FEATURES_EXT

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

All dynamic state enumerants and commands in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. The feature structure is not promoted. Extension interfaces that were promoted remain available as aliases of the core functionality.

Issues

1) Why are the values of pStrides in vkCmdBindVertexBuffers2EXT limited to be between 0 and the maximum extent of the binding, when this restriction is not present for the same static state?

Implementing these edge cases adds overhead to some implementations that would require significant cost when calling this function, and the intention is that this state should be more or less free to change.

VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state allows the stride to be changed freely when supported via vkCmdSetVertexInputEXT.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-12-09 (Piers Daniell)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2

Name String

VK_EXT_extended_dynamic_state2

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

378

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2021-04-12

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Vikram Kushwaha, NVIDIA

  • Piers Daniell, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension adds some more dynamic state to support applications that need to reduce the number of pipeline state objects they compile and bind.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_2_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_2_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LOGIC_OP_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PATCH_CONTROL_POINTS_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE_EXT

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTENDED_DYNAMIC_STATE_2_FEATURES_EXT

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

The dynamic state enumerants VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS_ENABLE_EXT, VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_ENABLE_EXT, and VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_ENABLE_EXT; and the corresponding commands in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. The enumerants and commands for dynamic logic operation and patch control points are not promoted, nor is the feature structure. Extension interfaces that were promoted remain available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2021-04-12 (Vikram Kushwaha)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf

Name String

VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

126

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_external_memory_fd

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-10-10

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Lina Versace, Google

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

Description

A dma_buf is a type of file descriptor, defined by the Linux kernel, that allows sharing memory across kernel device drivers and across processes. This extension enables applications to import a dma_buf as VkDeviceMemory, to export VkDeviceMemory as a dma_buf, and to create VkBuffer objects that can be bound to that memory.

New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_DMA_BUF_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_DMA_BUF_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits:

    • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_DMA_BUF_BIT_EXT

Issues

1) How does the application, when creating a VkImage that it intends to bind to dma_buf VkDeviceMemory containing an externally produced image, specify the memory layout (such as row pitch and DRM format modifier) of the VkImage? In other words, how does the application achieve behavior comparable to that provided by EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers ?

RESOLVED: Features comparable to those in EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers will be provided by an extension layered atop this one.

2) Without the ability to specify the memory layout of external dma_buf images, how is this extension useful?

RESOLVED: This extension provides exactly one new feature: the ability to import/export between dma_buf and VkDeviceMemory. This feature, together with features provided by VK_KHR_external_memory_fd, is sufficient to bind a VkBuffer to dma_buf.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-10-10 (Lina Versace)

    • Squashed internal revisions

VK_EXT_external_memory_host

Name String

VK_EXT_external_memory_host

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

179

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_external_memory
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-11-10

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jaakko Konttinen, AMD

  • David Mao, AMD

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Tobias Hector, Imagination Technologies

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

Description

This extension enables an application to import host allocations and host mapped foreign device memory to Vulkan memory objects.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HOST_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HOST_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits:

    • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_ALLOCATION_BIT_EXT

    • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_HOST_MAPPED_FOREIGN_MEMORY_BIT_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_HOST_POINTER_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_HOST_POINTER_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HOST_PROPERTIES_EXT

Issues

1) What memory type has to be used to import host pointers?

RESOLVED: Depends on the implementation. Applications have to use the new vkGetMemoryHostPointerPropertiesEXT command to query the supported memory types for a particular host pointer. The reported memory types may include memory types that come from a memory heap that is otherwise not usable for regular memory object allocation and thus such a heap’s size may be zero.

2) Can the application still access the contents of the host allocation after importing?

RESOLVED: Yes. However, usual synchronization requirements apply.

3) Can the application free the host allocation?

RESOLVED: No, it violates valid usage conditions. Using the memory object imported from a host allocation that is already freed thus results in undefined behavior.

4) Is vkMapMemory expected to return the same host address which was specified when importing it to the memory object?

RESOLVED: No. Implementations are allowed to return the same address but it is not required. Some implementations might return a different virtual mapping of the allocation, although the same physical pages will be used.

5) Is there any limitation on the alignment of the host pointer and/or size?

RESOLVED: Yes. Both the address and the size have to be an integer multiple of minImportedHostPointerAlignment. In addition, some platforms and foreign devices may have additional restrictions.

6) Can the same host allocation be imported multiple times into a given physical device?

RESOLVED: No, at least not guaranteed by this extension. Some platforms do not allow locking the same physical pages for device access multiple times, so attempting to do it may result in undefined behavior.

7) Does this extension support exporting the new handle type?

RESOLVED: No.

8) Should we include the possibility to import host mapped foreign device memory using this API?

RESOLVED: Yes, through a separate handle type. Implementations are still allowed to support only one of the handle types introduced by this extension by not returning import support for a particular handle type as returned in VkExternalMemoryPropertiesKHR.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-11-10 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_filter_cubic

Name String

VK_EXT_filter_cubic

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

171

Revision

3

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-12-13

Contributors

  • Bill Licea-Kane, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc.

  • Andrew Garrard, Samsung

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Donald Scorgie, Imagination Technologies

  • Graeme Leese, Broadcom

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, ARM

  • Jeff Leger, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc.

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

  • Tom Olson, ARM

  • Stuart Smith, Imagination Technologies

Description

VK_EXT_filter_cubic extends VK_IMG_filter_cubic.

It documents cubic filtering of other image view types. It adds new structures that can be added to the pNext chain of VkPhysicalDeviceImageFormatInfo2 and VkImageFormatProperties2 that can be used to determine which image types and which image view types support cubic filtering.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_FILTER_CUBIC_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_FILTER_CUBIC_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkFilter:

    • VK_FILTER_CUBIC_EXT

  • Extending VkFormatFeatureFlagBits:

    • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_CUBIC_BIT_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FILTER_CUBIC_IMAGE_VIEW_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_VIEW_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 3, 2019-12-13 (wwlk)

    • Delete requirement to cubic filter the formats USCALED_PACKED32, SSCALED_PACKED32, UINT_PACK32, and SINT_PACK32 (cut/paste error)

  • Revision 2, 2019-06-05 (wwlk)

    • Clarify 1D optional

  • Revision 1, 2019-01-24 (wwlk)

    • Initial version

VK_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock

Name String

VK_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

252

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

SPIR-V Dependencies
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-05-02

Interactions and External Dependencies
Contributors

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Graeme Leese, Broadcom

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, Arm

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Ruihao Zhang, Qualcomm

  • Slawomir Grajewski, Intel

  • Spencer Fricke, Samsung

Description

This extension adds support for the FragmentShaderPixelInterlockEXT, FragmentShaderSampleInterlockEXT, and FragmentShaderShadingRateInterlockEXT capabilities from the SPV_EXT_fragment_shader_interlock extension to Vulkan.

Enabling these capabilities provides a critical section for fragment shaders to avoid overlapping pixels being processed at the same time, and certain guarantees about the ordering of fragment shader invocations of fragments of overlapping pixels.

This extension can be useful for algorithms that need to access per-pixel data structures via shader loads and stores. Algorithms using this extension can access per-pixel data structures in critical sections without other invocations accessing the same per-pixel data. Additionally, the ordering guarantees are useful for cases where the API ordering of fragments is meaningful. For example, applications may be able to execute programmable blending operations in the fragment shader, where the destination buffer is read via image loads and the final value is written via image stores.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INTERLOCK_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INTERLOCK_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INTERLOCK_FEATURES_EXT

New SPIR-V Capabilities
Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-05-24 (Piers Daniell)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_hdr_metadata

Name String

VK_EXT_hdr_metadata

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

106

Revision

3

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_swapchain

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2024-03-26

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Courtney Goeltzenleuchter, Google

  • Sebastian Wick, Red Hat Inc.

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

Description

This extension defines two new structures and a function to assign SMPTE (the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers) 2086 metadata and CTA (Consumer Technology Association) 861.3 metadata to a swapchain.

SMPTE 2086 metadata defines the color volume of the display on which the content was optimized for viewing and includes the color primaries, white point, and luminance range. When such content is reproduced on another display, this metadata can be used by the presentation engine to improve processing of images. For instance, values in the image can first be clamped to the color volume described in the metadata, and then what remains can be remapped to the color volume of the presentation engine.

CTA 861.3 metadata additionally includes the maximum intended luminance for the content and the maximum average light level across frames.

This extension does not define exactly how this metadata is used, however, it simply provides a mechanism to provide it to the presentation engine. Presentation engines may process the image based on the metadata before displaying it, resulting in the image being modified outside of Vulkan. For example, the clamping of colors in the image to the color volume may change those values in the image itself.

The metadata does not override or otherwise influence the color space and color encoding.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_HDR_METADATA_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_HDR_METADATA_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_HDR_METADATA_EXT

Issues

1) Do we need a query function for the currently specified metadata?

No, Vulkan does not provide queries for state that the application can track on its own.

2) Should we specify default metadata if not specified by the application?

No, the metadata is optional and the absence of the metadata is well-defined.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2016-12-27 (Courtney Goeltzenleuchter)

    • Initial version

  • Revision 2, 2018-12-19 (Courtney Goeltzenleuchter)

    • Correct implicit validity for VkHdrMetadataEXT structure

  • Revision 3, 2024-03-26 (Tobias Hector & Sebastian Wick)

    • Clarifications and removal of erroneous "reference monitor" term

VK_EXT_headless_surface

Name String

VK_EXT_headless_surface

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

257

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_surface

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-03-21

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Ray Smith, Arm

Description

The VK_EXT_headless_surface extension is an instance extension. It provides a mechanism to create VkSurfaceKHR objects independently of any window system or display device. The presentation operation for a swapchain created from a headless surface is by default a no-op, resulting in no externally-visible result.

Because there is no real presentation target, future extensions can layer on top of the headless surface to introduce arbitrary or customizable sets of restrictions or features. These could include features like saving to a file or restrictions to emulate a particular presentation target.

This functionality is expected to be useful for application and driver development because it allows any platform to expose an arbitrary or customizable set of restrictions and features of a presentation engine. This makes it a useful portable test target for applications targeting a wide range of presentation engines where the actual target presentation engines might be scarce, unavailable or otherwise undesirable or inconvenient to use for general Vulkan application development.

New Commands
New Structures
New Bitmasks
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_HEADLESS_SURFACE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_HEADLESS_SURFACE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_HEADLESS_SURFACE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-03-21 (Ray Smith)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier

Name String

VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

159

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

             VK_KHR_bind_memory2
             and
             VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
             and
             VK_KHR_sampler_ycbcr_conversion
         or
         Vulkan Version 1.1
     and
     VK_KHR_image_format_list
or
Vulkan Version 1.2

API Interactions

  • Interacts with VK_VERSION_1_3

  • Interacts with VK_KHR_format_feature_flags2

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2021-09-30

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Antoine Labour, Google

  • Bas Nieuwenhuizen, Google

  • Lina Versace, Google

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Jőrg Wagner, ARM

  • Kristian Høgsberg Kristensen, Google

  • Ray Smith, ARM

Description

This extension provides the ability to use DRM format modifiers with images, enabling Vulkan to better integrate with the Linux ecosystem of graphics, video, and display APIs.

Its functionality closely overlaps with EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers2 and EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export3. Unlike the EGL extensions, this extension does not require the use of a specific handle type (such as a dma_buf) for external memory and provides more explicit control of image creation.

Introduction to DRM Format Modifiers

A DRM format modifier is a 64-bit, vendor-prefixed, semi-opaque unsigned integer. Most modifiers represent a concrete, vendor-specific tiling format for images. Some exceptions are DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR (which is not vendor-specific); DRM_FORMAT_MOD_NONE (which is an alias of DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR due to historical accident); and DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID (which does not represent a tiling format). The modifier’s vendor prefix consists of the 8 most significant bits. The canonical list of modifiers and vendor prefixes is found in drm_fourcc.h in the Linux kernel source. The other dominant source of modifiers are vendor kernel trees.

One goal of modifiers in the Linux ecosystem is to enumerate for each vendor a reasonably sized set of tiling formats that are appropriate for images shared across processes, APIs, and/or devices, where each participating component may possibly be from different vendors. A non-goal is to enumerate all tiling formats supported by all vendors. Some tiling formats used internally by vendors are inappropriate for sharing; no modifiers should be assigned to such tiling formats.

Modifier values typically do not describe memory layouts. More precisely, a modifier's lower 56 bits usually have no structure. Instead, modifiers name memory layouts; they name a small set of vendor-preferred layouts for image sharing. As a consequence, in each vendor namespace the modifier values are often sequentially allocated starting at 1.

Each modifier is usually supported by a single vendor and its name matches the pattern {VENDOR}_FORMAT_MOD_* or DRM_FORMAT_MOD_{VENDOR}_*. Examples are I915_FORMAT_MOD_X_TILED and DRM_FORMAT_MOD_BROADCOM_VC4_T_TILED. An exception is DRM_FORMAT_MOD_LINEAR, which is supported by most vendors.

Many APIs in Linux use modifiers to negotiate and specify the memory layout of shared images. For example, a Wayland compositor and Wayland client may, by relaying modifiers over the Wayland protocol zwp_linux_dmabuf_v1, negotiate a vendor-specific tiling format for a shared wl_buffer. The client may allocate the underlying memory for the wl_buffer with GBM, providing the chosen modifier to gbm_bo_create_with_modifiers. The client may then import the wl_buffer into Vulkan for producing image content, providing the resource’s dma_buf to VkImportMemoryFdInfoKHR and its modifier to VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT. The compositor may then import the wl_buffer into OpenGL for sampling, providing the resource’s dma_buf and modifier to eglCreateImage. The compositor may also bypass OpenGL and submit the wl_buffer directly to the kernel’s display API, providing the dma_buf and modifier through drm_mode_fb_cmd2.

Format Translation

Modifier-capable APIs often pair modifiers with DRM formats, which are defined in drm_fourcc.h. However, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier uses VkFormat instead of DRM formats. The application must convert between VkFormat and DRM format when it sends or receives a DRM format to or from an external API.

The mapping from VkFormat to DRM format is lossy. Therefore, when receiving a DRM format from an external API, often the application must use information from the external API to accurately map the DRM format to a VkFormat. For example, DRM formats do not distinguish between RGB and sRGB (as of 2018-03-28); external information is required to identify the image’s color space.

The mapping between VkFormat and DRM format is also incomplete. For some DRM formats there exist no corresponding Vulkan format, and for some Vulkan formats there exist no corresponding DRM format.

Usage Patterns

Three primary usage patterns are intended for this extension:

  • Negotiation. The application negotiates with modifier-aware, external components to determine sets of image creation parameters supported among all components.

    In the Linux ecosystem, the negotiation usually assumes the image is a 2D, single-sampled, non-mipmapped, non-array image; this extension permits that assumption but does not require it. The result of the negotiation usually resembles a set of tuples such as (drmFormat, drmFormatModifier), where each participating component supports all tuples in the set.

    Many details of this negotiation - such as the protocol used during negotiation, the set of image creation parameters expressible in the protocol, and how the protocol chooses which process and which API will create the image - are outside the scope of this specification.

    In this extension, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties2 with VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesListEXT serves a primary role during the negotiation, and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 with VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT serves a secondary role.

  • Import. The application imports an image with a modifier.

    In this pattern, the application receives from an external source the image’s memory and its creation parameters, which are often the result of the negotiation described above. Some image creation parameters are implicitly defined by the external source; for example, VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D is often assumed. Some image creation parameters are usually explicit, such as the image’s format, drmFormatModifier, and extent; and each plane’s offset and rowPitch.

    Before creating the image, the application first verifies that the physical device supports the received creation parameters by querying vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties2 with VkDrmFormatModifierPropertiesListEXT and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties2 with VkPhysicalDeviceImageDrmFormatModifierInfoEXT. Then the application creates the image by chaining VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT and VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo onto VkImageCreateInfo.

  • Export. The application creates an image and allocates its memory. Then the application exports to modifier-aware consumers the image’s memory handles; its creation parameters; its modifier; and the offset, size, and rowPitch of each memory plane.

    In this pattern, the Vulkan device is the authority for the image; it is the allocator of the image’s memory and the decider of the image’s creation parameters. When choosing the image’s creation parameters, the application usually chooses a tuple (format, drmFormatModifier) from the result of the negotiation described above. The negotiation’s result often contains multiple tuples that share the same format but differ in their modifier. In this case, the application should defer the choice of the image’s modifier to the Vulkan implementation by providing all such modifiers to VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT::pDrmFormatModifiers; and the implementation should choose from pDrmFormatModifiers the optimal modifier in consideration with the other image parameters.

    The application creates the image by chaining VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT and VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo onto VkImageCreateInfo. The protocol and APIs by which the application will share the image with external consumers will likely determine the value of VkExternalMemoryImageCreateInfo::handleTypes. The implementation chooses for the image an optimal modifier from VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT::pDrmFormatModifiers. The application then queries the implementation-chosen modifier with vkGetImageDrmFormatModifierPropertiesEXT, and queries the memory layout of each plane with vkGetImageSubresourceLayout.

    The application then allocates the image’s memory with VkMemoryAllocateInfo, adding chained extending structures for external memory; binds it to the image; and exports the memory, for example, with vkGetMemoryFdKHR.

    Finally, the application sends the image’s creation parameters, its modifier, its per-plane memory layout, and the exported memory handle to the external consumers. The details of how the application transmits this information to external consumers is outside the scope of this specification.

Prior Art

Extension EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import1 introduced the ability to create an EGLImage by importing for each plane a dma_buf, offset, and row pitch.

Later, extension EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers2 introduced the ability to query which combination of formats and modifiers the implementation supports and to specify modifiers during creation of the EGLImage.

Extension EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export3 is the inverse of EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers.

The Linux kernel modesetting API (KMS), when configuring the display’s framebuffer with struct drm_mode_fb_cmd24, allows one to specify the framebuffer’s modifier as well as a per-plane memory handle, offset, and row pitch.

GBM, a graphics buffer manager for Linux, allows creation of a gbm_bo (that is, a graphics buffer object) by importing data similar to that in EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers1; and symmetrically allows exporting the same data from the gbm_bo. See the references to modifier and plane in gbm.h5.

New Commands
New Structures

If VK_KHR_format_feature_flags2 or Vulkan Version 1.3 is supported:

New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkImageAspectFlagBits:

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_0_BIT_EXT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_1_BIT_EXT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_2_BIT_EXT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_MEMORY_PLANE_3_BIT_EXT

  • Extending VkImageTiling:

    • VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT

  • Extending VkResult:

    • VK_ERROR_INVALID_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PLANE_LAYOUT_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PROPERTIES_LIST_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXPLICIT_CREATE_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_LIST_CREATE_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_INFO_EXT

If VK_KHR_format_feature_flags2 or Vulkan Version 1.3 is supported:

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PROPERTIES_LIST_2_EXT

Issues

1) Should this extension define a single DRM format modifier per VkImage? Or define one per plane?

+

RESOLVED: There exists a single DRM format modifier per VkImage.

DISCUSSION: Prior art, such as EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers2, struct drm_mode_fb_cmd24, and struct gbm_import_fd_modifier_data5, allows defining one modifier per plane. However, developers of the GBM and kernel APIs concede it was a mistake. Beginning in Linux 4.10, the kernel requires that the application provide the same DRM format modifier for each plane. (See Linux commit bae781b259269590109e8a4a8227331362b88212). And GBM provides an entry point, gbm_bo_get_modifier, for querying the modifier of the image but does not provide one to query the modifier of individual planes.

2) When creating an image with VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT, which is typically used when importing an image, should the application explicitly provide the size of each plane?

+

RESOLVED: No. The application must not provide the size. To enforce this, the API requires that VkImageDrmFormatModifierExplicitCreateInfoEXT::pPlaneLayouts->size must be 0.

DISCUSSION: Prior art, such as EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers2, struct drm_mode_fb_cmd24, and struct gbm_import_fd_modifier_data5, omits from the API the size of each plane. Instead, the APIs infer each plane’s size from the import parameters, which include the image’s pixel format and a dma_buf, offset, and row pitch for each plane.

However, Vulkan differs from EGL and GBM with regards to image creation in the following ways:

Differences in Image Creation

  • Undedicated allocation by default. When importing or exporting a set of dma_bufs as an EGLImage or gbm_bo, common practice mandates that each dma_buf’s memory be dedicated (in the sense of VK_KHR_dedicated_allocation) to the image (though not necessarily dedicated to a single plane). In particular, neither the GBM documentation nor the EGL extension specifications explicitly state this requirement, but in light of common practice this is likely due to under-specification rather than intentional omission. In contrast, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier permits, but does not require, the implementation to require dedicated allocations for images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT.

  • Separation of image creation and memory allocation. When importing a set of dma_bufs as an EGLImage or gbm_bo, EGL and GBM create the image resource and bind it to memory (the dma_bufs) simultaneously. This allows EGL and GBM to query each dma_buf’s size during image creation. In Vulkan, image creation and memory allocation are independent unless a dedicated allocation is used (as in VK_KHR_dedicated_allocation). Therefore, without requiring dedicated allocation, Vulkan cannot query the size of each dma_buf (or other external handle) when calculating the image’s memory layout. Even if dedication allocation were required, Vulkan cannot calculate the image’s memory layout until after the image is bound to its dma_ufs.

The above differences complicate the potential inference of plane size in Vulkan. Consider the following problematic cases:

Problematic Plane Size Calculations

  • Padding. Some plane of the image may require implementation-dependent padding.

  • Metadata. For some modifiers, the image may have a metadata plane which requires a non-trivial calculation to determine its size.

  • Mipmapped, array, and 3D images. The implementation may support VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT for images whose mipLevels, arrayLayers, or depth is greater than 1. For such images with certain modifiers, the calculation of each plane’s size may be non-trivial.

However, an application-provided plane size solves none of the above problems.

For simplicity, consider an external image with a single memory plane. The implementation is obviously capable calculating the image’s size when its tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL. Likewise, any reasonable implementation is capable of calculating the image’s size when its tiling uses a supported modifier.

Suppose that the external image’s size is smaller than the implementation-calculated size. If the application provided the external image’s size to vkCreateImage, the implementation would observe the mismatched size and recognize its inability to comprehend the external image’s layout (unless the implementation used the application-provided size to select a refinement of the tiling layout indicated by the modifier, which is strongly discouraged). The implementation would observe the conflict, and reject image creation with VK_ERROR_INVALID_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PLANE_LAYOUT_EXT. On the other hand, if the application did not provide the external image’s size to vkCreateImage, then the application would observe after calling vkGetImageMemoryRequirements that the external image’s size is less than the size required by the implementation. The application would observe the conflict and refuse to bind the VkImage to the external memory. In both cases, the result is explicit failure.

Suppose that the external image’s size is larger than the implementation-calculated size. If the application provided the external image’s size to vkCreateImage, for reasons similar to above the implementation would observe the mismatched size and recognize its inability to comprehend the image data residing in the extra size. The implementation, however, must assume that image data resides in the entire size provided by the application. The implementation would observe the conflict and reject image creation with VK_ERROR_INVALID_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_PLANE_LAYOUT_EXT. On the other hand, if the application did not provide the external image’s size to vkCreateImage, then the application would observe after calling vkGetImageMemoryRequirements that the external image’s size is larger than the implementation-usable size. The application would observe the conflict and refuse to bind the VkImage to the external memory. In both cases, the result is explicit failure.

Therefore, an application-provided size provides no benefit, and this extension should not require it. This decision renders VkSubresourceLayout::size an unused field during image creation, and thus introduces a risk that implementations may require applications to submit sideband creation parameters in the unused field. To prevent implementations from relying on sideband data, this extension requires the application to set size to 0.

References

  1. EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import

  2. EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers

  3. EGL_MESA_image_dma_buf_export

  4. struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2

  5. gbm.h

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-08-29 (Lina Versace)

    • First stable revision

  • Revision 2, 2021-09-30 (Jon Leech)

    • Add interaction with VK_KHR_format_feature_flags2 to vk.xml

VK_EXT_image_robustness

Name String

VK_EXT_image_robustness

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

336

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-04-27

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Graeme Leese, Broadcom

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, ARM

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Spencer Fricke, Samsung

  • Courtney Goeltzenleuchter, Google

  • Slawomir Cygan, Intel

Description

This extension adds stricter requirements for how out of bounds reads from images are handled. Rather than returning undefined values, most out of bounds reads return R, G, and B values of zero and alpha values of either zero or one. Components not present in the image format may be set to zero or to values based on the format as described in Component Substitution.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_IMAGE_ROBUSTNESS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_IMAGE_ROBUSTNESS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_IMAGE_ROBUSTNESS_FEATURES_EXT

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

Vulkan APIs in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. External interactions defined by this extension, such as SPIR-V token names, retain their original names. The original Vulkan API names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Issues

  1. How does this extension differ from VK_EXT_robustness2?

The guarantees provided by this extension are a subset of those provided by the robustImageAccess2 feature of VK_EXT_robustness2. Where this extension allows return values of (0, 0, 0, 0) or (0, 0, 0, 1), robustImageAccess2 requires that a particular value dependent on the image format be returned. This extension provides no guarantees about the values returned for an access to an invalid Lod.

Examples

None.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-04-27 (Graeme Leese)

  • Initial draft

VK_EXT_layer_settings

Name String

VK_EXT_layer_settings

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

497

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Contact
Extension Proposal

VK_EXT_layer_settings

Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2023-09-23

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Christophe Riccio, LunarG

  • Mark Lobodzinski, LunarG

  • Charles Giessen, LunarG

  • Spencer Fricke, LunarG

  • Juan Ramos, LunarG

  • Daniel Rakos, RasterGrid

  • Shahbaz Youssefi, Google

  • Lina Versace, Google

  • Bill Hollings, The Brenwill Workshop

  • Jon Leech, Khronos

  • Tom Olson, Arm

Description

This extension provides a mechanism for configuring programmatically through the Vulkan API the behavior of layers.

This extension provides the VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT structure that can be included in the pNext chain of the VkInstanceCreateInfo structure passed as the pCreateInfo parameter of vkCreateInstance.

The structure contains an array of VkLayerSettingEXT structure values that configure specific features of layers.

Note

The VK_EXT_layer_settings extension subsumes all the functionality provided in the VK_EXT_validation_flags extension and the VK_EXT_validation_features extension.
New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_LAYER_SETTINGS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_LAYER_SETTINGS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LAYER_SETTINGS_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Example

One example usage of VK_EXT_layer_settings is as implemented by the Vulkan Profiles layer.

It allows the profiles layer tests used by the profiles layer C.I. to programmatically configure the layer for each test without affecting the C.I. environment, allowing to run multiple tests concurrently.

const char* profile_file_data = JSON_TEST_FILES_PATH "VP_KHR_roadmap_2022.json";
const char* profile_name_data = "VP_KHR_roadmap_2022";
VkBool32 emulate_portability_data = VK_TRUE;
const char* simulate_capabilities[] = {
    "SIMULATE_API_VERSION_BIT",
    "SIMULATE_FEATURES_BIT",
    "SIMULATE_PROPERTIES_BIT",
    "SIMULATE_EXTENSIONS_BIT",
    "SIMULATE_FORMATS_BIT",
    "SIMULATE_QUEUE_FAMILY_PROPERTIES_BIT"
};
const char* debug_reports[] = {
    "DEBUG_REPORT_ERROR_BIT",
    "DEBUG_REPORT_WARNING_BIT",
    "DEBUG_REPORT_NOTIFICATION_BIT",
    "DEBUG_REPORT_DEBUG_BIT"
};

const VkLayerSettingEXT settings[] = {
     {kLayerName, kLayerSettingsProfileFile, VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_STRING_EXT, 1, &profile_file_data},
     {kLayerName, kLayerSettingsProfileName, VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_STRING_EXT, 1, &profile_name_data},
     {kLayerName, kLayerSettingsEmulatePortability, VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_BOOL32_EXT, 1, &emulate_portability_data},
     {kLayerName, kLayerSettingsSimulateCapabilities, VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_STRING_EXT,
        static_cast<uint32_t>(std::size(simulate_capabilities)), simulate_capabilities},
     {kLayerName, kLayerSettingsDebugReports, VK_LAYER_SETTING_TYPE_STRING_EXT,
        static_cast<uint32_t>(std::size(debug_reports)), debug_reports}
};

const VkLayerSettingsCreateInfoEXT layer_settings_create_info{
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LAYER_SETTINGS_CREATE_INFO_EXT, nullptr,
    static_cast<uint32_t>(std::size(settings)), settings};

VkInstanceCreateInfo inst_create_info = {};
...
inst_create_info.pNext = &layer_settings_create_info;
vkCreateInstance(&inst_create_info, nullptr, &_instances);
Issues

  • How should application developers figure out the list of available settings?

This extension does not provide a reflection API for layer settings. Layer settings are described in each layer JSON manifest and the documentation of each layer which implements this extension.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-06-17 (Mark Lobodzinski)

    • Initial revision for Validation layer internal usages

  • Revision 2, 2023-09-26 (Christophe Riccio)

    • Refactor APIs for any layer usages and public release

VK_EXT_memory_budget

Name String

VK_EXT_memory_budget

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

238

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2018-10-08

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Juliano, NVIDIA

Description

While running a Vulkan application, other processes on the machine might also be attempting to use the same device memory, which can pose problems. This extension adds support for querying the amount of memory used and the total memory budget for a memory heap. The values returned by this query are implementation-dependent and can depend on a variety of factors including operating system and system load.

The VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryBudgetPropertiesEXT::heapBudget values can be used as a guideline for how much total memory from each heap the current process can use at any given time, before allocations may start failing or causing performance degradation. The values may change based on other activity in the system that is outside the scope and control of the Vulkan implementation.

The VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryBudgetPropertiesEXT::heapUsage will display the current process estimated heap usage.

With this information, the idea is for an application at some interval (once per frame, per few seconds, etc) to query heapBudget and heapUsage. From here the application can notice if it is over budget and decide how it wants to handle the memory situation (free it, move to host memory, changing mipmap levels, etc). This extension is designed to be used in concert with VK_EXT_memory_priority to help with this part of memory management.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_MEMORY_BUDGET_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_MEMORY_BUDGET_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_MEMORY_BUDGET_PROPERTIES_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-10-08 (Jeff Bolz)

    • Initial revision

VK_EXT_pci_bus_info

Name String

VK_EXT_pci_bus_info

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

213

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2018-12-10

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Matthaeus G. Chajdas, AMD

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

Description

This extension adds a new query to obtain PCI bus information about a physical device.

Not all physical devices have PCI bus information, either due to the device not being connected to the system through a PCI interface or due to platform specific restrictions and policies. Thus this extension is only expected to be supported by physical devices which can provide the information.

As a consequence, applications should always check for the presence of the extension string for each individual physical device for which they intend to issue the new query for and should not have any assumptions about the availability of the extension on any given platform.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_PCI_BUS_INFO_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_PCI_BUS_INFO_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_PCI_BUS_INFO_PROPERTIES_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 2, 2018-12-10 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Changed all members of the new structure to have the uint32_t type

  • Revision 1, 2018-10-11 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Initial revision

VK_EXT_post_depth_coverage

Name String

VK_EXT_post_depth_coverage

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

156

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

SPIR-V Dependencies
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-07-17

Interactions and External Dependencies
Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension adds support for the following SPIR-V extension in Vulkan:

  • SPV_KHR_post_depth_coverage

which allows the fragment shader to control whether values in the SampleMask built-in input variable reflect the coverage after early depth and stencil tests are applied.

This extension adds a new PostDepthCoverage execution mode under the SampleMaskPostDepthCoverage capability. When this mode is specified along with EarlyFragmentTests, the value of an input variable decorated with the SampleMask built-in reflects the coverage after the early fragment tests are applied. Otherwise, it reflects the coverage before the depth and stencil tests.

When using GLSL source-based shading languages, the post_depth_coverage layout qualifier from GL_ARB_post_depth_coverage or GL_EXT_post_depth_coverage maps to the PostDepthCoverage execution mode.

New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_POST_DEPTH_COVERAGE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_POST_DEPTH_COVERAGE_SPEC_VERSION

New SPIR-V Capabilities
Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-07-17 (Daniel Koch)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign

Name String

VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

127

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_external_memory
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-11-01

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Lina Versace, Google

  • James Jones, NVIDIA

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Ray Smith, ARM

Description

This extension defines a special queue family, VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT, which can be used to transfer ownership of resources backed by external memory to foreign, external queues. This is similar to VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL_KHR, defined in VK_KHR_external_memory. The key differences between the two are:

  • The queues represented by VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL_KHR must share the same physical device and the same driver version as the current VkInstance. VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT has no such restrictions. It can represent devices and drivers from other vendors, and can even represent non-Vulkan-capable devices.

  • All resources backed by external memory support VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL_KHR. Support for VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT is more restrictive.

  • Applications should expect transitions to/from VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT to be more expensive than transitions to/from VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_EXTERNAL_KHR.

New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_SPEC_VERSION

  • VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_FOREIGN_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-11-01 (Lina Versace)

    • Squashed internal revisions

VK_EXT_robustness2

Name String

VK_EXT_robustness2

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

287

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to VK_KHR_robustness2 extension

    • NOTE The extension VK_KHR_robustness2 is not supported for the API specification being generated

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-01-29

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Liam Middlebrook, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension adds stricter requirements for how out of bounds reads and writes are handled. Most accesses must be tightly bounds-checked, out of bounds writes must be discarded, out of bound reads must return zero. Rather than allowing multiple possible (0,0,0,x) vectors, the out of bounds values are treated as zero, and then missing components are inserted based on the format as described in Component Substitution and vertex input attribute extraction.

These additional requirements may be expensive on some implementations, and should only be enabled when truly necessary.

This extension also adds support for “null descriptors”, where VK_NULL_HANDLE can be used instead of a valid handle. Accesses to null descriptors have well-defined behavior, and do not rely on robustness.

Promotion to VK_KHR_robustness2

All functionality in this extension is included in VK_KHR_robustness2, with the suffix changed to KHR. The original type, enum, and command names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_ROBUSTNESS_2_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_ROBUSTNESS_2_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_ROBUSTNESS_2_PROPERTIES_EXT

Issues

  1. Why do VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesEXT::robustUniformBufferAccessSizeAlignment and VkPhysicalDeviceRobustness2PropertiesEXT::robustStorageBufferAccessSizeAlignment exist?

RESOLVED: Some implementations cannot efficiently tightly bounds-check all buffer accesses. Rather, the size of the bound range is padded to some power of two multiple, up to 256 bytes for uniform buffers and up to 4 bytes for storage buffers, and that padded size is bounds-checked. This is sufficient to implement D3D-like behavior, because D3D only allows binding whole uniform buffers or ranges that are a multiple of 256 bytes, and D3D raw and structured buffers only support 32-bit accesses.

Examples

None.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-11-01 (Jeff Bolz, Liam Middlebrook)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_sample_locations

Name String

VK_EXT_sample_locations

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

144

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-08-02

Contributors

  • Mais Alnasser, AMD

  • Matthaeus G. Chajdas, AMD

  • Maciej Jesionowski, AMD

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Slawomir Grajewski, Intel

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Bill Licea-Kane, Qualcomm

Description

This extension allows an application to modify the locations of samples within a pixel used in rasterization. Additionally, it allows applications to specify different sample locations for each pixel in a group of adjacent pixels, which can increase antialiasing quality (particularly if a custom resolve shader is used that takes advantage of these different locations).

It is common for implementations to optimize the storage of depth values by storing values that can be used to reconstruct depth at each sample location, rather than storing separate depth values for each sample. For example, the depth values from a single triangle may be represented using plane equations. When the depth value for a sample is needed, it is automatically evaluated at the sample location. Modifying the sample locations causes the reconstruction to no longer evaluate the same depth values as when the samples were originally generated, thus the depth aspect of a depth/stencil attachment must be cleared before rendering to it using different sample locations.

Some implementations may need to evaluate depth image values while performing image layout transitions. To accommodate this, instances of the VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT structure can be specified for each situation where an explicit or automatic layout transition has to take place. VkSampleLocationsInfoEXT can be chained from VkImageMemoryBarrier structures to provide sample locations for layout transitions performed by vkCmdWaitEvents and vkCmdPipelineBarrier calls, and VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT can be chained from VkRenderPassBeginInfo to provide sample locations for layout transitions performed implicitly by a render pass instance.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_EXT

  • Extending VkImageCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_COMPATIBLE_DEPTH_BIT_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MULTISAMPLE_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_BEGIN_INFO_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS_INFO_EXT

Issues

1) When using with Dynamic Rendering, is there a VkRenderPassSampleLocationsBeginInfoEXT equivalent struct

RESOLVED: No, there are no subpasses that need to have a sample location set.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-08-02 (Daniel Rakos)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_shader_atomic_float

Name String

VK_EXT_shader_atomic_float

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

261

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

API Interactions

  • Interacts with VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT::sparseImageFloat32AtomicAdd

  • Interacts with VkPhysicalDeviceShaderAtomicFloatFeaturesEXT::sparseImageFloat32Atomics

SPIR-V Dependencies
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-07-15

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Interactions and External Dependencies
Contributors

  • Vikram Kushwaha, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension allows a shader to contain floating-point atomic operations on buffer, workgroup, and image memory. It also advertises the SPIR-V AtomicFloat32AddEXT and AtomicFloat64AddEXT capabilities that allows atomic addition on floating-points numbers. The supported operations include OpAtomicFAddEXT, OpAtomicExchange, OpAtomicLoad and OpAtomicStore.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_SHADER_ATOMIC_FLOAT_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_SHADER_ATOMIC_FLOAT_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_ATOMIC_FLOAT_FEATURES_EXT

New SPIR-V Capabilities
Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-07-15 (Vikram Kushwaha)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_shader_demote_to_helper_invocation

Name String

VK_EXT_shader_demote_to_helper_invocation

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

277

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

SPIR-V Dependencies
Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-06-01

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Interactions and External Dependencies
Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension adds Vulkan support for the SPV_EXT_demote_to_helper_invocation SPIR-V extension. That SPIR-V extension provides a new instruction OpDemoteToHelperInvocationEXT allowing shaders to “demote” a fragment shader invocation to behave like a helper invocation for its duration. The demoted invocation will have no further side effects and will not output to the framebuffer, but remains active and can participate in computing derivatives and in group operations. This is a better match for the “discard” instruction in HLSL.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_SHADER_DEMOTE_TO_HELPER_INVOCATION_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_SHADER_DEMOTE_TO_HELPER_INVOCATION_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DEMOTE_TO_HELPER_INVOCATION_FEATURES_EXT

New SPIR-V Capability
Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

Vulkan APIs in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. External interactions defined by this extension, such as SPIR-V token names, retain their original names. The original Vulkan API names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-06-01 (Jeff Bolz)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_shader_image_atomic_int64

Name String

VK_EXT_shader_image_atomic_int64

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

235

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

SPIR-V Dependencies
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-07-14

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Interactions and External Dependencies
Contributors

  • Matthaeus Chajdas, AMD

  • Graham Wihlidal, Epic Games

  • Tobias Hector, AMD

  • Jeff Bolz, Nvidia

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

Description

This extension extends existing 64-bit integer atomic support to enable these operations on images as well.

When working with large 2- or 3-dimensional data sets (e.g. rasterization or screen-space effects), image accesses are generally more efficient than equivalent buffer accesses. This extension allows applications relying on 64-bit integer atomics in this manner to quickly improve performance with only relatively minor code changes.

64-bit integer atomic support is guaranteed for optimally tiled images with the VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT and VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT formats.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_SHADER_IMAGE_ATOMIC_INT64_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_SHADER_IMAGE_ATOMIC_INT64_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_IMAGE_ATOMIC_INT64_FEATURES_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-07-14 (Tobias Hector)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_shader_stencil_export

Name String

VK_EXT_shader_stencil_export

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

141

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

SPIR-V Dependencies
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2017-07-19

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Interactions and External Dependencies
Contributors

  • Dominik Witczak, AMD

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD

  • Rex Xu, AMD

Description

This extension adds support for the SPIR-V extension SPV_EXT_shader_stencil_export, providing a mechanism whereby a shader may generate the stencil reference value per invocation. When stencil testing is enabled, this allows the test to be performed against the value generated in the shader.

New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_SHADER_STENCIL_EXPORT_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_SHADER_STENCIL_EXPORT_SPEC_VERSION

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2017-07-19 (Dominik Witczak)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control

Name String

VK_EXT_subgroup_size_control

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

226

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-03-05

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

  • Sławek Grajewski, Intel

  • Jesse Hall, Google

  • Neil Henning, AMD

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Leger, Qualcomm

  • Graeme Leese, Broadcom

  • Allan MacKinnon, Google

  • Mariusz Merecki, Intel

  • Graham Wihlidal, Electronic Arts

Description

This extension enables an implementation to control the subgroup size by allowing a varying subgroup size and also specifying a required subgroup size.

It extends the subgroup support in Vulkan 1.1 to allow an implementation to expose a varying subgroup size. Previously Vulkan exposed a single subgroup size per physical device, with the expectation that implementations will behave as if all subgroups have the same size. Some implementations may dispatch shaders with a varying subgroup size for different subgroups. As a result they could implicitly split a large subgroup into smaller subgroups or represent a small subgroup as a larger subgroup, some of whose invocations were inactive on launch.

To aid developers in understanding the performance characteristics of their programs, this extension exposes a minimum and maximum subgroup size that a physical device supports and a pipeline create flag to enable that pipeline to vary its subgroup size. If enabled, any SubgroupSize decorated variables in the SPIR-V shader modules provided to pipeline creation may vary between the minimum and maximum subgroup sizes.

An implementation is also optionally allowed to support specifying a required subgroup size for a given pipeline stage. Implementations advertise which stages support a required subgroup size, and any pipeline of a supported stage can be passed a VkPipelineShaderStageRequiredSubgroupSizeCreateInfoEXT structure to set the subgroup size for that shader stage of the pipeline. For compute shaders, this requires the developer to query the maxComputeWorkgroupSubgroups and ensure that:

Developers can also specify a new pipeline shader stage create flag that requires the implementation to have fully populated subgroups within local workgroups. This requires the workgroup size in the X dimension to be a multiple of the subgroup size.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits:

    • VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_ALLOW_VARYING_SUBGROUP_SIZE_BIT_EXT

    • VK_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_REQUIRE_FULL_SUBGROUPS_BIT_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CONTROL_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_REQUIRED_SUBGROUP_SIZE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

Vulkan APIs in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. External interactions defined by this extension, such as SPIR-V token names, retain their original names. The original Vulkan API names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace

Name String

VK_EXT_swapchain_colorspace

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

105

Revision

5

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_surface

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-04-26

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Courtney Goeltzenleuchter, Google

Description

This extension expands VkColorSpaceKHR to add support for most standard color spaces beyond VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR. This extension also adds support for VK_COLOR_SPACE_PASS_THROUGH_EXT which allows applications to use color spaces not explicitly enumerated in VkColorSpaceKHR.

New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_SWAPCHAIN_COLOR_SPACE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_SWAPCHAIN_COLOR_SPACE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkColorSpaceKHR:

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_ADOBERGB_LINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_ADOBERGB_NONLINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT2020_LINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT709_LINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_BT709_NONLINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_DCI_P3_NONLINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_DISPLAY_P3_LINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_DISPLAY_P3_NONLINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_DOLBYVISION_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_EXTENDED_SRGB_LINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_EXTENDED_SRGB_NONLINEAR_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_HDR10_HLG_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_HDR10_ST2084_EXT

    • VK_COLOR_SPACE_PASS_THROUGH_EXT

Issues

1) Does the spec need to specify which kinds of image formats support the color spaces?

RESOLVED: Pixel format is independent of color space (though some color spaces really want / need floating-point color components to be useful). Therefore, do not plan on documenting what formats support which color spaces. An application can call vkGetPhysicalDeviceSurfaceFormatsKHR to query what a particular implementation supports.

2) How does application determine if HW supports appropriate transfer function for a color space?

RESOLVED: Extension indicates that implementation must not do the OETF encoding if it is not sRGB. That responsibility falls to the application shaders. Any other native OETF / EOTF functions supported by an implementation can be described by separate extension.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2016-12-27 (Courtney Goeltzenleuchter)

    • Initial version

  • Revision 2, 2017-01-19 (Courtney Goeltzenleuchter)

    • Add pass through and multiple options for BT2020.

    • Clean up some issues with equations not displaying properly.

  • Revision 3, 2017-06-23 (Courtney Goeltzenleuchter)

    • Add extended sRGB non-linear enum.

  • Revision 4, 2019-04-26 (Graeme Leese)

    • Clarify color space transfer function usage.

    • Refer to normative definitions in the Data Format Specification.

    • Clarify DCI-P3 and Display P3 usage.

  • Revision 5, 2024-03-16 (Zehui Lin)

    • Fix interchanged concepts of EOTF and OETF.

    • Clarify that the presentation engine can accept the color spaces.

VK_EXT_texel_buffer_alignment

Name String

VK_EXT_texel_buffer_alignment

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

282

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-06-06

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension adds more expressive alignment requirements for uniform and storage texel buffers. Some implementations have single texel alignment requirements that cannot be expressed via VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ALIGNMENT_PROPERTIES_EXT

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

Vulkan APIs in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. However, only the properties structure is promoted. The feature structure is not promoted and texelBufferAlignment is enabled if using a Vulkan 1.3 instance. External interactions defined by this extension, such as SPIR-V token names, retain their original names. The original Vulkan API name is still available as an alias of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-06-06 (Jeff Bolz)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr

Name String

VK_EXT_texture_compression_astc_hdr

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

67

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-05-28

IP Status

No known issues.

Contributors

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, Arm

Description

This extension adds support for textures compressed using the Adaptive Scalable Texture Compression (ASTC) High Dynamic Range (HDR) profile.

When this extension is enabled, the HDR profile is supported for all ASTC formats listed in ASTC Compressed Image Formats.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_ASTC_HDR_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_ASTC_HDR_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkFormat:

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SFLOAT_BLOCK_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_ASTC_HDR_FEATURES_EXT

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

Vulkan APIs in this extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. However, the feature is made optional in Vulkan 1.3. External interactions defined by this extension, such as SPIR-V token names, retain their original names. The original Vulkan API names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Issues

1) Should we add a feature or limit for this functionality?

Yes. It is consistent with the ASTC LDR support to add a feature like textureCompressionASTC_HDR.

The feature is strictly speaking redundant as long as this is just an extension; it would be sufficient to just enable the extension. But adding the feature is more forward-looking if wanted to make this an optional core feature in the future.

2) Should we introduce new format enums for HDR?

Yes. Vulkan 1.0 describes the ASTC format enums as UNORM, e.g. VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK, so it is confusing to make these contain HDR data. Note that the OpenGL (ES) extensions did not make this distinction because a single ASTC HDR texture may contain both unorm and float blocks. Implementations may not be able to distinguish between LDR and HDR ASTC textures internally and just treat them as the same format, i.e. if this extension is supported then sampling from a VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK image format may return HDR results. Applications can get predictable results by using the appropriate image format.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-05-28 (Jan-Harald Fredriksen)

    • Initial version

VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state

Name String

VK_EXT_vertex_input_dynamic_state

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

353

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-08-21

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Spencer Fricke, Samsung

  • Stu Smith, AMD

Description

One of the states that contributes to the combinatorial explosion of pipeline state objects that need to be created, is the vertex input binding and attribute descriptions. By allowing them to be dynamic applications may reduce the number of pipeline objects they need to create.

This extension adds dynamic state support for what is normally static state in VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_VERTEX_INPUT_DYNAMIC_STATE_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_VERTEX_INPUT_DYNAMIC_STATE_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VERTEX_INPUT_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VERTEX_INPUT_DYNAMIC_STATE_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VERTEX_INPUT_ATTRIBUTE_DESCRIPTION_2_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VERTEX_INPUT_BINDING_DESCRIPTION_2_EXT

Version History

VK_EXT_ycbcr_2plane_444_formats

Name String

VK_EXT_ycbcr_2plane_444_formats

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

331

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_sampler_ycbcr_conversion
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State

  • Promoted to Vulkan 1.3

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-07-28

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Piers Daniell, NVIDIA

  • Ping Liu, Intel

Description

This extension adds some Y′CBCR formats that are in common use for video encode and decode, but were not part of the VK_KHR_sampler_ycbcr_conversion extension.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_YCBCR_2PLANE_444_FORMATS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_YCBCR_2PLANE_444_FORMATS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkFormat:

    • VK_FORMAT_G10X6_B10X6R10X6_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_G12X4_B12X4R12X4_2PLANE_444_UNORM_3PACK16_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_G16_B16R16_2PLANE_444_UNORM_EXT

    • VK_FORMAT_G8_B8R8_2PLANE_444_UNORM_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_YCBCR_2_PLANE_444_FORMATS_FEATURES_EXT

Promotion to Vulkan 1.3

The format enumerants introduced by the extension are included in core Vulkan 1.3, with the EXT suffix omitted. However, runtime support for these formats is optional in core Vulkan 1.3, while if this extension is supported, runtime support is mandatory. The feature structure is not promoted. The original enum names are still available as aliases of the core functionality.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-03-08 (Piers Daniell)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_ycbcr_image_arrays

Name String

VK_EXT_ycbcr_image_arrays

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

253

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_sampler_ycbcr_conversion
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-01-15

Contributors

  • Piers Daniell, NVIDIA

Description

This extension allows images of a format that requires Y′CBCR conversion to be created with multiple array layers, which is otherwise restricted.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_YCBCR_IMAGE_ARRAYS_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_YCBCR_IMAGE_ARRAYS_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_YCBCR_IMAGE_ARRAYS_FEATURES_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-01-15 (Piers Daniell)

    • Initial revision

VK_NV_acquire_winrt_display

Name String

VK_NV_acquire_winrt_display

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

346

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_EXT_direct_mode_display

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2020-09-29

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jeff Juliano, NVIDIA

Description

This extension allows an application to take exclusive control of a display on Windows 10 provided that the display is not already controlled by a compositor. Examples of compositors include the Windows desktop compositor, other applications using this Vulkan extension, and applications that “Acquire” a “DisplayTarget” using a “WinRT” command such as “winrt::Windows::Devices::Display::Core::DisplayManager.TryAcquireTarget()”.

When control is acquired the application has exclusive access to the display until control is released or the application terminates. An application’s attempt to acquire is denied if a different application has already acquired the display.

New Commands
New Enum Constants

  • VK_NV_ACQUIRE_WINRT_DISPLAY_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_NV_ACQUIRE_WINRT_DISPLAY_SPEC_VERSION

Issues

1) What should the platform substring be for this extension:

RESOLVED: The platform substring is “Winrt”.

The substring “Winrt” matches the fact that the OS API exposing the acquire and release functionality is called “WinRT”.

The substring “Win32” is wrong because the related “WinRT” API is explicitly not a “Win32” API. “WinRT” is a competing API family to the “Win32” API family.

The substring “Windows” is suboptimal because there could be more than one relevant API on the Windows platform. There is preference to use the more-specific substring “Winrt”.

2) Should vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV take a winRT DisplayTarget, or a Vulkan display handle as input?

RESOLVED: A Vulkan display handle. This matches the design of vkAcquireXlibDisplayEXT.

3) Should the acquire command be platform-independent named “vkAcquireDisplayNV”, or platform-specific named “vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV”?

RESOLVED: Add a platform-specific command.

The inputs to the Acquire command are all Vulkan types. None are WinRT types. This opens the possibility of the winrt extension defining a platform-independent acquire command.

The X11 acquire command does need to accept a platform-specific parameter. This could be handled by adding to a platform-independent acquire command a params structure to which platform-dependent types can be chained by pNext pointer.

The prevailing opinion is that it would be odd to create a second platform-independent function that is used on the Windows 10 platform, but that is not used for the X11 platform. Since a Windows 10 platform-specific command is needed anyway for converting between vkDisplayKHR and platform-native handles, opinion was to create a platform-specific acquire function.

4) Should the vkGetWinrtDisplayNV parameter identifying a display be named “deviceRelativeId” or “adapterRelativeId”?

RESOLVED: The WinRT name is “AdapterRelativeId”. The name “adapter” is the Windows analog to a Vulkan “physical device”. Vulkan already has precedent to use the name deviceLUID for the concept that Windows APIs call “AdapterLuid”. Keeping form with this precedent, the name “deviceRelativeId” is chosen.

5) Does vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV cause the Windows desktop compositor to release a display?

RESOLVED: No. vkAcquireWinrtDisplayNV does not itself cause the Windows desktop compositor to release a display. This action must be performed outside of Vulkan.

Beginning with Windows 10 version 2004 it is possible to cause the Windows desktop compositor to release a display by using the “Advanced display settings” sub-page of the “Display settings” control panel. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/drivers/display/specialized-monitors

6) Where can one find additional information about custom compositors for Windows 10?

RESOLVED: Relevant references are as follows.

According to Microsoft’s documentation on "building a custom compositor", the ability to write a custom compositor is not a replacement for a fullscreen desktop window. The feature is for writing compositor apps that drive specialized hardware.

Only certain editions of Windows 10 support custom compositors, "documented here". The product type can be queried from Windows 10. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/sysinfoapi/nf-sysinfoapi-getproductinfo

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2020-09-29 (Jeff Juliano)

    • Initial draft

VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf

Name String

VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

375

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

Vulkan Version 1.1

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2022-04-12

Contributors

  • Kai Zhang, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Jonathan McCaffrey, NVIDIA

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

Description

This extension enables an application to access external memory via NvSciBufObj. To import a NvSciBufObj to VkDeviceMemory, applications need to:

For details of the NvSciBuf APIs and data structures, see the NvStreams Documentation.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_NV_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_NV_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits:

    • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_BUF_BIT_NV

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_GET_SCI_BUF_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_PROPERTIES_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCI_BUF_FEATURES_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SCI_BUF_FEATURES_NV

Issues

1) What should we call this extension?

RESOLVED. The external API is NvSciBuf, but the Vulkan convention is to append the vendor suffix at the end of an identifier. Using NvSciBufNV seems awkward, so we have chosen to use just the SciBuf portion of the name in Vulkan commands and tokens. Since this is for interacting with memory objects allocated from outside Vulkan, we use "external_memory" in the name, similar to VK_KHR_external_memory_fd. To avoid an explosion of extensions, we include the capability to import and export memory in one extension but include separate features in case implementations only implement (or safety certify) a subset.

2) What changed in revision 2?

RESOLVED. The VkPhysicalDeviceExternalSciBufFeaturesNV structure was renamed to VkPhysicalDeviceExternalMemorySciBufFeaturesNV to follow naming conventions (previous names retained as aliases), and drop const on pNext pointer.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2022-04-12 (Kai Zhang, Daniel Koch)

    • Internal revisions

  • Revision 2, 2023-01-03 (Daniel Koch)

    • fix the feature structure to address naming convention and cts autogeneration issues

VK_NV_external_sci_sync2

Name String

VK_NV_external_sci_sync2

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

490

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

Vulkan Version 1.1

API Interactions

  • Interacts with VKSC_VERSION_1_0

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2022-09-07

Contributors

  • Kai Zhang, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Jonathan McCaffrey, NVIDIA

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

Description

An application using external memory may wish to synchronize access to that memory using semaphores and fences. This extension enables an application to import semaphore and import/export fence payloads to and from NvSciSync objects. To import a NvSciSyncObj to a VkSemaphore or VkFence, applications need to:

To import/export a NvSciSyncFence to a VkFence object, that VkFence object must already have a NvSciSyncObj previously imported.

This extension does not support exporting semaphores from NvSciSync objects.

For details of the NvSciSync APIs and data structures, see the NvStreams Documentation.

New Object Types
New Commands
New Structures

If Vulkan SC 1.0 is supported:

New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_NV_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_2_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_NV_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_2_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits:

    • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV

    • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV

  • Extending VkObjectType:

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_POOL_NV

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_FENCE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_GET_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_FENCE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_2_FEATURES_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_CREATE_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_POOL_CREATE_INFO_NV

If Vulkan SC 1.0 is supported:

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_POOL_RESERVATION_CREATE_INFO_NV

Issues

1) Does this extension extend or replace VK_NV_external_sci_sync?

RESOLVED. Replaces - expect to deprecate it and eventually remove it.

2) What part of VK_NV_external_sci_sync is deprecated/removed in this extension?

RESOLVED. The commands to import and export semaphores from VK_NV_external_sci_sync are removed and have been replaced with an alternate mechanism to import semaphores. Fence import and export functionality is unchanged.

In particular:

3) Application migration guide from VK_NV_external_sci_sync to VK_NV_external_sci_sync2

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2022-09-07 (Kai Zhang, Daniel Koch)

    • Initial revision

VK_NV_private_vendor_info

Name String

VK_NV_private_vendor_info

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

52

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2022-08-10

Contributors

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Jonathan McCaffrey, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension provides the application with access to vendor-specific enums and structures that are not expected to be publicly documented.

New Enum Constants

  • VK_NV_PRIVATE_VENDOR_INFO_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_NV_PRIVATE_VENDOR_INFO_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PRIVATE_VENDOR_INFO_PLACEHOLDER_OFFSET_0_NV

Issues

1) What should we call this extension?

RESOLVED. VK_NV_private_vendor_info as this contains details of NVIDIA’s implementation that we do not expect to publicly document.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2022-05-03 (Daniel Koch)

    • Internal revisions

  • Revision 2, 2022-08-10 (Daniel Koch)

    • change number for extension (373 to 52) to avoid conflict

VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer

Name String

VK_QNX_external_memory_screen_buffer

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

530

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

         VK_KHR_sampler_ycbcr_conversion
         and
         VK_KHR_external_memory
         and
         VK_KHR_dedicated_allocation
     or
     Vulkan Version 1.1
and
VK_EXT_queue_family_foreign

Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2023-05-17

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Mike Gorchak, QNX / Blackberry Limited

  • Aaron Ruby, QNX / Blackberry Limited

Description

This extension enables an application to import QNX Screen _screen_buffer objects created outside of the Vulkan device into Vulkan memory objects, where they can be bound to images and buffers.

Some _screen_buffer images have implementation-defined external formats that may not correspond to Vulkan formats. Sampler Y′CBCR conversion can be used to sample from these images and convert them to a known color space.

_screen_buffer is strongly typed, so naming the handle type is redundant. The internal layout and therefore size of a _screen_buffer image may depend on native usage flags that do not have corresponding Vulkan counterparts.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_QNX_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCREEN_BUFFER_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_QNX_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCREEN_BUFFER_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkExternalMemoryHandleTypeFlagBits:

    • VK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_HANDLE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_BIT_QNX

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXTERNAL_FORMAT_QNX

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO_QNX

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_MEMORY_SCREEN_BUFFER_FEATURES_QNX

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_QNX

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCREEN_BUFFER_PROPERTIES_QNX

Issues
Version History

  • Revision 1, 2023-05-17 (Mike Gorchak)

    • Initial version

List of Deprecated Extensions

VK_EXT_index_type_uint8

Name String

VK_EXT_index_type_uint8

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

266

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-05-02

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

Description

This extension allows uint8_t indices to be used with vkCmdBindIndexBuffer.

Promotion to VK_KHR_index_type_uint8

All functionality in this extension is included in VK_KHR_index_type_uint8, with the suffix changed to KHR. The original enum names are still available as aliases of the KHR functionality.

New Structures
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkIndexType:

    • VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_INDEX_TYPE_UINT8_FEATURES_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-05-02 (Piers Daniell)

    • Internal revisions

VK_EXT_line_rasterization

Name String

VK_EXT_line_rasterization

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

260

Revision

1

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2
or
Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State
Special Use
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2019-05-09

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Allen Jensen, NVIDIA

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel

Description

This extension adds some line rasterization features that are commonly used in CAD applications and supported in other APIs like OpenGL. Bresenham-style line rasterization is supported, smooth rectangular lines (coverage to alpha) are supported, and stippled lines are supported for all three line rasterization modes.

Promotion to VK_KHR_line_rasterization

All functionality in this extension is included in VK_KHR_line_rasterization, with the suffix changed to KHR. The original enum names are still available as aliases of the KHR functionality.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_LINE_RASTERIZATION_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_LINE_RASTERIZATION_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkDynamicState:

    • VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_STIPPLE_EXT

  • Extending VkLineRasterizationMode:

    • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_BRESENHAM_EXT

    • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_DEFAULT_EXT

    • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_EXT

    • VK_LINE_RASTERIZATION_MODE_RECTANGULAR_SMOOTH_EXT

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_FEATURES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_LINE_RASTERIZATION_PROPERTIES_EXT

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_LINE_STATE_CREATE_INFO_EXT

Issues

1) Do we need to support Bresenham-style and smooth lines with more than one rasterization sample? i.e. the equivalent of glDisable(GL_MULTISAMPLE) in OpenGL when the framebuffer has more than one sample?

RESOLVED: Yes. For simplicity, Bresenham line rasterization carries forward a few restrictions from OpenGL, such as not supporting per-sample shading, alpha to coverage, or alpha to one.

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2019-05-09 (Jeff Bolz)

    • Initial draft

VK_EXT_validation_features

Name String

VK_EXT_validation_features

Extension Type

Instance extension

Registered Extension Number

248

Revision

6

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

None

Deprecation State
Special Use
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2018-11-14

IP Status

No known IP claims.

Contributors

  • Karl Schultz, LunarG

  • Dave Houlton, LunarG

  • Mark Lobodzinski, LunarG

  • Camden Stocker, LunarG

  • Tony Barbour, LunarG

  • John Zulauf, LunarG

Description

This extension provides the VkValidationFeaturesEXT structure that can be included in the pNext chain of the VkInstanceCreateInfo structure passed as the pCreateInfo parameter of vkCreateInstance. The structure contains an array of VkValidationFeatureEnableEXT enum values that enable specific validation features that are disabled by default. The structure also contains an array of VkValidationFeatureDisableEXT enum values that disable specific validation layer features that are enabled by default.

Deprecation by VK_EXT_layer_settings

Functionality in this extension is subsumed into the VK_EXT_layer_settings extension.

New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_EXT_VALIDATION_FEATURES_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_EXT_VALIDATION_FEATURES_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_VALIDATION_FEATURES_EXT

Version History

  • Revision 1, 2018-11-14 (Karl Schultz)

    • Initial revision

  • Revision 2, 2019-08-06 (Mark Lobodzinski)

    • Add Best Practices enable

  • Revision 3, 2020-03-04 (Tony Barbour)

    • Add Debug Printf enable

  • Revision 4, 2020-07-29 (John Zulauf)

    • Add Synchronization Validation enable

  • Revision 5, 2021-05-18 (Tony Barbour)

    • Add Shader Validation Cache disable

  • Revision 6, 2023-09-25 (Christophe Riccio)

    • Marked as deprecated by VK_EXT_layer_settings

VK_NV_external_sci_sync

Name String

VK_NV_external_sci_sync

Extension Type

Device extension

Registered Extension Number

374

Revision

2

Ratification Status

Not ratified

Extension and Version Dependencies

Vulkan Version 1.1

Deprecation State
Contact
Other Extension Metadata
Last Modified Date

2022-04-12

Contributors

  • Kai Zhang, NVIDIA

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Jonathan McCaffrey, NVIDIA

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

Description

An application using external memory may wish to synchronize access to that memory using semaphores and fences. This extension enables an application to import and export semaphore and fence payloads to and from NvSciSync objects. To import a NvSciSyncObj to a VkSemaphore or VkFence, applications need to:

To import/export a NvSciSyncFence to a VkFence object, that VkFence object must already have a NvSciSyncObj previously imported.

For details of the NvSciSync APIs and data structures, see the NvStreams Documentation.

New Commands
New Structures
New Enums
New Enum Constants

  • VK_NV_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_EXTENSION_NAME

  • VK_NV_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_SPEC_VERSION

  • Extending VkExternalFenceHandleTypeFlagBits:

    • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_FENCE_BIT_NV

    • VK_EXTERNAL_FENCE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV

  • Extending VkExternalSemaphoreHandleTypeFlagBits:

    • VK_EXTERNAL_SEMAPHORE_HANDLE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_OBJ_BIT_NV

  • Extending VkStructureType:

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_FENCE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EXPORT_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_GET_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_FENCE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMPORT_SEMAPHORE_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_EXTERNAL_SCI_SYNC_FEATURES_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SCI_SYNC_ATTRIBUTES_INFO_NV

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_GET_SCI_SYNC_INFO_NV

Issues

1) What should we call this extension?

RESOLVED. The external API is NvSciSync, but the Vulkan convention is to append the vendor suffix at the end of an identifier. Using NvSciSyncNV seems awkward, so we have chosen to use just the SciSync portion of the name in Vulkan commands and tokens. Since this is for interacting with objects from outside Vulkan, we use "external" in the name, similar to VK_KHR_external_fence_fd. To avoid an explosion of extensions, we include the capability to import and export both semaphores and fences in one extension but include separate features in case implementations only implement (or safety certify) a subset.

2) How do we resolve the NvStreams terminology of NvSciSyncFence which conflicts with the Vulkan SC terminology of VkFence.

RESOLVED: "fence" refers to VkFence. "NvSciSyncFence" refers to the NvStreams type and "VkFence" refers to the Vulkan SC type.

Version History

  • Revision 2, 2022-03-29 (Daniel Koch)

    • use separate commands for NvSciSyncFence and NvSciSyncObj handles

  • Revision 1, 2020-11-25 (Kai Zhang, Daniel Koch)

    • Initial revision

Appendix F: Legacy and Superseded Functionality

Functionality in the specification such as commands and structures may be marked as legacy. This label indicates that either functionality that supersedes it is available in a newer core version, or the functionality has simply fallen out of favor for other reasons. Forward-looking applications should avoid using functionality marked as legacy where possible.

A link to an explanatory section is provided to explain why the functionality was marked as legacy, what functionality supersedes it (if any), and what applications should do instead.

Newer extensions may also provide functionality that supersedes existing functionality, but the original functionality will not be tagged as legacy in the specification unless a superseding solution has been fully promoted to the core API. Explanatory text will still be included below for these cases as reference.

Note

Legacy and superseded functionality is tagged in the xml registry via a deprecation tag, for both core versions and extensions. It is expected that tooling such as the validation layers will be able to warn users when they are making use of any functionality that is either legacy or superseded by the version and extensions the application has enabled.

Legacy functionality remains available for use in the specification, but it may be less capable than newer functionality. Interactions with legacy functionality will often be omitted when new extensions or features are developed, so legacy functionality may not work with the latest features.

Note

Another mechanism exists to indicate that an entire extension is considered legacy, using different terminology. See the Deprecation section of the Extensions chapter for more information.

List of Legacy Functionality

When functionality is marked as legacy or if an extension supersedes it, an explanation will be added to the following sections.

Note

This list is a work in progress - we intend to add other items to this section over time. Examples include shader modules (superseded by VK_KHR_maintenance5) and anything superseded by a new version of the same functionality (e.g. VK_KHR_synchronization2).

Physical Device Queries: Superseded via version 2

VK_KHR_get_physical_device_properties2 was incorporated into Vulkan 1.1, which introduced new versions of several physical device query functions. These provide the same functionality as the Vulkan 1.0 functionality but with greater extensibility.

When querying device features, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 should be used instead of vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures. When enabling device features, VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 should be provided in the pNext chain of VkDeviceCreateInfo instead of using VkDeviceCreateInfo::pEnabledFeatures.

Device Layers: Superseded via instance layers

Previous versions of this specification distinguished between instance and device layers. Instance layers were only able to intercept commands that operate on VkInstance and VkPhysicalDevice, except they were not able to intercept vkCreateDevice. Device layers were enabled for individual devices when they were created, and could only intercept commands operating on that device or its child objects.

Device-only layers are now marked as legacy, and this specification no longer distinguishes between instance and device layers. Layers are enabled during instance creation, and are able to intercept all commands operating on that instance or any of its child objects. At the time this was marked as legacy, there were no known device-only layers and no compelling reason to create one.

Render Pass Functions: Superseded via version 2

Vulkan 1.2 introduced new versions of several render pass functions. These provide the same functionality as the Vulkan 1.0 functionality but with greater extensibility.

Appendix G: API Boilerplate

This appendix defines Vulkan API features that are infrastructure required for a complete functional description of Vulkan, but do not logically belong elsewhere in the Specification.

Vulkan Header Files

Vulkan is defined as an API in the C99 language. Khronos provides a corresponding set of header files for applications using the API, which may be used in either C or C++ code. The interface descriptions in the specification are the same as the interfaces defined in these header files, and both are derived from the vk.xml XML API Registry, which is the canonical machine-readable description of the Vulkan API. The Registry, scripts used for processing it into various forms, and documentation of the registry schema are available as described at https://registry.khronos.org/vulkansc/#apiregistry .

Language bindings for other languages can be defined using the information in the Specification and the Registry. Khronos does not provide any such bindings, but third-party developers have created some additional bindings.

Vulkan Combined API Header vulkan_sc.h (Informative)

Applications normally will include the header vulkan_sc.h. In turn, vulkan_sc.h always includes the following headers:

In addition, specific preprocessor macros defined at the time vulkan_sc.h is included cause header files for the corresponding window system-specific and provisional interfaces to be included, as described below.

Vulkan Platform-Specific Header vk_platform.h (Informative)

Platform-specific macros and interfaces are defined in vk_platform.h. These macros are used to control platform-dependent behavior, and their exact definitions are under the control of specific platforms and Vulkan implementations.

Platform-Specific Calling Conventions

On many platforms the following macros are empty strings, causing platform- and compiler-specific default calling conventions to be used.

VKAPI_ATTR is a macro placed before the return type in Vulkan API function declarations. This macro controls calling conventions for C++11 and GCC/Clang-style compilers.

VKAPI_CALL is a macro placed after the return type in Vulkan API function declarations. This macro controls calling conventions for MSVC-style compilers.

VKAPI_PTR is a macro placed between the '(' and '*' in Vulkan API function pointer declarations. This macro also controls calling conventions, and typically has the same definition as VKAPI_ATTR or VKAPI_CALL, depending on the compiler.

With these macros, a Vulkan function declaration takes the form of:

VKAPI_ATTR <return_type> VKAPI_CALL <command_name>(<command_parameters>);

Additionally, a Vulkan function pointer type declaration takes the form of:

typedef <return_type> (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_<command_name>)(<command_parameters>);
Platform-Specific Header Control

If the VK_NO_STDINT_H macro is defined by the application at compile time, extended integer types used by the Vulkan API, such as uint8_t, must also be defined by the application. Otherwise, the Vulkan headers will not compile. If VK_NO_STDINT_H is not defined, the system <stdint.h> is used to define these types. There is a fallback path when Microsoft Visual Studio version 2008 and earlier versions are detected at compile time.

If the VK_NO_STDDEF_H macro is defined by the application at compile time, size_t, must also be defined by the application. Otherwise, the Vulkan headers will not compile. If VK_NO_STDDEF_H is not defined, the system <stddef.h> is used to define this type.

Vulkan Core API Header vulkan_sc_core.h

Applications that do not make use of window system-specific extensions may simply include vulkan_sc_core.h instead of vulkan_sc.h, although there is usually no reason to do so. In addition to the Vulkan API, vulkan_sc_core.h also defines and / or uses a small number of C preprocessor macros that are described below.

vulkan_sc_core.hpp provides the same functionality as vulkan_sc_core.h, but does so in a manner that is aligned for compliance with MISRA C++. In contrast, vulkan_sc_core.h is aligned for compliance with MISRA C:2012.

Vulkan Header File Compile Time Controls

If the VK_NO_PROTOTYPES macro is defined by an application at compile time, prototypes for Vulkan APIs will not be included. Only typedefs for API function pointers will be defined.

This is intended for applications using their own function loader and dispatch mechanism.

If the macro is not defined by the application, prototypes for Vulkan APIs will be included.

If the VK_ONLY_EXPORTED_PROTOTYPES macro is defined by an application at compile time, only prototypes for Vulkan APIs tagged as `"exported"`in the API XML will be included. For non-tagged APIs, only typedefs for API function pointers will be defined.

This is intended to match APIs which are statically exported by the Vulkan loader. At present, the exported APIs are only those defined by Vulkan core versions.

If the macro is not defined by the application, prototypes for all Vulkan APIs will be included.

Vulkan Header File Version Number

VK_HEADER_VERSION is the version number of the vulkan_sc_core.h header. This value is kept synchronized with the patch version of the released Specification.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// Version of this file
#define VK_HEADER_VERSION 20

VK_HEADER_VERSION_COMPLETE is the complete version number of the vulkan_sc_core.h header, comprising the major, minor, and patch versions. The major/minor values are kept synchronized with the complete version of the released Specification. This value is intended for use by automated tools to identify exactly which version of the header was used during their generation.

Applications should not use this value as their VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion. Instead applications should explicitly select a specific fixed major/minor API version using, for example, one of the VK_API_VERSION_*_* values.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// Complete version of this file
#define VK_HEADER_VERSION_COMPLETE VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(VKSC_API_VARIANT, 1, 0, VK_HEADER_VERSION)
Vulkan Handle Macros

VK_DEFINE_HANDLE defines a dispatchable handle type.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T* (object);

  • object is the name of the resulting C type.

The only dispatchable handle types are those related to device and instance management, such as VkDevice.

VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE defines a non-dispatchable handle type.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#ifndef VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE
    #if (VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES==1)
        #define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T *(object);
    #else
        #define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef uint64_t (object);
    #endif
#endif

  • object is the name of the resulting C type.

Most Vulkan handle types, such as VkBuffer, are non-dispatchable.

Note

The vulkan_sc_core.h header allows the VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE and VK_NULL_HANDLE definitions to be overridden by the application. If VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE is already defined when vulkan_sc_core.h is compiled, the default definitions for VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE and VK_NULL_HANDLE are skipped. This allows the application to define a binary-compatible custom handle which may provide more type-safety or other features needed by the application. Applications must not define handles in a way that is not binary compatible - where binary compatibility is platform dependent.

VK_NULL_HANDLE is a reserved value representing a non-valid object handle. It may be passed to and returned from Vulkan commands only when specifically allowed.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#ifndef VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE
    #if (VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES==1)
        #if (defined(__cplusplus) && (__cplusplus >= 201103L)) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && (_MSVC_LANG >= 201103L))
            #define VK_NULL_HANDLE nullptr
        #else
            #define VK_NULL_HANDLE ((void*)0)
        #endif
    #else
        #define VK_NULL_HANDLE 0ULL
    #endif
#endif
#ifndef VK_NULL_HANDLE
    #define VK_NULL_HANDLE 0
#endif

VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES defines whether the default non-dispatchable handles are declared using either a 64-bit pointer type or a 64-bit unsigned integer type.

VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES is set to '1' to use a 64-bit pointer type or any other value to use a 64-bit unsigned integer type.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#ifndef VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES
    #if defined(__LP64__) || defined(_WIN64) || (defined(__x86_64__) && !defined(__ILP32__) ) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(__ia64) || defined (_M_IA64) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__powerpc64__) || (defined(__riscv) && __riscv_xlen == 64)
        #define VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES 1
    #else
        #define VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES 0
    #endif
#endif
Note

The vulkan_sc_core.h header allows the VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES definition to be overridden by the application. This allows the application to select either a 64-bit pointer type or a 64-bit unsigned integer type for non-dispatchable handles in the case where the predefined preprocessor check does not identify the desired configuration.

Window System-Specific Header Control (Informative)

To use a Vulkan extension supporting a platform-specific window system, header files for that window system must be included at compile time, or platform-specific types must be forward-declared. The Vulkan header files are unable to determine whether or not an external header is available at compile time, so platform-specific extensions are provided in separate headers from the core API and platform-independent extensions, allowing applications to decide which ones they need to be defined and how the external headers are included.

Extensions dependent on particular sets of platform headers, or that forward-declare platform-specific types, are declared in a header named for that platform. Before including these platform-specific Vulkan headers, applications must include both vulkan_sc_core.h and any external native headers the platform extensions depend on.

As a convenience for applications that do not need the flexibility of separate platform-specific Vulkan headers, vulkan_sc.h includes vulkan_sc_core.h, and then conditionally includes platform-specific Vulkan headers and the external headers they depend on. Applications control which platform-specific headers are included by #defining macros before including vulkan_sc.h.

The correspondence between platform-specific extensions, external headers they require, the platform-specific header which declares them, and the preprocessor macros which enable inclusion by vulkan_sc.h are shown in the following table.

Table 89. Window System Extensions and Headers
Extension Name Window System Name Platform-specific Header Required External Headers Controlling vulkan_sc.h Macro

VK_KHR_android_surface

Android

vulkan_android.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_ANDROID_KHR

VK_KHR_wayland_surface

Wayland

vulkan_wayland.h

<wayland-client.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_WAYLAND_KHR

VK_KHR_win32_surface, VK_KHR_external_memory_win32, VK_KHR_win32_keyed_mutex, VK_KHR_external_semaphore_win32, VK_KHR_external_fence_win32, VK_NV_external_memory_win32, VK_NV_win32_keyed_mutex

Microsoft Windows

vulkan_win32.h

<windows.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR

VK_KHR_xcb_surface

X11 Xcb

vulkan_xcb.h

<xcb/xcb.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_XCB_KHR

VK_KHR_xlib_surface

X11 Xlib

vulkan_xlib.h

<X11/Xlib.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_XLIB_KHR

VK_EXT_directfb_surface

DirectFB

vulkan_directfb.h

<directfb/directfb.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_DIRECTFB_EXT

VK_EXT_acquire_xlib_display

X11 XRAndR

vulkan_xlib_xrandr.h

<X11/Xlib.h>, <X11/extensions/Xrandr.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_XLIB_XRANDR_EXT

VK_GGP_stream_descriptor_surface, VK_GGP_frame_token

Google Games Platform

vulkan_ggp.h

<ggp_c/vulkan_types.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_GGP

VK_MVK_ios_surface

iOS

vulkan_ios.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_IOS_MVK

VK_MVK_macos_surface

macOS

vulkan_macos.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_MACOS_MVK

VK_OHOS_surface

OHOS

vulkan_ohos.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_OHOS

VK_NN_vi_surface

VI

vulkan_vi.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_VI_NN

VK_FUCHSIA_imagepipe_surface

Fuchsia

vulkan_fuchsia.h

<zircon/types.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_FUCHSIA

VK_EXT_metal_surface

Metal on CoreAnimation

vulkan_metal.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_METAL_EXT

VK_QNX_screen_surface

QNX Screen

vulkan_screen.h

<screen/screen.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_SCREEN_QNX

VK_NV_external_sci_sync, VK_NV_external_sci_sync2, VK_NV_external_memory_sci_buf

NVIDIA Sci

vulkan_sci.h

<nvscisync.h>, <nvscibuf.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_SCI
Note

This section describes the purpose of the headers independently of the specific underlying functionality of the window system extensions themselves. Each extension name will only link to a description of that extension when viewing a specification built with that extension included.

Provisional Extension Header Control (Informative)

Provisional extensions should not be used in production applications. The functionality defined by such extensions may change in ways that break backwards compatibility between revisions, and before final release of a non-provisional version of that extension.

Provisional extensions are defined in a separate provisional header, vulkan_beta.h, allowing applications to decide whether or not to include them. The mechanism is similar to window system-specific headers: before including vulkan_beta.h, applications must include vulkan_sc_core.h.

Note

Sometimes a provisional extension will include a subset of its interfaces in vulkan_sc_core.h. This may occur if the provisional extension is promoted from an existing vendor or EXT extension and some of the existing interfaces are defined as aliases of the provisional extension interfaces. All other interfaces of that provisional extension which are not aliased will be included in vulkan_beta.h.

As a convenience for applications, vulkan_sc.h conditionally includes vulkan_beta.h. Applications can control inclusion of vulkan_beta.h by #defining the macro VK_ENABLE_BETA_EXTENSIONS before including vulkan_sc.h.

Note

Starting in version 1.2.171 of the Specification, all provisional enumerants are protected by the macro VK_ENABLE_BETA_EXTENSIONS. Applications needing to use provisional extensions must always define this macro, even if they are explicitly including vulkan_beta.h. This is a minor change to behavior, affecting only provisional extensions.
Note

This section describes the purpose of the provisional header independently of the specific provisional extensions which are contained in that header at any given time. The extension appendices for provisional extensions note their provisional status, and link back to this section for more information. Provisional extensions are intended to provide early access for bleeding-edge developers, with the understanding that extension interfaces may change in response to developer feedback. Provisional extensions are very likely to eventually be updated and released as non-provisional extensions, but there is no guarantee this will happen, or how long it will take if it does happen.

Appendix H: Invariance

The Vulkan specification is not pixel exact. It therefore does not guarantee an exact match between images produced by different Vulkan implementations. However, the specification does specify exact matches, in some cases, for images produced by the same implementation. The purpose of this appendix is to identify and provide justification for those cases that require exact matches.

Repeatability

The obvious and most fundamental case is repeated issuance of a series of Vulkan commands. For any given Vulkan and framebuffer state vector, and for any Vulkan command, the resulting Vulkan and framebuffer state must be identical whenever the command is executed on that initial Vulkan and framebuffer state. This repeatability requirement does not apply when using shaders containing side effects (image and buffer variable stores and atomic operations), because these memory operations are not guaranteed to be processed in a defined order.

One purpose of repeatability is avoidance of visual artifacts when a double-buffered scene is redrawn. If rendering is not repeatable, swapping between two buffers rendered with the same command sequence may result in visible changes in the image. Such false motion is distracting to the viewer. Another reason for repeatability is testability.

Repeatability, while important, is a weak requirement. Given only repeatability as a requirement, two scenes rendered with one (small) polygon changed in position might differ at every pixel. Such a difference, while within the law of repeatability, is certainly not within its spirit. Additional invariance rules are desirable to ensure useful operation.

Multi-Pass Algorithms

Invariance is necessary for a whole set of useful multi-pass algorithms. Such algorithms render multiple times, each time with a different Vulkan mode vector, to eventually produce a result in the framebuffer. Examples of these algorithms include:

  • “Erasing” a primitive from the framebuffer by redrawing it, either in a different color or using the XOR logical operation.

  • Using stencil operations to compute capping planes.

Invariance Rules

For a given Vulkan device:

Rule 1 For any given Vulkan and framebuffer state vector, and for any given Vulkan command, the resulting Vulkan and framebuffer state must be identical each time the command is executed on that initial Vulkan and framebuffer state.

Rule 2 Changes to the following state values have no side effects (the use of any other state value is not affected by the change):

Required:

  • Color and depth/stencil attachment contents

  • Scissor parameters (other than enable)

  • Write masks (color, depth, stencil)

  • Clear values (color, depth, stencil)

Strongly suggested:

  • Stencil parameters (other than enable)

  • Depth test parameters (other than enable)

  • Blend parameters (other than enable)

  • Logical operation parameters (other than enable)

Corollary 1 Fragment generation is invariant with respect to the state values listed in Rule 2.

Rule 3 The arithmetic of each per-fragment operation is invariant except with respect to parameters that directly control it.

Corollary 2 Images rendered into different color attachments of the same framebuffer, either simultaneously or separately using the same command sequence, are pixel identical.

Rule 4 Identical pipelines will produce the same result when run multiple times with the same input. The wording “Identical pipelines” means VkPipeline objects that have been created with identical SPIR-V binaries and identical state, which are then used by commands executed using the same Vulkan state vector. Invariance is relaxed for shaders with side effects, such as performing stores or atomics.

Rule 5 All fragment shaders that either conditionally or unconditionally assign FragCoord.z to FragDepth are depth-invariant with respect to each other, for those fragments where the assignment to FragDepth actually is done.

If a sequence of Vulkan commands specifies primitives to be rendered with shaders containing side effects (image and buffer variable stores and atomic operations), invariance rules are relaxed. In particular, rule 1, corollary 2, and rule 4 do not apply in the presence of shader side effects.

The following weaker versions of rules 1 and 4 apply to Vulkan commands involving shader side effects:

Rule 6 For any given Vulkan and framebuffer state vector, and for any given Vulkan command, the contents of any framebuffer state not directly or indirectly affected by results of shader image or buffer variable stores or atomic operations must be identical each time the command is executed on that initial Vulkan and framebuffer state.

Rule 7 Identical pipelines will produce the same result when run multiple times with the same input as long as:

  • shader invocations do not use image atomic operations;

  • no framebuffer memory is written to more than once by image stores, unless all such stores write the same value; and

  • no shader invocation, or other operation performed to process the sequence of commands, reads memory written to by an image store.

Note

The OpenGL specification has the following invariance rule: Consider a primitive p' obtained by translating a primitive p through an offset (x, y) in window coordinates, where x and y are integers. As long as neither p' nor p is clipped, it must be the case that each fragment f' produced from p' is identical to a corresponding fragment f from p except that the center of f' is offset by (x, y) from the center of f.

This rule does not apply to Vulkan and is an intentional difference from OpenGL.

When any sequence of Vulkan commands triggers shader invocations that perform image stores or atomic operations, and subsequent Vulkan commands read the memory written by those shader invocations, these operations must be explicitly synchronized.

Tessellation Invariance

When using a pipeline containing tessellation evaluation shaders, the fixed-function tessellation primitive generator consumes the input patch specified by an application and emits a new set of primitives. The following invariance rules are intended to provide repeatability guarantees. Additionally, they are intended to allow an application with a carefully crafted tessellation evaluation shader to ensure that the sets of triangles generated for two adjacent patches have identical vertices along shared patch edges, avoiding “cracks” caused by minor differences in the positions of vertices along shared edges.

Rule 1 When processing two patches with identical outer and inner tessellation levels, the tessellation primitive generator will emit an identical set of point, line, or triangle primitives as long as the pipeline used to process the patch primitives has tessellation evaluation shaders specifying the same tessellation mode, spacing, vertex order, and point mode decorations. Two sets of primitives are considered identical if and only if they contain the same number and type of primitives and the generated tessellation coordinates for the vertex numbered m of the primitive numbered n are identical for all values of m and n.

Rule 2 The set of vertices generated along the outer edge of the subdivided primitive in triangle and quad tessellation, and the tessellation coordinates of each, depend only on the corresponding outer tessellation level and the spacing decorations in the tessellation shaders of the pipeline.

Rule 3 The set of vertices generated when subdividing any outer primitive edge is always symmetric. For triangle tessellation, if the subdivision generates a vertex with tessellation coordinates of the form (0, x, 1-x), (x, 0, 1-x), or (x, 1-x, 0), it will also generate a vertex with coordinates of exactly (0, 1-x, x), (1-x, 0, x), or (1-x, x, 0), respectively. For quad tessellation, if the subdivision generates a vertex with coordinates of (x, 0) or (0, x), it will also generate a vertex with coordinates of exactly (1-x, 0) or (0, 1-x), respectively. For isoline tessellation, if it generates vertices at (0, x) and (1, x) where x is not zero, it will also generate vertices at exactly (0, 1-x) and (1, 1-x), respectively.

Rule 4 The set of vertices generated when subdividing outer edges in triangular and quad tessellation must be independent of the specific edge subdivided, given identical outer tessellation levels and spacing. For example, if vertices at (x, 1 - x, 0) and (1-x, x, 0) are generated when subdividing the w = 0 edge in triangular tessellation, vertices must be generated at (x, 0, 1-x) and (1-x, 0, x) when subdividing an otherwise identical v = 0 edge. For quad tessellation, if vertices at (x, 0) and (1-x, 0) are generated when subdividing the v = 0 edge, vertices must be generated at (0, x) and (0, 1-x) when subdividing an otherwise identical u = 0 edge.

Rule 5 When processing two patches that are identical in all respects enumerated in rule 1 except for vertex order, the set of triangles generated for triangle and quad tessellation must be identical except for vertex and triangle order. For each triangle n1 produced by processing the first patch, there must be a triangle n2 produced when processing the second patch each of whose vertices has the same tessellation coordinates as one of the vertices in n1.

Rule 6 When processing two patches that are identical in all respects enumerated in rule 1 other than matching outer tessellation levels and/or vertex order, the set of interior triangles generated for triangle and quad tessellation must be identical in all respects except for vertex and triangle order. For each interior triangle n1 produced by processing the first patch, there must be a triangle n2 produced when processing the second patch each of whose vertices has the same tessellation coordinates as one of the vertices in n1. A triangle produced by the tessellator is considered an interior triangle if none of its vertices lie on an outer edge of the subdivided primitive.

Rule 7 For quad and triangle tessellation, the set of triangles connecting an inner and outer edge depends only on the inner and outer tessellation levels corresponding to that edge and the spacing decorations.

Rule 8 The value of all defined components of TessCoord will be in the range [0, 1]. Additionally, for any defined component x of TessCoord, the results of computing 1.0-x in a tessellation evaluation shader will be exact. If any floating-point values in the range [0, 1] fail to satisfy this property, such values must not be used as tessellation coordinate components.

Appendix I: Vulkan SC Deviations From Base Vulkan

Additions

The following extensions have been added to Vulkan SC:

Extension Level

VK_KHR_object_refresh

Optional

The following items have been added to Vulkan SC:

Chapter Additions

Fundamentals

Devices and Queues

Command Buffers

Pipelines

Memory Allocation

Features

Debugging

Modifications

The following aspects of Base Vulkan have been modified for Vulkan SC:

Chapter Modifications

Fundamentals

Devices and Queues

Command Buffers

Pipelines

Memory Allocation

Resource Creation

  • VkBufferCreateInfo::flags must not contain any of the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT, or VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT flags [SCID-8].

  • VkImageCreateInfo::flags must not contain any of the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT, VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPLIT_INSTANCE_BIND_REGIONS_BIT flags [SCID-8].

  • VkBindImageMemoryDeviceGroupInfo::splitInstanceBindRegionCount must be zero [SCID-8].

Resource Descriptors

  • If recycleDescriptorSetMemory is VK_FALSE, then freeing a descriptor set does not make the pool memory it used available to be reallocated until the descriptor pool is reset [SCID-4].

Sparse Resources

WSI Swapchain

Features

Limits

Removals

The following functionality has been removed from Base Vulkan in Vulkan SC:

Chapter Removals

Fundamentals

  • VkStructureType (legacy aliases)

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_VARIABLE_POINTER_FEATURES [SCID-8]

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SHADER_DRAW_PARAMETER_FEATURES [SCID-8]

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SURFACE_CAPABILITIES2_EXT [SCID-8]

Devices and Queues

Command Buffers

Synchronization and Cache Control

  • vkDestroySemaphoreSciSyncPoolNV [SCID-4]

Shaders

Pipelines

Memory Allocation

  • VkSystemAllocationScope, VkInternalAllocationType [SCID-8]

  • vkFreeMemory [SCID-4]

Resource Descriptors

  • vkDestroyDescriptorPool [SCID-4]

  • VkStructureType

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_UPDATE_TEMPLATE_CREATE_INFO_KHR [SCID-8]

  • VkObjectType

    • VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_UPDATE_TEMPLATE_KHR [SCID-8]

  • vkCreateDescriptorUpdateTemplateKHR, vkDestroyDescriptorUpdateTemplateKHR, vkUpdateDescriptorSetWithTemplateKHR, vkCmdPushDescriptorSetWithTemplateKHR [SCID-8]

  • VkDescriptorUpdateTemplateKHR, VkDescriptorUpdateTemplateEntryKHR, VkDescriptorUpdateTemplateCreateInfoKHR [SCID-8]

  • VkDescriptorUpdateTemplateTypeKHR [SCID-8]

  • VkDescriptorUpdateTemplateCreateFlagsKHR [SCID-8]

  • VkDescriptorUpdateTemplateType

    • VK_DESCRIPTOR_UPDATE_TEMPLATE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_KHR [SCID-8]

    • VK_DESCRIPTOR_UPDATE_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PUSH_DESCRIPTORS [SCID-8]

Queries

Fragment Operations

Sparse Resources

  • VkStructureType

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_SPARSE_INFO [SCID-8]

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_GROUP_BIND_SPARSE_INFO [SCID-8]

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_SPARSE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_INFO_2 [SCID-8]

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_INFO_2 [SCID-8]

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_PROPERTIES_2 [SCID-8]

    • VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SPARSE_IMAGE_MEMORY_REQUIREMENTS_2 [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageFormatProperties [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageFormatFlagBits [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageFormatFlags [SCID-8]

  • vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties [SCID-8]

  • vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties2 [SCID-8]

  • VkPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatInfo2 [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageFormatProperties2 [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements [SCID-8]

  • vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements [SCID-8]

  • vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements2 [SCID-8]

  • VkImageSparseMemoryRequirementsInfo2 [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements2 [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseMemoryBind [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseMemoryBindFlagBits [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseMemoryBindFlags [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo [SCID-8]

  • VkSparseImageMemoryBind [SCID-8]

  • vkQueueBindSparse [SCID-8]

  • VkBindSparseInfo [SCID-8]

  • VkDeviceGroupBindSparseInfo [SCID-8]

Window System Integration

WSI Swapchain

Extension Support

Vulkan SC supports a subset of the extensions supported in Base Vulkan. This subset was decided by:

  • Excluding any extensions that would pose significant difficulty to certify their implementations.

  • Excluding any extension that would not be used in deployed devices. This was primarily extensions focused on application development and debug.

  • Excluding any extensions that are specific to an Operating System or Windowing system that is highly unlikely to be used in the Safety Critical space.

  • Non-KHR or EXT extension are supported on request.

Note

During development it is likely that application developers will need additional functionality in a Vulkan SC implementation beyond what is provided by the supported extensions. This can be achieved by implementing a development focused version of the implementation that exposes additional Vulkan extensions and tools support but is non-conformant to the Vulkan SC specification.

A Vulkan SC conformant implementation with this additional functionality removed will be used on the end device.

Fault and Error Handling

Vulkan SC maintains the use of VkResult Return Codes on a small number of commands. These allow the command to confirm it completed successfully or return an error code for situations where a failure could be detected at runtime during the execution of the command.

In addition to VkResult Return Codes Vulkan SC adds Fault Handling support. This provides the implementation the ability to communicate information on errors or faults to the application that have been detected but are not covered by VkResult Return Codes in the Vulkan SC API. These could be runtime failures of the system or application faults that are detected asynchronously to the Vulkan API commands.

Undefined Behavior in the API

If an application uses the API incorrectly the behavior of the API is undefined. The Vulkan SC runtime will perform minimal error and state checking and it is assumed that applications are using the API correctly, see Valid Usage.

With incorrect input to the API, the implementation could continue to function correctly, generate unexpected output, become unstable, or be terminated. The exact behavior will vary and be dependent on the specifics of the invalid usage and the implementation.

It is primarily the application’s responsibility to ensure it always uses the API correctly. Potential methods to detect incorrect API usage include performing manual code inspection, use of validation layers during development, use of validation layers at runtime, or adding runtime checking to the application. Outside of this, Vulkan SC implementations can add implementation-specific targeted checks to detect invalid API usage that could significantly impact the correct operation of the application or implementation. The Fault Handling extension allows implementations to communicate information on such occurrences.

MISRA C:2012 Deviations

vulkan_sc_core.h is intended to be compatible with safety coding standards like MISRA C:2012.

The following provides information on items a MISRA C code analysis tool may report for a project using Vulkan SC.

MISRA headline guidelines are copyright © The MISRA Consortium Limited and are reproduced with permission. For further explanation of the directives and rules please see the MISRA C:2012 specification (https://www.misra.org.uk/misra-c/). See MISRA Compliance:2020 (https://www.misra.org.uk/app/uploads/2021/06/MISRA-Compliance-2020.pdf) for a framework for handling deviations.

Directives

Directive 4.6: "typedefs that indicate size and signedness should be used in place of the basic numerical types"

Category

Advisory

Note

This is reported for every char and float variable used in the API.

Rationale

Vulkan SC maintains the Base Vulkan type conventions for compatibility between APIs.

Rules

Rule 2.3: "A project should not contain unused type declarations"

Category

Advisory

Note

This is reported for any unused type definitions.

Rationale

The vulkan_sc_core.h provides a complete API definition and it is expected that an application may not use all the provided type declarations.
Rule 2.4: "A project should not contain unused tag declarations"

Category

Advisory

Note

This is reported for each instance of typedef struct VkStruct { …​ } VkStruct; and typedef enum VkEnum { …​ } VkEnum; where the tag declaration is unused.

Rationale

The vulkan_sc_core.h provides a complete API definition and it is expected that an application may not use all the provided tag declarations. Vulkan SC maintains the Base Vulkan type conventions for compatibility between APIs. Tag declarations are required in case an application wishes to make forward declarations to API-defined types.
Rule 2.5: "A project should not contain unused macro declarations"

Category

Advisory

Note

This is reported for every unused macro defined in the header.

Rationale

The vulkan_sc_core.h provides a complete API definition and it is expected that an application may not use all the provided macro declarations.
Rule 5.1: "External identifiers shall be distinct"

Category

Required

Note

This is reported for identifiers with names that do not differ in the first 31 characters, such as vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties2.

Rationale

Vulkan SC maintains the Base Vulkan naming conventions for compatibility between APIs. Vulkan SC applications must be built using a compiler that treats enough characters as significant.
Rule 5.2: "Identifiers declared in the same scope and name space shall be distinct"

Category

Required

Note

This is reported for many typedef statements with long identifiers.

Rationale

Vulkan SC maintains the Base Vulkan type and naming conventions for compatibility between APIs. Vulkan SC applications must be built using a compiler that treats enough characters as significant.
Rule 5.4: "Macro identifiers shall be distinct"

Category

Required

Note

This is reported for macros with names that do not differ in the first 31 characters, such as VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT and VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

Rationale

Vulkan SC maintains the Base Vulkan naming conventions for compatibility between APIs. Vulkan SC applications must be built using a compiler that treats enough characters as significant.
Rule 8.6: "An identifier with external linkage shall have exactly one external definition"

Category

Required

Note

This is reported for every API command declaration, and the external definitions are provided by the implementation.

Rationale

It is expected that a Vulkan SC application will link against an implementation that provides these definitions.
Rule 19.2: "The union keyword should not be used"

Category

Advisory

Note

This is reported on the VkClearColorValue, VkClearValue, and VkPerformanceCounterResultKHR unions.

Rationale

These are required to remain compatible with the Base Vulkan API.
Rule 20.1: "#include directives should only be preceded by preprocessor directives or comments"

Category

Advisory

Note

This is reported because the entire Vulkan SC API definition is wrapped in an extern "C" block.

Rationale

This is expected because the Vulkan SC API is a C ABI and the header may be included from C++ code.
Rule 20.10: "The # and ## preprocessor operators should not be used"

Category

Advisory

Note

This is reported for the two lines:

#define VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T* (object);
#define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T *(object);

Rationale

This is expected usage of the macro expansion operation and there are not multiple operators used in the statement.

Appendix J: Lexicon

This appendix defines terms, abbreviations, and API prefixes used in the Specification.

Glossary

The terms defined in this section are used consistently throughout the Specification and may be used with or without capitalization.

Accessible (Descriptor Binding)

A descriptor binding is accessible to a shader stage if that stage is included in the stageFlags of the descriptor binding. Descriptors using that binding can only be used by stages in which they are accessible.

Acquire Operation (Resource)

An operation that acquires ownership of an image subresource or buffer range.

Adjacent Vertex

A vertex in an adjacency primitive topology that is not part of a given primitive, but is accessible in geometry shaders.

Advanced Blend Operation

Blending performed using one of the blend operation enums introduced by the VK_EXT_blend_operation_advanced extension. See Advanced Blending Operations.

Alias (API type/command)

An identical definition of another API type/command with the same behavior but a different name.

Aliased Range (Memory)

A range of a device memory allocation that is bound to multiple resources simultaneously.

Allocation Scope

An association of a host memory allocation to a parent object or command, where the allocation’s lifetime ends before or at the same time as the parent object is freed or destroyed, or during the parent command.

API command

Any command defined in the Vulkan specification. These entry points all have a vk prefix.

Aspect (Image)

Some image types contain multiple kinds (called “aspects”) of data for each pixel, where each aspect is used in a particular way by the pipeline and may be stored differently or separately from other aspects. For example, the color components of an image format make up the color aspect of the image, and can be used as a framebuffer color attachment. Some operations, like depth testing, operate only on specific aspects of an image.

Attachment (Render Pass)

A zero-based integer index name used in render pass creation to refer to a framebuffer attachment that is accessed by one or more subpasses. The index also refers to an attachment description which includes information about the properties of the image view that will later be attached.

Availability Operation

An operation that causes the values generated by specified memory write accesses to become available for future access.

Available

A state of values written to memory that allows them to be made visible.

Back-Facing

See Facingness.

Batch

A single structure submitted to a queue as part of a queue submission command, describing a set of queue operations to execute.

Backwards Compatibility

A given version of the API is backwards compatible with an earlier version if an application, relying only on valid behavior and functionality defined by the earlier specification, is able to correctly run against each version without any modification. This assumes no active attempt by that application to not run when it detects a different version.

Binary Semaphore

A semaphore with a boolean payload indicating whether the semaphore is signaled or unsignaled. Represented by a VkSemaphore object created with a semaphore type of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_BINARY .

Binding (Memory)

An association established between a range of a resource object and a range of a memory object. These associations determine the memory locations affected by operations performed on elements of a resource object. Memory bindings are established using the vkBindBufferMemory command for non-sparse buffer objects, and using the vkBindImageMemory command for non-sparse image objects .

Blend Constant

Four floating-point (RGBA) values used as an input to blending.

Blending

Arithmetic operations between a fragment color value and a value in a color attachment that produce a final color value to be written to the attachment.

Buffer

A resource that represents a linear array of data in device memory. Represented by a VkBuffer object.

Buffer Device Address

A 64-bit value used in a shader to access buffer memory through the PhysicalStorageBuffer storage class.

Buffer View

An object that represents a range of a specific buffer, and state controlling how the contents are interpreted. Represented by a VkBufferView object.

Built-In Variable

A variable decorated in a shader, where the decoration makes the variable take values provided by the execution environment or values that are generated by fixed-function pipeline stages.

Built-In Interface Block

A block defined in a shader containing only variables decorated with built-in decorations, and is used to match against other shader stages.

Clip Coordinates

The homogeneous coordinate space in which vertex positions (Position decoration) are written by pre-rasterization shader stages.

Clip Distance

A built-in output from pre-rasterization shader stages defining a clip half-space against which the primitive is clipped.

Clip Volume

The intersection of the view volume with all clip half-spaces.

Color Attachment

A subpass attachment point, or image view, that is the target of fragment color outputs and blending.

Color Renderable Format

A VkFormat where VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT is set in one of the following, depending on the image’s tiling:

Combined Image Sampler

A descriptor type that includes both a sampled image and a sampler.

Command Buffer

An object that records commands to be submitted to a queue. Represented by a VkCommandBuffer object.

Command Pool

An object that command buffer memory is allocated from, and that owns that memory. Command pools aid multithreaded performance by enabling different threads to use different allocators, without internal synchronization on each use. Represented by a VkCommandPool object.

Compatible Allocator

When allocators are compatible, allocations from each allocator can be freed by the other allocator.

Compatible Image Formats

When formats are compatible, images created with one of the formats can have image views created from it using any of the compatible formats. Also see Size-Compatible Image Formats.

Compatible Queues

Queues within a queue family. Compatible queues have identical properties.

Complete Mipmap Chain

The entire set of mip levels that can be provided for an image, from the largest application-specified mip level size down to the minimum mip level size. See Image Mip Level Sizing.

Component (Format)

A distinct part of a format. Color components are represented with R, G, B, and A. Depth and stencil components are represented with D and S. Formats can have multiple instances of the same component. Some formats have other notations such as E or X which are not considered a component of the format.

Compressed Texel Block

An element of an image having a block-compressed format, comprising a rectangular block of texel values that are encoded as a single value in memory. Compressed texel blocks of a particular block-compressed format have a corresponding width, height, and depth defining the dimensions of these elements in units of texels, and a size in bytes of the encoding in memory.

Constant Integral Expressions

A SPIR-V constant instruction whose type is OpTypeInt. See Constant Instruction in section 2.2.1 “Instructions” of the Khronos SPIR-V Specification.

Coverage Index

The index of a sample in the coverage mask.

Coverage Mask

A bitfield associated with a fragment representing the samples that were determined to be covered based on the result of rasterization, and then subsequently modified by fragment operations or the fragment shader.

Cull Distance

A built-in output from pre-rasterization shader stages defining a cull half-space where the primitive is rejected if all vertices have a negative value for the same cull distance.

Cull Volume

The intersection of the view volume with all cull half-spaces.

Decoration (SPIR-V)

Auxiliary information such as built-in variables, stream numbers, invariance, interpolation type, relaxed precision, etc., added to variables or structure-type members through decorations.

Depth/Stencil Attachment

A subpass attachment point, or image view, that is the target of depth and/or stencil test operations and writes.

Depth/Stencil Format

A VkFormat that includes depth and/or stencil components.

Depth/Stencil Image (or ImageView)

A VkImage (or VkImageView) with a depth/stencil format.

Depth/Stencil Resolve Attachment

A subpass attachment point, or image view, that is the target of a multisample resolve operation from the corresponding depth/stencil attachment at the end of the subpass.

Derivative Group

A set of fragment shader invocations that cooperate to compute derivatives, including implicit derivatives for sampled image operations.

Descriptor

Information about a resource or resource view written into a descriptor set that is used to access the resource or view from a shader.

Descriptor Binding

An entry in a descriptor set layout corresponding to zero or more descriptors of a single descriptor type in a set. Defined by a VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure.

Descriptor Pool

An object that descriptor sets are allocated from, and that owns the storage of those descriptor sets. Descriptor pools aid multithreaded performance by enabling different threads to use different allocators, without internal synchronization on each use. Represented by a VkDescriptorPool object.

Descriptor Set

An object that resource descriptors are written into via the API, and that can be bound to a command buffer such that the descriptors contained within it can be accessed from shaders. Represented by a VkDescriptorSet object.

Descriptor Set Layout

An object defining the set of resources (types and counts) and their relative arrangement (in the binding namespace) within a descriptor set. Used when allocating descriptor sets and when creating pipeline layouts. Represented by a VkDescriptorSetLayout object.

Device

The processor(s) and execution environment that perform tasks requested by the application via the Vulkan API.

Device Group

A set of physical devices that support accessing each other’s memory and recording a single command buffer that can be executed on all the physical devices.

Device Index

A zero-based integer that identifies one physical device from a logical device. A device index is valid if it is less than the number of physical devices in the logical device.

Device Mask

A bitmask where each bit represents one device index. A device mask value is valid if every bit that is set in the mask is at a bit position that is less than the number of physical devices in the logical device.

Device Memory

Memory accessible to the device. Represented by a VkDeviceMemory object.

Device-Level Command

Any command that is dispatched from a logical device, or from a child object of a logical device.

Device-Level Functionality

All device-level commands and objects, and their structures, enumerated types, and enumerants. Additionally, physical-device-level functionality defined by a device extension is also considered device-level functionality.

Device-Level Object

Logical device objects and their child objects. For example, VkDevice, VkQueue, and VkCommandBuffer objects are device-level objects.

Device-Local Memory

Memory that is connected to the device, and may be more performant for device access than host-local memory.

Direct Drawing Commands

Drawing commands that take all their parameters as direct arguments to the command (and not sourced via structures in buffer memory as the indirect drawing commands). Includes vkCmdDraw, and vkCmdDrawIndexed.

Disjoint

Disjoint planes are image planes to which memory is bound independently.
A disjoint image consists of multiple disjoint planes, and is created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT bit set.

Dispatchable Command

A non-global command. The first argument to each dispatchable command is a dispatchable handle type.

Dispatchable Handle

A handle of a pointer handle type which may be used by layers as part of intercepting API commands.

Dispatching Commands

Commands that provoke work using a compute pipeline, such as vkCmdDispatch. See Dispatching Commands.

Drawing Commands

Commands that provoke work using a graphics pipeline. Includes vkCmdDraw, vkCmdDrawIndexed, vkCmdDrawIndirectCount, vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount, vkCmdDrawIndirect, and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Duration (Command)

The duration of a Vulkan command refers to the interval between calling the command and its return to the caller.

Dynamic Storage Buffer

A storage buffer whose offset is specified each time the storage buffer is bound to a command buffer via a descriptor set.

Dynamic Uniform Buffer

A uniform buffer whose offset is specified each time the uniform buffer is bound to a command buffer via a descriptor set.

Dynamically Uniform

See Dynamically Uniform in section 2.2 “Terms” of the Khronos SPIR-V Specification.

Element

Arrays are composed of multiple elements, where each element exists at a unique index within that array. Used primarily to describe data passed to or returned from the Vulkan API.

Explicitly-Enabled Layer

A layer enabled by the application by adding it to the enabled layer list in vkCreateInstance or vkCreateDevice.

Event

A synchronization primitive that is signaled when execution of previous commands completes through a specified set of pipeline stages. Events can be waited on by the device and polled by the host. Represented by a VkEvent object.

Executable State (Command Buffer)

A command buffer that has ended recording commands and can be executed. See also Initial State and Recording State.

Execution Dependency

A dependency that guarantees that certain pipeline stages’ work for a first set of commands has completed execution before certain pipeline stages’ work for a second set of commands begins execution. This is accomplished via pipeline barriers, subpass dependencies, events, or implicit ordering operations.

Execution Dependency Chain

A sequence of execution dependencies that transitively act as a single execution dependency.

Explicit chroma reconstruction

An implementation of sampler Y′CBCR conversion which reconstructs reduced-resolution chroma samples to luma resolution and then separately performs texture sample interpolation. This is distinct from an implicit implementation, which incorporates chroma sample reconstruction into texture sample interpolation.

Extension Scope

The set of objects and commands that can be affected by an extension. Extensions are either device scope or instance scope.

Extending Structure

A structure type which may appear in the pNext chain of another structure, extending the functionality of the other structure. Extending structures may be defined by either core API versions or extensions.

External Handle

A resource handle which has meaning outside of a specific Vulkan device or its parent instance. External handles may be used to share resources between multiple Vulkan devices in different instances, or between Vulkan and other APIs. Some external handle types correspond to platform-defined handles, in which case the resource may outlive any particular Vulkan device or instance and may be transferred between processes, or otherwise manipulated via functionality defined by the platform for that handle type.

External synchronization

A type of synchronization required of the application, where parameters defined to be externally synchronized must not be used simultaneously in multiple threads.

Facingness (Polygon)

A classification of a polygon as either front-facing or back-facing, depending on the orientation (winding order) of its vertices.

Facingness (Fragment)

A fragment is either front-facing or back-facing, depending on the primitive it was generated from. If the primitive was a polygon (regardless of polygon mode), the fragment inherits the facingness of the polygon. All other fragments are front-facing.

Fence

A synchronization primitive that is signaled when a set of batches or sparse binding operations complete execution on a queue. Fences can be waited on by the host. Represented by a VkFence object.

Flat Shading

A property of a vertex attribute that causes the value from a single vertex (the provoking vertex) to be used for all vertices in a primitive, and for interpolation of that attribute to return that single value unaltered.

Format Features

A set of features from VkFormatFeatureFlagBits that a VkFormat is capable of using for various commands. The list is determined by factors such as VkImageTiling.

Fragment

A rectangular framebuffer region with associated data produced by rasterization and processed by fragment operations including the fragment shader.

Fragment Area

The width and height, in pixels, of a fragment.

Fragment Input Attachment Interface

Variables with UniformConstant storage class and a decoration of InputAttachmentIndex that are statically used by a fragment shader’s entry point, which receive values from input attachments.

Fragment Output Interface

A fragment shader entry point’s variables with Output storage class, which output to color and/or depth/stencil attachments.

Framebuffer

A collection of image views and a set of dimensions that, in conjunction with a render pass, define the inputs and outputs used by drawing commands. Represented by a VkFramebuffer object.

Framebuffer Attachment

One of the image views used in a framebuffer.

Framebuffer Coordinates

A coordinate system in which adjacent pixels’ coordinates differ by 1 in x and/or y, with (0,0) in the upper left corner and pixel centers at half-integers.

Framebuffer-Space

Operating with respect to framebuffer coordinates.

Framebuffer-Local

A framebuffer-local dependency guarantees that only for a single framebuffer region, the first set of operations happens-before the second set of operations.

Framebuffer-Global

A framebuffer-global dependency guarantees that for all framebuffer regions, the first set of operations happens-before the second set of operations.

Framebuffer Region

A framebuffer region is a set of sample (x, y, layer, sample) coordinates that is a subset of the entire framebuffer.

Front-Facing

See Facingness.

Full Compatibility

A given version of the API is fully compatible with another version if an application, relying only on valid behavior and functionality defined by either of those specifications, is able to correctly run against each version without any modification. This assumes no active attempt by that application to not run when it detects a different version.

Global Command

A Vulkan command for which the first argument is not a dispatchable handle type.

Global Workgroup

A collection of local workgroups dispatched by a single dispatching command.

Handle

An opaque integer or pointer value used to refer to a Vulkan object. Each object type has a unique handle type.

Happen-after, happens-after

A transitive, irreflexive and antisymmetric ordering relation between operations. An execution dependency with a source of A and a destination of B enforces that B happens-after A. The inverse relation of happens-before.

Happen-before, happens-before

A transitive, irreflexive and antisymmetric ordering relation between operations. An execution dependency with a source of A and a destination of B enforces that A happens-before B. The inverse relation of happens-after.

Helper Invocation

A fragment shader invocation that is created solely for the purposes of evaluating derivatives for use in non-helper fragment shader invocations, and which does not have side effects.

Host

The processor(s) and execution environment that the application runs on, and that the Vulkan API is exposed on.

Host Mapped Device Memory

Device memory that is mapped for host access using vkMapMemory.

Host Mapped Foreign Memory

Memory owned by a foreign device that is mapped for host access.

Host Memory

Memory not accessible to the device, used to store implementation data structures.

Host-Accessible Subresource

A buffer, or a linear image subresource in either the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL layout. Host-accessible subresources have a well-defined addressing scheme which can be used by the host.

Host-Local Memory

Memory that is not local to the device, and may be less performant for device access than device-local memory.

Host-Visible Memory

Device memory that can be mapped on the host and can be read and written by the host.

ICD

Installable Client Driver. An ICD is represented as a VkPhysicalDevice.

Identically Defined Objects

Objects of the same type where all arguments to their creation or allocation functions, with the exception of pAllocator, are

  1. Vulkan handles which refer to the same object or

  2. identical scalar or enumeration values or

  3. Host pointers which point to an array of values or structures which also satisfy these three constraints.

Image

A resource that represents a multi-dimensional formatted interpretation of device memory. Represented by a VkImage object.

Image Subresource

A specific mipmap level, layer, and set of aspects of an image.

Image Subresource Range

A set of image subresources that are contiguous mipmap levels and layers.

Image View

An object that represents an image subresource range of a specific image, and state controlling how the contents are interpreted. Represented by a VkImageView object.

Immutable Sampler

A sampler descriptor provided at descriptor set layout creation time for a specific binding. This sampler is then used for that binding in all descriptor sets allocated with the layout, and it cannot be changed.

Implicit chroma reconstruction

An implementation of sampler Y′CBCR conversion which reconstructs the reduced-resolution chroma samples directly at the sample point, as part of the normal texture sampling operation. This is distinct from an explicit chroma reconstruction implementation, which reconstructs the reduced-resolution chroma samples to the resolution of the luma samples, then filters the result as part of texture sample interpolation.

Implicitly-Enabled Layer

A layer enabled by a loader-defined mechanism outside the Vulkan API, rather than explicitly by the application during instance or device creation.

Index Buffer

A buffer bound via vkCmdBindIndexBuffer which is the source of index values used to fetch vertex attributes for a vkCmdDrawIndexed or vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect command.

Indexed Drawing Commands

Drawing commands which use an index buffer as the source of index values used to fetch vertex attributes for a drawing command. Includes vkCmdDrawIndexed, vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount, and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Indirect Commands

Drawing or dispatching commands that source some of their parameters from structures in buffer memory. Includes vkCmdDrawIndirect, vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect, vkCmdDrawIndirectCount, vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount, and vkCmdDispatchIndirect.

Indirect Drawing Commands

Drawing commands that source some of their parameters from structures in buffer memory. Includes vkCmdDrawIndirect, vkCmdDrawIndirectCount, vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirectCount, and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Initial State (Command Buffer)

A command buffer that has not begun recording commands. See also Recording State and Executable State.

Input Attachment

A descriptor type that represents an image view, and supports unfiltered read-only access in a shader, only at the fragment’s location in the view.

Instance

The top-level Vulkan object, which represents the application’s connection to the implementation. Represented by a VkInstance object.

Instance-Level Command

Any command that is dispatched from an instance, or from a child object of an instance, except for physical devices and their children.

Instance-Level Functionality

All instance-level commands and objects, and their structures, enumerated types, and enumerants.

Instance-Level Object

High-level Vulkan objects, which are not physical devices, nor children of physical devices. For example, VkInstance is an instance-level object.

Instance (Memory)

In a logical device representing more than one physical device, some device memory allocations have the requested amount of memory allocated multiple times, once for each physical device in a device mask. Each such replicated allocation is an instance of the device memory.

Instance (Resource)

In a logical device representing more than one physical device, buffer and image resources exist on all physical devices but can be bound to memory differently on each. Each such replicated resource is an instance of the resource.

Internal Synchronization

A type of synchronization required of the implementation, where parameters not defined to be externally synchronized may require internal mutexing to avoid multithreaded race conditions.

Invocation (Shader)

A single execution of an entry point in a SPIR-V module. For example, a single vertex’s execution of a vertex shader or a single fragment’s execution of a fragment shader.

Invocation Group

A set of shader invocations that are executed in parallel and that must execute the same control flow path in order for control flow to be considered dynamically uniform.

Legacy (feature)

A feature which is no longer recommended as the correct or best way to achieve its intended purpose. Legacy features are typically superseded by new features which are the currently recommended way to achieve that purpose.

Linear Resource

A resource is linear if it is one of the following:

A resource is non-linear if it is one of the following:

Linux DRM Format Modifier

A 64-bit, vendor-prefixed, semi-opaque unsigned integer describing vendor-specific details of an image’s memory layout. In Linux graphics APIs, modifiers are commonly used to specify the memory layout of externally shared images. An image has a modifier if and only if it is created with tiling equal to VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT. For more details, refer to the appendix for extension VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier.

Local Workgroup

A collection of compute shader invocations invoked by a single dispatching command, which share data via WorkgroupLocal variables and can synchronize with each other.

Logical Device

An object that represents the application’s interface to the physical device. The logical device is the parent of most Vulkan objects. Represented by a VkDevice object.

Logical Operation

Bitwise operations between a fragment color value and a value in a color attachment, that produce a final color value to be written to the attachment.

Lost Device

A state that a logical device may be in as a result of unrecoverable implementation errors, or other exceptional conditions.

Mappable

See Host-Visible Memory.

Memory Dependency

A memory dependency is an execution dependency which includes availability and visibility operations such that:

  • The first set of operations happens-before the availability operation

  • The availability operation happens-before the visibility operation

  • The visibility operation happens-before the second set of operations

Memory Domain

A memory domain is an abstract place to which memory writes are made available by availability operations and memory domain operations. The memory domains correspond to the set of agents that the write can then be made visible to. The memory domains are host, device, shader, workgroup instance (for workgroup instance there is a unique domain for each compute workgroup) and subgroup instance (for subgroup instance there is a unique domain for each subgroup).

Memory Domain Operation

An operation that makes the writes that are available to one memory domain available to another memory domain.

Memory Heap

A region of memory from which device memory allocations can be made.

Memory Type

An index used to select a set of memory properties (e.g. mappable, cached) for a device memory allocation.

Minimum Mip Level Size

The smallest size that is permitted for a mip level. For conventional images this is 1x1x1. See Image Mip Level Sizing.

Mip Tail Region

The set of mipmap levels of a sparse residency texture that are too small to fill a sparse block, and that must all be bound to memory collectively and opaquely.

Multi-planar

A multi-planar format (or “planar format”) is an image format consisting of more than one plane, identifiable with a _2PLANE or _3PLANE component to the format name and listed in Formats Requiring Sampler Y′CBCR Conversion for VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT Image Views. A multi-planar image (or “planar image”) is an image of a multi-planar format.

Non-Dispatchable Handle

A handle of an integer handle type. Handle values may not be unique, even for two objects of the same type.

Non-Indexed Drawing Commands

Drawing commands for which the vertex attributes are sourced in linear order from the vertex input attributes for a drawing command (i.e. they do not use an index buffer). Includes vkCmdDraw, vkCmdDrawIndirectCount, and vkCmdDrawIndirect.

Normalized

A value that is interpreted as being in the range [0,1] as a result of being implicitly divided by some other value.

Normalized Device Coordinates

A coordinate space after perspective division is applied to clip coordinates, and before the viewport transformation converts them to framebuffer coordinates.

Obsoleted (feature)

A feature is obsolete if it can no longer be used.

Opaque Capture Address

A 64-bit value representing the device address of a buffer or memory object that is expected to be used by trace capture/replay tools in combination with the bufferDeviceAddress feature.

Overlapped Range (Aliased Range)

The aliased range of a device memory allocation that intersects a given image subresource of an image or range of a buffer.

Ownership (Resource)

If an entity (e.g. a queue family) has ownership of a resource, access to that resource is well-defined for access by that entity.

Packed Format

A format whose components are stored as a single texel block in memory, with their relative locations defined within that element.

Payload

Importable or exportable reference to the internal data of an object in Vulkan.

Peer Memory

An instance of memory corresponding to a different physical device than the physical device performing the memory access, in a logical device that represents multiple physical devices.

Physical Device

An object that represents a single device in the system. Represented by a VkPhysicalDevice object.

Physical-Device-Level Command

Any command that is dispatched from a physical device.

Physical-Device-Level Functionality

All physical-device-level commands and objects, and their structures, enumerated types, and enumerants.

Physical-Device-Level Object

Physical device objects. For example, VkPhysicalDevice is a physical-device-level object.

Pipeline

An object controlling how graphics or compute work is executed on the device. A pipeline includes one or more shaders, as well as state controlling any non-programmable stages of the pipeline. Represented by a VkPipeline object.

Pipeline Barrier

An execution and/or memory dependency recorded as an explicit command in a command buffer, that forms a dependency between the previous and subsequent commands.

Pipeline Cache

An object that can be used to collect and retrieve information from pipelines as they are created, and can be populated with previously retrieved information in order to accelerate pipeline creation. Represented by a VkPipelineCache object.

Pipeline JSON Schema

A JSON-based representation for encapsulating all pipeline state which is necessary for the offline pipeline cache compiler. This includes the SPIR-V shader module, pipeline layout, render pass information and pipeline state creation information.

Pipeline Layout

An object defining the set of resources (via a collection of descriptor set layouts) and push constants used by pipelines that are created using the layout. Used when creating a pipeline and when binding descriptor sets and setting push constant values. Represented by a VkPipelineLayout object.

Pipeline Stage

A logically independent execution unit that performs some of the operations defined by an action command.

Pipeline Identifier

An identifier that can be used to identify a specific pipeline independently from the pipeline description.

pNext Chain

A set of structures chained together through their pNext members.

Planar

See multi-planar.

Plane

An image plane is part of the representation of an image, containing a subset of the color components necessary to represent the texels in the image and with a contiguous mapping of coordinates to bound memory. Most images consist only of a single plane, but some formats spread the components across multiple image planes. The host-accessible properties of each image plane are accessible for a linear layout using vkGetImageSubresourceLayout. If a multi-planar image is created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_DISJOINT_BIT bit set, the image is described as disjoint, and its planes are therefore bound to memory independently.

Point Sampling (Rasterization)

A rule that determines whether a fragment sample location is covered by a polygon primitive by testing whether the sample location is in the interior of the polygon in framebuffer-space, or on the boundary of the polygon according to the tie-breaking rules.

Potential Format Features

The union of all VkFormatFeatureFlagBits that the implementation supports for a specified VkFormat, over all supported image tilings. For QNX Screen external formats the VkFormatFeatureFlagBits is provided by the implementation.

Pre-rasterization

Operations that execute before rasterization, and any state associated with those operations.

Presentable image

A VkImage object obtained from a VkSwapchainKHR used to present to a VkSurfaceKHR object.

Preserve Attachment

One of a list of attachments in a subpass description that is not read or written by the subpass, but that is read or written on earlier and later subpasses and whose contents must be preserved through this subpass.

Primary Command Buffer

A command buffer that can execute secondary command buffers, and can be submitted directly to a queue.

Primitive Topology

State controlling how vertices are assembled into primitives, e.g. as lists of triangles, strips of lines, etc.

Promoted (feature)

A feature from an older extension is considered promoted if it is made available as part of a new core version or newer extension with wider support.

Protected Buffer

A buffer to which protected device memory can be bound.

Protected-capable Device Queue

A device queue to which protected command buffers can be submitted.

Protected Command Buffer

A command buffer which can be submitted to a protected-capable device queue.

Protected Device Memory

Device memory which can be visible to the device but must not be visible to the host.

Protected Image

An image to which protected device memory can be bound.

Provisional

A feature is released provisionally in order to get wider feedback on the functionality before it is finalized. Provisional features may change in ways that break backwards compatibility, and thus are not recommended for use in production applications.

Provoking Vertex

The vertex in a primitive from which flat shaded attribute values are taken. This is generally the “first” vertex in the primitive, and depends on the primitive topology.

Push Constants

A small bank of values writable via the API and accessible in shaders. Push constants allow the application to set values used in shaders without creating buffers or modifying and binding descriptor sets for each update.

Push Constant Interface

The set of variables with PushConstant storage class that are statically used by a shader entry point, and which receive values from push constant commands.

Descriptor Update Template

An object specifying a mapping from descriptor update information in host memory to elements in a descriptor set, which helps enable more efficient descriptor set updates.

Query Pool

An object containing a number of query entries and their associated state and results. Represented by a VkQueryPool object.

Queue

An object that executes command buffers and sparse binding operations on a device. Represented by a VkQueue object.

Queue Family

A set of queues that have common properties and support the same functionality, as advertised in VkQueueFamilyProperties.

Queue Operation

A unit of work to be executed by a specific queue on a device, submitted via a queue submission command. Each queue submission command details the specific queue operations that occur as a result of calling that command. Queue operations typically include work that is specific to each command, and synchronization tasks.

Queue Submission

Zero or more batches and an optional fence to be signaled, passed to a command for execution on a queue. See the Devices and Queues chapter for more information.

Recording State (Command Buffer)

A command buffer that is ready to record commands. See also Initial State and Executable State.

Release Operation (Resource)

An operation that releases ownership of an image subresource or buffer range.

Render Pass

An object that represents a set of framebuffer attachments and phases of rendering using those attachments. Represented by a VkRenderPass object.

Render Pass Instance

A use of a render pass in a command buffer.

Required Extensions

Extensions that must be enabled alongside extensions dependent on them (see Extension Dependencies).

Reset (Command Buffer)

Resetting a command buffer discards any previously recorded commands and puts a command buffer in the initial state.

Residency Code

An integer value returned by sparse image instructions, indicating whether any sparse unbound texels were accessed.

Resolve Attachment

A subpass attachment point, or image view, that is the target of a multisample resolve operation from the corresponding color attachment at the end of the subpass.

Retired Swapchain

A swapchain that has been used as the oldSwapchain parameter to vkCreateSwapchainKHR. Images cannot be acquired from a retired swapchain, however images that were acquired (but not presented) before the swapchain was retired can be presented.

Sample Index

The index of a sample within a single set of samples.

Sample Shading

Invoking the fragment shader multiple times per fragment, with the covered samples partitioned among the invocations.

Sampled Image

A descriptor type that represents an image view, and supports filtered (sampled) and unfiltered read-only access in a shader.

Sampler

An object containing state controlling how sampled image data is sampled (or filtered) when accessed in a shader. Also a descriptor type describing the object. Represented by a VkSampler object.

Secondary Command Buffer

A command buffer that can be executed by a primary command buffer, and must not be submitted directly to a queue.

Self-Dependency

A subpass dependency from a subpass to itself, i.e. with srcSubpass equal to dstSubpass. A self-dependency is not automatically performed during a render pass instance, rather a subset of it can be performed via vkCmdPipelineBarrier during the subpass.

Semaphore

A synchronization primitive that supports signal and wait operations, and can be used to synchronize operations within a queue or across queues. Represented by a VkSemaphore object.

Shader

Instructions selected (via an entry point) from a shader module, which are executed in a shader stage.

Shader Code

A stream of instructions used to describe the operation of a shader.

Shader Module

A collection of shader code, potentially including several functions and entry points, that is used to create shaders in pipelines. Represented by a VkShaderModule object.

Shader Stage

A stage of the graphics or compute pipeline that executes shader code.

Shading Rate

The ratio of the number of fragment shader invocations generated in a fully covered framebuffer region to the size (in pixels) of that region.

Shared presentable image

A presentable image created from a swapchain with VkPresentModeKHR set to either VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_DEMAND_REFRESH_KHR or VK_PRESENT_MODE_SHARED_CONTINUOUS_REFRESH_KHR.

Side Effect

A store to memory or atomic operation on memory from a shader invocation.

Single Event Upset

A change of physical device state, such as a register or memory bitflip, e.g. caused by ionizing radiation.

Single-plane format

A format that is not multi-planar.

Size-Compatible Image Formats

When a compressed image format and an uncompressed image format are size-compatible, it means that the texel block size of the uncompressed format must equal the texel block size of the compressed format.

Sparse Block

An element of a sparse resource that can be independently bound to memory. Sparse blocks of a particular sparse resource have a corresponding size in bytes that they use in the bound memory.

Sparse Image Block

A sparse block in a sparse partially-resident image. In addition to the sparse block size in bytes, sparse image blocks have a corresponding width, height, and depth defining the dimensions of these elements in units of texels or compressed texel blocks, the latter being used in case of sparse images having a block-compressed format.

Sparse Unbound Texel

A texel read from a region of a sparse texture that does not have memory bound to it.

Static Use

An object in a shader is statically used by a shader entry point if any function in the entry point’s call tree contains an instruction using the object. A reference in the entry point’s interface list does not constitute a static use. Static use is used to constrain the set of descriptors used by a shader entry point.

Storage Buffer

A descriptor type that represents a buffer, and supports reads, writes, and atomics in a shader.

Storage Image

A descriptor type that represents an image view, and supports unfiltered loads, stores, and atomics in a shader.

Storage Texel Buffer

A descriptor type that represents a buffer view, and supports unfiltered, formatted reads, writes, and atomics in a shader.

Subgroup

A set of shader invocations that can synchronize and share data with each other efficiently. In compute shaders, the local workgroup is a superset of the subgroup.

Subgroup Mask

A bitmask for all invocations in the current subgroup with one bit per invocation, starting with the least significant bit in the first vector component, continuing to the last bit (less than SubgroupSize) in the last required vector component.

Subpass

A phase of rendering within a render pass, that reads and writes a subset of the attachments.

Subpass Dependency

An execution and/or memory dependency between two subpasses described as part of render pass creation, and automatically performed between subpasses in a render pass instance. A subpass dependency limits the overlap of execution of the pair of subpasses, and can provide guarantees of memory coherence between accesses in the subpasses.

Subpass Description

Lists of attachment indices for input attachments, color attachments, depth/stencil attachment, resolve attachments, depth/stencil resolve, and preserve attachments used by the subpass in a render pass.

Subset (Self-Dependency)

A subset of a self-dependency is a pipeline barrier performed during the subpass of the self-dependency, and whose stage masks and access masks each contain a subset of the bits set in the identically named mask in the self-dependency.

Superseded (feature)

A legacy feature can be superseded by newer functionality that achieves the same goals through a newer style of API, being more efficient, or otherwise following current recommendations for use of Vulkan.

Texel Block

A single addressable element of an image with an uncompressed VkFormat, or a single compressed block of an image with a compressed VkFormat.

Texel Block Size

The size (in bytes) used to store a texel block of a compressed or uncompressed image.

Texel Coordinate System

One of three coordinate systems (normalized, unnormalized, integer) defining how texel coordinates are interpreted in an image or a specific mipmap level of an image.

Timeline Semaphore

A semaphore with a strictly increasing 64-bit unsigned integer payload indicating whether the semaphore is signaled with respect to a particular reference value. Represented by a VkSemaphore object created with a semaphore type of VK_SEMAPHORE_TYPE_TIMELINE.

Uniform Texel Buffer

A descriptor type that represents a buffer view, and supports unfiltered, formatted, read-only access in a shader.

Uniform Buffer

A descriptor type that represents a buffer, and supports read-only access in a shader.

Units in the Last Place (ULP)

A measure of floating-point error loosely defined as the smallest representable step in a floating-point format near a given value. For the precise definition see Precision and Operation of SPIR-V instructions or Jean-Michel Muller, “On the definition of ulp(x)”, RR-5504, INRIA. Other sources may also use the term “unit of least precision”.

Unnormalized

A value that is interpreted according to its conventional interpretation, and is not normalized.

Unprotected Buffer

A buffer to which unprotected device memory can be bound.

Unprotected Command Buffer

A command buffer which can be submitted to an unprotected device queue or a protected-capable device queue.

Unprotected Device Memory

Device memory which can be visible to the device and can be visible to the host.

Unprotected Image

An image to which unprotected device memory can be bound.

User-Defined Variable Interface

A shader entry point’s variables with Input or Output storage class that are not built-in variables.

Vertex Input Attribute

A graphics pipeline resource that produces input values for the vertex shader by reading data from a vertex input binding and converting it to the attribute’s format.

Variable-Sized Descriptor Binding

A descriptor binding whose size will be specified when a descriptor set is allocated using this layout.

Vertex Input Binding

A graphics pipeline resource that is bound to a buffer and includes state that affects addressing calculations within that buffer.

Vertex Input Interface

A vertex shader entry point’s variables with Input storage class, which receive values from vertex input attributes.

View Mask

When multiview is enabled, a view mask is a property of a subpass controlling which views the rendering commands are broadcast to.

View Volume

A subspace in homogeneous coordinates, corresponding to post-projection x and y values between -1 and +1, and z values between 0 and +1.

Viewport Transformation

A transformation from normalized device coordinates to framebuffer coordinates, based on a viewport rectangle and depth range.

Visibility Operation

An operation that causes available values to become visible to specified memory accesses.

Visible

A state of values written to memory that allows them to be accessed by a set of operations.

Common Abbreviations

The abbreviations and acronyms defined in this section are sometimes used in the Specification and the API where they are considered clear and commonplace.

Src

Source

Dst

Destination

Min

Minimum

Max

Maximum

Rect

Rectangle

Info

Information

LOD

Level  of Detail

Log

Logarithm

ID

Identifier

UUID

Universally Unique Identifier

Op

Operation

R

Red color component

G

Green color component

B

Blue color component

A

Alpha color component

RTZ

Round towards zero

RTE

Round to nearest even

Prefixes

Prefixes are used in the API to denote specific semantic meaning of Vulkan names, or as a label to avoid name clashes, and are explained here:

VK/Vk/vk

Vulkan namespace
All types, commands, enumerants and defines in this specification are prefixed with these two characters.

PFN/pfn

Function Pointer
Denotes that a type is a function pointer, or that a variable is of a pointer type.

p

Pointer
Variable is a pointer.

vkCmd

Commands that record commands in command buffers
These API commands do not result in immediate processing on the device. Instead, they record the requested action in a command buffer for execution when the command buffer is submitted to a queue.

s

Structure
Used to denote the VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE* member of each structure in sType

Appendix K: Credits (Informative)

Vulkan SC 1.0 is the result of contributions from many people and companies participating in the Khronos Vulkan SC Working Group, building upon the Base Vulkan specification produced by the Khronos Vulkan Working Group, as well as input from the Vulkan Advisory Panel.

Members of the Working Group, including the company that they represented at the time of their most recent contribution, are listed in the following sections. Some specific contributions made by individuals are listed together with their name.

Working Group Contributors to Vulkan SC 1.0

  • Aarusha Thakral, CoreAVI

  • Aidan Fabius, CoreAVI

  • Alastair Donaldson, Google

  • Alastair Murray, Codeplay Software Ltd.

  • Alex Crabb, Khronos

  • Alexander Galazin, Arm

  • Alis Ors, NXP Semiconductors

  • Alon Or-bach, Samsung Electronics

  • Andrew Garrard, Imagination Technologies

  • Anna Buczkowska, Mobica

  • Balajee Gurumoorah, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

  • Bogdan Naodovic, NVIDIA

  • Boris Zanin, Mobica

  • Brad Cain, NVIDIA

  • Cary Ashby, Collins Aerospace

  • Chris Forbes, Google

  • Craig Davies, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

  • Daniel Bernal, Arm

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA

  • Dave Higham, Imagination Technologies

  • Dave McCloskey, Juice Labs

  • David Hayward, Imagination Technologies

  • Donald Scorgie, Imagination Technologies

  • Doug Singkofer, Collins Aerospace

  • Emily Stearns, Khronos

  • Erik Tomusk, Codeplay Software Ltd.

  • Ewa Galamon, Mobica

  • Greg Szober, CoreAVI

  • Illya Rudkin, Codeplay Software Ltd.

  • Jacek Wisniewski, Mobica

  • James Helferty, NVIDIA

  • Jan Hemes, Continental Corporation

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, Arm

  • Janos Lakatos, Imagination Technologies

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA

  • Jim Carroll, Mobica

  • John Zulauf, LunarG

  • Jon Leech, Independent (XML toolchain, normative language, release wrangler)

  • Jun Wang, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

  • Karen Ghavam, LunarG

  • Karolina Palka, Mobica

  • Ken Wenger, CoreAVI

  • Lenny Komow, LunarG

  • Lilja Tamminen, Basemark Oy

  • Luca Di Mauro, Arm

  • Lukasz Janyst, Daedalean

  • Mark Bellamy, Arm

  • Matthew Netsch, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc.

  • Michael Wong, Codeplay Software Ltd.

  • Mukund Keshava, NVIDIA

  • Neil Stroud, CoreAVI

  • Neil Trevett, NVIDIA

  • Nick Blurton-Jones, CoreAVI

  • Pawel Ksiezopolski, Mobica

  • Piotr Byszewski, Mobica

  • Rob Simpson, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc.

  • Stephne Strahn, Kalray

  • Steve Viggers, CoreAVI (working group chair)

  • Tim Lewis, Khronos

  • Todd Brown, Collins Aerospace

  • Tom Malnar, CoreAVI

  • Tom Olson, Arm

  • Tony Zlatinski, NVIDIA

  • Vladyslav Zakkarchenko, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Working Group Contributors to Vulkan

  • Aaron Greig, Codeplay Software Ltd. (versions 1.1, 1.4)

  • Aaron Hagan, AMD (versions 1.1)

  • Abhishek Sashi Nair, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Adam Jackson, Red Hat (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Adam Śmigielski, Mobica (version 1.0)

  • Aditi Verma, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.3)

  • Ahmed Abdelkhalek, AMD (versions 1.3, 1.4) (video subgroup chair)

  • Aidan Fabius, Core Avionics & Industrial Inc. (version 1.2)

  • Aitor Camacho, LunarG (version 1.4)

  • Alan Baker, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Alan Vines, Imagination Technologies (version 1.4)

  • Alan Ward, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Alastair Murray, Codeplay (version 1.4)

  • Alejandro Piñeiro, Igalia (version 1.1)

  • Aleks Todorov, Google (version 1.4)

  • Aleksander Netzel, Epic Games (version 1.4)

  • Alex Bourd, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.4)

  • Alex Crabb, Caster Communications (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Alex Dai, Oppo (version 1.4)

  • Alex Krstic, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.4)

  • Alex Todorov, Google (version 1.4)

  • Alex Walters, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Alexander Galazin, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (conformance test subgroup chair)

  • Alexey Knyazev, Independent, Khronos (version 1.4)

  • Alexey Sachkov, Intel (version 1.3)

  • Ali Asif, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Allan MacKinnon, Google (version 1.3)

  • Allen Hux, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Alon Or-bach, Arm (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (system integration subgroup chair)

  • Alyssa Rosenzweig, Valve Software (version 1.4)

  • Anastasia Stulova, Arm (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Andreas Vasilakis, Think Silicon (version 1.2)

  • Andres Gomez, Igalia (version 1.1)

  • Andrew Cox, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Andrew Ellem, Google (version 1.3)

  • Andrew Garrard, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (format wrangler)

  • Andrew Poole, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Andrew Rafter, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Andrew Richards, Codeplay Software Ltd. (version 1.0)

  • Andrew Woloszyn, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Andrew Zhi, AMD (version 1.4)

  • Ann Thorsnes, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Anthony Salvi, Adobe (version 1.4)

  • Antoine Labour, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Anton Berko, Mediatek (version 1.4)

  • Anuj Phogat, Netflix (version 1.4)

  • Aras Pranckevičius, Unity Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Arpit Agarwal, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.4)

  • Arseny Kapoulkine, Roblox (version 1.3)

  • Ashley Smith, AMD (version 1.4)

  • Ashwin Kolhe, NVIDIA (version 1.0)

  • Aurelio Reis, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Avinash Baliga, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Balaji Calidas, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.4)

  • Baldur Karlsson, Valve Software (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Barthold Lichtenbelt, NVIDIA (version 1.1)

  • Bas Nieuwenhuizen, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.4)

  • Ben Ashbaugh, Intel (version 1.4)

  • Ben Bowman, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Benj Lipchak, Unknown (version 1.0)

  • Bill Hollings, Brenwill (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Bill Licea-Kane, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Blaine Kohl, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Bob Fraser, Google (version 1.3)

  • Boris Zanin, Mobica (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Brad Grantham, LunarG (version 1.4)

  • Brent E. Insko, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Brian Ellis, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.0)

  • Brian Paul, VMware (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • CAI Kangying, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Caio Marcelo de Oliveira Filho, Intel (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Calle Ledjefors, Tencent (version 1.4)

  • Cass Everitt, Oculus VR (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Cemil Azizoglu, Canonical (version 1.0)

  • Chang-Hyo Yu, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Charles Giessen, LunarG (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Charlie Lao, Google (version 1.4)

  • Charlie Turner, Igalia (version 1.4)

  • Cheng Ge, Tencent (version 1.4)

  • Chengping Luo, Mediatek (version 1.4)

  • Chia-I Wu, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Chris Bieneman, Microsoft (version 1.4)

  • Chris Frascati, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.0)

  • Chris Glover, Google (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Christian Forfang, Arm (version 1.3)

  • Christoph Kubisch, NVIDIA (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Christophe Riccio, LunarG (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.4)

  • Cody Northrop, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Colin Riley, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Connor Abbott, Valve Software (version 1.4)

  • Caterina Shablia, Collabora (version 1.4)

  • Cort Stratton, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Courtney Goeltzenleuchter, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3)

  • Craig Davies, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.2)

  • Craig Graham, Samsung Electronics (version 1.4)

  • Dae Kim, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.1, 1.4)

  • Damien Leone, NVIDIA (version 1.0)

  • Dan Baker, Oxide Games (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Dan Ginsburg, Valve Software (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Dan Sinclair, Google (version 1.4)

  • Daniel Johnston, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (ray tracing subgroup chair)

  • Daniel Rakos, RasterGrid (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Daniel Schürmann, Valve Software (version 1.4)

  • Daniel Stone, Collabora (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.4)

  • Daniel Story, Nintendo (version 1.4)

  • Daniel Vetter, Intel (version 1.2)

  • Daniele Vettorel, Google (version 1.4)

  • Danny Huynh, Samsung Electronics (version 1.4)

  • Dave Aronson, Adobe (version 1.4)

  • Dave Desormeaux, LunarG (version 1.4)

  • Dave Evans, Samsung Electronics (version 1.4)

  • David Airlie, Red Hat (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • David Mao, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.2)

  • David McCloskey, Juice Labs (version 1.4)

  • David Miller, Miller & Mattson (versions 1.0, 1.1) (Vulkan reference card)

  • David Neto, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • David Pankratz, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.3)

  • David Wilkinson, AMD (version 1.2)

  • David Yu, Pixar (version 1.0)

  • Dean Sekulic, Croteam (version 1.4)

  • Dejan Mircevski, Google (version 1.1)

  • Dennis Adams, Sony (version 1.4)

  • Derek Lamberti, Arm (version 1.4)

  • Diego Novillo, Google (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Dimitris Georgakakis, Think Silicon (version 1.3)

  • Dominik Witczak, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3)

  • Donald Scorgie, Imagination Technologies (version 1.2)

  • Dzmitry Malyshau, Mozilla (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Ed Hutchins, Oculus (version 1.2)

  • Eddie Hatfield, Google (version 1.4)

  • Eduardo Lima, Igalia (version 1.4)

  • Emily Stearns, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Enrique de Lucas, Imagination Technologies (version 1.4)

  • Eric Sullivan, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Faith Ekstrand, Collabora (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Florian Penzkofer, Epic (version 1.4)

  • Frank (LingJun) Chen, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.0)

  • Frank Yang, Google (version 1.4)

  • François Duranleau, Gameloft (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Fred Liao, Mediatek (version 1.0)

  • Gabe Dagani, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.0, 1.4)

  • Gabor Sines, AMD (version 1.2)

  • Gang Chen, Intel (version 1.4)

  • George Erfesoglou, OVR Tech (version 1.4)

  • Graeme Leese, Broadcom (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Graham Connor, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Graham Sellers, Electronic Arts (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.4)

  • Graham Wihlidal, Electronic Arts (version 1.3)

  • Greg Fischer, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.4)

  • Greg Roth, Microsoft (version 1.4)

  • Gregory Grebe, AMD (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Hai Nguyen, NVIDIA (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Hamish Todd, Imagination Technologies (version 1.4)

  • Hans-Kristian Arntzen, Valve Software (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Heman Gala, MAGIX (version 1.4)

  • Henri Verbeet, Codeweavers (version 1.2)

  • Hugo Devillers, Saarland University (version 1.4)

  • Hwanyong Lee, Kyungpook National University (version 1.0)

  • Iago Toral, Igalia (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Ian Ameline, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Ian Elliott, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.4)

  • Ian Richardson, Intel (version 1.4)

  • Ian Romanick, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Ingrid Kelly, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • J. D. Rouan, Google (version 1.4)

  • Jaebaek Seo, Google (version 1.4)

  • Jake Turner, Valve Software (version 1.4)

  • Jakob Bornecrantz, Collabora (version 1.4)

  • James Fitzpatrick, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • James Hughes, Oculus VR (version 1.0)

  • James Jones, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • James Riordon, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jamie Madill, Google (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jan Hermes, Continental Corporation (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.4)

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, Arm (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jarred Davies, Imagination Technologies (version 1.4)

  • Jean Geffroy, id Software (version 1.4)

  • Jean-François Roy, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jean-Noé Morrisette, Epic Games (version 1.4)

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jeff Juliano, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.4)

  • Jeff Kiel, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Jeff Leger, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.1, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jeff Phillips, Khronos (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jeff Vigil, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jens Owen, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Jeremy Gebben, LunarG (version 1.4)

  • Jeremy Hayes, LunarG (versions 1.0, 1.4)

  • Jesse Barker, Unity Technologies (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jesse Hall, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jessica Heerboth, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Jingye Wang, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Joe Davis, Samsung Electronics (version 1.1)

  • Johannes van Waveren, Oculus VR (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • John Anthony, Arm (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • John Kessenich, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3) (SPIR-V and GLSL for Vulkan spec author)

  • John McDonald, Valve Software (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • John Stone, University of Illinois (version 1.4)

  • John Zulauf, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jon Ashburn, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Jon Leech, Independent (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (XML toolchain, normative language, release wrangler)

  • Jonas Gustavsson, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Jonas Meyer, Epic Games (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jonathan Hamilton, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Jordan Justen, Intel (version 1.1)

  • Jordan Robinson, Samsung Electronics (version 1.4)

  • Joshua Ashton, Valve Software (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Jules Blok, Independent (version 1.4)

  • Jungwoo Kim, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Jörg Wagner, Arm (version 1.1)

  • Kalle Raita, Google (version 1.1)

  • Karen Ghavam, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Karl Schultz, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Kathleen Mattson, Khronos (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Kaye Mason, Google (version 1.2)

  • Keith Packard, Valve Software (version 1.2)

  • Kenneth Benzie, Codeplay Software Ltd. (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Kenneth Russell, Google (version 1.1)

  • Kerch Holt, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Kevin O’Neil, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Kevin Petit, Arm (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Kris Rose, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Kristian Kristensen, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Krzysztof Iwanicki, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Larry Seiler, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Laura Hermanns, Epic Games (version 1.4)

  • Laura Shubel, Caster Communications (version 1.3)

  • Lauri Ilola, Nokia (version 1.1)

  • Lei Zhang, Google (version 1.2)

  • Lenny Komow, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Leonid Fedorov, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Liam Middlebrook, NVIDIA (version 1.3)

  • Lina Versace, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.4) (system integration subgroup chair)

  • Lionel Duc, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Lionel Landwerlin, Intel (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.4)

  • Lisie Aartsen, Khronos (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Liz Maitral, Khronos (version 1.2)

  • Lorenzo Dal Col, Khronos (version 1.4) (conformance test subgroup chair)

  • Lou Kramer, AMD (version 1.3)

  • Lutz Latta, Lucasfilm (version 1.0)

  • Lynne Iribarren, Independent (version 1.4)

  • Maciej Jesionowski, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Mahmoud Kharsa, Samsung Electronics (version 1.4)

  • Mais Alnasser, AMD (versions 1.1, 1.4)

  • Marcin Kantoch, AMD (version 1.3)

  • Marcin Rogucki, Mobica (version 1.1)

  • Maria Rovatsou, Codeplay Software Ltd. (version 1.0)

  • Mariusz Merecki, Intel (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Marijn Suijten, Traverse Research (version 1.4)

  • Mark Bellamy, Arm (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Mark Callow, Independent (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Dhruv Mark Collins, Igalia (version 1.4)

  • Mark Kilgard, NVIDIA (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Mark Lobodzinski, LunarG (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Mark Young, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Markus Tavenrath, NVIDIA (version 1.1)

  • Marty Johnson, Khronos (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Mateusz Przybylski, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Mathias Heyer, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Mathias Schott, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Mathieu Robart, Arm (version 1.2)

  • Matt Netsch, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.1, 1.3, 1.4) (conformance test subgroup chair)

  • Matthew Rusch, NVIDIA (version 1.3)

  • Matthäus Chajdas, Intel (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Maurice Ribble, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Maxim Lukyanov, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Maximilien Dagois, Google (version 1.4)

  • Michael Antilla, Google (version 1.4)

  • Michael Blumenkrantz, Valve Software (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Michael Lentine, Google (version 1.0)

  • Michael O’Hara, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Michael Phillip, Samsung Electronics (version 1.2)

  • Michael Wong, Codeplay Software Ltd. (version 1.1)

  • Michael Worcester, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Michal Pietrasiuk, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Mick Beaver, Electronic Arts (version 1.4)

  • Mika Isojarvi, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Mike Schuchardt, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.4)

  • Mike Stroyan, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Mike Weiblen, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Minyoung Son, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Mitch Singer, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Mythri Venugopal, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Máté Ferenc Nagy-Egri, RasterGrid (version 1.4)

  • Natalie Chouinard, Google (version 1.4)

  • Nathan Gauër, Google (version 1.4)

  • Nathaniel Cesario, LunarG (version 1.4)

  • Naveen Leekha, Google (version 1.0)

  • Neil Henning, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Neil Hickey, Arm (version 1.2)

  • Neil Trevett, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (portability subgroup chair)

  • Nick Penwarden, Epic Games (version 1.0)

  • Nicola Zaghen, Innosilicon (version 1.4)

  • Nicolai Hähnle, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Nikhil Joshi, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Niklas Smedberg, Unity Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Norbert Nopper, Independent (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Nuno Subtil, NVIDIA (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Pan Gao, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Pat Brown, NVIDIA (version 1.0)

  • Patrick Boyle, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.4)

  • Patrick Cozzi, Independent (version 1.1)

  • Patrick Doane, Activision (versions 1.0, 1.4)

  • Patrick Han, Samsung Electronics (version 1.4)

  • Patrick Mours, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Pau Baiget, Google (version 1.4)

  • Peter Kutz, Adobe (version 1.4)

  • Peter Lohrmann, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.2)

  • Peter Quayle, Imagination Technologies (version 1.4)

  • Petros Bantolas, Imagination Technologies (version 1.1)

  • Philip Rebohle, Valve Software (version 1.3)

  • Pierre Boudier, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Pierre-Loup Griffais, Valve Software (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Piers Daniell, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Ping Liu, Intel (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Piotr Bialecki, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Piotr Byszewski, Mobica (version 1.3)

  • Prabindh Sundareson, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Pradyuman Singh, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Pyry Haulos, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1) (conformance test subgroup chair)

  • Rachel Bradshaw, Caster Communications (version 1.3)

  • Rajeev Rao, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.2)

  • Ralph Potter, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (working group chair)

  • Ran Wang, Google (version 1.4)

  • Raun Krisch, Samsung Electronics (version 1.3)

  • Ravi Patlegar, AMD (version 1.4)

  • Ravikiran Pallapatula, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Ray Smith, Arm (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Ricardo Garcia, Igalia (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Richard Huddy, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Richard Van Natta, Firaxis (version 1.4)

  • Richard Wang, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Rick Hammerstone, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.4)

  • Rob Barris, NVIDIA (version 1.1)

  • Rob Stepinski, Transgaming (version 1.0)

  • Robert Simpson, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Rohan Garg, Intel (version 1.4)

  • Rolando Caloca Olivares, Epic Games (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Ronan Keryell, Xilinx (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Roy Ju, Mediatek (version 1.0)

  • Rufus Hamade, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Ruihao Zhang, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • SU Fujia, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Sam Martin, Arm (version 1.4)

  • Samuel (Sheng-Wen) Huang, Mediatek (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Samuel Iglesias Gonsalvez, Igalia (version 1.3)

  • Samuel Pitoiset, Valve Software (version 1.4)

  • Sandeep Kakarlapudi, Arm (version 1.4)

  • Sascha Willems, Self (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Sean Ellis, Arm (version 1.0)

  • Sean Harmer, KDAB Group (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Serdar Kocdemir, Google (version 1.4)

  • Sergey Solovyev, Tencent (version 1.4)

  • Seth Williams, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Shahbaz Youssefi, Google (version 1.4)

  • Shannon Woods, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Shaun Heald, Innosilicon (version 1.4)

  • Sinuhe Hardegree, Samsung Electronics (version 1.4)

  • Slawomir Cygan, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Slawomir Grajewski, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Sorel Bosan, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Soroush Kashani, Imagination Technologies (version 1.4)

  • Spencer Fricke, LunarG (versions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Stefanus Du Toit, Google (version 1.0)

  • Stephane Cerveau, Igalia (version 1.4)

  • Stephen Huang, Mediatek (version 1.1)

  • Steve Hill, Broadcom (versions 1.0, 1.2)

  • Steve Viggers, Core Avionics & Industrial Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.2)

  • Steve Winston, Holochip (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Steven Gu, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Steven Perron, Google (version 1.4)

  • Stuart Smith, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Sujeevan Rajayogam, Google (version 1.3)

  • Theresa Foley, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Thomas Caissard, Adobe (version 1.4)

  • Tiago Costa, Epic Games (version 1.4)

  • Tilmann Scheller, Samsung Electronics (version 1.1)

  • Tim Lewis, Khronos (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Timo Suoranta, AMD (version 1.0)

  • Timothy Lottes, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Timur Kristof, Valve Software (version 1.4)

  • Ting Wei, Arm (version 1.4)

  • Tobias Hector, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (validity language and toolchain)

  • Tobin Ehlis, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Tom Olson, Arm (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4) (working group chair)

  • Tomasz Bednarz, Independent (version 1.1)

  • Tomasz Kubale, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Tony Barbour, LunarG (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Tony Zlatinski, NVIDIA (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Trevor Black, Google (version 1.4)

  • Tyler Nowicki, AMD (version 1.4)

  • Vassili Nikolaev, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Vatsalya Prasad, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Victor Eruhimov, Unknown (version 1.1)

  • Vikram Kushwaha, NVIDIA (versions 1.3, 1.4)

  • Vikram Tarikere, Imagination Technologies (version 1.4)

  • Vincent Hindriksen, Stream HPC (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Víctor Jáquez, Igalia (version 1.4)

  • Wang Jingye, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Wasim Abbas, Arm (version 1.3)

  • Wayne Lister, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • William Wheeler, Imagination Technologies (version 1.4)

  • Wolfgang Engel, Unknown (version 1.1)

  • Wooyoung Kim, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.4)

  • Wyvern Wang, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.3)

  • Yajun Zhang, Tencent (version 1.4)

  • Yanjun Zhang, VeriSilicon (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4)

  • Youngwang Kim, Arm (version 1.4)

  • Yu Chang Wang, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Yuehai Du, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.4)

  • Yunxing Zhu, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.3)

  • Yury Uralsky, NVIDIA (version 1.4)

  • Zehui Lin, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (version 1.4)

  • Žiga Markuš, LunarG (version 1.4)

Other Credits

The Vulkan Advisory Panel members provided important real-world usage information and advice that helped guide design decisions.

The wider Vulkan community have provided useful feedback, questions and specification changes that have helped improve the quality of the Specification via GitHub.

Administrative support to the Working Group for Vulkan 1.1 and beyond was provided by Khronos staff including Ann Thorsnes, Blaine Kohl, Dennis Fu, Dominic Agoro-Ombaka, Emily Stearns, Jeff Phillips, Kendra Casper, Lisie Aartsen, Liz Maitral, Marty Johnson, Tim Lewis, and Xiao-Yu CHENG; and by Alex Crabb, Laura Shubel, and Rachel Bradshaw of Caster Communications.

Administrative support for Vulkan 1.0 was provided by Andrew Riegel, Elizabeth Riegel, Glenn Fredericks, Kathleen Mattson and Michelle Clark of Gold Standard Group.

Technical support was provided by James Riordon, site administration of Khronos.org and OpenGL.org.